saa tad ete hn eaten

Fe Nel pe ae = 8 bong ge

a> 2K ~

te eS

ead

wR ee ae

Y lind hasteendtd

—
— -
ae
> ~ °-*
. ° “—-
— . oa.
7 - ° A, ~ - ?
~ , “ ail - . > 7%. _— 2) he we
Sh yc Miet oA ps Amy “gg i ce - « ~e > ~ oar? cee Ne, >
Br wees avy cetitng tbe tia Begg etn eT Boe! en OMe Hawt pero S oF a erry cing? too HM ~ ~~ p ea = =. < ~ Lee nee ~~ a ~ H a7 earners PAP fee pretties - a = o
¥ a BP ig eg ert Pye te et ek ee ede a dee . a on led ete ye wom e = ~ — - rhegg OP wht as any id Pa Set al VOT ei eee te LE Gh ety te grate O07 o> - ¥ 4
Tp iO Oe i ee nnd diate tiated . ~ i ns . . ~ te ~ - ~ Rey ae NN I a PT 5
ya Ve ge ah tg art petal orery ao RP eng erie hy ee a ae “_ a -_ A - ———* - - we a ~ ewe Py ee ery pete ers eerie | *
ere en ee ” ee tty te Fors om eae , + oe ~ =a — teria pielatnon tata at act ation we et ha + we
oie il det See lt - eek 4 + Or* rane ” pe > ra o~ om e - “> — we - pplbutht ing -ip atone tes abide ah pee | ay
ey aed Owen aeweghd ex wi eee et - _ orn “- - ~ ~ ~ ned hae ne, a ee ~~ eerie -
regaa pn yen om o a a) <<. * - ~ et OEE Deans 8 em BO i- aghy %
ok ant oe, oy, a ae ae ana Oe SS Fe dn to ~ . ee 6 Nee rte) te kp Ht eal P
ae ° ee an Jo > Un UF ry eh ‘ -_ _ - Paden w pe a oe ee et
rete ~e ar ee Aes me Pe ~ - a bo arya te Mee I Ss ae ~~
— oretet 6 . -”~* ~- ius Ap ° ore Oy 01% _ aon 2
wy Ft gh My’ - » Toe ane . = a Cor age xt, ze
: A eR tetntte a oe . - — = . ~~ oe a ant ae A ‘
- as . _ - 7 ~ * al > oe a aes Get «
w “ J aymphe ie) — ~ . ~ > > po es pewter
ely ow - ca - — 4 . Pe
oy =. ae wate + 4 pe irae aa 4 n ors
a — ’- /~ ~4 aon & ~~ er pare a 4
le ° parte on ee ar a - eee re
ra eee pun en We ial Me ext : ys . inte rnin . * . Ne lama be ew’ eet ee Fm nS ’ - : Seed
. Pw Pedy we ey <- ap - : y -< | ae sot “ : Z a % nayed oe aa er ; oo -- ated eb = z= oe: a
* — ‘ me reget * “ , ~~ Seta ? . - . " ee - . ee ~~ 4 mom» Aeeet “a: ds = * Pt ghee?
Wotere nm . , . ym . wae dt atin ; ; r(
- — > a out ao ¢ <2? oT . . ~~ ~ oar Amy hen é Paes aw os
re ee vw - ~ - . ~? be vele > af a ee ; - rowel os
=% ~igt “+ ae etal <u — - ihn reapgtn suru & - overs , os th ee Cee : as - < ome - te ae Ce | - ele mee reer aie
i ee 7 e My Ae ety a 4 ~% eed . very de ahs - sien “ My : — 4 4 “ - - ~— Se ee es Oita, a . -— re «
htt <b < . na ee Op ere ome > - yee . : 7 y ime 1 utes ~ 7 1 nde teak, o.bP 4
a hea gO tag Ph ted ene owe “™ ogvenh i : a me eh m4 Y r = on an: te he Paget WS - ’ . emer ae : i ryan . Fs
t - ee ‘ ne hel . <~ . * oo ° =." q : a “ pr > “— yee “ — *. ee ee TT so gtr a eee Ort e® he . ew my a te
ee ARR LS Oe ot tet ole a _" owe o ~ ° phen ihe - aa ey. oe 2 on peer —> a , . - *. ” 4 - “ * é vy —— ms -
ihe * yrs * a ee tar Magen 2 Og Or Ow owes bar Oe “ an Sail - wd tee ay? ae - RN ed in deine rebate eet ee ariel Ie ee Be : - Se
7 1s EU Se dos ‘ wp" rae a “ OF i - ts ’ “ * 7 : pp by ree een es wre Tete’ Aeonigtet= * Ftd al ade a dott Wane ang Ny 12 ate Rye Rg Be retanne 1b iw bid B46 e
r an Aas aan Sere ty Whelan ® leer eet ye Ace tetet lm rtan weenven eyes MES ars Ree nr oh hah shies pti
ee reeye ¥ } * : 4 8 > CO ee ee ee ba ee a eh tae ee = = “ ee a
. . = 4 : 4 ’ ea
oe - . * _ 4
: ; y ¥ ee en er
a

ee ee

> i "as -

’
‘oo

e A
, dies bal
Th gee

phd»,

ge Ge , Me At

ft aid fy a?
cS baled : ) nade

iy. .) be Per * -
cat Re Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from |
en | University of Toronto

¥ ayy : 4

ak. Hie |
ie oh | |

erm 2) ad s

an | if

i LS Na a Bee aay ee, VOR

oa : or ny ’ “7 a
‘ ; a \ a) # ’
ive , a im > » -
Tei ie ] aa : i q } ; <¢
at ; me hy hi
wh af a ‘us ed i? @ ‘ ‘

/ archive org/details/seainlandfisheri1902ire!

AM ated , ) by iv ‘ fy iM

— YC = eS ~~ ing met ; : .
cle 7 ce" + ’ A\ (~ Cy , LAY A _
Tee) VES | SCriew We vw WES NHOOM10U G02.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL )
i INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND.

(REPORT)

(SHA AND INLAND FISHERIES OF IRELAND

FOR

ie AND 1903.
0 tio

IN TWO PARTS. “2 A yo bag

/
\ Parr I.—GENERAL REPORT.

Pant I1.—SCIENTIFIOC INVESTIGATIO.
Se

PART II sorentrFte INVESTIGATIONS.

Presented to boty Fouses of Parliament by Command of His Majesty.

AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION
(IRELAND) ACT, 1899,

(62 AND 63 VIC., CAP. 50.)

DUBLIN:
PRINTED FOR HIS MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE,
BY ALEXANDER THOM & CO. (Limirep), ABBRY-sTREET-

And to be purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller, from
E. PONSONBY, 116, Grarron-sTreEt, DUBLIN; or
WYMAN anv SONS, Lrp., Furrsr-tanm, EC., and

32, ABINGDON-STREET, WrEsSTMINSTER, 8.W.; or
OLIVER anp BOYD, EpiInpuran.

1905.
[Cd. 2535.) Price 8s. 7d.

~~

To
His Excellency Wittiam Humsiez, Eart or Duptey, Lord Lieutenant-

General and General Governor of Ireland.

May IT PLEASE Your EXcELLENCcY,

I am directed by the Vice-President to submit to Your
Excelleney the Report on the Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland
for the years 1902 and 1903, Part I1., Scientific Investigations.

I have the honour to remain,

Your Excellency’s faithful Servant,

T. P. GILL,
Secretary.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND,

os Upper MERRION-STREET,

CeAT, DuBLin, 12th May, 1905.
AZ
9D
ptl.2, - DusLin CastLe,
1903, 13th May, 1905.

I am directed by the Lords Justices to acknowledge the
receipt of your letter of the 12th instant forwarding, for submission to
His Excellency the Lord Lieutenant, the Report on the Sea and
Inland Fisheries of Ireland for the years 1902 and 1903, Part IL,
Scientific Investigations.

I an,
Sir,

Your obedient Servant,

J. B. DOUGHERTY.

Tue Secrerary,
DErAKTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION,
Uprer Meruioy street, DuBLin,

CONTENTS.

REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC ADVISER,

Scope of Report, .

Arrangement for future issues, .

SEA FISHERIES.

Trawling— ° .

Statistics from Steam Trawlers,
Exploration of Deep-Sea Grounds, .

International, Researches,

Observations from Irish Lights,

Mackerel Fishery—

Injury alleged to be caused by Capture of Spawning Fish,
Capture of Small Mackerel by Herring Boats,

Herring Fishery, :

Oyster Fisheries— :
Spatting Experiments,
- Relaying Experiments,

Mortality and Loss on Ground Basincs,

Caisse Culture, .
Quarantine, .

Bacteriological Examination of Sites proposed for New Layings,

Scientific Papers—

Medusae, . F
Plankton of Valentia Harbour,
Copepoda, . :
Mollusca, . °
Cephalopoda, .
Nudibranchiata, .
Schizopoda, °
Fishes, ° °
Echinoderms, :

Miscellaneous Zoological Notes,

Dublin Bay Prawns,
Deep-Sea Prawns, .
Seaweed, . :

Statistics of Salmon Fisheries,

Incanp FIsusrigs.

Artificial Propagation, .
Size of Salmon Ova,

Lismore Hatchery,

Hatching Apparatus,
Experiments in Trapping Spawners,

New Hatcheries,
Subsidies to Hatcheries,

Salmon Marking,

Pollen Fishery,

iv

Experiments in Net Preservation, .
Reports of Clerks of Conservators, °

Bubsidy,

Investigations,

APPENDIX,

Uvsrer FiswERIESs AND BIoLocy A8sociaTION,

To THE

-SHCRETARY OF THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRI-
CULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR
IRELAND.

Department of Agriculture and Technical
Instruction for Ireland,

Fisheries Branch.

SIR,

I have the honour to submit the following Report, prepared
by Mr. E. W. L. Holt, Scientific Adviser to the Fisheries
Branch of the Department, and forming Part II. of the Reports
on Sea and Inland Fishertes of Ireland, 1902 and 1903, already

submitted,

I have the honour to be,
Sir,
Your obedient Servant,
WM.SPOTSWOOD GREEN,

Chief Inspector of Fisheries.
8th May, 1905.

SEA AND INLAND FISHERIES, 1902 ayn 1903,
REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC ADVISER.

To THE CHIEF INSPECTOR OF FISHERIES.
SIR,

I have the honour to submit my Report of the scientific work
of the Fisheries Branch of the Department for the years 1902
and 1903.

The nature of the researches entrusted to my charge renders
it impossible that they should invariably mature in a degree
sufficiently complete for inclusion as appendices to a general re-
port presented at a fixed date in every year, but since the results
uf inquiries are immediately communicated to you for official use
it is probable that the delay of their issue in print is not a matter
of grave public inconvenience. As you are aware, the duties of
myself and my colleagues of the scientific staff involve an amount
of travelling which is not conducive to the speedy preparation of
perfected reports.

With a view to avoiding delay in the future I propose, with
your approval, to publish the results of each particular subject of
work in pamphlet form as soon as they become ready, and to
issue them at once to the public bodies, societies and individuals
for whom they may appear to possess an immediate interest.
These several publications will be reprinted later as appendices
to my General Report.

SEA FISHERIES.

Trawling —The survey of trawling grounds, mentioned in my
Report for 1901, has been continued with such regularity as the
police duties of the Department's cruiser have permitted. It has
been possible, when question has arisen of the class and sizes of
fish on particular grounds, to extract from our records information
which I believe you have found of value in administrative action.

By the courtesy of the Dublin Steam Trawling Company I
have been placed in possession of the results of their fishing
operations, with information of the place of capture and size of
fish. Such information presents a very material addition to the
statistics collected by the Department.

In view of the favourable results which have attended deep-sea
trawling in other areas, I have taken every available opportunity
of directing the trawling operations of the “ Helga” to the deep
water off the west coast of this country. Apart from the deep-
water bake grounds off the south-west, which are already well

vili

known, I am as yet unable to report the existence of any ground
outside the 100 fathom line of particular value, but the area to
be explored is vast, and our opportunities of exploring it are, of
necessity, greatly limited by other calls on the services of the one
vessel which has, practically, to police the whole coast of the
country.

International Researches.—In the formulation of the scheme
of international fishery investigation by the representatives of
various continental powers and of Great Britain it was
apparently considered that the waters of Ireland need not be
taken into account It is possible that this view may be entirely
correct in the interests of the countries concerned. It seemed,
however, most unlikely that any results of the investigation
could be of material benefit to this country unless we were able,
by carrying out similar work at the same periods, to deal with
comparable data. We have, therefore, so far modified our
previous scheme of deep-sea work as to bring our periods of
observation into harmony with those of the International
Bureau, and to assimilate our methods of observation to theirs
in many particulars. Quarterly observations have accordingly
been carried out since February, 1903, at a number of stations
along the western sea-board, and the results are, in part, dealt
with in the Appendix, No. IX., of this Report. Our hydro-
graphical observations are regularly communicated tothe inter-
national workers, who, in return, supply us with copies of their
results, and with any additional information for which we have
occasion to ask them.

Our relations with the international council are, however, of an
entirely unofficial character.

Irish Lights.—By the courtesy of the Office of Irish Lights
we have been able to arrange for the collections at four of their
lights of regular observations of water temperature, and of
samples of water and floating organisms.

Mackerel Fishery.—The special mackerel work of the Marine
Laboratory, consisting of observations made on the Cleggan
mackerel grounds throughout the season, has been discontinued,
since it appeared that work of this kind had been carried on for
a period sufficiently long to give results of as reliable a character
as could be expected from it. In this branch of the enquiry the
nobby “Monica” was utilised to fish a train of nets, in part of
the ordinary commercial mesh and in part of meshes of the
different measurements calculated to catch mackerel of any size
that might be on the grounds. ‘The position of the nets in
relation to the surface was continually varied, with a view to
tabulating the presence of fish at different zones of depth, in so
far as this may be done by drift nets, which are engines so
affected by weather as to prevent the results of one boat’s fishing
being truly comparable from one day to another. At the same
time the physical conditions of the water were observed and
collections were made of the organisms which form the food of
the fish. Our own catches of mackerel were compared with
samples obtained from the local fishery and we were, by the

1x

courtesy of the Congested Districts Board, able to command very
exact statistics of the whole fishery of Connaught. Our enquiry
is being continued chiefly by means of periodic observations of
water conditions and of food organisms, extended over a much
wider area and collated, as is now possible, with reasonably
accurate statistics of catch over the whole area affected by the
Irish mackerel industry. No detailed report of our conclusions
can as yet be appended, since in the period during which we
have worked it has become evident that the water conditions are
so variable in successive years that apparent results based on the
experience of a few seasons may be most deceptive.

It is, however, possible to briefly dispose of a question which
_has attracted some public attention, viz., the alleged injury to the
fishery caused by the capture of spawning fish.

In regard to result, it does not appear to matter much
whether the parent is caught shortly before, or during the period
- of reproduction. Indeed, since the latter is in the mackerel pro-
longed over some considerable time, capture of unspent fish would
seem to be more prejudicial to the future stock than capture of
fish which will have shed, at least, a part of their ova. Mackerel
are already heavy in milt or roe when the fishing commences,
the spring fishery being due to the movement or migration con-
temporaneous with the maturation of the reproductive elements,
and it is evident that the protection of the fish, at this season,
would abolish the most profitable part of the year’s fishery. It
may be held that compensation would be forthcoming in the
improvement of the harvest fishery; but, though the harvest
return fluctuates considerably, not only on the south-west coast,
where both fisheries have long been pursued, but also at the
west coast stations, established within quite recent years, it
cannot be said to have so generally and continuously deteriorated
as to afford evidence of having been materially affected by the
operations of mankind. According to our experience, gained by
examination of the fish taken during several successive seasons,
actually spawning fish appear, for the most part, to evade
capture, presumably because their reproductive functions are
fulfilled at some depth greater than that of a drift net, or, in
other words, their surface wanderings in search of food are sub-
ordinated to the function of procreation.

Another question, to which our attention is from time to time
invited and on which it has always been bestowed without invi-
tation, is the destruction of small mackerel by the spring and
summer herring fishery on the south coast. So far as I have
been able to discover, the capture of small mackerel in herring
nets, in serious quantity, is spasmodic rather than regular. It
is, in fact, an accident in a most important industry, and
appears to have recurred through a period of years which
commenced long before any failure of the mackerel fishery,
spring or harvest, could be laid to its account. It may, indeed,
be questioned whether the capture of small mackerel would have
excited any local attention if the herring boats had belonged to
the ports from which they fish.

x

Herring Fishery—I have commenced a research which may
I hope, throw some light on the general natural history of the
herring, and the causes which influence its movements and
relative abundance. It is, however, more immediately directed
to the establishment or negation of identity in the personnel of
the shoals which at different times of the year form the object of
fisheries. It is commonly asserted that a tishery in, say, the
‘spring is prosecuted at the expense of an autumn or winter
fishery, since the later takes only the survivors of the earlier,
and so forth. It is possible that we may be able to present rea-
sonably conclusive evidence on this point, which, though but one
of many, is perhaps of primary importance. The great difficulty
in the way of successful attack on the problem lies in the selective
action of the nets used in practical fisheries and in a just inter-
pretation of the same. Our experience in fishing mackerel with
a train of nets of different meshes suggests that the selection is
much less in practice than it would seem to be in theory, but this
is suggestion rather than conclusive proof. It is, however, clear
to me that, in open waters, the employment of a single train of
mixed nets (the most which I could expect to command) would
not yield results proportionate to the expenditure.

Oyster Fisheries—In my Report for 1901 I referred to the
commencement of experiments in oyster culture, and in an
eee dealing with the public oyster fisneries of Counties

Jicklow and Wexford, I offered some observations on the Irish
oyster industry generally, The re-laying trade, which, owing to
the physical conditions of the coast-line, is for the most part
restricted to the west, has of late years been greatly hampered
by the difficulty of obtaining native seed. Most of the public
natural beds from which seed was formerly obtainable have been
dredged out. The important sources of supply on the west coast
are now restricted to the Tralee and Clarenbridge beds, and
although measures have been taken to prevent: exhaustion, there
is no doubt that both these beds are suffering from a drain
altogether disproportionate to their resources.

In consequence, the difficulty which re-layers experience in
stocking their beds from local sources is on the increase, and is
in fact prohibitive of important enterprise as far as Irish native
oysters are concerned.

Our attention has therefore been directed to the devising of a
system of artificial production suitable to our climatic conditions,
by the adoption of which means might be found to increase the
native supply; and, as an alternative of immediate interest, to
ascertaining the relative value, for our waters, of the various
kinds of English and continental seed on the market.

I offer, in the present report, no detailed account of our ex-
periments in the artificial collection of spat, but a brief notice
may be of interest. Work was commenced in 1901, and con-
tinued in 1902 in Muckinish Bay, County Clare, an arm of the
sea entering Galway Bay near Ballyvaughan. The lower part
is narrow, with a Seidel den ble declivity, 80 that the broad area
above Finavarra is only reached by the last two-thirds of the

ell .

<a

xi

flood-tide from Galway Bay. The chanuel here divides to sur-
round a large bank, which is very shallow, and in part dry, at
low water. In and about this bank was formerly a natural
oyster-bed of some local importance, and for many years re-
laying work had been carried on there, though not apparently
on a very large scale during the years immediately precedent to
1901. In the winter of 1900-01 the proprietors commenced to
stock the bed to a much greater extent, and in 1901 we obtained
from them permission to devote a part of it to our own pur-
poses. On this part we laid down a considerable stock, derived
from various sources, and at different points over the whole area
we erected crates of tiles for the collection of spat. In 1901 not

‘much was accomplished, owing to delay in the delivery of the

tiles; but in 1902 the experiment was fairly carried out, the
erates being set out in successive months during the summer,
so that the date of origin of any spat that was caught could be
estimated with approximate accuracy. The quantity of spat
caught was not great, and my expectations of the breeding stock
which would be maintained on the beds not being fulfilled, I
thought it advisable to remove our operations to Ardfry, near
Oranmore.

At this place we obtained the use of a natural sea pond, or
“saleen,” of about sixteen acres, the’ mouth of which had been
fitted with lock gates, so that the pond could be kept full as
long as might be desired. The conditions approximate to those
of the pools in Norway, of which Herr Wollebaek has given so
favourable an account (see Report for 1901, Appendix, No. VI.).
The pond, however, when we tvok it over in the spring of 1903,
required considerable repair, due to damage caused by the
February gale, and could not be put in working order in time
for us to take advantage of the heat of the early summer of that
year. Nevertheless, in our attempt at spat collection in the
most unfavourable late summer and autumn which ensued, we
obtained some measure of success.

The experience of one year alone is not of much importance,
and, if it happens to be the first year of a new system, cannot
provide those prosaic details of profit and loss which are of
fina] importance in any undertaking; while the mere capture of
ee will not help us much until we can present it, at a reason-
able cost, in the form of seed oysters fit for relaying—for which
consummation sufficient time has not yet elapsed. I believe,
however, that our work is being so conducted that we shall in
the end achieve an answer, positive or negative, to the problem
of artificial propagation.

The other branch of our enquiry, directed to a comparison of
different brands of imported stock, is also still incomplete, since
each successive test has seemed to denote the desirability of
further ramifications of research; but, with the assistance of
Mr. Hillas, I have prepared a report which deals in a preliminary
manner with some of our results (see Appendix, No. VIII.).
Perhaps the most striking feature of this report is the light
which it throws on the factor of mortality or loss, practically a

xii

single factor, since it matters little to the oyster-grower whether
the oyster is alive or dead if it cannot be found when wanted.
The observations with which we deal were made ona bed of
known excellence, and on which the treatment yielded, in the
survivors, excellent results, and are therefore, as I sup
representative of what may generally be expected, rather than
illustrative of errors in my own methods of culture and selection
of locality. Yet the loss of individuals indicated is very great.

It has been propounded to me, by persons desiring to start an
oyster-laying business, that since seed can be bought at about 1s.
r hundred and sold when fit for market at 8s. to 12s., the pro-
ts must necessarily proceed on an assured arithmetical basis.
But, even apart from temporary conditions of demand and supply,
it is quite evident that on our coast at least the account is com-
plicated by factors other than buying and selling prices, and cost of
care, watching and marketing. On the question of loss I have
sought information from practical men on every occasion, and
have been compelled to the conclusion that very little of an exact
character is known about it. When oysters are kept in pits for
the winter pending sale the loss is known, and has risen, accord-
ing to my information, to near 100 per cent. But in summer,
when the stock is below tide-marks, any estimate that can be
formed is complicated by the uncertainty of the extent to which
the bed may ee been cleared before the new stock was laid
down.

In France, where oysters are kept in pares, of which the contents
are readily visible, such statements of mortality as I have heard
have seemed, if accurate, to indicate natural conditions much
more favourable than our own.

At Muckinish it may be taken that the ground on which we
made our layings was practically bare of oysters, at least of a kind
which could be confused with those which we laid. Our results,
therefore, are practically accurate. To some extent our layings
suffered from sanding during gales, which were, perhaps, more
than usually prevalent during the period of observation, but such
chances of fortune are by no means unknown at the mouth of the
Thames, the head-quarters par eacellence of the high-grade
oyster industry.

Though loss and mortality are, as I have said, the same in so
far as concerns the profits of the relayer, the extent to which an
oyster may wander, or, rather, be drifted, is of interest when one
considers the cultivation of a large area, or the selection for cul-
ture of small plots surrounded by unsuitable ground. Previous
to the inception of our experiments Portuguese oysters had never,
as far as I could ascertain, been laid on the Muckinish beds. We
put down some of this species at a certain place in 1902. In 1903
we purchased from the proprietors of the beds a quantity of
oysters for use at Ardfry. Among these were found several

ortuguese, and, on enquiry, it appeared quite clear that they
had been dredged about a quarter of a mile from the place where
they were laid in the previous year.

xiii

Apart from loss by mortality or drifting, the apparent loss by
temporary sanding is a serious difficulty to the relayer. On
several occasions I have had sections of our Jayings, covered at
low water only by a few inches or even dry,cleared for stock-
taking purposes. Not an oyster was supposed to have been left,
yet on each of two subsequent re-searches considerable numbers
were raised, and doubtless some are there yet. Profiting by the
advice of a friend whois professionally interested in the industry
_ IT have had a supposed empty bed harrowed over, and this treat-
ment yielded a certain number which could not otherwise have
been obtained. The expense, however, was out of all proportion
to the result, as, indeed, is the expense of re-searching by any
means a bed which has once been cleared by ordinary methods of
hand-picking, raking, or dredging, according to its depth.

It is, in fact, the immediately available stock that is of impor-
tance to the relayer, and not the number of oysters which he may
perchance light upon at a future occasion, when he has not an
order on hand, and when some of them may be too old for sale.

The loss, whether from mortality or from mere evasion, having
proved to be so serious in the case of oysters laid on the ground
in the ordinary way, it appeared to me desirable to compare the
results of ground-laying with that of keeping oysters in the recep-
tacles known in France as “caisses ostréophiles.” These are
trays with shallow wooden sides and wire-netting bottoms, about
six feet long by three feet wide, divided into three compartments,
and set up on short legs. In France they are used, as far as I
could ascertain, only for protecting the spat removed from the
tiles until it is large enough to resist the attacks of crabs, and
for this purpose they are covered with similar trays of which the
sides are sometimes a little more shallow.

We had tried them at Muckinish for small Aurays of an inch
and one-and-a-half inch gauges, and found that in comparison
with ground layings they gave incomparably better results.

When visiting the principal seats of the French industry in
1901, I endeavoured to learn why the use of caisses was confined
to small oysters, but had to content myself with the general
statement that they were not suitable for large stock. It may
certainly be that they are not necessary in the system of culture
in walled “pares,” where the larger oysters are almost as safe
as they would be in the caisses. On our coasts the pare system
is but little adupted, and is not everywhere practicable, and while
the use of caisses at least prevents disappearance by drifting or
sanding, the success of the Norwegian method of culture in
baskets suggests that to be actually on the ground is not always
necessary for the oyster’s well-being. The caisses have the
further apparent advantage of enabling the cultivator to utilise
muddy tracts in which ordinary layings could not be made.

Our tables suffice to show that oysters as received from the
public beds can be carried in caisses to a marketable condition
with considerably less loss than is experienced in control ground
layings, though it is not yet clear to us that the condition of a
ground oyster on a good bed is always equalled by its neighbour

Xlv

in a caisse. On this point we await the result of further trial,
but can say that so far the condition of caisse oysters has com-
pared quite favourably with that of our control layings, and
indeed with that of samples of table oysters which we have
received from several layings of high reputation.

A most important consideration in the caisse system is the
degree to which oysters can be crowded without interference
with growth, for on this depends the extra cost of this form of
culture. The evidence which we are able to offer is only of a
preliminary character.

It is hardly necessary to say that our experience of mortality
and loss at Muckinish is not exactly indicative of what may be
expected to occur on any other bed on the west coast. In this
respect we found a ditference as between Ballynakill Harbour
and Muckinish Bay and as between different parts of the latter,
the mortality, however, being apparently least where the growth
was least satisfactory. Nevertheless I consider that the
possibility of a loss of stock approximating to that which is
shown in our tables is a contingency which intending relayers
should take into account before investing in large stocks of
material which will require to be held a long time before it is
fit for market.

The purchase of large oysters for speedy turn-over is a much
more certain business, since if the consignments carry fairly well
serious loss does not, according to our experience, begin to mani-
fest itself for some considerable period. In the Appendix will
be found tables giving the result of a small experiment in this
direction, the operation partaking also partly of the nature of
quarantine. ‘Recently a number of English beds have heen under
suspicion, mostly unfounded, and their products are consequently
cheap, but can, I suppose, be completely rehabilitated in the
estimation of consumers by a month’s sojourn in Atlantic waters,
and the difference in buying and selling price seems to leave
a fair margin of profit after deducting cost of carriage and care
and writing off about 2 percent. for mortality.

The mention of quarantine leads to the subject of typhoid
contagion by means of oysters. The Report of the Local Govern-
ment Board on this subject shows that the great majority of the
Atlantic layings are free from eventhat measure of suspicion
which attaches to the revelation by bacteriological analysis of the
_— of certain microbes, which, in themselves harmless, have
yeen supposed to indicate the presence of sewage pollution. It
appears by no means improbable that at least one of these
organisms has really no necessary connection with sewage, and
1 am taking steps to have this matter further investigated.

Unfortunately the public do not always consider the difference
between these innocent bacilli and the infinitely less hardy
microbes of disease, nor do they trouble to read with attention the
explanations furnished by bacteriologists of the rational inter-
pretation of their analysis. In consequence, a laying actually
acquitted of reasonable possibility of infection may be con-
demned by the consumer because the report of the bacteriologist

xV

mentions the presence of an organism which is to be found, if
only in small numbers, perhaps on every shore suitable for the
culture of shell-fish. .

The latest pronouncement on the general subject is that of
Professor Giard, who reports on behalf of the Council of Sea
Fisheries to the French Ministry of Marine. In effect he finds
that the alarm is due much more to the inventive faculties of the
daily press than to any actual cases of contagion, and that
opportunities of contagion present themselves more readily in
the establishments of retailers than on the beds from which the
oysters are derived.

I think it is certain that one of the reasons for the present
depressed condition of trade is that the consumer does not feel
sure of the origin of oysters which heis invited to purchase.
Much of course depends on the reputation of the retailer, which
may not be equally known to all customers, but 1t seems to me
that the difficulty could be obviated to some extent by purchase
from the producer, or from the retailer in the sealed boxes of the
producer. This, however, is a question of trade, and, though no
expert in such matters, I can see that the adoption of the sealed
box system would not conduce to bringing high class oysters into
the market at a low price, since packages not immediately sold
would go to waste.

We are from time to time consulted as to the suitability of
particular places for oyster-culture, prior to the application to
yourself for a licence. Whenever the topographical conditions
have indicated reasonable possibility of pollution I have been
authorised to obtain the assistance of a most competent
bacteriologist, and by the continuance of this practice I believe
that the danger of contagion from new layings in any part of the
courtry may be effectuately averted.

“SCIENTIFIC PAPERS.

The remaining appendices dealing with marine matters are of
a technical description, and may be unjustly suspected of
possessing an interest to philosophers only, though in fact they
all bear directly or indirectly on fishery problems, :

Medusae (Appendix, No. 1. pp. 3, 20)—Miss Delap describes
the rearing of the large blue jelly-fish, Cyunea Lamarcki, a
creature well known to and well hated by bathers and fisher-
men. Besides giving the first adequate account of the life-
history of the alternate generations, of which one is a small
anemone-like form, while the other is a huge active free-swim-
ming “ gall,” and so enabling future observers to recognise the
animal at all stages of its existence, she also adds most important
information as to its role in the marine cosmos. At first a
destroyer of the eggs of those fishes which spawn at the season
of its early youth, it becomes in later life an active exterminator
of other jelly-fishes, and perhaps more than pays for infantile
depredations. Cyanex Lamarcki appears to regularly invade
Galway Bay in the early summer, and, since these notes came

xvVl

into my hands, Mr. Tattersall and I have seen large members
of the species with whole fleets of other medusae enmeshed
in their tentacles, while from the stomach of every specimen
lifted there fell out a mass of half-digested ctemophores and
hydroid medusae. All these creatures, like their captors, fish
the sea with retractile tentacles set with deadly barbed poison
threads, and if many of them are too feeble to murder even minute
fishes, all seem to compete seriously with the latter for the small
creatures which form their prey. One species, the medusa of the
hydroid Corymorpha, appears at times in such abundance that it
actually puts a stop to the spring mackerel fishery, choking the
nets, and doubtless driving the fish far from the pelagic nettle-
bed which it simulates, This is among the forms which have
been shown to forma part of the menu of Cyanea. It is well
known that young fish, after the attainment of the adult form,
commonly shelter under the dises of large jelly-fish. At this stage
they appear to be immune from the stinging cells of their pro-
tector, and perhaps feed to some extent on the genital products
which it liberates. I have never met with Cyanea Lamarcki in
open waters, but in the North Sea I have found young whiting
to be the constant guests of the yellow form, Cyanea capillata,
which there abounds.

Another paper by the Misses Delap deals with the floating
organisms observed in Valentia Harbour. For reasons which our
present knowledge of Atlantic currents and drifts does not allow
us to grasp, this harbour appears to act as an indicator of the set
towards our shores of the waters of the ocean, since in it, more
than in any coastal area of which I have knowledge, are taken
organisms belonging properly to the open sea. Local observa-
tions of this nature form a most important corollary of our
periodical plankton investigations.

Copepoda (Appendix, No. I., p, 23)—Mr. Farran contributes
an important paper on the copepoda taken in some of our deep-
sea expeditions. Apart from the interest aroused by the dis-
covery within a comparatively short distance from our coast of a
number of species hitherto unknown to science, the work is of
specific value in view of the fact that thisgroup of minute crus-
taceans forms the bulk of the food of the fishes which are the
object of our drift-net fisheries, and that evidence derived from
the contents of stomachs may, in the light of knowledge of the
horizontal distribution of their prey, afford an insight to the re-
cent wanderings of the fish.

Mollusca ppendix, No. IIL, p. 53)—Mr. Sykes’ memoir on
the shell-fish of Ballynakill and Bofin Harbours is a material aid
towards an understanding of the exact topographical distribution
of these creatures in relation to depths and formations of the sea
floor. The general geographical distribution of the inshore mol-
lusca, which form a most important item in the food of many
marketable fishes, is fairly well known, but we have much yet to
learn of their predilections as to environment and of their habits
and movements,

{

xvii

In the second part of his paper the author gives the results of
our gatherings of deep-water mollusca up to date, and I trust
that we shall be able to avail ourselves of his special knowledge
of this group when the area shall have been further explored.

To Mr. Hoyle we are indebted for an account of a squid taken
in the surface water over the Porcupine Bank. Our specimen
has enabled the author to prove the identity of a number of
species previously regarded as distinct.

Mr. Farran notes the re-discovery of Alderia modesta, a nudi-
branchiate molluse, for which I, and probably many others, have
long sought in vain. Of no direct, and, perhaps, of no indirect,
economical import this animal yet presents, in the paucity of
observations, the difficulty that exists in taking even an approxi-
mately accurate census of the inhabitants of our seas.

Schizopoda (Appendix, No. IV., p. 99).—Mr. Tattersall and I
present a report on this group of crustaceans, which consists of
animals having much the appearance of shrimps or prawns, but
furnished throughout life with natatory processes on the limbs of
the body.

The somewhat special attention which we have paid to them
is due to the known importance of some kinds as food of mackerel
and herring, and to the expectation that a reasonably full ac-
quaintance with their movements and habits would throw light
upon the same in the fishes which prey upon them.

For the present we deal only with those which inhabit the off-
shore waters—of 50 fathoms and upwards, and the material con-
sists of collections made by the “ Helga” at various depths
between 50 and about 1,000 fathoms, by the ss. “ Oceana” in
deeper water off the south-west of [reland, and by H.MS.
‘“‘ Research ” off the northern part of the Bay of Biscay.

Our results show that a number of truly oceanic forms occur
so regularly within a comparatively short distance of our coast
that they cannot be disregarded as factors in fishery problems.
Among the more sessile kinds it appears that species hitherto
only known from the Norwegian coast are equally abundant on
our own, while the number of species to which we have had to
give names is sufficiently indicative of the paucity of previous
exploration of the Irish margin of the Atlantic.

When the reports of the other components of our collections
are published it will be found that the schizopoda by no means
stand alone in this respect. In an allied group we took, in each
of two hauls, more species than were met with in the whole
“ Challenger” Expedition.

Fishes (Appendix, No. V., p. 156).—Mr. Byrne and I record the
occurrence in Dingle Bay of Dentex vulgaris, a large southern
bream which has not hitherto been met with on our coasts, and
offer some observations on the remarkable store of fatty matter
which is carried by old males of this and some other Sparoid
fishes on the upper part of the head. In another paper we essay
to put into a form intelligible to untrained observers the
characters which serve to distinguish the different species of
soles, and present a brief account of the known habits and dis-

8

xvi

tribution of each kind. Common as they are and wide as is the
range of literature dealing with them, it is our experience that
one sole is very commonly confused with another, with results
most prejudicial to the value of records. We propose, in a future
report, to deal in the same way with others of the flat-fish kind
which offer opportunity for mistakes in determination.

Since our Report on the British and Irish Gobies was issued
another species has been added to the list. We have, therefore,
brought our notes up to date in this respect.

Echinoderms (Appendix, No. VI., p. 176)—Mr. Kemp con-
tributes a list of the Echinoderms collected in Ballynakill and-
Bofin Harbours during the operations of the Marine Laboratories
at those places, with especial note of their exact topographical
distribution. Incidentally he discusses the characters of a
Cucumaria which has presented great difficulties to the system-
atist, and, therefore, perforce to the bionomist. In a further
paper he records the Echinoderms collected in our deep-sea cruises,
and, for the convenience of students of distribution, includes a
list of all previous captures of deep-sea forms within our area.

Some miscellaneous zoological notes, which are contained in
Appendix, No. VII., p. 207, do not call for special reference here,
but Mr. Tattersall’s discussion of the larvae of the rather large
crustacean Squilla illustrates the difficulty experienced in at-
tempting a satisfactory enumeration of the inhabitants of om
area. The swimming larvae are taken so constantly on the
western fishing grounds that the adult, a burrowing animal, must
certainly exist there in some abundance. Yet it has never been
taken there, nor, indeed, save in two instances, on any part of
the coasts of the United Kingdom.

Another illustration is afforded by the diseovery of Balano-
glossus, a worm-like animal apparently related to the vertebrates,
hitherto only known in British and Irish seas in the larval form.

Some public interest has been aroused here by the appearance
in the London market of Nephrops norvegicus, an animal of
the lobster kind, well known to the public as the “ Dublin Bay
Prawn,” and in natural history books as the “ Norway Lobster.”
Discussion in the daily press has enriched knowledge in the usual
manner, and we have learned through the same medium that it
is the duty of the Department to undertake the culture of the
prawns lest they become extinct.

The animal occurs in great abundance on the tracts of muddy
sand and mud which form the offshore part of the sea floor oft
Counties Louth and Down. Its colloquial title is due, I imagine,
to the fact of its coming to market in Dublin trawlers rather
than to its having been at any time abundant in Dublin Bay,
where the soundings are unsuited to its mode of life. The male
is much larger than the female, and has relatively enormous claws.
It is this difference, 1 suppose, that accounts for the fact that in
a traw! load of “prawns” it is often difficult to find even a single
female, the gentler sex being too small to be retained by the

meshes of the net. On account of their poor keeping qualities

x1x

only the last catches of a trawling voyage are thought worth
taking to market, and of these only the largest. In consequence
while but few females come aboard all are shovelled over side
again, and probably most of them are little the worse of their
experience.

It follows that since the female is practically exempt from
human interference the danger of extinction is remote and the
need for culture not obvious, even if practicable in the case of
an animal which appears intolerant of existence in shallow
water.

As you are aware, attention has been for some time devoted
to the preservation of these animals in tins or bottles, with a
view to getting over the difficulties of the fresh market, but this
branch of inquiry does not come within the province of my
report.

In concluding my remarks on the sea fisheries, | may advert
to the successful marketing in London of a true prawn,
Pandalus borealis, from the deep sea of the Norwegian coast,
This enterprise is the direct outcome of a scientific investigation
made by Dr. Hjort. The prawn much resembles the prawn of
the English market, Leander serratus, in general appearance,
and is as large as the largest of that species, with which it
appears to compete with fair success in the market.

For many years we have been aware of the existence in deep
water, off the west coast and in the deeper part of the Irish Sea,
of a prawn of about the same size, Pandalus Bonnieri, and I
have had in mind the possibility of taking it in marketable
quantity. Various kinds of gear have been devised for the
purpose, but so far we have never succeeded in taking more
than a few specimens in any one haul.

Cladophora rupestris (Appendix, No. X., p. 344).—Though
sea-weeds are not usually dealt with in fishery reports, a note
on this form may be of interest, since, from Mr. Moss’ analysis,
it appears to possess a possible value as manure, and though
very easily collected in the places where it occurs, I do not know
that it is ever used as a fertiliser.

INLAND FISHERIES.

Statistics of Salmon Fisheries (Appendix, No. XII, p. 359).—
The statistics of private fisheries which have been placed at my
disposal for publication indicate a general improvement of a
decided character in 1902, this being largely due to the run of
peal, though the take of salmon appears to have been, on the
whole, not unsatisfactory. In 1903, while salmon seem to have
been taken in fair quantity, the take of peal was generally not
above the average of recent years, though there was a very good
supply of fish which ran too late for the netting season. In
such reports for 1904 as have reached me, it would appear that
the salmon fishing was generally good, but the peal very few,

and in many cases small.
B 2

xx

Water conditions have throughout the period covered by this
report been generally favourable to spawning and fry, and the
runs of smolts appear to have been well up to the average.

Artificial Propagation (Appendix, No. XL, p. 346).—Having
dealt at some length with the general question of hatcheries in
the last issue of this Report, I have confined my remarks to an
enumeration of the output of each hatchery in the seasons of
1902-1903 and 1908-1904, with some discussion of the cireum-
stances influencing natural and artificial propagation. The total
output of salmon fry is estimated for the first season at 5,739,000,
and for the second season at 4,068,600.

Mr. Charles Green contributes a preliminary note on the
variation in size of salmon ova, a matter of importance in esti-
mating the stock in a hatchery.

Mr. Oliver gives a full account of the new hatchery at Lismore,
which was built to his designs and specifications, and has proved
in every way satisfactory. The plans and schedule will, no
doubt, be consulted with interest by every one who contemplates
hatching operations, and the information afforded as to the
possibility of holding a large stock of spawners in a compara-
tively small flow of water is perhaps of special importance.

Mr. Charles Green’s pamphlet on the construction of hatching
apparatus, included as Appendix, No. XIV., in the last issue of
this Report, has been in great demand from the Continent as
well as from the United Kingdom. Only a few copies now
remain in hand, and it is proposed to issue a new edition as soon
as time permits.

Experiments have been in progress in trapping salmon for a
hatchery proposed to be erected at Newtownbarry, on the
Slaney. The trapping of so large a river, having a fairly even
gradient, and subject to heavy floods, presents great difficulties,
which have not yet been overcome.

A new hatchery is in process of construction on the Deenagh
at Killarney, and negotiations in regard to the inception of
hatching operations on the Barrow are in forward condition.

By a recent arrangement in regard to funds available for this
purpose, the Department are now in a position, in the case of
rivers where no preponderating private interest exists to offer to
the promoters of hatching enterprise more favourable terms than .
hitherto. However, while we are prepared to enter into agree-
ments on the basis of any reasonable local contribution, the
establishment of State hatcheries is not contemplated ; since we
may reasonably demand that the public funds shall not be charged
with the large and unnecessary expense which would be entailed
by the appointment of local managers,

Salmon Marking—Our marking operations have been con-
tinued on as large a seale as possible. The results will be given
in continuation of my report on this subject for 1901 as soon as
sufficient material has been accumulated. Though the number of
fish marked in each year has remained fairly constant, and the
marks used have not changed, the percentage of recaptures in

xxi

1902 has not been attained i:: subsequent years. With the utmost
reserve it may be suggested that the comparatively high per-
centage of returns in 1902 furnishes some evidence that the
excellent fishing of that season may have been in part due to the
survival of an exceptionally large proportion of the fish which
were breeding in the previous winter, but our data are insufficient
for more than the most tentative suggestion. Marking has been
carried on for many years by the Scottish authorities, and has
recently been commenced in England by the Board of Agriculture
and Fisheries. I am in communication with the Fisheries Staff
of the two Kingdoms, and may mention as illustrative of the
necessity of co-operation in such matters, that a label attached to
a fish in an Irish river, and taken from it a few miles up the same
river, only reached me after it had passed through the hands of
the Inspector of Salmon Fisheries for Scotland !

Mr. Singleton has informed us that he has marked fish on the
Bundrowse with silver labels distinguished by the letter 8. I
have not heard that any fish so marked were recaptured, and am
not aware of any other instances of marking in Ireland except
with labels supplied by the Department. The capture of a fish
supposed to have been branded was reported to us from the River
Barrow, but the marks were illegible, and I did not succeed in
ascertaining by whom they were placed on the fish,

Pollen Fishery—In your report for 1902 you referred to the
results of an experiment carried out under my direction for the
preservation of linen pollen nets from the attacks of “ water
crickets,” Asellus aquaticus, a species of Isopodous crustacean
generally distributed in Irish lakes. It being known that creo-
sote was repugnant to an allied marine Isopod, a test of the
creosote preparation used for curing sea nets naturally suggested
itself, and the result showed that, without lessening the fishing
efficacy of the pollen net at all, this substance completely pro-
tected it from the attentions of the “water cricket.” Leaflets
explanatory of the process were immediately issued, giving in-
formation as to where the creosote could be procured.

Difficulty subsequently arose in the provision of the stuff dur-
ing the season for which it was required, supply being regulated
by considerations of sea fisheries only.

We accordingly asked Messrs. Harrington Brothers, the well
known manufacturing chemists of Cork, to supply us with a
cheap form of creosote for experiment. This was done, and the
result proved quite satisfactory. The price quoted to us was 3d.
per lb. in 1 cwt. lots (package, 2s. 6d. per cwt.), delivered Dublin.
It could also be supplied in gallon tins, at some extra cost, in 1
ewt. lots.

It is to be noted that when the netsare boiled in “ soda ashes,”
as is the custom at Lough Neagh, the creosote should be applied
after and not before this process. Since the treatment appears
in no way to interfere with the fishing of the net, it is probable
that creosote may be found useful in the preservation of all kinds
of fresh water nets. |

xxl

I must express our thanks to Messrs. Barbour & Sons, of Lis-
burn, for their kindness in supplying free of charge the nets used
for experiment, and for reporting on the result of fishing the
nets.

Reports of Clerks of Conservators (Appendix, No. XIIL, p. 368).
In pursuit of the arrangement mentioned iu my last Report, se
much of these returns as appears to be of scientific rather than
of administrative interest is now extracted for publication here.
In future issues the practice of comparing in parallel columns
the returns of two years will be continued. I have already re-
ferred briefly to the subject matters of the returns.

ULSTER FISHERIES AND BIOLOGY ASSOCIATION,

Having learned that the formation of a marine Biological
Association was in contemplation at Belfast, 1 was authorised
by the Department to offer the promoters of this enterprise
some financial support, in the early stages of its existence, in
consideration of its energies being in part directed to inves-
tigations in which the Fisheries Branch has an interest. It
may be that the desire to encourage the first of such societies to
be formed in this country was more present in our minds than
any immediate expectation of valuable assistance. The Society
was duly formed under the title which I have quoted above,
and chose for its head-quarters Larne Harbour, choice being of
necessity limited to places of easy access from Belfast, where
most of the members of the association reside or have business.
A house was fitted up as a laboratory, and a small steam launch
was purchased. Professor Wilson, of Queen’s College, Belfast,
was appointed Honorary Director, and Mr. Pearson, B.Se., a
biologist from Professor Herdman’s laboratory, was engaged as
resident naturalist.

The Department provided apparatus to the value of about
£28, and for the first year’s work promised a subsidy of
£150 on condition of the association devoting a portion of its
attention to certain subjects and furnishing reports of the results.
Subject to general directions from myself, the association was
free to conduct the researches as seemed best to it. In the
selection of the marine portion of the programme I Inay own
that I was guided by the difficulty of conducting fishery research
from a centre such as Larne, and with equipment limited to a
small steam launch, especially in the case of a society chiefly.
dependent on the exertions of members who had enjoyed no
previous training in marine biology. The chief subject selected
was therefore a study of the fauna of Larne Lough in relation to
the depths and nature of bottom deposits, and the seasonal
movements of such marketable fish as enter the lough.

Since Belfast is within easy reach of Lough Neagh, the
association was asked to undertake a study of the schizopod
Mysis relicta, which forms the principal food of the pollen.
Except for a doubtful record from Lough Erne, to which it may
possibly have migrated by means of the canal, Mysis relicta

XXxiil

is known elsewhere only from the great lakes of Continental
Europe and of North America. In suggesting the acquisition of
a proper knowledge of its natural history, I had in view the
possibility of acclimatising an organism so valuable as a fish-
food in other large lakes in this country.

At the end of the first year’s work reports were duly furnished
by the association, but the researches were not in so forward a
condition as to be available for publication here.

The first year’s subsidy having been fixed at £150 for special
reasons, that of the succeeding year was reduced to £100. The
association was asked to continue its observations on Mysis
relicta, but in regard to marine work I thought it advisable to
invite assistance only in the examination of herring in connection
with the research which I have referred to in a previous portion
of this report. Thus, while in receipt of a substantial subsidy
the association is unfettered as to the pursuit of purely
biological study.

In conclusion I desire to acknowledge the assistance which I
have received in the work of scientific investigation from my
colleagues, the Assistant Naturalists, and from the Technical
Assistant of the Fisheries Branch. To Mr. C. Green I am
especially indebted for help in the preparation of this Report.

I have the honour to be,
Sir,
Your obedient servant,

E. W. L. HOLT,

Scientific Adviser,

cn)

ot iat [ok th Y uit HRS tte ‘at " ie agamth
ee wale Ai fiat boi, Ce uP eee ne ee be ity (Tete
an ee Steiela?” ov ateten? a ‘Gariitam so: har. 10) sis Ton

a Civ oo aa eat et tak mii at Damas
hi Jeeal ylab draw Bi reqoc ine Sey ent ok ti Aw le Regie

| » eer OF ‘tee! Hib VAI ao (ara asly wae y hota Ser iw Bi 6
a arn ow Tis Gy vik wet act Din Fi e ahead aj Rata Li )
ne ae | ooh? Mee» nik set Th het V1 ® aay Tur ¢
POLE wi bAgtial 2: reve, GABAA he atk ih pate ee dio

; poe ris: Bi Rha? FAI Pe ie ve bette. wie db) Ma “
a NS het, a ity are) atk aw odirrant os reat a ath ol ih \
» soln iviF Sey ig] Au af hs da reiRh Sabb Mt yates SS shade (hte @
armel ) aon mate we ay We Qh) Lierteg tt ee oy ait b eter rian
oy heat foidire Sat . & 1G putty te oli A HTL Bh, a
abyuty TR ine Te or "a reat, AES buds? ig
. ty apa nate: eas.
2s cs doi ik ofarite mek wt a yaliars wont awit ‘anieyty Y aor Ay BE
‘ Lier! MONA ati! af Lining 10 stile TT nd Bay aa 2.

‘ he Te [ie So ;

bncstanrt ye aay rE Bre £3 Okie |. fi SiN Aik R iF. Ai ped

7 i » , , eT As i> et é‘
sti) 7 ‘ . :
P ‘ rs : i rn
7 1 Ve ta? GU itheg of oled MOS iteiie)
: | ; :
' t
i :
‘
4 oe
| 4
et } ' ree

APPENDIX

TO THE

REPORT

ON THE

SEA AND INLAND FISHERIES OF [REDLAND

FOR

1902 and 1903.

EER LAL OE ADELE IT SI EN IS

PART II,—SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS,

No.
SEA FISHERIES,

I. ii—Notes on the Plankton of Valencia een 1899-1901, by M.
and ©, Delap, : -

iii—Notes on the rearing, in an Aigiieplibor of Chests cartts
Peron and Lesueur, by M. J. Delap, Plates I. and IL.,

II, Report on the Copepoda of the Atlantic Slope off Counties Mayo and
Galway, by G. P. Farran, B.A., Plates III. to XIII, °

III. The Marine Fauna of the West Coast of Ireland, Part II. :—

i.—The Molluscs and Brachiopods of Ballynakill and Bofin Har-
bours, Co, Galway, and of the Deep Water off the West and
South-West Coasts of Ireland, by E. R, Sykes, B.A.,

iii—On Specimens of Tracheloteuthis and Cirroteuthis Sak Deep
Water off the West Coast of Ireland, ~ W. E. Sis
Plate XIV.,

IV. ii—Schizopodous Crustacea from the North-East Atlantic Slope,
by E. W. L. Holt and W. M. Tattersall, ka Plates XV. to
XXV., . ; ‘

ii—Note on a Genus of Bah ees Crustacea, ose We: de Calman,
D. Sc., Plate XXVL,

V. i—Note on a Specimen of Dentex vulgaris from rps Bay, by E,
W. L. Holt and L. W. Byrne, Plate XXVII.,

ii—The British and Irish Gobies, Supplement, by E. Ww. L.
Holt and L. W. Byrne, Plate XXVIIL., ;
iii—Figures and Descriptions of the British and Irish pied. of
Solea, by E. W. L. Holt andL. W, > eet Plates XXIX. to
XXXIV., ; : , :

VI, The Marine Fauna of the West Coast of Ireland, Part III. :—Echino-
derms of Ballynakill and Bofin Harbours, Co, Galway, and of the
Deep Water off the West Coast of Ireland, by S. W. — B.A.,
Plate XXXYV., , , : , : ;

Page

23

53

93

99

153

156

162

164

176

No,

VII, The Marine Fauna of the West Coast of Ireland, Miscellaneous
Notes ; —

i.—Additions to the List of Nudibranchiate Molluscs of ges ead
kill Harbour, Co. Galway, by G. P. Farran, B.A.,

ii.—Rediscovery of the Nudibranch Alderia seaiasiis (Loven),

by G. P. Farran. B.A., : .
iii—Occurrence of the Floating Barnacle, Lepas fascieutaris

(Ellis and Sol.), by G. P. Farran, B.A., : *
iv. nae Nebalia typhlops, G. O. san. by W. M. Tattersall,

B.8c., “ - . ;

v.—On Stomatopod larvae Pci the West Coast of Ireland, by
W. M, Tattersall, B.Sc., :

vi.—Enteropneusta from the West ria of sla, by W, M.
Tattersall, B.Sc.,

VIII. Preliminary Report on Experiments in Oyster Culture on the West
Coast of Ireland, by E. W. L. Holt and A. B. E. Hillas, B.A,,

IX. Quarterly observations of Temperature, 8.S. “ Helga,” : :

X. Note on the Manurial Value of the Seaweed Cladophora a My
E.W. L. Holt, ~ . : ; : :

INLAND FISHERIES.

XI. i. - Report on the Artificial Propagation of Salmonidae for the
Seasons of 1902-1903 and 1903-1904, by E. W. L. Holt, .

ii.—Preliminary Note on the Size of Salmon Eggs, in relation

to estimating their Number, by C. Green, B.A., , p

iii.—Report on the Salmon Hatchery at Lismore, by Charles Deane
Oliver, B,A,I., M.1,C.E,, . ° , ,

XII, Statistical Information relating to the Salmon Fisheries, ., :

XIII, Substance of Reports received from Clerks of Conservators relative
to Salmon Fisheries, ; ° ; : , ;

Page

207
208
209
210
211

213

215
333

344

346
350
352
359

363

Apprenpix, No. I.

1,—Notes on the Plankton of Valencia Harbour, 1899-1901, by M. and
C. Denar.

11,—Notes on the rearing, in an Aquarium, of Cyanea Lamarcki, Peron
et Lesueur, by M. J. DELapP.

i—NOTES ON THE PLANKTON OF VALENCIA
HARBOUR, 1899-1901,

BY

M. & C. DEvapP.

The following notes continue the record of townettings taken in
Valencia Harbour during the years 1895—1898, and published in the
Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, Ser. III., Vol. 5., by Mr. E. T.
Browne.

Having succeeded in rearing Chrysaora isosceles to maturity (Irish
Natwralist, February, 1901), we were encouraged to try Cyanea, and the
result is given in the accompanying paper.

We are greatly indebted to Mr. Browne for his kind help in revising
and correcting our notes, and identifying specimens.

These notes give the results of townetting and collecting for the
years 1899—1901.

The hauls are generally taken near Reenagiveen Point, or about a

ae ae further down the harbour, towards the lighthouse, on a

ood tide.

When the surface of the water is calm, the jelly-fish are lifted in a jar
by hand, and in this way more perfect specimens can be obtained than
by the townet.

The temperatures are taken on the surface from the boat when tow-
netting, or from the rocks at Reenagiveen (when too rough for boating),
where the water is deep, and a strong tide flows past.

During the winter months, December, January, and February, marine
organisms are very scarce, a few copepods only being taken. This is
probably due to heavy seas and stormy weather.

Young stages of medusae, fish eggs, &c., make their appearance
towards the end of February, and copepods become plentiful from the
beginning of April. From May on throughout the summer months, jelly-
fish, &c., are generally abundant, and again after the autumn gales a
drift of ocean forms sometimes appears, such as the crowds of Cupulita,
Solmaris, Salps, &c., in November, 1901.

The tables (pp. 16 to 19) give the monthly distribution of the various
medusae, and other organisms noticed or taken in the townet.

PROTOZOA.

Noctiluca miliaris,
1899.—It was first seen on August 25th; very abundant until October 6th.

1900.—In September and October ; especially abundant on September 23rd.
Ann, Rep, Fish., Ireland, 1902-03, Pt. II., App., I. [1905].

4

RADIOLARIA,
1899.—Shoals appeared in August and September.

1900.—Shoals in July, August, September, and October.
1901.—In August, September, and October.

SIPHONOPHORA.
Velella spirans (Forskal).

1899.—In April a shoal of very small Velella were seen ; some measured
only 4-inch in length.

1900.—A large shoal in June.
1901.—One large specimen in July.

Muggiea atlantica (Cunningham).
1899.—None seen.

1900.—They were fairly plentiful in the harbour from June to October ;
abundant in September.

1901.—A few in October and November.

Galeolaria sp. ?

1899.—A number of these large Diphyes appeared in May; the swim-
ming bells of some of the specimens measured an inch in length ;
the stem when extended was a foot long, and very bright scarlet
at the end.

It swims very rapidly, jerking the foremost bell quite out of the
water.

1900.—In April three specimens were taken and about a dozen others seen.
In July, eight specimens on the 14th, three on the 16th, and several
on the 29th; others seen.

1901.--On April 26th two large ones were captured, and others seen. A
few were seen in May, one in June, and two on November 5th.

Cupulita Sarsi, Haeckel.

1899.—Some were taken in January; fairly common from May until
November. The largest specimens taken were some in September,
which measured nine inches in length, and with twelve pair of
nectocalyces.

1900.—The first specimens were taken on April 22nd; plentiful from
then until the middle of October ; most numerous in September.

1901.—Fairly common from April to end of November,
On Moraied 5th, 6th, and 7th there were such shoals of them in
the harbour that it would have been impossible to use a townet.
The largest in this shoal had about twenty pair of nectocalyces,
and a very long red stem.

Agalma sp. ?

1999.—A i of Agalma was taken on July 21st with tricornuate ten-
tilla, It was in a shoal of cupulita.

5

ANTHOZOA.

Arachnactis Bournet, Fowler.

1900.—In March and April these were fairly common in the townet.
Some of them were kept in an aquarium ; they settled down in
the gravel on the bottom. One of these still survives (1903). It
measures about an inch across the tentacles, which are about
twenty in number; it is very sensitive, and draws itself down
into its hole if disturbed. It is very like the anemone “ Cerian-
thus.”

1901.—None seen.
Halcampa.

The larval form is often taken attached to Phialidium. Several
were kept alive, and they attached themselves to stones in the
aquarium, and lived there for more than two years.

CTENOPHORA.

Pleurobrachia pileus, Modeer.

1899.--Common from April to November. In April and in August in
such shoals that it was impossible to use the townet.

1900.—Plentiful from March until the end of October.
1901.—From March to the end of November ; great shoals in June.

Bolina norvegica (Sars),

1899.—Taken in the harbour from March to November ; very abundant in
May and August.

1900.—In April a few large ones appeared ; some measured three inches
in length. Very many in June and July ; one was measured on
July 16th, five inches long. They continued in the harbour untiJ
the end of September.

{901.—Common from March to November. The largest shoals appeared
the first week of November ; these were very large specimens.
heavy gale on the 11th broke them up, and only a few were seen
after that date.

Beroe ovata, Eschscholtz.
1899.—A few Beroe appeared in June ; common in August and September.
1900.-—In June a few were taken ; more numerous in July. Some very
large ones were taken on July 14th and 16th. Common until
the end of September ; on September 5th some very pink speci-
mens measured six inches in length.

1901.—One on February 21st ; fairly common from May to November.

EcHINODERMATA.
Bipinnaria.
1899.—One specimen was taken on July 29th and another on August Ist.
1900.—Several seen in April and one in September.
1901.—On November 5th, 6th, and 7th great numbers were seen. These

were large specimens, with the little red starfishes well developed.
Pluteus nearly always in the tow net during the summer.

6

VERMES.
Tomopteris onisciformis, Eschscholtz.

1899.—One specimen was taken in the townet on January 28th; a few
during May, June, and July ; common in August and September.

1900.—A few in March and April ; common from June to October.

1901.—Taken in every month from May to November. On November
29th the townet was choked with Tomopteris and Sagitta.

Sagitta bipunctata, Quoy et Gaimard.

1899.—Taken in January, and in every month from April to September,
both included.

1900.—A few were taken in March, fairly common in April; and in
June, July, August, and October.

1901.—Taken in February, March, April, and May; and again in Sep-
tember, October, and November. Very abundant on November
29th.

CRUSTACEA.

Phyllosoma.
1899.—One specimen captured on May 8th.

Mo.Luvsca.

Ianthina communis, Lamarck.

1900.—On June 24th five small Ianthina were found stranded on the
rocks, and another on 26th. A number of Velella appeared in the
harbour on same dates.

Four more Ianthina were found on July 5th and 6th; three large
ones on August 4th. Some large ones were picked up on the
strand at Rossbeigh, about twenty miles distant, and were pro
bably part of the same shoal.

PTEROPODA.
Timacina retroversa (Fleming).
1299.—-None seen,

1900.—Plentiful «ll through June. On 15th the townet was completely
choked with them.

1901.—None were seen.

Clione limacina (Phipps).

ape aah common from June to October; very abundant on June
15t

1901.—Taken in June and in November.
PHORONIDEA.

Actinotrocha sp. ?
1901.—One specimen was taken on October 30th,

7

TUNICATA.
Thalia democratica—mucronata (Forskal).

1899.—A few specimens on May 8th and 9th; solitary specimens with
brown ‘ nucleus.”
One taken on June 2nd.

Salpa runcinata—fusiformts (Chamisso-Cuvier).

1901.—On November 5th nine specimens were taken; others were seen,
but swimming too deep to catch. A few taken on the 6th and
7th; then a large shoal appeared, both chains and solitary indi-
viduals. Some measured 35 inches in length. The “nucleus”

is reddish orange in colour, but looks white when seen at a great
depth. The chains move very quickly, and are hard to catch,
as they sink when touched. The longest chain captured num-
bered sixteen salps. Single specimens were easily preserved in
formaline, but though various methods were tried, it was found
impossible to preserve the chains intact. The shoal remained
about the harbour until November 15th, when the weather be-
came stormy, and they disappeared.

Doliolum sp. ?
1901.—One specimen taken November 29th.

Orkopleura.

1899.—Generally common in the spring and early summer.
Very common in May and June.

1900.—Taken in April and in June.

1901.—Common in April and May.
On May 10th the tow net was quite choked with them.
Taken also in August, September, and October.

PISCE.
Fierasfer sp. ?

1901. oP a at 6th a specimen was taken, measuring 70 mm. in
engt

Sometimes large shoals of certain animals appear in the harbour,
and townetting is useless, as the net gets soon choked with them.
This was the case on following dates :—

1899.—On May 16th and 17th, Plewrobrachia and Bolina.
On August 21st, Plewrobrachia, Bolina, and Cupulita.

1900.—May 10th, Corymorpha and Oikopleura.
May 30th, Corymorpha.
June 15th, Timacina retroversa,
June 20th, Bolina and Pleurobrachia,

1901.—On November 7th, such numbers of Solmaris that the water looked
quite grey with ‘them ; Cupulita almost as numerous,
Meciaber 29th, Sagitta and Tomopteris,

8

ANTHOMEDUSAE.
Amphinema dinema (Péron et Lesueur).

1899.—A few specimens in May, June, and July; more plentiful in
August and the first part of September.

1900.—Scarce in June; only one in July; a few in August and Sep-
tember.

1901.—A very young specimen taken on March 16th; one in May; one
in August, and several it: November.

Cladonema radiatum, Dujardin.

This medusa has not been taken in the tow net. The hydroid is
common in our bell-jars, and the medusa is very easily reared to
the adult stage.

Clavatella prolifera, Hincks.

A specimen occasionally appears in the bell-jars, but the hydroid
has not yet been seen.

Corymorpha nutans, Sars.

1899.—This medusa appeared in the middle of April; very abundant
during May and June; a few in July, August, and September.

1900.—A specimen was taken on April 6th, and another on the 14th.
In May it appeared in the bay outside Valencia Harbour, in such
a vast shoal that the drift-net fishing was considerably inter-
fered with. Very abundant inside the harbour during May; a
few seen in June and in August.

1901.—Some specimens were taken on April 16th. In May there was an

enormous shoal of Corymorpha, both inside and outside the har-
bour. The mackerel fishermen reported to us that the “dirt”
was very bad, and that their nets were thickly coated with
medusae.

The weather was then hot and the sea calm. Corymorpha was
also abundant in June.

A solitary specimen was captured in October.

Cytwandra areolata (Alder).

1899.—On May 15th five specimens were taken, one with thirty-one ten-
tacles. Two more were taken on May 20th, and two on
August 10th.

1900.—None seen.

1901.—A large one captured on March 22nd with twenty tentacles, one on
May 3rd with thirty-three tentacles, and a few in the last week
of the month.

Dipurena ophiogaster, Haeckel,

1899.—One specimen taken on May 20th, several in June, a few in July
and in September.

1900. —Several were taken in May and in June, many in July, and a few
in August.

1901.—One specimen on May 13th.

OE

Dipurena halterata (Forbes).

1899.—Several were taken in June, a good many in July. Most of them
were fine adult specimens,

1900.—A few very small specimens in July, another small one in August,
two in September, and one in October ; all young stages.

1901.—One on November 15th.

, Ectopleura Dumortiert (Van Beneden).
1899.—Taken in every month from April to August, but never plentiful.
1900.—Taken from May 31st until October 15th ; most frequently in July.
1901.—Very scarce from April to September. One abnormal specimen
was noticed with eight canals and tentacles, and sixteen bands
of nematocysts on the ¢x-umbella,
Euphysa aurata, Forbes.

1899.—Very young stages in April; more frequently in May. Very
scarce in June, July, and August.

1900.—Only one seen in April; a good many in May and June; very few
in July and August.

1901.—A few taken from April to July.

Hybocodon prolifer, Agassiz.

1899.—This medusa only occurs in the spring. One taken on March 3lst
with medusa-buds.
Several on May 15th with buds.

1900.—Some taken on April 6th, and more in May... Several in May had
well developed actinulae attached to the ao as well as
medusa-buds on the tentacle bulbs. .

1901.—A few seen in April; fairly common during May.

Lar sabellarum, Gosse.

1899.— Al very young stage was taken on March ist. During March and
April early stages—especially the first stage—were present.
Scarce in May and June; fairly plentiful in July, August, and
September.

1900.—None seen until the middle of June; very scarce through July and
early part of August. On August 25th a considerable number
were seen ; then very scarce until the end of October.

1901.—One taken on February 20th, one in March, a few in April ; then
a few taken each month until the end of November.

Lizzia blondina, Forbes.

1901,—One adult specimen on February 14th,

10

Margelis.
Specimens of Margelis were frequently taken in 1899, 1900, and
1901, but the species were not identified.

Margelium octopunctatum (Sars).

1899.—T'wo specimens in February ; few in April and May; all with
medusa-buds. Scarce in June, August, and September.

1900.—Two were captured on March 5th; a good many seen and taken
in the townet during March and April. More numerous in
May, June, and July ; very scarce in August and September.

1901.—On February 14th two were taken ; some in April with ova; two
in June; a few in September, and three in October.

Sarsia gemmifera, Forbes.

1900.—On July 20th a specimen was captured with several medusa-buds
on the manubrium.
Amongst several taken on July 25th was one with thirteen medusa-
buds. A few more were seen until the end of the month.

1901.—None were seen.

Sarsia eximia (Allman).
1899.—Several were taken on June 20th and 22nd.
1900.—On May 14th one specimen was seen.

Sarsia prolifera, Forbes.

1899.—A few on May 3rd; common during the last two weeks of June.
A few in July and August.

1900.—Common in June and July; those in July had medusa-buds and
ova.
Very abundant in August.

1901.—None were seen.

Sarsia tubulosa (Sars).

1899.—Very common in the harbour in May and June; scarcer in July;
none seen after August Ist.

1900.—Common in the harbour in May, June, and July.

1901.—A few during April and May; abundant in June; scarce in July;
very few in September and October.

Tiara pileata (Forskal).

1899.—One very young specimen in March; a few in April; abundant in
May.
Some very large, brilliantly coloured ones on May 9th, measured
40 mm. in length. Young maee appeared towards the end of
the month, and in June and July. Common in August and first
half of September.

e—_ =

11

1900.—Abundant in May; some of these very large specimens. A few
small ones seen in each month until the middle of October.

1901.—A few taken in April; very abundant in May, especially towards
the end of the month. A good many seen in June; few in July,
August, and September; common the first two weeks of No-
vember.

Gemmaria implexa (Alder).

1900.—One taken on June 3rd with four tentacles, and one on July 2lst
with two tentacles and two bulbs.

1901.—On September 24th one specimen with two tentacles,
; On September 25th three were taken, each with two tentacles.

LEPTOMEDUSAE.

Agastra calicwlata (Hincks).
1899.—One on August 1st in the tow-net.
1900.—One on June 29th and another on July 20th,

Dipleurosoma typicum, Boeck.

1899.—-This medusa is common in the harbour from May to September,
A few were taken early in May; very abundant towards the end
of the month, and very common until the middle of September.
No very young stages were seen; nearly all were mature speci-
mens. In July an attempt was made to rear the planulae of
Dipleurosoma. They developed into very minute hydroids.
ae were kept alive for some time, but did not develop any
urther.

1900.—One specimen on May 24th.
Very common in June and July ; few in August and September.

1901.—Common from May 20th; very plentiful in June and July; none
seen in August, and only a few in September.
aes were again obtained from planulae, but with same result
as before.

Euchilota pilosella (Forbes).

1899.--One damaged specimen on April 26th; a few in May and Jane;
none in July; a good many seen in August.

1900.—A number of large specimens seen on May 28th. Common alti
through June. Some taken on June 13th measured 48 mm. in
diameter. Some of these large ones deposited ova, which in two
days developed into planulae, and on the third day settled down
and developed into minute hydroids. It is rather like that of
Dipleurosoma. The hydroids remained alive for some months,
but did not grow or develop further. A few more specimens
were taken in July, August, and the early part of September.

1901.—Very common all through May and June.

12

Eutima insignis (Keferstein).

1900.—One¢ small specimen on June 20th with only three tentacles.
Several large ones on July 28th, and one on August 25th.

Inaodice calearata, Agassiz.
1899.—Taodice was very common from May Ist, some very large speci-
mens being taken. A few early in June, and some young stages
in July; two of these had only four tentacles. Very abundant
in August ; large pink specimens, and a few early in September.
1900.—Some appeared in June; very few in the first part of July; more
towards the end of the month ; common in August and until the
beginning of September.

1901.—A very small one on April 23rd ; abundant in May ; one in August ;
few in September ; two in November.

Melicertidiwm octocostatum (Sars).

1901.—One fine specimen on May 26th.

Obelia nigra, Browne.
1899.—This is quite the commonest medusa in the harbour. It is almost
always to be found from March until November ; sometimes in
such quantities that it is useless to tow-net.
1900.—Common from March to October.

1991.—-From April to November.

Octorchis Gegenbawri, Haeckel.
1899.—Three specimens were taken in September.
1900.—Three in July and one in August.

1901.—-None were seen.

Phialidium cymbaloidewm (Van Beneden).

1899.—A few very small specimens taken in March and April. A num-
ber in May; many of them with Halcampa attached to them.
Common in June and July. On July 17th the tow-net was full
of very small ones. Abundant in August and until the middle
of September.

1900.—Some very young stages in April. Fairly common in May ; abun-
dant in June and July; common in August, and scarce up to
the end of October.

1901.—Very few in April; abundant the last week of May; common
June and July; scarce every month until the first week of No-

vem

18

Phialidiwm temporariwm, Browne.

1899.—Young stages in January, February, and March; very abundant
in May and June; a shoal of very large specimens on June
9th ; common July, August, and September.

1900.—A few very young stages in March and April; common until the
middle of September,

1901.—Taken in every month from early in February until November ;
unusually numerous in May, when shoals of very large specimens
ne townetting impossible. They were taken until November

th.

Phialidium buskianum (Gosse),

1899.—This species is scarce, compared to the other two species.
Two specimens in July; a few on August 25th and September
2nd; a number on September 9th.

1900.—None were seen.

1901.—A few specimens on September 16th.

Polycanna forskalea (Péron).

1899.—iA! small one on May 10th measured 11 mm. in diameter; two
small ones in August measured 15 mm. and 38 mm. respectively.
Two specimens on August 14th and one on August 25th only 6 mm.

in diameter. These specimens were all colourless.

1900.—One pink specimen on June 26th measured 45 mm. in diameter.
It had 67 canals, 58 bulbs and tentacles, and one or two vesicles
between every two bulbs.

Two small ones on June 4th were quite colourless ; one measured
17 mm. in diameter, 34 canals, 50 tentacles and bulbs; the other
25 mm. in diameter, 50 canals, and 94 tentacles and bulbs.

On September ist twelve specimens were taken, all pink; some
more on the 10th, and a large one on September 21st, also pink,
measured 175 mm. in diameter, 63 canals (all to the margin),
84 tentacles and many bulbs, 8 to 12 vesicles between the ten-
tacles.

1901.--A small pink specimen on May 22nd with 80 canals and 22 ten-
tacles. On November 5th one was seen; on 6th a large pink
specimen was taken, measuring 102 mm. in diameter. Over
thirty specimens seen on November 7th ; too deep to catch. These
were all pink, and frem two to four inches in diameter.

Another on November 9th and two on the 15th; probably all part
of the same shoal.

The two captured on 15th measured, respectively, 120 mm. in
diameter, 65 canals, 64 tentacles, one to three bulbs, and one to
five vesicles between every two tentacles; and 75 mm. in dia-
meter, 63 canals, 52 tentacles, one to two bulbs, and three or
more vesicles between the tentacles. Both were pink in colour.

Saphenia mirabilis (Wright).

1899.—One small specimen on July 4th, and a very young stage on
August 21st,

1900.—One on June 15th and one on 26th. A few young stages early in
July, and some large ones on 28th. One in August.

1901.—A very small one on April 26th was the only one seen.

14

TRACHOMEDUBAE.
Aglantha rosea (Forbes).

1900.—A very small one on July 18th, two on the 19th, and two on the
26th of same month.

1901.—One only was seen on May 19th.

Gossea circinata, Haeckel.

1899.—This medusa appears late in the autumn. Two were captured on
September 2nd, and one on November 21st.

1900.—None seen.

1901.—A number seen on November 6th, 7th, and 8th, and a number also
on 29th. One measured 16 mm. wide and 10 mm. high; two
short tentacles between the groups.

Glossocodon sp. ?

1901.—On November 15th two medusae were captured, belonging to the
genus Glossocodon. They had four long per-radial tentacles and
four short inter-radial ones curled up round the outside of the
umbrella. The medusa is quite colourless, and rather like an
Octorchis in appearance.
On November 29th a number were taken in the tow-net, and several
more by hand; in all about thirty specimens.
Some of these were measured. ‘The smallest, with eight tentacles,
was 5mm. in diameter; three others, measuring 12, 14, and 15
mm. respectively, had each four tentacles.

NARCOMEDUSAE.
Solmaris corona (Keferstein et Ehlers).

1899.—Only three specimens in August.

1900.--A few in July; common all through August and September, One
very small one measured 2 mm. in diameter, 14 tentacles, and 5
vesicles.

1901.—A few in July and September. Extremely abundant all through
November.

ACRASPEDA,
Discomedusae.
Aurelia aurita, Linn.

1899.—On February 20th an Ephyra stage of Aurelia was taken.

A large one seen on May 25th; common all June; some measured

10 inches in diameter.

1900.—One Ephyra on March 5th and three on March 30th; no adult
specimens seen.

15

1901.—Three Ephyrae on February 14th ; one on March 16th. Three were
kept alive in a bell jar for several weeks until they had nearly
reached the adult form.
> of large specimens in May ; very abundant in June and
uly.

Chrysaora isosceles (Linn).

1899.—Two small ones on May 15th; others on 16th,

A number of large ones on June 13th; another large shoal on
June 14th. Abundant all through June; a few in July and
August. From one of these large medusa captured in June, a
number of Scyphistomae were reared and kept alive until the fol-
lowing spring. In April they gave off a number of Ephyrae. One
was successfully reared to the adult stage, measuring at its best
nine inches in diameter,

1900.—One seen on August 20th.
1901,—One seen on May 21st ; common all through June and July.

Cyanea Lamarcki, Péron et Lesueur.

1899.—A young specimen taken April 26th, with only seven lobes instead
of the normal eight, and seven sense-organs. A very small one
on May 9th, measuring only 16 mm. in diameter.

On August 4th a number of very large specimens, and a few on
8th and 11th of the same month.

1900.—A shoal of very large specimens on September Ist; a great many
of them broken. Ova were obtained, and Scyphistomae reared.

1901.—A good many seen in June from two to five inches in diameter.
In September two damaged specimens were seen.
Pelagia perla (Slabber).
1899.—A few seen in September and October.
1900.—On July 14th a small specimen, and another in September.

(TABLES.

16

TABLE

MONTHLY DISTRIBUTION OF PELAGIC ANIMALS

=e B Sa as
3 : e| a | % E A F F

el 2| 2] 8/8) 2/2! 2/818) 313

S|] ald} a] Ss] 46] <<] a} o| aja
Radiolaria, ® ° . el -|- - - - = = x 0 Bc Te Ms a
Velellaspirans, . . : ey a is ee eee
Muggiaea atlantica, a : See fa - *: = 2 z & E “ rs :
Galeolariasp.? . ° ° -| - | - - = x | - & - - & se e
Cupulita Sarsi, . . . Aiea eee x KA be a a ee
Agalma sp. ? : ; ; ej] -|- - = - | - ae - = ~ ~
Arachnactis Bournei, . 5 gh fhe = = = =< = pe é = 3 a _
Pleurobrachia pileus, . “ Sh ee (eas - x x ms x x x x x =
Bolina norvegica, . p Py es x “ x x x x x x Be oh. Me
Beroe ovata, ° P ; 228 ~ = a | = x Vee = “4
Bipinnaria, : : : gee IS CE aR | J 3/628) SS aa
Pluteus, . : . : -|-|e]-]-1]- | . | x dese oe be eee
Tomopteris onisciformis, . 5 a Ms) Napa — = x x x x ae = a
Sagitta bipunctata, ; - ee | = x| x] x xis | «1 © fee
Ianthina communis, : . oe] -)e]e-| - | = - pS - - - : <<
Limacina retroverea, : : si - | ay ms = = - - - - i
Clione limacina, . . , .| - | . = | = = ‘ - - - é, fe
Thalia democratica— mucronata, i oe o ~ x x : Ms o - -. a2
Salpa runcinata~fusiformis, . 7. ae fa = | . “ ° ‘3 e a b ae
ees, | gk 8 La ve tae |. 4 =< 4ee |
Oikopleura, ° . ; a ie a = » “hh ae = I ~ r
Nooetiluca miliari«, : P ay ie | ss - | “ r “ = x x hee .
Actinotrocha, . . | J) eee | .|-|<6)..——
Phyllosoma, ; er | e=l=eh=-|] xi = | =|o-|]=-| =
Copepods, . : : “ oi x x > x 7 x 4 x x x | -« -

17

IN VALENCIA HARBOUR FOR 1899-1901.

“Ioque0eg i or ee eee ee Oi te o 8), Ti ae WTS Re: Bc ok, Op eee

“IOC ULOAONT em i ee gg Oe OR eS se Pee on Tens to a 3 x

*19qQ 0100 “yo SLL oS I” ee i ee ! Ie 32. eats set / ' ! t eS) Se ait Be

“Toquieydag ee Ae a ee ee ee ie Ae ld OR ie ey EN 8 of be

‘qsnsny Del | mn LGN Se Sy Be Ae ogi 1 ' Cl te Ga geo ts Eo

Land ‘Aine 1 ese is At Lees ap es Oe ii: ia | 1 I ' 1 ' | ! ! ' t »
o a

o> -oune ee mae ake eek UI OO ee cae eee Re Re ty eee A Sap x

oa)

“ACT ee we ee on Te eet hfe et. ie EM A eo TN is > ce aes

‘Tlady | | iets Sie teh Leet ae, ae a, MM ce) kkk, ee om Pama ei A i ee pais ES

*oleyy | ee ee ee SN ee OT a ak Aes gee ie ee is Ete am, (a es eg

*Alvniqgay RS a ae a ea Pa MR, ce Peas i! SN ay ae en a Ts ys x

“ArenUBL

“Ioq ule0eq ! i | ! I 1 I ‘ i ' ' ' ! ‘ ‘ | I 1 ' ' ' ' | U '
‘IOqUIOAON oe wile eee A eA ete te NAS yo hy ATEN Rt ee SW ee TS eee

“1940300 mee: Oy Jp Jas eee 1 1 ey see Seats aa | H cal i. He
‘Ioquieydeg See me Se Te OM ee XS Oy owt Soe Or eee a ee

‘qsnony

“Ane

‘oun

"ACT

[dy
*(oIvyy
“Aren1ge,.T

“Acenuer

18

TABLE

MONTHLY DISTRIBUTION OF MEDUSAE IN

. us Poy .
> St 14s Pg
at 2 gig oar | #| 8| 3] 8 =
=} u 2 | on o be = 4 ros o o
ele! a] 8] F] $13] &] a] 8] 5] 8
ee oe ee a a ore eee

Bs
Amphinema dinema, . ° | - ~ - ~ x x x x an - -
Corymorpha nutans, . ° = - - De i x x x eo Ge - -
Cyteandra areolata, ° : t= ~ - - at fs - ae - - -
Dipurena ophiogaster, . ° «| - ~ - - x a x} - x} - - ~
5. halterata, ° - | - - - - - we X | = = + — =
Ectopleura Dumortieri, ° tf) = - ~ x x x x en] tes ~ - -
Euphysa aurata, = 4 = ith pe - - x x x x Cal oe - a S
Hybocodon prolifer, ‘ ‘ a {= 7 <= x - - = = “6 = =
Lar sabellarum, . ° F eo ~ x x x | - x x 30. ih tee as e
Lizzia blondina, . ; ; wh = = = = = 2 = a = 2 E s
Margelis, . ° > 4 a ~ - x x x x st ES = = i
Margelium octopunctatum, 4 -| - x x x x ve - x x ~ = eS
Sarsia gemmifera, “ ° a ie ~ - - - - - = 2 = ¥ S
“4 prolifera, - : Pa GE ~ ~ - x x x Fak pe = 2 =
Fs tubulosa, ° P Pm - - - x x x Neral red _ 2 ps
Tiara pileata, e ° ° | - ~ x a x x x x ae ee = 2
Gemmaria implexa, ° . o|- - - - - ~ - a = mi as F
Agastra caliculata, : ° | - ~ - - - - - mW es Fs % 4
Dipleurosoma typicum, . . of > - - - x x x x x] - - PY
Euchilota pilosella, ° . | - ~ - x x x] - x] - - Be 3
Enutima insignis, . . . . - - ~- = - - ~ ioe am a > <
Laodice calearata, . . -| - - - ~ x1" 4 0 Se eee be +
Melicertidium octocostatum, . oi - - - - = - i ‘ = * 7 4
Obelia nigra, ° ° . el - - x x x x x x x|- “. :
Octorchis Gegenbauri, . . | - - ~ - + a 4 én Oe ee s :
Phialidium cymbaloideum, . -| - ~ xT Mae Meo eis ies . é
a temporarium, . . x x x | = x x x x x] - - -
- buskianum, . . -| -|- - ~ 0 wares 4-9 190 Te eee
Polycanna forskalea, : : oi- 7 = ee 2 a de - od
Saphenia mirabilis, . . sie o - = F. a x oe ee és a =
Agiantha rosea, « . . . - - - ~ on = i. Ps a = = “
Gossea circinata, . . : Po. * 1 oh «tw le he eee “_ a i ae
Glossocodon ep.? .« . . «| - - - ~ o = = ne = S = a
Solmaris corona, . . . «| - - - - ‘s = o “> oe “s = “a
Aurelia aurita, . . . . - x - o » 4 o é a ~ = o
Chrysaora isosceles, ; ; »i - - - x x th - - 7 al
Oyanea Lamarcki, : : -|-] - - xl tele mleleffels«

Pelagia perla, : . ; . ~ - ~ - - - 7 - * x - -

19

II.

VALENCIA HARBOUR FOR 1899-1901].

*Ieq uIE00eq,

"19q TIOAON

*19q0}00

*Iequiaydag

1901.

“Areniq9e,]

*“Arenusee

*1oqule0eq

*I9q UIOAON

*10q0390

*Ioquieydeg

‘qsnsny
“Arne

‘oune

1900.

“AVIT

‘Tady
“‘Woreyy
*AISNIQGOT

“Arenuesr
TT

Geo Ca ious Fk Ot TK ' : 0 yt x x x
S. Seene ee) EUs pe al Ui > Dae je | ee x x !
Fee gL ba I i we ee mK eee 4 aed x | x x ‘
Semel al = Oo) gil 2 a Dm 5¢ ie 0 ae x x !
rs | ~ ea gpl agian lj a Tae x x i al | He Pal | x x {
IRR eee Sch TX Kani xx ai xx '
Ko) ee eI em ae Ge 4 ery TX a
1. SUP ne Se Kae Soa a ee eae {
| SP eR Tne Caray cat Gear esis ic on hs Oe LU ch God sas Tats cee n ob a
ca a a a ee ee ee ee renner
Se el ait le LE IRs coke i ES if teat 14 1x '
(ee ie” (ieee, a aes! a) Lm Deel Jinek | jer 1, '
rrie Liesl 5 SA eel), Fl i | ee | Aig ok | el i
1 Uae tT i eit dl) Mae te ee oe ee | a | Hose | 1
(Al eel te a ose. St Nal lk “se at nn oa! 1
xe! tic aire ae rs + aes mT x xX x
a a a a eee eT a NY oe me eS rs ee
Bite Sos SEE Sgr RL OG MEE eG IK Naan < Sar SEI AED i OK !
Spe ae er oem Seana SCE me CUR SCAN eRe XK. OK OK i ee: ae ee aie eke ee a:
a a eer org a SO ree TN were ee ee
SMe! pay aS Sone SK SOE Se Ser Soak x
NE Ee art ee eee ee
Tse Se Met lise EX Ae Paex ie xe" y
Viger it a ee RE eC ng [Beane ol Sag A Sie> a > aed j
Ap Be MS al a sone Bowl Vw 1 1 AP St 1

20

ii.— NOTES ON THE REARING, IN AN AQUARIUM, OF
CYANEA LAMARCKI, Peron et Lesueur,

BY

M. J. Dewar.

Puates I. ann II.

On September 1st, 1900, a large shoal of Cyanea Lamarcki appeared in
Valencia Harbour. The medusa were of a very deep blue colour, which
looked almost black in certain lights.

The upper parts of the oral arms were of a yellowish colour, shading
off into white at the extremities. Several of the largest specimens
measured nine inches in diameter.

One large specimen was placed for a short time in a tank, where it
deposited thousands of eggs, which looked just like little yellow grains of
sand. Three days later some of the eggs developed into ciliated psi fe
and swam about in a most active manner.

About September 10th, the planulao commenced to settle down on the
bottom and on the sides of the aquarium, and also to hang down from
the surface-film of the water.

Ten days later some of the planulae had reached the scyphistoma stage,
and begun to develop tentacles.| At first there were only four tentacles,
but soon other tentacles made their appearance, usually one at a time.

On September 20th, the largest scyphistoma had eight tentacles, and
measured about 4 mm. in width and nearly 1 mm. in height; the ten-
tacles included in the measurement.

After the swarm of planulae had fixed themselves, their rate of deve-
lopment showed considerable variation.

Only a few developed rapidly, and these became during the winter fully
grown scyphistomae, and strobilized in the following spring.

The majority remained in a dormant condition and did not produce
tentacles until they were several months old, and then only four or eight
tentacles. They remained in this condition over a year and have not yet
strobilized.

Two of the largest and most vigorous scyphistomae settled down on the
side of the bell-jar, in a good position for daily observation.

During the winter they lived upon copepods, sagittae, and small hydro-
eee but the copepods were preferred and formed their chief food
supply.

These two scyphistomae slowly increased in size, aud gradually increased
the number of their tentacles. One, on October 8th, had seventeen ten-
tacles; on October 17th, twenty-one tentacles; on October 29th, twenty-
four tentacles, and reached its maximum number of tentacles—twenty-
eight—on January 21st, 1901; about a month before strobilization. The
other one did not attain its maximum number—twenty-four—until Feb-
ruary 1st, and only ten days before strobilizing.

On February 24th the largest scyphistoma commenced to strobilize. It
then measured 2 mm. in width and 4 mm. in height. The tentacles
when fully expanded were about 20 mm. in length.

The first ring or segment appeared just below the tentacles, A second
+ amy appeared the next day, and a daily increase occurred until

arch 5th, when the strobila had nine segments. The seven uppermost

ments had scalloped edges—the commencement of the arms belonging
to the Ephyra stage. At this stage the marginal tentacles belonging to~
the scyphistoma stage began to alter their position, and to disappear.
Whilst the uppermost segment was developing into an Ephyra, some of

21

the marginal tentacles shifted into the following positions :—One on each
of the eight arms of the future Ephyra, just above the sense organ, and
one midway between every two arms; so that sixteen tentacles remained
on the margin of the young Kphyra.

The other tentacles were pushed in towards the mouth, and formed
isolated groups. é‘ .

All these tentacles belonged to the scyphistoma, and after taking up
these positions, began to slowly disappear by absorption.

They became smaller and smaller until only tiny knobs were left. _

The knobs remained on the free-swimming Ephyra until it was nine
days old, when they finally disappeared.

On March 8th, the strobila had eleven segments, and two days later
the upper five had developed into fully-grown Ephyrae ready for libera-
tion; the arms, bearing the sense-organs, were in motion, flapping
vigorously in their efforts to get free.

The strobila had now reached its maximum growth, and measured
3 mm. in diameter, and 6 mm. in height.

The next day, March 12th, two Ephyrae were liberated, and three more
on the following day. The Ephyra of Cyanea, at the time of its libera-
tion, is larger (4 mm. in diameter) than that of Chrysaora—about twice
the size—and its colour is white whereas Chrysaora is quite pinkish in
colour.

By March 15th, the strobila had set free ten Ephyrae, and two more
were nearly ready for liberation.

It now commenced to grow a fresh set of tentacles, just below the
twelfth segment.

On March 18th, the last two Ephyrae were liberated, and strobilization
completed. The strobila now reverted again to the scyphistoma stage.
Marginal tentacles quickly appeared, and in July it had thirty-three ten-
cles—five more than in the previous year.

This scyphistoma started to strobilize again on January 17th, 1902,
exactly ten months after liberating its first batch of Ephyrae. It liberated
eight Ephyrae early in February, thus producing twenty Ephyrae in
eleven months.

The free-swimming Ephyrae were placed in a bell-jar, and given a good
food supply, consisting of copepods and very small Hydromedusae, which
they began to eat at once.

By March 21st, the largest Ephyra had lost all traces of the s¢yphis-
toma tentacles, and had two new opposite bulbs, from one of which a
tentacle commenced to develop three days later.

On April 5th, the Ephyrae were placed in a large bell-jar (10 inch).

Hach had one long tentacle and one large bulb opposite to it; also very
minute bulbs between the arms,

The largest specimen then measured 7 mm. in diameter.

On April 15th, the largest measured 10 mm, in diameter, and had two
long opposite tentacles and large bulbs between the arms.

The longest tentacle had also minute bulbs adjacent to it, one on each
side—the commencement of a group of tentacles.

On April 24th, there were four long per-radial tentacles and four large
inter-radial bulbs, and also smaller bulbs adjacent to the tentacles and
the large inter-radial bulbs.

On the 50th it measured 20 mm. in diameter, and had eight long ten-
tacles, and the oral arms or frills were well developed.

These arms are shorter and broader than these of Chrysaora, and are
less frilled along the margin.

On May 9th, the specimen measured 30 mm. in diameter. and had
how several tentacles, varying in length in each of the eight groups.

For several weeks this specimen did not grow much, and when it died
on June 4th, it only measured 50 mm. in diameter.

Though so small, it had quite reached the adult form, and the umbrella
was of a deep blue colour.

Another medusa grew more rapidly, as it measured 50 mm. on May
29th and about 80 mm. on June 10th. The umbrella was a very deep
blue, the oral arms yellowish white, and the tentacles pinkish,

22

This specimen remained alive some weeks longer, but as it was gradually
decreasing in size, it was finally transferred to a solution of formaline.

Cyanea does not thrive in captivity as well as Chrysaora. It evidently
requires more space than is given in an ordinary bell-jar of ten inches
in diameter. It would remain for hours motionless on the bottom, and
would not swim even to catch its food; but if a medusa was placed inside
the frills, it quickly disappeared into the stomach,

When first liberated, the Ephyrae fed on small copepods, small medusae,
and fish eggs, especially the latter, which are plentiful in the townet at
that time of year.

When the weather was too wild for townetting, the young Cyanea
lived on small Sarsia tubulosa, hatched in an aquarium. These formed
@ valuable food reserve.

Later on Cyanea lived entirely upon jellyfishes, especially the Hydro-
medusae of the genera Phialidiwm, LEuchilota, Laodice, Obelia, and
Corymorpha; the latter were greedily devoured.

Of the Ctenophores, Bolina was preferred, but sometimes Plewrobrachia
were eaten, and also very small Beroe.

Tiara pileata, and large Sarsia tubulosa and large Beroe were objected
to, and never eaten.

TABLE OF TEMPERATURES.

Date.

Air in Room, an

September,

October, 53 —57
November, ... 48 —56
December, ... 49 —-52
January, 45 —50
February, 46 --47°5
March 47 —53
April 48 —51
May, 50°5 — 53°5

55 — 56

EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. ann II.

_

Cyanea Lamarcki, Peron et Lesueur,
Plate I., Figs. 1 and 2, Ephyra, three weeks old - x 4
Fig. 3, Cyanea, seven weeks old - - x 4

Plate Il., Fig. 1, Strobila - - - + ee
Fig. 2, Ephyra - . ~ - ™« 20

PT.

AWRY,

reer NPN!

tei?

sot.

wC

LAMAI

DA

YANE

1
J

(

M. J. Delap, del.

at,

PL.

atl

28

Appenpix, No. IL.

REPORT ON THE COPEPODA OF THE ATLANTIC SLOPE
OFF COUNTIES MAYO AND GALWAY.

BY

G, P. Farran, B.A.

Puates III.—XILI.

1, Introductory,
ll. Table of Relative Abundance.
ill. List of Species.

i.—INTRODUCTORY.

During the summer of 1901 the 8.8. ‘‘ Helga” made two expeditions
into moderately deep water off the west coast of Ireland, and brought back
several townettings containing a large supply of Copepoda. The first of
these aon was to the Porcupine Bank, which lies 100 miles true
west of Co, Galway, and rises to within 85 fathoms of the surface.

The bearings of the positions on the Bank where the collections were
made, and the symbols by which they are distinguished in the following
pages, are as follows :—

Porcupine ITI.—Lat. 53° 24' N., Long. 13° 34’ W., 29th June, 1901.

(a.) Medium silk townet—surface.
(6.) Medium silk townet—50 fath.
(c.) Medium silk townet—100 fath.
(d.) Coarse silk townet above Naturalist’s dredge—91 fath.

Porcupine [V.—Lat. 53° 23' N., Long. 13° 12’ W., 29th June, 1901.
Coarse silk townet above Naturalist’s dredge—120 fath.

Porcupine V.—Lat. 53° 23’ N., Long. 12° 43’ W., 29th June, 1901.

(a.) Medium and coarse silk townets—surface.
(b.) Medium and coarse silk townets—90 fath.
(c.) Medium and coarse silk townets—175 fath.

The Porcupine Bank is connected with the mainland by a narrow neck,
the greatest depth of water on which is 185 fathoms. To the south of this
neck, and lying between the Bank and the mainland, is an ocean valley

Ann. Rep. Fish., Ireland, 1902-03, Pt II. App, II. [1905.]

24

with comparatively steep sides and a general north and south direction,
which descends to a depth of over 1,000 fathoms. On the north side the
connecting neck slopes rather abruptly into deep water. It was on the
northern slope of this connecting ridge, about 50 miles true west of Achill
Head, Co. Mayo, that the collections of the second expedition were made.

The bearings of the stations of the second expeditions and the collections
made on them were as follows :—

Hetca CXX.—Lat. 53° 58’ N., Long. 12° 28’ W., 24th Aug., 1901.

Medium silk townet, ca. 200 fath.
Townets attached to trawl—382 fath.

Hetea CX XI.--Lat. 53° 52’ N., Long. 11° 56’ W., 24th Aug., 1901.
Townets attached to trawl—199 fath.

The two nets used on both expeditions were of the ordinary open ring
pattern.

'The number of species taken were :—

Calanidae, E : ‘ r ‘ ; : . 45
Centropagidae, . ° ; ‘ ° : ee
Candactidae, . : : : ‘ a
Pontellidae, : - : : : ie:
Cyclopidae, : : . : <a
Harpacticidae, . : : _ 8
Oncaeidae, ; : : ; ; : : 2

Of these the following thirteen species have been described as new :—
Bradyetes inermis, Bryaxis minor, Gactanus Holti, Gaetanus minor,
Scolecithria emarginata, Scolectthrix ovata, Scolecithria echinata, Xan-
thocalanus Greem, Xanthocalanus pingms, Xamthocalanus obtusus,
Oéthria bidentata, Lucicutia curta, Aegisthus spinulosus. —

Two new genera, Bradyetes and Odthrix, have been instituted for two
of the above species.

The most noticeable feature of the collection is the large number of
bottom-haunting forms which were obtained by means of townets attached
to the trawl. It was by this means that the majority of the new species
described below were caught, and it is probable that large additions to the
number of oceanic Copepoda may be looked for in the future by the
employment of this method.

One of the townets attached to the trawl at station Helga CXXI., came
up filled with muddy sand, which, when washed, yielded the following
species :—Bradyidius armatus (in large numbers), Bryawis brevicorms,
Actideus armatus, Chiridius armatus, Xanthocalanus borealis, Odthriz
bidentata, Pleuromamma robusta, thus emphasising their bottom-loving
habit.

Most of the species mentioned in this paper have been already recorded
from the Atlantic, but three of them have, as far as I know, only been
taken previously in the Pacific, viz., Undeuchaeta major, Euchaeta tonsa,
and Metridia venusta, though the last may possibly be identical with
M. Normani. Of the rest, omitting some doubtful records, thirty seem
to be universally distributed, seven have been recorded from the Atlantic
and Mediterranean, and fifteen from the Atlantic only. The collection
may be regarded as fairly typical of the N.K. Atlantic Copepod fauna,
as may be seen by comparing it with the list published by the late Mr.
I. ©. Thompson from the “Oceana” collection.* The ‘ Oceana” tow-
nettings were taken a little further south and in very much deeper water ;
and although the number of townettings taken and species recorded is
much larger, yet the correspondence between the families and genera and,
to a large extent, between the species of the two lists, is very marked,

* Ann, and Mag, N. Hist, ; Ser. 7. Vol, xii.

PS on 5

It is only after a prolonged series of investigations, such as those here
recorded that we can begin to form some idea of the nature of the fauna
which exists in the deeper waters which surround our coasts. The rapid
extension of the trawling industry in recent years, and the fact that
depths, which a short ‘time ago were practically unknown even to the
naturalist with his dredge, are now called upon to contribute regularly
to the markets of our cities, makes it a matter of importance that we
should have some accurate knowledge of the invertebrate life of these
regions, on which the fish-life ultimately depends.

The Copepoda in particular are deserving of investigation, forming as
they do the principal food of most fishes in their early stages, and of many
fishes throughout their life. The knowledge of the distribution of the
various species, and the distinguishing of those with a universal range
from those whose habitat is exclusively tropical or boreal, may serve to
throw light on many doubtful points. The existence and direction of
ocean currents may be indicated by the chance occurrence of species which
have their centres of distribution in other waters, and as another instance
of the possible usefulness of this knowledge, I may mention the occurrence
of specimens of Pleuromamma robusta in some of the stomachs of the
earliest spring mackerel to arrive off the coast of Cleggan, Co. Galway, in
the spring of 1902. This copepod has never been taken on the fishing-
grounds, but as these and other investigations show, it is not uncommon in
the deeper waters off our western coasts.*

The capture of Gaetanus pileatus in a mackerel’s stomach, as recorded
in last year’s report (Report on Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland for
1901, Pt. IL, App., p. 120), is not quite a parallel instance, as that
copepod was taken from a small winter mackerel.

It is to further facts and coincidences of this nature that we must look
for enlightenment on that still mysterious subject which is of the utmost
importance to the western counties of Ireland, the causes of the periodic
arrival and disappearance of the mackerel, and it is only by the con-
tinuous cgllection of what may appear to most people as insignificant
details that these facts can be acquired. Fortunately it is now but
seldom asserted that all researches which do not admit of their results
being estimated by an immediate cash equivalent are indefensible waste
of time and money.

In the list which follows the nomenclature of Giesbrecht, as given in
“Das Tierreich,” has been used.

The symbols made use of in the table of species are: —A = abundant,
C=common, M=moderate, F=few, VF=very few, x =one to three
specimens.

* Another fact, brought to my notice by Mr. Holt, which seems to point to the same
conclusion was that of the first four spring mackerel c»ptured in the Blacksod Fishery,
Co. Mayo, in 1899 (13th April), two had empty stomachs and the other two were crammed
with large specimens of Nycttphanes norvegica. Large specimens of this schizopod are not
known to occur on the west coast of Ireland except at a considerable distance from land,
hough they are sometimes taken on the east coast.

[1 ABLES
D

26

11.— TABLE OF

PoR- POR- POR- POR- POR-

CUPINE CUPINE CUPINE CUPINE CUPINE

IL3B IIL.c IIL.p IV. V.A
Above Above
50 fath. 110 fath. Dredge. Dredge. Surface.

Calanus finmarchicus,
Cal. tenuicornis,
Eucal elongatus,
Eucal, crassus,
Rhincal. nasutus,
Paracal. parvus,
Ctenocal. vanus,
Pseudocal. elongatus,
Spinocal. abyssalis,
Spinocal. magnus, ...
Aetideus armatus, ...
Bradyidius armatus,
Bradyetes inermis,
Bryaxis brevicornis,
Bryaxis minor,
Gaidius tenuispinus,
Gajidius brevispinus,
Gaetanus major,
Gaetanus pileatus,
Gaetanus Holti,
Gaetanus minor,
Chiridius armatus,
Chiridius Poppei,
Undeuchaeta major,
Undeuchaeta minor,
Euchirella rostrata,
Euchir. curticauda,
Euchacta acuta,
Euchaeta norvegica,
Euchaeta tonsa,
Scolecithrix dentata,
Scol. minor,

Scol. pygmaca,

Seol. cristata,

Scol. chelifer,

RELATIVE ABUNDANCE.

POR-
CUPINE

V.B.
90 fath.
(medium).| (coarse).

|

x

x

Rt TE
qx

POR-
CUPINE

V.B
90 fath

POR-
CUPINE

V.C

175 fath.

HELGA
xX.

200 fath.

27

HELGA -
OX;

On
Trawl.

nS ke RY EM

HELGA
OXXI.

On
Trawl.

Calanus finmarchicus.
Cal. tenuicornis.
Eucal. elongatus.
Eucal. crassus.
Rhineal. nasutus.
Paracal. parvus.
Ctenocal. vanus,
Pseudocal. elongatus.
Spinocal. abyssalis.
Spinocal. magnus.
Aetideus armatus,
Bradyidius armatus.
Bradyetes inermis.
Bryaxis brevicornis,
Bryaxis minor.
Gajidius tenuispinus.
Gaidius brevispinus.
Gaetanus major.
Gaetanus pileatus.
Gaetanus Holti.
Gaetanus minor.
Chiridius armatus.
Chiridius Poppei.
Undeuchaeta major.
Undeuchaeta minor.
Euchirella rostrata.
Euchir. curticauda.
Euchaeta acuta.
Euchaeta norvegica.
Euchaeta tonsa.
Scolecithrix dentata.
Scol. minor.

Scol. pygmaea.

Scol. cristata.

Scol. chelifer.

TABLE OF RELATIVE

POR- POR- POR- POR- POR- POR-
CUPINE CUPINE CU PINE CUPINE CUPINE CUPINE
— nA | TAS IIc OL» rv. V.A
Above Above
Surface. | 50 fath. 11¢ fath. Dredge. Dredge. Surface.

|
|
|
Seol. emarginata, ... oe - | - : = _
Seol. ovata, |
Scol. echinata, |
Xanthocalanus borealis, ... | - -
Xanthocal. Greeni, ats - -
Xanthocal. pinguis, oe - -
Xanthocal. obtusus, ae. - -
Xanthocal. sp.? ¢ ae ~ -
Brachycal. atlanticus, see = = - - - -
Odthrix bidentata, ese = =
Phaenna spinifera, ae = =
Centropages typicus, me - x
Temora longicornis, wav a -
Metridia lucens, ... ne VF F

Metridia venusta, ... ws - ~

Metridia princeps, .. Soa - -

Pleuromamma robusta, .. - -

Lucicutia flavicornis,

Lucicutia curta,

Lucicutia atlantica,

Heterorhabdus spinifrons, ...

Heteror. norvegicus,

Heteror. abyssalis, ...

Heteror. vipera, ... is

Heteror. longicornis,

Haloptilus longicornis,

Halop, acutifrons, ... ess

Phyllopus bidentatus, se

Candacia norvegica, pe:
Acartia Clausi,

Oithona similis,

Oithona plumifera,

Microsetella atlantica,

Aegisthus mucronatus,

~~
Aegisthus spinulosus,

Oncaea conifera,
Conaeca rapax,
Idya fureata,

ABUNDANCE— continued.

POR-
CUPINE
V.o

175 fath. | 200 fath.

POR- POR-
CUPINE | CUPINE

HELGA
CXxL

HELGA
Oxx.

V.B VR.
90 fath. 90 fath.
(meijium).| (coarse).

On
Trawl.

On
Trawl.

3 sas 3) - VF - Scol emarginata.
- - - - x - Scol. ovata.
« ~ - - - Sool. echinata,
« - - ~ ¥ PF Xanthocalanus borealis.
= fe s - x ~ Xanthocal. Greeni.
a = - - x ~ Xanthocal pinguis.
« - - - x - Xanthocal. obtusus,
a ss “ = - x Xanthoeal. sp.? 6
as = wi - - x Brachycal. atlanticus.
a S - - (x) x Odthrix bidentata.
x - ~ - x - Phaenna spinifera.
x x x - - - Centropages typicus.
é a = x - - Temora longicornis.
M F - M F M Metridia lucens.
A = - 4 VF . Metridia venusta.
= . - - x ~ Metridia princeps.
vP x - - ¥ F Pleuromamma robusta.
é s ss = - = Lucicutia flavicornis.
= - - - x - Lucicutia curta.
i. - vt fs = = Lucicutia atlantica.
o - ~ - x - Heterorhabdus spinifrons.
“ = - - VP VF Heteror. norvegicus.
= = sa ae F ~ Heteror. abyssalis.
a = = - VF - Heteror. vipera.
os = a - x - Heteror. longicornis.
in es x = ~ - Haloptilus longicornis.
— = - ~ - - Halop. acutifrons.
oe q. as - x ~ Phyllopus bidentatus.
S Ss - - x - Candacia norvegica,
F x r< oO - x Acartia Clausi.
x x VF, - - ~ Oithona similis.
x x x ms S = Oithona plumifera.
i x “ a - - Microsetella atlanilca
= 28 = = ~ - Aegisthus mucronatus.
a ks “a 2 x - Aegisthus spinulosus.
x a F v¥ - > Oncaea conifera.
s - - - - - Oonaca rapax,

= = - - x Idya furcata.

30
Ul.—LIST-OF SPECIES. |
CALANIDAE.

Calanus finmarchicus, (Gunn.).

Scarce at Porcupine III. except at the bottom ; plentiful in the middle
and bottom nets at Porcupine V., and apparently absent from Helga
CXX., except when stirred up from the bottom by the trawl. In size
these specimens, all ¢, agree with Sars’ C, heligolandicus, the average
length being 3:1. The outline of the head and the proportions of the
furca are, however, intermediate between C. heligolandicus and C. fin-
marchicus, as figured by G. O. Sars,* as is also the case with. most speci-
mens from the west coast of Ireland.

Calanus tenuicornis, Dana.

Two specimens, ¢, occurred in mid-water net at Porcupine III.

Eucalanus elongatus (Dana.).
Common throughout the Porcupine collection; occurred sparingly at
Helga CXX. in tow-nets on trawl, and not at all at Helga CXXI.
Eucalanus crassus, Giesbr.
Was found in small numbers at both Porcupine and Helga CXX.,
CXXI. stations.
Rhincalanus nasutus, Giesbr.
Common at Porcupine III. and IV., scarce at Porcupine V., and only
in the townets on the trawl at Helga OXX. and CXXI.
Paracalanus parvus (Cls.).
Found in most of the Porcupine townettings, but only in the middle
net at Helga CXX.,
Ctenocalanus vanus, Giesbr.
In very small numbers in the mid-water nets at Porcupine IIT. and
Helga CXX. stations.
Pseudocalanus elongatus (Boeck).
Occurred in small numbers all through the collection, except in the

townets on the trawl at stations Helga OXX. and OXXI.

Spinocalanus abyssalis, Giesbr.

Single specimens, ¢?, in mid-water-nets at Porcupine III. and
Helga CXX,
Spinocalanus magnus, Wolfenden.
(Pl. IL., Figs. 1-12).
Length ? 2°9, ¢ immature 2:1 mm.

Female—Ceph, imperfectly separated from Th. 1. Th. 4 separated
from Th. 5. Rostrum absent. Ceph. much more vaulted than in
S. abyssalis. Th, § produced laterally into rounded lobes, reaching nearly
to middle of gen, seg., sometimes bearing a tuft of ventrally-directed
hairs, as Pe in some species of Euchaeta,

* Crustacea of Norway, Vol. 1V. Copepoda, PI. I.-1V,

ar

31

Abdomen with four segments. Gen. seg. with strongly-developed ven-
tral protuberance. Furcal rami slightly asymmetrical, the right one
being somewhat larger and bearing a much enlarged Srd seta.

1st Antenna (Pl. III., Fig. 3) had, in all the specimens obtained, lost
about half its length, but would probably reach a little beyond the furca.

2nd Antenna (Fl. III., Fig. 4) with endop. nearly as long as exop., dif-
fering in this respect from S. abyssalis,

Mandible (PI. LII., Fig. 5), as in S. abyssalis.

Maxilla (Pl. III., Fig. 6).

ist Maxillipede (Pl. 1II., Fig. 7) resembles that in S. abyssalis.
2nd Maxillipede (Pl. III., Fig. 8) comparatively shorter than in
S. abyssalis, with setae on outer edge of joints 5 and 6 strongly developed
and feathered, as in Calanus.

Ail the swimming feet (Pl. III., Fig. 9--12) are somewhat stouter than
in. 8. abyssalis, but agree in jointing and number of setae.

2nd foot (Pl. III., Fig. 10) with a curved row of strong spinules across
lower face of 2nd joint of endop. ; a row of spinules, slightly smaller, on
2nd and 4rd joints of exop.

3rd foot (V1. III., Fig. 11) with transverse row of spinules on 2nd and
3rd joints of both exop. and endop., those on the endop. being the larger.

The basal joint of 4th foot (Pl. III., Fig. 12) has a row of long slender
spinules, running from its inner edge half-way across the lower face of
the joint.

5th feet absent.

A single specimen of the male was obtained, but being immature was
not examined in detail. In general configuration it approached the
female very closely.

This species is separated by both size and details of structure from
S. abyssalis, as also from S. Schaudinii,* if that form is specifically
distinct.

It occurred in small numbers in the mid-water tow-net at Helga CXX.,
and more plentifully in tow-nets on trawl at Helga CXX. and CXXI. A
single example was found in tow-nets on trawl at Porcupine IV.

[Since the above went to press this species has been described by Dr.
Wolfenden,t and here appears under the name given by him. |

Aetideus armatus, Brady.

In small numbers in the mid-water nets at Porcupine IIT. and V. and
Helga CCX., and also in the townets on trawl at Helga CXX and CXXI.
The specimens were mostly females, but a very few males were also found.

Bradyidius armatus, Vanhiffen—Undinopsis Bradyi,
G. Q. Sars.

Females plentiful and males moderately common in a sample of fine
muddy sand brought up by one of the townets on the trawl at station
Helga CXXI. They were by far the most abundant copepod in this sample.

A few specimens also occurred at Porcupine III. and V. and
Helga CXX.

Gsunus Bradyetes, n. gen.

This genus is very closely allied to Bradyidius, Giesbr. (Undinopsis,

G. O. Sars), differing chiefly in the absence of a rostrum and of acute
terminations to the 5th thoracic segments.
_ Cephalon imperfectly separated from 1st thoracic segment, deeply
inflexed in lateral margin, as in Bryaxis, thoracic segments 4--5 coalesced,
their posterior margin rounded. ‘Ist antennae very strongly setose; 2nd
antennae with exop. longer than endop. Other appendages as in Brady-
idius. 5 feet absent in female.

* Mzarek—Aritische Copepoda in Rémer and Schaudin, Fauna Arctica, p. 509.
+ Jour. Mar. Biol. Asscc., N.S. Vol, VII. No. 1, April, 1904, p. 118,

Bradyetes inermis, 2. sp.
(Pl. IIL, Figs. 13-20; Pl IV., Figs. 13-14).

Length, female, 257 mm. Male unknown.
Cephalothorax, ovate elongate. Abdomen of four segments, in the pru
portion 6:4:3:2. Furcal rami slightly longer than broad.
lst Antennae (Pl. III., Fig. 15) 24-jointed, very setose, reaching to
middle of genital segment. Length of joints in ‘01 mm. :—
lL 2 3. 4 & 6 7. 8 9% 10. LL. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.
2.47. 6 6 6 6 IL 6 7 & &% 20. dU. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10, &. 12. 20. 6.
Strong ringed setae on joints 1, 2, 7, 14, 17, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24,
2nd Antennae (Pl. Li1., Fig. 16) with exop. 14 times as long as endop.,
the last joint being very long and slender ; two papillae on 1st joint and
one on 2nd joint, each bearing a small seta.
Maxilia (#1. JII., Fig. 17) with very small exopodite.
2nd Maxillipede (Pl. L11., Fig. 18) with the last five joints very short,
measuring together about 3 of 2nd joint; 4th and Sth joints of about
equal length.
1st foot (#1. III., Fig. 19) with very large distal outer edge spine on 2nd
joint of exop. ; 3rd joint rather long in proportion to its width.
2nd to 4th feet (Pi. III., Fig. 20; Pl. [V., Figs. 13--14) with setae and
jointing as in Bradyidius; very long and slender. Terminal spines of
exopod., long, narrow, and finely denticulate.
A single female was found in townets on trawl at station Helga CXX.

Bryaxis brevicornis, G. O. Sars.

Two specimens, females, found along with Bradyidws armatus in
muddy sand from station Helga CXXI.

Bryaxis minor, n. sp.
(Pl. IV., Figs. 1-5, 7-12).

Length, female, 16 mm. Male, unknown.

Cephalothorax, robust ovate. Cephalon joined to Th. 1. Th. 4 sepa-
rated from Th. 5., the latter ending in a hooked projection directed dor-
sally, as in B, brevicornis.

Abdomen with four segments, short and stout. Genital seg., equal to
the two succeeding segments. Furcal rami as broad as long.

lst Antenna (V1. LY., Fig. 3), 24-jointed, very setose, reaching to begin-
ning of Th. 4. Length of antennal joints in ‘01 mm. :—

L238 4 5. 6 7. 8& 9. 10. 11. 12 13. 14 15, 16. 17. 18. 19, £0. 21, 22 93. 24

M696 4626762260863 8 66a B68 B66 Ls 7 oe

2nd Antenna (Pl. IV., Fig. 4) with outer branch very short. The ter-
minal joint is longer than the 2nd, and bears three well-developed setae.

The setae on joints 3 to 6 are very slender. It differs in this respect
from that of B. brevicornis (Pl. LYV., Fig. 6), which has strong setae on
3rd to 6th joints, and slender terminal ones on the very small 7th joint.

Maxilla (PI. LV., Fig. 7) as in B. brevicorns,

lst Maxillipede (V1. 1V., Fig. 8) with strong setae on all the lobes; a
strong curved spine on lobe 5, and a longer but more slender spine on
lobe 4. Lobes 1 to 4 bear each a few very stout terminal spinules,

2nd Maxillipede (PI. IV., Fig. 9) resembles that of B. brevicornis ; the
sensory appendage on the end of the 1st joint was not observed.

Feet 1--4 (V1. LV., Figs. 10-12) closely resemble those of B. brevicornis,

Three specimens of this form, all females, were found at Helga CXX.
in the tow-nets on the trawl. ‘This species comes very close to B. brevi-
cornis, and is separated mainly by the difference in size and in propor-
tions of the 2nd antenna, both of which points seem to be constant,

33

Gaidius tenuispinus, G. 0. Sars.

Four specimens, females, /=3°2 mm., which seem to be referable to this
species, occurred in the townets on trawl at Helga OXX. ‘They differed
slughtly in some respects from the form figured by u. O. Sars ; the thoracic
spines were scarcely so long, and the segmentation between the lst and
2nd joint of the exop. of lst foot, and between the lst and 2nd joint of
the endop. of 2nd toot, was not so distinctly marked. In both these
points, as also in size, they approximated somewhat to G. pungens.

They also possessed the lamelliform spines on the 1st basal of 4th foot.

Gaidius brevispinus, G. 0. Sars.

A single specimen, a female, showing immature segmentation of the
abdomen, /=5 mm., occurred in the townets on trawl at Helga CXX.

‘he spines and Jointing of the feet were as in G. brevispiwus, and the
2nd mxp. had a lamellar appendage on Ist joint and fine serrulations on
the proximal part of the upper edge of the ¢nd joint,

Gaetanus major (Wolfenden).

Two specimens, a female, /=4'7 mm., and an immature male,
1=4°3 mm., occurred in townets on trawl at station Helga CXX. Dr.
Wolfenden, to whom | submitted drawings ot the animal, has kindly con-
firmed my identification of these specimens with the species described by

him.
Gaetanus pileatus (Farran).

Two immature females, 1=4'6mm., and an immature male, 1=3'5,
were found in the townets on trawl at Helga OXX., which, in spite of
the difference in size, seem to be referable to the above species. ‘he pos-
session of a 2-jointed exop. by the Ist foot serves to distinguish them trom

G, caudam.

Gaetanus Holti, n. sp.
(Pl. VI., Figs, 1-12).

Length, female, 5:1 mm. Male unknown.

Boay (PI. VI., Figs. 1--2) very robust. Ceph. joined to Th. 1. Th. 4
and ‘lh. 5 are fused and produced backwards on either side into a long
slender process starting from the ventral margin, and reaching to the end
of the genital segment.

Abdomen of iour segments. Genital seg. slightly broader than long,
ventrally swollen; longer than the two succeeding segments ; 2nd, 3rd, and
anal segments of about equal length. Furcal rami slightly broader than

long.
‘Ist Antenna (Pl. VI., Fig. 3) 23-jointed, reaching to furca.

Length of antennal joints in ‘01mm. :—

ice ae Oy Be Oe. BR AO AD Ud de 05. 1G, 172, 18. 19.020. Bb. 22: 23. 24
za. 18. 12. 13. 16. 16. 16. 26, 14. 16. 16. 28. 28. 27. z. 2d. 25. 32. 00, 24. 32. Zs. ZB. B

2nd Antenna (Pl. VI., Fig. 4) with two papillae on 2nd joint of exop.,
each with a short seta.

Mandible (Pl. VI., Fig. 5) and maxilla (Pl. IV., Fig. 6) do not differ
noticeably from those of the other species of the genus.

1st Maxiilipede (Pl. VI., Fig. 7) with spine on 5th lobe smaller than
that on 4th.

2nd Maxillipede (Pl. VI., Fig. 8) with the five terminal joints very
short. The form of the sensory lobe on the 1st joint could not be made
out ; proximal part of upper edge of 2nd joint very finely denticulate.

Ist foot (Pl. VI., Fig. 9) with 3-jointed exop., the 1st joint terminating
on the outer edge with a small inconspicuous spine.

34

2nd and 3rd feet (Pl. VI., Figs. 10--11) with no distinguishing features.

4th foot (Pl. VI., Fig. 12), 1st basal joint with a row of lamellae run-
ning along inner edge, and curving across lower face of the joint.

5th feet absent.

One specimen was obtained in the townets on the trawl at station
Helga CXX.

This species has the upright spine of G. miles, and the short antennae
and 3-jointed exop. of Ist foot of G. armiger, and thus forms a link
between the two sections of the genus. It differs from ail described
species except G. caudani in having a spine on the outer edge of the 1st
joint of exop. of lst foot.

Gaetanus minor, n. sp.
(Pl. V., Figs. 1-11).

Length, female, 2°4 mm.

Cephalic spine slender, directed forwards, as in G. armiger.

Thoracic segments 4 and 5 fused, with long slender spines reaching to
end of genital segment.

Abdomen of 4 segments, short; genital segment slightly swollen ven-
trally ; equal in length to the two following segments.

1st Antenna (Pl. V., Fig. 5) 2é-jointed, reaching to end of genital
segment; length, 1°7 mm. Length of antennal joints in ‘01 mm. :—

1. 2 3 4 56 6 7 8 9 10. II. 12, 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23.

me6 £66 SSK 6S EN Li we. meee

2nd Antenna (Pl. V., Fig. 4) with rather slender endop., about half
as long as the exop.

Mandible and Maxilla (Pl. V., Fig. 5) resemble those of G. armiger ;
the setae on the end of the 2nd inner lobe of the Maxilla are unusually
large.

ist Maxillipede (Pl. V., Fig. 6) with one of the setae on Ist lobe a
little stronger than those on the succeeding lobes.

2nd Maxullipede (Pl. V., Fig. 7) with 4th and 5th joints equal, the 2nd
joint without denticulations.

Ist foot (Pl. V., Fig. 8) with 2-jointed exop. ; no sign of segmentation
in the 1st joint.

2nd foot (Pl. V., Fig. 9) with 1-jointed endop., its Ist outer edge and
2nd inner edge seta being very slender. Terminal spines of the exop. of
this, as of the 3rd and 4th feet, very coarsely toothed.

Srd and 4th feet (Pl. V., Figs. 10--11), rather slender, the inner edge
of 1st basal joint of both being finely setose.

This species is the smallest of the genus and differs from any previously
described in the 1-jointed exop. of 2nd foot, and in the shortness of the
1st antennae,

A female and an immature male, which was not examined in detail,
were taken in the mid-water net at Helga CXX. In the bottom net at
Porcupine LY. there occurred some very immature specimens, ¢ and@,of a
Gaetanus, length about 2 mm., which closely resembled the above, with
the exception that their lst antennae reached to the furca. These may
possibly prove, when mature specimens are found, to belong to a new
species.

Chiridius armatus (Boeck.).

Six males of this species, 1=3°5 mm., were found in the townets on
trawl at Helga OXX., and one female, 1=3:°3 mm., in townets on trawl at
Helga CXXI.

In company with the above, at Helga CXX., there occurred several speci-
mens, both ¢ and @, of a form which agreed very closely in everything but
size with CO. armatus. The length of fully matured specimens of the
smaller variety was 2°65 mm. for both sexes,

85
Chiridius Poppei, Giesbr.

A single specimen, female, 1=2'64 mm., very like C. armatus in appear-
ance, but without a rostrum, and having the endop. of 2nd feet one-
jointed, seems to be referable to this species. ‘The caudal rami had been
broken off, which helps to render the identification uncertain. It was
found in the townets on trawl at Helga CXX.

Undeuchaeta major, Giesbr.
One specimen, female, 1=5°28mm., was found at Helga CXX., in tow-

nets on trawl.
Undeuchaeta minor, Giesbr.

One specimen, female, 1=4'2 mm., in tow-nets on trawl at Helga CXX.,
and another at Helga CXXI,

The size of both this and the preceding species is somewhat greater than
that given by Giesbrecht, but in other respects they agree with hi»
description,

Euchirella rostrata (Cls.).

One specimen, female, 1=3°5mm., occurred in the mid-water net at
Station Porcupine Y.

Euchaeta tonsa, Giesbr.

Two females were found in townets on trawl at Helga CXX. ‘They
measured 4°95 and 5°25mm. respectively, but agreed fairly well with
Giesbrecht’s description of the species, in the form of the genital protu-
berance, the number of setae (9) on the proximal outer lobe of the Maxilla,
the length of the terminal antennal joints (24+25=19), and the absence
of a tutt of hairs on the last thoracic segment.

Euchirella curticauda, Giesbr.
Three females and an immature male in the townets on trawl at
Helga CXX.

Several other specimens of Kuchirella, all immature males, also
occurred, which could not be determined with certainty.

EKuchaeta acuta, Giesbr.

‘A few were found in the mid-water nets at Porcupine V., and in the
townets on trawl at Helga CXXI.

Euchaeta norvegica, Boeck.

Several specimens in mid-water net at Helga OXX. and townets on
trawl at Helga CXX. and CXXI.

Immature specimens of EKuchaeta, belonging to two or three different
species, were found in most of the townettings examined.

Scolecithrix dentata, Giesbr.

Females were found in mid-water nets at Porcupine III. and V. and
Helga OXX., and also in townets on trawl at Helga OXX.

Scolecithrix minor, Brady.

Females not uncommon in mid-water nets at’ Porcupine IIT, and V. and

Helga CXX. |
Scolecithrix pygmaea, T. Scott.

One specimen, male, in mid-water net at Porcupine III.

86 eee

Scolecithrix cristata, Giesbr.

Several females and a few males were found in the townets on trawl at
Helga CXX.

Scolecithrix chelifer, I. C. Thomps.

One specimen, a female, from townets on trawl at Helga CXX.

he temale of this rather remarkabie looking copepod had not been
taken previously ; only the male having been met with by the describer,
the late Mr. I. C. Thompson.*

I could find no trace of 5th feet in my specimen.t

‘The structure of the appendages of the temale seems to be similar to
those of the male. I give figures of the rostrum and 1st maxillipede
(Pl. VII., Figs. 18--19), the details of which are not quite clear trom
‘Yhompson’s drawing.

Scolecithrix emarginata, n. sp.
(Pl. VIL., Figs. 6-17).

Length of ?, 4°35 mm.

Female.—Body elongate ovate, tapering very slightly anteriorly. 4th
thoracic segment partially separated from oth, the combined segments
having an emarginate outline in lateral view, as found in S. dentata.

Abdomen short, measuring about 4 of Cephalothorax, 4-segmented, anal
segment very short. Genital.seg. a little longer than broad. 2nd and
3rd segments slightly broader than long.

Furcal rami almost as wide as long, divergent. The furcal setae were
missing in my specimens.

1st Antennae (Pl. VII., Fig. 9) long, rather slender, just reaching
beyond the furca. 23-jointed. Length, 4°7 mm.

Length of antennal joints in ‘01 mm. :—

1 2 3 4 5 6 7. 8 9. 10. 11. 12. 13 14 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22, 23.

v4. 24. 12. 12. 12. 11. 10. 18 12. 14. 16. 24. 25, 25. 25. 25. 26. 26. 25. 23. v4. 28. 31.

2nd Antennae (PI. VI., Fig. 10) of usual type, the exop. being slightly
longer than endop., but with a row of fine curved setae on Ist basal.

Mandible not examined.

Maxilla (PI. VIL., Fig. 11) of usual type in Scolecithriz, 1st inner lobe
rather longer than the spines it bears.

1st Maxillipede (PJ. VII., Fig. 12) resembles somewhat that in S. cris-
tata, the sensory appendages being short and apparently with a small
bud-like termination.

2nd Maxillipede (Pl. VII., Fig. 13) without a sensory appendage on Ist
joint.

The feet are rather broad with fine spinulation on lower face.

lst foot (Pl. VII., Fig. 14) with terminal spine on outer edge of Ist
joint of exop.

2nd foot (#1, VII., Fig. 15).—Endop. 2nd joint with a proximal trans.
row of fine spinules, a median row and a pair of distal spinules somewhat
larger. Exop. 2nd joint with trans. distal row of fine spinules ; Srd joint
with median and distal curved rows of similar spinules,

3rd foot (Pl. VII., Fig. 16).—Kndop., 3rd joint withtwo trans. rows of
moderate spinules; 3rd joint with median row of similar spinules and
two large distal ones. Exop. 1st joint with distal trans. row ; 2nd joint
with two lateral rows on distal half joined by a trans, terminal row ; 3rd
joint with two lateral rows joined by median and distal transverse rows,
all of small spinules. In addition to the spinulation on the lower face
there are very minute spinules scattered over the upper face of most of the
joints,

: The spinulation on the 4th feet is much reduced.
© Ann. and Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 7, Vol. XIU.
+ A Sth pair of feet have since been found in another specimen, They are 3-jointed, of the

Xanthoculunus type. ‘Ihe cophalon is separate from the thorax, so the species must be
referred to the geuus Xanthocalanus,

ta 97

5th feet (PJ. VII., Fig. 17), 2-jointed with inner and terminal spines,
the inner spine being about twice as long as the other, as in S. awropecten.

One mature and three immature specimens occurred in townets on
trawl at Helga CXX.

Scolecithrix ovata, n. sp.
(P). VI., figs. 13-18 ; Pl. VIT., figs. 1-5).

Length of female, 2°3 mm. Male unknown.
Cephalothorax regularly ovate in dorsal and lateral view; segments 4
and 5 of thorax joined ; lateral margin slightly emarginate.
Abdomen slender, four segmented, about 4 of Cephalothorax.
1st Antennae (Pl. VI., Fig. 14).—23-jointed, reaching to 2nd segment
of abdomen ; 1=2°24mm. Length of antennal joints in ‘01 mm. :—
more. oc & 5. .6...7. 8 9. 10.11. 12.18, 14, 15.16 I7,-18, 19, 20, 21. 22. 28.
moron a, 6. GG 6.6. 6 7° % SG I Wi. Wz 12. 12, i. 12. 1. 4 1G
2nd Antennae (PI. VI., Fig. 15), with exop. about 14 times endop.
Mandible, with exop. only slightly larger than endop.
Maxilla (Pl. VI., Fig. 16), with 1st inner lobe well developed ; the 2nd
outer lobe appears to bear only five setae.
1st Maxillipede (P]. VI., Fig. 17), with 5th lobe large in proportion to
the rest ; its spine is slender and slightly longer than that on the 4th lobe ;
sensory appendages rather long and slender.
2nd Maxillipede (P!. VI., Fig. 18) has no noticeable features.
1st foot (Pl. VII., Fig. 1) with spine on outer edge of 1st joint of exop.
2nd foot (Pl. VII., Fig. 2). Exop. with transv. row of spinules distally
on 2nd joint ; 3rd joint with two lateral broken lines of minute spinules ;
endop. with two distal, two median, and two proximal spinules, mode-
rately large, on 2nd joint.
drd foot (Pl. VII., Fig. 3).—Exop. with distal row of small spinules on
2nd joint, and curved transv. median row on 3rd; endop. with three
median and two distal spinules on 2nd joint, and two median and three
distal Jarge spinules on 3rd joint.
4th foot (Pl. VII., Fig. 4) with exop. and endop. missing in my speci-
men. The inner marginal spine of 1st basal is short and placed close to
the junction of the 1st and 2nd basal joints.
5th foot (Pl. VIT., Fig. 5) consists of a broad ovate lamellar joint aris-
ing from a small basal; it bears a short backward directed spine on its
inner margin, and a more distal very short spine also on the inner margin.
This species, of which a sinele specimen was obtained in townets on
trawl at Helga CXX., comes close in many points to S. dentata, but
differs in the form of the feet and in the proportions of the cephalothorax
and abdomen.

Scolecithrix echinata, n. sp.
(Pl. [V., Figs. 15-18; Pl. V., Figs. 12-17).

Length of female, 1°92. Male unknown.

Female.—Cephalothorax 1:56 mm. ; abdomen, °36.

Cephalothorax ovate elongate. Thorac. segs. 4 and 5 fused; abdomen
of four segments ; genital seg. slightly swollen, measuring about 14 times
the following segment ; 2nd and Srd segments equal, each slightly longer
than anal seg.

Furcal rami 14 times as long as broad.

1st Antennae (Pl. IV., Fig. 17) reach to the middle of last thoracic seg.,
stout, slightly setose, 22-jointed, 1=1'6 mm.

Length of antennal joints in ‘01 mm. :—

L234 5 6 7 8& 9 10. 11. 12, 13.14. 15. 16. 17, 18 19. 20. 21. 22.

ee Oe, Ce Mie <a ee es Bo TS doi de® Te B18

2nd Antennae (Pl. IV., Fig. 18) resemble those in S. cristata, but the
endop. is slightly longer in proportion to the exop.

88

The mandible was badly mounted before examination, but seems fo
resemble that of S. enistata.

Maxilla (Pl. V., Fig. 12), like that of S. cristata; the endop. bears
7 setae, and the 1st inner lobe is proportionately more developed. ;

1st Maxillipede not well preserved, but approaches that of 8. brevicornis
in the length of the terminal pedicellated appendages, which bear bud-like
terminations.

2nd Maxillipede as in S. cristata; the basal joint bears a sensory
appendage, as in that species.

1st foot (Pl. V., Fig. 13) as in S. brevicornis.

2nd to 4th feet, while agreeing in shape with those of S. brevicornis,
differ considerably in spinulation.

2nd foot (Pl. V., Fig. 14).—2nd joint of endop. with two large proxi-
mal and three smaller distal spinules; exop. with distal transverse row
of spinules on 2nd joint, and two oblique curved rows of very small
spinules on 3rd joint. The distal margin of 2nd joint of exop. also bears
on the upper side a row of serrations.

3rd foot (Pl. V., Fig. 15) with exop. spinulated as in 2nd foot, endop.
with three large curved spinules on 2nd joint and one small proximal
and three larger distal spinules on 3rd joint.

The above spinules are all on the lower face of the joints,

4th foot (Pl. V., Fig. 16).—Exop. without spinules ; endop. with four
large spinules on lower face of 2nd joint, and a few very minute spinules
on 3rd joint. The upper face of the endop. bears on its surface very
minute spinules in one longitudinal row on 2nd joint, and in two rows
on 3rd joint.

5th feet (Pl. V., Fig. 17) resemble those of S. cristata in form, but
the inner edge spine does not reach to the end of the terminal one. This
species is very closely allied to S. brevicornis, but differs in the shorter
abdomen, which is contained 4 times in the length of the cephalothorax
instead of 24 times, in the spinulation of the endop. of the swimming
feet, which consists of a few large spinules instead of numerous small
ones, and in the form and comparative length of spines of 5th pair of feet.

One specimen occurred in the mid-water net at station Porcupine ITI.

Xanthocalanus borealis, G. 0. Sars.
(Pl. VIII., Figs. 14-17.)

Several specimens, females, which are undoubtedly referable to this
species, occurred at stations Porcupine ITV. and Helga CXX. and CXXI.,
in all cases in townets on trawl or dredge. The largest of these reached
3°5mm., and with them specimens of all sizes down to 2°5 mm. occurred,
all apparently mature or nearly so, The larger specimens had 5th feet
as figured by Sars for X. borealis ;* the smaller, i.e., from about 3 mm.
downwards had 3-jointed 5th feet (P|. VIII., Fig. 17), with a single ter-
minal and two lateral spines on the last joint. In some instances the
segmentation between the 2nd and 3rd joints was very incomplete or
absent, thus approaching the immature form figured by Sars. The
smaller specimens might. if they were regarded as mature, be referred to
X. fragilts Aurivillius,t+ but it seems equally probable that they are speci-
mens of X. borealis which have not undergone their final ecdysis at which
the second terminal spine and the robust spinulation would probably be
acquired. From 2°5 to 2 mm. other specimens occurred, which showed
immature jointing of the abdomen, but appeared mature in other respects.
These differed from the preceding in that the 5th thorac. seg. was sepa-
rated from the 4th, and much contracted. The outline of the animal
was short and broad, and resembled the figure given by Dr. T. Scott in
20th Report of the Scotch Fishery Board.t The 5th feet were the same
as in specimens of 2°5 to 3 mm. It is possible that there may be two

* G. O. Sars, Crustacea of Norivay, Pt. TV... Copepoda, P), XXXII,
+ Anrivillius. Konial. Srenela Akad Han! Band 20, No, 3.
+ 20th Report of Scotch Fishery Board, Part 1V., P).

89

species included under these various forms, but in default of further
information, it seems safer to regard them all as X. borealis at various
stages of maturity. ay

The 5th feet of the mature X. borealis seem subject to variation both
as regards jointing and number of spines. I have figured three of the
forms which were met with in the collection. (Pl. VIII., Figs. 14--16.)

Xanthocalanus Greeni, n. sp.
(Pl. VILL, Figs. 1-13).

Length, female, 6°00 mm. Male unknown,
Body (PI. VIII., Fig. 1) very robust, ovate, opaque. Thorac, seg. 4

and 5 coalesced, slightly produced posteriorly, lateral margins obtuse.

Abdomen very short, anal seg. retracted almost out of sight. Furcal
rami broader than long. Furcal setae missing in my specimen.

1st Antennae (Pl. VIII., Fig. 2) stout, very sparingly setose, slightly
longer than body, 24-jointed, 1=6'8mm. Length of antennal joints in
°01 mm. :—
ees & 6. 6. 7.8. 9. 10. 1k 12 13. 1% 16 161% 16. 19° WO. 'Sf. 22) 33. 26.
48. 48. 24. 24. 24. 24. 24. 32. 18. 20. 20. 24. 26. 30 32. 32. 33, 33. 35. 28. 24. 30. 32. 17,

2nd Antenna (FI. VIII., Fig. 3) with exop. slightly longer than
endop. ; 1st joint of endop, comparatively long and slender.

Mandible (Pl. VIII., Fig. 4), cutting edge with numerous weak teeth.

Maxilla (Pl. VIII., Fig. 5) with long and narrow Ist inner lobe, bear-
ing long razor-like spines ; 2nd inner lobe (not shown in figure) les under
third ; endop., small.

1st Maxillipede (PI. VIII., Fig. 6) with strongly denticulate spine on
4th lobe ; the seta on 5th lobe is longer than the spine and almost as thick.

2nd Maxillipede (Pl. VIII., Fig. 7) short and stout, with one seta on
a of the last four joints, strongly developed, and having a laminated
edge.

Ist to 4th feet (Pl. VIII., Figs. 9--12) jointed as in the genus.

Endop. of 2nd foot with two oblique rows of strong spinules on 2nd
joint, one row of spinules on 2nd and 3rd joints of endop. of 3rd foot,
and on 2nd joint of endop. of 4th foot.

The terminal spines of exop. of 2nd and 4th feet are broad and curved
with finely denticulate lamina.

5th feet very small, 3-jointed, 3rd joint with one terminal and two
lateral spines ; margins of 1st and 2nd joints with very minute spinules.
The specimen appears to be not quite mature, so that the 5th feet, when
fully developed, may be larger and more spinulose.

This form, the largest of the genus, was found, one specimen only, in
the townets on the trawl] at station Helga CXX. I have called it after the
Rev. W. S. Green, the head of the Fisheries Branch.

Xanthocalanus pinguis, n. sp.
(Pl. VIII., Figs. 18-24; Pl. [X., Figs. 1-6).

Length of female, 4°55 mm. Male unknown.

Cephalothorax ovate, moderately robust. Thorac. seg. 1 imperfectly
separated from cephalon. ‘Thorac. segs. 4 and 5 separated, the latter pro-
duced laterally beyond the middle of gen. segment. The lateral processes
swollen, ending bluntly, and filled with small oil globules.

Abdomen of four segments, anal seg. very short, caudal rami slightly
longer than broad.

Ist Antennae (Pl. VIII., Fig. 20) rather short, not reaching beyond
Th. 4, moderately setose, decreasing rather abruptly in thickness after 8th
joint, 23-jointed, length=3°3 mm.

Length of antenna joints in ‘01 mm. :—

1 2 3 4 5. 6.7. 8 9 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18 19. 20 21. 22. 93.

$2. 35. 14. 12. 14. 12, 12. 16. 9. 10. 12. 13, 12. 14. 13. 12. 12. 12. 11. 11. 15. 16. 8.

40

2nd Antenna (Pl. VIII., Fig. 21) with both exop. and endop. rather
short and broad.

Mandible (Pl. VIII., Fig. 22) presents no noticeable features.

Maxilla (Pl. VIII., Fig. 23) with elongate and slender exop. and
endop. ; the distal spines on the 1st inner lobe are longer than the more
proximal. 1st and 2nd maxillipedes (Pl. VIII., Fig. 24, Pl. IX., Fig. 1)
of the usual type found in the genus.

Ist foot (Pl. IX., Fig. 2), typical.

2nd foot (Pl. IX., Fig. 3), 2nd joint of endop. with a proximal row
of very long spinules and a distal group of somewhat shorter ones. Endop.
of 3rd foot (Pl. IX., Fig. 4) with row of very long spinules on 2nd joint,
and curved row of smaller spinules on 3rd joint.

4th foot (Pl. IX., Fig. 5) with a few small distal spinules on 2nd
joint of endop. ‘All the feet rather slender, with long finely denticulate
terminal spines.

5th feet (Pl. IX., Fig. 6), 3-jointed ; 3rd joint with two terminal and
two lateral spines, the face of the joint being minutely spinulose; 2nd
joint with a few spinules distally on outer margin; 1st joint with inner
margin minutely spinulose.

A single specimen was found in townets on trawl at Helga OXX.

Xanthocalanus obtusus, ». sp.
(Pl. IX., Figs. 10-19).

Length of female, 2°4 mm. Male unknown.

Cephalothorax ovate, robust. Cephalon separated from Ist thoracic
seg. Segs. 4 and 5 of thorax separated. 5th segment very short, swollen,
obtuse. Abdomen short, of four segments; gen. seg. about as broad as
Jong ; anal seg., very short; furcal rami, slightly longer than broad.

1st Antennae (Pl. IX., Fig. 12) reach the middle of the genital seg. ;
24-jointed ; length=2°22 mm.

Length of antennae joints in ‘01 mm. :—

os 2°24 6 6 7. & & 10: 1. 19. 18 14. 16.16. 17. 18 10 2 oS eee
BawmMeectk.nw?. ££. wS.6 (7.8. 10.9 1 i 6 Kk Ss 2 = eee

2nd Antennae (PI. IX., Fig. 13), as in the genus.

Mandible, cutting edge with weak, finely-divided teeth, palp as usual.

Maxilla (Pl. IX., Fig. 14), 1st inner lobe shorter and broader than is
usual in the genus.

1st Maxillipede (Pl. IX., Fig. 15) presents no unusual features.

2nd Maxillipede has a short bud-bearing sensory filament on 1st joint.

1st foot (Pl. IX., Fig. 16), as usual in the genus.

2nd foot (Pl. IX., Fig. 17) with 2nd joint of exop. minutely spinulose
on lower face; endop., 2nd joint with two curved rows of long spinules
on the inner face near the outer edge.

3rd foot (Pl. IX., Fig. 18).—Exop. with inner face of 2nd and 3rd
joints minutely spinulose ; endop., 2nd and 3rd joints with long spinules
near the outer margin ; the outer margin of the 2nd joint bears a row of.
smaller spinules ; 1st basal with a distal transverse row of spinule.

4th foot.—Endop. spinulose, as in 3rd, and has in addition minute
spinules over the lower face of the joint.

5th foot (Pl. IX., Fig. 19)._-Three-jointed, 2nd joint being the largest.
Ist joint bears coarse spinules distally on inner margin, 2nd joint with
both margins spinulose, 3rd joint with two terminal and two lateral
spines, the face of the joint being minutely spinulose. The 2nd to 4th
feet are rather short and stout, and have the lamina of the terminal spines
coarsely denticulate.

The most noticeable differences between this and the other species of the
genus are the short obtuse 5th thorac, seg., and the form of the 5th pair of
feet.

ee ae

41 ,

Xanthocalanus, sp., ¢.
(Pl. IX., Figs. 7-9; Pl. XL, Fig. 11).

Only two male specimens of Xanthocalanus were met with in the collec-
tion, one at Porcupine IV. and one at Helga CXXI. They were both the
same species, one measuring 2°27 mm., and the other 2°2 mm., and do
not seem identical with any described species of male, though coming very
close to X. agilis , and to the form described by Dr. T. Scott as Phaenna
zetlandica §.* The 5th feet were 5-jointed on either side, and resembled
somewhat those of Phaenna spinifera 2.

1st Antennae 18-jointed on both sides in one specimen; in the other
one antenna was 17-jointed ; the jointing of the other was not noted. The
antennae were longer than the body by about two joints. I have not put
a name to this form as it is not clear to me whether it should be referred
to one of the above females.

Genus Brachycalanus, n. gen.

This genus is closely allied to Xanthocalanus and differs mainly 1n
shape of the rostrum, which forms a broad truncated plate, and in the
extreme shortness of the 1st antennae. -

The mouth parts and feet in the female resemble those found in Xan-
thocalanus, the vermiform sensory filaments being present in the Ist
maxillipedes and the spinous armature on the swimming feet. The cepha-
lon and 1st thoracic segment are separated. The form of the body is
robust, and the abdomen short, with broad free margins to its segments.

Brachycalanus atlanticus (Wolfenden).
(Pl. X., Figs. 1-14).

Length of female, 2;0—2°5mm. Male unknown.

Body (Pl. X., Fig. 1-2) robust ovate; Cephalon separated from
Th. 1; Th. 4 and Th. 5 separate; the latter somewhat produced laterally
with rounded margin.

Rostrum (Pl. X., Fig. 5) short, broad, square-cut in front, probably
with filaments at the angles, though these were absent in my specimens.

Abdomen short, 4-segmented ; genital seg. equal to the two following ;
anal seg. very short, almost concealed by the preceding ; furcal rami as
broad as long; setae missing in my specimens.

1st Antennae (Pl. X., Fig. 4) only reach to beginning of 3rd_ thor.
seg. ; very thick at base; 24-jointed ; length, 1°45 mm.

Length of antennal joints in ‘01mm. :—

Poe oe 4.) S.C Y.. «68. ~ 9. 10, 11. 32. Ee AS OIG. 17, 182 19° 90. 9-22) 3B. 24.

ree yosio. 0.06. 7 &. | 64. SR Be SRG 7... 7856.56. 628 -82 10) 3.

2nd Antennae (Pl. X., Fig. 5) short, broad; exop. longer than
endop.

Mandible (Pl. X., Fig. 6) as in Xanthocalanus; cutting edge not
examined.

Maxilla (Pl. X., Fig. 7).—1st inner lobe narrower than in Xantho-
calanus ; endop. long and slender.

1st Maxillipede (Pl. X., Fig. 8) with strong spine on 5th lobe, that

‘on 4th lobe much weaker ; sensory filaments as in Xanthocalanus.

2nd Maxillipede (Pl. X., Fig. 9) has the structure found in Xantho-
calanus.

1st foot (Pl. X., Fig. 10), as in Xanthocalanus.

2nd foot (Pl. X., Fig. 11).—Endop. with three spinules on 1st joint ;
two rows of similar spinules diagonally on 2nd joint. Exop. with three
spinules on lower face of 1st joint and three smaller spinules on its outer
edge ; there is one spinule, probably more, on the inner edge of 2nd joint ;

_ terminal spine with coarsely denticulate lamina.

* 20th Report of Scotch Fishery Board, Part III., p. 453,

42

3rd foot (Pl. X., Fig. 12).—KHndop. 2nd joint with a diagonal row
of spinules, and a row of smaller spinules parallel to inner margin; drd
joint with diagonal and parallel row, as in 2nd joint; two small spinules
on inner face of 1st joint of exop.

4th foot (Pl. X., Fig. 13) with outer and inner margins of 1st basip.
strongly spinulose ; inner edge seta, short ; 1st joint of endop. with a few
smal] spinules, 2nd joint with one, probably more, 5rd joint with three
spinules distally near the inner margin,

5th feet (Pl. X., Fig. 14), 3-jointed; 3rd joint long, with two ter-
minal and two lateral spines; all the joints densely covered with
moderately small spinules,

Three specimens of this species were washed from sand brought up by a
townet on the trawl at Helga CXXI. They measured 2°5, 2'0, and
1:52mm., respectively. The description is taken from the largest speci-
men, except as regards the 5th pair of feet, which were only found in the
smallest specimen, which, while appearing fully developed in other
respects, still showed immature segmentation of the abdomen.

[While the above was in the press a description of this species, under
the name of XYanthocalanus atlanticus, was published by Dr. Wolfenden.*
I have accordingly altered the specific name to correspond, while retaining
the generic name here given. |

Genus Oothrix, n. gen.

This genus resembles Xanthocalanus in most respects. It differs, how-
ever, in the form of the rostrum, which resembles that found in Brachy-
calanus, in the 1st maxillipede, in which the two terminal sensory fila-
ments are short and sausage-shaped instead of being longer than the rest,
and the spines on the 4th and 5th lobes are slender, and in the absence of
spinulation on the under side of the swimming feet. The antennae are
24-jointed and reach nearly to the end of the cephalothorax. The cepha-
lon is separated from the 1st thoracic seg. The 4th and 5th thoracic seg-
ments are separate, the latter being produced on either side into a pair of
equal sharp spines.

Oothrix bidentata, n. sp.
(Pl. X., Figs. 15-18; Pl. XI, Figs. 1-10).

peng of female, 3°0 mm.

oy alon separated from Th. 1; Th. 4 and 5 separated ; the latter pro-
du into two sharp spines on either side,

Ist Antenna (PI. X., Fig. 17), 24-jointed, reaching to 5th thorac.
seg.; length. 23 mm. Length of antennal joints in ‘01 mm. :—
1 2 3 #& 5& 6 7. 8 9. 10, Il. 12, 13. 14 15. 16. 17, 18 19. 20, 21. 22. 23.24.
mme66a664 61.6 7. 8 «OF lv. If 13 2 i 38. 1 13 1 ie

2nd Antenna (PI. X., Fig. 18) somewhat shorter than in Xanthoca-
lanus ; exop. slightly longer than endop.

Mandible (PI. X1., Fig. 1).—Palp as in Xanthocalanus; the cutting

_ was lost in mounting. In another specimen (Pl. IV., Fig. 2),
referred to below, the cutting edge was armed with long semi-articulate
spines.

Maxilla (Pl. XI., Fig. 3) as in Xanthocalanus.

Ist Maxillipede (I’!. XI., Fig. 4) with long and fragile sensory fila-

ments ; the two terminal filaments are short and swollen; spines on 4th
and 5th lobes, long and slender.

2nd Maxillipede (PI. XT., Fig. 5), as in Xanthocalanus.

Ist foot (Pl. XI., Fig. 6) of the form found in Xanthocalanus; the

2nd basal bears on its lower face three small spinules at the base of the
endop,

* Jowr, Mar, Biol, Aroc., N.S, Vol, VII, No. 1, April, 1904, p. 119.

43

2nd foot (Pl. XI., Fig. 7) with three spinules on 2nd basal, as in Ist
foot ; terminal spine of exop. longer than 3rd joint ; finely denticulate.

3rd foot (Pl. XI., Fig. 8) with short spinule on 1st basal near its inner
edge, and three spinules on 2nd basal; the terminal spine of exop. is a
little shorter than the 3rd joint.

4th foot imperfect ; it lacks the spinules on 2nd basal,

5th foot (Pl. XI., Fig. 9), 3-jointed both sides; third joint long and
narrow, setose on the outer margin, with two terminal and two lateral
spines ; 2nd joint setose on outer margin.

One specimen of the above was found in the sand brought up by a fow-
net on the trawl at Helga CXXI. Its abdomen showed immature jointing,
but it seemed to be fully developed in other respects. In the townets on
the trawl at Helga CXX., there cccurred two immature specimens of what
seems to be a closely allied, if not identical, species. They measured
5°55 mm., and appeared to be immature females, though the structure of
the 5th pair of feet (Pl. XI., Fig. 10) resembles somewhat that of aé.
I have referred to them in the explanation of plates as sp. B.

Phaenna spinifera, C's.

Two specimens occurred ; one 6 in mid-water net at Porcupine V., and
one ¢ in townet on trawl at Helga CXX.

CENTROPAGIDAE.
Centropages typicus, Kriyer.

A few specimens were found at stations Porcupine III. and V.

Temora longicornis, Miill.

Occurred once, in mid-water net, at station Helga CXX.

Metridia lucens, Boeck.

Was found in most of the townets at the Porcupine stations ; also in
mid-water net at Helga CXX., and townets on trawl at Helga CXX.
and CXXI.

Metridia venusta, (iesbr.

Five females, measuring 2°8 to 2°9mm., and one which only reached
2°52 mm., were found in townets on trawl at Helga CXX. They agreed
closely with Giesbrecht’s description. They might be equally well referred
to the unknown female of M. Normani if the recorded distribution of the
two species were taken into account.

Thompson’s record of M. venusta 6 from the North Atlantic* evidently
refers to a species of Heterorhabdus, perhaps H. longicoriis.

Metridia princeps, Giesbr.

One specimen, female, length 7°65 mm., in townets on trawl at

Helga CXX.
Pleuromamma robusta (fF. Dahl).

Scarce at Porcupine IV. and V., and rather more plentiful at Helga
OXX. and CXXI., in townets on trawl.

Lucicutia flavicornis (Cls.).
One specimen, female, in mid-water net at Porcupine III.

* Ann, ana Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 7 Vol, XII.

4t | 7

Lucicutia curta, n. spe
(Pl. XIT., Figs. 1-7.)

Length of female 2°4 mm. Cephalothorax 1:75 mm. Abdomen *65 mm.
Male unknown.

Body (Pl. XII., Figs. 1--2) robust ovate, slightly tapered anteriorly.
Rostrum not visible in dorsal view. Cephalon separaied from Th. 1;
Th. 4 and 5 fused ; lateral margins of 5th seg. rounded.

@\bdomen, 4-segmented ; genital seg. equal to the two following ; strongly
swollen ventrally ; furcal rami four times as long as broad. Is:

1st Antennae (Pl. XIT., Fig. 3) slightly longer than body ; 24-jointed,
with very small and inconspicuous aethetasks ; length, 2°3 mm.

Length of antenna joints in ‘01 mm.

L&32.4 6 6 7. 8 9. 10. U..12 18.14. 15. 16. 17.18. 19, 90. 2h Bae
B33 4 6 5 6 6 6 7. 7. 10. IL 12 1 15. 16 17. 14 13. 13. 13. 14 7.
2nd Antennae with no noticeable features.

Mandible.—2nd joint of endop. longer and slenderer than in L. flavi-
cornis ; cutting edge with four strong teeth, followed by six weaker ones.
Maxilla, as in L. flavicornis.

1st Maxillipede resembles that of D. flavicornis; on the proximal side
of the 1st lobe there are two moderately long setae directed backwards.

2nd Maxillipede, as in ZL. flavicornas.

1st to 4th swimming feet with 3-jointed exop. and endop.

Ist foot (Pl. XII., Fig. 4) with short cylindrical process near inner
edge of 2nd basal ; terminal spine of exop. longer than the 3rd joint.

2nd foot (Pl. XII., Fig. 5) exop., with terminal spine half as long as
3rd joint.

3rd foot (Pl. XII., Fig. 6) resembles 2nd; there is a small papilla on
the 3rd joint of exop., situated about the middle of the anterior third of
the joint.

4th foot broken in my specimen.

5th foot (Pl. XII., Fig. 7), outer edge spines of exop. longer and slen-
derer than in L, flavicornis. Terminal spine contained 14 times in 3rd
joint. This species seems intermediate between DL. flavicornis and L.
longicornis. It differs from the latter in its larger size; stouter body,
with shorter abdomen ; shorter caudal rami and shorter antennae.

Two specimens were found in the townets on trawl at station
Helga CXX.

Lucicutia atlantica (Wolfenden). ?

A single specimen of a female Lucicutia, length 3°5mm., with long
antennae and furcal rami, was found in the townet on the dredge at
station Porcupine IV. ‘As it seemed to come very near to Lucicutia
magna ¢, | forwarded drawings of it to Dr. Wolfenden, who kindly
informed me that it seemed to be the same as a female Lucicutia which
he had taken in the eastern Atlantic, and which he proposed, in a forth-
coming paper, to call L. atlanticea, though doubtful whether it might not
turn out to be the female of I. magna.

As my specimen seems to differ from T.. atlantica in a few small points,
J have thought it better to give a few figures, (PI. XIII, Figs. 5--10.)

Heterorhabdus spinifrons (Cls.).

One specimen, a male, !. 5°4mm., occurred in the townets on the trawl
at station Helga CXX. Its length is somewhat greater than that men-
tioned by Giesbrecht, but it seems to agree in other respects.

Heterorhabdus norvegicus (Bocck.).

A few specimens, both male and

f y j
Helga OXX. and CXXI. emale, were found at stations

45

Heterorhabdus abyssalis (Giesbr.) 2

Several specimens of a small female Heterorhabdus, 1. 2°4mm., were
met with at stations Helga OXX. and Porcupine 1V., in townets on the
dredge or trawl in both instances, They belong to the section of the genus
represented by H. papilliger, but do not agree with any of the described
females. The 1st antennae are longer than the body by about three joints.
The innermost of the three terminal spines of the 1st maxillipede is the
shortest. The shortest of the three spines of the preceding lobe is more
than half the length of the two others. The spine on the end of the inner
edge of the Ist joint of the 2nd maxillipede is short and stout, as in
H. papiliiger ; the setae on the 2nd joint are as in H. papilliger. The
setae on the inner edge of Ist and 2nd joints of endop. of 5th foot are very
slender, as in H. clausi, but the spine on the inner edge of Ist joint of
exop., which is found in that species, is absent. It is not possible to be
certain of the species until the male has been met with, but the longer
1st antennae and small size seem to indicate that it probably is the female
of H. abyssalis.

Heterorhabdus vipera (Giesbr.).

Four males, measuring from 3°4 to 3°7 mm., were found in the townets
on the trawl at Helga CXX,

Heterorhabdus longicornis ((iesbr.).

T'wo females of this species, measuring 3°35 and 3°5 mm., were met with
in the townets on the trawl at Helga CXX. In the same haul were two
males, l. 4°15 and 4°2, of the H. longicornis type, which, though consider-
ably larger than the females, yet are probably referable to the same species.
They agree closely, except in size, with the species described by Dr. Wol-
fenden as H. zetesios,* which, he informs me, he now regards as the male
of LH, longicorms.

It may be, however, that my specimens belong to the imperfectly-
described H. major of Dahl.

Haloptilus longicornis (Cls.).

One specimen in a bottom townet at station Porcupine V.

Haloptilus acutifrons (Giesbr.),

One rather battered specimen, J. 2°64 mm., in townets on the trawl at
station Poreupine LY.

An immature and imperfect ¢ 1. 3°7, with rounded head, which was
found in mid-water net at Helga CXX. perhaps belongs to H. fertilis.

Phyllopus bidentatus, Brady.

{ have included under this name three specimens of Phyllopus—two
females and a male. The two females differ in size, form of thoracic seg-
ments, and Sth feet, from each other, and from the specimens described
by Brady and Giesbrecht. One, /. 3°0 mm., has a symmetrical 5th Th. seg.,
produced into a point on either side, as in the specimen figured by Dr. 1.
Scott from the Gulf of Guinea.t It also resembles that specimen in ics
5th ee which are short and strong and bear no seta on their 2nd basu!
joint.

The other, measuring 2'4mm., has 5th thoracic seg. symmetrical aud
rounded laterally. The 5th feet are more slender and have an outer edge
seta on 2nd basal joint,

* Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., N.S. Vol. VI., No. 3 (Jan., 1902), p. 367.
t Tr. Linn. Soc, Lond., Ser. 2, Vol. 6.

46 '

The relative proportions of the 1st antennae joints differ slightly in the
two specimens, joints 15 and 14 being relatively much shorter in the
smaller specimen. ;

As far as it is possible to judge from the very few specimens which have .
been figured or recorded, all these different forms seem to belong to one
remarkably variable species, a very unusual occurrence amongst the
copepoda,

The male of this species has been recorded from the N. Atlantic and in
part figured by the late Mr. I. C. Thompson,* but as his figures differ
somewhat from mine, I have drawn the appendages in which the male
differs from the female. The 1st antenna on the right side is identical
in both sexes,

CANDACIIDAE.

Candacia norvegica, Boeck.

Two females were found in the townets on the trawl at station
Helga CXX.

PONTELLIDAE,

Acartia Clausi, Giesbr.

Occurred more or less abundantly at all the Porcupine stations and in
the mid-water net at Helga CXX. A few specimens which were found in
the townets on the trawl at Helga CXXI., may have been taken on the
way up.

CYCLOPIDAE.

Oithona similis (Cls.).

Found in most of the nets, both surface and bottom, on the Porcupine
stations.

Oithena plumifera (Baird),

Found, like the last, in small or moderate numbers at most of the Por-
cupine stations.

HARPAOCOTICIDAE.

Microsetella atlantica (Brady and Rob.).

Single specimens occurred twice, at Porcupine III. and V., and may
have been overlooked in other instances.

Aegisthus mucronatus (Giesbr.),

One specimen, which seems to belong to this species, length 1:86mm.,
candal seta 9°15 mm., was found in the townets on the dredge at etation
Porcupine IV.

Aegisthus spinulosus, n. sp.
P), XIT., Figs, 8-14; Pl. XIII., Figs, 1-4),
Female—!. 1°74; length of caudal seta 1°92.
Form of body as in A. aculeatus, but segmentation between 1st and 2nd

abdominal segments complete, and head without chitinous reticulations.
Posterior margin of 2—4 thorac. seg. and 2—5th abd. segs., denticulate,

* Ann. and Mag. N. Iist., Se. 7, Vol. XII,

47

1st antenna (Pl. XII., Fig. 10), 7-jointed; a long aesthetask on 3rd
and a shorter one on 7th joint.

Proportional length of joints in ‘01 mim. :—

1. 23.4. 5. 6.7
24. 26. 18. 14, 3. 3. 5.

2nd Antenna as in A. aculeatus, with long 2nd basal bearing distally a
long exop, and proximally a very short endop.

Mandible (PI. XII., Fig. 11), cutting edge with five teeth and one seta ;
there is a small 2nd basal and two-jointed exop. present, the latter with
two terminal setae.

Maxilla (Pl. XII., Fig. 12) as in A. acwleatus.

1st Maxillipede (Pl. XII., Fig. 13) of the same form as in A. aculeatus ;
1st inner lobe bears five setae ; 2nd inner lobe with three setae; Srd and
4th inner lobes with three setae each ; and 5th inner lobe with a larger,
regularly-shaped falcate spine.

2nd Maxillipede (Pl. XIII., Fig. 2) resembles that of A. aculeatus.

1st feet (Pl. XII., Fig. 14) resemble those of A. aculeatus ; the spinu-
lations on the surface of the joints seem to be absent.

The segmentation between joints 2 and 3 of the endop. is only faintly
indicated.

2nd to 4th feet as in A. aculeatus.

5th feet (Pl. XIII., Fig. 3) resemble those of A. aculeatus, but seem to
differ slightly in.the form of the spines.

6th feet with two short equal terminal setae.

This species comes very close to A. aculeatus, but differs in the absence
of chitinous reticulation, shorter caudal setae, complete division of genital
segment, proportional length of 4th joint of lst antenna, presence of an
exop. on mandible, and of two equal setae on 6th foot.

One specimen was found in the townets on the trawl at station
Helga CXX.

Idya fureata (Baird).

One specimen was found in the townets on the trawl at Helga CXXI.
This species, usually taken in shallow water, has recently been recorded by
Dr. T. Scott* from a depth of 87 fath. in the Faroe Channel, and the
present record considerably extends its bathymetric range. Not being
well acquainted with the genus, I submitted drawings of this specimen to

Mr. A. Scott, who agrees with me in thinking that it should be referred
to one of the forms of Idya furcata.

ONCAEIDAE.
Oncaea conifera, Giesbr.

Occurred in small numbers at most of the Porcupine stations, and in
the mid-water net at Helga CXX.

Conaea rapax, Giesbr,

One specimen in bottom townet at Porcupine III.

* Journal Linn, Soc., Vol. XXIX!

48

EXPLANATION OF PLATES II1.-XTIL
‘he figures were all drawn by means of a camera luctda.
Puate III.

Spinocalanus magnus, «Wolfenden.
—Female, dorsal view.

;
Fig. 2. “a lateral view.
Fig. 3. ,, Ast antenna,
Fig. 4. # 2nd antenna,
Fig. 5. mandible palp,
Fig. 6. Ms maxilla, .
Fig. 7. c 1st maxillipede,
Fig. 8. ie 2nd maxillipede,
Fig. 9. > 1st aes 4 :
Fig. 10. * 2nd foot,
Fig. 11. oe ord foot, : p ;
Fig. 12. ‘. 4th foot, basal joint, : : ° ;

Bradyetes tnermis, n. sp.

Fig. 13.—Female, lateral view.
Fig. 14. ee dorsal view.

Fig. 15. Xs lst antenna, . z : :
Fig. 16. a 2nd antenna, : :
Fig. 17. a maxillae, .
Fig. 18. at | maxillipede,
Fig. 19. 4. 1st foot,
Fig. 20. ss 2nd foot, :

Prate IV.

Bryaxis minor, n. sp.

Fig. 1.—Female, lateral view,
Fig. 2. ss dorsal view,
Fig. 3. we 1st antenna,
Fig. 4. P: 2nd antenna,
Fig. 5. m 2nd antenna, exopodite, ,

Bryoxis brevicornis, G. O. Sars.
Fig. 6.—Female, 2nd antenna, exopodite,

Bryazis nvimor, n. sp.

Fig. 7.—Female, maxilla,

Fig. 8. - lst maxillipe de, :
Fig. 9. »» mad pele, :
Fig. 10. 99 1st foot, ‘
Fig. 11. a 2nd foot, 2

Fig.12. 4, &rd foot,

Bradyetes inermis, n. sp.

Fig. 13.—Female, rd foot,
big. 14 » 4th foot, .

Scolecithriz echinata, n. sp.
Pig. 15.—Female, lavrai view, ;
Fig. 16. $9 dorsal view, . ‘
Fig. 17. ” lst antenna, . : ;
Fig. 18. 9 2nd antenna, . , :

KK KM KK Ke Me OO

XxxXXXKXXX

x x xx xX XX xX x xx xX xX

x xX X

et

POS SNR

1.—Female,
3
4
5
6
7
ae
ig. 9.
10
aN
12

Es.

”?
»”?

—Female,

.—Female,

1
2.
3.
4
5

49

Puate VY.

Gaetanus minor, 2. sp.

ig. 1.—Female, dorsal view,

lateral view,
1st antenna,
2nd antenna,
maxilla, .

1st maxillipede,
2nd ee
1st foot,

2nd foot,

drd foot, . ‘

4th foot, .

Scolecithriz echinata, n. sp.

maxilla,
1st foot,
2nd foot, .
3rd foot,
4th foot,
5th foot,

Puiate VI.
Gaetanus Holts, n. sp.

dorsal view.
lateral view.

Ist antenna,
2nd antenna, .
mandible cutting elke,
maxilla, .

1st maxillipede,
2nd marillipede,
1st foot,

2nd foot,

ord foot, .

4th foot,

Seoleeithriz ovata, n, sp.

lateral view,
Ist antenna,
2nd antenna,
maxilla, .

1st maxillipede,
2nd maxillipede,

Prats VII.
Scolecithriz ovata, n. sp.
Ist foot, . : :

2nd foot, , ‘ 2 ‘ :
3rd foot, . ‘ F °
4th foot, basal joints, Sse
th f , ? i] J ® °

MM Rim MM Oe Rk OR

x xX XKX XK XK X

MAIS Pe Oe, PGC ee Oe

x XXXKXXKX

x KX XXX

SRELSRSawy

Le)
p>

Fesss

. 6—Female,

50

Scolecithriz cmarginata, n. sp.

lateral view,

dorsal view,

rostrum,

1st antenna,

2nd antenna,

maxilla,

1st maxillipede,

2nd ae per

1st foot, ; ; “
2nd foot, : : ‘ A
ord foot, . : ;
5th foot,

Scolecithria chelifer, I. C. Thomps.

ig. 18.—Female, head,
. 19. ne

1st maxillipede,

Prats VIII.

Xanthocalanus Greeni, n. sp.

dorsal view,

1st antenna,

2nd antenna,

mandible palp,

maxilla,

1st maxillipede,

1st maxillipede, terminal joints
2nd aie :
Ist foot,

2nd foot,

3rd foot, . :

4th foot, .

5th foot,

Xanthocalanus borealis, G. O. Sars.

5th foot, typical form
- variety, . ‘ F

immature 5th’ foot, :

Xanthocalanus pingwis, n. sp.

lateral view.
dorsal view.

lst antenna,
2nd antenna, .
mandible palp,
maxilla,

1st maxillipede,

Puiare IX.
Xanthocalanus pinguis, n. sp.

, 2nd maxillipede,

Ist foot,

2nd foot,

3rd foot, .

4th foot, endop. and basal joints,
5th foot, ;

arene a oe Ok OO OM 8 Oe

xxx x x XK RK XxX XXX XK XX XK XK XK X

xxxXXXX

SSSsse

SESSS

ig. 7:
g. 8.
» oF

-—Male.

?
2)

Fig. 10.—Female,

Fig. 11. -
Fig. 12. 4 1st antenna, ; ; ’ , ,
Fig. 13. be 2nd antenna, . , ‘ ‘ 3 .
Fig. 14. a maxilla, . , ° . . °
Fig. 15. 1st maxillipede,
Fig. 16, sf 1st foot, . ° - : ‘
Fig. 17 a 2nd foot, 3 ‘ ; ; ’ ‘
Fig. 18 Fe Srd foot, . : : ’
Fig. 19 af 4th foot, . - P : -
Pirate X.
Brachycalanus atlanticus (Wolfenden).
Fig. 1.—Female, lateral view, . ; ; ’ S
Fig. 2. as dorsal view,
Fig. 3. a rostrum,
Fig. 4. rr 1st antenna,
mig. 9, - 2nd antenna,
Fig. 6. a mandible palp,
Pig. 7 a maxilla,
Fig. 8. F 1st maxillipede,
Fig. 9. po 2nd so”
Fig. 10. . 1st foot,
Fig. 11. us 2nd foot, :
Fig. 12. rr ord foot, :
Fig. 13 s 4th foot, . : : : : : ‘
Fig. 14 #3 5th foot, . : ‘ - ‘ : ‘
Odthrix bidentata, n. sp.
Fig. 15.-- male, lateral view,
Fig. 16. os rostrum, .
Fig. 17 a 1st antenna,
Fig. 18 i 2nd antenna,
Pirate XI.
Oéthria bidentata, n. sp.
Fig. 1.—Female, mandible palp, é :
Fig. 2. 3 sp. B. windstle, cutting edo, : . :
Fig. 3. i maxilla, . 6 é é . ‘
Fig. 4. is 1st maxillipede, : ‘ ; ;
Fig. 5. 3 2nd maxillipede, é : ;
Fig. 6. si 1st foot, . . : ‘ < ‘ ;
Figs) Fi re 2nd foot, . : . ° ; ‘ .
Fig. 8. ss 3rd foot, . . : , :
Fig. 9. pm foot, ; i ‘
Fig. 10. re . B, Sth foot, ; : : °

BY
Xanthocalanus sp.

5th feet, . ’ .
terminal joints ‘of left 5th foot.

Xanthocalanus obtusus, n sp.

lateral view, . . ‘ : .
dorsal view,

Xanthocalanus sp.

Fig.17. Male, 3rd foot, . : : ‘ . ;

x

XxXXXXXX xX

xX XX

MK KK MX KK KX

XxXXXXXXXXXXXXX

110

148

52 3

Phyllopus bidentutus, Brady.

Fig. 12.— Male, dorsal view, . . : a eee

Fig. 13.

”?

”)

lateral view, 7 5 z § ‘ ° :

rostrum,

thoracic segments, lateral view.
Ist antenna, ‘
maxilla, .

5th foot, left,

5th foot, right, .

Fig. 20. '—Female, 5th foot,

Fig. 21.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

1
2
3.
Fig. 4.
5.
6
7

”?

.—Femaile,

5th foot, ’ another specimen, ‘

Puate XII.
Lucicutia curta, n. sp.

dorsal view, . ; : , ‘ °
lateral view, . : : ; : 2
1st antenna,

1st foot,

2nd foot,

3rd foot,

5th foot, . :

Aegisthus spinulosus, n. sp.

Fig. 8.—Female, dorsal view,

Fig. 9.
Fig. 10.
Fig. 11.
Fig. 12.
Fig. 13.
Fig. 14.

)
”

lateral view,
1st antenna,

mandible, : ; : : : }

maxilla, : % . : ‘ ‘

1st maxillipede : ‘ ; ; ; °

1st foot, . A . n y Ps J
Puiare XIII.

Aegisthus spinulosus, n. sp.

abdomen ventral, . ' ; ‘ ° .

2nd maxillipede,
end of 5th foot,
caudal seta, median and terminal portions,

Iweicutia atlantica (Wolfenden) ?

dorsal view,

Ist antenna, ,
abdomen and furca,
2nd antenna,

1st foot,

ee. SOR) tes as eg

x x

Same MM
Reoohe . pp

Xx xXxXX XXX x KX XX XK K X

x xX

mxXxXXXX

REPORT ON THE COPEPODA OF THE ATLANTIC SLOPE
OFF COUNTIES MAYO AND GALWAY.

ADDENDUM.

Since the above was printed Professor G. O. Sars has published the
first instalment of a preliminary list of Copepoda Calanoida taken during
the “Campaigns” of the Prince of Monaco,* with descriptions of very
many new species.

Some of these are undoubtedly identical with species described in the
above paper, and the names given therein will have to be withdrawn.

Gaetanus latifrons, G. O. Sars, is plainly the same as G'. Holti, described
above, the shape of the body, the strong cephalic spine, and the elongate
spines on the last thoracic segment, together with the spine on the outer
edge of the 1st joint of the three-jointed exopod of the 1st foot distinctly
separating it from all other members of the genus.

I have little doubt that Xanthocalanus Greeni should be relegated to
the synonomy of X. muticus, G. O. Sars, but, as the latter species is said
to have the 5th pair of feet two-jointed while in the specimen of X. Greeni
examined by me they were three-jointed, it may perhaps be as well to
reserve judgment until figures of X. muticus have been published.

Onchocalanus trigoniceps, G. O. Sars, is apparently identical with the
species referred to above under the name of Xanthocalanus chelifer (I. C.
Thompson). If, as seems probable, the male described by Thompson
should prove undoubtedly to belong to the same species as the female
here referred to, the name given by Thompson will have to stand.

The species which I have described as Scolecithrix emarginata seems to
agree in size and general appearance with S. gracilis, G. O. Sars, but, as
far as can be gathered from Sars’ somewhat inadequate description, points
of difference are to be found in the form of the last thoracic segments
and of the 5th feet.

G. P. Farray.

* Bull, Mus. Oceanograph. Monaco. No. 26. 20 March, 1908.

Y

: P. Farran
. B Woodward | Bel.

~

49

;

Phyllopus bidentuius, Brady.

Fig. 12. — Male, dorsal view,

thoracic segments, lateral view,

5th foot, another r specimen...

Fig. 13. », lateral view,
Fig. 14. », rostrum,
Fig. 15. >

Fig. 16. », Ist antenna,
Fig. 17. » maxilla,

Fig. 18. » Oth foot, left,
Fig. 19. 5th foot, right,
Fig. —Female, 5th foot, ‘
Fig. 21 r

Fig. 9 rn 1st foot,
Fig. 10 ” 5th foot, .

52

ne

Resohe . pp

XXX XxX X

Y

pe

eee 1-12. Spinocalanus masnus. 13 -20. Bradyetes inermis. @
B Woodward i del. i

IAL, IW.

~ = i) = RS \\ \\

AW
SQ lA
SSSQan AN.
BW ZS
z 3

SoS I}] .

\
4 ~
Sd

SSS OS i

A ne retes inermis. @
is minor. 6. Bryaxis brevicornis. 13, 14. Bradyetes
SAP: Farran \ it 1), 7 1, TBARS IS 18. Scolecithrix echinata.
A. B. Woodward | gel

2-17. Scolecithrix echinata.

1-11. Gaetanus minor. 1

12—17. Scolecithrix echinata.

s
[e)
=
iS
oO
Bele
Ss
fon}
p
®
a}
O
|

\
G. P. Farran )
A. B. Woodward del.

13—18. Scolecithrix ovata.

— SS

SS,
~Z JN
>.

SN
Ly

AAS

18419. Scolecithrix chelifer

é
aes)
wn)
=
on
1a
Lon}
€
oO
x
a
AE;
42
oO
&
fe)
Oo
0)
&
©

1-5, Scolecithrix ovata.

Pl. VIII.

alanus pinguis.
13. Xanthocalanus Greeni. 14-17. Xanthocalanus borealis. 18-24, Xanthoc

B oodw. del I 6. x Ss /- t euel } Ss obtusus
9 alanus @
10 1 Xar hoc
ie) Xan | Oo ] fs) r=}9)
lan Ss ping 1S: “
.B ( ! : anthoca u u 10Calar
Ww ard J

q P. Farran )
- B. Woodward } del,

114. Brachycalanus atlanticus,

15-18, Odthrix bidentata,

@

atus.

12-21. Phyllopus bident

G. Pp. Farran \ ae
A.B. Woodward

= i inulosus.
8-14. Aegisthus spinu

i i rta.

1-7. Lucicutia cu A.

Pl. XIIf. c )

5) | \ j ] ¢ fica.
=10. icicutia atlar €
‘ an

- egisthus spinulosus.
A.B Woodward reas) 1-4. Aeg

53

os Arrenvix, No. IIL

THE MARINE FACNA OF THE WEST COAST
OF IRELAND.

PART II,

1 —The Molluses and Brachiopods of Ballynakill and Bofin Harbours,
Co. Galway, and of the Deep Water off the West and South-
_ West Coasts of Ireland, by E. R. Sykes, B.A.

ll —On specimens of T'racheloteuthis and Cirroteuthis from Deep
Water off the West Coast of Ireli-d, by W. E. Hovyte.

— THE MOLLUSCS AND BRACHIOPODS OF BALLYNAKILL AND
BOFIN HARBOURS, CO. GALWAY, AND OF THE DEEP
WATER OFF THE WEST AND SOUTH-WEST COASTS OF
IRELAND.

BY
EK. R. Syxezs, B.A.

Pirate XIV ., Fie. 6,
and Charts of Ballynakill and Bofin Harbours,

INTRODUOTORY.

The molluses collected alt the Marine Laboratory and by the steam
cruiser “ Helga” were to have been described by the late Mr, M. F.
Woodward. After his lamented death in September, 1901, I was asked
to complete the account. All the specimens which it had been considered
necessary to preserve were placed in my hands, together with Mr. Wood-
ward’s notes, and the reoords of the more familiar forms kept by the
naturalists of the Fisheries Branch of the Department. The nomenclature
and arrangement are adopted from the most recent list of the British
fauna, while the details of distribution, given under each species, have
been compiled by Mr. Holt, who has brought the records up to the end
of 1902, and is responsible for their accuracy. In the case of some
forms, which had been almost certainly neglected or confused in the
records, Mr. W. M. Tattersall has made special collections in 1903
and 1904, and the results are here incorporated, together with any note-
worthy record made during the same period. For the convenience of
those to whom Jeffreys’ well known “ British Conchology” is familiar,
the names used by him are given as synonyms, where they differ from
those now employed. Mr. Woodward had made a number of drawings,
relating chiefly to the anatomy of the Rissoidae, but, unfortunately, they
are in many cases not labelled with the specific name, well known, no

Ann. Rep. Fish , Ireland, 1902-03, Pt. I7,, App., IIT, (1905).

=

d+

doubt, to him. Indeed the only sketch that I have felt it safe to repro-
duce is a pencil one dealing with Zanthina. The paper falls, naturally,
into two parts—firstly, that dealing with the shore and shallow water
forms collected from the stations at Ballynakill and Bofin ; and, secondly,
the portion listing the deeper water molluscs obtained by the “ Helga.”

The present paper must not be taken as giving in any way a full
account of the smaller forms, these not having been specially searched
for.

No very striking records occur amongst the shallow water forms, but
the “ Helga” cruises resulted in the obtaining—in addition to the inter-
esting Cephalopods dealt with by Mr. Hoyle—a number of the scarcer
forms, such as Tritonofusus fusiformis (alive), Casstdaria, and broken
specimens of Neptwnea despecta.

The Nudibranchs have already been listed by Mr. Farran (Rep. for
1901, Part II., p. 123*), and the Pteropodrecords and specimens which
have been submitted to me are avowedly very incomplete, a very large
number of townet gatherings remaining to be tabulated before this group
can be dealt with.

It should be explained that the Marine Laboratory was stationed at
Ballynakill and Bofin, respectively, for the periods enumerated below.

Ballynakill.—February, 1899, to May, 1899.
Bofin.—May, 1899, to September, 1899.
Ballynakill.—September, 1899, to May, 1900.
Bofin.—May, 1900, to October, 1900.
Ballynakill.—October, 1900, to April, 1904.

There are, consequently, no winter records from Bofin, and continuous
record throughout the year at Ballynakill is confined to 1901 and 1902,
though this harbour was visited, from Bofin, at the August spring tides of
1899 and 1900.

The Laboratory records, up to September, 1901, were verified or cor-
rected (by the examination of preserved material) by ‘Mr. Woodward, or
by myself in the case of specimens which he had reserved for further
consideration. The later records are almost entirely the result of Mr.
Farran’s observations.

The general characters of Ballynakill Harbour have been noted by Mr.
Farran in his report on the Nudibranchs. His chart is reproduced, with
some additions, at the end of this paper, and a chart of Bofin Harbour
and entrance is also printed.

ee |

The following geographical notes are due to Mr. Holt :—

Bofin Harbour is really limited to the area which lies to the east of a
line drawn from the castle, on Port Island, north to the opposite shore ;
but in the records which follow account is also taken of dredgings in the
approach to the Harbour and south-west from the Gun Rock as far as the
20 fathom line, or thereabouts. All this outer ground appears to be of
much the same character, viz., fine gravel with a great quantity of broken
shells, with rocks here and there. The clean nature of the gravel and
shells, and the practical absence of weed, alive or drift, appear to afford
evidence of constant scouring by tide and storm, but the tide is not by
any means violent. The group of rocks and reefs west of Port Island,
which form a partial barrier at low water, is too much exposed to furnish
good collecting ground. North of them the bottom is mostly rocky, and
the north shore, generally as far east as the post office, consists of bare
rocks, boulders, and coarse gravel, with an outcrop of peat near low water
mark at the pound.

The Harbour proper is divided by Glasillaun into an outer and inner
part, which communicate at low water only by narrow guts, on either
side of the island, a few inches deep. On the north shore of the Outer
Harbour a ridge of gravel, clad with bootlace weed (Chorda filum),
forms some sort of shelter, but in southerly gales so much swell is deflected
up the Harbour that no part of the north shore is of much account for
collecting. |

* Vide also in/ra, p, 207.

5d

The central part of the Outer Harbour consists of firm sand, which
extends some way west of the castle before the bottom becomes rough,
but this west part is, in summer, usually so littered with drift weed that
it cannot be satisfactorily trawled or dredged. In the east part a
Zostera bed extends from Dooneen right across the Harbour and along
the south shore almost to the Pool, or anchorage, the bottom of which 1s
fine, rather muddy, sand, with some patches of bright coarse sand towards
low-water mark. The little East Bay has a bottom of soft clean sand
between tide marks. Port Island Bay between tide marks has a firm
sandy bottom, except at the embouchure of the channel, where there
is a considerable extent of very soft sand, not extending to low-water
mark. The channel is only navigable even by small boats at high-water
springs, and is dry, save for a pool in the narrowest part, with a bottom
of smooth stones and shingle, at low-water of all tides. West of Port
Island Bay the Harbour shore of the island is rocky, and there are the
remains of a lobster pond constructed long ago by building a dry stone
wall across a shallow indentation. This, and a little hollow to the west
of it, covered between tide marks with stones and boulders, form a good
collecting ground.

The outer face of Glasillaun is similar, and the southern gut, which
is littered with stones, is also good ground.

Immediately outside it is a small rocky pool with a fathom or more of
water at low tide. The Inner Harbour is muddy sand, and in places soft
mud, with muddy gravel on most of the shore, except where, on the south-
east side, the shores are sheer cliffs.

There is a trickle of fresh water entering the Inner Harbour at the
north-east corner, and fresh water can be got by digging at several places
under the north shore of the Outer Harbour, but the salinity of the Har-
bour generally does not differ from that of the open sea.

Apart from the Harbour and approaches, mention is made of a few
other collecting grounds, viz., the “White Strand,” a small steep beach
under the cliffs on the west side of the island opposite Inisshark, of no
account except for drift material; Knock Beach, a large sandy flat
between the island and Inislyon, on the east side; and Davillaun Sound,
between Davillaun and Inislyon, 12 to 15 fath., with a bottom of sand
and coarse sand, in places rough.

THE MOLLUSCS OF BALLYNAKILL AND BOFIN
HARBOURS.

AMPHINEURA.

CHITONIDAE.
Lepidopleurus cancellatus (Sby.).

[Chiton cancellatus (Jeffreys). |

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Dredged in the channel off the Dawros Crum-
paun, and in Fahy Bay.

Borin Harsour.—Dredged at the mouth of the harbour.

In regard to this and other Chitonidae, the laboratory records probably
give only an imperfect account, since, though Chitons are constantly
taken, they have comparatively seldom been determined or preserved.

56

Callochiton laevis (Mont.).
(Chiton laevis (Jeffreys). ]

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—On the N. shore of Fahy Bay, between tide-
marks, and on the Lithothamnion* ground. In the channel off Ross and
Fahy Bay.

Craspedochilus cinereus (L.).
[Chiton marginatus (Jeffreys). ]

‘BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—A single record from the channel off Fahy
Bay. Common on the shores of Fahy.

Borrn Harsovur.—On 20th September, 1900, a large quantity were col-
lected around and in the pool near high-water mark in Port Island pas-
sage. The species is referred to in the laboratory records as Ch. marmo-
ratus, but it is, I think, a slip of the pen for this species.

Craspedochilus asellus.

BALLYNAKILL Harsoun.—Five from Coastguard Deep; three from
channel off Fahy.

Acanthochites fascicularis (L.).
[Chiton fascicularis (Jeffreys). ]

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—A single record from the N. shore of Fahy
Bay, between tide-marks, and two from the channel off Ross and off Fahy
Bay. One from a hulk moored in Fahy Bay in winter, but in the summer
in Blacksod Bay. Also taken 1 mi. S.E. of Lyon Head, Bofin.

In some rough notes of Mr. Woodward’s, several other names also occur,
put I have not seen the species in the material, and they need confirmation.

PELECYPODA.
NUCULIDAE.

Nucula nucleus (L.).

BaLtynakitt Harzsour.—Generally distributed in the channel of both
outer and inner parts of the harbour. Apparently most abundant in the
muddy sand of Freaghillaun Deep and of the mouth of Derryinver Bay,
and in the deep part of the channel off Fahy Bay, where the bottom is
stones, worn shells, Lithothamnion fragments, and rather muddy sand.
Specimens have also been taken in the Lithothamnion ground of Fahy
Bay. There is no record from Coastguard Deep, though the species occurs
between the Deep and the sandbank of the Bay.

Borin Hansovr.—Once recorded from between tide-marks S. of the
anchorage pool.
Nucula nitida (G. B. Sowerby).

BALLYNAKILL Hansovur.—Taken once between Freaghillaun and Ship

* The prevailing species is a dendritic form, probably L. thapsus.

57

ANOMIIDAR,
Anomia ephippium (L.).

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Attains a very large size on the Litho-
thamnion ground.

ARCIDATF.
Glycymeris glycymeris (L.).
[Pectunculus glycimeris (Jeffreys). |
Borin Harsour.—One young and several shells off the mouth of the

harbour at 15 fath. Adults and young abundant on the trawling ground
between Davillaun and Inislyon.

Arca tetragona (Poli)

BALLYNAKILE Harsour.—A few living examples recorded from the
onion ground of Fahy Bay, and from crevices in the Black

ocks

Borrn Harsovur.—A single living example in the outer harbour. A
few shells off the Entrance, 15 to 16 fath.

MYTILIDAE.
Mytilus edulis (T.).

BALLYNAKILL Harzsour.—Common on the hulks moored in Fahy Bay.
and present in insignificant quantity between tide-marks. Not recorded
from other parts of the harbour.

Borin Harsovur.—Stunted examples abundant on the rocks at the
mouth of the harbour. Broken shells form the largest item of the shell
detritus at the Entrance, 15 to 16 fath.

Mytilus modiolus (L.).

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Abundant on Fahv Bar towards the S. end,
uncovered at very lowsprings. Also found in the channel ontside the Bar,
and on the Lithothamnion ground in the N.E. part of Fahy Bay.

Bortn Harnovur.—A single young example recorded as dredged at the
Entrance, 15 to 16 fath. (? V. phascolina).

Volselia adriatica (Lamarck).

[Mytilus adriaticus (Jeffreys). ]
Borry Harrovr.—Valves aa referable to this species twice
dredged at the Entrance.

Modiolus barbatus (L.).
[Mytilus barbatus (Jeffreys). |

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Fairly common at ahout 2 fath. in Roeillaun
Bav on a bottom of muddy sand, shells and Lithothamnion, with a good
deal of weed. but local, since it was not found in most of the hauls in this
hay. Elsewhere in the harbour it seems to be rare, and only one shell
has heen recorded from the channel, A few. living, have heen taken on
the Ross shore of Fahy Bay, between tide-marks, and, below, on the Litho-
thamnion ground.

Judging from the frequency of its occurrence on the E. coast of Ireland,
it would not seem to he a harbour species.

Borin Harsovur.—Several small recent valyes are recorded from the
Entrance, 15 to 16 fath.

F

58

Modiolaria marmorata (Forbes).

BALLYNAKILL Harsourn.—Between tide-marks on the N. shore of Fahy
Bay; on the Black Rocks attached by byssus to Fucus; in Derryinver
Bay in the tests of Ascidiella aspersa.

Modiolaria costulata (Risso.).

BaLLYNAKILL Harzour.—A young specimen from Coastguard Deep.
Borin Harsovur.—One record.

OSTREIDAE.
Ostrea edulis (L.).

BALLYNAKILL Harsovur.—In so much of the harbour as lies to the S.
of a line from Coastguard Bay to Derryinver Quay there were formerly
a number of oyster fisheries of considerable importance. There are now
only two private fisheries, and the public fishery is of little importance.
The part of the harbour most productive as a natural ground is now, and
probably has always been, that to the S. of Dawrosbeg, but a certain
number of wild oysters are also found around the shores of Fahy Bay,
and on the bar, and generally throughout the inner part of the harbour
on suitable ground. When the industry was active it is known that
numbers of oysters were imported from outside sources, so that the paren-
tage of the present native stock must be rather mixed; and during the
period covered by this report a considerable number from Clarenbridge,
Crushua, Tralee and Ballyvaldon in Ireland, from Falmouth, the Crouch,
Blackwater and Colne in England, and from Auray and Arcachon in
France, have been laid in Fahy Bay for observation by the staff of the
laboratory. That the product, if any, of these importations will be
recognisable from the native stock by conchological characters is more than
doubtful, but the fact appears worthy of record.

It may also here be noted that among the consignments from the Essex
estuaries were found a number of specimens of Crepidula fornicata, a
mollusc not indigenous to British waters. It appears to have been
introduced to English waters in consignments of American oysters, and
to have become thoroughly acclimatised. Should it hereafter appear in
Ballynakill Harbour its presence will be accounted for by this note.

Borin Harsour.—Shells found in the inner harbour appear to be trace-
able to a laying known to have been made there within the last eighteen
years. No living oysters were found.

PECTINIDAE.

Pecten maximus (L.).

BALLYNAKILL Harnour.—The shells form a considerable proportion of
the bottom deposits of the channel off Fahy Bay and Ross, and living
examples are dredged there throughout the year in small numbers. On
and outside Fahy Bar in spring and summer the species is sufficiently
abundant to attract the occasional attention of local fishermen, who take
them with hand nets on calm days at low strands, but the catch never
12 ooh amount 1o much, and is perhaps pursued more for sport than
for profit.

"a setll have been taken in the outer part of the harbour on the
shore W. of the old coastguard station, and, in the dredge, between the
Green Rocks and Lettermore. Probably in the course of the year the
species is pretty generaily distributed throughout the harbour, but our
records give no certain indications of its migrations.

There seems reason to believe, from enquiries that have reached us from
the ole me that Escallops are becoming generally scarce on the W. coast of
Ireland.

Borrx Hansour.—Occasionally taken at various points along the 8.
shore of the inner harbour. Said to occur in some numbers in the inner
harbour in summer, but not observed there by us. Two young examples
were taken on the trawling ground between Inislyon and Davillaun.

59

Pecten (Hinnites) pusio (I..).

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Although seldom figuring in the records, this
species is not infrequent in the channel off Fahy and Ross, and has been
taken on the Black Rocks; but it is noticeably much Jess abundant than
on the oyster grounds off the open coasts of counties Wicklow and Wex-
ford. Our knowledge of the western grounds, outside the harbours dealt
with in this paper, is, however, insufficient to establish a difference of
abundance in relation to geographical distribution, as apart from condi-
tions of environment.

Borin Harsour.—Represented by shells in the shell deposit at the
Entrance. Shells were also found on the trawling ground between Bofin
and Davillaun.

Pecten (Chlamys) varius (L.).

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Exceedingly common at and below low-water
on the Lithothamnion ground and on the bar of Fahy Bay. Much less
common on the S. shore of the bay. Common along the shore from Ross
Point to Fahy Bay, and observed also between tide-marks on Roeillaun
and the Black Rocks. Common in the channel off Ross and Fahy Bay.
Apparently absent from the outer part of the harbour. ~

Borrn Harsovur.—Found at low-water between the inner harbour and
the anchorage pool. Not abundant.

Pecten (Aequipecten) opercularis (L.).

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Constantly taken, but never in large numbers,
in the channel off Fahy Bay and Ross as far as coastguard deep. Occurs
occasionally between tide-marks in the same region, and is recorded once
from the Lithothamnion ground of Fahy Bay. An unusually large speci-
men is noted from the shore of Coastguard Bay.

Though commoner in the harbour than the Escallop, the Queen is
nowhere really abundant. It is essentially an open sea species, affecting
coarse sand in rather deep water; and it is probable that the harbour
stock is derived, by the immigration of the pelagic young, from a bed
near Davillaun, where the species was found in number during the Royal
Dublin Society’s survey in 1890 and 1891.

Borrn Harsour.—Only represented in our records by young examples,
with byssus, taken in the anchorage pool in September. The varicty
lineata, as well as the typical form, were taken in Davillaun Sound.

Pecten (Palliolum) tigerinus (Miiller).
BALLYNAKILL Harpour.—T.wo valves dredged in Coastguard Deep.

LUCINIDAE.

Lucina borealis (L.).

BaLtyNaKILt Harsour.—Obtained by digging in the fine sand of Coast-
guard Bay near low-water mark, about 8 inches below the surface. No
- mark was observed at the surface of the sand. Dead shells found on the
sand at the same place, and dredged in the channel.

Bortn Harsour.—Living examples found in the sand uncovered at
exceptional tides between the anchorage pool and the inner harbour.
Also found in the sand of the beach between Rusheen and Inislyon. Dead
shells on the Rusheen beach.

It appears that DL. borealis has in this region a distinct predilection for
sand of rather fine texture. It was not obtained by digging in the coarse
shell and Lithothamnion sand of Fahy bar, where Artemis eroleta 1
abundant, nor was its presence observed in Port Island Bay in company
with the last-named, j

os ose anf

~

60

Lucina spinifera (Mont.).

BatLYNAKItL Harzsour.—A shell from Freaghillaun Deep.—Fide
G. P. Farran.

Cryptodon flexuosus (Mont.).

[Axinus flexuosus (Jeffreys). ]

BALLYNAKILL Harpour.—Living examples taken on one occasion only
on the soft muddy sand of Freaghillaun Deep, the soundings of which
are about 8 to 12 fath., low-water. Shells have been taken on fine sand,
24 to 5 fath., between the Deep and Letter; and, in abundance, between
the Deep and the Green Rocks (about 8 fath.), and to the E. of the sand-
bank of Coastguard Bay, 3 to 4 fath. The evidence appears to suggest
that the species may be one of the numerous molluscs of the distribution
of which it is very difficult to take cognisance by ordinary methods of
dredging.

Diplodonta rotundata (Mont.).
Bortn Harsour.-—A few shells dredged at the Entrance in 15 to 16 fath.

LEPTONIDAE.

Kellia suborbicularis (Mont.).

BatiyNaAkitt Harnour.—Fairly abundant in the channel off Fahy Bay
and Ross in Lamellibranch shells filled with fine mud. but absent from
many such shells, and apparently least common in the deepest part of the
ground. Mr. Farran found two in a mass of Lithothamnion dredged in
the northern passage of Fahy Bar. At Plymouth, Mr. Holt has found
it in mud between stones impacted in a crevice of rock, but could find
none in a very similar situation outside the lobster pond at Bofin.

SCROBICULARIIDAE.
Syndosmya alba (Wood).

[Scrobicularia alba (Jeffreys). }

Recorded with a query from dark muddy sand in Derryinver Bay,
Ballynakill.

Syndosmya nitida (Miil).).

[Scrobicularia nitida (Jeffreys). ]

BALLyNARILT. Harnour.—-Apparently almost confined to Derryinver
Bay, 3 to 4 fath., muddy sand. A single specimen dredged on the muddy
bank off Coastguard Point.

TELLINIDAE.
Tellina crassa (Gmel.).

Rorts Hannovr.—A single specimen taken at low water, spring tide,
in Port Island Bay.

Tellina squalida (Pult.)

[Tellina incarnata (Jeffreys). ]

Batiynakrti Hansoun.—At low water in Coastguard Bay; apparently
not abundant. | |

61

Macoma balthica (L.).
Tellina balthica (Jetfreys). |

Borin Harzour.—Found only in the inner harbour, on the muddy
flat on the S. side; apparently not abundant.

MACTRIDAE.
Spisula solida (L.).
(Mactra solida (Jettreys). |

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—The only record is from a station (shore-col-
lecting) embracing the whole of the inner part of the harbour, except
Derryinver and barnaderg Bays and the Moyard Creek, on 21st and 22nd
August, 1899. Probabilities point to the strand of Coastguard Bay as
the site of capture.

Spisula subtruncata (Da Costa).
{Mactra subtruncata (Jettreys). |

BaLLYNAKkILL Harzsour.—Common between tide-marks on the firm sand
of Coastguard Bay; observed also on similar, but rather more muddy,
ground at the head of Fahy Bay; on the muddy gravel of Rossdhu and
ot the 8. shore of the Bay towards Knocknahaw ; and on the clean sandy
gravel of the HK. shore of Ross. Occurs also in Coastguard Deep (muday
gravel and shells, 6 to 8 tath.), and at the mouth ot Derryinver Bay
(muddy sand, 3 to 4 fath.).

‘Though firm sandy ground appears, within the harbour, to be its most
congenial haunt, the tact that it is often found at the surtace of the sand
would seem to indicate that its habitat must be largely influenced by
wave action.

Spisula elliptica (Brown).
.[Mactra elliptica (Jettreys). |

Borin Harsour.—Common at the entrance, on the broken shell
ground, ld to 20 fath. Occurs also commonly in Davillaun Sound.

Lutraria elliptica (Lam.),

BaLLyNakiILL Harsour.—Common at extreme low water at Coastguard
Bay, buried about 8 inches in the sand, the position being indicated by
a large round hole at the surface. Shells observed at the head of Fahy
Bay, and common in the channel. ‘The species is probably generally dis-
tributed in suitable ground throughout the harbour.

Borin Harsour.—lIn, the sandy bay to the south of the anchorage pool
of the outer harbour. Two examples, about an inch in length, with
white shells, dredged in the sound between Inislyon and Davillaun, shells
and gravel, about 12 fath.

VENERIDAE.
Lucinopsis undata (Pennant).

BALLYNAKILL HARBouR.—On the strand at the head of Fahy Bay,
Recent shells in Coasiguard Deep, and off the Ship Rock.

\

62

Dosinia exoleta (L.).
[Venus exoleta (Jeffreys).]

[Artemis exoleta (Forbes and Hanley). }

BaLLYNAKILL Harsour.—Very abundant in a blackish layer about six
inches below the surface of the Knocknahaw Bank, near low-water mark
of spring tides. The bank consists of coarse Lithothamnion sand. Shells
occur on the strand at the head of Fahy Bay and in the channel, and N.
entrance. .

Borin Harsour.—Common between tide-marks in the sandy part of
the outer harbour. Young examples and dead shells of adults occur on
the shell ground at the Entrance, 15 to 20 fath.

Venus (Clausinella) fasciata (Da Costa).

Borin Harsour.—Once recorded between tide-marks on the shore of
Port Island. Fairly common at the entrance, 15 to 20 fath., and in
Davillaun Sound.

Venus (Ventricula) casina (L.).

BALLYNAKILL Haxnspour.—Shells in the channel and on Knocknahaw
Bank.

Borin Harsovur.-—Shells at the Entrance, 15 to 17 fath. (and /?) a
living specimen from the same place).

Venus (Ventricula) verrucosa (L.).

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Recent shells are common on the Knocknahaw
Bank ; coarse Lithothamnion sand,

Venus (Timoclea) ovata (Pennant).

BALLYNAKILL Harsovr.—Shells in the Channel and av mouth of Derry-
inver Bay.

Borin Harsour.—Can hardly be included in the harbour list. Occurs
living off the Entrance at 17 fath., and in Davillaun Sound.

Venus (Chamelaea) gallina (L.).
(Venus striatula (Forbes and Hanley),}

BaLtyNakttL Hansour.—Common in the sand of Coastguard Bay at
extreme low-water mark. Occurs in a similar situation at the head o*
Fahy Bay. Young examples were found on one occasion at Coastguara
Bay in sand inside the shells of Tapes (probably 7. decussata). Shells
occur in Coastguard Deep.

Borin Hanzour.—Occurs in the anchorage pool of the outer harbour.

Tapes aureus (Gunel.).

Batiynaxttn Harnour.—Common near low-water mark on all parts of
the shore of Fahy Bay, and from thence vo Coastguard Bay. A few
have been taken in Roeillaun Bay.

63

Tapes virgineus (L.).

BaLLYNAKILL Harspour.—Known only from shells, which are common
along the shore of Ross between Ross koint and Coastguard Bay, and in
the channel. Though one of the commonest shells on British and Irish
coasts, it is seldom seen in the living condition. It probably burrows in
strong ground, into which the dredge will not bite, and in which, when
between tide-marks, digging is difficult.

Tapes pullastra (Mont.).

BALLYNAKILL Harpour.—Between tide-marks in Fahy Bay (except in
the sandy strand at the head), on Knocknahaw bank, and on the E. shore
of Ross. In Roeillaun Bay at about 2 fath. Shells in the channel off
Ross and Fahy Bay.

Borin Harsour.—Recent shells in the cove between the lobster pond
and the castle.

Tapes decussatus (L.).

BALLYNAKILL Haxrsour.—Common on the E. shore of Ross; also
observed at Rossdhu, and probably generally distributed on the muddy
or sand gravel of foreshores in other parts of the harbour, though not
recorded. Shells in the channel and on the sandy strand at the head of
Fahy Bay.

Borin Harzour.—Occurs in both outer and inner harbour ; apparently
not in abundance.

T. decussatus seems to have no value in this district. In the 8.W. of
England, as the ‘‘ Queen Cockle,” it appears to be worth gathering, and in
France, as “|’Kclovisse,” it commands a ready sale.

as CARDIIDAE,

Cardium edule (L.) .

BattyNaxtLt Harspour.—Cockles are generally distributed, in suitable
localities, on the foreshores, but are nowhere of very fine quality or of
sufficient abundance to form an important bed. They are little, if at all,
collected for food or market.

Borin Harsour.—Generally distributed on the foreshore of the harbour
and on the Rusheen beach. Occasionally collected for sale from the inner
harbour. Very fine examples occur on the sandy shores of the outer har-
bour, but not in large number.

Cardium exiguum (Gmelin),

BaLLYNAKILL Harzovur.—lIn the inner part of the harbour it is recorded
constantly from the channel off Fahy Bay and Ross as far as Coastguard
Bay, and from Roeillaun Bay. It extends also into Fahy Bay on the
Lithothamnion ground. Seawards it is recorded only from the Black
Rocks, between tide-marks, and from the north channel, N. of the Green
Rocks. In the central, muddy, part of Derryinver Bay, it is repre-
sented only by dead shells, but it has been taken in the deepest part of
Barnaderg Bay, where the bottom is mud covered with algae. Its prin-
cipal haunt would, therefore, seem to be the more sheltered part of the
channel, on a bottom consisting of muddy gravel, with abundance of dead
shells and algae, swept by a considerable tide. It is not found in the
soft part of Fahy Bay, and is equally absent from the deep outer parts
of the harbour,

64

Cardium nodosum (Turton).

BaLLyNaKILL Harsour.—Three taken in Coastguard Deep.
Borin Harsourn.—One, from the Entrance.

Cardium echinatum (L.).

BaLLYNAKILL Harsour.—Represented by a shell from the channel §.
of the Green Rocks.

Cardium (Laevicardium) norvegicum (Spengler).

BALLYNAKILL Harpour.—Once taken between tide-marks at Ross Point.

Borin Harspour.—An adult found between tide-marks in the harbour.

Very young examples and shells abundant at the Entrance, 15 to 20 fath.,
and in Davillaun Sound.

GARIDAE.
Gari tellinella (Lam.).
[Psammobia tellinella (Jeffreys). |

Borin Harsour.—Common at the Entrance, 15 to 20 fath. ; also com-
mon in Davillaun Sound.

Like the Norway cockle (Cardium norvegicum), this species has consider-
able leaping powers.

Gari ferroensis (Chemn.).
[Psammobia ferroensis (Jeffreys). ]

BaLiyNakiLL Harsour.—Between tide-marks at Coastguard Bay—one
example. Shells at the head of Fahy Bay.

Borin Hareour.—Beiween tide-marks at Port Island Bay—one
example.

Gari (Psammocola) depressa (Pennant).
|Psammobia vespertina (Jeffreys). |

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Recent shells between tide-marks at Coast-

guard Bay and at the head of Fahy Bay. One living example in the
channel,

Borin Hansour.—Recent shells between tide-marks at Port Island Bay.

MYIDAE.
Mya truncata (L.),

BaLLYNAKILL HAneour.—Represented by shells in the channel, where
it probably lives. It was never obtained by digging, and presumably
vecurs only below low-water mark, burrowing too deep for the dredge.

Of its congener M. arenaria, no signs were found at Ballynakill or in

the neighbourhood, though it is common in parts of Galway Bay. Pos-
sibly it affects a calcareous soil.

65

Corbula gibba (Olivi).

BatLyNakiILL Harzsour.—Shells between Freaghillaun and the Ship
Rock, and in Derryinver Bay.

The species is rather small for a dredge suitable for the soft ground
that it appears to affect. It is sometimes to be found abundantly in the
stomachs of plaice from ground on which the dredge gave no indication of
its presence, but plaice are scarce at Ballynakill, and no such record is
available,

SOLENIDAE.

Ensis ensis (L.).
[Solen ensis (Jeffreys). ]

BaLLYNAKILL Harsour.—Of large size and fairly abundant at Coast-
guard Bay and on the little beaches N. of the old coastguard station.
Less abundant than EH. siliqua. Shells in Coastguard Deep.

Ensis siliqua (L.).
[Solen siliqua (Jeffreys). ]

BAaLLYNAKILL Harsour.—Very common in Coastguard Bay and on the
little beaches N. of the old coastguard station, and at the head of Fahy
Bay. Shells in the channel.

Borin Harsovur.—Port Island Bay; not very abundant. ‘Shells com-
mon at Rusheen,

Cultellus pellucidus (Penn.).
[Solen pellucidus (Jeffreys). ]

BaLLYNAKILL Harsour.—Single examples dredged between Freaghil-
laun and the Green Rocks, and between the latter and Coastguard Point.
Borin Harsour.—Three specimens at the entrance.

SAXICAVIDAE.

Saxicava rugosa (L).

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Only recorded from the Lithothamnion ground
of Fahy Bay, from limestone fragments on the shore from Baraclady
seawards, and from a small piece of limestone on the Black Rocks.

The general formation of the harbour is metamorphic schist, but the
S. side of Fahy Bay is highly crystalline limestone, and fragments of
limestone and erratics of granite, or the like, are frequent on all the
beaches,

It is probably that Sagicava, which by no means confines itself to
stones, has been much more often observed than recorded, since so *gene-
rally distributed an organism is apt to be overlooked in tabulation.

PHOLADIDAE.
Pholas sp.

BatiyNaKILL Harsovur.—In small numbers in Freaghillaun in the sub-
merged peat bog which uncovers at low springs. ¥

66

TEREDINIDAE.

Teredo megotara. (Hanley).

Borin Harsovun.-—The wooden pegs of a cork buoy, used to mark moor.
ings during the summer of 1899 in the anchorage pool, were bored by a
Teredo. Ship-worm, however, does not appear to be very prevalent at
Botin, though one boat trading between there and Westport was seriously
attacked by it some years previously.

‘he worm-borings so apparent in much of the woodwork of the island,
ashore and afloat, are not of local origin, baulks which drift in from the
Atlantic being an important source ot the timber supply.

Hulks and boats moored in Ballynakill Harbour since 1898 do not
appear to have been attacked by worm there, but in February, 1904, some
hin & large, and probably very old, 7. megotara were found in one of the

ulks.*

ANATINIDAE.

Thracia fragilis (Pennant).
[Thracia papyracea (Jeffreys). |

var. Villosiuscula (MacGillivray)

BaLLyNaKILL Harnsoun.—Dead shells twice recorded from Coastguard
Deep.
Borin Harzour.—A few dead shells at the Entrance, and in Davillaun

Sound.
LYONSIIDAE.

Lyonsia norvegica (Chemnitz).
BaLiynakILL Harsour.—A recent shell dredged off Coastguard Bay.

SCAPHOPODA.
DENTALIDAE.

Dentalium vulgare (Va Vosta).
{Dentalium tarentinum (Jeffreys). |

Borin Harsour.—Dredged at the Entrance, one living and several
shells. Living examples aiso taken in Davillaun Sound,

GASTROPODA.

PROSOBRANCHIA,
PATELLIDAE.

Patella vulgata (L.). ,
BALLYNAKILL Harzour.—Common in usual situations throughout the

harbour.
Borrxn Harnzsovun.—Common, except in very exposed places.

Helcion pellucida (1.).
BaLLyNAKILL Hansovur.—Common on Laminaria.
Borin Haxzour.—Common on Laminaria. Dead shells abundant at
the Entrance.

©“ Worm’ is eaid to be common on the coast of Galway, but the animal locally
denoted by that term is the Isopod Limnoria lignorum, anglce “ gribble.”

67

AOMAEIDAE.

Acmaea virginea (Miller).
[Tectura virginea” (Jeffreys). |

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Fairly abundant in the channel. Also taken
in Roeillaun Bay, to the E. of the Black Rocks, and on the Lithothamnion
ground of Fahy Bay, and, between tide-marks, on the Roeillaun and
+e ng Mr, Holt notes that it has the power of floating everted at

surface,

FISSURELLIDAE.

) Emarginula fissura (L.).
Borin Harzovur.—Shells at the entrance, 15 to 16 fath.

Fissurella graeca (L.).

BAaLLYNAKILL Harsour.—No evidence of abundance. Several recorded
from the N. shore of Ross, and one small example from the Black Rocks.

Borin Harsour.—Common under stones in the narrow (S.) gut
between the outer and inner harbours,

TROCHIDAE.
Gibbula cineraria (L.).

(Trochus cinerarius (Jeffreys). |

BattyNakitt Harsour.—Generally distributed and common towards
low-water mark throughout the outer and inner parts of the harbour ;
and below low-water mark (except in Fahy, Derryinver, and Barnaderg
Bays, where the bottom is muddy). Mr. Farran notes that dredged
examples were, as a rule, much younger than those taken between tide-
marks. Small depressed examples noted from Roeillaun Bay on one
occasion, being more plentiful there than the typical form. As a rule,
varieties, though of frequent occurrence, were not noted. The species is
frequent, as usual, on drift Laminaria.

Borin Harsour.—Apparently more common in the inner than in the
outer harbour. Dead shells abundant off the mouth of the harbour,
where small living examples have also been noted.

Gibbula magus (L.).

[Trochus magus (Jeffreys), |

BALLYNAKILt HarsBour.—This is the most abundant of the larger gast-
ropods which inhabit the harbour. It is to be found in great numbers
wherever the branching “nullipore,” Lithothamnion thapsus, or the
incrusting Melobesia, occurs in quantity, and would appear to
feed either upon those algae or on some minute organism
epizoic thereon. In consequence its chief haunt in the harbour
is on the N.E. shore of Fahy Bay, where the ground accessible at low-
water springs is literally covered with the calcareous algae; but,
since very young examples have not been observed there, it is possible
that the requisite pabulum varies with the size of the individual. Our
only record of a very small specimen is from the ground between Freaghil-
jaun and the Ship Rock.

Nei en es ein ae geet

68

In the adult condition the species occurs on Fahy Bar, which is in part
@ continuation of the Lithothamnion ground relerred to, and on the
outer slope of the bar. it has also been recorded trom the 8, shore ot
the bay. it is by no means uncommon in dredgings trom any part of the
channel between Coastguard bay and Sligagn, and on the sk. shore ot
Koss. Between tide-marks on the Koelliaun stocks and on the upper part
of the Black Kocks 1t 1s abundant, and occurs aiso in Koelliaun way,
but not 1n number. A tew were dredged to the 4, of the Black Kocks.

‘here is no record ot its occurrence between tide-marks in the outer
part ot the harbour, and although, trom its very wide distribution on
sritish coasts, 1ts connection with Lithothammon thapsus and Melobesia
may be locai rather than general, 1b would appear probable that in the
region ugder consideration it is much a creature ot sheltered waters,
anu extends to no great depth beyond the limits of low-water springs.

borin Harspour.—Recorded on one occasion from the 8. side of the
harbour beiow low-water mark. A few shells were dredged at tne
sntrance, 15 to 16 fath.

The dog whelk, Nassa reticulata, seems to be an enemy of this species,
glluce Oh One occasion two were tound attacking an apparentiy living speci-
men, their proboscides being thrust between tne shes and the opercuium.
il one may judge trom the trequency with which it is caughy 1m traps
baited with deau fish, this Nassa is usually more interested in carrion
inan in living prey.

Gibbula tumida (Montagu).
|Lrochus tumidus (Jeftreys). |

Borin Harsour.—Living examples dredged on several occasions at
the Kntrance, 15 to 20 fath.

Gibbula umbilicata (Montagu).

|Trochus umbilicatus (Jeffreys). ]

BaLiLyNAKILL Harsour.—Occurs, apparently in small numbers, on both
N. and 5. shores of bahy bay (46, 1it., lyVo), but 1s much commoner in
the outer part of the harbour, On the Koelllaun Kocks 1t appears to be,
with G. cuneraria, abundant. In the rock pools to the W. ot Baraclady
it 18 the most abundant ‘lrochid, elween tide-marks on Kreaghillaun
it 1s, with G. cineraria, moderately common. ‘Lhe omly recorus trom
be.iow low-water mark are between rreaghitlaun and the Ship Kock, and
uti Coastguard Bay.

Monodonta crassa (Montfort).

[Trochus lineatus (Jeflreys). }

Borin Harzsour.—Very common on rocks, not far below high-water

miark, On the seaward siue ol J’ort Isiand, near Lhe pigeon Cave, At 1s

equally common on the granite boulders of biacksod quay, in Uo. Mayo,

aud seems capable of withstanding very severe wave aculon, while 1to-
lerant of shelwred situations,

Calliostoma Montagui (W. Wood).

{Trochus Montacuti (Jeffreys). |

BattynakiLt Hansour.—A single specimen from the channel, off Ross
Point, and three from Coastguard Deep.

Bortx Hansour.—In the harbour and at the Entrance,

69

Calliostoma striatum (L.).
(Trochus striatus (Jeffreys). |

Borin Harsour.—Wabelled as from Port Island Bay ; haul of tuck net,
a kind of seine.

It may have been picked up at extreme low-water at the time the haul
was made, or found on weed in the net; but as there is no entry in the
laboratory records, the origin of the specimen is, as regards the particular
part of the harbour, a little doubtful.

Calliostoma miliare (Brocchi),
[Trochus millegranus (Jeffreys). |

BALLYNAKILt Harsour.—Fahy Bay, Channel, Coastguard Deep and
inside Freaghillaun.

Borin Harsour.—Twice recorded from the Entrance.
Calliostoma zizyphinum (L.).

[Trochus zizyphinus (Jeffreys). |

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Our records indicate that this is not a species
very tolerant of sheltered waters. Its occurrence in the inner part of the
harbour has only once been noted, but whether from Fahy Bay, or from
the neighbourhood of Sligagh, the record is not sufficiently precise to show.
Tt has been observed between tide-marks on the Roeillaun Rocks, on the
Black Rocks (in abundance), on Freaghillaun (in moderate numbers), and
in the rock-pools seawards of Baraclady (several). It is altogether
-absent from the records of numerous dredgings in all parts of the harbour,
but has been taken outside the mouth, and in Sellerna Bay, near Cleggan.

Bortn Harsour.—Once recorded from the outer harbour between tide
marks.
o a * * es
The absence of C. granulatum, especially from the grounds outside the
harbours, as far as they have been explored, ir nerhaps worthy of remark.

T’?RBINIDAE.
Phasianella pullus (1.).

BALLYNAKILL Harpour.—Scarce in the inner part of the harbour, being
only recorded once from Fahy Bay, the channel off Fahy Bar, and from
the edge of the sandbank off Coastguard Bay respectively. In the outer
part it has been taken in the channel S. of the Green Rocks (numerous),
from the channel §.W. of, and close to, the Black Rocks, from Freaghil-
laun Deep and from the mouth of the harbour.

Borin Harsour.—Taken once on the §. side of the outer harbour below
low-water mark, and on several occasions on the shelly bottom of the
Entrance, 15 to 20 fath.

LITTORINIDAE.
Lacuna divaricata (Fabr.).

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Moderately abundant, perhaps common, in
the channel off Fahy Bay and Ross. Also taken in Fahy Bay, Roeillaun
Bay, 14 fath., and S.W. of the Black Rocks, close into them. There is
a doubtful record from Coastguard Deep.

Borin Harsour.—Recorded once from the outer harbour, between the
castie and the anchorage pool, and once, in abundance, from a part of the

harbour not defined.

70
Littorina littorea (L,).

2. |

BalLyNaKILL Harnour.—Common on all the suitable shores
harbour which have been explored ; and on Freaghillaun, the Bleck Roske
and Roeillaun Rocks. Collected for market at every low strand through-
out the year. Perhaps partly on this account, really large specimens are
not abundant.

Borin Harsour.—Common. Not regularly collected for market,

Littorina obtusata (L.).
|Littorina littoralis (Forbes and Hanley.)]

BALLYNAKILL AND Borin Harsours.—Common in the usual situations.
ee * * be %& *
No search has been made for ZL, rudis in the situations where it would be

likely to occur,
RISSOIDAE.
Rissoa parva (Da Costa).
BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Fahy Bay, N. and S. shores, and Bar,

Channel, Coastguard Deep and Roeillaun Bay. The var. interrupta is
commoner than the type.

Borin Harsovurn.—Port Island Bay, and W. of the anchorage pool,
variety and type, abundant, and one record of type from entrance.

Rissoa albella (Liven), var. Sarsi (Laven).
BaLLYNAKILL Harsour.—Very common in Fahy Bay from Rossdhu to

Knocknahaw on the hardish ground about low-water mark, and also on
the soft muddy Cladophora-clad central parts. Occurs also in the channel.

Rissoa violacea (Desm.).
Battynxaxrin Harsour.—Taken on the Lithothamnion ground of Fahy

Bay, in the channel, in Roeillaun Bay, at the mouth of Derryinver Bay
and off the Ship Rock.

Alvania punctura (Montagu).

[Bissoa punctura (Jeffreys). |

BALLYNAKILL Harnovurn.—Coastguard Deep and mouth of Derryinver
Bay.

Manzonia costata (J. Adams),
[Rissoa costata (Jeffreys). |

Battynakitt Hansovurn.—Twice taken in Coastguard Deep.

' 71

Zippora membranacea (Adams).
[Rissoa membranacea (Jeffreys). |

BALLYNAKILL Harsoun.—Channel off Fahy Bay and Roses, and
Roeillaun Bay. Var. labiosa recorded from the Lithothamnion ground
in Fahy Bay and from Roeillaun Bay. A doubtful record from the
channel N. of the Black Rocks. Common off the Ship Rock.

Borin Harsovur.—Between the quay and the anchorage pool.

Onoba striata (Adams).
[Rissoa striata (Jeffreys). ]

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Abundant on one occasion in the deep part of
the channel off Fahy Bay.
Also taken in Coastguard Deep and Roeillaun Bay.

Cingula trifasciata (J. Adams).
[Rissoa cingillus (Jeffreys). |

Borin Harzovur.—Entrance, 4 mile from Gun Rock.

Barleeia rubra (Montagu).

Borin Harsovr.—Dead shells from the shell-ground at the entrance.

CAPULIDAE.

Crepidula fornicata (L.).
See note under Ostrea edulis.

a

CYPRAEIDAE.
Trivia europaea (Montagu).
[Cypraea europaea (Jeffreys). }

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Appears to be common and generally distri-
buted throughout the harbour, between and below tide-marks, except on
absolutely muddy ground. Common also in the channel off Ross and
Fahy Bay.

Borin Harsour.—Common, especially about the shore of Glasillaun
facing the outer harbour.

NATICIDAE.
Natica catena (Da Costa).
Borin Harzsour.—A few small specimens at the Entrance, 15 fath.

Natica Alderi (Forbes).

BALLYNAKILL Harzpour.—On the edge of the sandbank of Coasiguard
Bay, in the channel off it, and in the deeper part of the channel off Fahy
Bay. In the outer part of the harbour between Freaghillaun an the
Ship Rock, and between Freaghillaun and the Green Rocks.

Borin Harsour.—In the anchorage pool and at the Entrance.
Also in Davillaun Sound.

72 :

n LAMELIARIIDAE.

Lamellaria pergpicua (L.).

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Near the Green Rocks, 3 to 4 fath., and
between tide-marks on the E. of Ross. Common on §. shore of Fahy
Bay and in the channel.

Bortn Harsour.—Between tide-marks. Also larvae (Echinospira) in
tow-nets.

IANTHINIDAE.

Ianthina rotundata (Leach).
Pr AlY., ora. ©.

Bortn Harsovur.—I quote the following from Mr. Holt’s notes :—‘ On
July 28th, 1899, Mr. W. S. Green found many living Ianthina coming
ashore on the ‘ White Strand’ of Bofin (‘.e., the strand just S. of Granu-
aile’s Cliff on the Sound between Bofin and Shark). There were also on
the strand the skeletons of Velella, the rest having been eaten by Amphi-
pods, and a small perfect shell of Spirula. These were seen a few days
afterwards by Mr. Woodward and myself, one of the Zanthinae having
been kept alive for a time in a vessel of water, and having therein added
to its float. On the 4th August we went to the White Strand, and found
a few large shells of Janthina and one skeleton of a very large Velella. A
few days later we found a shell of Janthina on the shore of Bofin
Harbour.”

The figure is taken from a drawing by Mr. Woodward.

’ CERITHIIDAE.
Bittium reticulatum (Da Costa).

[Cerithium reticulatum (Jeffreys). ]

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Appears to be common throughout the
channel; occurs also in Derryinver Bay, and on the Lithothamnion
ground in Fahy Bay.

Borrn Harsovur.—A number of large specimens taken at night in a
tow-net dragged along the sandy bottom between the quay and the
anchorage pool. Shells, and some living, on the shell-ground at the
entrance,

Triforis perversa (L.).

[Cerithium perversum (Jeffreys). |
BALLYNAKILL Harnpour.—Recorded once from the channel.

Borrn Harnnour.—Dead shells recorded once from the outer harbour.
Frequent on the shell-ground at the entrance.

Cerithiopsis tubercularis (Montagu).

Borrn Hanrsour.—One record, from the sandy ground between the quay
und the anchorage pool.

73

SOALIDAE.
Scala clathrus (L.).

([Scalaria communis (Jeffreys). |

BaLLYNAkiItL Harsovur.—Though a familiar and conspicuous form, this
mollusc was not noticed in the harbour previous to 1901, since when it
has been commonly taken on grounds often searched in the two preceding
years. It has been recorded in March, April, May, July, and November,
and is not, therefore, merely a seasonal visitant of the beach. The N. and
S. shores of Fahy Bay appear to be its principal habitat, but it is not
uncommon on the E. shore of Ross. Here several (ranging in size up to
3.7 cm.) were found in pairs in May, and one was taken with spawn in
July, 1901. A specimen is also recorded from the shore of the outer part
of the harbour, W. of Baraclady.

Borin Harsour.—A small specimen between tide-marks (at lowest
springs) in the outer harbour. Shell, with hermit, in the anchorage pool.
Shells occur on Knock beach.
Scala clathratula (Adams).
(Scalaria clathratula (Jeffreys). |

Batiynakitt Harzour.—Twice taken in the channel off Fahy Bay,
including the deepest part.

PYRAMIDELLIDAE.

Odostomia acuta (Jeffreys).
BALLYNAKILL Harpour.—One record from the deep part of the channel
off Fahy Bay. A young example from Coastguard Deep.
Odostomia unidentata, F. & H.

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Fahy Bay and Channel, two specimens.
Pyrgostelis interrupta (Totten).
[Odostomia rufa v. fulvocincta (Jeffreys). |
BALLyNakItL Harsour.—One from Coastguard Deep.
Eulimella commutata (Mont.).
[Odostomia acicula (Jeffreys). |

BALLYNAKILL Harzour.—Two from Coastguard Deep.
Turbonilla lactea (L.).

[Odostomia lactea (Jeffreys). |
BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Roeillaun Bay.

Borin Harzsour.—One record, from between tide-marks, between the
lobster pond and the castle.

Turbonilla indistincta.
BatlLYNakILt Harsour.—Coastguard Deep.

74
EULIMIDAE.
Eulima polita (L.).

BALLYNAKILL Harnour.—Taken on several occasions in Coastguard
Deep, and between Coastguard Point and the Green Rock,

Eulima incurva (Renier).
{Eulima distorta (Jeffreys). ]

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Fairly abundant, in one haul, in the outer
part of the harbour between Freaghillaun and the Ship Rock. Also taken
in the channel off Ross and Fahy Bay, including the deepest part off the
Bar, and once in Coastguard Deep (six specimens).

Eulima (Leiostraca) bilineata (Alder).

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—One record, from the deep part of the channel
off Fahy Bay. 7
Borin Harsour.—Two taken at the Entrance, 17 fath.

TURRITELLIDAE.
Turritella communis (Lamarck).
|Turritella terebra (Jeffreys). |

BaLLYNAKILL Harsour.—The distribution of this species in the har-
bour appears worthy of special note, since it seems to be commonest and
to attain its largest size between tide-marks on the muddy gravel of
Rossdhu beach, on the S. side, and near the head of Fahy Bay. It has
not been found there below low-water mark, and is not otherwise known
as an inhabitant of the Bay. The beach in question could not, from its
orientation, be the receptacle of any object thrown up by violent wave
action; N.E. to E. winds of any force being most exceptional, while the
tidal currents in the bay are very gentle.

A single example is recorded from the channel off Fahy Bay. Others
have been taken in Coastguard Deep, and on the strand of Coastguard
Bay, while the presence of shells seems to indicate the Deep as a regular
haunt of the species. Rather small specimens occur regularly in Freaghil-
laun Deep, and, as far as our records serve to show, between Freaghillaun
and the Ship Rock, and in Derryinver Bay, but not commonly in the
latter.

Borin Harzsovr.—Occurs, but not abundantly, in the anchorage pool.
Not observed between tide-marks.,

BUCOINIDAE.
Buccinum undatum (L.).

BaLtynakiti Harsour.—Abundant at all stages of growth between tide-
marks in Fahy Bay; on the Ross peninsula, and in the channel off Fahy
Bay. Also observed between tide-marks on the Roeillaun Rocks and
Freaghillaun, and in the channel E. of the Black Rocks, and in Roeillaun
Bay. Probably more generally distributed in the harbour than the records
indicate. Spawning takes place extensively between tide-marks in Fahy
Bay and on Ross; the actual operation has been only noted in October
and November, but live spawn masses are to be found from that period
until August, when the young have been observed hatching.

The species does not attain a large size in the harbour, and does not
appear to be fished anywhere in the neighbourhood, either for commercial
purposes or for bait.

Borin Harsoun.—Not recorded,

15

MURIOIDAE.
Ocinebra erinacea (L.).
[Murex erinaceus (Jeffreys). |

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Observed between tide-marks in Fahy Bay
(spawning early in April and early in May, 1902), on the EK. shore of Ross,
on Dawros, on the Roeillaun Rocks, and on the Black Rocks. Also taken
in the channel off Ross. The oyster bed of Dawros, where the species
might be supposed to occur most commonly, has not been examined, At
Plymouth this mollusc appears to take refuge in winter in piles of stones,
with a certain amount of mud, in sheltered situations, but no similar
sanctuary has been met with at Ballynakill. At Arcachon, where it is

reatly dreaded on account of its ravages on spat oysters, it is said to

isappear as soon as the weather turns cold.

Borin Harsourn.—Observed once on the seaward face of Glasillaun.

Purpura lapillus (L.).
BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Does not appear to be very abundant in the
places where note has been taken of its occurrence ; but so universally dis-
tributed a species, living above the area usually devoted to shore-collecting,

almost inevitably escapes careful attention. It is certainly not rare on
any stony part of the shore of the harbour, but seems to be most abundant

in the outer part.
Borin Harsour.—Occurs in the usual situations. No special note as
to its abundance.
NASSIDAE.

Nassa reticulata (L.).

BattyNAkILL Harzsour.—Common in the usual situations throughout
the harbour.
Borin Harsovur.—Common.

Nassa incrassata (Strim).

BALLYNAKILL Harzour.—Abundant in the channel off Ross and Fahy
Bay ; also taken in Coastguard Deep, in Roeillaun Bay, and in the outer
part of the harbour between Freaghillaun and the Ship Rock, and between
tide-marks on the Black Rocks and Freaghiliaun. Shells only in Freag-
hillaun Deep. Generally distributed in summer on the E. shore of Ross
(except Coastguard Bay), and on the N. shore of Fahy Bay, but not
observed there in the winter.

Borin Harzovur.—In the outer harbour on Glasillaun. Between and
below tide-marks between the lobster pond and the castle. Occurs also
on the shell-ground at the Entrance,

PLEU ROTOMIDAE.
Bela turricula (Mont.).

- Battynaxintt Harsour.—Thrice recorded from Coastguard Deep ; also
- takem between Coastguard Point and Green Rocks.

Haedropleura costata (Da Costa).
[Pleurotoma septangularis (Jeffreys). |
BALLYNAKILL Harzpour.—Recorded on three occasions from the channel
off Ross and Fahy Bay, and from Coastguard Deep respectively ; once
from between Coastguard Point and the Green Rocks.
| a2

76

Mangilia attenuata (Montagu).
[Pleurotoma attenuata (Jeffreys). |

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Channel and Coastguard Deep, two records.

Mangilia costata (Donovan).

{Pleurotoma costata (Jeffreys). |

BALLYNAKILL Harspour.—Recorded from the channel off Fahy Bay, off
Coastguard Bay, Coastguard Deep, in Roeillaun Bay and S. of the Green
Rocks. Also the var, coarctata from Coastguard Bay.

Borin Harsour.—Recorded twice.

Mangilia nebula (Montagu).

{Pleurotoma nebula (Jeffreys). |

BautyNakitt Harsour.—Coastguard Deep.

Borin Harsour.—Taken in small numbers on the shell-ground at the
Entrance, including the var. elongata, Jeff. ; and in the harbour, once.
Occurs also in Davillaun Sound.

Mangilia striolata (Scacchi).
[Pleurotoma striolata (Jeffreys). ]

Sy plans Harsour.—Channel off Ross Point and off Ooastguard
ay.

Borin Harsour.—A single example from the shell-ground at the
Entrance.

Clathurella linearis (Montagu).

[Defrancia linearis (Jeffreys). |

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—A single specimen from the channel off Fahy
Bay. Thrice recorded from Coastguard Deep.

Borin Harzovr.—A single specimen, var. intermedia [aequalis,
Jeffreys], at 15 fath. in the Entrance.

Clathurella purpurea (Montagu).

[Defrancia purpurea (Jeffreys). ]

BattyNakKILL Harsour.—A single record, from the mouth of Roeillaun
Bay, 14 fath.

Borin Harnpour.—A single record, from the shell-ground at the
Entrance.

Clathurella Leufroyi.
(Defrancia Leufroyi (Jeffreys). |

Batiynaxit Hanzova.—Seven specimens from Coastguard Deep.

77

OPISTHOBRANCHIA,
SCAPHANDRIDAE. |

Scaphander lignarius (L.).

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—A single record, from between Freaghillaun
and the Ship Rock.

Borin Harzovur.—A single record, from the Entrance,

BULLIDAL,
Acera bullata (Miler).

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—This mollusc is represented in the harbour by
the large variety, the greatest length of shell being 1°6 in. The exposed
part of the shell is not infrequently (at least in summer) adorned with a
plume of alga—Enteromorpha or the like, having something of the
appearance of a tail.

The distribution of the species in the harbour is, owing to its flitting
habit, somewhat difficult to define exactly. Probably it chiefly affects
mud or soft muddy sand well below tide-marks, such as the centre of
Derryinver Bay, where it was taken in quantity in April and August,
1900. It has not, however, been constantly met with there, and may
either be variable in its haunt or confined to particular areas which our
nets did not always reach, or may, as my own experience in English waters
leads me to suppose, undertake definite migrations. At low spring-tide
tn August, 1899, it was swimming in great abundance throughout the
channel between Knocknahaw, Roscreagh, and Dawros, the weather being
particularly warm and fine. At the corresponding spring-tide of the
following year, in weather not very different, no specimens could be got
in this part of the harbour, and an extensive search located the species
as apparently confined to Derryinver Bay. A specimen was taken in a
herring net off Roscreagh in September, 1902, and may probably have
been swimming when it met the net. A few were found in the S. corner
of the deep part of Barnaderg Bay in July, 1901, but this bay has not
been sufficiently explored to allow of an opinion in regard to the regu-
larity of the occurrence of the species there. The bottom is soft and
muddy. In November, 1901, it was found in abundance crawling on the
muddy ground in Fahy Bay, off Rossdhu, its spawn being also present.
No specimens were observed swimming. This ground, which is at the
usual landing-place of boats from the laboratory, is pretty well known,
and it is certain that Acera is not always, if often, there. It has never
been dredged in Fahy Bay, though the 2 fath. hole towards Knocknahaw
Laer seem to fulfil all its requirements in the matter of bottom and

epth.

The foregoing remarks relate only to adults. The young seem to be
more frequently pelagic, and have been taken in tow-nets in Fahy Bay,
sometimes at night, in April, May, August, and October. The haul in
Barnaderg Bay, previously mentioned, included a great number of very
small examples referred to this species.

Its absence, in either adult or young condition, from the outer part of
the harbour, is not explicable either by paucity of search or by the want
of apparently suitable ground; and although young examples were cap-
tured on two occasions in the open sea far outside the harbour, it is
perhaps on the W. coast, if not elsewhere, chiefly a creature of sheltered
waters, confined, as to its more sedentary habitat, to soft muddy or
muddy-sand grounds, but schooling at times in late summer and autumn
over any neighbouring ground. :

The large form of the species also occurs in Aughinish and Muckinish
Bays, Co. Clare. Smaller recent shells (not exceeding one inch in length)
were found in number in the upper section of the Ardfry “ Saleen"

78

(sea-pond), off New Harbour, whic, like the bays mentioned above, is an
inlet of Galway Bay. This upper section is only reached by the tide at
springs, and the shells found there evidently represented the remains of
living examples killed by the artificial drying of the pond for some days
previously. The bottom is soft mud, and the water, isolated during neap
tides, naturally varies much more in salinity and temperature than the
water of the bay. It is possible that these circumstances, as apart from
mere question of food supply, may :n part explain the small size of the
individuals as compared with those of immediately neighbouring waters.

TORNATINIDAE.
Tornatina truncatula (Brug.).

BALLYNAKILL Harsovur.—A single specimen from Coastguard Deep.

PHILINIDAE.
Philine aperta (L.).

BALLYNAKILL Harsovur.—Abundant, and reaches a very large size in
the deepest part of Fahy Bay, 2 fath. at low-water, about N.N.E. of
Knocknahaw point, soft muddy sand with no Cladophora. Common also
in Coastguard Deep, Derryinver Bay, and in the outer part of the har-
bour, wherever the bottom is suitable. Not observed in Barnaderg Bay.

The unusual size attained in Fahy Bay may be due to immunity from
the attack of soles and dabs, which are partial to it, and (except very
young dabs) are never found in the Bay. There is a single record of the
occurrence of Philine in the stomach of a white trout taken in the Bay,
but this fish is only an occasional visitant, chiefly at spring tides in the
late summer. 7

The spawn of Philine may have been previously described. It consists
of rather amorphous masses of a transparent colourless jelly, in which
are imbedded minute ova of a yellowish brown tint. These masses are
often much larger than the parent mollusc. They are not attached to

anything, but the lighter particles of the muddy sand on which they are
found often adhere to them.

LIMACINIDAE.

Limacina retroversa (Flem.).
|Spirialis retroversus (Jeffreys). |
Bortn Harsovr.—Having been taken across the Entrance, it may be
safely inferred that this form occasionally enters the harbour, especially
after autumn gales, though it is in no sense a harbour species.
APLYSIIDAEH.
Aplysia punctata (Cuvier).

BALtynaxitn Harsour.—Apparently not very abundant in any part of
the harbour, though usually met with in the outer part, and on one occa-

sion—in a haul of the trawl off Letterbeg, in June, 1902—recorded as
numerous. Not found in Derryinver Bay, and rare in the channel south
of Coastguard point. Represented in Fahy Bay only by two very small

examples taken in June, 1902. Scldom observed between tide-marks in
any part of the harbour.

Borrn Hannovr.—Rare ; represented by three large examples taken in
Port Island Bay. A young example was taken in a surface townet
between Inisgort and the mouth of the harbour. It may have been cling-
ing to drift weed.

79

PLEUROBRANCHIDAL,
Pleurobranchus plumula (Montagu),

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Appears to be generally distributed between
tide-marks throughout the harbour, since there are records from N. and
S. shores of Fahy Bay, E. and N. shores of Ross peninsula, Dawros,
Baraclady, and Freaghillaun. Occurs also in the channel, including the
deepest part, off Fahy Bay. A pair were observed with spawn on the EK,
shore of Ross in May, 1901.

Bortn Harsour.—Exceedingly common in June, 1899, between tide-
marks in the cove between the lobster pond and the castle ; somewhat less
abundant on the outer face of Glasillaun. Pairing was then in full pro-
gress, and may have accounted for the species attracting more notice than
usual. When search was made in August of the same year at Glasillaun,
only a few could be found.

Work at Bofin was confined to the months May to September (in-
clusive), but at Ballynakill the shores have been searched at low
spring tides throughout the year, and dredging has been equally
continuous. Plewrobranchus, however, appears never to have been met
with between October and January (inclusive). Its usual haunt is on
or under large stones (more or less muddy), near the limit of spring
tides, especially perhaps where the shore consists of such stones piled one
on the other. Possibly the large individuals die off immediately or soon
after spawning ; but if they survive and retire in the late months of the
ae to similar ground below tide-marks, a dredge could give no account
of them.

Oscanius membranaceus (Montagu).
[Pleurobranchus membranaceus (Jeffreys). ]

BAtLYNAKILL Harspour.—Large examples (but not so large as have been
taken by the Marine Biological Association in Gerran’s Bay, Cornwall)
were found rather commonly in February, 1899, on the shore of Coast-
guard Bay, and in Fahy Bay under Rossdhu. In August of the same
year only one was met with, on Fahy Bar, in a search extending over the
shores of all the inner part of the harbour, except Barnaderg Bay and the
Moyard Creek. One was found on Ross shore in March, 1900.

Subsequent records refer to two small examples from the outer part of
the harbour in January, 1902, and one in the channel off Coastguard Bay
in November, 1902.

Oscanius can swim fairly well by semi-rotary and by no means graceful
movements of the “umbrella,” and possibly attempts seasonal migrations,
which must be greatly influenced by tide and weather. It is too large,
and not sufficiently active, to have escaped nets when present on the
ground fished over; and on the whole it seems probable that the spect-
mens which have from time to time been brought to hand have been im-
migrants from the outer world, and not derived from any centre of distri-
bution within the harbour.

RUNCINIDAE.
Runcina coronata (Quatrefages)
[Runcina Hancocki (Jeffreys). |
Borin Harsour.—Once taken in a surface tow-net between the post

office and the anchorage pool at 11 p.m., 8/9/1899. There was some weed
in the net,

80

CEPHALOPODA.
SPIRULIDAE.

Spirula Peroni (Lamarck).
Bee p. 72.

LOLIGINIDAE.
Loligo Forbesi (Steenstrup).

Borrn Harsour.—Several, full-grown, seined in the anchorage-pool in
September, 1899, and October, 1900. Apparently absent earlier in either
year, as the net was frequently used in the same place, both by day and
night. Examination of the records of fish appears to indicate that the
squid may have followed either young grey gurnard, which enter the har-
bour in the autumn, or young coalfish, which, though always. present to
some extent, become very much more abundant at that time.

SEPIOLIDAE.

Sepiola.

BALLYNAKILL Harsovur.—Not recorded, but certainly taken occasionally.
(Fide E. W. L. H.).

Borin Harsovun.—Not uncommon.

Both the names of scandica (=Rondeleti) and atlantica occur in the
records, but there seems to be doubt whether both species really occur, or
whether the same has been noted with both names.

POLYPODIDAE.
Moschites cirrhosa (Lam.).
[Eledone cirrhosa (Jeffreys). |
Borrn Harsovr.—Seined in autumn in the anchorage pool on several

occasions in 1899 and 1900. Mostly large or moderate size ; one small.

An octopod, probably referable to this species, was once observed on
the shore of Fahy Bay in Ballynakill Harbour. .

THE DEEP-WATER MOLLUSCS OF THE WEST AND
SOUTH-WEST COAST.

I am informed that, during the cruises which yielded the material dealt
with below, dredging was only attempted when time permitted, the main
objects being trawling, line-fishing, or tow-netting, as the case might be.
Moreover, the dredges used were hardly fine enough in the mesh to secure
any but the larger forms, nor sufficiently biting for molluse work. The

81

account I am able to give of the molluscan fauxa of the ground worked
over is therefore of the most meagre description,

Details of locality, depth and date of hauls are given in the table below,
and in the pages which follow the origin of the specimens is only indicated
by the station number. It will be observed that Stations LXXVII. and
LXXIX, are respectively on and just inside the Porcupine Bank.

The Helga works over certain deep-water grounds once every three
months, and during the writing of these notes fresh collections have been
continually placed in my hands. To incorporate everything has been
impossible, but I have tabulated every record of importance up to May,
1904,

Statements of the catch refer to the station numbers which precede
them with the intervention of commas only. When a station number (or
numbers separated by commas) precedes a semi-colon or full-stop, without
definition of catch, it is to be understood that the species was taken alive.
“ Dead,” in the case of Lamellibranchs, signifies that the shell was found
complete, “ valves” denoting separated valves. In the laboratory records,
from which Part I. of this paper was in part compiled, I understand that
“shells” may be taken to signify either complete shells or odd valves.

APPROXIMATE.
? Depth

Station. a by. Nature of bottom
“Heras” | Distance and | ‘Lat. N. | Taree be te | ance Unley ee

Series. Bearings (Mag.) from Fath 8S,
Cleggan Head. Oo | Oo -
1

LXXIY | 40m.N.W.byN., ..] 53° 56’ | 11° O# 105 |Finesand,. ...| 18.6.01

Beare. | com. NW. by N., ... 53° 50’ 10° 49’ 88 Fine sand, «| 18.6.01
LXXVII. | 124m. W. by N.3N., [58° 24’ 30” 13° 36’ 91 C care e sand,| 29.6.01

stones.

LXXIX. 90 m. W. by N.3N,, 53° 23' 12° 43’ 175 Fine sand (bot-| 29.6.01

tom townet).

EXE XV. AQirry Ni os ise rae 54° Tr’ 10° 33’ 87 Sand and stones, 5.7.01

LXXXVIII. | 40 m. W.N.W.., a 53° 34’ Bie! 15’ 78 Sand, gravel, 8.7.01
(by Chart)| stones.
pia’ 40 m. W. by S., “<3 63? 1’ 11° 03’ 76 Fine sand, aa 9.7.01
CXIV. 40 m. S.W.., ... ese | 52° 57'80" 10° 33’ 623 Sand, stones, ... 2.8.01
OXVII. 30 m. W.N.W., cae 53° 34’ 10° 58’ 753 Sand,shells,small} 23.8.01
black gravel,
stones.
CxvVIHl. (OXVII.S.E 5m.), ... 53° 38’ | 11° 02’ 30” — (Surface townet, | 23.8.01
10.15-10.25 p.m.)
CXxL 6im.N.W.3W., ... ES agi 11° 56’ 199 Fine sand (trawl,| 24.8.01

OXXIX, | 40m. W.N.W., Sea a Oe Tio 764 ee and small} 11.9.01

stones.

See | 6m. W.N.W., ane 53° 34’ 11° 32’ 110 Fine sand, «| 12.9.01
Ose Ar, | 50m. N.W. by N.,._ « 647.07) At LIS 17’ 30” 135 Fine sand, cco |, 2Se9< OE
CXXXIII. | 40m.NW.byN., ... 53° 56’ 11° 04’ 100 Fine sand, ee ee 6! |

AYE: 20 m. W.N.W.., se 58° 34’ 10° 41’ 72 Coarse shelly'sand| 14.8.02
and rocks.

7A. LI. 50 m. W.N.W., os 58° 34’ Io So 116 Fine dark sand,| 15.8.02

a Vv. 40 m. W.N.W., aes 53° 34’ 11° 15’ 95 Sand and gravel, | 18.8.02

* This station number, followed in text by a different date in brackets, indicates another haul
over same ground,

82

AMPHINEURA.
CHITONIDAE.
Craspedochilus onyx (Spengler).
(Chiton cinereus (Jeffreys). ]
LXXIV., LXXXVIII., CXIV., CXVII,
Callochiton laevis (Mont.).
[Chiton laevis (Jeffreys). ]

A IV., one.

PELECYPODA.

NUCULIDAE.
Nucula nucleus (L.).?

CXVII., four valves,
Nuculana tenuis (Philippi).

[Leda pygmaea (Jeffreys). ]

CXVITI., valve; A I., valve; A II., three living, one valve; 50 mi.
W.N.W. of Tearaght, 7/8/’03, valve.

ANOMIIDAE.

Anomia ephippium (L.).

LXXIV. ; OXXI., one young specimen ; CXXXI., on shells of gastropods ;
A I., young valves.

Anomia striata (Brocchi).

CXIV., one valve; CXVII., one valve; A IV., one valve, All referred
here with some slight hesitation.

ARCIDAE.
Glycymeris glycymeiis (L.).

[Pectunculus glycimeris (Jeffreys). |
CXXXIIT., one valve.

Arca tetragona (Poli).
LXXXVIII., COXVII., A I., valves.

Bathyarca pectunculoides (Seaechi).

{Arca pectunculoides (Jeffreys).]
OXXI., one,

88

MYTILIDAE.
Mytilus sp.
CXVII., fry.
Volsella adriatica Lamarck )
{Mytilus adriaticus (Jeffreys . |
CXVII., valve.

PTERIIDAE.
Pinna fragilis (Pennant).
[Pinna rudis (Jeffreys). |

LXXIV., fragment ; CXXXII., fragment.

PECTINIDAE.
Pecten (Chlamys) islandicus (Mill.
LXXVII., broken valve.
Pecten (Chlamys) varius (1.).
LXXIV., valve.

Pecten (Aequipecten) opercularis (L.).
LXXITT., valves; LXXTIV., valves; XC., 20 valves; A I., one young.

Fecten (Peplum) clavatus (Poli), var. Dumasi (Payr.)

LXXXV., valve.

Pecten (Palliolum) tigerinus (Miill.).
LXXIV., valve; LXXXVIII., CXIV., valve; CXVII., valves;
CXXIX. ; CXXXITI., valves; A I., fourteen young.

Pecten (Palliolum) similis (Laskey).

LXXIX., valve; CXVII., valves; CXXI., 300 cire.; A I., three and
valves ; A II., two and valves. Same locality, August, 1903, twenty-three
in two hauls.

LIMIDAE.
Lima subauriculata (Montagu).
CXVII., valves; A I., two,

84

ASTARTIDAE.

Astarte sulcata (Da Costa).

CXVII., valves; OXXXIIJ., (?); LXXXVIII., dead; XC., one and
valve; 20 mi. W.N.W. of Black Rock, Co. Mayo, valve.

Astarte borealis (Chemn.).
70 mi. S.W. of Fastnet Rock, Co. Cork, 80 fath., 11/5/’03, one valve.

CYPRINIDAE.

Cyprina islandica (I.).
LXXIV., broken valve; XC., valve.

LUCINIDAE.

Lucina borealis (L.).

XO., two young valves,

Thyasira flexuosa (Montagu),
[Axinus flexuosus (Jeffreys). ]

XC., two valves,

Cryptodon ferruginosum (Forbes).
|Axinus ferruginosus (Jeffreys). |
A IL., five; 50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, 7/8/’03, two broken.

SCROBICULARIIDAE.
Syndosmya prismatica (Mont.).
[Scrobicularia prismatica (J effreys). |

OCXVIT., fragment ; A I., one, and two valves.
Syndosmya alba (Wood). ?

([Scrobicularia alba (Jeffreys). ]
OXXI., one young, dead,

Syndosmya nitida (Miill.),
(Scrobicularia nitida (Jeffreys). |
A II., two,

85

TELLINIDAE.

Macoma calcarea (Chemn.).

A single valve, taken in the same haul as Astarte borealis, 70 mi. 8. W.
of Fastnet.
MACTRIDAE.

Mactra stultorum (L.).
LXXIV., fragment; A I., fry, doubtfully referred here.

Mactra (sp.).
CXVII., valve.

Spisula solida (L.).

CXVII., two valves (approaching the S. elliptica (Brown), which is, I
think, really only a variety) ; XC., fragment.

Spisula elliptica (Brown).
[Mactra elliptica (Jeffreys). |
A I., valve.

VENERIDAE.
Dosinia lupina (L.).
[Venus lincta (Jeffreys). ]

[Artemis lincta (F. & H.).]

LXXIII., valves ; LXXIV., LXXXVIII., dead; XC., CXXXI., valves;
OXVII., valve; 20 mi. W.N.W. of Black Rock, Co. Mayo; 120 fath.,

valves.

Venus (Ventricula) casina (L.).
LXXIV., valve; LXXXVIII., dead; CXVII., valves; A I., young valve.

Venus (Timoclea) ovata (Pennant).

LXXIV., valves attached to worm tubes; XC., four valves; CXXXI.,
valve; CXXXIII., valves; AI., AII., A IV., valves.

Venus (Chamelaea) gallina (L.).
XO., three valves ; CXIV., valves, the sculpture fine and deep.
Gouldia minima (Montagu),
[Circe minima (Jeffreys). }

CXVII., four valves.

86

CARDIIDAE.

Cardium echinatum L.).
LXXITI., valve; XC., valves; CXXXI., valve.
Cardium tuberculatum (L.).
LXXIII., CXIV., valves.
Cardium exiguum (Gmel.).

50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, 17/8/’03, one.

Cardium nodosum (Turton). ?

AI., AII., valve and broken shell; 50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head
uW6 fath., 17/8/03, five.

Cardium (Laevicardium) norvegicum (Spengler).
LXXXYV., fragment.
Cardium (sp.).
CXXI., several young specimens, which may belong to 0. echinatum.
GARIDAE,
Gari ferroensis (Chemn.).
[Psammobia ferroensis (Jeffreys). ]

LXXIV., valve.

Gari costulata (Turton).
[Paammobia costulata (Jeffreys). |

CXVII., valve, and fragment?
MYIDAE.
Corbula gibba (Olivi).

A II., two valves,

SOLENIDAE.
Ensis (Solen} (sp.),

XC., fragment.

87

SAXICAVIDAE.
Saxicava arctica (L.)
[Saxicava rugosa, var. (Jeffreys). |

OXVII., valves ; CXXXI., two.

Saxicava rugosa (L.).

CXXXI., one; ATI., one.

ANATINIDAE.
Thracia fragilis (Penn.).

[Thracia papyracea (Jeffreys), |

X0O., large fragment, apparently belonging to the var. villosiuscula;
CXVIL., one young, dead valve.

CUSPIDARIIDAE.
Cuspidaria abbreviata (Forbes).

[Neaera abbreviata (Jeffreys). ]
CXXI., several.

Cuspidaria cuspidata (Olivi)
[Neaera cuspidata (Jeffreys). ]
XC., valve.

Pandora inaequivalvis (L.).

A II., fragment.

SCAPHOPODA.
DENTALIIDAE.

Dentalium entalis (L.).

LXXIII., one dead, broken; LXXIV., eM II., dead; CXVII., one
(dead ?) and fragment ; OXXXIL., one (dead ‘).

88
GASTROPODA.

PROSOBRANCHIA.
LEPETIDAE.

Lepeta fulva (Mill.).

[Tectura fulva (Jeffreys.). |
LXXXVIII., CXIV., (dead?), CXVII., A L., six.
PLEU ROTOMARIIDAE.
Scissurella crispata (Flem.).
CXVII., three dead; A TI., one.
FISSURELLIDAE.

Puncturella noachina (L.).
LXXXV., CXIV., OXVII., dead; A: I., four.

Emarginula fissura (L.).
CXVII., dead; A I., one,
Propilidium ancyloide (Forbes).
CXVII., two dead; A I., one.
TROCHIDAE.

Gibbula magus (L.).
[Trochus magus (Jeffreys). |
LXXIII., one, of an elevated form,
Gibbula umbilicata (Montagu)

(Trochus umbilicatus (Jeffreys). |
LXXIII., one young, dead.

Calliostoma Montagui (Wood).

(Trochus Montacuti (Jeffreys). |
CXVII., dead.

JVAPULIDAE,

Capulus hungaricus (L.).
XO., one dead, and fragment.

89
CYPRAEIDA.«.
Trivia europaea (Montagu).
[Cypraea europaea (Jeffreys). |

CXVII., dead.

NATICIDAE.
Natica (Lunatia) sordida (Philippi).
CXXI., one, dead and broken.

Natica (Lunatia) catena (Da Costa).
LXXXVIII., CXXXI., dead.
Natica (Lunatia) Alderi (Forbes).

CXVII., dead; A II., one young; off Fastnet, 180 fath., two dead ;
ATI. (19/5/04), one and four dead.

Natica (sp.).
CXXXII., very dead, probably N. Alderi.

SCALIDAE.

Scala clathratula (Adams),
[ Var. spinosa (Jeffreys). ]

A II., one.
TURRITELLIDAE.
Turritella communis (Lamarck).
[Turritella terebra (Jettreys). |
LXXIII., two.

APORRHAIDAE.
Aporrhais pes-pelicani (L.).

LXXITI., LXXIV., LXXXV., dead; CXIV., one; 50 mi. W.N.W. of
Cleggan Head, 17/8/’03, two.

Aporrhais serresianus (Michaud).

CXXXI., dead; CXXXITI., several; A IV., one; 20 mi. W.N.W. of
Black Rock, Co. Mayo, one; Fastnet (as below), two dead; A II.
(19/5/’04), four dead. |
. H

90

CASSIDIDAE.
Cassidaria rugosa (L.).
[Cassidaria tyrrhena (Lamarck). |
CXXI., one fragment, of the earlier whorls only. Some perfect shells,
inhabited by Hermits, and one or two living specimens were taken not
far from this ground at 220 fath., in 1890, by the R. D. S. Survey.
Two living examples have been taken by the Helga in May of the present
year at 180 fath., 75 mi. S.W. by W., 3 W. of the Fastnet, Co. Cork, and
another at 115 fath., 50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head. Mr. W. S.
Green kept the specimens from the Fastnet ground under observation,
and notes that they appeared quite unable to lay hold of the glass vessel
in which they were placed. The foot was continually protruded, its

inferior surface rolled up in the form of a funnel, as if the animal were
trying to obtain a purchase on the soft ground from which it was trawled.

BUCCINIDAE.
Buccinum undatum (L.).
XC., CXXXI., one dead, with hermit; CXXXIII., one dead; off
Valencia, 100 fath., two and one dead; A IT. (19/5/’04), one dead.
Liomesus Dalei (J. Sow.),
[Buccinopsis Dalei (Jeffreys). |

LXXIII., dead ; LXXXVIII.; CXXI., dead; CXXXI.; CXXXITII.; 75
mi. S.W. by W. 4 W. of the Fastnet, eight dead; A IT. (19/5/’04), one
dead.

This rather scarce species proved to be somewhat abundant in the deeper
dredgings.

Neptunea despecta (L.).
[Fusus despectus (Jeffreys). |

LXXXVIII., CXXIX., CXXXI., single specimens, all dead and broken ;
LXXVII., fragment ?

Neptunea antiqua (L.).
|Fusus antiquus (Jeffreys). |

CXXXI., CXXXITI., dead ; Fastnet (as above), one.

Tritonofusus gracilis (Da Costa).
[Fusus gracilis (Jeffreys). |
LXXXVIII., dead; XC. two (dead ?),

91

Tritonofusus (Siphonorbis) propinquus (Alder).
[Fusus propinquus (Jeffreys). |

LXXIII. ; LXXVIII., several dead ; LX XXVIII. ; XC., one dead, with
hermit ; CXXI. dead, and in poor condition ; CXXIX., fresh; CXXXI.,
fresh ; CXXXIII., dead; A I., one and one dead; A IT. (19/5/’04), one
dead ; A IV., one; Fastnet (as above), one and four dead.

I must confess to being unable to appreciate the subgeneric distinction
of these last two species; indeed it is by no means easy to distinguish
which species some forms belong to.

Tritonofusus jeffreysianus (Fischer).
[Fusus buccinatus (Jeffreys). |

CXXIX., fresh.

Tritonofusus fusiformis (Brod.).
[Fusus fenestratus (Jeffreys). |

LXXIII. ; LXXXV., dead and broken ; XC., CXXI., dead; CXXXI.,
several dead; Fastnet (as above), one dead.

A fine series of this rare species, frequently taken with Iiomesus Dalet.

Tritonofusus (sP-)-

LXXXV., two specimens, not in good enough condition for identi-
fication.

FASCIOLARIIDAE.

Buccinofusus berniciensis (King.)

LXXVIII. ; XC., one dead ; CXXI., two specimens, dead, one of a large
and coarsely sculptured form, with Anomia inside; Fastnet (as above),
three and four dead.

—

OPISTHOBRANCHIA.
SCAPHANDRIDAE.
Scaphander lignarius (L}.
LXXXVIII., dead; CXIV., one fresh; CXXI., one fresh; A II., one
young ; same locality, 17/8/’03, three young; off the Skelligs 50 fath.,

6/3/’03, one; Fastnet (as ubove), four; off Valencia, 100 fath. one dead ;
A II. (19/5/’04), one.

Bullinella cylindracea (Fennant).
[Cylichna cylindracea (Jeffreys). |
XC., dead.

92

BULLIDAE.
Roxania utriculus (Brocchi),

[Bulla utriculus (Jeffreys). ]
CXXXII., one, broken,

PHILINIDAE.

Philine scabra (Miill).

A II., one, and eight young, probably of this species; 50 mi. W.N.W.
of Tearaght, ca. 300 fath., one.

LIMACINIDAE, &c.

Consideration of the Pteropods is for the present reserved, as these
pelagic forms can be more conveniently considered together, without
regard to the depth of water over which they were taken. The materials
for tabulation are not yet complete.

CEPHALOPODA.

See the separate paper by Mr. W. E. Hoyle, p. 93.

BRACHIOPODA.

CRANIIDAE.

Crania anomala (Miil).

UXXXV., fresh; LXXXVIII., living and dead; OXIV., fresh;
CXVII., dead.

Terebratulina caput-serpentis (L.).
UXXXVIIL., CXVII.

938

11.—ON SPECIMENS OF TRACHELOTEUTHIS AND CIRROTEU-
THIS FROM DEEP WATER OFF THE WEST COAST OF

IRELAND.
BY

W. E. Hoyrs.

Prats XIV. Fies. 1 to 5.

Tracheloteuthis Riisei, Steenstrup.

Tracheloteuthis Ritset, Steenstrup, ’81.

Tracheleteuthis Behnii, Steenstrup, ’&1.

Tracheloteuthis rwiset, Hoyle, ’86, p. 164.

Tracheloteuthis Behnit, Weiss, ’88, p. 85, pl. 10, figs. 1—4.
Tracheloteuthis riiset, Fowler, ’97, p. 525.

Tracheloteuthis Riiset, Carus, ’90, p. 447.

Trachéloteuthis Behm, Carus, ’90, p. 448.

Verrillwla nympha, Pfeffer, ’84, p. 23, fig. 29.

Verrilliola gractlis, Pfeffer, ’84, p. 22, fig. 28.
Tracheloteuthis Ruser, Steenstrup, 98, p. 112.
Tracheloteuthis Behnit, Steenstrup, ’98, p. 113.
Tracheloteuthis riser, Pfeffer, :00, p. 175.

Tracheloteuthis behni, Hoyle, :’02, p. 20; ’03, p. 279, 281, 305.

The above list contains, it is believed, references to all the published
literature on this genus, for Tracheloteuthis guernei, Joubin, has recently
been referred by its original describer (:01, p. 45), and by Pfeffer
(:00, p. 176) to the genus Ommastrephes, and need not therefore be
further considered here.

The specimen which forms the basis of the following notes was sent me
by my friend, Mr. E. R. Sykes, for determination. He had received it
from Mr. E. W. L. Holt, along with other mollusca, collected by the
Department of Agriculture. It appears as No. 1 in the follow-
ing pages. It was obviously referable to the genus Tracheloteuthis,
and at the first inspection I supposed it to belong to Steenstrup’s
species, T. behni, and under this name it was recorded in the Concho-
logical Society’s ‘‘ List of British Marine Mollusca,” just then going to
press. Further investigation, however, showed that the specific deter-
mination was not quite so simple a matter as I had at first supposed.
Fowler (’97) has recorded the occurrence of an example which combined
in a curious manner the diagnostic characters of T. riisei and T’. behni,
and hence it was of importance to make a critical study of the points by
which these two species were distinguished. I therefore appealed to my
colleagues in the Copenhagen Museum to lend me some examples of me
genus for investigation, and in due course received half a dozen speci-
mens. None of these bore any names, and it was therefore not absolutely
certain which Steenstrup had regarded as typical of either form. I
appealed once again to the authorities at Conenhagen, placing my diffi-
culty before them, and received the following reply from Dr. Jensen :—

“IT am sorry to say we cannot solve the difficulty beeause we have
no specimens of Tracheloteuthis which are named by Steenstrup. The
Specimens sent to you are the originals of Steenstrup, and have nos
been touched since his death.”

94,

Tho whole material at my disposal for comparison was therefore as

follows :—

A.—SPECIMENS.

No. 1.—‘‘Irish” Specimen, VI., 29--VI.--01, surface tow-net, 9.37
to 9.50 p.m., 90 miles true W. of Slyne Head, Co. Gal-

ae
” 10.

2 ak:
—

», 15.—My own collection

oo

way, 175 fathoms.
», 7%.—Copenhagen Museum.
8

??
9»?
y)

9?

”?
$>
”?

33

?

9)

Lat. 34° 40’ S., long. 7° W.

Indian Ocean, Salmin, 1868.

[No locality. ]

West Coast of New Guinea; in the
tube was a label, “328.”

Lat. 34° 40 S., long. 27° £.,
Andrea, 1870.

Lat. 60° 22’ N., long, 2° @& E.,
7/12/68, Bang.

. — Messina.

3?

B.—PUBLISHED DESCRIPTIONS.

K. “ Knight Errant” specimen, Hoyle (’86), p. 164, pl. 28, figs. 6--12.
W. Specimen from Messina, Weiss (’88), p. 85, pl. 10, figs. 1--4.
R. “ Research” specimen, Fowler (’97), p. 525.

The numbers and letters are the abbreviations by which the speci-
mens are referred to in the following tables. The numbers are those of
my own register of specimens examined.

My first care was to measure all the specimens as carefully as possible

without injuring them.

published.

This was by no means an easy matter, for
several of them were very stiff from having been kept in strong alcohol,
and were shrunken and distorted. The results are contained in the sub-
joined table, where are also included the measurements previously

TABLE Tf.

MFASUREMENTS OF SPECIMENS OF T'RACHELOTEUTHIS.

The dimensions are given in millimetres, and the lengths of the arms
are measured from the centre of the eye.

Mantle, length,

» breadth, ...

Pin, length,
. breadth,
Art 1, length,

‘ge,

| No. | No.
1. 7.
«| 25 26°5
Ral aes
9 10

125 | 125

5 8

14 21

12 18

8 | 15

No.
8,

No.
9.

6 7 5 7 6 8 78*
3 10 4 lf 15 13 6

5 14 6 17 17 19 8
5 8 4 9 12 8 32
12 18 8 20 23 18 75
9 15 6 16 20 15 6

* Supplied from the drawing,

13

21

95

Steenstrup’s diagnostic characters are as follows :—

T. Riisei.

Fin, shape, Rhomboid, Cordate.

», length, * i of mantle, 4 of mantle,

4 of second arm.

Ventral arm, length,

2 of second arm,

The first character seems to me of little value. The difference between
a rhomb with rounded angles and a broad cordiform figure is not very
conspicuous under any circumstances, and in addition the fins are com-
monly so twisted and folded that.it is almost impossible to ascertain
accurately their original outline; hence a very slight error will make all
the difference between rhomboid and cordate.

The other distinctions are matters of measurement, and therefore less
liable to misconception. To allow of easier comparison, I give a table
in which the critical ones are expressed as percentage ratios; the length
of the fin being given as a percentage of that of the mantle, and the
lengths of the arms as percentages of that of the second pair.

TABLE ITI.
SHowine the ratios of the length of the Fin to that of the Mantle, and of
the lengths of the arms to that of the second arm.

pi No. | No. } No. | No, | No. | No. | No. | No. | Now| ¢ | w.
1, 7. 8 9. 10. 11, 12. 1d. 16.

Mantle, length, 100 | 100] 100] 100 100 100 100 100 100 | 100} 100
Fin, length, ise 36} 38; 26; 18 15 40 33 45 45 41 22
Arm 1, length, Pa 36; 38, 28; 43 42 44 50 45 52} 44 43

a ae 100 | 100} 100] 100 109 100 | 100 100 100 | 100; 100

of B&B ow» tes 86; 86] 83] 71 75 83 75 80 87 83 80

Tar Sanit) OF 71 56 | 57 67 67 69 60 74 72| 853
By fin-mantle ratio, R R B B R R R R R B
By arm ratio, was B B R R R R R B |

This table is reproduced in graphic form in the diagram below.

The letters at the foot of each column indicate to which species the
specimen would be referred if the fin-mantle ratio or the arm-ratio were
taken as the standard.

Specimen No. 7 has had the mantle split down the middle line below,
and agrees well with Steenstrup’s figure, so that it may fairly be regarded
as the type of that species. Three specimens (Nos. 8, 9, 10) have the fin-
mantle ratio given by Steenstrup for 7. behni, and since in the two former
the arm-length ratio also agrees with that given for this species, it 1s
therefore allowable to regard them as being the types of that species—the
more so as the only one of which the origin is-known is from the Indian
Ocean, the habitat assigned by Steenstrup to the species.

"

—_— -_-_ @- ~s-—— -” «

66 “/
50% - a —pDw*e +=
25 eo _ oo ™ ee Bae ae oe

It will be seen that in several instances the same specimen would be
placed in one species by the former criterion and in another by the latter.
This is sufficient to throw grave doubt upon the efficacy of such features
as diagnostic characters.

With respect to the value of the fin-mantle ratio as a specific character,
a special difficulty arises, namely, that it 1s not constant in the same

97

animal at different ages. I have elsewhere (’86, p. 156) shown reason to
believe that in the squids, at all events, the hinder portion of the body,
along with the fin, grows more rapidly than the anterior, and therefore
that the fin-mantle ratio increases with the growth of the animal.

If we arrange the specimens of T’racheloteuthis now under discussion in
the order of their fin-mantle ratios, and place side by side the mantle-
length of each, we shall see that this is, on the whole, fairly borne out,
and that the longest specimens have the largest ratio,

TABLE III.

SHow1ne the specimens arranged in order of the fin-mantle ratio, and
giving the actual length of the mantle and the percentage ratio of the
former to the latter for comparison.

Number. Fin to Mantle. Length of Mantle. Percentage.

75
106*

815
137
275*
152
144
149
160
128
145
138

* The mantle is so shrunken and distorted that the measurements are uncertain.

Such being the case, it seems fair to suppose that those specimens from
Copenhagen which have a small fin-mantle ratio (Nos. 8, 9, 10), and
which are therefore presumably the types of 7’. behni, have this character
simply because they are young specimens, and not because they belong
to a different species.

With respect to the lengths of the arms, I have no accurate information
as to how their relation is affected by growth, but a study of Table Il., or
a glance at the diagram where they are graphically summarised, will show
that their ratios are subject to small variations which cannot possibly be
regarded as of specific significance. ‘his is well seen in the case of Speci-
mens 15 and 16, which are both from Messina, and clearly referable to the
Same species, and yet exhibit considerable differences in the relative
lengths of the arms.

1, therefore, conclude that there is no sufficient reason for separating
these two species of T'racheloteuthis. As regards the specific name which
the form should bear, the only mode of applying the rule of priority seems
vo be to take the name which stands tirst in the original description,
’. ruisei. This is further a satisfactory solution inasmuch as the forms
which received this name from Steenstrup are the largest, and therefore
represent most nearly the adult condition of the animal.

Lhe specimen received from Mr. Sykes being the first that has been
recorded from the British area as defined by the Concuaological Scciety, 1
have thought it well to give a figure of it (pl. XIV., fig. 1), as well as
magnified drawings of the tentacular club (pl. XIV., fig. 2), of one of the
larger tentacu:ar suckers (pl. XIV., fig. 5), and of one of the suckers of
the arms (pl. XIV., figs. 3, 4).

I experienced considerable difficulty in making out the form of the ring
of the large tentacular sucker. So far as I could ascertain, the ring is
smooth, but there are a number of papille on the margin of the sucker

98

which, if turned inwards, produce the appearance of teeth. These
minute suckers are, however, not at all easy to examine and draw with
accuracy.

Cirroteuthis sp.

A well-preserved young specimen of this genus was sent me by Mr. Holt
for examination on July 7, 1905. It measures only about 1°5 cm. in
length, and it will, I fear, be impossible to say to what species it belongs ;
but it is of interest as being the first recorded occurrence of the genus in
what may be called the British area.

Locality.— 77 miles west of Achill Head, Station CXX., 24--8--01 ; tow-
net on trawl beam, 382 fathoms.” [H. 193.]

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Carus, J. V., ’90.—Prodrom. Faun. Med., II., pt. 2. pp. 273—496.

Fowler, G. H., ’97—Contributions to owr knowledge of the Plankton
of the Faeroe Channel. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1897, pp. 525—526.

Hoyle, W. E., ’86.—Report on the Cephalopoda. Challenger Reports,
XVI., pt. 44.

Hoyle, W. E., :02.—A list of British Marine Mollusca, prepared by a
Committee of the Conchological Society. Also Journal of Conchology,
X., 1903, pp. 279, 281, 3505.

Joubin, L., :01.—Céphalopodes provenant des Campagnes de la Prin-
cesse Alice. Résult. Camp. Scient. Albert de Monaco, Fasc. 17, 1900
[1901].

Pfeffer, G., °84.—Die Cephalopoden des Hamburger Naturhistorischen
Museums. Abh. Nat. Ver. Hamburg, VIII., pt. 1.

Pfeffer, G., :00.—Synopsis der oegopsiden Cephalopoden. 2 Beiheft z.
Jahrb, Hamburg Wiss. Anstalten 17, pp. 147—198.

Steenstrup, J. J. S., ’81.—En ny Blacksprutteslaegt: Tracheloteuthis.
Vid. Med. Naturhist. Forening Kjébenhavn, 1881, p. 294.

Steenstrup, J. J. S., ’98.—Notae Teuthologicae 9 (Tracheloteuthis).
Oversigt K. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Forhandl., 1898, No. 2, pp. 111—118,
pl. i.

Weiss, F. E., ’88.—On some rare oigopsid cuttle-fishes. Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sci., XXIX., pp. 75—96, pls. vi1i.—x.

a!

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

——

Fics. 1 ro 5. Tracheloteuthis Riisei, Steenstrup.

Fig. 1.—Ventral view of the specimen taken off Slyne Head; x nearly
3 diameters.

Fig. 2.—Club of the left tentacle; x 10.

Fig. 3.—Side view of a sucker from one of the arms; x 55.

Fig. 4.—Front view of a similar sucker; x 55. ;

Fig. 5.—Front view of one of the large tentacular suckers; a portion of
the tesselated area surrounding the horny ring 18 shown in
the upper right-hand part of the rim; x16.

Fig. 6. Janthina rotundata (Leach).

Fig. 6, M. F. W., caet. W. E. Hoyle del.

Figs. 1—5, Tracheloteuthis Riisei.
Fig. 6. lanthina rotundata.

6 FREAGHILLAUN o>,
Bice Gun one

mover
DerV ust

2 DER VER th E

i *

ne
RYIN

Ardkyle

COASTGUARD,
BAY fr

? 2%
; ROEILLAON,
2 ane
Derrylahan

BAY

BALLYNAKILL
HARBOUR

Soundings zz FATHOMS

BARNADERC”

oO ON

\ — << é «
y “ait

eal AT
% dary Bn ‘ i

| tniehtentn "ost OFice\__\

Fain a ee

—= Dooney

Cae

| 4

c oe mas
ial) ;

1 Petes z

a , }
2) Tintinnambaud 24

iO ee ee #
2 z # swd

Sin

a x --
23, LL, P 2 Inner | ~~
co Doimgrania {« @Harbour \ ~
CU
s v
52 Sheepfold Sits :
Stgnat Tow ~ \
4
6 « ee

—.—. —- —. —,
>,

= sla
1s mu ee i n
13 un
iz

P * BOFIN HARBOUR anpENTRANCE

15 Senile .Sie Inches to One StectsteMile
1% 14 2000 Feet, APO “A meno)
TFurlony _o

99

Appenpix, No. IV.

j,—Schizopodous Crustacea from the North-East Atlantic Slope, by
E. W. L. Hour and W. M. Tarrersatt, B.Sc.

iil.—Note on a Genus of Euphausid Crustacea, by W. T. Carman, D.Sc.

1._SCHIZOPODOUS CRUSTACEA FROM THE NORTH-EAST
ATLANTIC SLOPE.

BY
E. W. L. Horr anp W. M. Tarrersatt, B.Sc.

Puates XV. To XXV.

a

INTRODUCTORY.

We intend by the above title no dissent from the views of Hansen,
1893, and Calman, 1904, of the taxonomic position of the forms which,
previous to the pronouncements of these authorities, had been regarded
as forming a natural group. The old term has its convenience, not only
for brevity of title, but because it goes near to expressing, for the higher
crustacea, a bionomic unit, which needs only the Sergestids and certain
amphipods to complete it.

Our material consists of collections made (1) by the Oceana (Mr. George
Murray and Mr. V. H. Blackman) in November, 1898, in deep water
west of the southern part of Ireland, at depths reaching to nearly 1,800
fathoms ; (2) by Dr. G. H. Fowler in H.M.S. Research in July, 1900,
off the north part of the Bay of Biscay at depths reaching 2,341 fathoms ;
(3) by the Department’s fishery cruiser Helga along the west coast of
lreland at depths between 50 and 1,000 fathoms, at all seasons of the
year, but chiefly in the summer months ; (4) by the fishing boat Monica
on and about the mackerel grounds outside tthe Bofin archipelago,
Counties Galway and Mayo, in spring, summer, and autumn since 1900.

The Monica’s operations barely touch the crest of the slope, which we
take as commencing, for the purposes of these notes, at the fifty fathom
line, and we shall only notice so much of her catch as consists of
organisms obviously belonging rather to the slope than to ‘the littorai
area, or as much to each.

The fishing implements by which the various collections were made
were of diverse order. The Uceana and Research, being interested solely
in Plankton, never touched bottom with their nets. The former used
ordinary open tow-nets, fished horizontally at known depths (as far as
such may be with certainty computed) and hauled, still fishing, to the
surface. The Research used a vertical net, opened and closed by mes-
sengers at known depths, and for surface work horizontal open nets. The
Helga used a horizontal net, opened and closed by messengers, but it
contributed nothing to our material. Her efficient nets were ordinary
open tow-nets of various shapes and sizes, and, especially, nets and bags
of fine material fastened to the “back” of a beam-trawl. These nets, if
placed at the point where the swirl from the apex of the ground rope rises
through the meshes of the “back,” are certain traps for small bottom
organisms which may lie in the path of the trawl. A moderate amount of
sand in the net will indicate, in experiment, what seems to be the most

Ann, Rep. Fish, Ireland, 1902-3, Pt. II., App., IV. [1905].

100

tavourable position. Placed too far back, the nets get too much sand
and often burst. With regard to the open tow-nets used by the Helga, it
must be understood that in addition to fishing at the depth indicated in
the record, the nets were also fishing during their descent and ascent.
It does not, therefore, follow that the whole contents of a tow-net came
from the depth to which the tow-net was lowered. Indeed, in May and
August, 1904, when these open tow-nets were especially successful in
their endeavours to capture the actively swimming Kuphausians, there is
evidence that a considerable portion of the catch was obtained during
the ascent of the net. *

The Monica used ordinary tow-nets, mostly fished while she was
drifting to her mackerel nets, and a larger tow-net of strong mosquito
gauze, towed under sail to and often beyond the bursting strain; but we
must confess that our attempts to catch the large active Euphausians,
known from the evidence of fish-stomachs to be abundant in the
neighbourhood, have not met with much success under sail-power in shal-
low water.

We divide our notes into two parts, of which the first contains the
descriptions of new genera and species and other systematic matter,
while the second gives a full list of the species taken, with localities of
capture, and a brief note of their distribution. Full particulars of the
vertical distribution of the material taken by the Oceana and Research
are, at the request of the collectors, reserved for publication in the
Annals and Magazine of Natural History and the Transactions of the
Linnaean Society respectively, other items of the collections having
already been dealt with in those media.

A list of authorities quoted will be found at the end of our notes. We
have not thought it necessary to burden the text with reference to
original records of distribution when these have been sufficiently sum-
marised in more general papers of later date. ?

Part I.

SYSTEMATIC NOTES, WITH DIAGNOSES OF NEW GENERA
AND SPECIES.

Everyone who has occasion to deal with material from a little explored
district must encounter the same difficulty as ourselves. ‘Existing genera
will be found to have been framed to co1.veniently subdivide the species
met with in areas already well observed, aiid the question will arise, in
the tabulation of the results of the first searchings of virgin ground,
whether it is better to expand old genera for the reception of new
species, or to erect for them new genera. The answer must rest, we
believe, on a reasonable appreciation of the finality of the results
obtained ; for if the exploration be considered to approximate to thorough-
ness, the expansion of genera to their fullest apparently natural capa-
city would seem to be an obvious duty. If, however, the region (using
the term in its widest sense) has been only in the most imperfect fashion
reconnoitred, the provisional expansion of a genus, with certainty of
incessant future tinkering, may be deemed to amcwit to a crime.

In the case with which we have now to deal the majority of the species
which we are compelled to inflict upon the list were obtained in a few

hauls by fine-mesh nets on the back of a beam-trawl. It is a common-
place that deep-water organisms are largely cosmopolitan, certainly
in so far as may concern their generic characters, though species may

prove to maintain the horizontal limits of distribution which have been
assigned to them. Consequently, if the use of a new method of collecting
in the deep water of one particular geographical area, in a few hauls

* The Iicloa gatherings from deep water in August and November, 1904, have not yet
send eos pletely worked out. but a few additions from them have been made tothe 1ecords

10 thie paper in pres.

101

only, has resulted in the discovery of undescribed forms, it may be
taken as certain that the extension of this method or the employment of
improved apparatus on the same and on other parts of the sea-floor must
inevitably result in the recognition of many other kindred organisms.
For this reason, though most of our new material could be accommodated
by modification of the existing genera of the Erythrops group, we have
decided to abstain from meddling with the diagnoses of such genera. A
genus, discarded, as ours inevitably must be, when something like a
complete account of the fauna permits a re-arrangement of species, passes
out of knowledge and injures nobody; or will, at least, cease to be
harmful whenever the fashton of reviving deservedly forgotten names has
run its due course.

TERMINOLOGY.

At the suggestion of Dr. Calman, to whom we are greatly indebted for
assistance in the preparation of this part of our paper, we have discarded
the term “maxillipede,” and call the anterior thoracic appendage the
“ first thoracic limb” and its endopodite the “first leg,” and so on. The
anterior limbs are not, in the Euphausians and Mysids, at all sharply
defined in structure from the succeeding, and the existence of a
single maxillipede, when class-room memories of the cray-fish call for
three, is a nuisance.

Sars in retaining the term “maxillipede” for one pair of appendages
(1885), has followed Milne-Edwards in considering that pair as belonging
to the cephalon rather than the thorax, but though in Amphipods and
Tsopods this appendave appears to be part of the “head,” it is neverthe-
less morphologically thoracic.

PHYLOGENY.

In Hypererythrops serriventer and Huchaetomera Fowler. (see pp. 121,
124) the bases of the thoracic limbs bear a well-developed digitiform process
(see Pl. XXTII., fig 8). This is clearly an epipodite, presumably a
rudimentary gill, and, as Dr. Calman reminds us, furnishes additional evi-
dence of the affinity of the Mysidae and Lophoqastridae. In a less pro-
nounced form an epipodite is present in other of the Leptomysinae, as
may be seen from Sars’ figure (Monog. Mysid. Pl. IT., fig. 4) of the
under side of an Erythrops, but no attention appears to have been
hitherto directed to the fact.

Norman has divided into sub-families the genera of Mysidae which were
known as British in 1892. In continuation we have very briefly defined
such new sub-families as are required for the reception of new material.

Divistox.—-EUCARIDA,— Calman, 1904.
OrpER EUPHAUSIACEA.

Fam. EUPHAUSIIDAE.

Sus-Fam. nov. HUPHAUSINAE.

Eyes not or only slightly bilobate. None of the legs much longer than
their immediate fellows, nor terminating in brushes or claws. Palps of
maxillae simple.

Genus Euphausia, Dana.
Euphausia pellucida, Dana (1852).

Huphausia pellucida, Sars.—1885.

Thysanopoda bidentata, Sars.—1882.
; Representatives of the species found in the N.E. Atlantic seem to
invariably have the pectinations of the antennular comb much_ more
numerous than in the examples figured by Sars in his Challenger Mono-
graph, while the preanal spine is very often simple, even in adults.

102

One of the Research specimens, measuring 26mm. from tip of rostrum
to the end of caudal fan, is the largest of which we have seen a record.

Several females (Research, July) were found carrying ova loose among
the thoracic legs, which, with their setae, form a sort of basket. Calman
(1904) surmises that the nursing period is very brief, and this is borne
out by the number of ova and very early larvae, apparently belonging to
this species, which we found in the Research collection.

Locality and Distribution, see p. 133.

Euphausia Lanei,* sp. n.
Puate XXIV., Figs. 6-9.

It is necessary to refer a small Fuphausia to a new species, apparently
very closely allied to Z. splendens, but, in so far as it is possible to
institute comparisons between a single probably young specimen and a
species described from adult examples, distinguishable by the following
minor points.

Body generally slender, more so than in E. pellucida of same size.
Carapace, with one lateral denticle, drawn out in front into a small
obtuse rostrum, which only reaches one quarter the length of the eyes.
The eye-lobes of the carapace are more pronounced and acute than in
E. splendens. Posterior margin of carapace not so deeply emarginate as
in E. splendens. Eyes as in E. splendens. Antennular peduncle longer
and somewhat slenderer than in E. splendens. Basal joint the
longest, equal in length to the other two, outer distal corner
produced into an acute process which is absent (at least in
adults) in EF. splendens. Digitate leaflet absent. A: fascicule of
strong setae is present (see fig. 6), the setae more numerous than in
E. splendens. The distal joint is produced dorsally between the flagella
in a pointed process. Antennal peduncle much as in E. splendens.
Antennal scale reaching just a little past the second joint of the anten-
nular peduncle, and somewhat narrower than in E. splendens, less
broadly truncate at tip, and terminated on its outer edge by a spine,
which is much more pronounced than in EF. splendens. Basal spine of
scale small, less than one-third the length of | scale. Pleon narrower
than carapace, last segment once and two-thirds as long as preceding
one. Preanal spine simple. Telson and wropods of same form and
relative lengths as in EF. splendens. Sub-apical spines of telson as in
E. splendens and E. similis. Length, 10 mm.

Locality, see p. 134.

Genus Thysanopoda, M.-Ed.

Thysanopoda acutifrons, sp. n.

This form having come to hand after our notes had gone to press, we
can only give a preliminary diagnosis, viz :—

All characters almost exactly as in T. obtusifrons, G. O. Sars, ex-
cept—

Rostrum broadly triangular, its extremity acute, not extending
beyond the eyes, its sides slightly inflated. Telson with four pairs
of denticles in addition to the large subapical spines, the
posterior being immediately above the subapical spines, the
anterior about midway between the subapical spines and the origin of
the telson. There is no trace of the parallel serrated ridges exhibited by
T. obtusifrons. The apex of the telson is suddenly constricted
and terminates in a_ slender spinous process. Preanal spine
well developed and simple. Colowration variable; all specimens
adorned with much red pigment, some with antennules, an-
tennae, carapace, pleon and candal fan more or less completely covered

*D. H. Lane.

103

with olive-brown chromatophores. Length from 9 to 22 mm., the smallest
specimen having the antennular peduncle imperfectly developed,

This is probably a small species in comparison with its congeners. It
belongs to the section of the genus which is characterised by the absence
of a spine on the side of the carapace. Ortmann (1893) considers that
Sars overlooked the presence in T’. obtusifrons of a small spine on the
side of the carapace. T. acutifrons certainly has none. In the char-
acter of the preanal spine it agrees with the forms referred by Ortmann
to 7. obtusifrons.

Except in regard to the rostrum our species* would seem to be very
closely allied to 7’. pectinata, Ortmann, in so far as the characters of
the latter have been defined.

Locality, see p. 134.

Guus Nyctiphanes, G. O. Sars, 1883.

From Sars’ remarks in his preliminary notice of the Challenger Schizo-
poda, it is clear that he founded this genus upon Nyctiphanes australis,
though he considered his definition wide enough to include the forms then
known as Thysanopoda norvegica and T. Couchi. With the latter, even at
the time of issue of the Challenger Report, he had obviously no acquaint-
ance, since he expressed a doubt as to its distinctness from N. norvegica.

There is between N. norvegica and the two other species a constant
difference which we consider to be of generic rank, and we have there-
fore referred the former to a new genus for which we propose the name
Meganyctiphames.

Taking Sars’ diagnosis as a basis, the two genera may be easily recog-
nised by the following characters.

Nyctiphanes, G. 0. Sars.

Sixth and seventh thoracic limbs in the female without an exopodite.
Antennular peduncle considerably stouter in the adult male than in the
female.

Genus Meganyctiphanes, n.

Sixth and seventh thoracic limbs with an exopodite in both sexes.
Antennular peduncle scarcely, if at all, stouter in the adult male than in
the female.

The important difference is in the absence, in the females of Nyctiphanes,
of the exopodite of the sixth and seventh limbs. Both the known species,
N.. Couchi and N. australis, carry their ova in paired pyriform masses,
closely apposed to the bases of these limbs. In the only known species
of Meganyctiphanes, a most abundant and well-known form, ovigerous
females have never been observed, and it seems probable that the differ-
ences of exopodites in the females of the two genera are associated with
differences of nursing. If the female M. norvcgica carried her ova as in
Nyctiphanes her exopodites would be useless and greatly in the way.
We suspect that she either nurses them for a brief period in the basket
formed by her thoracic limbs and their setae, as is the case with
Euphausia pellucida, or does not nurse them at all.

For practical purposes the three species, which alone possess the
reflexed leaflet at the end of the first joint of the antennular peduncle,
may be easily distinguished by the following characters :—

A. A spine above the origin of telson. N. Couchi.

B. No spine above the origin of telson.
i. No denticulation of the lateral edge of the
carapace. N. australis.

ii. Lateral edge of carapace with a denticula-
" tion at about the middle of its length. M., norvegica.

104

Nyctiphanes Couchi (Bell).

Puate XVII.

The only obvious character in which this species differs from N.
australis, Sars, is in the spine above the telson, which is an acumination
of the posterior margin of the shell of the last segment of the pleon, is
already well developed at the earliest stage at which generic recognition
is possible, and persists throughout life. At no stage of N. australis,
vide the descriptions and figures of Sars, is such an acumination present,
nor, as we are entitled to state from the examination of ample material,
in M. norvegica. Norman gives the length of the species as 15 mm., but
it actually reaches at least 17 mm. from tip of rostrum to extremity of
telson, and the examination of full-grown specimens permits us to add
something to previous knowledge of the species.

Bell’s well-known figure represents an ovigerous female, with two
pyriform egg-masses depending from her postero-thoracic region by their
narrow ends. We have taken a number of ovigerous females, of which
Miss Woodward has depicted one, and though the egg masses are paired
and pyriform, it is their broad and not their narrow ends which are
apposed to the body of the parent, the condition being in fact exactly
as in Sars’ figures of N. australis, though we have not always found the
egg-masses of the same size on each side, nor tapering distally to the
same extent. They are easily detached, and it seems not impossible
that Bell’s artist may have dislodged the ova from the parent and, in his
attempted restoration of the original condition, drawn them upside-
down and separate. In some specimens, however, taken after our figure
had been prepared, the egg-masses are much larger and of more uniform
diameter throughout, though the basal portion is still the thicker. In
one in which the posterior limbs have been widely separate from their
fellows, in articulo mortis, the egg-masses are far apart distally, but are
still quite unlike the condition figured by Bell.

In all full-grown females taken in the spring and summer months (we
have none from gatherings at other seasons, except macerated specimens
from the stomachs of sea trout) we find the ultimate and penultimate
thoracic limbs widely separate, the sex being thus visible at a glance.
In some we can find a trace of the glutinous membrane which once
contained the spawn, and though this cannot be detected in others we
suspect that the separation of the limbs has been in all cases caused by
the mechanical pressure of an intervening egg-mass and not by a develop-
mental disturbance of the topographical anatomy.

Norman gives, as a character of the male, the presence of a comb-like
process at the end of the second joint of the antennplar peduncle,
Opportunity of examining sufficient material at all stages shows that this
is not distinctive of males. It is present in small males, but disappears
in large specimens of that sex, whereas in the female it persists to the
end of life. In regard to this character we have critically examined
over fifty specimens, and the cursory examination of many hundreds for
purposes of specific identification has given us no indication that our
conclusions, which follow, may be incorrect.

Specimens measuring less than 12 mm., tip of antennular peduncles to
tip of telson, have usually no sign of a comb. At a length of 12 mm.,
the comb begins to make its appearance in either sex, being present in its
simplest form as a mere spine-like prolongation of the inner dorsal
angle of the distal end of the second segment of the peduncle. This pro-
longation is somewhat upwardly directed. In further development the
prolongation becomes considerably enhanced, and its outer edge becomes
inflated. unwardly rotated, and thrown into a slightly backwardly-
directed fold at its base, assuming meanwhile a varying number of
pectinations of irregular size. The inner faces of the prolongation of
each peduncle are closely apposed and their upper parts are at a level
slightly above that of the third segment.

105

Subject to the above general statement as to size of individual, there
does not appear to be an exact constancy as to the degree of development
of the comb in relation to the total length of the individual, nor have we
reason to suppose that successive ecdyses are accompanied by precisely
progressive degrees of pectination of the comb. The latter may be fully
developed in a male of 12 mm., tip of rostrum to tip of telson, as in the
specimen shown in fig. 1, or may still be imperfect. In males of 16mm.
or more, measured from tip of rostrum, there is no comb, and at the most
the previously pectinate edge of the integument of the second segment
may show a slight arcuation, whereas in females the comb persists to
the maximum size attained.

While losing the comb, the antennular peduncle of the large male
becomes distinctly larger than that of the female—e.g., in specimens of
the two sexes having the same total length of 17 mm., from tip of
rostrum, the peduncles have the following measurements :—

Male. Female.

Length of second segment, 1:02 °90 mm.
Width ,, a i “42 a 3
Length ,, third - 60 ‘48 ,,
Width ” ” ” ‘42 "24 ”?

In the male the third segment bears at its origin near the inferior
internal angle three closely-set spines, a little more than half as long
as the segment, forwardly directed and somewhat inflexed, plumose
except at the distal extremities. In several examples (male) spines have
been observed on the internal ventral edge of the left peduncle, but they
do not seem to be of universal occurrence. In both sexes the outer face
of the second segment bears a small bunch of setae, and the brush of
setae which arises externally to the origin of the flagella does not appear
to differ materially in the sexes. In general the antennular differences
of the sexes in large specimens are so nearly the same as that depicted by
Sars for N. australis that his figures would serve for N. Couchi,

The copulatory apparatus of the male pleopods does not appear to be
more fully developed in large specimens than in the 12 mm. example
described by Holt and Beaumont, 1900. The ulterior development of the
antennular peduncle is therefore, in all probability, not associated with
the attainment of sexual potency. The smallest ovigerous female
observed measures 10 mm. from tip of rostrum to the tip of telson; the
largest, 16 mm. ‘The largest specimens of the species we have observed
measure 17 mm. from tip of rostrum to tip of telson. The size of the
egg-mass seems to vary with the size of the parent. In one specimen the
ovisac contained naupliid larvae. From the material at our disposal the
breeding season would seem to reach its maximum sometime about May.

The mouth parts and thoracic appendages examined in detail call for
no special remark in comparison with those of N. australis.

The pigment of the eyes is brownish-black. Other pigment is bright
scarlet, and may probably be variable according to the degree of expan-
sion of the chromatophores. It is conspicuously present about the
mouth-parts and proximal joints of the thoracic limbs, and the luminous
organs are brilliantly coloured.

Locality and Distribution, see p. 134.

Meganyctiphanes norvegica (M. Sars).

Thysanopoda norvegica, M. Sars.
Nyctiphames norvegica, G. O. Sars et auct.

Prats XVI.

Figures of this species have already been given by Watase (copied by
Shipley and MacBride), Koelbel and Zimmer. It is a well-known form,
and we figure it chiefly in explanation of the differences which separate it
from N. Couchi,

I

106

M. norvegica is a much larger form, attaining at least 40 mm. from tip
of rostrum. The carapace has the armature shown in figs. 2-4, whereas in
both species of Nyctiphancs it is unarmed save for the rostrum.

We can detect in the largest examples examined no obvious difference
of size in the antennular peduncles of the two sexes of M. norveqica, a
condition in marked difference to that exhibited by Nyctiphanes. On the
other hand the copulatory paraphernalia of the first pleopod of
Meganyctiphanes are much more highly developed than those of Nyeti-
phanes (see Holt and Beaumont, 1900).

On account of the larger size, the rudimentary gill or epipodite of the
first thoracic limb is more conspicuous in Meganyctiphanes, but it is about
equally developed in Nyctvphanes.

Sars and S. I. Smith appear to be acquainted with the larvae, but
have not to our knowledge described them. A fairly complete series
(with which, as with other Euphausian larvae, we hope to deal fully in
a later communication) enables us to say that at no period of growth is
there a spine above the telson. As in other Euphausian larvae, the
second segment of the antennular peduncle has a blade-like prolongation,
but this disappears with other larval characters, and at no period of
pp at e eganyctiphanes anything comparable to the antennular comb
of N. Coweht.

The eyes are brownish-black. Other pigment is red—crimson or scarlet
by reflected, orange-red by transmitted light—and, with a considerable
allowance for variation in expansion and number of chromatophores, may
be said to be distributed as follows:—The gastric and hepatic regions
are red, and the course of the gut is picked out in red as far back as the
end of the second segment of the pleon. There are chromatophores dor-
sally on the proximal third of the telson, on the last segment of the
abdomen, and, in less number, on the fourth and fifth segments and at
the origin of the first. The posterior angles of the epimera of all but
the last segment are rather conspicuously pigmented. Pigment is pre-
sent on the eye-stalks and antennular peduncles, in great quantity about
the mouth parts, rather abundantly on the proximal joints of the first
three thoracic legs, faintly on those of the remainder, very faintly on the
basal parts of the first four pleopods. The luminous organs are crimson,
purplish by transmitted light.

These notes of colouration were made in comparison with those given
abeve for N. Couchi from specimens taken in the same haul. We
thought at first that a constant difference of pigmentation could be
established, but our conclusion, after the examination of much more
material, is that, although Meganyctiphanes seems generally to have
more red pigment, the two species are so variable in this respect that
pigmentation cannot be safely employed for purposes of determination.
In any case the red pigment disappears after a few days in aleohol or a
few weeks in formol, and is not, for the usual circumstances of deter-
mination, of any importance.

Breepinc.—Larvae were taken at the end of June, but since, as appears
from the account of distribution, small specimens occur throughout the
year, this does not definitely fix the breeding season to the immediately
antecedent period. On the 10th May, 1904, Mr. Farran took a number
of specimens up to 30 mm. in length at or near the surface at night,
together with many large N. Couch’, of which the females were ovigerous.
In the same gathering are a large number of loose ova, all which we
have as yet examined being in a very early stage of development and
resembling those of N. Oouchi in size and appearance. Many of the
Meqganyctiphanes have a few of these ova in their leg-basket, but not In
such number or so disassociated from obvious prey as to warrant the
conclusion that they are the nurslings of their present. possessors. That
they are ova of Meganyctiphanes is, in spite of their relatively small
size, not impossible, but their presence in the midst. of prey suggests
rather that this form has an indiscriminate appetite than that it takes
any care of its progeny.

107

Foop.—The examples mentioned above ire the only ones in our pos-
session which throw any light on the feeding habit. Many of them have
the leg-basket more or less stuffed with prey, including copepods, schizo-
pod or decapod larvae, fragments of Spirialis, and other matter which
requires further examination. One has the tail of a larval fish, 16 mm.
long, in its mouth.

Locality and Distribution, see p. 135.
ay

Sus-Fau. nov. NEMATOSCELINAE.

Eyes more or less bilobate. Second or third legs elongate, with distal
extremity forming a brush or claw.*

Genus Thysanoessa, Brandt.

Thysanoessa longicaudata (Kréyer).

T. tenera, Sars.—1882.
T. longicaudata, Hansen.—1887.
T. longicaudata, Norman.—1892.

Pr. XV.

Carapace with lateral margins entire; rostrum varying somewhat in
length, but reaching beyond the middle of the first joint of the anten-
nular peduncle, narrow, lanceolate, slightly keeled. Antennal scale
reaching beyond the second joint of the antennular peduncle, but hardly
beyond the middle of the third joint; apex more or less obliquely trun-
cate, Eyes rather large, constriction well marked. Second legs having the
two distal joints slightly greater in combined length than the preceding ;
the ultimate joint about half as long (if anything rather more than half
as long) as the penultimate, narrow, of equal width throughout, with a
tuft of setae at the extremity, and about four to six and five to seven
setae on the dorsal and ventral edges respectively. Pleon with
no distinct keels on the segments, the last equal to, or very
slightly less than the combined length of the two preceding. For about 35
specimens which were measured the average length of the last segment com-
pared with the length of the preceding two was as 10 to 11, its postero-
dorsal margin entire or (very rarely) produced into an extremely minute
acumination.t Uropods narrow, the inner longer than the outer, nearly
reaching, or even slightly passing, the extremity of the telson (exclusive
of lateral spines).

Hansen, 1887, has shown that Kréyer’s types of T. longicaudata agree
with the characters given by Sars for 7. tenera. Our diagnosis of the few
characters concerned aims at uniting in a single species individuals con-
forming exactly to T. tenera, and the forms known to us from more
southern latitudes. It may be a question of race, but as Fowler’s Faroe
specimens seem much like those from the S.W. of Ireland, we do not
know where, if anywhere, is to be found the line which, by divergence of
characters, sharply separates northern from southern forms. Briefly,
T. tenera, sensu stricto, has the antennal scale more oblique at the apex
and in relation to the antennular peduncle somewhat shorter, the rostrum
perhaps a little wider, the eyes a little larger, and the inner uropods, in

— * For a key to the genera which we include in this sub-family, see Calman’s paper,
p. 153, infra.

+ This affords no possibility of confusion with 7. neglecta, in which the spine over the
telson is always very strongly developed (vide Sars, 1882). ‘
I

=“

108

relation to the telson, rather distinctly longer than in examples from off
the Irish coast. We do not think these differences would warrant us in
separating the southern forms even by a varietal name. “en

Our figures, except that of the leg, were taken from Oceana material,
and the lateral view shows the most perfect specimen in a large series.
It actually has the bud of a second leg, which has been broken off at some
previous period, and this is the only attempt at a leg in the whole collec |
tion. Had we not found in our own Irish collection one, and in Dr.
Fowler’s Faroe material several specimens similar in other respects, but
still retaining their legs, it would have been impossible to definitely associate
our Oceana material with T. longicaudata. The second legs alone do
not furnish a satisfactory means of distinction between this species (which.
is only known to reach 12 mm.), and small examples of T. neglecta, Kr.
(=T. borealis, G. O. Sars), which grows to 24mm. While large T. neg-
lecta have the ultimate distinctly less than half the length of the penulti-
mate joint, examples comparable in size to T. longicaudata have the
ultimate joint, in comparison with the latter species, but very slightly
shorter, and there is no sufficiently constant difference in the number of
setae to be of value.

Our drawings were made before perfect specimens were available, and
we use them for publication because they convey the best idea of the species
as it usually comes into the hands of the student. TJ. longicaudata is,
more than any Schizopod which we know, liable to lose its legs in the net,
and a perfect specimen with its bunch of legs looks so much deeper that
one does not at first recognise its specific identity with the ordinary
stripped example.

The eyes of Euphausians are very liable to lose their characteristic
shape in the net, and the bilobate condition of the eye in Thysanoessa
and allied genera is less marked in the young than in the adult,* while
the gills and other characters of the thoracic appendages are, even when
they escape destruction, not too tangible in material of small size. Con-
sequently small, more or less bare, hulls of Thysanoessa and its allies
(except Stylocheiron) often give more trouble in determination than is
readily imagined.

We do not know anything about the breeding of Thysanoessa. Its close
structural affinity suggests, but by no means proves, that the ova are
carried in the same way as in Stylocheiron. |

Locality and distribution, see p. 138.

Thysanoessa gregaria, G. O. Sars, 1885.

Some small examples of Thysanoessa, ranging in length from about
7 to about 9 mm., appear to be referable to this species, though exhibiting
certain characters which do not exactly harmonise with Sars’ diagnosis.
The average length of adult females is stated to be 18mm., males being
somewhat smaller, and some, perhaps all, the pecularities which we have
noted, may well be youthful characters.

Some of the specimens are fairly perfect, and it must be understood
that in characters which we do not mention below we have failed to detect
any divergence from the type.

The segments of the pleon are described as quite smooth above. In our
examples the fourth and fifth segments show a very slight depression in
the dorsal contour at rather more than two-thirds of the distance from its
anterior end, while the posterior part appears to be slightly keeled and
very slightly acuminate (in some) at the extremity. There is also, in
some, a trace of slight acumination at the extremity of the sixth segment,

The epimera agree well enough with Sars’ description, and, in the |
main, with his figure (PJ. XXI., fig. 8), but the postero-ventral corners ii

are not produced into sharply defined angles, as in the figure referred to. rm

* Especially in 7’. neglecta,

109

The pleopods have the basal joint somewhat wider, and with a more
convex anterior outline than is shown in Sars’ figure, but this may be
simply a difference in the point of view, since the pleopods are often seen
in a somewhat oblique position.

The preanal spine is about as large as in the type, but has either only
a few very coarse denticulations or none at all. ‘This is certainly a char-
acter which varies with the size of the specimen, although the degree of
denticulation is not found to correspond exactly with the total length.
Sars has shown that the spine makes its first appearance in Huphausia
pellucida as a simple structure, and we have observed it still undivided
in specimens of all sizes.

Judging by Sars’ figures (Pl, XII., fig. 9, and Pl. XXII., fig. 26) the
dorsal denticles of the telson would appear to vary in position. In the
examples which we have examined the denticles agree chiefly with the
first-named figure, but some show an intermediate condition.

Locality and distribution, see p. 139.

Genus Stylocheiron, G. 0, Sars, 1885.

Stylocheiron longicorne, G. O. Sars, 1885.

Stylochevron longicorne, Sars.—1885.
Stylocheiron mastigophorwm, Chun.—1888.
Stylocheiron longicorne, Ortmann.—1893.

We believe that Sars and Chun based their respective diagnoses on
material which is not really capable of specific distinction ; but if Chun’s
view of the matter be upheld on the examination of specimens from the
whole area of distribution of the species designated by Sars and Ortmann
as S. longicorne, our examples must be named S, mastigophorwm, since
they agree more closely with Chun’s description than with Sars’.

Sars’ type is mounted in Canada balsam, and has only one chela, which
happens to be set on edge. It is therefore not of very much value for
settling the question, but in the opinion of one of us, who has examined
it, our specimens are referable to the same species.

We must, however, call attention to a feature which appears to have
escaped the attention of either observer, viz., the variability of the anten-
nal peduncle, both in relative length and in the number and relative
length of its articulations. The peduncle is always more than twice the
greatest length of the carapace, from tip of rostrum to hindmost lateral
margin, measured between verticals, but, consistent to this extent, its
length varies not inconsiderably. The number of joints in the Euphausian
antennal peduncle is typically three, and this number we find to be con-
stant in S. longicorne in so far as regards the articulations which are
conspicuous by reason of the inflation of the apposed extremities of the
segments, and which we may here term the main articulations. There
are, however, in many of our specimens, subsidiary articulations, not
accompanied by any disturbance of the contour of the peduncle, but still
apparently perfect and not due to accident, which may raise the number
of joints to as many as six. The length of the joints defined by main arti-
culations varies by variety of position of these articulations. in most of
our specimens the distal main articulation is distal to the extremity of
the antennal scale, as in the diagnoses and figures of Sars and Chun. In
others it is proximal thereto, a phenomenon which led us to suppose that
we were dealing with two species until we chanced upon a specimen (a
female of adult size) in which the peduncle of one side was in this respect
typical, while that of the other side had the second main articulation
short of the extremity of the scale. The variation is, therefore, obviously
of no taxonomic importance. It is not correlated with any ¥ariation of

110

other structural features, nor is it, in any of the cases we have noted
above, associated with sex or with growth after the attainment of the
adult condition.

The maximum length of the species as represented in the collections
before us barely attains, between the tip of the rostrum and the extremity
of the caudal fan, 10mm. Males appear to be mature at 7mm. The
smallest ovigerous female which we have seen measures 8mm. The ova
are carried exactly as in Sars’ figure of S. carinatum, agglutinated in
a thin envelope of a gelatinous nature, attached to the ventrum between
the sixth and seventh pair of thoracic limbs, and projecting forward
between the preceding pairs. They readily escape from their investment.
The few clutches which we have seen varied in number (as evidenced by
both full and empty spaces in the envelope) from about 10 to about 14,
and were in an early stage of development in July, 1900, in the Bay of
Biscay. No ovigerous females were taken by the Oceana in November,
1898, off the S.W. of Ireland, nor by the Helga at any season of the years
1901 to 1903 within fifty miles of the 8.W. and W. coasts, within which
limit, as will be apparent, the species is not abundant.

With the larvae we intend to deal fully in a future report, but it may
be remarked that they were taken from the earliest recognisable stage
upwards, both in July and November, while the collections of adult forms
in both months include a series of sizes which is sufficiently continuous
to make it difficult to form any idea of the seasonal life-history of the
species. The fact that the largest specimens occur in the July collections
may be of significance in this respect, but may be equally explicable on
the ground that the July hauls in the Bay of Biscay were nearer to the
centre of distribution than those taken farther north in other months.

The following measurements, in millimetres, of adult specimens may
be useful.

No. 2 is one of the largest specimens in our collection; No. 3 is an
ovigerous female. We could find no specimen perfect in all respects :—

MEASUREMENTS.

Total length from tip of rostrum to tip of telson.,...

Carapace length,

Length of pleon, excluding telson,

telson,

last segment of pleon,
eye,

peduncle of antennule,
antennal scale,
chelate limb,

antenna (complete), ...

Locality and distribution, see p. 140.

Stylocheiron chelifer, Chun, 1888.
Stylocheiron chelifer, Chun.—1888.
(?) Stylocheiron abbreviatum, G. O. Sars.—1885.

Sars regarded his species as of small size, basing it on several indivi-
duals not exceeding 8mm. in length, of which he observes that they

111

“would seem to be females.” Such a statement does not seem to preclude
the possibility of their having been immature members of either sex.
Ortmann records under Sars’ specific name material obtained by the
Plankton Expedition, and as he makes no comment as to size, it may be
taken to have consisted of equally small specimens. Chun also records
the capture of S. abbreviatuwm, but we nowhere find a record of un-
doubtedly mature examples of that species, nor an explicit statement that
its representatives have been compared with S, chelifer of the same size.
It appears to us by no means improbable that S. abbreviatwm is only the
young (possibly of a local variety not entitled to specific rank) of the
species of which the adult is S. chelifer, and that Sars, by the paucity
and bad preservation of his material, has been betrayed into an 1n-
adequacy of description quite foreign to his wont. ;

In the collections which we have examined occur a number of examples
which are certainly S. chelifer, but which, in the absence of Chun’s obser-
vations, we should have referred, with some remark, to 8S. abbreviatum,
and we hesitate to affirm the identity of the two species only because our
series happens to be defective in the sizes comparable to Sars’ types of
S. abbreviatum. a

Chun, in his descriptions of S. chelifer, which he regards as attaining
a length of 14 mm. (some of ours reach 20 mm.), mentions the characters
in which it differs from S. abbreviatum. He appears, however, to lay
chief stress on the characters of the chelate limbs, and, in part, these
distinctions appear to us to be probably not unsusceptible of explanation
as phases of growth. We do not understand that he has had the oppor-
tunity of comparing a S. chelifer of, say, 8 mm. with a supposed adult
S. abbreviatum of the same size.

Our material is sufficient in larvae and in adults, but the intermediate
stages are not represented by perfect specimens. The proportions of the
chelate limbs cannot therefore be given throughout the life-history, but
we are able to show that the different parts of these limbs undergo con-
siderable developmental modification of proportion.

Larval S. abbreviatum, Adult
— S. chelifer, from Sars’ S. chelifer,
6°3 mm. figure. 20 mm.
Merus or Tibia, ° ‘ é 100 100 100
Chela, ° ° ‘ ° . 64°15 66 50
Oarpus, ° ° ° : : 62°2 55 66
Medio-dorsal length of Carapace, . 75°4 86°1 66

Sixth segment of Pleon,

The larva mentioned above has the antennal scale still short, and a large
spine on the antennal peduncle, while the last segment of the pleon is,
as appears from the table, very elongate. In other respects it has the
adult form, and the chela only differs from that of the adult in that the
third secondary spine of the dactylus is very minute. It is evident that
the length of the carpus as compared with the merus is variable with the
size of its possessor; and, as the proportions which we have given for
S. abbreviatum depend for their accuracy on that of the figure, it is not
possible to be certain that the young S. chelifer may not pass through a
stage practically ideritical, in regard to proportions of segments of chelate
limb, with S. abbreviatwm. The absence, from Sars’ specimen, of the
third, presumably still minute, secondary spine of the dactylus is not a
feature to which we should have been disposed to attach specific impor-
tance; the slender tertiary spine near the base of the dactylus in large
S. chelifer was not present in the larva.

112

We subjoin a table, in which the total length of the example is made
the unit of comparison :—

S. chelifer. : S. abbreviatum, ;
Larva of sey 8 mm., from | S-chelifer, wa yn el ’

5°3 mm. m. | Sars’ figure.

5mm.

Total length, . ° 100
Merus or Tibia, . : Wanting.
Carpus, °

Chela, . . es

Medio-dorsal length of
Carapace
Sixth segment of Pleon,

On the difficulty of relevant interpolation of measurements taken from
a figure among others taken direct from specimens we have already
remarked, but it appears that between our S. chelifer of 8 mm. and Sars’
S. abbreviatum of the same size there is no great difference in the propor-
tions of the parts which can be compared. We have, however, so much
reason to respect Sars’ diagnoses and figures that we prefer to leave it to
him to associate S. chelifer with S. abbreviatum, if such association prove
necessary.

The type of S. abbreviatum, which one of us has examined, does not
help much, as it has lost its chelate limbs. The slight deflection of the tip
of the rostrum, noted by Chun as differing from the slightly upturned
condition of that process in large S. chelifer, is in any case a feature of
little moment. In the only other Challenger specimen in the British
Museum the deflection of the rostrum is obviously the result of accident,
and may be so also in the type.

Locality and distribution, see p. 141.
Genus Nematobrachion, Calman.

Nematobrachion boodpis (Calman), 1896.

Dr. Calman has kindly dealt with our material in a separate paper,
which will be found at page 153 of this Report. t,

Locality and distribution, see p. 140.

Sus-Fam. nov. BENTHEUPHAUSINAE.

None of the legs much longer than their immediate neighbours, Palps
of the maxillae three-jointed.

Genus Bentheuphausia, G. 0. Sars, 1885.
Bentheuphausia sp. ?

Dr. Fowler's solitary specimen was taken in a haul of the vertical net
between 1,250 fathoms and surface. Unfortunately the messenger, which
ought to have closed the net at 500 fath., did not realise its responsibili-
ties, and, as the net was hove thence to the surface as fast as the steam-
winch would turn, the contents suffered a good deal. A big Eucopia, the
only other Schizopod taken, reached our hands in fragments of a few
millimetres long, and the Bentheuphausia is a mere hull, without car-
gy and without appendages, except, eyes, part of antennules, and caudal

an.

113

The thing measures 8mm, from eyes to tip of telson, and is clearly a
Bentheuphausia; or, if not, belongs to some closely-allied genus hitherto
undescribed.

The characters which remain are not exactly in harmony with those of
B. amblyops, the only known species. In the latter—described, be it
remarked, from huge specimens, the largest 48 mm.—the part of the outer
uropod distal to the origin of the spine appears to be between a fourth and
a fifth of the proximal part. In our specimen the apical part is relatively
much shorter. What is left of the antennular peduncle agrees well
enough with B. amblyops, but the eyes seem to be much more pyriform.

In B. amblyops they are narrow, somewhat medially constricted, with
a small prominence internal to the visual portion. In our example the
gegen and the visual part call for no comment, but the whole appen-

age, in its present condition, is pyriform, almost globular. It is, how-
ever, quite flaccid, and its difference in form from that of B. amblyops
may perhaps be due merely to maceration.

Even supposing that the differences noted in the several parts are due
neither to degree of development nor to imperfect preservation, it is
obviously impossible to found a new species on so fragmentary a
specimen.

B. amblyops, including Willemoes Suhm’s material, supposed by Sars
to be referable to the same species, is known from the tropical and N, and 8.
Atlantic and from 8. of Australia at depths of 1,000 to 1,800 fathoms, but
the specimens may have been obtained during the ascent of the nets
through the higher strata. The question of distribution does not there-
fore affect the possibility of referring Fowler’s example to the same
species, which, while the above notes were in press, has been recorded on
the authority of Sars, from a collection made in the Bay of Biscay
(Richard, 1904).

Locality, see p. 141.

Division.—_PERACARIDA.—Calman, 1904.
OrpER MYSIDACEA.

Fam. LOPHOGASTRIDAE.

Sxnus Gnathophausia, Willemoes Suhin, 1875.
Section 4 nov., cf. Sections 1-3, Sars, 1885.

_ Infero-posterior corners of carapace produced into a spine. Dorsal keel
interrupted anteriorly. Supra-orbital spine small. Antennal scale not
jointed at apex. First thoracic legs with distinctly developed exopodites.
Epimeral plates of last segment not united on the ventral face.

Gnathophausia drepanephora,* sp. n.
Pu, XVIII.

Form of body slender. Carapace not very large; dorsal spine about as
long as first segment of pleon; infero-posterior corners produced into a
spine, bluntly serrulate on ventral edge, nearly reaching fourth segment
of pleon ; upper lateral keel present; dorsal keel unarmed ; cervical
sulcus rather distinct ; rostrum elongate and slender, as long as the cara-
pace without the infero-posterior spines, distinctly denticulate on all three
edges ; supra-orbital and antennal spines well-defined, but small. Bran-
chiostegal projections of moderate proportions, but distinctly pointed.

* Tn allusion to the scythe-like infero-posterior processes of the carapace.

114

Anterior segments of pleon without dorsal spines ; epimeral plates pro-
duced posteriorly into pointed lappets. yes very narrow, cornea
scarcely at all expanded, pigment (as preserved in formol) rather pale
brown. Outer flagellum of antennule in male expanded and flattened
at the base, which is beset on the inner side with a brush-like fringe of
fine curling setae. Antennal scale of moderate size, about four times as
long as broad, tapering distally and very obliquely truncate; inner angle
produced into a sharp point, outer edge with (about) three denticulations
distally. Telson large and massive, with the terminal spines crescent-
shaped and denticulate along the upper face; lateral margins armed for
the usual distance with large spines, separated from each other by in-
tervals occupied by a few smaller spines. Uropods shorter than telson ;
the proximal joint of outer uropod terminating externally in a spine
sen: one-fourth as long as the distal joint. Colowration red. Length

mm.

Gnathophausia drepanephora,—Carapace.

As appears from Sars’ Challenger monograph, some of the members of
this genus reach a size which, relatively to the rest of the Schizopoda, may
be considered enormous, Thus Gn. ingens, Dohrn, is known to attain a
length of 157mm., only an inconsiderable fraction being contributed by
the rostrum.

Absolutely nothing seems to be known of the ontogeny of the genus, so
that it is impossible to tell at what size the full development of the adult
characters may be attained; and though one may naturally be inclined
to exercise caution in founding a species on an example which, from its
small size, may reasonably be suspected of somewhat imperfect develop-
ment, we do not see what other course is open to us. The species Gn.
gracilis has been founded by Willemoes Biko and endorsed by Sars on
the evidence of a single specimen of 41 mm., the rostrum being at least
as elongate as in our species. One need not wish to err, if at all, in better
company. (@n, gracilis may, or may not, grow to a large size; but if it
does, though some of the characters may well undergo a measure of deve-
lopmental modification, it is difficult to suppose them capable of being
harmonised with those of any of the other known species. The same,
perhaps in rather a less degree, is true of Gn. drephanephora, but there
are indications that the type specimen is at least sexually mature.

Gn, drepamephora is at once distinguished from all its known congeners
by the combination of two negative characters, viz., the antennal scales

115

are not jointed, and the epimeral plates of tho last segment of the pleon
are not confluent.

Description.—The single specimen, 39mm. in length, has no incubatory
lamellae. In the example of Gn. gracilis of 41mm., Sars considered the
absence of such lamellae to be an indication of the male sex. The speci-
men on which our species is founded presents, as we think, a more certain
proof of its sex. The outer flagellum of the antennule is most distinctly
expanded and flattened for about 3mm. of its basal part, and is beset
inwardly in this region with a dense fringe of fine curling setae, but is
not separated by any well-defined articulation from the distal part. In
the genus Stylocheiron the flagellum in the male exhibits a well-defined
basal segment, expanded and beset internally with a fringe of setae, no
approach to this condition being observable in the female, It appears to
us that the condition observed in our Gn. drepanephora is of similar
sexual significance. Sars appears to have detected no important secon-
dary sexual characters in the species which he describes. nd

The form of the body (fig. 1) is as slender as in Gn, gracilis. The
carapace is, in comparison with some members of the genus, rather small,
and does not completely cover the last segment of the thorax. Posteriorly
it is not unlike that of Gn. calcarata, but the dorsal spine is more up-
turned and the infero-posterior corners are more produced and terminate
in longer spines. The latter are only bluntly serrulate on the lower edge.
Both lateral keels are well marked, the lower one being closely approxi-
mated to the ventral border. The rostrum does not differ materially, in
length, shape or armature from that of Gn. gracilis. It is a character
which appears to us to be likely to undergo modification as growth pro-
ceeds, even after the assumption of sexual maturity, so that larger
examples (if such exist) of the species may prove to exhibit relatively
shorter rostra. The supra-orbital and antennal spines are small; the
branchiostegal projections, though only of moderate extent, are most dis-
tinctly acuminate, but the margins of all these processes are entire. In
considering the possibility of the attainment by our example of the char-
acters of Gn. calcarata, in which the processes referred to are much more
developed, it is of interest to note that in Gn. gracilis, which is hardly
larger than Gn. drepanephora, the spines are already extremely well
pronounced (cf. Sars, loc. cit., Pls. IV. and VII). The two anterior seg-
ments of the pleon are very slightly keeled on the dorsum, and also trans-
versely sulcate, the contour being thus somewhat irregular. The hinder
edges of these segments, and, to a less degree, of the third and fourth, are
somewhat upturned. The epimera exhibit ony a posterior lappet, pro-
duced into a well-defined point except in the anterior part of the last seg-
ment, where the lappet is reduced to a denticle. It appears to us to be
within the bounds of possibility that the confluence and backward growth
of the epimeral plates of this segment, as exemplified in the large indi--
viduals of Sars’ Section 1, may be a feature of late growth, but of this
there is no sort of evidence. In our example the denticles are widely
separate.

The eyes are very small and narrow, the ocular papilla occurring as a
small spine rather near the distal extremity. In general form they
appear similar to those of Gn. calcarata and, probably, of Gn. gracilis

. In respect of the pigment, which is brown and can hardly be
described as dark, Gn, drepanephora would appear to differ from its con-
geners, the visual sense being perhaps imperfectly developed.

Wd have already alluded to the structure of the basal portion of the
outer flagellum of the antennule (Fig. 2). The whole flagellum is at
present 22mm. in length, and must have been a good deal longer. The
inner flagellum is somewhat longer than the rostrum.

The antennal scale (Fig. 3) approaches that of Gn. gigas, from
which, however, it differs in its narrower and more acuminate outline and
in the smaller number of the denticulations of the outer edge. The
flagellum is about as long as the inner flagellum of the antennule.

Of the oral parts we can only say that the epipodite of the first thoracic
leg is well developed, and that the pigmented protuberance of the second
maxilla is conspicuous.

116

The legs appear to us to be relatively somewhat slender as compared
with other species. ,

The telson agrees very closely with that of Gn. calcarata. It is about
equal in length to the sum of the three preceding segments of the pleon.
The lateral margins are evenly arched, and armed, as in Gn. calcarata,
with large spines separated by intervals of smaller spines. In Gn. cal-
carata the smalier spines are represented by Sars as more numerous, but
we have found in similarly armed Schizopods (e.g., Siriella) that such a
difference is not of specific constancy. The occurrence in Gn. drepanephora
of several spines (one on the right side, two qn the left, nearly opposite
the distal ends of the outer uropods) about twice as large as any other,
may be a feature of specific moment, though our experience of other forms
inclines us to regard it as more probably illustrative of individual varia-
tion. The apical crescent appears to us to be exactly similar to that of
Gn. calcarata.

The outer uropod is characterised by the great development of the spine
at the distal end of the outer margin of the proximal joint, the spine
being about one-fourth as long as the terminal joint. In @n. calcarata
the spine, though perhaps more developed than in the remaining species,
is only about one-sixth of the dimension which we have used for compari-
son. The difference can hardly be explained by difference of age, since
the spine is quite inconspicuous in Gn. gracilis at 41 mm. The outer
margin of the appendage is more inflated than in @n. calcarata,

The colour, after preservation in a weak solution of formol for twelve
months, is pinkish, the setae, keels of the carapace, and margins of the
integument generally being red.

Locality, see p. 142.

Fam. MYSIDAE.
Sus-rFaAM. LEPTOMYSINAE, Norman, 1892.

It is reasonable to infer that Norman considered the presence of an
antennal scale to be a character of this sub-family. It serves to separate
it from the Arachnomysinae.

Genus Meterythrops, S. I. Smith, 1879.

Parerythrops (pars.), G. O. Sars, 1879.

The genus Meterythrops was instituted in 1879 by Smith for the recep-
tion of a species, M. robusta, found by him off the coast of N. America.
The genus, as stated by Smith, appears to combine several characters of
‘Erythrops and Parerythrops, agreeing with the former in the pleopods of
the male and with the latter in the general form of the antennules,
antennae, and oral parts. The telson also approaches that of Parery-
throps very closely.

Sars, however, has included M. robusta, the type species of the genus,
in his own genus Parerythrops without, to our knowledge, in any way
modifying his original diagnosis of that genus, which would exclude
M. robusta, as the first pleopods of the male are not as in the female but
as in the male of Erythrops.

In view of the present additions to the Hrythrops group, it appears to
us convenient to retain Smith’s genus, in which the pleopods of the first
pair in the male are as in Hrythropp, reserving for Parerythrops those
forms which have the first pleopods in both sexes vestigial.

Meterythrops picta, sp. n.

Pr. XIX. figs. 5-7, and Pu. XXV., figs. 8-9.

Form moderately stout. Carapace not much wider than pleon, rostral
region obtusely arcuate, posterior margin rather deeply emarginate.
Eyes large, cas, reaching the level of the second joint of anten-
nular peduncle. Colour pale golden brown. Antennular peduncle with

117

the last joint (in immature male) as long as the two preceding ; male
appendage present (small and with but few setae in the type specimen).
Antennal peduncle asin M. robusta. Antennal scale about four times as
long as broad, exceeding by about one-third of its length the extremity of
the antennal peduncle; external margin slightly curved, its distal half
coarsely denticulate with about four teeth rather widely separate ; terminal
spine of moderate size ; apex obtusely rounded, extending slightly beyond
the terminal spine. Setae strong. Hndopodite of second thoracic limb*
somewhat shorter, proportionally, than in M. robusta; merus slightly
longer than carpus, and bearing only a few setae, on its inner edge;
carpus moderately, propodus and dactylus densely, setose, the setae ser-
rated and jointed. Exopodite of second thoracic limb shorter than endo-
podite; tooth of the outer distal angle of basal joint very minute and
almost obsolete ; flagelliform part composed of ten joints, as also in suc-
ceeding limbs. Endopodites of the remaining thoracic limbs with tarsus
of three joints, and distinct dactylus; tarsus shorter than the proximal
ass taken together and barely longer than merus. Pleom slightly
onger than carapace ; sixth segment about twice as long as fifth. Telson
about as long as sixth segment of pleon; twice as long as wide at base ;
half as long as outer uropod ; triangular, apex narrowly truncate, armed
with a median pair of setae and two pairs of spines, of which the inner
are about twice and a half as long as the outer, and more than one-third
as long as the telson. Inner uropods about one and a half as long as
telson, no spines on the under side. Outer uwropods about twice as long as
the telson. Colowration after preservation—eyes pale golden yellow,
general colour of trunk pale brownish yellow, with patches of deep brown
in the region of the stomach, and on the posterior part of the thorax.

Length of immature male 11 mm.

The species is easily distinguished from its allies by the characters of
the antennal scale. Our solitary example is an immature male, and it
may be inferred that, though probably smaller than M. robusta, the full
size is greater than that attained by other Leptomysine genera.

Locality, see p. 143.

Gznus Katerythrops, n.

Characters of the pleopods in the adult male uncertain, pleopods of the
female unknown. Other characters as in Meterythrops, S. I. Smith
(vide supra), except—

Antennal scale considerably reduced in length in proportion to
peduncles of antenna and antennule, narrow and feeble, its outer margin
naked, entire, terminating in a small spine, setae few, confined to the
apex and distal third (approximately) of the inner margin.

Telson possibly without the median setae.

_ The type of the species upon which we found this genus is a young male
in which the pleopods are not sufficiently developed to reveal the adult
condition. Their condition, however, as will appear, points to the pro-
bable agreement of the genus in this respect with Meterythrops. The
exopodites of the thoracic limbs are larger than in the bottom-haunting
genera of the family— Erythrops, Parerythrops, Meterythrops, &c.—and
approach the condition found in the pelagic Euchaetomera.

Katerythrops Oceanae, g. ct sp. n.
Pr. XX.

Form robust, Carapace much wider than the pleon, almost entirely
covering the thoracic segments, anterior margin obtusely rounded,
cephalic region inflated and posteriorly defined by a well-marked cervical
sulcus. Pleon with the last segment almost as long as the two preceding
segments taken together. Eyes small, remote from each other, sub-pyri-
form, the proximal part the broader, visual area restricted to less than

* i.e. the first leg when, as in the original di i ic limb i
rede penapes, gina lognonia of the genus, the first thoracic limb is

we

118

the distal half, cornea not so wide as the last joint of the antennular
peduncle, pigment after preservation in formalin reddish-buff. Pedunele
of antennule at least a fifth longer than the last segment of the pleon,
proportionally stout, its last joint about equal to the two preceding, beset
dorsally between the insertions of the flagella with a bidentate tubercle,
of which the denticles are nearly in the same dorso-ventral plane.
Antennal scale very short, narrow, and somewhat outwardly curved,
outer margin entire, naked, terminating in a feeble spine ; apex produced
considerably beyond the spine, sub-acute, setae confined to the apex and
to about the distal third of the inner margin; length of scale more than
four times (about 14:3) the greatest width, slightly less than the combined
length of the last two joints of the antennal peduncle and but little exceed-
ing the length of the last joint of the antennular peduncle. Antennal
peduncle long and proportionally stout, combined length of the last two
joints greater than that of the last joint of the antennular peduncle.
Exopodites of the thoracic limbs very well developed, with unusually
large flagella. Endopodites of the first four pairs moderately long and
stout ; the tarsus in the third and fourth pairs consisting of three joints,
and succeeded by a well-developed dactylus, setae not more plumose than
in Parerythrops, &c. Pleopods of all five pairs biramous in the male,
the inner ramus bifid. Telson subtriangular, shorter than the last seg-
ment of the pleon by about two-sevenths of the length of the latter, its
sides entire and slightly inflected ; apex narrowly truncate, armed with
two pairs of rather slender spines, of which the inner are considerably the
longer and stouter; a median pair of setae possibly present. Outer
uropod the longer, its length, including basal articulation, slightly
greater than the combined length of the fifth and sixth segment of the
pleon. Length of the type specimen, an immature male, 6 mm., includ-
ing antennular peduncles and uropods.

Description.—The type-specimen being, as we consider, immature, the
diagnosis has been confined to a few characters, and must be held liable
to some slight modification in the proportions of the different parts.

The general form (Figs. 1 and 2) appears to be distinguished from
that of the known species of Parerythrops and Meterythrops by the
greater convexity of the dorsal contour of the cephalic region of the cara-
pace. |

The eye is extremely small, the visual portion occupying an unusually
small proportion of the whole appendage, while the proximal portion is

unusually inflated. A minute papilla occurs dorsally at the edge of the
cornea.

The antennule offers no peculiarity ; it is devoid of any trace of a sexual
process.

The antenna is characterised by the reduction of the exopodite or
antennal scale, showing in this respect an approach to Anchialus and
Caesaromysis. The endopodite differs from Parerythrops and from
Meterythrops in the proportions of its basal joints. In those forms the
three basal joints are short and do not greatly differ in length. In Ery-
throps the proximal joint is greatly reduced, while the median and distal —
joint are elongate. In the form before us the basal joints agree with
Erythrops in relative length, but are proportionally much stouter. A
somewhat natural inference that the endopodite and exopodite of this
appendage vary in development in inverse ratio to each other appears to
receive support from the analogy of Anchialus and Caesaromysis. In the
latter (cf. Ortmann, Decap. u. Schizop., Plankt.-Exped., p. 24, Pl. T.,
Fig. 8c.), in which the scale shows its greatest degree of reduction, the
basal joints of the endopodite are enormously developed, while in
Arachnomysis the scale has disappeared, and the flagellum is enormously
developed at the expense of the peduncle. In respect of scale and peduncle,
K. Oceanae appears to occupy a position intermediate between M. Picta
and M. robusta and the species of Parerythrops on the one hand and
Erythrops on the other. The flagellum is stout and probably long, but is
not remarkable in these respects in comparison with the most nearly allied

119

mre

forms. Fig. 3 shows so much of the appendage from a slightly oblique
dorsal view as may be seen without removing the eye.*

In so far as their characters are distinguishable in situ, the oral parts
offer no peculiarities likely to be useful in determination.

The same remark applies to the legs, of which only the four anterior
pairs remain. The natatory exopods are more strongly developed than
in M. robusta and the species of Parerythrops. They are shown, in
Fig. 1, approximately in their present position, but their extremities are
actually directed somewhat more upwardly and inwardly.

The genital appendages are short and somewhat tapering. Their
extremities, which appear devoid of setae, being forwardly and inwardly
directed between the bases of the last pair of legs.

The pleopods appear to be in a very immature condition, but suffice to
show that the species cannot be assigned to the genus Parerythrops, as
originally defined by Sars. Until an adult male can be examined it is im-
possible to affirm that we are right in regarding them as like those of Metery-
throps. Each pleopod consists of a short basal joint, giving rise to two
processes, (i.) an endopodite, devoid of articulations, but furnished near
the base with a short lateral process, each extremity bearing a few setae ;
(ii.) an exopodite in the form of a short digitiform process, devoid of
‘setae. In the anterior pair the endopodite and exopodite are subequal in
length. In the remaining pairs the endopodite is the longer, being, in the
fifth pair, more than twice as long as the exopodite (Fig. 2). In adult
males of allied forms the endopodite and exopodite are subequal in
length, or, in the first pair in Meterythrops and Erythrops, the exopodite
is much the longer. The material examined in this group throws no
light on the development of the pleopods, but in a series of young males of
Siriella Clausi, a form in which the pleopods are approximately identical
in structure with those of Meterythrops, we find that the endopodite is
the more precocious and is biramous and setiferous at the extremities
at a period when the exopodite is still devoid of setae. The endopodite
is also the longer in early stages, though we have observed no such differ-
erence in length as is exhibited in the fifth pair of the form under con-
sideration. The developing endopodite in Siriella is more pointed at the
extremity than in K. Occanae, but in other respects the conditions are so
similar that it appears safe to regard our example as immature.

The telson is much shorter than in Meterythrops. Its lateral margins
are nearly straight (Fig. 6). The inner pair of spines are about one-fifth
as long as the telson, and are longer and much stouter than the outer
pair, of which one is missing in our largest example. Under a high
power of the microscope we can detect no trace of a median pair of setae,
such as occurs in Meterythrops and in Parerythrops. Its absence may
possibly be due to imperfect development, or to damage.

The inner uropods are not much shorter than the outer. No spines
are visible on the ventral surface near the inner margin, but may occur
at a more advanced stage, as the spinulation of this region has been
observed to vary in other forms with the degree of development.

The lateral parts of the carapace are closely speckled with small dark
chromatophores, a median line of which occurs also on the telson. Pig-
ment, except in the eyes, is not distinctly visible in any other part, but
the gastric region appears dark in colour.

Locality, see p. 143.

Genus Hypererythrops, n.

Characters of the distal parts of the endopodites of the third to eighth
thoracic limbs, and pigment, unknown. Other characters as in Erythrops,
G. O. Sars, except—

Telson well developed, not unusually short ; lateral margins armed with
spines ; apex broadly truncate, armed with a median pair of setae and
about three pairs of spines.

Ail the thoracic and some of the abdominal segments in the males
armed with median ventral processes.

*Ortmann’s key to the genera of Mysidae (op. cit. pp. 2’~22), requires some verbal modi-

fleation in order to associate the present species with its nearest allies, since the antennal
| scale is apparently no larger than that of Anchialus pusillus (cf, Sars, 1885).

120

Hypererythrops serriventer, g. et sp. n.

Pru. XXIII. and Pr. XXIV., Fre. 4.

Form moderately stout. Carapace wider in the thoracic than in the
cephalic region; anteriorly produced and rounded, but not forming a
distinct median linguiform process ; produced beneath the eyes into acute
angles. Labrum with a well-developed blade-like process ; a small spinous
process immediately in front of it. yes rather large, set close Fok gta
the anterior and posterior margins of their peduncles not noticeably dif-
fering in length; colour orange-brown after preservation. Antennular
peduncle with the basal joint as long as the two remaining, its outer
corner produced into a somewhat acute process tipped with three
or four setae; middle joint much the shortest of the three;
distal joint with a small spine at its inner distal corner, male
process of moderate size but very hirsute. Antennal peduncle with
the proximal joint small, middle joint once and a half times as long as
the distal ; these last two joints beset at their inner distal angles with a
bunch of setae. Antennal scale about three times as long as broad ; outer
margin entire, terminating in a strong spine, the extremity of which is
about at the level of the extremity of the peduncle; apex very obliquely
truncate, about one-third of the length of the scale being beyond the
extremity of the spine; extremity of scale at about the level of that of
antennular peduncle . Mandibles generally as in Erythrops, three
jointed, first joint small, second longer than third and unusually broad,
its greatest width being more than half (17:30) of its length; last joint
tipped with a fine seta as long as itself. First and second Mazillae gene-
rally as in Erythrops. First thoracic limb with endopod as in Erythrops,
exopod with a small spine at its distal angle, flagelliform part with nine
joints. Second thoracic limb with endopod proportionally shorter and
stouter than in Erythrops, carpus much shorter than merus. Exopods of
second and succeeding thoracic limbs with flagelliform parts of ten joints.
All the thoracic limbs with small forwardly directed digitiform epipo-
dites on the basal parts. Ventrum, in the male only, armed between each
of the pairs of thoracic limbs with a forwardly directed sickle-like process,
terminating in a stout spine, its posterior or inferior edge beset, except
proximally, with short spines ; also armed between the first to third pairs
of pleopods with short simple spineless processes. Pleon distinctly nar-
rower than carapace, the sixth segment about as long as the two preceding
taken together. Pleopods generally as in Erythrops, but with the second
to fifth of the male having the lateral lobe of the inner ramus produced
inferiorly into a considerable ovoidal slightly pedunculate lamella of
about one-third of the length of the whole ramus. Telson more than half
as long as the inner uropod; its apex broadly truncate but somewhat
rounded at the angles, armed with a median pair of setae and with one
small and two large spines on either side, the outer spines the longest ;
lateral margins armed on about the distal three-fourths with a series of
about seven to nine spines increasing in length from in front backwards
the posterior spine incurved and occupying the angle of the apex. Inner
wropods somewhat the shorter, unarmed ventrally. Otocyst somewhat
unusually inflated.

Length of adult males and females, 10 mm.

Our material consists of males and females, all of which are either
mature or have so nearly attained maturity that we are unable to throw
any light on the distinctions which may exist between young and old
individuals.

The peduncles of the antennules have the sexual differences which are
familiar in Erythrops, and the mouth-parts are of the same type as in
that genus. The most obvious generic distinction, for present purposes,
is found in the telson, which is considerably larger than in Erythrops,
and has the lateral margins armed with spines. ;

The peculiar median ventral processes, found, among adults, in the
male only, appear worthy to figure in the generic diagnosis. Their funo-

121

tion might be more obvious if we had any means of knowing the char-
acters of the thoracic legs, but only one specimen in our material pos-
sessed even the two anterior legs, and these are not very different from
those of Hrythrops,

The thoracic median ventral processes (see fig. 8) are all much alike in
size and shape. ‘They do not project, ventrally, below the bases of the
endopodites of the limbs, but their extremities pass in front of the limbs
between which they arise. The terminal spines are comparatively large
and stout, and those of the inferior or posterior edge, which are in part
set in more than one row, are stout though very short. Among Mysidean
spines they are unusually deciduous, the appendages in some specimens
being wholly stripped of spines, though their facets of attachment are
clearly visible.

The abdominal median processes are simple, laterally compressed and
small in the first to third segments of the pleon. In posterior segments
they may be traced as papillae, which we have not thought worthy of note
in the specific diagnosis.

Sars has figured, in an immature female ascribed to Hrythrops serrata,
a series of apparently homologous structures between the thoracic limbs.
They are narrowly pedunculate globular processes set with radiating
spikes. The author does not mention them except, very briefly, in his
discussion of the genus, and we have not been able to find them in a fairly
large collection of immature and mature Irish FH. serrata. The pheno-
menon is not likely to be of a pathogenic character, and we hazard the
suggestion, with the respect due to Sars, that the example in which they
were found may belong to some species very closely related to H. serrata,
but otherwise unknown.

Structures apparently homologous with those which, in Hyperythrops,
we term epipodites, are shown by Sars in the same figure, but they are
depicted as simple proliferations of the base of the limb rather than as
distinctly digitiform processes, such as are shown in our fig. 8. Epipodites
are found in even better development in EHuchaetomera Fowleri (see p. 123).

The characters of the second to fifth pleopods of the male H. serriventer
require somewhat more prolix notice than is compatible with specific
diagnosis. Taking a typical Erythrops pleopod, the condition of the
species before us would be achieved by the addition to the ordinary simple
digitiform lobe of the endopodite, with its terminal setae, of a sub-pedun-
culate lamella arising from its inferior surface. Consideration of the
generic value of such a. departure from the condition of the known Fry-
throps group may be safely deferred until it be met with in other forms,
as yet safe from the zoological pillory.

Locality, see p. 144.

Genus Dactylerythrops, n.

_ Characters, as far as they can be diagnosed in the absence of the thoracic
limbs, generally as in Meterythrops, S. I. Smith, except—

Eyes small, with distal processes, visual elements imperfectly developed.
Telson sub-triangular ; apex narrowly truncate, armed with a pair of

spines on either side of a pair of setae ; lateral margins armed with a few
spines distally.

Dactylerythrops dactylops, ¢. et sp. n.

Pu, XXII.

_Form robust. Carapace of nearly even width throughout, anteriorly
gibbous, anterior margin obtusely rounded, posterior margin somewhat
‘emarginate. Hyes small, remote from each other, their inner faces bound
to the anterior margin of the head by a wide membranous integument:
visual elements in the form of six to eight plates set in mosaic about a
central pyriform body ; distal extremities produced into digitiform flexible
processes about as long as the visual parts. Antennular peduneles with
the distal joint much the longer ; much more robust in the male than in

K

122

the female. Male appendage very hirsute. Antennal scale about three
and a half times as long as broad; outer margin slightly curved, ter-
minating in a spine of moderate size ; apex rather obtusely rounded, pro-
duced considerably beyond the spine of outer margin, reaching or slightly
exceeding the level of the distal extremity of antennular peduncle. Basal
joint of antenna wide and massive, distal joint of peduncle of flagellum
the longer, reaching to about the distal third of antennal scale. Mouth
organs (as far as can be made out in the absence of dissection) as usual for
Meterythrops.* Thoracic limbs (of which the endopodites are all want-
ing) with the flagellate parts of the exopodites nine-jointed ; male appen-
dages well-developed, but of moderate length; female with two pairs of
incubatory lamellae. Pleon with the first five segments sub-equal, the
sixth about one and a half times as long as the fifth. First pleopods in
the male with the inner rami bifurcating into two narrow sub-equal pro-
cesses, without any conspicuous basal enlargement. Telson sub-triangular,
about as long as the sixth segment of pleon, apex narrowly truncate,
beset with a central pair of setae and a pair of spines on either side. The
inner spines are three or more times as long as the outer and about
as long as the telson. Lateral margins entire, except distally, where
there are about three small spines on either side. Outer wropods with
the extremities somewhat squarely truncate. Inner uropods but little
shorter than the outer, armed inferiorly with a single spine near the
posterior end of the otocyst. Colowration not noted when the specimens
were taken. One retains a crimson spot on the cephalic part of the
carapace. Length of mature male and female 9mm.

The characters of the eyes and telson serve to readily distinguish this
species from its nearest allies (Meterythrops, &c.). It is evidently quite
a small form, since the range in size of mature examples in this group is
inconsiderable.

The appearance of the ocular processes suggests a tactile function, since
they seem to have a central core continuous with the nervous part of the
eye, though, in view of their position, it is difficult to imagine what
useful purpose they could serve. It is possible that they are only spinous
in function, as seems to be probably the case in Paramblyops and some
other forms. So far as can be judged from optical section, the eyes can
be of little value for visual purposes, while the fold of integument which
binds them to the central part of the head must render them practically
immobile.

The species is known from three examples—one taken in a tow-net
attached to a dredge fished at 199 fath., and two, in a tow-net on the back
of the trawl at 382 fath. The dredge certainly did not seem to have spent
much time on the bottom, and the tow-net on the trawl was of course
fishing more or less during the ascent of the trawl. It may be significant
that no specimens were found among numerous Mysids, Amphipods, &c.,
in a tow-net on the trawl at 199 fath., which got filled with sand and
(it may be presumed) bottom-haunting organisms only.

While obviously differing in form from Euchaetomera, Dactylerythrops
rather closely resembles Katerythrops, which is only known as pelagic,

and equally resembles Meterythrops, apparently a bottom genus.
Locality, see p. 143.

Genus Parerythrops, G. 0. Sars.
Parerythrops obesa, G. 0. Sars.

The characters which separate P. obesa from P. abyssicola are not of a
very tangible nature, apart from the size of the eyes, as to which one has
to depend on Sars’ figures rather than on his text. In the examples of
7 to 10mm. which we refer to this species, the diameter of the facetted
part of the eye is nearly equal to the length of the telson, i.e., about as

12 to 13. In P. abyssicola the telson is depicted as relatively much longer.
Locality and distribution, see p. 144,

*One of our specimens shows a peculiar abnormalitv in the mandibular palp, that
stracture being branched on the right side while the left side is quite normal, et

ne |

.

123

Genus Euchaetomera, ©. 0. Sars.

This genus appears to be very dlosely allied to Erythrops, with which
it agrees in the general characters of the male pleopods. The most strik-
ing differences are found in the feeble and lamellar character of the telson,
which is devoid of large spines on the apex, and in the partly bilobate
structure of the eyes. The ciliation of the setae of the thoracic legs, from
which the generic name is derived, would seem to be noteworthy only in
the type species, H. typica. It does not appear to be of a nature to
attract attention in HZ. tenuis, and in the species described below it is
hardly more noticeable than in Hrythrops. The legs, however, are very
slender, and in general structure Huchaetomera, as compared with other
members of the Hrythrops group, is distinctly pelagic in character.

Euchaetomera Fowleri, sp. ».
Px. XXIV., Fres. 1—2.

Form slender. Integuments thin and diaphanous. Carapace with the
anterior margin forming a very obtuse angle in the rostral region, its
apex considerably posterior to the origin of the peduncles of the eyes ;
its posterior margin not deeply emarginate. Hyes large, closely apposed,
sub-rhomboidal and slightly bilobate, their functional facets confined to
an anterior part, with long retinal elements, and a postero-lateral part
with short retinal elements; these parts deeply pigmented, the pigment
dark brown after preservation, the remainder of the eye being pale brown,
with facets vestigial and probably functionless. Antennular pedunele
about one and a half times as long as the eye, distal joint
as long as the two preceding, male appendage densely setose in

the adult; internal flagellum very long, the proximal joints
remarkably setose. Antennal peduncle nearly as long as antennular
peduncle, its last joint shorter than the preceding. Antennal scale

slightly curved, about five times as long as broad, extending for about one-
seventh of its length beyond the antennular peduncle; external margin
entire, terminating in a very feeble spine; apex obliquely truncate,
extending beyond the spine. Thoracic limbs in the male with well-deve-
loped exopodites, the basal part terminating in a minute spine; flagelli-
form part with eleven joints, and, in the last three pairs of limbs, of
about five-sixths of the length of the carapace. Pleon somewhat nar-
rower than the carapace, with the first five segments sub-equal, the sixth
considerably longer than the two preceding segments. Telson short, its
lateral margins slightly arcuate and unarmed ; apex slightly arcuate, its
exterior angles armed with two closely-set short slender spines; median
setae not closely apposed, somewhat less distant from each other than
from the angular spines. Outer wropods, including basal articulation,
about once and a half times as long as the sixth segment of pleon ; narrow,
with the apices obliquely truncate and hardly at all rounded ; setae some-
what widely separate, about eleven on the outer margin. Inner uropods
considerably shorter than outer; otocyst very large, extending to or
beyond the extremity of the telson ; distal part narrow, the apex rounded ;
no spines on the inferior surface ; no denticulations on the inner edge.

Length of adult male and female 9 mm.

E. Fowleri is very closely allied to FH. tenuis, described by Sars from the
S. Pacific off Chili. It is, however, readily distinguished by three char-
acters—(i.) the eyes have no dark pigment except at the anterior and
postero-lateral functional parts; (ii.) the rostrum, if it can so be called.
is much more obtuse in FE. Fowleri; (iii.) the telson has two distinct, if
minute, spines at each angle, and the setae arise at a considerable dis-
tance from each other.

In both the specimens taken by Dr. Fowler the setae of the telson are
represented only by prominences which mark their origin. The telson of

one specimen (a female) is in bad condition and appears to have been

shrivelled up, so that the nature of the angular spines cannot be deter-
K 2

124

mined. In the male the telson is in good condition, and at the left angle
are seen two minute slender spines, which arise close to each other. The
outer spine curves inwards, so that its distal part comes to lie in nearly
the same vertical plane as the inner. Of the spines of the right angle
only the outer remains, but the base of the inner is visible. The condition
is quite different from that of H. tenwis, in which there appears to be only
a denticulation, and not a true spine, at each angle of the telson.

In the two specimens two thoracic limbs remain, the first and second.
They are very slender, as compared with Hrythrops, and have the carpus
as long as the merus. be:

The exopods only of the remaining thoracic limbs of the male are
present, and they are in every way normal in structure.

The posterior thoracic limbs of the female specimen appear to be
arrested in their development. The endopodite consists of five joints
(including the small dactylus) very imperfectly defined, the penultimate
joint, which corresponds to the future tarsus, being still unjointed. The
tip of the dactylus is rounded and transparent. The flagellum of the
exopod is likewise devoid of articulations, and the whole limb is devoid
of setae.

Well developed epipodites, such as we describe for Hypererythrops ser-
riventer, are present in this species as well.

We are unable to say whether this condition of the development of the
legs in the female is normal for this species or not, owing to the endopo-
dites of the legs in the male having broken away. But it may be noticed
that the female has well-developed incubatory lamellae, and the male,
which is of exactly the same size, has the brush of setae on the anten-
nules remarkably well-developed. Moreover, in the male the exopodites
of all the limbs are well developed.

Beyond noting the shape, Sars devotes no special attention to the eyes
of E. typica and E£. tenwis, but it is probable that their structure is the
same as that of H. Fowleri, in which the absence of pigment from the
non-furctional parts of the facetted area enables the visual elements to be
clearly seen in optical section. They do not appear to differ in any
important particular of internal structure from the eye of Stylocheiron,
as described by Chun (1896). Among known Mysids Huchaetomera is the
only genus in which such a sub-division of the visual elements has been
observed. It occurs in several genera of Euphausiidae, presumably in all
which have bilobate eyes, such as Thysanoessa, Nematoscelis, Nemato-
brachion and Stylocheiron, and in Phronima among amphipods. The
taxonomic value of this character is therefore of no apparent moment,
while its bionomic import is rendered doubtful by the existence of normal
crustacean eyes in such pelagic forms as the Sergestidae, Ewphausia and
immediate allies among Huphausiidae, Katerythrops (if truly pelagic)
among Mysidae, and numerous pelagic genera of amphipods.

Locality, see p. 144.

Genus Paramblyops, n.

Characters generally as in Amblyops, G. O. Sars, except—

Carapace of moderate size, produced anteriorly ‘in subtriangular form,
in part occluding the eyes.

Eyes imperfectly developed, without visual elements, rather flattened,
outer angles rather acutely produced.

Telson with the apex broadly truncate.

Amblyops has the carapace large (magnum). If sufficiently large to
really merit generic stress in Amblyops, it is not so in Paramblyops. The
telson in the type species of the latter lacks the median setae, but this
character is perhaps hardly worth mention in generic diagnosis.

But for the inconvenience of, at present, meddling with Sars’ definition
of Amblyops, that genus might be easily expanded to admit Paramblyops,
which is in general character merely an Amblyops with the anterior
margin of the carapace produced into a rostral hood. Its resemblance in
this respect to the Oalyptopis larva of an Euphausian is suggestive, but
there is little probability of phylogenetic kinship in the evolution of the

avr a

125

two conditions. A development of protective armature in compensation
for loss of sight is familiar enough, and the diversity of means by which
the same end may be accomplished in closely allied forms is illustrated by
comparison of Paramblyops with Pseudomma. In both the front dorsal
margin is provided with an edge of fine denticulations, but whereas in the
former these are of the carapace, the eyes contributing nothing but a small
spinous process not impossibly tactile rather than protective in function,
in Pseudomma the denticulate edge is furnished by the eyes themselves,
flattened and united into a broad shield extending beyond the carapace,
but not, in the known species, presenting any considerable pseudo-rostral
proliferation.

Paramblyops rostrata, g. et sp. n.

En, BAI.

Form moderately stout. Carapace wider than pleon, posteriorly emar-
ginate, not covering the last thoracic segment; the whole of the antero-
dorsal margin produced in subtriangular form and depressed, the sides
inflexed ; the apex or rostrum longer in the female than in the male,
reaching in a dorsal view to about the middle of the antennal scale in
the latter, and to about the distal third of the scale in the former sex ;*
its edges finely denticulate except at the extremity. Hyes without visual
elements, rather small, sub-fusiform, partly occluded by carapace, some-
what flattened, very minutely scaled or hispid anteriorly, produced dis-
tally into short spine-like processes. Antennular peduncles with the first
joint produced rather acutely at its outer distal corner, the tip of the
process bearing a bunch of setae, middle joint small, last joint longer and
stouter than the preceding, much longer and stouter in the male than in
the female, furnished in the male with an appendage of the usual form,
but (in our material) devoid of the usual brush of setae. Antennae with
a pair of spines on the outer face of the basal joint. Antennal scale four
times as long as broad, outer margin terminating in a short stout spine,
apex obtusely truncate, not extending beyond the terminal spine. Lab-
rum produced into a blade-like process about as long as the rostral pro-
longation of the carapace. ‘Mowth parts as in the genus Amblyops, except
that the mandibular paip is not as setose. First thoracic legs as in
Amblyops abbreviata, Second thorucie legs somewhat stouter and
relatively shorter than in Amblyops abbreviata, with the merus a little
longer than the carpus, the latter somewhat expanded distally ; propodus
small and densely setose, nail distinct, exopod with the basal joint pro-
duced at its outer distal angle into an acute spine, the flagelliform part
of nine joints. The remaining Thoracic legs long and slender, the tarsus
shorter than the merus, three-jointed, and terminated by a distinct nail ;
exopods of the remaining thoracic legs similar to that of the second leg.
Pleon longer than the carapace, the first five segments sub-equal, the
sixth about as long as the two preceding ones taken together.

Pleopods rudimentary in the female, all natatory and biramous in the
male, the inner ramus of the first pair short, non-articulate, nearly devoid
of setae on the distal parts; inner rami of all the pairs with a lateral
basal lamina. Telson very massive and strongly armed, about
as long as the last segment of the pleon, apex widely trun-
cate, its breadth equal to a quarter of the length, armed with
five pairs of spines, the median pair very small, the second
pair from the inside very little longer than the median pair
and slightly serrate at their bases, the outer three pairs of spines long
and very stout, the median of the three pairs being slightly the longest.
Lateral margins armed with about fourteen to sixteen short stout spines.
Outer wropods about one-fourth longer than the telson. Jnner
uropods but little shorter than the outer ones, armed inferiorly
with a single minute spine at the level of the posterior end of the ototith.

Length, about 10 mm.

Locality, see p. 144.

*The deflection of the rostrum appears to be somewhat variable, and of course affects
the apparent length of the structure in a dorsal view.

126

Gunus Pseudomma, G. O. Sars.

Pseudomma calloplura,* sp. n,

This new species having come to hand after our notes had gone to
press, ouly a brief preliminary diagnosis can be given here, viz:—

Form much as in P. roscum, sublinear in dorsal view, generally
compact. Carapace obtusely rounded in front, emarginate behind. Pleon
longer than the carapace, with the last segment one and a half times as
long as the preceding. Antennule with the usual setose appendage
in the male. Antennal scale about five times as long as broad,
extending for nearly half its length beyond the antennular
peduncle ; outer margin entire and terminated in a short spine, tip of
scale not extending beyond the terminal spine of the outer margin. yes
in the usual form for the genus, of two rectangular lamellae devoid of
pigment and visual elements, antero-lateral and lateral edges with about
twenty small teeth. Labrwm produced into an acutely pointed process.
First thoracic legs much as in P. roscwm, but the merus relatively shorter
and the carpus rather longer. Second thoracie legs more slender than in
P. roseum, merus longer than carpus, propodus short, dactylus distinct,
not so densely armed with setae as in P. rosewm. Remaining legs miss-
ing. LPleopods normal in structure. T'elson about as long as the last
segment of the pleon and a little shorter than the inner uropods, apex
rounded and armed with three pairs of long strong spines, each spine
being itself ‘feathered’ with short setae; lateral edges of the telson
armed with twelve or thirteen small spines on the distal two-thirds of
their length. The median setae usually present at the apex of the telson
in species of Pscudomma are wanting in this species. Outer wropod

about one quarter longer than the inner, which is slightly longer than
the telson.

Length 10 mm.

Colour of preserved specimens white with a rosy red patch on the cara-
pace behind the eyes.

Locality, see p. 145.

This Pseudomma differs from all the other species of the genus, except
the following, 2. Theeli (Ohlin, 1902) and P. parvum (Vanhoffen, 1898),
in the form of the antennal scale. The telson is distinguished by the
absence of median setae and by the plumose character of the terminal
spines. JL. parvum has no median setae, but the terminal spines, though
of the same number as in P. calloplwra, appear to be simple. It is a
Greenland form from 193 fathoms, and is only known from Vanhdffen’s
very brief diagnosis of the characters of the antennal scale and telson.

Pseudomma Kempi,; sp. n.

This form, like the preceding came to hand after our paper was in
proof. ‘The species, in its most obvious characters, very closely resembles
LP. calloplura.

Antennal scale about three times as long as broad, its apex not ex-
tending beyond the terminal spine of the external margin. Fye-plate
hispid, denticulations confined to the antero-lateral margins. Pleon
with the sixth segment as long as the two preceding taken together.
Telson, without the terminal spines, about as long as the sixth segment
of the pleon; and with the apical spines (about one-sixth of its length)
extending to about the extremity of the inner uropods; in shape rather
narrowly linguiform, apex sub-truncate, beset with two pairs of rather
slender slightly curved naked spines, of which the inner pair ig the
longer, also with a pair of median denticles, or with a single bifid
denticle, and with a pair of plumose setae arising from the dorsal surface
a little in front of the denticles ; lateral margins, from the level of the
hind end of the octoyst, each with about 28-30 spines, increasing in length
towards the apex. Inner uropod with a single long slender spine at the
inner posterior corner of the otocyst. Length of adult female, 11 mm.

Our material consists of several females taken in 1901, but overlooked
until recently owing to the mislaying of the tube in which they were
preserved,

Locality, see p. 146.

* In reference to the plumose spines of the apex of the telson,
(8, W. Kemp.

127

Gunus Mysideis, G. O. Sars, 1864,
Mysideis insignis, G. O. Sars.
(7) Mysidopsis libernica, Norman, 1892.

Pu. XXIV., Fie. 5.

Our specimens were at first regarded as examples of Mysidopsis
hibernica, diverging somewhat from Norman’s types in the characters of
the telson. Re-examination has shown them to be Mysideis msignis,
and to this species must also, probably, be referred the imperfect speci-
men assigned to M. hibernica by Holt and Beaumont (1900). _

In externally visible characters the description of M. hibernica sepa-
rates that form from M. insignis only in regard to the telson, of which
the apex shows but a very slight indentation, while no median setae are
described. The number and description of the lateral spines, given as
“twenty .. . of equal size,” would be held by no one as specifically
excluding forms in which the number, as in our material, ranges from
eighteen to twenty-five, and in which the size of the spines inter se 1s
somewhat variable.

In our examples the cleft of the telson, though always more than a
mere indentation, is variable in extent, and never very deep. Moreover,
the median setae arise from the ventral face of the cleft, so that when
they are broken off no trace of them is to be seen from the usual (dorsal)
point of view of the observer.

To us it seemed improbable that forms so closely allied by external
characters as M. hibernica and M. insignis could really belong to dif-
ferent genera. We therefore applied to Canon Norman, who, with his
usual prompt kindness, re-examined his types and informed us that in
the characters of the mouth parts and in the presence of the median
setae of the telson M. hibernica is a Mysideis. He has also sent us
his types, the male of which has the pleopods as in M. insignis. As he
observes, the largest of them is 16 mm., whereas M. insignis in Nor-
wegian waters reaches 25 mm. The male type of M. hibernica, though
fully mature, measures only 15 mm., and our own examples of
M. insignis do not exceed 20 mm. Unfortunately, some of them got
dried up before they were critically examined, and the only mature male
ey perfect for comparison in regard to sexual characters measures

mm.

While it is possible that M. hibernica is a valid species, constantly
distinguishable from M. insignis by its smaller size and by the absence
of a distinct cleft of the telson, we incline strongly to the belief that
it is at most a smaller southern race of M. insignis, in which the telson
may or may not be distinctly cleft. It is worthy of note that Canon
Norman took a specimen which he determined as M. insignis in the
same haul as his types of M. hibernica. This, as he tells us, must have
been “elsewhere than in its proper place” at the time when he was
writing his diagnosis of M. hibernica: it agrees with M. hibernica
except in having a slightly greater emargination of the telson. We have
two examples of 9 and 11 mm., of which the first has the telson absolutely
devoid of terminal emargination, while the second agrees in this respect
with Norman’s male type; but another, of 6 mm., has the cleft already
well developed. It follows that, if M. insignis and M. hibernica are to
be regarded as synonyms, the condition of the apex of the telson cannot
be shown to vary constantly with the size of the individual.

Locality and distribution, see p. 146.

Mysideis (!) Farrani,* sp. 2.

This form having been received after our notes had gone io press, only
a brief preliminary description can be given here, viz. :—

Body moderately robust. Carapace with a very slight ob{fuse rostrum ;
only slightly emarginate posteriorly. Pleon longer than the carapace, the
first five segments subequal, the last segment one and a half times as long
as the fifth. Hyes large, pigment red. Antennal scale lanceo-
late, about four to five times as long as broad, extending for a little way

*G, P, Farran,

a See eee rere g

128

beyond the antennular peduncle, setose all round. Jirst thoracic legs
with the propodus smaller than carpus, nail distinct, hmb generally well
armed with plumose setae. Second thoracic legs with the merus as long as
the carpus and propodus combined, latter shorter than carpus, nail dis-
tinct, the limb armed with plumose setae on the last three joints. e-
maining thoracic legs with the tarsus three-jointed and shorter than the
preceding joint, dactylus distinct. Haopods of the thoracic limbs well
developed, with the outer distal corner of the basal joint rounded, flagelli-
form part composed of nine joints. Telson as long as the sixth segment of
the pleon, and two-thirds the length of the inner uropod, gradually
tapering to the extremity, which is one-third as wide as the width at the
base, apex truncate with a semi-elliptical cleft about one-fifth the
length of the telson, the cleft armed with a few very small spines
at apex and on sides; extremity of telson on each side of
the cleft armed with one short and one long spine, the short spine on the
inside; lateral margins of telson with about twenty small spines on the
distal two-thirds. Jnner wropod one and a half times as long as the
telson, inner edge armed with about twenty-five spines. Outer wropod
a little longer than the inner, with setae all”round. Length of female,
15 mm.

Locality, see p. 146.

In the absence of male specimens it is not possible to refer this species
with certainty to the genus Mysidcis. It appears, indeed, from the
characters of the mouth parts, in so far as we have yet studied them,
that a new genus may have to be erected for its reception.

Sus-Fam. nov. ARACHNOMYSINAE.

Differing from Leptomysinae in the absence of an antennal scale.

Genus Chunomysis,* n.

Form rather stout. Carapace short, gibbous, armed with spines on
anterior margin, with a single spine on each lateral margin at the origin
of the thoracic part. Pleon distinctly arched, its segments armed
posteriorly with spines, of which some are upwardly or forwardly directed.
Peduncle of antenna armed with a spine but destitute of a scale.
Cephalon not unusually elongate, no perceptible interval between
cephalic and thoracic appendages. Mandibular palp three-jointed.
Second mazilla destitute of paragnath. Telson short, lamellar, feebly
armed. Incubatory lamellae of female, two pairs.

The types, two examples of the species which follows, have the antennal
flagella broken off at the first joint. Supposing the flagella to be greatly
elongate, and the posterior thoracic legs, which are wanting, to be spider-
like in character, the genus would differ from Arachnomysis, Chun, only
in the absence of perceptible interval between the cephalic and thoracic
appendages.**

Chunomysis diadema, g. et sp. n.
Pz, XIX., Figs 1—-4. Pu. XXV., Fies. 1—7.

Form robust. Carapace much wider than pleon, not covering all the.
thoracic segments; deeply emarginate on its posterior border, anterior
border evenly rounded and armed with seven long, slightly depressed,
and curved spines, set in the form of a crown. Lateral edges of the
carapace bearing at the origin of the thoracic part a short stout and blunt
spine. yes large, reaching to the end of the second joint of the atten-
nular peduncle, their peduncles short, subtriangular in horizontal section.
Colour of visual part orange brown after preservation. Antennular
peduncle about ong-quarter the length of the carapace; last
joint as long as the preceding two, much stouter and thicker than either
of the others. Antennal pedunele more slender than the antennular
peduncle, and in dorsal view completely hidden by the latter, Antennae
devoid of scale but armed on the basal joint with a long spine, which
reaches nearly to the centre of the last joint of the peduncle.t Mandible

* Prof, C- Chun,

*° A third specimen recently ol tained has the flagella and legs asin Arachnomysis.

+A similar «pine in place of a scale is found on the antenna of Arachnomysis Leuckarti,
to which the present species is very closely allied in all its structures,

129

very strong, palp three-jointed, basal joint the longest, stout,
armed on the inner edge with strong setae, a fascicule of which also occurs
on the inner distal angle of the joint; next joint smaller and more
slender than the first joint, feebly armed with setae; last joint longer
than the second but shorter than the first, robust, and strongly armed with
numerous setae on the inner edge, which setae are densely plumose. There
is one long and strong seta at the tip of the last joint of the palp. Cut-
ting edge not equally developed on both sides, the left side having more
teeth than the right. Mawillae as in Arachnomysis, except that here the
paragnath of the second maxilla would appear to be absent (see Chun).
First thoracic limb very robust and strongly armed, joints short, broad
and stout, fifth joint rather more expanded than in Arachnomysis and
more setose, sixth joint much smaller than fifth. Second thoracic
leg feeble and slender, basal joint broad and flat, next two
small and narrower than basal, merus long and narrow, carpus equal
in length to the merus and of similar structure ; propodus small; dactylus
rather longer than propodus ; both the two last-named joints beset with
numerous plumose setae.* Mxopodites of all the thoracic limbs
with a spine on the outer distal angle of ‘the basal joint.
Flagelliform part composed of eight or nine joints. Pleon
arched, narrower than the carapace. First five segments sub-
equal, last about equal in length to the preceding two. First five seg-
ments armed on their posterior border with spines, some of which are
forwardly directed. Sixth segment with the posterior angle of epimera
produced into a spine. Telson short, feeble, about three-fifths of the
length of the last segment of the pleon, and as long as its breadth at the
base, lateral margins entire, apex feebly armed with two pairs of short
spines, the innermost pair the longer and setiform, but not plumose.
Outer uropods about two and a half times as long as the telson.
Inner uropods very little shorter than the outer. Their ventral sur-
faces naked. Female with two pairs of incubatory lamellue, the posterior
pair being very large and extending as far as the posterior border of the
second segment of the pleon. Colowration, of preserved specimens,
yellowish brown.
Length, rostral spine to end of telson, 8 mm.

Male unknown, our material consisting of two females.

The short gibbous carapace, and strongly arched pleon give the species
a most characteristic appearance. We suppose that the male may have
more strongly developed antennular peduncles than the female, furnished,
as in Arachnomysis, with a profuse brush of setae. The spinulation may
probably vary somewhat in individuals, and as between the sexes. In
both our examples it is as shown in Fig. 1, but the length of the down-
wardly curved processes of the anterior margin of the carapace is greater
than appears in a dorsal view. Any considerable variation in length in
these, and any variation at all in number, is most improbable, while the
spine of the lateral edge of the carapace will probably always be found
somewhat broader and blunter than in our figure, which makes the spine
look a little more slender than in the original,

Variation in the spines of the segments of the pleon is much more pro-
bable, since the specific constancy of such structures varies with their
abundance. Our specimens have forwardly directed median spines, which
rise well above the level of their segments, only on the first two segments.
The median spines of the third and fifth segments project boldly, but are
not forwardly directed. The occasional occurrence of a median spine on
the fourth segment seems probable. The lateral spines on the first five
Segments are so irregular that we must trust to our figure for their
explanation.

‘The telson is a feeble thing, as in Huchaetomera, very thin and flexible
with a pair of median apical processes almost too slender to rank as spines,
yet not plumose like the median setae of the Leptomysinae.

The two examples were caught in a net fished at the bottom (and thence
to the surface), and in the absence of the posterior thoracic limbs, the
condition of the telson, which, for some reason obscure to us, seems to be

*A portion of the fifth leg remains, and shows the ‘ Kegelformive’ istlea. se
Arachnomysis. 5 egellormize’ bristles seen in

i a ee

— aia aii.

130

usually stout in bottom mysids, furnishes the only evidence we have of
the probably pelagic habitat of the species.
Locality and distribution, see p. 146.

Sus.-FAM. nov. BOREOMYSINAE.

Outer uropods with their outer margins interrupted and set with a few
small spines not far from the base. A more or less distinct suture extend-
ing from the point of interruption towards the opposite margin, but not
completely dividing the uropod into basal and distal joints.

Female with seven pairs of incubatory lamellae.

Other characters as in Leptomysinae, Norman.

Genus Boreomysis, G. O. Sars, 1869.
Boreomysis arctica, (Kroyer).

As we record a very considerable extension of range on the evidence of
a single small specimen*, it is necessary to note any divergence exhibited
by the latter.

Sars’ descriptions and figures are taken from specimens of 25 and
27mm. Ours measures only 10mm. The front margin of the carapace
is rather more widely arched than in the figure of the adult, but the
rostral projection is the same, and there is no trace of lateral denticles
(such as occur in B. tridens). In the lateral armature of the telson the
spines show a slightly more marked tendency (as compared with Sars’
drawings) towards arrangement in series of several smaller divided by
single larger ones, but slight variation in this respect is common. The
inner uropods do not appear to have any spines, which is not remarkable
having regard to the small size; these spines being of late development
in all Mysids which we have had occasion to examine in this regard, and,
when their number is small, of rather variable occurrence even in adults.t
Other characters being quite satisfactory, there seems to be no risk of a
false record. See note, p. 148.

Locality and distribution, see p. 147.

Boreomysis microps, G. O. Sars, 1885.

It may be well to note the one or two minor points in which the single
example which we refer to this species differs from the description given
by Sars. The antennal scale of our specimen, in other respects exactly as
in Sars’ figures, projects beyond the antennular peduncle by at least one-
third of its length, whereas in Sars’ example it projects only by one-
quarter of its length. The exopods of the thoracic legs are decidedly
larger in our example than Sars’ figures would indicate, while the
endopods would seem to have a relatively longer dactylus.

B. microps may be distinguished from its congeners by three well-marked
characters :

(i.) by the eye, which is small and fusiform in shape, with
the cornea not at all expanded and occupying a very small part of the
eye.

ii.) by the last segment of the pleon, which is remarkably elongate
and exceeds in length the two preceding segments combined.

(ili.) by the telson, which is unusually slender, and has the edges
armed with a series of prominent spines between which are numerous
small denticles, the number of the latter between each spine increasing
posteriorly. The apical cleft of the telson is small and has a very
curious dilation at the top (vide Sars, 1885, Pl, xxxiii. fig. 10).

The number of spines on the inner margin of the inner uropods would
appear to be two, though it is impossible to be absolutely certain of this
point owing to the rather damaged condition of these appendages. The
Challenger example measured 24 mm., while ours is 21 mm. in length.
Both cig were females, the male being as yet unknown.

Locality and distribution, see p. 148.

*A second, taken while these notes were in proof stage, agrees with the first.

| ¢.g. One of our large B. tridens has two on one side, one on the other. This is not due
to accident, as the uropod is big enouyh to show the scar if one spine had been broken off.

131

Part LI.

LOCALITY AND DISTRIBUTION,

The different forms which we have temporarily re-united as Schizopods
fall into two main categories, of which one comprises wholly pelagic
forms, while the other accounts for those which dwell at or near the
bottom. None of them, as one may presume from their form, actually
crawl on the bottom like crabs, but some seem to keep as near it as their
structure allows, and when we speak of a species as belonging to the
bottom we merely intend to imply that it does not, to our belief, make
any considerable ascent. The proof of this is most difficult. A horizontal
net, which can be opened and closed at a known depth, and fished there
with sufficient rapidity to catch such active forms, is not within our
experience. Vertical nets, worked through sections of really deep water,
act excéllently, but in moderately deep water have not scope enough to
catch much between particular depths. Serial open tow-nets catch more
than any other kind, but the contents of the lower ones are obviously
difficult to assign with certainty to particular strata, even when they
consist of organisms not met with in the upper nets, Dealing with
minute creatures, such as Copepods, which must be caught by any net that
comes their way, it is easily discovered that density of distribution varies
immensely at times within quite narrow horizontal limits, and much more
may this be supposed to be the case with larger and less numerous
organisms, which, moreover, possess sufficient activity and perceptive
power to make effort to avoid the net. It will be understood, therefore,
that our conclusions in regard to vertical distribution are given with con-
siderable reserve, and we may remark that the lists published by the
International Bureau show that much more work is required before we can
obtain an adequate knowledge of the movements of even well-known
shallow water forms. To what extent vertical movements, whether of
truly pelagic animals which never touch bottom, or of those which seem
normally to live on the bottom, may ultimately prove to depend upon
light or darkness, storm or calm, temperature, or factors hitherto untabu-
lated, is still quite uncertain, but in the case of at least one species, Dr.
a work will be found to have made a substantial advance to this
end.

We have used the term Atlantic Slope in the title in perhaps too wide
a sense, having more regard to the organisms with which we are dealing
than to exact physical conditions. Fifty fathoms of water practically
eliminate the littoral Mysids, while the Oceana and Research collecting
areas fairly continue those of the Helga to the abyss. The actual explora-
tion of the bottom, however, stops for the present at 454 fath., and is
confined to the work of the Helga, and to such records as are available
from the Norwegian coast. The North Sea, though including in its
northern part water of considerable depth, we have considered as outside
the area of our notes, and we refer to it only in the case of species which
have also come under our notice from the outer coast-line of the Atlantic.

In considering horizontal distribution we are not here so much con-
cerned with the general habitat of the truly oceanic forms as with their
occurrence on the fringe of their general haunts. We shall therefore
attempt no discussion of the various Atlantic “streams” enumerated by
Ortmann and others. Much can be said against the retention of such
divisions as Norman’s “ British Area,” which, to avoid confusion, we
call the “ British and Irish Area,”* and it may be supposed that no one
uses if except for convenience. But, on the other hand, when
It is said that an oceanic form ought not to be classed as
British on account of an occasional occurrence near the western
coast-line, one is compelled to inquire what reason there is to
regard the occurrence as _ exceptional. Frequently it will be

* 7 5 . “ye . .
We use the term ina compound sense and not in recognition of a separate Irish marine
area. ‘The western boundary, which alone concerns these notes, is the 1,000 fath, line.

132

found that attempts to collect the animal, under circumstances conducive
to success, in the off-shore part of the area have been about as infrequent
as the captures, and that in fact we have no reason to say that we know
anything about the pelagic inhabitants of our coasts, save in the narrow
strip of shallow water to which collecting is ordinarily confined. Yet,
especially in research dealing with drift-net fisheries, the normal and
even the occasional pelagic tenants of the seaward zone have an obvious
import.

ti to bottom forms, such as appear to be the majority of the
Mysidae, limited, with due allowance for latitude, to certain depths and
to certain conditions of the sea floor, the territorially-named areas have
a more apparent reason for existence, since they graphically display the
observed limits of range on the shores or slope of the ocean, and since, in
the case of a bottom-haunting form, the capture of even a single specimen
strongly presumes the normal occurrence of the species in the neighbour-
hood. Even more than in the case of pelagic forms. breaks in continuity
of horizontal record are found to coincide with discontinuity of explora-
tion, so that deduction of factors of distribution based on existing data
must necessarily be most tentative.

Questions of temperature, current, drift, &c., are now receiving an
attention which has never been bestowed upon them before, and we think
it well to defer consideration of these for the present, as they may be
more satisfactorily handled when the work has reached a more advanced
stage, and in connection with the fauna as a whole, rather than with a
particular unit. It may suffice to note that in the case of the bottom
Mysids of the Slope the range of temperature from their northern to their
southern observed limit seems so wide that except in so far as it may be
consistently inimical to less hardy competitors, it does not appear to be
a factor of importance. Again, at least off the Irish shore, the upper
limit of observed vertical distribution is not marked off from shallower
water by any sharp difference. Depths, however, as far as is at present,
known, seem to present for each species much the same barriers throughout
the horizontal range.

Of truly oceanic forms, the following will, by ordinary usage, be
admitted to the British and Irish list :—

Euphausia pellucida, West of Ireland* and English Channel
(International).

Euphausia stmilis, English Channel (International).

Euphausia Lanei, sp. n., West of Ireland.

Thysanopoda acutifrons, sp. n., West of Ireland.

Nematobrachion bodpis, West of Ireland.

Thysanoessa gregaria, West of Ireland.

Stylocheiron longicorne, West of Ireland.

Stylocheiron chelifer, West of Ireland.

Grathophausia zoéa, West of Ireland,

Eucopia australis, West of Ireland.

Katerythrops Oceanae, sp. n., West of Ireland.

Thysanoessa longicaudata and Nematoscelis megalops do not appear tw
have been previously recorded from the Irish part of the Atlantic coast.

Chunomysis diadema is a new species from the West of Ireland, possibly
oceanic in range. Anchialus typicus, which must be added to the British
list ct. She authority of International records from the Channel, is a
species at least in part pelagic and perhaps truly oceanic.

Of apparently bottom-haunting forms the following may be added to
the list :—

Meterythrops robusta, West of Ireland,

Meterythrops picta, sp. n., West of Ireland.
Dactylerythrops dactylops, g. et sp. n., West of Ireland,
Hypererythrops serriventer, g. et sp. n., West of Ireland.
Paramblyops rostrata, g. et sp. n., West of Ireland.
Pscudomma rosewm, West of Ireland,

* Noted by Holt and Beaumont, 1900.

133

Pseudomma calloplura, sp. n., West of Ireland
Pseudomma Kemi, sp. n., West of Ireland.
Amblyops abbreviata, West of Treland.

Mysideis (?) Farrani, sp. n., West of Ireland.
Boreomysis arctica, West of Treland.
Boreomysis tridens, West of Ireland.
Boreomysis megalops, West of Ireland.

The previously known members of this section of the list occur at similar
depths in Norwegian waters, and Norman in 1892 predicted that they
would be found on our western coasts as soon as the latter were explored.

Gnathophausia drepanephora and Euchaetomera Fowleri are new
oceanic species, taken respectively in deep water off the West of Ireland
(outside the British and Irish area) and to the north of the Bay of Biscay.

Boreomysis microps, a species hitherto known only from a single speci-
men taken by the Challenger at the other side of the Atlantic, and below
recorded from the West Coast of Ireland, cannot be added to the British
List since the place of capture lies outside the British and Trish area.
The circumstances of capture point to its being, at least in part, oceanic.

It may be noted that the following species (of which the first is now
added to the Irish list) are shown by the International lists to have
occurred at, or over, depths of 50 fath., in localities facing the Atlantic
slope without the intervention of land :—

Boreophausia inermis, Erythrops elegans, Erythrops Goesii, Leptomysis
gracilis, Schistomysis ornata, Gastrosaccus spinifer, Siriella norvegica,
Siriella crassipes.

Some of these are common West of Ireland forms, but we have
only met with them so far in water of less depth. Lophogaster
typicus, a deep-water form, is already known on the Slope from Norway
to the south of Ireland, and Schistomysis spiritus, mostly found in shal-
lower water, has been recorded from more than 50 fath. on our S.W. coast.

Fam. EUPHAUSIIDAE.
Sus-ram. HUPHAUSINAE, H. & T.

Genus Euphausia, Dana.

Euphausia pellucida,
Helga.

Inside Porcupine Bank, 175 fath., end of June, 1901, midwater tow-
nets at dusk.—Three, 4 to 7 mm.

77 mi. off Achill, 382 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl.—One 11
mm., and (?) one, damaged.

60 mi. off Achill, 199 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl—Eleven,
largest 14 mm. Tow-net on dredge.—Four, 10 to 12 mm.

50 mi. off Tearaght, 320 fath., February, 1903, tow-net at 100 fath.—
Four, 7 to 14 mm. *

50 mi. off Cleggan Head, 120 fath., July, 1903, tow-net on trawl.—
Fragments.

40 mi. off Cleggan Head, 96 fath., August, 1903, bottom tow-net.—
One, 7 mm.

Also in several hauls in August, 1904, off the Mayo coast, at depths
between 1,000 to 200 and O fath.; once in the surface net. and in
November, 1904, off the Mayo and Kerry coasts, in hauls from 600 and
350 to 0, and in a tow-net on the dredge at 244 fath.

Occana, November, 1898.

In twenty-four hauls out of a total of thirty which caught schizopods.
The hauls were made at from 270 to 1,770 fath., the nets fishing from
those depths to the surface, None of the specimens reach the full size of
the species.

|

eo SS S,S sr

134

Research, July, 1900.

The most abundant species in the collection, represented by specimens
of 5 to 26mm., and, we think, by many larvae and ova which we have
not examined in such detail as to permit of their being definitely referred
to EF. pellucida.

Dr. Fowler’s hauls, carried through twenty-four hours in an admirably
methodic manner, only possible, we suspect, under the White Ensign.
demonstrate most clearly that this species, in ocean waters, rises at night
and sinks by day. The details we may properly reserve for our fuller
discussion of his results in Trans. TL. S. It suffices now to mention that
while EZ. pellucida was most abundant at 250 fath. and less, one was
certainly taken as low as 750 fath.

Distribution.—Oceanic, in all the oceans, in Mediterranean, but,
though known to range as far north as Norway in the Atlantic, not
Arctic, nor Antarctic. Evidently of general but not abundant occurrence
in that part of the oceanic margin which is honoured by inclusion in the
British and Irish area. The International lists, which, up to the present
date, contain only one record, viz., from the surface. English Channel,
between Plymouth and coast of France, in Feb., 1903,—seem to offer
fairly strong evidence that the species rarely if ever penetrates into the
North Sea.

Euphausia Lanei, H. & T.

The single specimen occurred in August, 1901, in a tow-net on the trawl
at 199 fath., 60 mi. off Achill—a circumstance which affords no clue to
the normal habitat of an apparently oceanic form.

The International lists contain a record of the occurrence of FH. similis.
at the surface, off Scilly, in February or March, 1903. It is a form
obviously distinct from EH. Lane, and is previously known from the South
Atlantic, S.E. of Buenos Ayres (Challenger), off the Cape of Good Hope
(Schott), and off N. Brazil (Ortmann). The circumstances of capture
recorded by Schott and Ortmann indicate that it belongs to the upper
strata of the ocean.

Genus Thysanopoda, M.Ed.
Thysanopoda microphthalma (2) G. O. Sars, 1885.

Research.

An advanced larva, probably referable to this species, occurs in a gather-
ing made between 100 fath. and surface.

Distribution.—Sargasso Sea and Tropical N. Atlantic (Challenger),
Indian Ocean (Wood Mason), Greenland Seas (Ortmann), and Faroé
Channel (Fowler). ‘The species is apparently widely distributed through-
out the North Atlantic Ocean.

Thysanopoda acutifrons, H. & T.
Helga. ’
50 mi. N. by W. (magn.) of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath.,
August, 1904. large tow-net, 1,000 to 0 fath.—Five, 9 to 14 mm.
40 mi. same course, 750 fath. Same date and net, 750 to 0 fath.—
Twelve, 10 to 14 mm.
Same position and depth, November, 1904, large tow-net, 600 fath.—
Six, 14 to 22 mm.

Genus Nyctiphanes, G. ©. Sars, 1883.
Nyctiphanes Couchi (Bell).

This is one of the few N.E. Atlantic representatives of the family
which, though essentially pelagic, appear to be non-oceanic. The deepest
water in or over which we have taken it is 300 fathoms, off the coast of

135

Mayo, from which depth a tow-net attached to the trawl-head lifted a
single specimen. There were none in the nets on the “ back” of the trawl
net, which probably catch) only benthic species; so, if our Nyctiphanes
came from the bottom on that occasion, members of its species were
certainly not abundant there. Without recapitulating a long list of
captures, it may suffice to say that N. Couwchi is frequently brought to
hand on the W. coast of Ireland from water of less than 100 fathoms deep.
Nets, except huge coarse-mesh tow-nets, fished at night, it is skilled to
avoid, but during the spring and early summer it may constantly be
found in the stomachs of sea-trout taken at night in surface drift-nets on
the Cleggan fishing-grounds, and in so fresh condition that it must cer-
tainly be common at night at or near the surface at depths which often
do not exceed 20 fathoms. It is in fact a creature of the coast, rather
than of the oceanic slope, but cannot be altogether excluded from the
Fauna of the latter.

Often taken with the young of M. norvegica, we have never found it in
company with examples of the latter exceeding 30mm. Occasionally
we have found it, in surface hauls made at night, in company with
Thysanoessa neglecta, Its breeding period, as evidenced by the ovigerous
peels which have fallen into our hands, is in the spring and summer
months.

Distribution.-—Paucity of record is, we imagine, largely due to failure
to distinguish this species from M. norvegica, but such surmise does not
account for its absence from the Norwegian list, as Sars would certainly
have noted it had it occurred in Norse waters. Tt is known from the
Firth of Tay and from the coast of Denmark in the North Sea, and must
certainly occur in other parts of that region. Its occurrence on the W.
coast of Scotland is not recorded, but may be presumed. We have seen
that it is common on the W. coast of Ireland. It occurs in the Irish
Sea and at least in the western part of the English Channel, both at sea
and within Plymouth Sound. We know of no record from the Atlantic
coast south of the Channel, but the Euphausians of that region do not

seem to have been much studied. It would seem to be absent from the
Mediterranean.

Genus Meganyctiphanes, H. & T.

Meganyctiphanes norvegica (M. Sars).

Previous records, with such as we are able to add, seem to warrant the
generalisation that this species, though going far to sea and penetrating
to depths of some hundreds of fathoms, is not truly oceanic. Though
it occurs on both sides of the North Atlantic, it does not seem to have
been recorded from the central parts nor from the Arctic fringe of this
area.

Fowler considers that in its adult condition it is not a surface form,
and this contention is not disturbed by any material which we have
examined.

Tolerant of a very considerable range of temperature, it seems unable
to exist at a depth of more than 500 fath., whether from considerations
of pressure or lack of suitable food ; while it thrives at less than 100 fath.
on the W. of Scotland, and is at times abundant near the E. coast of Tre-
land at 60 to about 20 fath. At such small and moderate depths adults,
and probably all stages, spend at least a part of their time actually at the
bottom, but where the species sets seawards from the Atlantic slope it
becomes purely pelagic. Whether the individual found far at sea over
several thousand fathoms of water ever again returns to suitable sound-
Ings 1s a question that we have no present means of solving, but from a
comparison of sizes we are inclined to suspect that the off-shore shoals are
recruited from the neighbourhood of the land.

The lists published by the International Bureau include a number of
records of the species, on which we have drawn for our summary of dis-
tribution. No mention is made of the size of individuals, and of their

136

vertical distribution ; it is only possible to say that while captures were

made at the surface and in the upper strata, none were made under cir-
cumstances which prove the species to have been actually at the bottom.
As compared with N. Couchi, Meganyctiphanes is, on our western coast,
a more seaward form. Its occurrence, even in the young condition, on
the Cleggan fishing grounds is not frequent, and may sometimes, by the
presence of salps and the like, be clearly associated with a general inward
movement of ocean water. In particular its absence from the menu of
the sea-trout, an enthusiastic student of the coastal Huphausiidae, serves
to demonstrate its general exclusion from the immediate neighbourhood
of land on this coast. .) an
The following list enumerates the occurrences of M. norvegica in the
nets of the Helga and Monica on the west coast of Ireland. They are
arranged roughly in the order of remoteness from nearest land. —

Porcupine Bank, 91 fath., end of June, 1901, tow-net on dredge and
bottom tow-net.—Twenty larvae, 4 to 8 mm., several young, 10 to
17 mm.

Inside Porcupine Bank, 120 fath., same date, tow-net on dredge.—
Seven larvae, sixty young, 7to16mm._. :

Inside Porcupine Bank, 175 fath., same date, at dusk, bottom tow-
net.—One young, 12 mm. “Midwater tow-net.—Sixteen young, 7 to
12 mm. Surface tow-net.—Two young, 18 and 20 mm. rete

60 mi. W. of Achill Head, end of August, 1901, 199 fath., tow-nets
on trawl-beam and dredge.—Over eighty, 11 to 23 mm.

50 mi. W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, 116 to 120 fath.

August, 1902, bottom tow-net.—One. tn A
July, 1903, bottom tow-net.—Number not recorded.

ae ,y tow-net on trawl.—Thirty.

a ,, tow-net on trawl.—Four, 11 mm., one, 26 mm.

40 mi. W. of Cleggan Head, 90 fath., bottom tow-net.—Three.

50 mi. W. of Cleggan Head, 724 fath., July, 1903, tow-net at 60
fath.—Twelve. Midwater tow-net.—Two.

20 mi. W. of Cleggan Head, 725 fath., July, 1903, surface tow-
net.—One.

40 mi. N. by W. (magn.) of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 750 fath.,
August, 1904, surface net.—Thirty-six.*

About 15 mi. from Inisbofin and Achill, about 70 fath., May, 1904,
6 ft. triangular net at night, between 15 fath. and surface.—Many,
19 to 30 mm.

About 5 mi. W.S.W. of Shark (an island of the Inisbofin group),
July, 1903, about 60 fath., tow-net.—Many, 4 to 10 mm.

_ Cleggan mackerel ground, outside and about Inisbofin and neighbour-
ing islands, about 20 to 50 fath.—taken on several occasions, viz. :—

Tow-nets, July, 1900 and 1901.—Small specimens.
August, 1903.—Six, 10 mm., eighteen, 11 mm.
October, 1903.—Few, small.
September, 1900 and 1902.—Few, small.

Stomachs of mackerel, herring, and gurnard. Occasionally in
February to May, and in August, 1902 and 1903.
Cleggan Bay and immediately seawards, about 5 to 15 fath., tow-nets.
—A few, small, in October and November, 1903.
Some gatherings yet remain to be examined, but none which can
seriously affect the evidence offered by the above list. All the tow-nets
mentioned are open nets and may have taken their catch either at the
depth to which they were sunk or on their way to the surface, except in
the case of “ tow-nets on trawl” (not trawl-beam). These, we think, do
not fish except when the traw! is on the ground, as at other times they lie
against the net and have little chance of catching anything. It follows
that the list comprises only two captures, both at about 120 fath., 50

~ * There sre also some deep-water records for November, 1904, off the coasts of Mayo and
Kerry, but the gatherings are not vet completely sorted,

~~,

137

miles off land, which seem to have been certainly made at the bottom. At
the 199 fath. station, where numerous specimens were found in tow-nets
on trawl-beam and dredge-bridles, none got into the nets on the “ back”
of the trawl, so the species cannot have been abundant actually on the
bottom. However, near the same place, Holt and Beaumont found a
number in the stomach of Pristiwrus melanostoma at 154 fath. Pristiwrus
is, one may suppose, a ground-feeding fish. These last were specimens of
fair size, as are those taken in the big triangular net at night in May,
1904, whereas all others mentioned in the above list are small, or at least
short of the full size.* The probable explanation is that the species, when
large, is too agile for ordinary tow-nets, especially in the day time, and
did not happen to be on the ground worked by the trawl. There is only
a single record from the surface tow-net worked during daylight.

The Oceana, working towards the 1,000 fath. line off the S.W. of Ireland
in November, encountered the species in one haul only, viz., in a tow-net
fished at 650 fath., and thence to the surface (52°45/5"” N. ; 12°27' W.).
None were found in the more westerly gatherings. :

The Research in July in the N. part of the Bay of Biscay, with sound-
ings of 1,219 to 2,341 fath., took the species in considerable numbers from
19 to 35mm. in length, but only at night, and only in the upper 100
fathoms, though not, with certainty, at less than 25 fath. from the sur-
face. What became of it during the day time is hard to say, unless it
remained near the surface and saw the nets well enough to dodge them.

Distribution.—N. Siberia, Spitzbergen, Jan Mayen, Greenland, Coast
of Norway, Farée Channel, Shetland, Orkney, E. and W. of Scotland,
N. of North Sea, Skagerack, Kattegat, Ireland (but not yet observed on
S.E.), Bay of Biscay, Portugal, N.E. America.

Genus Boreophausia, G. O. Sars.

Boreophausia inermis (Kriyer).

Though not previously recorded from Irish waters, we have taken this
species frequently at various points on the west coast, but not at cr above
any depth greatly exceeding 50 fath. It is at times an important food
of mackerel, herring, and sea trout on this coast. We have also taken
it in the Irish Sea.

Distribution.—Greenland, Norway, Farée Channel, N., E. and W.. of
Scotland, English Channel, N.E. America.

We can find no record which definitely assigns B. tnermis to a deep-
water habitat, but it is mentioned in the International lists from a net
worked between about 750 fath. and the surface. It seems probable that
if oocurs, when found at any considerable distance from the shore, only
in the upper strata.

Sus-ram. NEMATOSCELINAE, H. & T.
Gznus Thysanoessa, Brandt.

Thysanoessa neglecta (Kroyer).

T. borealis, G. O. Sars, 1882.

Though ranging far to sea and over considerable depths, this is not an
oceanic species and is not represented in the collections of the Oceana and
Research.

In the Helga collections on off-shore grounds its seaward limits are
represented by captures at 199 fath., 60 mi. off Achill, and 120 fath., 50
miles off Cleggan Head. It oceurs in Helga gatherings at 40, 30, and 20
miles off Cleggan Head, and is fairly common in the Monica tow-nets

* This applies to, inter alia, specimens of which we have not given dimensions in the list.
L

188

from. the mackerel grounds, practically at all seasons of the year, but
most commonly in winter, and ranges at times into coastal waters of
quite inconsiderable depth. We know of its occurrence at the surface
only from hauls made at night, and during,daylight it seems to frequent
the bottom or its neighbourhood. ;

Tt may be classed as one of the occasionally important, items in the food
of the mackerel, and is also captured by the spur dog (Acanthias vulgaris).

In general the habitat on the Irish coast presents a close affinity to that
of Nyctiphanes Couchi, but, from the evidence of tow-nets and fish-
stomachs, the two forms do not consort together to any great extent.

Distribution.—Norway, from Finmark South; in deep water off the
Norwegian coast in the upper strata, Farée Channel (upper strata); Shet-
land, Skagerack, parts of the Irish and Scottish coasts, north part of
North Sea, Bay of Biscay, N.E. America. Y ae

We do not know of a record from the southern part of the North Sea,
English Channel, St. George’s Channel, or Irish Sea. Caullery’s deep
water record from the Bay of Biscay is based on mangled specimens and
requires confirmation. ' rr

~{

Thysanoessa longicaudata (Kroyer).

T. tenera, G. O. Sars, 1882.
Helga.

Porcupine Bank, 91 fath., end of June, 1901, bottom tow-net.—
Eighteen, 5 to 8 mm., one about 12 mm.* .

Inner edge of Porcupine Bank, 120 fath., June, 1901, tow-net on
dredge.—Five larvae (presumably of this species).

Inside Porcupine Bank, 175 fath., end of June, 1901, mid-water tow-
nets, at dusk.—Seventeen, 8 to 11 mm.

77 miles off Achill, 382 fath., August, 1901, tow-nets on trawl.—
Eight, 8 to 10 mm.

60 miles off Achill, 199 fath., August, 1901, tow-nets on dredge.—
Three 9 mm., one 10 mm.

30 miles off Tearaght, ca. 120 fath., tow-net at 20 fath.—One.

50 miles of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, November, 1904, large tow-net, 350
fath.—Seven, 9 mm.

48 miles off Tearaght, November, 1904, tow-net on trawl, 337 fath.—
One, 9 mm.

50 miles N. by W. (Magn.) of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath.,
August, 1904, tow-net 1,000 to 0 fath.—Fourteen.

40 miles same course and date, 750 fath., tow-net 750 to 0 fath.—
Twenty.

Also in August, 1904, in tow-nets on trawl, at 112 and 180 fath., off
Co. Galway.—Ten and three

Oceana.

The most abundant in number of all forms taken by the Oceana, but
exceeded in prevalence in hauls by EZ. pellucida and S. longicorne, which
each occur in twenty-four hauls, to twenty in which T. longicaudata is
represented. The nets in which it was taken were fished at 500 to 1,770
fath., and from those depths to the surface. It seems to have been absent
from the upper strata, since nets fished at. depths of 270 to 500 fath. |
caught other schizopods.

Distribution.—Occasionally taken in company with other northern forms
on the British coast of the North Sea, this species is better known from
the Northern and Arctic parts of the Atlantic from Europe across to the
warm water of the ‘“Gulf-stream.” It is, therefore, a truly oceanic
species of the North and Arctic Atlantic. Fowler (1903), who has given
a rather full account of its then known distribution, says it has ‘no more
right to be regarded as a ‘British’ species than an occasional Velella or

* This is the on'y specimen which we have seen with the slight aeuminition over telson
mentione1 in our diagnosis (see p. 107). The elongate limb happens to be present and
is asin T. lenera,

139

Tanthinad brought up by the North Atlantic drift to our shores.” With
this we agree, since the ocean has no politics, but the Helga and Oceana
records show that the southern extension of its range is very
considerable, and suggest, from the several years over which the records
are spread, that it is a normal range and not, on the occasion of each
capture, due to some exceptional circumstances of drift.

The International lists give, up to Feb., 1904, only a few records, of
which the most southerly is from the northern part of the North Sea.
The species occurred chiefly at the surface, or in upper strata.

We have remarked, in the systematic part of our notes, on the differ-
ences which appear to exist between Irish and Norwegian examples.
Further work may demonstrate a limit of range and character between
northern and southern forms.

The Oceana records, as we have seen, apparently eliminate
the species from the upper waters during the period of the
cruise. The Helga records, limited to comparatively shallow waters,
present occurrences of the species* at or above mid-water (soundings
175 fath.), and at or above 20 fath. (soundings 120 fath.), but the surface
nets took none, even at night. An oceanic form, fringing on the margin,
must necessarily be found at depths which do not harmonise with its
ordinary haunt over the abyss to which it properly belongs.

Thysanoessa gregaria, G. O. Sars.

The small specimens, which we have referred with some remark (see
p. 108) to this species, were taken by the Oceana on either side of the
1,000 fath. line in nets fished at from 500 to 1,710 fath., and from
those depths to the surface.

The Research collections comprise four larvae, apparently referable to
this species, taken between 100 and 75 fath. and the surface.

Distribution.—Oceanic, North, Equatorial, and South Atlantic ; Medi-
terranean ; Pacific, Japan to Australia.

Grxus Nematoscelis, G. 0. Sars.

Nematoscelis megalops, G. 0. Sars.
Helga.

Inside the Poreupine Bank, 175 fath., end of June, 1901, mid-water
tow-net.—One, 14 mm.

50 mi. N. by W. (magn.) of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, August, 1904,
1,000 + fath., large tow-net 1,000 to 0 fath.—Two.

40 mi. same course and date, 750 fath., same net, 750 to 0. fath.—Two.

81 mi. W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 220 fath., August, 1904, tow-
nets on traw!l.—One. ;

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, November, 1904, large tow-
net, 600 fath.-—Five, 14 to 18 mm., Twelve, 7 mm.

Research.

Rather abundant, especially at night, in nets hauled from 100 fathoms
and less to the surface. It appears, but it is not with certainty shown, to
Tise at night, but only one was taken in an actual surface net. Its deepest
occurrence is between 400 and 300 fath., if some mangled specimens have
been rightly named by us. Proceeding upwards we next find it in a net
hauled between 150 and 50 fath., during the day time.

Distribution.-_Apparently oceanic, occurring in both North and South
Atlantic. Though taken on the coast of Great Britain, as well as on the
_Trish slope, the rarity of its observation on the latter, in spite of fairly
assiduous netting, suggests that it does not normally approach our shores.
We have, however, taken it in the Trish Sea on one occasion. The
northern limit of its range appears to be the Irming Sea between Green-
land and Iceland. Southwards it is not known from beyond the sub-
tropical region
ie he L 2

140

Genus Nematobrachion, Calman.

Nematobrachion boopis (Calman).
Helga.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+fath., August,
1904, tow-net 1,000 to 0 fath.—Three.

40 mi. same course and date, 750 fath., tow-net 750 to 0 fath.—Two.

50 mi. W. of Tearaght, 237 fath., August, 1904, bottom tow-net.—One.

40 mi. N. by W. (magn.) of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, November, 1904,
large tow-net, 600 fath.—Three, 11 to 18 mm. °

Research.

One specimen in each of seven hauls, of which all but two were carried
to the surface. Two specimens are démonstrated to have occurred between
500 and 250, and between 250 and 150 fath. respectively. One was in 100
fath. or less. Another may have been anywhere between 1,250 and 0;
the remainder between 350 to 250 and 0 fath.

Distribution.—Otherwise known only from a single specimen taken in
an open net at 1,020 fath. off the S.W. coast of Ireland. Evidently
oceanic, and not at all likely to be restricted to the small part of the N.
Atlantic from which it is at present known.

Genus Stylocheiron, G. 0. Sars.

Stylocheiron longicorne, G. 0. Sars.

S. mastigophorum, Chun, 1888.
Helga.

60 mi. off Achill, 199 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl.—Two
adult.

50 mi. off Tearaght, 320 fath., February, 1903. Tow-net at 50 fath.
—One, 5 mm.

50 mi. off Tearaght, Co. Kerry, November, 1904, large tow-net, 350
fath.—Six, 6 to 9 mm. E

40 mi. N. by W. (magn.) of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, November, 1904,
large tow-net, 600 fath.— One. 15 mm.

Also in August, 1904, 200 fath., off Co. Galway, in tow-net from
bottom to surface.—One.

Occhna.

Tn twenty-four out of thirty hauls, in open tow-nets, fished at depths of
from 270 to 1,770 fath., and thence to surface. Occurs in stations on
either side of the 1,000 fath. line.

‘
Research.

Of very frequent occurrence in hauls between 100 fath. or less and
surface, but cannot be definitely referred to any depth greater than 50
fath., though some of the nets in which it was taken started their course
much deeper. Only taken actually at the surface at night.

Distribution.—Oceanic, apparently of the upper strata. North and
South Atlantic, not known from north of a line drawn from the north
of Treland to the United States, but extending as far south as the Cape
of Good Hope. Mediterranean.

Though apparently abundant over deep water west and south west of
Treland and in the Bay of Biscay, absence from the International lists
seems to show that it does not range further towards the north-eastern
coast of Europe,

141

Stylocheiron chelifer, Chun.

? 8S. abbreviatum, G. O. Sars.
Helga.

40 mi. N. by W. (magn.) of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, November, 1904,
large tow-net, 600 fath.—One, 15 mm.

Oceana,

In a net fished at 1,410 fath., and thence t6 the surface, in lat. 52°
18.1” N., long. 15° 53’ 9” W.—One, very large.

Research,

In seven hauls, between 100 to 75 fath. and surface, in the Bay of
Biscay.

Distribution.—Oceanic, apparently in the upper strata. North
Atlantic and Mediterranean, and if, as we suppose, identical with S.
abbreviatum, Sars, South Atlantic and Pacific. Ireland to the sub-

tropical region seems to be the extent of its known Atlantic range from
north to south.

Sus.-ram. BENTHEUPHAUSINAE, H. & T.

Genus Bentheuphausia, G. 0. Sars.
Bentheuphausia sp. (?)

Research,
A single mutilated specimen in a haul between 1,250 fath. and surface.
Distribution.—B, amblyops, though known from very few specimens,

appears to range through the oceans. Though almost certainly ex-

clusible from the fauna of the upper strata, there is nothing to show its
precise vertical habitat,

Faw. LOPHOGASTRIDAE.
Genus Lophogaster, M. Sars.

Lophogaster typicus, M. Sars.
Helga.

50 mi. W. of Cleggan Head, 120 fath., ca., August, 1903, tow-net on
trawl.—One.

Distribution.—Atlantic, Norway to Cape of Good Hope; Mediter-
ranean.

Genus Gnathophausia, Willemoes Suhm, 1875.
Gnathophausia zoéa, Willemoes Suhm, 1875.

Gnathophausia zoéa, G. O. Sars, 1885.
Helga.

77 mi. off Achill, 382 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl-head.—
Two, 25 and 38 mm.

40 mi. N. by W. (magn.) of Eagle Island, Co, Mayo, November, 1904,
large tow-net, 600 fath.—Two, 26 mm.

Distribution.—Oceanic, in North and Tropical Atlantic, and in South
Pacific; known from a few Challenger records from open nets fished at
depths from 660 to 1,850 fathoms, and fishing to the surface.

Our specimens, far short of the full size, show that the species ranges,
at least at times, into comparatively shallow water. So large a form,

even if numerous, is likely to evade tabulation by the nets which cam
ordinarily be used in deep-water work.

142

e

Gnathophausia drepanephora, H. & 'f.

Oceuna, Lat. 52° 27 6” N., Long. 15° 40’ W.
The only known specimen was taken in a net fished at 1,770 fath., and
thence to the surface.

Fam. EUCOPIIDAE, G. 0. Sars,
Gznus Eucopia, Dana.

Eucopia australis, Dana.

Helga,

77 mi. off Achill, 582 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl.—One,
19 mm.

50 mi. N.W. by N. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+fath., August,
1904, tow-net 1,000 to 0 fath.—One.

40 mi. N. by W. (magn.) of Kagle Island, Co. Mayo, November, 1904,
large tow-net, 600 fath.—Five, 25 mm.

Oceana,

In three hauls at depths from 500 to 1,710 fath., and thence to surface.
None of the specimens are of full size.

Research.

In six hauls, from which it appears that the species was taken at least
as low as 750, and at least as high as 200 fathoms. Probably 100 to 1,000
fath. include the strata in which it occurred, with some margin each way.
One example, represented by fragments, may have been nearly full-grown.
The rest are small.

Distribution.—Oceanic, in all the oceans; Antarctic, but not so far
recorded as Arctic. Possibly ranging to 2,500 fath., its vertical distribu-
tion cannot with certainty be extended beyond the limits ascertained by
the Research. Evidently not a surface form.

The material which we have taken or received has always been pre-
served in formaline, a medium which suits other schizopods well enough
even for considerable periods. Eucopia, however, has such a flimsy inte-
gument that, if specimens suitable for museum purposes are desired, it
should be hardened as soon as taken.

Fam. MYSIDAE,
mub-rAM, LEPTOMYSINALE, Norman.

GENUS Erythrops, G. ~O.-Sars.

Erythrops serrata, G. 0. Sars.
Helga,

60 mi. off Achill, 199 fath., August, 1901; very numerous both in
tow-net on traw! with sand and in tow-net on dredge, 5 to 10 mm.

Also taken on several occasions at 50 mi. off Cleggan Head, 116 to 220
fath.

Distribution. Norway, West Finmark to Christiania Fjord, 30 to 200
fath, ; coasts of Scotland and Ireland; Denmark.

This seems to be a bottom species, Thotigh perhaps properly belonging
to the Atlantic slope, it is by no means confined thereto, ranging imto
the North Sea and occurring abundantly in the Irish Sea. So far as we
are aware there is no record which proves its capture except at or in the
uamediate neighbourhood of the bottom. It is only mentioned in the
International lists from a capture between bottom and surface.

at

143

> Genus Meterythrops, S. I. Smith, 1879.

Meterythrops robusta, 8. I. Smith, 1879.

Parerythrops robusta, G. O. Sars, 1879.
Helga,

60 mi. off Achill, 199 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl, with sand.
—Six, not full grown.

Distribution.—Norway—East Finmark, and Lofoten only; N.E.
America, 60 to 150 fath.; Kara Sea, Spitzbergen, and Greenland.

Our record extends the vertical as well as the horizontal range, and the
circumstances of capture assign the species to the bottom. ‘The absence
from Sars’ gatherings in the more southern waters of the Norwegian coasts
may be due to its large size and presumable activity, though forms at
least as large were taken.

Meterythrops picta, H. & ‘I.
Helga,

77 mi. off Achill, 382 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl-head.—
One, 15 mm., immature male.

Presumably a bottom species, but not proved to be so by circumstances
of capture.

Genus Katerythrops, H. & 'T.

Katerythrops Oceanae, H. & T.

Oceana.
Lat. 52° 27’ 6 N., Long. 15° 40’ W., in a net fishing at 1,470 fathoms,
and thence to surface.—One.
Lat. 52° 20’ N., Long. 15° 7’ 9” W., in a net fishing at 560 fathoms,
and thence to surface.—One.

Distribution.—Evidently one of the few known pelagic Mysids, and,
from its absence from the Helga collections, probably oceanic. The
Oceana gatherings, made with open tow-nets, prove only that it was taken
at least as far from the bottom (over 1,700 fath.) as the records show. The
absence of all schizopods from nets fished at less than 270 fath. seems
capable of an explanation not complimentary to the efficiency of the nets.

Genus Dactylerythrops, H. & '1.)

Dactylerythrops dactylops, H. & ‘I.
Helga,

77 mi, off Achill, 582 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl-head.—
Two, male and female.

o mi, off Achill, 199 fath,, August, 1901, tow-net on dredge.—One
male,

It is perhaps significant that no specimens were detected in the sandy
gathering from “ back” of trawl at 199 fath., nor at 382 fath., except in
the tow-net on trawl-head, which is of course in front of the ground-rope,
and only assisted, if at all, in the capture of bottom forms by the distur-
bance caused by the trawl bridles. The species was, however, certainly
rare on the ground traversed, and may well have been represented in the
sandy gatherings by some of tlie unrecognisable fragments which formed a
large proportion of the latter.

_ We regard it as a bottom species, but have evidently not happened on
its local centre of distribution.

-

144
Genus Hypererythrops, H. & T.

Hypererythrops serriventer, H. & T.
Helga,
60 mi. off Achill, 199 fath., August, 1901, tow-nets on trawl and dredge.

—About twenty, 5 to 10 mm.

40 mi. off Tearaght, Co. Kerry, November, 1904, 244 fath., tow-net on
dredge.—Four, 6 to 9 mm.

Several were in the tow-net of sand on “back” of trawl, but more in
the tow-net on dredge. Apparently a bottom species.

Genus Parerythrops, G. 0. Sars.

Parerythrops obesa, G. O. Sars.

Helga.

60 mi. off Achill, 199 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on dredge.—Four,
7 to 10 mm. ca.

40 mi. N. by W. (magn.) of Eagle Island, Co .Mayo, 670 fath.,
November, 1904, large tow-net, 600 fath.—One, 5 mm.

Distribution.—Norway, West Finmark to Christiania Fjord, 50 to 250
fath. ; S.W. of Ireland (off the Skelligs), 52 to 62 fath., a single :peci-
men, rather imperfect (Holt and Beaumont).

lf chiefly a bottom torm, we have not found it in recognisable con-
dition in the large gathering made by tow-nets on the trawl back at 199
fath., fished at the same time as the dredge. It cannot, therefore, have
been very abundant on the ground at the time, and, though shown to
extend southwards, its absence from a number of hauls with suitable
apparatus and at apparently suitable soundings, suggests that it is not a
cuuuimon form on the Irish part of the Atlantic slope. The 600 fath. net
was never within less than 70 fath. of the bottom.

Gxnus Euchaetomera, G. O. Sars, 1885.

Euchaetomera Fowleri, H. & T.
liesearch.
An adult male and female in two hauls from 250 and 200 fath., respec-
tively, to the surface in the Bay of Biscay.
Obviously pelagic and oceanic, the species is only known from the
above record. Its nearest relative, HE. tenuis, is a Pacitic form.

Gurus Amblyops, G. 0. Sars.

Amblyops abbreviata, G. 0. Sars.
Helga.

48 mi. off Tearaght, 337 fath., November, 1904, tow-net on trawl.—
Twelve, 12 to 15 mm,

54 mi, off Learaght, 454 fath., November, 1904, tow-net on trawl.—
Two, 15 mm,

Distribution.—Norway—Lofoten to Christiania Fjord, 100-300 fath.
Genus Paramblyops, H. & T.

Paramblyops rostrata, H. & .
Helga.
77 mi. off Achill Head, 382 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl.—One,
60 mui. off Achill, 199 fath., August, 1901, tow-nets on trawl and
dredge.--About seventy, 9 to 10 mm., and many fragments.
81 mi. W. 4 N. Kagle Island, Co, Mayo, August, 1904, 220 fath., tow-
nets on trawl.—One, 7 mm,

145

40 mi, off Tearaght, Co. Kerry, November, 1904, 244 fath., tow-net on
dredge.—Kight, 6 to 8 mm.

Near last, 357 fath., November, 1904, tow-net on trawl.—One, 6 mm.

Most of these were found in the tow-net of sand from the “ back” of
the trawl. It is evidently a bottom species.

Also taken in August, 1904, in tow-net on trawl at 220 fath., off Co.
Galway, and 75 mi. off Fastnet, 181 fath., May, 1904

Genus Pseudomma, G. 0. Sars.

- Pseudomma roseum, G. 0. Sars.

Helga.

60 mi. off Achill, 199 fath., August, 1901, tow-nets on trawl and
dredge.—Over a hundred, 5 to 11 mm.

50 mi. off Cleggan Head, 120 fath., July, 1903, mosquito-net on trawl.
—Two, 5 and 7mm. One adult, fragmentary.

40 mi. off Tearaght, Co. Kerry, November, 1904, 244 fath., tow-net on
dredge.—Thirteen, 6 to 9 mm.

Distribution.—Norway, from extreme north (W. Finmark) to south,
100 to 450 fath. North America, Nova Zembla, West Greenland seas.
Definitely relegated by its occurrence in numbers in sand in the Achill
trawl tow-net to a bottom habitat, the species may be expected to extend
along the Atlantic slope to a point considerably south of Ireland. An
International record from the coast of Norway mentions it in a net which
was fished from about three fathoms off the bottom upwards.

Pseudomma calloplura, H. «& T.
Helga.
77 mi, off Achill Head, 382 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl.—

ne.

60 mi. off Achill Head, 199 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on dredge.—
Eight ; tow-net on trawl.—Four.

48 mi. off Tearaght, 557 fath., November, 1904, tow-net on trawl.—
Eight, 6 to 10 mm.

4U m. off Tearaght, 244 fath., November, 1904, tow-net on dredge.—
Twelve, 6 to 10 mm.

Pseudomma Kempi, H. & T.
Helga,
he mi, off Achill Head, 382 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl.—
ven.

Genus Mysidopsis, G. 0, Sars.

Mysidopsis didelphys, Norman.
Helga,

60 mi. off Achill, 199 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl.—Over
thirty, 7 to15 mm. Tow-net on dredge. Twenty-two, 6 to 12 mm.

50 mi. off Cleggan Head, 120 fath., July, 1903, tow-net on trawl.—Two.

Off Co, Galway, 112 fath., August, 1904, tow-net on trawl.—Three.

Distribution.—Norway (from Lofoten southwards), 30 to 150 fath. ;
Denmark ; Shetland ; east and west coasts of Scotland; north-east coast
of England ; west coast of Ireland.

Our specimens from the tow-net on trawl off Achill were mixed up with
sand and must have come from the bottom. A capture at 62 to 52 fath.
aA Snecma Co. Kerry, in 1890, was, almost certainly, also effected at

140

The species seams therefore to range on our western coast from about
50 to about 200 fathoms, and we know of no record to prove that it ever
leaves the neighbourhood of the bottom.* Its occurrence, however, in the
North Sea and at sc small a depth as 30 fath. in Norway, seems to mark
it as a form not essentially belonging to the Atlantic slope, and suscep-
tible, by means of suitable methods of observation, of reference to a con-
siderably greater range than that which can at present be assigned to it.

Genus Mysideis, G. O. Sars.

Mysideis (!) Farrani, H. & T.

Helga.

54 mi. off Tearaght, 454 fath., November, 1904, tow-net on trawl.—
Nine, 10 to 15 mm.

48 mi. off Tearaght, 357 fath., November, 1904, tow-net on trawl.—
Three, 12 mm. :

Mysideis insignis, G. 0. Sars,

Helga.

60 mi. off Achill, 199 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on dredge.—One,
6 mm., one, 12 mm., five, about 15 to 20 mm.

40 mi. off Tearaght, Co. Kerry, November, 1904, 244 fath., tow-net on
dredge.—One, 9 mm.

Distribution.—Norway,—West Finmark to Christianiafjord, 100-300
fath.; S.W. Ireland,—Off Skelligs, 62-52 fath. ; off Valentia, 112 fath.
(Norman in litt.).

The dredge to which the Helga tow-net was attached presented no certain
evidence of having been actually on the bottom, though it probably was
for part of the time. The species does not appear among those taken at
the same time in the tow-nets on the trawl, so there is no absolute certainty
of its vertical locus of capture. We regard it, however, as a bottom
species.

Suz-ram. ARACHNOMYSINAE, H. & T.
Genus Chunomysis, H. & T.

Chunomysis diadema, H. & 1.

Helga.

77 mi. off Achill, 382 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl-head.—Two
adult females, not ovigerous.

Our specimens are too imperfect in the matter of legs and antennae to |
admit of comparison with the obviously pelagic Arachnomysis, but the
feeble lamellar telsgn is such ag is not known to us in any Mysid which
can definitely be referred to a bottom habitat. The circumstances of
capture, on the trawl-head, are quite different from those which we
suppose to obtain in captures in nets on the trawl (i.e., on the “ back” of
the traw! net), and do not preclude capture above the bottom.

We think this is a pelagic species of the ocean, but perhaps not of the
highest strata. Wandering into the comparatively shallow area of the
coast, it may well have been taken at or near the bottom. Our captures
of such non-benthic forms as Vuphausia pellucida and Stylocheiron longi-
corne in bottom nets on the Slope present the necessary illustration.

*An International record, between Shetland and Orkney, proves its occurrence ut least
two aud a half lathome from the bottom.

147

Sus-ram, GASTROSACCINAE, Norman.
Genus Haplostylus, Kossmann.

Haplostylus Normani (G. 0. Sars).
Helga.

Porcupine Bank, 91 fath., end of June, 1901, tow-net on dredge.—
Thirteen, 5 to 7 mm., one 12 mm., ovigerous female.

50 mi. off Cleggan, 116 to 120 fath., July, 1903, tow-net on trawl.—

Three, 8 mm.
_ Distribution.—British Islands to Mediterranean. The species extends,
as shown above, to the 100 fathom-line, but, from the majority of records,
is littoral rather than of the Atlantic Slope, though not found in very
shallow water. It was taken by the Porcupine off Rockall.

It is chiefly known to us from hauls which seem to locate it in the
neighbourhood of the bottom, but an International record proves its occur-
rence at the surface, off Weymouth, in February, 1904, over water of from
about 28 to 53 fathoms.

Sus-ram, BOREOMYSINAE, H. & T.

Genus Boreomysis, G. O. Sars.

Boreomysis arctica (Kréyer).
Helga.
77 mi, off Achill, 382 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl.—One,

0mm.

48 mi. off Tearaght, 337 fath., November, 1904, tow-net on trawl.—
One, 8 mm.

/o mi, off Fastnet, 181 fath., May, 1904, tow-net on trawl.—One,
15 mm,

Distribution.—Jan Mayen, Lofoten to Christiania Fjord, 200 to 40J
fath. ; North Sea, Greenland, and N.E. America. Presumably extend-
ing southwards, at suitable depths and on suitable ground, from its
northern observed limit to Ireland. |

We have alluded (p. 150) to the characters of two specimens which,
though small, seem clearly referable to this species. See note, p. 148.

Goreomysis tridens, G. 0. Sars.

Helga.

54 mi. off Tearaglt, 454 fath., November, 1904, tow-net on trawl.—
Nine, 15-25 mm.

77 mi, off Achill, 382 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl.—One
male, 26 mm., one ovigerous female, 28 mm.

Distribution.—Norway—Lofoten, Trondjhem and Vestfiords, 300 to
400 fath. Presumably extending between Norway and Ireland at suit-
able soundings.

Boreomysis megalops, G. O. Sars.
Helga,

60 mi. off Achill, 199 fath., August, 1901, tow-net on trawl, with sand.
—Ten, 10 to 17 mm., and many iragments. Tew-net on dredge.—About
one hundred and thirty, 9 to 15 mm.

Inner edge of Porcupine Bank, 175 fath., end of June, 1901, tow-net on
dredge.—One, 5 mm., apparently referable to this species, but too young
for certain determination.

50 mi. off Cleggan Head, 120 fath., July, 1903, tow-net on trawl.—
Two, very small, one adult.

Distribution.—Norway, west coast and West Finmark, 80 to 200 fath.,
and presumably thence, at suitable soundings, to the Irish coast, where it
is evidently commen.

148

Boreomysis microps, G. 0. Sars.
Helga. :

50 mi. N. by W. (magn.) of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath.,
August, 1904, large tow-net 1,000 to 0 fath.—One, female, 21 mm.

Vhe net in which our solitary example was captured was an open one,
and therefore fishing both during the descent to and ascent from 1,000
fath., at which it worked. The specimen may, therefore, have been caught
anywhere between the surface and 1,000 fathoms. All that is certain is,
that it was obtained at least some considerable distance from the bottom
(which on the chart was shown to be several hundred fathoms
below the greatest depth reached by the net). The circum-
stances of its capture, therefore, point to its being, at least in part,
pelagic, in which respect it would seem to differ from its congeners, which
are apparently all bottom haunting forms. The method of capture of
the Challenger example is not stated, but the depth at the station at
which it was taken was 1,250 fathoms.

Distribution.—The Challenger obtained @ single individual of this
species south of Nova Scotia, in lat. 42° 8’ N., long. 63° 39’ W. It has
not since been obtained. The present record, therefore, considerably ex-
tends the geographical range of the species.

Susp-ram. MYSIDELLINAE, Czerniavsky.
Gzunus Mysidella, G. 0. Sars.

Mysidella typica, G. 0. Sars.

Helga.
50 mi. off Cleggan Head, 116 to 120 fath., July, 1903, tow-net on trawl.
—Two, adult.

Same place, depth and net, August, 1903.—Five, adult.

Distribution.—West Norway, 50 to 150 fath.; S.W. Ireland, 52 to 62
fath.* ; W. of Ireland, as above, and presumably from Norway to Ireland
at suitable soundings.

So small a species is very likely to escape notice, and we expect that if
any means reasonably calculated to effect its capture are employed, it will
be found to extend into the North Sea and English Channel, as well as
southwards of its present known range. It does not seem to enter the
Irish Sea.

* In 1890 and 1904.

Boreomysis arctica, see pp. 130 and 147.

min February, 1905, a number of adult specimens, undoubtedly
belonging to this species, were taken off Tearaght, Co. Kerry.

149

LIST OF AUTHORITIES QUOTED.

Calman, 1896.—“ Deep Sea Crustacea from the South West of Ireland.”
—Trans, Royal Irish Acad., Vol. XNA. Pus

Calman, 1904.—“On the Classification of Crustacea Malacostraca.”—
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. 13.

Caullery, 1896.—Ann. Univ. Lyon, Camp. Caudan.

Chun, 1888.—“Die Pelagische Thierwelt in grosseren Meerestiefen.”—
Bibliotheca Zoologica.

Dana, 1852.—U.S.A. Exploring Exped. XIV., Crustacea.
Fowler, 1903.—< Plankton of Faroé Channel,” P. Z. S., p.. 128.

Hansen, 1887.—“ Malacostraca marina Groenlandie occidentalis.” —
Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren, Kjob.

Hansen, 1887.—‘‘ Krebsdyr fra Kara Havet.”—Djimphna Togtets zoolo-
gisk-botanische Udbytte. Copenhagen.

Hansen, 1893.— Zool. Anz., XVI.
Holt and Beaumont, 1900. —* Survey Fishing Grounds W. Coast of

Ireland—Crustacea Schizopoda.”—Sci. Trans. Roy.
Dublin Soc. Ser. II., Vol. VII.

Koelbel, 1886.—Crust., etc., Jan Mayen; oesterreich Polarstat. Jan
Mayen, Beobacht. Ergeb., ITT.

Norman, 1892.—“ British Lophogastridae and Euphausiidae.”—Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. IX.

Norman, 1892.—« oor Mysidae.”—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 6,
ol. X.

Ghlin, 1902.—Arct. Crust., Bihang Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl.,
B. 27, Afd. IV.

Ortmann, 1893.—Decapoda u. Schizopoda d. Plankton Exped.
Richard, 1904.—Bull. Mus. Océan. Monaco, XI.

G. 0. Sars, 1870-79.—“Carcin. Bidrag. t. Norg. Faun.”—Monog. ©.
Mysider.
G. O. Sars, 1876.—Middel. Mysider.
G. O. Sars, 1882.—“ Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer.”—Christianla
Vidensk., Forhandl.
G. O. Sars, 1883. -Preliminary Notices of Schizopoda of Challenger.—
Christiania Vidensk., Forhandl., No. 7.

G. 0. Sars, 1885.—Voyage H.M.S. Challenger. Report on Schizopoda.
—Zool., Vol. XIII.
Ss.

I. Smith, 1879.—Trans. Connecticut Acad., Sci. and Arts, Vol. V.
Vanhoffen, 1898.—Drygalski, Grénland Expedition, IT.
Watase, 1899.—Biological Lectures, Wood’s Holl Laboratory.

Willemoes Suhm, 1875.—‘“ Some Atlantic Crustacea from the Chal-

lenger Expedition.”—Trans. Linn. Soc., London.
Ser. II., Vol. I.

Zimmer, 1904.—Fauna Arctica, II., Arktische Schizopoden.

Conseil Permanent International, 1902-1904.—“ Bulletin des Resul-

tats acquis pendant les courses periodiques.”—

(Referred to in the text as the “ International
Records.”’)

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.

150

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XV. TO X¥V.

Puiate XV.
Thysanoessa longicaudata (Kroyer).

Dorsal view.

Lateral view.

Lateral view of antennular peduncle, enlarged,
Antennal scale, enlarged.

Leg of the’second pair, enlarged.

Prats XVI.
Meganyctiphanes norvegica (Sars),

Female. Lateral view.
Carapace, lateral view.
Carapace, dorsal view.
Carapace, dorsal view, slightly flattened.

Pirate XVII.
Nyctiphanes Couch (Bell).

Male. Lateral view.
Ovigerous female. Tateral view.
Antennular comb of female, enlarged.

Prate XVIII.
Gnathophausia drepanephora, sp. n.

Male. Lateral view.
Base of antennular flagellum of male, enlarged.
Antennal scale, enlarged.

Puate XIX.

Chumomysis diadema, g. et. sp. n.

. Female. Dorsal view.

. Antennal peduncle. Lateral] view.

. Telson (of another specimen), enlarged.
. Telson (of Fig. 1), enlarged.

Meterythrops picta, sp. n.

. Immature male. Dorsal view.
. Telson, enlarged.

Male process of antennule, enlarged.

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.
Fig. 6.

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.

151

Pruate XX.

Katerythrops Oceanae, g. et sp. n.

Immature male. Dorsal view.

Immature male. Lateral view.

Antennal scale with peduncle, enlarged.
Endopodite of the leg of the 1st pair, énlarged.
Pleopod of the 1st pair, ventral view, enlarged.
Telson, enlarged.

Puate XXI.
Paramblyops rostrata, g. et sp. n.

. Male. Dorsal view.

. Female. Dorsal view of anterior end.
. Rostrum, enlarged.

. Eye, enlarged.

. Antennal scale, enlarged.

. Leg of 2nd pair, enlarged.

. Endopodite of one of the posterior thoracic legs (5th ?),

enlarged.

. Telson, enlarged.

Prats XXII.

Dactylerythrops dactylops, g. et sp. n.

. Female. Dorsal view.

. Female. Dorsal view of anterior end,
. Lateral view of eye, enlarged.

. Dorsai view of eye, enlarged.

. Pleopod of the 1st pair, enlarged.

. Telson, enlarged.

Pirate XXIII.

Hypererythrops serriventer, g. et sp. n.
Male. Dorsal view.

- Male. Dorsal view of anterior end.
. Antennal peduncle and scale, enlarged.
. Mandible, enlarged.

. Ist Maxilla, enlarged.

. 2nd Maxilla, enlarged.

. Leg of the 1st pair, enlarged.

Processes on the ventrum of the male, with the base of the last

thoracic leg showing the epipodite, and the male copulatory
organ.

Telson, enlarged.

Priate XXIV.

Euchaetomera Fowleri, sp. n.

Male. Dorsal view.
Leg of the 2nd pair, enlarged.
Extremity of the telson, enlarged.

Fig.

Fig.

SAO PAN

152

Hypererythrops serriventer, g. et sp. n.

. Leg of the 2nd pair, enlarged.

Mysideis insignis, G. O. Sars.

. Telson, enlarged.

Euphausia Lanei, sp. n.

. Basal joint of antennular peduncle, enlarged.

Leg of the 1st pair, enlarged.
Leg of the 2nd pair, enlarged.

. Extremity of the terminal joint of the leg of the 2nd pair, still

further enlarged.

PLATE XXV.

Chunomysis diadema, g. et sp. n.

. Mandible, enlarged.

. Cutting edge of right mandible, further enlarged.
. Cutting edge of left mandible, enlarged.

. 1st maxilla, enlarged.

. 2nd maxilla, enlarged.

. Leg of the 1st pair enlarged.

. Leg of the 2nd pair, enlarged.

Meterythrops picta, sp. n.

. Leg of the 1st pair, enlarged.
. Leg of the 2nd pair, enlarged.

E.W.L. Holt del. West,Newman imp.
G.M.Woodward lith.
Thysanoessa, lonégicaudata

‘COISOAIOU SOUBUCIVOAUBSO[| ‘lop pABMPOOM ‘“W
WD

[Tn
en Se rere
=
SS oh cru

TAX ‘Id

oe i hi
a __ : :
| ‘ ; ; | | | > at > . a
3,7) .- Lf ; | | | |
Lares t j ‘ ae : ra he =cs : d $ 7
. > aw 7 | | |
‘gee d id : ae | |
| | | . ses oe
ies La dae An . a
® 4 ’
. i 7 1 r . < ;
Me "y FL a50- he --- a :
a if ; a%) ae oo yo Se —_ ,

9 ‘ i :
7 - Ws a < at ; - ee : J
iw ies 2 a es od Lee ee

“a ae ry i) Ga tee ; eae
se ; \ CAs |
. |

— a ot
: : :
o-

PL. XVIL.

‘dwt wewiMmenN ySoA_

.

ia

= Dal

=

ee ee a ne

‘yaeo' Top waedt)'9

-durt welmo hy ‘9seM

‘ecoydeuedeap ersneydouyeuy

0 Ph AAAIIKSIS SARA

Z,

ee es
7 4 / f

Ad

“ugtL paempoom WD
‘TPP HTM @ 3080 *usedk) 2

‘TS

Yewman imp

West, N

Vv

G.M.Woodward del.et lith.

adem a.

zs
uo

Chunomysis d

Meterythrops picta.

ii

Hii
/T I}

EW1L.Holt del. a

G.M Woodward lith. West, Newman imp.

Katerythrops Oceanae.

ware =
aes

i sal

-_

as = . . ~ : * : Pa
a x nets “? rz " ; f ‘ “2 sat a"
~ os or 7 or r , ' “es

« e <a! y ~ r ‘ y - 7%, .
> _e : so c 7 * 5

’

Pik nl,

ISS

%

a *
~~

(a
ENS
Tas See. —

RLS
Lae

Ke

~

QS
SS
~

<=
Se Is

————
~—
iss

Sj

wns

4

=

A

West, Newman im}

dward del.et lith.

7:

-G@M.Woo

Paramblyops rostrata.

_.. - «oe

Sad Oe.) 2

Dactylerythrops dactylops.

Hypererytinrops serriventer.

SieAALV.

CS area ern ed
SS a Ps Pere Hyd

ii j \
/ \\

EZEzZzZ-
————_—_—

4. Hypererythrops serriventer.

-3. Euchaetomera Fowleri.
6-9. Euphausia lL anei.

. Mysideis insignis.

ioe ge Chunomysis diadema.
8-9. Meterythrops picta.

-W M. Tattersall del.

153

ii.i—NOTE ON A GENUS OF EUPHAUSID CRUSTACEA.

BY

W. T. Catman, D.Sc.

Pruate XXVI.

The genus Nematodactylus was established by the present writer in
1896 for a new species of Euphausid crustacean, of which a single
imperfect specimen had been obtained by the Royal Irish Academy Expe-
dition of 1888 from deep water off the South-West of Ireland.

Five specimens of the same species have now been detected among the
Euphausiidae collected by Dr. G. H. Fowler on the “ Research” Expedi-
tion off the Bay of Biscay, and entrusted to Mr. E. W. L. Holt for
examination. I am indebted to Dr. Fowler and Mr. Holt for the oppor-
tunity of examining these specimens and thereby extending and correcting
the account which I formerly gave of the species. It is necessary, unfor-
tunately, to give a new name to the genus since, as Dr. Theodore Gill has
pointed out to me, Nematodactylus is preoccupied for a genus of fishes.

\
Genus Nematobrachion, nom. nov.

Nematodactylus, Calman, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. xxxi., p. 16, 1896 ;
non Nemadactylus, Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1839,
p. 98; corrected to Nematodactylus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philadelphia, 1862, p. 121.

Nematobrachion boopis.

Nematodactylus bodpis, Calman, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. xxxi., p. 17,
pl. ii., fig. 19-28, 1896.

The carapace is marked by a shallow cervical groove, in front of which
is a median .dorsal keel running forwards to the short rostrum and
slightly elevated about the middle of its length. The pleural plates
(‘“epimera”) of the third, fourth, and fifth abdominal somites have the
lower margin slightly sinuate.

The eye is not quite correctly described as globose. On the outer sur-
face is a short groove which, according to the position of the eye, may be
horizontal or nearly vertical, and which divides the corneal area into a
large fronto-dorsal and a much smaller lateral part. As this groove is
confined to the lateral surface and does not encircle the eye, it does not
give, when viewed from the side, the appearance of constriction which
is so characteristic of the eyes in related forms. In the other species
which I have referred to this genus, N. flexipes (Ortmann), the eye is
divided by a marked constriction, and the two parts are nearly equal 31
size. In the present species there is a luminous organ (not mentioned in
the original description) on the ocular peduncle, immediately behind the
lateral division of the eye, and just above it the integument of the
peduncle forms a slight ridge outside and parallel to the margin of the
corneal area.

In the specimen formerly described the flagella of antennules and
antennae were wanting. In a female, 20 mm. in length, in the present
collection the flagella of the antennule, though not quite complete, mea-
sure 13 mm. from the distal end of the peduncle and the flagellum of tre
antenna 19 mm.

ann, Rep. Fish. Ireland, 1902-3, Pt. 1I., App. IV. (1905),

154

The antennal scale (fig. 2) is incorrectly represented in the figure for-
merly given (l.c. pl. Il., fig. 20). It reaches to the middle of the third
segment of the antennular peduncle, and is five times as long as broad.
The outer margin is nearly straight, its distal tooth very minute, and the
apex of the scale is rounded.

As regards the mouth-parts, dissection of one of the specimens enables
me to confirm, on all essential points, the account already given. The
form of the maxillula (‘first maxilla”) is very characteristic, the outer
plate (the so-called ‘“exognath”) being absent, as in Stylocheiron, and
the palp unusually narrow.

The third thoracic limb (second leg of Sars’ terminology and of the
original description) has the ischium slightly longer than the merus.
There are five (not six) ‘‘ harpoon-like” spines on the dactylus, four of
them terminal and one inserted on the inner side a little way from the
distal end.

The penultimate thoracic limb, as already pointed out, presents the full
number of segments, as in Benthewphausia and Thysanopoda.

The last thoracic limb (fig. 3) differs in shape from those of the allied
genera, and resembles more closely that of Thysanopoda as figured by Sars
(Challenger Rep. Schizopoda, pl. xvii., fig. 172). The movable leaflet has
the form of an exopod divided into a proximal and a distal portion,
the latter fringed with setae. The basal lobe with which the exopod
articulates bears six long and stout plumose setae on its inner edge. |

There is no epipod on the first thoracic limb. The gills of the second
and third have only a single branch, the five remaining gills have a
ventral, or inner branch, as in Nematoscelis. In the first six gills the
axis of the outer or dorsal branch is not so distinctly bifurecate as in that
genus.

Two of the specimens obtained are adult females, each carrying a
single ovoid spermatophore attached by a long slender neck to the region
of the genital apertures. The single male specimen is much mutilated,
but appears not to differ in general characters from the female. The
outer flagellum of the antennule is dilated close to the base. The sexual
appendages of the first and second pleopods are figured (fig. 4 and 5) for
comparison with those of related forms. That of the first pair is much
more complex than the corresponding appendages of Stylocheiron (Sars,
Rep. Challenger Schizopola, pl. xxvi., fig. 25 and 26) or Nematoscelis
(Chun, Bibl. Zool. vii., Heft 19, pl. xii., fig. 7 and 8).

The following is a list of the specimens :—

No. 32p, } ' é . 1 adult °, 20 mm. in length.

No. 35p, ; : - . 1 immature.
No. 36g, ° ; : tiqah do.

No. 36h, F : : . ladults.
No. 36i, . ‘ . . 1 adult ?.

It may be useful to recapitulate in the form of a key the leading char-
acters of those genera of Huphausiidae which are distinguished by the
elongation of one of the pairs of thoracic appendages.

A. Sceond pair of thoracic limbs elongated, Maxillula with outer
plate (“‘exognath ”),

(a.) Second thoracic limbs moderately elongated, the distal segments
with marginal setae. Last three pairs of gills two-branched.

Thysanoéssa, Brandt.

(h.) Seeond thoracic limhs greatly elongated and slender, with a
terminal group of spines. ast five pairs of gills two-branched.

Nematosceelis, G. O. Sars.

yep MW DRO LM

‘SIdQooq UOIYOCAGOFEWION

155

B. Third pair of thoracic limbs elongated. Maxillula without outer
plate.

(a.) Third thoracic limbs with terminal group of spines resembling
those of second thoracic limbs of Nematoscelis. Penultimate
thoracic limbs with endopod of five segments. | Mandibles
with palp. Luminous organs, one pair on eyestalks, two pairs
thoracic and four unpaired abdominal. Gills well developed,
last five pairs two-branched.

Nematobrachion, Calman.

(b.) Third thoracic limbs with more or less perfect chela. Penulti-
mate thoracic limbs with endopod of two segments. Mandibles
without palp. Luminous organs, one pair thoracic and one
unpaired abdominal. Gills much reduced, only the last pair
two-branched.

Stylochetron, G. O. Sars.

A problem of some interest is suggested by the close resemblance which
exists between the raptorial third thoracic limb of Nematobrachion and
the similarly modified second thoracic limb of the closely allied Nema-
toscelis. In both the limb is tipped with a group of long slender har-
poon-like spines which are serrated by a series of annular ridges not
completely encircling the spine, but leaving a smooth space along one side.
It is possible that this peculiar armature may have arisen independently
in the two genera, and, indeed, this is assumed if the key given above be
taken as representing the natural affinities of the various forms,
but the case is very suggestive of that form of variation to which
Mr. Bateson* has given the name of “homeosis,” or rather, perhaps,
of what Prof. E. Ray Lankestert has termed “ translation of heterosis.”
The correlative change in the other appendages, however, does not quite
meet the requirements of Prof. Lankester’s definition, since the first
thoracic limb of Nematoscelis is not exactly similar to the second of
Nematobrachion. On either hypothesis it would be a difficult matter to
construct a reasonably probable phylogenetic “tree” to express the rela-
tionships of the four genera above referred to.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI.

Fig. 1. Nematobrachion boépis, adult female.

Fig. 2. ” », antennal scale of adule male.

Fig. 3. ' ,, last thoracic limb of adult female

Fig. 4. Bt ,, endopod of first pleopod of adult male.
‘Fig. 5. »” » endopod of second pleopod ¢f adult male.

* Materials for the Study of Variation, p. 85.
+Encycl. Brit, XXV., p. 692 (102), and Quart. Jour. Micr. Sci. XLVIT., p. 535 (1904),

mM 2

156

Appenpix, No. V.

1.—Note on a specimen of Dentex vulgaris from Dingle Bay, by E.
W. L. Holt and L. W. Byrne.

1l.—The British and Irish Gobies, Supplement, by E. W. L. Holt
and L. W. Byrne.

ill. —Figures and Descriptions of the British and Irish species of
Solea, by E. W. L. Holt and L. W. Byrne.

1.—NOTE ON A SPECIMEN OF DENTEX VULGARIS FROM
DINGLE BAY.

BY
E. W. L. Hort ann L. W. Byrne.

PuaTteE XXVII.

The specimen was taken by a sailing trawler in Dingle Bay on the 6th
or 7th April, 1903, and came into our hands for determination through
the courtesy of Dr. R. F. Scharff.

We ascertained by local inquiry that another fish, supposed to have
been of the same kind, was taken shortly before on the same ground; but
the description given was not sufficient to establish its identity.

Although not uncommon in the Mediterranean and neighbouring parts
of the Atlantic, this is, so far as we are aware, the first record of the
species from Irish waters.

There are four previous records of its appearance on the coasts of the
British Isles :—

(1.) Off Troup Head, Banffshire (Edward, ex relat. auct.)*

(2.) Off Hastings, April, 1805, a specimen weighing 16 Ibs. (Donovan,
British Fishes, iv. p. 1, 1806.)

(5.) Falmouth Market, November, 1846, a specimen 324 in. long
(Couch, I., p. 204, 1862.)

(4.) Falmouth Market, August, 1851, a specimen 56 in. long (Couch,
loc. cit.).+ .

This species may be distinguished from all allied forms known to the
fauna of the British Isles by the following short description :—

DENTEX VULGARIS, Cuv.
D. XT 10-12; A. III 8; Sc., 55-604.

Body moderately stout, sub-fusiform: depth of body 24 to 3: times
in total length: depth of caudal peduncle about three times in depth of
body: greatest thickness of body about twice in its depth. Head large
and stout, 3 to 34 times in total length: eye 5 to 6 times in head and
nearly twice in interorbital width. Snout 25 to 2% times in head. Pre-
orbital large, almost entirely concealing the maxilla when the mouth is
closed. Two large canine-like teeth on each side of each jaw, followed by
a series of smaller sharply-pointed teeth varying somewhat in size.
Dorsal and anal fins with a scaly basal sheath, into which they can be
depressed ; pectoral faleiform, about Z of the distance from snout to ita
origin in length; caudal forked.

Sexual differences not certainly known. Some large specimens, appa-
rently only males, with a large occipital hump.

* We have not been able to find Edward's ari¢inal record.

+ Mr. J. T. Cunningham, in the “ Field” of 27t Anv., 1904, mentions a specimen of 35 in.,
said to have been taken near Weymouth Tie place of capture of two other specimens, landed
at Bournemouth, has heen traced by Mr. Tate Regan to the coast of Portugal,

Ann. Rep. Fish., Treland, 1902-3, Pt. 11... Arp. V. (1905).

157

Colour probably not unlike that of the common bream in life, with a
faint axillary spot and small black markings, which are more numerous
in young specimens, on the upper part of the head and back.

Attains a length of nearly 1 m. (about 3 ft. 4 in.). |

A more detailed description of the Dingle specimen, made after preser-
vation for some time in formol, follows :—

Male with enlarged testes, ;

Body stout, subfusiform, and somewhat compressed in the abdominal
region ; caudal péduncle subcylindrical. Length to end of caudal rays,
89 cm. ; to fork of tail, 83 cm. ; to origin of caudal fin, 75cm. Depth of
body about 2+ times in length and somewhat greater than length of head.
Greatest breadth of body half its depth. Depth of body at origin of
dorsal fin, 26°8cm.; at anterior end of caudal peduncle, 16-lem. ; at
lowest point of peduncle, 6°8cm. ; greatest breadth of body, 13°5 cm.

Head large and stout, nearly one-third of length of body, with a large
occipital hump, which reaches further forward than the level of the front
of the eye, and tumid orbital ridges above the nostrils, which unite on and
form an angle with the front profile of the head. Eye about six times in
head, nearly twice in the interorbital width, and 24 times in snout.
Length of head 23.7 cm., eye 4 cm., interorbital width 7.7 cm. Distance
from vertical of front of head to anterior end of hump, 7.5 cm. ; to angle
of supraorbital ridges, 5 cm.; to angle of jaw, about 8 cm. ; vertical
diameter of eye, 3.2 cm. Greatest height of head (.5 cm. in front of hind
edge of preoperculum, 26 cm. Preorbital bone large, 8-5 cm. in extreme
length (measured through skin), and 7cm. from eye to its lowest point.
Two large canine-like teeth on each side of each jaw, followed by a series
of smaller sharp pointed teeth, varying somewhat in size. The exposed
parts of the teeth of the left side measure :—

Lower jaw—Cl1 12.5 mm.; C2 12.5 mm. ; others 6 mm. ca.
Lower jaw—Cl 12.5 mm.; C2 12.5 mm.; others 6 mm. ca.

Dorsal, pectoral, and ventral fins originating in the same vertical,
about half way to origin of anal; distance to origin of caudal peduncle
about # of length, pectoral fin subfalciform, about { of distance to its
origin in length. D. XI. 11, A. III. 8, each with a scaly sheath, into
which it can be depressed. Distance to origin of dorsal, pectoral, and
ventral fins 25cm., to end of pectoral 42.8cm., to anus 45.5cm., to
origin of anal fin 49 cm., to origin of caudal peduncle 60.5 cm. Caudal
fin deeply emarginate. Scales 60,4. Lateral line 59. Four rows of
scales between eye and preoperculum.

Weight 28 lbs. (before preservation),

When first obtained the colours were very much like those of the com-
mon bream (Pagellus centrodontus), but there were some irregular black
marks on the back. A faint dark patch occupied the position of the
axillary spot,

While in other respects agreeing sufficiently with the specific diagnoses
and figures given by authors, the cephalic contour of the example before
us is remarkable in the presence of a large hump in the occipital region ;
which, in combination with the swollen ridges above the eyes, imparts a
most singular effect to the profile and “ full-face” aspect.

The contour, as it geo after the specimen had been preserved for
about a fortnight in dilute formaline, is faithfully reproduced in Miss
Woodward’s drawing (Pl. XXVII.), but it is the impression of one of us,
who examined the fish before preservation, that the occipital hump was
then somewhat larger.

The occurrence of an occipital prominence as a normal phase of deve-
lopment was unfamiliar to us, and we are indebted to Mr. Boulenger for
a reference to Pellegrin’s work on the subject. (Bull. Soc. Philomath.
Paris, Ser. 9, III., p. 81, 1901). The author shows that the prominence,
due to the development of tissue of an adipose nature, occurs with such
regularity in certain species of the Perciform families Labridae, Cich-
lidae, and Sparidae, that, if not an invariable feature in the develop-
ment of these species, it is at any rate not susceptible of a pathological
explanation. His observations, and those of other writers (cf. Giinther,
Cat., IV., p. 288, Heros; Jordan and Evermann, Fishes N. and M.
America, p. 1,519, Cichlasoma, Heros, p. 1,581, Harpe, p. 1,585, Pime-

158

lometopon), point te the occipital hump being a character of the adult,
and to its almost invariable absence from the young.

Pellegrin clearly inclines to regard it as a male sexual character, but,
as he is careful to state, this is a matter of inference rather than proof
in so far as concerns the Cichlidae. Among the Labridae, however, there
seems to be no doubt that in some cases the presence of an occipital hump
is a character of the male sex ; (cf. Jordan and Evermann’s descriptions
ot Harpe [=Cossyphus of Gunther and Pellegrin] and Pimelometopon
above mentioned, quoted by Pellegrin, and the figure given by the latter
author). It is also perhaps worth noting in this connection that in
Coryphaena hippurus and Coryphaena equisetis the supraoccipital crest is
more developed in the male than in the female, although a marked fatty
hump does not seem to occur in either sex (Liitken, Spolia Atlantica, Vid.
Selsk, Skr. Kjbhvn, Ser. 5, XII., 503, 1880), and, as Pellegrin points
out, the supraoccipital crest is largely developed in the species which
possess a fatty hump, although the extreme development of the latter is
not in any sense a necessary or natural result of the presence of the former.

Among the Sparidae this hump is found in some species of Chrysophrys
Sargus, and Dentea.

Gilchrist* says of Chrysophrys globiceps :—‘ As a rule the profile of the
head region arises much more abruptly from the end of the snout in the
male than in the female,” and of C. gibbiceps:—‘‘The male can, as a
rule, be distinguished from the female by the greater prominence of the
frontal region. Exceptional cases are, however, met with where this
feature is absent in the male, and others in which it is highly developed,
the head projecting considerably beyond the vertical from the end of the
snout.” Among other species in which this hump occurs, Pellegrin cites
Dentex vulgaris, and indeed remarks that the skin of a specimen of
83 cm. from the Canaries presents a greater development of the occipital
hump than any other fish examined by him. His figure (op. cit., p. 89,
Fig. 5) shows an immense cap-like prominence extending from the level
of the anterior nostril to a little in front of the first dorsal spine, its
anterior and posterior margins rising abruptly from the general profile,
possibly somewhat distorted by the removal of the underlying bones and
muscies. A manuscript label in Valenciennes’ writing remarks of the
specimen that similar examples are said to occur from time to time at
the Canaries, and attributes the prominence to a hypertrophy of the
supraoccipital ridge. From this view Pellegrin dissents, remarking that
although, as he has shown in Geophagus, the supraoccipital crest plays
a certain part in the form of the profile, so voluminous a prominence
must be largely composed, as in other spegies examined, of adipose tissue.

The Dingle Dentex is a male with largely developed testes, ripe or
nearly so. So far as we can ascertain by sounding with a needle the
occipital hump is not accompanied by any exceptional development of
the supra-occipital crest. i

For comparison we have figured a smaller example from the British
Museum, which appears to be also a male, and is quite destitute of hump.
Donovan’s figure, taken from a large specimen (16 lbs.), seems to be cor-
rectly drawn. It shows no hump and there is no record of sex. Day
took his figure from a very young example, too small to possess this char-
acter, if Pellegrin’s interpretation of the matter is correct. Couch copied
Donovan's figure, and does not appear to have seen the Jarge examples
which he records on the authority of other observers. As no mention 1s
made of it, it may be presumed that neither possessed the hump, which
is a character sufficiently striking to attract immediate attention.t

Pellegrin, in concluding his most interesting memoir, remarks: that
many instances could no doubt be added :—“ Car il s’agit d’un phénoméne
nun pathologique mais en quelque sorte periodique rappelant par
example ce qui passe chez les Salmonides pour les individus dits bécards.
D’ailieurs i) n’est pas étonnant que parmi les Poissons on rendontre par-
fois chez les mf'es, surtout chez les sujets parvenus & un Age avaneé, des
caractéres morptiologiques particuliers qui ne peuvent pas étre précisé-
ment considérés comme anormaux.”

* Marine Investigations in South Africa, IL. 183, 1603,
The Weymouth specimen, we are informed by Mr. Tate Regan, wasa male, 87 cm, in
total lenyth, 75 em. witheut caudal fin, It had no supraorbital-hump,

159

By whatever process it is accomplished the beak of a male salmon,
developed shortly before the breeding season, is in great part reduced
thereatter, to reappear again before the next period of reproductive acti-
vity. lt is nov suggested by Pellegrin that the occipital hump of Dentex,
eic., has a similar relationship to the season of reproduction. Indeed,
it, as the author conjectures (op. cit., p. 84), the hump is to be inter-

reted as reserve of fat which can be drawn upon in case of famine, pro-

bability would seem to point to its reduction during the drain on the
system involved by the maturation of the sexual products. If, however,
it prove to be really a phenomenon confined to large males (and, as we
may suppose, appearing, and then in a lesser degree, only in very large
females), its material would not seem of importance for conversion into
generative matter, since it would be required by the female at least as
much as by the male, except in the species in which the male requires,
in connection with reproduction, a greater store of nutritive matter than
the female. Such cases may possibly be presented by forms in which the
normal male roe is larger than or at least requires a greater consumption
of food material than the normal female roe. More familiar instances
are found among species in which the male undertakes the duties of nidi-
fication and care of ova—duties which must practically preclude him
from feeding during the period which they occupy. Circumstances of this
latter nature might well be supposed to influence the development of the
hump in many Cichlidae, in which the parent carries the ova during deve-
lopment in the gullet or pharynx (cf. Boulenger, Poissons du Bassin du
Congo, 1901, p. 394, and ‘“‘ Field” 1902, p. 33, and 1904, p. 951); but it
appears that the sex of the parent so occupied varies in different species.
It is certainly noteworthy that Louis Agassiz particularly remarks that
in Geophagus the occipital hump is only present in the adult male, and
that in that species the ova are carried during development in the pharynx
of the male. In the African and Syrian species of this family, however,
the occurrence of an occipital hump does not seem to have been recorded
in the female of any species, although, go far as is known, that sex is
always the nurse in these forms. In Dentex vulgaris the ova appear to
be pelagic (Holt, Ann. Mus. Marseille, V., 4, 1899), and if so require no
care from either parent, and the ova ci Chrysophrys globiceps and C.
gibbiceps are known to be pelagic (Gilchrist, loc. cit.).
_ Again, the familiar wrasses or conners of the British Isles are ail alike
in the absence, in either sex, of any noticeable adipose reserve in the
head or elsewhere, although among those of the genus Labrus the male
makes a nest and guards the ova deposited therein, while in Ctenolabrus
and Centrolabrus the ova are pelagic. Fat, of course, is accumulated on
the mesenteries, but we have no observations to show that it preponderates
in either sex. In other of our well-known fishes in which the male guards
the brood, such as Gobius, Cyclopterus, and Lepadogaster, no reserve of
fat comparable to that of the species dealt with by Dr. Pellegrin is found ;
nor is there any such provision in Callionymus, a genus in which, though
the ova are pelagic, the male undertakes arduous labours in connection
with pairing. Among the pipe-fishes the male carries the ova. but has
no obvious adipose reserve, :

In the present state of our knowledge it seems therefore impossible to
trace any constant correlation between a nesting, nursing or pairing
habit, and the occurrence in either parent of an occipital hump or other

Pp p
noteworthy reserve uf adipose matter.

Pellegrin’s suggested comparison between the occipital hump of Dentez,
&c., and the beak of a salmon is not, of course, intended by that author
to be too narrowly criticised. The ss:mon’s beak is merely cited as an
instance of a physiological character confined to the male sex. It is a
feature which varies greatly in individuals, and, as we have some reason
to believe, in localities; but only reaches its maximum development in
very large (and, presumably, old) examples. |

Though a fully developed beak, forcing its way, as it not infrequently
does, through the tissues of the snout, can hardly be of much value to its
possessor, such an organ is clearly derived from the excessive development
of a condition of the lower jaw, whith condition, in a normal state of
development, is most useful in combats on the redds. In trout, and even
im young salmon, the elongation and curvature of the lower jaw of the

160

breeding male is no doubt of direct service: American charr (S. fontin-
alis), we believe, use 1t with great effect in getting a grip of the isthmus
of a rival. The beak must, therefore, be sees fs as something more
than a mere manifestation of physiological activity. We know of no
observations which would assist in correlating the degree of beak attained
during the breeding season with the degree ot nutrition of fish on entering
fresh water or with the length of the period which may have elapsed
between entering fresh water (and ceasing to add to nutrition) and breed-
ing; nor, supposing the reduction of the beak to be accomplished by re-
absorption, is there anything to show what time is occupied by this pro-
cess, or to what extent it is contemporaneous with feeding. Indeed, since
slats (kelts) with ultra-developed beak are rather commonly found dead,
it is not ciear to us that such examples have any subsequent life-history ;
and, on the whole, it seems most unlikely that the feature can be truly
regarded as a reserve on which the possessor may draw during the period
of recuperation. In any case, since in the Atlantic species the temale
alone Jabours at the making of the redd, the beak (if in any sense a
reserve) is not associated with the sex upon which the strain of reproduc-
tion musi tell most heavily.

In all the Pacific salmon of the genus Oncorhynchus there is found a
phenomenon which at first sight appears much more akin to the occipital
hump of Denier, &c., than is the beak, which, be it remarked, is present
in Oncorhynchus as well as in Salmo. We refer to the dorsal hump of
the male, which reaches its greatest development in O. gorbuscha, Accord-
ing to Jordan and Evermann,* the Pacific salmon differ in two important
respects from their Atlantic kindred—(i) the male constructs the redd,
apa (ii) most, (or probably all) males die after once spawning.

The first statement is so often made on respectable, if unreliable, autho-
rity in regard to Atlantic salmon that we are tempted to question its
accuracy even in regard to forms of which we have no personal know-
ledge ; but the real difficulty in regarding the humped back of a Pacific
salmon as a store of fatty tissue (we are acquainted with no observations
of its actual nature) laid up to meet the exigencies of the breeding season,
appears to be its absence in early running fish and its constant presenc®
in slats, which 1s the contrary of what one would expect to find were it
a character of that nature. It is not impossible that it may result from
the reduction of fatty tissue in the neighbouring parts, and thus be
merely a phase of emaciation, which the comparatively weak and soft
bones of Onchorhynchus make possible, but which is prevented in Salmo
by the firmer and harder character of the skeleton.

In conclusion we are fain to confess that we have been able to find ne
means of properly estimating the significance and utility of the occipital
hump. We have dealt with it at such length because we cannot but
regard it as a phenomenon which would admit of easy interpretation were
our knowledge of the bionomics and physiology of fishes somewhat more
free of the Cimmerian darkness that still enshrouds all but the taxonomy
of that class of the animal kingdom. In some cases the hump appears
to be a character of the old male and constant in its occurrence. In
others, including Dentex, it is not constant in the large males. In
others there is as yet no clear evidence of its sexual nature; and, in the
absence of information as to season of capture in relation to season of
reproduction or conditions of nutrition, it can only be stated to manifest
itself occasionally in large individuals.

Pellegrin inclines to regard the occipital hump as a secondary sexual
character, confined to old males, and when we turn to secondary char-
acters of a more tangible nature, such as elongated fin rays, we find that
within the limits of a single genus such features may have a sexual nature
or not. Thus in Gobius, and its allies, the male commonly has larger
dorsal fins than the female. In Gobius niger the male has certain of the
rays of the spinous dorsal produced into filaments ; in Gobius F'riesv
this prolongation appears to be eee present in the female. In Arno-
glossus laterna large (and, presumably, old) males have the anterior
dorsal rays much prolonged, and, while old females show a slight ten-
dency to the same condition : small males, even though sexnally mature,
and females show none of it. In Arnoglossus Grohmanni the second ray

* American food and game Fishes, 1902, p. 145,

ro

one

G. M Woodward del.

Dentex vulgaris X 5

ar

» ah

4

é

Lat

a

161

of the dorsal is prolonged in all sexes throughout life; and, although it
has been stated that this ray is more profusely adorned with membranous
fringe in the adult male than in the female,* our own experience of con-
siderable material proves clearly that this is a matter of individual and
not of sexual variation. Coris julis and Callionymus lyra both exhibit
a prolongation of dorsal rays (anal also in Callionymus) in large, but no
noticeable prolongation in small, sexually mature males. Callionymus
maculatus resembles the commoner British species in the sexual differences
of its fins, but in some of the exotic forms theze structures appear to be
equally developed in both sexes, or even to attain a greater development
in the female than in the male (Alcock, Catalogue of Indain Deep-Sea
Fishes, 73-74, 1899.)

In some of the forms we have mentioned as exhibiting secondary sexual
characters of fins, and in others in which obvious differences of this
nature are confined to colouration, we know that the male quarrels with
his fellows about his partner and guards the ova, when demersal ; and in
cases where no such conduct is known to occur, it will be found that we
have no information at all of the breeding habit. There would, there-
fore, seem to be a prima facie case for regarding these characters as pos-
sibly of some importance in connection with the sexual functions, though
with the nature of their import we are not here concerned.t

In the case of the occipital hump there is, as we have seen, no evidence
of any such relation ; but although not strictly comparable to elongation
of fins or brilliance of colouration, it is not unreasonable to assume that,
like them, an accumulation of fatty tissue may be a result of a physio-
logical activity which is, in the breeding season, more marked in the
male than in the female, whose whole resources are required for the proper
development of the ova, and—provided this accumulation is not required
to meet the demands of some special breeding habit of the male—there
seems no reason why the presence of an occipital hump should not kecome
a more or less permanent character of that sex. Unlike elongated fin
rays or brilliant colours, a fatty growth of this nature would not become
an exhausting outgrowth to be suppressed as soon as the reproductive
activity was past,t but would remain an useful asset in the event of the
available food supply at any future period proving insufficient for the
nutrition of its owner.

* Cunningham, P.Z.S., 1890, p. 540.

t It would not be difficult to make a long list of forms exhibiting sexual differ-
ences, such as ciliation of scales in the imale (e.g. Plewronectes platessa), or heavier
dermal armature in the female (as in most of the Raiidac). The difference in shape
of dorsum, flat in the male, convex in the female, in Nerophis aequoreus is perhaps
worthy of passing mention as exceptional in a group in which the male parent
always carries the ova during development.

{It is to us a matter of uncertainty whether the filamentous extensicn of the fin
rays in such a form as (fobius niger are or are not reduced after the breeding season,
but there is evidence that in Gobius minutus the elongated rays of the soft dorsal
and anal of the male are lost almost immediately on the conclusion of the breeding
season (see Report for 1901, Part Il., pp. 62, 63 [1903]. In Callionymus observa-
tion throughout the year seems to show that no sensible reduction takes place.
There is, however, in all cases with which we are acquainted, a most obvious
diminution in the brilliance of the colouration after the breeding season, but since,
in some forms at any rate, the substances which give rise to the breeding coloura-
tion may be due to an excessive activity of the excretory system in sympathy with
the stimulation of the generative organs, the development of fin rays and the pro-
duction of colouration elements ought perhaps to be regarded as due to physiologi-
cal causes of an entirely different nature.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.

DENTEX VULGARIS, Cuv.
Large male, with occipital hump, from Dingle Bay.
Smaller example, sex not ascertained, from the British Museum.
Both figures are drawn to the same scale, viz, x 1.

me

162

11.—THE BRITISH AND IRISH GOBIES.
SUPPLEMENT.

BY

E. W. L. Hort ann L. W. Byrne.

Puate XXVIII.

—_——

In our account of the British and Irish Gobies (Report for 1901, Pt.
II., Appendix No. III.) we referred to the possible occurrence of Gobius
capito on our coasts, and gave a brief diagnosis.

Since then Mr. F. Pickard-Cambridge (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 8. 7,
XII., p. 584, 1903) has confirmed Boulenger’s suggestion of the identity
of the large Goby described by Couch with this species.

It is in order to make our own account of the genus complete, and not
to supplement Cambridge’s excellent paper, that we offer the following
notes, in which, as will be seen, we have availed ourselves largely of
Cambridge’s observations. We are indebted to Mr. Boulenger for the
opportunity to figure a British specimen.

The key to the British and Irish gobies given in last year’s Report
must be amended, as follows, to include G. capito :—

A.—Ventrals with anterior membrane.

1. Superior rays of pectoral separate and silk-like.

(a.) Anterior membrane of ventrals separated from fin rays
and forming lateral lobes; interorbital space two-thirds
or more in diameter of eye; 60 or more sca‘es in a longi-
tudinal series; spinous dorsal without elongated rays or
superior pale horizontal band.

G. capito.

(b.) Anterior membrane of ventrals continuous with fin-rays ;
interorbital space narrow and eyes almost touching supe-
riorly.

i. Not more than 42 scales in a longitudinal series ;
middle rays of spinous dorsal longest.
G. niger.

ii. 50 or more scales in a longitudinal series ; spinous
dorsal with a superior pale horizontal band,

G, paganellus.

GOBIUS CAPITO, C. and Y.

GIiant Gopy.
Prate XXVIII.

Habit, stout and heavy ; form, subcylindrical ; depth of body (at anus),
5 to 6 times in total length; length of head, 34 to 44; head very broad
and heavy ; snout, 3 to 44 in length of head; eye, 5 to 64; interorbital
space, % (in young) to slightly less than diameter of eye ; scales, 60-68* in

* We gave (i\-62, counted in Mediterranean examples, in the lost Report. Boulenger found
6] in specimens from Brittany, Pickard Cambridge 65-68 in his Cornish specimens. The
variation may be local, but is more likely due to the difficulty, alluded to by us in the last
report, in counting scales in Gobies on uniform principles,

XXVUT.

cual ©

. tL Gebinis Capitan 4 talk

G. M. Woodward del.

ins, from below, x 1,

. 2.0 Vertrale

.
>
*
ne
~ +
a)

— & Sa ee

~

163

a longitudinal, 18-22 in a transverse series; 15 across anterior end of
caudal peduncle; decreasing in size anteriorly and minute and almost
buried in the skin on the head and forepart »f the back. Pectorals with
branched extremities of 2 or 3 upper rays produced into short silk-like
filaments ; anterior membrane of ventrals separated by a notch from
fin-rays and forming a lobe on either side, which is, teste Pickard-Oam-
bridge, rounded in the adult and pointed in the young. Spinous dorsat
with VI., soft dorsal with 14-15 rays, anal with 11-13 rays. Caudal
obtusely rounded.

Colour—teste Pickard-Cambridge—“ Very variable in different indivi-
“duals, ranging from pale orange-pink or sandy to sooty-black. Freshly
“caught examples are beautifully mottled with various markings of dif-
“ferent shades of grey.” Unpaired fins with irregular rows of sooty-
black blotches, no pale band at the margin of the dorsal. Small
Mediterranean specimens are generally darker than the adults, which,
at Marseilles, are usually dull brown with more or less mottling of dark
brown and dull yellow.

Attains a length of 10 inches or more.

No change of coouration has been observed in the breeding male

Apparently allied to G. paganellus, but a much larger species. Dis-
tinguishable from all other British aud Irish gobies by the wide interor-
bital space, the form of the ventral and form and colour of the spinous
dorsal fins, and the number of scales.

The Giant Goby is common in the Mediterranean, and its range extends
to the western end of the English Channel. In Brittany and Cornwall
it is found chiefly in oyster ponds and rock pools, often in places reached
oniy by spring tides.* In Kngland, apparently very local in distribu-
tion ; we have failed to find it, in spite of careful search, on the coast
cf Devon or the north coast of Cornwall, and in Falmouth Harbour.
Couch found it, probably near Polperro, and Pickard-Cambridge at
Port Scatho, between Falmouth and Fowey, where it is, seemingly,
locally abundant. So far there is no record of its occurrence in Ireland,
but the above notes indicate the situations in which it may be sought
with most chance of success.

The ova resemble those of G. paganellus, but are much larger, mea-
suring about 5°6 mm. by 1°23 mm. In the aquarium at Endotime, Mar-
seilles, they were deposited on the vertical walls of tanks, and, in a
state of nature, are probably deposited in places similar to those used by
G. vaganellus.

GOBIUS MINUTUS, L.

Professor Collett has called our attention to his description of
examples of G. minutus from 50 to 280 metres (about 27 to 153 fathoms)
in various Norwegian fjords,t and suggests that the pale deep-water
forms, to which we made brief reference in the Report for 1901,+ may be
of the same character. The Norwegian forms are described as from 50
t) 62mm. in length. The whole of the throat is scaleless, and the body
and fins are very pale. The author considers that they ought possibly
to be referred to a sub-species (“‘ Underart”), for which he proposes the
Name norvegicus.

The sub-species seems rather imperfectly defined, and though our
examples may very probably resemble the Norwegian forms, we do not
for the present consider that there is evidence of the existence of a well-
marked deep-water race in British and Irish waters.

*In the Mediterranean, eg at Marseilles, where there is no considerable rise or fall of tide,
young specimens are common in the shallow parcs used for storing shell-fish, but the big ones
seem to live mostly outside among rocks which never uncover.

t Meddelelser om Norges Fiske, I., 1902, pp. 53, 54.
} Pp. 5] and 63 (p. 15 of reprint.)

164

lil._-FIGURES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF THE BRITISH AND
IRISH SPECIES OF SOLEA.

BY

E. W. L. Horr anp L. W. Byrne.

PuaTes XXIX. to XXXIV.

The following notes are not addressed to ichthyologists but to those who,
without professing a special knowledge of fishes and without the aid
of a library, may be called upon to record the result of fishing operations.
Except that Miss Woodward’s figures are original and that the diagnoses
have been verified by personal observations, we offer little that cannot be
found in the copious literature of the subject.

References and synonomy we have restricted to the absolute minimum,
but readers may be here referred for coloured figures of most of the
species to Cunningham’s “Treatise on the Common Sole.” Life-history,
habit, habitat, and distribution are treated very briefly, but sufficiently,
we hope, to attract the attention of those who may find material for the
increase of knowledge in these particulars.

We use the term “ British and Irish” in the compound sense, and not
as denoting any distinction in the Marine Fauna of the waters sur-
rounding the different parts of the British Islands. For marine zoo-
logical purposes such a distinction does not appear to us to be yet war-
ranted by completeness of survey.

It is perhaps necessary to note that the genus Solea does not include a
number of fishes which are commonly spoken .of and sold as soles.

The “white sole” of Irish fishmongers, “witch” of England, and
“craig fluke” of Scotland is a fish of the dab kind, termed by natural-
ists Pleuronectes (or Glyptocephalus) cynoglossus. Neither in anatomy
nor flavour has it any near kinship with the true soles. Another dab,
Pleuronectes microcephalus, is known in England as “lemon sole,”’*
“merry (Mary) sole,” or ‘cock sole,” and though known to the older
generation of Dublin trawlers as “smear dab,” is now commonly sold
in Ireland as ‘white sole” or ‘“‘ lemon sole,” according to the fancy cf
the vendor. Like the preceding, it is an excellent fish, but not a sole.

Rhombus (Zeugopterus) megastoma, “megrim” or “merrygrim” in
England, “sail-fluke” in Scotland, “witch” or “megrim” in the par-
lance of Irish fishermen, not infrequently becomes a “ white sole” before
it reaches the Irish consumer, and it may be supposed that its deep-water
relative, Ehombus Boscii, now brought within reach of the market by
modern methods of trawling, will equally lose its identity before appear-
ing at table.

TERMINOLOGY.

We have endeavoured, as far as is compatible with concise descrip-
tion, to avoid the use of technical terms, and most of those which we
have been compelled to use are illustrated in the figure of the adult
Solea vulgaris.

The ifiowis s points should be borne in mind when dealing with the
descriptions of species, and, taken with the figure above alluded tw,
should make the descriptions given sufliciently intelligible,

The depth of body is measured at the deepest part of the fish, and is
exclusive of the dorsal and anal fins; the total length is measured from

*The name “lemon sole” is applied in some natural history books to Solea lascaris, but we
do not believe that the fish ever enjoyed such a designation elsewhere,

165°

the front of the head to the origin of the caudal fin; the length of head is
measured from the front of the snout to the posterior point of the
opercular bone of the gill cover and does not include the skinny flap
which forms the extreme edge of the gill cover. The depth of caudal
peduncle is measured at its lowest point. The snout is the distance from
the front of the head te the level of the front margin of the eye of the
ocular side (7.e. the lower eye) ; the longitudinal diameter of the eye is
taken from that of the ocular side unless otherwise stated, and this
measurement is always greater compared to the length of the head in the
young than in the adult. The interorbital space is measured between the
inner margins of the bony orbits, the intcrocular space between the ex-
posed parts of the eyes.

— —--+—=—

a= PE - =

CORRECTION. |

Horr any Byrnu.—Figures and Descriptions of the British and Irish

Species of Solea.

pp. 166, line 41, and 169, footnote.

The authorship of Zhe Literature of the Ten Principal Food Fishes

“7

of the North Sea, by P. P. C. Horx, has been in error attri-

buted to PETERSEN.

Ann. Rep. Fish., Ireland, 1902-8, Pt. I1., App., V. [1905.]

(G. S72). 11, 05. 550. (11888)

<= ey ano DULUE Ly UULYeU. LO @ greater or less extent tne iront

part of the blind side cf the head bears tufts of short filaments ; these
appear to have a tactile function, and serve to assist in the finding of
food, and their different arrangement in different species is sometimes
useful as a means of identification. The scales on both sides of the body
are small, horizontally elongated, deeply overlapping, and ctenoid (i.c.,
beset with spinous processes), and the rays of the marginal fins are scale-
clad on both sides.

The form of the body is more elongate than in most other flat fish, and
the dorsal and anal fins are separated from the caudal by an unusually
small interval, presenting an approach to the condition of some exotic
flat fish (e.g., Cynoglossus), in which the dorsal, caudal, and anal fins
are continuous. The dorsal fin has its origin far forward on the head.
The pectoral fins, in no case of any considerable size, are, in the sub-
genus Solea (sole and sand-sole), of about the same size on either side of
the body, while in the sub-genus Microchirus (thick-back, Solea_ pro-
fundicola and solenette) the pectoral fin of the blind side is reduced to a
mere vestige.

_All true soles are dextral, 7.¢., the eyes of the adult are on the right
side of the head, and, though it is not impossible that such variation
may occur, we do not recollect to have heard of a reversed specimen.

*In some fishes the scales of the lateral line itself are enlarged and do not correspond to those
above and below it.

164

lil.-FIGURES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF THE BRITISH AND
IRISH SPECIES OF SOLEA.

BY

E. W. L. Horr anp L. W. Byrne,
Puates XXIX. to XXXIV.

44 ~Po4- P-L nlaciate hut ta thasa urha

England, “sail-fluke” in Scotland, “witch” or ‘“ megrim” in tne par-~
lance of Irish fishermen, not infrequently becomes a ‘“ white sole” before
it reaches the Irish consumer, and it may be supposed that its deep-water
relative, Lhombus Boscii, now brought within reach of the market by
modern methods of trawling, will equally lose its identity before appear-
ing at table.

TERMINOLOGY.

We have endeavoured, as far as is compatible with concise descrip-
tion, to avoid the use of technical terms, and most of those which we
have been compelled to use are illustrated in the figure of the adult
Solea vulgaris.

The following points should be borne in mind when dealing with the
descriptions of species, and, taken with the figure above alluded w,
should make the descriptions given sufliciently intelligible,

The depth of body is measured at the deepest part of the fish, and is
exclusive of the dorsal and anal fins; the total length is measured from

*The name “lemon sole” is applied in some natural history books to Solea lascaris, but we
do not believe that the fish ever enjoyed such a designation elsewhere,

165

the front of the head to the origin of the caudal fin ; the length of head is
measured from the front of the snout to the posterior point of the
opercular bone of the gill cover and does not include the skinny flap
which forms the extreme edge of the gill cover. The depth of caudal
pedunele is measured at its lowest point. The snout is the distance from
the front of the head to the level of the front margin of the eye of the
ocular side (i.e. the lower eye) ; the longitudinal diameter of the eye is
taken from that of the ocular side unless otherwise stated, and this
measurement is always greater compared to the length of the head in the
young than in the adult. The intcrorbital space is measured between the
inner margins of the bony orbits, the intcrocular space between the ex-
posed parts of the eyes.

It is necessary to observe that in the soles the proportions are very
variable in the living fish, and are liable to considerable alteration by the
action of preservatives and by ordinary post mortem shrinkage. The
proportions given in the diagnoses of species must, therefore, be regarded
as merely approximate, and must not be treated as absolutely reliable,
by themselves, for specific determination.

The scales are counted (1) in a longitudinal series from the posterior
end of the operculum to the origin of the caudal fin, parallel with and
above the lateral line* ; (2) in a transverse series across the body so as
to give the number of longitudinal series above and below the lateral
line ; their number is expressed conventionally, thus Se. 150, 45/50, in-
dicates 150 scales in a longitudinal series and 45 longitudinal series above
and 50 below the lateral line at the deepest part of the body. The tranverse
series may be counted either vertically, passing in zigzag fashion from
one longitudinal series to another; or, with greater ease, in a single
oblique row passing through the lateral line at the thickest part of the
body. In either case the resultant number is about the same. Both
methods are illustrated in Pl. XXIX., but, owing to the difficulty of
deciding the part of the skin which masks the origin of the fin rays,
exact counting of the scales is especially difficult when the fish is fresh,
and no attention need be paid to small discrepancies of number.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.

The true soles found in EKuropean waters differ from other flat fishes of
the same region in that the margin of the head projects in front of the
mouth. The mouth is also more distorted towards the blind side of the
body than in other forms, and the jaws, which bear teeth only on the
blind side, are strongly curved. To a greater or less extent the front
part of the blind side cf the head bears tufts of short filaments; these
appear to have a tactile function, and serve to assist in the finding of
food, and their different arrangement in different species is sometimes
useful as a means of identification. The scales on both sides of the body
are small, horizontally elongated, deeply overlapping, and ctenoid (i.e.,
beset with spinous processes), and the rays of the marginal fins are scale-
clad on both sides.

The form of the body is more elongate than in most other flat fish, and
the dorsal and anal fins are separated from the caudal by an unusually
small interval, presenting an approach to the condition of some exotic
flat fish (e.g., Cynoglossus), in which the dorsal, caudal, and anal fins
are continuous. The dorsal fin has its origin far forward on the head.
The pectoral fins, in no case of any considerable size, are, in the sub-
genus Solea (sole and sand-sole), of about the same size on either side of
the body, while in the sub-genus Microchirus (thick-back, Solea pro-
fundicola and solenette) the pectoral fin of the blind side is reduced to a
mere vestige.

All true soles are dextral, ¢-e., the eyes of the adult are on the right
side of the head, and, though it is not impossible that such variation
may occur, we do not recollect to have heard of a reversed specimen.

«In some fishes the scales of the lateral line itself are enlarged and do not correspond to those
above and below it.

166

We have seen one example in which the eye of the left side retained its

original position in the adult, though in other respects, including the

torsion to the right side of the upper parts of the skull, the fish was

practically normal.

The blind side is normally devoid, or practically devoid, of pigment,
but instances of what is termed partial ambicolouration are not very
rare in the common sole, and occur, no doubt, also in other species.

The eggs of the Soles are pelagic, i.e., they are of less specific gravity
than the sea water, and consequently float, not necessarily at the surface,
though in the more saline water of the Mediterranean they appear to be
commoner in the superficial layers than in our seas. They possess certain
characters in common throughout the genus, viz., the zona radiata, or
shell, is devoid of any conspicuous markings; the yolk is transparent,
devoid of colour, and covered by a superficial layer of vesicular segments,
while throughout the periphery are scattered a large number of small oil-
globules, never restricted to any particular region and never coalescing
into one or any small number of large globules.

The embryo is decorated with yellow (of various tints according to
species), and later with black pigment, and the larva, during its sym-
metrical stage, is characterised by the prcminence of the mid-brain and
by the presence of a more or less pronounced “ float” or ampullation of
the primordial fin-membrarie above the head.

After the absorption of the yolk the larva passes through the normal
phases of pleuronectid metamorphosis. The body gradually deepens,
while the upper part of the head becomes gradually twisted to the right
side until both eyes come to be situate on the same side. Since the con-
trary has been stated by Smitt, whose edition of the “History of Scan-
dinavian Fishes” commands a deservedly high respect, it may be noted
that in the species of Solca of which we have knowledge the left eye passes
the ridge of the head before the dorsal fin has extended so far forward,
_and therefore does not pass under that fin (or apparently through the
tissues of the head) as n Plagusia, and, among British fishes, Arno-
lossus.

7 Adult soles, like other flat-fishes, have no air-bladder; and, though
provided with this organ, the larval sole is, unlike the corresponding
stages of the Turbot and Brill, very seldom met with in our seas at the
surface.

SOLEA VULGARIS, Quensel.
Sote, Brack Soie (Common Soxe auct)

Pus, XXIX. anp XXXI Sie aP

For an exhaustive bibliography see Petersen, The literature of the ten
principal food fishes of the North Sea, Copenhagen, 1903.

Depth of body in young about 23 to 3 times; in adults about 24 to
2% times in total length (without caudal fin), but very variable, and ex-
ceptionally somewhat less; length of head about 44 to about 54 times.
Depth of caudal peduncle about 34 to 54 times in depth of body. Eyes
about equal in size, about 54 times (in adult) to about 4$ times (in
young) in length of head, the upper about half its diameter
in advance of lower; interorbital space less than, interocular space (in
adult) rather greater than longitudinal diameter of eye. Snout about as
long as, often longer than, eye. Nostrils of ocular side close together,
both tubular, the anterior reaching back nearly to the eye, the posterior
with a short tumid tube; anterior nostril of blind side tumid. but not
greatly expanded nor conspicuously fringed.

Dorsal fin with about 75 to 90 rays. Anal with about 65 to 80.
Pectoral fin of ocular side about two and a half times in head, of blind
side as long, or nearly as long, as that of ocular side. Caudal fin
} to yy of length inclusive of such fin, Scales about 130-160, 40-50/50-60.

at

167

Anterior part of blind side of head, about as far back as a tranverse line
passing some way behind the angle of mouth, beset with tufts of short
filamentous processes, which are continuous in distribution, and with-
out any conspicuous linear or reticulate arrangement. The filamentous
region is continued some way back along the dorsal and ventral margin,
and some of the anterior dorsal and anal rays have small filaments on the
basal parts of their posterior edges. }

Caudal peduncle exceedingly short, there being hardly any interval
between the last of the dorsal and anal rays and the upper and lower
caudal rays. Indeed, the membrane of the last dorsal and anal rays
may extend some way on the scale-clad basal parts of the caudal rays.

Colouration of ocular side during life subject to variation, specimens
taken on dark ground being of a darker, and on light ground of a paler
brown or yellowish brown general colour. The markings consist of darker
blotches of varying sizes, which are roughly arranged in three longi-
tudinal rows with less marked rows between them, and of small pale spots,
which are irregularly arranged in the intervals between the dark blotches.
The unpaired fins have a very narrow border of dead white. There is a
roughly elliptical dark spot at the distal end of the pectoral fin of the
ocular side, never enclosed in a white ring. Within a short period after
death the differences of shade observable in life in specimens from
different grounds disappear, being due to temporary conditions of expan-
sion of chromatophores rather than to actual differences in the colour
elements, and the ocular side becomes of a uniform dark cold sepia brown.

It is said to attain a length of 26 inches, but specimens exceeding 19
inches are rather rare. In general soles from the 8.W. of England and 8.
and §.W. of Ireland are larger than those from other parts of our coasts.
The weight has been said, on apparently reliable authority, toreach 6 lbs.,
but does not usually exceed about 3 lbs. The female is sexually mature
at about 12 inches, the male at about 10 inches. The testes, even when
ripe, are much smaller than in the males of other common Pleuro-
nectids, and their inconspicuous condition when immature or unripe has
given rise to the popular idea that male soles are very rare. So far as is
known there are no marked external differences between the sexes, but the
female grows to a larger size and is more abundant than the male. The
young, as apparently in all soles, are comparatively more elongated than
the adults, and the body appears to grow relatively deeper with age, while
the head becomes proportionally shorter.

The sole is unknown in Arctic waters, rare on the Norwegian coast and
the Faroes; it is uncommon on the north-east coasts of Scotland, but
grows rapidly more plentiful south of the Firth of Forth, and its dis-
tribution on the Danish and Dutch coasts is similar. In the off-shore
part of the North Sea it is absent or of no great commercial importance
on and to the north of the Dogger. It is common in the English
Channel and on all the coasts of Ireland (except the north-east), and
extends to the south and east into the Mediterranean. It is absent from
American waters.

The sole is essentially a shallow water fish, and, when adult, is com-
monly found in water from 5 to 40 fathoms depth; less commonly in
deeper water, down to about 60 fathoms, except in winter, when, in the
North Sea, it has been known to frequent the “Silver Pit,” about 50
fathoms deep, in great numbers. We are not aware of any records below
the 100-fathom line, excepting that of Vaillant of a specimen taken on
the Banc d’Arguin in 235 metres. The young, from the assumption of
the adult form up to a length of 5 or 6 inches, appear to chiefly favour
estuarine and littoral waters, and are suspected by fishermen to hibernate
to some extent in the sand during winter. There is no direct evidence
for or against this theory; nor is there evidence of a definite off-shore
migration of yoging soles in the winter; but ordinary methods of open
sea fishing are little calculated to throw light upon this. It is probable
there is a limited migration of adults in the spawning season into waters
of 25 or 30 fathoms depth, and there is undoubtedly concentration of
Spawners on certain grounds at this season. Many fish, however, appear
to spawn in shallower places. On some parts of the coast there is in the
late spring, summer, and autumn, according to locality, a distinct

168

migration of adults into estuaries and shallow bays, &c., but the fish go
sea-ward again before winter. In the partly estuarine habitat of both
young and adults the sole differs from its congeners of our coasts.

In British and Irish waters spawning takes place in the spring and
summer, most commonly in March and April, and only occasionally later
than June. The number of eggs produced by a single female has been
estimated from 750,000 in the case of a large fish to 100,000 in small fish.

Soft ground, fine sand, sendy mud, or mud,* are normal haunts of the
sole at all seasons, perhaps especially where such bottom occurs in the
neighbourhood of small reefs, patches of rocks, or rough ground, while
coarse sand and gravel, too rough for trawling, undoubtedly harbour a
fair number in summer, if not, generally, at other seasons. Temporary
emergence from such a bottom on to neighbouring ground suitable for
trawling may possibly in many cases furnish the true explanation of a
phenomenon usually ascribed to lengthy migration.

The food, which is very largely composed of Annelids, and to a less
degree of Echinoderms (mainly Amphiura), Lamellibranchs, Crustaceans
(chiefly Gammarids), Gastropods (Philine), Gephyreans, and fishes (Cry-
stallogobius and sand-eels), appears to be taken entirely on the ground.
When in search of food, at any rate in captivity, the sole seems to rely
very largely on its sense of smell, and to a less degree on that of touch,
searching the bottom apparently with the filaments of the under side
of the head, and immediately seizing any edible substance which it finds.
To a fish with such habits the sense of sight can be of but small assist-
ance in its search for food. Bateson’st investigations showed that the
sole fell into the category of fishes which find their food primarily by
smell, and the large development and peculiar situation of the anterior
nostril of the blind side seem hardly explicable on any other hypothesis.
That author states that the filamentous processes of the under side of the
head bear no sense organs, but cites Cunningham’s authority for the
statement that there are sense organs on. the surface of the head in the
areas covered by them.

‘Both observations on captive specimens and the general experience of
fishermen point to the sole being a nocturnal feeder, at any rate in shallow
water.

It is taken occasionally in seines, tuck-nets, and trammels, but sole-
fishing for commercial purposes is practically confined to trawling; and
it would appear that the most suitahie instrument for its capture 1s 4
beam trawl with a heavy ground rope worked by night. At Scarborough,
and perhaps at some other places, a considerable number of soles are
caught in the autumn on long lines with small hooks on gut snoods, baited
with “eskers” (‘‘rag-worm,” Nerevs sp.).

The eggs have the general character noted in our remarks on the genus,
and are specifically characterised—{1) by the presence of very numerous,
exceedingly minute oil-globules, most'y arranged in dense masses, which
do not coalesce before the hatching of the larva ; (2) by the coloured pig-
ment of the embryo and larva, which tonsists of pale dull yellow chro-
matophores, appearing brown by transmitted light, and, in smaller
number, of black chromatophores ; (3) by the diameter, which is about 1 to
1°58 mm., the dimensions probably depending to some extent on the size
of the parent.

The larval sole on hatching is about 3 to 3°7 mm. in total length. The.
chromatophores already noted are sporadicatly distributed, extending on
to the marginal fins and over the yolk as well as on the head and body.
The black chromatophores, much fewer in number, are also generally
distributed, but the pigment elementa of ‘both colours soon tend to
arrange themselves in a series of Jargs conspicuous blotches, but not in
definite transverse bars. Before the absorption of the yolk the mid-
brain becomes remarkably prominent, and the dorsal fin-fold is ampul-
lated to a varying degree above the head. The snout from the first

*The “mud” of soundings is often muddy sand, and it is to such material, and not to the
slimy mud of certain bottom deposits, that our remarks refer.

+ M.B.A., Jour., N.S. 1., 225.

169

projects somewhat in front of the yolk-sac.* The larva appears to the
naked eye of a pale brown colour, and is exceedingly active. At a length
of about 4 mm. the mouth is functional. Ata length of about 11mm. the
left eye is almost on the ridge of the head, and the dorsal and anal fin-
rays have appeared, while at a length of from 12 to 15mm. much of the
general appearance of the adult is assumed, the final stages of the meta-
morphosis being rapidly passed through. The habitat of the metamor-
phosing larvae is not certainly known, but between 7 and 11 mm. the
larvae are to some extent pelagic, and may normally swim in mid-water or
at no very great distance above the bottom; they have been taken in
bottom tow-nets in water of no great depth, and less frequently at the
surface; but for whatever reason specimens at this stage are not com-
a met with. They feed, to a large extent, on the larvae of other
shes.

The culture of soles cannot yet be said to have reached a practical
stage, but considerable advance has been made in this direction by MM.
Fabre-Domergue and Biétrix, who have succeeded in rearing the young
through the larval stages. The practical application of their methods
must depend, we suppose, not only on consideration of expense but upon
a reasonable assurance of adequate protection of the young from destruc-
tion by long-shore fisheries after they are turned out of the hatchery.

Young soles, for reasons seen above, seldom come into the hands of any
but long-shore fishermen, but the small species, Solea lutea, which occurs
on off-shore grounds, is quite commonly mistaken for a young Solea
vulgaris. We have, therefore, asked Miss Woodward to draw for us a speci-
men of the latter of a size comparable to the adult solenette, and pl.
XXXII. will be found to explain the distinctions sufficiently. The difference
in shape and in the size of the scales is apparent, while the dull greyish-
brown of the young sole (young soles are hardly so dark as the adults) is
quite different from the pale reddish or yellowish-brown of the solenette,
and the black streaks of the marginal fins of the latter present a further
obvious distinction.

It is perhaps worth mentioning that the sole is the fish which stands
most in the way of any regulation dealing with the mesh of nets used for
the capture of flat fish. Whereas a plaice may be caught in a net the
mesh of which, by appeal to measurements, would appear to afford ample
opportunity of escape, a sole will wriggle out of any hole large enough to
let it through. A small mature sole is narrower than an immature
plaice, and is, if anything, more valuable per pound than a large sole.

As compared with its congeners and with other flat fishes, the sole is a
fish of extraordinary vitality, surviving removal from the water and re-
taining its muscular strength for a considerable time. It is, however, at
least in aquaria, extremely subject, as first remarked by Fulton, to fatal
inflammation arising from abrasion in the net. This susceptibility to
wounds, which in other forms, plaice and flounders for instance, heal
rapidly, may account for the want of success which, we understand, has
attended attempts to study its movements and migrations by means of
labels affixed to captured specimens. Moreover, while the scales of the
blind side of a plaice (so successfully marked by Fulton, Kyle, and
Garstang) are mere dermal armature, those of the sole are organs of pre-
hension and locomotion, as anyone may ascertain by trying to pull a live
sole, tail first, along the deck of a vessel. The affixing of a labelt may
consequently be a serious interference with the activity of the sole so
honoured.

The liability to inflammation may possibly be a cause contributing to
the present scarcity of the species if small fish which have successfully
struggled through the meshes of a net often subsequently succumb in
nature to the abrasions contracted in their escape.

From the observations of one of us, soles appear rather liable to 4
functional derangement of the excretory organs, whereby the urocyst may

* Petersen, in the compilation referred to above, reproduces a number of drawings of the
egg and larval stages.
+The labels used are bone dises placed on either side and cornected by a silver wire passing

through the muscles of the fish,
: : N

170

become completely impacted with polygonal masses, some as large as a
pea, of a hard white substance, presumably uric acid in solid form.

An external parasite of the sole, Phyllonella soleae, is fairly familiar ;
it is a Trematode worm of the family Tristomatidae, flat and semi-trans-
parent in appearance.* A parasite less generally known, but not uncom-
mon on the Irish coast, is the leech Hemibdella soleae (van B. and H.)t,
a thin dark-brown creature which sometimes clings to the ocular side in
such numbers as to make fishermen say that the fish is covered with hair.
Another and much larger leech, Branchellion, appears, from the British
Museum catalogue, to have been found on soles, but it is certainly rare
on them, as, indeed, on any fish of our coasts. Platybdella soleae (van
B. and H.), recorded from British waters by T. Scott, is probably
generally unobserved on account of its small size.

SOLEA LASCARIS, Bonap.
Synon. Solea aurantiaca.

Sanp SoLz, Frencu Sorn (Lemon Sore, Guct.).

Pi. AXX.

Depth of body about 24 or 24 times in total length, exclusive of caudal
fin, length of head about five times. Depth of caudal peduncle about
44 or 5 times in depth of body. Eyes nearly equal in size, about 44
times in length of head, the upper about half its diameter in advance
of lower; interorbital space narrow, interocular space about twice in
snout, which is about half as long again as eye. Anterior nostril of
ocular side tubular, anterior nostril of blind side very large and dilated,
with numerous radial folds running from its aperture to its outer
margin, which is distinctly fringed with short processes.

Dorsal fin commencing in front of upper eye, with about 79 to 89 rays,
anal fin with about 67 to 70 rays. Pectoral fins of equal, or nearly equal,
size, about 24 times in length of head Caudal] fin about 15 of length in-
clusive of such fin. Scales about 110-130, 30-34/37-40. Short filamentous
processes along the upper and lower margins of the blind side of the head
and opercular bones, round the mouth and nostrils, and in six or seven
narrow roughly vertical bands from the upper margin of the head to its
middle line.

Colouration in life brownish or greenish-yellow with numerous small
blackish blotches and specks which may form larger or smaller groups, and
scattered bluish or greyish spots. There is a conspicuous horizontal
black band on the pectoral fin of the eyed side, usually com-
pletely enclosed by a white margin. After death the ocular side is of a
pale yellowish or reddish-brown, with more or fewer small black markings.
It never becomes of an uniform dark brown, as in S. vulgaris. Blind side
opaque white. ,

The length does not appear to much exceed twelve inches. ‘A malo
eight inches in length was mature.

In British waters the records of distribution are (probably from failure
of recognition) too meagre to admit of satisfactory tabulation, but the
species appears to be nowhere very abundant. It has been observed in
the Southern part of the North Sea, in the English Channel, in the Trish
Sea, in Blacksod and Clew Bays, County Mayo, and Dingle Bay, County
Kerry, and is locally not uncommon on the south coast of Devonshire. It
should be looked for among soles taken from shallow water. The pale
colour of dead specimens attracts the eye, and the huge anterior nostril
of the blind side at once settles the determination. Sand and fine sand
appear, to our limited knowledge, to be favourite haunts, while Plymouth

* See Cunningham, fom. cit., p. 95.
+ We are indebted to Dr. KE. &. Blanchard for the determination of this species,

171

trawlers have told us that they usually get a fow pairs on the coarser
part of the Mount’s Bay ground. In Dingle Bay Mr. Farran has taken
the species on ground of which at least a part was coarse sand.

On our coasts one bathymetric limit is presented in the summer by
the extreme margin, and we cannot place the other limit deeper than
twenty-four fathoms (Dingle Bay, March) at any season, though it seems
probable that the fish is only found in very shallow water during the
warmer months of the year.

Geographically, our islands form the northern limit of distribution.
Southwards the range extends as far south as Madeira and into the Medi-
terranean at least as far east as the coast of Italy ; but over this area
there is considerable lack of continuity in the records which we have been
able to find; and beyond some intrinsic evidence of a generally deeper
hatrie we have no information of the bathymetric distribution in southern
atitudes,

The spawning season appears to be somewhat later than that of the
common sole. The eggs and larvae are not known with certainty, but ova
taken in the tow-net at Marseilles and on the west coast of Ireland may,
with great probability, be referred to the sand sole. They are somewhat
smaller than those of the common gole, the diameter being about 1°36 to
1:38 mm. The arrangement of the oil-g!obules is much as in Solea vulgaris,
but the minute globules are less numerous, and there is a greater tendency
to coalescence during development in ovo than in that species. The
coloured pigment of embryo and larva is of a bright gamboge yellow by
reflected light ; and the ampullation of the fin-fold over the head of the
larva is more pronounced and more forwardly directed than in the larval
common sole,

SOLEA AZEVIA, Brito Capello.

This species is not a native of the British and Irish area, but, as ap-
pears below, is brought to British markets.

“The manager of the fish department at Harrod’s Stores, who is
“always on the look-out for uncommon specimens, has shown me
“examples of a sole which, apparently, has not been seen before in the
“London market. This is Solea azevia, first described by Brito Capello
“from the coast’ of Portugal, and since also found in the Canary
“Tslands. An excellent figure of this fish has been given by the
“ Austrian ichthyologist, Dr. Steindachner, in 1868, but was regarded
“by this distinguished authority as a variety of our common sole.
“But Solea azevia is quite a distinct species, differing in the larger
“scales (100 to 120 in a straight line from the head to the caudal fin),
“in the larger and more truncate caudal fin (measuring about one-sixth
“of the total length), which is separated from the dorsal and anal fins
“by a space equal to one-fourth or one-third of the length of the head,
“and in the colouration. The coloured side is uniform brown ; the
“dorsal and anal fins are brown on the scaly part, otherwise purplish
“grey, with the tips of the rays white; an orange line runs along the
“fins, on the purplish-grey part ; the pectoral fin is tipped with blackish,
“but less conspicuously than in our common sole. Tn the shape of the
“tail this sole resembles the thickback (Solea variegata), which differs,
“among other points, in the very minute pectoral fin. Azevia is a
“Portuguese name used for the sole at Lisbon.”—G. A. BouLENGER.
Field, CIV., 1904, 15th Oct., p. 692.

Notice of this fish was received too late to allow of the inclusion of a
drawing and full description in this paper. We hope to deal fully with
the species in the next Report.

N 2

172

+ SOLEA VARIEGATA, Don. ee
THICKBACK (VARIEGATED Soe, auct.).
Pris. XXXIIT. anp XXXIV.

Depth of body, 25 to 3 times; length of head, 42 to 54 times in total
length, exclusive of caudal fin; depth of caudal penduncle, about
4 times in depth of body. Eyes nearly equal in size, 5 times (in
adult) to less than 4 times (in young) in length of head, the upper
eye about one-third of its length in advance of the lower; inter-
orbital space narrow, interocular space (in adult) about equal to longi-
tudinal diameter of eye; snout as long as, or slightly longer than,
eye. Anterior nostril of ocular side tubular, reaching back nearly to
eve; anterior nostril of blind side somewhat tumid. Dorsal fin with
about 63 to 74 rays, anal with about 52 to 58. Pectoral fin of ocular
side as long as, or but little longer than eye, of blind side, vestigial.
Caudal fin about ¢ or} of length inclusive of such fin. Scales about
85-105, 20/23-24.

Filamentous processes present on the anterior part and along the
dorsal and ventral margins of the blind side of the head. Ground
colour of ocular side brown, usually with a reddish or chestnut
tinge, with about five well-marked darker transverse bands and some-
times with less conspicuous bands in the intervals between them;
these bands terminate in dark patches at the base of the marginal
fins, which extend along the fin rays; caudal fin with a dark trans-
verse band. Although the system of marking is constant the bands
vary much in intensity; sometimes the dark marginal patches only
are visible, and this is perhaps the most usual condition in large
examples. Blind side pinkish white. Attains a length of 220 mm.
(nearly nine inches), and is sexually mature at about six or seven
inches.*

On our coasts the thickback affects deeper water than either of the
preceding species. We do not know of its having been taken in less than
ten, and it is certainly rare in less than twenty fathoms. From that
depth to fifty fathoms appears to be its usual haunt, but it descends to at
least 160 fathoms.

It is by no meang uncommon at the western end of the English Channel
on fine or coarse sand, and is at times abundant on the trawling grounds
outside the Eddystone and in Mount’s Bay. It occurs (and may probably
be common at suitable depths) on the south-west and west of Ireland. but
not on the east coast. It has been taken in the outer part of the Firth
of Clyde, and, according to Fulton, in the Moray Firth, but we have
no record of its capture in any other part of the North Sea nor in the
eastern part of the Channel. Plymouth, so far as we are aware, is the
only British market in which the thickhback occupies a recognised com-
mercial position.

Southwards it is found in the Bay of Biscay and in the Mediterranean.

Spawning commences in the Channel in the early spring, and appears
to continue throughout the spring and summer. Ounningham found
spawners at thirty to forty fathoms south of the Eddystone in April, and
the eggs, recognised from his description, are of not infrequent occurrence
in tow-nets over the same area. Wee

The ova are from 1:16 to 1°36 mm. in diameter. and are further distin-
guished from those of the two preceding species by the absence of groups
of very minute oil-globules. The oil-globules are numerous (thirty-eight
have been counted in one instance), small (about *03 to ‘11 mm.), and dis-
tributed separately and irregularly over tho surface of the yolk. The
newly-hatched larva is abont 2°42 mm. long; its coloured pigment is
lemon-vellow by reflected light.

The metamorphosing larva is distinguished by well-marked bars of black
chromatophores. Tt does not apnear that the larval and young stages
differ in hathymetrie distribution from the adult.

* We make this statement from eye observations only, 1t must consequently be accepted
with reserve,

173

SOLEA PROFUNDICOLA, Vaillant.
Synon. Solea Green, Gunther.
Puate XXXII,

Depth of the body 2 to 3 times in total length exclusive of caudal fin.
Length of head 54 to 5% times. Depth of caudal peduncle 5% to 43 times in
depth of body. yes nearly equal in size, the upper slightly in advance of
the lower ; longitudinal diameter of eye 4 to 44 times in head. The lower
eye is rather more tumid and more covered with skin than the upper.
Snout longer than eye, 34 to 44 times in head. Interorbital space narrow,
interocular space less than length of eye. Anterior nostril of ocular side
tubular, of blind side slightly tumid.

Dorsal fin with about 80 to 90 rays, anal with about 65 to 75. ‘Pectoral
fin of ocular side varying in length in different individuals, never much
exceeding eye in length, often much shorter than eye ; pectoral fin of blind
side vestigial, about half as long as eye. Caudal fin 8 to 10 times in
Jength inclusive of such fin.

Scales 125-140, 30-35/34-42. Filamentous processes present on anterior
part of and along dorsal and ventral margins of blind side of head.

Colouration ot ocular side during life rich fawn, with a series of five or
six indistinct paler roundish areas near the dorsal and ventral margins ,
about four similar pale areas may be present in the region of the lateral
line. The pale areas rapidly disappear after death, leaving the ocular side
of an uniform colour. Pectorals and ventrals of both sides blackish grey ;
membrane of marginal fins also blackish grey on both sides, with a narrow
white margin. Blind side opaque, slightly yellowish white, excepting the
paired fins, the membranes of the unpaired fins and the opercular border,
which are all blackish grey. Mucous membrane of mouth and gill cavity
also blackish grey. After preservation in alcohol the ocular side is uni-
form brownish grey.

Attains a length of 20°5 cm. (about 84 inches); the specimen figured
measures 18°7 cm. (74 inches) and is an adult female.

S. profundicola is an inhabitant of deep water, and its known range
extends from the 8.W. of Ireland to a lhttle south of the Canaries, and
vertically from 135 to 750 fathoms. Of twenty-one specimens known
to science, all but five have been taken off the S.W. of Ireland, one,
figured in Pl. XXXII., by the lying Fox in 1889, in 150 fathoms forty-
seven miles west of the Bull Rock, the second by H.M.S. Research in
July, 1889, in 217 fathoms in lat. 495’ N., long. 11915’ W., and the
remainder by the Helga in November, 1904, and February, 1905, at 320
to 337 fathoms, 48 and 50 miles off Tearaght Lt. The five type specimens
were taken by the T'ravailleur and Talisman at various localities and
depths off the Portuguese coast, in the Gulf of Cadiz and off Cape
Bojador, in from 135 to 705 fathoms of water.

In the light of the further material now available, we are able to con-
firm the suggestion formerly made by one of us* of the identity of S.
Greem, Gthr. with S. profundicola, Vaillant.t All the latter author’s
specimens were in a very damaged condition, and we have only had an
opportunity—kindly afforded us by Mr. G. A. Boulenger—of examining
one of them ; but a comparison of this specimen and Vaillant’s original
description with the Irish specimens leaves no reasonable doubt ot the
identity of the two species. Vaillant’s printer is probably to blame for
the statement with regard to the eyes that ‘‘lewr diamétre est @environ
% de la longueur de la téte,” which is not borne out either by the spect-
men examined or the author’s table of measurements, in which the
diameter of the eye is given as rather more than } of the head, or nearly
the same as in the Irish examples. He also gives the scales as
“31/127/49” ; possibly 49 is another error, but, in any case, in the
damaged specimen examined by us, such scales as were left agreed with
those of the Irish specimens examined, and we cannot regard the difference
between a formula of 125-140, 30-35/34-42 in five specimens and 127, 51/49

* Sci. Trans. R. Dub. Soc.,s. 2, V. p. 508 (1895).
t Ex. Sci. Travailleur et Talisman, Poissons, p. 190 (1888),;

174

in one other as sufficient to support the specific separation of the Irish
specimens from the Portuguese and North African ones in the face of
their almost absolute agreement in every other material respect.

SOLEA LUTEA, Bonap.
Synon.—Solea minuta,
SoLENETTE.

Prats XXXII,

Depth of body, about 24 to 3 times; length of head, about 44 times
or rather less in total length, exclusive of caudal fin; depth of caudal
peduncle, about 4 times in depth of body. Eyes nearly equal im size,
4 to 44 times in length of head, the upper about 4 its diameter in
advance of the lower; interorbital and interocular space narrow,
the latter about 4 longitudinal diameter of eye; snout slightly longer
than eye. Anterior nostril of ocular side tubular, anterior nostril of
blind side somewhat tumid. Dorsal fin commencing in front of lower
eye, with about 65 to 77 rays, anal fin with about 50 to 63 rays.
Pectoral of ccular side slightly longer than eye, about 4 times in head ;
pectoral of blind side vestigial. Caudal fin about 3 or? of length in-
clusive of such fin. Scales about 62-72, 19-22/22-25. Filamentous processes
on anterior and lower part of blind side of head arranged in a roughly
reticulate pattern, with small interspaces.

Sandy yellow or ochreous brown in colour with dark brown blotches
roughly arranged in longitudinal series, and small scattered bluish or
grey spots; unpaired fins with most of their rays ochreous or reddish-
brown, but about every sixth or seventh ray black for the whole of its
length, giving the fish a very characteristic appearance. Blind side
white, often slightly tinged with red or brown. Attains a length of
about 120 mm. (4+ in.). The female attains maturity at a length of
70 mm. (2* inches) or less, and the male apparently at an even smaller
size. There are, so far as is known, no external differences between the
Sexes.

Solea lutea is found on all the British and Irish coasts, but appears
to be more abundant in the south and west than in the north and east,
though, locally, not uncommon in the North Sea. Southwards its range
extends into the Mediterranean and northwards to Norway. In spite of
a not infrequent confusion with the young of the common sole—from
which it may be immediately distinguished by the vestigial pectoral fin
of the blind side, the larger scales, and the characteristic colouration of
ihe marginal fins—it appears tolerably certain that the solenette is con-
fined on our coasts to water of less than forty fathoms depth, commonly
to depths of from five to twenty fathoms, and with a bottom of sand.
In the south and south-west of our islands and in the Irish Sea it seems
+o be abundant in all suitable localities that have been fished with gear
capable of effecting its capture, but it appears to be less abundant fur-
ther north.

Its food and habits, so far as they are known, resemble those of the
common gole; but, unlike the latter, it does not frequent estuaries.
There ig no evidence of any marked migration at any time of the year or
at different periods of its growth; in fact, so far as our experience goes,
it is found on much the same ground at all seasons of the year, and at
all stages. :

Spawning takes place in June and July, and less frequently in April
and May.

The ore are ‘64 to ‘88 mm. in diameter, and in general characters re-
semble those of the thickback, but the segmentation of the outer zone
of the yolk is particularly conspicuous in the earlier stages of develop-
ment. . P

The newly-hatched larva is about 2 mm. in length, and is characterised
by the presence of pigment of a bright orange colour (brown by trans-
mitted light), by the forward prolongation of the fore-brain, and (as
development proceeds) by, the prominence of the mid-brain,

[PP PABMPOOM “I *D 3 x ainpe “slLiBsina B3I[OS :

iS)

Spis pung
5 ulf jouquas

apis puny

tl mony i:

a
va

»
=
Ss

SITES

Ssrer ane re

>
Mi

unf pouqua,

MAP!
rec tae

apis pury fo
yaysou oun say eae

5S ae
en See:
peed

eagecs

‘ as
SRR ‘,
ware
ae
w

ot
es

ermal}

; 71jsou
\ Jola]upy = S=—,

7
~

45.2

yy

‘hideous = AB

salaysod\ = Coy) IM eae pate ater mee

Co ee id ee ed ey

‘aul ] [LOT

par!

:
A
sree
-
:
:

see
ay PSVIASUDIT

'.
.
.
ea)
eT,
a es

uss,
ike
>»
S27.

SID 96. fp

ulf Josi0og

“XIXX ‘Id

i AAA.

% rane
SS) "
nth y Ser Laer
AN yl
We ey aay ve
de in

ie iy
his ne
ay te, tt
ynsinyt vhs,
ia gti ug
et ‘ bose
ra enh ie wre
en Mm Ai ie DS
Nose ie “ae “ Sa

I aa 7a
Se eet) Sayse
Hew aay Gah
fein by wand ea we Sk

ans 4
os

"My wt = isi
“nn

‘aug

fay 9.x2
oe

PRT
ne “sharne ivy

es y “yy
i Hyatt’,
” ‘
HP aae

"ny ony
oq stn

ae fae!

in
Ny se
f me he

neat ¥ ae
NN), an 7
fH dentine

G. M. Woodward del.

: 5
lascariS x @

Solea

G. M. Woodward del.

5
fe Solea vulgaris, yOung, ~ ¢.

2 & 3, Solea lutea, ~x =

—_

G. M. Woodward del.

5
6

Solea profundicola, ~

Pl, XXXII.

nie

a

hi

ay

ws

iT

Yes"

G. M. Woodward del.

5
6

Solea variegata, x

XXXIV,

Pil.

5
6

Solea vVariegata, x

G. M. Woodward del.

rr re ee ee eee” oe a

175

KEY TO SPECIES OF SOLEA.

I. Pectoral fins of both sides well developed and far longer than eye.

a. Oaudal fin not exceeding 4 of length including such fin. Caudal
peduncle exceedingly short.

a. i. Pectoral of ocular side with a terminal black patch. Anterior
nostril of blind side tubular and inconspicuous.

S. vulgaris.

a. ii. Pectoral of ocular side with a longitudinal black band usually
surrounded by a white margin. Anterior nostril of blind side
very large and stellate.

S. lascaris.

-b. Caudal fin about } of length including such fin. Caudal peduncle
4 or 4 of length of head.
S. azevia.

II. Pectoral fin of blind side vestigial and much shorter than eye.
a. Mouth subterminal and snout not projecting far in front of it.

a.i. Body with more or less conspicuous dark transverse
bars.* About ninety scales in a longitudinal series.

S. variegata.

a. it. Body uniformly coloured, or with indistinct pale areas,
marginal fins dark. Over one hundred and twenty-five
scales in a longitudinal series.

S. profundicola.

b. Snout projecting far beyond mouth, marginal fins with about
every sixth fin-ray black. About seventy scales in a longi-
tudinal series.

S. lutea.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Pirate XXIX. Solea vulgaris, adult female, x }. The scales are
shown only on the parts used for counting the
transverse rows (see page 165).

Pirate XXX. Soea lascaris, adult, x 3.
Prats XXXII. Fig. 1. Solea vulgaris, young, x %.
Fig. 2. Solea lutea, adult, x 2.
Fig. 3. Solea lutea, blind side of head.
PuaTe XXXII. Solea profwndicola, adult, x .

PraTE XXXIII. Solea variegata, about half-grown, x #, showing full
development of transverse pigment bars.

Pirate XXXIV. Solea variegata, large adult, x #% with transverse pig-
ment bars almost obsolete.

* These bars re nain distinguishable even in specimens which have been preserved for years
in alcohol,

176

Appenpix, No, VI.

THE MARINE FAUNA OF THE WEST COAST
OF IRELAND.

PART III,

ECHINODERMS OF BALLYNAKILL AND BOFIN HAR.
BOURS, CO. GALWAY, AND OF THE DEEP WATER
OFF THE WEST COAST OF IRELAND.

BY

STANLEY W. Kemp, B.A.

PuaTsB XXXYV.

I, ECHINODERMS OF BALLYNAKILL AND BOFIN HARBOURS.
Introductory.

ant accompanying list is compiled from records dating back as far as
1899.

‘Lhe marine laboratory was stationed in Ballynakill Harbour, but was
taken over to Bofin Harbour for two summers, 1899 and 1900.

Owing to the small size of Bofin Harbour, only a few species were found
in it. he list contains twenty-eight species; twenty-six species were
found at Ballynakill, and sixteen at Bofin. Two species, Holothuria nigra
and Hehimocyanus pusillus, were found at Bofin but not at Ballynakill.
These twenty-vight species constitute nearly 60 per cent. of the British
Kchinouerms known from less than twenty fathoms.

One species, Astropecten irregularis, is a deep-water form which had
strayed suto the harbour ; only two specimens have been found.

At Bailynakill there is great variety of bottom, and the greatest depth
is 124 fathoms. I ine clean sand occurs in many places round the shore,
aud from it Synapta inhaerens, S. digitata, Ophiocnida brachiata, and
Lchvnocardvum cordatwn may be dug at low water; Coastguard Bay
especially is good ground in this respect.

Several species, such as Asterina gibbosa, Hchinus esculentus and
miliaris, and Strongylooentrotus, may be found by collecting among the
rocks at low tides. or deeper water collecting there is a thick growth of
Laminaria in the north entrance to the harbour, and Zostera beds in
many places. On the mud-bottom of Freaghillaun Deep three specimens
of Uphiwwra live, two of which, OU. ciliaris and OU. albida, ocour in
profusion.

From the gravelly and shelly ground in the south entrance Antedon
bifida may olten be dredged in great numbers; Amphiura elegans may
be found in any shelly or gravelly ground, and is also common in the

Ann, Kep, Fish, Lretand, 1902-03, Pt. 11., App, VI, (1905),

P Caer, «

177

Lithothamnion, which is found off the east end of Freaghillaun and on
Fahy Bar. Some species, such as Kchinocardium cordatwm and Henricia
sanguinolenta, grow to an extremely large size in Ballynakill Harbour ;
one particularly fine specimen of EH. cordatum, now in the British
Museum, measures 89 mm. long, 91 mm. broad, and 47 mm. high.

Asterias rubens does not, as a rule, reach its full size in the harbour,
but this is by no means the case with Ast. glacialis, which sometimes
attains to very large dimensions. One specimen measures 600 mm. across
the arms.

All the localities mentioned in this paper will be found marked on the
charts of Bofin and Ballynakill harbours. _

As regards nomenclature, I have (except in the ease of CO. elongata)
followed Bell’s Cat. Brit. Echinoderms.

HOLOTHURIOIDEA.
SYNAPTIDALE.

Synapta inhaerens (0. F. Mill.)

Batiynakitt Harsour.—Sand-bank off Knocknahaw Point, Ross
shore, Coastguard Bay, and Baracladdy.

Borin Harsour.—Port Island Bay and on both sides of Port Island
Passage.

‘Taken abundantly by digging at and near low-water mark at the above
places; apparently present throughout the year.

Synapta digitata (Montagu.)
BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Coastguard Bay.
Borin Harsovun.—Port Island Bay.

Much less common than the preceding species. In the deep water off
Coastguard Bay an enormous specimen was hauled at low tide in a tuck-
net ; 1t had very conspicuous chestnut-coloured markings.

DENDROCHIROTAE.
Cucumaria elongata (Diiben and Koren.)

(Pl. XXXV., Fig. 1.)
BaLLYNAKILL Harsour.—Mouth of Derryinver Bay, 23/3/’04.

A single specimen dredged from a muddy bottom in about two fathoms.

The greatest confusion exists with regard to the synonymy of this and
the allied species, and consequently a short description will possibly be
useful.

The specimen is very distinctly pentangular, tapering behind. The
pedicels, which are stiff and conical, form a double row in the middle
of the body, while they form an alternate zigzag row at either end. There
are no pedicels on the inter-ambulacra.

The body-wall is very hard and stiff, owing to the presence of large
quantities of spicules. In the outer layer of the skin these take the form
of minute cups with four spokes and a knobbed rim (Pl. XXXV., Fig 2) ;
the inner layer contains numbers of large overlapping plates (Pl. XXXV.,
Fig. 5), usually of a rounded rectangular shape. ‘These plates have many
fine perforations ; in the older ones may be seen a characteristic imper-
forate thickened median line running down the length of the spicule.
The perforations are arranged in more or less parallel lines on each side
of this thickening.

_The specimen, which is of a dull brownish plum colour, was very slug-
gish in its movements ; it measures about 59 mm. in length, the greatest

178

diameter of the body being rather more than 7 mm. The tentacles, which
the specimen was only seen to protrude once during a period of forty-
eight hours, are very small, measuring about 5 mm. long.

his Holothurian has been previously recorded from Irish waters under
the names of C. pentactes, Linné (?) and C. fusiformis, Forbes.

According to Norman C. fusiformis, Forbes; is a synonym for C. elon-
gata, as also is C. pentactes, Forbes (partim).

Bell’s figures of C. pentactes, Linné, (=C. pentactes, Forbes) in his
catalogue of British Echinoderms, Pl. IIJ., Fig. 1, and Pl. VIII., Fig. 2,
obviously refer to some other species than C. elongata, or he regards the
latter as a variety of the form to which he gives the name C. pentactes.
Forbes, in his “ British Star-fishes,” p. 2135, figures three Cucumarians
under the name of C. pentactes, Muller; the lowermost of these, which,
owing to its small tentacles, is apparently different from the other two,
is probably C. elongata.

As there is this obscurity with regard to the true Linnean type of
pentactes, it is evidently best to sink the name altogether, as Théel and
Perrier have already done.

I am much indebted to Canon Norman for his kindness in lending me
preparations of spicules of this and allied species from his collection.

Cucumaria elongata, juv. (?)

BatiyNakitt Harsour.—North entrance, between Freaghillaun and
Lettermore, November, 1903, to March, 1904.

A number of small specimens, none more than half an inch in length,
found almost without exception in the roots of Laminaria.

The specimens are pure white in colour with brown tentacles. The
body-wall is stiff, owing to numbers of irregular-shaped plates with large
perforations ; there are also small spicules, which are of the cup type,
with variable number of spokes, usually four to seven, but the rim is never
qo being separated into four portions, one portion adhering to each
spoke.

Canon Norman, who has kindly examined the specimens, is of the
opinion that this is probably the young of C. elongata.

Cucumaria Planci (Gmel.)

Cleggan Bay, off Rossadillisk, November, 1903.

Although this Holothurian has never been taken in Ballynakill Har-
bour, it has been thought best to mention it in this list. Cleggan Bay
is so near at hand that it is almost certain that the species will before
long be found in the harbour.

Thyone fusus (0. F. Miill.)

BaLLYNAKILL Harsour.—Channel and Fahy Bay.

This species has been taken several times, chiefly in the channel.
Four specimens have been found in the stomach of a Scyllium.

Holothuria nigra (Bell.)

Borin Hansovur.—Eastern side of Port Island Bay ; outer face of Glas-
sillaun ; outside lobster pond.

The Port Island Bay specimen was found when shore collecting ; in all
only three specimens have been observed.

179

CRINOIDEA,
ot ANTEDONIDAE.
Antedon bifida (Penn.)

Battynakitt Harsour.—South entrance, off Freaghillaun ; Coastguard
Bay, off Green Rocks, &c.
This species is abundant in the south entrance, the dredge often bring-
ing up very large numbers. It was also found on the bottom of the hulk
“ Unrestricted” when beached, March, 1900 ; a few at the beaching of the
‘* Saturn,” March, 1902; and a very large quantity at the beaching of
the “ Unicorn,” February, 1904. ‘I'hese hulks were moored in Fahy Bay.

ASTEROIDFA.
ASTROPECTINIDAE.
Astropecten irregularis (Penn.)

BaLLYNAKIILL Harsour.—South entrance, March, 1904. A single speci-
men found in the above locality. Another example was found in Cleggan
Bay off Rossadillisk, November, 1903. ;

These are no doubt stray specimens which had been carried in from
deeper water.

ASTERINIDAE,

Asterina gibbosa (Penn.)

BaLLYNAKILL HArsour.—Roeillaun Rocks, Black Rocks, Baracladdy.

Borin Haxrzour.—Glassillaun, Port Island passage; cove between
lobster-pond and castle,

This species is fairly common in Bofin Harbour.

With regard to its occurrence at Ballynakill a peculiar fact is to be
noted. Until March 1, 1904, this species was practically unknown in
Ballynakill Harbour; on that date Mr. W. M. Tattersall took a few
specimens on Roeillaun Rocks at low spring tides. A few days later it
was found in enormous numbers on Black Rocks and also at Glassillaun.

These localities had been well worked previously, and it is impossible
that the animal could have been overlooked. The sudden appearance of
the species in such large numbers is very remarkable.

ECHINASTERIDAE.

Henricia sanguinolenta (0. F. Miill,)

BaLLyNAKILL Harsour.—Ross, Fahy Bar, Black Rocks, Roeillaun
Rocks, off Freaghillaun, and in the channel.

Of frequent occurrence, often found when shore-collecting. The speci-
mens often attain to a large size; they are usually far from typical in
appearance ; very few show the characteristic honey-combing on the aboral
surface which this species normally presents.

Asterias glacialis (L.)

BALLYNAKILL Harspour.—Abundant.
Borin Harsour.—Found somewhat sparingly.
Far more plentiful at Ballynakill than at Bofin,

180

Asterias rubens (L.)

BaLtyNaKILL Harpour.—Abundant.
Borin Harsour.—Abundant.

The numbers of this and the preceding species dredged together are
sometimes very remarkable. On one occasion 150 A. rubens were taken
and only a single A. glacialis, while on another oocasion 10 A, glacialis
were dredged and only one A. rubens.

OPHIUROIDEA,
OPHIOLEPIDIDAE.

Ophiura ciliaris (L.)

BAaLLYNAKILL Harpour.—Abundant.
Borin Harsour.—One record only, July, 1899.

This species is sometimes taken in great numbers in Freaghillaun deep ;
as many as 160 specimens have been dredged from it at one time.

Ophiura albida (Forbes.)

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Abundant.
Borin Harsour.—Abundant.

This species occurs in company with O. ciliaris in Freaghillaun deep on
a muddy bottom. The Ballynakill specimens are, as a rule, larger than
those from Bofin, and both are larger than those found in deep water.

Ophiura affinis (Liitk.)

BaLLYNAKILL Harsour.—A single specimen dredged from Freaghillaun
deep, March, 1904; north of Freaghillaun, April, 1900.

Borin Harsour.—A single specimen, July, 1899.

The specimens taken to the north of Freaghillaun were four in number
and were found in a tow-net.

The “ Gramuule” dredged a single specimen in Oleggan Bay, March,
1899. Previous Irish records of this species are from Bantry Bay and
Great Skellig.

AMPHIURIDAE,

Ophiocnida brachiata (Montagu.)

BaLLYNAKILL Harsour.—Coastguard Bay, Baracladdy, and off Lettec-
more Quay. é

In August, 1902, a complete specimen of this species was obtained by
digging in Coastguard Bay. In January, 1904, a morning’s digging in
the same place at low spring tides resulted in the capture ot twelve speci-
mens ; they were all from six to nine inches below the surface of the sand,
and occurred in company with Synapta inhaerens and Hchinocardvum

™m.
The Baraciaddy specimen was found in March, 1904, also by digging.
The Lettermore specimen was dredged from a sandy bottom, March,
1904. In March, 1899, the “ Granuaile” dredged up fragments of the
arms of an Uphiuroid, which are certainly to be referred to this species,
They were taken “ in the otter-trawl on the trawling ground off and in the
mouth of Cleggan Bay.” ‘Lhis and the Lettermore record are somewhat

181

remarkable, as the dredging was carried on in deep water and never
approached low-water mark. The speed with which thig,Ophiwroid buries
itself in the sand is remarkable. If a specimen is placed in a pan of sea-
water with fine sand at the bottom, it will in most cases completely dis-
appear from sight in three minutes time. It accomplishes this by active
movements of the podia and not by flexions of the arms. ,

O. brachiata must be very local, and is probably associated with a par-
ticular quality of sand; the Synapta ground at Bofin has been well dug,
and none have ever been found there. In Coastguard Bay it occurs below
the surface of the bare sand, and also intertwined among the roots of
Zostera.

This interesting species has only once previously been recorded from the
west coast, 1.e., Kenmare River, 1892.

Amphiura filiformis (0. F. Mill.)
BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—South entrance, March, 1899.
Borin Harsour.—August, 1899.

Not common.

Amphiura elegans (Leach.)

BALLYNAKILL Harpour.—Abundant.
Borin Harsour.—A single record, June, 1899.

This species is very common at Ballynakill on gravelly, shelly, or Litho-
thamnion bottom.

OPHIOCOMIDAE.
Ophiocoma nigra (Abilg.)

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Off Coastguard Bay.

This Ophiuroid occurs at Ballynakill only in a single spot of very
restricted area on a bottom consisting of coarse gravel and shells; if
dredging exactly on this spot the species may be taken in some numbers.

specimens taken are always quite black, never yellowish or mottled.

OPHIOTH RICIDAE.

Ophiothrix fragilis (Abilg.)
BALLYNAKILL HAarpour.—Common.
Borin Harsour.—Common.

Generally abundant both at Ballynakill and Bofin, usually on a gravelly
or shelly bottom.

ECHINOIDEA.

ECHINIDAE.
Echinus miliaris (Gmel.)

BaLiyNakiLtL Harpour.—Black Rocks; Roeillaun; North entrance;
off Freaghillaun, &c.

Borin Harsour.—Cove between lobster-pond and castle.

Of frequent occurrence at Ballynakill; usually found when shore-
collecting.

182

Echinus esculentus (L.)

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Baracladdy, Glassillaun Rocks, and Lecknas-
cona. Commonly found when shore-collecting at the above localities.

Strongylocentrotus lividus (Lamk.)

BALLYNAKILL Harsour.—Ross shore, Garaun Boulder, Black Recks,
Freaghillaun, &c.

Borin Harsour.—Port Island Passage.

Commonly found when shore-collecting, and also by dredging on Litho-
thamnion ground at Ballynakill. Common at Bofin in rock-pools on the
seaward face of Port Island.

CLYPEASTRIDAE.

Echinocyamus pusillus (0. F. Miill.)

Bortn Harsour.—A single specimen dredged off the mouth of the
harbour, September, 1899.

This Echinoid has never been taken in Ballynakill Harbour. At Bofin
it has also been taken off the north end of the White Strand, June, 1899 ;
and between Bofin and Davillaun, September, 1899.

SPATANGIDAE.

Spatangus purpureus (0. F. Mill.)

BALLYNAKILL Harspour.—Ardkyle shore, March, 1900; Black Recks,
March, 1904.

Only these two records ; the species has never been found in Bofin, but
fragments have been dredged outside the harbour.

Echinocardium cordatum (Penn.)

BALLYNAKILL Harspour.—Abundant.
Borrxn Harsovur.—Abundant.

Occurs wherever there is fine sand in which to bury itself. The species
grows to an enormous size both at Bofin and Ballynakill.

E. flaweseens has never been taken at Bofin or Ballynakill, but in
August, 1889, two specimens were dredged between Bofin and Davillaun.

igg aF =

=

183

Il. ECHINODERMS OF THE DEEP WATER OFF THE WEST
COAST OF IRELAND.

Introductory.

The accompanying list contains all the species of Echinoderm—seventy-
three in number—that have been found off the west coast of Ireland out-
side the 50-fathom line.

Between the years 1869 and 1895 nine expeditions were made to investi-
gate the west coast fauna, organised for the most part by the Royal Irish
Academy and Royal Dublin Society.

The following is a list of these expeditions, with dates, and the autho-
rities who named the Echinoderms collected.

‘*Poreupine’’ Expedition, . ‘ Wyville Thomson, Percy Sladen,
W. E. Hoyle, A. Agassiz.

“Lord Bandon” Ist Expedition, . F. Jeffrey Bell and A. C. Haddon.
“Lord Bandon” 2nd Expedition, . A. C. Haddon,

“ Flying Falcon’ Expedition, , Percy Sladen.

“ Flying Fox” Expedition, . ; F. Jeffrey Bell.

‘“ Fingal’ Expedition, : a F. Jeffrey Bell.

“ Research”? Expedition, . ; F, Jeffrey Bell.

“ Harlequin” Expedition, , ‘ F. Jeffrey Bell.

“* Granuaile”’ Rockall Expedition, . Percy Sladen.

Since 1900 the Helga has continued the work and added a large
number of records to those previously known. Of these the most important
are Laetmogone violacea, Plutonaster Pareli, Solaster affinis, Ophiura
signata, Ophiacantha abyssicola, Phormosoma placenta, Echinus tenuis-
pmus, and Echinocardium pennatifidum.

Two specimens of Laetmogone violacea were taken from 382 fathoms off
Achill Head, Co. Mayo.

A single Plutonaster Pareli, taken from 220 fathoms off the north of
Mayo, brings this species within the British area as defined by Canon
Norman. A previous record from 1,360 fathoms was made by the
Porcupine.

Solaster affinis is a species created by Danielssen and Koren for speci-
mens taken by the Danish Ingolf Expedition. Prof. Jeffrey Bell con-
siders that three specimens from the west coast, which are very similar

in appearance to S. papposus, but with only ten or eleven rays, may safely
be referred to this species.

Of Ophiura signata only a single specimen has previously been recorded
from Irish waters. It was taken by the Flying Falcon, and Sladen
remarks that it differs very considerably from typical 0. signata. A large
number of specimens, unfortunately mostly broken, have been dredged
by the Helga in 129--327 fathoms. These examples show very little
variation among each other and are somewhat intermediate in character
between the Flying Falcon specimen and the typical form. There can
be no doubt that this is a special race of 0. signata inhabiting Irish
waters, but on account of the small extent of our knowledge of these
animals, I do not feel justified in giving the form a varietal name.

Ophiacantha abyssicola is a Species new to Irish waters ; it was taken
from 588 f., in company with Ophiactis Balli.

Echinus tenuispinus is a species recently described by Mortensen from
two specimens found by the H elga on the Porcupine Bank. The species is

184

closely allied to Echinus esculentus, but is white in colour and inhabits
deep water. Three other specimens have been taken by the Helga.

The Helga has also increased our knowledge of the bathymetric range
of several species ; a form of Synapta digitata was found in 112 fathoms,
Lwuidia ciliaris occurred in 120 fathoms, and a small specimen of Porania
pulvillus was taken in 388 fathoms, an increase in depth of more than
280 fathoms.

In the list which follows the exact localities and depths have been given
wherever possible ; the latitude and longitude of the various stations will
be found in the tables at the end.

Although outside the Irish marine boundary, I have included in the
form of an appendix a list of the Echinoderms of the Rockall Bank and
neighbouring waters. The chief expedition to investigate the fauna of
this Bank was conducted in the Granuaile in 1895, under the auspices
of the Royal Irish Academy.

My thanks are due to Prof. Bell and to the Rev. Canon Norman for
their kindness and valuable help. As regards nomenclature, I have
followed Bell’s Catalogue of Brit. Echinoderms, except in the case of
Echinus, where I have included EF. norvegicus and E. microstoma as
varieties of HE. acutus, as Mortensen does in his recent work on the
Danish Ingolf Echinoidea.

N.B.—All bearings are magnetic,

HOLOTHURIOIDEA.
SYNAPTIDAE.

Synapta inhaerens (0. F. Mill.)

6 miles W. of Inishmore, Aran Islands. 50 f.
(probably S. inhaerens). ‘ ; ‘ . Harlequin.

This species is rarely found in more than 30 fathoms. Mr. W. I.
Beaumont dredged a specimen from 45 f. off Bray Head, Valencia, and
another was taken by the Porcupine Exp. in 96 f., 499 7’ N., 100 57’ W.
This locality is outside the southern boundary of the British marine area.

Synapta digitata (Montagu.)
var. profundicola (var. nov.)

50 miles W.N.W. of Slyne Head, Co. Galway.
112 f. One spec. : : ° . Helga.

According to Prof. Bell, this species has not hitherto been found in
more than 20 fathoms of water; when therefore during August, 1904,
the Helga trawled a small purple Synapta from 112 fathoms, I thought
it would prove some other species than the S. imhaerens and digitata,
which occur in shallow water all along the west coast.”

On examination, however, the specimen was found to be undoubtedly
8. digitata, although it presented many minor differences, which are, I
think, sufficient to entitle it to a varietal name. I therefore propose to
call it var. profundicola, on account of the depth at which it was found.

The anchor-plates are formed on the same plan as in typical digitata,
but are far more irregular and of a lighter build. They are roughly tri-
angular in shape, with six large primary holes, three at the base near the
handle, two larger ones in the middle, and a single one at the apex. In

* Since the above went to press Canon Norman has written to tell me that in 1861 he 4
a purple Synapta digitata of the Shetland Isles in 40 fathoms.—(v, Rep. Brit, Aas, 1868,
p. 318.)

185

the shoulders of the plate there are usually about eight small perfora-
tions, crowded together and irregular in shape. The primary perfora-
tions are often completely or incompletely divided by a narrow bar. The
handle of the anchor-plate has usually about four perforations, one or
— of which are very elongated. All the perforations have smooth
edges.

The anchors are longer than in typical digitata, the shank being, as a
rule, twice as long as the breadth across the flukes, and often longer. The
flukes form an angle of 45° with the shank ; sometimes their outer edge
is smooth and sometimes it is very strongly serrated.

In other respects, such asthe possession of twelve tentacles with five
digits, a single madreporic canal and Polian vesicle, and oval miliary
granules, which are often constricted in the middle, the specimen is iden-
tical with S. digitata.

As regards colour, it is a deep purple (littoral digitata are usually
brown or banded with brown), and a month in spirit has had no effect
upon it. The tentacles are white with slightly purplish bases. The
specimen measures about 32 mm. in length.

DENDROCHIROTAE.

Cucumaria Hyndmani (Thompson.)

115 miles N.W. by W. 3 W. of Skelligs, Co. Kerry.
251.f. Three specs. , ; ; , ;
56 miles off Dursey Head, Co. Kerry. 345 f.
One juv. : ‘ : i ; ;

Porcupine.
Flying Falcon.

Cucumaria hispida (Barrett.)
39 miles W.N.W. of Black Rock, Blacksod Bay.

422 f. : ' : : E ‘ : . Porcupine.
135 miles W. by S. 48. of Fastnet, off C. Clear.
nor ft. - : : . ‘ . Porcupine.

The only Irish records,

Thyone raphanus (Diib. and Kor.)
12 miles S.W. of Great Skellig, Co. Kerry. 70 £. Lord Bandon (1).

Psolus Fabricii (Dub. and Kor.) ?
31 miles N.N.W. wly. of Eagle Island, N. Mayo.

350 f. Three specs. : ; ; ; . Helga.
50 miles W.N.W. of Eagle Island, N. Mayo.
388 f. Fourteen small specs. ‘ ‘ . Helga.

The three specimens from 350 fathoms are considerably larger than
those taken by the Harlequin in 1901, and have the following measure
ments :—

Length, . : . 47mm. 45 mm. 42 mm.
Width, . é . 32mm. 38 mm. 30 mm.
Height, . ; . 12mm. 9mm. 10mm.

Although these specimens are by no means mature, I have very little
doubt that they are referable to P. Fabricii, and therefore record them
as*such provisionally. ;

There are a few podia at the anterior and posterior ends of the median
line, but none in the middle. The sole is strengthened with calcareous
deposits in the form of small irregular plates, which although by no
means fully formed, show in many cases the knobs which Prof. Bell
figures (Cat. Brit. Echin., Pl. vi., fig. 3) as characteristic of P. Fabricu,

: 0

186

Psolus sp. juv.

45 miles N.N.W. of Achill Head, Co. coe
500 f. Three specs. : : - Harlequin.

The specimens are in the National Neer Dublin ; owing to their
immature condition Prof. Bell was unable to give them a specific name.

Phyllophorus pellucidus (Diib and Kor.)
(Locality lost). 50f. . : xin tts é . Flying Falcon,

ASPIDOCHIROTAE.

Holothuria intestinalis (Asc. and Rathke.)

56 miles off Dursey Head, Co. Kerry. 345f. . Flying Falcon.
86 miles W. by N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 750f. Flying Falcon,
40 miles N.W.4N. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo.

220 f. One spec. . Fimgal.
20 miles N. by W. of “Eagle Island, N. Mayo.

70 f. One spec. : si
75 miles S.W. by W. 4 LW. of Fastnet, off C. Clear.

190 f. : Helga,

Not common ; single — z susllly toni. ‘The Figing Falcon. Fast-
net record increased the bathymetric range of this species from 672 to 750
fathoms.

Holothuria tremula (Gunnerus.)

Common.—Abundant records ranging from 45 miles N.N.W. of Achill
Head, Co. Mayo, to 77 miles W.S.W. of Fastnet, off C. Clear, and from
70--500 fathoms.

Taken by the Porcupine Exp. off Rockall Bank in 1,476 f. (v. infra).
This is an increase of over 800 f. on any other record.

Holothuria aspera (Bell.)

W. by 8. of Fastnet. 1,000 f. . . Flying Foz.
A unique specimen. For description, v. Bell, Ann. and Mag., IV.,
(1889), p. 445.

[Stichopus natans (Sars.)]

84 miles W. by N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 750 f. Flying Falcon,

This is the only British record. Prof. Bell in his Cat. Brit. Echin.,
p- 51, says: ‘So far as I can form a judgment from the specimen, Il am
inclined to doubt very strongly its being an example of S. natans.”

DEIMATIDAE.
Laetmogone violacea (Théel.)

84 miles W. ma N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 750 f. Flying Faleon.
77 miles W.N.W. of Achill Head, Co, Mayo. 362 f. Helga.

According to a note in the log-book the colour of this rare species when
alive is “ ale, semi- -translucent, and purplish, with oval processes yellow
at extremities.” L, violacea was taken by the Challenger in 555 and 950
fathoms in the Faeroe Channel and off Sydney.

PP187

CRINOIDEA.
BOURGUETICRINIDAE.

[Rhizocrinus lofotensis (Sars.) 7]

64 miles N.W.4W. of Gieeeen Head, Co, Gal-
way. 199 f. ; . Helga.

A small Crinoid from the sBove iedality was oe ae to Rhizocrinus.
Unfortunately the specimen was mislaid before a critical examination
had been made. The species is in all probability R. lofotensis.

ANTEDONIDAE.

Antedon bifida (Penn.)
5--8 miles W. of Great Skellig, Co. Kerry.

70--80 f. One spec. . Lord Bandon (2).
About 45--60 miles W.4N. of Dursey “Head, Co.

Kerry. 250 f. Two specs. . Flying Foz.
5--5 miles 8.W. by S. of Great Skellig, Co. Kerry.

60 f. One spec. : , . Helga,

Rarely found in over 50 siBidnls of ite. The Flying Fox record is
the only certain occasion on which this species has been taken in more
than 100 fathoms.

Antedon, sp. ?

77 miles W.N.W. of Achill Head, . Co. Mayo.
er f. Two specs. : . Helga.

One of these specimens, with all the arms kes off and only a portion
of a cirrus remaining, is certainly not A. bifida, the cirrus joints being
long and slender. The other specimen is small and bears a somewhat
close resemblance to A. bifida, but owing to the depth at which it was
taken, I hesitate to record it as that species.

Antedon phalangium (J. Miill.)

About 45--60 ue W. Site of ge Head, Co.
Kerry. 250 f. . . Flying Foz.

ASTEROIDEA.
ARCHASTERIDAE.
Pontaster tenuispinis (Dib. and Kor.)

About 55 miles N.W. } N. of Valentia, Co. Kerry.
90-159 f. Two specs. (sub P. tenwspinis var.
platynota and P. limbatus. Sladen, Chall.

Rep. Ast es : : ; . Porcupine.
50 miles W. 4 S. of Dursey Head, Co. Kerry.

214 f. 4 = “ h ‘ : . Lord Bandon (2).
53 miles W. % S. of Dursey a Co. Kerry.

325 f. Ninety-two specs. i ; . Lord Bandon (2).

56 miles off Dursey Head, Co. “Kerry. 345 f.
(sub P. limbatus, Sladen). ¢ : ; . Flying Falcon.
Qo 2

188

About 45--60 miles W. 4 N. of Dursey Head, Co. ;

Kerry. 250f. . Flying Fow.
71 miles W. by S. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 315 f. Flying Foz.
77 miles W.S.W. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 400f. Research.
75 miles 8.W. by W. 34 'W. of Fastnet, off

C. Clear. 100 f. : Helga,
50 miles W.N.W. of Tearaght Lighthouse, Co.

Kerry. 3963 f. Three specs. Helga.
50 miles W.N.W. Nly. of Tearaght Light, Co.

Kerry. 375 f. mays : . Helga.

48 miles N.W. by W. 2 W. of Tearaght Light,
Co. Kerry. 337 f. Twenty-five specs. . . Helga.

Plutonaster bifrons (Wyv. Thoms.)
46 miles N. by W. 3 W. of Eagle Island,

N. Mayo. 1,360 f Porcupine.
C6 miles Ww. by N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 750 £. Flying Faleon,

Plutonaster Pareli (Diib. and Kor.)

46 miles N. eae 4 W. of Eagle Island, N. Mayo.
1,360 f. ;
81 miles W. 4 N. of ‘Eagle Island, N. Mayo.

220 f.. One Spee 9 ie ok ncshnn te ee
Very rare,

Porcupine.

ASTROPECTINIDAE.

Astropecten irregularis (Penn.)

Of common occurrence both inside and outside the 50 fathom line, up
to 1,000 f. (Flying For). One particularly large specimen dredged in
120 f. off Cleggan Head, Co. Galway (Helga), has the following measure-
ments :—R=97 mm. r=21 mm.

Astropecten sphenoplax (Bell.)

45 miles N.N.W. of Achill Head, Co. Pee. 500 f.
Seven specs. . ‘ Hatin.

Although thirteen years — sacedl since Prof. Bell described this
species, it has not again been found. TI am unable to recognise it among
any of the recently taken Astropecten from the west coast.

For description v». Bell, Echinoderms Coll. by 8.8. Fingal, Sci. Proc.
R.D.S., 1892, p. 522.

Psilaster andromeda (M. and Tr.)

(Locality lost), . Flying Falcon,
45 miles N.N.W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo. 500 f. Harlequin,

77 miles W.S.W. of Fastnet, off ©. Clear. 400f. Research.

50 miles W.N.W. of Tearaght Light, Oo.

Kerry. 3964 f. One spec. - Helga.
50 miles W.N.W. Nly. of Tearaght Light, Co.

Kerry. 375 f. One spec. Helqa.
48 miles N.W. by W. 2? W. of Tearaght Light,

Co. Kerry. 327 f. One spec. Helqa.

54 miles W. by N. 4 N. Nly. of Tearaght Light,
Co. Kerry. 454f. Two specs. . F Helyu,

189

Luiaia ciliaris (Philippi.)

(Locality lost). 52 f. . . + Flying Falcon.
South of Galley Head, Co. Cork. 55f. Two specs. T'lying Fox.
14 miles W. By N.4 N. of Bolus Head, Co. ~yi he

80 i, . Pingal.
€0 miles S.W. 48. ‘of Fastnet, off C. Clear. "20f. Lescarch.
“4 miles 8. by W. of Tearaght Light, Co. Kerry.

55 f. One spec. . Helga.
50 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.
120 f. One spec, . Helga.

Probably more abundant than ‘these records show. "The specimen from
50 miles off Cleggan Head increases the bathymetric range of the species
from 87 to 120 fathoms.

Luidia Sarsi (Dib. and Kor.)

48 miles N.W. by W. ? W. of Tearaght Light,
Co. Kerry. 337 f. Small, abundant. . . Helga.
39 miles W.N.W. Nly. of Tearaght Light, Co.
Kerry, 2443 f. Seventeen specs. . Hedga.
Generally distributed, inside the 50-fathom line and down to 130

fathoms.

“=

PE ie hen PENTAGONASTERIDAL.

Pentagonaster granularis (Retz.)

86 m. W. by N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 750 f.
Two specs. (Sladen sub P. balteatus and
P. concinnus).

50 miles W.N.W. of Eagle Island, ‘N. Mayo.
388 £ One small spec. . «© + « oo Selga.

Flying Falcon.

Pentagonaster Greeni (Bell.)

W. by S. of Fastnet, off Cape Clear, 1,000f. . Flying Foz,
The only specimen known. For description, v. Bell, Ann. and Mag. iv.
(1889), p. 433

Nymphaster subspinosus (Perrier-)

(Locality lost). sub. N. protentus. . . Flying Falcon.
71 miles W. by S. of Hastnet, off Cape Clear.
315 f. Five specs. sub N. protentus.
77 miles W.S.W, of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 400 f.
Three specs. - . esearch.
75 miles 5. W. by W. 4 W. ‘of Fastnet, off
C. Clear. 100 f. One spec. . : : . Helga.

One of the Flying lox specimens has only four rays.

Flying Lou.

GYMNASTERIIDAE.
Porania pulvillus (0, F. Mill.)
7l miles W. by S. 4 S. of Achill Head, Co.

Mayo. 106f. . . : . Poreupine,
§--8 gh Na of Great Skellig, Co. or
70-80 f . Lord Bandon (2).

60 miles S. Ww. 4 Ss. of Fastnet, off ©. Clear. “70 f. tesearch.

190

40 miles W. N. W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

70--78 f. Four s Helga.
27 miles W. by N. PN N. of Bray Head, Valencia.

100 f. Three specs. Helga.
50 miles W.N.W. of Eagle Island, YN. Mayo. :

388 f. One small spec. Helga.
32 miles W. } S. of Pearaght Light, Co. Kerry.

129 f. One spec. . - Helga.

The Eagle Island record increases the bathymetric, range of this aeenies
from 106 to 388 fathoms.

Cheilaster fimbriatus (Sladen.)

46 miles N. by W. 4 W. of pages Island, Co.
Mayo. 1,560 f. bis spec: *) . . . Porcupine.

The only specimen known.

ASTERINIDAE.

Palmipes placenta (Penn.)

60 miles aud 62 miles 8.W. 4 S. of Fastnet, off

C, Clear. 70 f. ; ; : . - esearch,
5--5 miles 8.W. by S. of Great Skellig, Co.

Kerry. 60--65 f. One spec. Helga. Q
64 miles W. by S. of Skelligs Light, Co. Kerry. , 5
72 f. Two specs. Helga. é

40 miles W. me S. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway. :
76 f. One spec. Helga. ;
40 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.
70--78 f. One small spec. Diam.=12 mm... Helga.
112 miles N.W. by W. # W. of Slyne Head, Co.
Galway. 135 f. Two specs. ; - Helga.
STICHASTERIDAE. | |

Stichaster roseus (0. F. Miill.)

(Localities lost). 50 and 54 f. Flying Falcon.
30 miles .W. 4 N. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo.
144 fi. Fingal.

67 miles W. sh of Fastnet, ‘off C. Clear. 200 f. Research.
40 miles N. Ww. by N. of Cleggan Head, Co, Gal-

way. 105 f. One spec. Helga.
50 miles N.W. by N. of Cleggan "Head, Co. Gal- .
way. 120f. One spec. . Helga.
50 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co, Gal-
way. 120f. One spec. Helga.
32 miles W. 4 S. of Tearaght Light, Co. Kerry. —
129 f. Three specs. Helga.
39 miles W.N.W. Nly. of Tearaght Light, Oo.
Kerry. 2444 f. Two specs. Helga.

Neomorphaster etistichus (Sladen.)
86 miles W. by N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 750 f.
One spec. d . Flying Falcon,
The only other Pitas locality i in 1 idich this species Ses been taken is off
the Azres, 900-1,000 fathoms (Challenger).

191

Zoroaster fulgens (Wyv. Thoms.)
86 miles W. by N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 750f. Flying Falcon.

SOLASTERIDAE.

Solaster affinis (Danielssen and Koren.)

5-8 miles W. of Great Skellig, Co. Kerry. 70-80 f.
One spec. 1l-armed, sub S. papposus (Haddon),

Proc. R.I.A. (3), 1888, i., pp. 51-45. . Lord Bandon (2).
40 miles W. N. W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.
70 f. One spec. 10-armed. . . Helga.

affinis was described by Daniela ae) Koren from specimens
Reicsd during the Norwegian North Sea Expedition. Examples from
this expedition are in the British Museum, and Prof. Bell has compared
them with thé ten and eleven-armed Solasters from the west coast of Ire-
land, and finds they resemble one another very closely. He has con-
sequently named the species provisionally as S. affinis.

Two other specimens, with ten and eleven ayms respectively, have been
dredged by the Helga in 25 fathoms, about 2 miles N. of Clare Island, off
the Galway coast.

It is to be noted that although the bathymetric ranges of S. papposus
and S. endeca extend to 640 f. and 150 f. respectively, neither species has
been taken on the west coast outside the 50-fathom line.

PTERASTERIDAE.

Pteraster personatus (Sladen.)

84 miles W. by N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 750 f.
One spec. 2. .e « +e 9) @ 0.0 lying Falcon.

The only specimen ever found.
Hymenaster giganteus (Sladen.)

84 miles W. by N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear.
750 f. One spec. , : . Flying Falcon.

The type specimen,

ECHINASTERIDAR.

Hehricia sanguinolenta (0, F. Miill.)
84 miles W. by N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 750 f.

var. abyssicola. . « Flying Falcon.
South of Galley Head, Co. Cork. "56 f. ‘ . Flying Foz.

The bathymetric range of this species is littoral to 1,350 fathoms.
ASTERIIDAE.
[Asterias glacialis (L.)]

Found by the Research in 90 fathoms, below the southern boundary of
the British area, : i

192

Asterias rubens, (L.)

43 miles W.§S8. of ea Head, Co. Kerry. .
110 f. One spec. _ . «+ Lord Bandon (2).

37 miles W. of Bull Rock, Co. “Kerry. 100 f. Flying Foz.

67 miles W. 4S. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 200 f. Research.

27 miles W. by N. 4 N. of ‘Bray Head, Valentia.

100 f. Two specs. _ Helga.
32 miles W. 4S. of —— oe cine Co. wares
129 f. One spec. - Helga.

Also taken in many localities eB 50 aad 100 fathoms.
200 fathoms is the greatest depth from which, this starfish is known.

Asterias Murrayi (Bell.)
40 miles W. of Bolus Head, Co. Kerry. 115 f. Harlequin.

BRISINGIDAE,

Brisinga endecacnemos (Asbj.)
About 55 miles N.W. 4 N. of perros SS, sa

90--159 f. Porcupine,
62 miles W. of C. Clear. 458 f. Porcupine,
53 miles W.48. of Dursey Head, Co. Kerry.
325 f. Ten specs. . Lord Bandon (2).

48 miles N.W. by W. Fi W. of Tearaght Light,
Co. Kerry. 337 f. 12 discs, many arms. - Helga.

Brisinga coronata (G. O. Sars.)

72 miles W.3N. of C. Clear. 458 f. . . Porcupine.

56 miles off Dursey Head, Co. Kerry. 345 oy Flying Falcon, ‘.

W. by 8. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 1,000 f. One x
injured spec. : : ; : ; . esearch. ,

108 miles 8.W. LW. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. y
200 f. Fragments. ; P i : ‘ . lying Foz,

Brisinga Sp.

50 miles W.N.W. of Tearaght ale ie Co.
Kerry. 3964 f. Fragments. . ‘ . Helga,

OPHIUROIDEA. !
OPHIOLEPIDIDAE.

Ophiura ciliaris (L.)

About 62 miles W.3%N. of C. Clear. 180 f, . Porcupine,
50 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

120 f. . Helga.
64 miles N.W. AW. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.
199 f. ’ . Helga.

Also many = betwee on 50 nid 100 iether

This species reaches a very large size off the west coast; a specimen
taken on the first expedition of the Lord Bandon measured 33 min, across
the disc

193

Ophiura albida (Forbes.)
55 miles N.W. by N. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo.

175 f. ‘ ; ; 7 , . Fingal.
20 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

65 f. One spec. ‘ ; ° . ‘ . Helga.
40 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

70—78 f. Three specs. . . : ; . Helga.
50 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

120 f. Several. Helga.

64 miles N.W. 4 W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.
199 f. Many. . : : ° : ° Helga.

This species never seems to attain its full size in deep water.

Ophiura Sarsi (Litk.)

-94 miles 8S. 3 E. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 75 f.
A young spec. . . ‘ . ‘ ; Porcupme,
This specimen was named by Mr. W. E. Hoyle, who is rather doubtful
of the determination. As the species has been taken on the Rockall Bank,
there seems no reason why it should not occur further south.

Ophiura signata (Verrill.)

Pl. XXXV. Figs. 4-7.

56 miles off Dursey Head, Co. Kerry. 345 f. A
young spec. Z , F ‘ ‘ , ‘
50 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.
129 f. One spec. ; - : ; ‘ :
64 miles N.W. 4 W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.
199 f. Several. ‘ ay te , : si teloa,
50 miles W.N.W. of Tearagnt Light, Co. Kerry.

Flying Falcon,
Helga,

327 f. Many broken. ; : ; ; . Helga,
81 miles W. 4 N. of Eagle Island, N. Mayo.
220 f. Several. ', Helga,

54 miles W. by N. } N. Wly. of Tearaght Light,
Co. Kerry. 4541. v. abundant. . . . Helga.

This species was first recorded as British in 1880 (Knight Errant Exp.),
when it was dredged in the cold area of the Faeroe Channel. In 1882,
also in the Faerde Channel, Mr. W. EK, Hoyle dredged a large number of
specimens from the cold area and three from the warm area.

With reference to the Flying Falcon specimen, Mr. Sladen says :—‘ A
young example, which approaches very closely indeed in character to
Ophioglypha affinis, Litk, The form of the mouth-shields in this speci-
men resembles that of O. affinis much more closely than that of the figure
given by Mr. W. E. Hoyle of 0. signata; and the uppermost arm spine
is not so long as described by Verrill, it being scarcely longer than the
middle one.”

All the specimens taken by the Helga agree exactly with these remarks ;
the angle of the mouth-shields on their inner edge is slightly acute, never
er as figured by Mr. Hoyle (Proc. Roy. Soc., Edin., vol. xii., pl. vii.,

g. 6).

iI have examined the Flying Falcon specimen, and also an example
kindly lent me by the Rev. Canon Norman, with the result that I am
able to figure four definite forms of mouth-shield in this species.

In Canon Norman’s specimen the mouth-shield is slightly wider than
long with obtuse inner angle, Pl. XXXV., Fig. 7; in Mr. Hoyle’s figure
the mouth-shield is about as broad as long, with inner angle not quite so
obtuse as in the last, and it is moreover widest across its inner half,
Pl. XXXV., Fig 4. In the specimens dredged by the Helga, the mouth-
shield is slightly longer than broad, with somewhat acute inner angle,

194

Pl. XXXYV., Fig 6. The Flying Falcon specimen has an evidently
rounded mouth-shield, with acute rounded inner angle, and it is widest
across the middle, Pl. XXXYV., Fig. 5.

I have no doubt that if a sufficient number of specimens from“different
localities were compared, it would be possible to connect all these forms
with intermediate ones.

In any case, in spite of its variation, the mouth-shield is quite sufficient
to form a good distinction between VO. signata and O. affinis (the only
other species which has the primary disc-scales surrounded by rosettes of
small scales), for in O. signata it is never very much longer than broad,
whereas in O, affinis it is always quite twice as long as broad.

In addition to this the species may easily be separated by means of the
spines on the arm-comb. At first sight O. signata does not seem to possess
any comb-spines at all, for they are somewhat hidden by the overlapping
margin of the disc ; on close examination a series of minute spinules are
seen on either side of the notch, and a small group on the trst visible
arm-plate. O. affinis has always about ten small but definite Bpiner,
which are easily visible without any special examination.

The bathymetric range of O. signata, according to Prof. Bell, is 327-
640 f. The specimen trom 50 miles off Cleggan ‘Head was taken in 129
fathoms, and the range of the species is therefore increased by nearly
200 fathoms.

Special reference should be made to the 454 fathom record. On this
occasion the townets attached to the trawl came up full of a fine mud,
composed chiefly of foraminifera; this mud was passed through a sieve
and great numbers of large and perfect O. signata were thus found.

Ophiura affinis (Liitk.)

25 miles W.N.W. of Great Skellig, Co. Kerry. :
110--120 f. Lord Bandon (1).

20 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

65 f. Many. . Helga,
50 miles W.N. W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

120 f. One small. Helga,
40 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway. |

744 £. One broken spec. . é ° Helga.

Ophiocten sericeum (Forbes.)
77 miles W.S.W. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 400 £. Research,

[Ophiochiton ternispinis (Lyman.)]

Prof. Bell includes this species in his list of British Echinoderms on
the strength of a single specimen taken at St. 42, S.W. Ireland, 862 f.,
Porcupine, St. 42 is 120 miles W.S.W. of Fastnet, off C. Clear,
lat. 49° 12’ N., long. 12° 52/ W., and is considerably below the southern.
limit of the British area (49° '20/ N.). Until this species is found
further north it cannot justly be included in the Irish deep sea fauna.

AMPHIURIDAE.

Ophiomusium Lymani (Thoms,)
About 62 miles W.3N. of C. Clear, 180 f. . Porcupine.

Prof. Bell gives 50° 1’ N., 10° 2’ W. as the lat. and long. of this
station; the eth at this locality however is certainly not more than
75 fathoms by chart. Wyville Thomson, in “The Depths of the Sea,”
mentions that Ophiomusium was taken at St. 45a. in 180 fathoms, but
pee no lat. and long. I would suggest that 519 1’ N., 11° 2’ W. is more
ikely to be correct ; possibly a misprint in Prof. Bell’s ‘catalogue accounts
for the mistake. This is the only known locality in the British area for
this Ophiuroid ; the specimen has unfortunately been lost.

195.

Amphiura Chiajii (Forbes.)
94S. 3 E. of Fastnet, off C. Clear, 751. . . Porcupine.

Amphiura filiformis (0. I’. Mill.)

12 miles S.W. of Great Skellig, Co. Kerry. 75 f. Lord Bandon (1).
7 miles 8. by W. of Tearaght Light, Co. Kerry. '

55 f. Four specs, . Helga,
50 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co Galway.
116 f. One broken spec. . i Helga,

Of common occurrence inside the 50-fathom ‘the

Amphiura elegans (Leach.)
38 miles W.48. of Dursey Head, Co. Kerry.

108 f 7 . Lord Bandon (2).
60 miles S. W. 4 48. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 70 f.
Two specs, . ‘ ; : . ‘ ’ . Research.

Common in shallow water.

Ophiactis Balli (Thompson.)

35 miles W.4N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 80 f. Lord Bandon (1).
20 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

66 1... Many. -. Helga,
3°5 miles 8.W. by S. of Great Skellig, Co. Kerry.

60-65 f. In crevices of stones. Helga,
40 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

78 i. Many. Helga.
50 miles W. N. W. of Eagle Island, N. Mayo.

588 f. Many. . Helga,

This species is nearly always found tucked away in crevices of limestone
boulders.

Ophiopholis aculeata (Linn.)

Abundant between 50 and 100 fathoms. Has been found on the Porcu-
pine Bank.

Ophiacantha abyssicola (G. 0. Sars.)

50 miles W.N.W. of Eagle Island, N. Mayo.
388 f. One spec. . Helga.

This is the first record of this genus from Irish waters. ‘The specimen
is small, the disc measuring about 5 mm. in diameter. The moniliform
arrangement of the arm-joints is very remarkable. The arm-spines are
roughened and in some cases even thorny, and in this particular the
specimen differs from Prof. Bell’s description. J. A. Grieg, however,
(Den Norske Nordhavs Exped., 1876-78, XXII. , Christiania, 1893) men-
tions that the*arm-spines of this species are very variable in this respect
and figures two, one smooth and one thorny. The specimen was taken in
the company of Ophiactis Balli,

OPHIOCOMIDAE.

Ophiocoma nigra (Abilg.)
40 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

78 i. Two specs. . Helga.
20 miles N. by W. of Eagle Island, N. Mayo.

70 f. Several. . . Helga,
40 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

745 f. Two large specs. . . Helga.

‘Commoner in shallower water, but of avons size.

196

OPHIOTHRICIDAE.

Ophiothrix fragilis (Abilg.)
40 miles N.W.4N. of Achill Head, Co, Mayo.
220 f. Two specs. . : : : Fingal.

Many records from 50-130 fathoms. Very common inside the 59-
fathom line.

Ophiothrix Lutkeni (Wyv. Thoms.)

This fine species is common off the west and south coast; it has been
taken in nearly every expedition, often abundantly, at depths ranging
from 75-315 fathoms.

STREPTOPHIURIDAE.

Ophiobyrsa hystricis (Lyman.)
56 miles off Dursey Head, Co. Kerry. 345 f.
Fragments in bad condition. . : . . Flying Falcon.
71 miles W. by S. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 315 f. Flying Fox.
40 miles N.W.4N. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo.

220 f. juv (?). ; : , : : . Fingal.
77 miles W.S.W. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 400 f.
One spec. . : : : : ° ‘ . Research,
ECHINOIDEA.
CIDA RIDAE.

Cidaris papillata (Leske.)

There are more records of this species from deep water off the west coast
than of any other Echinoderm.

Wyville Thomson in his account of the Echinoidea of the Porcupine
expedition, says that it was dredged in 100-400 fathoms wherever there
was a gravelly, sandy, or hard bottom in a continuous belt from Faeroe
to Gibraltar. Though not so abundant it was frequent in 600-800
fathoms, and a few small specimens from upwards of 1,000 fathoms.

It is often found in very large numbers; on a recent occasion eighty
specimens were taken from the Helga’s dredge, |

A few specimens were dredged by the Helga in 91 fathoms on the Por-
cupine Bank ; this is the shallowest water in which it has been found off
the west coast.

Cidaris gracilis (Sladen.)
84 miles W. by N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 750 f.
One spec. ° ° ° ° ; . . lying Falcon.
This species was described by Sladen from the sing‘e specimen taken in
the above locality. Sladen himself remarks that it is “ probably imma-
ture,” and Prof. Bell is of the opinion that it is a young specimen of
U. purpurata, Wyv. ‘Thoms.

ECHINOTIURIIDAE.,

Asthenosoma hystrix (Wyv. Thoms.)

W. coast of Ireland. Several stations. “ Wrag-
ments of plates and spines.” . ‘ ‘ . Porcupine,
45 miles N.N.W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo. 500 f. Jdarleguin.
64 miles N.W. 4 N. of Cleggan Head, Co, Galway.
199 f. 20 specs. Chocolate form. . ; . Helga,
77 miles W.N.W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo.
382 f. One spec, ; : . . - Helga,
A large number of specimens were taken by the prabey ree! they were
of two distinct types of coloration—bright red and dark brown, )

197

Phormosoma placenta (Wyv. Thoms.)

W. coast of Treland. 500-800 f.
of spines.’

84 miles W. by N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 750 f.

W. by S. of Fastnet, off Cape Clear. 1,000 f.

“ Fragments

Porcupine.
Flying Falcon.

Five specs. Spinulation destroyed. Flying Fox
54 miles N.W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo. 500 f. Fingal. |
45 miles N.N.W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo. 500f. Iarlequin.
77 miles W.N.W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo.

582 f. One spec. 4 Helga.

54 miles W. by N.4N. Nly. of Tearaght Light,

Co. Kerry. 454 f. One spec. Helga.
48 miles N.W. by W.3W. of Tearaght Light,

Co. Kerry. 337 f. One spec. Helga.

Probably rarer than the preceding species ; ‘single specimens usually

found.

Phormosoma uranus (Wyv. Thoms.)
84 miles W. by N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 750 f. Flying Falcon.

“A single fine example.”
ECHINIDAE.

Echinus acutus (Lamk.)
Common up fo 500 fathoms. Prof. Bell remarks that a specimen taken

by the s.s. Fingal is very conical.
E. acutus var. norvegicus (Diib. and Kor.).

Almost as common as the typical form; it has been taken in 808
fathoms, and seems generally to occur in deeper water.

E, acutus var. microstoma (Wyv. Thoms.)

Not so common as the typical form, or as the var. norvegicus, but of
frequent occurrence ; on one occasion when the H elqa was trawling in deep
water off the Kerry ‘coast small specimens of this form were found in such
numbers as to choke the nets.

Echinus esculentus (L.)

35 miles W.3N. of Fastnet, off C. Clear. 80 f. Lord Bandon (1).
25 miles W.N.W. of Gt. a Co. Kerry.

110-120 f. . F . Lord Bandon (1).
South of Galley Head, Co. Cork. 55 f. . Flying Foz.
45-60 miles W.4N. of ere Head, Co. Kerry.

110 f. . Flying Foz.
3-5 miles S.W. by 'S. of Gt. Skellig, Ce Kerry. .
60-65 f. One spec. . t Helga.

Rarely found outside the 50- fathpen line.

Some of these specimens
probably belong to the next species.

Echinus tenuispinus (Mortensen.)
Porcupine Bank, 124 miles S.W. by W. | W. of

Cleggan Head, Co. Galway. 91 f. 3 specs. Helga,
125 miles W.N.W. Nly. of Slyne Head, Co. Gal-

way. 109 f. One spec., broken. . Helga.
40 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

78 f. One spec. Helga.
20 miles N. by W. of ‘Eagle Island, Co. Mayo.

725 f. One spec. Helga.
40 miles N. W. by W. 2 W. of Cleggan 1 Head,

Oo. Galway. 744 f. One spec. Helga.

198

This species has been recently described by. Mortensen (Echinoidea
of the Danish Ingolf Expedition, 1903, p. 180) from two specimens from
the first of the above localities ; his description runs thus :—

“The test is almost globular, especially in the larger specimen; the
edge of the mouth not curved inwards. There are spines on the buccal
plates ; numerous, rather thick plates in the buccal -embrane. No
ocular ‘plates reach to the periproct. Only every other ambulacral plate
has a primary tubercle; on the other plates there is a rather large secon-
dary tubercle in the inner end and one a little outside of the } primary
series near the pores; otherwise there are almost no tubercles in the
ambulacral area. The pores reach quite to the edge of the area; each
interambulacral plate has a primary tubercle, and moreover ca. 4—6

Echinus tenwispinus
(Mortensen).

secondary ones, which are, however, far from filling the plate, so that the
test looks rather naked. The primary series are distinct. Miliary
tubercles numerous. On the actinal side the tubercles are placed much
more closely. Here the spines are rather long, directed straight down-
ward, not flat or widened at the point ; the abactinal spines short and fine
Pedicellariae and spicules quite as in Ech. esculentus. The colour of the
preserved specimens is white, After a communication from the Rey.
Canon A. M. Norman, it is this species he has described as Beh. escu-
lentus var. tenwispina, and so it gets the name of Hehinus tenuispinus
n. sp. It is, as seen by Norman, closely allied to esculentus, with which
if agrees in the most important characters: primary tubercle only on -
every other ambulacral plate, and spines on the buccal plates ; it is easily
distinguished from the latter hy having far fewer tudereles, among which
the primary series are very distinct, and by its white colonr—esculentus
always seems to keep the colour in spirit. T am decidedly of the opinion
that it must be regarded as an independent species not only as a variety
of esculentus. Tt differs considerably as to habitus from this species,
among whose forms T know no specimens with which it may he confounded.
What I have interpreted as var. fenuispinus is a peculiar form with short
fine spines, but with the usual colour of the tost (from the Tarée Tslands) ;
accordingly it is not identical with Norman’s var. fenwispinus.”

The occurrence of this species, so closely allied to.a littoral form, on
such a locality as the Porcupine Bank is worthy of_attention,

199

The measurements of six of the known specimens (in mm.) sre as
follows :—

Diameter. Height.
i he \ Mortensen’s specimens,
71 64
c 59
59 47
44 36

One specimen too broken for measurement.

Echinus gracilis (Diib. and Kor.)

About 40 miles W.N.W. of Valentia. 110 f. . Porcupine.
45-60 miles W. 4 N. of Dursey Head, Co. Kerry,
250 f. Four specs.

P ” : , . Flying For.
54 miles N.W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo. 500 f.

Eight specs. ; . : , ; , Fingdl.
35 miles N. by W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo. :
250 f. Harlequin.

45 miles N.N.W. of Achill Head; Go. Mayo. 500f. Harlequin.
50 miles N.W. by N. of Cleggan Head, Co. Mayo.
120 f. One spec. (F. J. B.). / ‘ . Helga,

OLYPEASTRIDAE.

Echinocyamus pusillus (0. F. Miill.)

“Generally distributed.” . : ‘ :
Dingle Bay, Co. Kerry. 54 f. (More 1870).
Off Bull Island, Dursey Head, Co. Kerry. 60 f. Argo.
30 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

Porcupine.

70 f.. Four specs. ‘ ° . . . Helga.
42 miles W. by N. of Bray Head, off Valencia.
175 f. One spec. Helga.

Porcupine Bank, 120 miles W.N.W. of Slyne
Head, Co. Galway. 91 f. One spec. : . Helga.
Rarely taken outside the 50-f. line.

SPATANGIDAE.
Spatangus purpureus (0. F. Miill.)

Of common occurrence ; has been taken up to 400 f. (Research).

Sometimes single specimens are found ; sometimes the dredge brings up
two or three hundred ata time. The Helga has dredged very typical
examples of this species on the Porcupine Bank.

Spatangus Raschi (Loven.)

Common. There are more records of this species than of the preceding.
The greatest depth at which it has been taken is 500 f., at which depth it
has twice been found (Fingal and Harlequin).

S. Raschi was dredged by the Lord Bandon (1st exp.) in 70-90f. Like
S. purpureus, enormous numbers are often taken in a single haul.

Echinocardium pennatifidum (Norman).

Porcupine Bank, 120 miles W.N.W. of Slyne

_ Head, Oo. Galway. 91. One spec. ‘ . Helga.
_ This species has once previously been recorded from Irish waters, when
it was found by Mr. W. I. Beaumont in 20-45 fathoms off Valentia Har-
bour. Although this Echinoid has been taken in 120 fathoms, it would
seem to be usually an inshore species; and its occurrence on the Porcu-
pine Bank, 120 miles from land, is thus of great interest.
_ The specimen occurred in company with Spatangus purpureus, which
18 very common on the bank.

200

Echinocardium flavescens (0. F. Miill.)

12 miles S.W. of Great Skellig, Co. Kerry.
170-79 £° >> : : 3 ; ;
14 miles W. sd N. 1 N. of Bolus Head, Co. Kerry.
6 £.<. i , : 3 : ; . Fingal.

Lord Bandon (1).

Brissopsis lyrifera (Forbes.)

W. coast of Ireland (?). 50-250f. . . . Porcupine.
12 miles S.W. of Great Skellig, Co. Kerry.

ae : ; . Lord Bandon (1).
58 miles W. of Great Skellig, Co. pe

70-80 f. Several. . . Lord Bandon (2).
(Locality lost). 54f. . ; : 4 . Flying Falcon.

Wyville Thomson, in his account of the Porcupine Echinoidea, says
that large specimens of this species are common up to 250 f., and smaller
and more delicate specimens occur up to 2,090 f.

A List of the Exprpitions and Stations from which the Echinoderms
included in this paper were taken, with Lat. and Long.

N.B.—AIl bearings magnetic.
“ Porcupine” Expedition, 1869.

|
| 40 mies W.N.W. of Valentia, co. 51° 53’ (2)} 11° 30’ (2

erry.
_ 83 agg belt by N. of Dursey Head, 51° 22’ 12° 25’
co
115 miles N.W. by W. 2 W. of 51° 56’ 13° 39’
Skelligs, < co. Kerry.
56 miles N.W. by N. of Valentia, 52° 25’ 11° 40’
co. Kerry.
| 55 miles N.W. of Valentia, co. Kerry, 52° 14’ 11° 48°

Head, co. Mayo.
39 miles W.N.W. of Black Rock, 54° 5’ 12° 17°
off Blacksod Bay.
46 miles N. by W. } W. of Eagle | 54° 53’ 16° 56’
Island, North Mayo.
| 94 miles S. ? E. of Fastnet, off | 49° 51’ | 10° 12”
! Cape Clear.
135 miles W. by S. } S. of Fastnet, | 50° 1’ 12° 26’
off Cape Clear.
72 miles W. tN. of Cape Clear, | GR? <i. 11° 21°

: 71 miles W. by S. } S. of Achill 53° 15’ 11° 51°

About 62 miles W. } N. of Cape Clear, 180 | 51° 10(?)) I1° 8(?
'

Station Depth, .
No. —" Lat. N.

| 35 miles W. } N. of Fastnet, off | 75-90 |

Cape Clear.
25 miles W.N.W. of Gt. Skellig, |110-120

51° 15’
51° 46°
10° 41°

12 miles 3.W. of Gt. Skellig, co. | 70-79

| eo. Kerry. |
| Kerry. |

201

“ Lord Bandon” 2nd Expedition, 1886.

Station
No.

Depth,

steal late. N, | Long. W.

|

108 Bl®.18- hi?

log. 44

38 miles W. 4 8. of Dursey Head,
co. Kerry.
log. 45 | 53 miles W. 4 S. of Dursey Head,
co. Kerry.
log. 49 | 42 miles W. byS. 4. S. of Gt. Skellig,
co. Kerry.
log. 53 | 5-8 miles W. of Gt. Skellig, co.
Kerry.
log. 56 | 294 miles W. by S. of Dursey Head,
co. Kerry.
log. 58 | 434 miles W. ? S. of Dursey Head,
co. Kerry.
log. 59 | 50 miles W. 4 S. of Dursey Head,
co. Kerry.

325 | 61° 11’ | 11° 31’
160 | 51° 20’ | 11° 26
70-80 | 51° 46’ | 10° 42’
93 | 61° 19’ | 10° 55’
110 | 51° 13’ | 11° 15’
214 | 51° 12’ | 11° 26’

* Approximately.

“ Flying Falcon” KHapedition, 1888.

i ap - . N. | Long. W.

log. 67 | 56 miles W. by S. } S. of Dursey 11° 27’

Head, co. Kerry.
log. 69 | 86 miles W. by N. of Fastnet, off 11° 50’
Cape Clear.
log. 72 | 11 miles S. of Glandore, co. Kerry, |

log. 73 | (Locality lost),

“ Flysng Fou” Hapedition, 1889.

Station —_— Depth, | tot. N Long. W.

No. fathoms.

| |
1 71 miles W. by S. of Fastnet, off | 315 50° 46’ 1 ee
Cape Clear. |

2 | W. by S. of Fastnet, | 1,000 _ wr

3 110}

4 || 250 |

45-60 miles W. $ N. of Dursey Head, 51°-51° 35’| 11°-12° 10°

5 co. Kerry. (Approximately). soo {

500

8 37 miles W. of Bull Rock, co. Kerry, 100 51° 22’ 13°) ;9”
9 | 47 miles W. of Bull Rock, co. Kerry, | 150-180| 51° 17’ | 11° 27’
10 S. of Galley Head, .. 55 = aa

11 S. of Grlley Head, .. 55 = --

202

“ Fingal” Expedition, 1890.

Station Depth,
No. — athainn: Lat. N. | Long. W.

l

63 40 miles N.W. } W. of Achill Head, 220 54° 12’ 11° 24’
co. Mayo.

64 30 miles N.W. } W. of Achill Head, 144 54° 7’ Le
co. Mayo.

70 54 miles N. W. of Achill Head, co. 500 54° 20’ 11° 41’
Mayo.

71 35 miles N.W. by N. of Achill Head, 175 |54° 16’ 30%, 11° 67
co. Mayo.

72 20 miles No W. by N. of Achill Head, 126 54° 10’ 10° 45’
co. Mayo.

114 14 miles W. by N. } N. of Bolus 80 51° 45’ 10° 43’
Head, co. Kerry.

“« Research” Expedition, 1890.

Station Depth,
a —— fata Lat. N. | Long. W.

1 67 miles W. } S. of Fastnet, off 200 (50° 50’ 15”/11° 12’ 30”
Cape Clear.

2 77 miles W.S.W. of Fastnet, off 400 |50° 29’ 26”) 11° 4’
Cape Clear.

3 108 miles S.W. 4 W. of Fastnet, off 200 . |49° 50’ 2% “T1°
Cape Clear.

7 60 miles S.W. 4 S. of Fastnet, off 70. 150° 24’ 45%) 10° 7" 30”
Cape Clear.

8 62 cae S.W. 45S. of Fastnet, off 70° 150° 22’ 21° 10° 7” 30°

Cape Clear. |

* N.B.—Stations 4, 5, and 6 are below the southern boundary of the British areu,

“ Harlequin” Expedition, 1891.

Depth,
fathoms.

| 40 miles W. of Bolus Head, co.
Kerry.

6 miles W. of Inishmore, Aran |
| Islands.
45 miles N.N.W. of Achill Head, co. 11° 12’
| Galway.
| 35 miles N. by W. of Black Rock, off ) 10° 48’
Blacksod Bay.

'

ae

203

“* Helga,” 1900-1904.

Long. W.

70 miles S.W. 4 W. of Fastnet, off Cape 914 50° 24’ 10° 31’
Clear.

75 miles 8.W. by W. 4 W. of Fastnet, off 190 | 50° 27’ 30’ 10° 57’
Cape Clear.

27 miles W. by N. } N. of Bray Head, 100 51° 49’ 11° 9’
Valentia, co. Kerry.

42 miles W. by N. of Bray Head, Valentia, 175 51° 46’ 11° 337
co. Kerry.

7 miles 8. by W. of Tearaght Lighthouse, | 44-53 51° 57’ 10° 39’
co. Kerry.

32 miles W. } S. of Tearaght Lighthouse, 129 51° 50’ 11° 26’
co. Kerry.

54 miles W. by N. $ N. Nly. of Tearaght 454 | 52° 1’ 30” | 12° 7’ 30”
Lighthouse, co. Kerry.

50 miles W.N.W. of Tearaght Lighthouse, 396 | 52° 3’ 30’ 2"
co. Kerry.

50 miles W.N.W. of Tearaght Lighthouse, 327 52° 4’ a
co. Kerry.

39 miles W. N, W. Nly. of Tearaght Light- 2444 52° 6’ 11° 44’
house, co. Kerry.

50 miles W.N.W. Niy. of Tearaght Light- 375 82° 6’ 12°
houSe, co. Kerry.

48 miles N.W. by W. ? W. of Tearaght 337 52°” 7” EI® 58°
Lighthouse, co. Kerry.

3-5 miles 8.W. by S. of Great Skellig, | 60-65 51° 42’ 10° 35’
co. Kerry.

64 miles W. by S. of Skelligs, co. Kerry, 72 | 51° 43” 30” 10° 43’

50 miles W.N.W. of Slyne Head, co. 112 Ga ae 11°. 857
Galway.

80 miles WN. W. of Slyne Head, co. 180 53 26° 12° 29’
Galway.

Porcupine Bank, 109 miles W. by N. 4 120 53° 26’ 13° 12’
N. of Cleggan Head, co. Galway.

Porcupine Bank, 124 miles W. by N. 4 91 53° 24’ 13° 34’
N. of Cleggan Head, co. Galway.

Porcupine Bank, 120 miles W.N.W. of 91 53° 27’ 137-374
Slyne Head, co. Galway.

40 miles W. by S. of Clogean Head, 76 53° 11’ i a a
co. Galway.

125 miles W.N.W. Nly. of Slyne Head, 109 53° 33’ 13° 39’
co. Galway.

112 miles N.W. by W. ? W. of Slyne 135 53° 38’ 13° 19°
Head, co. Galway.

20 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, | 65-72} 53° 34’ | 10° 41’
co. Galway.

30 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, | 70-78 53° 34’ 10° 58-
co. Galway.

40 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, | 70-78 53° 34’ 11° 15°
co. Galway.

50 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, |116-120 53° 34’ 11 42:
co. Galwa

64 miles N W. + W. of Cleggan Head, 199 53° 52’ 11° 56’
co. Gale

40 miles N.W. by N, of Cleggan Head, 105 53° 56’ all

204

* Heiga,” 1900-1904—continued.

th,
| Pa Lat. N. Long. W.
|
50 miles N.W. by N. of Cleggan Head, | 120 64° 2 ie Ty ae
co. Galway. |
77 miles W.N.W. of Achill Head, co. | 382 53° 58’ 12° 30’
Mayo.
81 miles W. 4 N. of Eagle Island, co. | 290 538° 54’ 12° 19°
Mayo. |
50 miles W.N.W. of Eagle Island, co. | 388 ba? <7" 11°93?
Mayo.
31 miles N.N.W. wly. of Eagle Island, | 355 54° 35’* 10° 54’*
co. Mayo.
20 miles N. by W. of Eagle Island, | 70-72} 54° 34’ 10° 25’
co. Mayo.

* Approximately.

ADDENDUM.
ECHINODERMS FOUND ON OR NEAR THE ROCKALL BANK.

The Rockall Bank is situated about 230 miles N.W. 4 W. of the extreme
north-east of Co. Mayo; lat. 57° 36', long. 13° 40’.

It is separated by a deep channel of 1,000-1,700 fathoms from the west
coasts of the British Isles. It is also cut off from Iceland by the 1,000
fathom-line, while a comparatively narrow area, with soundings of 500-
oS fathoms, connects it with the Faeroe Bank and Wyville Thomson
Ridge.

Only on two occasions has any dredging been attempted on this ground,
and consequently a total of 23 spp. is all that oan be given.

In 1865 the Porewpine dredged in a few stations off Rockall in depths
of 420-1,215 fathoms.

The only definite attempt to investigate the Rockall fauna was con-
ducted in the Granuaile in June, 1896, by the Royal Trish Academy, and
in that month two visits were made to the locality.

Five dredgings were made on the bank as follows :—

1 mile off Rockall, . ; ; 60 fathoms.
15 miles 8. of Rockall, . : 80-100 fathoms.
S. of Rockall, . . 100 fathoms,

16 miles 8.E. by EF. of Rockall, 120 fathoms.
17 miles EF. by 8.48. of Rockall, 130 fathoms.

Sladen in his list of these Echinoderms (Trans, R.I.A., 1897) mentions
no localities or depths, but it will be seen from the above list of stations
that all the dredgings were within twenty miles of Rockall, and at depths
of 60-130 fathoms,

The occurrence of such a typically littoral species as Echinus miliaris
is of the greatest interest. This Echinoderm had not previously been
found below 45 fathoms, and its presence indicates that the theory that
Rockall is the last relic of a mountainous island, now almost wholly sub-
merged, is probably correct. Shells of many littoral species of mollusca
were also found in the same dredgings, Tate

205

HOLOTHURIOIDEA.

Cucumaria Hyndmani (‘Thomps.)
Lat. 56° 13’ N., long. 149 18’ W. 420 f. Three specs.

Tat. 56° 7’ N., long. 149 19’ W. 630 f. Three specs.
Thyone fusus (0. F. Miill.)

Holothuria tremula (Gunnerus.)

CRINOIDEA.
Antedon bifida (Penn.)

ASTEROIDEA.,

Pontaster tenuispinis (Dib. and Kor.)
Plutonaster Pareli (Diib. and Kor.
Astropecten irregularis (Penn.)
Luidia Sarsi (Dib. and Kor.)
Hippasterias phrygiana (Parelius.)
Stichaster roseus (0. F. Miill.)
Henricia sanguinolenta (0. F. Miill.)

Brisinga coronata (G. O. Sars.)
“at. 56° 7’ N., long. 14° 19 W. 630 f.

OPHIU ROIDEA.

Ophiura Sarsi (Liitk.)
Ophiactis Balli (Thompson.)

Ophiopholis aculeata (L.)

Porcupwe.
Porcupme.

Granuaile.

Granuaile.

Gramuaile.

Granuaile.

Granuaile.

Granuaile.

Granuaile.

Granuaile.

Granuaile.

Granuaile.

Porcupine.

Granuaile.

Gramuule.

Granule.

206
Ophiothrix fragilis (Abilg.) j.,
Granuaile.

ECHINOIDEA.

Cidaris papillata (Leske.)

Granuaile.

Asthenosoma fenestratum (Wyv. Thoms.)

« Fragments off Rockall.” ; : é ‘ F Porcupine.
Echinus norvegicus (Diib. and Kor.)
Granuale.
Echinus miliaris (Linn.)
Granuaile.
Spatangus purpureus (0. F. Mill.)
Granuaile.
Pourtalesia phyale (Wyv. Thoms.)
Lat. 56° 44’ N., long. 12° 52 W. 1,215 f. ; Porcupine.

Also found off Kerguelen.

Pourtalesia miranda (A. Ag.)

Lat. 56° 44’ N., long. 12° 52' W. 1,215 f. . . Porcupine.

Also found in the Florida gulf-stream and off Havana.

Only two specimens of Pourtalesia were taken in 1,215 f. by the Porcu-
pine. Wyville Thomson calls them both P. phyale. Agassiz, in his Rep.
Chall. Echin., retains P. phyale, and mentions it as having been taken
off Rockall, but in addition he creates a new species, P. miranda, The
only solution of the difficulty is that of the two specimens taken off Rockall
in 1,215 fathoms, one belongs to each species, |

In addition to these the Porcupine dredged Holothuria tremula from
1,476 f. in lat. 55° 40’ N., long. 12° 50’ W. = This record increases the
bathymetric range of the species by over 800 fathoms. Plutonaster Pareli
and Cheilaster fimbriatus were dredged from 1,360 fathoms in lat. 56°
15’ N., long. 11° 25/ W., also by the Porcupine.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.

Cucumaria elongata (Diib and Kor.)

Fig. 1. Entire animal with tentacles retracted : : xe
Fig. 2. Cup-shaped spicules from outer layer of skin. . x 290.
Fig. 3. Rectangular spicules from inner layer of skin. . x 80.

Ophiura signata (Verrill,)

Fig. 4. Mouth-shield, as figured by W. E. Hoyle.
Fig. 5. Mouth-shield of the Flying Falcon specimen,
Fig. 6. Mouth-shield of the Helga specimens.

Fig. 7. Mouth-shield of Canon Norman’s specimen,

rc

+,

oN eX
ea | R os : "i
\ \
/
/ \
2 5. 6. 7.
S.W. Kemp, del.

Huth lith® London

Figs.1-3, Cucumaria elongata, Dub and Kor.
Figs4-7. Ophiura signata, Verrill

‘ca Lert a a Aa

7 we Fosse ae S oe Se ee ae

207

Aprenpix, No. VII.

THE MARINE FAUNA OF THE WEST COAST OF
IRELAND,

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.

l.—Additions to the list of Nudibranchiate Molluscs of Ballynakill
Harbour, Co. Galway.
1l.—Rediscovery of the Nudibranch Alderia modesta (Loven).

1ll.—-Occurrence of the Floating Barnacle, Lepas fascicularis (Ellis and

Sol.),
by G. P. Farran, B.A.

1V.—On Nebalia typhlops, G. O. Sars.
V.—On Stomatopod Larvae from the West Coast of Ireland.
Vl. —Enteropneusta from the West Coast of Ireland,

by W. M. Tarrrrsatt, B.Sc.

1—ADDITIONS TO THE LIST OF NUDIBRANCHIATE
MOLLUSCS OF BALLYNAKILL HARBOUR, CO. GALWAY.
BY
G. P, Farran, B.A.

Since the publication of the Annual Report for 1901, two additions
have been made to the list of Nudibranchs of Ballynakill Harbour, and
incidentally to the fauna of Ireland, viz., Stawrodoris verrucosa (Cuv.)
and Styliger bellula (d’Orb.), the former record being also the first from
the British marine area.

Staurodoris verrucosa (Cuv.).

A single specimen of this species was taken by the dredge on Fahy Bar,
Ballynakili (1-2 fath.), in April, 1903. ‘The following description was
taken from the animal while still alive :—

Length, 1°7 cm. Body long, oval, moderately depressed, lateral margins
of cloak bent up, irregularly frilled. Back covered with large unequal
knob-shaped tubercles, about equal in size to those of an Archidoris tuber-
culata of 4 cm. Head with broad flattened tentacles, grooved ventrally.
Rhinophores short, 7-8 laminate, directed laterally outwards when ex-
tended, arising from short tubular sheaths, the margins of which are cut
into one small (anterior) and three larger lappets. Branchiae 12 in
number, stout, opaque, simply pinnate, set very far back, and forming a
dorsiventrally flattened oval.

Colour, pale yellow, with brown pigment on the branchiae and on the
tips of the tubercles.

Liver large, showing distinctly, of a pale blue colour.

S species can easily be recognised by its very large dorsal tubercles,
— (12-16) simply pinnate branchiae, and remarkable rhinophore
sheaths.

Ann, Rep, Fish., Ireland, 1902-03, Pt. 11., App-, Vil. (1905. |

205

The radula resembles that of Archidoris tuberculata.

It appears to be widely distributed in the Mediterranean, and Bergh*
further gives its distribution as Western and Eastern Atlantic.

There is a moderately good figure of the animal, uncoloured, given in
Quvier’s “ Memoires des Molluscs,” Doris, Pl. 1, Fig. 4-7.

Styliger bellula (q’Orb.).

A few specimens were taken at intervals during 1901 and 1902 crawling
over the fronds of Laminaria saccharina from various parts of Ballynakill
Harbour, and on one occasion a considerable number were found in a
zostera bed situated on the E. side of the channel off Ross Point.

This species was added to the British list in 1892 by Mr. W. Garstang,t
who captured several specimens in Cawsand Bay, Plymouth, but I am not
aware of any subsequent British records. There is an excellent figure of
the animal given in the Fauna der Kieler Buchtt by Meyer and Mébius,
who there described it as a new species under the name of Embletonia
Mariae. I have recorded it under the name of S. bellula rather than that
of S. Mariae, as it seems to me certain that the two species are identical,
although Bergh, while suggesting that 8S. Mariae is probably a synonym
of S. bellula,§ yet in a subsequent paper|| seems to imply that they may
be distinct. 1 am only acquainted with S. bellula through Adams’ repro-
duction of d’Orbigny’s figure,{] as | have been unable to consult the
original description.** .

Lamellidoris luteocincta (M. Sars).

Since describing a small nudibranch from Ballynakill in last year's
Annual Report under the name of Doris Beaumonti I have ascertained
that it haa already been described by M. Sars in 1870 as D. luteocincta,
of which the name D. Beawmonti must now be regarded as a synonym.

M. Sars’ description is publishedin the “ Nyt. Mgz.. fur Naturvetensk,”
xvii. 1870, p. 190, and the radula is figured, under the name of Onchidoris
luteocincta in G. O. Sars’ “ Norges Arktiske Fauna,” I. Mollusca.
Pi, xiv., fig. 3.

Sars describes the animal as possessing a small velum, the labial
tentacles being obsolete. It was taken by him at Vallo in the
Christiania Fjord sparingly at from 10 to 20 fath,

ll._REDISCOVERY OF THE NUDIBRANCH
Alderia modesta (Liven.)
BY

G. P. Farran, B.A.

It may be of interest to record the recapture of this little nudibranch
in Ireland, where it had not been met with since it was taken in 1846
by Allman in a marsh near Skibbereen, Co. Cork.

The animal has now been met with in considerable numbers at the
Department's experimental oyster ponds at Ardfry, Co, Galway, near
the head of Galway Bay. The exact locality in which it was found is a

* Bergh, Malacologische Untersuchungen.

+ Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc, Vol. \L., N.S., p. 333,

t Bd. J., 1A65, Criereporetesp 16,

§ Semper, Reisen im Archipel. de Philipp. Malae, Untersuch,, 1872, p, 139.
) Verhand. Zoo. Bot, Gesellsch, Wien. Bd. 35, 1885, p. 19.

{| Kecent Mollusca. Pl, LXVI,, fig. 7.

** Mag. de Zoologe, 1837, p. 12, ld, pl. e. VIII,

209

stretch of marshy grass at the margin of the pond, just at the level of
high water at spring tides. In this there are a number of hollows or
depressions where the grass is absent, which are floored with damp mud,
bare, or with a coating of cladophora, conferva, and other similar alge.
It is im woese hollows that Alderia modesta occurs in some numbers.

The recorded distribution of the species is very limited. It has been
taken at Monmouth, and, on the Continent, at Bohuslan in Sweden,
whence it was described by Loven; near Rédberg in Norway, from
which place Canon Norman records it ;* and at Helsingfors in Finland.t

Its scarcity may, perhaps, be accounted for by the want of a suitable
habitat in a great many districts and the constant liability of a colony
to extinction by an unusually low spring tide, combined with a pro-
longed period of hot sunshine, as it seems to choose a spot which is
reached by the tide but once a fortnight. ;

The specimens of Alderia from Ardfry are all of very small size, none
of them reaching more than ‘5 cm. in length. They agree closely with
Alder and Hancock’s figure in colour and torm.

In company with the above there were found numerous specimens of
Limapontia capitata of very small size. This species, while exhibiting a
liking for situations similar to those which Alderia seemingly invariably
occupies (it has been recorded by Garstang{t from a spot on the Lanca-
shire coast, almost exactly similar to that at Ardfry), yet is also fre-
quently found between tide marks, and has been recorded by Gamble§
as having been dredged in about four fathoms at Valencia, though Mr.
Beaumont informs me that, as far as his experience goes, the latter
occurrence is unique, and that the species is always found between tide
marks, occurring at Plymouth generally on corallines from tide pools.

lll. OCCURRENCE OF THE FLOATING BARNACLE,
Lepas fascicularis (Klis and Sol.)
BY
G. P. Farran, B.A.

During the quarterly cruise of the Helga in August, 1903, floating
colonies of the above species were seen in large numbers off the west
coast of Ireland. Their distribution in that area, as far as noted, is
rather curious.

They were first observed on August 10th, when large numbers of them
were passed between thirty and fifty miles W.N.W. (magn.) of Cleggan
Co. Galway, only a few being seen inside the thirty mile limit.

On August 13th the shoal was passed through on a line N.N.W. from
Rathlin O’Beirne, Co. Donegal; the barnacles being moderately plentiful
between five and fifteen miles from land, though very few were seen
between fifteen and fifty miles off shore.

On August 17th the Helga again traversed the line running W.N.W.
from Cleggan; but on this occasion the greatest numbers were seen
between ten and twenty miles from shore, the numbers between twenty
and fifty miles being much fewer than those inside.

Finally, a few specimens were seen on August 19th, fifty miles W.N.W.
of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, where none had been observed on the previous
visit of the Helga on August 7th.

During August, 1904, when the Helga went over almost the same
ground, no sign of the species was seen. Lepas fascicularis is not a
species which could be overlooked if it were present in any numbers,

* Ann. & Mag. N.H., Ser. 6, Vol. XII., p. 351.

+ Meddel. Soc. Fauna Flora Fennica, Haft 28B, p. 40--41 ( fide Zool. Anzeiger),
} Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc., Vol. 1.. n.s. 1890, p. 422,

§ Proc. Royal Irish 4cad., 3rd Ser., Vol. V., No. 5, p. 852,

210

as the large white floating clumps at once attract the attention, and
can be seen from a considerable distance. The size of the colonies seen
on the above-mentioned occasions varied from about three to seven
inches in diameter, the original foundation being in all observed cases
a small fragment of Fucus.

_The Fulmar Petrels, which are invariably seen round the ship at any
distance over thirty miles from shore, seamed to spend most of their
tame pecking at the floating colonies, probably feeding on the marine
Isopod, Idotea metallica, several specimens of which were obtained among
the stalks of the barnacles.,

The occurrence of this species in such an immense swarm off the west
coast of Ireland seems to be most exceptional, as no signs were seen
of it during the Fishery Survey cruises of the ss. Fingal and Harlequin
in 1890 and 1891, nor during the various expeditions made off the west
coast by the ss. Helga in 1901 and 1902. Lepas fascicularis appears to be
widely spread over the great oceans of the world on both sides of the
equator. It has been recorded from the N. and S. Atlantic, the N. and
S. Pacific, and the Indian Ocean. Darwin, in his Monograph,* men-
tions the account of Dr. Coates, who, for several days, sailed through
an infinite number of specimens in the Southern Atlantic, and the
Challenger had a similar experience in the Pacific on her cruise from
Japan to the Sandwich Islands.t

iv-—ON Nebalia typhlops, G. 0. Sars.
BY
W. M. Tarrersatz, B.Sc.

Nebalia typhlops was described by G. O. Sars in 1869 (Christ. Vid.
Selsk. Fordh., 1869), from a female specimen taken between 150-200
fathoms off Lofoten, Norway. Writing again in 1896 (Fauna Norvegiae,
Bd. I., Phyllocarida), Sars mentions that up till then only three speci-
mens, all females, were known, and that out of Norway it had never been
recorded. Dr. Calman has very kindly called my attention to a record
of this species in the Mediterranean by Lo Bianco (Naples Mittheilung-
gen, XV1., 1905). This, as far as I know, completes the records of this
species, and males up till now were quite unknown.

Eleven females and two males of this interesting form were washed
from sand brought up in a tow-net attached to a trawl, fishing 60 mi.
W. of Achil Head, in 199 fathoms of water, in August, 1901, while a
male and a female specimen have since been taken in tow-nets attached
to trawls fishing 50 mi. W. of Cleggan Head, County Galway, in 120
fathoms of water. |

This species differs from the common species, N. bipes (1) in the form
of the frontal plate, which in the latter is obtusely rounded, while in
N. typhlops it ends in a pointed spiniform prominence; (2) in the eyes,
which in N. typhlops are very imperfectly developed, without trace of
visual elements and pigment.

A description of the male, with figures, will be published later. The
most conspicuous sexual differences exhibited by the species are the rela-
tive greater length of the superior antennae, the great length of the
inferior antennae, which in the male are as long as the entire body, and
great development of the caudal rami, which in the male often reach
half the length of the rest of the body, while in the female they are only
about as long as the last two segments of the posterior division of the body.

This species is for the first time added to the British list, while the
range of geographical distribution is considerably increased. It is now
known from Norway, Mediterranean, and the west coast of Ireland, in
depths ranging from 120 to 200 fathoms.

* Monogr. of Cirripedia, “7; Soc.. 1851,—Lep-didae, p. 94.
t Challenger Reports, Vol. VIII., pt. xxv,—Cirripedia, p, 41.

211

V.—ON STOMATOPOD LARVAE FROM THE WEST COAST OF
IRELAND.

BY

W. M. TarrsrsaLy, B.Sc.

—_—-~---~-

Records of Stomatopoda, in either adult or larval form, from British
waters are few in number. Those of the adult are confined to two or
three captures of Squilla Desmarestii and S. mantis from the English
Channel, while lately also the former species has been taken in the North
Sea (F. J. Bell, Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc., n.s., Vol. VI., No. 5, 1902).
This paucity of records is without doubt due to the peculiar habits of the
group, which are fossorial forms of retiring habits and extremely active
movements. It is thus very seldom that they are captured in the trawl
or dredge.

‘A fruitful source of such forms is generally to be found in the stomachs
of bottom-living fish like the ray. Burrowing macrurous decapods like
Agius and Callianassa of apparently similar habits, but possibly much
less active, are frequently met with in such situations. In localities in
which they occur, they appear to form the main article in the diet of the
ray.* Whether Stomatopods are less palatable than these decapods, or
whether, as is much more likely, they are too active and too wary for the
ray, the fact remains that they are seldom found in their stomachs.

Larval Squillidae are much more commonly met with in British
waters than the adult, though records of them are few. Mr.
Holt tells me they are common enough at Plymouth, and the
“International” have recorded their capture in tow-nets in the
English Channel in August, 1903. An Erichthus larva has also been
taken once in the North Sea (vide Bell, loc. cit.).

The observations made by the Department of Agriculture for Ireland,
on the west coast during a period of five years, tend to show that Stomato-
pod larvae are neither rare nor a chance factor in our fauna, but rather
that they form a constant part of the pelagic life of our waters. Every
autumn during the five years over which the observations have extended,
from the middle of August to the beginning of October, larval Stomato-
pods have occurred in the tow-nets. This is by no means certain proof
of the proximity of adult Stomatopoda, in numbers, to our coast, as the
larvae, owing to the long duration of the larval life, are capable of wide
distribution by oceanic currents. Their regular occurrence, however,
points in this direction.

There are two typical and distinct types of larvae among Stomatopoda,
the Alima and the EHrichthus. Both types occur off the west coast of
Ireland, the latter type being much more commonly met with.

The Alima larva was represented by only six specimens, all belonging
to the same species and varying in length from 8°5 to 23 mm.

Larva 25 mm.—The carapace has a long anterior rostral spine reaching
beyond the antennular peduncle, two moderately long antero-lateral spines,
two very long postero-lateral spines, and a short posterior median dorsal
spine. There are two small spinules immediately posterior to the
antero-lateral spines, and one immediately in front of the origin of the
postero-lateral spines, while the latter bear a small spinule about the
centre of their length. All the six abdominal segments are developed,
and all have their postero-lateral angles drawn out into acute spines,
while the sixth segment has two short curved spines on the median
posterior dorsal border. The telson is longer than broad, rather deeply
notched in the centre, with six well developed marginal spines. Between

* In Galway Bay, the stomachs of Raia clavuia are found to contain almost solely Axius
stirynchus and Callianassa subterranea.

212

the submedian spines there are seventeen denticles on each side of the
centre, while eleven intermediate and one lateral denticle are present on
each side.

The uropoda are well developed, with four small teeth on the outer edg
of the external ramus, and with the inner tooth of the ventral prolonga-
tion slightly longer than the outer one. The dactylus of the raptorial claw
is still without teeth, and there is a strong spine on the basal part of the
propodus.

All the swimming feet are well developed and the antennule has three
flagel'a. The larva is considerably advanced, and very near to the adult
stage. It is small compared to many of Brooks’ Alimae of similar deve-
lopment, and the conclusion is that it is the larva of a comparatively
small adult. The smaller larvae belonging to this species, in the collec-
tion, only differ from this in the stage of development of the hmbs and
regments of the body. The submedian denticles of the telson are found
to vary between seventeen and twenty-two, while the intermediate denticles
vary between eleven and thirteen. There is never more than one lateral
denticle.

The number of teeth on the outer uropod varies with the age of the
larva, and the small spines behind the antero-lateral spines of the cara-
pace would appear to be absent in the younger forms.

This larva is the young of a species of the genus Squilla, as Brooks has
shown that all Alumae are the young of this genus. To which species of
uhe genus they belong I have not been able to determine, nor have If identi-
tied them with any described Alima. This I hope to do later, but I may
mention that it is one of the few Alimae which have a posterior median
spine to the carapace.

The Hrichthus larva was represented by a great number of specimens,
all belonging to one species, in all stages of development, from the Erich-
thoidina stage to well-advanced larvae, varying in size from 5mm. to
19mm. They belong, I believe, to the genus Gonodactylus, and are there-
fore Gonerichthi, as Brooks has named them. The genus Gonodactylus
is new to the British list.

Larva 19 mm.—tThe carapace is shallow, as that of most Gonerichthi
is, and not very wide. It has a very long rostral spine, two short antero-
lateral spines, two long postero-lateral spines, and a short median
posterior-dorsal spine. it has also a short spine arising slightly below
and in front of the postero-lateral spines. This latter spine is character-
istic of Gonerichthi among Hrichthus larvae. The carapace is thus exactly
like that of the Alima described above, but unlike that Alima and
all Alimae generally, it entirely covers all the thoracic segments, while
in the Alima the last three or four thoracic segments are exposed.

All the six abdominal segments are developed, but only the fifth has its
posterior-lateral angles drawn out into spines, the remaining five having
them rounded. The sixth segment has (as in all Gonerichthi) two small
spines on the median posterior-dorsal border, but its lateral angles are
(unusually) rounded.

The telson is wider than long, slightly notched in the middle, with six
well-developed marginal or primary spines. Between the submedian
spines, on each side of the centre, are fourteen denticles, while there are
two intermediate and one lateral denticle on each side. The uropoda are
well developed, with four teeth on the outer edge of the external ramus,
and the outer spine of the ventral prolongation much longer than the
inner.

The remaining appendages are all well developed. ‘The raptorial claw
is without teeth, and bears a small spine on the base of the propodus.

The younger larvae of this species in the collection differ from this only
in the stage of development of the limbs and segments, and in the fewer
number of teeth in the outer uropod. There is always one lateral and
two intermedmte denticles, while the sub-median ones do not seem to vary
very much on either side of fourteen.

These larvae are undoubtedly Hrichthi by the fact that the carapace
covers all the thoracic segments, and because the outer spine of the ventral
prolongation of the uropoda is longer than the inner,

‘7

213

Among Erichthi they are distinguished as Gonerichthi, by reason of
the shallowness and comparative narrowness of the carapace, and by the
presence of the small spine on the carapace below the origin of the postero-
laterals. These two characters distinguish them from Lysioerichthi, while
from Pseuderichthi they are distinguished by more robust form and by
the relatively much shorter outer spine to the ventral prolongation of the
uropoda. I have not identified this form with any previously described
one as yet, nor am I able to conjecture as to which species of adult it
belongs. In the meantime it seems worth while to place on record the
regular occurrence of these interesting forms in British waters.

V1.--ENTEROPNEUSTA FROM THE WEST COAST OF IRELAND.
BY

W.M. Tartrersatt, B.Sc.

Since Bourne (Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc., Vol. I., n.s., 1889) first
recorded the Tornaria larva, the typical free-swimming larva of the
Enteropneusta, from British waters near Plymouth, several further
records of its capture have appeared. The species recorded by Bourne was
Tornaria Krohnii (Bourne), and the same species has since been taken
off Valencia by Browne (Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, Vol. 5, No. 5,
1900) Mr. Holt tells me that Tornaria are frequently met with at St.
Andrews, and they are also known from Port Erin. Mr. Farran has
likewise found them in tow-nets taken off County Galway, Ireland. Up
till recently, all efforts to find the adult Balanoglossus within the sacred
confines of our area have signally failed. ‘It is true that a species of this
genus, B. salmoneus, occurs in the Channel Islands, but that, zoologically
speaking, is France.

However, in 1900, Mr. Holt, digging in sand in Bofin Harbour, an
island off the entrance to Ballynakill Harbour, County Galway, obtained
the posterior end only of a large Balanonlossus, which may be B. sal-
sarod but the absence of its head precludes a definite settlement of this
point.

In April, 1903, Mr. Farran discovered the small Enteropneust, Doli-
choglossus ruber, described below. A single specimen occurred in a
dredging taken off Coastguard Point, Ballynaki!l Harbour (see this
Report, 1901, chart of Ballynakill Harbour).

Digging in sand near the same spot, at extreme low water spring tides,
in January of this year, resulted in the discovery of several more indi-
viduals of this species.

The specimens were first submitted to Mr. Punnett, who declared the
species to be new to science. He also very kindly sent me some notes on
the internal anatomy, and I am very greatly indebted to him for them
and for valuable help.

A preliminary notice of this species was read before the British
Association at Cambridge in August of this year, in which the name
Dolichoglossus ruber was given to it. A fuller description with figures
will appear in a future number of this Report.

Habitat.—The specimens were dug out of a mixture of coarse sand and
mud, which was capable of retaining a certain amount of water when
uncovered by the tide. Similar ground but dry when uncovered ‘yielded
no specimens at all. They were found at depths ranging from six inches
to a foot, in company with Solen, Mya, Echinocardium cordatum, Synapta
digitata, Arenicola, and several other species of Polychaeta.

When found, the animal was enveloped in a tube formed of sand
cemented together by the mucus which it secreted rather freely. The

214

creature is extremely fragile and readily falls to pieces on handling, so
it will be seen that this tube must be of the very greatest service and pro-
tection to it. No smell of potassium cyanide could be detected when the
specimens were fresh.

Size——No whole specimens were obtained in spite of the very greatest
care taken while collecting. The largest portion of one found, and which
appeared to be very nearly whole, measured 12°5 cm.

Colour.—The prevailing colour, as the specific name indicates, is red,
varying in intensity and shade, and occasionally absent altogether. The
proboscis is rosy red, paler at the tip and deeping towards the collar.
The latter is a brilliant scarlet, while the trunk ranges from ruddy brown
in the branchial region, through light brown in the genital region, to
deep brown, spotted with light lilac, in the hepatic region. Occasionally
specimens with a colourless proboscis, and a prevailing tint of pale orange
on the trunk and collar, are taken.

External anatomy.—The proboscis is capable of very great attenuation
and contraction, and may be as little as twice or as great as eight times
the length of the collar. There is a shallow groove along the posterior
third of the dorsal surface, reaching to the collar.

The collar is about one and a-half to two times as long as broad, with
a slightly thickened rim both anteriorly and posteriorly. When contracted
its surface becomes very strongly corrugated.

The branchial region of the trunk is about four times as long as the
collar and slightly narrower than the latter. There are from 56 to 64
pairs of branchial openings. The posterior end of the body, as in many
other members of the group, is nothing more than a sandbag, and readily
drops off when handled.

Internal anatomy.—Mr. Punnett kindly informs me that the relatively
great development of the circular muscles of the proboscis, the arrange-
ment of the longitudinal muscles of the same organ, the complete and
continuous lumen of the stomochord, and the great size of the peri-
cardium, are all distinctive of this species. Finally, the species possesses
two proboscis pores, a feature of great morphological interest, and a point
which serves to distinguish it from the remainder of the genus except
D. Otagoensis, described by Benham from New Zealand. The present
records are therefore of great interest as being the first of the group for
the British Isles. Only one other species of Dolichoqlossus occurs in
Eurone, D. Merechowski, having been described from the White Sea to
the North of Russia. The genus occurs in isolated areas throughout the
world, evén as far afield as New Zealand.

215

Appenpix, No. VIII.

PRELIMINARY REPORT ON EXPERIMENTS IN OYSTER
_ CULTURE ON THE WEST COAST OF IRELAND.

BY

E. W. L. Hout ann A. B. E, Hitzas, B.A.*

I. INTRODUCTORY.
1.—Oszsects or INVESTIGATION.

The work was undertaken as a corollary of experiments designed to
demonstrate or disprove the possibility of materially increasing, by arti-
ficial collection of spat, the output of native seed oysters suitable for relay-
ing. In a previous communicationt one of us has given a general ac-
count of the conditions recently obtaining on the natural beds of Ireland,
which conditions have by no means improved in the interval, though an
exceptional fall of spat is reported at Tralee this year (1904). It
suffices to repeat that of the public natural beds capable of producing
oysters suitable for relaying, the west coast now possesses only two of any
importance, Tralee and Clarenbridge, of which the last season’s (1903-
1904) output may be estimated at 445,254 and 300,000 respectively. The
Kilkieran beds, which are in private hands, produce seed oysters esti-
mated at about 200,000 annually. Crushrua, in Kinvarra Bay, not far
from Clarenbridge, produces perhaps 100,000, but as the holders do not
sell small oysters, not very many are available for seed purposes. Cork
public beds appear to yield nothing in excess of local demand ; the Shan-
non beds, though apparently recovering, are still unimportant ; Clew Bay
has ceased to be worth notice, and in Blacksod Bay the once prolific beds
scarcely repay searching. With the causes which have led to this
general decline we are not here concerned, but it may be remarked that
for so long as the Fishery Authority was empowered to make by-laws
and regulations, but debarred from any direct power to enforce them,
it was not to be expected that their ordinances, however wisely framed,
would have much effect. The position is changed by the Act which
created this Department, who, in regard to some oyster fisheries, have
been given power to lock the stable door only after the horse was stolen.

* It is necessary to explain that for the organisation and direction of the experimental
work the responsibility is entirely my own, as also for such opinions as are expressed below
on questions of public policy. In other respects the report has been drawn up by us in con-
ae ag Mr. Hillas is to be credited with the abstraction of results in tabular form.—

+ E. W. L. Holt, “ The Public Oyster Beds of Counties Wicklow and Weaxford,”
Report for 1901, Pt. II. (1903), Appendix, No. II., p. 4.

Ann Rep, Fish., Ireland, 1902-03, Pt. 1I., App., VIII, [1965].

216

In Tralee Bay oyster fishing is limited to the period between Ist
November and 10th March, and the by-law provides that only oysters of
24 inches and upwards may be taken and sold, a provision which has
been enforced with considerable success by the Department’s bailiff since
the season 1902-3.

‘At Clarenbridge the fishing is limited by by-law to the month of Decem-
ber, and it is not lawful to take or sell oysters of less than 3 inches. Here
the fishermen who assemble from all parts of Galway Bay appoint a com-
mittee who in turn appoint two bailiffs, and, by the ordinances of the
Committee, the month’s fishing has in fact during the last few years been
reduced to a week’s. Nevertheless, with over a hundred boats at work
on so small an area during even the limited period specified, the drain
upon the bed has certainly been in excess of its powers of recuperation in
normal years, since during the last three seasons the output appears to
have decreased annually by about 100,000.*

From Tralee and Clarenbridge a large number of the oysters are fit for
immediate consumption, and are accordingly sold for this purpose. It
follows that the residue is so small as to afford no opportunity for ex-
tensive enterprise in relaying with western native seed, and on this ac-
count we have sought to ascertain the relative value for west coast pur-
poses of whatever stock was on the market. It must be remembered that
the west coast native is not to be compared with the English Whitstable
native. Our western sea-board offers no such conditions of temperature
nor of rich feeding induced by the drainage of rivers running through
populous and highly-cultivated fertile lands as are afforded by the Thames
estuary and its neighbourhood. Consequently the west coast native in-
vites attention for its flavour and absolute immunity from risk of pol-
lution rather than from a bulk comparable to that of oysters which have
been grown in more heavily fertilised media.

11.— LocaALity oF EXPERIMENTS.

The work of which we at present attempt to tabulate the results was
carried out in Muckinish Bay, an arm of the sea which joins Galway Bay
a little to the east of Ballyvaughan. The lower part of the bay is rather
narrow, with so steep a declivity that only the last two-thirds of the flood
tide enter the broader part, which is marked upon maps as Poolnaclough
Bay, and may once have been known by that name. Higher up the bay
commences to narrow again, and is called Poldoody, and the most-remote
part is a narrow creek called New Harbour. In general direction the bay
runs northerly from its head to [llaunamuckinish promontory, where it
turns westerly towards the sea. The formation is limestone, and no
streams of the ordinary kind enter the bay, but at Poldoody on either side
of a small promontory two subterranean springs are constantly running.
One of these wells up in a deep hole below low-water mark. The other
comes from the foot of a clay cliff at about the level of high-water, and
both vary considerably in the amount of fresh water which they
discharge.

Oyster culture in Muckinish is of immemorial usage. The Poldoody .
bed, opposite the streams mentioned, enjoys considerable reputation,
though not now much used except for private consumption. In the
broader part of the bay below is one of the famous “ Red Banks” of
County Clare. Here the channel from Galway Bay divides to enclose a
large bank, roughly comparable in shape to a leg of mutton, the broadest
end being nearest the sea. Only the seaward end of this bank is ever
actually dry, but at low water of spring tides there are not. more than a
few feet of water on any part of it, and one can cross in wading boots

* For this opinion Lam responsible, The Clarenbridge returns are not separately enu-
merated by the statistical officer.— KE, W. L. H

217

to the southern, or Muckinish, shore on the one hand, or wade far to the
southward on either side of the old mearing wall, shown by a line on the
sketch map.

103

Fp PS Vaid, ds

The actual ‘“‘ Traroe” or Red Bank seems to have been on the Muckinish
side of the southern channel at the mouth of the creek which runs up at
the castle of Shan Muckinish, but the name has extended, for purposes
of oyster culture, to the central bank. On and about the iatter it would
appear that there was once a considerable natural bed, extinguished,
as one may suppose, by over-fishing in the fifties or sixties, when west
coast natives had to fill the gaps created by depletion of sources of sup-
ply nearer to the market. Since then the bank has enjoyed considerable
reputation as a relaying bed, but in the years immediately precedent to
1900 seems to have been but lightly stocked. In this year it was taken
over by a company, from whom the Department obtained the right of
carrying out experiments on certain defined parts. The operations were
carried out by the servants of the company acting under our directions.
We made frequent visits, and were constantly in correspondence with
the gentleman appointed by the company to supervise our work.

Though, as is always the case in long narrow inlets opening into the
head of a bay, tide is here so much affected by wind that there is no con-
stant of spring tide levels, the broad upper part of the bank is more or
less dry at every spring, and covered only by a few inches at neaps. The

Q

218

soil is a débris of “coral” (Lithothamnion) mixed with sand, shells, and
fine limestone gravel, overlying a deposit of coarser gravel. From this
part the bank very gradually shelves downwards in the direction of the
head of the bay through a section of more sandy ground, which only oc-
easionally dries completely, to a long tapering tail (of the same con-
sistency as the upper part) which is never dry, but is usually accessible
by wading at spring tides. The flood tide runs with great swiftness, and by
reason of the levels first approaches the upper end of the bank and the
eastern side of the tail obliquely from the south or south-west direction.
After the first hour or so (third hour of true tide in Galway Bay) the
flood runs generally upwards. There is, therefore, in ebb and in early
flood a considerable eddy at the broad north-western end of the bank,
while the part about the ordinary level of low water springs at the
southern end (“Clean Flat”) is less subject than the rest to violent tide
action.

We have seen that the bank is defined by two channels, of which the
western, much the smaller of the two, divides the tail of the bank from the
mouth of Muckinish Creek, where is asmall island called [llaunacraggah,
divided at low tide only by a trickle of water from the original Traroe,
which is merely a continuation of the southern foreshore of TIllauna-
muckinish peninsula, and is now, whatever it may have been in the past,
chiefly sand. Muckinish Bay is soft mud, and of no interest for oyster
culture ; but the channel-wards foreshore of Illaunacraggah is much like
the tail of the median bank, but somewhat more muddy.

On the Burren side of the bay, opposite the lower end of the bank, is
Parkmore Quay, situate in the shelter of a reef of limestone. Some
distance above this (reckoning from seawards) is a promontory of boulders,
and the effect is that, while the flood or ebb runs true along the side of the
central bank, there is always an eddy above the quay. Alongside the quay
is a deposit of mud, usually foul with seaweed detritus, but just above it
the bottom is fairly clean shelly gravel and sand, with a little mud.

Our experimental layings were made for the most part along the
eastern part of the tail of the central bank, covered, as we have seen, at
all stages of all tides, but accessible to hand work at low-water springs.
This place is marked “ Hynes’ Deep” in the sketch map, and is so re-
ferred to in our tables. We also made a number of layings at the lower
end of the bank, on which we constructed a number of ‘‘pares,” the walls
being made of stones, staunched as well as might be by the local sand.
Olay for the purpose was not obtainable, and in effect we succeeded in
keeping a practically constant covering of water over the parcs. It is,
however, necessary to insist that the making of “ parcs” on a bed over
which runs a strong tide is an operation that should be prosecuted with
the greatest care, since we have been able to discover no known guide
to the prevention of a pare wall from becoming synonymous with a sand-
groin. Even at Arcachon, where, if anywhere, the art of making parcs i6
understood, one of us has witnessed the laborious operation of the re-
moval of many tons of undesired sand from’ a laying. As it happened,
only one of our parcs, a comparatively small one, was utterly ruined by
sand, but by the extra strength of current induced by the fall of the flood
over parce walls a number of small layings were so mixed up that they had
to be written off from the results of our experiments.

The system of “ parquage” presents the greatest possible convenience to
relayers, but it is absolutely essential that those who attempt to deal with
oysters in this way should be prepared and equipped to immediately
remedy the results of ‘‘ sanding,” a contingency probable if not inevitable
in most places suitable for culture in pares.

Apart from the closure of several experiments in the pares by sanding
or drift, there did not appear to be any very great difference in the results
in the pares at the upper end of the bank and on the natural layings at
the lower tail of the bank, but when, as in the case of the Aurays, men-
tioned in Table XI, such a difference could be observed, it was in favour
of ground naturally under water. Differences in nature of bottom were
not observable, while differences of salinity were nil, and those of tempera-
ture were confined to the period of low-water springs, when, in summer,
the temperature of the parcs was usually a little higher than that of the

OE PO

219

naturally submerged layings. Oysters of the same quality, laid in both
places, appeared in general to attain similar conditions.

In honour of its ancient reputation some layings were made on the
Traroe, but a dispute about the ownership of this place caused us to re-
move them elsewhere.

At Illaunacraggah we made some layings, but, after the first raising,
abandoned the site as unsuitable, on account of the strength of current,
for small oysters ; while some of our layings of larger stock were confused
by the accidental removal of the posts by which they were defined. Sub-
sequently we used part of the same ground for caisses and check ground
layings, with better results.

Having acquired some knowledge of the local difficulty of dealing with
stock laid in parts of the bay only accessible by dredging we made the lay-
ings mentioned above only in places which, though always covered either
naturally or by means of parcs, would allow of the oysters being gathered
at low-water springs by hand picking or by raking. This system may
possibly be condemned as unnatural,* but we had the opportunity of know-
ing the resalts of layings in the deeper part of the bed, and of comparing
stock from our own layings with stock from the deeper part. The result
of the comparison was not adverse to our system, either as regards loss or
in respect of condition and growth of stock, though as the greatest strength
of the current seems to set across the tail of the bank (‘‘ Hynes’ Deep ”’)
into the north channel we may have lost a good many oysters by drifting
in that direction.

The convenience to relayers of being able to raise their stock with the
minimum of Jabour seemed a most important matter, and accordingly, in
the second year, we tried some layings along the shore south of Parkmore
quay, which is always accessible at low water without the trouble en-
tailed by rowing across the north channel. The results, as will be seen,
were found, on the whole, less favourable to growth than on the tide-
swept bank.

We did not carry out any work comparable to the system of “ winter-
ing” adopted by many cultivators in England. In its fullest extent this
system involves the removal of the stock, after the summer growth period,
from the fattening grounds on the east coast to storage pits on the south
coast, with a view to minimising the effects of a cold winter. On the
west coast of Ireland the winters are, in temperature, so mild as to render
this unnecessary, in fact no warmer place could be found. In simpler
form ‘‘ wintering” may consist in storing the oysters (during winter) in
artificial ponds adjoining the beds, where they are not affected by storms,
but are, as we may suppose, rather more subject to the attacks of frost
than if left on beds which are always covered by water. So fat as we caf
judge our stock was in no way injured by the neglect of this precaution.

The Marine Laboratory being stationed in Fahy Bay in Ballynakill
Harbour, where oyster culture was once carried on to a considerable extent,
it appeared desirable to try some layings for comparison with those in
Muckinish Bay. Some small layings were accordingly made on the fore-
shore of Fahy Bay in 1902, and in 1903 work was carried on on a rather
more extensive scale.

The bay, which will be found marked on the map following p. 98, has
a bottom in the central part of soft muddy sand. The head or western
end of the bay is occupied by a broad stretch of hard sand bounded at
either end by patches of rather muddy gravel, through which small streams
drain the neighbouring bogs. The north side has a foreshore of gravel,
mixed with a good deal of “coral” (Lithothamnion) detritus, and the
south shore is of much the same character. The mouth of the bay is
separated from the channel by a bar of sand and “coral,” much of which
is dry or awash at the lowest springs of the year. There is a cultivated
bed on the opposite side of the channel, and the remains of a public bed
once fairly productive. A few wild oysters occur on the bar and on the

* The famous English fattening heds are, we lelieve, mostly iraccessible except by
dredging, ard ‘n Zealand Hoek (Rapport over de oorzaken van den achterurtgang in
hoedanigheid van de Zeeuwsche orster, 1902, cap. iv.), seemsto have obtained the best results
on the deepest plots which he used.

Q 2

220

north and south shores of the bay, but mostly about the south west corner.
Our operations were confined chiefly to the embouchures of the two
streams, of which the southern is always sheltered from any serious wave
action, while the northern is only in danger from violent south-easterly
winds. These, however, proved during the period of our experiments
quite unusually prevalent, while in 1903 the rainfall was so exceptional
as to have some considerable effect on the normal salinity of the bay, and
to have caused some disturbance to the layings at the mouths of the
streams.

A combination of circumstances have rendered it difficult to institute
an exact comparison between the results of layings at Muckinish and
ial but these results, such as they are, are set forth in the tables

ow.

The proper supervision of the work of Muckinish, a most inaccessible
place, was found to present great difficulty, while the policy of carrying
out experiments through the agency of persons not directly under the
control of the Department appeared less truly economical than was an-
ticipated. Therefore, when an opportunity occurred of acquiring direct
control of a site at Ardfry, at the head of Galway Bay, which presented
equal facility for relaying and greater probability of success in spatting
work, it was decided to transfer all our operations to that place. Our
stock was therefore moved from Muckinish to Ardfry in the autumn of
1903, and from Ballynakill early in 1904. Save that much of the re-
sizing and weighing of 1903 stock was carried out at Ardfry immediately

after eis considerations of this place do not enter into the present
report,

111.—--MrEtrHops or CULTURE.

In the first year’s work culture was practically limited to layings on
the ground, the sites chosen being such as were covered at all stages of
tide, but accessible by wading at very low spring tides. The reasons for
the choice of such sites, in preference to deep-water grounds, have already
been referred to, but it must be noted that in part selection was made with
a view to spatting, and for this purpose layings were not confined to those
places which appeared the most suitable for culture. It was also desired
to test by results sites which appeared of somewhat different capabilities
for fattening.

The ground chosen was divided into sections by stakes driven in at the
angles of each section, and layings were separated by an interval supposed
to be sufficient to avoid admixture by drift.* The local drift being ap-
proximately at right angles to the axis of the principal line of sections
no confusion was actually caused in them, but events showed that where
there is any considerable tide the migrations of an oyster are hard to esti-
mate. For instance, several Portuguese oysters appear in a year to have
travelled about a quarter of a mile from the place where they were
laid, and it is impossible for us to conjecture how much of the losses
shown in our tables of ground layings may be due to actual mortality and
how much to oysters having been drifted away from where they were laid
to areas beyond our sphere of influence. Practically it matters not a whit
to the relayer whether his oyster has died or wandered, if he cannot lay
hands on it when he wants it, for oysters must be exceedingly plentiful
and valuable before it will pay to hunt them up by promiscuous dredging.
_ The layings were made at not more than fifty oysters to the square yard,
in accordance with the advice received by one of us when visiting the
principal centres of oyster culture in France during the previous year.
If directions to this effect were occasionally neglected the excess number
was never important, and since the neighbouring ground was by no means
heavily stocked there can have been no danger of such overcrowding as we
shall have oceasion to notice later.

%- The chief danger of confusion arore from carelessness in raking at the edges of the
yings,

221

A tew small pares were made at the part of the bank marked “ Arklow,”
anda small number of the smallest French oysters imported were placed in
‘“caisses.” More extensive caisse work was not undertaken during this
year on account of repeated assurances from cultivators at different places
in France that caisses could not be used with advantage except for the
protection of spat until they were too thick-shelled to be in danger from
crabs. Mr. J. T. Cunningham, however, who had made some exper!-
ments with caisses at Falmouth,* informed us that he found that large
oysiers reared in caisses were not apparently inferior to those from
ground-layings, and in view of our very heavy losses on the ground we
decided in the second year to give the caisse system am extensive trial,
both for large and small oysters.

In regard to the small French oysters from Auray and Arcachon, the
importations made in the second year were of the same trade qualities as
those of the first, but no control ground-layings were made, owing to an
oversight on the part of the officer responsible, so that the comparison of
ground and caisse results dealt with below is to some extent vitiated by
the difference in the weather conditions of the two years as well as by a
slight difference in the character of the lots received in each year. » Other
oysters dealt with in caisses are comparable with ground layings made at
the same time.

The ‘“ caisse ostréophile” is a shallow tray with wooden sides and wire-
netting bottom. Those which we used differ in dimensions from the
French originals only in the differences of the metrical system. They
measure 6x2, and are divided into three equal compartments of 2’ x 3’.
The sides and partitions are from 4” to 24” high, the difference proving
immaterial except in uncovered caisses in very exposed situations. The
corners are strengthened internally by cross-pieces at the angles, all
material being 1” or 2” thick, unplaned spruce. ‘The bottom is made of
galvanised wire netting, preferably of not more than 4’ mesh and of as
thick wire as can be obtained. A caisse of these dimensions, 1!’ wood,
and wire-netting bottom, costs, with materials and labour, about 4s.
Wire netting will not take tar properly, and wears out in a year or less.
The wooden frame, untarred, seems to be good for at least three years,
unless attacked by the boring isopod Limnoria, generally known in Ire-
land as “worm,” and in England as “gribble.”

If made of stout wood, with square-mesh woven wire bottom of 16
gauge, and tarred every year a caisse seems to be practically indestruc-
tible, some of this description having been in use, as we are informed,
for thirty years.

In France the caisses are supported on flat-topped stakes projecting a
few inches above the ground. ‘They are secured by flat staves driven into
the ground, two on each side or two at each corner, secured by a big nail
which passes through stave and nearest part of caisse, but so loosely as to
be easily pulled out with a claw hammer. Usually each caisse is covered
by a similar caisse inverted, similarly secured to the staves, but at Auray
the covers are sometimes merely rough frames of boards, weighted down
by stones. The object of the cover is, of course, to keep out the crabs, which
are a danger to small oysters, our information being to the effect that an
oyster is not crab-proof until it measures two inches across the shell. The
crab in question is the common shore-crab, Careinus maenas, and in this
country we have some reason to think that in the case of thin-shelled
French seed its enterprise is not limited to two-inch shells, though, since
in France full-sized shore-crabs have a comestible repute and none with
us, large specimens are more abundant here. The caisses and covers,
when of 3’ mesh, also serve to keep out the “borer,” Murex erinaccus,
a knobby whelk-like molluse most destructive of small oysters, and star-
fish are similarly excluded.

_For caisses of small oysters we used covers of one sort or another, but
did not succeed in finding anything more serviceable than the inverted
caisse. For large oysters a cover was at first considered unnecessary, and
in sheltered waters was not found to be needed ; but wherever a caisse was

”?

* See Reports of Cornwall County Council, Fisheries, 1897-1901.

222

exposed to wave action at low-water we had ultimately to provide covets,
because the oysters got washed out of the caisses. Kven when covered,
oysters so exposed got packed together at one end of the compartment and
had to be spread out again when the caisses were visited, as is desirable*
at every spring tide. Jt may seem that this is a process involving in-
ordinate trouble, but on the whole it is really less onerous than the proper
care of a laying ; for the proposition that oysters can be laid on a bed and
left alone until required for market will, if carried into effect, be more
productive of experience than of profit.

Apart from preventing loss the covers seem to us to have another ad-
vantage in providing shade from heat or cold when the caisses are ex-
posed at unusually low spring tides. Algae of various kinds grow rapidly
on the covers, and, besides providing a rich store of food in the diatoms
which infest them, are an eflicient protection from cither heat or cold when
the caisses dry. ‘Theoretically caisses should be put where they are just
awash at low springs, but the level of the latter is in many places so in-
constant that it is usually necessary to place them somewhat higher
up the shore.

Using inch wood and ordinary wire netting we suppose that the cost
of culture may be increased by the use of caisses by about 1s. per 1,000
oysters, or about 2s. if the caisses are covered. If the caisses are made
of strong scantling and woven wire, and tarred, the annual cost is no
doubt reduced, but we are not yet in a position to give figures on this
point. Our tables show that the caisse system was found at least as
effective in growth as ground-culture, and much more effective in reducing
losses. Its practical utility must, however, depend on the degree to which
it is possible to crowd the oysters in the caisses without impairing the
growth, and on this point our tables, which recite the number of oysters
laid in each compartment, offer some evidence of a preliminary nature.
It is to be noted that the caisses were scattered sparsely over a large area,
thus increasing the time occupied in attention to them, and it is not to be
assumed that ten caisses packed in an area of sixty by thirty feet will
yield a result as favourable as ten caisses per acre. Indeed, from our
later work at Ardfry, not yet in condition for publication of results, we
think we have some evidence that overcrowding of caisses may mean
starvation to their inmates.

Except for this remark we do not propose to deal at present with the
important question of food, which will be the subject of a later communi-
cation.

In addition to the more extensive use of caisses in the second year of
our work at Muckinish, we considerably extended the parcs at ‘‘ Arklow,”
enclosing an area amounting altogether to about 3,000 square yards. Our
experience here may be said to have served to demonstrate that unless
one is prepared, as in France, to immediately combat the encroachments
of sand, the parquage system is not to be attempted where such encroach-
ments are likely to occur. Owing to the circumstances under which our
work.was carried out, we were not in such a position, and incurred some
losses which cannot really be blamed against the system.

1V.—MEASURING AND WEIGHING.

1va — Measurement,

Several methods are employed for dividing oysters into dif-
ferent grades. They may be simply quoted by weight per thousand, or
divided roughly into size grades of which the dimensions are not stated,
and are often estimated by eye alone.

* Where small oysters are concerned it is absolutely necessary, but some caisses containing
big oysters were left practically uncared for a season without apparently prejudicial results,
It seems quite possible that calsses which, from their situation, or by the provision of covers,
are immune from the danger of becoming choked with putrefying seaweed, or of having their
contents heaped together at one end, may be left alone without prejud'ce or even with
advantage to the oysters in them. This question is at present the subject of further ex-
periment,

223

Gauges, where employed, may be in the form of rings, and in this
country, for purposes of by-laws in connection with under-sized oysters,
the measurement is interpreted as the greatest diameter of the oyster in
any direction. Thus if the oyster can be induced by any manipulation
to present a dimension as great as or greater than that of the diameter
of the ring-gauge it passes muster.

At Auray, while the spat on removal from the “ collecteurs” is graded
by means of sieves of metal with round perforations, larger sizes are
measured by means of a wooden gauge. As this latter method was adopted
in our experiments {t may be well to describe the process in detail.

The gauge consists of a ‘piece of wood, preferably of some hard kind,
and may conveniently be about 12” long by 3” deep and 4” thick. Spaces
of the required sizes are cut in the edge of the gauge to the depth of about
2’; from three to four of such spaces, according to length of each, can
be cut in each gauge.

The oyster is held with the flat shell undermost or next to the gauge,
and, its hinge lying in the middle of the space in which it is being tried,
it is then drawn towards the operator and classed according to the size of
the greatest space through which it will not pass.

At times it may be necessary to try the oyster successively in several
size-spaces, but as a rule a practised eye will select the right space at once.

Tn the illustration below are shown two oysters. No. 1 is of irregular
growth, while No. 2 is fairly regular. In both the line AB passes through
the dorso-ventral diameter of the oyster and is cut by the line CD.drawn
at right angles to it through the greatest breadth of shell.

The size of the oyster is determined by the measurement of the space he-
tween the points C. and D. In oysters of very irregular growth it is
sometimes impossible to find a line CD expressing the greatest width,
and in such cases the width must be estimated as between lines parallel to
AB and touching the front and hind edges of the shell respectively, but
this does not occur often. '

_ Of any method of measurement which could be carried out in reasonable
time when dealing with large numbers, this seems to us to afford the most
constant basis for comparison of growth. It is subject, of course, to
variation of result by differences in the shape of individual oysters and
to some variation according to the perfection or abrasion of their new
growth at the edges of the shell. We think, however, that variation from
these causes is less in the case of the dimension so measured than in any
other dimension which could be chosen.

Oysters can be classified in this way in any series of gradations, it being
merely a question of cutting spaces with larger or smaller differences of

224

size. In our experiments we adopted half-inch grades, and in dealing
with large numbers experience suggests that no finer gradation is prac-
ticable.

There must, of course, be considerable scope in the size of oysters classed
by gauge in two successive half-inch lots. Thus an oyster of just two
inches will fall into the 2’ grade, while an oyster Just under three inches
will be classed as 24’, though one is nearly an inch wider than the other.

We are doubtful whether in the case of the earliest lots handled at
Burren, sufficient attention was paid to drawing the oyster straight
through the gauge, and in some cases it would appear that the measure-
ment of AB was registered instead of CD. ‘The latter process would often
place the oyster in a higher grade than that to which it really belonged,
and is probably the reason why a number of oysters appear, when raised,
as 2” and 24”, though laid as 3”.

Discrepancy of this sort is particularly noticeable in the results of the
raising of the first consignment of Tralees (see Table I.). However, it
may be noted here that in this laying small oysters were not always de-
tached from the shells of the larger ones, and, having got loose before
raising, may account for some of the small ones. ;

Another source of discrepancy, but not a large one, undoubtedly arises
from the thin growth at the shell edges having been chipped off after
measuring.

In general, measurements of dimension are of more value for compari-
son of oysters of the same class than for comparison of oysters derived
from different sources, and in all cases consideration must also be paid to
weight. For instance, an Auray oyster of 2” and a Burnham of the
same size have nothing in common but the gauge measurement.

lvb.—Weighing and Examination of Samples.

The various consignments on arrival at Burren were immediately placed
in water, and an interval of at least twenty-four hours elapsed before they
were handled for sizing and weighing. The oysters had thus time to
take in the normal amount of water, but no special precautions were
taken, as by Hoek, to keep them shut. Dr. Hoek’s memoir* did not come
into our hands until the observations had been continued for such a period
that an alteration in procedure seemed inadvisable, since to make our
later observations exactly comparable with his would have entailed some
serious discontinuity of method.

Our method of examination was as follows :—

The oysters having been sized, as above, a sample was taken, without
selection, from each half-inch size. The sample was brushed clean, any
spat or attached growths being removed,t and weighed. ‘The shells, after
the time occupied in measuring and by the process of brushing, were ex-
ternally dry to a practically constant degree, and the amount of water
in the shell, the samples being fairly large, may be taken as reasonably
constant. When only a small sample, twenty or less, of a half-inch size
was available we have not attached much importance to the result, but
consider that the water in shell is less a factor of unreliability than is the
individual variation in the bulk of oysters which fall into the same
half-inch grade.

From the larger samples of which gross weight was taken, fifty, or
whatever less niumber was available, were opened on the deep shell, both
ends of the adductor muscle being cut from the shells. The oysters were
left in the deep shell with any liquor that ‘had not been spilled, and were
classed by eye into degrees of fatness. ‘This operationis naturally affected
by the personal equation, but is probably sufficiently constant for practical
purposes. The bee are “ very fat,” “fat,” ‘ moderate,” “ thin,” and

* Op. cit,

©
t We aay a that caleareous worm tubes (Serpu/a) and barnacles (Balanus) may not
always bave been efficiently cleaned off, but they are not common enough at Burren to have
affected the results.

225

“very thin,” the standard being an eye appreciation of the best class of
Burren oyster. Such an oyster does not commonly attain the same degree
of fatness as a Whitstable “native,” but is recognised as excellent of its
kind. The chief difficulty arose in determining the “moderate,” but
most of those so entered would probably satisfy a not too exacting cus-
tomer. Immediately after classing, the liquor was drained off from the
deep shells and the fish transferred to a saucer and weighed. It was al-
ways found that a certain amount of liquor was apparent in the saucer,
but this was not removed, as being in the main derived from the oyster
itself. In Hoek’s experiments the fish was superficially dried with blot-
ting paper after being loosened from the shell (P. P. C. H. in litt.), but
if this had been done without greater skill in opening than we could com-
mand, we think the true weight of the oyster would have been reduced.

We did not weigh the shells separately, but this has been done since
Hoek’s methods have been communicated to us.

Dealing with large numbers with, usually, only one observer to make
record, examination in greater detail did not seem possible, and our results
are at least comparable inter se.

The numbers from which the original average weights of the oysters on
arrival were taken are stated in the tables; or, when not stated, the
number was 100 for gross weight and 50 for fish weight, unless the total
did not reach 100, when the whole number was weighed.

At stock-taking, 1902, the average gross weights were taken from
samples of 200, or from the nearest even number if the total was less than
200. The fish weights were taken generally from samples of 50, excep-
tions being shown in the tables.

At stock-taking, 1903, the average gross weights were taken from the
whole number available at each half-inch size, and the sample examined
was re-weighed for gross weight. The average gross weight of the sample,
when found to differ by 5 grm. or more from the average of the main bulk,
is indicated in the tables by a footnote.

V.—VARIETIES OF OYSTERS USED IN THE EXPERIMENTS.

IRISH NATIVES,

Tralees. —These oysters are derived from the public beds in Tralee
Bay, which extend along the north shore from Spa to the neighbourhood
of Fenit and across the bay to Derrymore. They are mostly worked by
Pa dredge, but at low spring tides a number may be picked up along the
shore.

The beds, having apparently greatly deteriorated in previous years, ap-
pear to have not been very heavily worked in the years immediately
precedent to 1900. In the 1899-1900 season the stock was abundant,
and to the knowledge of one of us, there was a fair fall of spat in 1900,
but the bed was not much known as a source of supply, and the price
during part of the year was as low as 10d. per 126. A large number of
oysters dredged during this season could not be sold, and seem to have
been thrown into a dry ditch at Spa instead of being returned to the beds.
The season for dredging is from 1st November to 10th March, and the
close season seems to have been generally observed, but no great attention
was paid to the by-law defining the size (24) at which oysters might be
removed from the beds. Enforcement of the by-law was limited to occa-
sional action by the Royal Irish Constabulary, who have many other
duties to perform.

The local interpretation of the size-limit, in so far as attention was
paid to it, was to the effect that any oyster which, by virtue of its own
dimensions or by adhesion to others of its kind or to any foreign substance,
could be induced to stick in a 24 ring, might be considered as fulfilling
the requirements of the by-law, and it does not appear to have occurred to
the fishermen that the removal and return of small oysters would have

been to their own interest.

226

The purchases which we made in the season of 1901-2 efficiently de-
monstrated the inadequacy of local regard to the by-law, and the im-
mense waste involved by exportation, at no increase of price, of small
oysters (attached to the larger ones) which might have been returned to
the beds. The Department has since appointed a bailiff, who, with the
assistance of the local Constabulary, has succeeded in enforcing the by-
Jaw and in securing the return to the beds of the small oysters found
adhering to those of legally saleable size. ;

Possibly as a result of information conveyed to relayers by officers of
the Department the demand for Tralee oysters increased greatly in the
season of 1901-2, and ensured to the fishermen a somewhat higher price,
which in subsequent seasons has constantly increased. At present, in the
season of 1904-5, it stands at about 3s. per long hundred, but this is with
the assurance that any attempt to dispose of oysters of less than 24” will
entail serious consequences. ‘There has been, we may add, a very fair
fall of spat in the summer of 1904, which in due season may compensate
for the present rather exhausted state of the beds. A by-law orders the
immediate return to the beds of all cultch raised in the dredge, but no
idea of attempting by deposition of extra cultch to increase the natural
production of the ground appears to have ever entered the minds of the
local fishermen. ‘lhe latter regarded with so much suspicion a proposal
made by the Department to attempt to catch spat on artificial collectors
that it was decided to abandon the enterprise, and to restrict operations to
the attempt to prevent the fishermen from robbing themselves more than
is absolutely necessary in the prosecution of the industry. The ap-
pearance since about 1899-1900 of oysters in the channel opposite Spa
may perhaps be due to dredgers culling out the cultch there when waiting
for low water on return from the usual dredging grounds.

The purchases which we made in the season of 1901-2 cost us from 15s.
to 17s. 6d. per long thousand (1,260) and, being in the main designed to
increase the breeding stock on the Burren beds, were only handled to the
extent necessary to separate them into half-inch sizes, an operation which,
judging from the results at raising, seems to have been rather carelessly
performed (see also p. 224). The first stock-taking, however, sufficiently
demonstrates the value of thisclassof oyster for relaying on a bed of good
flavouring and fair fattening qualities, and, for practical purposes, we
consider that Tralees may be taken as the standard of oysters for relaying
on west coast beds. ‘The supply, unfortunately, even in 1901-2, did not
prove equal to the demand, and has since diminished.

Clarenbridges. —These oysters, derived from the public bed in
and off Dunbulcan Bay, near Clarenbridge, are of much the same charac-
ter as the Tralees, but, as taken direct from the bed, the large ones are
in somewhat better market condition. The supply has greatly diminished
of recent years, and cannot now be reckoned of much importance in large
relaying operations. The results of our experiments with this and the
preceding variety will be found detailed in the tables and in the section
of the text which deals with profit and loss.

Crushruas. —The Crushrua bed, which may apparently be spelled
according to individual fancy, is in Kinvarra Bay, an inlet of Galway
Bay, opposite a village the name of which is, phonetically, the same, and
is effectively held by the villagers as a several fishery. The output ap-
pears, as we have already noted, to be about 100,000 annually, and dredg-
ing is only carried on during the month of December. The profits are
divided according to the rent or purchase instalment of holdings, and no
small oysters are removed from the bed. In fact the latter affords an
illustration of the favourable result likely to accrue from the vesting of a
naturally productive bed in the possession of a peasant community, were
it by any means possible to do so.

Since the output is not sufficient to be of much importance to relayers
we purchased only a small quantity, which furnished the necessary
samples for examination, but did not afford suitable material for pre-
senting the results in tabular form.

227

In April, 1902, 46 oysters, 3’ by Auray gauge, derived from this source,
had an average gross weight of 123 grm., and in 5 of these the fish weight
averaged 11°3 grm. Fifty of 24” had an average gross weight of 95 grm.,
and 5 fish averaged 9°4 grm. In July of the same year 50 of the largest
in the sample averaged 104 grm. ‘Twenty-five, opened in search of spat,
gave an average fish weight of 7°7 grm.

We may say, from observation of these oysters in the hands of relayers,
that most of them are fit to be re-sold for immediate consumption when
raised from the natural bed, but are capable of improvement by a sojourn
on richer ground. Since, however, they are already of large size when
sold out of Crushrua, it appears to us that fattening them through a
summer and autumn would entail losses disproportionate to the increase
in individual value.

Carlingfords.—By reason of the report of the Local Government
Board, oysters from Carlingford Lough may have come under suspicion
of pollution, which one of us (EK. W. L. H.) takes leave to think is some-
what unreasonable in regard to oysters as directly raised from the natural
beds of the Lough. The by-laws which restrict the fishing and sale of
oysters to a short period in the winter have no doubt given excellent
results in the protection of the beds from extermination by over-fishing,
but have in a manner placed the fishermen at the mercy of buyers, ~
who by combination may have been able, owing to the shortness of the
season, to command sale at whatever price they chose to fix. In self-
defence the fishermen have adopted the practice of laying whatever stock
they could not sell at a fair price in ‘‘rings” on the foreshore near their
homes, and in situations not always quite free from risk of pollution.
Theoretically, the ringed oysters would be sold during the next open sea-
son; practically, as appears from the reports of numerous prosecutions,
sales may take place whenever opportunity occurs. That cases of disease
may have been accurately traced to the consumption of oysters from some
of these foreshore deposits is not impossible, but that any reasonable risk
attaches to oysters raised directly from the natural beds appears from
the vast volume of the Lough most unlikely.

Be this as it may, a period of quarantine in unpolluted waters, will,
no doubt, reassure the consumers. We did not import any oysters from
Carlingford, but purchased for examination a sample of 150 which had
been relaid at Burren for over a month. One of us was informed at Car-
lingford that these oysters, if relaid on any other beds, deteriorated. If
so, they must be remarkably fine oysters when first raised, for the Burren
samples were as good as any man need wish. Fifty of each half-inch size,
3”, 24” and 2”, gave average gross weights of 70, 56, and 40 grm. re-
spectively, fish-weights 8°8, 7°6 and 5°8 grm. The %’ comprised 44 fat,
4 moderate, and 2 thin, the 23” 41 fat, 5 moderate, and 6 thin, and the
2 41 fat, 7 moderate, and 2 thin. In appearance and flavour they
were as good as any sample of oysters relaid on a western bed

Carlingfords are among the best of Ivish natives, and if the cost price,
not likely to exceed 5s. per 126, can be bettered by a period of quaran-
tine on beds to which no reasoning being would attach suspicion, they
seem worthy the attention of the relayer.

Arklows.—The oysters from the public beds along the coasts of
Wicklow and Wexford (except Wexford Harbour) are generally called
‘“ Arklows.” They have been discussed by one of us at considerable
length in the Report for 1901, and since the date of tnat publication we
have heard of no considerable development in the industry, and are not
aware to what extent the natural stock has been maintained.

We imported some small consignments to Burren and Ballynakill, and
sent some to a cultivator in Ballysodare Bay, with a view to ascertain
whether their flavour and general table condition could be improved by
relaying. The numbers so dealt with were too small to admit of satis-
factory treatment of results in tabular form, but we may say here that
the oysters did improve considerably in flavour and condition, but re-
tained in great part the toughness which characterises them when dredged.

228

They are huge oysters, and in regard to measurement of shell and to
weights of fish and shell, are hardly comparable to any of the kinds dealt
with in the tables. As dredged they may be roughly divided into two
classes of similar measurements, which may be called “young” and
“old” respectively. The young are thin and flat in the shell, and owe
their size to immunity from abrasion of the shell growth. The old are
much heavier in shell and have evidently been exposed by tide and wave
action to more or less constant pruning of the new shell growth. Samples
dredged in April, 1902, will sufficiently illustrate their condition :—

Average Average
——. Size. Number. Gross Number. Fish

Weight.
Inches :
Old, . 43 10 263
ee ha 4 24 235
a “ 34 25 185

mo Or Gg bo Or Or Or Gr

wnannt & © ©

The number first mentioned is that of each size in the sample and from
which the average gross weights were deduced. The second number is
that from which the fish weights were taken. The number which we kept
under observation was not sufficient to admit of an exact statement of
mortality.. On the whole Arklows, except the largest, which seem deli-
cate, appear to be normal for Irish natives in this respect, and for con-
sumers who insist on size these oysters may be worth the consideration of
relayers, if they can be obtained at a reasonable price. This aspect of the
question was noticed in the Report for 1901, so need not occupy us at
present.

ENGLISH NATIVES.

Kentish Knock.—tThese are oysters from the natural beds in the
Whitstable district, and are sold as dredged—a mixture of all sizes. In
shell they are clean, and a proportion of the larger ones have the appear-
ance of the “ Whitstable native” as sold for consumption.

Essex,—We obtained some small consignments from various natural
beds on the Essex side of the Thames Estuary, but the results do not
appear sufficiently conclusive to be worth giving in tabular form until
further experiment has been made. ‘They are small, deep oysters, attain-
ing, in a small but thick shell, a marvellous degree of fatness on their
own beds. ‘They did not do well in our caisses at Ballynakill, but the
season was far from favourable, and the locus apparently unsuitable.
Full grown “ Burnhams,” as will be seen (Table XXX), survived a
month’s relaying at Ardfry without loss of condition or serious mortality.

Falmouths, —Vhese are treated at length in the section oxplanatory
of the tables, and need not be further noticed here. The “ full-grown” Fal-
mouths, sold after being relaid in parts of Falmouth Harbour and ils
estuaries which are not exposed to serious copper pollution, are for the
most part quite free from discolouration, and, the price being low,
may be worth attention for turn-over after a period sufficient to eliminate
risk of sewage pollution.*

* The risk of course oor upon the part of the Harbour, as to which see 24th Neport of
L.G.B,, England, 1094-5,

229

DUTCH OYSTERS.

A small consignment, dealt with in the section explanatory of the
tables, consisted of oysters quite satisfactory in appearance and shell.
The results of relaying were, as will be seen, not very satisfactory, and
the comparatively high cost price inclines us to think that Dutch are not
of much value for relaying, but it must be noted that there are many
kinds of Dutch oyster, and some may be better for relaying in Ireland
than others.

FRENCH OYSTERS.

As is well known from the reports of Bashford Dean* and Herdmant
in recent years, and from a number of earlier publications}, the principal
French centres of production of seed oysters are Auray and other parts
of the Bay of Morbihan in Brittany, and Arcachon, a little south of
Bordeaux. From these places, by the perfection of Coste’s system of
artificial collection of spat, seed oysters may be obtained in practically
unlimited numbers. At Arcachon it ‘is prohibited to export oysters of
less than 5cm., about 2’, but at Auray there is no such restriction.

Immense numbers of small stock appear to be annually imported to
England, so it may be presumed that the differences in climate are not
such as to render the transaction an unprofitable one. ' The oysters are
rather flat in shell, and, size for size, even after relaying, are often de-
ficient in fish weight as compared with Irish natives, but, if a sufficient
stock can be brought to maturity, are certainly worth attention.

In this section of the report we may confine ourselves to a discussion
of the important question of transport, as to the difficulties of which
complaint is from time to time made by importers.

English oysters, whether sent from the mouth of the Thames by rail
to Holyhead or Liverpool, and so by sea and rail to Ardrahan, Oran-
more or Clifden, or from Falmouth by sea as far as Dublin, and thence
by rail to Ardrahan or Oranmore, have always arrived in good condition
without the necessity of any precaution beyond that of ensuring their
despatch on an early day of the week.

In the longer journey from France it is always necessary or at least ad-
visable to provide against the delay which may arise from the oysters
arriving at Dublin ona Saturday too late to be entrained, under ordinary
arrangements, on that day, and so being delayed until the following
Monday. In such cases we have always found the railway and dock officials
most willing to assist us, but of course some extra charges have been incurred,
chiefly from the necessity of sending the consignment from Dublin by
passenger instead of goods train. When no risk arises of delay on
Sunday, we have found it as well to ask the railway authorities to advise
us by wire, or telephone, of receipt in Dublin, which they have always
been kind enough to do, and in this way we have been able to avoid the
possibility of delay in carting the consignments from the western station
to the beds. French exporters pack their goods with such consummate
skill that in cool weather a day or two more or less probably makes little
difference to the well-being of oysters, but if the season is warm or ex-
ceptionally cold no precaution can be safely neglected.

The following statements of charges are of practical interest :—

Arcachon Oysters,—Both consignments were purchased from “ La

Société _Immobiliére du Moulleau et des Pécheries de |’Ocean,” Arcachon,
Gironde, France.

* Bulletin U. S. F. Comm.
t+ Rep. for 1893, Lanes, 8, F. Lab., 1894.

¢t Among these may be cited:—Pennell—Report on the Oyster and Mursel Fisheries of
France, Board of Trade, 1868.

Report of Commission, Oyster Culture [C.—224.], 1870.

Hayes—Report on the Principal Oyster Fisheries of France [C,—1984.), 1878.

230

The first consignment consisted of :—
12,000 first quality, at 14s. 10d. per thousand.
10,000 second quality, at 9s. 6d. 5

The oysters are graded according to the gross weight, the first quality
being from 35 to 36 kilos, and “the second from 25 to 28 kilos per |
thousand.

The expenses incurred in the transit of this consignment were ex-
ceptional, as owing to its arrival in Dublin on Sunday, special arrange-
ments had to be made.

The total cost of the carriage, &c., from Bordeaux to Ardrahan was
£6 2s. 7d., made up as follows :—

¢
iJ

£ 3. d.

Freight, &c., per direct steamer, Messrs. Hutchin-
son’s French and Peninsular Steam Packets
(Messrs. Palgrave, Murphy, and Co., Dublin

Agents) from Bordeaux to Dublin, 0 19 10
Marine insurance, : ; : ; « Aico B
Sunday cartage in Dublin, . : ; F . Oy bite
Four men landing on Sunday, é .10. dae
Customs Officer’s “time, 019 0
Railway charges, passenger train to Ardrahan, bi? Bold

The oysters left Bordeaux on March 17th, and reached Ardrahan on
March 24th.

The carriage as shown above brings the prices to approximately 20s.
and 15s. per thousand.

A second consignment was ordered in 1903 (of which part was sent to
Ballynakill).

The numbers ordered for Burren were :—

5,000 first quality, at 15s, per thousand.

5,000 second quality, at 9s. 6d. oe
The total cost in carriage, &c., was £1 8s. 6d., made up thus :—

£.s.:d,

Freight from Bordeaux to Dublin, via Liverpool,

on twelve boxes (six of which were sent to Bur-

ren), £1 4s. 6d., the amount chargeable against
Burren being 012 3

Cartage in Dublin 1s. “Ad., “half chargeable to
Burren, ; - ay Bee
Railway charges on six boxes to Ardrahan, ‘ 015 7

These charges bring the cost of the oysters delivered at Ardrahan to
approximately 17s. 6d. and 12s. per thousand.

The oysters left Bordeaux on April 2, and arrived at Ardrahan on
April 7.

The losses in transit were very small in both consignments and for
practical purposes may be neglected.

Auray Oysters.— The oysters were obtained from D. and C.,
Jardin, Ostréiculteurs, Auray (Morbihan).

The first consignment was made up of :—
10,000 5—6 centimetres, or 1st grade oysters, at 9s. 6d per thous.
20,000 4—5 centimetres, or 2nd grade oysters, at 6s. 6d. per thous.
40,000 24—4 centimetres, or 3rd grade oysters, at 4s. 3d. per thous.
All f. 0. b. St. Malo.

The total cost of carriage on the above to Ardrahan Station was
£5 13s. 1d., viz:—

& 8. ad.
Freight and shipping charges, St. Malo (Auray) to
Dublin, per British & Trish Steampacket LOaREAY
including cartage to Broadstone Station, 2 . 8 ae
Railway charges to Ardrahan Station, ; + ee

The oysters were despatched from Auray on the evening of December 6,
and seachil Ardrahan on December 13.

231

Two smaller consignments were received in 1903, and are referred to in
the text and tables as the “2nd consignment.”

(1.) 7,000 5—6 centimetres or 1st grade oysters at 9s. per thous.
10,000 4—5 centimetres, or 2nd grade oysters, at 6s. _,, i

The total cost of- carriage to Ardrahan Station was £2 14s. 8d., viz:—

ee Ag? 4
Freight and shipping charges, St. Malo to Dublin, per
British & Irish Steam Packet Company, including
cartage to Broadstone, ‘ : Z 5 he i: Ble

Railway charges (Mail train) to Ardrahan, ; : ry &

The oysters were despatched from St. Malo on March 31st, and arrived
in Dublin at midnight of Saturday, April 2. This necessitated addi-
tional charges for cartage and special arrangements for transit to
Ardrahan.

(2.) 10,000 24—4 centimetres, or 3rd grade oysters, at 4s. 8d. per thous.

Total charges on this small consignment amounted to 16s. 9d.

The oysters left Auray on April 19th, and arrived at Ardrahan on
April 25th. having been sent from St. Malo to Southampton, by rail to
Holyhead, by North Wall boat to Dublin and rail to Ardrahan..

In addition to the sizes which we used, larger oysters can be obtained
at Arcachon, and oysters of all sizes, from spat as removed from the tiles
to huge ‘‘ pieds de cheval,” can be had from Brittany, but the price of the
larger oysters from both sources varies so much with conditions of supply
and demand that no quotations which we could give would probably
remain of use for more than a few months. ‘We have had the oppor-
tunity of observing some large Brittany cysters relaid for early turn-
over on a West Coast bed, and can say that they appear to be among the
hardiest of which we have knowledge. French oysters, fattened on English
eds, are always on the market at moderate prices and may be of interest
to proprietors of layings which possess special flavouring qualities.

VI.—COMPARISON OF PHYSICAL CONDITIONS OF THE TWO YEARS.

In several instances our comparisons of ground and caisse culture de-
pend upon operations made in 1902 and 1903 respectively. It is there-
fore possible that they may have been to some extent vitiated by differ-
ences in the physical conditions of the beds during the two years. It
was a part of the duty of the gentleman charged with the local con-
duct of operations to take constant observations of temperature and
specific gravity (by hydrometer) upon the beds. For reasons which, at
a distance, we were compelled to regard as sufficient, the continuity of
these observations left much to be desired, a circumstance which led us to
regard with increased favour the transference of the experiments to the
care of a staff under our immediate control.

The records of temperature, derived from the readings of a maximum
and minimum thermometer, are naturally fairly complete, in that the ex-
tremes between readings were automatically recorded. It is not possible
to state actual means for the respective months, but the following notes
are sufficient for practical purposes. The readings mentioned are aver-
ages, as far as they are deducible, between successive observations.

In January, 1902, the mean is probably not far from that of the same
month in 1903, but in the first year the range is from 5° to 8°5°C.,
and in the second from 5°5° to 7°5°.

In February, the 1902 temperature was generally lower, ranging be-
tween 5° to 7°5°, while that of 1903 lay between 6° to 9°5°, ‘the month
in both years ending at about 7°5°.

In March the temperature, between 7°5° and 9°5° in 1902, was generally
higher than in 1903, 6°5° to 9°5°, while in both years the month
ended near 9°.

232

In April the first half of the month was certainly warmer in 1903,
reaching to near 12°5°, the mean in 1902 not exceeding about 9°, but
the second half did not greatly differ in the two years, though about
a degree warmer (12°) in 1903 at the close.

May in 1903 was probably generally warmer than in 1902, and dis-
tinctly so at the close, viz., as 16° to 14°.

June in 1903 was distinctly warmer than in 1902 except at the end,
the months closing respectively at 15° and 17°.

In July over 20° was reached in 1903, and not quite 18° in 1902, but
the means were probably not greatly different, and the month closed
in both years at about 16°.

In August the differences do not appear to have been of importance,
the mean in both years being near 16°.

After this month it is not possible to compare the temperature in the ©
two years, since the staff was occupied in 1903 in collecting the stock
for transference to Ardfry.

In September, 1902, the mean may have been about 15°, with a sudden
fall at the end of the first two weeks and considerable fluctuation
later.

In October, 1902, the mean was about 12°, the principal fall being at
the beginning of the month.

In November, 1902, the fall is fairly continuous, the mean appearing to
be near 10°. ~

In December, 1902, there was at first a sharp fall to 6°, followed by a
rise to 10°, the last observation being below 6°.

The records of specific gravity are in both years lamentably meagre,
except in July to September, 1902. It would appear, however, that in
January the specific gravity fell much lower in 1902 than in 1903, the
minimum observed being 1:012 as against 1:021, but the fluctua-
tions in the bay are so sudden that discontinuity of observations may en-
tirely invalidate them. In March and April it was probably generally
lower in 1903 than in 1902, in May and June there is no evidence of
important differences, In July, August, and September, 1902. it re-
mained constant between about 1°026 and 1:027. Throughout most of
October, 1902, it accorded with the observations of the previous month,
but showed considerable fluctuation in November, and in December ranged
between 1°012 and 1:024.

Observations of rainfall were kept. but cannot be relied on to check the
records of specific gravity, since the principal source of change in this
respect is not, we think, the local rain, but the draining of up-country
districts through the springs of Poldoody.*

On the whole we think there is nothing in the differences of tempera-
ture of the two years to account for any important differences in the con-
dition of stock, while the records of the specific gravity are insufficient for
comparison. Judged from the evidence of condition of oysters, 1902 was
certainly not inferior to 1903, and we think it perfectly safe to assume that
where in 1903 we have been able to demonstrate a better result in caisse-
culture than was obtained by ground culture in 1902, such difference owes
nothing to the existence of more favourable conditions in the later year.

Vi1l.~-MorrTatity AND LOSs.

Tt is the duty of one of us, when information is sought by persons pro-
posing to embark upon or extend the cultivation of oysters, to advise as to
the conduct of the work and the prospective return. While the general
question, complicated by difference of local conditions, is very far from
easy for the adviser, perhaps the most serious difficulty arises in an
even approximately correct estimate of the losses of stock, and the causes
contributory thereto. There are not, that we have been able to discover,
any published records from which, even in regard to particular localities,

* Owing to the limestone formation there are in South Galway and North Clare many
streams which disappear underground, and springs at or below sea level are not rare,

233

it is possible to deduce correct returns of losses. Enquiries addressed to
cultivators of great experience have always received most courteous treat-
ment, but in effect accurate knowledge of loss appears to be confined to
layings or pits of market stock placed between tidemarks or in artificial
enclosures. Under these conditions the losses seem to vary enormously, in
fact from 0 to 100 per cent.* Such layings or stores are held chiefly
during the winter months when frost may destroy them altogether, or,
since they are often in estuaries, abnormal mortality may be attributed,
as in the winter of 1903-4, to excess of fresh water. To what degree the
latter explanation may be correct it is certainly not apparent, nor do we
know of exact observations (or any at all) of the degree of reduction of
salinity which, if continued for some time, has fatal effects. For our
purpose a knowledge of the losses which may be expected before the
oysters reach market condition is of more importance, and here the diffi-
culty of obtaining exact information arises from the fact that the earlier
stages in British and Irish systems of culture are as a rule in part or
entirely passed on beds accessible only to the dredge.

Where the stock depends chiefly or largely on local spatting, the spat
settles on cultch and no man can know what proportion of it dies before the
stock reaches the smallest size at which it is dredged and redistributed.
When again placed upon the beds it is mostly in deepish water, and the
same is often the case with small stock imported. It is difficult enough
to actually clear a bed that can be reached by hand-picking and raking,
as we have occasion to know from our experience at Burren, where after
beds had been reported as absolutely stripped, re-searches at intervals never
failed to produce more or fewer remnants. Much greater is the difficulty
when the bed is cleared by the more expensive method of dredging, and
since the same sites are used over and over again for successive layings,
an estimate of loss in each laying appears to be inevitably vitiated by the
impossibility of determining either the initial or the final error.t It is
too much to ask of professional growers so exact a return of their layings
and raisings as would throw much light on the matter, and, in effect,
from this source of information we are not able to deduce a great deal. It
appears that from the stage at which oysters are first handled, the rate of
mortality increases with each successive year, but we cannot attempt to
state any percentage of general applicability. This much, however, seems
from the consensus of opinion to be certain—that when the oysters attain
marketable size the mortality increases enormously, so much so that to
carry marketable oysters over the summer is reckoned an unprofitable
transaction, and we may say at once that our own experience in no way
contradicts this proposition. Of the losses sustained in the Continental
system of “ parquage,” in which no important error is possible, we have
not been able to obtain very exact information, but the differences of
climatic conditions appear to be such as to render it inadvisable to de-
pend too largely, for home purposes, on these exotic data.

We have hitherto spoken of losses generally without seeking to dis-
tinguish between those due to mortality and those which may arise from
other causes. What is not found cannot be sold, at least in ordinary
trade transactions, and therefore to the relayer the living stock upon which
he can lay hands when wanted is alone to be considered as an asset of
immediate value.

In the several tables which follow, and more particularly in those which
deal with the first year of the experiment, will be found detailed the
numbers of oysters raised, whether as samples for examination prior to
stocktaking or at stocktaking, or by re-searches subsequent to it; it will
be noted that the re-searches yielded very poor returns, the numbers raised
being altogether disproportionate to the expense entailed, or to the pos-
sible number to be obtained ; the numbers have, however, been included in

* Bulstrode, in 24th Ann. Rep. Loc. Govt. Bd., England, 1894-5 [C.—8214], 1896, refers
on several occasions to the great mortality sometimes experienced in winter layings, &c., in
England.

+ Of. Hoek, op. cit., cap. IV,

R

234

the tables and summaries as the oysters so found appear in the subsequent
relayings. They are not, however, included in data upon which we have
based our summary of the hypothetical profits and losses of the layings.
At stocktaking in the second year (19035) the beds were given a thorough
searching, and were, so far as it was possible to judge, cleared; later a
general further search was made and a considerable number of mis-
cellaneous oysters were forthcoming, These have not been included in
the tables or summaries, as it was not possible to allocate those so re-
covered to their respective original layings. The numbers do not, how-
ever, in individual lots, affect materially the figures given either
in respect to the number raised or to the missing, though from
all sources the total amounted to about 5,000. Doubtless a
cultivator when times are slack would find it profitable to
employ his own time or that of his permanent staff in- re-
searching apparently stripped beds.

Owing to the quantity of dead shells always present on an
oyster bed of old standing, mortality can hardly be ascertained
with even approximate exactness on a ground-laying, especially
because “clappers” (dead shells still united by the hinge) are
very liable to cause confusion by drifting. This renders
it impossible to determine the losses from mortality by the
number of dead shells recovered; but we must not be taken to imply
that the living oysters from different layings were mixed. Layings were
always separated by bare intervals or by pare walls or single-stone walls
within the pares, and in general precautions were taken that oysters of a
similar character should not be laid on adjacent beds, but should have
as neighbours oysters with which there was no possibility of confusion:
where this was not done, or where by any reason oysters of different
qualities or sizes were raised together, the fact has been noted in the
tables, or else the layings in question have been omitted entirely from
consideration.

In some layings, however, the action of the tide was so strong as to
give us reason to believe that a perhaps not inconsiderable proportion of
the missing were swept on to adjacent ground, where, be it remarked, it
would not have paid us to search for them, had the ground been our own.

Our records of losses on ground layings are, therefore, comprehensive of
those arising from mortality or impossibility of recovery, whether this
latter be due to drifting, action of sand, or otherwise. The caisse
records of losses include practically only losses by death. Theoretically
caisse results should be less satisfactory than those of ground layings, as
being further removed from the natural conditions.* Practically they
generally proved to be somewhat better in growth and condition of oysters,
and from this we infer that the actual mortality on the ground layings
was probably not Jess than that in the caisses.

It was possible for us, by eliminating the results of some layings made
on sites always regarded as of doubtful value, to have considerably re-
duced the return of losses, and to have thus presented to the intending
relayer a more alluring prospect. We have abstained from doing so be-
cause it seems wiser to present the possible profit at the minimum, and
perhaps an inexperienced relayer would lose at least as much by in-
judicious selection of ground. Great as the tables show them to be, the
difference between our layings and raisings is not greater than that shown
in the returns, to which we have had access, of layings made under the .
superintendence of a “practical” man of long experience, while the
marketable oysters which we raised and sold are acknowledged by the
purchasing firm to have been received with universal favour.

For these reasons, while quite willing to admit that some west coast
beds may give, in regard to loss, more satisfactory results (and others,
perhaps, less), we would most seriously direct the attention of intending
relayers to a study of our tables. The proposition that oysters can be
bought for 1s. per hundred and resold when fit for market for 12s., is not

* Though, as Dr. Hoek has suggested in conversation to one of us, the sand or mud which
inevitably lodges in a caisse may render the conditions of food production not wholly
dissimilar.

235

to be disproved, but whoever expects 11s. profit, or anything like it, on
the transaction is doomed to much disappointment.

Dr. Hoek’s paper, to which we have already occasion to refer, con-
tains, passim, the most important information about mortality. With a
further communications we hope, with his permission, to publish a trans-
lation of the chapters which seem to be of most interest to Irish relayers.

V1il, —OVERCROWDING.

Tn general the tables show that in the history of any oysters which we
laid for more than one season the mortality, in ground layings, was

eatest in the second season. This seems to agree with what we have

een able to learn from practical men of their own experience, and it
may be that our stock suffered unduly from over-much handling and ex-
posure at the end of the first season. It is also the case that for the
most part they were more crowded during the second season, not in regard
to the distribution of individual oysters in each laying, but to the crowd-
ing of many layings into a comparatively small area, wherein, moreover,
though constantly covered with water retained by artificial pare walls,
they were deprived of the constant ebb or flow incidental to a laying en-
tirely below low water mark. We do not think that this overcrowding
was really sufficient to injuriously affect the oysters, partly because stock
crowded to an equally great degree, though on only a section of the same
area, did well during the previous season, and partly because caisses
erected within the same area during the second season gave good results.

We think, however, that in the Ardfry work, not included in this re-
port, some of our losses are due to overcrowding, and would suggest to
relayers that the concentration of layings in small areas may result in a
degree of starvation which will more than discount the convenience of
handling.*

‘A comparison of the results of laying different numbers of oysters in
@ caisse is attempted elsewhere (see p. 269).

Dr. Hoek (op. cit.) in reporting on the result of his experiments in
Holland, in effect attributes the unsatisfactory condition of the Zealand
oyster-beds to over-stocking, the beds being asked to carry more than
they can feed. The result appears to be that Zealand oysters now take
longer to come to maturity than in the days prior to over-production,
and are therefore the longer exposed to risk of mortality. Further, he
holds that, by the carrying over of the slower growers, there has been
attained a survival for breeding purposes of the unfittest, which tends
to the degeneration of the stock. Since, however, he shows that the
Zealand oyster, if sent to less impoverished grounds, still makes a good
oyster, this degeneration would seem to us not wholly proved.t With
the view that these slow-growing oysters are of little importance for
further culture our experience at Burren leads us to agree, and we are
disposed to advise relayers to get rid of obviously old stock which just
fails to reach market standard at any price they will fetch, rather than
carry them through the next summer.

Hoek’s conclusion that oysters with sound shells contain better fish
than those with injured shells seems to be in agreement with our ex-
perience that oysters which increase in shell measurement also improve in
weight and condition of fish, while those that remain stunted in shell,
with us as at Zealand, may make heavier shell, but are on the whole not
disposed to improvement of fish. Worm and sponge, which were among
the causes of injury to the shell in the Zealand experiments, were certainly
not common at Burren.

e ae eccley = epport au Ministre dela Marine relatif 4 l’Ostréiculture, 1877,
pp. 20, =/.

+ But in an earlier report he considered that much of the spat in the Scheldt came from
wild oysters on the embankments, and not from stock on the cultivated beds [Tijd. Nederland,
Dierkund, Vereen., Supp, Deel I, p, 245, 1883). 2
R 4

236

Il. TABULATION OF RESULTS.

ii—Tralees and Clarenbridges.

Tables I. to VII.

In the main the details given in these tables are, for practical pur-
poses, sufficiently summarised in the section (p. 325) dealing with the
hypothetical profits and losses revealed by our operations. The losses of
stock are abstracted on pp. 311-2).

For relaying over a season these varieties proved the most satisfactory
of all which we handled, and the numbers, especially in the case of
Tralees, being large, the results are fairly reliable. The Tralees, raised
at the end of the first season, were quite satisfactory in condition, the
3” oysters in particular being exceptionally fine, while the 24” were up to
market requirements. It will be seen that the 3’ averaged from 56°4
to 91°4 grm. in gross weight, and from 6°8 to 11°7 ‘in weight of fish, the
samples of all sizes averaging in condition of fish over 60% of “ fat,”
in addition to a fair percentage of “ very fat.” Clarenbridges were about
the same in condition and-gross weight; 3/’ samples averaged from 53°3
to 94°3 grm., and from 7:7 to 9°1 in weight of fish, the 24” being also
good. Except the price there appeared to be nothing between the two
varieties.

It is not possible to institute a fair comparison between the results of
raising of the two qualities at the end of the second year, as the layings
varied so much in number(vide Tables II. and VI). The actual results of
the examination at the end of the second year are fairly satisfactory as
far as the quality of fish is concerned, as will be seen from an examina-
tion of the weights of the samples examined in Tables II. and VI. ; the
percentage of fat oysters is not so high, but this may in part be due to
the personal equation in judging them, and to early date of raising.

The most unsatisfactory result in the second year was the loss, which
for Clarenbridges amounted to 600 per thousand laid, and for Tralees to
465 per thousand laid.

A small sample of the first year’s consignment of Tralees was laid in
caisses (see Table ITI.), and a comparison with the layings from which these
samples were taken shows that the caisse oysters increased proportion-
ately more in size (as judged by the Auray gauge) while differing very
little in fish weights, the condition of the fish being in favour of the
samples taken from the caisses.

The losses on the caisse oysters were 336 per thousand laid as against
465 per thousand for the large ground layings and 630 per thousand
laid in a small check laying by one of these caisses.

The second consignments of Tralees and Clarenbridges were laid mainly
with a view to find out whether equally satisfactory results in growth,
increase in weight (gross and fish), etc., were obtainable from these
oysters when cultivated in caisses as when laid on the ground. (Vide
pp. 325-6 and 329, and Tables TV. and VII.)

The oysters used for the experiment consisted of 4,165 Tralees in six
caisses, and 1,400 laid on The ground; of the Clarenbridges 3,500 were
laid in six caisses and 1,200 on the ground,

The oysters had heen dredged during the preceding open season, but do
not, in the case of the Tralees, quite represent the quality of oysters
dredged, as the largest (3 or over) oysters had been disposed of prior to
their purehase for this experiment. To what extent tho larger oysters may
have beem culled from the Clarenbridge lot, before it was sold to us, we
do not know. Each caisse, with the exception of one of Tralees on
Tilaunacraggah, was checked by a laying on the ground near it,

237

_ The contents of the caisses and ground layings were raised in Septem-
ber and October, 1903, and were weighed, resized into half-inch sizes, and
samples were examined. It was found that the caisse oysters made a
better growth, and that a comparison between the weights, gross and fish,
with those from ground layings left little to choose between the two
methods.

The condition of the “fish” of the marketable oysters was considerably
better in samples taken from caisses than from ground layings; thus for
Tralees the proportion of “fat or very fat” was 589% for caisse oysters,
and only 34% for ground layings; for Clarenbridges the figures were
51% for caisse samples and 31% for samples from ground layings.

This is of considerable importance, as one of the difficulties of oyster
_ growers in this country is to bring their oysters into good condition early
in the season.*

A further advantage which the caisse system appears to possess is the
decreased loss; in this particular experiment the losses on the check
ground layings were almost double those of the caisses. The actual
figures were :—

Tralee oysters in Caisses. Total losses, 209 per thousand laid.
Do. on the ground. “. 400 7 3
Clarenbridge oysters in Caisses. ,, 129

Do. on the ground. 9 2535 ts “a

* The season for high-class oysters appears to be dictated by the assumption that oysters
ooh early in summer, and in English waters they no doubt often spawn as early as May.

ith rather exceptional opportunities of observation I have not in the last few years seen any
Trish oyster “sick” in May, and do not think that many spawn before July. If this is so,
it is natural that many should be still out of condition at the beginning of September, when
the demand for high-class oysters begins. —E. W.L.H.

[TaBLEs

238

et.

TABLE
GROUND LAYINGS
TRALEE OystERS, First ConsiGNMENT.

Total Date /Total No.
Date. Quality. Bed. |Number| Size. of Raised
| Laid. Raising. | (Living).

Reference Number.

-1 | 30. xi. 01 | Tralee, | Hynes 11,238 |
to (direct). Deep 8.
13. ii. 02. 4,860

6,378

12. xii. 01
to
14, ii. 02.

Tralee,
(direct).

20. xi. 01 | Tralee,| Hynes 14,545 23” 7,925
to (direct). | Deep 6a
| 2. xii. 01. and b. 19. vii. 02.

6. vii. 03. 312

4/10. xii. 01} Tralee, IWauna-

to (direct).| craggah
13. ii. 02. 4 and 5. 19. vii. 02
00 2. ix. 02.
6. x. 02.
29. xi. 02.
5 2. i. 02 Tralee. Hynes 14,000 oY 4,817 9.183 - 812
to " (direct).| Deep 4a b ——
13. ii. 02. and b, 20. v. 02 (200) a = Ps
| 21. ii, 10a. 4,652 - - 769
24/25: ix. 03. 165 - - 43
6 | 21. i. 02. | Tralee, Hynes 7,085 2” 27. xii. 02. 2,931 4,154 - - 543
(direct). | Deep 10.
7|—. xi. 01. | Tralee, Hynes 13,680 Q" 8,115 5,565 - - 842
to (direct).| Deep da —~---|——
8. 1. 02. and b. 2. ix. 02 50 - 7 -
10. xii. 02. 7,944 - ~ 828
24. vi. 03. 121 - - 14
|
8| 14, ii. 02 | Tralee | Illauna- 4,565 a 13. ii. 03. 775 § 3,790 - - 60
(direct).| craggah |
Reserve.
9; 21. i, 02. Tralee, | Ourtin 2d. 500 2
(direct).
i C
10 &, i. 02. | Tralee, |Red Bankf.| 5,000 | 2” 4,247 “ a ”
| (direct). | ——|— me
c
20. v. 02. 3,950 ~ - -
| c e
| | 12, vi. 02, 297 2448) 7 = -
10a) ~ | Tralee | Arklow 4247 a is / 2,552 - - 133
ifrom Red} 10b, ee eer
| | Bank f. | | | 19, xii. 02.| 2436 7! - - 133
See Ref, 29. xii. 02. 117 f) - o -
No. 10. | |
a Spat removed from shells. b Returned to Bed after weighing.

¢ Includes the losses of this laying while on Red Bank f, and, after transfer, on Arklow 10b,

. 239

E

AT BURREN,

Results of Raising at Stock-taking of Ist Year.

RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS,

Po

oO

4

Fish Weight. Fish Weight. Aver- Fish Weight. Not Sized. 5

oe Sa ae OP ete AB age |—_—-——_ rt Zz

Toss +1088 hays ver- | 2

Aver- ” } Aver- , Gross Aver- tS)

oT No. | age | 2 bie =e No. age 2” | Weight No. wifes Psi 5
Ex- |Weight : ix- |Weight in x- eig :

Grmes. |, mined A in | Grmes. |amined| in Grmes.lamined| in | N® ean =

rmes. B ion]

a - -a =
77 43,615 | 472 50 66 41,426 -

i ‘ ‘ _ - fare] - ‘ “ 5 i
ie : 53'6 5 | 67 | = ; Z : = ae
67:0 - | 3201] 553 2 — 12,059] 408 a — WE agg | Te
: : = Y= 2 Om es ee z f - 2
3 z = Es ~ fasou| . = : = in ss ES
a 2 2 50; 59'1 6 | oat * 4 : | =
- 2 50; 589 el Te b= : - Sol va a
ios a ‘ . e 4 2 : soe 10 -
a
65:0 50 | 92 | 2855] 615 | 50 | 7:2 f2409| 458 50 | 50 | 475| -
- = fr: 2 - [1,555| = = : - - {8
“ - z : a : ae See de: | : - (200)"| 38:0
a
66-0 60 | 88 | 2302) 633 50 | 68 |iom| 423 50 | 50 | 183 | 2

occa -
1,362} 513 50 67

4,074 - -

x
1
i
i
1
I

4016) 511
58 2

67 50

” 2 Ae f ES eo eS ee ae
i) ae - |3,950

ES Se eae eee ike
Mee |---| =| - tL - dl -
EES See eee ee ee.

56"4 50 | 68 | 1,197] 483 50 55 1,105 | 403 50 A ao Nlgeiet (Me

ras = = 47 - - - 70 = ~ m7 ea ag ~

ce Notsized. Transferred. See Ref. No. 10A. d Total number raised at end of season,

Jf From sample of 200,

3

2 .
=

5 Date
Z,

© of
5 | Laying.
-

“

oO

—

3

21. ii. 03.

7. vii. 03

6. vii. 03.

24, vi. 03.

24/25. ix. 03.

3 | 29. xi, 02

240

TABLE
GROUND LAYINGS

TRALEE Oysters, First ConsigNMENT (RELAID).

Average
Average Losses,
Total Gross
Fish including
Quality. Bed. jNumbers| Size.| Weight
Weight Dead and
Laid. in
in Grmes. Missing.
Grmes.

Arklow 13e.| 901
Tralee 2”. 719 Sie 66°0
Relaid.
See Ref. No. 5.
0. 10 2 82°5
See Ref. No. 8.
Tralee 23” 63 "3 ~ -
Relaid.
See Ref. No.2
Do. 52 ~ - -
See Ref. No. 3.
Tralee 2”. 14 a ~ -
Relaid.
See Ref. No. 7.
Do, 43 .- - -
See Ref. No. 5.
Hynes 7,673
Tralee 24”. Deep 2a. 3,140 23” 55°3 he 4
Relaid.
See Ref. No. 2.
Do. 1,312 = 513 66
See Ref. No.6. "
Tralee 2”, 3,221 = 553 -
Relaid.

See Ref. No.3.

Arklow 12a.| 10,922

Tralee 2” & 24”. 18, xii. 02.
Relaid.
See Ref. No. 4. 13. x. 03.
Tralee 2”.
Relaid.

See Ref. No.7.
Do.

See Ref. No. 10.
Do.

See Ref. No. 9.
Do.

See Ref. No. 5.
Do.

See Ref. No. 8.
Tralee 2”,
Relaid.
See Ref. No. 5.
Tralee 24”.
Relaid.
See —~ No. 3.

0.
Sec Ref. No. 2.

(a) Sample of 10, average
()) 600 transferred to caisse xxii., xxili., xxiv., see Ref. No, 19,

ee ee

=

NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.

Aver- — Fish Weight. ‘kevewt Fish Weight. re Fish Weight.
age . age ——— age eS
34” Gross | 9 Gross Aver- 24” Gross Aver- | 9 | Gross Aver-

*| Weight * | Weight | No age * | Weight} No. age * |Weight; No. age
in in Exa- |Weight in Exa- |Weight in Exa- | Weight

Grmes. Grmes. |mined.} in Grmes. |mined.| in Grmes.|mined.| in
Grmes Grmes mes

a
ll 100°0 | 237 77°5 50 92 322 68°38 50 76 - - - ”

2,455 65°1 50 101 324 | 521 50 76

- 4,624 = ‘swe 1,887 <7] - -

—_ | OO > OO ?h ] oe

b
bee : eee f = -
115 [3,424 60°6 50 78 11,887 | 507 50 70

fish weight 10°5 grmes.
and 600 transferred to ground beside same caisse, see Ref. No. 20.

Reference Number.

_
_

12

13

242

TABLE

GROUND LAYINGS

TRALEE Oysters, First ConsIGNMENT (RELAID).

t

(Living). | Missing.

Grmes. | Grmes,

3 Average | Average \
4 Total Losses,

& | Date Total Gross | Fish | Dates ket

z, Number ] including }
© of Quality. Bed. {Numbers|Size.| Weight | Weight of

Sq , Raised | Dead and jf
8 Laying. Laid. in in Raising.

2)

o

io]

0 Seto Sh a eo! ee oe
Arklow 15.} 11,704

3. x. 02 Tralee 3”. 2,271 24” 72°0 - 13. xii, 02.
14 Relaid.

io See Ref. No. 1. 15. {-xii,102:
Tralee 24”, 9,336 23” 55°3 er "
Relaid. 14, x. 03. f
28. xi. 02. | See Ref. No. 2.

Tralee 2”, 97 23” - - 1 17. x. 03.

‘ a: Relaid.
24/26. ix. 03. See Ref. Nos. 9. xi. 08.
5 .

Arklow 16.| 7,704

15 9. x. 02 Tralee 3”,
Relaid.
See Ref. No.1.
Tralee 2)”.
Relaid.
See a No. 2.

0.
See Ref. No.3.
Tralee 2”.
Relaid.

6. xifi. 02. | See Ref. No. 6.

24/25, ix. 03, Do.
See Ref. No. 6.

Arklow 17.) 8,575
16 | 29. xi. 02.) Tralee 2”. 3,050 ‘J 40°0 56
Relaid.
See Ref. No. 7.
Do.
See Ref. No. 10.
D

0.
See Ref. No. 5.
D

1,055 ” 403 4°6
1,471 ” 423 50

0. 283 » 40° 4°8
See —_ No. 8.

Oo. 70 ” | —
See Ref. No. 10,
Tralee 24" & 2”. 2,449 ” 45.3 50
Relaid

21. fi. 03. | Bee Ref. No. 4,
24. vi. 03 Tralee 2”, 37 : de =
to See Ref. No.7.

Tralee 24”. 160 e ~ =
7. vii. 03, g Relaid.

(a Transferred to caisse —e
” ” x Xe
(c) Average fish weight

243
.— continued.
TgBURREN.

vesults of Raising at Stocktaking of 2nd year.

NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS,

K

©

E

Fish Weight. Fish Weight. Avan Fish , Weight. fC

mxsrae | 2 one as si ie " de (ee gg Po Z

Toss ross iross ©

“” : Aver- ' b Aver- n | Grogs Aver- " P o

re a = tue "No. wit, 24’. — : a. weet 2 Weight No. wits, _; — 3

xa- eight xa- eig in 1xa- eig ‘

Grmes. | mined.| in Grmes. | mined.| in Grmes.|mined.| in Grmes. | &

Grmes. Grmes. Grmes. &

303 - ~ - 6,915 - = - 653 - ~ - - - 14
- - - - 600% - - - - ~ - - - =
+ - - ~ 600° ~ - - - - - - - -
273 85°6 50 11:8 | 5,258 69°9 50 9°4 588 | 565°7 50 al - -
ll 81'8 - ~ 269 66'6 - - 34 45'6 - - - -
19 - - - 198 - . = 31 ~ - - - .

|
2,461 - - = 64 - 15

ee | ee oe

92 42,303 | 493 50 71 64 32°8

vii., xviii. See Ref. No. 17.
x.. Xxi, See Ref. No. 18,
50 examined—4°5 grmes,

244

CAISSE EXPERIMEN

TRALEE Oysters, First Consignment (RELAID).

8 piotal
umber
a Date ak Position | of Oysters
a of Quality. on pa regee 4 Size,
8 Number. ee
5 Laying. Beds. Division of
& Oaisse.
oO
oa
17 13, xii. 02. Tralee. *XVL, Arklow. 600 23”
(Relaid).
See Ref. VAL XVI., 200
No, 14.
*X VIII. XVII., 200
XVIII, 200
18 15. xii. 02. Tralee, *xXTX., Arklow. 600 23”
(Relaid).
See Ref. ot B08 xXIX., 200
No, 14.
2&4 8 XX., 200
XXi., 200
19 18, xii. 02. Tralee. “TXIL, Illauna- 600 23”
G pa D- craggah.
ee rel,
No. 13. “XE. XXII, 200
*XXIV. XXIIL, 200
XXIV., 200
2 18. xii. 02. Tralee. Laying Illauna- 600 24”
(Relaid). beside craggab.
See Ref. Caisse,
No. 13,
XXIL.,
XXITIL,
XXIV.

Oysters transferred

at Stock-ta i
Total —
Number of
Date Oysters raise.
(Living) fron
of Caisse or
: Laying, and
Raising. from each —
Division —
of Caisse, —
15. ix. 03.
9. pe 03.
26. x. 03.
9. xi, 03,

a 14 Dead Shells removed fre

» In each of the above instances the number of oysters weighed was the multipk

*Oaisse with cover.

c This includes an excest

‘ BURREN

245

und Layings to Caisses after Stock-taking of lst Year. Results of Raising

nd Year.

TOTAL LOSSES.

ead Number

hells Missing 3”
Re- at Final
oved, Count.
+147 1 62
61 25
58 1 20
60 17
211 16 ll
aes 5
73 7 6
75 2 -
182 2 66
58 2 31°
55 0 11°
Excess b
69 of 5. 24
378 16°
cluding dead and
missing.)

NUMBER RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.

Fish Weight.

Aver-
age
Gross
weight| No. age
in Exa- | weight
Grmes.| mined.| in

90 | 10 | 140
sr5 | - :
i ri =

23”

105
85
42

104°
123?
100

=]
&
Aver- | Fish Weight. Aver Fish Weight. E
age ee ees eres
Gross Aver- Q"" Gross Aver-| 9
weight| No. age weight) No. age | §
in Exa- | weight in Exa-~ |weight| &
Grmes.|"mined.|_ in Grmes.|mined.| in 3
Grmes | rmes.|
- ~ 17
716 50
65°3 -
75°7 ~
= - 18
772 50
710 -
60°7 10
- - 19
62°5 50
615 50
61:3 50
550 50 20

ivisions XVI., XVIL, XVIII. 11.3.03.
ten next below the numbers given above, ¢.g., 31.3”. 30 were weighed, &e.

5 in Division XXIV,

246
TABLE

CAISSE EXPERIMENTS
TRALEE Oysters, SeconD CoNsIGNMENT.

Total No. Total No.
Date Positi of Oysters of Oysters
; osition ego Senha Average | Average} Date raised.
of Caisse Laying, and TOSS is Giving) from
Quality. on me TS Size.| Weight | Weight of Caisse or
Laying Number. iaack in in . Laying, and
: Beds. isidicn ae QGrmes. Grmes. } Raising,| from each
Waisse Division
; of Caisse.
j
) a 7
13, xii. 02.| Tralee, | *XIIL, | Arklow. 600 23” | 485 62 | 9.ix.03. 460 |
(direct). of Igo from from b
SOE XIII, 200 sample | sample 10
XIV., 200 of 50. of 50. XT, 128 5}
XV, 200 (26. xii, 02.)|(26. xii.02.) XIV., 166 i
av. 106
13. xii. 02. Do. Laying be- do. 600 23” do. do. do, 268
side Caisse
xX Tir..
=TV.
xv.
Tralee, +LV., Parkmore. 472)
(direct).
LV., 288
LVI., 155
LVIL., 79
Do. Laying be- 162
side Caisse
LY.,
LVL,
499
. f
LXV. } 499
Laying be- 162
side Caisse
LXIV.,
rXxvV..
LXVI.
Tralee, | tLXVIL, Tlauna- 440
(direct). | tLXVIIL., | craggah.
TLXIX.
LXVIL., 300 LXVII., 229
LXVIIL., 200 LXVIIL, 162
| Pe be DETER, ' | - 49
Tralee, | +X XVII, | Parkmore. 40°0 765
(direct). | PX, from k
| . ead XXVIII., 200 sample XXVIII, 209
XXIX., 300 of 50. XXIX., 218
| XxxX., 400 xxx, 838
Do. _| Laying be- 134

side Cuisse
XXVIII,

13. i, 03.

Iilauna-
cragyah.

Tralee,
(direct),

LXIL, 300
LXUL, 200

Do. Laying be-
side Caisse

* Calese with cover. + Oniase without cover.
(a) Includes an Excess of 8 as found at final count. (b) 10. Removed for examination, 11. iii. 08. (d) Average
grows weight 695 grmes. (¢) Average grows weight of 31, 468 grmes. (f) On August 25, 1903, the wire bovtags of
this Caisse was broken, and the oysters, originally laid in separate divisions, were mixed. (7) In each of the

247
1V.

AT BURREN.
Results of Raising at Stock-taking of 2nd Year.

TOTAL LOSSES. NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.

Fish Weight. Fish Weight. Fish Weight.

Aver Aver- Aver-
age age ee
Gross Aver-] gv | Gross a Aver-
weight} No. | age weight| No. age
in Exa- | weight in Exa- weight
Grmes.| mined. in Grmes. mined. | in
Grmes. Grmes.
17 ee SUSE! Gar: ae a) Sa EE ES
| 102 - a 62 - = E 331 = = cs 57 Fae Tia cee bk
33 29 9 66°7 - - 96} 559 - - 23 | 489 23 ) ;
37 Excess 3) 20 68°8 20 ; 125 | 57:0 49 86 | 21 476 21 |; 82
TT aces 33 | 667 33 | 1055 | 110 | 582 - : 13| 51'9 6 J
eS rk 49 74
CGincluding both dead} 16 69°4 - - 174 60°9 50 93 73 | 50
and missing.)
51 17
26
16 l 77
otk

Cineluding both dead
and missing.)

38 '
(including bothdead# 10
and missing.)

39 86
19 52
13 25
T 9
57 78
15
uit me |
25

66
Cincluding both dead
and missing.)

79 163

20 72

14 61

45 30
(including both dead

and missing.)

above instances, the number of oysters weighed was the multiple of ten next below the numbers given above.
e.g 41.3”. 40 were weighed, etc. (h) Aes gross waight 87°5 grmes. (i) These (49) were weighed with all their

liquor. (j) Average gross weight 360 grmes. (k) This Caisse ~vas not covered, and there appears to have
been a redistribution of the oysters, cia Ss ot ai

248
TAB
GROUND LAYING

CLARINBRIDGE OysTERS, First CoNSIGNME

-

S Losses

| Total Dates Numbers

=] including

nm Date. Quality. Bed. Number Size. of Raised

2 Laid Raisi (Living) Dead and
id. ing. ving).

5 . Missing

¢

1 27. iii. 02. Olarinbridge Tllaunacraggah 6. 362 “1 17. =. OB, 200 162

(direct).

Clarinbridge Arklow Reserve.

(direct).

Ts. UWtins
20/22. ix. 02.

Clarinbridge Arklow, 13 b.
from (153) (3”) 4. xi. 02.
Arklow Reserve.
See above. |

3 27. ili. 02. Clarinbridge Tllaunacraggah 6. 1,008
(direct).

4 27. iii. 02. Clarinbridge ArklowgReserve.
(direct).
4A; 22. ix. 02. Clarinbridge Arklow, 18 b.
to from
18. x. 02. | Arklow Reserve.
See above.

5 27. ili. 02. Clarinbridge Red Bank d.
(direct).
5A| 20. vi. 02. Olarinbridge Arklow. 10a. (927) @”") ;
q
:
See above.
}
6 | 27. iii. 02. Clarinbridge | Arklow Reserve.| 4,346 |
(direct). x
6A| 22. ix. 02. | Clarinbridge Arklow, 18b.| tas |
to from (1,831) |
18. x. 02. | Arklow Keserve.
See above.
a Not sized, transferred to Arklow, 138 b, ») For further history see Table XXII.

e Not sized, transferred

|

249

T BURREN,

esults of Raising at Stock-taking of Ist Year.

Fish Weight.

Aver- Aver- Aver- Aver-
age age age age
» | Gross 3h” Gross 3” Gross Aver- 91” Gross
weight weight weight| No. age 2 |weight
in | n in Exa- |weight in
Grmes. Grmes. Grmes.|mined.| in Grmes.

rmes.,

540 | 62:4
4 2 e = 55 - - - 746 -
3 ae : : - 1100] 521 |
— - — - - ad — = 50% 65°5
* a - - 56 715 50 81 596 62°8
|
a a an a 12 - - 255 -
- ~ - - 12 | 587 - ~ 255 | 563
“a - - ~ 3 - - - 251 -
- _ - - 3 63°3 - - 251 489

c Total loss durin

whole time of laying,
toArklow, 10a. ia.

NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.

Fish Weight.

Aver- | Fish Weight.
~- CN a aes (ee
Aver- 9" Gross Aver- 14”
No. age weight} No. age
Exa- | weight |. Exa- |weight
mined in |Grmes.|mined.) in
Grmes. Grmes.

' | 206} - - - | =z
10 2!) 2 ae 3 a ‘
25 54 3 z e a
50 67 1206 | 588 | 50 on | ah
So eS
|
60 60 | 406| 440 | 50 | 44 1-5
|
|
} |
- - 11516) - ae
am pm he 18O+ 3991 10 4-2
|
50 4:9 436 | 50 4-4

1,416

d 50 of the largest (by eye) were weighed.

250

TabBLe

CAISSE EXPERIMENTS ~

CLARINBRIDGE OysTERs. First ConsiGNMENT (RELAID).

‘ee

2 | ;

é Total Average | Average Date Number
7, | Gross Fish

2 Date Quality. Bed. Number | Size, | weight | weight of Raised
3 | in in

S | Laid. Grmes.| Grmes.| Raising. | (Living).
o

a}

4

(Relaid). 53 3” 748 91
See Ref. No. 3. 490 23” 62°4 78
128 2” 53°9 60

7| 18 x. 02. | Clarinbridge 23”. | Arklow 18, 671= = - -

8| 3. xi. 02. | Clarinbridge 23”. | Arklow10c.| 546 2X” 628
(Relaid). !
See Ref. No. 4A.

Olarinbridge 23”. |
(Relaid). |
See Ref.'.No. 4A. :

10| 6. xi. 02. | Olarinbridge 2”. | Arklow 26. | 573= ™ 4

Arklow 10c. 156 2” 58°8 64

(Relaid). | 12 3” 58°7 -
|
See Ref. No. 5A. 205 23” 563 60
356 2” 440 4°4
ll 4, xi. 02. | Clarinbridge 2’. | Arklow10c. | 201 23” 48°9 49

(Relaid). |
See Ref. No. GA.

12 4, xi. 02, Olarinbridge 2”. Arklow 10c. 1,366 18. xi. 08.
(Relaid).

See Ref. No. 6A.

VI.

AT BURREN.,

251

Results of Raising at Stock-taking of 2nd Year.

NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.

Losses
including Aver-
age
Dead and 3} Gross 3”
weight
Missing. in
Grmes
400 10| 938 § 105

810

Aver-
age
Gross
weight
in

Grmes.| mined.

833

80°5

79'2

74°0

Fish Weight. eee.
$5 ins SE NSE | age |
Aver- 21” Gross
No. age weight |
Exa- |weight ) . 30
in Grmes. |
Grmes.

l
25 132 47139 | 708

}
a
10 105 96 | 69°7

10 100 | 135 | 60°4
|
|
{ i
| |
|
= = 66 | 603
= = 165 | 585

a Average gross weight 75°5 grmes.

mined.

50

10

¢ | Fish Weight.

6 Average gross weight 60°5 grmes.

Aver-

8°6

85

1

|

17

10

22

19

386

Aver-

Grmes.| mined. |

Or
Or

59'1

45°8

42°3

Fish Weight. | =
bg
| Aver- §
No. age | §
Exa- |weight! ;
ee rr
Grmes.| &

/
| en
10 a0 1¢
~ ~ 11
EE
50 57 12

bo

ee ee ee ee oer oS. eee ees

SES

tm — , — —= 6 see oe "5 cma nical Et ae the. te oe matlcay dttiemn ~ —tilinsiti Dye a eS a cS ——_ - ——
}

‘ ; i vd
& . + '

252

Caisse

Number.

4, i, 03, Clarinbridge,| §XXXIV.
te (direct). §XXXV.
§ XXXVI
14. i. 03. Do. | Laying beside
Caisse
XXXIV.
XXXV.
XXXVL
14. i. 08. Olarinbridge,| | XL.
(direct). | XI.
| XLII,
Td. 1. 03. Do, | Laying beside
Oaisse
xL.
XLI.
XU.
12, 1. 03. Clarinbridge, § XLII,
(direct). §XLIy.
§XLY.
12. 4. 08. Do, | Laying beside
Caisse.
XLY.
12, i, 03. Olarinbridge, | §XXXVII
(direot), §XXXVI0,
§ XXXII.
12. i. 03, Do,, Laying beside
Alsse

Olarinbridge,
(direct).

18, i. 03,

Clarinbridge,
(direct).

Do.,

a 7h |pou Y
18. i, 08, Laying beside

Caisse
‘VIL

Lx

LX.

* In each of the above instances th
‘uncovered and some oysters were sn
a Average gross weight 65:0
b 0. 62

Crarinsripge Oysters, Szeconp CoNsicyitent,

Taste VII.
CAISSE EXPERIMENTS AT

Results of

TOTAL Losgks.

a No.
so 1 No. of of Oysters -
Position One in Catsce Average Average Date paleo (living)
i an 7 + = > rom
on Bane a : Size. | Gross Weight] Fish Weight of Oniste, od Sean | avnmber A
Bada, each Division 0 in Grmes. iniGrmess Rateinee reptis a ead Shelis Missing at 3y”
Caisse. ig. ae ke on Removed. Final sunt. W
Caisse.

4. 10. 13.
Tauna- 23” 45:0 61 19. x. 03, 52) 5 7 5
craggah. from sample | from sample 2s ue wy aT 78 ae

of 60. of 60.
XXXIV, 267 6 27 6
XXXY. 180 7 13 5
en’ _ XXXVI. 81 2 1 5
ay 24” do. do. IT. x. 03. 156 “8 oe (is
Including both dead and, 6
missing.
Hynes Deep 4. 600 24” As above, As above. 16. ix. 03, dATP 30 33 -
XL. 100 XL. 84 5 ] { =
XLI. 200 XLI. 222 15 23 -
XII 300 LI, 241 10 |) l
do. 200 24” do. do. 15. ix. 03. 141 59
Including both dead and 2
missing.
Parkmore. 600 24” As above. As above. 10. ix. 03. 636t ll 53 uae
XLUI, 200 XLII, 219 4 =
XLIV. 300 XLIV. 243 6 53t | 2
XLY. 100 XLY. 74 1 J -
ee I ee sei PR Seal ene St ll Ay bees aes os ee
do, 200 24” do, do. 9. ix. 03. 199 1 -
.
Parkmore. a” 40° ose 9. ix, 03. 793 28 79 -
from sample | from sample =. > ra
VII. 263 10 27 -
of 50. of 50. xxx we It a =
XXXIX. 378 9 13 2
Geemarc 9 ix. 03. | ep 48
Bo, Soy Including both dead and -
missing.
Hynes Deep 5. As above, _ oh ie SOS
58 -
¢ 17 -
2 48 m
SSeS i ~ 7a | nee aa lore
2” do, Including both dead and -
missing.
= 7 3 78 -
Iauna- 900 ” ‘As above: 25, x. 03. 791 1 eae |e le
craygali 2 As above. As above. ca
& 5 =
LYUI. 400 LVI, 337 8 Ay
‘ 1
LIX. 300 Lx, 283 0 7
18 6 -
3 LX. 200 nae ea (ae —|— psesabe Sl.
do. 200 9 do. do. 26. x. 03, 116 Including both dead and -
missing.
——

‘ber of oysters wej
hed was the multi,
on and were subgequently raised with the laying.

le of ten next below the number given above.
§ Caisse without cover.

¢ Average gross weight of these was
it do. do.

g do.
h These oysters wore w

do.

eg. 101. 3”, 100 were

563 grmes.
58°6 grmes.

Me 50°0 grmes.
eighed with all the liquor in the shells.

§ Catase with cover.

weighed, 146. 22”, 140 were weighed, &e,, é
i Th
j AY
k
1

Taste VIL. 963
XXPERIMENTS AT BURREN.

SIGNWENT. Results of Raising at Stocktaking of 2nd Year.

LOSSES. NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS,
-=
Fish Weight. Fish Weight. Fish Weight.
Average Average Average Average
ea 3h” Gross | 3” Grogs _ 24 Gross a _ Gross
Final Count, Weight in Weight in No. Average 4 Weight in No. Average Weight in No Average
Grips: Grmes. Examined. Me Grmes. | Examined. Melenet Grmes. | peamined. Wi
12, 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 2h. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26
]
57 15 = 184 - - - 302 = = = 27 - - es
—- -——_|— -—--—-—- = —$— | = bee = ——— —f-—- | —--—_|__—_—__ | _______
27 5 710 101 700 50 96 146 58'9 50 S1 15 625 - -
6
13 5 82:0 52 725 10 125 lll 659 50 ; 83 12 550 - -
c ¢
17 6 720 31 750 10 140 45 62'5 10 120 - - - -
sy —-—_| — —-— ee come sl —$<— | $f | _—___ __ —|—_.__
th dead and, 5 - 33 192 30 110 118 60°2 60 T1 = = c -
ing.
*
23
at |
)
th dead and
ing.
53
| os |
fe a
1
.
79
27
39
13
8
oth dead and
ping.

123
| 88
VW
48
i.
oth dead and
ssing.
78
65
«
7
| 16 - = 30 - - = 85° 594 25 70 56* 55°0 10 60
% aa aie = (1 =a ees Bikes Dp a
oth dead and - - 6 650 = = 59° 600 10 80 51° 525 10 65
sing,
$$$ $$ —_
M6. 24", 140 were weighed, &e., &e. + The wire bottom of this Caisse was defective, and the oysters of the different divisions became mixed. + Onisse “ XLITI , XLIV., XLY.,” was
i These samples were weighed with all the liquor in the shells. m Average gross weight 500 grmes.
] ARIS gross weight 650 grmes. n do. do. 650 grmes.
k ‘Oo. do. 875 grmes. 0 do. do, 62'5 grmes.
i do. do. 62°5 grmes. Pp do, do 46°56 grmez,

253

ll.— FRENCH, OYSTERS.
Tables VIII. to XIV.

Arcachons, —The consignment received in 1902 appears to have
contained a larger run of oysters than that of 1903, as will be seen from
an examination of the numbers of 24”, 2’, and 14” oysters into which
the respective consignments were sorted on their arrival at Burren (see
Tables XII. and XIV.), but, on the other hand, the weights of the
similar qualities in each consignment did not differ much,

The average gross weights of the oysters of each quality when treated
as a whole are :—

Average gross weight
Grammes.
1st consignment, 1st quality, about P ‘
Ist consignment, 2nd quality, about , sy OE
2nd consignment, Ist quality, about : ~ 3
2nd consignment, 2nd quality, about d ) 1a

At the end of their respective first seasons both consignments were
raised and again sized into half-inches; the following are the figures
when reduced to a standard of 1,000 oysters raised :—

acca

3”, 2 a, 2”, 1 a.

lst Consignment (Ground), lst Quality, ane wee 37y-| 406 556 -
gnd = do. (Caisses), do, 4 en eek ee eee 18
Losses—Ground Layings—309 per thousand laid.
Caisses aah 223 %) ” ” |
7)
Ist Consignment (Ground), 2nd Quality, cas nas 41 3935 566 -

@nd do. (Caisses), do. re 2 lett 90"| 767 | 143
Losses—Ground Layings—85l1l per thousand laid,

Caisses— 301 » % ” |

When the conditions under which the caisse oysters were grown are
taken into consideration it does not appear that the ground layings of
the 1st quality oysters produced much better results.

The best result for 1st quality Arcachons in caisses was obtained when
200 oysters were laid in each compartment, the relative growth being
uniformly less in the compartments where this number was exceeded.

This may be seen by the following figures:—In each instance the re-

aimee are for purposes of mutual comparison expressed as parts
of 1,000.

Ist Consignment, lst Quality, Total net Results (Ground),
2nd do., do., do., (Caisses),

2nd Consignment, lst Quality, Caisses—
Laid 200 (2”) to the compartment, ...
Laid 400 do., do.,
Laid 600 do., do., ose
Laid ca, 390 (24) to the compartment,

coe

354

However, on the other hand, the ground layings of the second yuality
Arcachons in 1902 produced much better results than were obtained in
any of the caisses containmg similar oysters in 1903.

The relative difference in growth obtained in the caisses may be seen
from the following table, where the results are summarised according to
the numbers laid in each compartment.

—_— { 24”, 2”, 1 4”.

2nd Consignment, 2nd Quality, Caisses—

Laid 260 (2”) to the compartment, ... AA nee 57 783 | =‘ 160
Laid 323 (2”) do., ao., 1G: eas o 127 742 131
Laid 400 (2”) do., do., -* 154
Laid 600 or 647 (2”) to the compartment, ... = 103
Laid 973 (2”) to the compartment, ... Se es 107 862 32
Laid 272 (1}”) do., do., | 80 686 233
Laid 542 (13”) do, G0, ve ae ae | 108 639 253

Laid 814 (1}”) dc., do.,

There is a want of uniformity in these results which must, we think,
be attributed to the situation of the caisses, this latter appearing to be a
most important factor in determining the growth. (See Table XIV., and
Notes of Locality, page 216). It is intended to make a further experiment
with these oysters in caisses, the results of which will be checked by having
ground layings beside each caisse.

With regard to the weights of the oysters raised from ground layings
and from caisses after one season’s growth, it would appear that while the
weights of the caisse oysters examined vary considerably, they are in
some instances better than those from the ground layings, and there does
not appear to be any reason why, given suitable conditions, the caisse
oysters should not in general give satisfactory results.

On Table XIII. are shown the results obtainedfrom the raising and re-
sizing of the first consignments of ground layings at the end of the second
season.

The two gualities were not laid separately during the second season,
and, owing to a mistake, samples were not taken of the half-inch sizes
into which each quality was sorted at the end of the first season. It is
thus impossible to trace the relative growth of each quality through the
second year. Where a sample was taken (see Ref. 5, Table XIII.) the
losses were so heavy as to leave very few oysters available for final
examination. On the whole the growth of the ground layings during
their second year is unsatisfactory ; a large percentage of the number
raised showed no increase in size and very little in fish weight.

The losses, which amounted to 491 per thousand laid, must be con-
sidered as excessive, as only about 25° of the oysters raised were fit for
market, and at the most liberal estimation could not be regarded as more
than second grade oysters.

During the second year a small sample (see Ref. No. 10, Table XIII.)
of the first consignment was tried in a caisse, and the results obtained
were relatively better than those of the ground layings, while the
losses were reduced by about 17%.

Aurays. —The first consignment of Aurays when resized on arrival
at Burren into half-inch sizes appears to have contained, on the whole,
a Jarger run of oysters than was found in the second consignment when
similarly treated; on the other hand a comparison of the average gross
weights would seem to show that the similar grades in each consignment
were practically identical in weight.

255

Treating each grade as an entity, and determining its average gross
weight from those of the half-inch sizes in the proportion in which they
were found, the following averages are obtained :—

; Grammes.
Ist consignment, lst grade. Average gross weight about 19
2nd ) ? >) ?
: ord, ” ”? ” 6
2nd consignment, lst grade r say A 18
2nd ”? ” ? ”? 13
ord ”? ”? ” ” 6

Unfortunately a comparison between the two consignments is compli-
cated by the differences in the initial sizes, the periods of laying, and
such differences as there were in the local (weather) conditions of 1902
and 1903. Moreover, the oysters of the first consignment appear to have
borne the journey much better than those of the second.

Of the first consignment only four oysters arrived dead, having been
accidentally broken in packing, and six days after arrival, when the
the oysters were finally laid, no further dead were noticed.

A far heavier mortality was noted in the case of the second consign-
ment, more especially in the lst and 2nd grades. In the first grade
(5-6 cm.) 75 oysters died in the first week, and a further number (57)
before the oysters were finally caissed. The second grade (4-5 cm.) ap-
pears to have been a sickly lot, and the condition of the samples examined
was not satisfactory. Of this grade 277 died within the first week, and
a further number (203) before the oysters were finally placed in their
caisses. The third grade (245-4 cm.) travelled best, the mortality only
amounting to four.

The following are, therefore, worth very little as comparisons, but are
decidedly interesting considered as fairly normal results obtainable from
the methods of ground layings, and of cultivation in caisses.

Taking the net results of the raisings of each grade at end of 1902-1905
and reducing them to a standard of 1,000 oysters raised, the comparative
growth may. be thus expressed :—

ist Consignment (Ground), Ist Grade, ... are 77 | 368 627 29 | =
Qnd ‘do. (Caisses), moe* 3 pe wot |\ TEE) e604 S497 3
1st Consignment (Ground), 2nd Grade, F u | 274 | 589 | *123 “
2nd_—=s do, (Caisses), do., see - 8 161 639 191
Ist Consignment (Ground), 3rd Grade, hd - 84 506 *410 -
| 477
\

2nd_—=s dio. (Caisses), do., =a - 4 227 | 592 |

The losses on the grades in both consignments were :—
1st grade. Ground. . . 544 per thousand laid.

A Caisses. . . 98 » »
2nd grade. Ground. . . 419 99 »
92 Caisses. -..< 126 ” ”
Srd grade. Ground. . . 743to800_,, ”
ne Caisses. 72 FG es

“Including some 1” oysters

256

These results do not, however, give a fair index to the amount of
growth which may be obtained by the use of caisses. It will have been
noticed (see Tables) that the caisse oysters were laid in different propor-
tions, some compartments being more crowded than others. The results of
raising from the different compartments will be found on Table XI..,
where the numbers at sizes raised have been expressed as parts of
1,000. On the whole it would appear that the growth is inversely to
the numbers laid ; where the laid sizes of the two consignments are the
same, the figures on ‘'ables XIa. and XIs. show that better growth
was obtained in some compartments of caisses than in ground layings.

It must be admitted that the growth shown by the 2nd grade (4-5 cm.)
Aurays in caisse was unsatisfactory, but it may probably be in great
part ascribed to the sickly condition of the oysters when received. (See
p- 258.

The examination of the gross and fish weights of similar (raised) sizes
of both consignments woulu show that, im regard to growth Of survivors,
equally satistactory results are obtainable from caisses and from ground
layings.

The condition of the fish of the caisse oysters of this lot was generally
less satisfactory than that found in samples from ground layings, but
allowance must be made for the early date of examination of the tormer,
the oysters being obviously out of condition and in some instances still
contaming spat. .

While the growth in caisses depends to a large extent on the numbers
laid in each compartment, it is also considerably affected by the location
of the caisse. It has been stated* that better growth is made by caisse
oysters when they are laid in such a position as to be affected by the
current or tide. ‘This theory is apparently borne out by the results at-
tained by two caisses of 3rd grade oysters at Burren. (See Table XL,
Caisses xvii. and xviil.). lt was reported in June of 1903 that the oysters
in this latter caisse appeared to be subjected to the influence of each ebb
and flow ot the tide, being thus turned over several times during each 24
hours. The growth attained in caisse xvili, renders it probable that this
statement was correct; the figures speak for themselves.

The theory, however, needs further investigation before it can be ac-
cepted as correct, and we suspect that great aifliculty would be found in
selecting exactly that degree of disturbance which is at once favourable in
the adduction of tood and innocuous to shell growth or not wasteful of the
expenditure of nutrition thereby entailed.

The results of the examination of the first consignment at the end of the
second season are tabulated (see ‘lables LX. and X.). As, owing to want
of space at Burren, it was not possible to keep separately during the second
season the sizes (raised) in each grade, sample lots of 200 ot e&ch half
inch raised size were, 1 most instances, taken and laid separately ; but
the losses in these layings having been excessive, the numbers finally
raised for examination are too small to be of much importance. On the
whole there is a general and well-marked increase in weights in the
Jayings, but not so much as is noticed in the few oysters of the first con-
signment laid in caisses during the second season. (See Table 1X., Ref.
25c.). These latter made a better fish and the losses (see p. 314) are
comparatively trifling when compared with those sustained by the ground

layings.

* Hayes, op. cit., p. 9.

TABLES VIII. to XIV.

Date. Quality.

Reference Number,

|

1 | 19. xii. 01. Auray, 5-6 cm.
(direct).

|
|

2 | 19. xii. 1. Auray, 5-6cem.
(direct).

(direct).

3 ie xii. 01) Aurav, 5-5 cm. |

4 }19. xii. 01.) Auray, 5-6 cm. |

(direct).

|

5 ‘19. xii. 01.) Auray, 5-6 cm. |

(direct).

|
6 | 19. xii.01. Aurav, 4-5 cm.
(direct).

7119. xii. 01. Auray, 4-5cm.|

| (direct).

8 | 19. xii. o1.| Aurav.4-5cm. |

(direct)

9 | 19. xii. 01.) Auray, 4-6 cm.
(direct).

| |
10 19. xii. 01.

Auray, 4-65
(direct).

(a) Not sized.

258

Arklow,1 and |
lb.

Red Bank, e.

Illaunacrag- 1,200 | 2”

gah,2b

Clean Flat, 4. | 2,000

1,250
750

Hynes Deep,
2b.

Arklow, 4.
Red Benk, b.

Clean Flat, 3.

Hynes Deep,
1b.

Illaunacrag-
gah, 1b.

()) Put back on srame bed after weighing.

2,500 | 2”.

Aver-
age
Gross

Weight

in

Grmes,

17°0
92

Auray Oysters. First CoNnsIGNMENT

Date
of

Raising. | Raised
(Living).

1, xii. 02.

20. v. 02. |

26. ix. 02.

15-16. i. 03.

20. v. 02.
(eo 5 02.

2 ix, ee
( Pe Bye

20. v. 02.
20. xi. 02.

25. xi. 02. |

20. v. 02.
29. x. 02,
14. xi. 02.

20. v. 02.
21-27.1.03.

Num-

TABL!

GROUND LAYIN

Losses,
in- Vis
cluding
Dead
and
Missing.

Total

bers

No.
Exa
Grmes.| mined

625

758
(200)”

(200
3,5)

847

Transferred to Arklow 6. See Ref, No.17A. (c) Sample 200 (2”) taken from these, See Ref. No. 19.
(d) Sample 200 (24”) taken from these. See Ref. No, 18,

259

BURREN.

sults of Raising at Stock-taking of Ist Year.

NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.

s

4. 233 eB

=

Pcs Fish Weight. Aver-| Fish Weight. | Not Sized. C
ms se | —- A
Gross Aver-] 9” Gross Aver- Average | 2

* |Weight| No. age *|Weight} No. age | Gross | 3
in Exa- | Weight in Exa- |Weight}] No. Weight] &
Grmes.| mined. i in Grmes.| mined.) in ree

| rmes. 3

Grmes |Grmes

(200)°
10

55 | 5967; 34:3 50 4-0 bel =| afm] -| -| =| 23'()

eave t > = ) EE nie.

1291 | 33% 50 | 49 |1943| 254
05| ° - si ~ .h Se

4”) taken from these. See Ref. No. 21.
2”) taken from these. See Ref. No. 2%,

(c) Includes 2” snd under. (g) Sample 200 (2
(/) Includes both 14” and 1”. (h) Setanta 200 (2

260

Ty
GROUND LAYI)

fAurAy Oysters. First ConsiGN

ae }
= ee EE
s | | | Average Losses,
5 | Date _ Total | Gross Dates Total Fineluding
} | 2
Z | of ' Quality. | Bed. Numbers) Size. | Weight of Sci Dead
z Laviiiy | Laid. | | in Raising. | Raised | ana
: a Saie | | | Grmes. (Living).| Missing.
a7)
a | | | |
11 | 19. xii. O1. buses 3k em. Arklow, 1 3,000 Bris 65t 418
: rect). 2an .
| ) 8 4. xii. 02. 162 | ¢ 2582
| 9. xii. 02. 256
12 | 19. xii. Ol. |Auray, 2j-4em.' Clean Flat,2.| 13,000 |1”and| — 63f 5276 |}
| (direct) | = ; a} |
| 29. i. 02. 600" | |
| 10, iii. 02. | —1,2007 J ? 7724
| | 20. v. 02. | (400)? |
5. x. 02. 3.476 |)
13 | 19. xii. 01. Auray, 2) 4 cm. Hynes Deep, 6000/1” and| 6 St 2,625 |)
| (direct). 3a 1y’* a |
30. i. 02. 600
10. iii. 02.| 1.2007 (
20, v. 02. | (200)?
11. 3.08: 825 |)
’ | ,
14 | 19. xii, O1.|Auray,2}-4cm.| Red Bank,a. | —_ 5,000 | 1” ae 65+ 2,971
(direct). 3% | d
10. iii. 02. | 1,300° | ¢ 2,029
| | | —. v.02] 1,671
15 | 19. xii. 01. lauray, 24-4cem.| Illaunacrag- 12,617 | 1” a, 6dt 2,931 )
(direct). gah, 3aandb, 13/’* f ;
5. il. 02. 600" | |
10. iii, 02. | 1,200/] S 9,68
18. vi. 02.
to 1,0407 |;
4. vii. 02. |
| 12. ii. U3. 91 |)
16 | 19. xii. O1. | hasta 2,000 30. i. 03. 799
‘Auray, 24-4cm. 1,000 A pa 65t
do. 45 ,, | | 500 | 3” 17-0
do. 5-6 ,, | | 500 | 2” 17°6
5 ee RE OE SR SD | BE ee $m: ts
{17 | 19. xii. 01. ‘Curtin, 2a,b,c.| 2,000 3. i, 03. 692 | 1, 34
‘ Auray, 24-4 em.| 1.000 | 14” 82
z do. 4-5 ,, 500 | 2” 17-0
a do. 5-6 ,, | 500 | 2” 176
7 ___(direct.) ae es eS 4 4M 1‘. 4. ae
}
74 —, v. 02. | Arklow, 6. 3,1°6 | Ne te bE 890 2,276 6 oa
|Auray, 24-4 cm. L67L) (14” ~
See Ref. No. 14. and 1’)
| Auray, 4-5cm. 880 | (14”) =
See Ref. No. 7.
Auray, 5-tcm. 615 | (2”) -
Bee Kel. No. 2.
From
Red Bank.

© The consignment of Auray Oysters, 2}-4 cm., see Reference Nos. 11-16, was found on sizing to contain 140, on
weight 14°2 grmev.; 9,605, 1)”, average gross weight 8°2 grmes. ; und 31,872, 1’, average gross weight 4°6
ese sizes were not kept distinct except in the laying on Ourtin 2, Ref. No, 17 ; the other layiogs of Auray, 2-4 en
consisted (mainly) of 14” and 1” oysters.
Average gross weight of sample of 200 not sized.
a) Traosferred to caisse, See Ref. Nos, 82 and 32A,
4 Relaid in same bed after weighing.

261

I.—continued.

BURREN.
ults of Raising at Stock-taking of 1st Year

D (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS. I
—__—_—_—_————_| «A
; 3
Weight ven | Fish Weight. Aver-| Fish Weight. peers vo E
7 — ee cecameiesscaa a aaa age | age ©
| Aver- 24” Gross Aver-} 9 | Gross Aver- 1)” Gross 1’. | Gross 2
F | age *|Weight| No. age ' |Weight| No. age * |Weight |Wevht 2
- |Weight in | Exa- |Weight in Exa- |Weighi in in ©
bd. = in -|Grmes.| mined. in Grmes.| mined in’ Grmes Grmes.| 3
Grmes Grmes. Grmes ian}
"at ie : - fate | 141 : - Say H

.' 48 | 394 - - 89 | 276 | = - 25 22°0 - -

| i we eee 132 |

. = - —- ~~ = = =. = 1 .2007 - = on

i a ; Silicone at = - | (200)”| 95 | c00y’| 60
- |230] 262 * - $1450! 18°8 2 3 1,796° | 12°4 ws bs
10] - 3 CeoRe 7 oe a? TT lstal 13
| - 10! 290 | 19°0
14

3 a od oes - 2,271
eo
- 1,671° |

- 14 | 393 | 14 29 77 | 238 50 28

>) Sample 200 taken from these. See Ref. No. 23.

Rien ides both 147 ana i wee No. 30.

; udes ” and 1” nsferred to Ark Ss f. No. 174.
‘) Transferred to caisse. See Ref. No. 31 opehvewenbisinaen ‘2

) Includes 14” and 1. Transferred to a LXXI., LXXIL., the contents of which were accidentally mixed with
“Whitstable” oysters.

neierence .wwumber,

. xii. 02.

| | | —— | J] | LLL.

AURAY OYSTERS.

Total
Number
Laid.

Size.

— OOo nw — |

|

a

. xii. 02,

- vii. 03.

Relaid.

See Ref. No. 12.)

29. x. 02

to
14. xi. 02.

DA

20. xii. 02.

— |

5B O25. vii. 03. | Auray. 4-5 cm.

Auray.4-5em.| Arklow 20. |

Relaid.
Ref. No. 9.

Auray, 4-5cem.
Relaid.
See Ref. No. 25. ‘.

See

Relaid.
‘See Rei. No, Q25A.

sO | 20. xii. 02. Auray, 4-5cm. |

(a) 77 transferred to Caisse XVL., C.
final ralaing and sizing.

Relaid.
See Ref. No. 25.

. xii. 02. Auray, 24-4 om.,| Arklow Pool.|

Arklow 23. |

Onigese

XVI.. B. on

Parkmore. |

Caisse

on Arklow.

XLVL.,
XLVIL.,

XLVI,

|
!

! 300

Quality. Bed.
_Auray, 5-6cm. Arklow
Relaid. Newpare.
| See Ref. No. 5.

Do. Caisse
| From Arklow KVAs C;
| Newpare. Parkmore.
. | Auray. 5-6 em. Arklow
Relaid. Newpare.
| See Ref. No. 4
| Do. Parkmore.
From Arklow
Newpare.
Auray. 4-5 cm. Arklow
Relaid. Newpare.
See Ref. No. 25.
Do. Parkmore
From Arklow
Newparc. j
Auray, 4-5em. Arklow
Relaid. Newpare
See Ref. No. 8.
Do. Parkmore.
From Arklow
Newpare.
Auray. 4-5 em. Arklow
Relaid. | Newparce.
See Ref. No. 8. |
Do. | Parkmore.
From Arklow
Newpare. |
Auray, 23-4 cm. Arklow
Relaid. Newpare.
See Ref. No. 12.
Do. Parkmore. |
| From Arklow
| Newnare.

1446 |

600

14”
(14”)
9”

24”

(24”)

| 24”

XLVL 200,
XLVII. 200

XLVTIT. 200

Bee Ref. No. 18A,
(c) Numbers raised and transferred to Parkmore.

sel at final raising and sizing of simple lota of 200,
. 46, and 200 transferred to ground, See Ref. No. 20.

Average
Gross
Weight
in

Grmes.

| — OO |)

12°4

Fish Date
Weight of
in Raising.
Grmes.
61 25. vii. 03.
- 17. ix. 08:
52 25. vii. 03.
- 6. xi. 03
49 25. vii. 03
- 6. xi. 03
40 25. vii. 03.
- 6. xi. 03. |
29 25. vii. 03
- 6. xin03
= 25. vii. 08
~ 6. xi. 03
| -; | 20. x. 03
49
a xii. 02.
20. xii. 02.

GROUND LAYINGS AD
First CoNsIGNMENT (Rewarp). Results

Average

26. vii, 03.

17. ix. 03.

Total
Number
Raised
(Living).

(64) ©

1,100
800°

(a71)

300 7

XLVI, 172
XLVITT. 168

j
XLVITL181

——/

Tal

Losses,

includin
Dead ar

Missing

og * 9
so)

% ,

(b) Total losses from date of laying of sample lots of 200

(¢) 600 transferred to Caisse XLVI., XLVII.,
(f) 471 Relaid. See Ref. No. 256A,

See below.

(d)

XL

otal number
VIII., Ref.
(yg) 300 not sized,

263

ISSES AT BURREN.
ising at Stock-taking of 2nd Year of Trade Sizes Laid separately.

NUMBER RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.

Fish Weight. Fish Weight.

Aver- Aver- Aver- Fish Weight.
AP6. > bee er FV Oy a ee ae ag age. (0
Aver- } 9), | Gross Aver-] ov | Gross Aver-] y” Gross
Weight} No age 2 | Weight} No. age Weight] No. age Weight) No.
in Exa- |Weight in Exa- | Weight in Exa- | Weight in Exa-
Grmes.|}mined| in Grmes.|mined| i Grmes.|mined| in Grmes.| mined
Grmes. G g, Grmes.

6| 51-0 3| 46:0! 50 es eee i Eg
7) - 995 i ie Es Tee
6| 87°5 93| 468] 25| 821 721 35:3! 10 etc AE PS
17| 58°8 95| 48-7| 95! 7-6) 56! 371! 10! 6 oO; - Mpls et ?:
14! 51°8 107! 481! 50! 7-14 351 364! 10! o5t - ne es E

unsferred to Caisse XVL, B. See Ref. No. 25B (h) Total losses 10, ineludin $ i i
red ; »_B. f ' ‘ , ine g 8 dead shells removed at inspectio
d 2 missing. (j) Includes 25 not sized removed for examination 1. vi. 03, and an excess “of 7 over cabal la

| 28 = 27 dead removed and 1 missing, 1) .32 = 7 issi i
img time of lying on cround, ssing (1) 30 dead removed and 2 missing. (m) Notsized. (mn) Total lc

| Number.

AURAY OYSTERS.

Total
Date. Quality. | Bed. Numbers
| Laid.
| So Se ee a ee eee
2,228
25. xi. 02 | Auray 5-6 | Arklow 25. 604
to 16. i. 03. em.
(Relaid).
25. ix. 03. do. Ss 40
—. xii. 02 peed 4-5. + 705
to 27. i. 03
(Relaid).
—. xil. 02 aes 23-4. , 346
to 11. ii. 03.
(Relaid).
6. x. 02 to; Auray 24-4, *e 533
30. i. 03 4-5 ant 6-6
(Relaid).
8,696 Auray.
912 Arca-
chon,
22. xi. 02 aerey 5-6 Arklow 1,469
to 16. i. 03. 12e.
(Relaid).
25. ix. 03 do. = 2
=, 02 to ae 4-5 = 5,074
a (Relaid).
4, xii. 02. gg 24-4 “s y13
to 12. ii. 03
(Relaid).
—. xii, 02 | Auray 24-4, ” 1,238
to B. i. 08. | 4-5, ss
(Relaid).
Arcachon “ y12
lst and 2nd
qualities. s
(Relaid).
1,941 Auray.
| 47 Kentish
| Knock.
-—, xii. 02, Auray 5-6 Arklow 58
(Relaid). |
os xii, 02. —— 4-5 995
(Relaid).
5. x. 02 to ona~4 24-4 - 737
9 xii, 03,
(Relaid).
—~, xii. 02. | Auray 24-4, * 151
4-6 -
|
(Relaid),
Kentish ol 47
Knock.

Relaid).

264 ;

GROUND LAYINGS

First CONSIGNMENT (RELAID). Results of

Average | Average

Fish
Weight

in

Gross
Wei ght eluding
Dead
and

Missing.

Size.
in

Grmes. Grmes.

1,328 900
23” | 34°6.t0 40°2 | 4°3 to4'8] 15. x.03.{ 1,257
16. x. 03. 71
23” Pas =
24” | 28°7 to 37°5 | 3°7 tob'5
23” | 2620 30°4| 35
23” | 31°6 to 35°5 | 3°4 to 4°9
loo. x.03.| 3.705 | 5,903

27°8 to 30°5 | 3°2 to 5°2

2” | 190 to 27°6 | 2°2 to 2°8
2” | 25°0 to 25°6 | 3°0 to 3°6
2” (47°5) (5°9)
1)” 20°8 4°0

14’ and) 16°5 to 17°0 | 2°0 to 2°2
under

14” 12° to 22°0 ~
14” a
2”, 2h, ” a ) =
and 2”

|
Q”
Q” ae a
2” | 22°5 to 28°8 | 2°8 to 3°7

265

. TX.—continued.
i
[AT BURREN.

|

Raising at Stock-taking of 2nd Year of Mixed. Trade Sizes.
)

NUMBER RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.

Fish Weight. Fish Weight

Aver Aver- Aver-
age age age RT od Age
3” Gross Aver- 2h” Gross Aver- se Gross Aver- 13” Gross AVE
Weight; No age Weight| No. age | Weight} No. age Weight} No. age
in Exa- |Weight in Exa- |Weightj in Exa- |Weight in Exa- |Weig
QGrmes.' mined. in Grmes. | mined. in Grmes. | mined. in Grmes.| mined.| in
rmes Grmes Grmes.} (Grn
| 7101 - - - ses - | - - 389 | | | |
| j——— ee OE i ES) eee) a aa EA ya (eee eee (SSE eee feeder ee | |
98 | 666 59 T8 791] 49 50 60 | 365! 356 50 | oo PS oe BS =
i
| | i
|
|
| |

i

Aigte Vf bald

‘?

TF cut

} i
ee >

»
a
i &~
|e a

Se

}
on
i
;
ot FT
rr oe.
se : o
- ’ }
~ — — =
a “ ; :
“oy «
=¢ 4 "
™ > pus
- 9 -
Hf
i i eae GD i a. Fe A my

Lh
«

ieee oe -

ee er

oe ee rey Se

66

Auray Oysters. First Constenment. Results of Raising from Caisses at Stock-taking of Ist Year,

Tame X.

CAISSES AND GROUND LAYINGS AT BURRED

and fron

\ 1,188 14"

a Weighed and put back in same caisse.

z . Date Total
8 Date Total Average | Average Losses, Fish Weight
EI e Grogs Fieh of Numbers including nm A
Z of Quality. Caisse or Bed.| Number Size. | Weight in| Weight in ; Dead " Gene F oe <==
8 ies aid. Grmes. Grmes. Raising. Raised and Missing. 3 Weight in 24 Weight in rs verte
é . (Living). Grmes. Grmes. Examined. Behe
F
1,800 Mat = é
Auray, 24-4 om. Caisse on 3 = > a |
29 30, 4, 02. from Hynes Deep Hynes Deep 600 1 20. v. 02. (200) = =
Sa B. ” i=
10. Lif. 02. See Ref. No. 13. 1,200 1 - 28. x. 02. 1,514 50 38
ee
€
: 3 1,293 8 = =
. 08, A ay) ™. aisre : A
Seale aoe | arom Oates con ll va ess || fH 200 24 | 17x03, | Vv. se4¢ : =
H Deep 3a. on
Seo Ref. No.2. | Parkmore.)| VI. 835 i” 135 17 do. WES o74 ci i E =
and less.
| 1,300 1,187 113 = = 18 = = =
10. {1i1. 02. | Auray, 2)-4 cm. Caisse re
at | soa! Bank. | on Red Bank. 600 iy’ - = 20. v. 02. (400) 7 5 = = ‘a ig ee
e . 14.
JERI M 700 Vv = = 3. x. 02. 1187 - = 18 = = =
Ae :
1,187 162 1,025 13 = = =
3. x. 02. Auray, 24-4 cm. Ground.
from Osisse on 18 24” - - 20. x. 03. 0 18 > : = Ss
Red Bank. Arklow 12. |
Bee above. 468 2” - - do. 59 409 1 459 = .
Ref. No. 30. ( =
701 1,’ - - do. 103 598 2 60'°0 =
1,800
ESE 24-4 om. Caisse on 3
6. A. 02, rom Tllaunsoraggah 300 14’ = =
Ilaunacraggah 8, 3.
See Ref. No, 15. 300 UW =
30. x. 02. 1,730" 3 4 420 15 296 - -
10. {11.08 Do, 600 14” x z
600 a - =
1,761
Sia 30, x. 02, Auray, 2-4 om. Ground.
from Caisse on 4 3” 42:0 -
Illaunacraggah 3.| Arklow 20, 15 a 296 -
See Ref. No. 31. 482 r 206 -
1,169 | 14’ and 107 -
under, 9 417 - =
Auray, +5 cm, 31 3 a) 56 6. xi. 03. 39 1.722 1 a
from ground
Hynes Deep 1b.
See Ref. No. 9.
\
1,800 1,654 = =
32 Sl. 4. 02. Auray, 244 om. Two small j me
See Ref. No. 13. Caisses on 600 | 1)” and 1” - - 20. v. 02 (400) = =
10. iii, 02. Hynes Deep k
3a. 1,200 do. - - ®. x. 02. (1,792) = =
[ 146
bs
S34) 13. iii, O83, Anray, 2}-4 cm,
Relaid from 426 ri - - 15. ix. 03. xXXvV. 4110
Hynes Deep 8 VI. 141
ynes Deep 8a. : .
See Ref, No. 32. a ie

SATs f three on number laid.

t eREEES both if” and under. A large number of the oysters at the bott
caisse on Illaunacraggah did not grow, apparently owing to overcrowding.

j Put back ania calsen ate ee

k Oysters sized and pu in I. “

i Teal losses from 31. 1. 02 to 13. 3. 03, including both dead and missing.

> 286 includes 31 dead shells : ivi : :
to Cee ineludes St dead she removed, and 954 dead and living lost owing to an accident

e Includes both 24” and over.

d Includes both 1}” and under.

¢ Includes an excess of 5 in caisse division V.

Ff Includes 191 dead shells removed, and 70 oysters missing.

Taste X.

266
D GROUND LAYINGS AT BURREN.
aisses at Stock-taking of Ist Year, and from Caisses and Ground Layings at Stock-taking of 2nd Year.
NUMBER RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS. “6
2
2
Fish Weight. Fish Weight. Fish Weight. Fish Weight. a
Average Average Average Average" Average 4
ore 2” | CTOs 2” Gross 14” Grom ” Gross 8
gene an (aaee fe Po rereNe pyalent in No. ECC Weight in No. Average V Weight in 0. Average 8
"| matninoa. | Wein rine | eaminea. | Wai mince | aataea, | Weue Gros] natn ||
ne
- - = = 508 e = = 935% = = = = = - = 29

a Sha 10 30 - S =

373 10 50

1169'| 107 - = = = 2

296 3 - 482

(200)?
(or) * =
(1,042) * =
1,188”

Si

m Transferred to caisse XXV., XXVL®XXVU. ;

n Total number raised from caisse ; a further number (194) was picked up on ground
beside caisse. The wire bottom of the caisse was found to be defective in July, 1903, and
the oysters were transferred to the lid. The mesh of wire used was larger, and oysters
worked through it.

o Includes 64 dead removed at inspections, and 262 missing. See note n.

p Includes 270 dead removed at inspections, and 632 missing. See note n.

of three on number laid.

and under. A large number of the oysters at the bottom of this
did not grow, apparently owing to overcrowding.

ses after weighing.

put in caisses.

1. 1. 03 to 13. 3, 03, including both dead and missing.

B2A

267

Taste XI, 267
CAISSE EXPERIMENTS AT BURREN.

AvBRAY OysTERs.

Szconp ConsiGNMENT. Results of Raising at Stock-taking of 2nd Year.

TOTAL LosszEs,

Total No. NUMBERS RAISED (LiyiNa), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.
f Oysters
Position Average Date ve he :
Date Oysters in Caisse ; s 3 Katee Gb iue) Fish Weight. Fish Weight.
on Gross Weight} Fish Weight of i; Average Average
of each Division of Teac Dead Shella Te Grom, Fi , Grom. aie
i be iL . * be 7 ie i i> Uy ely. 7 e
Bes Beds. in Grmes. Baising, Division of Removed. | ring! Count Wo | Aveigne W Si No. Weight. in No. Weight
UE. xa in Grmes | Eramined an
. mes.
1 4 By = m0; ore | os, Te 35. 26.
22, iv. 08. Parkmore.
|
92, iv, 08. Arklow 6.
22, iy, 03, Hynes Deep 4.
9
139 (Excess 4)
18, iv. 03, Arklow. 30 67 1
‘om sample ——
of 50. 19 1
21 (Excess 1)
(Excess 6)
%. ty. 03.

Parkmore.

19 3,269 © 431 9
from sample
of 60. A. _ 539 94 (Excess 10)
B, 1,093 144 9
C. 1,637 243 (Excess 10)

A. 560 64 (Excess 2)
B. 1,125 103 (Excess 4)
O.* 1,650 207 (Excess 21)
18. iv, 03,

As above. 2 =

Parkmore.

from sample
of 50.

from sample

29, iy. 03.

Parkmore,

14

06

of 50.

* Oysters in this Division of Caisce Were left undisturbed. and not turned over at inspections.

Arklow 5,

As above,

29. ix. 03.

Parkmore.

from sample | from sample
of 200. of 50.

14

v M of the fish weight of this -ample.
+ Includes both Liv and 1”. Small (under 2”) $1” and under. 4 Of these 100 Dead Shells, 69 were removed on 12/5/03. i There appears to have been an error in the calculation

aTncludes Excess of 4 in Division.

b Do do. 7 in Divisions B. and 0.

c Do do. 20 do, A.and0.

d Do. do 47 do. A., B,and 0.

268

TaBLE XIa.
Auray Oysters. First CoNsIGNMENT AT BuRREN,
Table showing the Total Losses and relative Growth at the end of the lst Year
of the Oysters when laid on different parts of the Beds,

Total Numbers, at Sizes, of

Date Oysters Raised (Living),}| Loss
No. expressed as parts of per
of Where Laid. Quality. No. | Size. of One Thousand. ——
Raised =~
Laying. Raising. Paid
(Living). 3”. | 24%.) 2”. | 13%) 1”. 4
19. 12. Ol. Ground. Auray, 5-6em.| 2,500 | 2” 22. 11. 02. 1,189 8 | 247 | 654 | 91] -.f 5244
Arklow, land (direct). to
lb. 31. 12. 02.
19. 12. 01. Ground. Auray,5-6cm.| 1,200| 2” | 15-16. 1. 03. 625 | 51 | 416 | 5383} - -| 4792
Illaunacrag- (direct).
gah, 2b.
19.12, 01.| Ground. {Auray,5-6cm.| 2,000
Clean Flat, 4. (direct). a ~ i 7. 10. 02. 1,164 | 86 | 356 | 549 9] -]| 4180
19. 12. O1. Ground. Auray,5-6cm.| 2,500
Hynes Deep, (direct). 500 24” 20-25. 11. 02. 758 | 189 | 528 | 284] - -| 6968
2b, 2,000 | 2’
}
19. 12. O01. Ground. Auray,4-5cm.| 5,000] 14” 8. 10. 02. 1,354 1| 95 | 488 | 416; -] 7292
Arklow, 4. (direct).
19. 12. 01. Ground. Auray,4-5em.| 4,000
Clean Flat, 3. (direct). 1,500 | 2” 6. 10. 02. 2,742 | 16 | 217 | 767 | = -| 3145
2,500 | 14”
19. 12. 01, Ground. Auray,4-5cm.| 5,000
Hynes Deep, (direct). 2.000 r 29. 10. 02 4,353 | 19 | 344 | 504 | 134) -| 1294
lb. 3,000 | 13” to
14. 11. 02.
19. 12. 01. Ground. Auray, 4-5cem.| 2,000
Illaunacrag- (direct). 1,060 | 2” | 24-27. 1, 03. 847] - | 390/610/ - ~] 5765
gah, 1b. 940 | 14”

19. 12. Ground.
Arklow,1lc

and d.

Aner, 24-4 cm. 4-9, 12, 02.
(di

8,000 t1y” 4
rect). ii

19. 12, paver aes cm.
(di

*11,200 | t14”&} 5, 10. 02.
rect). 1”

Ground.
Clean Flat, 2.

19, 12. Ground,

Autrey 24-4cm,| *4,200
ao Deep, (
a.

ect). ' 4,

19, 12, Ground.
Dlaunacrag-

gah,3a and b.

Auray, 24-4 cm.
(direct).

* Exclusive of oysters transferred in January, February and March, 1902, to Caisses.
t See note (*) on Table VILL. as to sizes of those oysters,

A Nee

269

TABLE XIn,

Auray Oysters. SEcoND CONSIGNMENT AT BuRKEn.

Table showing the Total Losses and relative Growth of the Oysters when laid in different
proportions in Caisses and on different parts of the Beds.

Numbers at Sizes of Loss

Oysters Raised (s.iving),} per
expressed as partsof | Thou-

One Thousand. sand

Date | Caisse Position
of and on Quality. No.
Laying. | Division. Bed.

| 24 2” | 14” | 1” | Laid.

22. 4. 0S. | IX. ‘. Parkmore.| Auray,5-60m.| 200 14” | 11. 9, 03. 188 - | 21 | 356 | 585 | 37 60°0

(direct). 400 376 - 3 | 309 | 660 | 29 60°0

ra! 600 557 | -| 21] 3291668] 2 717

- kl .| Auray, 56cm. 200 14” | 29. 9. 03. 163 ~ 1 2178.| 749} S| - 185 0

is secs hae 8 asblow & (direct). 400 361 | - | 172 | 629/199} - 97°5

C 600 656 | - | 121 | 629 | 250) - 73°3

23. 4. 03.) XI. A. Hynes |Auray,5-6cm.} 563 14” | 17. 9, 03, 424 - | 113 | 601 | 285 | ~ 246°9

” B Deep 4. (direct). 1,125 1,011 | -| 19] 500| 481/ - 101°3

Oo. 1,680 16457] -| 13] 334! 653| - 82°7

18. 4. 08. | I. A.| Arklow. |Auray,5-6cem.| ~ 160 2” | 29. 9. 03. 140 | 64 | 564/350} a1] - 125°0

B. (direct). 319 299°1 80 | 435 | 448} 37| - F658

0. 478 457°} 63 | 444} 466| 26) - 56°5

23. 4. 03.| XIII. A. | Parkmore.|Auray,4-5cem.| 623 | 14” | 11. 9. 03. 539°] =| 2/| 245/716! 371 1509

B. (direct). 1,246 1,093 | -~| - | 33] 820/147] 192°8

C. 1,870 1,637°] -| - | 24/887] 89] 1299

23. 4. 03.| XIV. A.| Arklow. | Auray,4-5em./ 612 | 14” | 30,9. 03. | 560] -| 49 | 582/358) 11] 1046

B. (direct). 1,224 11259} -| 25| 332/621} 22] g4-2

9. 1,836 1650°] =| 6| 266/706] 221 1127

(18. 4.03. | L A. | Parkmore,| Auray,4-5em.| 356 | I | 17.9. 03. | 303 | -| - | 20| 502/479] 149-9

) B. (direct). 712 608 | -| - 8 | 396 | 595] 1461

C. 1,069 ss6'F -| - | 5/2011 795) 1712

28. 4. 03.| XVII. A. | Parkmore. a em.| 400 © 17. 9. 03. 377 -| = | 406 | 541] 53 57°53

B. (direct). 800 747 | =| - | 118 | 653 | 229 66°3

1,200 1,150 | -| - | 111 | 641 | 248 41-7

29. 4. 03.| XVIII. A. | Parkmore. eg? 24-4cem.| 400 1” | 2. 10. 08. 354 ~{ - | 579} 381] 40 57°5

B. (direct). 800 737 - 8 | 358 | 582 | 62 78:8

O. 1,200 1074 | -| 7 | 359| 584] 507 105-0

28. 4.03.| XIX A. | Arklow 5. /Auray,2j-4cem.) 736 | 1” | 39. 9. 03. 660 | -| 9| 265/639! g6] 1033

B. (direct). 1,472 1377 | -| 8 | 192 | 604 | 200 64°5

C 2,208 2120 | -| 2] 96| 547 | 354 39°9

28. 4. 03.) XVI. A. | Parkmore. T° dees 910 | 13” | 17. 9. 03. 805 - | 12] 333] 655] - 115°4
1rect ).

a Includes an excess of 4 oysters. The oysters in this Division were not turned over when inspected.

Includes an excess of 1 oyster. e Includes an excess of 6 oysters. d Includes an excess of 10 oysters.
Includes an excess of 10 oysters. J Includes an excess of z oysters. g Includes an excess of 4 oysters.
Includes an excess of 21 oysters. The oysters in this Division were not turned over when inspected. i The

ysters jn this Division were not turned over when inspected.

270

‘II JO sseoxe uv sopnyouy p ‘. "gz Jo sse0xe ue sepnpouy 0 "9 JO SS00X0 UL SOPNjoU g

8.£6F LSPS 6-26 L986 zep {ize } as | = | = rat 10°F "21 | aT

o.CPL
iopugQ
$.81F 0 €-815 €.9L 0.2FE ¥ F6S | &8E | & - p 268 “70 “F Z1 wl
, “40 “F ZE
8-81 e 8.81E o£ 9.912 109 | €9F | SE = a 9 LIS [OF F0'S ET] WT

TOR
eS

04 50 “€ “ST

“pO ‘FCT
0} F0 “S “ST

€.2FG 9.08 8-22 9.1¢ = = LEG | 22h | IZ 689 “70 “€ “ST ue
; "50 °F @
8-261 P-37 F-PPL P-EF 0-101 = 6S¢ | SSE | S¢ _ PSF F 0} $0 S°9T} LAT
prey "pIeT “pIey ‘pIeT ‘pIey
JoqunN | Joquny | Joquny | Joqmny | Joquny
uo uo uo uo uo

puvsnoyy, | pussnoygy,| puvsnoygy,| puesnouy, | puvsnouy,

tod ssoy | sod ssoy | aod ssoy |; dod ssoy | aod ssoT oy ee, ' A ie a (SUyATT) ‘Sulsyey
*Bulssiy ‘yunog *poaotmmor | “Adjpry | ‘yrHyeudyeg postey Oo ‘ezIg
pus peog [Bul sToug yoquin q :
Sulpn[o | 4esuissiy_ | peo jo j pire 278
-Ut ‘sessoT] s190jsiO qoequin NT —418 Suolyoodsuy 4B ° esaee
[e}0], Jo Joqman 1¥30J, peAoulel s[jeug pBog POE
*puBsnory, PUG jo syed
8B pessoldxo ‘(SULIAIT) Postey
*‘SHSSOT 8.1048A0 JO89ZIg 4B SLOG TINY

‘GJMOIN) OATVIOI PU SOssOT [eJOT, Sutmoys ArewmuNg

‘OTX wavy,

‘611 JO s8e0xe UB Sepnyouy D

l9¢ “op * "£0 “9 “SS
gg ‘op . "0 “9 “SZ
; *Goertp)
TI6L "UO F-E ‘ABINV| “SOSSTEQ | "£0 °9 9Z-C2z
‘op
‘op
*Qoemp)
m0 ¢c-f‘ABINY| “SessIep
1001 ‘op | 7 ‘€0 “5 “OI
| +
“(qooltp) |
geg'¢ ‘mo g-¢‘ABMy| “SessTey I-g0 "? “83-01
|

!

|
:

‘sm AvT

}0

zoqunn} ‘A3enh =| pie] AoW

o38q

"ITIMVNATIVG LY SYHLSAGQ AVUOY

TABLES XII. to XIV.

272

Ta)

GROUND LAYIN

ARCACHON OystTERS. First CoNsIGNMENT. Rest

K Average
— Total Losses
E Total Gross Date
z : Numbers including
as Date. Quality. Bed. Numbers | Size.| Weight of
° ; Raised Dead and
a Laid. in Raising.
bs (Living). Missing,
>| Grmes.
a
ae 5,421%
|
1 | 27. fii. 02, | Arcachon, | Olean Flat, / 7.350 |] 24” | 370 8. iv. 02, 100*
Ist Quality, from
(direct). a sample b
of 50. 7. vi. 02. 10 J
2. ix. 02. 49
| 24-27. x. 02. 4,692
MAITH ATH 19. xi. @. 454° 3,668 °
| 25, vi. 03. 1164
|
|
2,801
2 | 27. iii. 02, Arcachon, | Clean Flat, 4,540 2” 32°0 8. iv. 02. 100*
Ist Quality, 1 East. from
(direct). sample
of 50. 24-27. x. 02. 2,701 J
1,055
S | 27. ii. @. Areachon, Arklow 4, 3,275 24” 32°0 8. iv. 02. 100° 2,220
2nd Quality, | East End. from
(direct). sample
of 50. 16. x. 02 955
3,779 |
4 | 7. iii. 02.) Arcachon, | Hynes Deep 6,600 2” 24°0 8. iv. 02, 100* 2821 <
2nd Quality, 3b. from |
(direct). sample
of 60. 21-25, xi. 02. 3,679 |)

a This total includes some lst quality laid as 2”. See notes *¢” and “ d,”
b Not sized or weighed.
e These (454) were taken from Olean Flat, East and West, and include Arcachons, lst quality, 24” and 2” (laid sizes).
d These (116) were raised after the Clean Flat had been harrowed,
* For further history, sec Table XXIII.

273

WIT.
|

(1 BURREN.

i’ Raising at Stock-taking of 1st Year.

NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS,

Fish Weight. Fish Weight. Fish Weight,
| Average Average Po! | ae ea 5}
| Weight A y | walete A a” | went A
: = eig verage} 24” eig verage P eig verage
" in No. Weight a in so Weight és in No. Weight
rmes, in rmes. ; rmes, in |
mined. Grmes. mined Grmes. mined. Grmes.

e Total losses of Arcachon Ist quality, laid ” ”
f Relaid on Arklow 25. See Ro 7 NS a as 23” and 2”.

g Includes both 2” and under, The sampl “orn
h Includes both 2” and under, @ sample 200 *2",” see Ref. No. 5, were taken from this lot,

74
Ta

CAISSE AND GROU
ArcacHon Oysters. First ConsiGNMENT (RELAID

i |
©
8 Date Total Average | Average
z, Gross Fish
2 of Quality. Bed. Number | Size. | Weight | Weight
in in
8 Laying. Laid. Grmes. | Grmes.
oO
3
ie]
5 |—. xii. 02.| Arcachon, Arklow 200 | 2” and} 393 36
ot eaenty - Newpare. under.
/ ela
| See Ref. No. 2. ay VA
5A | 25. vii. 03. do. Parkmore. (79) |(2”and ~ — 6, xi. 03.
See above. under.)

Arcachon, Arklow 200 23” - =~ ¥
Ist and 2nd Newparc.
Qualities,
Relaid.
See Ref. No. 8.

6A do. Parkmore. | (38) (2%) = a

26. vii. 03..

6. xi. 03.
See above.

739
7 | 24. x. 02 Arcachon, Arklow, 25. 246
to Ist Quality,
19. xi. 02. Relaid.
See Ref. Nos.
16. x. 02 Arcachon, do. 140
2nd Quality,

to
25. xi. 02. Relaid.
See Ref. Nos.
Do. Arcachon, do. | 353
Ist and 2nd
Qualities,
Relaid.
See Ref. Nos.
1 and 3.

8 | 24-27. x. 02.) Arcachon, 4,503
| Ist Quality, d
Relaid, Arklow, 19. 2,849 2k” |49°8 to 52°4| 56 to 60} —. xii. 02. 200
See Ref. Nos. 1,693
1, 2. 6-9. x. 03. 2,610
i

| 26. vi. 03. do. do. 75 24” = -
See Ref. No. 1.

21-25. xi. 02.| Arcachon, do. 1,579 24” 47°4 62
2nd Quality, .)
Relaid.
See Ref. No. 4.

ee

9 (24-27. x. 02.) Arcachon, - - -
ist Quality, chon. 6540
Relaid. \I. of Wight. ’
See Ref. Nos. | Arklow, 19. | 3,884 | 2” and |39°3 to 42'1| 36 to 40] 13. xii. 02,
» 2. | under
25. vi. 03. do. do, 41 r - =
See Ref. No. 2.
1-25, xi. 02.) Arcachon, do. 1,818 a 85°65 4°2
2nd Quality,
Relaid.
Bee Ref. No. 4, | - y P 62
5 /
6. xi. 02. | I. of Wight. | do. | 640 | 23 ro eT 4 4

)
10 | 3, xil. 02, | Arcachon, | Cnisse, X.., 600 2” and

| | Ist and 2nd XL, XI, | xX. 200 | under. — | 193 {
| Qualities, on Arkiow. | XI. 200 XI. 4 (
Relaid. XI IL. 200 XII. 120

| Bee Ref. No.9

a Total number raised at final Raising and Sizing, Nov., 03.
b Not sized. Removed to Parkmore.
¢ Total losses from date of laying, Dec., 02, to date of final raising, Nov,, 03.

275

I,
INGS AT BURREN.
ults of Raising at Stock-taking of 2nd Year

NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS. 8

s ; ; ish Wei : a

pam Fish Weight ; ye Fish Weight. reo Fish Weight Var 2
age age a age - age :
Gross | No, Aver- 24” Gross - eo g” | Gross e gabe 14” Gross 3
‘in Exa- Weight pose Hxa- Weight Nak ie xa |Weight — &
mine in mine in mine in &

Grmes, Gems. Grmes. enreinl Grmes 2

oO

—_—————- |__| ——— ———_ J ———_ | — | | | | | ———_——_—__ ] —__——__ ——_—-—-

5A
- = ee = - “ gy - ~ a| = - a a
. . | - - ‘ 22| sse6| 20} 68f 3] - s z . i a

10

d Sample of 200, not sized, taken from bed and laid. See Ref. No. 6.
é Not sized. Removed to caisse X., XI., XII. See Ref. No. 10.
J Including both spat detached from the shells, and oysters of under 2”,

aoe

tena
ates

P|
. ;

oe rs a

ld filly OD i ale

6 Ps

&

Kutta on, 9

j
adi peals | dg Alli :
i , 7 7

fUdty'

ef iat

i>

ALE)

976 Taste XIV. 276
CAISSE EXPERIMENTS AT BURREN.
AroacHon Oysters. Srconp Consicnmenr. Results of Raising at Stock-taking of 2nd Year.
Total NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.
Date Position Total No. of Average Average Number
Caisse Oysters in Caisse raised (living) ; ;
of Quality. on! u and in Size. | Gross Weight | Fish Weight from HADEN: LACE ANS | Fuh) Welght
Number. each Division of Caltrans Dead Shells Reet tee sense eucrene eet {=
in G: i r C ; Missing a’ sf 3ross TOSS Oss
Taying. Beds. Caisse, Tmie8. in Grmes. Division of | Removed. | rina) Count. Weight in Weight in na Average Weight in Na Average Weight in i Average
Onisse. Tes. Qrmes. Examinea, | Weight in Grmes. | Examinea, | Weight in Grmes. | pramined.| Weight in
1 2 3 ‘ & & 1 a ip Grmes. | Grmes.
- . 25 26.
22 iy. 08, | Arcachon, VL Parkmore, 1,200 Ca 36'6 50 1 ix. 08. 9g2? 260 - : 2
(direct), from sample | from sample —— ————|J— S | jhe —— ee 3 = L te =. = = [== ze == = =
lst Quality. A. 200 of 200, of 60. A, 178 39 (Excess 11) - = 56 a ' e 3 3
41855 10' 60 106 50 42 10 295
B, 400 B, 308 102 (Excess 10) 2 500 54 42°65 10 50 240 51 39 12 287 =
0, 600 QO. 602 119 (Excess 21) 4 53°T 7 405 10 65 412 44 36 9 317
[Si __
22. ty, 03, eu vu. Arklow. 1,200 fy? As above. As above. 29. ix. 03. 930° 269 8 43 | - 438 = = - 445 - - - 4 - - -
j = = : = = : S| ES EE
Ist Quality. & 200 A. 153 48 (Excess 1) 13 558 82 506 24 63 58 39°2 rile 45 - - - -
400 B. 307 9a (Excess 1) 12 538 140 480 46 55 155 339 48 40 - - =
©. 600 O.+ 470 127 3 18 569 216 465 48 47 232 375 50 35 v4 - -
|
ah ]
2. iy. 08, ; |
Holo Wee VEL | Hynes Deep 1,195 2’ | Asabove. | Asabove. | 17. ix. 03. 2? 281 1 2 = = 542 = - : 926 > =
Ist Quality. A, 200 oT 2 532 10 90 78 391 9 61 6 308 = =
ho 95 (Excess 5) 510 48 15 185 387 49 52 1 < z =
0, 605 129 5 502 49 279 398 60 49 713 - E z
| Sale
iv, 08, | Arcach
(Girect),” es Parkmore, m5 34" 458 58 155 (Excess 2) 8 a9 280 517 50 57 334 429 50 48 z = 3
lst Quality. Oysters from sample
divided between ca
the two divisions
of Onisse,
20. iv, 03, Aroaoh
. on,
‘ireot), ml. Arklow 6, 1200 2” 46 29, ix. 03. 344 16 - = 122 = = =
2nd Quality, er from sample = =
an of 60. 63 = = 4 7 re
144 4 = = 37 10 5
187 ul - - 1 9 50
]
|
Asabove. | Asabove. | UL. ix. 03 gait 282 3 - : 12 ¢ Sen 8 Ee
E [os = pees z
A. 144 | 3 = = 2 42'5 - 2
B. 319 93 | (zs 12) - 2 9 S22 = =
OC. 468 136 Exceas 4) = = 1 350 -
Aroachon,
(direct), Hynes Deo: ; = SS =
nd Quality. ra a 2 | Asabove. | Asabove, | 16, ix. 03. 1,3037 628 13 . z 157 f
AL 393 r: = 54 10 15
111 (Excess 1) = 27 45 h
oH Bi a12 nl - - 59 43:4 9 r2
gee 0: 686 305 2 = = 71 410
%,1v, 08. | Aroaoh "
‘a ion,
direct), xIL Arklow 5, *1,628 - h 87 ES FS ~
4nd Qualfty. : Wy from0® 38 16, ix. 03. 1,19 601 | 10 Bis S ed — fo
A. 972 from sample | from sample —s 20 3 a = TT 443 x =
52 of 200, of 50. ae 169 2 = = 40 438 10 15
C. 814 0: 573 243 (Excess 2) - - 33 391 9 83

© This includes 80 13”

Arcachon Ist Quality, Average gross weight (from 99) 26 grmes,

+ The oysters in this Division of Caisse were left undisturbed, and not turned over at inspections,

Ay 6 gross weight, 37°5 168.
binel des fn aes 42 in Divisions A, B. and 0.
di 2 di A. and B.

a
Do. o. 0. "
Do. do, 5 in Division B,

ec
d
Ge anf do. 18in Divisions B, and O
0s . . and O,
2b Do, do. 1in Division A.
a Do. do, 2 do,

§ Includes both 1)” and under,

a |
§
3 . .
bs i 2 ee oe
j 4 ?
€ , Y
| = ;
Tae @ ft pin
—- fege) |
4 : : . ' ne
ire. |
—t od Lie
Le} wy b
ewe ,
oe —. tho a |
a - :
b> To). whit Get

ae ay

» Ahiraviai

4
' a af *
: .
[>
ra a -* \ ( wT j
. { if % |
77 . = CS | \
ds al | |
Bt. .
' an
0b at ,sik «
+ 4 riv » Wwroeen! tutte

-<ehniliaatmahy

~ u ew | Ay
7) ;
emetad) :
‘ b ery? .
tetistyhl ©)
t e
AY “ea a2!) x) Sak

ryt + aq: ——< Seen sony ts
ALY | i CRRA 4 - 0 nee
i ty
5 dallas, Via 10
Pes oo . ven
Hiv womeRuas ty
, taderii)
| »Qdldnary) def
a
eet my
io he | Se
ty Ys ie cfonog |: Aide | he os
| (t007!5 a.
| Spits bat palgg
| ak

i modeank UT AD eh ae
i emi)
Wilaiy) bak |

a

ey So. 4) 2
yi
‘odin ae
Ms. ari
tcl Ole? m)- VP Me
Jdivetib)
ahi 78,7 I ut
-
t
UA A A dee Lai
feds oily yt ra ash erm ae

274

il.— ENGLISH AND DUTCH.
Tables XV to XXII.

The varieties of these classes under observation at Burren were so-called
“Whitstable natives,” Falmouths, oysters from an alleged natural bed
near the Isle of Wight, and Dutch. For convenience the ‘“ Whitstables
and Dutch are treated together.

Kentish Knock and Dutch.—The “Whitstable natives”
were sold as such, but were delivered as ‘‘ Kentish Knock,” which latter
appears to be their proper designation. The prices were:

Kentish Knock, £2 5s. 6d. per tub of 2,300, or £1 0s. Od. per 1,000
Dutch ; ‘ . - . ; : : £1 8s, Od. per 1,000

These prices are free on rail or steamer at London. The oysters ar-
rived at Burren in May and April, of 1902, and on resizing into half-
inch sizes, it appeared that over 50% of the “ Whitstables” were small
(14 or under), while about 66% of the Dutch measured 25”.

They were raised for examination in the winter of the same year, 1902,
the total losses during their period of laying being:

“Whitstables” . . . . . . 207 per thousand laid.
mre cov, Cf AGS eee) Se Se ve re

Where the laid sizes of the two qualities were the same, the ‘‘ Whit-
stables” showed a better growth. The comparative growth may be thus
expressed—for every 1,000 24” (laid size) ‘‘ Whitstables” raised at the
end of the season 162 measured 3’ or over, while a similar raising of
Dutch did not show more than 9 3” or over; similarly 2” ‘“‘ Whitstables ”
relaid gave 482 24’, or over, per thousand raised against 24 in the case of
a similar laying of Dutch.

It is not possible to calculate exactly the proportion of the smaller
Whitstables which showed growth, as the laying included both 13” and 1”
oysters, but the lowest estimation would be about 480 per thousand
raised. An examination of the weights of the fish of both varieties is
somewhat in favour of the Dutch, and their percentage of marketable
oysters available at the end of the season is slightly higher, being 13%
as against 11% for the Whitstables.

The condition of the “fish” of the marketable oysters was satisfactory
in both varieties, the “fat, or very fat” being 80% in the Dutch* and
76% in the “ Whitstables.” In the second season the number of Dutch
and Whitstables available for relaying was small, and owing to various
causes (shifting of sand, &c.), very heavy losses were incurred, and the
numbers finally raised were not sufficient to serve as a basis for any
conclusion as to the merits of the two qualities.

The actual losses in the second year were:—For Dutch, 739 per
thousand laid ; for Whitstables, 808 per thousand laid.

Taking into consideration the prices, relative growth, and relative
sizes when laid the Whitstables appear to promise best. Certainly in
regard to growth the west coast appears to suit them well.

Isle of Wights, —The consignment from the Isle of Wight (al-
leged natural bed) was obtained principally with a view to increasing
the stock at Burren for spatting purposes, so not much importance was
attached to the exact locus of origin. However, an idea of the value of
these oysters for relaying may be gathered from Tables XIX. and XX.,
where the results of raising them at the end of the first and second seasons
respectively are given.

The oysters were purchased in January, 1902, and were raised after
a period of laying of from 11 to 12 months; their losses during the first
season, which amounted to 463 per thousand laid, do not compare un-
favourably with those of the Whitstables and Dutch (v. supra) which

* In the matter of gross weight the Dutch do not come up to the Zealand standard of 70 to
8U grm., but would be classed as “ doubtfuls,” 55 to 70 po See Hoek, op. cit., cap, iv,

278

were laid for from 6 to 9 months, but several layings of Isle of Wights
could not be included, as they were accidentally mixed with another lay-
ing when being raised.

The price of Isle of Wights was 25s. per thousand (1,000), delivered
at the beds; in cost they are midway between the Whitstables and
Dutch, or about equal to the latter after counting cost of delivery.

In size they approximate most closely to Tralees, but are deeper and
distinct in form, the shells clean with a distinct pink tinge on the round
shell. About 66% of the oysters measured. 23’ or over on arrival.

Though it is somewhat misleading to compare their growth with that
of the Whitstables and Dutch it would seem that these latter are con-
siderably inferior in this respect. . s du . g ',

The fish-weights of the Isle of Wights were, on the whole, small as com-
pared with the gross weights, and were inferior to those of Tralee or
Clarenbridge oysters of the same size. The condition of the fish was un-
satisfactory except in two layings (Nos. 5 and 4, Table XIX.), where the
proportion of fat oysters in the samples examined was 80 per cent.; in
the other layings the proportion of fat oysters was very low, from 13 to
25 per cent. . <a sy Ly § . di

In the second season the losses amounted to 748 per thousand laid,
and it is probable that, as with the Falmouths, the survivors do not
represent a fair growth; the condition of the fish was very poor, from
16 to 22% only being classed as fat.

Falmouths,—tThese oysters. (see Table XVII.) were obtained direct
from Falmouth and arrived at Burren on drd. May, 1902. The price was
13s. per thousand f.o.b. at Falmouth. The ‘natural bed at Falmouth
appears to be very prolific, and the oysters are of good table quality in
regard to size and shape of shell and size of fish; but their
value is considerably reduced by the green discolouration present in a
large proportion of them. The greenness is quite distinct from that of
the gills of Marennes and Essex oysters, which is due to the storing up of
a colouring matter derived from a diatom. Inthe Falmouth: oysters the
green colour may extend all over the fish, and is in fact due to excess of
copper derived from copper pollution of the beds. |

Attention has been paid to this subject by Thorpe* and by Herdman
and Boyce.t The last-named observers state that while a white Whit=
stable “native” contains only 0°4 milligrammes of copper, a very green
Falmouth may contain as much as 35°52 milligrammes. It appears that
an oyster eyen so heavily charged with copper is, if nasty, not unwhole-
some, but the British consumer will not eat it, and extends his distrust
even to the diatom-coloured oysters from some of the Essex, beds. <It is
customary at Falmouth to relay these green oysters in places where they
are not exposed to copper pollution, and in oysters so relaid we have
found only a small percentage -which-showed any obvious green colour.
We understand that the oysters have been extensively relaid on other Eng-
lish beds with a view to the elimination of the colour, but with’ what
result we do not know. The only definite statement as to the period
necessary for elimination of the colour which we have been able to find
is that of Mr. Pennell,t Inspector of Fisheries to the Board of Trade.
His statement that six months’ isolation is sufficient appears to have
been made on the authority of others, and may possibly have been true for
the localities to which it refers. Our own experience is different. Of
a consignment received in May, 1902, 50 oysters examimed in July con- |
tained 6% “very green,” 32% ‘pale green,” and 62% “not green.”
Another sample (369) examined in October and November of the same
year gave 6% “very green,” 8% “moderate green,” 9% “pale green,”
and 77% “not green.” <A final sample (159) examined in October of
the following year (1903) showed 6% “pale green” and 949% “not

green.” While it is possible that the greenness of the last sample may
have been due to malnutrition (see Herdman and Boyce, op. cit., p. 18),
as the oysters found green were in poor condition, it is probable that 1¢
wre really due to failure to eliminate the excess of copper, since no othez

* 2th Ann. Rep. L.G.B, (England), 1894-5 (C.—8214], 1896.
t Oysters and Disease. Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Memoir, No, ], 1899,
t Op. cit., p. 12.

279

green discolouration has been met with in any oysters under our observa-
tion.*

If the greenness found in the last sample is really due, as we suppose,
to copper, it would appear that 16 months’ isolation from sources of this
form of pollution is not sufficient to wholly eliminate its effects, or, in
fact, to give the oysters a high marketable value, since 1% of green
oysters would be quite enough to destroy the reputation of the whole.
Certainly six months’ isolation proved insufficient to permit of the
oysters being offered with a warranty, and as it will be found that our
experiments tend to show that the profit of relaying depends largely on
the possibility of disposing of stock after not more than a season’s culti-
vation, we consider that Falmouths are not to be recommended as the
raw material of first grade ware. Since, however, there is a certain de-
mand for low-priced oysters of good quality, relaid Falmouths sold as
such may yield a margin of profit worth considering. Sold, as they
have been to our knowledge, under a fancy name without statement of
first origin, they do not seem likely to improve the business of the seller.

From the results of raising the consignment at the end of the first
season (see Table XVII.) it would appear that the growth of the oysters was
somewhat less than that of the Whitstables and Isle of Wights, but
superior to that of the Dutch.

The weight of the fish was small compared with the gross weight and
the number of possibly marketable’ oysters at the end of the season was
very low; the condition of the fish was fairly satisfactory. The loss
during the first season was 269 per thousand laid, which is thus less than
that of the Dutch and slightly heavier than that of the Whitstables, but
owing to the miscarriage of a report from Burren they were left
dumped on unfavourable ground for about a month, and may well have
been prejudiced in growth by that circumstance, and by the disturbance
in full period of growth which was necessary when the report finally
came to hand.

During the second season (see Table X VIII.) the losses amounted to 698
per thousand laid, and it is probable that the survivors do not represent a
normal increase in size or in gross and fish weights.

To some extent the results of the Burren trial may have been affected
_by the lateness of date (May) of importation. It is, we believe, - best
to import oysters only in the months from November to March, in-
clusive. Growth of shell commonly commences in April, and is
generally finished for the season by November, and no doubt the

riod mentioned above is the best for travelling oysters, provided there
is no frost at the time of transport or before the oysters can be disposed
of in their permanent quarters. It is, however, inevitable that a re-
Jayer will occasionally find himself short after the proper importing
season is over, and the purchase of a small stock of several kinds of
cheap oyster in May was considered likely to afford somé information
of value. Circumstances of temperature were, fairly favourable, and
the stock travelled well. On the whole, it appears that while these
late importations give rise to risks of failure of proper growth and
fattening, these risks and that of mortality are not sufficient’ to deter
a relayer who has imperative need to fill up with stock for the coming
autumn market. We are aware that small French oysters are very
often imported to England in late spring and early summer, and sup-
pose that this practice may be due to unwillingness to immediately
expose the stock to the low temperatures of winter and early spring in
English waters. No such danger appears to exist in regard to layings
on the west coast of this country, and the risk of exposure to high
temperature in transit in April or later seems, from our own experience
io fe i afforded by reports of importations to licensed beds, to be much

We do not consider that the number of Falmouths dealt with at
Burren is sufficient to give a conclusive result on any of the questions
relating to this variety. A further importation has been accordingly
made to Ardfry, and though the results are not yet in form for pub-
lication, it may be stated that in the leah season of 1904 they did
exceptionally well as compared with other varieties under observation.

* .
Except in the pond at Ardfry, where the green colour is due to the same cause as at Marenues

Tas:
GROUND LAYIN¢
“« WHiTsTABLE Natives” on KentisH Knoc

280

*
NUMBERS RAIS!

8 Losses,
= Date in- z “
; ver- ver-
_ of Qvality. cluding age age
2 Dead | 5 Gross 34” Gross
& | Laying. Weight, Weight
z and n in
2 Missing. Grmes. Grmes
2
1/20.v.0- | Kentish’ Arklow 85 3” 102°4 77 8 sp - 10
Knock. 12A. Sd ai
fx G2. 74 1 | 2350 8
2. xii. 02. 3 - - 2
2| 20, v.02. | Kentish | Arklow 150 | 23” | 57-0 u9 | 1 itintae) . 2
Knock. 12A. from ee ee ae ee
pple 19. vii. 02. 50 = hs a cs
oO
100 31. ie 02. 89 = - - -
4, xi, 02.
Kentish | Arklow 600 2” 38°0 521 79 - =
Knock. 124, from —
sample} 1. xi. 02. 488
Of 10D at a5 SS cual
4 | 20. v.02. | Kentish | Arklo 1,000 |14’and} 150 708 292
Knock. 12B. under | from
samp'e} 1. xi. 0%. 703
| OLA gs tt Oe asus
TAB
GROUND LAYIN(
‘“ WitstaBLE Natives” or Kentish Knock (REzAI
| | NUMBI
Ss Aver- | Aver- Losses, |__§
Bi Date age age Date | Number in-
Z. | Number Gros Fish ; cluding Avere
of Quality. Bed Size. 4 e of Raised Gran
& Laid Weight | Weight} ead | 5” | Weigl
e Laying 7 ‘ie Raising. |(Living).| and oe
= Grmes. | Grmes. Missing. | Gra
920 177° - - -
5| 1.xi.02 | Kentish | Arklow 1 5” | 2350 - | 25. vii.03.| (245) @ a
7 es 10 | 34” | 1400 -
See Ref. 16 23” 74°7 -
No. 1.
PSs ra 165 23” 49°0 52
to nock 2”, :
Relaid. 220 2” 39°9 4°4 .
See Ref. > 743
No. 3.
nee ag - 18 24” 368 40
noc rr, 0 “ .
2. xii. 02. Relaid. 222 2” 207 31
See Ref. 268 14” 16°2 3°7
No. 4.
5A\ 2. vii, 03. K entish Park- 245 =|Assorted - - 6. xi. 03. 177
Knock Re- | more. 7
laid. See Ref.
No. 5.
(a) 50 of t
(c) Tota] num ber raised

(d) Total number raised in July,}
(ec) Total losses for whole

* The presence of this oyster must be ascribed to faulty sizing when laying, but as it was in

281
XV.

AT BURREN. nhs
Results of Raising at Stock-taking of Ist Year.

(LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGBATS,

Fish Weight, Fish Weight.

Aver-

Aver-
age
Weight
Grmes. | mined. in Grmes. | mined.

Reference Number.

ee en

EEE al

769 | 4
vid eae ay
80°6 36 61 }182| 490 50 52 [270] 399 Pde |
- 5 33 fs rs a s *
4 ae “ = poral? * 368 4
368 | 50 40 J272| 27-7 50 31 1363 162 | 100 37
es = = : 6 = = 5 é be a
a VI. *

AT BURREN.
Results of Raising at Stock-taking of 2nd Year.

RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS. Pes
——— :
: poe : ‘ ‘

Mi bain Seer. Fish Weight. vores Fish Weight. ‘hee Fish Weight. | Avent Cs

age TIE Soaeaes ane soeces aeen age [o> Gar 2 SEO. ee age
34” Gross | a, | Gross Aver- | yy, Gross Aver- | 9 | Gross Aver- }41/| Gross | 3
Weigh Weight} No. age Weight; No. age Weight} No. age * |Weight| §
in in Exa- | Weigh in Exa- |Weight in Exa- |Weight in be
Grmes. Grmes.| mined.}_ in Grmes. | mined.| in Grmes.|mined.|_ in Grmes. | 3
Grmes. Grmes. Grmes. fox}
~ - 7 - - - | 68 - | - - 85 ~ - - 17 - 5

| ik ie 23 See
|
- - 7] 679 - - 68 | 57-4 10 75 785 | 382 | 25 40 [17] 209

largest were taken.

final raising and ers,

sized ; transferred arkmore—see Ref. No. 5A.
during which ovsters were laid.

in the number from which the initial average gross weight was taken it has been retained.

~ 282

Ta
GROUND LAYT. NG
FautmoutH Oysters.

Resul

=
°
_
I
= ’
_ | Quality.
=} and
- Missing,
©
oO
a
1/12, vi. 02. | Falmouth Arklow, 56°) 3” | 758 - 3. xi. 02.) 44 12
(direct). 10c. |
2 12. vi. 02.|Falmouth Arklow, 1,525°| 24” | 520 = 1,185 340
(direct). | 10e. from
sample 19. vii. 02. 50
of 100. 3. xi. 02. 1,045
4. xi. 02. 90
3 | 12. vi. 02. |Falmouth | Arklew, 3,052°| 2” 40°0 - 2,510 542
(direct). 10c. from
“sample 30-31. x. 02. 2,452
| of 100. 3-4, xi. 02. 58

TAB
GROUND LAYING
Fatmoura Oysters (Rexaip). Resul

g
°o
a Date ee ering patinn Date | Number a
5 umber “e :
A : re Gross Fish : cluding
2 of Quality. Bed. Laid Size. Weight Weight of Raised Dead
4 ; ; in n sos eat an
3 Laying. Grmes. | Grmes,| Raising. | Living) wissing.
3 |
fe |
4 3. xi. 02. | Falmouth,) Arklow, 24 34” 62°3 70 20. x. 03: 30 43 - =
24”. 21. and
Relaid. 3”
| See Ref.
No, 2.
30-31. x. 02. | ee 8 | 33” 68°7 =
; | -
| Relaid.
Sce Ref. 41 3” 55'2 61
| No. 3.
———— a a ——— | te et EE | TO EE TT | wr CC OC ee ee
|
5 3-4. xi. 03.| Falmouth,| Arklow, 669 53°38 58 *
<* 21. 24” 20. x. 08. 613 1,075 - ™
Re aid. 55 7 =
See Ref.
No. 2.
30. x. 03 Falmouth, 906 46°0 51
to 2". 24”
4. xi. 03. Relaid. 58 - -
See Ref
No. 3.
6 3-4. xi. 03. | Fal th, Arkl 55 47°7 4°8
. Zi, Uo. Falmo r J ow, : q
ka 2", -_* 20, x. 03. goa | 1,185 | - | -
Relaid. 35 a =
Bee Ref. |
No, Z,
0-31. x. 03. Falmouth, | 1,343 s” | 4alé 40
2"
Relaid. | |
Bee Ref. | 4 | 1” | 908 -
No. 3.

a Includes one 3” oyster.
2. 7. 02

» Fifty of the largest taken.
Average cross weight 40°9 grmes.

c A further number of this sample was examined or

Average fish weight 3°8 grmes. d Two 34” were weighed with th:

283
f

30RREN
ig at Stock-taking of Ist Year.

NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS, 8

B

Weight. Aver oa Fish Weight. Aner: Fish Weight. ken. E
age * ee ea age age |%

Aver- | a | Gross Qu” Gross Aver- | 97 | Gross Aver- J yyy Gross | §
age Weight| No. age Weight| No. age Weight} No. age Weight) §
Weight in Exa- |Weight in Exa- |Weight in Exa- | Weigh in i
=}. in Grmes.|} mined.|_ im Grmes.| mined.) in Grmes,| mined.|} in Grmes.| 3
Grmes. Grmes. Grmes. Grmes ce

If.
BURREN
ising at Stock-taking of 2nd Year.
my
oa
#
Weight Aver- | Fish Weight Aver. | Fish Weight. Aver- | Fish Weight. 5
age age — a ee a
Aver- } a Gross Aver- 24” Gross 8
age Weight! No. age Weight 5
Weight in Exa- |Weight in 3
in Grmes.} mined in Grmes =
Grmes. Grmes io

NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS,

+ _€ 60 3”,1,770 24”, and 3.285 2” were received 31d May, 1902, and laid temporarily, raised on varicts Cetes
ine 12, 1902, and relaid on Arklow 10c. Losses to date of laying—4 3”, 245 23”, bee 233 2”,

Go

a.

284

—

GROUND LAY]

Iste oF Wicut Natives. Resu)

§ Average Losses, NU

E Date Gross Date | Numberjinoluding

7 Number ‘

a of Quality. Bed. soe \Size.| Weight of Raised Dead

© id.

e Laying. in Raising. |(Living)j and 34”.

= Grmex. Missing.

a '

1 | 18. 4. 02. Isle of Wight, Arklow, 2.182 | 3” 65°6 1,577 605 -
Natives, 2a and b, from oe
(direct). sample
of 32. 7. vi. 02. 10 -

9. xii. 02. 1,567 -
2 18. i. 02. | Isle of Wight, Arklow, 2,519 | 23” 49°7 9. xii. 02. 1,196 1,323 ~
| Natives, 2cand d. from
| (direct). sample
| of 89.
3 37. i. 02: Isle of Wight, Hynes Deep, | 2,0
Natives, la. 1,000 | 23” 49°7 29. i. 03. 767 1,233 89
(direct). as
above
1,000 | 2” 407
4 Isle of Wight, Dlauna- 1,264
Natives, craggah, la. 1,000 24” as
(direct). 264 | 2 above. | 29. i. 03. 586 678

5A}

to Isle of Wight, Arklow, ll. 850 - -
12. vi. 02. Natives,
from
Red Bank.

Isle of Wight, Red Bank. 1,000 | 2” 40°7
Natives, from
(direct). sample

of 94. 20. v. 02.

12. vi. 02

| er oer S| OSS CS | ee

See Ref. No. 5.

a 8pat detached from shells.
» Total number raised (living) at final raising and sizing.
* These weights are correct according to the material at our dist

285

| BURREN.

ing at Stock-taking of Ist Year.

Aver. | Fish Weight.

age
(Fross
‘|Weight| No.
in Exa- |Weight
Grmes.| mined. i

he
©
E
Zz
©
°
a
r)
be
GS)
Sel
e)
=

eS ee ee

i | ef | CL Le | ee

4671 36

50 92 *47'6 50 92 1272) *88°5 50 68 | 97) *53'1 50 4°8 = - 3

¢ Not aized ; transferred to Arklow, 11.
@ Total losses during whole period of laying,
but it seems probable that there is some error in the record,

286

GROUND LAYI

IsLE oF Wient Natives (RELA)

Average |Average
Gross Fish
Number
| Quality. . Size.| Weight | Weight
Laid.
in in

Grmes.| Grmes.

K
©
3.
a
=
Z
©
°
c
°
he
©
oa
®
&

6 9. xii. 02, Isle of Wight,| Hynes Deep,| 3.334

24”. | 9 Fast and 376 |3” | 753 78 16, xi. 03. 819 2.515 | 16 | 107
ze (Relaid). 1}
29. i. 08. | | See Ref, No. 2. | West. 600 23 610 60
/ Isle of Wight, | 841 3” 745 72

A

| (Relaia. | 590 | 93”| 663 62
|

See Ref. No. 1.

9°2
68

|
|
_ Isle of Wight, | 259 | 3” *47°6
i 24” and 2”, 929 24” #38°5
| (Relaid).
See Ref. No. 3. |

| | 86
| 2)” and 2”, |
| (Relaid). 5

See Ref. No. 4.

Zz |
} | Isle of Wight, 261 3” 157
185 | 23” 573

7 | 9. xii. 02. Isle of Wight, Arklow,

|
94” |
to | 4”. Tt aoe 70 | 2” 46°4 21

(Relaid).

l¢ ,
29. i. 03. | oo6 Ref. No. 2.

| Isle of Wight, | 47 | 2” 53'1 4°8 125. vii 03 | (83)
| 24’ and 2”. |

| « ”, * . .

| (Relaid). 39 | 33 84°8 92

| See Ref. No. 3. |
’

— ——-—— — ———-—-~—S>s—saw¥—--—- — - - es | —————— ] —-—_-— - -———- ~-—- -- - +
|

| ; cf

7A 25. vii. 08. Isle of Wight. | Parkmore. | 83 - - - 6. xi, 03. 60
(Relaid).

From

Arklow I4b. | |
See Ref. No. 7. | |

a ‘Total number raised (living) at final raising and sizing,
»b Not sized; transferred to Parkmore.

287

BURREN.

ults of Raising at Stocktaking of 2nd Year.

ISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS. 8
en > eae ye or Bat ah =
sh Weight. on Fish Weight. ‘heb Fish Weight Se cites | Fish Weight. Not Sized. é
—— age ; age =e aa = ae eae ag
Aver- 3” Gross Aver- 24” Gross Aver- | ov Gross Aver- Average} 2
Yo. age *|Weight| No | age Weight) No. age ‘\Weight! No. age No Gross | 6
xa- |Weig _in Exa- Weight in Exa- eight in | Exa- |Weight Veighed. eight 5
ne in -Grmes.|mined.|_ in Gimes.| mined.| in Grmes. mined.| in nee 1 in 8
Grmes Grmes. |Grmes. | frmes. ) Grmes. |
rr. we a SS oe re -——-- - —— -_—___— | —_—<—$$—$—$
- - 382; 87-1 | 50 | 89 7399) 717 50 72 122) 560 - | ~ ~ - 6
| |
|
H | | | |
| Fei I | | |
| wae | be
- - 18 - . ~ 15 - | = 21 -— | - - - - 7
| |
- - }18| 917 - - [15] 633 | “ - Jar} 512 = z . - Wa

¢ Total losses during whole period of laying.

* See note * on Table XIX.

|

288 $
Mf
Se
GROUND LAYINGS|
DurcH Oysters. Results of Raising
- | Average
3 3 Losses
8 Date Gross Date Number
r Number including
of Quality. Bed. Size. Weight of Raised
& Laid. Dead and
5 Laying. in "Raising. | (Living). me
© Missing.
‘ 3 | Grmes. |

1 | 12. vi. 02. Dutch. Arklow, 607 “
(direct). 10d.
20. vii. 02.
ST. BZ.
16. xi. 02.
2 | 12. vi. 02. Dutch. Arklow, 3027
(direct). 10e,

31. x. 02.
is. 21. OE

TABLE
GROUND LAYINGS

Dutcn Oysters (RELAID). Results of

5 Average | Average

- Losses
| Date Gross Fish Date | Number

- Number including
on of Quality, Bed. Size.| Weight | Weight of Raised

5 Laid. Dead and
S| Laying. in in Raising. | (Living). é

5 Missing.
3 Grmes,. | Grmes. :

3 | 31. x. 02. Dutoh 7 Arklow, 82 20. x. 08. 61
Relai 21.

to ' : 4 a - -
16. xi. 02. See Ref.
No. 1. 73 24” §3°2 18
$l. x. 02. Dutch 2. 6 24” 46:0 -

4/31. x. 02, | Duteh 24”. | Arklow,
Relaid, 21, N.E.
| See hef,

No. 1,

Duich 2”,
helaid.
Bee Ref.

: No. Z.

a 1,010 living and 10 decd were received April 26, 1902, sized into 660 24” and 350 2”, laid temporarily,

CXL

AT BURREN.
\t Stock-taking of lst Year.

289

NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.

Fish Weight.
Average eh Average
| x | Weight A 24” | Weight
eig verage 4! eig
it Ao | Weight ait
rmes : in rmes
mined Grmes
4 - - - 173 -
- - - - 50 50°5
1 650 - > 96 53°2
3 - - ~ 27 -
“ J ta i 6 a
- - - - 6 46°0
XXII.
AT BURREN.

Raising at Stock-taking of 2nd Year,

Fish Weight.

Fish Weight.
Average
A 2 Ww sight A
verage nf eig verage
No. Weight in No. Weight
mel in Grmes kay il in
amined. | Grmes ay ok Grmes
~ o 317 - -
25 51 - - ~
50 73 | 317 50 58
- - 198 50 4°83
~ - 9

NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.

Fish Weight.

Average

15 550

Fish Weight.

85

60°0

Fish Weight.

Average
Weight
in
Grmes.

No.
Exa-
mined.

473

70

und raised and relaid on yaricus dates to June 12th, Losses up to June 12, 63 24” and 48 2”,

Reference Number.

1

Reference Number.

290

1V.—BaALLYNAKILL EXpERIMENTs.

Tables XXIIT. to XXVI.

The experiment was commenced in April, 1902, with ground layings
of 2,500 Tralee oysters, and of some small samples of Clarenbridge and
Arcachons sent from Burren.

Tralees, 1902,.—The oysters were raised for examination in Septem-
ber and October of the same year, and were weighed (gross) and resized
into half-inch sizes. The oysters were, on the whole, found to have
increased in gross weights, the proportionate increase being more marked
in the smallest size laid (2) than in the the J’ and 23”. As no samples
of “ fish” were taken at this date, it is not possible to say whether there
was a corresponding improvement in condition. It is probable, however,
that, as compared with similar layings at Burren, the general condition
of the Ballynakill oysters was hardly as good. The growth of the larger
siz2 laid at Ballynakill (24) is inferior to that found at Burren; the
growth of the 2” oysters is about the same in both places, possibly
slightly in favour of the Ballynakill oysters,

As the oysters were not laid for the same period the losses are hardly
comparable, the figures being :—

Ballynakill—Total losses, 103 per thousand laid.
Burren — Totallosses, 469 _,, 7 zs

It must, however, be remembered that, apart from the difference in
the period of laying, the oysters at Ballynakill may be said to have
received more individual attention than did those at Burren.

The local conditions varied much. At the former place the beds were
practically dry at very low strands, and it was possible, as the numbers
of oysters dealt with were small, to devote special attention to collecting
stragglers. Moreover, there was no danger of sanding, the soil being
gravelly at the sites of the layings, and the tides very gentle.

Clarenbridges, 1902.—The numbers of Olarenbridge oysters
land at Ballynakill during 1902 were small (see Table XXIIT.), there
being only 90 oysters of each half-inch size available for laying.

A comparison with the Burren oysters, from which these samples
were taken (see Table V.), shows that the Increase 1n gross weight was
considerably greater at Burren. No samples were examined for “ fish’
at Ballynakill, but it is most probable that, considering the relative
growth and gross weights of the oysters when raised, there would have
been found a corresponding inferiority in the weight of the “fish.”

The losses at Ballynakill were very small compared with those at
Burren—

Total losses—Ballynakill, 85 per thousand laid.
Burren, 438 ” ”

?

However, the same remarks (see above) apply as in the case of the
Tralees,

Arcachons, 1902.—A similar small number of Arcachons were
laid (see Table XXIIT.), and the results of their raising show that the pro-
gress at Ballynakill was not so good as at Burren; the relative gross
and fish weights being considerably less at Ballynakill.

The relative growth at Ballynakill was considerably better than at
surren, but the numbers are too small to be of much importance; it
may be noted that the wild oysters at Ballynakill show great growth of
shell, but only specimens of 3’ or 34 commonly “ fish well.

291

The losses were small at Ballynakill—
Total losses—Ballynakill, 103 per thousand laid.
- Burren, 309-510 ry a

It must be remembered that, besides the differences in the natural
conditions of the two places, the oysters sent to Ballynakill had become
more or less acclimatised at Burren, and that, therefore, their losses
when relaid at the former place might reasonably be expected to be
less; but the elimination at Ballynakill of the risk of “ sanding” is
probably of great importance.

Tralees and Clarenbridges, 1903.—In 1903, a small number
of Irish oysters (T1alees and Clarenbridges) were tried in caisses; an
examination of Table XXLV. will show that the results obtained were not
satisfactory. There was little growth, and only a small increase in
gross and fish weights, and the oysters were not in good condition when
examined. It will be noted that considerably better results were
obtained from samples examined earlier in the year.

The losses at Ballynakill were on the whole somewhat less than at
Burren, viz. :—

= | Thowand
Laid.
Tralees—Caisses, Ballynakill, ... one srt 153
Ground by Caisses, Ballynakill, SS 210
Caisses, Burren, ik ree att 209
Ground by Caisses, Burren, ... “oe 400
Clarenbridges—Caisses, Ballynakill, ... we 178
Caisses, Burren, ens aed 129
Ground by Caisses, Burren, Nes 253

EE RE RR LE, OS TS ES LE TCR IS

Arcachons, 1903,—1: is unnecessary |to recapitulate the par-
ticulars as to prices, route, &c., as these have already been given in
connection with the Burren consignment (see p. 230).

The oysters were imported from France direct to Ballynakill, arriving
on April 7, and were then divided into different half-inch sizes, and
laid im caisses on various dates between April 13th and 28th (see
Table XXVI.).

The consignment arrived in good condition, there being only eight
dead oysters removed within the first week after arrival. A. consider-
able number of the oysters were showing new growth when they arrived.

In February, 1904, the contents of the several caisses were consigned
to Ardfry, where they were resized and weighed in March and April
(see Table XXVI.).

Considering the season of year, it is not likely that either size or
weight of individuals was affected, unless unfayourably, by any delay
that took place in stocktaking after the transfer. Probably the journey
did the oysters some harm; and between their arrival and the
earliest date on which it was possible to take account of them they
were exposed, for the most in somewhat overcrowded caisses to con-
ditions not the most favourable.

Tt will be noted on an examination of Table XXVI. that there are several
very serious discrepancies between the numbers raised and laid after
deduction of losses,

_ Taking the largest size (24") laid of the first quality into consideration,
it appears that 351 oysters are unaccounted for ; it is practically certain

292

that this loss occurred in the caisse of 24’ oysters, which was situated
to the east of Ross Boulder,* where it was exposed to the full force of
south-easterly gales; similar losses were experienced in other caisses
laid in this exposed position.

It is not possible that any of these oysters should have been sub-
sequently transferred into the caisses with 2” oysters, as these latter
were staked at Rossdhu Stream, quite 400 yards distant (see map).

The missing, therefore, while they go to swell the losses, do not
affect the results of the survivors.

With regard to the “excess” of 185 oysters which appears among
the 2” of tne first quality, 1t seems most improbable that it could have
arisen at Ballynakili by any other cause than that of a mistake in count.

All the caisses of 2 were laid at Rossdhu Stream, a situation where
they were welt sheltered from any wind or sea; an error of one
“hand” (5 oysters) in every 1,000 laid would more than account for the
excess. it may, however, be due to a mistake at Ardfry.

In either case, whether the excess is to be attributed to a mistake
in counting, or to an admixture of oysters of a similar nature, which,
if it took place, must have happened at Ardfry, the number is not
sufficient to affect materially the results.

As regards the second quality, the only size of which any considerable
~ umber was availabie for final examination is the 2”.

There is here an excess of 455 oysters over the number originally
laid; this is too large a number to be attributed to a mistake in count-
ing, and renders the value of the results of the examination somewhat
problematical.

The caisses in which the oysters were laid were staked at Ross
Stream, and were exposed to considerable sea and wind; but as there
were no other oysters of a similar quality laid in their vicinity it seems
improbable that the excess could have arisen from a transfer of oysters
found on the ground near the caisses.

On the whole, it would appear advisable to disregard the results of
their examination, so far as weights and sizes are concerned.

Adverting once more to the first quality Arcachons at Ballynakill, it
does not seem practicable to compare their development with that of
similar quality at Burren; not, at any rate, when taking the quality
as a whole and comparing the net results; but as the first qualities of
both consignments appear to have contained a large proportion of 2’
oysters, the gross weights of which approximate very closely, it seems
useful to compare the relative growth, &c., attained by this size at
Burren and at Ballynakill.

The numbers raised and available for comparison will be seen from
Tables XIV. and XXVI., and when summarised are :—

Nos. at Sizes.

Gross Gross

‘ No.
Laid. Raised.

3”, | 24” | 2", | 14”.

Burren, ... A athe 3,595 4,824 79 939 1,745 61
Pallynakill, See si 4,356 1716 75 1,023 1,676 2

Total losses, Burren (April to September) 820, or 228 per 1,000 laid.
Total losses, Ballynakill (April, 1903—April, 1904), 1,765, or 405 per
1,000 laid, viz. :—

Dead shells removed at inspections at Bally-

nakill, April, 1903—February, 1904 . 1,422, or 326 per 1,000 laid.
Dead shells removed at inspections at Ardfry,
February, 1904—April, 1904 ‘ . &Ads,or 79 =

* About half-way along the north shore of Fahy Bay (seo map following p. 98),

293

If the numbers at sizes shown above are in both cases reduced for
comparison to a standard of 1,000 oysters raised, the relative growth
is :—

Burren, per thousand raised, ...

Ballynakill, per thousand raised,

This would show a slight superiority in growth in the Ballynakill
oysters, which is accompanied by a corresponding increase in the
average gross weights (see Tables XIV. and XXVI.). It is, however, quite
possible that this superiority is due to the death, after removal to Ardfry,
of the stunted or sickly oysters.

The 24” (laid) oysters of the first quality (see Ref. No. 1, Table XXVI.)
did not do well; their average gross weights are uniformly lower than
those of similar raised sizes of the oysters laid as 2”; their com-
parative growth is also less.

At this stage of the experiment it does not appear possible to assign
this want of progress to any definite cause; it may, however, be men-
tioned that a similar want of development was noted in the same oysters
at Burren (see p. 254).

Aurays, 1903. —These oysters are similar to those obtained for Bur-

ren (see Table XI., and pp. 231 and 255-6), and with the exception of the
second consignment of third grade oysters, arrived at the two places at
practically the same time. After resizing into half-inch sizes, they were
laid in caisses on the dates mentioned (see Table XXV.).

The same quantities of each grade were ordered for both places with
a view to determining their development under different natural con-
ditions ; owing, however, to an error in their treatment on arrival, all
the third grade (24—4 ecm.) oysters died.* A further number was
ordered to replace these, but were not supplied until late in June, and
are, therefore, not comparable with the third grade of the Burren
consignment.

The condition of the oysters of the first (56 em.) and second
(4—5 cm.) grades on arrival at Ballynakill appears to have been much
the same as that of the Burren consignment, the second grade oysters
being a rather sickly lot, and containing a larger proportion of dead
oysters than the first grade, viz., 147 as compared with 24; the number
of dead removed at the first inspection was also considerable.

The second consignment of third grade oysters travelled badly, 893
dying within a fortnight of arrival; and it is doubtful whether they
ever recovered from the effects of the journey.

There are some discrepancies (noted on Table XXV.) between the numbers
of Aurays raised and laid. They are not, however, serious, the “ ex-
cesses” being not more than may be reasonably expected to take place
in counting large quantities of these very small oysters. The “ miss-
ing” are undoubtedly to be ascribed to the situation of the caisses,
some of which were in exposed positions on Knocknahaw shore, while in
one instance, viz., the oysters of “under 1”” of the third grade (see
Table XXV., Reference No. 8), some of the missing are known to have
slipped through the mesh of the wire.

* In the unavoidable absence of anyone having experience in the treatment of oysters, they
were kept, pending measurement. for several days, manv layers deep in a tank of seaSwater,
exposed to the sun and not too”frequently renewed. Even when the water ean be renewed
every few hours it is not advisable to keep oysters in this manner for more than a day.

294

*A comparison is thus possible at any rate between the first and
second grade of the Aurays laid in caisses at Burren and Ballynakill.

The total net results in growth obtained at Ballynakill and Burren are,
when reduced to a standard of 1,000 raised, in each case :—

Burren, Ist Grade, ...
Ballynakill, lst Grade, a “ 3 103 408
Burren, 2nd Grade, ~ ei - 8 161
Ballynakill, 2nd Grade. __... a - 39 319
Burren, 3rd Grade, ... ab Sah - 4 227
Ballynakill, 3rd Grade,

Losses.
Burren, 1st Grade, April—October - 98 per 1,000 laid
Ps 2nd_,, 3 - - 126 5
” drd_,, ” : ie ”

Ballynakill 1st Grade—Total losses, April, 1903—April, 1904, 1,306,
or 213 per 1,000 laid, viz:—

Dead shells removed at inspections at Bally-

nakill, April, 1903, to February, 1904 - 619,or 94per1,000 laid
Dead shells removed at inspections at Ardfry,

February, 1904, to April, 1904, - - - 264, or 40 od
Number of oysters missing at final count, - 513,or 78 a

Ballynakill, 2nd Grade—Total losses, April, 1903, to April, 1904,
1,861, or 213 per 1,000 laid, viz. :—
Dead shells removed at inspections at Bally-
nakill, April, 1903, to February, 1904, - 1,386, or 158 per 1,000 laid
Dead shells removed at inspections at Ardfry,
February, 1904, to April, 1904, - - 474,or 54
: o

Number missing at final count, - = 4

Ballynakill, 3rd Grade—Total losses, June, 1903, to April, 1904,
3,217, or 352 per 1,000 laid, viz. :—

Dead shells removed at inspections at Bally-

nakill, June, 1903—February, 1904, - 2,532, or 277 per 1,000 laid
Dead chells removed at inspections at Ardfry,

February, 1904—April, 1904, - - 405,or 44 us
Number of oysters missing at final count, - 280,or 31 45

The oysters transferred to Ardfry from Burren and Ballynakill are
being kept under observation, and their subsequent history will form
the subject of a further communication.

*'Fora comparison of the relative growth of the various laid s'zes. see Tablet XTc, where the
growth at Ballynakill is compared with that at Burren ‘as found ‘in caisses and in ground
lavings (see Tables XTa, XIn.)

oaeetamimemmmnined T oom “= a hte teats tie a

nw

| =

a . 7 . a
t ‘
’

‘

:

- : :
the 7 «

;
‘ : : :
er ae | ‘
= : |
- * , { si _" >
:
mr lp | e.
st
a Le ee
- : a. ; | :
. ‘ - ie 4 :
NS
eee
ob
o
Z S pay
Pd es. b=
: ¥ : t,o ee |
. ‘eg ; eS ; j
a [ Ve
¢ : i
| ee. tee | ees |
SOP est 28S | tbr os |
a a _— a = Saas <
| EH | ere:

296

GROUND LAY

TRALEE, CLARINBRIDGE, AND ARCACHON Oys

% Nu
3 Aver- | Aver- Losses,
= Date Position age age Date | Number in-
Z : Number! | Gross | Fish cluding j
of Quality. of Size. of Raised
g Laid. Weight | Weight : i: Dead
2 Laying. Bed. a in Raising. | (Living). 7 My
- Grmes. | Grmes. Missing. y
&
ee
1 |—. iv. 02. Tralee Knockna- 131 | 3” | 85°3 85 | 3. x. 02. 119* 12 | il |
(direct). haw Shore. from |
sample
| of 5.
2 | —. iv. 02. Tralee Knoeckna- 623 | 24” | 59°2 6°0
(direct). haw Shore. from from a
sample | sample {6. vii. 02. 50 2
of 100. of 5. b

Tralee Ross Shore.

| (direct).
d
4 | —. lv. 02. Tralee Knockna- 702 | 2” 38°4 5°0 -17. x. 02. 639 63
(direct). haw Shore. from from
sample | sample
of 100. of 5,
é
5 | —. iv. .| Tralee Ross Shore. 500 | 2” | - | a [pr 02 383
(direct).
1 r
6 8. iv. 02.| Clarinbridge. | Ross Shore. 50. 3” 80°1 fief 20. ix. 02 83 7
Relaid at from
| Burren. | sample x. 02
of 10.
8 k
Clarinbridge. | Ross Shore. 90 | 23” 52°1 62 419. ix. 02. 80 10
Relaid at from to |
Burren. sample | 3. x. 02. |
of 19
t l
8 | 8. iv. 02. | Clarinbridge. | Ross Shore. i Be CB 399 4°2 3. x. 02. 84 6 ~
Relaid at from
Burren. sample
of 10
chon. |
9 | 8.iv.02.| Arcachon. Knockna- 90 | 24” 353 3°4 82 8 2 :
lst quality. | haw Shore. from ——
Reluid at | sample | 28, ix. 02. 29 2 5
Burren. of 10. n
| 18. x. 02. 63 -
9
10 | 8. iv. 02. Arcachon. Knockna- oO hae 68 22 - -
Ist quality. | haw Shore.
Relaid at
Burren.
w Pp :
11 | 8 iv. 02.| Areachon. Knockna- 90 | 24” 88 2 - -
2nd quality. | haw Shore.
Relaid at
Burren.
x q
12 3 8. iv. 02. Arcachon. Knoeckna- 20 ac, 85 6 - -
2nd quality. | haw Shore.
Relaid at
Burren. |
* Average grows weight, 0°3grmes. ¢ Average gross weight, 60°4 grmes. m Average gross weight, 42°9 grmes,
a Average fish weight ss... h Ineludes one 3” n " a ” 44°0 *
and average gross weight,63°7 i Average grose weight, 84°9 __—,, 0 " . ” 33°
b) Average groves weight, 63°3 ,, h a “ a a Y 9 ” ” 39°8 ”
c ‘os ee ” 62 y ” l ” a a 465°6 ” qd my » 31°0 ”

d ” ” " ‘90,

297

ITI.
BALLYNAKILL.
lults of Raising at Stocktaking, 1902.
SED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS. i
wee ee aa a
, ; ' , : q
h Weight. Aver- | Fish Weight. Aver- | Fish Weight. Aver- | Fish Weight. Aver- | 5
age age | ll | a aT age
Aver- | 9, | Gross Aver- a4” Gross Aver- |... | Gross Aver- y Gross | $
0. age Weight| No. age Weight “ |Weight| No. age Weight) &
Weight in Exa- | Weigh in in Exa- | Weight in bs
ned.| in . Grmes.|mined.|_ in Grmes.|mined.| in iGrmes.| %3
Grmes fat

For previous history see Table 7 Ref. No. : v For previous history see Table oe Ref. No. 2.
” ” ” ” > ” e w . ’ 3.
ty on " Bon Pe ee oe oer 2 ; eo eee oe
oJ vw ” ” » xi. ” I: " : ’ P ‘

. x

298

CAISSE EXPERIME]

TRALEE AND CLARINBRIDGE OysTE
s | | ee Average |Average | init.
8] Date | Caisse or | ‘a Gale. Gross | Fish Date | Number x
: of | Quality. Ground | Position. | °” lagine Size.| Weight Weight of | Raised | Shells
o ees ae | | removed
§ | Laying. Laying. in Sash in in Raising. (Living). . at
ee <a nspec-
3 Bho Grmes.| Grmes. | tions.
j | a
1 28. i.03.| Tralee | Caisse Ross ri | 37°3 44 659 66
) (direct). | G. Stream. 729 from b
| | (part of). Gi 99 | sample | 29. vi. 03. 25
| | Gii. 238 | of 50. d
| G iii, 392 | 4, xi. 03. 634
:
2 | 281.03.| Tralee | Caisse | Rossdhu 900 i tae | 44 8109 93 Exce
(direct), H. Stream. from b <
Hi. 200 sample | 29. vi. 03. 25
Hii. 300 of 50. d
| H iii. 400 5. xi. 03. 785
3 | 28. i, 03.| Tralee | Ground | Rossdhu 200 2 5. xi. 03. 158

42
including dead

(direct). Stream. : .
and missing. |

4 | 28.1 03.) Tralee
(direct). a. Stream.

214
GAi. 38
GA ii... Ti |
GA iii. 105

5 | 23. i. 03. | Clarin- | Osisse | Ross ‘ |
| bridge A. Stream./ Ai. 127 4, xi. 03. 682 40
| (direct). 5 a
Aii. 300 . :
A iii. ey q
+ 102} 2”
” a4 2 a
pa :
|
6 | 28. i. 08 | Clarin- | Caisse Roes 900 2” | 400 18 820 61
bridge E. Stream, from b
(direct). Ei. 200 sample } 23. viii. 03. 10
E ii. 300 of 50. a
E iii. 400 4, xi. 03. 810
7 | 30.4. 08.| Olarin- 424 : 661 34 220
bridge i
| (direct). 28. vi. 03, 5
| ee 23, viil.03 10"
9. ix, 03. 20"
9. ix. 03. 30”

16, xi. 03. 3897
16. xi. 03. 1874

8 13. iii. 63.) Olarin- | Caisse Rossdhu | 100 60°7 / 62” go * 11 | Ewees
| bridge Cx Stream. 1
Dwarfs, | Ox. ii, 38 | 24” 22. viii. 03. Oxi 10
relaid at | | Ox.i. 62! 2” 5. xi. 03. * (25
Burren, | | | 5. xi, 03 | Cx. 1i. 55 °

| | |
TT

* Average fish weight, 66 wrmes., from sample of 50.

(a) The compartments in Caisse G were divided by a wooden partition ; about two-thirds of each were filled
with 2” oysters, and the remaining third with 14” oysters. Sec Ref. Nos. 1 and 4 above.

(b) Sample taken from Division iii.

(c) Average gross weight of 25 (2 24” and 23 2”) 428 grmes.

(d) Raised from all the divisions of the caisse.

(¢) A number of oysters (98).was found on the ground near Caisse G, and probably included some of those
miweing. See under “ Missing,” Ref. Nox 1 and 4. The numbers at sizes were—13 2)”, average gross weight
454 yrmeos, ; 71 2", average gross weight 371 grmes. : 14 14”, average gross weight 312 grmes.

IV.
' BALLYNAKILL.
ults of Raising at Stock-taking, 1905.

NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), with SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS. Z

a cent Re eked riedaettientp ae ne

; §

| Fish Weight. Fish Weight. | ium Fish Weight. | =

Averace Average Average | Average} __ | age |————_—_ “4
Gross Gross Gross Gross 7 Gross |" Aver- 5

"| Weight} 3” | Weight [24”| Weight | No Average] 2” | Weight No age 1}” Weight| No. | age rs
) in in in | Exa- Weight , in Exa- Weight rs
Grmes. Grmes. Grmes. | ined. ic Grmes,| wined.| in 2
QGrmes 2

Grmes.| G

1

) 92°33 fl24t| 846 459 63°8 50 58 189 50°4 25 44 - - -

- ~ 10

126} 48-0 25 49 Jess) 41-2

t Average fish weight, 8°3 grmes., from sample of 24.
(f) See note (a) above. "
(9) Includes an excess of 3.
(h) Raised from all the divisions of the caisse.
(i) Sample taken from Division i.
j) These oysters were found on the ground beside Caisse K.
k) Includes an excess of }!.
(1) Average gross weight taken from 149 (60 23” and &9 2”).
(m) Average fish weight taken from 50 (23 23” and 27 2”).

AURAY OYSTERs.

-
2
E Date |
© of Quality.
© . Laying
oOo
s
1 | 10. iv. 03. | Auray 5-6
: | cm.
| (direct).
|
2 10-28.iv.03., Auray 5-6
| om.
/ (direct).
|
3 9. iv. 03. | Auray 45
cm.
(direct).

4 10-28.iv. 03.) Auray 4-5
em.
(direct).

——

5 | 1L. iv. 03. | Auray 4-6

em.
(direct).

Auray 3-4

cm.
(direct).

vi. 03.

cm,
| (direct). |

Auray 3-4

8 | 2. vi. 03. | Auray 3-4|
cm.

(direct), |

a Inc

800

Ta

CAISSE EXPERIMEN'
Laid in Caisses at Ballynakill, April and June, 1903; transfert

Number Date ar Date of
Aver- | Aver- | of Dead | ~*'°° Total | Number } Total Losse
age age | Shells Inpanster Count of Dead | includin
Number. Size WarentlWorrht} atone and | ™°.| Smoredt and Mill
in in fspection bi pin At (Living). at at Ballynak
Grmes.'Grmes. fat a. Ardfry es rdfry. | and Ardfr:
naki :

Ardfry.

1,007 | 2” | 22-1 - 58 16. ii. 04 | 18. iii. 04.| 682 23 | 325
81 Dead.
244 Missi)
5,555 |14”| 16°8 Z 16. iii. 04 | 4,484 241 | 1,071
to 802 Dead.
2. iv. 04. 269 Missi:
123 | 2” | 19°} = 6. ii. 04. | 1. iv. 04. 90 7
32 Dead.
1 Missi)
a SS ee ee ae (Ey Aer fe oo
a
7,103 |1}”| 13°5 15 do. 18. Hs. 0 5,866 377 1,356 Deas
0
12. iv. 04.
> ;
1,530 |1”| 97 * 382 do. 18. ifi. 04) 1,064 90 472 Dear
and
1. iv. 04
:
. |
655 |13”| 7°3 0°9 224 | 6. ii. 04. |12.iv.04.| 392 50 274 Dea
d
7,911 | 1” 4°2 0°65 2,180 13. ii. 04 | 5,417 342 2,622 Dead
and »
12. iv. 04
5 Un-| 2 12. iv. 146
67 ve 2°3 128 iv. 04 141 Dead
1” 280 Missin;

ludes an excess of 119. » Includes an excess of 6,

801

Caisses at Ardfry, February, 1904. Results of Raising in March-April, 1904.

NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING) ,WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.

~
re)
g
Aver- Aver- Aver- Aver- Aver- cs
age age age age +r age
No. Gross } 9) 0. Gross | 9 No, Gross | 1)” No. Gross | 4» No. Gross 5
Weighed. pee Weighed. yeast Weighed, hides Weighed. eters Weighea,| 5 x
Grmes. Grmes. Grmes. Grmes. Grmes.| 3
eo
4 14 64°3 | 288 288 43°2 | 280 380 32°8 - - - - - - 1
2 2 42°5 | 246 97 37°9 $1,728) 1,070 26°7 | 2,508 2,219 18°9 - - - 2

: - a
v be AT
942 - - - | 6

SS | | EA | | a ss

a
- 150 150 17°3 | 233 233 12°1 - - -

- 191 137 15°9 }2,51 1,999 9°8 §2,716 2,154 5°6

¢ Includes an excess of 11, d Ineludes an excess of 28,

302

TaB
CAISSE EXPERIMENT g

ArcacHon Oysters. Laid in Caisses at Ballynakill in April, 1903; transferred

5 Number
g | Dat average |Avemmeo] O52 | aro | Rete | [aaa
: of Quality. | Number. |Size. wid? as ‘ares Hy aes a Peafator sing Eee’ k tice d
2 Laying. | Grmes. | Grmes. Ballyna- Ardfry. ara! i Ardiry, {
= : kill. ‘
a
1 /13-14. iv. 03.) Arcachon, 938 23” 42°3 60 277 6. ii. 04. 15
lst quality ‘i .
(direct). - ¥
2 |13-14. 1.08.) Arcachon, | 4,356 | 2”| 363 46 1,422 - 313 |
Ist quality
(direct) ‘
3 | 28. iv. 03, | Arcachon, 2 | 13”| 274 : 43 : 5 |
[st quality
(direct). |
| | | 7 } b
4 15, iv. 03. | Arcachon, 3,025 | 2” 28'5 3°5 1,126 6. i. O41. | hed 2,180 175
2nd quality |
(direct). |
!
|
2° 121” | 338 - 4 . . ‘
2nd quality |
(direct). |
‘cS HERMAN Beak™ MM ced "Gk. WE aoe oS ee ee
6| 28. iv.03.| Arcachon,| 960% |13”| 253 - 84 . : - -
2nd quality
(direct).

(a) Includes an excess of 185,
(b) Includes an excess of 455.
(c) Not counted, sized, &c., at Ardfry,.

303

XVI.

T BALLYNAKILL.

Caisses at Ardfry, February, 1904. Results of Raising in March—April, 1904.

NUMBERS RAISED (LIVING), WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.

K
| oO
Total Losses, Z
engining Aver- Aver- Aver- Aver- 5
and Missing Age age age } , age
at Ball nakill 3” No. Gross 21” . No. Gross Q” No. Gross 1’ No. Gross pS
ad ‘ASdt * |Weighed.| Weight *|Weighed.| Weight * Weighed.) Weight ‘|Weighed.| Weight | 5
bs ry: in in in in a
Grmes. Grmes. Grmes. QGrmes. 2
|
. |
643 57 67 | 527 | 220 220 505 18 18 - - 1
| |
292 dead. |
351 missing. |
hace tag tate Fah ¥ ey Ae hla ee Yee Reh
1765 | 75| 88 | 68:1 |1,023; 1,023 | 630 1.676 1,676 2| 275 | 2
82 1 = = 3 = _ 86 86 _ — 3
48 dead.
34 missing. | |
1,300 - - - 41 41 499 $1,710 1,710 30°9 429 26’2 4
|
—--}—|—-—-——- ee
m sd + e e ‘ - Ss is e = 5
(836) : a a = =- = ~ - - - = 6

(d) On 23/10/03 these Oysters were recounted, only 145 being found in the eaisses, which were in an exposed
position. Prior to transfer to Ardfry a further number of dead shells, viz., 21, was removed. The total losses,
including missing, to date of transfer to Ardfry, would therefore he 836. The Oysters were not counted, sized, &ec., at

rdfry.
(e) Total losses to date of transfer to Ardiry

304

\.—Srasonat Lnorpencey or Mortatity or Frencu OystTErs
IN Oalssxs.*

In Tables XXVII. XXVIII. and XXI1X., an attempt is made to show the
relation of mortality to season of year, in so far as the want of regularity
in the examination of caisses permits. The upper part of the tables sets
forth the actual number of dead found at each examination, and the
rate of mortality per thousand (originally laid) per week. The middle
part rehearses the same data in cumulative form, and the lower part
deals with totals of dead and living,

When a caisse is fairty full of small oysters the removal of all dead
shells is a much more difficult feat than may be supposed, especially
when it has to be done under water. When, therefore, as especially
in Table XXLX., the last record shows a sudden increase in apparent weekly
mortality, it may be safely assumed that this is due to the fact that
on the final clearing of the caisse there came to light many dead shells
which had been overlooked on previous occasions,

When it happens that the earlier records show a higher mortality than
those which succeed them, the inference, supported by observation, is
that the oysters arrived in bad condition, and that the early mortality
is due to the effects of their journey.

In other respects the deductions which may properly be made from
the tables are somewhat obscure. ‘The data extend at most from April
of one year to February of the next.t lt appears that the oysters
which arrived in good condition sustained but little loss at Burren
until the late summer,{ and that at Ballynakill the most serious losses
occurred in autumn and winter. ‘There is no certain indication of
decrease in weekly mortality after these periods at either place, and
perhaps the tables only tell us that oysters of these qualities and sizes
do not sustain any considerable loss for some time after arrival, sup-
posing the conditions of the journey to have been favourable. .

Bulstrode mentions, and one hears frequently, that the small oysters
imported from France to the colder waters of England suffer great
losses in winter. Such losses may be due, as generally supposed, to
cold, but we have some reason to think that on the western beds of
Ireland cold is seldom a formidable cause of mortality. Our first
consignment of small Aurays was received at Burren in December,

1901, in unusually cold weather for that place, there being a consider- '

able frost at the time. The oysters were got into water at once, and
many of them were laid where they could be easily seen at every low
tide. Though no steps were taken to record deaths as they occurred,
it was matter of remark that very few open shells were to be seen for
some months, whereas in the summer mortality became very noticeable.
The caisse records of Aurays do not throw light upon this question,
as the consignments came late, because, owing to stormy weather, the
first lot collected for us by the exporter was scattered.

Our first consignment of Arcachons was delayed until March on
account of severe cold at Arcachon, which made the exporter unwilling
to expose them to the risks of raising and transport. Apparently it
was colder at Arcachon than at Burren.

We shall deal fully with the question of temperature and salinity in
a future communication, but we do not think that the preliminary
conclusions indicated above will be affected by later experience, Every-
where there may be exceptional frosts, as at Auray some years ago,
when a severe frost at spring-tides congealed the top spit of the layings
into a solid crust, which the rising tide lifted and carried away.

* The cai:ses containing Irish oysters were not visited with sufficient regularity to permit
of an attempt to assign mortality to particular periods,

| In Hock’s experiments the mortality seems, as in the case of our own ground layings, to
have become acute in the second year, though the oysters were not dis.urbed except by the
dredging nee | to vbtain samples for examination. So far as his methods suffice to
demonstrate, the death rate assumed its most gerious proportions in the summer of the second
year.
_ + But the Ballynakill lot was sized more rapidly than the Burren lot, Consequently by

the time the latter were laid in caisses, a good number of those which died from the etlects of
the journey had been eliminated,

ee a

Taste XXVII. 305
SzasonaL IncipEeNce oF Mortatity or Augay Oysters Laip in Caisses aT BoRREN.
s imetres, or lst Grade. Auray Oysters. Trade Size 4-5 centimetres, or 2nd Grade. Auray Oysters. Trade Size 2}-4 centimetres, or 3rd Grade.
SsAviOyar ere. rngtal Nacaber, 15, a Total Number, 9,548. Total Numbe~ 10,126.
7
| r , ‘ 4
¢ sre X Caisae XI., OsissesIX,X, || Oaisse IL, Caisse XII, Caisse XIV., Caisses XIII. and Caisse IL. Caisse XVIL, Caisse XVIIL, Caisse XIX Osisses XVI. || Caisse XVIA.
eine a eee conan endl xXL, containing containing containing xIV. containing containing containing containing XVUL and XIX. ! containing
1,200. 14. 1,200. 14”. 3,368, 12”. combined 9 . 3,739. 14”. 3,672. 13”. combined. 2,137. 1”. 2,400. 1. 2,400. 1”. 4,416. 1". eombined. ‘910. 14°.
PERIOD. Laid Laid Laid Total contents, Laid Laid Laid Coe ents Laid Laid Laid Laid bel eed eet | Laid
2 0) g of Onisso f hich i id ek endin; week ending week ending week ending week ending week ending week ending week ending week ending
calcalsten tron oe etn ee aad Week caing yee 25 rd pri 35, 03, April 18, '03. April 25, ‘03. April 25, '03. April 18, '03. May 2, 03. May 2, '03. May 2, '03. May 2, '03.
= — T + Y 1 | |
vi Total | Average| Total |Average| Total | Average|) Total |Average| Total | Average} Total | Average} Total | Average Total | Average} Total | Average} Total | Average} Total |Average} Total |Average|| Total | Average
Novot Wook No. of Weekly No. of Wee ly | No. of Weekly | No.of | Weekly ] No.of | Weekly| No. of Weakly No.of | Weekly || No.of | Weekly} No.of | Weekly} Nopof | Weekly| No.of | Weekly} No.of | W No.of | Weekly
Dead Loss Dead Loss Dead Loss Dead Loss Dead Loss Dead Loss Dead Loss Dead Loss Dead Loss Dead Loss Dead | Loss Dead Loss Dead Dead Loas
Shells per Shells per Shells per Shells per ) Shells per Shells per Shells per Shells per Shells per Shells per Shells | per Shells per Shells Shells | per
emoved.| 1,000. |removed.| 1,000. {removed.| 1,000, fremoved.| 1,00). |\removed.| 1,000. fremoved.| 1,000, /removed| 1,000. fremoved.| 1,000. ||removed.| 1,000. fremoved,! 1,000. jremoved.| 1,000. |removed.| 1,000. removed. 1,000. |/removed:) 1,000.
4 : _
1 Week ending April %6, . “” os “ — = = — = — = = (+) 14
Th » May 2, : ae = \-) 04 2 17 2 07 5 o9 | 1+) 13
4 Weeks w), y 2 o4 8 17 9 07 19 08 5 13
|
Oe » Juno 27 7 14 10 20 16 12 33 1s if 19
ou F July 25 “ oy “ a 16 34 21 44 20 16 57 2 13 34
By » August20, .. os " 35 58 29 438 28 17 92 42 |) 20 a1
try » Sept. 12, 16 67 10 43 144 214 170 U7 8 41
}
1Week ,, « 10, - - 5 43 12 214 (77) (169) || 4 41
2 Wooks October 3, ‘ ao ee _ - 10 a3] — - ao) | G3) || 8 41
|
Total No, of Dead romoved during 1 Week (April 18-25), - - - - - = —_- — 1(+) or 14%, — — | — — = = | 13(—)or 59%, = = | — = | — = = = | = an
” ” " 1, (April 25—May 2), 1(—) or 04%, 2orl7%, 2 or 07%, 5 or0'9%, j| 1(+) or 13%, llor 29%, Tor 19%. Wor 24%, || 138(—)or 59%. - — | - — | _ — - - a —
5 < 19 Weeks (May 2—Sopt. 12), 75 or 62'5% 78 or 650%, 218 or 64°7%., 371 or 643%, I 58 or 55°4%, 470 or 1257%_ | 270 or 735% 740 or 999%, || 287 or 1343%, 86 or 354%, | 108 or 429%, 115 or 260% 303 or 329%, 95 or 1044% 5
4 9 30) +197 7 | = r
. i i Peer ae COT ReaD WY), ye 3 Siler Caio SENT ES M18 oF 77°7%0 57 or 69'6%0 2S 302 oF 822%] 772 or 1042%, || 309 or 144°6% 10 or 421% 127 or 529% | 125 or 253%, 353 or 383%, || 100 or 1099%,
29 |
“ " ” 22, (May 2—Out. 3), Sy oS 93 or 775%o ea 458 or 794%, | 65 or 679% iy | 367 or 999%) 837 or 112°9%, | ates a Oe | 175 or Wetanioeanans Ss
Total Number of Dend Sholls removed during whole perio’ | | |
during which caisse was laid, ai cy ae 5 776 or 633%, °95 or 79'2% 5 #492 or 86-7% 5 #463 or 80'3%. “67 or 700%. | *481 or 1286%, | °874 or 1019%| 855 or 1154%. || 336 or 1668%.] *10l or 421%, | *175 or 729%, | 15 or 328% °421 or 457%, *100 or 100°9%.
Number missing at final count, : Ps 3 or 25%, 25 or 208%, 100 or 297%. 128 or 222%, lorl0%, Dor 25%, | = = 9or 12%, Sor 23% 25 or 104% 6) or 250%. Md or 25°8%_ 199 or 216% Gor 55%,
: - 4 = = ~ —— = | } oe — |
| || |
‘Total Losses, nik aT 65°8%,. | * . £
‘ot 0380 ase . 79 or 65°8%_ 120 or 1000%. 392 or 116°4%., 591 or 1025%, || 68 or 711%, 490 or 131°1%, | 374 or 1019%, 864 or 1166%, || 340 or 159'1%, 126 or 525%. 235 or 97°9%. | 259 or 587%. 620 or 673%, 105 or 115°4%.
‘Total Number of Oysters Ratse i 9 10, 9, 4 10,
ysters Ratsed (living), ave eae 1,121 or 9342%, 1,080 or 900°0%.. | (a) 2,980 or 884°8%., 5,181 or 898°2%q || (5) 896 or 936:3%., | (c)3,269 or 874°3%., |(d)8,325 or 905'5%. 6,594 or 889'8%, | 1,797 or 8409% 0 2,974 or 9175%o 2,165 or 9021%. 4,187 or 941'3% 8,596 or 982°7%. 805 or 834°6%,
| |
ul ! }

* Tho figures in column headed “Total No. of De: i She’ ved"
A fraction, the nearest whole number {s ontered. § RGR EROF EGER
(a) Includes an oxcess of 4 in division O, of caisse

are obtained from the actual number of dead removed proportioned over the period given in Column 1 the loss
under “Total No. of Dead Shells Removed During Whole Period" ae

his is corrected here *

(0) Includes an excess of 7 in divisions B, and C. of caisse,

NOTE—The symbol %

o represents “ per thousand.

f See note on Table
(c) Includes an excess of 20 in divisions A. and O, of caisse.

per thousand is caloulated on this number angie correct to one place of decimals.

(d) Includes an excess of 27 in divisions A., B, and O. of caisae.

EEE EIEEIIIESSSSSS SS SSS EF A ee

Where the proportioned loss over the period contains

: Yl x
MAIS AAVoeAn®

Th ‘ ©

Ailes
ita eat ak

’
ty
1 ey! :
)

.
“Gite Seer) 4
7 Liv Jy. Lap bdp J@
2 9-4 f 4 y! f at ae we
{ ni ae | Lat le sonia sd} Re ie?

‘ ah hee a —_ =

-

&.

=
ny
.
<
Re
4
= ;
Ass,
= a
i. oe
et

i ll mg gee
~~?
“
=
~_
»
s
~
*
_

P.O tention
- “a fa =
4 ‘J
. ~~ :
ee » oe
ad —_

wy
\
a,

; Migr” is: i
% ie Bey PIP? ie 1 } ;)-
. je . Ay ris a) > .
» | i moet (A
‘ nell, DiR® nm» ° . '
Bee gly P82 there ks - ;
f "bem + 7

iii

TABL

SEASONAL INCIDENCE OF MorTaLity OF ARCACHO)

Arcachon Oysters, Ist Quality, Total Number

Caisses VI.. VIL, ||
Caisse VI. Caisse VII. Caisse VIII. and VIII.
PERIOD. | containing containing containing combined.
1,200:.27, 1,200, 2”. 15195. 2° Total contents
Calculated from Date of Lay'ng 3,595. 2”.

of Caisses—i.e.. Week ending
April 25, 1903.
Total | Aver- | Total | Aver- | Total | Aver-
age No. of age No. of age
Dead | Weekly, Dead |Weekly| Dead Weekly
Shells | Loss Shells | Loss Shells Loss

moved.| 11000. | moved.| 1000. | moved.| 1.000.
|
5 weeks ending May 30, ... ae 8 13 6 1:0 4 07 18 10
: do., June 27, ... sire 24 50 24 50 27 57 75 52
4 do., July 26, ... = 29 | 60 61 12°6 68 14°3 168 | 110
5 do., August 29, eee 39 | 65 95 158 127 21°3 261 145
2 do., September 12, ... 160 66°7 34 14:0 36 15'1 230 32°0
1 do., _ a eee - - 17 14°0 18 15'1 (35) (14°6)
2 do., October 3, = - - 34 140 - - (34) | (140)

Total Number of Dead removed | *260 or 2167%,| 218 or 1817%,| 263 or 2202%.| 741 or 2061%.
for 20 weeks ending Sept. 12, ...

Total Number of Dead removed . - 235 or 195°3%,| *281 or 2351%) 776 or 2159%)

for 21 weeks ending Sept. 19, ...
Total Number of Dead removed 7 - *269 or 2242 %., - ~ 810 or 2253 %o
for 23 weeks ending October 3,
e
Total Number Missing at Fina) 0 Sor 25%. Tor 59% 10or 28%
Inspection.

otal Losses, ont ee ose 260 or 2167%,.| 272 or 2267%.| 288 or 2410%§ 820 or 2281%.

Total Number of Oysters Raised |(b) 982 or 818°3 %|(c) 930 or 7750 %.|(d)912 or 763°2 %f 2,824 or 785°5 %o
iving).

* The figures under columns headed “Total Number of Dead Shells Removed”’ are obtained from
the actual number of dead removed proportioned over the period given in Column 1, The loss per
thousand is caleulated on this number, and is correct to one place of decimals. When the proportioned
lows over the period contains a fraction, the nearest whole number is entered. Such error as arises is
corrected here * ander Total Number removed at end of period of laying.

(a) Caisse XV. was not inspected from 13. 6. 03, until final inspection 2. 10. 03.

Note—The symbol %,, represents “ per thousand.”

}
f
¢
i
}
if
{
\
1
t

|
s
i

|

‘
4
we

j

XVIII.

,370.

128 or 165°2%,

—

137 or 176°8%,

*165 or 2000%,.

307

ysters Laip 1n Caisses AT BuRREN.”

Areachon Oysters, 2nd Quality, Total Number, 5,971.

285 or 237°5% >,

305 or 254'°2%,

*344 or 2867%.

15 or 125%,

*282 or 235°0% 5

3 or

25%

Caisse XV. Caisse II. Caisse IV. Caisse V.
containing containing containing containing
775. 24". B y 200. 2”. 1,943. 2”
Total | Aver- | Total Aver- | Total Aver- | Total | Aver-
No. of age No. of age No. of age o. of age
Dead |Weekly| Dead |Weekly| Dead |Weekly| Dead | Weekly
Shells | Loss | Shells Loss Shells Loss | Shells Loss
Re- per {e- per - per Re- per
moved.; 1,000. |moved.| 1,000. | moved.} 1,000. | moved.}| 1,000.
5 12

(wu) 22 | (a)7'1 62 47 98 78 100
37 119 | 180 60 12°5 151 19°5

|

46 11°9 124 20°6 122 20°4 266 27°4
18 11°9 39 1674 38 15°8 $3 . 214
9 11°9 20 16°4 - - 42 21°4
is | 19 39 | 16-4 - - eS a

586 or 3016%,

*628 or 323°2%.

13 or 67%.

Caisses ILL, IV.,

and V.
combined.
Total contents
4543.2".

Total
No. of
Dead
Shells
Re-
moved.

1,153 or 265°5%.

1,215 or 279°8%,

1,254 or 288°7%.||

81 or

T1% 0 ||

}

|
|

Caisse XII.
containing
1,628. 14”.
Total | Aver-

No. of age
Dead | Weekly
Shells Loss
Re- per
moved. | 1,000.

469 or 2881%,

*501 or 307°'7% °

l0or 61%)

155 or 200°0%,

(¢€)622 or 802°8%,

) Do..
(d) Do.,
(e) Do.,

(f i
g
ef) Do.,

359 or 299'2%,

285 or 237°5%.,

641 or 329°9%.

841 or 7008%. | (£)931 or 775°8% o|(g)1,3030r 6706%_

) Includes an erp of 42 in divisions A. B. and OC. of Caisse.

2 in divisions A. and B. of Caisse.

do.,
do., 2
16
1
3

5 in division B. of Caisse.
in divisions of Caisse.
in divisions B. and C. of Caisse
in division A. of Caisse.
in division C. of Caisse.

|
1,285 or 2958%,|| 511 or 3138%.
|

3,075 or 708°0%q ||(A)1,1190r 687 3%

. ohfam eer A

all i oe

a

bolt aaa) rape z

ae ee

>
; 7 ‘ hy i
: J et a 6o ip we}
E a! es ¢
“doe W YE
enuf rita
Be ice au
’ cee Laoag

Lyle

“~
Ker

x i S : ; 4? oe! at
4
0 ey Yas - Sh ‘
j GTi ie?
} 7
;

-_—e- -—~«

SS
So
»

— a
eS fe DP di RT
Oo i) OA | Sack
* ) af i r
a * Wi wae)
mile? % nw e
) = a f

at er
eam a pe 5 olen
gVN 2 ea aH Fie a,
ee . a a 5 Ve

308
‘Taste XXIX.

Szasonat IncipeNcre or Morratity or AURAY OYSTERS LAID IN Caisses AT BaLLYNAKILL, Aprit, 1903; TRANSPERRED TO Caisses AT ARDFRY, FEpruARY, 1904.

st Trade Size, 5-6 centimetres, or 1st grade. Auray Oysters, Trade Size, 4-5 centimetres, or 2nd grade.
Auray Oysters: Total Nuvaber, 6,502 Total Number, &756

] | lI
Caisse X., Caisse Mx., Caisse Z, Caisse Cx, Caisse Ex., Caisse Dx., Caisse Ox,. Caisse W., Caisse Mx, i Caisse M
containing Division i, Caisses Bx., Px., containing containiig containing containing containing Division ii., Caisses Ex. Dx. || containing
ts 2,140 14”. 1,800 14”. 1,800 14°. 1,200 14”, i Ox. W., and Mx. 1,530 1”,
155 14”. combined. 5 combined |
Laid Laid Laid Laid ‘ | Laid

ae ii ai Laid 7 Laid
PBRIOD. Laid Laid 3 Laid Total contents,

}
Total contents, A .
6,555 14”. week ending week ending week ending week ending week ending week ending week ending 7,103 14”. week ending
| April 11, 1903. April 18, 1903. April 25, 1903. April 11, 1903.

Onisee Bx, is
1800 ye “11800 14”. 1300 14”. containing and Mx 1,007

. - aying of Caisses, for which a fan a eek ending week ending
pasa ed rom date pt/leying 91; Ose eae wreak ending | reek aos. | Ronda 1908 May 2, 1903. April 11, 1903, | April 11, 1903 April 11, 1903. | A’pril 11, 1903

Average| Total |average| Total |Average|| Total | Average
Weekly | No. of | Weekly | No. of | Woekly || No. of | Weelly
Loss. | Dend | Loss | Dead | Loss Dead | Loss

] 1 ]

Average| Total | Average| To'al |Average| Total | Average} Total |Average|; Total |Average} Total | Average|/ Total |Average| ‘Tots Average

Weekly | No. of | Weekly | No. of | Weekly | No. of | Weelsly | No. of | Weekly || No. of | Weekly] No. of | Weekly || No. of | Weekly | No. of | Wo

Loss Dead Loss Dead Loss Dead | Loss Dead Loss Dead Loss Dead Loss Dead Loss

per Shella per Shells per Shells per Shells per Shells per Shells per Shells per per Shells per Shells per Sholls =e

1,000. |removed.| 1,000. |removed.| 1,000. |removed.| 1,000. fremoved.) 1,000. jjremoved.| 1,000, Jremoved.| 1,000. ||removed.| 1,000. removed,| 1,000. |remoyved.| 1,000 jremoved.| 1,000, ||removed.| 1,000.
| |

;
|
12 |

6 Woeks , May 30, «. fc es q 2 “6 |} A | af ; ae a

4 Juno 27,
July 25,
August 29,
September 20,

October 31, ...

Novomber 28,

Decombor 26,
January 30, ...

Fobruary 6,.

‘Total No. of Dead removed during 1 Week (April 11-18),, : 2 or 0°9%, 2 or 1°1%, 1 or 0°8%,, ~ or 0°9%> 2 or 2°4% 1 or 85%) || 8 or 4°6%,, 6 or 3'4%, - - +22 or 3*2%,

1 (April 18-25), os 2 or 09%, 2 or 11%. 1 or 0°8%, = $5 or 0°9% 2 or 2°4%, 1 or 65%. 8 or 36%, | 8 or 46% 6 or 34%, 7 or 5°6%> = 129 or 429%,

40 Weeks (May 80—Jan. 8), 167 or 92°8%. 127 or 70°6% 171 or 95°0% | 22 or 141°9%., 486 or 87°5%. 54 or 53°6%, 23 or 187°0%, 271 or 126°6% 195 or 108°3%., 206 or 114°4% 164 or 136°7%. 28 or 171°8%,

1 Week (Jan. 30—Feb, 6) 20 or 10°8%, | 18 or 10°0%j 22 or 11:9%, | 2 or 9°7%> 61 or 109%, ~ 1 or 8°1%5 21 or 98%, | 18 or 10°0%, 9 or 4°8%, 13 or 10'8%q 2Qor 92% | 62 or 8'8%

867 or 122°1%,

|

|

| |
Total Numbor of Dend Shells removed during period of ley | |

ing at Ballynakill, .. balk es wa 0 *190 or 105°6%, | €162 or 84°4%, | *194 or 107°8%., | £25 or 161°3%, |] °561 or 101-0% $58 or 57°6% | °25 or 203'3%j || *308 or 143°9%, | ©2830 or 127°8%, | "298 or 126°4% ©182 or 151°7%_ | *31 or 190'2%, | 9979 or 137°8%

Total Number of Dead Shells removed during period of ny | | |

ing at Ardfry, = us cas oe a —t -t +1 —t 241 or 43°49 283 or 22°8%, 7 or 56°9%., —t -t —t —t = 377 or 53°1%°

Numbor missing at final count, =. ae 5 -t +t -t —t 269 or 48°4%, || 244 or 242°3%5 1 or 8°1%5 +t -t SH ii

|
|
| |
Total Losses,
epaigeres | 1,350 or 190°9%, || 472 or 308*5%
a b
4,484 or 807°2% , 2 or 677°3%~ | 90 or 781°7%, 5.866 or 839°9%. |) 1,064 or 695°4%

os ro ws oe o 1,071 or 192°8%_ or 322° 33 or 268739.
‘Total number of Oysters Raised (Living)

l

* The figures in column headed “Total Number of Dead Shell: ved” tai: etun ” : P :
contains x fraction, the nearest whole number is entered. Bei SaoUs peanves ae his da gorreotod lata) Gace eat cea ou proparoned over te period given in column 1; the logs per 1,000 is calculated on this number, and is correct to one place of decimals. Where the proportioned loss over the period

+ The contents of this caisse was not kept separate after its transfe to Ardf: op, &C. 5 8 ; ”
|Loss on onisse Z for 3 weeks, SNe ee sh are summarised in columns 6 and 14, where the contents of the caisses containing 14” oysters are combined, {Not including caisse Mx. § Loss on caisse Mx. for 4 weeks only

a Includes an excess of 119 oysters. U S | 5
NOTE.—The symbol %, represents “ per thousand.” Boole aus excomsiotO}oyaters

SSSSSS I ES

309
Tanne X XIX —continued,
SeasonaL IncipENCE oF Morrauity oF
Auray Oysters LAID IN Carsses AT BALLYNAKILL, JUNE, 1903 ; TRANSFERRED TO CatssEs AT ARDFRY, Frpruary, 1904.
Auray Oysters. Trade Size, 34 centimetres, or 3rd grade.
Total Number, 9,133.
7
Catase Q., Caiase Fx., Caisse 1, Catsse 5, : Caisse 4, Cnisse 4.
containing containing containing containing Caisses Q, Fx., containing Division A (halfof),
2446 1”, 2,400 1”, 2,000 1”. 1,065 1”. 1, and 5 655 14”, containing
combined. 6tT under 1”.
PERIOD. Laid Laid Laid Laid Laid
; Total contents, et
Calculated from date of laying of Caisses, for which week ending woek ending week ending week ending 7911 1”. week ending weck ending
gee Opposite. Tune 27, 1903. June 27, 1903. June 27, 1903. Tune 27, 1903. June 27, 1903. June 27, 1903.

Total |Average| Total SOS TaEe Total |Average| Total | Average
No.of | Weekly | No. of | Weekly | No. of | Weekly | No. of | Weekly
Dead Loss Dead Loss Dead Loss Dea Loss
Shells per Shells per Shells per Shells po

removed.! 1,000. |removed.) 1,000. jremoyedi 1,000. jremoved.

|
Total | Average} Total |Average|| Total | Average
No. of | Weekly |} No. of | Weekly |] No.of | Weekly
Dead Loss Dead Loss Dead Loss
Shells per Shells per Shells per
emoved.| 1,000. |jremoved.| 1,000. ||/removed.) 1,000.
|

611 19°3 |! 62 23:7 19 84

\ 4 Weeks ending July 25, as or

“| ean » August 29, ... 670 16°9 78 | 23°7 a4 84

| Teg » September 26, rs 5 36 27 10°3 20 8:8
5 4 » October 31 on 167 42 7 bl 7 62
Ae wy » November 28, oH oe a0 we 162 51 u £1 uv 61
‘a » December 26, ort on os on 162 51 u 41 14 61
Sn » January 30, m3 a cD an 228 58 15 4°5 17 59

1 Weck » February 6, ane nila anal abe

|
‘ Total No. of Dead Shells removed during 32 weeks from
June 27 to February 6, period during which Oysters were
laid at Ballynakill, A ig3 re ot as] *684 or 279°6%. °764 or 314°2%. "426 or 213°0%> °316 or 296°7%. |} 2,180 or 275°6%, °224 or 342°0%. *128 or 925°7%o
Total No, of Dead Shells removed during period of laying
at Ardiry, ste ons ae oe aoe ue —t at =H} =) 342 or 43°2%.. 60 or 76'°3%o 13 or 22°9%,
Number missing at final count, ... Ra sy é —t -t -t -t - | - 280 or 193°8%_
\— = —|
|
Total Losses, ... oe oa a0 oo a - - - = 2,522 or 318°8%., | 274 or 418°3%_ 431 or 742°56%,
Total Number of Oysters Raised (Living), 0. sas - - - - 15417 oF 684.7%, |) $392 or 693°6%q M6 or 257°5%o

* The figures in column headed “Total No. of Dead Shells removed" are obtained from the actual number of dead remov«d, proportioned over the period given in column 1; the loss
perehousten, is calculated on this number and is correct to one place of decimals Where the proportioned loss over the period Ba ains @ fraction, ARE nearer whole number is entered.
uc! Pecks os eee por this is corrected here (*) under the “Total No. of Deud Shells removed, 4a”
mn api aonts ne ist 13 Ciisse Was not kept separate alter its removal to Ard{ry. The losses, &c, are eumma~rised in column 6, where the contents of the four caisses containing 1”
combin: Tincludes an excess of 28 oysters. $ Includes an excess of 6 oysters.
NoTE.—The symbol %, represents “per thousand.”

, aged $0 ages 8 |

¢ feqeis ea a Bhi “i

i ' . 4h 4 Vy 5"

310

V1.—SUMMARIES OF LossEs AT BURREN AND BALLYNAKILL.

These tables require no special explanation, since the results form
the subject of comment in other sections of the Report. We may
repeat, however, that the second years’ layings of the first consignments
may have been injuriously affected by over-crowding (see p. 235), and
that the results of some of the caisse layings at Ballynakill are rendered
unreliable by discrepancies that appear between the numbers laid and
raised (see p. 291). These are matters of comparatively little importance,
and the tables, as a whole, may be commended to the serious
attention of those who may contemplate a relaying enterprise. We
have already referred to Hoek’s experience of increased mortality in the
second year of layings (see p. 304).

I NT ey a a .——-
gs 7S ? a f

. Bees

(Summaries

811

MARY SHOWING TOTAL LOSSES ON OYSTERS LAID AT BURREN.

TRALEE Oysters (1st ConsiGNMENT) 1st YEAR.

Total Losses,
Datest |Numbers] including Dead

How and Missing,
Quality. | Size. Number. of Raised
: | Laid. er Loss
Laying. Raising. | (Living). Number.| per 1.000
i laid.
I, 1 30. 11, O1 Tralee, | 3’ | Ground. 11,238 } 30. 9. 02 7,968 | 3,270 291°0
to _ Direct. | and | to
13. 2. 02. over. 20. 10. 02.
I. 2,3 30. to 01 Do. 23” do. 50,013 9. pe G2 31,784 18,229 364'5
oO
14. 2. 02. 28. 11. 02.
i 4 10. 12. 01. Do. A do. 17,010 | 29. 11. 02. 6,318 10,692 628°6
13, 2. 02.
I 5 to — 11. 01 Do. 2” do. 44,830 | 10. rg 02 19,347 25,483 568°4
‘to
14. 2. 02. | 21. 2. 03.
SS a | 123,091 | - | 65,417 | 57,674 | 468°

TRALEE Oysters (lst CoNSIGNMENT) 2ND YEAR.

13. 10. 03.

Tralee, 3” | Ground. 901

Relaid.
Do. 23” do. 27,899 | 13. = 03 15,109

9.11 03.
9. 10. 03.

to
8) 21 03.

do.

Total, Ground, . - 45,079 465'4

a. | 17 to19| 13-18. 12. 02. Tralee, 23” | Caisses.

|

Relaid.
TI. 20 18. 10. 02, Do. 23” | Laying 600 § 9. 11. 03. 222 378 630°0
beside
Oaisse.
Total, Caisses,_ . : ° ° 1,800 — 1,200* 605 | 336°1

1,800 } 15. 9. 08. 1,200* 605 3361
tO

Total, Ground beside Caisse, .

TRALEE OysTERS (2ND CONSIGNMENT) IsT YEAR.

Total Losses,

efer- Dates Datest |Numbers} including Dead
nce, and Missing.
of Quality. Size. | How Laid. | Number. of Raised
: rae Loss
‘able. Laying. Raising. | (Living).| number.| per 1,000
laid.
Iv. 13. 12. 02 Tralee, 24” Caisses. 2,365 | 9. 9. 03. 1,871 494 208'9
to Direct. to
13. 1. 03. 25. 10. 03.
Iv. 13. 12. 02 Do. 23” Ground 1,000 9. 9. 03. 587 413 413°0
” to Ae ad (pestle
La 2 GB. aisses
Iv. 12-13, 1. 03. Do. Yd Caisses. 1,800 | 10. a 03 1,423 377 209°4
oO
30. 10. 08.
Iv. 12-13, 1, 03. Do, a” Ground 400 9. = 03 253 147 367°5
beside
Caisses. Rte paemer Rp 30. 10. 03.
Total, Caisses, - . ° 4,165 - 3,294 871 209° 1
Total, Ground beside Caisses, : 1,400 840 560 | 400°0

OO EO eee ag...
* Includes an excess of 5,
t Only the more important dates are given ; for full particulars see Reference given in Column 1,

312

CLARINBRIDGE OysTERS (lst CoNsIGNMENT) Ist YEAR.

Total Losses,
Dates [Numbers] including Dead

Reference. Dates | ;
| How and Missing. ue
Quality. Size. Number. of Raised
| | Laid. 4h a <3
Table.| No. | Levine. | Raising.* | Living).| Number.| per 1.000
| ! | | aid. 10
Ve 1toZAj} 27. 3. 02. 762 if. x. 02 451 $11 4081
4, ip 02.
V. |3to4A] 27. 3. 02. 2,356 18. 40 02 1,853 503 2135 }
3. 11. 02

V. |5to6A} 27. 3. 02.

5,346 | 3-5. 11. 02. 2,455 2,891 540°8

Total, Ground, . : 4,759 | 3,705

VL. 18. 10. 02 4, 11. 03.
> and

11. 02.
8 and /3-4. 11. 02,
ll

Clarin-
bridge,
Relaid.

Do.

Tand 1,244
0

747

VL 3. 11. 03.

VL

4. 11. 02, 1,522 3-13. 11. 03.

9 and Do.
12

Total Ground, . . é ; =

CLARINBRIDGE OysTERS (2ND CoNSIGNMENT) IsT YEAR.

Ret Total Losses,
er- Dates Dates (Numbers}| including Dead
ence, and Missing.
of Quality. | Size. | How Laid. | Number. of Raised
Ae 7 Loss
Table. | lying. | Raising. | (Living).| wy mber. per 1,000
i 1d.
| vilion é |
VIL. | 12-14. 1. 03. | larin- 24” | Onisses, 1,800 | 10.903 | 1611 is9 | 1050 |
6, f
| Direct. : 15. 10. 03,
VII. | 12-14. 1. 03. Do. | 24” | Ground be- 600 | 9. 9. 03 496 104 1733
| side Onisses. to
17. 10. 03 |
VII. | 12-13. 1. 03. Do. | 2 | Onisses. 2,700 | 9.9, 03 2,307 393 | 1456 |
} / 0
| | 25. 10. 03
vil | 12-13. 1. 03. | Do. | 2” Ground 600 | 9. 9. 03 401° 199 3317
beside to
Onisses. 25. 10, 03. |
i j 2. —s— ———
Total, Caisses, . ‘ ‘ ‘ 4,500 - 3,918 682 129'3
Total, Ground beside Caisses, ; 1,200 - 897 303 | 262'°6

Only the more important dates are given; for full partioulars see Reference given in Oolumn 1,

313

Auray Oysters (lst ConsiGNMENT), Ist YxEAR,

eference, Total Losses,
Dates *Dates |Numbers} including Dead
How and Missing.
of Quality. | Size. nia Number. of Raised i“
aid.
ble. No. Laying. Raising. (Living) Loss

‘| Number.) per 1,000

Laid.
I. 4,5 19. 12. 01. Auray, 24” | Ground, 4,500 7. 10. 02 1,922 2,578 572°9
5-6 cm. yt to
Direct. 25, 11. 02.
tr. | 1 = 19. 12. 01. Do. a Do. 3,700 22) 11..02 1814 1,886 509°7
to
| 16. ly 03.

Total, Ground, . ; : ‘ 8,200 - 3,736 | 4,464 | 544°4

:
III. | 8to10| 19, 12. 01. Auray, | 2” | Ground. 11,000

6. - 02 7,942 3,058 278°0
27. 1. 03.

8. 10. 02 1,354 3,646 729°2

NT. 6 19. 12. OL. Do.

9,296 | 6,704 | 419°0

Total, Ground, . , 3 -| 16,000

19. 12. a1. | Auray. 18. 6. 02 5.850% | 23.387
24-4 em.

Direct.

Total, Ground,

19. 12. 01.

Auray. —- | Ground, 4,000
Direct.

Mixed trade

sizes.

ee Fk FZ, Auray.
l4,and Direct.
17A Mixed trade

sizes trans-
ferred from
Red Bank.

Total, Ground,

ie 29 3). 1. 02 Auray, 1” | ‘Caisse. 1800 | 28. 10. 02. 1,514
and 23-4 cm.
10. 3. 02.

rc. | 30,31} 5.2 02 Do. 13” | Caisses. 3,100 | 3-30. 10.02.) 29172 186
and ad
| 10. 3. 02.
E tis 31. 1. 02 Do. | 14” } Do. 1800 | 13.3 03. | 1,654 146 81°1
and | a a
10. 3. 02. | | |

Sek tied be

Total, Caisses, - : .| 6,700 . 6,085°} 618 | 92:2

Only the more important dates are given ; for full particulars see Table and Ref. Nos. given in column 1.
Exclusive of oysters transferred in January and March, 1902. to caisses, for which see Ref. Nos. 29-32,

Total number originally laid on Red Bank, exclusive of 1,30) transferred to caisse, see Ref. No. 14, note d.
Total number raised of oysters transferred from Red Bank to Arklow 6, see Ref, No.17A. This number,
sso includes 40 oysters raised from Red Bank in September, 1903, see Ref. No, 2.

!Ineludes an excess of 3 oueters on number laid.

See note (*) on Table VIIL., as to size of these oysters,

314

Auray Oysrers (lst ConsIGNMENT), 2ND YEAR.

Total Losses,

Reference. | ; : ,
Sie t || Dates = ‘Dates |Numbers a Dead
ow and Missing,
“3 ar Quality. Size] | | Number.] of _—_| Raised. i
| Z 1d. o¢ .
Table. | No, Laying. | Raising. | (Living).| number. Rasy
= 8 —. 12. 02. | apy 23” | Ground. 200 17.-9; 03: 7d 125 625°0
| em
Relaid,
—. 12. 02. Do. 6. 11. 03. 21 179 895°0
Total, Ground, . : - : | 400 - | 96 304 | 760°0
2.€ 20, 21 —, 12. 02. peg 23” | Ground. 400 6. 11.03: 124 276 690°0
—) cm.
Relaid.
Ix. | 22 | —. 12,02. Do. 2” | Do. 200 | 6. 11 03. 91 109 | 5450 |
IX. | 25,254] 29. 10. 02 Do. 24” Do. * 646%] 25. 7. 03. 300% 346 535°6
Oo
14, 11, 02.
bs 25B 25. 7. 03. Do. (23”) | Caisse. - 300 17. 9. 03. 290 10 33'3
Ix. | 2c | 20. 12. 02, Do. 24” | Do. 600} 2. 10. 03. 521° 86 | 1433
Total, Ground,° . : : ; 1,246 re |
Total, Caisses,“ . . . : 900 :
1x. | 23 —. 12. 02. 7 2” | Ground. 1,450 20. 10. 03. 433 1,017 7014 |
--_>— em,
Relaid.
io & | 24 —, 12. 02. Do. 13” Do. 200 6. 11. 03. 31 169 £45°0
x 30A,31A| 3. 10. 02. ou iy Do. 2,948 a * 03 201 2,747 931°8 f-
-4 em. i
Relaid i” 6. i: 03.
ex Caisses. 14 wt
xX. | 29a | 23. 10. 02. Auray, 2” | Caisse. 458 | 17. 9. 03. 3644 99 2162
cm.
) | Relaid
| | ex Caisses.
xX. | 294 | 28 10, 02. Do. || 44’ | Do. 835 , 6 |
Total, Ground, . P , ; 4,598 665. 3,933 | 855°4
Total, Caisses,“ . - F : 1,293 9387] 360 | 278°4
hE
Ix. | 2 6. 10, (2 Auray. | 23’ | Ground. 2,228 {15-16. 10.03.) 1,328 900 | 4039
| to Relaid.
11. 2, 03. Mixed trade
| sizes.
Ix. | 27 | 6.10. 02 Do. 2” Do. 9,698’ | 20. 10. 03.| 3,705 5,903 G44
to
) 12. 2. 03.
Ix. 28 5. 10. 02 Do. 14” Do. 1,988 ”] <0. 10. 03. 130 1,858 9346
to | j .
—. 12. 02. | |

Total, Ground, . : , : | 13,824 - | 5,163 8,661 | 626°5

* Only the more important dates are given; for full particulars see Table and Ref. Nos. given in column 1,

' Exclusive of 800 transferred in December, 1902, to caisse and ground, see Ref. Nos. 20 and 250. ‘a

») Includes an excess of 7 oysters.

‘See above for periods for which oysters were lail in caisses and on the ground,

d Inc ‘hides an excess of 5 oysters.

¢ 8ee also Table X, Ref. No. 324, Caisse XXV., XXVL, XXVIL, which is not included here for the reasons
stated in notes.

f Includes 912 Arcachon oysters. y Lucludes 47 Whitstable oysters.

315

AURAY OYSTERS (2ND CONSIGNMENT) lst YEAR.

ree ee

Total Losses,
Reference, Dates Dates Numbers] including Dead
; How and Missing.
A 2 of Quality, | Size. Number, of Raised
2 sees Laid. Loss
Putte, | Calese)_Lewine.- Raising.” | (Living). | Number.| per 1,000
. laid,
a
=. Il. 18. 4. 03. Auray,5-6 | 2” | Caisses. 957 29. 9. 03. 896 68 711
cm.
Direct.
b
Do. 13” do. 5,768 $ 11-29. 9. 03. 5,181 591 102°5
. ne )
c
| Total, Caisses, . . . : 6,725 - 6,077 |

Auray, 4-5 Caisses. 11-30. 9, 03. 864 | 1166
ecm. |
Direct. |
18, 4. 03. 30 | 1591
.
ad
Total, Caisses, . : . ‘ 9,548 - 8,391 1,204 | 1261

28. 4. 03. Auray, 24-4 Caisses.

28-29, 4. 03. 620 67°3

— aa

Total, Caisses, . . : . 10,126 = 9,401 725 | 71'6

@ Includes an excess of 7. Includes an excess of 4. c Includes an excess of 11. d Includes an excess of 47.
* Only the more important dates are given ; for full particulars see Table and Ref, No, given in Col. 1.

ARCACHON UysTERS (1st CoNSIGNMENT) IsT YEAR.

EE

ARcACHON Oysters (1st ConsIGNMENT) 2ND YEAR.

j
Reference. Dates |
cary of Quality. Size.
tabie| No | Tavine* |
XI. | 1 27. 3. 02. Areachon, 23”
Ist Quality.
Direct.
se eta 2 27. S. 02. Do. me
Total, Ground, : 2
XII. | 3 27. 3. 02. Arcachon, | 23”
| 2nd Quality.
Direct.
XII. | 4 27. 3. 02. Do. ae
Total, Ground,
Reference. Dates
—_—— of Quality. Size.
Tabi. | Mo, | faring?
xt 5 —. 12. 02 Arcachon, 764
Ist Quality.| and
| Relaid. under,
XIII. | 6 —. 12. 02 Arcachon, 2h”
Ist and 2nd 3
Qualities.
| Relaid.
Total, Ground, .
XII.| 10 | 13. 12.02. | Arcachon. 9”
Ist and 2nd and
| Qualities. | under.
| Relaid,
' = : | 5 Bi .
Total, Caisse,
Xi, ; 7 24. 10. 02 | Arcachon, 3”
to Ist and 2nd
25. 11. 02. Qualities. 24”
Relaid.
XII. 8 24. 10. 02 Do. 24”
to
25. 11. 02.
xu, 8 24, 10. 02 Arcachon, if
to Istand 2nd and
25. 11. 02, (Qlualities. | under.
Relaid.
And Isle >
of Wight. 24”
Relaid, dd

Total, Ground,

* Only the more important dates a

; on are given :
Exoludiny 200 removed for simple laying
> Excluding 000 removed to Calase X.,

316

How

Laid.

Ground.

do.

Caisse.

Ground,

; for full particulars see Table and Ref. No, given in Coll,
sec Ref. No. 6,
I, XII. —see Ref. No. 10.

do,

do.

Total Losses,

Dates |Numbers} includirg Dead
How and Missing.
an Number. of Raised
aid.
Raising.* | (Living).' nu mber.| per tol
| laid.
Ground.| 7,350 | 24. 10.02 | 5421 })
O
19.11... 02. > 3,668 308°5
do. 4,540 924-27. 10.02 2,801 [J
4 ; | 11,890 | - | 8,222 3,668 308'5
Ground. aero 16. 10. 02. 1.055 2,220 6779
do. 6,600 {21-25.11.02.) 3,779 2,821 427°4
: - | 9,875 | - | 4,834 5,041 510°5

Total Losses,

Dates |Numbers] including Dead
and Missing.
Number of Raised. }
Raiving.* | (Living).} number. ee
laid.
209 6. 11. 03. 52 148 740°0
200 6. 11. 03. 26 174 870) 7
400 | - | 78 322 | 805'0
600 15. 9. 03. 407 193 3317 3
600 - | 407 193 | 8217 ©
739 | 16. 10, 03. 210 529 7158
4.3037 16-9. 10. 03. 2,610 1,693 393°4
5,683t | 6-9. 10. 03. 2,640 3,048 6355
10,725 - | 5,460 | 5,265 | 490'9

317

ArcacHon OysTERS (2ND CONSIGNMENT) Ist YEAR.

Reference. Total Loss:2s,
Date Date Numbers] including Dead
How and Missing.
Caisse of Quality. | Size. = Number. of Raised
=. Layin ee Raising. | (Living) ms
Nos. ae eos: &)-! Number.) per 1,000
Laid.
a
cIV. | aN: 25. 4. 03. Arcachon, | 24” | Caisses, 775 2, 10. 03. 622 155 200°0
Ist Quality.
Direct.
b
ive pee 22. 4. 03. Do. 2” Do. 3,595 | 11-29. 9. 03. 2,824 820 228°1

CIV.

ad
III. to 20. 4. 03. Arcachon, 2” | Caisses. 4,343 711-29. 9. 03. 3,075
¥. 2nd Quality

Direct.

cy. | 221, 22. 4. 03.

g é
13” Do. 1,628 15. 9. 03. 1,119 511 313°9

Total, Caisses,

1,796 | 300°8

a Includes an excess of 2.
b Fs ‘ 49,
€ ” ’ 51.
d e $4 17.
é »” ” 2.
f - bs 19.
g . 80 Arcachon, Ist quality, 14”.

318.,

« Wacrsraste Natives,” oR Kentisa Kwock (1st Year).

} ;
| Total Losses,
Reference. Dates Dates |Numbers] including Dead
How and Missing.
of Quality. size. Number. of Raised
Laid. HAR — cates ae
Table.| No. Laying. Raising.* | (Living).| Number. per 1,000]
| Laid. |
4 —_—__t______ rk A x iit
xv. | 1 | 205.02. Kentish 3’ |Ground.| °85 | 1.11. 02 17 8 94°1
Knock. to
| | Direct. 2. 12. 02.
xv. | 2 | 20. 5. 02. Do. 23” do. 150 31, 10. 02 149 1 67
to
| 4. 11. 02.
xv. {| 3 | 2.5.02. Do. 2” do. G00 | 1-4. 11. 02. 521 79 | 1317
Xv.| 4 | 205.02 Do. WW | do, 1,000 }1-4. 11.02} 708 292 | 2920
an
| under |
Total, Ground, . . . . | 1,835 = | 1,455 380 | 207'1

‘WuitTsTaBLE Navives,” or Kentish Knock (2ND Yxrar).

XVI. 5 1. 11. 02 Kentish Mixed | Ground. 920 6.1L: 177 743 807°6
and , to Knock. Sizes.
5A | 2. 12. 02. Relaid.
|
Total, Ground, . : . . 920 - | 177 743 | 807'6

Total Losses,
Reference. Dates Dates |Numbers} including Dead

How and Missing.

of Quality. Size. Number. of Raised
rad
‘ te “e sas Loss
Table. | N Laying. Raising.* | (Living). Number.| per 1,000.
Laid.
i a {SEK oa
at XXI. 1 26. 4. 02. Dutch. | 28” | Ground. | 660t | 31. 10. 02 494 166t 261'5
| ’

/ |
31. 10. 02 Dutch. “f ; 82 20. 10. 03.

10 | Relaid.
16. 11. 02.

|
$1. 10. 02. | Do. Y : 424 | 20. 10. 03.

Total, Ground,

* Only the more important dates are given, for jul] particulars ree Table and Ref. Nor. given in Column ],
{ Numbers received in April, 1£02, and laid ter porarily till June. fee Reference, Column 1.
: Lowece are calculated trom cate of receipt in April.

319

Fatmourn Oysters, Ist YEAR.

Reference. Total Losses,
re Dates Dates |Numbe including Dead
{ How and Missing.
of | Quality. | Size. is Number. of | Raised

Table. No.

Raising.t | (Living) Némber, conti

32S ates

Laying.

XVIL 1 3. 5. 02. Falmouth 3” | Ground, *60 3. 11. 02 44 16 266°7
Direct.
XVII. 2 8. 6. 02. Do. 24” Do. *1,.770 | 3-4. 11. 02 1,185 585 330°5
VILL = 3. 5. 02. Do. oye Do. #3 285 30. Bn 02 2,510 775 235°9
4, 7. 02
Total, Ground, A : ‘ | 5,115 sus] - | arse | - | 3,739 1,376 269°0

FALMOUTH OysTERS, 2ND YEAR.

XVIII. d 30. 10. 02 Falmouth 33” Ground, 73 20. 10. 03 30 43 589°0
to Relaid, | 8”
3. 11. 02.
XVIII. 5 30. 10. 02 Do. 24” Do. 1,683 20. 10. 03 613 1,075 635'8
to
4, 11. 02
XVIIL. 6 30. 10. 02 Do. Y Do. 1,537 20. 10. 03 352 1,185 7710
to ‘4
4. 11. 02. |
Total, Ground, . fe - | 995 | 2,303 | 698°3

IsteE oF Wicut Natives, lst YEAR.

marx. 1 18. 1.02, |Isleof Wight) 3” | Ground, 2182 | 9.12.02] 1,577 605 £173
Direct.
abe 2 18. 1. 02. Do. 24” Do. 2519 | 9. 12,02} 1,196 1,323 525°2
) |
xXIx.| 3,4 27, 1. @2. Do. 24” Do. 3,264 | 29. 1.03.} 1,353 1911 | 585%
=i. 5 27. 1. 02. Do. | Q” Do. 1,000 | 6. 11. 02. 690 310 3100
Total, Ground, ; ‘ : 8,965 - | 4,816 | 4,149 | 462'°7

| Iste oF Wieut Navives, 2NpD Year.

|
aa. 6 9. 12. 02 lelgot Wight 3” | Ground, 3,334 | 6. 11. 03. 2515 | 7543
to Relaid 24”
29. 1. 03.
XX. | 7,7A 9. 12. 02 33” Do. 156 | 6. 11. 03. 60 96 6154
10)
ap... 1. 08. |
EE !
Total, Ground, ae | 3,490 | a 2,611 | 7481

meee erence eS A

* Actual numbers received in May. These oysters were not finally laid until June 12. For ‘ietails of
numbers laid see Table and ef. Nos. given in column 1.
t For full particulars of dates of raising see Table and Ref Nos given in column 1.

320

SUMMARY SHOWING LOSSES OF OYSTERS LAID AT BALLYNAKILL.
MIscELLANEOUS Layines, 1902.

Total Losses,

|

including Dead
o Date aan Dates |Numbers and Missing,
of Quality. | Size. Number. of Raised
Laid. re ; Bal Loss
No Laying, Raising.* | (Living). Number.| per 1.000
| Laid.
—. 4. 02. Tralee. 3” | Ground. 131 3. 10. 02. 119 12 91°6
Direct.
—. 4, 02. Do. 24” Do. 1,123 17. 10. 02. 1,062 61 64°3
—. 4 02. Do. vot Do. 1,202 §1-17. 10. 02. 1,022 180 149°8
Total, Ground, ° . . e 2,456 a 2,203 253 103°0

8. 4.02. |Clarinbridge.| 3” | Ground. $0 77°8
Relaid at
Burren.
8. 4. 02. Do. A Do. 90 lll*1
66°7

Total, Grouha, - =. . . 270 “ 247 23 | 85'2

XXII | Arcachon. | 23” | Ground. 90 | 28. 9. 02 82 8 88°9
Ist quality. and
Relaid a 18. 10. 02.
Burren.
XXIII 10 | 8 4. 02, Do. 2 Do. 18. 10. 02, 68 22 244°4
XXII, ll | 8. 4, 02, Arcachon. | 23” Do. 18. 10. 02. 88 2 22°2
) 2nd quality
| Relaid at
Burren.
3. 10. 02. 85 5 55°6
Total, Ground, . ° ; : 360 - 323 37 | 102°8

* Only the more important dates aie given ; for full particulars see Table and Ref, No, given in Col 1

321

TRALEE, CLARINBRIDGH, AURAY, AND ARCAUHON OYSTERS AT
BALLYNAKILL, 1903-04.

| Total Losses,

Reference Dates Dates |Number| including Deud
How and Missing.
of Quality. Size. Number. of Raised
Laid. LS * ; Luss
Fable.| No. Laying. Riuising.* | (Living). Number. | per 1,000
Laid.

'l'RALEE OYSTERS.

$< —— EE

a :
Seay.) 1,2 28. 1.03. | Snel 2” Caisses. 1,629 | 4-5. 11.03.; 1,469 163 100 1
Irect,

(XIV. 4d 23.1.03. | Do, id | do. 214 4, 11. 03. 95 119 | 556"1

(XIV. 3 28. 1. 03. Do. 2” Ground 200 5. 11. 03. 158 4? 210°0
by Caisse.

a
Total, Caisses, : 4 ; - | 1,843 - 1,564
Total, Ground,

CLARINBRIDGE OYSTERS.

|
XLV. 5 23. 1. 03. |Clarinbridge,| 3”,23”,| Caisses. | 817 4, 11. 03. 682 135 165°2
Direct. 3?

cXIV.| 6.7 | 28-30, 1. 03. Dy. 2” do, 1,815 } 4-16. 11. 03. 1,481 334 184°0

Total, Caisses, ‘ , ‘ - | 2,632 - 2,163 469 | 178°2

ay. 8 13. 3. 03. | Clarinbridge| 24”,2” | Caisses. 5. 11. 03.

Dwarfs,
Relaid at
Burren.

Avuray Oysters. Larp at BALLYNAKILL, 1903; TRANSFERRED TO ARDFRY, 19/4.

Xv. 1 10, 4, 03. Auray, 2” Onisses. 1,007 18, 3. 04. | 682 325 322°7

— $$ $$ ee

5-6 cm.,
Direct.
RXV. 2 10-28, 4. 03. Do. 13” do, 5,555 16. 3. 04. 4,484 1,071 192°8
to
2. 4. 04.
Total, Caisses, ‘ . . ° - 5,166 | 1,396 | 212°7

A ae aa | CO
* Only the more important dates are given, for full part:culars see Table and Ref. No. given in column 1.

a Includes an exgess of 3. b See note e, Table XXIV.
¢ Includes an excess of 1,

322
TRALEE, CLARINBRIDGE AURAY, AND ARCACHON OysTERS AT BALLYNAKILL,
1903-04—continued.

!

Reference. | Date | Dates Numbers] including Dea
| : How and Missing.
bo Quality. | Size. Number} of Raised “a
| Laid. cae ;
Table.| No. Laying. Raising.* | (Living). Number. per 1,¢
Laid.
AURAY OysTERS—continued.
xxv.| 3 | 94.03. | Auray, 2” | Caisses. 123 } 1. 4. 04. 90 33
4-5 cm.,
Direct. a
PS 4 10-28. 4. 03. | Do. 13)” do. 7,103 18. Fe 04 5,866 1,356
| oO
| 1. 4, O4, :
ey . 5 11. 4. 03. Do. 1” 4. c6; 1,530 18. 3. 04 1,064 472
and
| | at

Total Caisses, . . . 4 8,756 | - | 7,020°| 1,861 | 212°5

> & 4'A | 6 | 25. 6. 03. Se yth 1)” | Caisses. 655 6. 2. O04. 392 @ 274 418°3
| Direct.

KEV, ~¥ 25-26. 6. 03. Do. a” do. 7,911 13. ne 04 5,417 © 2,522 318°§

XXV. | 8 25. 6. 03. Do. Under| do. 567 12, ri Of 146 421 742°5
|

Total, Caisses, . ; ; | 9,133 | 2 5,955 | 3,217 | 352%

ArcacHon OysiErs. Laip av BALLYNAKILL, 1903; TRANSFERRED To ARDFRY, 1904. 7

XXVI. | 1 13-14. 4. 03. | Arcachon, 24” Caisses, 938 | 16-29. 3. 04. 295 643 685°5
Ist quality,
| Direct.

XXVI.| 2 | 13-14. 4. 03. Do, 2” do. 4356 | 18.3.¢4 | 27769) 1,765 | 405°2
10
| 7. 4. 04.

XXVI. | 3 28. 4. 03. Do. 1)” do. 172 | 29. 3. 04. 90 82 | 476°7

Total, Caisses, , ° : ; | 5,466 | - | 3,161"| 2,490 | 465°5 '
XxV1L | 4 15. 4. 03. Areachon, | 2” Caisses 3.025 416-29. 3. 04. 2.180" 1,300 429°8

2nd quality, |
Direct. ;
XXvVI.! 5 25. 4. 03. Do, 1-29" -1—-4e (24) - - (4)
k

XXVI. 6 | 28 4. 03. Do. | 13” - - (836)

Total, Caisse (2”), . . ; | 3,025 - 2,180 "| 1,300 | 429°8

* Only the more important dates are given ; for full particulars see Table and Ref. No. given incolumnl, —
NOTE.—It is not possible to state with certainty how the excesses in Auray and Arcachon oysters aris
Both consignments, expecially the latter, suffered from the effects of gales, the caisses being in expose positions.
t seems possible that gome of the missing (see ‘ables XXV. and XXVI.) may have been put back int
caisses other than their own. See also pp. 291-3,

a4 Includes an excess of 119. / Includes an excess of 39.
b ” ” 6. - ” 185.
c ” ” 125. i ” ” 455.
d * ” ll i See note c, Table XXVI

é * = 28. k See notes d and ¢, Table XXVI,

323

V1l.—_Hyporuetican Prorits AND LOSSES,

While details of growth, mortality, etc., are to be found in the
tables, a short review of the apparent financial results will probably be
of interest. Our operations having been of an experimental nature and
not carried out as a commercial enterprise, it is not possible for us to
give net figures. The amount which was paid in wages and in subsidy
tor use and protection of the ground occupied is, of course, on record,
but much of the cést was incurred in sorting, measuring, and weighing
stock to a degree which, while necessary for our observations, is far
beyond what would have been required in an ordinary relaying under-
taking. Iurther expense was entailed by the separate laying and care
of stock after division by sizing and weighing, and in the comparative
trial of different sections of the ground.

As to the practical cost of care of stock there is no means of arriving
at a figure of universal application. The cost of the bed alone is
variable. If purchased there will be the interest on the purchase
money; if obtained under license with the consent of owners or
occupiers of adjoining lands, something will probably have been pay-
able in respect of such consents; if obtained by the licensee on the
foreshore of his own lands or below low-water mark, the cost will have
been practically nul.

The labour bill will vary with the circumstances of the cul-
tivator more than with the amount of stock handled. Watch-
ing is an item which varies with the ethics of the locality, as much
perhaps as with the facilities for disposing of plunder. On the west
coast we do not think the necessity for watching will often arise,
except in regard to layings near public fisheries during the period when
the latter are being dredged.*

A small farmer, having a laying adjoining his farm, might perhaps
handle stock up to about 100,000, especially if he enjoyed the assistance
of a family, however weak, since much of the work of a laying between
tide-marks or accessible by wading at low-water springs can quite
well be undertaken by women and children. A proprietor, or strong
farmer, compelled to keep a certain number of men constantly on the
pay-sheet, might be able to utilise their services in oyster culture on
a considerable scale without undue interference with the claims of
agriculture, since during the warmer months of the year oysters demand
little except to be left alone.

On the other hand, if an oyster bed is acquired by a person who
cannot immediately supervise its culture, and who has not servants able
to devote part of their time to it, the cost will be much greater. It is
presumed that the oysters are to be laid down for commercial pur-
poses, and not merely to supply the owner’s household. Any consider-
able undertaking will require at least two labourers, on account of the
heavy weights to be handled when receiving and raising stock, and
despatching same to market. Experience will soon show that if
capable men can be found they must be kept permanently on the pay-
sheet, because casual labour in oyster-culture without the support of
a skilled permanent staff is apt to prove expensive. Further, they
must be paid something more than the local wage of agricultural
labourers, for no man will work in the water if he can earn as much
money on dry land. If the bed has to be worked by dredge the cost
of and upkeep of boat and dredges have to be considered, and, of
course, in all cases the cost of despatching stock to market varies
according to local railway facilities. The ccst of supervision and
clerical work, which cannot be left to the labourers, will be found a
further charge, not easy of general estimate, and not avoidable.

It is obvious that the staff, though constantly drawing pay, cannot
be constantly employed in handling oysters, but to some extent their

* At Burren our experiments were safe-guarded by an elaborate system of watching, and at
Ardiry a similar system is continued. At Ballynakill, where the Marine Laboratory had
long been recognised as a friendly institut'on, it was not deemed necessary to watch at. all
and no one interfered with our layings, though freely exposed at low-water of every spring tide.

324

spare time can be employed in making boxes for consignment, and in
making and repairing caisses, if caisse-culture be a part of the programme.

Unuer ali the circumstances of culture referred to above the same
difficulty in estimating cost occurs, because the care of 100,000 oysters
costs not less than the care of a very much larger number, and in the
absence of a golden rule to success, the personal equation of the super-
visor may entirely influence the result.

in presenting the figures given below we assume that the cultivator
starts with an assured market, for as much good ware as he can pro-
duce, by direct sale to the consumer or to retail purveyors. It is not
to be assumed, because a relayer has been able to dispose locally of a
few hundreds or thousands at a high price, that it will pay him to
enlarge his business. He may find that his output at the same price
is capable of no expansion, and may be compelled to send his stock to
a wholesaite market, where it will fetch only what it may appear to
be worth to the wholesale man, and will lose the special value which
attaches to oysters received by the consumer direct from the unpolluted
beds of the Lrish west coast. While no reputable oyster merchant
will touch stock from tainted sources, it is not to be supposed that any
will admit that one brand of the goods which he offers is more free
trom risk of pollution than another. Consequently the west coast
native will, if sold through wholesale dealers, have to compete for
flavour and fatness with stock which may be more than its equal in
one or both of these respects. In this connection an experience of our
own may be of interest. We had occasion to import from various Irish
beds of high repute consignments designed for a particular purpose.
Comparing them with our own stock, the latter was found to be at
least as good as any, and we knew the prices of all. Wishing to have
an unprejudiced opinion, we sent a parcel of our own stock, carefully
selected, to a Billingsgate merchant of undoubted character, and in
due course received the proceeds of sale, and a report with which he
was kind enough to furnish us. Sold in competition with the best
English natives, our stuff fetched about half the price of the latter,
and, having regard to relative fatness, weight of fish to weight of
shell, and appearance, we cannot contend that the price was unduly
low. No doubt the “natives” of the west coast and of Whitstable
have different flavours, and some prefer one and some the other, but
in effect we believe that the west coast oyster is valued by consumer or
retailer chiefly on account of 1ts known immunity from sources of pol-
lution.* There is, therefore, we imagine, no present prospect of a
satisfactory market except by direct sale to the consumer or to the
retailer in whose house the west coast oyster has an assured position,
and if a relayer cannot find in this way an outlet for all his stock, it
may be better for him to sell at reduced price to a relayer with a
larger connection than to consign to a wholesale market.

Our figures are not based upon actual sales. We did, in fact, sell
a considerable number of oysters, and could have gold as many more
as we chose, but needed the saleable stock for future spatting opera-
tions. The prices we have named are those at which we have reason
to believe the oysters could have been sold, net,t to consumers or
retailers, with a reduction made to cover a percentage of doubtful stock.
We have classed as saleable any lot of oysters in which the shell
measured by Auray gauge at least 24’ and in which the fish averaged
et least 6 grm. A good fish$ may be anything from 6 to 12 grm., but
a fish of the former weight, if fat, will pass muster, and, taking heavy’
with light, the lots were no doubt saleable to consumers and retailers,
net, after payment of package and carriage, at the prices at which we
have appraised them,

* Be it far from us to suggest that Whitstables, which we have had occasion to mention,
are not equally immune,

1 t.¢., after deduction of cost of packing and carriage.
# 1G. some few of the Clarenbridges which, though carrying a good fish, were only 2-inch
in shell,

§ The fish-weight does not iuclude the weight £ the liquor in shell, see pp, 224-5,

325

Tralees,—tThe first laying, made in the winter of 1901-2, com-
prised, exclusive of samples used for examination, 120,944 oysters,
costing, at from 15s. to 17s. 6d. per 1,260, about £81. In the autumn
of 1902 38% were marketable, 15% were unmarketable, and 48% were
dead or lost. The marketable oysters were a very fine lot, and counting
larger with smaller, were certainly value for 7s. per hundred, after
allow'ng for cost of package, carriage, etc., i.c., £159 10s, 6d., leaving
a balance of £78 10s. 6d. on the right side. Including a long journey
in carts, carriage and incidentals brought the first cost up to some-
thing less than £1 per 1,260, which reduces the balance to about
£66 10s. 6d., and this is, as in all cases, subject, for reduction to net
profit, to the cost of care.

Actually the balance on the transaction would have been somewhat
greater than this, as we have classed among “samples” a lot of 1,000
of the very best oysters, which were not raised at stock-taking with
the others.

All this consignment consisted of oysters as received direct from the
Tralee public bed, and included some which were immediately saleable,
though not at a high price, and many others which were of less than
the legal size. The bailiff appointed in the following season has
practically abolished the exportation of under-sized oysters, so that
though the price of direct Tralees is now much higher than in 1902*
the purchaser gets a much larger proportion of large stock per hundred.

The 15% of stock classed as unmarketable at the end of our first season
consisted of 17,692 oysters all of 2” size. They might, perhaps, have
been disposed of for soup and cooking purposes at 2s. per 100, or about
£17 10s. Relaid for another season, but raised rather early, they
yielded (see Table II., Refs. 15, 16) 4,059 marketable, and 4,368 non-
marketable, the remainder being dead or missing. The marketable ones
may be valued at 7s. per hundred, or £14 3s. 6d. Their number might
perhaps have been increased if the raising had taken place a month or
two later, but this is doubtful. To the £173 14s. Od. already supposed
to have been received for the marketable oysters in the two years, one
can at most add £4 7s. Od. as the selling value of the unmarketable left
in hand at 2s. per hundred, though we have, in our private capacities,
bought worse oysters at a much higher iprice.

The second consignment of Tralees was purchased from consignee on
arrival from the public bed, the vendcr reserving for his own use all the
larger oysters. For the remainder we paid £1 per 1,260, carriage free.
Details of size appear in the tables.

Exclusive of samples, 4,165, placed in caisses, cost £3 6s. 1d., and at
stock-taking early in the following autumn yielded marketable oysters
46% or 1,919, valued at £6 14s. Od., unmarketable 339% or 1,365,
possibly value for £1 8s. Od. 1,400 laid on the ground and raised at the
same times as the caisse lot cost £1 2s. 3d.. and produced marketable
48% or 665, value £2 6s. 7d., and unmarketable 13° or 175, possible
value about 3s. 6d. The loss in cai-ses amounted to 21%, and, on the
ground, to 40%.

It will be seen that in all our dealings with Tralees, there was between
gross cost and net sale prices a fair margin to defray expenses of care,
and, perhaps, put something to net profit.

Clarenbridges.—The first consignment was received in the
winter of 1901-2. The number, exclusive of samples, was 8.114, de-
livered free at £1 10s. Od. per 1,260, for £9 13s. 2d.- Clarenbridge is
only about 16 miles from Burren, so the cost of carriage cannot have been
much to the vendor,t and for stocking relayings at a distance the cost would,
of course, come higher. This class of oyster is much like Tralees, but
generally in rather better condition as to fish when raised from the public
bed. Frequently, we think, the best oysters are skimmed off for sale for
immediate consumption or as payment to the bailiffs, and our consign-
ment probably represents the remnant after this process. The minimum

* About 30s, yer 1.°FO in season of 1904-5.
t 10s., unless he used his own horse and cart.

826

size legally saleable is 3’, as measured by ring. Many such would only be
24” by Auray gauce, but as we got a good many which only measured 2”
by Auray gauge, it may be supposed ‘that the supervision of the bailiffs
was not wholly effectual. |

The oysters were laid on the ground, and at stock-taking in the autumn
of 1902 yielded 2,324 or 29° “marketable,” valued at 7s. per hundred,
£8 2s. 8d., or £1 10s. 6d. less than the cost of the whole lot; 26%,
2,085 “unmarketable” may have been saleable for about £2 10s. The
balance, 46%, is accounted for by loss.

The “unmarketables” were all derived from the oysters whith
measured 2” when first laid.

The balance (i.e., less samples) was relaid for another season and
yielded 419 marketable, valued at £1 9s. Od., and 487 unmarketable,
possibly value for 10s. ; the remainder, 1,234, were lost (see Table VLI.,
Refs. 10-12). However. the value of ithe marketable oysters above is
subject to a deduction of about 9s., as the layings (see Ref. 10) included
217 oysters alreadv marketable when relaid. It will be seen that this
consignment cost £9 13s. 2d., and at the most returned £10 12s. 8d.,
the profit (net except the cost of care on beds) being 19s. 6d. On a
scale comparable to that of the Tralee operation it would have reached
about £15.

The second consignmenit, laid early in 1903, cost £2 Os. Od. per 1.260,
delivered free; 4,500, costing £7 2s 10d., were laid in caisses, and in
autumn yielded 3,090, or 69% marketable, value £10 16s. 4d., and 18%
or 828 unmarketable. possibly value for 18s. 6d. The losses amounted to
13%. 1,200, costing £1 18s. 1d., were laid on the ground and yielded 701
or 58% marketable, value £2 9s. Od., and 16% or 196 unmarketable,
value about 4s. The losses were 25°.

The ground layings were small in number and, as check layings, re-
ceived an amount of individual attention which could not have been
bestowed upon a large laying; there is also the possibility that their
numbers may have been slightly increased by oysters washed out of the un-
covered caisses (see Tables IV. and VII.). Nevertheless, their return, if
reduced to a common denominator with those of the caisse layings, is
less satisfactory, though better than those of the ground layings of the
first consignment. ‘The caisse return. in figures comparable to the first
consignment layings. is about £5 to the good.

With regard to the relative merits of the Clarenbridge and Tralee
oysters, the preference must be, we think, given to the former if the
prices were the same, but as stated before (see p. 325) the price of the
Clarenbridges was almost double that of the Tralees. In the present
season, 1904, the price of Tralees, as dredged, appears to be about 30s.
ver long thousand, but we do not know the current price of Claren-
bridges. As the recent dredging appears to have been unsuccessful, it
is probable that the price has risen considerably.

Apart from the question of price, the following points may be of in-
terest to an intending purchaser: As the legal limit at Clarenbridge is
3”, and at Tralee 24”, hoth by the ring gauge, it is to be presumed that the
purchaser of unsorted stcck at the former place will obtain a larger
proportion of immediately saleahle oysters; part of his purchase-money
mav thus be recovered without delay.

There is little to chose between the two varieties in appearance,. The
Clarenbridves are generally somewhat heavier in shell. though this cannot
be reckoned an advantage. As regards the number of marketable oysters
produced after a season’s relaying, the figures are somewhat contra-
dictory; in the first year of the experiment (1902) it was found that
the Tralees produced about 10% more marketable ovsters than did the
Clarenhridees: in the second consignment (1993) the conditions were
reversed, the Clarenbridges in caisses having 23°/. and in layings 10%
more marketable oysters than similarly treated Tralees. The Claren-
bridges of 190% appeared to be a hardier lot, the losses in caisses and
layines being 8% and 15% less than with the Tralees under the same
conditions. It must, however, be remembered that the larger oysters
had been removed from the Tralees (second consignment) prior to our
purchase of them. (See ante, p. 325). The question really depends on

827

the current prices and on the quality of the oysters which have been
dredged, and, perhaps, at Clarenbridge, where there are no regular
wholesale agents, it is advisable to purchase on the spot.

Isle of Wights. —As already explained, these oysters were in-
tended primarily for spatting, and we do not know their exact origin.
Their history is, therefore, of no great importance to relayers. We laid
8,955,* costing at £1 per 1,000, delivered free, £8 19s. 1d., and at the
end of the first season raised 3,899 or 44% marketable, 10% not
marketable, and lost 46%. Though fulfilling the requirements of size
and weight the marketable stock was not of good quality, and we cannot
appraise it at more than 5s. per hundred after cost of package and
carriage. At this rate the marketable oysters were worth £9 15s.,
and the 907 unmarketable may have been value for 18s. In all, the re-
turn was £10 13s., against £8 19s. 1d.

Kentish Knocks.—tThe small consignment of this class, received
on May 20, 1902, consisted, after deduction of samples, and some small
oysters which got mixed with another lot, of 1,785, costing, at £1 per
1,000, £1 15s. 8d. The tables show that they were mostly of small size.
At the autumn stock-taking they produced only 119% or 195 marketable.
They were fair oysters, but not so good as Tralees and Clarenbridges,
and we appraise them at 6s. per hundred, or about 12s. for the lot ;
68% or 1,210 were unmarketable, and, as many were very small, 12s.
might represent their possible saleable value for cooking, etc. The
losses were 21% during the six months. The result shows a deficit of
lls. 8d. on the first year’s laying, and the numbers available for the
second year were not sufficient for practical purposes. It would appear
that this class of oyster, in the sizes shown in the tables, does not offer
occasion for profit on a single season’s turnover, but it is to be noted
that the stock seems hardy in comparison with others, and that our con-
s:gnment was imported late in the season, after the oysters had begun to
make new growth. In spite of our apparently unfavourable experience,

we do not think that this class of oyster is unworthy the attention of
relayers,

Dutch.—We imported only a small lot, which arrived at Burren
on April 26, 1902, but owing to the miscarriage of a report, they were
left on the dumping ground for some time before being transferred to
suitable layings.

960, the number received living (less samples raised for examination),
cost, at £1 8s. per 1,000, £1 6s. 1ld., and after being laid for the
season yielded 13% or 127 marketable, valued, at 6s. per hundred, at
7s. 6d., 32% were lost, and 55% or 529 unmarketable may have been
worth 10s. None of our April importations did well, and they cannot
be regarded as fair samples, but we incline to think that the Dutch are
but poor growers on west coast beds. The sizes tried are detailed in
Table XXTI.

The shell is satisfactory in appearance, and the fish is good for its

size. For rapid turnover full-grown Dutch would perhaps be quite a
satisfactory investment.

Arcachons. First Quality (Tables XII. and XIII.)—11,515,+
at 14s. 10d. per 1,000, cost us £8 10s. and carriage, which, as will be seen
from the section of the Report dealing with this matter (p. 230) is an
item which varies with the number imported and with the route. The
sizes on importation are detailed in Table XII.

* Exclusive of samples and of some which were accidentally mixed with Tralees.

+ Th's represents the gross number laid after deduction of samples raised for exam‘nat'on,
&c., and of those found after the bed had been harrowed. See Table XII, note d.

328

At the end of the first season 24°/ or 2,714 were classed as market-
able. but we do not put their net value at more than 4s, per hundred,
or £5 8s. 7d. for the lot. 32°/ were lost, and the balance, 45°%/ or
5,133, had, in our opinion, no saleable value. The bulk of them were
relaid with the unmarketable of the second quality on Arklow 19
(see Table XIII., Ref. No. 9), but owing to a mistake when they were
raised in the following autumn a small number of Isle of Wights were
included. This confusion throws some doubt on the actual individual
weights, but is insufficient to affect the general result. The total
number raised. exclusive of those transferred to a caisse (see Ref.
No. 10), was 2,640, of which only 264 had increased sufficiently in fish
weight to be classed as marketable. The remainder, 2,376, had de-
veloped very little, either in gross or fish weight, but the small number
which were put into a caisse did considerably better.

It is to be noted that the locus of the second year’s laying was less
favourable than that of the first year’s, being an artificial parc, exempt
for some considerable time at low spring tides from ebb and flow,
and perhaps somewhat overcrowded. These Arcachons, however, are
not intended to be regarded as oysters for rapid turnover. They are
“seed,” and in our waters require some years to mature. Though the
evidence afforded by our experiments is unfavourable, we are not
satisfied that they are wholly unprofitable.

Arcachons. Second Quality (see Tables XII. and XIII.)—
9,675, at 9s. 6d. per 1,000, cost £4 11s. 1d., exclusive of carriage. They
returned at the end of the first season’s laying 19% or 1,819 market-
able, value, at 4s. per hundred, £3 12s. 9d. The losses were 52%, and
the unmarketable 29° or 2,815 had no value for immediate sale.
Individually we cannot trace them during the next year, because,
owing to want of space for innumerable small separate layings, it was
decided to mix first and second qualities in lots of the same sizes and
average weights. In the second year, subject perhaps to disadvantage
from overcrowding and to some preventible mortality from sanding,
these mixed lots sustained a loss of 499%.

Of Arcachons of the sizes included in the first and second qualities,
viz., from 5 to 7 cm., and by our measurement with Auray gauge 2! to
25’, weights respectively 24-32 and 29-37 kilo. per thousand, it seems
permissible to remark that they are not worth raising at the end of the
first season’s laying for the few barely marketable oysters that may
then be found among them. The latter are not comparable with Irish
west coast natives of the same shell size, though quite as satisfactory
in flavour. The raisings for observation of growth to which they were
subjected certainly did them no good, and may, as we have reason to
suspect, from rough handling during measurement and too long ex-
posure out of water, have materially affected their welfare during the
second season. They are seed oysters, and whoever shall decide to
import them for ground layings would be well advised, we believe, to
leave them for two seasons unmolested except for necessary raking and
general clearance of the bed from sand and dirt.

We do not here take account of the first consignment of Aurays.
because the number found marketable at the end of the first season’s
laying was insignificant,

The second consignments of Arcachons and Aurays were used, as has
been seen, for experiment of growth, ete., in relation to numbers laid
in caisses, and consideration of the money aspect of their caisse culture
may be postponed until further work has been done on the lines
indicated by the results of their number trials.

The tabular statements which follow form the data for the conclusions
which we have attempted above as to the value of the varieties of
oyeter named in them. The statements of condition are of much
Importance, since a light fat oyster is worth more than a heavy thin one,

329

‘UMBER OF MARKETABLE Oysters found on raising the 1st consignments at stocktaking, 1902.

Net No. No.
aid less :
Quatiry. Samples, b areird
able,
alee, .. - 120944 45,578
arenbridge, 8,114 2,324
e of Wight, 8,955 3,899
centish Knock, 1,785 195
utch, .. we 960 127
hrcachon, rst quality, 11,515 2,714
| Do. and quality, 9,675 1,819

Nos. at Sizes.——

ory ee
16,502 29,076 —_—
448 1,490 386
2,102 1,797 —
1Ir 84 “=

4 123 oa

296 = 2, 418 _—
190 1,629 —_—

Percentage to Net No. Laid.

I i”.

Total
No,
Raised ——-Sizes.——
Not
Market- 2)”, 2”,
able
17,692 _—* 17,692
2,085 251 1,822
907 303 ©6004
Baro. 283 557
529 5 524
55133. 742 4,391
2,815 192 2,623

Market-
able,

38%
29%
44%
1r%
13%
24%
19%

15%
26%
10%
68%
55%
45%
29%

Noumper or MArKpraBLe Oysters found on raising at stocktaking, 1903,
the oysters of 1st consignment, which had been relaid.

ralee, Layings, 45,079 19,738
) » in Caisses, 1,800 1,162
» Check Layings 600 222
clarenbridge, 3,513 869
isle of Wight, 3,490 821
Arcachons, mixed qua- 10,725 2,235

lities, with some
Isle of Wight and
Kentish Knock.

NUMBER
Tralee, in Caisses, .. 4,165 1,919
» Check Layings, 1,400 665
iarenbridge, in 4,500 3,090
Caisses.
Ylarenbridge, Check 1,200 701
Layings.

929 13,494 5315
139 882 141
16 156 50
214 655 —_
422 399 =
184 2,051 _

4,363
38
Oo

15

ments at stocktaking, 1903.

295 1,361 263

27 437 201
612 1,859 619
124 437 140

1,365
175
828

196

492
5

21

4)

002
38

oF MArkrtTaBLe OysTERS found on raising the

873
170
828

175

44%
65%
37%
25%
24%
21%

10%
2%
15%
2%
30%

2nd consign-

—

46%
48%
69%
58%

33%
13%
18%

16%

CoNDITION OF FisH or MARKETABLE SAMPLES of the 1st consignments,
examined at stocktaking of the first year of the experiment.

QUALITY.

Tralee, i%
Clarenbridge, ..

Isle of Wight, ..
Kentish Knock,
Dutch, ss
Arcachon, Ist quality,

”

2nd quality, ..

V. Thin.

ooocor]o

Percentage ——-————
Fat

Thin. Mod. end very
Fat.
4 21 75
7 17 76
13 an 60
7 16 77
0 20 80
2 20 78
2 9 89

ConDITION OF FisH OF MARKETABLE SAMPLES of the 1st consignments,
examined at stocktaking of the 2nd year of the experiment.

QUALITY,

Tralee Layings,

», Caisses,

» Check-laying,
Clarenbridge, ..
Isle of Wight, ..

Arcachon, Ist and 2nd qualities, “a

No.
Exa-
mined.

672
305

60
263
100
204

—_§ ————.-

V. Thin.

Percentage.——-——
Thin. Mod.
8 33
8 27
5 16
ll 23
23 36
12 34

Fat

and very
F

at
55
64
77
63
20
49

CoNnDITION OF FisH OF MARKETABLE SAMPLES of 2nd consignments,
examined at stocktaking (1903).

QUALITY.

Tralee Caisses,
»» Check layings,
Clarenbridge Caisses,

Check Layings, ..

No.
Exa-
mined.
593
265
764
159

V. Thin.

2
5
5
ll

Perecentage.——
Thin. Mod.
8 33
14 458
ll 33
18 39

Fat

—

and very

Fat
58
34
5]
3l

Not
Market- Losses,
able,

48%
46%
46%
21%
32%
32%
52%

47%
34%
63%
60%
75%
49%

21%
40%
13%
25%

330

TABLE
(See

TABLE OYSTERS IMPORTED FROM ENGLAND

NUMBERS AT SIZES.

Date Total Date

of

of Quality. Number
Laving. Laid. 3” 23” 2" 13”

Raising,

Small 202 ~ -
Burnhams.

Burnhams.

nn fc rr rr rs | erm | | ee | fe

Finest 204 38 165
Whitstables.

Medium 200 4 130
Whitstables,

Relaid 204 12 134
Brittanys.

SAMPLES OF ABOVE MEASURED AND WEIGHED (GROSS)

Date Date alee Ayareee
umber
of Quality. of Pdi bie a
Laying. | Raising. QGrmes |
15. 4. O4. | Small 50 3” 39°0 16. 5. O4. 47 3 or 6% 40°0
|. Baroheme. #3) ‘ (40°5)
"i340 | Medium | 0 || @ | ce.) te OL 48 2 or 4% 515
ne | eames (2) - 472) |
Scalar a EE a Tee CR | Stee “Taste pagans i= oe * 6 ie Pr
5.4.04. | Finest 50 24" 64:0 16. 5. 04. 48 2 or 4% 68'6
: Whitstables. *(2) - (66'4)
}
15.4. 01.| Medium |. 60 | 24” | . 640 16, 5. O41. 50 |O0or0%| 556
W hitetables. ape: ;
15.4.06 | — Kelaid 50. | 24” 63°0 16. 5. O4. 50 |0or0%| 666

| Bri tanys.

» Added from oysters of same size ete,

331

xXxX.
page 332.)

AND LAID FOR A MONTH IN ARDFRY POND.

NUMBER RAISED WITH SIZES AND AVERAGE WEIGHTS.

Average Average Average Average

NUMBER AT SIZES.

TOTAL

' Gross Gross Gross
3” | Weight | 2” | Weight | 2” | Weight} 11’ ee gt aye Fee aye
n in in :

Grmes. Grmes.

40'2 113

Conp 5 In- Average
Average ONDITION. crease (+) Weight
vs on
average | Shells REMARKS

Weight aR aoa ae

G
Grmes. | V. Weight Oysters
Fat.

. . Ve
Fat.} Mod./Thin.| py); | Spat. erg at
Thin. when laid. netinndl

Grmes,
61 2 9 +10 ‘ * Shells white and clean inside.
a . : : = 298 Clean and much worn out-
side. No new growth. Fish

small, but plump and fat.”

pee eter |)? | > |) a een teen te fee SSeeall Barn
101 i9 | 23 aniperg +46 @ | “Clean even lot on arrival.
: 9 =. 508 New growth just showing.

Shells very discoloured
inside, and rather fragile.
Fish fine and fat.”

—_——_—_ queen) eee
——— —_——
ne | EE EE

83 13 | 27 | 10 - - 0 +16 421 | “Same as for ‘Finest Whit-
ES EE RN Oe stables,’ see above.”
70 - 22 21 4 3 0 +36 52°4 ““ Shells clean, much worn out-

side, badly discoloured in-
side, Fish not so good as in
the other qualities.”

to bring numbers up to 50,

332

vill. — QUARANTINE.”

Table XXX.

This table gives the result of a small experiment designed to ascer-
tain what losses in number and weight of stock might be entailed by
holding oysters imported from England for a month on a western bed.
It was assumed that a month would be considered by the consumer
enough to free the oysters from any suspicion which might attach to
the bed of origin. The Royal Commission on Sewage Disposal* recom-
mended a period of six weeks, but as the season was getting late and
we wanted the site of the experiment for other purposes, the period
was limited as above. A's the table shows, the oysters presented no
signs of going back, nor did the rate of mortality appear to be in-
creasing at the end of the month, so that the extension of the period
to six weeks would probably have made very little difference in the
results,

It must be understood that no suspicion whatever attaches to the
oysters which we used for experiment. We purchased them as the best
table oysters to be had at the time, as for our purpose it was necessary
to deal with stock already in the highest condition, and the purveyor,
in forwarding them, mentioned that they were raised from layings of
certified purity. Probably we could not have obtained polluted oysters,
had we wanted them, as merchants of repute would not care to be known
to handle them, and bacteriological examination was no part of our
experiment. t

The oysters on receipt at Ardfry were put in water for 12 hours
or more, then raised, and 50 of the predominant half-inch size in each
lot were weighed for gross weight. The whole were then relaid in
caisses (the samples of 50 being placed in separate compartments) for
a month in a place which cannot, from the examination of other stock
kept there, be considered as having had any special advantages as a
fattening ground during that period. At the end of the month the
oysters were raised, the samples re-weighed for gross weight, opened and
weighed for condition and weight of fish, and the shells weighed
separately. The rest of the consignment was measured into half-inch
sizes and weighed. It will be seen that the samples appear to have
gained a little in gross weight, and the fish at the end of thenionth were
in excellent. condition.

The weather being warm, some of the consignments showed signs of
weakness on arrival, and this probably accounts for most of the losses,
which in no lot reachel 6%, the minimum being under 0°5%. Handling,
on arrival, was restricted to the selection and weighing of the samples,
because, if this had been a business transaction, there would have been
no necessity for sorting at all.

For practical purposes the experiment demonstrates the possibility of
conveying oysters from the East of England to the West of Ireland, and
of holding them there for a month without serious loss in number and
with no loss in condition. The financial result depends on the difference
between the cost price of oysters delivered and tthe fancy value they may
acquire by having been isolated on a laying which commands the con-
fidence of the public. Even in the case of these oysters, which required
no purification, and were therefore marketable already at a fair price,
the transaction would have yielded a small net profit. .

* Fourth Report [ Cd, 1883.), 1904,

* Experiment desiened to definitely settle the num’ er of days actually requisite for the puri-
feation of specifically polluted oysters, ond the span of life in sea water of certain disease
orgeniones is in av aa and will be prosecuted as soon ns possible, Tt is needless to say
that the bacteriological purt of the work will he entrusted to a enecinlist,

=i aE |
—_ oo
"
oF
| Oe;
oo
os oF
Og
1-7
% oO
4 oO
77 eS 7 7 7 Oo APU ou
=) DL ILD 2] S. lua, Gas
LOS fz, ALOYPY, : £O7'S feoyy

SP SYMM A / g é SY PYM

pts
oD AMYPLI0UM AS,
POEL SLoung| eee ovoyyy
MSV DY SUMULM LE MSS SYML OS

; 7~—a

YW e/

DQ AYPMIMUAL,

£O°E°B OF LOYYLY
MCL SY PYM OD

‘LOM’ 8S
“6S LOY SY
MY NSYM OP

Ht
UREA
Th

TMU
Dbaneel |
[alsa

‘ 8 ili

LL

tL
RT

SST

a Dj,
DQ WYPLITMY,

= es ea = 20°F 2% Loy
“¢ “O19 SYMD OL MDS SYUT OL

TY] Y PAPI OGY PLY 82 PL]. PYPP 2 YD TY JO
WZOYPU= BILE IY UP PAY YL BLD PLOY LY OY JO SOY DLGO IG OY,

—— SLORY Ja] yg? —~

{

PV CS ——

_ “S.-
AiTe CXTCSSELD w,

core c

e WSecord Seto. 3

vo Sian are Dilolted on he Same

\ s) 1 2 :

SER

2 OY =

N | aN A

: 4) [5
%

S XX

OW
70.1.0
‘ es
‘ 2
Litt

Maton. 2s Fi PIOS

as:

TTT

5)
i)
5

N

BLY DLSHUuMD?, LTD 5 aLyptadup
ae 2 Y 2 bad) CL AEE Gs af,

SOR” * YPEO ? COOP
17 GoP7p

BOP L MSY EM CPL YD

e SIVHLY A,

ere £02? 6f “2 COMP NY
At SAM OL : 7 —=

;

OOL
= als
eI
a tel a
sis ic
Soames
Sista
==
Ss eees
SS 2
za é
mee
+
a Loe
nae
20
ay, rt
ee eyed
Lele
COS ~6/ OS LOUPYY

339

APPENDIX, No. IX.

QUARTERLY OBSERVATIONS OF TEMPERATURE,
8.8. HELGA.

TABLES AND CHARTS.

On the inception of the international scheme of quarterly expeditions
for the investigation of the physical conditions obtaining throughout the
year in the waters immediately connected with the north-east corner of
the Atlantic, it became evident that no such investigation could hope to
be complete unless pushed considerably to the south and westward of the
principal masses of land enclosing the areas in question, at least as far
as the edge of the Atlantic slope.

No provision having been made for this extension by the countries
interested, the Department felt that they might with advantage extend
the series of temperature observations which they were already collecting
in connection with the Irish fisheries, in order to fill, partially at least,
this blank. It was accordingly arranged that the Department’s steam
cruiser Helga should, in addition to her ordinary work, make special
cruises off the west and south-west coasts in February, May, August, and
November. The extent of the area bounded to the westward by the Por-
cupine Bank renders it impossible to carry these cruises beyond the 1,000-
fathom line except to the north-west of Co. Mayo; the practical limit
“ . a vessel such as the Helga, on these coasts, has proved to be about
seventy miles from land, though under favourable weather conditions this
has been sometimes exceeded.

The following tables of temperature observations are merely an excerpt
from the mass of those collected, with which it is hoped to deal later in
more comprehensive fashion ; they are printed for the sake of comparison
with the data of the International Council,

The repetition of the observations at each station is specially under-
taken with a view to finding how far the influence of intervening atmo-
spheric disturbances upon the physical conditions of the ocean affects the
value of isolated observations as representative of the conditions for the

time of year.

The Department are much indebted to the enterprise and energy of Mr.
Geo. H. T. Beamish, a.M.1.¢.8., of Queenstown, for the successful carry-
ing out of the cruises, and for assistance in preparing the results for
publication.

Ann, Rep. Fish., Ireland, 1902-03, Pt. II., App., LX. [1905],

334

QUARLERLY OBSERVATIONS OF TEMPERATURE,
SS. “HELGA.”

Stations off Fastnet Lighthouse, Co. Cork.

: Soundings. Temperature.
Position. Hour.

Fathoms.| Metres. | Fathoms.] Metres. "Ga

12.2.03 | 70 mi. S.S.W., ..| 76-5 | 140 | 0 0 | 10:7 | 10.40 a.m.
St. 4 20 | 36°5| 10-6 to
. 50 | 91°5 | 10°5 | 1.30 p.m.
10.2.03 | 30 mi. S.S.W., ..!70 | 128 | 0 0 | 10-1] 11 am.
St. 3 20 | 36-5 | 10-1
50 «| :91°5 | 10°1
4.2.03 | 15 mi. S., 360 | 60 92 | 0 0 9:7 |8 to10 a.m.
St. 1 | 20 | 36-5 | 10-0
7.2.03 | 9:5 mi. S.S.W., .. | 0 0 | 9-9 |8 to 8.30 a.m.
St. 2 | |
30.4.03 | 70 mi. S.S.W., .. | 78°5| 143 | 0 0 | 11-0 | 10.30 a.m.
St. 8 20 | 36-5 | 10-3
50 | 91:5 | 10-3
78 |142°5 | 10°3
11,5.03 | 70-mi. &8.W... .. | 80. | 148. | 0 0 | 11:0 | 10.30 a.m.
St. 22 20 | 36-5 | 10°3
50 «|: 91°5 | 10°3
79 |144°5 | 10°3
30.4.03 | 37 mi SS.W., 2. | 2° | 130.'| © 0 | 10:6 | 6.15 pm
St. 9 20 | 36°51 9°9 to
50 | 91-5 | 101 | 7.10 p.m
70 |128 | 10-0
11.5.03 | 36-5 mi. 8.S.W., .. | 69 | 126 | 0 0 | 11:0 | 6.30 p.m
St. 23 200 | 36:5] 9:9 to
50 | 91°5| 9:9] 7.15 p.m
| 67 |122°5| 9:9
|
30.4.03 | Abt. 17°5 mi. S.8.B.,| 69-5! 127 | 0 0 | 10:3 |9 to9.40 p.m.
St. 10 200 «6—«| 36-5 | 96
50 91:5 | 9:7
11.5.03 | 16°5 mi, S.S.W.,.. | 60°56} 111 | 0 | O | 10:8] 9-45 p.m.
St. 24 20 | 36°5| 9:6
59 108 98

af

335
QUARTERLY OBSERVATIONS OF TEMPERATURE, SS. “ HenGa,”

Stations off Fastnet Lighthouse, Co. Cork—continued.

é
Soundings, Temperature,

Date. Position. — Hour.

Metres. | Fathoms| Metres. bth

Fathoms
|

| |
4.8.03 | 70 mi. &.S.W., . .. | 80 146 eof .@ 16°11 |,11.45 a.m.

St. 25 20 | 36°5 | 14-2 |
47:3 | 86-5 | 13-2
78 |142°5 | 10-2
|
4.8.03 | 35 mi. S.S.W., 70:5 | 129| 0 0 | 14:9) 8 pm.
| St. 26 27°5 | 50 | 11-0 |
| 68* |124* | 10-3
70 128 | 10-2 |
|
4.8.03 | Abt. 15 mi SSE, | 68 | 124] 0 | O | 15-0] 11 to 11.30
| St. 27 | mm 6| 36°5 | 10-4 | p-m.
| 66 [121 | 10-2
|
8.11.03 | 70 mi. S.S.W., .. | 81 148] 0 | O | 12-55) 9 om.
St. 58 | 20 | 36-5 | 12-25 — to
47°5 | 87 10°9 | 12 noon
50 | 91-5 +1082
80 [146 |f10°77
8.11.03 | Abt. 30 mi. S.S.W., | 64:5 118] 0 | O | 11°9| 4.15 p.m.

St. 59 10 | 182°} 12-26) to

8.11.03 | 8 mi. S.W., a ite (F-208-| 0 0 | 11-2) 6.40 p.m.
| 2

40 | 73 $10-22
55 |100°5 +10-22

| nal

Stations off Tearaght Lighthouse, Co. Kerry.

ae 8 |

14.2.03 | 50 mi. W., 334°5 | 611 / 0 0 10-6 | 4 to 8.20
St. 5 /20 | 365 | 10-6 a.m.
/ : | 50 | 91:5 | 10°5
100 = |183 10°7
1100 {183 10-6

* Approximate depth.
+ These readings were taken trom the water-bottle thermometer.

336

QUARTERLY OBSERVATIONS OF TemPERATURE, SS. “ Hezeca.

Date.

Stations off ‘learaght Lighthouse, Co. Kerry —continued.

03

.03

.5.03

-5.03

19.8.

19.8

03

.03

Position.

50 mi.
St. 15

50 mi.
St. 19

30 mi.
St. 20

13 ma.

50 mi.
St. 31

50 mi.
St. 49

40 mi. W.,
St. 50

Soundings.
Fathoms.
290 530
Soe: 512
148 270
| 74 135
|
306 559
|
325 594
170 311
117 214

Metres. |Fathoms,

Temperature.
Metres. °C;
0 0 11°3
18 33 10-6
43 79 10°4
100 183 10°3
216 395 10:0
0 0 10°9
23 42 10°6
50 91-5 | 10-4
100 183 10°15
150 274 10°1
0 0 11-0
20 36°5 | 10-4
50 91°% | 10°3
100 183 10°3
0 | 0 4-2
20 36°5'| 10°15
50 91°5 | 10°0
74 135 10-0
0 0 15°3
19 35 12°6
49 89°5 , 10°7
93°5 {171 10°5
250 (457 10°3
0 0 14°i
18 33 14°]
41°85 | 76 11:0
73°5 |134°5 | 10°7
323 590°5 | 9:9!
0 0 14°3
18 33 14°2
41:5 | 76 10°9
whe | 141 10°8
169 308 10°2
0 0 15°2
20 36°5 | 12°1
50 91°5 | 10°6
116 212 10°5

Hour.

8 a.m.
to
12 noon

10 a.m.
to
12 noon.

1.30 p.m.

2.30 p.m.

See ete-

337

QuarTERLY OpseRvATIONS oF Temperature, SS. “ Hevea.”

Stations off Tearaght Lighthouse—continued.

Soundings. Temperature.
Date. Position.

Metres. | °C.

Fathoms.| Metres. | Fathoms.

19.8.03 | 30 mi. W.. .. | 102 | 186 0 0 14:

19.8.03 | Abt. 18°5 mi. W., 80 | 146 0 0 14:
St. 52 18°56 | 34 14:

7.8.03 | 11°5 mi. W. by N.,| 78 | 143 | 0 O° bis
St. 33

aS
fan)
~I
ee)
—
fom)
GQ CO m=

19.8.03 | 8°5 mi. W. a 76 | 139 0 0 14:
St. 53 18: 34 13°

10.11.03 | 30 mi. W., << | 104 190 0 0 11°

10.11.03

* Those readings were taken from the water-bottle thermometer.

338

QUARTERLY OBSERVATIONS OF TEMPERATURE, SS. ‘‘ HELGA.”

Stations off Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

| Souncings. Temperature.
Date. | Position. Hour.
| Fathoms.| Metres. |Fathoms.| Metres. cc.
16.2.03 | 50 mi. W.. .. (113 | (207 0 0 | 10-2 | 11.20 am. |
St. 6 ‘$'} 20 | 36°5 |.10°1 ito.
| 50° | 91°5 | 10-2 i’ p.m,
20.2.03 | 10 mi. W.. wn | 49 89°5 | O 0 8:9 |1*9.30 a.m
St. 7 iy 31 8°9 to
24 44 9-5 | 10.10 a.m
4.3.03 | 50 mi. W.," a (220. 1 1219 0 0 10-1 | 11.10 a.m.'}
St. 16 3 | 21 38°5 | 9.9 to
53°3 | 98 9:9 | 12.5 p.m
105 192 9°8
4.5.03 | 50 mi. W, at 132 0 0 10 4.30. p.m
mee os 20 36°5 | 9°4
50 91°5 | Bie
70 128 9°3
4.5.03 | 10 mi. W., - | 583 {106 0 0 | 10:1 | 6.0 pm
St. 18 20 36°5 |) 3a
| 50 =| 91°5 | 9-1 E
pay 50 mi.fW., ~« (114°5 |208 ) 0 14-2 | 11.365 am
St.234 19 35 14:0 to
25°5 | 46°5 | 10°6 | 1.20 p.m
43 78°5 | 10°4
| 106 194 10°1
|
17.8 03 | 50 mi. W., oo 1116°5 | Zils 0 0 14°1 | 10.40 a.m
St. 44 19°5 | 35°5 | 10°5 to
29:2 | 53°5 | 10°5 | 1.20 pm
49°5 | 90 9°8
115 =‘/210 10°15
10.8.03 | 38 mi. W., Sate wae 137 0 0 14°7 | 3.30 p.m.
St. 35 19°5 | 36 12°8
29 53 10:2
49 89°5 | 10°2
73 133°5 | 9°9
17.8.03 40 mi. W., oi | Sete | AT 0 0 14°]
St. 45 ) 19°5 | 35°65 | 13°5
29 53 10°6

48°2 | 88 10°8
92°5 \169 10-0

2.60 p.m.
to
3.10 p.m.

339
QUARTERLY OBSERVATIONS OF TEMPERATURE, SS. “ HELGA.”

Stations off Cleggan Head, Co. Galway — continued.

Soundings. Temperature.

Position.
Fathoms.} Metres. | Fathoms.| Metres. °C.

|
10.8.03 | 28 mi. W., 44 es) (ae Po he. | ee oO pan
St. 36 | 19°7 | 36 | 12°35
| 34 | 62 | 10°0
| 48°5 | 88-5 | 9°6
61 {L115 | 9°65
|
17.8.03 | 30 mi. W., ae) | sor (26 0 | 14:4] 4 to 4.25
St. 46 19°5 | 35°5 | 11°4 pm.
299 153 | 10-4
47 186 | 10°5
| 81 1148 9°8
10.8.03 | 18.6 mi. W., -.. | 62 | 113: | 0 0 | 14:9 | 6.30 p.m.
St. 37 20 | 36-5 | 14:8
30 |'55 | 12°33
50 |91:5| 9:9
61 |111-5 | 9°9
17.8.03 | 20 mi. W., .. | 59-6 | 109° | oO 0 | 14:9 | 5.30 p.m.
St. 47 19°5 | 36°65 | 13°3
$8151 =| 13°1
37°5 | 68°5 | 10°8
58°5 |107 9-8
10.8.03 | 84 mi. W., Act ae 99 | 0 0 | 16-0] 7.30 p.m.
St. 38 19°5 | 35°5 | 14°3
a7 «| 49-5 | 135
38 | 69:5 | 11-9
51 | 93. | 11:3
| |
17.8.03 |*10 mi. W., “qlecy le ee 0 | 14:2 | 6.40 p.m
St. 48 19-5 | 35°5 | 13-8
27-7 | 50°6 | 12-75] 7.5 p.m. §
38-5 | 70 | 11-6 |
55 «(100° «10-3

11.11.03 | 50 mi. W.,

11.11.03 | 30 mi. W., pane es.-149., |. 0 0 | 11°35) 3.40 p.m.
St. 69 8°71 16 10:1

| 14-5 | 26-5 | 11-4
23-5 | 43 | 11°3

63°5 (116 Lrg

; * Drifted N. of Position.
it These readings were taken from the water-bottle thermometer.

340
QUARTERLY OBSERVATIONS OF TEMPERATURE, SS. ‘ HELGA.”
Stations off Rathlin O’Beirne Lighthouse, Co. Donegal.

Soundings. Temperature.

Metres. ‘aie homs.

Date. | Position. Hour.

| Fathoms. Metres. aos

13.8.03 | 50 mi. N.W., 97-5 | 178 0 0 14-2 |1 to 2.30 p.m.

St. 39 10 18 14-2
19°5 | 36 13°5
29:2 | 53°5 | 11-0
49-2 | 90 10°3
96°5 |176°5 | 10°@
13.8.03 | 40 mi. N.W., 4) BD 108 0 0 | 14:6 |3.30 to 4 p.m.
St. 40 20 36°5 | 13-1
25 46 10°2
50 91 bo Rae
58 |106 9°7
13.8.03 | 30 mi. N.W., cic | O47} 106 0 0 14°6 |5 to 5.20 p.m.
St. 41 17°7 | 32°5 | 10-0
28°7 | 52°5«! 10°3
45:2 | 83 9:8
56 = {1025 | 9:8
13.8.03 | 20 mi. N.W., .. | 46 84 0 0 14-7 | 6.20 p.m.
St. 42 10 18 14°7
19-7 | 36 13°5
29°5 | 54 11-0
44:5 | 81:5 | 9°6
13.8.03 | 10 mi. N.W., ee 73 0 0 14:9 | 7.30 p.m.
St. 43 10 18-5 | 14:3 to
20 36°5 | 14-1 ] 7.50 p.m.
30 55 12°3
38 69:5 | 12:0
15.11.03 | 30 mi. N.W., .. | 67-5 124 0 0 11:3 } 11.0 a.m.
St. 71 9-7 | 18 10°9 to
| 20 36-5 |*11-2 | 12 noon
28°5 | 52 11:2
48:5 | 89 |*11°17
57 = {1045 |*11°22
15.11.03 | 22 mi. N.W., .- | 50 91 0 0 11-2 |1 to 1.30 p.m.
St. 72 9-7 | 18 10°9
20 36°5 \*11-22 P
43°5 | 79°56 |*11°2
15.11.03 | 10 mi. N.W., oe | 47°56 | 87 0 0 11-4 | 7.30 a.m.
St. 70 18°65 | 33°5 | 11-5 to

20 36°5 |*11°47) 8.20 a.m.
46°56 | 85 *10°87

* These readings were taken from the water-bottle thermometer.

»

341

QUARTERLY OBSERVATIONS OF TEMPERATURE, SS. ‘ Hutaa.”

Stations between Mizzen Head and Dursey Head, Vo. Cork.

Soundings. Temperature.

Position. Hour,

Fathoms.| Metres. | Fathoms.| Metres. “7

W. of Dunmanus Bay] 38 69°56 | O O | 11-1 | 11.40a.m.
| St. 11 10 18 Ak-] to
20 36 9-9 | 12.5 p.m
9°9

6.8.03 |W. of Dunmanus Bav,| 39-5 | 72

0 0 14°3 |9to9.20 a.m
St. 28a. 20 36°5 | 11-2
35 64 10:6

eo
oJ
f=)
-~Jj
cron

21.8.03 W. of Dunmanus Bay] 38 69:5 | O 0 13-4 | 8.10 p.m.

St. 57 10 | 18-5 12-35 to
20 36°5 | 11:4 | 8.30 p.m
30 55 10°9
36 66 =» -10°8
9.11.03 | W. of Dunmanus Bay,| 37-5 | 69 0 QO | 10-6 | 11.15 p.m.
St. 61 9.5 | 17:5 | 10°3
15°5 | 28°5 | 10°3
27°5 | 50°56 | 10°4
34 62 |*10°32
1.5.03 | W. of Bantry Bay, 42 77 0 0 10-9 | 12.50 p.m.
St. 12 | 20 36°5 | 9:8 to
41 75 9-8 | 1.10 p.m.

6.8.03 | W. of Bantry Bay, {| 39 71 0 0 14-2
St. 28. 5 9 | 14-0

20 36°5 | 11-1 |
37 | 67-6 | 10:8

21.8.03 | W. of Bantry Bay,

St. 56 10 | 18°5 | 11-8 to
24-5 | 45 | 10-9! 7.30 p.m
29-5 | 54 | 10-8

W. of Bantry Bay,
St. 62

Stations between Dursey Head and Bray Head, Co. Kerry.

1.5.03 | Mouth of Kenmare | 45 82 0 0 10°7 |2te2.30 p.m
River. St. 13 20 36:5 | 9-8
45 82 9-7

* These readings were taken from the water-bottle thermometer,

342
QUARTERLY OBSERVATIONS OF TEMPERATURE, SS. “ Henca.”
Stations between Dursey Head and Bray Head, Co. Kerry—continued.

|
|
'

Soundings.

Temperature.
Date. Position. Hour.
Pathoms| Metres. Fathom Metres. aC:
6.8.03 | Mouth of Kenmare | 47 86 | 0 0 14:4 | 2.0 pm
River. St. 29 | | 5 9 § 14:3
| 20 | 36-5 | 12-4
| /46 | 84 | 10-8

9.11.03 | Mouth of Kenmare | 46
River. St. 63

1.5.03 | Between Puffin Id.) 37-5 68-5 0 0

10:2 | 3.30 p.m
and Lemon Rock. | 20 36°5 | 9:9
St. 14, | 37 67°5 | 9°9 | 3.650 p.m
| | |
6.8.03 | Between Puffin Id. | 32-5 | 59 0 0 14-6 | 3.45 p.m
and Lemon Rock. 5 9 14°3 to
St. 30. 20 36°5 | 12-8 | 4.5 p.m
| 31 56°5 | 11°9
20.8.03 | Between Puffin Id. | 35 64 | O 0 13-8 |3.30 to 4 p.m
and Lemon Rock. | 5 9 14-0
St. 54 / 10 18-5 | 13-2
| 20 36°5 | 11°6
| 33 60°5 | 11:1
9.11.03 | Between Puffin Id. | 35 64 | O | 0 10°8 | 4.0 p.m
and Lemon Rock. | 9-5.) 176 | Oey
| St. 64 16°56 | 30 ee
53 ,

16.11.03 | 4-5 mi. W.N.W. of 30°5| 58 | O 0 10-9 | 3.20 p.m
Bloody Foreland. 9:6 |.17:5 .4791 to
St. 73 23 42 10°65) 3.50 p.m
| |
18.11.03 | E. of Tor Pt. (Co. | 76 139 =O 0 11:4 | 7.5 p.m.
| Antrim). St. 74 +10 18-5 | 11°35 to
| | 20 36°5 |*11-42!) 7.50 p.m
| | '50 =| 91.5 [*11-42
(70 {128 = |*11-42
| |
18.11.03 EE. of Garron Pt. | 69°5 | 127 | 0 0 11-4 (8.30 to 9 a.m
(Co. Antrim). St. 20 | 865 #1147

15. | 40 73 «|*11-47
(65 86©|119~—s«[*11-47

* These readings were taken from the water—bottle thermometer.

343

QUARTERLY OBSERVATIONS OF TEMPERATURE, SS “ Hewaa.”

For purposes of comparison, the following observations taken on SS,
“ Helga” in 1901 and 1902 are here annexed.

Those in 1901, having been taken with much smaller instruments,
cannot be considered accurate to the same degree as the rest.

Stations off Cleggan Head, Co. Galway.

Soundings. T : nperature.
Date. Position. — | _—_—__—_

4.7.01 | 30 mi. W.,
St. 82

| |
vations! Metres. i ana Metres. °C. |
|

Do., | 20 mi. W.,

St. 83
Do.. | 10 mi. W.,
St. 84
8.7.01 | 40 mi. W.,
| St. 88
15.7.01 | 10 mi. W., .. | 60°5 {110-7 | 0 0 | 14:7/3.55 p.m.
St. 96 55 {100-5 | 10-0
31.7.01 | 10 mi. W., .. | 56 {102-5 | O 0 | 13-9 | 10.35 a.m,
St. 106 55 1100°5 | 9-4
11.9.01 | 40 mi. W., .. | 76°5 1140 0 O | 14:7 | 1.35 p.m.
— St. 129 70 {128-1 | 9°5
Do., | 30 mi. W., .. | 62°5 [114-4] 0 0 | 14°5 | 11.40 am.
St. 128 60 1109-7 | 9-2
12.9.01 | 50 mi. W:, .. {110 [201-1 | Oo 0 | 14-5 | 12.30 p.m.
105 [192-2 | 10-0 |
Do., | 20 mi. W., ..|69 {126 |65 {119 | 9:5 |
i4.8.02 20 mi. W., .. | 72-5 1132-7 | 0 0 | 15-4! 3.30 pm
| St. A. ged TS ay 9-6 | to 3.50 p.m
|
15.8.02 | 50 mi. W., .. 1116 |212°3'| 0 O | 14:8 a 10 p.m. t
St. A wm. 116 (212 |:10°0 | 12.35 p.m.
|
16.8.02 | 10 mi. W., 55 ©|100°5 | 0 | O | 14-7 | 9.50 a.m. to
St. A wt 55 me 5 | 9°6 | 10.10 a.m
18 8.02 | 40 mi. W., ..|95 |173-7] 0 + O- | 154 /11.55 p.m. to
St. Arv 9% 173°9| 9-8 | 12.15 pm.
|
18.8.02 | 30 mi. W., - | :72°5 |132°7 | 0 | 0 15-8 | 1.45 p.m. to
St. A v. | | 72-5 132-7 | 9-4 | 2.5 p.m.

O84

ApprnpDIx No. X.,

NOTE ON THE MANURIAL VALUE OF THE SEAWEED
CLADOPHORA RUPESTRIS. .

BY

E. W. L. Hott.

This weed, which forms dark olive-green moss-like clusters a few inches
in height, grows in great profusion in Fahy Bay, Ballynakill Harbour,
Co. Galway. The bay is almost land-locked at extreme low tides by the
bar across its mouth, and the central part is of a depth of one to twa
fathoms at low-water, -the bottom consisting of very soft muddy sand.
Over this the weed forms an almost continuous carpet for considerable
areas. The bottom is only disturbed by gales from the §.E., and on such
occasions, both in winter and summer, the weed is sometimes thrown up
on the N.W. corner of the beach in very large quantities.

The common brown seaweed, Fucus serratus (and probably other species)
is, as everywhere on the coast, cultivated and cropped for manure; and,
though less prized than the cut weed, drift /ucus is also used as a ferti-
liser. No use, however, appeared to be made of the Cladophora, which
is probably common enough in many similar situations in the West.

It occurred to me that it might have some value, and I accordingly
placed a sample in the hands of Mr. R. J. Moss, for analysis. His report
is given below in extenso.

I may add that the weed is easily collected in quantity in a dredge or
net, and appears to be abundant at all times of the year.

a Royal Dublin Society,
Kildare Street,
May 12th, 1903.

Analysis of Seaweed, received April 3rd.

“In the following results the column headed ‘ Original’ gives the com-
position of the seaweed in the moist condition in which it was originally
received. The seaweed dried in the air at a moderate temperature gave
the results in the column headed ‘ Air-dried,’ while in the column headed
‘ Washed and Air-dried’ will be found the analysis of the weed free from
the saline matter of sea water. For the purpose of facilitating a com-
parison with a well-known fertiliser, I have added the composition of
rotted farmyard manure according to Voelcker.

100 parts of the seaweed contain :—

Washed | yp 4
— Original. Air-dried, and ne Senet
g Air-dried. Manure.
Moisture, ; | 76:92 12°70 | 10°41 75°00
*Organic Matter, 2 . 17°05 64°48 76°02 18°09
tAsh, | 6°03 22°82 13°57 691
ee: fe ees Pouerpee ree
*Oontaining Nitrogen, . 0°76 2°88 319 061
tContaining Potash, ; - 036 1:38 1°23 0°49
Phosphoric Acid, . 0°07 0°26 0°25 0°45

Ann. Rep. Fish., Ireland, \902-03, Pt. 11., App., X. (1905).

345

These results show that the seaweed in its original moist condition con-
tains more nitrogen than farmyard manure, and nearly as much potash.
It is deficient in phosphoric acid, and, therefore, should be used in con-
junction with a phosphatic fertiliser, such as superphosphate of lime.

It is noteworthy that washing, in the fresh condition, has little effect
on the constituents of manurial value. ‘The removal of a certain pro-
portion of the salts of sea water necessarily increases the relative
quantity of organic matter, and thus raises the percentage of nitrogen.
hare’ little potash appears to be removed by washing, and no phosphoric
acid.

The seaweed, whether washed or unwashed, is easily crushed, after
drying, to a fine powder, and if it could be obtained in quantity it would
probably find a market as a nitrogenous fertiliser. It is about as rich in
nitrogen as commercial bone. The nitrogen present in the air-dried
samples is equivalent to 3°49 per cent. of ammonia, and, at 10s. per unit,
this may be valued=£1 14s. 10d., the potash and phosphoric acid are
value for about 5s. per ton—total, £1 19s. 10d. per ton.

If it is proposed to use the seaweed locally as a manure, I recommend
that it should, if possible, be spread out to dry before carting it to the
fields. This will reduce the cost of cartage to about one-half, without
detracting from the value of the seaweed as a fertiliser.

(Signed), RICHARD J. MOSS, r.c.s., ¥F.1.¢.,
a. Chemical Analyst.”

346
AppenpDix, No. XI.

1._Report on the Artificial Propagation of Salmonidae for the
Seasons of 1902-1903 and 1903-1904, by E. W. L. Hotr.

ll.__Preliminary Note on the Size of Salmon Eggs, in Relation to
Estimating their Number, by 0. Grzzn, B.A. ;

111.—Report on the Salmon Hatchery at Lismore, by CHartes DEANE
OtrveR, B.A.I., M.L.C.E.

1._REPORT ON THE ARTIFICIAL PROPAGATION OF
SALMONIDAE FOR THE SEASONS OF 1902-1903 anp 1903-1904.

BY

BE. W. L. Horr.

I estimate the number of fry of salmon and white trout turned down
during the two last seasons at the figures shown in the subjoined table.
The number of brown trout mentioned only includes the output of which
we have received reports. Imports of ova and fry of trout and small
hatchings of native fish are carried on to a considerable extent, but do
not as a rule come under our notice.

The subsidies paid in the two seasons amounted to £376 12s. 3d, and
£278 11s. 9d.

It will be seen that in regard to salmon both seasons show an advance
over that of 1901-1902, of which I estimated the output at 3,333,500.

It is due to the proprietors of the important hatcheries at Kilrea and
Newtownstewart to mention that they consider that my estimate of the
number of fry turned out in 1902-1903 is considerably below the mark.
I may quite probably have made somewhat too low an estimate, because on
the occasion of my inspection the ova were very unevenly distributed in
the trays. Unless the trays in a hatchery are at least capable of grouping
into series of approximately equal contents, it is not possible, in the time
that can reasonably be devoted to the purpose and without disturbance of
nearly every tray in the hatchery, to arrive at an absolutely correct count.

To some extent we are able to check our estimate made at the eyed stage
by returns furnished by managers of hatcheries of the number of pints or
fluid ounces of ova stripped from the spawners, and of the number of dead
ova removed from day to day. There is, however, in the factor of con-'
version from measure to number a considerable variation due to size of
ova,* while the measurements taken in the hurry of stripping sometimes
reach us in such round figures that they are obviously negligible. In the
case in point these returns seemed to dispose of the possibility of any
considerable error in the figures for which the two hatcheries have been
credited in the table, .

* See Mr. C. Green's report, p. 350.

Ann, Itep, Fish., lreland, 1902-03, Pt. II, App. X1. [1905.]

347

All Salmon. Foreign Salmon.| White Trout. | Brown Trout.

HATCHERY. REMARKS.

J
1902-3. | 1903-4. | 1902 4 1903-4. or 1903-1. 1902 3.) 1903-4

|

Lough Dan, ° ~ -

Newtownbarry, 142,000 | 100,000
R. Slaney.

Inistioge, R. Nore, 92,000*|} 238,000"

Lismore, R. Black-| 1,370,000*| 800,000*

water.
Ballingollig, Cork, ~ -

a a = - - 10,000 | ‘Loch Levens,”
from Scotland.

- - - - 4,000 - “Loch Levens,”
from Inishannon
Inishannon, Ban- 40,000 - - - - - - -
don R.
erences R. 70,000 73,600 | 70,000 | 73,600 - - - -
en.
R. Blackwater, 80,000 70,000 - - - us a a
Co. Kerry.
Waterville, - | 66,000 - - ~ 24,000 - - ~
Caragh Lake, . - - - - - - 30,000 | €0,000 | “Loch Levens,”
from Scotland,
Killorglin, R. | 345,000*! 183,000 - - - - - -
Laune.
Killarney, R. - 50,0004) = - - - - -
Laune.
Muckross, R. - 75,000* - ~ - - ~ -
une.
Adare, R. Mai : - - E - - - 000 | 228,500 | Incl. 50,000, and
hee cn th 35,000 from Ger-
Costello, Co. Gal- - - ~ - 300,000 | 270,000 - - many.
way.
Screebe, Co. Gal- | 382,000") 356,000‘ - ~ 80,000 | 70,000 - -
way.
Riven,” Co. Gal- 150,000 ~ - - 210,000 - - =
way.
Kylemore, Co. - 60,000 - = - 2,500 Fs -
Galway.
Ballysodare, Co.| 100,000} 130,000] 25,000 | 30,000 - - - -
Sligo.
Kilronan Castle, - - . - - - - 6,000
Lareen, R. 50,000 - - - - - ~ -
Drowes.
Belleek, R. Erne, 265,000" 608,000" - - - - ~ sg i
Glenties, R.| 162,000 | 220,000 - ~ - - - - |
Owenea.
Dunglow, Oo. ~ - = - 50,000 - - - |
Donegal.
Glenveagh, R.| 140,000; 188,000 - ~ - - - - |
Owencarrow.
Newtownstewart,, 550,000*} 240,000 ~ - - - - b
R, Foyle.
Kilrea, R. Bann, 629,000* 395,000 — = = = - -
Lough Neagh, . “ = - 4 - = - | 60,000! Hatched at Kil-
rea,
Blackcastle, R. | 1,106,000"; 382,000" ~ ~ - - - fe
Boyne.
Totals, . . | 5,739,000 | 4,068,600 | 95,000 | 103,600 | 884,000 | $42,600 1.234.000 | 364,500

|

* Estimated by officers of the Department.

The hatching season of 1902-1903 was on the whole moderately favour-
able to artificial propagation, in that, in general, height of water offered
no serious obstacle to the capture of spawners. It was, I think, in com-
parison with the previous decade, distinctly favourable to natural pro-
pagation, as a fair volume of water seems to have been generally main-
tained throughout the critical period.t

The large increase of hatchery output over the preceding year is due
to the resumption of work at Lismore. The new hatchery there, which is
fully described by Mr. Oliver at p. 352 of this Appendix, heads the list of

t See also Re»lies received from Clerks of Conservators, Appendix, XII, p 363.

4-3

848

1902-1903 with 1,370,000 fry. Blackcastle, with 1,206,000, is not far
behind, and it may be remarked that this establishment, save for a small
sum provided by the Department for holding ponds, is entirely due to
the enterprise of Mr. FitzHerbert.

The hatchery at Kylemore was idle, owing to the absence of the pro-
prietor. At Killarney and Muckross no spawners could be obtained. At
these, as at a number of the smaller hatcheries, there is no efficient means
of trapping, and their working is consequently irregular.

In 1903-1904 conditions were decidedly unfavourable to artificial pro-
pagation, as high water was pretty general at the time when spawners
were required. Blackcastle, which depends upon a crib at the end of a
low mill-weir, suffered especially. At Lismore, where the trapping
apparatus comes reasonably near perfection, an unusual condition of the
river upset our calculations. Commonly, at least of late years, the upper
tributaries flood late, and until they flood a great number of fish remain
at or below Lismore. In this season the up-country floods came so early
that most of the fish went past the weir before trapping operations had
commenced. It would have been possible to make up the required number
of spawners by fishing the weir until January, but objection was raised
on the part of persons interested in angling above the weir that late
fishing might interfere with the run of winter clean fish. It was accord-
ingly decided to ask Mr. Penrose, during the season in question, not to
take spawners later than the 20th December, though the msk to
clean fish seemed remote. I may mention here that in the
preceding season clean fish which entered the trap in November
and December were marked with silver labels (see Report for 1901, Pt. IT.,
Appendix, No. XIII., p. 187), with results which immensely added to
knowledge of salmon movements, and promised most favourably for the
solution of one of the most difficult problems in the life-history. Abso-
lutely no evidence could be adduced to show that this practice interfered
with the sport of anglers; on the contrary, some of the marked fish were
recaptured by them. Yet so much outcry was raised that marking was
reluctantly abandoned.

The output at Newtownstewart was reduced by very heavy mortality in
ovo, locally ascribed to an epidemic of unknown nature. News of this
only reached us late in the hatching season, and in a sample sent for
examination the cause of failure was obviously want of fertilisation. The
same cause may or may not have been equally operative in the earlier
clutches, and may probably have been due to some unfavourable condition
of the water used when the fish were stripped, which could not be ascer-
tained after the event. The experience of the Newtownstewart employés
precludes the possibility of any general mismanagement by using unripe
spawn or milt.

At Killorglin the output suffered from an accident to the holding pond,
whereby a number of spawners escaped. Work at Waterville was sus-
pended from want of funds to provide for the local contribution towards
maintenance. At Bundrowes Mr. Singleton discontinued hatching, for
reasons which did not include dissatisfaction with the results of his
previous enterprise in this matter.

Mr. Haynes’ trout hatchery at Ballincollig, started the previous season,
was put out of action by poachers, this being the only instance of which
[ know in which poachers have interfered with hatching apparatus,
though they often take a natural interest in spawners impounded in
holding ponds, ;

The resources of Tnnishannon appear to have been solely devoted to
cainbous and American charr, as, in part, during the preceding season.
in both seasons we have reports of the propagation of rainbows from
several hatcheries, but they do not appear in the table. T have found no
mess to change the opinion which T have often expressed that the intro-
“iad ae Into open waters or into imperfectly grated ponds
tg ey can (and always do) escape, is at once a danger to our
mere valuable salmon and white trout, and a waste of money.

Oh oe hecanse those who have tried have, on the disappearance of
r lish, convinced themselves and their friends that at least the latter

B49

part of this opinion has a basis of fact, the indiscriminate introduction of
rainbows appears to have greatly diminished in this country. ‘heir
reasonable. ulity appears to me to be confined to farming for the market
in enclosed ponds, and to affording a mild form of sport in ornamental
waters, whence they can by no manner of means reach a salmon river
or the sea,

Vhough unfavourable to artificial propagation of saimon, the season
of 19V0-1904 was probably exceptionally tavourable to natural spawning
and to the preservation ot ova, try, and parents, since the height of water
appears to have been generally maintaincu well into the spring. No doubt
this applies much more to rivers and streams running through fairly levei
country than to the mountain torrents which so many ush select for
breeding purposes, or to which they are more probably led, without con-
scious selection, by adventitious circumstances of water supply. Such
streams can by no conceivable rainfall be rendered safe nurseries, and
an instance of their danger, which came under notice at Lismore (in 1902-
1905), 1s perhaps worthy of mention.

‘he hatchery derives 1ts water from an intake on the Owenshad, a small
glen river with iong stretches of excellent spawning gravel in its lower
reaches, but liabie to sudden and violent ticods. A number of fish took
this river as usual, and after spawning time there came a flood. ‘The
hatchery supply was unaccountably cut off, and on inspection it was
found that this was due to the screens being choked by dead ova from the
Owenshad. ‘The number of ova which were carried into the hatchery
shoot, a wooden trough 11 by 9 inches and controlled as to intake by
sluices, must have been intinitesimal compared with what went down the
main stream and the holding-pond chaniel. ‘lhough | should be sorry
to assoviate myself with any estimate that has been made of the average
mortality of naturally deposited ova, since all such estimates are the
merest guess-work, it is evident that in this instance the exertions of the
parents can have yielded no great result in progeny; and that such
occurrences are by no means infrequent can be gieaned from the most
casual observation of the gravel banks of any mquntain stream.

‘Lhe Department’s subsidies to hatcheries are in all cases pro rata to
output, and when the circumstances of rainfall compensate for failure of
artificial propagation by material improvement of the conditions affecting
the natural nurseries, this is matter for congratulation to the general
public rather than to the proprietor of a hatchery, who has about as
much, sometimes more, trouble, and yets less pecuniary return. It wiil
be possible in the future to take such circumstances into account when
determining the annual subsidies, but, as it is perhaps unnecessary to
observe, our powers in this respect will be exercised with the most
rigid circumspection.

Speaking generally of the two seasons’ work, I am glad to be able to
report that the care bestowed on the selection of sites for planting fry,
and on their handling during transport, shows constant improvement,
and I think it very seldom happens now that the care and expense of
hatching is neutralised by neglect in these matters. ‘There is, perhaps,
still room for greater care in turning down the fry at the right period ot
growth, t.¢., at or just before the final absorption of the yolk. All avail-
able evidence seems to show that even a brief period of starvation (and,
except in the hands of persons thoroughly skilled in feeding, detention
beyond the yolk-bearing stage is no less) gives a check to the growth of the
fry from which it may never recover.

Since the issue of my last report no new salmon hatchery, except that
of Lismore, has been established, Negotiations are in progress for the
erection of new hatcheries at Carlow on the Barrow and at Killarney
on the Laune, and work may be expected to commence there in the seasus)
of 1904-1905.

The Caragh Lake hatchery, which, as dealing solely with non-migratory
fish and situate in a Congested District, cannot be subsidised by this
Department, has been so far improved that we have been able to recom-
mend it to the Congested Districts Board as worthy of a subsidy, which
it has received,

350

‘The enlargemeiit of Mr. Hall Dare’s hatchery at Newtownbarry on the
Slaney, to which I referred in my last report, has proved more difficult
than was anticipated. To enlarge a hatchery is easy enough. ‘Lo provide
it with ova 1s quite a different matter, and the Department does not
assent to the expenditure of public money on hatching boxes without
reasonable certainty that they will be filed.

The Slaney, like other rivers of Leinsier, is of considerable volume and
slight gradient, and presents, neither in itself nor in its tributaries, any
obvious strategic point for the capture of spawners. Such rivers musi,
nevertheless, be brought under contribution for hatchery purposes, anu
the problem is to devise a trap for stock fish, since fortuitous captures by
rod and line or by draft net are not sufficiently reliabie. Our action has
accordingly been confined to trapping experiments, which are not yet
complete. Should they result in success no river is likely to prove beyond
our powers of exploitation for hatchery purposes.

The Department has approved of a small expenditure at Lough
Dan tor hatchery purposes of a nature foreign to the usual
scheme of increasing the head of tsh—trout in this instance.
Lough Dan, in Co. Wicklow, is a fishery on which no private
rights are claimed or exercised, and to which resort the sports-
men of Dublin, no doubt to the material benetit of the district. Lough
Dan discharges ultimately into the Ovoca, and by reason of the poisoning
of that river 1s entirely closed to external influences. For whatever reason,
its trout appear to have greatly deteriorated, possibly because the inven-
tion of the safety bicycle has within comparatively recent years thrown a
greater drain on its resources. ‘lhe number of fish which rise to the fly
seems much the same as ever, but the proportion which are worth a place
in the basket is said to have sadly diminished. The local angling society,
who have absolutely no separate interest in the fishery and spend the
funds which themselves contribute for the public good, conceived that
the recent condition of the fishery might be improvea by the introduction
of new blood and, having erected a small hatchery, imported ova and
fry of the kind which is known commercially as * Loch Leven.” Sub-
sequently they appealed to the Department for assistance in this emprise.
Since it appeared, in view of the isolation of the tributary for the reason
noted above, that fresh blood might possibly effect an improvement, while
the demand for assistauce was most modest in figure, 1 thought it advis-
able to recommend a contribution, with the aid of which Mr. R. Archer,
the secretary of the society, has constructed an excellent series of ponds.

{n these ponds will be reared “Loch Levens,” of which the
majority will be enlarged, while some are retained for crossing
when mature with the native stock and with trout from the
adjoining Vartry system as well as the off-spring of Vartry crossed
with Lough Dan trout. Other good Irish races of trout will also,
by the courtesy of proprietors in various parts of the country, be brought
under contribution, and in general the management of the hatchery will
seek to attain the retention of a stock of breeding fish from all valuable
sources sufficient to maintain the maximum possible crossing.

In the case of nearly all rivers the migratory habits of white trout,
which are specifically indistinguishable from brown trout, and which do
not, to any knowledge which we possess of their proceedings, disdain
union therewith, may probably be relied on to provide sullicient inter-
change of blood. In this instance such interchange is precluded by im-
possibility of approach, and the results of our experiment, which Mr,
Archer is in a position to note most fully, may serve, at a very small
charge on the public funds, to determine an hitherto vexed question,

351

1l._PRELIMINARY NOTE ON THE SIZE OF SALMON EGGS IN
RELATION TO ESTIMATING THEIR NOMBER,

BY

O. Green, B.A.

-In carrying out the Department’s schemes of assistance to the artificial
propagation of salmonidae, it has been necessary to estimate annually the
number of fry turned down from several hatcheries. To obtain any
comprehensive view of creatures so ashamed of their nakedness as alevins
being obviously impossible, especially in boxes filled with gravel or stocked
originally with unequal numbers of eggs, it has been the practice to base
the estimates on the number of eyed eggs in the hatchery, within as short
a time as possible of the period at which they are expected to hatch. At
this stage the eggs of salmonidae will stand a considerable amount of
handling without suffering any damage.

The method employed has been to take an average unit of the space
occupied by the eggs in the hatchery, as large as may be practicable, to
measure the volume of the eggs contained therein, and to find their
number by counting a sample of given volume. This leads to an approxi-
mate estimate of the total number in the hatchery, and the present
examination of the available records has been undertaken with a view
to discovering the bearing of the evident variation in the size of the eggs
upon the accuracy of such an approximation.

The measures of capacity used have varied from half a pint to a quart,
constructed either of tin, with the bottom perforated, entirely of per-
forated zinc, or of glass. Comparative experiments with the different
measures have not been possible in any number. From a consideration of
the shape of the eggs it is evident that they will pack more economically
the larger the vessel, and in fact a quart measure, when well shaken down,
holds slightly more than the contents of two pints. In the perforated
measures the water was allowed to run off; in the glass measure the eggs,
being water-borne, did not pack so closely, and it was found that the
contents of a perforated zinc pint measure were equivalent to 1°1 pint in
the glass.

The results of all the counts of eyed eggs up to the present are as
follows :—

Eygs per Half-pint, |11-12| 12-13 13-14 | 14-15 | 15-16 | 16-17 | 17-18 | 18-19 | 19-20 Hundred.
No. of Observations,}| 2 3 3 0 4 2 6 2 1

\

These are all for perforated zinc measures, i.e., with the water run off
the eggs ; in the one or two instances in which glass measures have been
used, 10 per cent. has been added,

The maximum observed is 1,916, and the minimum 1,129. The average
of all observations is 1,540 ; but the group of numbers from 1,500 to 1,800
clearly includes the great majority of ordinary eggs.

In the U. S. Fish Commission Bulletin for 1888, p. 217, W. F. Page
gives a count of Atlantic salmon eggs at 4,272 in the standard U.S.A.
quart. This is equivalent to 1,287 in half a pint English.

352

From the above figures we may calculate the diameters of the eggs,*
which work out as follows :—

|
Eggs per Half-pint, ... | 1129 | 1,500 | 1,800 | 1,916
Diameter, Inch, oo 28 25 23 23

The figures for the diameter are, however, certainly excessive, as the
eggs are never packed so closely im the measure as is theoretically

ssible.
wee alternative method of estimation was attempted at Lismore during
the past season, namely, by measuring approximately the actual area
occupied by eggs, and finding the number in a unit of area. When
checked, however, by the weights of the parent fish and the number of
pints ot eggs laid down, the result was found to be unsatisfactory.

In this connection three observations were made of the number of eggs
which lay on a square inch, when packed as closely as possible without
compression. Eggs of three obviously different sizes were taken, and the
number per square inch calculated from 20 sq. in. and upwards, with the
following result :—

— | Large Begs. | Medium. | Small.

| Number per Square Inch, | 21:0 25°2 26°9
Diameter, Inch,* 234 213 “207

This method probably gives quite accurate figures for the average
diameter of the eggs.

‘he greater number of enumerations have been made with fully-eyed
eggs. in connection with the returns of the number of eggs laid down
furnished to the Department by the managers of several hatcheries, a
iew pints and half-pints have been counted by different observers, notably
by Mr. litzHerbert, of Blackcastle, shortly after fertilisation and before
tne delicate period of development was entered on. It must be noted that
the time esapsed between the first contact with water and being counted
is not stated, so that the extent to which the eggs had swelled cannot be
gauged.

‘he process of swelling is said to be complete in twenty or thirty
minutes ;* we have no experiments bearing on the question of the time
limit. ‘lwo observations made at Kilrea hatchery indicate that the bulk
ol eggs at stripping is to the same after three hours as 2:3. The maxi-
nium number ot eggs per half-pint at this period is 2,118, counted by Mr.
bitzHerbert within “a few hours” of stripping. The minimum is 1,820,
counted by the same observer. Mr. Godtrey, of Lismore, notes that a
cousiderable quantity of the eggs laid down there in 1902/5 were reckoned
at over 200 to the fluid ounce.

As to the relation between the size of the eggs and that of the parent,
such data as exist are contradictory. ‘lhe targest and smallest eggs
appear to come from fish of about the same weight, and Mr. Holt tes
ule that the smallest salmon ova which he has ever seen were stated by
Mr. Scott, of Bailysodare, to have been taken from a ten-pounder.

Among the very small (eyed) eggs of one fish at Lismore, I noticed a
number of conspicuously larger ones, all of which were apparently
uutertilised,

* Calculated,

* kor the formula by which this is accomplished, viz. :—
V of2 rie
AN ¥ » where V is the number of spheres, V the volume which they occupy, and

d their individual diameter, | am indebted to Mr, J. T. Jackson, of Trinity College,
“U.S.A Manual of Fishculture, 1897, p- 46,

Patt ARF x. Ca

<sh=

353

lll. REPORT ON THE SALMON HATCHERY AT LISMORE.
BY

CuarnLes Deanu Oxiver, B.A.1L., M.Lyst.0.E.

PLAN AND SECTIONS.

The Department having promulgated a scheme for the development of
salmon-hatching operations, the Duke of Devonshire, on the initiative of
a@ committee ot the Conservators of the Lismore district, entered into an
arrangement with the Department for the erection and maintenance of a
salmon hatchery at Lismore, for the improvement of the fisheries of the
Blackwater.

An agreement was made for the provision at Lismore of accommoda-
tion in hatching boxes tor three million (3,000,000) ova up to the eyed
stage and for the transference of a portion of these at the eyed stage
to certain subsidiary stations on the upper waters of the river system,
where they would be duly cared and the fry distributed at the proper
season, the fry resulting from ova hatched at Lismore being turned down
at places accessible from the main station.

‘he subsidy payable by the Department was fixed at the usual rate of
one shilling and sixpence (1s, 6d.) per thousand (1,000) fry turned down
in suitable streams and shallows, it being provided that the maximum
annual subsidy should not exceed £150.

The usual clapses, safeguarding the interests of either party, were
incorporated in the agreement.

The preliminaries were settled in the late summer of 1903, and,
although it seemed rather a hopeless task, it was decided to attempt to
have the hatchery ready for work by December. ‘This was in fact accom-
plished, mainly by the exertions of Mr. Penrose, agent to the Duke of
Devonshire, and Mr. J. E. Godfrey.

Several sites were suggested, and ultimately I recommended the selec-
tion of one affording exceptional facilities in many respects, although
aa some difficulties as regards the securing of a cutficient head of
water.

Here a field between the Owenshad tributary and the public road lies
with a gentle slope to the south, distant only about a quarter of a mile
from the hatches of the salmon weir and from one of the principal net-
ting pools on the Blackwater, so that spawners can be easily taken and
transferred by tank-cart to the holding ponds.

‘This field, as will be seen by reference to the plan, is entered at its
north-west corner by an artificial channel, conveying a supply from the
Owenshad to the Lismore canal. This supply passes along the west side
of the field for some 400 feet. The channel is some 4 feet wide and 3 feet
deep, with sides of masonry, and is protected from floods in the Owenshad
by embankments,

At the south-west corner of the field it is joined by another supply,
carried under the river by a syphon from the tail-race of a mill on the-
opposite bank. ‘The combined stream runs at right angles to its former
course along the south side of the field in a walled channel 220 feet long,
11 feet wide, and 4 feet deep, with gravel bottom. At the south-east
corner the channel discharges into the canal at the maximum level of the
latter. Both intakes are controlled by sluices.

The water supply is of good quality from a gravel subsoil in sandstone
formation. At times it is much discoloured and brings down consider-
able quantities of road detritus, as well as of sand, causing some little
trouble in the boxes, in spite of the screening operations carried out, but
apparently producing no ill effects. The detritus consists mainly of lime
stone mud from the roads of the Owenshad valley, with a considerable

B54

quantity of vegetable matter from woods in the valley, both in a state of
extreme disintegration. Satisfactory aeration is ensured by the shallow
bed and rapid ttow of the Owenshad.

An area of half an acre at the southern or lower end of the field, and
bounded on the west and south by the channel described, and on the east
by the public road, has been enclosed as a site for the hatchery. This
plot has an average level of about 2 feet 6 inches above the water of the
canal. On two sides trees and shrubberies protect it considerably from
the sun, while the general situation shelters it from violent winds. _

The larger channel above described has been adapted to form a series
of holding ponds. In these the salmon, taken at the weir, are kept for
as much as six or eight weeks, or, in some cases, for three months.
During this period they are examined and classified from time to time,
and moved into different ponds according to degree of ripeness.

A sluice near the outlet maintains a practically uniform depth of
3 feet 6 inches of water in the ponds. They are closed by iron gratings
at the syphon inlet and the junction of the upper stream. Below this
point the channel is subdivided into three equal sections by divisions
tormed of boards, 45 inches wide, set verticaily about 14 inch apart;
primarily to facilitate the sorting of fish, but serving also a useful pur-
pose in distributing the current.

When the ponds are in use the outlet sluice is raised about 14 inch
from the bottom, and sutiicient water is admitted at the intake to allow
a depth of about 1 inch to flow over the top. The flow thus produced,
both at bottom and top, equalises the current and keeps the bottom clean.
A grating above the sluice prevents the fish from descending into the
canal. A slight head is produced at each of the pond partitions, while
the vertical opes in them tend to distribute the flow.

In the result a gentle uniform current, having a velocity of about one-
fifth mile per hour, is maintained, in which the fish remain quiet, If
it is materially increased they become fidgety, and try to push up-stream.
The current, small as it is, appears to be ample, as many as 300 fish
having been in the ponds together, some for three months, without loss
except from accident or poachers.

For protection from poachers and vermin the ponds have been entirely
encaged. Vertical posts, 12 feet apart and 7 feet high, carry rails, to
which is attached ‘“‘ American interlaced field fencing,” a species of large
mesh wire-netting now on the local markets. This is supplemented near
the ground by wire-netting of 14 inch mesh. The top is protected by
lines of barbed wire stretched on transverse wires, the whole being prae- |
tically impassable in any short time. The only poacher who got in could
not get out, and was taken red-handed. The woodwork of all fencing is
coated with “Carbolineum.” At the junction of the two streams, where
an eddy has somewhat deepened the bed, and where the trees afford more
shade than elsewhere, the fish in the upper pond usually lie in a shoal,
and here the protection has been supplemented by a barbed wire entangle-
ment across the pond just high enough to let a man walk under it with
care, the only access being from the down-stream end.

A portion of the small upper channel has been shut off by a grating and
is used as a resting-place for stripped fish before they are returned to the
river.

To take out fish from the pond the water is reduced until a man can

conveniently wade in it with a landing-net.
_ The only trouble experienced has been from fish, males especially,
injuring their heads against the head-grating of the upper pond in trying
to get up-stream at might. This grating is of square 4-inch iron bars,
set vertically 14 inch apart centres, and is to be replaced before next
mera by a grating of wooden bays or of iron bars covered with india
rubber.

At the intermediate gratings, either because of their construction or
because there is less disturbance of the water there than at the shallower
and more rapid inlets and consequently less incitement to move, the fish
do not seem to injure themselves,

, he total head available from the intake to the canal level was only
6 feet ; and this could not be materially increased without serious risk of

355

flooding adjacent lands, the river banks at the intake being very low and
the river a mountain stream liable to very heavy spates. A low concrete .
weir was constructed with its crest 6 feet 6 inches above the canal level,
being the maximum considered safe. ‘Lhe intakes for ponds and hatchery
are a few feet upstream of this, and a sluice in it, ummediately down-
stream of them, opened occasionally or maintained open when the river
is high, serves to prevent accumulation of sand at their entrance, where
leaf screens catch most of the floating debris of the stream.

The question of the relative levels of hatchery and intake was affected
by several conditions. In the hatchery the boxes are necessarily so
arranged with a view to economy of space combined with accessibility
that the water passes through two in tandem. It was necessary also to
provide that tlie lower should be at a convenient height above the floor
tor handling the eggs, that the upper box should be high enough to dis-
charge into 1t with some fall for aeration, and that there should be clear-
ance under the taps of the supply channel, which are set about 1 inch
clear over the bottom of the supply trough.

The minimum convenient height of the top of the lower box was fixed
at-2 feet 5 inches over floor.

A fall of 1 foot was considered essential in the trough.

It was, therefore, necessary to lower the floor considerably below the
natural surface level.

A dry firm floor is essential, and concrete is objectionable on the score
of cost and wet surface.

The whole area of the building was accordingly excavated to the level
of the canal—0:00 of relative levels. The excavation was filled in with
18 inches of rubble stone, with drain tiles laid through them, and a 12-
inch pipe-drain was carried to the outlet downstream of the lower sluice
of the holding ponds. Over the rubble was laid 4 inches of graduated
gravel finished with sharp sand.

The floor being below the water level of the ponds and the intermediate
soil somewhat porous, a catch drain was constructed between the ponds
and building at the outlet level, formed of 12-inch drain-pipes with open
joints, surrounded by rubble stone. To this are also connected the pipes
having the discharge from the boxes.

An embankment sufficient to protect the hatchery against the effects of
any recorded flood has been carried round the building. ‘The supply
trough and a waste trough conveying excess supply pass through the top of
this embankment. The latter discharges into a surface drain leading to the
canal. The outlet of all drains and discharges being thus direct into
the canal, the level of which is unaffected by floods, the hatchery is
believed to be perfectly secured.

As will be seen from the above description, 1 foot of fall was allowed
for the water supply to the boxes from the head weir. It was estimated
that a rectangular channel, 8 inches by 6 inches, would give the necessary
supply ; but as it was cheapest to construct this of timber, it was thought
as well, the cost of workmanship being almost identical, to make the
trough of 11 inches by 9 inches. ‘lhe extra supply of water thus obtained
proved, as will be seen, useful in many ways.

For a part of its length the trough rests upon the ground or is embedded
in an embankment ; where it is above the ground level it is carried on
supports about 12 feet apart.

It is covered by boards secured by screws, so that any part can easily be
exposed if required. .

‘Coarse screens are also provided across the supply shoot.

The woodwork of the shoot is of unplaned deal, coated with a well-
boiled mixture of coal-tar and pitch.

The supply of water given to the boxes is at the rate of 250 gallons per
box per hour, equivalent to 5 galls. per hour per 1,000 ova, laid in a
double layer. This supply has proved ample even for the double layer of
ova, and has been found to be more than is required for the number of
alevins which can safely be kept in a box.

The supply ‘is regulated so as to be always up to an overflow at the
outlet end, thus keeping a constant head over the taps of 4 inches. Mr.
Penrose has devised a tell-tale, consisting of a heavy float, which rings a

356 ,
bell and calls the attention of the watchman whenever, from obstruction
of the screens or other cause, the head falls below the desired level.

Yo check the intlow ot sand there is imserted, at the point where the
trough crosses the pond supply, a weir board, in front of which are holes
in tne bottom, the discharge through which carries away any sand
collected on the bottom. At the same place a side overflow gets rid of
much floating debris,

The supply taps for the boxes are wooden cider barrel taps, of -inch
bore inlet and §-1nch outlet.

The overflow from the boxes is taken by a wooden trough laid on the
ground, divided into three sections, and connected with the outlet drains.

ln addition to the water supply of the hatchery described above, a sup-
plemental suppiy has been connected trom the town main, which passes
close by, by means of a 2-inch pipe under a head of some oUU teet. Jn
addition to acling as a reserve this is convenient for tlushing and washing
purposes,

While the silt brought down has not been found actually deleterious,
it is troublesome, anu screens have been provided, wh.ch are generally
used. ‘These consist of two thicknesses of bolting-cloth supported by wire-
netting, and having a total area of about 56 square feet, through which
the water rises vertically under a head of about 4 inches. ‘They by no
means retain all the silt, but reduce it materially. ‘hey are easily
cleaned by shutting off the water for a few minutes and turning the hose
over them, a sluice in the bottom of the tank passing out the silt. ‘They
are made in two sections, so that for special cleaning or repairs one can,
if necessary, be put out of action. While, as betore stated, the silt is
uot found to exercise any deleterious effect on the ova, it is so trouble
some in cleaning and sorting operations that probably, as a measure of
economy, the screens will be increased and made more efficient.

In Herr Jaffé’s boxes the sand and silt removed by periodic flushings
escapes through a hole ciosed by a plug. ‘The removal of this being
thought to cause an objectionable jar, a very neat arrangement has been
devised by Mr. J. EH. Godfrey, by which any Jar is entireiy avoided.

A lead nozzle is inserted in the waste hole, and to it is attached a short
length of 14-inch rubber hose. ‘The end of this is raised above water
level, and there secured. For flushing it is merely necessary to drop it.
A portable wooden shoot is provided to lead the water to the discharge
trough, and the life of the rubber hose is insured by keeping it in water
during the time when the hatchery is not working. From the stand-
point of strict economy this contrivance is perhaps a luxury rather than
a necessity; but, since it precludes the possibility of the boxes being
jarred by careless removal or replacement of the waste-plugs, it is pro-
bably worth the small extra cost which it involves, It also saves time.

The boxes used are Jaffé’s Sandfort Incubating and Hatching Boxes.”
the hatching-boxes have, for economy, been made as “ twins,” two boxes
of the stock size being contained, side by side, in the same frame. The
incubating boxes depart from Jaffé’s model in that they have been pro-
vided with similar screens and outlet weirs to the hatching boxes. AL
the boxes are provided with trays of both coarse and fine perforated zinc,
so that they can be used for all stages of incubation and hatching. In
effect it has been found that, with these modifications, one form of box
is as eflicient as the other, under the conditions of supply and quality
of water obtaining at Lismore.

In the model incubating and hatching boxes supplied by Herr Jaffé,
and described and figured by Mr. C. Green,* the trays rest on nails pro-
jecting from the sides of the box. In the first season’s work at Lismore
these nails were found a source of injury to the attendant’s hands when
cleaning the boxes, and have accordingly been replaced by ledges.

The boxes are coated outside with tar mixture and inside with
“ Asphaltum” varnish, supplied by Sissons Bros., Hull.

The hatchery building was originally designed as a roof only, carried
on wooden posts, but it has been found that, while the temperature doves
not fall low enough to do any harm to the ova, it is far too cold for the

** Drawings and Descriptions of Ay paratue used in Salmon and Trout Cul.ure,. .
Ann, Lep, lusheries Ureland), 1901, Pu Ll, ; Appendix, XLV, pp. 197-204

, |

357

men to work, althcugh in Co. Kerry all the hatcheries are in the open
air, without even a roof, and the climate appears to allow of their efficient
care. The sides have accordingly been closed in. The whole is of
galvanised corrugated iron on larch framing. _

Light is afforded by skylights 2 feet by 18 inches, set 8 feet apart
centres.

For holding fish selected for stripping, two tanks have been provided.
They are each 6 feet by 6 fect, and 3 feet and 2 feet 6 inches deep
respectively, and are fed by the overflow weir of the supply trough. On
occasion fish have been kept overnight in these without injurious result,
but as a rule the tanks are only used during the progress of actual strip-
ping operations.

The hatchery was designed to afford accommodation for the probable
maximum number of ova available only while they are in the earlier
‘stages of development. The hatching out of a considerable proportion,
after reaching the eyed stage, has to be provided for elsewhere.

This is intended to be done by the use at Lismore and at out-stations
on the upper waters, in places suitable for turning down the fry, of
“Floating redds” of Herr Jaffé’s Sandfort pattern. The development of
hatching stations on the upper waters is as yet incomplete, and, so far,
the redds have only been used in the holding ponds at Lismore and on the
Funcheon and Awbeg, tributaries of the Blackwater, at Rockmills and
Annesgrove, respectively.

Of the fry from the hatchery at Lismore, some are turned down in the
Owenshad, but a considerable proportion are sent by rail to the upper
waters of the Blackwater. They are conveyed in carboys of the kind used
for sulphuric acid, and, with the careful attention which is bestowed on
them, do not appear to suffer at all in transit, which occupies two or
three hours.

The fry hatched in the floating redds at Lismore are allowed to escape
into the holding ponds, from which they can pass either into the Owen-
shad or the Lismore canal, and thence, in due course, to the sea.

At the out-stations also the fry are liberated direct from the redds.
At Rockmills the large disused mill-stream, in which the redds are
moored, is grated, and all trout are cleared out before the fry are
liberated. The gratings offer no obstruction to the escape of the fry
while still minute, and are removed when they are about six months old.

At Annesgrove the fry pass at once into the Awbeg.

As regards the working of the “Floating Redds”—where at Lis-
more and Rockmills these are moored in a gentle current under control
and maintained at about half a mile per hour, they have been absolutely
successful ; the loss at Rockmills from the time of leaving the hatchery
to the turning out of the fry, including that due to about twenty miles
journey by rail and road, being under 3 per cent.

At Annesgrove, where the stream is not under control and in floods
brings down a large quantity of sand, trouble was experienced by this
getting into the boxes and, in some cases, causing them to sink. In other
cases the turbulence of the current spilled a number of ova from the trays,
with the result that they were suffocated in the sand at the bottom of the
redd. A method of getting rid of the sand after floods presents no great
difficulty, but pending successful experiment with floating breakwaters to
prevent undue agitation of the redds, Annesgrove will not again be used
as a hatching station.

In Jaffé’s Redds the trays are designed to rest by their own weight on
pegs a few inches above the bottom, the thickness of the perforated zinc
being sufficient to sink the wooden parts of the tray. A difference in the
weight of the zinc supplied for the Lismore trays caused the latter to
float. Though the ova were thus brought within a few inches of the sur-
face, and thus fully exposed to the light through the wire-netting of the
lids of the redd, no evil results were experienced at Lismore and Rock-
mills. At Annesgrove, however, the agitation of the redds caused the
trays to ride one over the other, and with the trays floating loose this
might happen with only a moderate disturbance of the surface.

_Experience showed that creat difficulty would have been found in
miving proper attention to the trays had they remained at the designed
depth in the redd, since some of the ova would certainly have been spilled

358

in lifting the trays for removal of dead or in replacing them. Their
flotation was therefore so far advantageous, but to guard against risks of
violent current or strong surface motion, which may cccur even in the
most sheltered situation, precautions have been taken to keep the trays
fixed. Ledges fixed to the sides of the redd have been substituted for the
pegs, giving the trays a substantial bearing.

A frame of two longitudinals, with cross battens on top, rests on the
trays, and is in turn pressed down by the lids of the redd. Being of suit-
able depth, it brings the trays to their bearing when the lids are closed.
Reference to the working drawings of the redd, given in the Report for
1901,* will at once explain the details involved in this arrangement,
which, so far as the experience of it goes, up to the present, appears to
be a decided improvement.

In manipulation the top frame is carefully lifted off the trays, which
float evenly to the surface and are attended to. The frame is then evenly
relaid on the trays, and both lids of the redd are gradually closed, and
secured by the buttons.

The redds, when moored singly, were found lacking in stability, and
were accordingly arranged in pairs connected by cross-battens under the
ends of the “floats.” For their proper care it was found necessary that
the attendant should wade in the stream, and wading boots or trousers
are therefore a necessary expense in connection with this form of
fish culture.

A schedule showing the cost of various portions of the work is
appended. The total cost is influenced by so many circumstances, includ-
ing the nature of the site and the facilities for supplying material and
labour, that it cannot be taken as even an approximate guide for other
cases.
The existence of a masonry channel with head-sluices offered excep-
tional facilities for holding ponds.

On the other hand, there was perhaps exceptional necessity for the
adequate protection of the holding ponds, while the precautions taken
against unusual floods involved an expense which would be unnecessary
in many places.

Probakly, saving could have been effected in various items had time
been less pressing. Again, the fact that considerable quantities of second-
hand drain-pipes and other material were available from the Lismore
Castle stores at cheap rates, led to the construction of drains in a form
which, though intrinsically cheap and very effective, would hardly be
adopted elsewhere.

A general diagrammatic plan of the hatchery in isometric projection
and two sheets of cross sections are annexed.

Lismore HatcHery.—DeEtTAILs or Cost.

Building 140 feet by 20 feet, 24,000 c. ft., : ° 195 0 0
Floating Redds, . : . . ach, a Pe
Twin Hatching Box, . d : . each, 016 0
Single do., . , ; . each, 011 0
Single Incubatiag Box, 3 - each, 013 0
Trestles, , ; / . per pair, 0,2 2
Trough, |1Lin. by 9in. (including supports), per foot, 0 Ae
Enclosure of Ponda, per yard run, | Pe
Cocks for Water Supply, P . average each, 0 0 6
Hose and connexion for Flushing Out, per box, 0 1 6

* loc. cit.

—s ~
AUN =

; >>
i Ss

Cra,
IS a ~< tp i
a

Lismore Hatchery

Section through ponds
and bulldings.

a Fixit
tee

il ia Nc

Y, 'YtHyyy
AG

SCALE & Freer 70 1 INCH

0 20 3orr

= = =|

Lismore Hatchery.
Section of butlding

SCALE #Freer re 1 (Nae
5 5 10
Sa Se Sr SS

359
Appenpix, No. XII.

STATISTICAL INFORMATION RELATING TO THE SALMON
FISHERIES.

By the courtesy of the gentlemen whose names appear below, it is pos-
sible to give the following Returns in continuation of those which appeared
in our Reports for 1900 and 1901, and in the Report of the Irish Inland
Fisheries Commission (Appendix, Part IIJ., xxiii).

PERCENTAGES OF WEIGHT OF TAKE ABOVE AND BELOW AN
AVERAGE FOR TWENTY-FIVE YEARS ENDING 1899
(TWENTY-THREE YEARS IN THE CASE OF THE
LAX WEIR FISHERIES).

Blackwater, Lismore. Mr. R. Fotey.
1900, . , ‘ ‘ ; . 40 per cent. below.
1901, . : : : = roe cee Sy
1902, . : oes 4 . 35 3 r
1903, ares Ae PS coi Fox: “

The killing hatch was kept open for alternate fortnights during the
first three months of 1902; in 1901 it was open throughout the first three
months ; in 1903 during February, March and April.

Mr. Foley writes in 1902:—‘ This has been a most unusual season. It
began with a fair run of spring fish about the middle of December . . . There
was a good show of spring fish up to the end of January, when a flood
took them up before our season opened on Ist February. The run in Feb-
ruary was small, and so was March and April. In fact the spring fishing
was bad, and it was not until June there was any improvement, when
there was a remarkable improvement in the run of grilse.”

A diagram supplied by Mr. Foley shows that the improvement of
grilse, noted in 1902, was rather more than maintained in 1903; but
the chief source of improvement was in salmon.

Blackwater, Co. Kerry. Mr, R. M‘Civure.
1900, . : ‘ ; s . 060 per cent. below.
1901, . : ‘ : : a PS
ie, de 5 : : <teeD 4 above.
1903, . - - : : nies 5; below.
Waterville, Co, Kerry. Mr. J. E. Burien.
1900, . 3 Mee . 52* per cent. below.
1901, . ‘ : : : | ae "
1902, . : ; : ; ere Oy P
1903, . ° ° . . ° 43 ”? )
Laune, below Killorglin Bridge. Mr. R. Power.
1900, . , ; . : . 47 per cent. below the aver-

age of the twenty - four
years ending 1894.

1901, . : ; : d . 55 per cent. below ditto.

1902, . ‘ : f : - 12 per cent. below the aver-
age of the twenty-four
years ended 1898.

1803, . . . 3 : - 12 per cent. below ditto.

_ Mr. Power notes that spring fishing was greatly interrupted by floods
in March, 1903, and that there was an unusual abundance of fish at the
end of that season.

* Given incorrectly in previous reports.
Ann. Rep, Fish., Ireland, 1902-03, Pt. IT., App., XII. £1905. ]

Lax Weir (including weir and nets), Shannon.

1900. g

360

Mr, J. A. Prace.
- 39 per cent. below.
. 39

74 se above.
4 oe below.

Mr. Place writes:—“ The grilse season of 1903 was unsatisfactory,
compared with that of 1902; at the same time the season was, as regards
grilse, distinctly an average one for this fishery. . . I believe the grilse
season of 1902 to have been the best within living memory.”

Bann Nets.
1900, .
1901, .
1902, .
1903, .

Foyle Nets.

3

3

Mr. Garvey writes:—‘‘In my experience we never had so many

Mr. T. M‘Dermorr.
37 per cent. below.

Mr. T. M‘Dermorr.

. 465 per cant. below.
. wets Js

6°S:.;, above

Mr. T. M‘Dermorr.
44 per cent. below.

: a4 99 oP
he | i above.
e 30 9° below.

Mr. T. M‘Dermorr.
ay per cent. below.

” ”
26°2 ” ”
13 ” ”

Mr. J. Garvey.
Lower than 1901.
50 per cent. below.
5 per cent. above.
10 per cent. above average

of good years.

breeding fish as in the season of 1903.” All nets were taken off a fort-
night before the end of the season in 1902 and 1903.

OTHER RETURNS.

Suir.—Cahir Park and Neddin’s Water.
. 37 salmon, weighing 392 Ibs.
~

Cahir Park. — 1900,
1901,
1902,
1903,

Neddin’s Water.—1900,
1901,
1902,
1903,

Mr. W. Rocnrort.

” ”? ”

21 ” ” 207 ”

ofS

3 ie

ot

361

Ownavarra R., Co. Wexford. The Right Hon. the Earn or Courtowy,

1900. Salmon, 15. White Trout, 148.

1901. Lord Courtown wrote :—‘ The run of salmon showed no marked
improvement, but may have been unfavourably affected by the
weather, The few salmon that have been taken this season have
been much above the average weight of fish taken in the Owna-
varra. The run of white trout showed a considerable improve-

ment.”

1902. Salmon, 28.

The average for the twenty-five years ended 1899 was eighty-one,
but this average does not correctly show the amount usually
caught, as over 120 salmon were caught in each of the five years
1891 to 1895. More salmon were caught in 1902 than in any
of the three preceding years.

Castleconnell Angling. Mr. 8. C. VansiTtakr.
Salmon. Peal. |
Total Total
Ist Feb. | lstJune | 1st Feb. | lst June | Season | Season ‘

fe) to to to Salmon.| Peal.
3lst May.| 3lst Oct. | 3lst May.| 31st Oct.

1900, 8 5 ~ 6 13 6 19
Worldsend Lal 1901, 12 6 a 3 18 3 21
Erinagh. he 26 5 Es 4 31 4 35
1903, 13 4 2 10 17 10 27
1900, 16 1 = 47 17 47 64
Newgarden, . / 1901, 30 1 1 66 38 67 98
Lee 24 1 A 16 25 16 41
1903, 25 5 = 90 30 90 120°
- 1900 16 5 = 25 21 25 46
Summerhill 1901, 14 5 eS g 19 9 : 28
and Castle. * 1999 25 9 J 13 34 13 47
1903, 26 5 = 20 31 20 51
; 1900, 12 4 = 1 16 4 20
1901 12 2 a 13 14 13 27
Woodlands, . ;
— | ime 12 2 2 en 12 26
1903, 8 2 = 3 10 3 12+
1900, 14 12 * 38 26 38 64
Dodias, ’ 1901, 34 12 1 49 46 50 96
| 1902, 34 4 - 36 38 36 74
1903, 48 5 s 38 538 38 91
1900, 16 10 S 28 26 28 54
Hewiiide, ~ | 1901, 19 . 2 Me 25 22 25 47
1902, 21 10 = 46 31 46 77
1903, 27 11 > 35 38 35 73
r 1900, 4 2 z 11
i191 2 a =
Landscape, . } i1901,
ONL cor } 1908 8 3 | : 40
\ 1903, 8 - | =a | 15
1900, 13 4 = | 27
1901, 17 5 | a 25
Prospect, .
- 1902, 18 6 | ae 43
1903,
|

* To 31st July only. ¢ To 30th June only.

Mr. Vansittart writes in 1903:—‘‘ The peal season was bad.”
2B

Waterville Salmon Fishery. Mr. J. E. Borin.
| ae Ben! | Feb- | March April. | M J July. | Total
) — st to th to) arch,.| April. ay. une. | July. otal.

| loth. | 3ist. io 4
Sea peed | | 23 33 9 35 35 86 47 | 299
|
| 1901, ; 21 42 25 46 70 15 69 41 | 329
| m3. .| 29] a1 | 2 | 96 | -s2 | 43 | -e79 | go gune
| eC is 44 39 | 72 47 6 16 84 49 | 357
Blackwater—Dromana Fishery. Mr. Vitiiers STvarr.

—— Salmon. Peal. Total.
|

100; “au | 290 480 770

1001, <1 bs 262 220 482

coe eee 217 1,076 1,293

i A a Sle 525 849

RETURNS OF IRISH SALMON FROM BILLINGSGATE.

Mr. J. Wrenou Towse.

| ce 3 of Boxes of | Average Price No. of Boxes .
ne, sh Salmon. per lb, from all sources.

[5 See ae » eee
| 1901. | 1902. | 193. | 1901. | 1903. | 1903. || 1901. | 1902. | 1903.

s. d. 8 ied. 8,

January, | 35 27 32 4 0 3 5 3 114 134 197 165
February, .,..| 207 212 a7) 6 0 2 8) 248 906 807 977
March, so | 07 | 279 3599 | 21 | 2 5 | 2 & || 1,530 | 1,163 | 1,887
April, + | 580 | 354 686 | 21 | 2 7 | 2 O§|] 2148 | 1,564 | 2,062
May, ee 1 Oa.) eas 739 | 1 7h| 22 | 1-7 || 3651 | 2,862 | 3,652
June, | 1,007 | 2,792 | 1571 | 15 | 1 7 | 1 88 |] 4,705 | 6381 | 5,859
July, oe | 1,383 | 2,586 | 4,245 | 1 4/411 +'1-1-2 |] 7,291 | 9379 | 9,857
August, ...| 56 | 98 | 226 | 1 44/1241 3,576 | 3,934 | 3,858
September, ...| 2 | 1 tf) 6>b. 1 See 663 744 893
October, oe - | - = - - - 33 100 154
November, ..,. - | = wo ion in - 48 33 56
Decembt 1 i . z ~ - 70 34 92
4514 | 6974 | 8,036 - - - || 24,755 | 27,188 | 28,407

j
* Including English, Scotch, Irish, Dutch, Norwegian, German, French, Danish,
and Canadian.

APPENDIX, No. XIII,

SUBSTANCE OF REPORTS RECEIVED FROM CLERKS
OF CONSERVATORS RELATIVE TO SALMON
FISHERIES.

DistTRICT.
Dublin, ‘
Wexford, .

Waterford, .

Lismore,

Cork, -

Cork (Bandon),

Skibbereen, .
Bantry,
Kenmare, .
Waterville, .
Killarney,
Limerick,
Galway,
Connemara,
Ballinakill,
Bango,
Ballina,
Sligo,
Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny,
Londonderry,
Coleraine,
Rallycastle,
Dundalk,

Drogheda,

. | Good, improving; best year for Galway
. | Bad; declining, . ; “ c

. Very much improved,

364

What is the general state of the Salmon Fisheries in this District ?
a rule improving or declining ?

Fair; slight improvement, - .
Improving, ° ; . “
Fair ; improving, . : : .

the run of peal in May, June, and July
which was better than previous years.
Fair; declining, . ; A *

No improvement in rod or net fishing until |
Fairly good ; slight improvement, . E

Fair ; good season for nets ; improving,

Better than last three years ; improving,

Fair ; improving, - :
Poor ; about the same as last year,
Fair ; slight improvement, 5
Great improvement, : 5

fishery, both as regards run and catch
since 1891.

Healthy ; improving, - s
A decided improvement on last few years,

Very good; fish improving in weight and
quantity.

Improving, . ‘ .

Fairly good; slight improvement,
Fairly satisfactory ; improving,

Improving, * ° .
Declining, ° ; ’

Generally satisfactory, except the Castle-
town River in which the salmon fishing |
is declining.

Improving as regards Grilse ;

Spring fishing |
bad,

SUBSTANCE oF REPORTS received from CLERKS

APPENDIX,

Are they as

Fair ; slight improvement,
Improving, . = . :

Improving ; the open season as regards
take of Salmon was the best for the past
twenty years.

Good ; improving, -
Fairly good; declining, . ~
Good ; improving, - ‘: ‘

Great improvement; has been the best
season for net fishermen for some years.

Good ; improving, ° ° °

Fair, but not so good as in previous years,

Fair. No change for the past two years,

Fair ; improving, 7 ’ ‘

On the whole more satisfactory than in
recent depressed years.

Not so good as last year, either as to supply
or capture.

Fair ; improving, + ‘ °
Declined since last year, . . .
Not so good as in preceding year ; declining.
Fair ; improving, . -

Fair ; improving,
Good ; neither improving or declining, .
Fair, . : ‘ .
Satisfactory ; improved, . ae P
Not quite so good as last season, z
Declining, ‘ ‘ ° .

Generally very good ; improving, F

A general improvement on preceding year,

No. XIII.

365

of ConsERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES.
Tn

Has the take of Salmon and Grilse by nets and weirs throughout the district been
more, or less, productive in the present year than in the past one?

DISTRICT.

1902. 1903.
LE Ee

Less, . ‘ ‘ ; . | More productive, . : ’ Dublin.
Take of Salmon about the same. Large | More Salmon—less Grilse, * - Wexford.

improvement in take of Grilse by nets.
More productive, especially as regards | Far more Salmon, but less Grilse, . | Waterford.

Grilse.
The take generally shows a slight increase, | The take generally shows a very good } Lismore.

due to the good run of peal. increase as compared with previous years.

Less productive, . ‘ , Cork.

Considerably less,

More productive, . J 3 4
More productive, . — ° a °
More productive, . 5 - '
More productive; very good year, :

Salmon about the same; Grilse more pro-
ductive.

Salmon about the same; Grilse more pro-
ductive.

Take of Salmon poor, but that of Grilse
largest for many years.

More productive, . = :
Very much more productive, = -
Much more productive, 2 .
More productive, . - F .
More productive in Ballisodare ; slightly
less in Sligo River.
More productive, . p ‘< F
More productive, . 2 A -
More productive, , : . *
More productive, . ° Poi .
Less productive, . ° ° °

More productive, except Castletown River,

Slightly more productive, ° .

More productive, .

More productive,

Less productive, . = ° -
Less productive, . . ° ;
Less productive, . “ ° °
More productive, . z ° °
Less productive, . . ° °
Less productive. . ° . °
Very much less, . ° °
Less productive, . ° °
Slightly more productive, .
About the same, . °
Less productive, . ° °
More productive, . ° ° P
More productive, . ° °

Less productive,

Less productive,

More productive,

An increase in the take of Salmon, but not
in that of Grilse.

Cork (Bandon),

Skibbereen.

Bantry.

Kenmare.

Waterville,

Killarney.

Limerick,

Galway.

Connemara.

Ballinakill.

Bangor.

Ballina,

Sligo.

Ballyshannon,

Letterkenny.

Londonderry.

Coleraine,

Ballycastle,

Dundalk.

Drogheda,

366

APPENDIX,

SUBSTANCE OF REPORTs received from CLERKS

Has the take of Sea Trout by nets and weirs been more, or less, productive this
year than in the past one?

District. h-———
1902. | 1903.
Dubiia. ; . Less productive, . : . - | Less. productive, . e . .
- Wexford, . - More produetive, . : 3 - | More productive, . . ° er
Waterford, . - Very little Sea Trout taken in this District, | Very little netting for Sea Trout. .
Lismore, . - Very poor; a smaller class of fish, - | More productive, . . . .
P
Cork, ° ° | —- About the same, . . . .
Cork (Bandon), - | No netting for Sea Trout, ' . | More productive, . ‘ “ °
Skibbereen, . -| More productive, . e : - | More productive, . a : '
/
Bantry, . « | More productive, . - ; - | Less productive, . . ‘ »
Kenmare, . et No netting for Sea Trout in the district, .. | No nets for Sea Trout used in this district,
Waterville, . - | Less productive, . ‘ 3 . | Very few Sea Trout taken im the district
| by nets.
Killarney, . - | About the saine, . . ; . | About the same, . : 4 e
Limerick, . . | None taken in Shannon for commercial | This kind of fishing is never of any conse-
| purposes. quence in the Shannon.
Galway, | More productive, . . : . | Less productive, . > = ‘
Connemara. = ——
|
Ballinakill, + Less productive, . . Very much less, . : ; P
Bangor, ; - Less productive, . : - . | Less productive, . ‘ ‘
Ballina, , - | Not more productive, ; , . | No, . : : :
Sligo, ; - A fair take of Trout, , ‘ » | INO, . . . ‘
Ballyshannon - About the same, Very little fishing for | Slightly more productive in River Erne, .
Sea Trout.
Letterkenny = No change, “ » 2 . More productive, . . . .
Londonderry, About the same, . e : . | More productive, . . . ‘
| ;
Coleraine, + | More productive, . . . - | Less productive . : 7 :
Ballycastle, « | Very few taken, . 7 - | Very few taken, . .
Dundalk, Less productive, . ; e Less productive, . f ; :
Drogheda Less productive, . é J . Considerably less, . . ’ s

N-. XIII —continued.

367

of ConSERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES——continued.

Has any peculiarity been observed in the date at which fish have appeared in
the rivers this season ?

1902. |

|

They appeared earlier than usual,

No,

The run of Salmon in freshwater of Rivers
Barrow and Nore was late (about May).

No, < ;

No, x P . : °

Spring fish were late in arriving, .

No, - ;

No, , |

No, ‘ =

No, . : ° |

No, " : : |

No, ‘ ° ‘ |

Spring fish late. Run of Grilseearly, . |

No, ° . . . |

No, . . . . |

No, , ‘ : |

|

No, = - . |

Sligo opened 1st January—not many fish, |
snowy water. All fish caught were
healthy.

No, .

No, = é °

No, ° ; ° °

No, ° * ° e

The cun was late, and the Grilse smaller
than usual,

No, x 4 mn

Fish appeared very late, . : ‘

|
|
|

Earlier than usual,

. | Grilse were late, .

- | No,

1903.

'

|
|

District.

> | Dublip..,

days later than in previous year

Wexford.

No, - | Waterford.
No, Lismore.
| No, - | Cork.
| No, Cork (Bandon).
No, Skibbereen .
| No, F | Bantry.
| No, Kenmare,
| No, Waterville.
| No, Killarney.
No, c . Limerick.
No, Galway.
| No, Connemara,
No, ; : Ballinakill,
e . Bangor.
| Grilse were later in running, ; | BalJina.
No, : > - | Sligo.
Fish appeared in the rivers about two Ballyshannon.
weeks later.
No, e Letterkenny.
No, = . | Londonderry.
No, ; : . | Coleraine.
No, ° , ‘ | Ballycastle.
No, ‘ - 4 é Dundalk,
Grilse and White Trout about fourteen | Drogheda*

ee re ES

Leen en a cc aaa aca!

DIsTRICT.

Dublin, ©
Wexford,

Waterford, .

Lismore, e

Cork, ‘

Cork (Bandon),

Skibbereen, .

Bantry, e
wae

Waterville, .

Killarney, .

Limerick, .

Galway, °

Connemara,

Ballinakill, .
Bangor, 2
Ballina, .
Sligo, °

Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny,

Londonderry,
Coleraine, .

Ballycastle,
Dundalk,

Drogheda,

368

\ APPENDIX,

SUBSTANCE oF REPORTS received from CLERKS

Between what dates did the principal migration of smolts take place? Was
it larger or smaller than usual ?

1902.

April and May. Larger than usual,
April and May. Larger than usual,

March, April, and May.

Somewhat larger
than of late years.

From middle of March to May, Larger
than usual, ° : .

About the average, : ~

April. Much larger,

April. Same as usual, .

April and May. Larger this year, ;

About March. Cannot say, 2

March to May. Same as usual, . i

March to May. Larger, . : >

April and May. Very much larger, :

April and May. Rather larger, . °

April to May. About the same, . ,

zoth April to end of June. Larger, -

April and May. Not larger, - °

April, May, and June. Larger, .

15th April to end of May. Larger,

Could not be ascertained, . . °

1st April to rst June. Somewhat larger,

March to end of June. Much larger, .

Latter end of May. Average, . °

roth to 25th May. No change except in

Castletown River in which it was smaller.

April and June. Larger, . ‘ °

1903.

May and June—also in the Autumn.
Larger.

March and April. Larger, ° °

End of March, April, and May. Larger.
On Barrow run continued longer than
usual. General run very good. About
same as in 1902.

From 17th March to end of May. Much
larger.

Between 5th and 28th March, .

Between rst April and rst May, 5
Much larger.

Between 6th April and 9th May Average,

April and May. As usual,

April and May, . é ‘

April and May. No change, F ‘

March to May, inclusive. About the same,

April and May. Average, ri

April and May. Average, j .

April and May. Average, . <

Cannot say, * ° - i

End of April to end of May. About the

same. «

Apriland May, .

About 12th May to middle of June. Larger,
April and May. Larger, .« ° .
Date not known, . °

1st April and 15th June.

About the same,

Barly in April to end of June, Average,

Bnd of May to beginning of June. Average,

Between 1st and 31st May. No change, .

April and May. Larger, . ‘

369

No. XII1.—continued.

of ConsEeRVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES-—continued.

Has there been observed more than one migration of Smolts to the sea during |
the season? If so, state dates when these migrations took place.

DIstTRICT.
1902. 1903,
Yes; in July and September, . . | Yes; late in August, F ; - | Dublin.

Yes;on April 5th (?) : . | Yes; on 8th May, ; ; . | Wexford.

A later migration than usual was noticed | No,

. | Waterford.
in the Suir in June.

No, . . ‘ - | No, j : : . | Lismore.
No, , “ A . | No, ; A : « | Cocks
No, . : : - | No, : : > . | Cork (Bandon).
No, . ‘ . RL INO; : ; : . | Skibbereen.
No, e ‘ - | No, 2 é : . | Bantry.
No, e e ° > | None observed, . : ; . | Kenmare.
No, e ° * - | No, < ‘ ; . | Waterville.
No, ~ : ‘ Stl INO; - " : . | Killarney.
a

Yes; there is an Autumnrun, . . | Yes; in September, A : . | Limerick.
Yes ; small run in September and October, | Yes; in September, ‘ : - | Galway.
No, < ‘ : ait No; 5 P - - | Connemara.

Sass Cannot say, 3 3 ‘ | Ballinakill,
No, P ; 5 . | No, - : P : | Bangor.
Yes ; several in April and May, . at iUNO; ‘ 5 ° . | Ballina.
i oP during April, May, and | Yes; but date not noted, . : . | Sligo.
No, ‘ A s - | Ne, 5 ‘ é . | Ballyshannon,
xe : j 7 - | No, ‘ ‘ . . | Letterkenny,
Yes ; cannot give dates, . ; . | Yes; but date not noted, : . | Londonderry.
Several migrations with each flood from | No. ‘ ‘ 6 - | Coleraine.

toth March to end of June.

No, ‘ ‘ ; - | No, ° : , . | Ballycastle,
Not more than in previous years, . - | No, ‘ . ‘ - | Dundalk.

Yes ; April to June, and in October, = | No, ‘ . ‘ . Drogheda.

370

Av PENDIX,

SUBSTANCE OF Reports received from CLERKS

In your opinion was the weather favourable or

DIstRIcT. (i.) To Netting.

a —

Dublin. : . Favourable, Favourable,

Wexford, . . Favourable, . . . - | Unfavourable, . . . ‘
Waterford, . : | Favourable, ‘ : ° - | Favourable, . Z . .
Lismore, - - February and March extremely cold; | Favourable, = = . °

weather otherwise very favourable.

Cork, : A | Favourable, s - . | Unfavourable, ss x a -
Cork (Bandon), . | Favourable, é z ; . | Unfavourable for first four or five weeks
Skibbereen, . . | Favourable, : 2 . | Favourable, ‘ P s r
Bantry, F ‘ | Favourable, " - | Unfavourable, : ; ° .
Kenmare, . . | Favourable, - ; . | Favourable to middle of July,“ 9 °

|
|

Waterville . - | Favourable, - ; n . | Unfavourable,

Killarney, . . | Favourable, : = - | Part of the season was unfavourable in

the rivers owing to floods, but favour-
able in the lakes.

Limerick, . - | Favourable, ; . Ps - | Very unfavourable in Spring—normal in
Summer,
Galway, ; - | Generally favourable, - : - | Unfavourable in Spring ; moderately fayour-

able during Summer months.

Connemara, - | Favourable, : : F . | Unfavourable, : . °
Ballinakill, . - | Very favourable, . ei s ..| Unfavourable, . : - Ps

Bangor, : . Favourable, . ; " - | Unfavourable, < . Pe
Ballina, > + Favourable, - ‘ . | Favourable, = ° . .
Sligo, £ ; | Favourable, j F c - | Favourable, . . . .

Ballyshannon - | Favourable, ; . | Favourable in the beginning, but unfavour-
able in the latte: part of the season,
Letterkenny, - Favourable, . | Favourable, one ° . -
Londonderry, - | Unfavourable, . E - . | Fairly favourable, ; c ss
Coleraine, , . | The weather was more favourable tonetting | Favourable in inland waters, uwofavour-
than angling durng greater part of able in the tidal.

season. Most unfavourable to draft
nets in the sea,

Ballycastle, . | Unfavourable, : . | Unfavourable, : : ! a

Dundalk, . - | Favourable, : . | Favourable on the whole, but to some e-
tent interrupted by floods.

Drogheda, , - | Unfavourable, . . . | The heavy waters subsequent to the storm >

of 26th February, 1903, interfered with
both angling and netting in the upper
waters.

é hy

No. XII1.—continued.

371

of CoNSERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES——continued.

uafavourable in each month of the open season ?

(ii.) To Angling.

1902. 1903.

Unfavourable, A = 5 - | Favourable, : : ‘ 5
Favourable, 7 Favourable, 5
Favourable on the average, Favourable, 5 ; ; ;
Unfavourable ; water too low from June to | Favourable,

September, and February and March.

too cold.
Favourable, : Unfavourable, 5 : s .

|

Unfavourable, . . | Favourable,
Very unfavourable, Favourable,
Unfavourable until October, - . | Favourable, 7

Favourable, - ‘ ‘ :

In Spring and Summer favourable. In
Autumn unfavourable; weather dry
and water low and bright.

Favourable in Spring and Summer.
favourable in Autumn.

Unfavourabie, owing to dry weather, .
Generally unfavourable owing to unsettled

weather in the Spring, and low water
later in the season.

Unfavourable, , 2 . :

Not so favourable, % = .

Favourable, é e ° .

Favourable, ; ‘ : °

Unfavourable,

Favourable,

Unfavourable, except in September and
October.

Favourable, :

Unfavourable, : ‘s : *

Favourable, : 5 . ;

Unfavourable, g : ‘

Un- |

Favourable to middle of July,

Unfavourable,

Favourable on the whole, ; -

Very favourable for some districts. Un-
favourable in others.

and April. Moderately favourable in |
May, June, and July.
Favourable, ¥ 7
Favourable,
Favourable, 3 : ‘ :
Favourable, A - : ;
Favourable,
Favourable, : G = .
Favourable,
Favourable, ; .
Unfavourable, ‘ ° . .

Unfavourable in early part of season, im-
proved towards the end.
Favourable, : “

The heavy waters subsequent to the storm
of 26th February, 1903, interfered with

. .

Very unfavourable during February, March, |

|
|
|
|

both angling and netting in the upper |

waters.

DIstRIcT.

Dublin.
Wexford.
Waterford.
Lismore.
Cork.

Cork (Bandon}:.
Skibbereen.
Bantry.
Kenmare.
Waterville,
Killarney.
Limerick.

Galway.

- | Connemara.

Ballinakill.
Bangor. |
Ballina.
Sligo.

Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny.
Londonderry.

Coleraine.

Ballycastle.
Dundalk.
Drogheda.

iinieneieteenineeneiiennmennentneeenatiieennetieeneiniaieeniemeneeiemneennitientetete eee

372

APPENDIX,

SUBSTANCE oF REPORTS received from CLERKS

At what period of the year is Grilse first taken ?

DistRIcT.
1902. 1903.
Dublin, P e | June, : : - | June, : r
Wexford, . : | June, ‘< . ‘ . | June, July, and August, . .
Waterford, | About May in tidal waters, 3 . | June, ‘ ; -
Lismore, . | roth May, ‘ ‘ . | Early in May < : 2
Cork, : . | Juneand July, . 5 Z . | Early in May, " E
Cork (Bandon), i | About middle of June, : : . | Middle of June, . : i
Skibbereen, . . | End of June . * ° . | End of June, s ‘
Bantry ; : | July, F ; ‘ . | Jaly, ‘ 4 -
Kenmare, . - | June 6 é ‘ . | June, ; ‘
Waterville, . - | Latter end of May, : ‘ ~ ‘| June, - :
Killarney, . . | End of May, - : : . | End of May, { ‘ p %
Limerick, . . | Last week in May, . ; . | End of May, F : 2
Galway, S e | 12th May, ; z 3 . | End of May, : ‘ . ;
Connemara, . Ballinahinch 1st June—other fisheries | June, ° e ° of
middle to end of June.
Ballinakill, . » | June, e : : A | Middle of June, . ° ° e
Bangor, = s | May, e P A . | End ot May, * ° e e
Ballina, 2 e | May. e P , f | June, ° . : .
Sligo, . P | About 12th June, i ° . | About middle of May, . e °
Ballyshannon, » | ist week in June, ‘ é . | June, ‘ e . .
Letterkenny, ° | June, é ° ° - | June, e . . .
Londonderry, : | End of May, x “ £ . | End of May, ‘ ° e e
Coleraine, . - | End of May to 12th June, é . | End of May. ; . . ite
Ballycastle . | Second week in May, , , | Middle of May, . : ;
Dundalk, . ; | Atedae: : ; 7 : June, ° . . .

Drogheda, . ‘6 June, . é . a June,

No. XI1I1.—continued.

of ConseRVATORS relative to SALMoN FISHERIES—continued.

During what months is the greatest quantity observed or taken ?

373

DIsTRICT.
1902.

July, . | End of July, . | Dublin.
July and August, . July, - | Wexford.
August, July and August, . | Waterford.
June and July, . | June and July, . | Lismore.
June, be B June and July, Cork.
July, June and July, Cork (Bandon).

~ August, Skibbereen.
Juty, : hs July, . | Bantry.
July, . | July, : | Kenmare.
June and July August, . | Waterville.
June, S June and July, Killarney.
June, . June, . | Limerick.
June, : June and July, . F : Galway.
Ballinahinch June—other fisheries July, June and July, . . _ Connemaia.
July, ‘ June and July, . , . | Ballinakill.
July, : : . | July, F 3 . | Bangor.
June and July, . J - | June and July, . : F . | Ballina.
End of June, : - ‘ End of June, d i é . | Sligo.
June, ; : J . | July, : Ballyshannon.
June, Juiy, and part of August, . - | June to August, . ° e Letterkenny.
July, ‘ . ; . | July, 7 : < Londonderry .
End of June and beginning of July, . | July, é ° P . | Coleraine,
Last half June and first half July, Middle of June to middle of July. . Ballycastle.
End of August, . . : - | July, : : . . | Dundalk.
July, G é ‘ . | July, ‘ : é . | Diogheda.

374

APPENDIX,

SUBSTANCE or REPoRTs received from CLERKS

During what months are many Salmon taken with the Guilse, and are these
Salmon on an average heavier or lighter than at other periods ?

District.
1902. | 1903.

—
Dublin, ; r | Latter end of June; heavier, = - | June; heavier, . : J
Wexford, . F | June, August, and September; heavier, . | June; heavier, . 7 d d
Waterford, . r | July and August; lighter as a rule, . | July and August ; lighter, "| i
Lismore, = . | May and June, . ‘ ls . | May and June; lighter, . : J
Cork, | July ; about the same weight, . . | April and May ; about the same, . ‘
Cork (Bandon), | June and July; lighter, . 4 . | June and July; heavier, . ‘ E .
Skibbereen, . . | July and August; heavier, x . | July and August ; heavier, ~ g
Bantiy, t . | June and July; heavier, . : . | June and July; heavier, . = 2
Kenmare, . . | July, ‘ 7 : . | July; heavier, . 5 ; 4
Waterville, . . | June and July ; somewhat heavier, . | July; lighter, = 3 J .
Killarney, . . | June; heavier as a rule, . : - | June; heavier, . ° ° .
Limerick, . . | May ; lighter, : 2 5 . | May; lighter, ; ~ : :
Galway, P . | July; lighter, . ; 3 . | June and July; lighter, . '
Connemara. | July and August ; heavier at Ballinahinch, | July and August ; heavier at Ballinahinch,

about the same weight at dther fisheries. average elsewhere.
Ballinakill, . i | June; much thesame, . > . | June; same weight, 3 Pi F
Bangou, : - | May and June; heavier, . s - | May and June; heavier, . - F
Ballina, a | June and July; the same weight, . | June and July; same weight, . .
Sligo, ‘ - June and July; no difference in weight, May to July; heavier, . A -

Ballyshannon, ° | June and first week in July; heavier, . | June and July; very little difference, .
Letterkenny . | June to end of August, . ‘ . | Jume and July, . . , 3
Londonderry, | June, July, and August, . . . | June to August, . ° . .
Coleraine, . June and July ; lighter than those taken at | May and June; lighter,. ~ j é

end of July and beginning of August.

Ballycastle, ott aoe —

Dundalk ° | August and September ; heavier, . . | July and August; lighter, ‘ .

Drogheda, . . | July; lighter, . : ; . | Lighter, ; ; . .

No. XI1I.—continued.

of ConSERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHER! rs—continued.

375

In what months are the greatest quantities of Salmon (not Grilse) captured ?

1902. 1903.

June, - ~ : - | June, ° ° ° °
April, May, and June, . . - | April and May, . “ 3 P
April, May, and June, F - - | May and June, . A : P
February to early in May, - . | February to May, “ 7 °
February and March, . » - | March and April, ° . :
May and June, . F ; - | May for nets; April for rods, . °
About rst August, Z - - | August and September, . : a
June, : : s » | June, - : - °
June and July, . i é - | June and July, . A . ;
January to April, é : - | February to April inclusive, ° *;
January to April, - ; - | January to April, inclusive, ° °
April, fe : : - | April and May, . : ‘ ;
April, : = “ - | March to May inclusive, ° A

August and September on Screebe, Inver,

and Costello. July and October in
remainder of district.
May and first week in June, E .
April, . ‘ ; .
February to May, - 2 .

Sligo fishery March and April,
sodare June and July.

and Balli-
May, :
July and August,
July and August,

In the sea May and August.
June,

In the rivers
Last half of May and first half of June,

June to August,

April, 4 P

|
al

}

August and September on Costello, Screeb,

DIstTRICT,

Dublin,
Wexford,
Waterford,
Lismore,
Cork.

Cork (Band?n;
Skibbereen
Bantry.
Kenmare,
Waterville.
Killarney,
Limerick.
Galway.

Connemara,

and Invei. Other fisheries July and

October.
May and June, . 4 ° . | Ballinakill.
April and May, . ° . | Bangor.
Up to May, ‘ . ° . | Ballina,
January and February, . ' . | Sligo.

in Sligo River May and June.
May and June, . . ° . | Ballyshannon
July and August, - é . | Letterkenny.
July and August, - ‘ . | Londonderry .
May, ‘ 4 P . | Coleraine.
April and from last week in July to end of | Ballycastle.

season,
February and March, April to June, in- | Dundalk.

clusive.

= | Drogheda,

376

APPENDIX,

SUBSTANCE or REPORTs received from CLERKS

)

| Can it be ascertained what proportion the capture of Grilse bears to the capture of

Salmon ?
DistRIctT.
1902. 1903.
Dublin, P on tO torr. - “ : . | x00 to ‘rx, é : . .
Wexford, . « | -2>tO:x, ; 2 ‘ - | More than double the number of Salmon,
Waterford, . - | During ascent of Grilse from 4 to 6 tor, . | 5 tor in tidal waters, ; : &
Lismore, - . | Cannot be ascertained, . ‘ = INO; F ‘ Py e ;
Cork, - 2 AWAboUt 2\torz..* : s . | About 2tor, . S 4
Cork (Bandon), - | About @ tor, °. : 3) NO; 5 ‘ : r -
Skibbereen, . - | About 4 tor . : ; . | About equal , ;
Bantry, . > | x@ fo>%; ° : - sie XS) tO Does A te t ;
Kenmare, . - | ro tor, . . ° sul XO PLONE, . . . .
Waterville, . =] 9 gtO" Tr, * 3 . | About 2 to 1, - F
Killarney, . = 4104 te iE; Z 2 A . | About 3 to 1 4 2 - ,
Limerick, .. - | About 12 tor : « eB te vs ° ° . .
Galway, . | Cannot be ascertained ; : eS: tO t5 . e . . ° ‘
Connemara, On Ballinahinch and Screebe about equal. | Ballinahinch and Screeb about equal ; other
Other fisheries 3 to 1. fisheries 3 to 1.
Ballinakill, « | 30 to x. . ie : SCM EOE ater ° ° ° °
Bangor, e . | 20 to x, s vee Sask, . . ° a
Ballina, ‘ . | Cannot be ascertained é ee . | Cannot tell, ‘ . i
Sligo, . . | Cannot be ascertained, . : age ei ofa 2 F : ‘
Ballyshannon, ; tos, é : 4 a lea 0622, es ‘ . . °
Letterkenny, ci §. 0S, ‘ ° oS be ee : . . .
Londonderry, - | Majority Grilse = . | No; but greater number of Grilse, —-
Coleraine, . From 2 to 3 to r. : (8k, : . .
Ballycastle, Cannot be ascertained, , ° 4
Dundalk, Cannot be ascertained, . | No, ; : . :
Drogheda, | Cannot be ascertained “ ; . | The capture of Salmon is far in excess of

that of Grilse.

No. XIII.—continued.

377

of CoNSERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—continued.

Is there any increase in the average size of the Spring Salmon or Grilse ?
weight of Salmon and Grilse in the season of this year as far as practicable.

1902.

Increase in case of Grilse. Salmon rq lbs.,

Grilse 5 lbs.

Salmon 11 or 12 lbs., Grilse 5 or 6 lbs., ,

ee ss ee ee
No. anaes 12 to 14 lbs., Grilse 4 to ne
No. Salmon 17 lbs., Grilse 6 lbs., .
No, Salmon ro lbs., Grilse 4 lbs.,
No. Salmon 12 lbs., Grilse 54 to 6 lbs.,
No. 8 to 12 lbs., P ° >
No. Salmon 14 lbs., Grilse 5 lbs., “4
Salmon 1o lbs., Grilse 6 lIbs., : ¢

crease in case of Grilse. Salmon rolbs.,
Grilse 6 lbs.
WG:;, s

|
No increase in case of Spring Salmon, In- |
|

Yes, Salmon 19} lbs., Grilse 6 lbs., : |

Spring Salmon slightly lighter.
about 14 lbs., Grilse 62 lbs.

No,

Salmon)

Salmon ro lbs., Grilse 7 lbs.,

Spring Salmon 1o lbs., Grilse 7 lbs.,

Yes. Salmon g} lIbs., Grilse 6} Ibs.,

No. 11 Ibs, to 6} Ilbs., . ‘ .

Yes. Salmon 7 to 20 lbs., Grilse 44 to
9 lbs.

Salmon lighter than last year 15} Ibs.,
Grilse heavier, 74 Ibs,

Yes. Salmon 13 to 14 Ibs., Grilse 6 to
8 lbs,

No. Salmon ro lbs., Grilse 6} Ibs., |

No. Salmon 12 Ibs., Grilse 7 Ibs., ae

No, 6 lbs., . . . : |

No. Salmon 16 lbs., Grilse 7 Ibs.,

Grilse 4 lbs.,

Salmon 13 lbs.,

Give average

DIsTRICT.
1903.
No. Salmon 13lbs., Grilse 5 lbs., . - | Dublin,
|
No. Salmon 12 lbs., Grilse 5 lbs., . | Wexford,
No. Salmon 12 lbs. to 14 lbs., Grilse 44 | Waterford.
Ibs. to 5 lbs.
Yes. Salmon rq lbs. to 27 lbs., Grilse 5 lbs, | Lismore.
to 7 lbs.
No. Salmon ro lbs., Grilse 3 lbs., o | Cork.
Yes. ‘ ‘ ; r . | Cork (Bandon),
No. Salmon 9g )bs., , Skibbereen,.
Yes. Salmon 16 lbs., Grilse 6 lbs., . | Bantry.
No, Salmon 1o lbs., Grilse 6 Ibs., - | Kenmare.
No. Salmon rr lbs., Grilse 6 lbs., Waterville.
Salmon 11 lbs., Grilse 6 lbs., - Killarney.
No. Salmon 16} lbs., Grilse 54 lbs. . | Limerick.
No. Salmon 13 lbs., Grilse 6} Ibs., . | Galway.
No. Salmon ro lbs., Grilse 7 lbs., : | Connemara.
. | Salmon 12 lbs., Grilse 6} Ibs., : : | Ballinakill.
No. Salmon ro lbs., Grilse 6 lbs., . | Bangor.
No. Salmon 1o lbs., Grilse 6 lbs., 2 | Ballina.
Yes. Salmon g lbs., Grilse 6 lbs., . | Sligo.
No, Salmon 15 lbs., Grilse 6} lbs., . | Ballyshannon,
|
Yes. Salmon rq Ibs, to 15 lbs., Grilse 5 lbs. | Letterkenny.
to 7 lbs.
No. Salmon ro lbs., Grilse 6 lbs., Londonderry.
No. Salmon rr Ibs., Grilse 7 Ibs., . | Coleraine.
No, Salmon ro lbs., to 20 Ibs., Grilse Ballycastle,
5 lbs. to 7 lbs.
No. Salmon 14 lbs., Grilse 6 Ibs., , | Dundalk.
!
Cannot ascertain, ‘ « - | Drogheda. *

378

APPENDIX,

SuBSTANCE oF Reports received from CLERKS

|

Has any sign of disease been observed amongst the Salmon during the vear? If .
so, describe it, and state if it has prevailed to any extent, and where ?

DIstTRICT.
1902. 1903.

Dublin, . . No, . e . . e No, . . e . =
Wexford, . . No, e e e . . No, e e e e e
Waterford, . e No, e . . . . No, e e e . e
Lismore, . e No, . . e e . No. e . e e e

Cork, . . No, . . e . . No, . e . . e

Cork (Bandon), . | No, A 4 - * . | No, ‘ 5 d : (
Skibbereen, 7 . No, . . . . ° No, . © e e e
Bantry, . . No, e , e o ° No, e ° ° . .
Kenmare, . . | No, P i . 3 | No z ‘ 5 ° -
Waterville, . 4 itto; . H x z « | No, 2 : 5 <

Killarney, . . No, . . . . . No, , . . ° .
Limerick, p + No, ° e . . e No. . . . . .
Galway, A few diseased Salmon (fungus) observed | Practically none, . : ; =

in drain at Galway.

Connemara, 2 LN, 4 . - A Leif) ; : ts . .
Ballinakill, . e | No, 5 J - P . | No, 4 é Pe ‘ 3
Bangor, ‘ aes toy : 5 A eens - = > ‘ , ‘
Ballina, r 521 Mo, , ; ‘ 2 «| No, - - : ; > (
Sligo, . . | No, . . . . . No, ° . ® ° . |
Ballyshannon, - | No, . > 4 4 a eNa, 2 ‘ > t

Letterkenny, ‘i No, - ; ° . » | Mo, . . -

Londonderry, . | No, 7 ; : a . | No, : ‘ . 7] ,
Coleraine, . . | No, : ; Fs . | No, ; . ° ° .
Ballycastle, + One diseased Salmon taken in a net at sea, | No, . . . . .
Dundalk, . -*| No, 4 ; . yi No, J P . ° ° ‘
Drogheda, . » | No, ° p > é - | No, : . . . .

No. XIJI.—continued,

379

of ConseRVATORS relative to SALMon FISHERIES—continued,

Can you give any information aboyt the run of Salmon and Grilse in each month
of the close season ?

District.
1902. 1903.
No, 3 : ; ; . | Cannot be ascertained, . ; . | Dublin.
Salmon ascend to spawn from October to | Salmon run from October to December. | Wexford.
December. Grilse go up earlier. Grilse earlier.
With suitable freshes the principal run of | Depends on the condition of the water. | Waterford.
spawners is from latter end of October Under favourable circumstances the
toend of November. Late spawners run great run of spawners occurs from middle
in December, and even in January. of October to early in December. es
A very large run of Peal and Salmon took | In October and November a large run of | Lismore.
place early in October. The fish ap- Salmon and Peal took place. The number
a3 peared to be much smaller than usual. of spawning fish on the beds is much
¢ above the average.
During October a fair number of fish passed | Cork,

No, e ° ry ° °

A number of fish ascended at end of October
and early part of November. A large
proportion were small (6 to ro lbs.)

Fish were observed running up four or

five weeks after Close Season. =i
No, e . . ° °
No, e e . ° °

Run of Salmon small in August, September,
se and October. Grilse, however, were the
more plentiful than for several years

, past.
JA very considerable run of Salmon took place
in October, November, and December.

No run until January, ., ‘ 2
No, ° : ° ° °
No, ° . ° e .
No, . ° . . °

A good run of Grilse and small Salmon from
end of August to December,

No, . 5 “ - =
No, 5 : = ;
No, ° ° . e .

Largest run in October, and November, .
Good run during September and October,

No, . ° . ° .

In October and November the run of

Salmon and Grilse, especially the former,
was larger than in former years,

Oo, 2 . . .

to the upper waters.

No, : ° °

No, “ ° - - -
No, . ° ° . .
No, = Fy ; ; e

Fairly good runs of Salmon take place in
the months of January and December.

In the months of August, September, and
October the run of Salmon was rather
slight, but there was the largest run of
Grilse observed for the past ten years.

Largely dependent on the weather, :

Practically no run during the Close Season
until the Spring fish begin to run early

in the year.

oO, J s . . .
No, e e ° ° °
No information, . e - :
No, . . . .

There was a good run during November
and December.

Cannot give information. ‘
No, . J . . .

Greatest runs are in October and Novem-
ber.

A good run of Salmon during October and
November.
No reliable information, , : °

A large run of Salmon in the month of
October,

No, . ° . . .

rr

Cork (Bandon),
Skibbereen.
Bantry.
Kenmare,
Waterville,

Killarney.

Limerick,
Galway.
Connemara.
Ballinakill,

Bangor.

Ballina,
Sligo.

Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny,

Londonderry.
Coleraine.

Ballycastle.
Dundalk,

Drogheda,

380

SUBSTANCE or REPortTs received from CLERKS

Have there been any cases of poisonin

particulars of the different cases, an if by Lime, Spurge, or Flax Water.

DISTRICT.
1902.
Dublin, : - | No, . . . eaters
Wexford, . - | No, ° ° . . °
Waterford, . e | No, ° : . ° °
Lismore, . - | No, ° ° . . .
Cork, - | One case by chloride of lime. Offenders

Cork (Bandon),
Skibbereen, .
Bantry, °
Kenmare, .
Waterville, .
Killarney, .
Limerick, .
Galway, 5
Connemara,
Ballinakill, .
Bangor, .
Ballina, °
Sligo, .
Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny,

Londonderry,

Coleraine, .
Ballycastle,
Dundalk, .

Drogheda,

convicted.
One case by flax water, little damage done,
A hole was reported to be poisoned. It
is believed that dynamite was used.

Ballylickey or Owvane River was poisoned
by spurge on one occasion.

River Roughty
twice ; and

oisoned six times ; Sheen

innehy once by spurge.

No, . e . . e

Brown Flesk poisoned four times by lime,

Feale and Cashen poisoned three times by
lime.

No, © . . .

No, e . e . .
iNo, . . . ° e
No, © . . . .
No, ° ° e e .
No, f ‘ - A .

Very few cases. All by flax water, .

One case of poisoning by lime in Lennan
River. Three men detected and fined.

» | Great destruction caused by flax water, .
|

Several cases of pollution by mills. Pro-
secutions instituted. Over 100 cases of
flax water pollution.

. | Possibly two or three cases of pollution by

| flax water.

. | A great many cases of flax water pollution.

Lime has been observed in some of the
small streams.

es No,

APPENDIX,

the rivers in the District? If so, give |

1903.

One case in River Liffey at Islandbridge, .

.

No, : x é F J
No, e ° e e e Ff
No, . . ‘ . A

One case of poisoning by spurge, .
One case of poisoning by flax water, .

No, ° c

One case of poisoning by spurge in the! |
Ballylickey Even F ca a

% i

Hh

Two cases of poisoning by s e in tribu- |
taries of the yee River |
No, e e . 8 e ° |

One case of poisoning by lime on the — ¥
Brown Flesk.

No, . . . . .
No, . < . ° 4 -
No, ° ° e e .
No, ; Py ° e e
No, e e ° . e
No, e e e ° ‘
No, ° . . . .
None, except by flax water, . é

A few cases of flax water poisoning.

One serious case of malicious poisoning by
chloride of lime at Carrickmore, There
were also many cases of flax water poison-|
ing. |

Yes. Twenty-seven cases of flax water |
pollution, and four of pollution by
effluent from factories.

A few cases of flax water poisoning.

No, . . . . .

No. XIII.—continued.

381

of Conservarors relative to SALMON FISHERIES—continued.

_ Has the quantity of Breeding Fish observed in the rivers in your District during
this winter been greater or less as compared with last winter ?

DistRIcr.
1902. 1903.

Greater, . 2 - : About the same, ¢ - | Dublin.
Greater, . é Fe ; 5 | Greater, %. p r ° - | Wexford.
Much greater. On tributaries of Suir | Much greater. Greatest for past twenty | Waterford.

number is reported to be the greatest yeas,

observed for nearly half a century. ‘
Greater, . - > : - | Greater, 4 A Z - - | Lismore,
About the same, . : = - | About the same, . . é - | Cork.
Greater, « ° 2 - «| Greater, < P : ° - | Cork (Bandon)
No replies received, é ° - | Much greater, ° ° ° . | Skibbereep
Greater, . ° - e - | Greater, . - : C - | Bantry.
Greater, . é é é - | Greater, . - , - - | Kenmare,
Greater, « r * : . | Much greater, - - = - | Waterville
Greater, « i : - - | Greater, ¢ . ° A . | Killarney,
Considerable increase. Best year in past | Greater, . A : ° - | Limerick,

twenty-five,
Rather less, ‘ : “ - | Greater, « e ° ° - | Galway.
No replies received, ° . - | Greater, . ° : ° Connemara,
Greater, . ‘ ‘ J - | About the same, . : 4 - | Ballinakill,
Much greater, s ‘ ‘ - | Greater, . e ° ° e | Bangor.
Greater, and observed earlier, ° - | There was a good number of breeding fish | Ballina.

but cannot make comparison with last
year owing to high floods,

Much greater, é ° ° - | Much greater, . : A - | Sligo.
Greater, . ° - ° - | Slightly greater, . A . - | Ballyshannon
Greater, ° é ° « | Greater, . ° f ° » | Letterkenny,
Greater, . ‘ ‘ | . | Greater, . e é : « | Londonderry,
Greater, e o e > . Much less, °O e 2 e Coleraine,
Greater, . . ‘ S - | Greater, . - . é . | Ballycastle.
Greater, . . . ° - | Greater, . ° : e | Dundalk,
No replies received, r ® - | Greater, . : : ¢ | Drogheda,

SE RS Nan HN Canes

382

APPENDIX,

SUBSTANCE OF REPORTS received from CLERKS

In what rivers has the quantity increased ?

DIsTRICT.
T902. 1903.
Dublin, ; ie ee : : 3 . | Liffey and Bray, . a ‘ ,
Wexford, . - | In all rivers, 5 A 4 - | In all rivers in the District, 5 3
Waterford, . - | In all rivers with the exception of a few of | In all tributaries, . 3 5 -
the lower tributaries. Freshford Brook (Nore), Fishoge, Burren,
' Live, Greese, and Douglas (Barrow).
Lismore, . - | In all tributaries and main river, . - | Blackwater and tributaries, i A
Cork, . - | None, - : : - | In Lee for the past few years, : .
Cork (Bandon), - | In all rivers, ; A : - | In all the rivers in District, . -
Skibbereen, . - | No replies received, - - - | Ilen, : < % = .
Bantry, - | Ballylickey, F ‘ ‘ - | In all rivers in the District, 2 .
Kenmare, . - | All rivers, except Finnehy, 4 - | In all rivers in the District, . .
Waterville, . - | In all rivers, : ° - | In all rivers in the District, x e
Killarney, . - | Flesk, Goddock, and Caragh, : - | In all rivers in the District, : 4
Limerick, . - | In all 1ivers, especially the Suck, Brosna, | In all rivers in the District (with two or
and Inny. three exceptions) especially in the
- rivers about Nenagh.
Galway, : - | Increase in spawning Trout in Oughterard | In all 1ivers in the District, . .
District.
Connemara, - | No replies received, * A . | In Gowla, Ballinahinch, Inver, Screeb, and |
Costello. :
Ballinakill, . . | Inallrivers, ; ; . | In none, . : . ; =
Bangor, ‘ - | In all rivers, : ‘ : . | Owenmore and tributaries, .
Ballina, ° - | In all rivers owing to early floods, which | Cannot say, . ° ° .
occurred frequently.
Sligo, - | Drumcliff, Glencar, Bonnett, and tributaries,| In all rivers in the District, P .
Ballyshannon, - | In all rivers, - a - - | Erne, . . ° . ;
Letterkenny, . | Owenea, Owentocker, Gweebarra, Clady, | Lennan, Crana, Owenea, and Gweedore, .
| Gweedore, Lennan, and Swilly.
Londonderry, | In all, . : 3 % . | In all rivers in the District, ° °
Coleraine, . ° | In majority of rivers, notably the Moyola and —_—
| Blackwater.
Lallycastle, - | Bush, Margy, Cary, and Glenhesk, - | In all rivers in the District. ‘
|
Dundalk, . - | Glyde and Dee, . 0 P . | In all rivers in the District, : .
Drogheda, . . | No replies received, . | In all rivers in the District, : °

383
No. XIII.—continued.

of ConSERVATORS relative to SALMon FISHERI ES—continued.

In what rivers has the quantity decreased ?

District,
1902. 1903.
Bray, r 2 - z Vartry, . A x * - | Dublin.
a Wexford.
In a few of the lowest tributaries, . | Slight decrease in the Ratherann and | Waterford.
Mouneen tributaries of Barrow.
— Lismore,
None, . : 3 F . | A decrease in Blarney River has been ob- | Cork.
served for past two years,
a —_—- Cork (Bandon),
No replies received, ° « . oe Skibbereen.
No decrease, ‘. ° ° . —- Bantry.
Finpehy, . . ‘ : i — Kenmare.
-_— —— Waterville.
oe aod Killarney.
— Kellestry River near Killaloe, and Shannon | Limerick.
at Castleconnell.
Rather less in all rivers, with exception of — Galway.
instance quoted in previous column.
No replies received, A A + | Doohulla and Skannive, . ‘ - | Connemara,
sat In none, . : . . - | Ballinakill.
—x A slight decrease in those flowing into | Bangor.
Carrowmore Lake.
= Cannot say, ° > . . Ballina,
None, ry e . . . ee Sligo.
— No decrease reported, ‘ - | Ballyshannon,
Crana and Lackagh, * ° » | No decrease reported, , ‘ - | Letterkenny,
— Londonderry.
Kells, ‘ “ é ‘ - | In all rivers in the District, 3 - | Coleraine.
———- _— Ballycastle,
No decrease noticed, ° . “ os Dundalk,
No replies received, ° ‘ one Drogheda,

DIstTRICT.

Dublin, .
Wexford, . =
Waterford, . .

Lismore, ‘

Cork, - .

Cork (Bandon), P
Skibbereen, . =

Bantry, F °

es

Kenmare, .

Waterville, . -
Killarney, . .
Limerick, . x
Galway, : 4
Connemara, :
Ballinakill, . ‘
Bangor, ° .
Ballina, P *
Sligo, . °
Ballyshannon, °
Letterkenny, - |
Londondeiry,
Coleraine, .
Ualiycastle, |
|
Dundalk, . e |
|
Drogheda, . ;

/

384

1902.

Liffey favourable. Bray fair, . °
Favourable in all rivers, . E *
Very favourable in all rivers owing to
constant high water.
Yes, 2 eet ’ é
Favourable, ° ° °
Favourable, . ° . °
No replies received, ; : :

State of Coomhola and Ballylickey favour-
able, but for floods.

State of Dunamark and Glengarriff favour-
able, but few fish spawned there.

Favourable, C “ ‘ -
On the whole favourable, . . .
Favourable, - - - é
Most favourable owing to floods, . =

Rivers rather low in early part of spawning
season. Favourable afterwards. Favour-
able for descent of spent fish. Large
numbers of fry are lost in swallow holes
on Clare and Black Rivers.

No replies received, . - “
Favourable, atv - - A
Most favourable, . ° - F
Favourable, A ° ° °

fish and fry;

Favourable for Epesening : oo
or spent fish.

not quite so fayourab

Favourable, : e's ° .

Favourable owing to high water. Floods
destroyed some spawning beds on the
Swilly and Lennan River, but an ample
number still remain.

Fairly favourable for spawning, .

The state of most of the larger rivers was
favourable. The state of the Kells and
a few mountain streams was unfavour-
able owing to light water.

Nothing unfavourable in state of Bush,
Margy, Glenhesk, and Cary. Glenarm
fairly favourable.

Favourable owing to continued floods, The
run of fish on the Fane was later than
in other rivers.

No replies teceived, ,

SUBSTANCE OF REPORTS received from CLERKS

Was the state of the rivers favourable or unfavourable to spawning, and to the
protection of spawning, and spent fish, and young fry?

APPENDIX,

1903.

Favourable in Liffey and Bray, . | .
Favourable, . e e .
Most favourable, . a * °
Favourable, - - ‘ :
Favourable, e “ ° .

Favourable in all rivers. Very favoure

able in Ilen.
Favourable, - 2 5 °
Favourable, . c : . °
Favourable, : - °
Most favourable, . - : a
Favourable, x : - =
Favourable, e 3 A 4
Favourable, . : - e °
Favourable, ‘ . “

Unfavourable owing to high fioods, -

Very favourable, ° “ ‘
Most favourable, : ° e

Very favourable in Lennan, Crana, Owenea,
and Gweedore.

Favourable, . ° : ‘

Favourable in all except the Kells River, .

Very favourable in Rush. Favourable in
Glenhesk, Margy, and Glenarm,

Favourable, ‘ es ‘

Favourable, . ‘

385

No. XIII.—continued.

of ConsERVATORS relative to SALMon FIsHEeRtrs—continued.

Any particular observations?

District.
1902 1903
a ee Dublin.
—— —_—- Wexford,
The spawning Salmon were very small. —— Lismore.

—- During the months of March and April, | Cork.

1903, a very large number of fry passed

to the sea.

ane —_—- Cork (Bandon).

a The great increase in the number of spawn- | Skibbereen.
ing fish is due to the fry put into the
river by the Board of Conservators.

~—— Greater number of spawning fish observed | Bantry.
than for the past ten or twelve years.

— ; : —— Kenmare,
ane —_— Waterville.
— cee Killarney,
a a Limerick.

Breeding grounds on upper waters are not | A number of men were employed to pick | Galway.
secure against drought. up and clean the gravel in the inland
rivers which had become hard and over-
grown with weeds.
This proved a great success, every place
so treated was during the season fully
utilized by breeding fish. ;

*

— Connemara,

—_ aes Ballinakill,

=e oo Bangor.
Fisheries of District appear to be recovering, —— Ballina.

ts Board’s funds insufficlent to improve | Sligo.
spawning beds,

— —-_ Ballyshannon,
— <a Letterkenny.
—= noe Londonderry.
Spawning Salmon are larger than usual, | Spawning salmon were much larger and | Coleraine.
and more plentiful than for last fifteen spawned earlier in the year.
years.
An unprecedented flood in middle of Jan- _—— Ballycastle.

uary washed away beds of rivers in
many places, and it is feared caused an
enormous amount of damage,

——s — Dundalk,

— Drogheda.

a

.

Lot oaheoe yea t
fs > 7

« bated Cai her

Py )

ssalq ena
h- CVOMN OUD, a

~ DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION
? FOR IRELAND.

eH; eee

SEA AND INDAND FISHERIES OF IRELAND

1904.

IN TWO PARTS.

*
—_—

Parr J.—GENERAL REPORT.

Part IT.—SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS.

PART II,—SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS.
a"

——_—_—__—_—

Aresented to both Bouses of Parkament by Command of Sis Wajesiv-

AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION
(IRELAND) ACT, 1899,
(62 AND 63 VIC., CAP. 50.)

DUBLIN:

PRINTED FOR HIS MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE,
BY ALEXANDER THOM & CO, (LIMITED), ABBEY-STREET.

And to be purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller, from
ki. PONSONBY, 116, GRAFTON-STREET, DUBLIN ; or
WYMAN anpD SONS, LTD., FETTER-LANE, EC., ang
32, ABINGDON-STREET, WESTMINSTER, S.W.; or
OLIVER & BOYD., EDINBURGH.

1906,
[Cd. 3304.] Price 4s, 4d.

To
His Excellency Joun CampBeti, Hart or ABERDEEN, Lord Lieutenant-

General and General Governor of Ireland.

MAY IT PLEASE Your EXcCELLENCY,

I am directed by the Vice-President to submit to Your
Excellency the Report on the Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland
for the year 1904, Part IL, Scientific Investigations.

T have the honour to remain,

Your Excellency’s faithful Servant,

T. Poona

Secretary,

DgparRTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND
TecunicaL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND,
UrverR MERRION-STREET,
Dusuin, 18th December, 1906,

CONTENTS.

Page

REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC ADVISER, . ; : sur
Scope of Report, . ° : ° ° . v
Issue of Scientific Papers, ? : ‘ oa ‘ v

SEA FISHERIES,

Trawling— . ° ‘ ; : ‘ ; v
Survey of Trawling Grounds, e , i Vv
Flat-tish Marking Experiments, —. ‘ ’ ‘ tng vi
Exploration of Deep-Sea Grounds, . ; ; ; , vi

Internationa] Researches, > : é . ; ; Vii

Observations at Irish Light Stations, , r 5 - : vii
Mackerel, , ; ° : be: c PF | NIA
Herring, . ‘ . ‘ie ; ; s viii

Oyster Fisheries— : , ; ‘ , ; ° -vili
Spatting Experiments, . : . . ‘ - ove
Relaying Experiments, . . : ; ‘ : ix
Experiments in Re-stocking Natural Beds, . ; ‘ : ix

Scientific Papers—

Cumacea, . ; : ; : x

[sopoda, . . ° ‘ . ‘ ; x

Schizopoda, ‘ : , : ‘ i ‘ x

Copepoda, . : : : . ‘ : . x

Observations at Irish Light Stations, ‘ . : ; xi
INLAND FISHERIES,

Statistics of Salmon Fisheries, . : Am ‘ > : xi

Salmon Marking Experiments, . ° ’ ; , xi

Artificial Propagation, . : ‘ ‘ é . ‘ xi
Supply ot Spawners, j . ; d . : x
New Hatcheries, . ; ‘* é . ; . xi

Spawning of Rainbow Trout, . : 7 s ‘ : xii

Reports of Clerks of Conservators, : ‘ ‘ , d xii

International Fishery Congress, Vienna, 1905, , : : xii

APPENDIX, : . : : ; , . : 1

To THE

SECRETARY OF THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRI-
CULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR
IRELAND.

Department of Agriculture and Technical
Instruction for Ireland,

Fisheries Branch.

SIR,

I have the honour to submit the following Report, pre-
pared by Mr. E. W. L. Holt, Scientific Adviser to the
Fisheries Branch of the Department, and forming Part II. of
the Report on Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland, 1904,

already submitted.

I have the honour to be,
Sir,
Your obedient servant,

WM. SPOTSWOOD GREEN, |
Chief Inspector of Fisheries.

7th December, 1906,

SEA AND INLAND FISHERIES, 1904.

REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC ADVISER.

To THE CHIEF INSPECTOR OF FISHERIES.

Sir,

1 have the honour to submit my Report of the scientific
work of the Fisheries Branch of the Department for the year
1904. |

The various papers which are reprinted below as an appen-
dix have already been issued in separate form, as soon as com-
pleted, as parts of a series entitled ‘‘ Scientific Investigations,”’
and have been forwarded to libraries and scientific institutions
and to individual workers in the fields of research to which
they severally relate. While this course is rendered desirable
by the attention now being devoted by the civilised nations of
the world to the reasoned study of fishery problems, it also
enabies us to reduce the distribution of the whole Report,
which is naturally a costly publication.

In my last Report I endeavoured to make it clear that the
papers in the appendix, even if couched in unavoidably tech-
ucal language, did actually contain information essential to
the possibility of success in attack on practical fishery ques-
tions. ‘he endeavour seems to have failed to some extent,
but perhaps in course of time it may be more generally sur-
mised that if a due understanding of the minutiae of habit and
environment is of some use in agriculture so may it also be in
the direction of piscatorial enterprise, and that because an
animal has an unfamiliar name it does not necessarily follow
that it is of no importance.

SEA FISHERIES.

Trawling.—While the regular survey of the principal Kast
Coast grounds has been continued, the attention which it has
been possible to pay to the important grounds on the South-
Kast Coast leaves a good deal to be desired; but owing to the
limited time which the exigencies of protection and other uses
of the Helga leave at the disposal of scientific work it is un-
likely that we shall be able to greatly extend observation in
that direction.

Statements which from time to time reach us as to the
scarcity of fish, notably plaice, in Dublin Bay and elsewhere
on the East coast are borne out by our observations, but so
far as we can see this condition is rather a reflection of a
general scarcity in the Irish Sea than the result of any present
local cause, such as over-fishing by some method not practised
by complainants.

vil

by the courtesy of owners of sailing trawlers in Galway Bay
the staff of the Marine Laboratory at Ardfry have been able
to make periodic cruises over the grounds worked by the Gal-
way fleet,

he Department have been invited by the English Board of
Agriculture and Fisheries to co-operate in a scheme of marking
flat-fish in the Irish Sea. The Helga has accordingly com-
menced the marking of plaice by means of compressed
vulcanite studs distinguished by initial letters and serial num-
bers. From the British side of the waters the work is carried
out by the officials of the Western Sea Fisheries District Com-
mittee, and arrangements have been made for the mutual
collection and exchange of labels, and payment of rewards.

The following rewards are offered :—- :
BN cy : ve aE dd,

1. For the label, the fish, and information of date
and place of capture, and depth of water, 1

2. For the label alone, with the same information, 1
0

3. For the label alone, without information,

orn &

In addition to these rewards the market value of the fish
will be paid, and the cost of postage will be refunded.

The system of rewards is being advertised at the principal
trawling ports by posters in which a list is given of the persons
at each place who have kindly undertaken to receive the fish
for transmission to the Department. Similar operations have
been commenced in Galway Bay, where the labels at present
used are of brass. ‘The English labels are of brass and bone
connected by silver wire. ‘The object of the experiments is,
of course, the acquisition of exact information as to the migra-
tions and rate of growth of the fish. Marking work in the
Ncrth Sea has already yielded data which indicate the impor-
tance of the conclusions likely to be available if the work be
carried on extensively for a number of years.

Thanks to the energy of Messrs. Beamish, Farran, and
Kemp, the Helga’s survey of the deep-water area off the
West coast has been greatly extended, and the grounds be-
tween 100 to 400 fathoms have now been explored in prelimi-
nary fashion from Mayo to Kerry. Much of the bottom has
proved quite unfit for trawling, and much that seemed of
suitable consistency held, at the time of observation, no head
of fish worth commercial attention. If there be good ground
anywhere around the Porcupine Bank it has escaped survey,
though, as we found in 1901, the place promises well enough .
for long-lining, and appeared, in our too brief experiment, to
carry a fair stock of halibut and ling (see Report for 1901, Pt.
II., App., No. I.).

The best deep-water ground located by the Helga lies about
fifty miles off the Tearaght, with soundings of about 300. to
400 fathoms, and seems to be of considerable extent. Natur-
ally the fishes are not those of shallow water, but most of them
are reported to be good eating; and already, as the trawlers go

Vil

deeper and deeper to sea, the consumer is becoming familiar,
at least in England, with fishes which recently were known
only to students of ichthyology. At present on our South-
western coast the trawlers have to pursue the hake even beyond
the 100-fathom line, and the failure of this fishery in the course
of a few years appears, in view of the history of previous hake-
trawling, perhaps not so improbable as the great extent of the
area and its frequent protection by weather might lead one to
suppose. Admunistrative interference with the doings of
vessels on grounds so remote is, I imagine, impracticable, nor,
-bsa it confessed, can we command the biological data necessary
to indicate the lines upon which interference might be useful.

Mr. Byrne and I have in preparation a paper dealing with
the results of the Helga’s deep-water trawling, but so much of
the material is new or little known that it cannot be dealt with
in the present report.

International Researches.—1 mentioned in my last report
that, in the hope of being able to derive from the operations
under the international scheme, some results of importance to
our own fisheries, we had, as far as possible, carried out in our
waters observations similar in nature and in time to those of
the nations officially adhering to the scheme. Our results
were, as a matter of interest as well as of courtesy, conveyed to
the representatives of the International Bureau who in turn
communicated the data collected by the vessels at their dis-
posal. ‘The Department has since indicated the formal
adhesion of Ireland to the scheme, and deputed me to be their
representative at the International meeting at Copenhagen in
- July, 1905. J have pleasure in reporting that the Council
most cordially acknowledged, by special resolution, the assist-
ance which the Department has afforded them by the com-
munication of their results,

Trish Lights.—The arrangement which, by the kind permis-
sion of H. M. Commissioners of Irish Lights, we were able to
make with the staff of the Skulmartin, South Arklow and
Coningbeg lightships and of the Fastnet lighthouse, has been
continued. In this way we receive daily information of the
surface temperature of the water at the lights, and fortnightly
samples of the surface water and surface organisms. In con-
nection with the hydrographical section of the International
scheme the temperature readings are at once communicated to
the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom at
Plymouth, and the samples of surface organisms are forwarded
to them on receipt. For the first year the same course was
adopted in regard to the samples of surface water, but these
are now dealt with by Mr. Wm. C. Ramsden, of the Chemical
Laboratory of Trinity College. A report by Dr. L.. H. Gough,
of the Marine Biological Association, on the first year’s gather-
ings will be found in Appendix, No. VI., p. [227]. The
author confines himself to a simple enumeration of faets since
if would be unsafe to attempt to deduce conclusions of per-
manent value from the results of a single year’s work.

A3

Vill

Driji-net Fisheries..-The benefit which we hope to derive
from participation in the International scheme has reference
to the shoaling fishes of the surface and mid-water rather than
to the more sedentary forms which are the object of the trawl-
ing industry, and at present, at any rate, drift-netting has for
Ireland an importance vastly greater than that of any other
mode of sea-fishing, if we class with it seining and gill-netting
for the same kinds of fish. On this account, as we are now in
the most favourable position for the tabulation of every sort
of data which may bear upon the subject, I have not sought to
hurry the preparation of conclusions. There is, however, a
new feature of the fishery that merits a brief notice, viz., the
capture early in the season by steam-drifters of considerable
quantities of rather small mackerel, before the period at which
the fish became accessible by the time-honoured methods of
spring fishing. ‘The catches appear to have been chiefly made
between the South-east of Ireland and the opposite parts of
Great Britain, and such samples as I was able to procure
appear comparable in size to the so-called ‘‘ cock mackerel ”’
which usually appear in the nets of small boats on our western
sea-board a little before the larger vessels meet with the true
spring fish further at sea. In open winters such small fish
may in effect continue the harvest fishery in bays and shoal
water right through the winter, and it will remain to be seen
whether their accessibility to the steam drifters during the
past spring is attributable to or associable with the unusually
mild character of the winter or is a newly discovered feature
of constant recurrence. However the fishery may affect the
interests of Irish industries it has so far been prosecuted in
waters over which the Department has no control, and the
catches, though in part transhipped to our markets, have not
been directly landed in Treland.

With regard to herring, it appears to me that there is on
the part of steam-trawlers a slightly increasing tendency to
devote catching power to this fish, as is now possible with otter
trawls. That the trawlers have with such intent ever tres-
passed on the domain of drift-boats I have never heard, and in
view of the extraordinary fluctuation of the herring supply,
even within the period of reasonably accurate statistics, there
seems to be little reason to suppose that the species is in
. rious jeopardy from this latest manifestation of human inter-
erence,

Oyster Fisheries.—The experiments at Ardfry in Galway
Bay, mentioned in my last report, are being continued. While
the spatting of the first season, 1903, presented, in spite of
what appeared to be rather adverse conditions, a fair measure
of success, the yield of spat from the pond in 1904 was practi-
cally nil. The cause of this I shall not attempt to explain at
present, but I note that while circumstances, which were cer-
tainly not influenced by any operations of ours, caused the
“ppearance of an abundant crop of vegetable organisms in the
patting pond in the summer of 1903, there was no such yield
mm 1904, ‘The pond was differently stocked with putative

1X

parent oysters in the two years, and this may have had some
influence on the produce. Naturally the physical as well as
the biological conditions have been most carefully noted since
the inception of the experiments, and after several seasons 1t
should become possible to correlate cause and effect.

In the relaying work carried on in continuation of the opera-
tions at Muckinish I consider that we have obtained additional
proof of the inutility of carrying over stock which fails to grow
well in any one season. In effect an oyster once stunted in
growth does not seem worth the trouble of cultivation ; and,
although an exceptionally favourable summer may cause a
resumption of growth, it probably pays better as a general rule
to sell such oysters for anything they will fetch as low grade
ware than to hold them over through a close season.

In the cultivation of the spat collected in 1902 and 1903 we
have met with difficulties which will have to be faced by every-
one who may attempt in this way to enhance the natural pro-
ductiveness of an oyster bed. This, and all other branches of
our work, will form the subject of a detailed report, which will,
I hope, be ready for presentation next year.

In addition to experiment in re-laying and artificial propa-
gation, if it may so be called, we have commenced at Ardfry
an attempt to restore or enhance the production of a natural
bed. ‘To the south of the neck of the Ardfry peninsula the
narrows of Mweeloon Bay comprise an area whereon there
appears to have always been a certain natural production of
oysters, probably fished until recent years to the limit of its
capacity. ‘T‘his place is rather widely separated from any of
the other specially productive parts of the Ardfry fishery, and
in my opinion may be reasonably regarded as probably self-
supporting, though I cannot disregard the possibility of its
deriving spat from the lower part of the bay.

The present lessee of the fishery has given the Department
exclusive rights over this and some adjoining parts for a term
of years, and we have increased the native stock by some
50,000 Falmouth and French oysters. With a view to improv-
ing the ground we have collected and scattered, just prior to
the presumed spatting season, a large number of shells, and
propose, with such annual provision of cultch and with such
cleaning of the ground from weed débris as may appear néces-
sary, to rely on natural causes for the recuperation of the bed.

The result, whatever it may be, should if carefully watched
enable us to form some idea of the best means of attempting
the improvement of several now almost extinguished public
beds. Similar measures appear from official reports to have
obtained a very considerable degree of success in France, but
owing to the difference of climatic conditions it by no means
follows that the same treatment will be equally effective, at
least in point of time, on our coasts.

_ I considered, however, that the probabilities of the case
justified me in recommending you to obtain the approval of
the Department for a small expenditure in attempting to re-
stock the public bed at Clarenbridge. In my report for 1902-3,

Xx

Appendix, No. VIII., p. 216, Mr. Hillas and | offered some
observations en the decline of this fishery, which were borne
out by evidence given at the Public Inquiry held in February,
1905. As a result of the Inquiry you proposed to the Depart-
ment certain by-laws which provide, inter alta, for the closing
of parts of the bed for re-stocking purposes for periods of three
years. The necessary legal formalities involved a delay which
rendered it impossible for us to do anything in the way of re-
stocking with large oysters this year, so it was determined to
commence with the laying down of seed, which by reason of
its small size would stand in no need of protection by closure
of area. We procured some 135,000 seed oysters from
Brittany, and, with the assistance of representatives of the
dredging community, laid them down at an exceptionally low
spring tide in April on those parts of the bed where it seemed
they would have the best chance of thriving and of escaping
the undue attention of hand-pickers. The oysters, being tile-
reared, will bear throughout life the impress of the mortar to
which the baby shell was attached, and it will thus be possible,
with the good will of the dredgers, to have news of their future
career. From experience with similar imported stock, some
at least of them will spat this year, though none will be large
enough for sale in December, and all that survive their natural
perils until the summer of 1906 should be sufficiently large to
aid in increasing the local supply.

Before making recommendations in regard to other public
fisheries which we have been asked to take in hand, IJ intend
to await at least the preliminary results of the work in Co.
Galway.

ScIENTIFIC PAPERS.

The numbers of the appendix which relate to marine matters
are all of a technical description, and must be taken as contri-
butions to an essential knowledge of the environment of the
objects of the fishing industry. Perusal will demonstrate, in
the number of new species and new records of distribution,
how exceedingly imperfect has hitherto been the information
upon which we have to base opinions of the causes which
govern the abundance and movements of fishes.

The Department is indebted to Dr. W. TT’, Calman, of the
British Museum, for kindly working out our collections of
Cumacea (Appendix, No. I., p. [8]), and to Professor Car-
penter fcr similar help with the Pycnogonida (Appendix, No.
IV., p. [171]). Mr. Tattersall deals in Appendix, No. II.,
p. [53], with the Isopoda of the Trish Seas, and in Appendix,
No. V., p. [179], Mr. Tattersall and I have supplemented
and brought up to date the account of the Trish Schizopoda
given in the Report for 1902 and 1903.

Mr, Pearson (Appendix, No. III., p. [143]) makes the first
contribution to these reports from the Ulster Fisheries and

siological Association. It is concerned with the littoral
Copepoda, and while in the main a compilation of Irish records
of this group, the list comprises some interesting discoveries
made under the auspices of the Association at Larne Harbour.

XI

The report by Dr, Gough on the collections of surface
organisms and the report on the physical observations made
at various Irish lights in 1904 (Appendix, No. VI., p. [227])
have been referred to earlier (see p. 1x.).

INLAND FISHERIES.

Statistics of Salmon Fisheries (Appendix, No, VII., p.
{304|).—The statistics of private fisheries which have been
placed at my disposal for publication are indicative of a
generally unsuccessful season in 1904, the peal being especially
scarce, and in some instances deficient in size and quality as
well as in number. It is possible that the toll levied upon
the salmon supply by drift-nets at sea may have affected more
or fewer of the northern river fisheries, both in regard to
the yield of the season and, since the netting has been in
operation on a fairly extensive scale for some years, in reduc-
tion of the general stock which reaches the breeding grounds.
While, however, our knowledge of the movements of salmon
at sea is still very far from warranting the expression of a
positive opinion, I am inclined to think that the sea netting,
which has only shown material increase within the last five
years on the north-west coast, cannot yet have so far influenced
the general stock as to be held in any way responsible for
failure of southern fisheries, nor does it appear that the capture
of salmon by nets not licensed ad hoc has sensibly increased or
decreased on any part of the coast for many years: yet the
southern rivers seem to have been at least as much affected by
the shortage of peal as the northern.

Salmon Marking.—By the courtesy of owners of fisheries
and anglers, marking operations have been continued on an
increasing scale. At the suggestion of Mr. Hillas, Boards of
Censervators have been asked and have consented to attach a
short notice to the back of all licenses, and this has proved a
most efficient means of bringing a knowledge of the marking
work to the attention of those most concerned. In continua-
tion of my paper published in the Report for 1901 I have
asked Mr. Hillas to draw up a record of subsequent operations
13M ime which appears in the Appendix, No. VII., p.

15}.

Artificial Propagation (Appendix, No, VII., p. [804])—My
report compares the output of fry of each hatchery for the
seasons 1903-4 and 1904-5, the totals in regard to salmon being,
respectively, 4,093,600 and 4,632,500, and some remarks are
offered as to conditions affecting natural ag well as artificial
propagation during the two seasons.

_ As usual some of the hatcheries have experienced difficulty
in obtaining a supply of spawners, but this was not general in
either season.

The new hatchery at Killarney has been completed, and,
though then unfinished, turned out a certain number of fry in
the season of 1904-5, mx) Be!

xl

An agreement has been made with several gentlemen in-
terested in the angling of the Barrow. for the establishment of —
a hatchery at Carlow, ici : de F

Mr. Oliver has in hand the plans for a hatchery at Aasleagh
on the Erriff river, and operations on a small scale at Listowel
on the Feale are in contemplation.

A large number of fish annually ascend the Funshion, a
large tributary of the Blackwater, but only a few slats and a
very inadequate contribution of fry are reported to descend.
To remedy this waste it is proposed to establish a hatching
station at Rockmills, where the passage of the fish is delayed
by a weir, and to use the fry partly for distribution in the
Blackwater basin and partly for stocking rivers in which ordi-
nary hatching operations are impracticable.

Spawning of Rainbow Trout (Appendix, No. VII., p. [810}).
—It is, I think, now generally accepted that the turning loose
of rainbow trout in our rivers and lakes is an unprofitable
business. ‘These fish are, however, of undoubted value for
cultivation in enclosed water, whether merely as stock for the
market or as affording a not too difficult prey to the angler.
Salmo irideus, as is well known, spawns in America at a
season much later than that affected by the Salmonidae of
Europe (except, apparently, the trout of some Italian lakes),
and a good deal of discussion has arisen about the reproductive
season of ‘‘rainbows’’ which have been bred for generations
on this side of the Atlantic. Herr Arens, who has kindly
permitted us to print a translation of his paper, presents, so
far as I am aware, the first serious attempt to give evidence
upon the subject, and concludes that the data at his command
afford no indication of the original breeding period having been
affected by acclimatisation.

Reports of Clerks of Conservators (Appendix, No. VIL., p.
[358 |]).—Abstracts of these reports for 1903 and 1904 are given
in parallel columns in continuation of the practice commenced
in my report for 1902-3. :

International Fishery Congress, Vienna, 1905.—Since the
agenda of the Congress indicated that discussion would turn
chiefly upon matters relating to fish-culture, it was decided
that the Department should be represented by one of the
members of their scientific staff. Mr, C. Green was accord-
ingly delegated, and was, in company with other foreign mem-
bers, elected a Vice-President. |

An International Committee was formed for consultation in
regard to sea fishery statistics, of which committee you have
since become a member; and I understand that Herr Hofrat
Krisch, of 'T'riest, who has made a special study of European
fishery statistics, expressed high approval of the Irish system
of statistics and of the statistical information prepared in this
office for the purposes of the Congress,

A large number of papers were placed upon the agenda,.and

will in due course be published, together with the proceedings
of the Congress.

p X111

Great intcrest was displayed in the account given by Mr. C.
Green of the Department’s salmon-marking experiments, and
further information on this and other subjects relating to the
scientific work of the Department has since been sent to
applicants.

Subsequent to the actual sittings of the Congress visits were
paid to three of the leading fish-cultural establishments in the
neighbourhood of Vienna, where trout-farming is practised on
a large scale. ‘The feature most worthy of remark in the
system is the extent to which natural food is cultivated in the
ponds, artificial means being resorted to for increasing the
nitrogen in the soil. ‘The limestone formation and high mean
summer temperature of the locality are probably factors neces-
sary to success in these operations. It would appear that
rainbow trout are no longer regarded in central Europe with
the enthusiasm which marked their introduction, but under
special conditions they still repay cultivation. The paper by
Herr Arens, mentioned above, was read at the Congress.

The foreign representatives attending the Congress had the
honour of being presented to H. I. M. the Emperor of Austria-
Hungary, and were most hospitably entertained by the Cor-
poration of Vienna and various private societies. The Depart-
ment have since conveyed to Herr Hofrat Dr, Steindachner,
the President, and to the Committee of the Congress their
appreciation of the courtesy extended to the Irish delegate.

The next meeting of the Congress is to take place in the
United States in 1908.

In conclusion I desire to acknowledge the assistance which
I have received in the work of scientific investigation from my
colleagues, the assistant naturalists, and from the technical
assistant of the Fisheries Branch. Tio Mr. C. Green I am

especially indebted for help in the preparation of this report
and for the compilation of the index.

I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your obedient servant,
EK. W. L. HOLT,

Scientific Adviser.
lst June, 1905,

& ai a
=) -
~~ 4
alae |
4
-
29s ‘
*
~<
ae
.
' *
,
.
‘
>
, 4
‘ :
- .
,
>
‘a4 »
,
¢
. me 7
7 * ? -
> |
i ’
s = tye
. ©
* , j
Gs + 2
-“*
- -
.
tat
F
sn
’
<e*

ig
ict 4

pw & ’
“IT SEO -

; rae af ni
“} ha i.

.
as

APPENDIX

TO

RE Page

ON THE

SEA AND INLAND FISHERIES OF [IRELAND

FOR THE YEAR 1904.

PART II.—SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS,

Appendix,
No.
SEA FISHERIES.

I. The Marine Fauna of the West Coast of Ireland, Part IV. Cuma-
cea, by W T. Calman, D.Sc., Plates I to V, ;

II. The Marine Fauna of the Coast of Ireland, Part V. Isopoda, by
W.M. Tattersall, B.Sc., Plates I to XI, ; : ‘

III. A list of the Marine Copepoda of Jreland, Part I, Littoral Forms
and Fish Parasites, by Joseph Pearson, B. Se. .

1V. The Marine Fauna of the Coast of Ireland, Part VI. Rodidibiacie
by Prof. George H. Carpenter, B.Sc., M. RL. A., Plates I to III,

V. Schizopodous Crustacea from the North- Rast Atlantic Slope.
Supplement, by EK. W. L. Holt and W. M. Tattersall, B.Sc.,
Plates I to V,

VI. i—Plankton solhectid at Irish Light Stations in 1504, by sits
Henry Gough, Ph.D., :

ii.—Hydrographical Observations at Irish Light Stations, 1904,

VU. INLAND FISHERIES.

ii—Report on the Artificial Propagation of Salmonidae aria the
Season of 1901-1905, by E. W. L. Holt,

ii.—Observations on the Spawning Season of the Rainbow Trout, by
C, Arens, Fishculturist, Cleysingen, Germany, (Translation),

iii—Record of Salmon Marking Experiments in Ireland, 1902-1905,
by A. B. E. Hillas, B.A., i : :

iv.—Statistical Information relating to the Salmon Fisheries,

v.—Substance of Reports received from Clerks of Conservators relative
to Salmon Fisheries, ,

INDEX to the Appendix,

\ -

Page

(3 ]
[53]
[143]

[171]

[179]

[227]
[280]

[304]
[310]

[315]
[354]

[358]
[381]

-
4 i
2

roth SS
' % 0 ea e
wr x ae =a
=*
—-«

T Oe. eee

' ®
<P. EG ; “it oe

1 TH Po Se
Mie) -es.. + 4h es a ‘

by SS

ovbet vir State

a i aah st oy, eae
—_ * fo abet) adi ae
wh AL i igaot whites
ee i Vglge A) 6G ee
] 4 iy iys ; | ase L
ei
t Ld
H ats hu? atte Ait @
Vs Pb i ? WS - z
‘ *

iy Sorwre?
Ch,
4 th i eit) wis!
ae - : s 7 -
AAA 1%
a ‘eA ;
ot port fale 2d; -@ é
ah. Gah tt Ff (tl ee
age BeuTARSS 0b" i
pease ce ee
« Vulri/ Vis : .
waar? 7 re ¥
b> us . \" har & e»
if LY a ma oe a.10 et) :
4oreqt" ran Fi, a he’ 'r, nleal af
wigis[ re -
oe 12 fringe fe #4 ’
. ‘th

APPENDIX, No, I.

THE MARINE FAUNA OF THE WEST COAST
OF IRELAND.

PART IV.

CUMACEA.

BY

W. T. Catman, D.Sc.,
BRITISH MUSEUM (NAT. HIST.)

Priates I, to YV,

i. INTRODUCTION.

This paper deals with the Crustacea belonging to the order
commonly known as Cumacea, collected in the course of the fishery
investigations carried on by Mr. E. W. L. Holt and his assistants
under the Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction
for Ireland, during the years 1899-1904. Most of the gatherings
are from the West coast, but a few from the East coast are also
included (see T'able I. below),

The collection is of great extent, about 170 separate gatherings
being represented.* A few of these contained only young or
mutilated specimens, and are therefore omitted from the lists
given below. In all, forty-eight species have been identified,
nine being regarded as new. Three of these form the types of
new genera, one of which (Ceratocwma) is so aberrant that it has
been considered necessary to establish anew family for its recep-
tion, while another (Cumellopsis) is in some respects intermediate
between the existing families Vannastacidae and Campylaspidae
and suggests that they ought probably to be merged into one,
The new genus Platyewma presents in its spirally-coiled aliment-
ary canal an anatomical character which is unique among the
Malacostraca. The collection has also afforded material tor many
new observations on the characters and affinities of existing
genera and species. One of the more interesting results is the
identification of Norman’s Leucon brevirostris with the later
Vaunthompsonia caeca of Bonnier and its reference to the genus
Bathyewma of Hansen.

The extent of this collection and the number of new and rare
species which it includes offer a striking testimony to the

* See Postscript, p. 48.
Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1904, I. [Published, August, 1905].

Cord
B 2

104, vids

efticiency of the methods of collecting devised and employed by
Mr. Holt. Most of the gatherings, including all those from deep
water, were obtained by means of tow-nets attached to the back
of the trawl in such a position as to capture the organisms
disturbed by the ground-rope. Two of the hauls obtained
in this way by the “Helga” at stations CXX. and CXXI. (see
Table IV. below) were especially rich, the former yielding eighteen
and the latter nineteen species. It may be recalled that
the entire collection of Cumacea obtained during the voyage
of the “ Challenger,’ amounted only to fifteen species.
Curiously enough, most of the new species (seven out of
nine) were obtained at station CXX., and I am told by Mr.
Holt that this gathering has been productive of many novelties
among the Mysidacea also. Nearly all the specimens came into
my hands in a good state of preservation, but a few, which had
remained for some years in formalin, had suffered considerably
from the deealcifying action of the preservative, the integument
having become quite soft and membranous and the sculpturing
of the surface very difficult to see. The use of formalin should
be avoided for crustacea, more especially for those in which the
exoskeleton contains much lime.

A set of the species mentioned in this report, including types
of all the new species, has been presented to the British Museum
(Natural History) by the Department.

il. Lists OF STATIONS, WITH SPECIES OBTAINED AT EACH.

As regards the arrangement of the following Tables,* it is to be
noted that Table IV. includes all stations outside of the fifty
fathom line, whether the nets were used at the surface, in mid-
water, or on the bottom.

* For the compilation of these tables I have to thank Mr. Stanley W.
Kemp, who has taken a great deal of trouble in combining my rough
notes with data obtained from the log-books of the various cruises into
the form here given.

[TABLES

‘SUONES VI/AH »

** “piojiazeA, ‘oo]‘Avg “uearesunq yo

re abe et a a ‘WIIzUY ‘oo ‘Aegq ySnoruie)
‘ulqnqd *0o

x | ‘peo q}MoFy 0} OA S,pueyery ‘eJoys yo apr 1
‘ulqnd ‘oo

‘uMOjJABT 0} UvSZIIqIeg ‘eloys yo sapum Fz

“‘qynoT “oo ‘yulog}]Aueung yo safrur §¢

“qyno'T ‘09 ‘peay Jayqso[D jo “gq saprur gr ynoqy
‘plOfxaAA 09

‘diqs}qsrJ Joyemyoerg jo ‘qf ‘gq Aq “q's soprut Z
x As ‘drys}qs1J MopyIY y3NOG Jo “s sayrar F6
x | x vt ** “proyiaze A “00 ‘Aeg ueareSunq yo
! : —_ ~—
SIS E RIP eC ele el eisls
@ ° .
(2/2 S/E/E/ei/e|e|F)e/s
SIEIB SIS lFl el el ele] 2ele |
= a 3 \SBleBileic}® |e e | = *
8 Sislblsizlelslis§lels
Ss = bs wn B g 2 0.
Sigi = | eisisbielBieis| Fis A200]
Bel’ lel elels), s/s) s B |S
8 ° : ° ; iat » £, : 2
4 > iS} , 8 si :
Ps : | E. 8 :
. | a : |
|

gz-Lz
c-£
€1-11
$2
oz-Z1
of-0z

zb-gt

5

‘pasn sem

J9UMO} YOIYM ye ydeaq

‘SdMOOEY LSVOQ ISVY-HLINOg ANV LSVY

‘I @Id Vib

‘swoyzey ut yydeq

ry ft “ure Sh°Z-S+9
IS1"S | ** “ure $h6-$°6
wzI "S| ** “ure S1*o1-Sr°g
"966 “Ss ‘urd SE*z-g*x
‘of *S |ur'd o*1-mre of'37
co fe 2, 25 “m'd o*f-o'2
*94IIAT ;} °° “urd bh t-rE>p
«VATX | ** ‘ure o€-11-g1°11

» “IIIXXX | °° “ard Sr €<o0*z

‘IoqUINN uoyezsS

¥0/E/91
£0/9/+
£0/S/g1
£0/1/oz
z0/1/Ez
z0/1/g1
10/$ /61

10/C/b

“; "4

10/+/g1

T.’04,

"eJeIZSOI styAjseiq

*esosni stjAjseiq

x
x x x
x x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x
x x
x
x x
x x
x x
x |
x
x x x
x x
x x
x
x | “
x | ss
3 |
Ne
x
|
o—_ aa
Pigizizie/ ei si ez
Cc £ 5 p 5 ai¢ EB. a
a re | sh a ele le |
° ° 4 eee a ° Pe
° 2 we 2 | °° Oo me
2 iW 1 e8s. Pl ee] B c)
BS I1BIBISie| BP lal ge
hs See ae eae So) ey
Bo en eter) Sie hel Gio
3 @ eo} § 9 ©,
2SiSBis |S3/P 1 ¢ 8S) Pls
° 8 ° a BE | a 7 ;
® | 5 om
oe - | 8
is a | & |
§ i) + ~
|

xx

X XXX

‘yooy UN opis}no pue

en? > Sit, ae? 3

Iq}Opog

toIdioos &

‘sap

"SNOHLV, OI-0

‘InoqieYH Jeno ‘ugog
‘moqiey Ising ‘uygog
'‘{moqieH Jono ‘ugog
‘InoqieyY 19jnOQ ‘ugog
‘inoqieH Joyno ‘ugog
‘moqiey Jano ‘ugog
‘mMoqiey Jeno ‘ugog
‘moqiey Jojno ‘ugog
‘mMoqieyY Jano ‘ugog
‘moqiey Jono ‘ugog

‘joog eseioyouy ‘Inoqiey uygog

‘moqieH 19jnO ‘ugog
‘moqiey Jeno ‘ugog
‘imoqieH{ Jeyng ‘uyog

** “Mnoqiey ugog
‘mMoqieyY Jeno ‘ugog

** ‘InoqieyH ugog
‘InoqieY Jono ‘uyog
‘Imoqiey Jano ‘ugog
‘Imoqiey Jejno ‘ugog
‘moqiey I93no ‘ugog

‘joog eseIOyoUY ‘InoqieyY ugog

‘inoqiexY{ Jojno ‘uygog

‘sinoqie}{ 19jnO pue Jeuuy ‘ugog

‘imoqiey Jano ‘ugog
‘ImMoqiep ising ‘ugog
‘oARJ “09 ‘punos T[Iqoy

*pa}e}s ostALIay3O

ssojun ‘AvAyey “OD jO yseOD PY} YO

*AjI[vI0 JT

TI ATAVE

on ‘Q0ejINS
as ‘g0e}1NS
** ‘quns
se ‘Q0RJINS
** ‘g0rjins
on ‘yuns
si ‘g0ejJInS
ie ‘g0ejInsg

3 ‘g0ejIns

‘m0}JOg IJeON
os ‘g0e}INS
abe ‘goejins

‘mojjog Jean

‘m0}JOg JeIN
ae ‘goejinsg
as ‘Q0e}INS
=e ‘20ejINS
= ‘goejms

*pasn seat
you yorys ye yydaq

‘ISVOD ISHAA ‘SNOOTY, wWoAosduvy~L

® “QIAXX99
, BIAXX9O
“QAXX99

x BPAXXIO
a, AXXO

*, JIAIXX99
* “QAIXX99
‘PAIXX9O

“ “TIXX99
* “Ix
“ SqIaTo
<< Sie
* “AITO
A “IIIT9
aa PTs
< ere
“ CAPIXD
“ “TEX
ae “AIOX
ee
_ eee
. - es

‘ “DAIXXT

“ “QIXXT

‘ aioe
‘ugog “PITAXT
oyrenuels)

‘JOQUINN UOT}E}S

‘ud of'g
‘urd of'g
‘USIN
‘mud og
‘ud 0°32
‘urd og
‘ud og
‘ud og
‘urd oOv1r
‘urd ofrr
‘VqQstupry
‘urd oor
‘ud o'r1
‘ud of*11
‘3qS1uply
‘ul'd o’or
“TBIN
‘urd o°6
‘yqstupIW
‘Vqsrupry
‘ur'd ov1r
‘ur'd o’o1
‘urd of-or
‘urd o€or
‘ud ot'6

‘urd of-t-+

rAINOES

xXx

SSS

x xXx XXXX X KX KKK X
0%

xx

x x

—————
x
SS ee ss
Xx %KXXX XX X
xX XxX
XXKXKKXKKKX XX

xXX XXXXX X

xx

xx XxX

x

xX XXX

xx

xXx

x xX xX

ad ss ‘Keg Ayeg ‘anoqsey pryeudyeg
= ae ‘Aeg Aue ‘inoqiepy [ryeudTed
keg piend}seog go jouueys) ‘Inoqieyy [HyeudTeg
ss ° ‘Keg Ayey ‘mmoqiexy pryeudyyeg

tc oe ‘Aeg Ayey ‘noqiey [yeuAledg
a8 ae ‘Aeg Ayey ‘mnoqieyxy [eure
** ‘Keg prensjseopy yo ‘Inoqiey [pyeudyreg
‘+ ‘Keg prensyseoy yo ‘mnoqieH [[Tyeudl[eg
** ‘Keg pirensyseog yo ‘moqiey [[yeudjeg
a ne ‘Avg Ayey ‘inoqiey | yeudyeg
oar ng ‘Aeg Ayey ‘moqiey [jLyeudleg
te ‘goueljuo *S Yo ‘imoqiey [[yeudlieg
e ** ‘Keg Ayey ‘moqieH pryeudyeg
be ** ‘Keg Aye ‘moqiey [yeudyeg
pe ca: ‘Aeg Ayey ‘IMoqiey [pyeudyeg
ay ‘+ ‘Keg Agey fnoqieyxy [pyeudyyeg
** ‘Keg JoAutAtieq Jajno ‘moqiexy j[pyeudyyeq
** ‘Keg yoaulAijoq Jouuy ‘mmoqiexy ppHyeudlred
** ‘Keg Ayey Po jouueyy ‘Inoqiey [ryeudyyeq
is *‘ keg Aye yo jouueyy ‘inoqiey [pryeudyeg
R Bj ‘Aeg Ayeg ‘InoqieH PHeuAyeg
‘S900 weaIt Jo *S JouUeYD ‘InoqieH THeUATeg
‘+ ‘Keg Ayeg ‘mnoqiey [[Lyeudyeg

"ysealosoy

pue soimeq wseMjoq ‘Imoqiey [ryeuAdTeg
‘syooy 09015 0} pueyjs *q"N ‘InoqieH, [[Eyeudyeg
** ‘Keg Aqeq Yo pue ur ‘Inogiey [[HeudTeg
** ‘Aeq Aqeq Yo pue ut ‘inoqiey] [[IyeudTeg
"+ ‘Keg Ayeyq Jo pur ur ‘mmoqiey [pyeudyyeg
es "+ ‘Aeg Ayey ‘moqiey [pyeuAyeq
“ ** ‘Keg Ayey ‘inoqiepy [pryeudyeg
= ‘+ ‘Keg Ayeg ‘inoqrey [yeudyeg
*? “+ ‘Keg Ayey ‘moqiey [[Lyeudyyeg
** ‘eq prensjseoy go ‘Inoqiey pryeudyegd
sh ** ‘Keg Ayeg ‘inoqiey [[Eyeudyeg
i ** ‘keg Ayqeq ‘moqrey [ryeudyeg
ed ** ‘Keg Ayey ‘mmoqiey [yeudyeg
“< ‘yoo19Q soIMEq ‘inoqieF [pyeudyeg
ae ** ‘Seg Ayeg ‘anoqiey [pryeudyegd
= “+ ‘keg Agey ‘Imoqiey pryeudyeg
* o* * ‘mmoqiey uygog
fs ts ‘moqiey Jeno ‘ugog
= : ‘IMoqiey Jeng ‘ugog
2 eS ‘moqiefyy Jono ‘ugog
re z ‘moqiey Jojno ‘ugog
te ae ‘moqiey Jojno ‘ugog
min an ‘mnoqiey Jajno ‘uyog
ts <ie “‘noqsey sano ‘uygog

‘aorjins | °° ‘Cir “Y

“* La8peiq “* ‘ vv6 oy
* ‘m10}10q “. 976 "T
** ‘g0ejins “* “ne |
ae ‘goejins | ** “OCL iT
A ‘goejmms | ** OxL “F
** m10}10q ** “qiZ a |
*- ‘w0}}0g | . ‘ vil |
o. ‘m0}}0gq ee *q69 “I
ee ‘g0ejins “* ‘969 ies |
- ‘m10}}0q o- *“9£9 “T
. ‘u10}}0q . **go9 a |
** ‘a0eyins * ‘ vOo9 ae |
* ‘m10}10q “* “@bs “if |
a ‘a0Rrjans "ty “TF
+. ‘Q0e}INS + “-96€ "I
oa ‘goejins | .. ‘MOE "7
“* ‘u10}}0q . “got —
.. ‘Q0eJINS o. “90F “I
o* ‘g0eyInS ee ‘9c “T
“* L‘you iw) | “* ‘Lz ei
oe ‘govjins | oe Cz “I
5 ‘goejang | ‘° ‘Sz “7
. *m10}}0q | e “ger 8 |
“s ‘m0}}0g | “gvr “J
*. ‘Q9RJINS | “+ “MEI a
a ‘u0}}0q | “TW "QAIXD
if ‘sorjng | “TW ‘PAIXD
“} t-§1 Woy0g | ** “TW “¢Xd
‘gorying | ** “TK “Xd

** ‘g0ejJINS “* “TN ‘IIAD
* ‘g0ey.Insg } ee “TW ‘AID
a0 ‘g0RJINS | +s “TW ‘PIL
ee ‘Q0RJINS ee “TW ID
* ‘soeying | “IW “IIAXX
* ‘g0eyIng | “* “TW ‘DXI
** *ml0j}0q “* “TW “QI1
wera | “IW ‘VII
“y02} z ynoqy | “ “Tie

‘ ‘aoryang |“ “TITAXKX X99
gh ‘gorjing ‘* “PIXXXKDO
maa = anogy |S “®XXXIS
ny ‘Q0R}INS ‘agg we ts,
heat Soca i “HIAXX99

ei ‘yung ‘ugog“ITAXX99

tn

“}ysIUpryy
‘urd ool
‘ui'd ofS ynoqe
“T4qS1UpIW
‘J 4S1UpIW
‘uid o£'o1 ynoqe
‘uid o1°6-0'°6
‘ur'd 0'6-0$'g
‘ud oF g—of'g
‘urd of'o1r
‘ur'd of‘or
‘ur'd of'+
‘urd of'11
‘urd of'11
‘urd o‘Oor
‘urd o£°6
‘urd 01°-0°Z
‘ul'd ob'9-0€'9
‘m'd o'g
‘urd og
‘ui'd of‘o1r
‘urd of'+
‘ad of-or

‘ur'd of'Z
‘urd C1°b-S*h
‘ur'd of-or
‘ur'd of-o1
‘urd o£°6-61'°6
‘ur'd 01°6-0°6
‘ur'd Cz‘or—C1'or
‘urd Cr‘o1—S‘or
‘ul'd St'6-CE£°6
‘urd ovZ
‘ul'd og
‘ard of'g
*m'd ¢$£°6-Cz'6
‘urd Sbg—CE*g
"m'd o'9
‘urd o'9

‘ud St6
‘urd $1°6
‘ard S111
‘ul'd of‘o1
*ur'd of-*or
‘74S UPI
‘urd ofg

7c O/bz
zo 9

zo '$/6z
zo ‘$/£z
zo,'S/Ez
zo/b/bz
zo/b/St
zo/v/St
zo/b/St
zo/b/or
zo/b/o1
zo/t/s
zo/h/1
zo/t/1
z0/€/1z
z0/z/oz
z0/z/z1
z0/z/z1
zo/z/9
z0/z/9
zo/z/t
zo/1/of
zo/1/6z

z0/1/1
z0/1/1
zo0/1/€r
z0/1/E€1
10/z1/1I
10/z1/1t
10/11/SZ
10/11/Sz
10/11/1z
10/11/S$
10/o1/of
10/01 /6z
10/+/Ez
10/z/9
10/1/z
10/1/z
00/-
00/o1/oz
00/01/91
00/6/gz
00/6/Zz
00/6/Lz
00/6/ z
00/6/02 |

*110}}0q 94} UO ZurYysg oa sjou asoqy +

; } : | ;
-010}30q 30 d9es3n 24} 3e Sulysy svAy you oy} Jaqy}0yA Jo yday SeA pioos1 ou seseo AUvUI UI }eY} OS ‘sUIOY}eF 9914} UPY} SOW you st Inoqie eH ugog Ul JojeM Jo y}dep 24
; } i { . *99U@0g VD St Pasn 7a BY} Papoys astmsgy7zO SSIUL)

ee eee

' " i ;
1) x Bag: | yay ied ** ‘g9ueIjUa *S ‘mnoqiey [IyeuATeg | °° f{‘aspeiq | °° ‘ext 7 ‘<eppra "3qV to/E/s1
i x | i | «] x saa ‘+ ‘goueijue “N ‘Inoqiepyy [[byeudyreg |4[Aies} uozouMOT | ** *z1E wy ‘Aepplu 3qyY _Fo/t/F1
hed x y ae a ‘Aeg Ayey ‘noqiey pryeudyeg | ** ‘m0}#j0g | °° “qb6z “T | ‘urd o-11-St'o1 | to/z/tz
' | Tae" ws ‘Aeg Aye. ‘Inoqrep pryeudyeg | ** ‘sopyims | °* “pb6z “TJ ‘urd Ch-of*or to/z/tz
1| x “se “ ‘keg Aye ‘mmoqiey [peyeudyeg | ** ‘ulojJOog | °° 962% “J ‘ur'd gf-of°Z -o/z/11
x te ae ** ‘Keg Ayeg ‘moqiey pryeudyyeg | -** ‘goeyans | °° “me6z “T ‘urd gf-of'£ | ¥o/z/1t
x | x x 4 q pren3yseo09 0} Iq ssoOy ‘InoqieH j[[Pyeudyeg | °° Lfespeig | °° ‘roz “YT | ."urrd Se-S1°e1 £0/r/z
: | x | x ve -- ‘Keg Ayey ‘inoqiey [[ryeudqieg | °° ‘goeying | °° ‘£6r “7 ‘urd Ov1L €0/t/tz
an x | _|"yq prendyseo9 03 ‘Iq ssoy ‘InoqieyH [ryeudyeg | ** ‘goejins | °° “pili “T - zo/o1/zz
x | 1 -> — ‘Keg Ayeq ‘mnoqiey [pryeudyeg | ** ‘sorjims | .°° ‘“p6vI “J ‘urd o*or z0/g/9z
x x y[*e° 2s a se ‘Aeq uessa[D | °° Lespeiq | °° STA “¥ ‘Aeppiul “3qV zo/g/61
x x i Via * ‘keg Ayey ‘inoqiey [pyeudqeg | °° ‘goejing | °° pCrs 4 ‘urd of*11 zo/g/g
x! x | jfeue as ‘keg Aye ‘Inoqiey jyeadyeg | °° ‘wov0g | °° a5) Ses | ‘urd Of'II z0/g/Ss
x! x ¥ ve ‘Aeg Aye ‘Inoqiey [[pyeudyreg | °° ‘g0ejims | °° Ob “¥ ‘ard of11 z0/g/I
i x 2 “< ‘Aegq Aye. ‘Inoqiey [pyeudyeg | °° ‘u0}JOog | ** [Lert we ‘urd of'11 zo/Z/ot
x | x1 > x Hr ” ‘Aeq Ayey ‘Inoqiey [[iyeudyjeg | ** ‘SoRmme | -* ‘SExLST ‘urd of*or zo/£/6z
x x . * és ‘Keg Aye. ‘Inoqiey [meudqeg | °° ‘u10}}0g | °° meee SF ‘urd GI-O'1r | zo/L/zz rr
{ x ve ‘pue[sy $,quiey yo ‘inoqiey [hyeudyjeg | ** ‘goeyins | °° “gotr “Ty “md oF-of'g | zo/L/1z
x x x is ae ‘Aeq Aye ‘inoqiey [[byeudyjeg | °° ‘goejams | °° «90 28. ‘urd Of11 zo/Z/Z oa
ie 6) x x xi} x ve is ‘Aeg Ayey ‘Inoqiey [pyeudyeg | °° ‘m10}}0g | °° eas | ‘urd Of 11 i zo/i/Z
x ml 2G 5) 3% | sia “ss ‘keg Aye ‘Inoqiey ryeudyeg | °° ‘govjans | °° “mci “T urd of'11 zo/L/Z
x || x ie ne ‘Aeg Ayey ‘Inoqiey [[yeudyeg | °° ‘mojij0g | °° “9611 “J | ‘Qqsluprmm jyqy zo/g/ot —_ :
x x x 4 econ eis ‘Aeg Aye ‘mnoqiey [ryeudyeg | °° ‘goejims | °° “py61r “J | ‘Qysruprm “3qy | z0/9/oft
x | x .|"4q SSOY 0} 3q prendyseog ‘InoqieyY [[Lyeudyjeg | °° ‘goejins | °° 2) lee | ‘ard Shr1 z0/9/9t
a a oe ae ee) a ee oe e) DM < oO
BIE} 2/8 B/S ie |e) 2] El ale oe or een ie
212/8/8/8|e/e/ 3/2) 813/28 45 S - |
rE i 8 8 | 4 pi os) — ° oO hte La) Ts i 5S
sic BL elele ly) *13) aie] Sa 2 |
ge) eb | Sle lala Bla) 2l8 a3 :
a w 3 2/8/35) 2/8 “paze}s astaszoyjo a =
8/218) 8 gieleie| | ele 3. ssoyun ‘AvMper ‘OD Jo 3SLOD 243 BO 2 4 |
Si° ct ey & 2 ° oi) 2. i] :
: E = 3. } » ol real ee ee *AqITCOO'T >
‘ mi 8.14 p> | b
ee rg ;
Z|
ee

‘panuyu0oo—"TT WITAVL

1.04,

|
x x 6 “> a ‘Airoyy ‘00 ‘Aeg ssl[jeysurjed of of z°M | ‘ule or'11-0F'6 bo/f/z
se <% =n = ‘uneTiAeqd Jo ‘N Aq ‘AA'N Septal z oO Qz *wS6z °T | ‘urd Of'z1-0'z1 bo/z/Sz
x ees a *- ‘Kajay ‘09 ‘pues, uyNg Ho sopiw F1 Ze LE €xr "YS | ‘ure SS*11-6E°11 €0/¢/1
rh $e ¢ = ‘OAR “09 “YT Baqi[IyoYy pue *[ s1e[D UseA\jod 1z Iz os at ob ad ‘ud z7°z-L°z z0/6/g1
| x ¥ as = “te ‘moqiey [reudyeg fo yynoul YO fo) $1 ‘pOzl "T ~ z0/L/L1
. | x de << ss = ‘peop{ uessa[9 Jo "N oyu fe) Cr “vos °T | - zo/t/o1
| > | ae “ *+ ‘peep uesseI[9 Jo “g Aq “q'N Sop FI o FI ‘PIAXXXT | ‘urd of'9-0'9 10/o1/II
| x | ° °° ee <= ‘yIm}Ystuy JO "AA"N Septur S 6€ 6€ ‘XT ‘ud of°6-0°6 10/8/9
| x | es 7» of ~ ‘yamzystuy JO "AA"N satu $ oz 6£ ‘AXT ‘uid o£°6-0°6 10/8/9
«| | + ae a. ‘ymzystuy Jo “N Aq “AN Sapte Fr o gz “PIII | ‘U3IN 10/£/z%
a fl ee ee “s ** ‘ympysIuy JO “AANA Satur FS o €v ‘eoru0yy, | ‘ud o°6 00/6/S1
a
x“ ay oS s ‘yanzystuy JO “N Aq ‘A\‘N Sayrur F£ fo) gh ‘eoruoy | ‘ul'd o°6 00/6/+1
x ee os *9 i ‘yanzystuy JO “AA Sayru S oF oF ‘eoruoyy ‘O3IN 00/S/rz
| x fy a sie = ‘yanzystuy Jo “N Aq *A SOTTUE 5 ad oz cr ‘poruoyq ‘md o'6 "1qV 00/$/zz
x | {5 oe ss ‘yinzystuy Jo "N Aq “MA Seqru FP oO cr ‘eotuow | ‘urd o'6 ‘WqQV 00/$/zz
| x .* a i i ‘yanqystuy JO “AA Soplu FI fe) ov ‘eoruoyyq ‘urd 06 “WqY 00/S/6
x es fi ** Quiog uesse[Q pue uyoqysiuy useMjog ° oz *QIIIAXTO | ‘Vq3IN 00/£/z1
|
mado". |
!
| ; baa “Picket Ieeaete “..¢ | m 7,
ae er eas ae ee a geit er g y 9
SB ot beaks ee: ee ae 4’3 3 = ES $
g ||] 2] Bs & | ¢ BF fl g
eeee oe et ne 2 hee ae ae Patt z
Steno ale ie | E | |-~flay> e ae E |
: rs) 2 a mR S) “pajye}s asIMIoyjO ssoyun | a = 5
3 E S E : 2 ‘Kemyer) ‘0D Jo SOD 94} GO 8 g |
f = oy. ' =. , oe / :
5 8 s / g | Ayipe00'T g |
B S| 5 |
; bY = | 1 oo }
? | |

‘SHOHLY 0G OL dQ) ‘SdNOONY ISVOD IST AA

THT WiIdVvaL

x

x x
x xX

x
x

10
xxXXXX
x XX

x xX

oe

‘sLIJsoMAaIq eumMody}eg |
*eyeysII9 eruosdmoyuNe, |

|

|

“ds sisdojAjseiq, |

“eyeotdiq seprojAzseiq |

|
|

"eddy sidsedjeiq |

_|

*esoonileA sidsefAdures

‘eyeure sidsejAdureooig

‘1
T

{ siAjzseiq

*epQUIOD sI[AjseIq

SUI SI[A}seIq
“epeUIyoe SITA}seiq

‘T]0H, eunodjelg
‘aesjeH sisdoyjeumns

‘snje[nomsun snoeyseuuey
‘snprjed uoona

‘epidsiy eljeiopng”
‘e[n}eounI} eTeIopny

‘IsIeG saplodseloAy

‘eaeusAd ejeumns
*eZepneoisuol sidsepoAy

“STUDI

‘eiqe|s sidsejAdues

‘epliioy euino0}eIa9
“RUNTT[IOvIS PTTEUIND |

*stuJOOISUO] BUIMOOpNesg

"einsoewl sttAjso}da7
“eURWIISUOCT St[A}so}daT
"eJeLIOS SoplojAzseiq |
"epneoryngn} st[Ajseiq
‘eyerjso1 sidsejAdueg |
*ezyeotns sidsejAduiesy
‘suoziu sidsejAdwieg
“snzeuoydis uoone

‘easol sdoidwiepimayy

“aeutudaso

*stivpnoiqio sidseA}ze[d

‘eyejsiso sdoidwejimey

‘eqeordiun sdoidwepmey

‘SNOHLY, OOP-OG

T.'04,

‘peayy ued32ID JO “AANA SAU OS

‘proxy uesseqD JO “AA‘N’AA S2[tur OS
yAqsey ‘oo ‘asnoyysry

yyseiway, JO “M'N’M Satu of

‘pray uesZ9[D JO “AA"N’M Satu Os
‘AlIay 09 ‘esnoyzYysry

x| yySereay, Jo “M*N’M Sellur os

‘peop uesse[D JO “AA"N'M SeTtur OS

"+ -peaH yreYS Jo “MM Soplur FI

“+ ‘purist YStH JO “MA Soptu Ff

"* ‘peaxH AAeYS Jo “M seful z

‘peay yreys jo ‘A Aq ‘N sSaptu F

x |‘peax ues3e[9 Jo “MF “AA'N SOT #9
“oAPJ “OO

x| ‘peaH TOV JO “MAN'AA Sortur 22

+ ‘peaey yreyS Jo “MA saya Ff
‘peeH

ueSsaq Jo ‘SE“M‘S'M SeTtul 06

‘pray 4seYS Jo "M'S'M STU ¥

‘pea yeYys Jo “AAS SeTtuT +

‘pea yreYS JO “M'S'M Set F

‘pray leYS Jo “MSM Serur FE

‘peaH 7IeYS Jo “MSM Satur FE

** ‘pray yeYyS JO “M‘N Seyi FS

‘peax{ 9UATS JO “AA‘N'N Se]! OF
‘oARJ ‘09 ‘pur[s] e7e[D

Jo *N 4q ‘M Sofia vI-£I ynoqy

‘pue[s] YstH JO “M‘N’M Seyi FE

‘peaH eudls JO “AA'N'N SOT!U §8

‘peayx] oudTS JO “AA'N'N STI $3

|

*pajze}s astMzayj}O sseyun
*<emyer) ‘0D Jo yseod 94} JO

*AQI[LIO'T

‘SCUOOAY LSVOL) LST A\

TAV.L

“posn seat

9UMOZ YOryYA ye yWdoq
“suIOg;L} Ul Ydoq

"Lor ws
“tr ‘ws

“re Ws

“¢ ws
IV" La
*‘plzi “J
*vg6 “Fs
‘2£8 ——
‘Qhi “T
‘IXX9

*XXO
‘oT

“XIXXT ‘LS

“SILIAXXX
“QIIIAXXX
“‘PITTAXXX
“IIXXX
“PIXXX
“IXXX

‘+ *eoTuOWW

pe ‘eoTuoyy
“ *eoruo yy
=f ‘eoluoy
o ‘eoluoyy

"JOQGWINN UworVeyS

*ur'd S1°€-of°z

“urd o*1-0F°Z1

“me 0°6 *3qe

_—

“me $1°6-SS"g
‘uid StI-orr
‘urd o*1I-0'O!!
‘uid o°01-0°6
‘ud of°6-0°6

‘urd ‘o'f-o7's

"me o°6 *yqQe
‘urd o*o01-0f°6

"urd $z*6-0f"g

“urd oz*OI-o1"o1!
“urd oz‘o1r-o1"or

*d oz -O1-o1'01!

‘urd o£°6 "3qQe |

“urd O-g *3qe
“urd o'g “3qe

—
—
=
“™

to/S/6
£0/g/£1

£0/9/Z
£0/£/£1

£0/z/F1
zo/g/St
zo/L/¥

zo/$/6z
zo/S/zx
zo/t/Fz
10/9/tz

10/¢/he
10/2/61

10/9/62
10/¢/ze
10/S/zz
10/$/zt
10/S/g
10/S/g
10/+/oft
00/9/S

00/S/1t
00/$ /6e
00/S/g
00/$/g

“ayUd

T.’04,

11

The following is a list of all the species obtained. The known
distribution of each species is roughly indicated by the letters

which stand after the name.

More precise information, regarding

the distribution of each species, is given in the third part of this
paper.
A.—Species included in Professor G. O. Sars’ “ Crustacea of

Norway.” Vol. 3.

B.=Species already recorded from within the british Area,,
as defined by Norman (Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist., (6) Y.,

p. 345, 1890).

C.=Species recorded off the Atlantic Coast of Europe to the

South of the British Area.

D.=Species recorded from the Mediterranean.

E.=Species recorded from the Atlantic coast of N. America.

List OF SPECIES OF CUMACEA.

. Bodotria scorpioides (Montagu),

¥ pulchella (G. O. Sars),

. Cyclaspis longicaudata, G. O. Sars,
. Cyclaspoides Sarsi, Bonnier,

Iphinoé trispinosa (Goodsir),
a serrata, Norman,

. Vauntompsonia ‘cristata, Spence Bate,
. Bathycume brevirostris (Norman),
. Leucon pallidus, G. O. Sars (2).

. siphonatus, 0. s

. Kudorella truncatula (Spence Bate),

“0 hispida, G. O. Sars,
emarginata (Kroyer),

Eudorellopsis deformis (Kroyer), .
. Cumella pygmaea, G. O. Sars,

5, gracillima, n. sp.,

. Nannastacus unguiculatus (Spence Bate),

brevicaudatus, n. sp.,

Cumellopsis Helgae, n. g. and sp.,
. Platycuma Holti, n.
. Procampylas pis armata, Bonnier,
. Campylaspis glabra, G. ‘0. Sars,

g. and sp.,

3 nitens, Bonnier

- verrucosa, G. O. Sars,
i suleata, G. O. Sars,

ug rostrata, n. sp.,

. Pseudocuma longicornis, Spence Bate, .

H! similis, G. O. Sars,

. Ceratocuma horrida, n.g. and sp.,
. Lamprops fasciata, G. O. Sars,
. Hemilamprops rosea (Norman),

a uniplicata, G. O. Sars,
- ertstata, G. O. Sars,

[ 1 ]

Prep
Wm th

es ee ee

1.’04, 12

List oF SPECIES oF CUMACEA—continued.

34. Platyaspis typica, G. O. Sars, : . A. D.
35. Ee orbicularis, n. sp., : 3 ._-_c-
36. Diastylis cornuta, Boeck, A.B.

37. Be Josephinae, CG: O. Sars, : B.C.

38. ai echinata, Spence Bate, . , > AB:

39. insignis , G. O. Sars: BA

40. ad rugosa, G. O. Sars, A. B.C. D
41. . rostrata (Goodsir), A. B.

42. * spinosa, Norman, B.

43. tubulicauda n. sp., ; ’ : ——
44, Diastyloides serrata, G. O. Sars, . , AB
45, Pp biplicata, Ge Sars, : eae: a

46. Diastylopsis sp., . : oo
47. Leptostylis longimana, G. 0. Sars, wits E.
48. > macrura, G. O. Sars, : as D.

The Cumacea have been but little collected except in Northern
seas. The results of the “Caudan” Expedition in the Bay of
Biscay and of the “ Puritan ” near Naples, as well as the unexpected
harvest of novelties which the present collection yields from a
region which we have been accustomed to consider well explored,
show that we are still very far from being in a position to discuss
profitably the geographical distribution ‘of the group even as
regards the European seas. The list just given shows that of
the 89 already known species which it includes, 26 extend to
Norway (though some of our commonest species, such as aie
tria scorpioides and [phinoé trispinosa, become very rare), and
only 19 to the Mediterranean, while 13 are common to both.
But of the Mediterranean species eight are deep-water forms,
only receritly found in the Mediterranean by the “ Puritan”
Expedition. When the Mediterranean is explored for Cumacea
as thoroughly as the Norwegian seas have been by Prof. Sars, the
numbers will, no doubt, come out very differently.

It is not to be supposed that the present collection, large as it
is, by any means exhausts’ the Cumacean fauna of the west of
Ireland. As regards the deep-water species, many occurred only
in a single fortunate haul of the nets, while even among the
shallow-water forms, it is likely that peculiarities of habit or of
habitat have led to some being missed. Thus, for example,
Cumopsis Goodsira (van Beneden) is not represented, although
it’ is probably distributed all round our coasts, and in many
places is one of the very commonest species. Prof. Sars, how-
ever, has already remarked that this is a strictly littoral species,
and confined to sandy bays. I have taken it in abundance by
washing the sand between tide-marks at St. Andrews and else-
where on the east coast of Scotland, and I suspect that the same
method would reveal its presence in favourable localities in the
west of Lreland also.

[-(A82)]

gree As CE,

'—" et) ape yee ete 2

1.’04, 13

i1l.—SyYSTEMATIC NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF New SpEcIES
AND GENERA.

Except where it is necessary to discuss the synonymy, I have
given a reference only to the most important description of each
species.

Under the heading “ Distribution” I have included some un-
published records from the collection of the Rev. Canon A. M.
Norman (these records are distinguished by the abbreviation
“Mus. Nor.”), and from collections of Cumacea sent to me for ex-
amination by the Paris Museum, and by the Naples Zoological
Station. The length of the body is in every case ineasured in
the middle line, including the telson (when distinct), but not the
uropods.

Famity BODOTRIIDAE.

Bodotria scorpioides (Montagu).

Cancer scorproides, Montagu, Trans. Linn. Soc., London, vii., p.
70, pl. vi, fig. 5. 1804.

Cuma scorpioides, Spence Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2)
Xvi, p. 456, pl. xiv., fig ii.; Norman, Rep. Brit. Ass.,
1868 (1869), Reports, p. 273; Walker, Proc. Liverpool
Biol. Soe. iv., p. 246, 1890; G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway,
i, p. 106,1900 [non C. scorpioides G. O. Sars, t.c.
p. 10, pls. i.--111., 1899].

Cuma Audouinii, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. nat., xiii, pp.
292-295, pl. xiu. B, figs. 1-7, 1828; H. Goodsir, Edin-
burgh New Philos. Jour. xxxiy., p. 125, pl. ii, figs.
14-16, pl. iv., fig. 12, 1843, reprinted in Bell, Brit.
Stalk-eyed Crust., p. 328, and fig. on p. 326 (not fig.
on p. 328), 1853.

Cuma Edwards, H. Goodsir, Edinburgh New Philos. Jour.,
Xxxiv., p. 123. pl. iL, figs. 1-13 and 18, pl. iv., fig. 11,
reprinted in Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust., p. 326, and
fig. on p. 328 (not fig. on p. 326), 1858; G. O. Sars,
Arch. Math. Naturvid. iii., p. 470, pls. i-iii., 1878 ; id.
Forh. Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania, 1882 (1883), p. 52 ;
Hoek, Tijdschr. Nederland. Dierkundige Vereen. (2) ii.,
p. 170, pl. vii, fig. 1, 1889 ; G. O. Sars, Crust. N orway,
lii., p. 12, pl. it, 1899.

[Non Cuma Edwardsir, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr. iii, p. 504,
pl. v., fig. 1-16, 1841 ; non Cuma Edwardsii, Spence Bate,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) xvii, p. 457, pl. xiv., fig. iv
1856].

<b |

As the nomenclature of the British species of Bodotria is
involved in some confusion I have attempted to give the full
synonymy of this species, All British writers, following Spence
Bate, have applied Montagu’s name to the species of which
Goodsir was the first to give an adequate account under the
name Cuma Kdwardsii. Unfortunately Prof. G. O. Sars has

[ 13 |

1.’ 04, 14

given Montagu’s name to the closely allied species which Goodsir
called Bodotria arenosa. On the Norwegian coast, according
to Prof. Sars, the latter form is much the commoner of the two. In
British waters, conversely, the former greatly predominates,
being one of the commonest Cumacea all round our coasts. So
far as Iam aware, B. arenosa has only been recorded, in this
country, from the Firth of Forth (Goodsir), the Clyde (Robert-
son Mus. Nor.), off Fair Isle (T. Scott), and off the north-east
coast of England (Brady).

Montagu’s figure and description would apply equally well to
either of these two species, and if the name which he gave is to be
retained it must be for that species which is known to occur on the
south coast of England.

Occurrence.—This species occurred in twenty-five gatherings,
in shallow water, most cominonly in those from Bofin harbour,
though never in very large numbers.

Distribution.—Norway, north to Skudesnaes, north of
Stavanger (Sars) ; British coasts, north to Shetland (Norman) ;
Heligoland (Ehrenbaum); Holland (Hoek); France (8. Milne-
Edwards, Bonnier); Mediterranean, Hyeéres (Walker), Syracuse,
Naples, Spezia (Sars). In shallow water.

Bodotria pulchella (G. O. Sars).

Cuma pulchella, G. O. Sars, Arch, Math. Naturvid. 11, p. 484,
pl. vi., 1878 ; op. cit. iv., p. 124, pl. lx., 1879.

Occurrence.—A few specimens in four harbour gatherings.

Distribution.—Aberdeen, Clyde, Forth (T. Scott), Irish Sea
(Walker), Sunderland (Mus. Nor.); Heligoland (EKhrenbaum) ;
Bay of Biscay (Sars), N. and W. coasts of France-(Mus. Paris) ;
Cannes (Walker), Naples (Sars). In shallow water.

Cyclaspis longicaudata (G. O. Sars).

Cyclaspis longicaudata, G. O. Sars, Forh. Vidensk. Selsk. Chris-
tiania, 1864 (1865), p. 207; Bonnier, Ann. Uniy. Lyon
xxvi., Campagne du “ Caudan,” p. 534, pl. xxviii, fig. 2,
1896; G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, iL, p. 16, pls. vil.

and viii, 1899.
Bonnier’s figure of the carapace viewed from above (Lc., pl.

xxvill., fig. 2 b.), shows the pseudorostrum much more truncate
than in Sars’ figure. I believe, however, that this is due to the

carapace having been drawn as seen obliquely from the front. —

Our specimens agree very closely with Sars’ account.

Oceurrence.—In three gatherings from 199 to 382 fathoms.

Distribution.—Norway N. to Lofoten Is. (Sars); N. Atlantic
(Norman); Bay of Biscay (Bonnier) ; Mediterranean (Lo
Bianco). A deep-water species ranging from 120 metres
(Lo Bianco) to 1,450 fath. (Norman).

[ 14]

Jere Re et

hk
A

~~ 4) ip ae

104, 15

Cyclaspoides Sarsi (Bonnier).

Cyclaspoides Sarsi, Bonnier, Ann. Univ. Lyon, xxvi., Campagne
du “ Caudan,” p. 530, pl. xxviii. fig. 1, 1896.

This species has hitherto been known only by two immature
specimens obtained by the “Caudan” at a depth of 950 metres
in the Bay of Biscay. The most remarkable feature of the
species is indicated by M. Bonnier in the words “La carapace

_ Ss’ étend jusqu’au troisieme segment thoracique et ne
laisse libre que les deux derniers.” His figures, however, show a
very distinct suture line separating the carapace from the second
leg-bearing somite. In the present specimen, a female with fully
developed but empty brood-pouch, this suture is only faintly
visible near the lower edge of the carapace. Dorsally, there is no
trace of it, nor can any suture be discerned between the second
somite and the third, of which only the pleural plates are distinct
laterally.

This coalescence of the first three leg-bearing somites with the
carapace is a feature not occurring elsewhere among the Cumacea,
and must be regarded as the most importint character distin-
guishing the genus Cyclaspoides, which, as I have elsewhere
shown,* is at present restricted to this species.

In all the other characters which can be examined without
dissection our specimen agrees very well with Bonnier’s figures
and description.

Occurrence.—One specimen from 382 fathoms.
Distribution.—Bay of Biscay, 950 metres (Bonnier).

Iphinoé trispinosa (Goodsir)

Iphinoé trispvnosau, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, ili., p. 14, pls.
v. and vi., 1899.

The specimens recorded under this name agree with Sars’ des-
eription and figures quoted above, except in some small details,
such as the fact that the abdomen in most cases is not longer
than the cephaiothoracic region. In all the British specimens
which I have dissected the basis of the first pair of legs is
distinctly longer than the remaining segments of the leg together.
This appears to be the most tangible difference separating the
northern form from that which Sars describes from the Mediter-
ranean under the name I. gracilis (Arch. Math. Naturvid. iii.,
p- 496, pls. x.-xiv.),and which he later suggests keeping apart
from /. trispinosa as a distinct species under the name J. serrata,
Norman. The true Z. serrata, however, is a quite distinct species
(v. onfra). 1 am still uncertain as to the separation of the British
I. trispimosa from the Mediterranean J. gracilis, Sars (not the
I. gracilis of Spence Bate), and if these are to be united it will
be difficult to retain J. tenella distinct.

* Herdman’s Rep. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries, Pt. ii., p. 161, Royal
Society, 1904.
cee g

1.04, 16

Occurrence.—This is one of the most abundant species in the
collections, occurring in no less than 46 of the gatherings from
shallow water, sometimes in considerable numbers.

Distribution.—Norway (very rare) (Sars), Kattegat (Meinert) ,
British seas, very common, N. to Shetland (Norman); France
(Bonnier). If 1. gracilis, Sars, non Spence Bate, be identical
the range of the species extends to the Mediterranean (Sars,
Walker).

Iphinoe serrata, Norman.

Iphithoé {err. pro Iphinoé] serrata, Norman, Rep. Brit. Ass.,
1866 (1867), Reports, p. 201; Norman, Rep. Brit. Ass.,
1868 (1869), Reports, p. 272. Non IJphinoé serratu Sars,
Arch. Math. Naturvid. iii, pls. x-xiv. (Z. gracilis in text)
1878.

Canon Norman has pointed out to me that this species is not, as
Sars supposed, identical with the form described by the latter from
the Mediterranean under the name Jphinoe gracilis, Sp. Bate. Two
of the characters given inCanon Norman’s original description still
suffice to distinguish the species from all the neighbouring forms
viz., “ Cephalothorax [carapace]. . . twice and a half as long
as deep,” and “First pereiopods having both margins of basal
joint denticulated.” As regards the latter point, the denticula-
tions on the inner edge of the basis are rather slight, but those
on the outer edge are very strong. I ‘hope to re-describe the
type-specimens of this species elsewhere.

Occurrence—A single female specimen with rudimentary
oostegites, in 17-20 fathoms off Dunany Point, Co. Louth.

Distribution.—Sleat Sound, Skye, Shetland (Norman),
Rothesay, S. W. Ireland, Naples (Mus. Nor.).

Famity VAUNITOMPSONIIDAE.

Genus Vauntompsonia.*

Vauntompsonia, Spence Bate, J. Royal Dublin Soe. ii, p. 102,
1858; Vaunthompsonia, Spence Bate, Nat. Hist. Review
v., p. 203, 1858; G. O. Sars, Arch. Math. Naturvid. iv. p. 12,
1879; G. O. Sars, Rep. Cumacea Challenger, p. 22, 1886.

In 1879 Professor Sars gave as one of the characters of this

genus “ Pedes 2 di paris. .. 5-articulati,” and figured that appen- .

dage of V. cristata as having only 5 segments apart from the

* | am inclined to think that the spelling of the name ought to stand as
above, not, as is usual, Vaunthompsonia. The latter form is used in Spence
Hate's paper in the Nat. Hist. Keview, which appears to be a reprint of, and
wes probably later than, that in the J. Royal Dublin Soc., in which the aspirate

is omitted. In any case the omission was clearly intended by the author, who
states that in building up the word the Christian name and surname of Mr,
Vaughan Thompson have been “ both spelled according to sound,”

[| 16 |

j

I. ’04, | 17

coxa, which, according to his custom at that time, was omitted
from the enumeration and from the figure. In 1886 he repeated
the statement in a different form—‘second pair . . . with
the ischial joint not defined,” and in his description of V.
meridionalis (Rep. Cumacea Challenger, p. 24) stated that the
second pair of legs were “ composed of but six joints [%.¢., includ-
ing the coxa], the ischial joint not being distinctly defined.” Jt
was somewhat surprising, therefore, to discover that in all the
specimens of V. cristata which I could examine, the full number of
segments was present in this appendage (PI. I., fig. 1), there
being a well-defined ischial segment which is not shown in Sars’
figure. Iam unable to find any grounds for thinking that the
specimens which I have seen, including some from the Mediter-
ranean, belong to a different species from that figured by Sars.
It seems most likely that the individual dissected and figured
by him was abnormal in this character. In V. meridionalis I
find, on examining the type-specimen preserved in this Museum,
that the ischial segment is quite distinctly visible without dissec-
tion, so that its absence must no longer be given as distinctive of
the genus. The remaining species, V. caeca, Bonnier, will be dis-
cussed below under the genus Bathycuma.

Vauntompsonia cristata, Spence Bate.

Plate L., fig. 1.

Vaunthompsonia cristata, G. O. Sars, Arch. Math. Naturvid
iv. p. 18, pls. xxiii.-xxvi., 1879.

Occwrrence.—This species appeared in considerable numbers in
the gatherings from Ballynakill Harbour in June and J uly, 1902,
and afew specimens in a single gathering from the same locality
in May, 1903. All the specimens are adult males except one,
a female with empty brood-pouch, labelled as having been
obtained by the bottom tow-net. Sars has already noted that
the males of this species sometimes appear in swarms at the
surface, especially at night, while the females are only to be
found in the mud at the bottom

Distribution.—Shetland, Clyde, Forth (Robertson, Scott), S.
of Ireland (Spence Bate); W. Coast of France (Mus. Paris);
Mediterranean (Sars). ;

GENUS Bathycuma.

Bathycuma, Hansen, Isopoden, Cumaceen und Stomatopoden der
Plankton Expedition, p. 55, 1895.

Dr. Hansen’s genus Bathycuma is stated to differ from
Vauntompsonia in the absence of an eye, in the form of the basis
of the third maxilliped, which is slender and has the outer angle
produced, and in the elongated shape of the body. The last of
these characters is not very Sear and is, perhaps, not of

17

C

T. 04, 18

creat systematic importance, but in the other two the species dis-
cussed below agrees with Bathycwma. Hansen further states,
however, that his species agrees with Vawntompsonia in the
structure of the second pair of legs, and he figures and describes
these as consisting of six segments (7.e. including the coxa).

I have shown above that in Vawntompsonia the second legs
normally have the full number of segments, and it is just possible
that Hansen has been led into error by Sars’ statement on this
point. In either case the present species seems to resemble the
ty pe-species of Bathycuma more closely than it does that of
Vauntompsonia, and I have accordingly placed it in the former
genus. The chief differences between the known characters of
the two species of Bathyeuma may be summarised as follows :—

Carapace nearly twice as long as deep, upper margin of pseudo-
rostrum sloping downwards, continuing the curve of the dorsal
keel, the serrations of which run to its tip. Basis of third
maxillipeds without teeth. Second pair of legs with ischium
suppressed [?]. Peduncle of uropods longer by one-third than
the equal rami, which are stout. First segment of endopod little
longer than the second and nearly twice as broad. B

. elongata.

Carapace one and two-thirds as long as deep, upper margin of
pseudorostrum horizontal, without serrations. Basis of third
maxillipeds with a row of strong teeth on its lower surface.
Second pair of legs with ischium distinct. Peduncle of uropods
sub-equal to the endopod and shorter than the exopod. The rami
slender, first segment of endopod more than one anda half times

as long as the second and very little broader. B Bremoamee

Bathycuma brevirostris (Norman).

Leucon brevirostris, Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) ii1.,
p. 71, 1879.

Vaunthompsonia caeca, Bonnier, Ann, Univ. Lyon, xxvi.,
Campagne du “ Caudan,” p. 536, pl. xxviil., fig. 3, 1896.

Norman’s description of the dorsal crest of his Leucon
brevirostris as haying “the teeth not regularly arranged as usual
in single file, but in an irregular double alternating line,” sug-
gests at once a comparison with the genus Vauntompsonia, and
an examination of specimens in the present collection led to the
suspicion that Norman’s species might be the same as that des-

cribed by Bonnier as V.caeca. By the kindness of Canon Norman .

| have been able to examine carefully the type of his species, and
the result has been to establish its identity, in all characters
visible without dissection, with Bonnier’s species. The largest
specimen inthis collection, an immature female, measures 5:6
min. in length. Canon Norman gives 10 mm. as the length of
his specimen, but this must have included the uropods, for I find
that the body of the specimen, which is now broken in two,
measures only about 8mm. Bonnier gives 10 mm. as the length

[ 18 |

III Le PORE EA 8 pt pla al Os ole RD ace Gi ame Nae lige A me

ww

I. 04, 19

of an immature male. The first legs were broken both in
Norman’s and in Bonnier’s specimens. In a female in the present
collection they are complete, and are about one and two-thirds
the length of the carapace, much more slender than in V. cristata,
with the carpus and dactylus subequal and the propodus half as
long again. The basis is armed with strong spines as described
by Bonnier.

In the female sex, owing to the shape of the basis of the third
maxilliped, the species is hardly tc be distinguished, without dis-
section, from the genus to which Norman referred it. In the
male sex, however, the presence of a full series of pleopods suffices
to place it among the Vasotioncnacmaiiaa

- Ocewrrence.—Five specimens from 382 fathoms.

Distribution.—s. of Rockall, 109 fathoms (Norman) ; Bay of
Biscay, 350—1,710 metres (Bonnier) ; Mediterranean, 950—1,100
metres (Lo Bianco.)

Famity LEUCONIDAE.

Leucon pallidus, G. O. Sars (?)

Lewcon pallidus, G. O. Sars, Forh. Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania
1864 (1865), p. 182; id., Kgl. Svenska Vet. Akad. Hand}. xi.
No. 6, p. 8, pl. ii, fig. 10, 1873 ; id., Crust. Norway, iii., p. 33,
pl. xxv. |
The specimens which I record under this name differ from
Sars’ account of the species in possessing on either side of the
cephalic lobe, just above the end of the lateral fissure, a small,
inconspicuous denticle, sometimes two. The terminal spine of
the endopod of the uropods is distinct from the segment which
carries it. All the specimens are immature, and more or less
damaged.

Occurrence.—Four specimens from 382 fathoms.

Distribution.—Spitzbergen, 1,400 fathoms; Norway, 60-400
fathoms (Sars).

Leucon siphonatus, vn. sp.
Plate LI, figs. 2-4.

Young Female. Total leneth, 3°85 mm.

The carapace is somewhat compressed, a little less than one-
third of the total length, and less than twice as long as deep.
The dorsal edge is slightly arched and has a single tooth near
the tip of the cephalic lobe. The pseudorostrum (PI. I, fig. 3) is
prominent, slightly upturned, the lateral plates meeting in front of
the cephalic lobe tor about one-fourth of the total length of the
carapace. Tlie dorsal edge of the pseudorostrum bears several
teeth near the base, the tip is rounded, and obscurely serrated, and
there are two stout spiniform teeth on the lower margin. From

1 me
c2

I. 04, 20

the end of the pseudorostrum the branchial siphon projects for a
distance equal to the length of the carapace. It is surrounded
by a number of stiff setae, springing from the margin cf the
pseudorostrum. On the dorsal side these setae are only a little
shorter than the siphon, but they diminish rapidly in length
towards the ventral side. The antennal notch is rather narrow.
Above it the antero-lateral margin bears three teeth. The antero-
lateral angle is truncate, and bears inferiorly a sharp tooth,
followed on the lower margin by several serrations, diminishing

posteriorly. On the side of the carapace, near the antero-lateral

margin, is a group of small denticles.
The abdomen is moderately stout, and little longer than the
cephalothorax.

The antennules (PI. [., fig. 3) have the last segment of the ped-
uncle a little shorter and more slender than the preceding, and
about equal in length to the outer flagellum. The latter has three
segments, the proximal forming about half its length, while the
terminal one is very small. The inner flagellum is unsegmented,
and equal in length to the first segment of the outer one. The
antenna has a long and slender process projecting from the
antennal notch and tipped with sensory setae. The mandible (as
seen through the carapace without dissection) has the character-
istic Leuconid outline.

The first legs are more than one and a half times the length
of the carapace and moderately stout. The dactylus is about one-
third the length of the propodus, and the latter is equal in length
to the carpus.

The uropods (PI. I., fig. 4) are about equal in length to the last
two somites together. The peduncle is slightly expanded distally,
and bears a few setae on the inner margin. The rami are sub-equal,
and longer by about one-fourth than the peduncle. The endopod
has the proximal segment nearly three times as long as the distal,
with five spines on its inner edge. The distal segment has two
spines internally, and a long slender apical spine. ‘The exopod
has setae on outer and inner edges, and a group of five at the
tip.

This new form differs from all the species of the genus except
L. tenuirostris, Sars (Challenger Rep. Cumacea, p. 38, pl. V., figs.
1-4, 1886), in the relatively large size of the inner flagellum of the
antennule, and in the serrated antero-lateral margin of the cara-
pace and narrow antennal notch. From L. tenwirostris it is dis-
tinguished by the much shorter pseudorostrum. Further, it is dis-
tinguished from all the known species of the genus by the great

development of the branchial siphon, and the long stiff setae -

which accompany it.
Oceurrence.—A single specimen from 382 fathoms.

Distribution.—I have observed a number of specimens which
apparently belong to this species in a collection of Cumacea from
deep water near Capri, sent to me for examination by the Naples
Zoological Station.

[ 20 ]

a ee ee eee ee

1. 04, 21

Eudorella truncatula (Spence Bate).

Eudorella truncatula, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, ili., p. 37,
pl. xxix., 1900.

Occurrence.—In small numbers at eight stations, all in shallow
water except one, “50 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan,’ where a solitary
specimen occurred, at a depth of 120 fathoms, in company with
such characteristic deep-water forms as Procampylaspis armata,
Diastylis cornuta, &e. Only in.one gathering, from Ballynakill
Harbour (14-1-02, L, 13 B,), did the species occur in any numbers.

Distribution.—Norway, becoming rare in the north (Sars), to
East Finmark (Norman), Kattegat (Meinert); Heligoland
(Ehrenbaum) ; British Seas to Shetland (Norman), Valentia (Mus.
Nor.); Naples, Spezia (Sars) ; “ Porcupine” Exp., 55° 11' N., 11°
31' W., 1,443 fathoms. With the exception of the last, all the
records refer to shallow water.

Eudorella hispida, G. O. Sars.

Eudorella hispida, G. O. Sars, Kgl. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl.
ix., No. 13, p. 49, pl. xviii, fig. 95-97, 1871.

A young male 5 mm. long and two still smaller specimens are
referred, though with some hesitation, to this species, chiefly
because the antero-lateral tooth of the carapace is much produced
and straight. The antepenultimate segment of the second leg is
1; times the length of the preceding segment in the male
specimen. ‘The species has only been recorded hitherto off the
New England coast.

Qcewrrence.— At two stations, in 320 and 200 fathoms.
Distribution.—39° 54° N., 73° 15’ W., 30-35 fath. (Sars).

Eudorella emarginata (Kréyer).

Leucon emarginatus, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. (ns.) ii., p. 181,
pl. i, fig. 7, pl. 11, figs, 3a—h, 1846,

ELudorella emarginata, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway iii. p. 36, pls.
XXVil, and xxviii., 1900.

This well-defined species appears to be an Arctic and Boreal
type, and its absence from the gatherings made on the west coast
is noteworthy.

Occurrvence—Two young female specimens, from 30-32
fathoms, off Clogher Head.

Distribution.—N orway (common), N. to Vadsé (Sars); Hebrides
(Norman), Clyde (Scott), off Northumberland (Bracly) ; Heligoland
(Ehrenbaum) ; Arctic Seas, from Greenland (Hansen), to the
Yenisei (Stuxberg), Gulf of St. Lawrence, Halifax (Smith).
Shallow water, to 410 fath.

one

T. 04, 29

Eudorellopsis deformis (Kroyer).

Eudorellopsis deformis, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, iii, p. 40, pls
xxxi. and xxxii., 1900. ,
Like the last, this species is a typically northern form, and
has not been found on the west coast.

Oceurrence—Two small specimens, Carnlough Bay, Co.
Antrim, 3-5 fathoms.

Distribution.—Greenland (Kréyer, Hansen), Iceland, Norway
(rare) (Sars), Kattegat (Meinert); Fair Isle, Aberdeen, Forth,
Clyde (Scott), Northumberland (Brady); Heligoland (Ehrenbaum).
N.E. America (Sars). Shallow water, to 30 fath.

Famity NANNASTACIDAE.

As originally defined by Sars, the families Cwmellidae
(—Nannastucidae of Spence Bate), including the genera Cumella
and Nannastacus, and Campylaspidae, consisting of the single
genus Cumpylasptis, were sharply distinguished from each other
by the structure of the mouth-parts, which in the last-named
genus are strikingly different from those of other Oumacea.
Bonnier in 1896 described a new genus, Procampylaspis, which
he referred to the Campylaspidae, but which, in some characters,
notably in having the first maxilliped and the maxilla of normal
structure, approaches the Nannastacidae. Sars (Crust. Norway
ili., p. 83) seems inclined to refer Bonnier’s genus to the latter
family; and Stebbing (Willey’s Zool. Results, Pt. v., p. 611) suggests
that it may be found necessary to establish a separate family for
Procanpylaspis, because of the peculiarities of structure pre-
sented by the maxillipeds. The two new genera described below
complicate the problem still further, by having mouth-parts of a
type more “normal” and generalized than in any of the genera
above named. They cannot be placed in either of the existing
families without doing violence to the accepted definitions, and,
if Mr. Stebbing’s suggestion of a separate family for Procampy-
laspis were adopted, a fourth family would have to be established
for them. For the present it seems better to admit that the old
distinction between Nannastacidae and Campylaspidae has
broken down, and to treat all these genera as forming a single
group under Spence Bate’s name Nannastacidae, sharply if not
very profoundly separated from all other Cumacea by uniting
the characters of an unjointed endopod of the uropods, no telson,
no pleopods in the male, and having natatory exopods on two
pairs of legs in the female, and four in the male.

A synopsis of the more important differential characters of
the genera may be provisionally attempted, as follows :—
A.—Molar process of mandible styliform, pointed.
(4) Maxilla and first maxilliped of normal structure,
second maxilliped straight, with greatly developed
claws on terminal segment.

[ 2. 3

Procampylaspis.

4
j
5
,
)
)
q
i

[.’04, 23

(b) Maxilla reduced to a simple plate without movable
endites, first maxilliped also reduced, with only
three distinct segments, the terminal one very
minute. Second maxilliped with propodus inflated
and obliquely articulated with preceding segment.

Campylaspis.

B, —Molar process of mandible stout and truncate.
(v) Second maxilliped with distinct ischium, carapace
more or less overhanging the anterior thoracic

somites.
(a) Carapace much depressed and expanded
laterally. Platycuma.
(3) Carapace sub-ovoid. Cwmellopsis.

(6) Second maxilliped without distinct ischium, carapace
not overhanging the anterior thoracic somites.

(a) Kye single, or absent. Cumella.
(8) Eyes paired. Nannastacus.

Cumella pygmaea, G. O. Sars.

C. pygmaea, G. O. Sars, Arch. Math. Naturvid. iv., p. 94, pls.
l--lii; id., Crust. Norway iii, p. 81, pl. lv.
Occurrence.—This is one of the most common species in the
collection, occurring in forty-four of the gatherings, sometimes
in considerable numbers, at the surface and down to sixty-seven
fathoms. In the great majority of cases only males are present,
but one or two females occur in bottom gatherings.

Distribution.—Norway, north to Lofoten (Sars); Shetland
(Norman), Moray Firth, Aberdeen, Clyde (Scott), Sunderland
(Brady), Plymouth, Jersey, Valentia, Westport (Mus. Nor.) ;
Heligoland (Ehrenbaum); Mediterranean (Sars, Walker).
Shallow water.

Cumella gracillima, n. sp.
Plate L., figs. 5-14.

Female, sub-adult, with developing oostegites. Total length
2°75 mm.

Carapace (PI. I, fig. 5) a little more than one-quarter of
total length, moderately compressed, keeled on the dorsal surface
and armed with about four long spiniform teeth. The vertical
height is about three-quarters of its length. The pseudorostrum
is bent upwards nearly at right angles with the long axis of the
body. It is very obliquely truncate, and is produced distally into
a spiniform process on the upper or posterior side. There is no
eye, and the ocular lobe is represented by a narrow process which
runs up between the lateral plates almost or quite to the tip of

[ 23 ]

I. ‘04, 24

the pseudorostrum. Owing to the position of the parts it is
difficult to see whether this process is exposed on the surface or is
covered in by the lateral plates. The two branchial siphons
are separate from each other and are very long. Each is formed
of a transparent structureless membrane rolled up into a spiral
tube and capable of elongation and contraction by the telescop-
ing of the coils one into the other. Inthe specimens examined,
the siphons, though apparently not fully expanded, project from
the opening of the pseudorostrum for a distance nearly equal to
the length of the carapace. ‘The antero-lateral margin is vertical
and the antennal notch is hardly indicated. The antero-lateral
corner is armed with a long curved compressed spine, followed
by a series of about nine similar spines diminishing in length
posteriorly and occupying the anterior third of the strongly
convex lower margin. Although of considerable size these spines
are very thin and transparent and easily overlooked.

The free thoracic somites diminish rapidly in height from
before backwards. ‘The pleural plates are small and project very
little at the sides. The first two somites are very short antero-
posteriorly and the fourth has on its dorsal surface a curved
transparent spine, perhaps paired.

The abdomen is very slender. Its length is three-fifths of the
total length of the body, and the fourth somite is three times, the
fifth about five times as long as thick. The last somite is about
two-fifths the length of the preceding. |

The antennules (Pl. I, fig. 7) are very long and slender, nearly
two-thirds of the length of the carapace. The proximal segment
is longer than the other two together, slightly curved, and its
thickness at the middle is only about one-seventh of its length.
The second segment is nearly twice as long as the third, and has
a very small process on its outer margin, not projecting beyond
its distal end. The external flagellum is nearly as long as the
second peduncular segment. It consists of three segments, the
distal one very minute. The’ inner flagellum consists of two
segments.

The antennae (PI. L,, fig. 8) unlike those of the species already
known, are distinctly divided into thiee segments, each bearing
a seta, that on the middle segment being very long.

The mandibles, lower lip, maxillulae, maxillae and first maxilli-
peds agree very closely with Sars’ figures of these appendages in
Cumella pygmaea. The branchiai apparatus (apart from the
siphons already mentioned) was not sufficiently well preserved to
permit examination.

The second maxillipeds have the basis relatively a little longer
than in C. pygmaea.

In the third maxillipeds (PI. I., fig. 9) the basis is more slender
than in C. pygymaea and its distal outer angle is not produced ;
the merus is less produced externaily, and its articulation with
the carpus is less oblique.

The first legs (PI. I., fig. 10) have (he basis slender and unarmed
and less than two-thirds the lengt! of the remaining seginents,
rhe carpus and propodus are subequal and more than twice the
length of the dactylus,

[ 24 }

I. ’04, 25

The second legs (Pl. L., fig. 11) differ from those of C. pygmuea
in their greater slenderness, and the somewhat longer terminal
segment.

The remaining legs are much longer and more slender than
those of C. pygmaea and have the carpus much longer, about
three times the length of the propodus in each case. The basis
is longer than the remaining segments in the third pair, equal to
them in the fourth, and two-thirds of their length in the fifth
(Pl. I., fig. 12).

The uropods (Pl. L, fig. 13) are elongated and very slender.
The peduncle is three times the length of the last somite, its
diameter less than one-seventeenth of its length. The rami are
subequal and a little more than half of the length of the peduncle.
The endopod has four spines on its inner edge and a long terminal
spine. The exopod has a very long and slender terminal spine
and a spinule close to its base. There are one or two small setae
on the inner margin of the peduncle and on the rami.

The integument is everywhere very thin and flexible, trans-
parent, and without any very definite texture.

Male. ‘Total length 2-4 mm.

The carapace (PI. I., fig. 6) is one-fourth of the total length, less
compressed than in the female, with the dorsal edge smooth,
without teeth. The rostrum is more oblique than in the female
and less sharply pointed. The teeth of the lower margin are
reduced to four, and are much smaller than in the female.

The branchial siphons were injured in both specimens but
appear to be shorter than in the female. The abdominal somites
are without a lateral groove. The antennal flagella do not ex-
tend beyond the last thoracic somite.

The uropods (Pl. I, fig. 14) are less elongated than in the
female. The peduncle is about two and a half times the length
of the last somite and less than twice the length of the rami.
There are two spines on the distal part of the inner margin.
The endopod has six spines along its inner edge, increasing a
little in length distally, and a long terminal spine.

This species is distinguished from both the known species of
Cumella by the much greater slenderness of the posterior part of
the body and of the limbs, especially the uropods, by the sharply
upturned pseudorostrum, and by the teeth on the lower margin
of the carapace. Further, it renders necessary a modification of
the generic diagnosis, since it possesses a three-segmented an-
tenna in the female, and has the distal angle of the basis of the
third maxillipeds not produced.

Occurrence.— 2 males and 3 females, from 382 and 199
fathoms.
Nannastacus unguiculatus, Spence Bate.
N. wnguiculatus, G. O. Sars, Arch. Math. Naturvid. iv., p. 109,
pls. lv.-lvii.
As Sars has observed, specimens of this species, especially

females, are frequently so encrusted with mud that their examina-
tion is amatter of great difficulty. The females in the present

[ 25 |]

T. 04, 26

collection differ slightly from Sars’ figures in having the pseudo-
rostrum less produced, and, in some eases, the lateral corners less
acute. In one ortwo I am unable to see any trace of the series
of flattened spines usually conspicuous on the side of the carapace,
but whether this is natural or is the result of rough handling
(and perhaps the decalcifying action of the formalin used in pre-
servation) 1 am unable to say. The males have the carapace less
coarsely granulated than is shown by Sars, and there is some
variation in the development of the serrated crests on the
abdomen.

Occurrence.—This is one of the most abundant species, occurring
in 49 gatherings from shallow water. In nearly all cases only
males were got, often in considerable numbers, but one or two
females were present in a few of the gatherings.

Distribution.—22 miles North of Shetland (Scott), Clyde
(Robertson), Irish Sea (Walker), W. of Ireland (Mus. Nor.) ; W.
coast of France (Mus, Paris); Mediterranean (Sars). Possibly
extending to the Red Sea (Diops parvulus, Paulson).

Nannastacus brevicaudatus, n. sp.
Plate L., figs. 15-19,
Female, with oostegites. Total length, 1°8 mm,

In general form resembling V. wnguiculatus but with shorter
and stouter body. Carapace two-fifths of the total length. Pseu-
dorostrum very short, not produced above the level of the eye when
seen from the side. Antero-lateral corner less produced than in
NV. unguiculatus, rounded at the tip, finely serrated below. The
surface of the carapace is everywhere rough, with prominent
granules, but there are no series of flattened spines on the dorsal
and lateral surfaces as in V. unguiculatus. The free thoracic
somites have a few small spines near the lateral margins.

The abdomen is shorter and stouter than in V. wngwiculutus,
and is about three-fourths the length of the cephalothoracic
region. The first three somites are broader than long. In the
last somite the length and breadth are nearly equal, and there is no
median spine on the hind margin.

The eyes, though well-developed, appear colourless in the
specimens examined. Specimens of V. wnguiculatus in the same
gathering have the eye-pigment well preserved, so that its
absence in NV, brevicaudatus is probably a specific character.

The antennules are very similar to those of V. unguiculatus,
but the second and third segments of the peduncle are a little
shorter, the process on the second segment is smaller than in that
species, and there is only one seta on the distal end of the same
segment. The antennae and the mouth parts resemble very
closely those of V. unguiculatus. The basal plate of the second
maxilliped carries six (instead of five) setae.

The first legs agree exactly in the proportions of the segments
with those of V. wnguwiculatus. There appears to be but one
tooth on the outer margin of the ischium and merus respectively,

[ 26 ]

1.’04, 27

and only four teeth on the outer side of the basis. Only two
teeth were observed on the basis of the second leg. In all of these
cases, however, the teeth are exceedingly transparent and difficult
to see, and it is possible that some may have been broken off in
the process of cleaning the appendages from the mud with which
they were encrusted.

In the remaining legs the basis is distinctly longer than in N.
unguiculatus. In the third pair it is equal in length to the dis-
tal segments together, and in the fourth (PI. I, fig. 16) and fifth
pairs it is nearly two-thirds of their length. The claw is shorter
and less curved, and the division between it and the terminal
segment of the limb is obsolete.

he uropods (PI. L., fig. 18) are very short, their total length,
excluding the terminal spine, being about two-thirds the length
of the last two somites together. The peduncle is hardly longer
than it is broad at the distal end, and bears a bunch of fine setae
on its inner margin. The endopod is only half as long again as
the peduncle. Its inner margin is coarsely serrated, the teeth
being directed somewhat towards the dorsal side. The outer
edge is also serrated, especially towards the distal end. The
terminal spine is short and stout, about one-third of the length of
the endopodite. The exopodite is stout, about two-fifths the
length of the endopodite, its basal segment very distinct.

Male.—Total length, 1:95 mm.

The male resembles that of V. unguiculatus very closely in
general form except that the abdomen is much shorter. The
form of the antero-lateral angle is very similar, and though the
surface of the carapace is less coarsely granular than is repre-
sented in Sars’ figures, it agrees in this respect with specimens of
N. unguiculatus from the same gathering. The scattered setae
on the surface are more numerous than. in that species, and the
serrations on the dorsal surface of the abdominal somites are less
distinct.

In the posterior pairs of thoracic legs the basis is relatively
longer than in JN. wnguiculatus, that of the fourth pair (PI. L.,
tig. 17) being but little shorter than the remaining segments
of the limb together.

The uropods (PI. L, fig. 19) are much shorter and stouter than
in V. ungurculatus, being about three-quarters the combined
length of the last two somites. The peduncle is about two-thirds
as broad as long, and a little more than half the length of the
endopod. ‘The latter is strongly serrated on its inner edge, and
bears a serrated crest on the upper surface near the outer edge.
The terminal spine is less than one-third the length .of the
endopod. The exopod is about one-third the length of the
endopod,

No pigment is visible on the body, although specimens of
NV.unguiculatus in the same gathering are darkly pigmented.
The eye pigment is also much less dark, of a reddish-brown
colour, while that of V. waguiculatus is of a purplish black.
Oceurrence.—'I'wo females and one adult male from Ballynakill

Harbour.

1.04, 28

GrNus Cumellopsis, nov.

Resembling Cumpylaspis in general shape, but more slender.
Carapace not so strongly vaulted as in that genus. Antennal
tooth strongly produced. Mandibles with stout truncated molar
process. Mavxillulae not very strong. Maxillae of normal form
with two movable endites. First maxillipeds with basis, merus,
carpus, propodus and dacty!us distinct, and of the usual form.
Branchial apparatus well-developed. Second maxillipeds not
expanded, ischium distinct, propodus articulating with distal end
of carpus, terminal segment of moderate size, with a single apical
spine. Third maxi!lipeds normal.

The species for which this new genus is proposed resembles in
general appearance a somewhat slender Campylaspis, but it
differs widely from that genus in the structure of its mouth-
parts, returning in fact to what Bonnier calls “la désespérante
uniformité des appendices buccaux dans tout le groupe des
Cumacés.”

Hansen’s Campylaspis carinata, concerning which Sars has
expressed the opinion that it probably belongs to the Nanna-
stacidae, may, perhaps, be referred to the new genus defined
above. There is a specimen (the second known) in the Museum
of University College, Dundee, and I am indebted to Professor
D'Arcy W. Thompson, C.B., for permission to examine and partly
dissect it. It possesses a stout, truncated molar process, first
maxillipeds fully developed, and second maxillipeds with dis-
tinct ischium, in all these characters agreeing with the present
genus, while it somewhat resembles the species described below
in the general shape of the carapace. The maxilla was not
examined, but the second and third maxillipeds resemble in
shape rather those of Cumella and Nannastacus, and there is a
large, well-developed eye.

Cumellopsis Helgae, n. sp.
Plate IL., figs. 20-34.

External characters (including uropods) described from Female
with developing oostegites; total length, 5 mm. All otber
appendages from voung Male, 47 mm. total length.

The carapace (PI. IL, figs. 20 and 21) is one-third of the total
length, slightly depressed. Seen from above it is widest
posteriorly, where the width is two-thirds of the length, and
a little greater than the depth. The dorsal outline is not very
strongly arched. The pseudorostrum is upturned and pointed
as seen from the side, squarely truncate from above. There
is no eye, and the ocular lobe is very small, the lateral plates
of the pseudorostrum meeting in front of it for a distance
equal to about one-eighth the length of the carapace. The an-
tennal notch is widely open and angular, defined by a prominent
acute tooth, which has one or two serrations on its lower margin
and reaches as far forward as the tip of the pseudorostrum. ‘There
is @ slight median keel posteriorly on the dorsal surface of the

[ 28 |

de Cad. ne

_

I. 04, 29

carapace and a transverse elevation on the cephalic lobe. On
each side of the carapace is a broad shallow longitudinal depres-
yion bounded above and below by low rounded ridges of which
the upper is continued on to the pseudorostrum while the lower
ends anteriorly in the antennal tooth. Posteriorly the depression
is not defined, but dies out towards the posterior margin of the
carapace. The first two thoracic somites are very short and are
not produced dorsally.

The abdomen is moderately stout, cylindrical, a little longer
than the cephalothoracie region, the penultimate somite nearly
three times as long as broad and about twice as long as the last
somite.

The antennules (PI. LI., fig. 22) have the proximal segment of
the peduncle shorter than the other two together, the outer
flagellum of three segments, and the very short inner flagellum of
two distinct segments.

The anterior lip (Pl. I1., fig. 22) is not prominent.

Mandibles (PI. I1., fig. 23) of normal type, molar process well
developed, incisor process not enlarged, about six spines present.

Lower lip (Pl. IL., fir. 24) with incurved tips to the lobes, each
armed with three serrated laminar spines.

Maxillulae (Pl. IIL, fig. 25) with anterior lobe not specially
broad, palp carrying two setae. Maxillae (Pl. II., fig. 26) ot
normal structure.

First maxillipeds (PI. [1., fig. 27) fully developed. Basis not
much shorter than the remaining segments together, its distal
process well developed. On the posterior surface of the segment
there is a strong angular elevation near the distal end. Ischium
not distinct. Branchial apparatus well developed, with 10
branchial lobules in the (mmature) specimen dissected. Anterior
division rather broad.

Second maxillipeds (Pl. IL, fig. 28) with basis not expanded,
equal in length to the remaining segments. Ischium distinct,
carpus and propodus not modified as in Campylaspis. Dactylus
bearing a single stout terminal spine.

Third maxillipeds (PI. IL, fig. 29) with the basis one and a half
times the length of the remaining segments. Merus not greatly
expanded, not longer than the carpus.

First legs (Pl. IL, fig. 30) about as long as the carapace.
Basis a little shorter than the remaining segments together.
The merus has a stout tooth on its outer edge. The propodus
is a little shorter than the carpus, and nearly twice as long as
the dactylus. The terminal claw is long and slender,

The second legs (Pl. II., fig. 31) have the basis about equal to
the succeeding segments. The terminal segment is little more
than twice the length of the preceding segment, with one pair of
lateral and a group of terminal setae.

In the third legs the basis is equal to the remaining segments ;
in the fourth (PI. IL, fig. 32) it isa little less, and in the fifth
(Pl. IL, fig. 33) it is little more than half that length. The carpus
is rather long in all these legs, that of the last pair being twice
the length of the merus.

[ 29 ]

I. °04, 30 sont

The uropods are considerably longer than the last two somites
together. The peduncle is slender and nearly twice the length
of the endopod, which has four spines on the inner edge and a
stout terminal spine. The exopod is three-fourths the length .of
the endopod.

Oceurrence.—One female and two young males from 382
fathoms.

Genus Platycuma, nov.

Carapace depressed, expanded and thinned away to a sharp
edge on each side, produced backwards in the middle line and
overhanging the anterior thoracic somites. Mouth-parts closely
resembling those of Cumellopsis. Male without lateral grooves
on abdomen, flagellum of antenna not reaching beyond cephalo-
thoracic region, thickened towards the base, the segments short.

The species dealt with below agrees closely with Cumellopsis
in the details of its appendages, and especially of its mouth-parts.
The specimens are adult males, while Cwmellopsis is founded
upon females and immature males. Nevertheless, I venture to
regard the species as representing a distinct genus mainly on
account of the very peculiar form of its carapace. Its internal
structure is very anomalous as regards the disposition of the ali-
mentary canal.

Platycuma Holti, n. sp.
Pl. ILL, figs. 39-56.

Male. Total length, 41 mm.

Carapace (Pl. IIT., figs 89 and 40) a little less than one-half of
the total length, very broad and depressed. Its greatest. depth
in the middle line is less than one-half of its length, and it thins
away rapidly on either side to the sharp-edged lateral wings.
Seen from above it is roughly quadrangular in outline, the lateral
margins being nearly parallel, and the width about seven-eighths
of the length. ‘The lateral margins are slightly convex, but with
a slight concavity just behind the rectangular antero-lateral
corners. The anterior margin is convex on either side with a
deep concavity in the middle, within which is the squarely trun-
cate pseudorostrum, not reaching as far forward as the antero-
lateral angles. The hinder margin from above appears trilobed,
the lateral wings projecting backwards as rounded lobes, while
in the middle line the carapace is produced backwards as a
prominent lobe overhanging the anterior thoracic somites,
There is no ocular lobe, nor any trace of visual organ. The
lateral plates meet in front of the cephalic lobe for a distance
equal to one-eighth of the length of the carapace. Seen from the
side, the dorsal surface is very slightly arched, and the short
pseudorostrum slightly upturned.

coo”)

1.04, 31

The integument is very transparent, showing in parts a faintly
marked vermiculated texture like that figured by Bonnier in
Procampylaspis armata. A few minute setae are scattered
over the surface of the carapace.

Five thoracic somites are distinct (PI. ITI., fig. 41), but the first
two are completely, and the third partially, concealed by the
backward prolongation of the carapace. All except the first have
the pleural plates expanded laterally, each bearing two or three
longish setae. The last two somites have a double dorsal crest
similar to that of the abdominal somites.

The abdomen is less than one-half the total length, the somites
sub-cylindrical, the penultimate not greatly longer than the
preceding. There is no lateral groove, but each somite except
the last bears a pair of dorsal crests, very thin and transparent,
with irregularly serrate margins. The last somite is short and
somewhat expanded and depressed.

The antennules (Pl. III, fig. 42) are rather large. The first
segment of the peduncle is equal to the second and third together.
The outer flagellum is shorter than the last segment of the
peduncle, and consists of three segments. The inner flagellum is
minute, and consists of two segments, of which the proximal is
very small.

The antennae (PI. III. fig. 43) are remarkable for the shortness
of the flagellum, which does not extend beyond the penultimate
thoracic somite in the natural position, and for the unusual length
and abundance of the sensory hairs. The last segment of the
peduncle is but little longer than the preceding, and about two-
and-a-half times as long as broad. The sensory hairs which
clothe the anterior surface of these two segments are very
numerous and of great length. The flagellum is very thick at
the base, and its segments bear very numerous and long sensory
hairs.

The upper lip was not dissected out, but so far as could be
seen it is not produced in front,

Mandibles (Pl. IIL, fig. 44) quite normal in type, with well.
formed molar tubercle, about nine spines behind the cutting edge,
and a lacinia mobilis on the left side.

Lower lip (Pl. IIL, fig. 45) with the tips incurved and each
armed with a group of flattened serrated spines.

Maxillula (PI. III. fig. 46) with the lobes less strong than in
Campylaspis. Palp longer than the distance from its base to
the tip of the distal lobe, carrying a single terminal seta.

Maxilla (PI. III, fig. 47) with all the parts typically developed|
and with the setae of the distal margins more numerous than in
Procampylaspis.

The first maxilliped (Pl. III, figs. 48 and 49) is also fully
developed. The basis is little more than half the length of the
remaining segments. Its distal process is concealed beneath the
succeeding segments when viewed from below. There are four
segments beyond the basis, the ischium being suppressed. The
terminal segment is not expanded. |

[. 31 ]

I. ’04, 32

The posterior division of the branchial apparatus (PI. III., fig. 48)
bears a solitary lobule and the anterior division is expanded at
the base.

The second maxilliped (Pl. IIT, fig. 50) has the basis rather
longer than the remaining segments together. The ischium
(Pl. IIT, tig. 50a) is distinct though short. The distal segments
are not distorted as in Campylaspis, and the terminal segment
bears at the tip a single curved claw with one or two setae.

The third maxilliped (Pl. IIL, fig. 51) has the basis slightly
curved, and about equal to the remaining segments. It is not
produced distally. The ischium is distinct but small. The merus
is very little expanded, and is not produced distally. The distal
segments are slender.

The first legs (Pl. III., fig. 52) are rather long, extending
beyond the anterolateral angle by the length of the last two
segments. The basis is stout, rather less than two-thirds the
length of the remaining segments, and bears a strong spine at its
distal end internally. The ischium is but half, the carpus nearly
twice, the length of the merus. The two distal segments are
slender, the propodus subequal to, and the dactylus one-third of,
the length of the merus. There is a long and slender terminal |
claw. The exopod is about equal in length to the basis.

The second legs (Pl. IIT., fig. 53) have the basis expanded and
a little shorter than the remaining segments, which are slender.
The ischium, merus and propodus are short, the carpus more than
twice the length of the merus and bearing a strong spine distally
on the inner side. The dactylus is about three-and-a-half times
the length of the propodus, with three terminal and two pairs of
lateral feathered spines. The exopod is longer by one-fourth than
the basis.

The third and fourth legs (Pl. III. fig. 54) have the expanded
basis a little shorter than the remaining segments. The ischium
and merus are short, the carpus rearly twice as long as the two
together, the propodus about two-fifths the length of the carpus,
and the dactylus very small, bearing a long, slender curved ter-
minal claw. ‘The exopod is a little longer than the basis.

The fifth legs (Pl. IIL, fig. 55) are similar to the preceding pair,
except that there is no exopod, and the basis is slender.

The uropods (PI. IIT., tig. 56) are longer than the last four
somites together. ‘The peduncle is moderately stout, and nearly
one and a half times the length of the endopod. The latter is
stout, serrated on the inner margin, and bears three or four spines
internally, and a short stout terminal spine flanked by two small
ones. ‘The exopod is slender, about two-thirds the length of the
endopod, with a slender terminal spine and a small spinule ex-
ternal to it.

The internal structure presents several very exceptional
features. The thinness and transparency of the carapace allowed
it to be observed that the gut was spirally coiled in the cephalo-
thoracic region (PI. IIL, fig, 40), and the fact was confirmed by
dissection (Pl, IIL, fig. 41), though the fragility of the parts

| 32 |

104, 33

rendered a close examination difficult. The anterior portion of
the gut, corresponding probably to the chitin-lined fore-gut, runs
nearly straight backwards, with a slight inclination to the left.
Behind the middle of the carapace it turns sharply to the right,
then curving upwards and forwards it forms a right-handed spiral
of two and a half turns, not quite in a plane, the outermost whorl
lying a little to the left and passing straight backwards into
the abdomen. The straight anterior portion is a little wider than
the rest, and there is a slight constriction at the beginning of the
spiral, beyond which the diameter remains fairly uniform. The
whole of this portion of the gut is distended with a very fine-
grained mud, in which the only recognizable particles of organic
origin are numerous coccoliths* and fragments of the shells of
Peridinia.

No trace of hepatic caeca could be discovered. While it is
possible and even probable that some vestiges of them may have
escaped detection, it is certain that they must be exceedingly
reduced.

The heart (seen lying behind the coiled gut in Pl. III, fig. 41)
is much abbreviated and almost globular instead of fusiform as
in most other Cumacea. This point is of importance, since the
elongated form of the heart is a very general character of the
group Peracarida, to which the Cumacea belong.t Only one
pair of ostia could be discovered.

The ventral nerve-chain in the thoracic region is remarkable
for the wide separation of the longitudinal connectives, and the
transversely elongated form of the pairs of ganglia.

The male genital apertures were visible as a pair of crescentic
slits on the sternal surface, close to the bases of the last pair of
legs. It is, perhaps, worthy of note that they are not set on ele-
vations of any kind, since the presence of tubular processes for
the openings of the vasa deferentia has been supposed to be
characteristic of the group Peracarida.t

Occurrence.—Two male specimens from 382 fath.

Procampylaspis armata, Bonnier.

Procampylaspis armata, Bonnier, Ann. Univ. Lyon, xxvi.,
Campagne du “ Caudan,” p. 541, pl. xxix., fig. 1, 1896.

I have recorded under this name a large number of specimens,
of which the adult temales and the young of both sexes agree with
Bonnier’s account, except in their smaller size (adult ¢ 2°75 mm.,
Bonnier’s immature ¢ nearly 5 mm.), and in the fact that the
abdominal somites are rough with spiniform granules. The
dorsal spine of the carapace, when perfect, is seen to be bifid at

*Mr. V. H. Blackman, of the Botanical Department of the British
Museum, has kindly identified these for me as belonging to the species
Coccosphaera leptopora, Murray and Blackman.

+t Calman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii., p. 157 (1904).

¢t Calman, t.c., p. 153.

[ 33 ]

1.’04, 34

the tip. A number of adult males (3:25 mm. long), however,
resemble Bonnier’s P. echinata (t. ¢& p. 544, pl. xxix., fig. 2), so
closely as to suggest that this species has been founded on an
adult male of P. avmata. I hope to deal with the characters of
this species in greater detail elsewhere.

Occurrence.—In considerable numbers in gatherings at depths
from 116 to 382 fathoms.

Distribution.—Bay of Biscay, 950 metres (Bonnier) ; Mediter-
ranean, near Capri, 950-1,100 metres (Lo Bianco).

Campylaspis glabra, Sars.

Campylaspis glabra, G. O. Sars, Arch. Math. Naturvid. iv., p. 77,
pls. xliv.-xlvii. 1879; Crust. Norway, iii. p. 86, pl. lviii,
1900.

I refer these specimens to C. glabra, Sars, on account of their
small size (3-4 mm.), whitish colour (with a tinge of pink in some
cases), having the terminal segment of second legs slightly shorter
than the two preceding, and the spines on the endopod of the
uropods long and slender. On the other hand they resemble
C. rubicunda, Lillj.,in having the peduncle of the uropods dis-
tinctly serrated internally and the endopod a little less than half
its length. Iam disposed to regard C. glabra simply as a small
variety of C. rubicunda.

Occurrence.—A few specimens from 116 and 200 fath.

Distribution—Norway (Sars); off N. E. England (Brady);
Mediterranean (Sars).

Campylaspis nitens, Bonnier. (7)

Campylaspis nitens, Bonnier, Ann. Univ. Lyon, xxvi.,
Campagne du Caudan, p. 538, Pl. xxviil., fig. 4, 1896.

Two immature female specimens are referred, with some hesi-
tation, to this species, with which they agree in the reduced
ocular lobe, without any trace of an eye, and in the general outline
of the carapace, which projects backwards so far as to conceal
almost entirely the first and second thoracic somites when viewed
from the side. The pseudorostrum, when seen from above, is
much more acute than in Bonnier’s figure, but I am inclined to
think that this figure (tc. pl. xxviii, fig. 4 b) represents the
carapace viewed obliquely from the front.

The uropods in the present specimens exceed in length the last
four somites together, and the peduncle is a little less than three.
times the length of the endopod. Bonnier states that the uropods
of his specimens were as long as the entire pleon, but his
figure shows them as equal to nut more than the last five somites.
There is a slight discrepancy in his figures with respect to the
relative lengths of peduncle and rami. The figure of the entire
animal (4 «) shows the peduncle two and a half times the length
of the endopod, which is not very different from the proportion

[ 34 ]

104, 35

in our specimens, but in the enlarged figure (4 7) the endopod is
almost exactly half the length of the peduncle. The endopod
bears a much larger number (LL) of spines in our specimens than
in Bonnier’s figure, and the inner edge of the peduncle has a few
setae distally. The most serious discrepancy, however, is found
in the fact that Bonnier describes and figures the terminal seg-
ment of the second legs as expanded and flattened. In our
specimens it is slender and styliform, resembling Sars’ figure of
this appendage in C. rwbicwnda, though shorter than the two
preceding segments together.

Bonnier’s specimen was an immature male, a little less than 5mm.
in length. Our specimens are females, also immature, 4°5 mm. long.

Occuwrrence.—'Three specimens from 320 fath.
Distribution.—Bay of Biscay, 950 metres (Bonnier).

Campylaspis verrucosa, G. O. Sars.

Campylaspis verrucosa, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, ili., p. 90,
pl. Ixii., 1900.

The majority of the specimens are immature and of small size
(3°5 mm.) and differ considerably from the adult, especially in
the relatively larger size of the bosses on the carapace and in the
very short and stout uropods. A few nearly adult specimens
agree well as regards the uropods with Sars’ figures, but still pre-
sent a larger number of bosses on the carapace, which moreover
are not so regularly arranged in longitudinal rows. The antennal
notch is much deeper than is shown by Sars. In these points our
specimens are in agreement with an adult female specimen from
the Mediterranean, which has been determined by Prof. Sars
himself as belonging to the present species.

Occurrence.—In numbers in three gatherings from 120 to 320
fath.

Distribution.—Norway N. to Lofoten Is., 60-100 fath. (Sars) ;
Mediterranean, near Capri, 200-1,100 metres (Lo Bianco).

Campylaspis sulcata, G. O, Sars.
Campylaspis sulcata, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, iii., p. 86,
pl. lix., 1900.

Occurrence.—In numbers at three stations from 130 to 199

fathoms.
Distribution.—Norway, N. to Lofoten Is. 120-250 fath. (Sars) ;

Mediterranean, Guif of Naples, 180 metres (Lo Bianco).

Campylaspis rostrata, n. sp,
Pl. IL, figs. 35-38.

Female with rudimentary oostegites. Total length, 5°25 mm.
Closely resembling C. horrida, Sars, in general shape, and in
the armature of the carapace and the rest of the body, but having
the pseudorostrum much longer and decurved. The ocular lobe
35]
D2

104, 36

is very small, and is without pigment or visible ocular structure.
The pseudorostral plates meet in front of it for a distance equal
to three times its length. Seen from above the pseudorostrum is
acutely triangular. Seen from the side it is horizontal at the base,
then strongly curved downwards to the acutely pointed tip. On
the dorsal surface are two pairs of small tubercles. The antennal
notch is well marked. The sculpturing of the carapace is arranged
in much the same manner as in C. horrida, but the tubercles of
the dorsal surface are less numerous, and blunter. The abdominal
somites resemble those of 0. horrida, except that the fifth somite
is like the preceding in having a pair of tubercles on the dorsal
surface.

Second pair of legs (Pl. Il., fig. 37) differing considerably from
those of C. horrida, the basis only half the length of the re-
maining segments together, the carpus but little longer than the
merus, the dactylus very long and slender, about equal in length
to the three preceding segments together,

Uropods (Pl. IL, fig. 38) similar in proportions to those of C.
horrida, peduncle strongly serrated internally, less distinctly on
its outer edge, about 24 times the length of the endopod.

It is possible that a series of specimens might show variations
connecting this species with C. horrida, but at present the differ-
ences in the shape of the pseudorostrum and of the second legs
would seem to be of specific value.

Occwrrence.—One specimen, from 320 fathoms

Famity PSEUDOCUMIDAE.

Pseudocuma longicornis (Spence Bate).

P. cercaria (Van Beneden), G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, iii. p. 74,
pls. li. & li., 1900. |
Occwrrence.—This is the most abundant species in the collection,
cccurring in 64 gatherings, and sometimes in great numbers,
Distribution.—Norway, N., to Lofoten Is. (Sars); Kattegat
(Meinert), Heligoland (Ehrenbaum); Holland (Van Beneden) ;
abundant all round British Is. ; N. & E. coasts of France (Bonnier);
Mediterranean (Sars, Walker).

Pseudocuma similis, G. O. Sars.

P. similis, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, iii., p. 76, pl. li., 1900.

This species is distinguished from the preceding by very slight
characters, but these appear to be constant in the specimens I
have examined, ,

Occwrrence.—Two adult males and one female, from different
gatherings from shallow water. Tt is possible that some speci-
mens may have been overlooked in other gatherings of the last
species, in company with which this species usually occurs.

Distribution.—skudesnaes, Norway(Sars); North Sea (Zimmer);
Forth, Clyde, Aberdeen, Moray Firth, Fair I. (Scott), N.E,
England (Brady).

[ 36 ]

1.04, 37
Famity CHRATOCUMIDAE, nov.

Telson distinct, smal]. without spines. First and second legs in
the male with exopods. All the abdominal somites of the male
with well-developed appendages. Uropods with the inner ramus
unjointed.

It may be thought somewhat hazardous to establish a new
family for the reception of a single species of Cumacean, of which
only one sex is known. The form described below, however,
offers a combination of characters which excludes it from all the
families as at present defined. In the distinct but unarmed
telson it resembles the Psewdocumidae ; in having a fullseries of
pleopods in the male it agrees with the Bodotriidae and Vaun-
tonvpsoniidae ; the unjointed endopod of the uropods it shares
with the Nannastacidae, Psewdocumidue, and certain of the
Bodotrvidae; while in having two pairs of legs with exopods
in the male, it differs from all the families, the Bodotriidue having
but one pair, while all the other families have four. The posterior
thoracic limbs, in the possession of a stout curved terminal claw
and in the absence of long setae from the distal segments, resemble
those of Nannastacus and Cumella, but here also the other cha-
racters offer no evidence of close affinity.

Genus Ceratocuma, nov.
With the characters of the family.

Ceratocuma horrida, n. sp.
Pl. IV., figs. 57 765.

Adult male, Total length, 4.05 mm.

Carapace a little more than one-third of the total length
slightly depressed, its depth equal to and its breadth greater than
one-half of its length, armed with large curved spiniform pro-
cesses pointing forwards. ‘Three pairs of these processes are set
upon the dorsal surface, the most anterior at a distance of more
than one-third the length of the carapace from the front; eight
more are on each side, six forming a longitudinal series, of which
the most anterior is just below and at the side of the pseudo-
rostrum, while two are set. at a lower level on the posterior part
of the carapace. The pseudorostrum is horizontal, bluntly
truncated as seen from above or from the side, not projecting
beyond the tip of the anterior tooth of the lateral series. The
lateral plates meet in front cf the cephalic lobe for a distance
about equal to one-sixth of the length of the carapace. The
ocular lobe is reduced to a very small process on the cephalic
lobe and there is no eye. The antero-lateral notch is widely
open. The antero-lateral angle projects as far forward as the
pseudorostrum, and appears to be double, there being imme-
diately external to and below it a triangular tooth from which
a strongly marked longitudinal ridge runs backwards on the

side of the carapace.
[ 37 |

1.’04, 38

Five thoracie somites are free behind .the carapace, the first
being completely exposed and equal in size to the second. Each
somite except the first bears a pair of dorsal and a pair of
lateral spines, long and curved forwards on the anterior
somites, shorter and directed obliquely backwards on the hinder
ones. The lateral spines of the second and third free somites
are expanded at the base where they overhang the small coxal
segments of the legs, and are hollowed out underneath to form a
channel in which lies the terminal part of the antennal flagellum.
The last thoracic somite (P]. IV., fig. 72) is devoid of any trace
of limbs. On its under side are two rounded eminences in
contact with each other in the middle line bearing the crescentic
slit-like apertures of the vasa deferentia. Just anterior to these
is a median spine.

The abdomen is a little shorter than the anterior division of
the body. The first four somites are constricted in the middle as
seen from above, and bear each a pair of backwardly directed
blunt spines near the posterior end on the dorsal surface. The
fifth somite is nearly twice the length of the preceding, and is
without the dorsal spines. The pleural plates of the first five
somites are very small, forming merely a triangular tooth external
to the insertion of each of the pleopods. The sixth somite is
about one-third the length of the fifth, The telson (Pl. IV,,
fig. 75) is a little shorter than the last somite, its sides slightly
converging posteriorly and its hinder margin broadly rounded.
Its dorsal surface is somewhat arched posteriorly and bears a pair
of minute setae. The telson is articulated to the sixth somite in
such a way that it can be depreased into a vertical position,
shutting over the anal opening and taking the function of the
usual anal valves which in this case appear to be absent or very
slightly developed (PI. IV., figs. 76, 764).

The antennules (Pl. IV., fig. 59) have the basal segment of the
peduncle about twice as long as the other two segments together.
The outer flagellum consists of four segments and the inner of
one which is shorter than the first segment of the outer flagel-
lum. Both flagella are provided with numerous sensory hairs.

The antenna (PI. IV., fig. 60) has the two distal segments of
the peduncle rather slender, the distal about twice as long as
the preceding. The flagellum is short, not reaching beyond the
last thora cicsomite in the natural position.

The mandibles (PI. 1V., fig. 61) are of the normal type and
bear about fifteen spines. Lower lip (PI. IV., fig. 62) with tips
of the lobes incurved, bearing each a group of lamellar setae.
The maxillula (Pl. IV., fig. 63) has a rather stout palp, its length
about twice the distance from its base to the tip of the distal —
lobe, bearing two setae. The maxilla (Pl. IV., fig. 64) is of the
usual form.

The first maxilliped (Pl. IV., figs. 65 and 654) has the basis
shorter than the remaining segments. [ts inner margin is
strongly inflected so that its distal prolongation is hidden by
the sueceeding segments when the limb is seen from below.

The branchial apparatus was much shrivelled by the action of
the preservative and could not be isolated in a sufficiently complete

Li 85* J

104, 39

state to admit of a figure being given. ‘The posterior division
(epipod) is very broad anteriorly and narrows towards its posterior
end. Only one branchial lobule was visible.

The second maxilliped (Pl. IV., fig. 66) has the basis more
than one and a half times the length of the remaining segments.
The ischium is distinct though very small.

The third maxilliped (Pl. IV., fig. 67) is long and slender. The
basis is about one and three quarter times the length of the
remaining segments. It is narrowed distally, and is not pro-
duced at its distal end.

The first leg (Pl. IV., fig. 68) is somewhat stout and extends
only a little way beyond the tip of the pseudorostrum. ‘The
basis is shorter than the remaining segments together. The
ischium is longer by one-half than the merus, and the two
together are equal to the carpus, which again is nearly twice
as long as the propodus and dactylus together. The ischium,
merus, and carpus are of equal breadth and somewhat flattened,
especially the last-named, and on the inner edge of each is
a transparent laminar crest with an irregularly serrate margin.
A similar crest is developed on the distal part of the outer
end of the basis. Less conspicuous crests are also found on the
inner edge of the two distal segments, that on the dactylopodite
being clearly made up of flattened Jaminar spines set edge to edge
in a row. The propodus bears on its outer side two very
peculiar structures which are probably organs of sense (PI. IV.,
fig. 68A). One is placed about the middle of its length and the
other at the distal end. Each consists of a short thick cylindrical
process-directed towards the distal extremity of the segment,
enclosed for about one-half of its length within a socket or hood-
like expansion of the integument. The distal end of each process
is obliquely truncated and rounded, and bears, mainly on the side
which in the natural position of the limb is upwards and inwards,
a dense tuft of very fine and stiffly radiating setae. A stouter
seta springs from the end of each of the processes. The dactylus
bears a slender curved claw a little longer than the segment and
several stout setae. The exopod is a little longer than the basis.

The second, like the succeeding legs, is very slender (Pl. LY.,
fig. 69). The basis is about equal in length to the remaining
seoments, is expanded near the base, then narrows rapidly to
about the middle of its length, beyond which it is no thicker
than the succeeding segments. The carpus is very long, about
two and a half times the length of the propodus and dactylus
together. The dactylus has two terminal setae and some shorter
setae on its inner edge. The exopod is less than two-thirds the
length of the basis.

The third (Plate IV., fig. 70) and fourth (Pl IV , tig. 71) legs
are slender. The basis of the third is three-fourths, that of the
fourth less tban half the length of the remaining segments.
The difference is due to the greater length in the fourth leg of
the carpus and propodus, which in both legs are subequal in

[ 39 J

L.'04, 40

length. The dactylus in each bears a stout, curved, claw-like
spine with a shorter seta on the inner side. Only a few short
setae are scattered on the remaining segments.

The pleopods (Pl. IV., figs, 73-74) are rather feebly developed
and the last pair are much shorter than the preceding.

The uropods (PI. IV., fig. 75) are equal to a little over two-
fifths of the length of the body. This great length is mainly
owing to the unusual development of the subequal rami which
are about three and a half times the length of the peduncle.
Both rami are slender, tapering toa fine point. They ere finely
serrate on their inner edges and each ends in a minute terminal
spine. The endopod is unsegmented, and the basal segment of
the exopod is very small.

The texture of the integument on the body is coarsely reticu-
late with fairly regular hexagonal meshes.

Immature male. Total length, 3°35 mm.

The pleopods are rudimentary, indistinctly bilobed. The pro-
cesses on the carapace and surface of the body are low, blunt and
rounded tubercles. The last thoracic somite is without limbs,
and the prominences for the openings of the vasa deferentia
are not developed. The uropods are relatively much shorter
than in the adult, being about one quarter of the total length,
and the rami are only two anda half times the length of the
peduncle.

Apart from the characters mentioned above as distinctive of
the family, the very peculiar “ sensory” brushes on the first legs
and the absence of appendages from the last thoracic somite are
perhaps the most striking features of the form now described.
As regards the latter point, the absence of the fifth pair of legs
(a larval character) in specimens of nearly adult size has been
described as distinguishing the species Leptostylis maneca, Sars,
Campylaspis nodulosa, Sars, and Diastylis anomala, Bonnier.
Zimmer,* however, found that a specimen of Leptostylis manca
considerably larger than Sars’ type had this pair of appendages
well developed, ‘and it is possible that in the other two species
also the development is only delayed, not suppressed. In the
specimens above described the evidence of maturity is stronger.
The apparently full development of the autennae and pleopods
with their setae, and the distinctness of the slit-like genital
openings render it very unlikely that the specimens can be so far
from the adult state as to admit of the development of a pair of
limbs of which no traces are yet visible. |

Uceurrence.— Two adult males and one immature from 382
fathoms.

*Cumaceen. Hamburger Mayalhae sischen Sammelreise, p. 8. 1902.

a

1.04, 41
Famity LAMPROPIDAE.

Lamprops fasciata, G. O. Sars.

L. fasciata, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, iii., p. 19, pls. ix. & x.,
1899.

Occurrence —Two adult females from the East coast.

Distribution.—Norway, N. to Vadsé (Sars), Kattegat (Meinert) ;
Heligoland (Khrenbaum) ; Britain, Forth, Moray Firth, Clyde
(‘T. Scott), Irish Sea (Walker). Shallow water.

Hemilamprops rosea (Norman).
H. rosea, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, iii., p. 22, pls. xii.-xiv., 1899.

The specimens which I refer to this species show all the
characters which Sars enumerates as distinguishing /H. rosea from
H. assimilis, except that the pigmentation of the body is almost
absent, and the eye, though well developed, is nearly colourless,
Sars gives 20-50 fathoms as the range in depth of this species,
while H. assimilis is stated to replace it in from 60-200 fathoms.

Occurrence.—In numbers, at six stations, from 27-199 fathoms.

Distribution —Norway, N. to Vads6 (Sars) ; Britain, Shetland
(Norman), Fair IL, Clyde (Scott), Tynemouth, Lough Foyle
(Norman). H. assimilis is recorded from Finmark (Sars), 60-200
fathoms, and Irish Sea, off Co. Cork, depth not given (Walker),

Hemilamprops uniplicata, G. O. Sars.

H. uniplicata, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, ii1., p. 24, pls. xvi. &
xvil., 1899.

Occurrence.—Several specimens from 199 fathoms.

Distribution.—Norway, N. to Lofoten Is. and Norwegian N.
Atlantic, 60-417 faths. (Sars). The species is recorded, with an
indication of doubt, from K. Loch Tarbert (L. Fyne), by Brook
and Scott (Rep. Fishery Board, Scotland, IV., p. 239, 1886), but
I am not aware that its occurrence there has been confirmed.

Hemilamprops cristata, G. O. Sars.

H. cristata, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, iii., p. 25, pl. xviii., 1900.

Most of the specimens differ slightly from Sars’ account as
regards the telson. This is less narrowed distally, with the sides
nearly straight, and with three ( ¢ ), four, or five (? ) pairs of lateral
spines. The three apical spines are not greatly longer than the
others, and the median one is sometimes a little longer than the
other two. Further, the eye is without pigment in all the
specimens, but whether or not this is due to the action of the
preservatives, [am unable to say. In all the points named our
specimens tend to approach H. Normani, Bonnier, which has
6-8 pairs of lateral spines on the telson, and the median apical
spine much larger than the others. Bonnier’s is a larger species,
immature specimens measuring 10 mm. in length, while Sars

[ 41 ]

1.04, 42

gives 7 mm, as the size of H. cristata, and our specimens are
about the same size. Nevertheless, I suspect that Bonnie's
species will prove to be a synonym of the present.

Occurrence.— This is one of the most abundant species in the
gatherings trom deep water. It occurred at four stations from
199-382 fathoms.

Distribution.—Norway, N. to Lofoten, in depths over 100
fath. (Sars); 8. of Rockall, 630 fath. (Norman). H. Normani
is recorded from the Bay of Biscay, 650-950 metres (Bonnier).

Famity PLATYASPIDAE.
GENUS Platyaspis, G. O. Sars.

Only one species of this genus has hitherto been described.
A second occurs in the present collection and is described below.
The following synopsis compares the characters of the two
species :—

Carapace longer than broad, narrowed in front (¢) or behind
(4). Pseudorostrum horizontal, triangular. A median keel on
dorsal surface of carapace. Antennules from one-fourth (?) to
one-third (g) of length of carapace, outer flagellum with 3 (?)
or 5(¢) segments, inner with 2(?)or3(¢). Antenna (?) with
terminal segment not enlarged, shorter than the proximal seg-
ments together. Basis of third maxillipeds longer than terminal

part of limb. P. typica, G. O. Sars.

Carapace sub-circular, slightly broader than long. Pseudoros-
trum upturned, notched. A median keel anteriorly, and a pair
of admedian ridges posteriorly on dorsal surface of carapace.
Antennules nearly as long as the carapace, both flagella of four
segments. Antennae having the terminal segment enlarged, one
and a half times as long as proximal segments. Basis of third
maxillipeds shorter than terminal part of limb. |

P. orbicularis, n. sp.

Platyaspis typica, G. O. Sars.

P. typica, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, 1ii., p. 27, pls. xix. and xx.
L900.

In immature specimens of both sexes the first free thoracic
somite is much shorter and its pleural plates less expanded than
in the adults. There is a distinct double dorsal keel on the
second somite, which is not, however, continued on to the posterior
thoracic and anterior abdominal somites as it is in some Mediter-
ranean specimens which [ have examined.

Oceurrence.—Many specimens of both sexes from 199 and 382
fathoms.

Distribution.—Norway, North, to Lofoten Is. 120-400
fathoms (Sars); Mediterranean, near Capri, 950-1,100 metres
(Lo Bianco).

[ 42 ]

I.’04, 43

Platyaspis crbicularis, n. sp.
Plate V., figs. 77-8).

Immature female (much injured). Carapace 1°75 mm. long,
18 mm. broad. .

Carapace, viewed from above, nearly circular in outline. The
transverse width very slightly greater than the length in the
middle line. The pseudorostrum is very short, distinctly upturned,
with a median notch when viewed from above. ‘There is a median
keel on the dorsal surface extending from the frontal lobe back-
wards to about the middle of the carapace, behind which the sur-
face is depressed in the middle line, with a distinct ridge on
either side,

The first free thoracic somite is very small, and the pleural
plates are not expanded.*

Antennules (PI. V., figs. 78 and 80) of very great size, measur-
ing from the base about six-sevenths the length of the carapace.
The peduncle is stout, the first segment equal in length to the
other two together. All three beset with numerous long setae.
The flagella equal in length, and a little over two-thirds the length
of the peduncle, each composed of four segments, the first. three
long, the terminal one minute.

Antennae (PI. V., figs. 75 and 8L) also remarkably developed,
about one-third the length of antennules, consisting of four seg-
ments of which the distal is more than half as long again as the
others together, and fusiform in shape. The first segment bears
two long plumose setae, the second, one.

The third maxillipeds have their distal segments more elongated
than in P. typica, the basis being a little less than half the total
length of the limb.

I have ventured to describe this species as new from a frag-
mentary and immature specimen, since its characters are so
striking that there can be little difficulty in recognising it again.

Occurrence.—One specimen from 382 fathoms.

Famity DIASTYLIDAE..

Diastylis cornuta (Boeck).

D. cornuta, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, ui, p. 45, pls. xxxv.
and xxxv1, 1900.

None of the specimens agree perfectly with Sars’ figures, but
as none are ovigerous, the differences are probably due to age.
The number of spines on the telson and on the peduncle and en-
dopod of the uropods iscreases with growth. ‘Lhere is also con-
siderable variation, not altogether dependent on age, in the degree
of spinulation of the carapace and abdomen. In the largest speci-
mens the first pair of legs are a little longer than in Sars’ figure.

* This may be due to immaturity, see remarks on P. typica above. —

[ 43 ]

1.'04, 44

Oceurrence.—Abundant in several of the gatherings from 116-
200 fathoms.

Distribution.—Norway, N. to Lofoten Is., 50-300 fathoms,
“One of our most common species” (Sars); Kattegat (Meinert) ;
Shetland (Spence Bate), Fair Isle (Scott), Lough Foyle, 15
fathoms (Norman) ; Cap Breton (Fischer); 55°40 N., 12°46 W.,
1,476 fathoms (Norman).

Diastylis Josephinae, G. O. Sars.

D. Josephinae, G. O. Sars, Kgl. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl. ix,
No. 13, p. 36, pl. xv., figs. 72-74, 1871.

The first legs, which were wanting in the single type speci-
men described by Sars, attain in this species a development
comparable to that found in D. longipes, from which the present
form is distinguished by the spinose surface of the body and of
the basal segments of the legs. In the uropods the relative
lengths of the rami vary with age and sex. In young specimens
7 mm. long they are subequal. In an ovigerous female 11'4 mm.
long the exopod reaches only to the base of the distal segment of
the endopod, and in an immature male of about the same size it
reaches just beyond this. In the youngest specimens the endopod
is composed of only two segments, but in large specimens the
third segment is distinct. In the ovigerous female there are no
lateral serrations on the anterior part of the telson, but on each
side of the post-anal part there are 10-11 small teeth. This part
is smooth in the other specimens.

Occurrence-—In moderate numbers from three stations, 199-
382 fathoms.

Distribution.—Of coast of Portugal (Sars), to north of Farée Is.
(Norman) 344-750 fathoms. “It seems to be the commonest
Cumacean inhabiting the deep waters between Farée and Shet-
land” (Norman).

Diastylis echinata, Spence Bate.

D. echinata, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, iii., p. 57, pl. xliii., 1900.
The specimens agree very closely with Sars’ account, except that

the inner ramus of the uropods is composed of two instead of

three segments. None of the specimens however are ovigerous.

Occurrence.—In numbers from 200 fathoms.

Distribution.—Norway, N. to West Finmark, Norwegian N.
Atlantic (Sars); off Skagen Lighthouse (Meinert); off Shetland
(Spence Bate); 60° 10 N., 2° 59 W. (Norman); 100-550 fathoms.

Diastylis insignis, G. O. Sars.
D. insignis, G. O. Sars, Kol. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl. ix.
No. 13, p. 34, pl. xiv., 1871.
Ucewrrence.—Several specimens from 382 fathoms,
Distribution.—W. of Shetland, 250 fath. (Norman) ; off coast of
Portugal, 550 fath. (Sars).
2 oe

1.04, 45

Diastylis rugosa, G. O. Sars.

D. rugosa, G. O. Sars, Arch. Math. Naturvid., iv., p. 46, pls. xxxiv-
Xxxvili., 1879 ; Crust. Norway, iii, p 48, pl. xxxvii., 1900.

Ocewrrence,—A few specimens in five gatherings. Shallow
water. :

Distyvibution —Norway, N., to Trondhjem (Sars), Kattegat
(Meinert) ; Heligoland (Ehrenbaum); Firth of Forth, Clyde
(Scott), Skye, Durham, Devon (Mus. Nor.), Lough Swilly, Valentia
(Norman); France, Mediterranean, (G. O. Sars). Shallow water.

Diastylis rostrata (Goodsir).

D. rostrata, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, 111, p. 51, pl. xxxix.,
. 1900.

Occurrence.— A few specimens from two stations in Ballynakill
Harbour.

Distribution.—S. of Norway (Sars), Kattegat, (Meinert) ; Heli-
goland (Ehrenbaum) ; Firth of Forth (Goodsir), Clyde, Aberdeen,
(Scott), Shetland, Moray Firth, Durham (Norman), Devon, Guern-
sey, Valentia (Mus. Nor.); 52° 25' N. 11° 40' W., 90 fath.
53° 24 N., 15° 24° W., 1,680 fath., 54° 15’ N., 11° 9’ W., 183
fath. (Norman). Generally in shallow water, except the last
three localities.

Diastylis spinosa, Norman.

D. spinosa, Norman, Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1868, p- 271, 1869;
Walker, Proc. Biol. Soc. Liverpool, iv., p. 247, 1890.

,, bimarginatus, Spence Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) i, Pp,
409, fig. 1; Sim, op. cit., (5) ii, p. 453, pl. xviii. figs. 3-5,
1878.

» Bradyi, Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) III, p. 59, 1879 ;
Walker, Proc. Bio!. Soc. Liverpool, ii, p. 178, pl. xiii, figs,
10 and 11, 1888. :

The specimens here recorded appear to belong without doubt
to the form described by Norman and by Walker under the name
D. Bradyi, of which, according to Walker, D. spinosa (Norman)
is the male.

Occurrence.—Three specimens from 30 fathoms, Ballinskelligs
Bay, Co Kerry.

Distribution—Shetland, Moray Frith, (Norman), Aberdeen
(Spence Bate), Firth of Tay (W. T. C.), Forth, Clyde, Durham,
Yorkshire, Devonshire (Mus. Nor.), {rish Sea (Walker), Lough
Swilly, Valentia, West of Ireland, 90-183 fath. (Norman) ; Heligo-
Jand (Ehrenbaum).

[ 45 ]

1.’04, 46

Diastylis tubulicauda, n. sp.
Plate V., figs. 82-86.

Young female (?). Total length 5-4 mm.

The single specimen is considerably damaged, the carapace
being partly crushed. It is possible, therefore, that the relative
depth of the carapace and the outline of its dorsal surface are
not quite correctly shown in the figure. |

The carapace is about one-fourth of the total length, its depth
more than one half of its height. The dorsal surface is strongly
arched. The pseudorostrum is acute, prominent, and horizontal.
There isno eye. The surface of the carapace is beset with small
spines (which, in the specimen examined, are nearly all broken
off), their bases connected by a network of lines of minute
granules, the centre of each mesh of the network being occupied
by granulations (PI. V., fig. 83). On the antero-lateral margin the
spines are all broken, but on the posterior part of the lateral
margin they are slender and form a comb-like series. Scattered
here and there over the surface of the carapace are a few long setae.

The free thoracic somites as well as those of the abdomen are
beset with spinules, and have the surface sculptured in the same
way as the carapace. The third and fourth thoracic somites are
quite distinct from each other. The abdomen is slender and
exceeds by three-fifths the length of the cephalothoracic region.
The telson (PI. V., figs. 85 and 86) is of remarkable size and shape.
It is equal in length to the four last abdouinal somites together,
and about two-thirds their thickness. It is cylindrical in form,
of nearly the same diameter throughout. At its distal end the
anal opening is guarded by a pair of well-marked anal valves
laterally and by the triangular apex of the telson above. This
triangular portion, which represents the post-anal portion of the
telson in normal species of Diastylis, is quite short, not project-
ing beyond the anal valves ; at the apex it bears a pair of very
minute spinules, but the sides are quite unarmed. The proximal
part of the telson is beset with spines similar to those of the rest
of the surface of the body. On the dorsal surface they extend to
about the middle of its length, but on the ventral surface they
reach only a little way frora the base.

The antennules are about three-fourths the length of the cara-
pace, the first segment of the peduncle a little longer than either
of the othertwo. Outer flagellum about half the length of the
peduncle, inner flagellum less than half the length of the outer.

Mandible with elongated body and numerous spines as in the
normal species of Diastylis.

First legs less than twice the length of the carapace, all the
segments, except the last, spinulose. The dactylus is less than
half the length of the propodus, which is sub-equal to the carpus.
The exopod is a little shorter than the basis.

The second legs have the three distal segments very slender,
all the segments, except the last two, spinulose, and the exopod
very long, reaching to the base of the terminal segment of the

endopod.
EY ae I

1,04, 47

The next two pairs of legs (Pl. V., fig. 84) are very long and
slender, exceeding the length of the carapace. The basis is about
half the length ot the leg, and, like the next two segments, is beset
with spinules. Close to the proximal end it gives off a ruai-
mentary exopod (PI. V., fig. 844). The last thoracic somite is
without any trace of appendages in the specimen examined,

The uropods (PI. V., fig. 85) are slender, and very little longer
than the telson. The peduncle is one and a half times the length
ot the exopod, and is spinulose on its proximal half. The inner
margin bears two setae near the distal end. The exopod is
unarmed, except for four slender spines or setae at the apex, one
of which is very long. The endopod is little more than half the
length of the exopod, and consists of three segments, of which
the first bears two, the second one, and the third three slender
spines.

The great size and unusual shape of the telson distinguish
this species from all the Diastylidae hitherto described. In some
species the form of telson here found is approached by the elon-
gation of the pre-anal tubular part, and the reduction of the
post-anal part. In Diastylis Josephinae and D. erinaceus of
Sars, and in Diastylopsis (?) du’ia of Bonnier, the post-anal
portion is unarmed except for the apical spines. But in all these
species the sides converge for some distance towards the apex,
and the latter projects considerably beyond the anal aperture,
The only species of Diastylidae yet described, in which there is
no post-anal portion of the telson, is Pachystylis rotundata of
Hansen, in which, however, the telson is quite short, and anal
valves do not appear to be present. The absence of the last pair
of legs is probably only an indication of immaturity, but it is just
possible that it may persist in the adult (cf. supra, p.40). The small
size of the exopods of the third and fourth pairs of legs makes
it very improbable that the specimen is a male, but on the other
hand it is likely that they will be found to persist in the adult
female. The characters of this peculiar form do not coincide
with those of any of the admitted genera of Diastylidae, but it
may, perhaps, be allowed to remain within the genus Diastylis
pending the discovery of ampler and better material. 3

Occurrence.—One specimen from 382 fathoms.

Diastyloides serrata (G. O. Sars.

D. serrata, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, iii., p, 61, pl. xlv., 1900.
Abundant in two gatherings, from 199 & 320

Occurrence.
fathoms.
Distribution.—Neorway, N. to W, Finmark, 30-300 fath. (Sars) ;

off Skagen Lighthouse (Meinert); off Yorkshire, 4-6 fath.
(Brady) ; Mediterranean, near Capri, 950 metres (Lo Bianco).

[ 47 J

1.04, 48

Diastyloides biplicata (G. O. Sars).
D. biplicata, G. O. Saxs, Crust. Norway, ii1., p. 62, pl. xlvi., 1900.

Occurrence—Abundant in six gatherings, from 120-382
fathoms.

Distribution Norway, N. to Lofoten Is., with “a very great
range in depth” (Sars); Skagerrak & Kattegat (Meinert) ; Shet-
land (Norman), Fair I. (Scott), Skye (Norman), Clyde (Mus
Nor.), off Sunderland, 45 fath., off West of Ireland, 183-1,630
fath. (Norman).

Leptostylis longimana (G. 0. Sars).

L. longimana, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, iii., p. 68, pl. xlviii.,
1900.

Occurrence-—Several specimens, at two stations, 199-382 fath.

Distribution —Norway, N. to Lofoten Is., 30-100 fath. (Sars),
Skagen (Meinert) ; Atlantic coast of N. America (Smith).

Leptostylis macrura (G. O. Sars).

L. macrura, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, i., p. 69, pl. xlix.,
1900.

Oceurrence.—Abundant at 199 fath., and a few specimens at
three other stations, 120 fath.

Distribution —Norway, N. to Vadso (Lofoten), 50-150 fath.
Norwegian N. Atlantic, 525 fath. (Sars); Mediterranean, near
Capri, 200 metres (Lo Bianco).

Diastylopsis, sp. indescr.

From two stations, in 199 and 882 fathoms, were obtained
several specimens apparently belonging to a species which has
lain for many years under a manuscript name in the collection of
Canon Norman. As I have Canon Norman’s permission to de-
scribe the species from his original specimens elsewhere, it would
manifestly be inappropriate to do so here, and I shall therefore
simply record the occurrence of the species. Canon Norman’s
specimens are from the Farée Channel, 572 fathoms.

POSTSCRIPT.

While this paper was passing through the press I received an
additional series of Cumacea, comprising thirty-six gatherings,
taken, for the most part, during the past summer and autumn.

The contents of five of the more interesting gatherings from
deep water are tabulated below. One species is added to the lists

Leg

I. ’04, 49

already given, and it is worthy of note that Iphinod serrata
| gesnrs at 244 fathoms, and Eudorella truncatula at 337 fathoms
epth.

*eITIOvUT Ss} 4480] dT
“ByBolTdIq KOpLo] AysViq, x

"BZ C1198 SOPLO[AISBIC o x

"eptuiny s{[Ajsviq, x %

‘asulqdesor sttAqsviq x x

*BINULOO SITAISBIG x x x

‘eyeysiso sdordwmvylimMeyy *

_-

‘eosol sdoid uel ime x x

“esOON.LIGA stdsv[Admvp x x x
"eiqe[s stdsvjAdmep x x
~eyeulie sidsel,{dmBooig | % coat x

‘RYBIIES 9ouTydy x

‘eyepNeVosaol srdsvpoAH | x x
—s —————————— a ee ee eS eee = —— es
| Pe .
| oo to J! a =
Moray. ae, Ue
. = : : 20
» y om os Ee
Be Bie ee ae
ae Ag. Pg ; y ~
= ‘Sl ‘< As Pa
3g aa Pe LS eee
2 ane a 4 be
Q ot - to oO cer ergs 1”
4 Vo n © Sa 4220 oo
_ on = ee n CO mw a mn
= 8 —a=0 gS mas S's
= Aa) as §oo §2° 3.0
D _ bea AS gos
So ~ o oO z
ae) eo aa) =
‘poeyTOM SBA oS S st & =
JON MOT, FOr 9v yydog e =“ i wa =
Wis i... Je + | Lm) | oO = tt -
‘smuOgyey Ut yydaq | = a Bs 3 2
Te) fo] ac ~_ ma}
Me te eee,
oa oa x = -
D nn w nn eG
a Og z 2] a
A, 3 : 3 :
° ° = > .
o oe S oe S
oo nN oo ™~ N
—————_
«i p :
5 pee. oe ee a
5 = ve nw me)
- — n ° K
ew has eee ae
es Sg be :

There are also two additional specimens of Iphinoé serrata,
(10 miles W.N.W. of Tearaght, 75 fathoms, bottom townet,
9,25-9.55 p.m., 10: 11: 03,” and “ A, 24, 12: 7: 04, washed from
sand of trawl, 20 fathoms, 2} miles N.E. by E. of Straw I,
Galway Bay,”) and one additional male Nannastacus brevicau-
datus, the record of which has been incorporated in Table II,
above,

[ 49 ]

I.’ 04, 50

With regard to one of the shallow-water gatherings some data
worth recording are sent me by Mr. W. M. Tattersall. Referring
tc a bottle labelled “ A. 23a, Surface, 11: 7: 04,” he says :—“It
was a surface townet taken at night in Kilronan Harbour, Aran
Islands, at the entrance to Galway Bay. The total number of
Cumacea in the net was 440. The bottom townet taken at the
same time [A. 23b] had 107 specimens.” The bulk of these two
gatherings consists of immature males and females of Iphinoé
trispinosa and of adults and young of both sexes of Pseudocuma
longicornis. A few males cf Vawntompsonia cristata are present
in both, and a few of both sexes of Bodotria pulchella in the
surface gathering, while a single immature female of # scor-
pioides is in that from the bottom.

One specimen is very remarkable on account of the circum-
stances under which it was captured. It is an adult male
Campylaspis sulcata, G. O. Sars, and is labelled as having been
taken from a Velella captured on the surface. The species has
not been taken hitherto at a depth less than 120 fathoms, and
the only record of any member of the genus having been taken at
the surface is in the case of C. pacifica, taken by the “ Challenger”
at the Philippine Islands. 1 thought it advisable, therefore, to
ask Mr. Stanley W. Kemp, who took the specimen, to give full
details of the circumstances of its capture. He writes as
follows :-—

“While taking physical observations five miles W.S W. of Achill Head,
10: 8: 04, a specimen of Velel/a was noticed floating alongside, and was. caught
in a hand-net made of mosquito-netting (small Cumacea would easily pass
through this mesh). Before it was taken out of the net I remarked to Mr. G.
P. Farran that there was a small crustacean on the dorsal surface of the Velella,
which was accordingly transferred to a dish of sea-water. We were occupied
taking temperatures for the next twenty minutes or so, and when again exa-
mined the only animal in the dish besides Velella was a small Cumacean. I
cannot recollect whether it was alive or dead. There seems fairly strong
evidence that the specimen was taken at the surface, but whether there is any
connection between Campylaspis and Velella is quite another question.”

I may add that the specimen shows no sign of having been
dried up, as would certainly have been the case had it been a
relic of «former catch adhering to the net or to the vessel con-
taining the Velella.

The other gatherings from shallow water offer no novel
features as compared with those recorded in the main part of
the paper.

The following are particulars of the single unrecorded species:—

Diastylis tumida (Lilljeborg).
D. tumida, G. O. Sars, Crust. Norway, iii., p- 52, pl. xl; 1900.
Occurrence. —Two immature female specimens from 387 and
454 fathoms respe ctively (see table above), ;

Distribution. Norway, north to Lofoten Is. (Sars), Scania
(Liljeborg), Kattegat (Meinert). “It is a true deep-water form,
scarcely occurring in shallower water than 30 fathoms, whereas
it descends to de spths of more than, 300 fathoms” (Sars).

[ bo ]

I.’04,

51

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES—I.-V.

Puate 1.
Fig. 1. Vauntompsoniacristata, Spence Bate, 3, second Leg.
», 2. Leucon siphonatus, n. sp., young ¢.
» 3. ¥s 2 . », anterior part of Head further enlarged.
4. és », Uropod.
aes Cumella gracillima, n. sp., young ¢.
» 46. » 9 » 6, Carapace.
» 7. ” ” » ¢ Antennule.
o> 8. ” ” ” 9 Antenna.
ve 7 9. e sa » @ 38rd Maxilliped.
ei 5 - » 9 Ist Leg.
” ii. ” ” ” 9 2nd Leg.
pray 5 - ‘a so @ Oth Leg,
» 13. 9» ” » & Uropod.
” 14. ” ” ” é Uropod.
»» 15. Nannastacus brevicaudatus, n. 8p., young ¢.
»» 16. 9 - ia ? fourth Leg.
” 17. a ” 9 3 fourth Leg.
»» 18. 9 - 9 ? Uropod.
” 19. ” ” ” 3 Uropod.
PuateE IT.
Fig. 20. Cumellopsis Helgae, n.g. and sp., young ?, from the side.
9 ee 2 ie = » anterior portion of Body from
above.
sae BS e = is é, Antennule, Antenna, and
upper Lip.
9 23. ” ” ” ” roy Mandible.
» 24. $s * * »» 6, lower Lip.
”? 25. ” ” ” ” as Maxillula.
5, 20s Ac si - Rs 3, Maxilla.
5 S% - i " » 6, first Maxilliped with bran-
chial apparatus.
” 28. ” ” ” 79 3 second Maxilliped.
sp ad. A s », 6 third Maxilliped.
29 30. ” ” *) ” 3 first Leg.
» 3l. > 9 is », 6 second Leg.
»» 32. +9 23 zi » 6 fourth Leg.
” 33. 2” or ” ” 3 fifth Leg.
mS » § Uropod.
si, aoe Campylaspis rostrata, n. SP, ” young ? from side
», 36. " 33 " rk from above.
»» 37. 93 “a J " second Leg.
op ee = cb as a Dropod.
Puate ILI.
Fig. 39. Platycuma Holti, n.g. and sp., adult ¢, from the side.
” 40. ” ” ” ” from above.
yi alk 7 5 i i dissection to show spiral coiling
of Gut.
” 42. ” 2 ” ” Antennule.
», 43. 99 9 Es ‘i Antenna.
” 44. > oe) ” ” Mandible.
po ee a ‘i ea 2s lower Lip.
” 46. > ” ” ” Maxillula.
” 47. ” ” ” * Maxilla.
» 48. is i “a a first Maxilliped with branchial
apparatus.
»» 49. 9 » ” » first Maxilliped further enlarged.
»» 50. 9 - second Maxilliped from below.
», SOA. ” “ ; portion of same from above.
ay, obs ¥ . és ; third Maxilliped.
” 52. ” ’ ”» = first Leg.
»» 53. , ” > : second Leg.
» 54, ” ss * _ fourth Leg.
” 55. ” a ” 93 fifth Leg.
e 56, » ” ” a5 Uropod.

I. 04,

»)

59.
60.
61.
62.

TGA

84a.

85.

%>

Fig. 57. Ceratocwma horrida, n.g.
58.

52

Prats IV.
and sp.. adult

PLATE V.

6, from the side.
from above.
Antennule.
Antenna. »
Mandible.
tip of one lobe oflower Lip.
Maxillula.
Maxilla.
first Maxilliped from be-
low.
part of same, from above.
second Maxilliped.
third’ Maxilliped.
first Leg.
terminal part of same,
further enlarged.
second Leg.
third Leg.
fourth Leg.
last Thoracic Somite
viewed from in front to
show papillae bearing
crescentic genital orifices
with median ventral
spine between and in
front of them.
Pleopod of first pair.
Pleopod of fifth pair.
last Somite, Telson, and
Uropod.
last Somite, from a speci-
men in which the Telson
was shut down over the
anal orifice.
the same, from another
specimen with Telson
elevated.

»

7. Platyaspis orbécularis, n.sp., immature ¢, anterior portion of Body from

above.

anterior portion of Body from
below.

anterior portion of Body from
the side.

terminal part of Antennule.

Antenna.

’sP., young ?(?) from the side.

”»>

9?

99

a portion of the lower edge of
Carapace further enlarged.
fourth Leg.
rudimentary Exopod of same,
further enlarged. Pr
last two Somites, Telson, and
Uropod.
tip of Telson from the side.

WT Calman del ad nat.

Fig! Vaunto mpsonia cristata.Figs.2-4,Leucon siphonatu

A.S. Huth, Lith. et imp.

}.Cumella gracillima. Figs15-19,Nannastacus brevicaudatus.

—

W.T. Calman, del.ad nat.

=

Figs. 20-34, Cu mellopsis. H

A.S. Huth, lith.et imp.

igs.35-38,Campylaspis rostrata.

. 3

W.T. Calman, del ad nat.

A.S. Huth, lith.et imp.

¢

re Fa ew re

See
: ‘pes . S = ~»

T

SL
SS

WT Calman, del ad nat.

A.S. Huth, lith.et imp.

1 |

Lara o-.

i.

oi,
are °
Big ae %
fos } wy ~ 1)?

bo eo!
oN Ree Sal
an) a wipe Ue ke fy

ae
Koo
wy

ONO
ieee a!

ESL, ~ Ere,
— oO o
Py +

A.S.Huth, lith. et imp.

W.T.Calman, del. ad nat. | t
Figs. 77-8],. Platyaspis orbicularis.

Figs. 82-86, Diastylis tubulicauda.

Appenpix, No. II.

THE MARINE FAUNA OF THE COAST OF IRELAND.*

PART _V.
ISOPODA
BY

W. M. TatTrersaui, BSc.

Puares b.to Xi.

INTRODUCTORY.

Lhe word Jsopoda is here used in its widest and most com
prehensive sense to include, besides the more normal and
true Isopoda, the somewhat anomalous order T'anaidacea. The
latter have been included by most authors in the Isopoda
proper as an aberrant tribe, and Sars, in his latest work
on the group, regards them in this light, placing them in
a separate tribe of Isopoda, to which he gives the name
Chelifera. The arrangement which separates the Tanatdacea
from the rest of the Jsopoda, as a separate order of Crustacea
Malacostraca, appears to be the most natural one, since the
Tanaidacea diverge very markedly from the Isopodan type,
and show in some of their characters a remarkable similarity
to the higher crustacea. ‘The most striking of these characters
is the strongly built perfectly chelate structure of the first tho-
racic legs, a type of limb only met with elsewhere in the Deca-
poda. ‘The Apseudidae, one of the families of the Tanaidacea,
show further resemblance to the Mysidae and Eucarida gener-
ally in having two flagella to the superior antenna and a small
antennal scale to the inferior antenna. I have, therefore, in
this paper dealt with the Tanaidae and Apseudidae as a sepa-
rate order, the Tanaidacea, of equal value to the Isopoda,

The material dealt with is derived from (1) the collections
made at the Marine Laboratory of the Department when
stationed at Ballynakill and Bofin, Co. Galway, between the
years 1899 and 1904; and (2) the collections made by the
Department’s fishery cruiser, Helga, in deep water off the
west coast of Ireland, and also on the east coast.

* This series has previously been entitled ‘Marine Fauna of the West
Coast of Ireland.” Since its inception, facilities for work on the East
coast have been materially increased, and henceforth it will be convenient
to deal with the fauna under the general groups without geographical
sub-division.

Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1904, II., [Published, January, 1906. }
[ 53 ]

IT. 04, | 9

The Jsopoda as a whole are not pelagic organisms, and,
therefore, are not liable to capture by townets. Certain
species, however, are pelagic. ‘These include Gnathia
mazillaris (larvae only), the four species of Eurydice, Mun-
nopsis Murrayi, M. oceanica, and the larvae of Epicarida.
Various species of Idotea are frequently captured by coarse
townets towed rapidly at the surface, but it is their associa-
tion with floating weeds rather than that they are truly free
swimming which leads to their capture in this manner. By
far the majority of Jsopoda are bottom-living forms, and it is
the dredged material and the contents of townets attached to
the back of trawls and dredges which yield the larger number
of species. The latter method of capture has proved remark-
ably efficient in the collecting of bottom-living forms. A tow
net placed on the back of a trawl just where the swirl caused
by the ground rope passes up through the meshes of the trawl
net is sure to collect all the sediment and organisms thus
stirred up. Occasionally the nets thus placed become full of
sand, which on washing and sieving is nearly certain to yield
new or rare species. One remarkable haul of this nature con-

tained no fewer than twenty-one species of Isopoda, seven of.
them new to science, three new to the British and Irish fauna,* -

and the majority of the remainder very rare indeed.

By kind permission of Dr. G. H. Fowler I include a note
on a remarkable Isopodan parasite of Huphausia Miilleri taken
by him in the Bay of Biscay.

The paper is divided into five parts, the first containing
descriptions of new genera and species, the second dealing
with the Isopodan fauna of Ballynakill and Bofin Harbours,
while the third enumerates those species taken in deep water
on the Atlantic slope. Part four gives a list of species taken
on the east coast, while a few remarks on the geographical
distribution of the species dealt with are given at the end of
the paper.

1.—DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES.

Ten new species in all are described and figured below,
Five of these have been referred to new genera, while one
has been regarded as forming the type of a new family.

A preliminary description of seven of these new forms was
presented to the British Association Meeting at Cambridge, in
August, 1904. Since then three more new species have come

*In this paper, in order to avoid the confusion which has arjsen from
attempts to subdivide the marine fauna of the United Kingdom, the
term “ British and Irish” is used to denote the area defined by Norman
as “ British.”

[ 4 ]

Og gl a el ne ah Rp eR Sa a

IT, 04, 3

to hand, and descriptions and figures of all the ten are.now
offered. ‘They may be enumerated as follows :—

Typhlotanais proctagon, ap. nov.
Bathycopea typhlops, gen. et sp. nov.
Metamunna typica, gen. et sp. nov.
Ischnosoma Greent, sp. nov.

Munnopsis oceanica, sp. nov.
Munnopsoides Beddardi, gen. et sp. nov.
Ilyarachna Plunkett, sp. nov.
Kurycope longipes, sp. nov.

L[ipomera lamellata, gen. et sp. nov.
Scyracepon tuberculosa, gen, et sp. nov.

The number of new forms is not surprising when one thinks
how very little the undoubtedly rich ground, which lies to the
west of our islands on the border of the Atlantic slope, has
been explored.

In this part of the paper I give descriptions of the two sexes
of two British species of Cymodoce. Though not new species,
the sexually mature females were previously unknown, and
descriptions of them can most conveniently be given here.

Terminology.—With the single exception of regarding the
Chelifera as a separate order of equal rank to the Isopoda,
the general arrangement and nomenclature followed in this
paper are essentially those used by Sars in his work on the
Isopoda of Norway. In this connection it is well to remember
that the maxillipeds of Isopoda, though apparently appendages
of the cephalon, are morphologically thoracic in origin, and
should therefore be more properly described as the “first.
thoracic limbs.’’ ‘This title is given in the following paper.
to the second thoracic limbs in order to bring the terminology
into line with that used by Sars, and also because in Isopoda
and Amphipoda the first thoracic limbs proper or maxillipedes
function more in connection with the true cephalic appendages
than with those of the thorax.

Orper TANAIDACEA.
Famity TANAIDAE.
GENUS Typhlotanais, G. O. Sars.
Typhlotanais proctagon, Tattersall.
T. proctagon, Tattersall, Report British Association, 1904.

Pl. I. Figs. 1-9.

Body (Fig. 1) linear, narrow but compact, about seven
times as long as broad, of even width throughout.

Cephalosome about one and a half to twice as long as the
first free segment of the mesosome, comparatively robust,
widest just posterior to the middle, rostrum very feebly
developed.

[ 55 ]

II. 04, 4

Mesosome with the segments not narrowed posteriorly, but
of even width throughout ; first free segment smaller than the
remaining five, which are subequal; first free segment with a
very strongly acute forwardly directed spine on the ventral
surface (Fig. 2); no trace of this spine on the succeeding seg-
ments.

Metasome equal to the last two segments of the mesosome
combined, and about one quarter of the entire length of the
body, first five segments subequal, last segment larger than
the rest, and terminating in a somewhafé acute process tipped
by two small setae.

Superior antennae (Fig. 1) three-jointed ; the first joint the
longest, slightly longer than the remaining two combined,
dilated somewhat at its base; second joint very short; third
joint terminated by four or five long setae.

Inferior antennae (Fig. 9) shorter than the superior ; second
joint dilated, its outer corner produced acutely; fourth joint
the longest ; fifth slightly shorter than the fourth, terminating
in a rudimentary one-jointed flagellum which is tipped by one
very long seta longer than the terminal peduncular joint, and
two shorter setae.

Mouth parts do not exhibit any salient points of difference
from those of the type species of the genus, T. tenuimana.

Chelipeds or first thoracic legs (Fig. 3) moderately robust,
with feeble hand about as long as the carpus, fingers shorter
than the palm, appendage devoid of armature save for a few
setae on the immovable finger of the hand.

Second thoracic legs (Fig. 4) slender, merus equal in length
to the carpus, propodus longer than the carpus, nail very long
and slender, equal in length to the propodus.

Third and fourth thoracic legs (Fig. 5) similar to the second
except the nail, which is only about half as long as the pro-
podus, merus and carpus provided with a small spine at their
inner distal corners, that on the merus being stronger than the
one on the carpus, propodus with a spine on the inner and one
on the outer distal corners.

Fifth to seventh thoracic legs (igs. 6, 7 and 8) with the
basal joint markedly swollen; carpus, merus, and propodus
with one or two spines on their inner distal corners, the latter
joint with two spines on its outer distal corner; nail slightly
shorter than the propodus, sometimes with secondary teeth; a
very long seta on the outer distal corner of the propodus ; inner
edge of the merus and carpus finely crenulated, while these
joints have also a ring of fine serrations on their inner distal
corners. The spinulation differs somewhat in different speci-
mens.

Pleopods of normal structure.
ae

|
|
|

'

TI. 04, 5

Uropods (Fig. 1) rather long, very nearly half the length
of the metasome, biramous; the inner ramus biarticulate, the
segments about equal in length, terminated by four long setae ;
outer ramus uniarticulate, about one half the length of the
inner ramus, tipped by one seta.

Length of adult female, 6 mm.
Male unknown.

Locality.—See p. 60,

This interesting species differs from all the Norwegian mem-
bers of the genus in having a spine on the first free segment
of the mesosome. The type of this section of the genus is
T. kerguelenensis, described from the Challenger collections
by Beddard. ‘The present species differs from 7’. kerguelen-
ensis in the much more feeble rostrum, and more robust
cephalosome, in the shorter and stouter chelipeds, in the very
markedly dilated base to the fifth, sixth, and seventh thoracic
legs, and finally in size, 7’. proctagon being double the size of
T. kerguelenensis. In the latter species the chelipeds are
remarkably long and slender, with a long and narrow carpus.
The hand is shorter than the carpus, with two long and slender
fingers. In 7’. proctagon the chelipeds, as described above, are
much stouter and shorter, with the hand equal to the carpus.
With regard to the basal joint of the fifth, sixth, and seventh
legs, Beddard does not mention, in the description of T. ker-
guelenensis, whether they are swollen or not. Judging from
his figures they are only very slightly dilated, while the pre-
sent species has them very much swollen. The swollen basal
joint of the last three thoracic limbs is characteristic of the
genus.

Dollfuss has lately described three new species of Typhlo-
tanais, all of which bear spines on the ventrum of the first
free thoracic segment, namely, 7’. Richardi, T. spiniventris,
and T. longimanus. From T. spiniventris, this species is
distinguished by the absence of spines from the second and
following free segments of the mesosome, in the angular ter-
mination of the metasome, in the even width throughout of
the segments of the mesosome, these latter in T. spiniventris
being markedly narrower posteriorly, in the structure of the
uropods and cephalosome and in the much more robust cheli-
peds. From 17’. Richardt it is chiefly distinguished by the
structure of the cephalosome, the angular termination to the
metasome, and by the character of the uropods. From
T. longimanus the form of the chelipeds serves at once to
readily distinguish it.

T. proctagon is one of the largest Tanaids, and is a most
interesting addition to our fauna. Its nearest allies mentioned
above are much deeper-water forms, only hitherto found to the’
west of the Azores. Tove Ale 4 eGr

[ 57 |

IT. 04, 6

Orver ISOPODA.
TRIBE FLABELLIFERA.
Famity SPHAEROMIDAE.

The absence of this family from the fauna of Norway must
be regarded as a great misfortune, since we are thereby
deprived of the valuable help and unrivalled knowledge of Pro-
fessor Sars, in the elucidation of a family whose present con-
dition is one of absolute chaos. The sexual differences ex-
hibited by the majority of species are the cause of this con-
fusion. In many instances different stages of one sex have
been described as separate species, while the two sexes often
figure in different genera altogether. Both sexes of one
species are in many cases not definitely known. Moreover,
though almost endless species have been described, their
mouth parts are only recently coming to be studied and receiv-
ing the attention they undoubtedly deserve.

The discovery by Dr. Hansen that the mouth parts of the
females of the genus Cymodoce undergo considerable reduction
during the breeding time in a similar manner to those of the
Cymothoidae must completely revolutionise our knowledge
of this genus, and inevitably lead to a reduction in the number
of known species. Two species of this genus are recorded
below, and their two sexes described. Dr. Norman, to whom
IT am very much indebted for valuable help with this difficult
family, informs me by letter that he considers Cymodoce trun-
cata and C. emarginata as different forms of the male, and
Sphaeroma curtum and S. prideauxianum different forms of
the female of one species, which must therefore bear the name
Cymodoce truncata. Dr. Norman will deal with this in a
paper shortly to be published. I also submitted to him speci-
mens of the species recorded below as C. granulatum M.-Ed.,
and which I had thought to be C. emarginata. He very kindly
told me that they were not C. emarginata, but were very close
to C. granulatum M.-Ed., and sent me specimens of the latter,
received from Prof. Heller under that name, for comparison.
On examination of Dr. Norman’s specimens and comparison
with my own, I found that my examples agreed very well with
C. granulatum M.-Ed., and I therefore record them provision-
ally under this name.

Cymodoce truncata (Montagu).
Sphaeroma inerme, Tattersall, loc. crt.
Pl, II. Figs. 1-9.
Female (gravid).

General form of the body (Fig. 1) very much as in species of
the genera Sphaeroma and Dynamene, short, oval in outline,
compact, fringed all over by short fine hairs.

[ 58 |

Bs phi cia Pe ee ee oe a ee

| ial

11. ’04, 7

Cephalon, short, only equal in length to the first thoracic
segment, evenly rounded in front.

First segment of the mesosome larger than any of the fol-
lowing, with the epimera well developed and expanded, both
anteriorly and posteriorly.

Remaining segments of the mesosome decreasing in length
posteriorly, epimera of all well developed.

First segment of the metasome faintly marked off from the
rest, second and third segments partially separated, and fourth
segment completely separated from the remainder of the pleon,
fifth segment coalesced with the telson. In the specimens
from which this description is taken and the figures drawn, the
pleotelson was almost quite smooth. The most typical speci-
mens have two more or less distinctly marked tubercles on the
pleotelson. _

Posterior border of the metasome with the centre produced
into an obtuse point with a very faint notch on either side.
Looked at from behind the produced point appears semi-
tubular.

Hyes large, and laterally placed.

Antennae appear to be ventrally placed owing to the peculiar
formation of the head, just as seen in Sphaeroma.,

Superior antennae (Fig. 2) with the peduncle three-jointed,
the first two joints broader and longer than the third, flagellum
fifteen-jointed, the distal joints with few setae.

Inferior antennae (Fig. 3) with the peduncle four-jointed,
the first three joints sub-equal, the fourth as long as the two
preceding joints combined, flagellum fifteen-jointed, the first
joint much the longest, the distal joints with few setae.

Mandibles (Fig. 4) broad and quadrangular, anterior end
very bluntly rounded, without teeth, spines, or molar pro-
cesses, palp three-jointed, the basal joint the longest and un-
armed, the distal two joints carrying long plumose setae on
their outer edges, the last joint terminated by a very long and
strong plumose seta.

First maxillae (Fig. 5) consisting of two very blunt lobes,
the inner one with three, and the outer one with a single very
small spine at the tip; the whole appendage devoid of long ~

setae, but having a general armature of very short and fine
hairs.

Second maaillae (Fig. 6) consisting of three lobes, the inner
with three very short spines at its tip, the outer two without
spines ; the whole appendage, like the first maxilla, devoid of
long setae, but covered by a fringe of very fine short hairs.

Maaillipedes (Fig. 7) seven-jointed, basal joint short;
second joint large and expanded, its inner edge with a fringe
of fine short hairs, its outer edge carrying a broadly oval epig-
nath, and armed with several long plumose setae; third joint
very small; fourth joint long and somewhat expanded distally,

fr 854

IT. ’04, 8

the inner distal corner with a single short spine; fifth joint
shorter than the fourth, its inner border somewhat produced,
with a single spine at the tip of the produced part; sixth joint
longer than the fifth, not expanded, with a single spine at its
inner distal corner; last joint short and narrow, with three
setae at its tip ; masticatory lobe conical in shape, its tip armed
with two short spines and a longer plumose spine, with a
masticatory process on its inner edge; whole limb, with the
exception of the second joint, singularly devoid of the long
setae so characteristic of these appendages in the male and
female (not gravid).

First thoracic legs (Fig. 8) with the basal joint long and
stout, the merus somewhat expanded, carpus small, propodus
as long as the merus and carpus combined, dactylus shorter
than the propodus, stout, bidentate at the tip; inner edge of
merus, carpus and propodus respectively armed with four,
three and three spines.

Remaining ithoracic legs similar in structure to the first.

Pleopods of normal form.

Uropods (Fig. 9) reaching to the tip of the pleon, biramous,
the outer ramus shorter than the inner, but owing to the mode
of attachment of the appendage to the pleon it appears to be
of equal length to the inner ramus. The latter with the tip
truncate, the outer ramus with the tip more pointed, whole
appendage armed with rather long setae.

Length, 9 mm.

Colour.—Preserved, the body is generally greyish, spotted
all over with regular small black dots.

Immature females and adult females not gravid, differ from
the gravid females in the mouth organs, which are not reduced,
but agree in all points with those of the male described below.

Male.

The male form agrees essentially with the female form
described above except in the following points :—

Body generally much more hirsute than in the female, espe-
cially as regards the metasome, and minutely granulated
throughout.

Metasome strongly and rather coarsely tuberculated all
over, the posterior border of the fourth segment drawn out a
little on each side of the median line into a short pointed pro-
cess, the border on the outside of this process strongly setose.
The remainder of the metasome (pleotelson) has two low:
parallel! carinae which lie directly behind and in line with the
processes of the posterior border of the fourth segment. The
carinae extend about half way down the pleotelson and end
posteriorly in a very conspicuous tubercle. On the outer side of
each carina is a row of strong setae. Behind the carinae, and in
the median line, is arather prominent tubercle with a smaller one
on each side of it, all three tubercles densely setose. The

[ 0 |

II. 04, 9

posterior border of the pleotelson is tridentate, the teeth very
prominent and tuberculate, and the clefts moderately deep.
The median tooth is abruptly truncate at its tip, the lateral]
teeth being more pointed.

Uropods very densely setose, the outer one with its outer
edge very greatly thickened by a very prominent ridge, so that
it is incapable of being completely closed under the inner one.

Mandibles very much more complicated than in the gravid
female, cutting edge divided into two parts, each portion
strongly toothed, molar process well developed and very pro-
minent; palp three jointed, somewhat shorter than in the
female, the last two joints somewhat expanded and setose on
their inner margin.

First maaillae very different from the same parts of the
gravid female, and much more normal in structure, consisting
of two lobes, the outer armed with about ten very strong
chitinous spines, the inner one bearing at its tip four long
plumose spines and a short simple spine.

Second maaillae likewise profoundly different from those of
the gravid female, consisting of three lobes, each lobe armed
with several strong and plumose spines.

Maztlhpedes with the fourth, fifth, and sixth joints produced
into lobes, all armed at the tip with numerous fairly long sétae,
masticatory lobe strongly armed at its tip with plumose spines,
two plumose spines also on the inner edge internal to the
single masticatory hook.

Thoracic legs exactly as in the female, except that in the
specimen examined in detail the merus, carpus and propodus
bore five, three and four short spines respectively.

In a male specimen of this species kindly sent to me by
Rev. Canon Norman, the two carinae on the pleotelson were
very much more prominent and ended posteriorly in a strongly
raised ridge, which in lateral view was triangular in shape.
The lower outer corners of both uropods were also produced
into a very acute process resembling a spine. In most of my
specimens this process was absent.

The gravid female of this species has up till now remained
quite unknown. On first examining and dissecting it I
thought it represented an entirely new type of Sphaeromid,
and provisionally gave it the name of Sphaeroma inerme in the
paper presented to the last meeting of the British Associa-
tion, though at the same time I had strong suspicions as to
its true identity, since it was found in company with one or
other species of Cymodoce each time the latter was taken.
The profound differences which exist in the mouth parts of
the two sexes, however, decided me to regard my type as new.
Dr. Hansen very kindly put me right in this matter, and
informed me that the species which I called S. inerme was in
reality only the gravid female of the species of Cymodoce with
which it was found, thus confirming the suspicions which J

f @l ]

II. '04, 10

had regarding its true identity. Gourret had ‘likewise been
misled in the same way, his two species, Dynamene corallina
and Dynamene setosa, being in reality only female forms of
Cymodoce, as will be seen from an examination of his figures
of the mouth parts, which agree, as far as they go, with those
here figured for the female of Cymodoce truncata, pe ATs

Locality and distribution, see p. 47.

Cymodoce granulatum, M.-Ed.

This species is so closely allied to C. truncata that it will
suffice if the differences noted between the two are enumerated.

Female (gravid).

The gravid female C. granulatum differs from the same sex in
C. truncata—(1) in the presence of two very faint parallel
carinae on the pleotelson, (2) in having the ante-penultimate
joint of the maxillipedes much less produced, and the mastica-
tory lobes much narrower and of equal width throughout,
whereas in C. truncata they are broader and somewhat conical
in shape at the anterior end; (3) in having the outer branch
of the uropods proportionally narrower and much less truncat
at the tip. ;

Male. 3

The male differs chiefly from the male of C. truncata in the
form of the metasome.

The metasome of the male of C. granulatum is, like that in
C, truncata, somewhat coarsely granulated all over, but is not
anything like so densely setose. ‘The fourth segment is pro-
duced a little on each side of the middle line into a short
acute process. On the pleotelson immediately behind the two
processes of the fourth segment are two somewhat diverging
sharp carinae much more distinct and raised than in C, trun-
cata. ‘They do not terminate in a tubercle, but are more ele-
vated at their extremity than at any other point in their
Jength. They extend about half-way down the pleotelson.
Someway posterior to the carinae and in the median line is a
small, smooth linguiform process which projects almost at
right angles to the surface, and has on each side of it a low
granulated tubercle, while a very slight carina likewise pro-
ceeds from each side of it outwards and forwards to the pos-
terior end of the two large carinae. The posterior border is
tridentate as in C. truncata, but the median tooth is not trun-
cate but broadly rounded. The setae are almost absent, a few
only fringing the posterior border of the fourth segment and
the terminal border of the pleotelson. There are signs of two
obtuse tubercles on the combined second and third segment
of the metasome. The general body is also minutely tuber-
culated throughout. | + | |

[ 62 ]

IT. ’04, 11

Uropods with the ridge on the outer side of the external
ramus very much less pronounced than on C. truncata, and
the setae considerably fewer. tar?

Locality and distribution, see p. 64.

Famity ANCINIIDAE nov.

Body broadly oval in shape, and exceedingly depressed ;
capable of being doubled up on itself, so that the metasome
becomes opposed to the ventral surface of the cephalon ; with-
out armature save for a few scattered setae on the sides of the
mesosome.

Cephalon small, distinct from the mesosome.

Mesosome with all the segments distinct and sub-equal in
size, epimera broad and very distinct, so that the body is
divided into three divisions, a broader central one and two
narrower lateral ones, as in the Serolidae,

Metasome with the first two segments distinct, the first
having well defined epimera; the remaining four segments
fused into a large triangular plate.

Eyes, when present, placed on the dorsal surface of the
cephalon and not laterally.

Antennae sub-equal, the superior pair being if anything
slightly longer than the inferior ones.

Mandibles moderately strong, with a well developed three-
jointed palp.

Macillae small and delicate.

Mazillipedes small, covering entirely the maxillae.

First thoracic legs of both sexes large, subcheliform, pro-
podus much expanded, dactylus long and strongly curved. —

Second thoracic leg of the male similar to that of the first,
but much smaller. ‘That of the female simple and slender.

Third to seventh thoracic legs of both sexes simple and
somewhat slender in form.

Pleopods foliaceous, partly natatory, partly branchial.

Uropods extremely large and uniramous, consisting of a
short stout basal joint and a long curved scythe-lhke terminal
joint.
The type genus of the family is Ancinus, M.-Ed., founded
for the reception of the remarkable Naesa depressa of Leach.

This definition of the family is founded entirely upon the
examination of the new generic type described below. I be-
lieve Ancinus to belong to the same family, and as the earliest
known genus it must give the family its name. The new
genus below is only provisionally kept distinct from Ancinus
till the type of the latter has been minutely examined. When
this is done it may be found that Bathycopea is generically the
same, and the name will therefore lapse. :

si 63 |

I. 04, 12

Genus Bathycopea, Tattersall.
Bathycopea, Tattersall, loc. cit. —

Having the characters of the family given above and differ-
ing, as far as can be seen in the absence of a detailed examina-
tion of the type, from the only other genus in the family,
Ancinus, in the total absence of eyes. et

Bathycopea typhlops, ‘Tattersall.

Bathycopea typhlops, Tattersall, loc. cit.
Pl. Tit. igs. 1-13,

Body (Fig. 1) broadly oval in shape, very flattened, capable
of being doubled up on itself so that the metasome lies against
the ventral surface of the cephalon. Te

Cephalon small, distinct from the mesosome, though the
suture becomes rather faint towards the middle of the body,
front produced into a short but very acutely pointed rostrum,
the cephalon on each side of the rostrum somewhat hollowed
out for the reception of the basal joints of the antennae.

Mesosome composed of seven sub-equal segments, the first
two of which are, if anything, slightly larger than the remain-
ing ones; epimeral plates well marked, each being produced
on its anterior edge, just at the junction with the main seg-
ment, into a short blunt process which underlies the preceding
epimeral plate, and is thus not visible in a dorsal view (Fig.
13); these processes become double in the posterior segments ;
armature consisting merely of a few short scattered setae on
the lateral edges of the epimeral plates.

The well-marked and broad epimera give the appearance to
the body of being divided into three parts, a broad median and
two narrower lateral parts, recalling the general form of the
Serolidae. This character has been regarded by some authors
as indicating for the latter family an affinity with the now
extinct Trilobites.

Metasome with the two anterior segments free, the first pro-
vided with well marked epimera, which do not, however, pos-
sess processes on their anterior edges similar to those of the
epimera of the mesosome. Last four segments united into a
large and massive triangular plate which tapers gradually to a _
point and has not the apex truncate as in Ancinus depressus,

yes entirely absent. ‘

Superior antennae (Vig. 2) slightly longer than the inferior
ones, with a peduncle of four and a flagellum of seven
joints; basal joint of the flagellum rather stout, almost as
broad as long, slightly longer than the next joint; the second

oz

IT.’04, 13

joint narrower and shorter than the first ; the third joint much
narrower than either of the preceding ones, and as long as those
two combined ; last joint exceedingly small; flagellum with the
first joint longer than any of the succeeding ones; the whole
appendage very sparsely provided with setae, one or two of the
peculiar sensory cylindrical setae being present on the terminal!
joints.

Inferior antennae (Fig. 3) with a peduncle of five joints
and a flagellum of five joints; the first joint of the peduncle
small and fairly stout; the second as stout as the first but con-
siderably longer; the third shorter than the second ; the fourth
as long as the second but not so stout; the fifth the smallest
of all; the whole appendage sparingly armed with setae, none
of which are sensory.

Labrum produced somewhat acutely into a process underly
ing the rostrum.

Mandibles (Fig. 4) of a type very similar to that seen in the
Serolidae ; the palp is three-jointed, the middle joint being the
longest ; the terminal joint is oval in shape and armed on one
margin only with long hairs, of which the terminal one is
longer and stronger than the rest; the distal part of one margin
of the middle joint of the palp is likewise armed with long
hairs, but the rest of the appendage is devoid of them; the
basal portion of the mandible has the terminal half set at an
angle to the basal half, the two parts rather markedly
separated; the cutting edge is provided with three blunt
teeth; in addition the mandible is also provided below the
cutting edge with a chisel-like process and a spine serrated
distally on one edge. ‘The chisel-like process has the tip
imperfectly formed into two blunt teeth. Similar processes
and spines are noted by Beddard in the Serolidae. The chisel-
shaped process is absent from the right mandible, a condition
again met with in the Serolidae.

First maazillae (Fig. 5) very delicate, consisting of a large
basal joint from which springs a large somewhat curved lobe
furnished at its extremity with strong spiniform setae. At
the base of this lobe, but springing directly from the basal por-
tion of the maxilla, is a small straight blunt lobe, armed at its
tip with one long and three short setae.

Second mazillae (Fig. 6) rather smaller than the first, con-
sisting of three lobes armed at their tips with long setae.

Mazillipedes (Fig. 7) rather small, meeting in the middle
line and entirely covering the maxillae, composed of the usual
seven joints, of which the second is large and rectangular, and
to which the remaining five are articulated as a palp; the third
joint extremely small; the fourth and fifth, larger and longer
than the two terminal ones, and each armed with one long
and one short seta; the sixth joint has a similar armature,

{ 6 ]

IT. ’04, 14

while the seventh bears one long and two or three short setae.
The second expanded joint is uniformly fringed with short
hairs, and bears on its inner edge a single blunt sensory
process.

First thoracic legs of both sexes (Fig. 8) large, subchelate,
strongly built, the merus and carpus rather smal! and narrow,
the latter having the distal corner somewhat acutely pointed
and tipped by a few setae; propodus very much swollen and
expanded, with the inner edge very coarsely toothed, and bear-
ing a row of setae, one seta between each tooth; dactylus
strongly recurved and suddenly narrowed at the extremity,
bearing two conspicuous teeth on its inside edge near its articu-
lation with the propodus.

Second thoracic legs in the mate (Fig. 9) subchelate, smaller
than the first, with the propodus not nearly so much expanded,
unarmed along the inner edge save with a few setae, dactylus
strongly recurved, blunt, not as long as on the first leg, without
teeth on its inner edge.

Second thoracic legs in the female (Fig. 10) simple, some-
what slender, carpus equal in length to the propodus, dactylus
shorter than the propodus, sharply pointed; very few setae
present on limb.

The remaining thoracic limbs (Fig. 11) of both sexes are
constructed on the same plan as the second thoracic leg of the
female, though somewhat longer than the latter limb.

First pleopods consisting of a basal joint and two oval
lamellae, the outer one shorter than the inner one, both setose
all round the edges.

Second pleopods with the inner lamella shghtly longer than
the outer, trapezoidal in shape, with the outer edge very finely
serrate, the distal edge alone bearing setae ; outer lamella oval,
with setae all round. The inner lamella in the male (Fig. 12)
bears on its inner edge a long very finely pointed stylet as long
as the lamella itself.

Third pleopods with the inner lamella oval in shape and
slightly Jonger than the outer, with a very few setae at its distal
extremity ; the outer lamella with setae all round.

Fourth pleopods with the lamellae sub-equal, devoid of setae
with the exception of a single strong bristle at the distal ex-
tremity of the inner lamella.

Fifth pleopods with the outer lamella longer than the inner
one, both devoid of setae.

Uropods (Fig. 1) very large and massive, with a short and
stout basal joint articulating with the proximal part of the
metasome and projecting almost straight out at right angles
to the longitudinal axis of the body; terminal joint large and
scythe-shaped, curving strongly inwards and approximating

| 66 ]

- ht, eage @ gin «,

IL. ’04, 15

to its fellow of the other side; a short blunt tooth on the inner
edge near the tip; the whole appendage armed with a few
scattered setae. Under the high power of the microscope both
edges seem to be regularly toothed along their full length.

Length of adult male and female, 5 mm.
Locality, see p. 65.

The little creature is extremely hardy, and was noticed to be
alive and very active after coming up from so great a depth
as 320 fathoms. The integument is extremely hard and
brittle,

I am conscious that this species may not really be generically
distinct from Ancinus depressus (Leach). The latter is only
known to me from the brief descriptions and figures given by
Milne-Edwards (Histoire des Crustacés, Vol. III.). I have
not had the opportunity of examining the type specimen in
the British Museum. From Milne-Edwards’ figures, the pre-
sent form is certainly most closely allied to Ancinus depressus,
but is at least specifically distinct in differing, as it does, in the
absence of eyes, and in the metasome not being truncate at its
extremity.

Affinities.—It is obvious that the definition of no existing
family of Isopoda will permit of the reception of this remark-
able form within its limits. Hence it is necessary to form a
new family to include it and Ancinus, the family taking its
name from the latter genus and being co-extensive with the
‘* Spheromiens chelifers’’ of Milne-Edwards. The Ancintdae
are most clearly related, on the one hand, to the Sphaeromidae,
and on the other, to the Serolidae, occupying a position inter-
mediate between the two. Indeed, the generic name Bathy-
copea, which I have applied to the above form, was suggested
by its close external resemblance to the Sphaeromid genus
Campecopea.

The characters in which it agrees with the Sphaeromidae
are :—

(1.) The separation of the cephalon from the first seg-
ment of the mesosome.

(2.) The large size and prominence of the metasome.

(3.) The large scythe-like uniramous uropoda in which it
approaches Campecopea,

With regard to the first character given above it may be
remarked that the maxillipedes of Isopoda generally, though
apparently belonging to the head, are clearly of thoracic origin,
and the so-called cephalon of Iso poda is therefore really a
cephalothorax. For convenience of description, and in order
to bring the nomenclature into line with G. O. Sars’ “‘ Crus-
tacea of Norway,’’ I have referred to it as the cephalon simply
In all Isopoda save the Chelifera and the Serolidae the
cephalon is distinct from the first segment of the mnesosome.

| Fr ]

Fr 2

IT. 04, 16

In these latter two families it is united with the first segment
of the mesosome. In the Anciniidae there is a tendency to
such a union, the suture between the cephalon and first seg-
ment of the mesosome becoming indistinct towards the centre
of the body. The large size of the metasome in the Ancintdae
is in great contrast to that of the Serolidae, in which it is
small and partially surrounded by the great development of
the epimera. The large scythe-lke uropods are exactly like
those seen in Campecopea, and differ markedly from the small
biramous uropoda of the Serolidae. .

The relations of the present family to the Serolidae are of a
much closer nature, the points of resemblance being both
numerous and of great moment. ‘They may be enumerated as
follows :—

(1.) The remarkably flattened and broadly oval shape of
the body.

(2.) The development of the epimera in both families is
such as to divide the body into three distinct por-
tions.

(3.) The presence of a small but acutely pointed rostrum.

(4.) Eyes, when present, placed on the top of the cepha-
lon and not laterally.

(5.) The general form and structure of the mouth parts.

(6.) The remarkable modification of the first thoracic leg
in both sexes, and the structure of the second
thoracic leg in the male.

The development of the epimera on the Ancinudae is not so
striking as in the Serolidae. In the latter family they are
often prolonged enormously into spiniform processes, which
curve backwards so as to almost enclose the metasome, cf.
S. bromleyana and S. neaera. In others they are not so
greatly developed, but as a rule are broader than in the
Anciniudae, and the anterior ones are larger than the posterior,
so that the body as a whole is wider in front than behind.
The epimera of the Anciniidae are of about equal size through-
out the mesosome, with he exception of those of the first two
segments, which, though deeper than the succeeding ones, are
not laterally expanded. The dorsal position of the eyes in
the two families is a character in which they differ very con-
spicuously from all other Isopoda, in which they are laterally
placed.

The structure of the mouth parts, with the exception of the
maxillipedes, is remarkably similar in the two families. Par-
ticularly is this so with the mandibles. Beddard, in his mono-
graph of the genus Serolis, has shown that the mandible bears,
in addition to the usual cutting edge, two accessory processes,
one a chisel-like cutting blade, and the other a spiniform pro-
cess with a serrated edge. Moreover, the former process is

Ly 68 J

-_

rer: eer ees Ae

II. 04, 17

absent or replaced by a spine in the right mandible. Pre-
cisely similar processes are found in the mandible of Bathy-
copea typhlops, and here also the chisel-shaped process would
appear to be absent from the mandible of the right side.

The first maxillae are likewise constructed on the same lines
in both families. They consist, in B. typhlops, as described
above, of a basal portion and a large terminal lobe tipped with
strong spiniform setae. From the basal portion, at the base
of the terminal lobe, there springs a small accessory lobe.
The presence of this accessory lobe in the first maxillae of the
Serolidae was first noticed by Audouin and Milne-Edwards.
Its existence was later denied by Grube, but Beddard found it
present in most, though not all, of the species of Serolis which
he examined. In no other Isopoda are the first maxillae so
constructed. The small secondary lobe is no doubt the
remains of the large inner lobe of the first maxillae of most
Isopoda.

The maxillipedes in the two families differ rather consider-
ably from one another. In the Anciniidae they are of the
more normal type found in the Sphaeromidae. Those of the
Serolidae are described by Beddard as consisting of a basal
part, broadly expanded and divided into four, and a three-
jointed palp.

The remarkable modification of the first thoracic leg in both
sexes and the further modification of the second thoracic leg
in the male only are of exactly similar nature in both families,
and are points which indicate the closest affinity between the
two. In no other Isopoda is such a striking form of thoracic
lee met with, except, possibly, in Tecticeps, and the two
families are thus sharply defined in this respect from all others
of the order. Dana suggested that Ancinus, by reason of the
sub-cheliform condition of the first thoracic legs, was nearly
related to the Tanaidae. He had seen no specimens, however,
and from the above description of a closely allied form it will
be seen that such a suggestion cannot for a moment be enter-
tained. Richardson has lately described, from North America,
a remarkable new genus Tecticeps, which has a very much
flattened body, eyes present on top of the head, and small
biramous uropoda. The first and second thoracic legs are,
moreover, described as having the propodus “‘ dilated with
reflexed dactylus.’’ They therefore agree with the same limbs
in the male of both Serolis and Bathycopea, and the genus
appears very closely related to the former. It has been sug-
gested that the Serolidae, by reason of the flattened condition
of the body and its apparent division into three longitudinal
parts in consequence of the great development of the epimera,
show affinities with the fossil Trilobita. I am not prepared to
make a similar suggestion with regard to the present family,
nor do I think its discovery throws any new light on this much
disputed point.

[ 69 ]

II. 04, 18

To sum up, therefore, the Anciniidae are intermediate in
character between the Sphaeromidae and the Serolidae, with,
perhaps, a rather closer relationship to the latter. With
regard to the possible phylogeny of the group it would be
premature, in the absence of knowledge of their ontogeny, to
put forward any opinion, but it seems probable that both the
Ancintidae and Serolidae are parallel offshoots from some
primitive Sphaeromid stock.

TRIBE ASELLOTA.

Famity MUNNIDAE.

GENUS Metamunna, Tattersall.
Metumunna, Tattersall, loc. cit.

Very closely allied to the genera Pleurogonium and Para-
munna, differing from the former in the presence of well-
marked ocular processes and eyes, and from the latter in the
absence of the two diverging lobes from the cephalon and in
the general shape of the, body.

The specimen on which this new genus is founded might
well have been referred to the genus Pleurogonium G. O. Sars,
were it not for the fact that Sars defines that genus as having
the eyes wholly absent. Rather than interfere with the exist-
ing definition of genera, I have preferred to found a new genus
for the reception of the form described below.

Metamunna typica, ‘l'attersall.

Metamunna typica, Tattersall, loc. ctt.

Pl. IX., Figs. 1-3.

Body (Fig. 1) shaped almost exactly as in the genus Pleuro-
gonium, about twice as long as broad

Cephalon roughly quadrangular, front almost straight and
entirely wanting the two lobes seen in Paramunna ; sides pro-
duced into well marked’ narrow ocular processes with well
developed eyes at their tips.

Mesosome with the first four segments broader than the
last three and well marked off from the latter, lateral parts
angular and unarmed; three posterior segments with the
lateral parts slightly recurved.

Caudal segment or metasome narrower than the rest of the
body, rather less than half of the total length of the animal,
constricted at the base, terminal part produced into an obtusely
pointed tiv, sides serrated with about twelve small teeth.

Lf 4

. IL.’04, 19

Superior antennae (Fig. 1) projecting laterally from the
cephalon just above the ocular lobes, peduncle three-jointed ;
first joint longer than the remaining two combined; third
joint small, flagellum shorter than the peduncle, triarticulate ;
last joint with a long apical filament.

Inferior antennae (Fig. 1) longer than the superior antenna,
peduncle six-jointed; first two joints small; the third the
longest, with its inner distal corner produced into an acute
process forming a distinct knee, from which the remaining part
of the appendage projects laterally almost at right angles;
fourth joint small; sixth rather shorter than fifth; flagellum
five-jointed, shorter than the peduncle.

Mouth parts.—Only a single specimen of this new form
having been taken the mouth parts were not dissected out.
They will be found, I believe, to correspond substantially
with those of Plewrogonium.

First thoracic legs (Fig. 2) shorter and more robust than the
remainder, carpus longer and stouter than the merus, bearing
three stout spines; propodus as long as the carpus; dactylus
rather long and strongly recurved with a secondary tooth on
the inside edge.

Remaining thoracic legs very much as in Plewrogonium.

Uropods (Fig. 3) short, proceeding from the sides of the
metasome immediately behind the serrated part of the lateral
edges, and some considerable way from the tip ; biramous, inner
ramus exceedingly small, only about half as long as the outer,
armed at tip with two long setae, outer ramus with four long
setae at the tip.

Length of female, 2 mm.
Male unknown.
Locality, see p. 71.

This new form is more closely related to the genus Pleuro-
gonium than to the genus Paramunna. The general shape of
the body, the pointed extremity of the metasome, the longer
peduncle to the superior antenna, and the unigeniculate in-
ferior antenna, are points in which it agrees exactly with
Pleurogonium and differs from Paramunna. It agrees with
the latter genus in the presence of well-marked, though small,
ocular lobes and eyes, which in Pleurogonium are entirely
absent. It is to be regretted that the scarcity of examples
would not allow of the dissection of the mouth parts, but I did
not think the dissection of the only known specimen justifi-
able. Paramunna differs from Pleurogonium in possessing
palps to the mandibles, and it would have been interesting to
have seen whether the close outward resemblance of this new
form to Pleurogonium extended to the mouth parts also.

, oe |

II. ’04, 20

FamMity DESMOSOMIDAE.
GENUS Ischnosoma, G. O. Sars.

Ischnosoma Greeni, Tattersall.

I. Greeni, Tattersall, loc. cit.

Pl. IV., Figs. 1-6.

Body (Fig. 1) sublinear in shape, about six times as long as
broad in its widest part, much stouter in build comparatively
than the type species of the genus, J. bispinosum, agreeing
more in this respect with J. quadrispinosum, the body and
appendages closely covered by coarse spinulose tubercles, but
except on the first segment of the mesosome entirely devoid of
large and prominent spines.

Cephalon small, quadrangular, front evenly rounded.

Mesosome with the first segment deeply emarginate ante-
riorly for the reception of the cephalon, its lateral parts bearing
a short strong blunt spine beset by small spinules like the rest
of the body; second and third segments of equal size, lateral
parts unarmed ; fourth and fifth segments together about two-
fifths of the total length of the body, forming an hour-glass-
shaped portion, which gives the characteristic shape to the
body ; sixth and seventh segments small, lateral parts unarmed.

Metasome (Fig. 6) with the first segment free from the
abdominal shield, the latter rather less than one-fifth of the
total length, posterior border evenly rounded.

Superior antennae (Fig. 2) of remarkable form, peduncle
only two-jointed ; first joint short and swollen; second joint
nearly twice as long as the first, and near its distal extremity
bearing three very long setae, flagellum exceedingly minute,
three-jointed ; the last joint very small.

Inferior antennae (Fig. 1) very long; first joint very small ;
second joint long and stout, bearing on its inner proximal edge
a two-jointed blunt spine; third joint short; fourth joint long
and narrow, slightly shorter than the fifth; flagellum as long
as the last three joints of the peduncle and composed of
eighteen to twenty joints.

Mouth organs exactly as found in I. bisptnosum.

First thoracic legs (Fig. 3) shorter and much stouter than
the rest ; carpus as long as the two preceding joints combined,
greatly inflated, armed with two long and two short spines as
well as setae: propodus shorter than carpus, somewhat ex-
panded. armed with three slender spines and one or two long
= ; dactylus as long as the propodus, armed at its tip with
setae.

_

II. ’04, 21

Second thoracic legs (Fig. 4) with the carpus long and linear,
longer than the propodus, dactylus slightly shorter than the
propodus.

Third to seventh thoracic limbs (Fig. 5) very similar to the
second, slightly longer, and with the propodus proportionally
longer, so that it is almost as long as the carpus, carpus and
propodus armed with few short spines.

Uropods (Fig. 6) nearly one-half the length of the metasome
excluding the first free segment, consisting of a single stout
pointed joint, armed with a few setae in addition to the spinules
which cover the rest of the body.

Colour in spirit light; one specimen is, however, a dark
green colour.

Length, 4 mm.
Locality, see p. 72.

The species is named in compliment to the Chief Inspector
of Fisheries of the Department of Agriculture and Technical
Instruction for Ireland. Including J. Greent, seven species of
Ischnosoma are now known, I. bispinosum, the type, I. quad-
risptnosum, described by Sars from the Norwegian North
Atlantic Expedition, I. spinosum, I. bacillus, I. bacilloides
and I. Thomsoni, described by Beddard from the collections
of the Challenger.

From I. bispinosum, I. bacillus and I. bacilloides, I. Greent
is at once distinguished by the spinulose general armature of
the body, by the uniarticulate character of the uropoda, by the
greatly elongated second joint of the inferior antenna, and by
the structure of the superior antenna.

From J. quadrispinosum, which I. Greent approaches very
closely, and which has the body beset with small spinules like
I. Greent, the latter is distinguished by the absence of spines
from the third segment of the mesosome, by the structure of
the superior antenna, and by the greater comparative length
of the uropods.

From I. spinosum, I. Greenit can be distinguished by the
absence of large spines from the segments of the mesosome
as well as the cephalon, and by the somewhat stouter build of
the body. Otherwise the two species are very nearly related,
and the remarkable structure of the superior antenna is the
same in both.

From I. Thomsont, I. Greeni differs in having the first meso-
some segment deeply emarginate for the reception of the
cephalon, in the absence of large spines from the body, the
comparative length of the uropods, and the shorter nail to the
thoracic legs.

[ 73 ]

Il. ’04, 22

I had at first thought that J. spinosum and I. Greent, and
possibly J. Thomsont, might be regarded as generically distinct
from the other species of the genus by reason of the structure
of the two antennae, the uniarticulate character of the uropods,
and the separation of the first segment of the metasome from
the remainder of the caudal segment, as well as by the general
armature of the body. J. quadrispinosum, however, would
seem to form a link between the two groups of the genus,
agreeing with the type J. bispinosum in the structure of the
superior antenna and the fusion of the first segment of the
metasome with the remainder of the caudal segment, and on
the other hand agreeing with the J. spinosum group in the
armature of the body, structure of the inferior antenna and
character of the uropoda. Moreover, the structure of the
mouth organs would seem to be identical in all the species.
It therefore seems best, at present, to include all the species
in the one genus Ischnosoma.

The following table may be useful in determining the known
species of the genus :—

GENUS Ischnosoma, G. O. Sars

A.—Body smooth, second joint of inferior antenna small
and subequal to the first and third; uropods biarticulate.
(i.) Spines absent except on the first segment of the meso-

some, which has a single spine on each lateral part.
I. bispinosum.

I. bactllus and 1. bacilloides are only known from
fragments, but have the fourth and fifth segments of
the mesosome exceedingly slender and armed with
long spines. The uropods are biarticulate.

B.—Body covered with small spinules, second joint of the
inferior antenna elongate, uropods uniarticulate.

(i.) Peduncle of superior antenna two-jointed, flagellum
very small.

(a.) Spines on the lateral parts of the first three
segments of the mesosome and on the dorsal surface
generally.

I. spinosum.,

(b.) Spines absent except a single one on the lateral

parts of the first segment of the mesosome.
I. Greent.

(ii.) Peduncle of superior antenna three-jointed, flagellum

almost as long as peduncle. “age
I. quadrispinosum.

I. Thomsoni would belong to group B above, but its antennae
are unknown. It may, however, be distinguished by the ex-
ceedingly short uropods, which do not project beyond the tip
of the caudal segment, and by the short rod-like spines on the
segments of the mesosome.

ce]

I]. '04, 23

Famity MUNNOPSIDAE.

GENUS Munnopsis, M. Sars.

Munnopsis oceanica, sp. n.
Pl. V., Figs. 1-7.

Body (Fig. 1) compact, more so than in M., typica, anterior
division but little wider than the posterior, about three times
as long as broad.

Cephalon small, deeply emarginate on each side for the
reception of the antennae, front very slightly emarginate.

Mesosome with the first four segments small and compact,
lateral parts unarmed, epimera very small ; last three segments
of the mesosome, combined, as long as the anterior division
of the body; the fifth somewhat overlapping the preceding
segment of the mesosome, its lateral parts narrow and extend-
ing for some way posteriorly, armed with a few strong setae;
the lateral parts of the sixth segment somewhat produced
posteriorly, and also armed with a few setae.

Caudal segment about one-third of the length of the body,
and equal in length to the last three segments of the mesosome
combined, regularly oval in form, tip obtusely produced.

Superior antennae (Fig. 2) with the basal joint somewhat
expanded, inner corner produced but slightly, flagellum very
long and composed of numerous articulations, each bearing
long fine setae, the setae more numerous towards the distal
end.

Inferior antennae, with the exception of the three basal
joints, which are normal, wanting.

Mandibles (Fig. 3) with the cutting edge divided into two
parts, each part strongly dentate; below the cutting edge 1s a
small prominence bearing several strong spiniform setae ser-
rate on one edge ; below this lobe again, and in a position cor-
responding to the molar expansion of other Munnopsids, is a
very strong spine, slightly serrate on one edge. Palp well
developed, three-jointed ; last joint somewhat expanded, and
setose on one edge.

Mazillae of normal structure, but with scattered setae over
the general body of them in addition to those at the tips of the
lobes.

Mazillipedes (Fig. 4) with the antepenultimate Joint ex-
panded and rounded instead of pointed as in M. typica, bear-
ing a few setae; penultimate joint very acutely and strongly
produced on its inner edge into a lobe tipped with setae, mast-
catory lobe with four sensory processes on its inner edge, tip
fringed with setae. There is a slight lobe on the lower edge
of the masticatory part, as seen in M. Murrayt. Epignath
acutely pointed.

[ oy

IT. 04, 24

First thoracic legs (Fig. 5) moderately slender, carpus
broader and longer than the propodus, which is rather narrow,
dactylus very short. Compared with the same limb in
M, typica, the propodus and carpus are relatively longer and
the ischium shorter.

The three succeeding pairs of legs are all wanting in the
single specimen captured.

Natatory legs (Fig. 6) with the carpus large and expanded
on one edge, the other edge being but slightly curved, propodus
about half as long as the carpus, and oval in outline; both
propodus and carpus fringed with very long plumose setae,
dactylus wanting.

Pleopods normal, male operculum as in M. typica.

Uropods (Fig. 7) long and slender, about one-quarter the
total length of the body, two-jointed, the first joint small, with
a prominent spine on its inner distal corner; terminal joint
from three to three and a half times as long as the basal joint.

~ Length, 7 mm.
Female unknown.

Locality, see p. 72.

If the definition of the genus Munnopsis, given by Sars in
his Crustacea of Norway, be strictly adhered to, the present
species, as well as M. longicornis, Hansen, and M. Murrayt,
Walker, could not be included in that genus. In the definition
above referred to the mandibles are described as ‘‘ without
molar expansion, cutting edge but slightly dentated,’’ and the
natatory legs are defined as being without a dactylus. All the
above three species differ from this generic definition in the
characters of the mandibles. M. longicornis and M. oceanica
have a strongly toothed cutting edge to the mandibles, but the
molar process is replaced by a strong spine, as described above.
M. Murray: has a strongly dentate cutting edge, and a well
developed broad molar expansion to the mandibles, and differs
further in having a well-marked dactylus on the natatory legs.
All three species have a prominent lobe bearing strong setae
below the cutting edge.

The characters of the four species with respect to the man-
dibles and natatory legs may be summed up as follows :—

(i.) Mandible with cutting edge slightly dentate, no setose
lobe, no molar expansion; natatory legs without dac-
tylus. M. typica.

fii.) Mandible with cutting edge strongly dentate, setose

lobe present, molar process replaced by a serrated
epine, natatory legs without dactylus.

M. oceanica,

M. longicornts.
L Wy

IT. 04, 25

(iii.) Mandibles with cutting edge strongly dentate, setose
lobe and broad molar expansion present, natatory
legs with a distinct dactylus.

M. Murrayt.

We must either regard each of these three groups as repre-
senting distinct though closely allied genera, or include them
all under the one genus—Munnopsis enlarging Sars’ definition
of that genus with respect to the mandibles and natatory legs
in order to embrace them all. In the present state of our
knowledge of the group I prefer the latter course, though
further discoveries will probably render the first course inevit-
able.

M. oceanica is very closely allied to M. longicornis in all
essential points, but in the latter the metasome has a crenu-
lated margin, and the sixth segment of the mesosome has a
strong spine on each side, whereas in M. oceanica the sides of
the metasome are smooth, and the sixth segment of the meso-
some is without spines. Further, the antepenultimate joint
of the maxillipedes is rounded in M. oceanica and acutely
pointed in M. longicornis. In this respect M. oceanica re-
sembles M. Murrayt. M. oceanica may be distinguished ex-
ternally by the relatively large posterior division of the body
and the long uropods.

GENUS Munnopsoides, ‘l'attersall.

Munnopsoides, Tattersall, loc. cit.

Munnopsts (pars.), Beddard, Challenger Report, Isopoda.

Very closely allied to Munnopsis, M. Sars, but differing in
having no palp to the mandible.

The type of this genus is Munnopsis australis, Beddard,
described from the collections of the Challenger. The present
form is very closely allied to M. australis, only differing in one
or two minor points.

There are two other characters which are common to the
two species included in Munnopsoides, but which do not
perhaps deserve to rank as generic. Firstly, the first
four segments of the mesosome are very sharply defined
from the last three, while the fifth segment is elongate and
narrow. Secondly, the two terminal joints of the last three
thoracic legs are not so broad proportionally as in a true
Munnopsis, and only one edge of the last joint bears setae.
Beddard’s figure of M. australis shows the terminal joint of
the last three thoracic limbs as having setae on both edges,
but a detailed drawing of one of these limbs has only one edge
setose,.

tC ]

I]. ’04, 26

Unfortunately, these Isopods very seldom reach the surface
undamaged. ‘The examples of the species described below
(only two in number) arrived with the cephalon detached from
the remaining part of the body, and the second, third and
fourth thoracic limbs missing. The drawing of the whole
animal is, therefore, something of a restoration, and allowance
must be made for this fact in examining future individuals of
this species.

Munnopsoides Beddardi, Tattersall.
M. Beddardi, Tattersall, loc. cit.

Pl. VI., Figs, 1-8.

Body (Fig. 1) elongate, about four times as long as wide at
its broadest part, divided into a wider anterior and a narrower
posterior portion, the latter a little longer than the former.
Under a moderately high power of the microscope the body is
seen to be regularly roughened by an armature of very small
spinulose tubercles, and has also a covering of short scattered
setae most numerous on the cephalon.

Cephalon large, somewhat square in outline, front edge
slightly emarginate, shghtly raised into a transverse ridge
between the bases of the antennae, this ridge carrying a row
of prominent rather long and strong setae.

Mesosome with the first four segments subequal in size,
much wider than the last three, and very sharply defined from
the latter ; first very deeply emarginate for the reception of the
cephalon ; fifth segment somewhat elongate, narrow anteriorly
widening somewhat posteriorly ; sixth and seventh, small and
about as wide as the posterior part of the fifth segment,
epimera small and not visible on dorsal view.

Metasome long and narrow, rather less than one-third the
length of the body, bluntly rounded posteriorly, with an ap-
pearance as if divided slightly into two small obtuse lobes.

Supertor antennae (Fig. 2) with the basal joint broadly ex-
panded, triangular in shape, flagellum multiarticulate, first
joint very long. In the female the antennae are scarcely one-
third of the whole length of the body, in the male they are
half the length of the body and much more setose than in the
female,

Inferior antennae missing, except for the three basal joints,
which are very like those of most Munnopsidae.

Mandibles (Fig. 3) consisting of a triangular, simple, rather
bluntly pointed plate, obscurely bidentate, no molar process at
all; palp entirely absent.

78 |

IT. '04, 27

First maxillae (Fig. 4) consisting of two delicate lobes, the
outer broader than the inner, both lobes with their tips armed
with plumose spines, the inner lobe with one long curved
simple seta in addition.

Second mazillae (Fig. 5) composed of three lobes, the inner
one broader than either of the other two ; tips of all three lobes
with plumose spines, the inner one, here also, with one long
curved simple seta in addition.

Maaillipedes (Hig. 6) seven-jointed ; third joint very small ;
fourth and fifth broad, the latter with its inner distal corner
somewhat acutely produced and armed with a few short
simple spines; last two joints very small and very much nar-
rower than preceding joints; epignath well developed and
acutely pointed; masticatory lobe obliquely truncate, fringed
with short hairs and carrying two sensory processes on the
inner edge.

First thoracic legs (Fig. 7) small and simple, second joint
long and narrow, merus small, carpus rather longer than pro-
podus, dactylus rather short, whole appendage feebly armed.

Second to fourth thoracic legs missing.

Fifth to seventh thoracic legs (Fig, 8) similar in structure,
natatory, carpus long and not so much expanded as in Mun-
nopsis typica; setae very few, propodus shorter than carpus,
narrowly oval in shape, and not as much expanded as usual,
with setae on one edge only; dactylus wanting.

Pleopods normal in structure.

Uropods rather short, simple, two-jointed, first joint shorter
than the second, armed with scattered setae.

Length : female, 6 mm.; male, 4 mm.

The species is named in compliment to the writer of the
Report on the Challenger Isopoda, who described the type of
the genus, M. australis.

Locality, see p. 73.

This species differs from the only other species of the genus
in one or two minor points only.

The cephalon is of different shape, though in each species it
is rather large.

The first four segments of the mesosome are larger in
M. Beddardi than in M. australis. The fifth segment of
the mesosome is longer and narrower in the latter species
than in the present one; while the metasome would appear to
be somewhat more developed in M. Beddardi. The basal
joint of the superior antenna is more broadly expanded in
the latter than in M. australis. The maxillipedes are of
different shape in the two species. In M. Beddardi the

Saal

IT. ’04, 28

ante-penultimate joint is acutely produced, and the last two
jo:nts are very small. In M. australis the antepenultimate
joint is not acutely produced, and the last two joints are much
larger proportionally than in M. Beddardi. The maxillipedes
of the latter approach more closely those seen in Munnopsis
typica than do those of M. australis.

The remaining appendages agree closely in the two forms.
Especially is this so with the natatory legs, which are longer
and slenderer than in Munnopsis, with the carpus and pro-
podus much less expanded and less strongly armed.

In the general roughening of the body and the armature of
scattered setae, M. Beddardi likewise differs from M. australis.
which is apparently smooth.

Genus Ilyarachna, G. O. Sars.

Ilyarachna Plunketti, Tattersali.
1. Plunketti, Tattersall, loc. cit.

Pl. VIL., Figs. 1-9.

Body (Fig. 1) of the usual characteristic form of the genus,
from two and a half to three times as long as broad, sharply
marked into two distinct regions.

Cephalon slightly emarginate in front, quite smooth,

Mesosome with the first four segments sharply defined from
the last three ; first segment smaller than the succeeding ones,
with its lateral parts armed on each side with a stout spine
and strong seta; second segment larger than the first, with
similar armature; third and fourth segments with their
anterior edges produced into somewhat acutely pointed
lappets ; fifth segment very slightly wider than the preceding
four, and very deeply emarginate posteriorly ; seventh segment
about one-half as long as sixth.

Metasome about one-quarter of the total length of the body,
ionger than broad at its base; apex bluntly pointed.

Kyes absent.

Superior antennae (Fig. 2) with basal joint broad and ex-
panded; outer corner more produced than inner one, and
tipped by three spines; inner corner tipped with one spine;
third joint of peduncle Jonger but much narrower than
second ; flagellum composed of six to eight joints in the female, ©
and twelve in the male.

Inferior antennae (Fig. 3) only represented by the four basal
joints, which are very much as in J. longtcornis; the fourth
joint is, however, armed with about nine strong setae on its
outer proximal edge, and has its outer distal corner armed
with three long setae,

ev 2

1I.04, 29

Mouth parts exactly asin J. longicornis.

First thoracic legs (Fig. 4) rather slender, with the carpus
and propodus subequal in length ; nail short.

Second thoracic legs (Fig. 5) with the propodal joint shorter
than the carpal, dactylus very long, about equal in length to
the propodus.

Thard and fourth thoracic legs missing.

Fifth and sixth thoracic legs (Fig. 6) of the usual natatory
character ; carpal joint very much expanded and densely setose ;
propodus somewhat dilated, and likewise setose ; dactylus well
developed.

Seventh thoracic legs (Fig. 7). long and slender; carpus
shorter than nropodus, with its inner edge bearing long setae ;
propodus with both edges fringed with short setae; dactylus
long and shghtly curved.

Uropods (Fig. 8) short, biarticulate ; basal joint somewhat
expanded and fringed with plumose setae ; terminal joint short
and narrow, and tipped with setae. On the basal joint there
is seen under a high power a very small nodule tipped witb
plumose setae.

Female operculum (Fig. 9) diverging somewhat from type,
shield-shaped, very strongly keeled, the keel with a row of
strong setae.

Length, 4 mm.
Locality, see p. 74.

The species is named in compliment to the Vice-President
of the Department of Agriculture for Ireland.

I. Plunketts differs from I. hirticeps in the smooth cephalon,
and from /. denticulata in the smooth anterior edges of the
segments of the body. It is very closely allied to J. longicornis,
but differs from it—

(1.) In the armature of the lateral parts of the first four seg-
ments of the mesosome.

(2.) In the fifth segment of the mesosome being distinctly
wider than the preceding part of the body.

(3.) In having the outer corner of the basal joint more pro-
duced than the inner, whereas in J. longicornis the
reverse obtains.

(4.) In the shape of the female operculum.

These differences are very small, but they are constant in
over one hundred specimens of the species which were taken.
Unfortunately, all the specimens were damaged. Indeed,
for the most part they consisted of the body alone, devoid of
all appendages. “Ihe above description has been compiled
from several specimens.
[ 81 ]

IT.’04, 30
GENUS Eurycope, G. O. Sars.

Eurycope longipes, sp. n.

Pl. X., Figs, 1-8.

Body (Fig. 1) much more slender than in most species of the
genus, its greatest length being rather less than one-third its
total length ; shape elongate, of even width throughout ; anterior
and posterior divisions well marked and about equal in size;
integument of the cephalon strongly calcareous, hard, and
rugose, that of the first four segments moderately calcareous
and similarly roughened ; the last three segments of the meso-
some and the metasome with the integument soft, thin and
without calcareous matter or any sculpture at all.

Cephalon large and broad, arched above, and emarginate on
either side for the insertion of the antennae.

First segment of the mesosome scarcely broader than the
cephalon, epimera small.

Succeeding three segments broader than the first, loosely
articulated to one another ; epimera well marked.

Posterior three segments of the mesosome considerably
larger than the anterior ones and more firmly articulated to
each other, strongly arched above; anterior margins very
arcuate, lateral parts evenly rounded.

Caudal segment as long as the preceding three segments
combined, gradually narrowing to an obtuse apex, anterior
margin but slightly arcuate.

Eyes wholly absent.

Superior antennae (Fig. 2) arising from the upper part of the
head, and separated from one another by a distinct gap, rather
short; basal joint rather large and narrowly squamiform in
shape, bluntly rounded anteriorly ; rest of antenna arising from
the dorsal surface of this joint; last two joints of peduncle
small, flagellum rather stout and multiarticulate, the articula-
tions faintly marked at the base, fringed on one edge by long
setae.

Inferior antennae broken off in all the specimens, but so
much of them as remains not differing much from the same
parts in EF. gigantea.

Mandibles (Figs. 8 and 4) powerfully developed, roughly
triangular in shape, cutting edge almost smooth ; molar process
very large, bluntly rounded, without teeth or armature save a
single small spiniform bristle; palp well developed, long and narrow,
three-jointed, the second joint elongate and longer than either

[ 82 }]

IT. O04, 31

of the other two, terminal joint small and very narrow and
terminated by a strong seta; rest of appendage feebly armed,
with few setae.

First and second maaillae of the usual structure of the genus.

Mazillipedes (Fig. 5) large and lamelliform ; antepenultimate
and preceding joints broad and greatly dilated, the former
rounded evenly on its inner edge ; penultimate joint smaller than
the two preceding, somewhat expanded, its inner edge not very
prominently drawn out; last joint small and narrow; all the
joints furnished with setae on their inner edges; masticatory
process well developed, tipped by plumose setae, five mastica-
tory hooks on its inner edge.

First thoracic legs (Fig. 6) longer than is usual for the genus,
and very slender, almost equalling the body in length; carpus
very long and narrow; propodus shorter than the carpus;
dactylus distinct though small; the whole limb very feebly
armed.

Remainder of the thoracic limbs broken away in all the
specimens.

Operculum in the female of the usual form, that of the male
(Fig. 8) narrow, and consisting of two distinct parts.

Second pleopods in the female (which correspond to the
third pair in the male) very thin and delicate, biramous,
the inner ramus forming a broad rounded plate, the
outer narrow and curved, projecting beyond the inner, two-
jointed, the outer joint the smaller, both joints setose on their
outer margins. Second pleopods in the male, transformed in
the usual way into accessory copulatory organs.

Remaining two pairs of pleopods in both sexes entirely
branchial in nature, the first of them consisting of two broad
lamelliform plates, the last of a single plate. :

Uropods (Fig. 7) very small, attached on the ventral surface
of the caudal segment, some way from the extremity, biramous,
inner branch longer than the outer, both branches linear in
shape and very feebly armed.

Length of the largest female 10 mm., that of the only male
5 mm.

Locality, see p. 75.

There is only one known species of Hurycope with which
the present species is at all comparable, namely, EH. gigantea,
G. O. Sars, described from the Arctic Ocean. EH. gigantea and
E. longipes differ rather markedly from all the other species
of the genus, and ought perhaps to be removed to a new genus.
For instance, in the peculiar shape and formation of the
superior antenna they are quite different from all the other
krown species. Moreover, the terminal joint of the mandi-
bular palp is small and narrow in these two species, while in
most of the remaining species it is broad and lamelliform, and

[ 8 ] |

”
Ga

II. ’04, 32

well armed. The molar process, further, though well deve-
loped is not so sharply marked off from the cutting edge, and
both the latter and the molar process are almost smooth.
Finally, the penultimate pair of pleopods are widely different
from those seen in the other species. In the latter they consist
of an inner broad rounded plate, and an outer narrow biarticu-
lated and setose ramus. In E. gigantea and EF. longtpes, on
the other hand, the penultimate pair of pleopods consists of a
pair of broad evenly rounded smooth plates.

E. longipes differs from E. gigantea in its more elongate and
narrow shape and in the calcareous nature of the first portion
of the body. The penultimate joint of the maxillipedes of
FE. gigantea is rather narrow with its inner edge somewhat
acutely produced. The same joint in EF. longipes is broader
and more expanded, with the inner edge scarcely, if at all,
produced. Finally, the first thoracic legs in EH. longipes are
relatively much longer than in FH. gigantea. Sars describes the
first legs of the latter species as “‘ scarcely more than half the
length of the body.’’ In EH. longipes they are nearly as long
as the body, the exact proportions being as seven is to eight

GENUS Lipomera, Tattersall.

Lipomera, Tattersall, loc. cit.

Body shaped much as in the genus Ilyarachna, compact,
posterior part of mesosome sharply defined from the anterior
part, seventh segment of the mesosome very much reduced.

Superior antennae with the basal joint expanded, flagellum
short.

Mandibles very much as in Eurycope, with a three-jointed
distinct palp and a well-developed blunt molar process.

First mazillae with two lobes, the inner one being very small
and reduced,

Second macaillae of the usual form.

Maaillipedes as in EHurycope,

First thoracic legs very slender, dactylus short.

Second thoracic legs longer than the first, very slender, dac-
tylus long.

Third and fourth thoracic legs similar to the second, but
rather longer.

Fifth and sixth thoracic legs natatory, with the carpus and
propodus expanded and edged with densely plumose long
setae ; dactylus well developed.

_ Seventh thoracic leg yery much reduced and feeble, consist-
ing of a short, feebly articulate unarmed appendage.

L 3

II ’04, 33

Uropods consisting of a broad lamellar plate folded on itself
and carrying on its lower ventral edge a uniarticulate appen-
dage and a plumose spine.

Female operculum broad and triangular in outline, broadly
carinated along centre.

Lipomera lamellata, ‘l'attersall.

Lipomera lamellata, Tattersall, loc. cit.

Pl. VIII., Figs. 1-14.

Body (Fig. 1) compact, small, rather more than twice as
long as broad, distinctly divided into two parts.

Cephalon larger than any of the first four segments of the
mesosome, emarginate anteriorly with a slight production in
the centre of the anterior edge ; unarmed,

Mesosome with the first four segments distinctly marked off
from the last three, narrow ; the third the largest, lateral parts
armed with a single slender spine; fifth segment wider than
the preceding part of the body, lateral parts rounded and un-
armed, deeply emarginate behind ; sixth segment smaller and
narrower than the fifth, a single slender seta on the lateral
parts, emarginate posteriorly; seventh segment small and
reduced, overlapped laterally by the sixth, unarmed.

Metasome triangular in outline, tip obtusely pointed, about
one-quarter the total length of the body.

Superior antenna (Fig. 2) with the basal joint of the ped-
uncle expanded, its outer distal corner produced and armed
with a long plumose seta; second joint of peduncle about as
long as the basal joint, but very much narrower; flagellum in
female two-jointed, the first jot small and bearing one very
long plumose seta, the last joint longer, carrying at its tip a
long apical filament ; flagellum in male eight- to ten-jointed.

Inferior antennae (Fig. 2) only represented by the three
small basal joints, which are exactly as seen in Hurycope.

Mandibles as in the genus Hurycope, with a three-jointed
palp and a blunt molar process.

First mazillae (Fig. 3) composed of two lobes, a broad and
larger outer lobe tipped by numerous strong setae, the inner
lobe small and narrow, only about half as long as the outer
lobe, and tipped by three simple setae.

Second mazillae (Fig. 4) normal.

Mazillipedes (Fig. 5) much as in the other Munnopstdae ;
fifth joint broad and expanded, inner edge bluntly lobed ; sixth
and seventh joints small, the sixth with its inner edge drawn
out into a lobe tipped with two long setae; masticatory part
normal, with two masticatory hooks on the inner edge,

[ 85 ]

IJ. ’04, 34 20

First thoracic legs (Fig. 6) short and slender, carpus very
narrow and longer than the propodus; dactylus short; the
limbs bear a few scattered setae. > nih S388

Second thoracic leg (Fig. 7) longer than the first, but still
very slender; propodus very slightly longer than the carpus ;
dactylus long and slender ; propodus with a row of short setae
on the inner edge; a few scattered longer setae on the limb.

Third and fourth thoracic legs similar to the second, but
longer. ;

Fijth thoracic legs (Fig. 8) natatory in structure; carpus
very broadly expanded, both edges bearing numerous densely
plumose setae; propodus shorter than the carpus, less ex-
panded, but similarly armed, with the dactylus well developed
and slender; a long.spine at the base of the dactylus on the
outer edge of the propodus.

Siath thoracic legs (Fig. 9) similar to the fifth but smaller,
and with the carpus and propodus less expanded.

Seventh thoracic legs (Fig. 10) very small and rudimentary,
consisting of a feebly jointed slender appendage, unarmed
save for two plumose setae.

Pleopods normal.

Uropods (Figs. 11 and 12) attached at the side of the meta-
some and consisting of a broad lamellar plate, which in situ
is folded on itself longitudinally, has its dorsal edge tipped
with three or four short setae, and bears on its ventral edge a
plumose stout spine and a uniarticulate appendage tipped with
a long fine seta.

Female operculum (Fig 13) broad and triangular in outline,
with a broad blunt carina along its centre.

_ Male operculum (Fig. 14) small and narrow, each part taper-
ing evenly to an acutely pointed tip.

Length of adult female, 1°25 mm.
Locality, see p. 75.

The general form of the body, and especially the natatory
character of the fifth and sixth thoracic legs, give this remark-
able little Isopod a place in the Munnopsidae, but the latter
family contains as yet no species in which the seventh thoracic
legs are so reduced and the uropods of such a striking and
peculiar form as in this species.

The rudimentary seventh thoracic legs are particularly note-
worthy. In newly hatched Isopoda these limbs are absent,
while the remaining six thoracic legs are present as unseg-
mented unarmed appendages. A later stage, still immature,
shows the first six legs fully developed, while the seventh are
etill in a rudimentary condition. Lipomera lamellata per-
manently retains this stage in the adult, for it may here be

|. ome] }

LT. ’04, 35

noted that several specimens carried eggs, and were at least
sexually mature. J do not, however, regard it as a more
primitive Munnopsid than any other described form, but
rather as a very specialised species in which the post-larval
character of the seventh legs is secondarily developed. Spe-
cialisation in the direction of reduction of size has, from the
exigencies of reproduction, probably led to this arrest of
development. A somewhat parallel instance is shown by
Munnella Dantect, a species belonging to the family Munnidae
and described by Bonnier from the Bay of Biscay. Here,
however, the seventh thoracic legs are completely absent. The
size of the species is 1'5 mm., and it is described as sexually
mature.

The uropods may be compared to those of Ilyarachna, in
which the basal joint has become enormously expanded anu
doubled on itself, at the same time losing its setae, while the
terminal joint persists as the uniarticulate small appendage
tipped by a long seta, mentioned above as being on the ventral
edge of the uropoda.

TRIBE EPICARIDA.
Faminy BOPYRIDAE.

GENUS Scyracepon, nov.

Female.—

Body broadly oval in outline.

Cephalon simple, elliptical in shape, exhibiting no divi-
sion into parts.

Mesosome with a dorsal boss on each of the last six
segments.

Metasome distinctly segmented.

Legs terminating in a blunt short claw.

Pleopods biramous throughout, the rami coarsely pinnate
on one edge.

Uropods uniramous, and coarsely pinnate like the pleo-
pods.

Last marsupial plate tuberculose.

Male.—
Thoracic and first two pleon segments with a median
ventral boss.
Pleon without appendages ; the first three segments well
marked off ; remaining two fused with the telson.

Uropods absent.
Eyes present, but very small.

ee

II.’04, 36

Scyracepon tuberculosa, sp. n.
Pl. XI., Figs. 9-12.

Female.—

Body (Fig. 9) large and, as usual, asymmetrical, broadly
oval in outline.

Cephalon elliptical in shape, simple, not divided into
parts.

Mesosome with a median dorsal boss on each of the last
six segments, forming a well-marked acute carina along he
whole body. ‘The boss on the second segment is only faintly
indicated. ‘Those on the succeeding segments gradually
increasing in size posteriorly, where they appear as very
acutely pointed and long processes projecting dorsally. The
appearance of the last four bosses is suggestive of the neural
spines of the backbone of some vertebrate skeleton.

Metasome with all the segments distinctly defined.

Antennae and mouth parts not differmg markedly from
those of its allies Cancricepon and Grapsicepon.

Thoracic legs with the carpus and propodus having their
inner edges somewhat acutely produced, the tips of the pro-
duced part slightly tuberculose; nail short, base greatly
dilated. é

The fifth, sixth and seventh thoracic limbs (Fig, 11) ex-
hibit the same peculiar bulging of the margins of their
second joints noted by Stebbing in T'ylokepon Bonniert. In
Scyracepon tuberculosa the bulging is much more marked,
and the papillae produced by the bulging have their tips
slightly tuberculose.

Pleopods in all five pairs biramous, the rami very coarsely
pinnate on one edge only, the other edge only showing
slight irregularities of their contour. The pleopods gradu-
ally decrease in size posteriorly.

Uropods simple, rather longer than the last pleopods
with their edges coarsely pinnate.

Marsupial plates as usual for the family with the last pair
strongly tuberculose on their posterior half, their posterior
inargins slightly setose.

Length 10 mm., breadth 7 mm.

Male.—
Body (Fig. 10) about three times as long as broad, seg- ~
ments very well defined.
Cephalon semicircular in outline, partly surrounded by
the first segment of the meosome,
Eyes present but small.

Pleon with the first three segments distinctly defined and
segmented off, last two fused with the telson,

[ 88 ]

II.’04, 37

All the thoracic and the first two segments of the pleon
with a median ventral boss, that of the first thoracic seg-
ment rather pointed and small, those of the remaining seg-
Biche having the appearance of evenly rounded, blunt

nobs.

First and second antennae each three-jointed, the last
joint tipped by a few setae.

Thoracic legs (Fig. 12) remarkably stoutly built and sub-
cheliform; merus and carpus very small, with their edges
somewhat produced, produced part tuberculose, and that of
the carpus with a small spine ; propodus remarkably dilated,
‘its inner edge likewise produced into a strongly tuberculate
ee: dactylus strongly recurved, provided with a secondary
tooth.

Pleopods and uropods absent.
Length, 4 mm.
Host, Scyramathia Carpenteri (Norman).
Locality, see p. 78.

This large and striking form belongs to the Joniens, one of
the sub-divisions of the family Bopyridae made by Giard and
Bonnier. The group is only found parasitic on Brachyura.

Scyracepon is distinguished from all the other members of
the sub-division, by the possession of a medio-dorsal boss on
each of the last siz thoracic segments in the female, and by
the partially segmented pleon without pleopods and the ventral
bosses of the male.

The specific name alludes to the tuberculose last pair of
marsupial plates.

Scyracepon tuberculosa is, as far as I] am aware, the first
member of the family found parasitic on any of the
Oxyrrhyncha, though Entione, a genus of the allied family
Entoniscidae has long been known from Achaeus, one of the
genera of this sub-division of Brachyura. 'The phryxoid stage
of this species was also met with on one Scyramathia car-
penteri. It only differed from the adult in being much more
symmetrical and in having only faint bosses on the Jast three
thoracic segments.

ii.—THE IsopopA OF BALLYNAKILL AND BOFIN HARBOURS.

Ballynakill Harbour is a long narrow inlet in the north of
the county of Galway, between Clifden and Killary Bays;
while Bofin Harbour is on the island of Bofin, one of a group
of small islands off the entrance to Ballynakill Harbour.
Descriptions and maps of these localities will be found in
Ann. Rep. Fish., Ireland, 1902-03, Pt. I1., App., III., [1905].
The maps are reprinted at the end of this paper.

[ 89 |

IT. 04. 35

This part of the paper deals with a list of thirty-seven species,
thirty-three of which were actually taken in one or other of the
two harbours under notice, while the remaining four have
been taken in other harbours on the west coast, and are here
included for convenience. They are indicated by being placed
between brackets.

No records new to the British and Irish fauna are noted in
the list, but the following species do not appear & have mage
hitherto recorded from the Irish coast :—

Leptognathia longiremts (Lilljeborg).
Paratanats Batet, Sars.

Anthura gracilis (Montagu).
Eurydice spinigera, Hansen.
Eurydice truncata (Norman).
Limnorta lignorum (Rathke).

Idotea neglecta, G. O. Sars.

laera marina (Fabricius).

Iaera Nordmannt (Rathke).

Munna Kréyeri, Goodsir.

Munna Fabrici, Kroyer.
Pleurogonium rubicundum, G. O. Sars.
Bopyrus squillarum, Latreille.
Bopyrina virbu (Walz).

On the other hand, Apseudes hibernicus and Idotea metallica
have not yet been recorded from any part of the British Isles
except the west coast of Ireland.

ORDER TANAIDACEA.
Famity APSEUDIDAE.

GENUS Apseudes, Leach.
Apseudes hibernicus, Walker.

Pl. IX., Figs. 4-7.

BALLYNAKILL.—Common in dredgings from the muddy
ground in Coastguard Bay in 5-8 fathoms. Also taken on one
occasion in the channel off Ross Point.

Borin.—A single specimen was found under a stone on the
shore of Port Island Bay in September, 1900.

It would be well to note certain differences between Walker’s
description and figures of this species and the present ex-:
amples. In the first place, the fine granulations noticed by
Walker on the proximal half of the inner side of the superior
antenna are likewise to be found on the sides of the rostrum.
Jt may be mentioned that one of these individuals had a dis-
tinct spine at the extremity of the rostrum, though otherwise
agreeing well with Walker’s description. The ocular lobes
and eyes are placed immediately at the base of the superior

Les

1.04, 39

antenna,'and not some little way below it, as in Walker's
figure. The spine present on each side of the first free seg-
ment of the pereion seems to have a broader base in all my
specimens than Walker’s figure shows. ‘The most important
difference, however, to be noted is in the armature and struc-
ture of the second or fossorial legs. Walker’s figure of these
appendages shows the dactylus to be only about one-half as
long as the nropodus, the merus to have two spines on the
inner distal corner, and the propodus and carpus to be devoid
of spines on their outer margins. All the specimens examined
differ from this, in having the dactylus well developed and
quite as long as the propodus, in the merus having only one
spine at its inner distal corner, and in the propodus possessing
two, and the carpus one spine on their outer margins.
Walker states in his paper that the spines on these appendages
are apt to vary, differing in each leg of the type specimen. On
my writing to him about these differences he very kindly in-
formed me that the dactylus in the type was apparently very
much worn though correctly figured. <A figure of a second or
fossorial leg is shown (PI. IX., Fig. 4),as being the more typical
form of the limb in the species. The males only differ from
the females in having the first legs or chelipeds more stoutly
built, though the armature is similar.

Along with several typical adult examples of this species
occurred about a dozen small specimens, evidently immature,
as indicated by the smail number of joints in the flagella of the
antennae (Pl, IX., Figs. 5-6). They all had the rostrum
finely granulated.

The most notable difference between these immature forms
and adult individuals is the absence in the former of a tubercle
on the immoveable finger of the first legs (P!. IX., Fig. 7).

Distribution.—This species as yet is only known from the
west coast of Ireland. The type was found by Dr. Gamble
under a stone between tide marks in Valentia Harbour. The
species, unlike most members of the genus, is apparently quite
a shore and shallow water form.

FAMILY TANAIDAE.

Genus Leptochelia, Dana.

Leptochelia dubia (Kroyer).

BALLYNAKILL.—Common at Ballynakill in dredgings from
muddy ground in 5-8 fathoms.

Borix.—Common in dredgings from muddy parts of the
harbour. Male specimens appear to be very rare, only two out
of 106 collected being of that sex.

| =)

IT. ’04, 40

Distribution.—This species was first added to the British
and Irish fauna by Walker, who records it from Valentia.
Norman had, however, previously found examples in Birterbuy
Bay, W. of Ireland, and at Falmouth, though they were not
recorded till after Walker’s paper had appeared. This form
was also taken by the Fingal expedition in 1890, the exact
locality being uncertain, and I have taken it in Galway Bay.
The species has a very extensive range, having been recorded
all along the Atlantic coast from Ireland to Teneriffe, from
the Mediterranean, from the N.E. coast of America, and from
Brazil, where the types originally were obtained.

[Genus Paratanais, Dana.|
[Paratanais Batei, G. O. Sars.]

BALLYNAKILL AND Borin.—No record.

Examples referable to this species have been taken in some
numbers in Galway Bay, off Black Head, Co. Clare, in 5-15
fath. of water.

Distribution.—Known from Falmouth Harbour and Ply-
mouth Sound, Channel Islands, Firth of Clyde, Arran Island,
Firth of Forth, and Loch Fyne. It does not seem to have
been recorded before from Ireland. Outside Britain it is
known from Norway, France, and the Mediterranean,

GENUS Leptognathia, G. O. Sars.

Leptognathia longiremis (Lilljeborg.)
BALLYNAKILL.—Only once taken, in January, 1902, in a
bottom townet from Coastguard Bay to Green Rocks. The
townet filled with sand.

Borin.—There are no records from Bofin.

In the nineteenth Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland,
Pt. III., Dr. Scott records a species of Leptognathia under the
name L. longiremis ? var. ‘The present specimens agree ab-
solutely with Scott’s descriptions and figures, except that no
females were noticed with a five-jointed superior antenna.

They differ, like Scott’s, from L. longiremis as figured by
Sars in the absence of a denticle on the lateral margins of the
metasome, and, according to Scott, the males have the inner
branch of the uropods only two-jointed. This Leptognathia
is, according to Hansen, the true L. longiremis, Lilljeborg.
The species described and figured under this name by Sars is
distinct, and will be named L. Sarsi by Hansen (fide Ohlin,
Bih. K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Bd. 26, IV., No. 12).

Distribution —L. longiremis (Sars nec. Lilljeborg), has been
found by Dr. Scott in Loch Fyne, Firth of Forth, and Moray
Firth, and is known from Norway, Iceland, Denmark, and
Greenland. L. longiremis (Lilljeborg) was found by Scott not
uncommonly off Aberdeen. I have also taken it in Galway
Bay,

{ r]

IT. 04, 4]

Genus Tanaopsis, G. VU. Sars.
Tanaopsis laticaudata, G. O. Sars.
Pl. IX., Figs, 9-10.

BaALLYNAKILL.—Not uncommonly met with in all parts of
Ballynakill Harbour inside the Green Rocks. 1t occurred
twice in bottom townets taken at night over the muddy part
of Fahy Bay, and was also washed from a bottom townet in
January, 1902, from Coastguard Bay to Green Rocks, which
became filled with sand.

-Borrn.—No records.

The present species may be distinguished most easily among
Tanaidae by the three spines which terminate the immoveable
finger of the chelipeds. I can confirm Scott’s observation as
to the somewhat larger size of this species in reference to that
which Sars states to be the average—one specimen measuring
4 mm., while several measure over 3 mm.

Male specimens do not seem to have been previously
recorded. Like the males of the genus Leptognathia, they
have the superior antenna (PJ. IX., Fig. 9), with a three-
jointed peduncle and a four-jointed flagellum clothed with
sensory hairs. The joints of the flagellum are subequal, and
as long as the last peduncular joint. The metasome (Pl. IX.,
Fig. 10) is much more pointed in the males than in the females,
and its extremity carries several long setae.

The chelipeds of the male are very similar to those of the
female, but, again, like the males of Leptognathia, bear on
the inside of the propodus a row of nine strong setae or spines.
The two fingers of the hand are, moreover, equal in size,
unlike the males of Leptognathia, where the immoveable one
is shorter than the other one.

Distribution.—This species has been recorded from several
localities in both KE. and W. Scotland by Dr. Scott. Stebbing
also records it from near Cumbrae, Firth of Clyde, and Nor-
man from Birterbuy Bay, W. Ireland. I have also taken it
in Galway Bay. It extends to the Mediterranean and to
Norway.

ORDER ISOPODA.
TrisE FLABELLIFERA.
Famity ANTHURIDAE.

GENUS Anthura, Leach.
Anthura gracilis (Montagu).

BALLYNAKILL.—A single male example was taken in Coast-
guard deep, 6 fath., June, 1902, and three females from Fahy
Channel, off Ross Point, 3 fath., September, 1903.

pres

IT. ‘04, 42

Bortn.—No record.

Norman and Stebbing, in their account of the Isopoda ot
the Porcupine Expedition, described the male of this species for
the first time. Their male specimens were immature, and at
the end of their description they predicted that the fully
developed male would have the upper flagellum adorned by
numerous bands of strong setae. This prediction was con-
firmed by Garstang, who recorded male examples with such a
superior antenna at Plymouth. Garstang’s specimens were,
however, only 4-5 mm. in length, while the length of Norman
aud Stebbing’s example, which they considered to be imma-
ture, was 8 mm. ‘The present male individual is the same
size as the last, but has the superior antenna greatly deve-
loped and very densely clothed with rings of setae.

Distribution.—This species has only been found up till now
on the south coast of England, at Plymouth, Falmouth, and
Torquay, and at Jersey. The present record, therefore, con-
siderably extends its geographical range. ‘The limited recorded
distribution is rather remarkable, since on the south coast of
England it is by no means rare.

Famity GNATHIIDAE.

GENUS G@nathia, Leach.

Gnathia maxillaris (Montagu).

BALLYNAKILL.—Both males and females are very common in
dredgings all over the harbour, while the larvae of both sexes
occur plentifully in townets taken at night.

Borin.—Very common everywhere, both in dredged material
and in townets,

Larvae of this species are also occasionally found as external
parasites of small fish, such as young coalfish, pollack, gur-
nard, and white or sea trout, from all of which species they
have been taken at Ballynakill. Scott has also recorded them
from the gills of the gurnard and lemon sole.

The colours exhibited by the larvae are often of an exceed-
ingly striking nature. ‘I'wo or three examples have been taken
at Ballynakill of a vivid green colour, which is only partially
dissolved out after more than twelve months’ preservation in
formalin.

Distribution.—Occurs commonly all round our coasts, and
bas also been taken abundantly in Norway, in the Kattegat,
and off the coasts of France. It also extends to the Mediter-

ranean.
{ 4 ]

II. ’04, 43

Faminy CIROLANIDAL.

Genus Cirolana, Leach.
Cirolana borealis, Lilljeborg.
Bly FXx. Big.:8.

BALLYNAKILL.—Single specimens were found on two occa-
1
sions on the shore between Coastguard Bay and Baracladdy ;
while in March, 1904, two specimens were dug out of sand
on the same shore. In March, 1900, an example, 25 mm. in
length, was found in the stomach of Acanthias vulgaris.

Bortn.—No record.

For records from deep water see p. 63.

A few slight divergences from Sars’ diagnosis and figures in
these specimens call for some notice. The number of masti-
catory hooks in the maxillipede varies from one to three, and
is not fixed at two, as Sars would seem to suggest.

The shape of the appendage to the second pleopod of the
male is not exactly as Sars figures it. The appendage is a
moderately stout rod, bifurcating near its extremity into two
unequai processes tipped at their distal ends by a number of
chitinous hooks or pads (see Pl. IX., Fig. 8). The appendage
was, however, correctly figured by Hansen in his memoir on
the family.

The basal lobe of the first maxilla cannot accurately be said
to bear “‘ plumose setae.’’ It rather bears three strong spines,
having a circle of dense setae about their centre. The size of
the present specimens is rather larger than that given by Sars,
some of them reaching a length of 30 mm.

Distributton.—This form is rather widely distributed round
our coasts. It has been recorded from both the east and
west coasts of Scotland by Scott, and from the Shetlands,
Devon, Channel Islands and W. of Ireland by Nor-
man. It was taken frequently by the Harlequin and Fingal
expeditions off the west coast of Ireland in 1890-1891, at one
station particularly, 28 mi. N.W. of Achill Head, when fish
caught on long lines had hundreds of immense individuals
of this species clinging to them. Indeed, when the lines were
lifted, some of the fish (Acanthias and Gadus aeglefinus) were
hardly more than bags of skin full of Cirolanae, which had
penetrated through the natural orifices and eaten away the
tissues (teste E. W. L. H.).

_ It is occasionally found parasitic on fishes. Scott records it
from Raia batis, Gadus virens, Brosmius brosme, and Conger
vulgaris, while it has also been taken from Acanthias vulgaris
off the west coast of Ireland. It is also frequently found in
the stomachs of rays and dogfish.

ces]

II.’04, 44

GENus Conilera, Leach.

Conilera cylindracea (Montagu).

BALLYNAKILL AND Borin.—There are no records of this
species from these harbours, though a single male specimen,
16 mm. long, was taken 1 mi. N. by E. of Cleggan Head, Co.
Galway, 21 fath., just at the entrance to Ballynakill Harbour,
in the seas between the Bofin Archipelago and the mainland.
I have also taken it on clean shelly ground on the inside of the
Aran Islands, Galway Bay.

The stylet of the second pleopod of the male, unlike that
of the preceding species, is a rather slender, simple, finely
pointed rod.

Distribution.—This species is known from the coasts of
Devon and Cornwall, from the Clyde, Skye, and Bantry Bay,
Ireland. It also extends to the Mediterranean and Channel
Islands. Norman notes the remarkable fact that the species
is unknown from the east coast of England and Scotland,
from Norway and from Denmark.

Genus Eurydice, Leach.
Eurydice pulchra, Leach.
BALLYNAKILL.— No record.

Borin.—A single specimen occurred on each of three occa-
sions in July and September, 1899, and September, 1900, in
townets taken at night in the outer harbour. They were all
surface townets.

A single specimen was also met with in a townet taken in
Achill Sound in April, 1899.

Distribution.—This species would not appear to be so com-
mon on the west coast of Ireland as it is in most other British
localities. Indeed, during a period of five years only four
specimens were met with. It extends from Norway to the
coast of France, and also to the Mediterranean, where it has
been recorded by Gourret.

Eurydice spinigera, Hansen.

BALLYNAKILL.—Was not actually met with in the harbour,
but occurred on four occasions in surface townets at the
entrance to the harbour.

_Borin.—Taken on three occasions in surface townets at
aight in the outer harbour.
[ 6 ]

IT. ’04, 45

This species may be distinguished from its congeners by the
rather narrow and slightly emarginate posterior edge to the tel-
son, armed at each side with two prominent spines, and also
tipped with long plumose setae.

Distribution.—First described by Hansen iy his monograph
of the family, 1890, but the exact locality at which his speci-
mens were captured is not given. It has since been recorded
from the South of England by Stebbing and Norman.

All the above specimens were taken in surface townets. The
species would therefore appear to be pelagic in habit.

Eurydice truncata (Norman).
Pl. XI., Figs. 5-8.

BALLYNAKILL AND Borin.—Very commonly met with in tow-
nets at both places. It was especially abundant during the
summer and autumn of 1900 in the seas round the island of
Bofin.

This species belongs to the same section of the genus Eury-
dice as H. inermis, Hansen. TJudeed it would seem to be very
closely allied to this latter species. In view of the large num-
ber of specimens of EF. truncata in my hands I am able to add
a few particulars to the descriptions of Norman and Hansen.
These concern chiefly the sexual differences exhibited by the
. species. In addition to the usual stylet on the inner lamella
of the second pair of pleopods the males of EH. truncata also
exhibit a rather marked difference from the females in the
superior antenna. In the latter, the superior antenna (Fig.
5) is short, and does not differ very greatly from the
same appendage in Eurydice pulchra, except that it is
‘somewhat more slender. In the adult males (Fig. 7),
however, it is very much longer and more slender than
in the female, due to the elongation of the joints of the
flagellum. It extends to about the third or fourth segment
of the mesosome, and is not as setose as usual, but has the ter-
minal joint tipped by one very long fine seta. An exactly
similar superior antenna is depicted for FE. ortentalis by
Hansen, and I am convinced that males of HE. inermis, when
examined, will be found to show a similar sexual difference in
these appendages. It may be noticed that EH. truncata, E.
inermis, and FE. orientalis have the plumose setae which arm
the posterior edge of the telson short and feeble, while
E. Grimaldii and E. spinigera, which do not show any very
marked sexual difference in the superior antenna. have these
setae considerably stronger and longer.

Distribution.—This species was added to the British fauna
by Norman for specimens from Shetland. It has since been
taken off the west coast of Scotland and England by the
Knight Errant and Porcupine expeditions, and also at Napies.
Most of the above specimens were captured in townets, and
the species seems essentially pelagic in habit.

[<97 ;]

|

Il. ’04, 46

Famity LIMNORIIDAE.

Genus Limnoria, Leach.

Limnoria lignorum (Rathke).

BALLYNAKILL.—This small species was found boring in the
bottoms of two hulks moored in Ballynakill Harbour, which
were beached for cleaning in February, 1904. It was also
found in wooden oyster ‘* caisses’’ staked at the head of Fahy
Bay in 1903 and 1904.

Borin.—No record.

Distribution.—The species has a very extensive distribution
in European and North American waters generally. In local
distribution it appears to be capricious. For instance, while
it is said to have destroyed some wooden piling at the Aran
Islands, at the mouth of Galway Bay, it has not been observed
to attack the oyster ‘‘ caisses’’ which have for the last two
years been staked at Ardfry, at the head of the bay.

Famity SPHAHROMIDAE.

GreNus Sphaeroma, Latreille.

[Sphaeroma serratum (Fabricius). }

BALLYNAKILL AND BoFIN.—WNo record.

This common Sphaeromid was not actually met with in
either Ballynakill or Bofin Harbours. It was, however, found
under stones at high water mark in Clifden Harbour, the next
harbour to the south of Ballynakill Harbour, Co. Galway, and
also under stones between tide-marks at Ardfry, near Galway.

Distribution.—Very plentiful everywhere round our coasts
in shallow water. It is quite at home either in very brackish
water or in localities where very little fresh water enters the
sea. It extends to the coasts of France and the Mediter-
ranean,

([Sphaeroma Hookeri (Leach).|

Though not found either at Ballynakill or Bofin, this species
is included in the present list for specimens taken about two
miles above Londonderry, on the banks of the River Foyle, in
August, 1904. |

Distribution.—Though never very plentiful it is rather
widely distributed round our coasts, chiefly in brackish water.
It has been recorded from Suffolk, Sussex, Belfast Lough,
Strangford Lough, Clevedon, and the Channel Islands.

[ 98 ]

IT. ’04, 47

Genus Naesa, Leach.
Naesa bidentata (Adams).

Dynamene rubra, Montagu.
D, viridis, Leach.
?D. Montagu, Leach.

BALLYNAKILL.—Under a stone, Ross shore, Ballynakill
Harbour, January, 1903—one male.

From Sazicava-bored limestone, Black Rocks, Ballynakill
Harbour, March, 1904— several males and females.

Borin.—No record.

The list of synonyms given above is indicative of the great
variability in form and the sexual differences exhibited
by the species. There is little doubt that D. viridis was
founded on green D. rubra, and this view is strengthened by
the fact that both species are recorded by Bate and Westwood
as being taken together. Closer investigation and wider know-
ledge of the group as a whole have likewise shown that Naesa
bidentata, Adams, is merely the male form of D. rubra,
though the outward appearance of the two forms would not
seem to support this view, so vastly different do they look.

I am further inclined to the view expressed by Mr. Stebbing,
that D. Montagu of Leach is merely a young male of
N. bidentata in which the backwardly directed processes of the
sixth segment of the mesosome are just beginning to develop.
Forms corresponding to all of the above supposed distinct
species have been taken together.

A cryptoniscid larva closely corresponding to Sars’ Cryp-
toniscid No. 2 (Crustacea, Norway, Vol. II.), was found at-
tached to the ventral surface of the pleon of a female of this
species. It differed chiefly from Sars’ figures in having the
cephalosome broader and more semicircular. J am not aware
that any E’picarida have ever been found on members of this
family before.

Distribution.—Naesa bidentata is of constant occurrence in
shallow water round our coasts. It also extends to the
Channel Islands and the Mediterranean.

Genus Cymodoce, Leach,

Cymodoce truncata (Montagu).

BALLYNAKILL.—Taken on one occasion only, in March, 1901,
from a Saxicava-bored limestone boulder.

Borin.—Taken on two occasions in 1899, viz., off the Gun
Rock in 16 fath., and in the outer harbour between tide marks.
Distribution.—-This species is quite a common one round our
coasts in shallow water. It also occurs in the Mediterranean.
[aee??
H 2

1]. 04, 48 2 4

TRIBE VALVIFERA.
Famity IDOTEIDAE,

GENUS Idotea, Fabricius.

Idotea baltica (Pallas).

BALLYNAKILL AND BoFIN.—Common everywhere on Lami-
naria and seaweeds generally. Often taken at the surface 1 ina
coarse meshed net towed rather rapidly.

The stylet of the second pair of pleopods in the male is not
at all constant in the relation which it bears to the length of
the pleopod itself. Sars describes it as ‘‘ not extending to the
end of the inner plate,’ but in one single haul I have found
some males in which the stylet was quite as long as the lamella
of the pleopod, and others in which it was very little more
than three-quarters of that length. Similar variations in the
proportional length of the stylet were noticed in J. neglecta.

Young examples of this species are difficult to distinguish
from such species as I. pelagica, I. granulosa and I. viridis,
in which the telson has a very similar shape.

Distribution.—Very widely distributed everywhere round
our coasts in littoral waters, and extending from European
waters generally to the North Atlantic coast of America.

Idotea pelagica, Leach.

BALLYNAKILL AND Borin.—Not infrequently met with
among fixed and floating algae.

Distribution.—Dr. Norman, in a recent paper on the British
members of the family Idotetdae, states that this species is
rather scarce on all our coasts. It is recorded by him from
S.W. Ireland, and also from Aberdeen. Outside British and
Trish waters it is only known from Norway and the north coast
of France.

Idotea granulosa, Rathke.

BALLYNAKILL,—Only twice taken, in both cases from Lami-
naria.

Borin.—Occurred on two occasions in gatherings from
Laminaria.

Distribution.—This species has probably been overlooked
several times in consequence of its resemblance to young forms
of I. baltica, It has been recorded by Walker from Bray,
Dungarvan, Valentia and Dalkey, in Ireland, and by Norman
from Northumberland and Berehaven. Outside the British
Isles it is only known from Norway, where it occurs sparingly.

{ 100 ]

IT. 04, 49

Idotea viridis (Slabber).

BALLYNAKILL AND Borin.—Not uncommonly met with in
both harbours in gatherings from Laminaria and Zostera.

I have recently taken this species in considerable numbers
in a saleen on the shores of Kilronan Harbour, Aran Islands.
The bottom of the saleen consisted of a soft mud with Ulva
growing in profusion over it.

Distribution.—This form was first recorded as British by
Walker, who took it at Valentia. It has since been recorded
by Norman from two localities in the South of England, and
also from the Channel Islands. It is likewise found off Nor-
way, Holland and France; in all cases in quite shallow water.

Idotea neglecta, G. O. Sars.

BALLYNAKILL.—Taken on one occasion only in the hollowed
out stems of dead Laminaria dredged in 5 fath. Several speci-
mens were all crowded together in such hollowed stems.

Borin.—A single specimen only, met with at the surface
among floating weed.

This is a species of Idotea recently detected by Sars off the
coast of Norway. It resembles J. baltica in many respects,
but even at its very largest size it never shows any signs of
the tridentate telson characteristic of I. baltica.

The examples noted above agree well with Sars’ descrip-
tion, and figures, except in the length of the stylet pro-
portionately to the second pair of pleopods in the male.
In all the males I have examined, this stylet was longer pro-
portionally than in Sars’ figures, being at least three-quarters
of the length of the lamellae of the pleopods, and sometimes
even more than this. There seems to be a rather distinct
carina running down the whole length of the telson.

Distribution.—This species was recently added to the British
fauna by Scott. Previously it was only known from Norway.
Scott, however, records it from the Moray Firth, and Norman has
also noted its occurrence at Shetland, Falmouth, and Ply-
mouth.

Idotea emarginata (Fabricius).

BALLYNAKILL AND Borrn.—With I. baltica this species is the
commonest Isopod met with in both harbours. It occurs
most commonly among Laminaria, and is to be met with at the
surface among floating weed of all kinds.

The differences between this form and I, metallica, with
which it has been confounded by Gourret, are enumerated
under the latter species.

Distribution.—This species is very generally distributed all
round our coasts, and occurs also off Norway and the Kattegat.

f =101 | J

II. 04, 50 hi!

Idotea metallica, Bose.
BALLYNAKILL.—No record.

Borin.—One male and one female specimen were taken in
July, 1900, at the surface between Inisgort and the Gun Rock.

In the Annales du Musée d’ Histoire naturelle de Marseilles,
T. IV., 1891, Gourret describes and figures a species of
Idotea which he calls I, emarginata (type, Fabricius). From
his descriptions and figures it is certain that he was really dea!-
ing with the present species. In colour, form and habit, the
two agree 1n every way.

I, metallica may be distinguished from I. emarginata very
readily by the presence of a small supplementary segment
between the cephalon and the first segment of the thorax.
Further, the telson in J. emarginata is, as its name implies,
emarginate on its posterior edge, while I. metallica has this
edge of the telson straight. ‘The male stylets of the second
pair of pleopods in the male are longer than the lamellae of
the pleopods in J. metallica, and shorter in I. emarginata.
Finally, the colour of the two forms affords a ready means of
distinction. J. metallica is a uniform dark steel blue colour,
while J. emarginata is variously coloured and mottled. Dr.
Scharff, of the Museum of Science and Art, Dublin, very
kindly sent me the specimen of J. metallica taken by Haddon
in 1890 off Achill Head, to compare with the present speci-
mens.

Distribution.—This species has only once previously been
taken in British waters, Haddon having taken a single speci-
men from the surface off Achill Head, in 1890, during the
cruise of the Fingal. Dr. Norman has recently recorded this
specimen in his paper on the British species of Idotea. The
species is, however, very common in the Mediterranean, and
is also known from N.E. America. Its general habitat would
seem to be among floating colonies of Cirripedia or on floating
timber covered with barnacles. It is a purely oceanic species,
and its occurrence at Bofin is probably due to its having floated
in on some timber. :

Idotea linearis (Pennant).

BALLYNAKILL AND Borin.—Very commonly met with in both
harbours.

Distribution.—Though generally widely distributed round
our coasts, this species, curiously enough, does not occur off
the Norwegian coasts. It would seem to be confined to the
British Isles and the Mediterranean.

[ .102 ]

II. 04, 51

Triszk ASELLOTA.
Famity JANIRIDAE.

GENUS Janira, Leach.
Ianira maculosa, Leach.

BALLYNAKILL.—A single specimen was taken in June, 1902,
from Coastguard Deep, 6 fath.

Borin.—No record.

Distribution.—This species has a very wide geographical dis-
tribution, extending along the coasts of Europe from Norway
to France, and it is also known from Greenland. It is quite
a common form round our coasts.

GENUS Taera, Leach.
Iaera marina (Fabricius).
Pl. IX., Fig. 11.

BALLYNAKILL.—Rather common under stones between tide
marks, especially at those points where a stream of fresh
water enters the bay.

Borin.—No record.

The difference which separates this species from I. Nord-
manni are enumerated under the latter species.

Distribution.—This form has rather a wide range of geo-
graphical distribution, having been found on the Atlantic coast
from Norway to France, the British Isles, Greenland, and the
Atlantic coast of North America.

It is quite commonly met with all round our coasts, occa-
sionally in company with the next species.

Iaera Nordmanni (Rathke).

Pl. IX., Fig. 12.

BALLYNAKILL.—Taken in company with the last species,
under stones between tide marks.

Borin.—Several examples were met with in 1899 under
stones between tide marks, in the outer harbour.

This species is very closely allied to the last, and has doubt-
less by many writers been confounded with it. There are, how-
ever, a few well marked characters by which it may be distin-
guished from IJ. marina. It is of rather smaller size than the
latter, and is shorter and proportionally broader. Moreover,
it has a regular and dense armature of strong and short bristles,
whereas I. marina has a few short simple setae on the lateral
edges of the segments of its body.

[ .103 .j

I1.'04, 52 Oe

The inferior antenna in J. Nordmanni is scarcely more than

one-third of the total length of the body, while in I. marina
it reaches to more than half that length. The uropods in the
latter species are not nearly as rudimentary as in J. Nordmannt.
The males are very readily distinguished by the extent of the
male operculum and the shape of its middle piece. In

I. marina the male operculum entirely covers the pleopods—

and the middle piece (to quote Sars) ‘‘ forming at the end, on
each side, a rather large expansion terminating in a hook-like
anteriorly curving point.’’ In J. Nordmannt, on the other
hand, the male operculum scarcely more than half covers the
pleopods, and the middle piece is long and narrow, with no
lateral expansion.

Figures of the middle piece of the male operculum of both
I. marina and I, Nordmanni are shown (P1. IX., Figs. 11-12).
They are drawn to the same scale, and are taken from speci-
mens of nearly equal size. Sars, in his account of the crus-
tacea of Norway, is of opinion that the form figured by Spence
Bate and Westwood under I. Nordmanni is really the male of
I, marina. From this opinion I find it necessary to dissent.
In the general proportions of the body, and especially in the
length of the inferior antenna, Bate’s figures agree essentially
with J. Nordmanni, while his figure of the ventral view of the
metasome, P, and the enlarged figure of the male operculum
itself, P1, definitely prove that he was dealing with Rathke’s
species, and not with I. marina. i,

Distribution.—Owing probably to its confusion with
I. marina, this species has not been very frequently recorded
from our coasts. ° It was found by Spence Bate at Plymouth,
and Langland Bay, South Wales. Scott has taken it in Loch
Fyne, in Scotland, while Walker and Hornell record it from
the Channel Islands. It was first found by. Rathke in the
Caspian Sea,

Famity MUNNIDAE.
Genus Munna, Boeck.

Munna Kroyeri, Goodsir.
BALLYNAKILL.—A single example taken on each of two occa-
sions at the north entrance to the harbour, 7 fath.
Borin.—A single specimen was taken in June, 1899, in the
outer harbour. 3
This species, the member of the genus most commonly met

with in British waters, is at once distinguished by the peculiar

hook-like appearance of the uropods.

Distribution.—First described by Goodsir from specimens
found in the Firth of Forth; this species has since been met
with at Cumbrae (Dr. Robertson), in the Firth of Clyde
(Hoyle), Northumberland coast, Plymouth, Salcombe, and the
Channel Islands.

It also occurs off Norway and the Kattegat.

[ 104 ]

IT. ’04, 53

Munna Fabricii, Kroyer.

BALLYNAKILL.—Met with twice in 1903, once in a dredge in
Coastguard Deep, 6 fath., and once at the north entrance to
the harbour, 7 fath.

Borin.—No records.

This species may be distinguished from its northern con-
geners, except M. palmata, by the structure of the superior
antenna, which has the flagellum four-jointed, the two central
joints being rather long and subequal and the last joint very
small. M. palmata has a superior antenna of similar structure,
but is at once distinguished by its relatively shorter and stouter
inferior antenna and its much more strongly built legs.

Distribution.—It is now only for the second time recorded
from British and Irish waters. It was first discovered off
-Greenland by iXréyer, and has since been taken off Finmark
and Norway, Iceland and Spitzbergen. It has also been
recorded by Harper from the N.E. coast of America. It thus
has a very extended somewhat Arctic distribution. Walker
has recorded it from the Liverpool Bay area, in 1889.

GENUS Pleurogonium, G, O. Sars.
Pleurogonium rubicundum, G. O. Sars.*

BabLyNAKILL.—Taken rather abundantly in Coastguard
Deep, both in the shelly and muddy parts, in 6-8 fath.

‘Borin.—No records.

I agree with Canon Norman in regarding Leptaspidu, Bate
and Westwood, as a synonym of this genus, and would suggest
that the genus was founded on male examples of Pleuro-
gontum. Males are not nearly so broad proportionally as
females, and the anterior four segments of the mesosome are
not so closely fused together.

Distribution.—This species was added to the British list by
Canon Norman, who records having taken it at Cumbrae. Dr.
Scott has since recorded it from. two or three more Scottish
localities—Firth of Forth, Aberdeen, and off Montrose.

Outside the British Isles it is only known from Norway.

TRIBE ONISCOIDA.
Famity LIGIIDAEL,
Genus Ligia, Fabricius.
Ligia oceanica (Linn.)

BALLYNAKILL AND Borin.—Common everywhere under
stones at high water mark.

Distribution.—This species has a geographical range ex-
tending to all European countries which border on the Atlantic.
In the Mediterranean it is replaced by Ligia ttalica.

* See also p. 81.
[ 105 ]

IT. 04, 54 he TY

Trine EPICARIDA.
Famity BOPYRIDAE.

Genus Bopyrus, Latreille.
Bopyrus squillarum, Latreille.

PALLYNAKILL.—Taken on one occasion only from under the
carapace of the common prawn, Palaemon serratus, from
Coastguard Deep.

Borin.—No record.

Distribution.—Perhaps the commonest Epicarid found in
British and Irish waters. It is only known to infest Palaemon
serratus and the allied species, P. squtlla and P. Fabricii.

It has been recorded from Plymouth and the Exe estuary,
from Cornwall and from the Channel Islands, though it must
be very much commoner than the scanty records would sug-
gest. I have found it remarkably prevalent on prawns cap-
tured at Ardfry, at the head of Galway Bay.

GENUS Bopyrina, Kossmann.
Bopyrina virbii (Walz).

BALLYNAKILL.—No record.

Borin.—A single specimen, rather mutilated, from Htppo-
lyte vartans, 1900.

Distribution.—Stebbing, in his History of Crustacea, re-
cords this species from Hippolyte varians taken at Ilfracombe.
‘This record is, therefore, the second one for British and Irish
waters. Itis found also in the Mediterranean. ‘'The original
host on which it was found is Hinnolyte viridis. Bonnier, on
the principle of one species of parasite to one species of host
has recently named the Bopyrina from H. varians B. Girardi.
The points of difference between the latter and B. virbu do not
seem worthy of emphasis by a separate specific name.

[GENUS Pseudione, Kossmann.]
[Pseudione Hyndmanni (Bate and West.).]

I;ALLYNAKILL AND Borin.—No record.

Several specimens of this species have been taken at various
points in Galway Bay, infesting Hupagurus bernhardus.

Distribution.—First recorded from Treland by Bate and
Westwood. It has since been recorded from Norway by Sars,
and from the Firth of Clyde by Scott. The latter states that
his specimen was taken from Hippolyte varians. This would
appear to be somewhat remarkable, since Pseudione was only
known previously from the group Anomura and the Lower
Macrura like Callianassa.

[ 106 }

IT. ’04, 55

Genus Pleurocrypta, Hesse.
Pleurocrypta galatheae, Hesse.

BALLYNAKILL.—A single specimen from Galathea squamifera,
taken in Coastguard Deep, 7 fath., April, 1900, and another
from the same host in March, 1901.

Borin.—No record.

The first of the above two specimens was much smaller than
the second, and appeared to agree in all respects with Pleuro-
crypta longibranchiata as re-described recently by Sars. ‘The
larger specimen was, however, undoubtedly referable to

Pleurocrypta galatheae. Messrs. Giard and Bonnier have
already suggested that the former species is in reality only a
younger stage in the development of the latter species, but
Sars rejects this suggestion. From a study of the above two
specimens, I am inclined to agree with Messrs. Giard and
Bonnier, more especially as it would be most remarkable for
two species of a single genus to infest the same species of host.

Distribution.—Not uncommonly met with on the south coast
of England and north coast of France, infesting Galathea
squamifera. 1t has been recorded from the Shetland Islands
by Norman, and is also known from Norway.

Genus Athelges, Hesse.

Athelges paguri, Rathke.

BALLYNAKILL.—A single specimen from a Pagurid, in March,
1902, from the east of Black Rocks.

Borin.—No record.

Distribution.—The host of this species is Hupagurus bern-
hardus. Scott has recorded the occurrence of this species in
Loch Fyne and Gulland Bay, while Spence Bate received
specimens from Strangford Lough, Ireland, Polperro, Corn-
wall, and St. Andrews. It is therefore well distributed round
our coasts. It extends to Norway, Kattegat and Skagerack,
and the French coast.

What appears to be the same species has since been met
with in Galway Bay infesting both Anapagurus laevis and
Eupagurus Prideauar.

Epicarida Larvae.

Besides the adult Epicarida noted above numerous larval
forms belonging to the genus Microntscus were of constant
occurrence in townets both at Ballynakill and Bofin. They
could not with certainty be referred to any species of adult
Epicarid, and they are merely noted below with a few remarks
on some of the forms taken. Sars has shown that the genus

[ 107 ]

IT. 04, 56

Microniscus must no longer be regarded as the type of a sepa-
rate family of Hpicarida, but that it merely represents the
transitory larval stages of the different families of the group.
Giard and Bonnier, however, still hold that it represents a
distinct family.

Two types of larvae are commonly met with in townets : one,
identical with or very closely allied to Microniscus calani de-
scribed by Sars, and now regarded by him as the type of the
larvae of the family Bopyridae, and another, which he looks
upon as the typical larva of the family Cryptoniscidae. Both
types of larvae are met with off Bofin and Ballynakill.

Bopyridae.—The larvae belonging to this family which oc-
curred in the collection are nearly all referable to Microniscus
calant. ‘They occur commonly all the year round, very fre-
quently attached to copepods.

Cryptoniscidae.—Most of the larvae of this family which
occurred seem to agree with that form described and figured
by Sars in his account of the Crustacea of Norway, Vol. II.,
Isopoda, Pl. 92, Fig. 2. Some, however, are also referable to
Cryptothir balani.

The occurrence of a Cryptoniscid larva on a member of the
family Sphaeromidae calls for some note. No Epicarida have
previously been noted from this family, though Sars has found
them in the allied family Aegidae, while they are also known
from the Idoteidae. A- single specimen of a Cryptoniscid
larva was found attached to the under surface of the telson of
Naesa bidentata taken from bored limestone in Ballynakill
Harbour. It was of the usual shape, with the cephalon evenly
rounded in front and semicircular in shape. Neither the basal
joint of the antennule nor the coxal plates appeared to be pecti-
nate. Hyes were absent. The outer uropod was about one
half the length of the inner, and both were tipped with rather
long setae. The antennules reached to about the second
thoracic segment. Its length was ‘8 mm.

ill.—JSOPODA FROM THE ATLANTIC SLOPE OFF THE WEST COAST
Or JRELAND,

The area explored by the Helga with bottom nets extends
seawards as far as the 500 fath. line. Between this and the
1,500 fath. line nets have only been used at some distance
from the bottom, the maximum depth to which they have
been sunk being 1,000 fath. It is naturally the bottom nets
which haye provided the bulk of the isopod material; and
though the shoreward limit of the area of exploration here dis-
cussed ranges into littoral water of less than 20 fathoms, the
gatherings made between 100 and 500 fath. are responsible for
the most interesting records. ‘This is by no means surprising,
since pare the Helga was working over practically virgin
ground.

[ 108 ]

II. 04, 57

The records include the ten new species described in Part I.,
and the following fourteen, which are now for the first time
noted as occurring within the British and Irish area :—

Typhlotanais tenuicornis, G. O. Sars.
Typhlotanais Richardt, Dollfuss.
Caecognathia stygia (G. O. Sars) ?.
Aega arctica, Liitken.

Cymodoce granulatum, M.-EKd.
Munna limicola, G. O. Sars.
Ischnosoma bispinosum, G. O. Sars.
Desmosoma lineare, G. O. Sars.
Eurycope latirostris, G. O. Sars.
Kurycope megalura, G. O. Sars.
Kurycope producta, G. O. Sars.
Pleurocryptella formosa (G. and B.).
Asconiscus simplex, G. O. Sars.
Notophryxus sp.

The following, already known from the waters of Great

Britain, are now recorded from Irish localities :—
Leptognathia breviremis (Lilljeborg).
Aega ventrosa, M. Sars.
Aega crenulata, Lutken,
Cirolana Hanseni, Bonnier,
Paramunna bilobata, G. O. Sars.
Pleurogonium tnerme, G. O. Sars.
Eugerda tenuimana, G. O. Sars.
Eurycope phallangium, G. O. Sars.
Aspidophryzus peltatus, G. O. Sars.

Four species, not yet known from Great Britain, are recorded
from additional localities in Irish waters, viz. :—

Apseudes spinosus (M. Sars).
Apseudes grosstmanus, Norman.
Calathura brachiata (Stimpson).
Munnopsts Murrayt, Walker.

These, with the ten new species and the fourteen now for
the first time recorded from within the limits of Norman’s
‘‘ British ’’ area, make a total of twenty-eight species which,
within that area, have so far been met with only off the west
coast of Ireland.

- Of the littoral species dealt with in Part IT. only six occur
also in the deep water list, namely :—Gnathia mazillaris , Ciro-
lana borealis, Eurydice truncata, Idotea metallica, Ianira
maculosa and Munna Kréyeri—a circumstance which affords
a clear illustration of the difference between the littoral and
deep-water [sopodan fauna.

Altogether, forty-nine species are noted in this part of the
paper, which number, allowing for the six common to shallow
and deep water and including three species noted from the

[ 109 ]

IT. ’04, 5S

east coast but not occurring in the west coast collections (see
p. 80), makes a total of eighty-three species represented in
our collections from littoral and deep waters.

At present the complete British and Irish marine list com-
prises one hundred and thirty-five species, while one hundred
and twenty have been recorded by Sars from Norway.

In all probability many more Norwegian forms will be found
to extend to the west of Ireland, since, as far as at present
known, the fauna of that region ‘approximates in Isopoda to
that of Norway more than to that of the other parts of the
British and Irish area.

ORDER TANAIDACEA.
Famity APSHUDIDAE.

Genus Apseudes, Leach.
Apseudes spinosus (M. Sars).

Heica.—50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 320 fath.,
August, 1903, townet on trawl.—One, male, 10 mm.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 375 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, dredge.—One.

Porcupine Bank, Lat, 58° 1’ N., Long. 14° 34’ W., 293
fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—Two.

Norman and Stebbing, in their account of the Apeesiiaiie
of the Porcupine Expedition, state that the front margin of the
carpus of the first gnathopods is armed with two teeth. Sars’
figures of this appendage, in his account of the Crustacea of
Norway, show two larger and a third small tooth on the front
margin of the carpus. The present specimen shows three well
developed teeth on that joint.

Distribution.—This appears to be only the soa recor(
of the species for British and Irish waters, the Porcupine
having obtained a single female example off the §.8.W. of
Ireland at 725 fathoms.

It is found abundantly off the Norwegian coast, and has also
been recorded from Finmark, Sweden, Denmark, and the Bay
of Biscay.

Apseudes grossimanus, Norman.

Herca.—50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, . Feb-
ruary, 1903, 320 fath., townet on dredge.—One mature male,
10 mm., and two immature females, 4 mm.

The ski females only differ from the description given by
Norman and Stebbing (Trans. Zool, Soc., 1886) in the fewer
number of joints in the flagella of the antennae and in the pro-
portionally rather shorter antennal scale, characters of un-
doubted immaturity. The male specimen, which measured
10 mm., agrees perfectly with the above-mentioned description.

( 110 ]

II. 04, 59

Distribution.—This species was first discovered by the Por-
cupine E.xpedition in 90 fathoms off the 8.W. of Ireland. Its
rediscovery off the W. coast after a lapse of twenty-five years
is interesting.

It is also known from the coasts of Portugal in 740 fathoms,
where it was taken also by the Porcupine, and from the Bay of
Biscay, where the Travailleur expedition obtained it. Lo
Bianco records two specimens from the Mediterranean. The
species seems to have a wide vertical range, 90-740 fathoms.

Its geographical distribution at present confines it to the
N.E. Atlantic Slope and Mediterranean.

Famity TANAIDAE.

Genus Typhlotanais, G. O. Sars.
Typhlotanais tenuicornis, G. O. Sars.

Heica.—50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 320 fath..,
February, 1903, townet on trawl.—One female.

Distribution.—This is the first record of the species for the
British and Irish area, and, indeed, up till now it has only
been taken off the coasts of Norway in depths from 60-120
fathoms.

The genus Typhlotanais until quite recently was unrepre-
sented in the British and Irish fauna, though no fewer than
nine species were known from Norwegian waters. However,
in 1897 Walker recorded the genus (giving no species) from
Valencia Harbour, while Scott (19th Rep. Fish. Board, Scot.)
recorded T’. brevicornis from 50-55 fathoms, 13 mi. N.E. of
Buckie, on the E. coast of Scotland. T'. tenwicornis is now
recorded, while a new species of the genus, also from British
waters, is recorded below.

Typhlotanais Richardi, Dollfuss.

HELGA.—77 mi. W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo, 382 fath.,
August, 1901, townet on dredge.—Two.

The two specimens which I refer to this species agree per-
fectly with Dollfuss’ description except that the first free seg-
ment of the mesosome is only one-fifth instead of one-third
the length of the cephalosome, and is rather deeply emarginate
on its anterior border.

Distribution.—Previous to the above record, only known
from a single specimen taken at the Azores by the Hirondelle,

( 111 ]

IT. '04, 60 My TF

Typhlotanais proctagon, Tattersall ots cat

Hetca—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, 199 fath. , August,
1901, washed from sand brought up in a ‘townet attached: to a
trawl. —T wenty-four females, 4-6 mm.

Fifty mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 300 fait
February, 1903, townet on trawl.—Four females, 4-6 mm. »

Distribution.—These are the only records so far of this
species. It is a moderately deep-water form, the localities
from which it was taken having depths of 200 and 320 fathoms.
Indeed, all the species of the genus with a ventral spine on the
second segment of the thorax seem to inhabit deeper water
than those in which the spine is absent.

Genus Leptognathia, G. O. Sars.

Leptognathia breviremis (Lillieborg).

Heiea.—d0 mi, W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 320 fath.,
February, 1903, townet on trawl.—One female.

Distribution.—This species has already been recorded from
Plymouth by Norman, and from Moray Firth, Loch Fyne,
Firth of Forth, and off Aberdeen, by Scott. It has also been
taken in the course of the International investigations at
150 fathoms, half way between the Orkneys and the coast of
Norway, in some sand which came up in a “‘ bottom ’’ townet.

Outside British and Irish waters the species is known from
Norway, Sweden, and the Kattegat.

OrDER ISOPODA.

TrinE FLABELLIFERA.
Faminy ANTHURIDAE.,

Genus Calathura, Norm. and Stebb.
Calathura brachiata (Stimpson).

Hetca.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, 199 fath., August, 1901,
washed from sand brought up by a townet attached to a
trawl.—One female.

77 mi. W. of Achill Head, 882 fath., August, 1901, townet
on traw!.—T'wo females.

| agree with Norman and Stebbing in regarding the .Cala-
thura norvegica of Sars as synonymous with this species.

( kl2 ]

IT. ’04, 61

Distribution.—The geographical distribution of this species
is somewhat remarkable for its extent. It has been found on
the east coast of America, Norway, and at six different stations
during the Porcupine expedition, extending from the seas be-
tween the Shetlands and Faroe to the Bay of Biscay. Its
bathymetrical range is likewise considerable, it having been
obtained at practically all depths between 20 and 1,360
fathoms.

Since the Porcupine expedition C. brachiata has not been
recorded from British and Irish waters.

Famity GNATHIIDAE.

Genus G@nathia, Leach.
Gnathia maxillaris (Montagu).

Hetea.—40 mi. W. by S. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway,
74 fath., July, 1901, mid-water townet, 35 fath.—One larva.

60 mi. W. of Achill Head, 199 fath., August, 1901, washed
from sand brought up in a townet attached to a trawl.—Eleven
males.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, 120 fath.,
July, 1903, townet on trawl.—T'wo males and four females.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Slyne Head, 112 fath., August, 1904,
townets on trawl.—One female.

30 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, 70 fath.,
August, 1904, townet at bottom.—Four larvae.

Porcupine Bank, lat. 53° 1' N., long. 14° 34’ W., 293 fath.,
May, 1905, townet on trawl.—One male and three larvae.

Distribution.—The occurrence of this species at so great a
depth as 293 fathoms is noteworthy, and I am not aware that
it has ever before been recorded from a greater depth than 100
fathoms. ‘The specimens taken at 199 and 293 fathoms, which
were all males, agreed with specimens found in shallow water,
especially in the areolation of the dorsal surface.

GENUS Caecognathia, Dollfuss.
Caecognathia stygia (G. O. Sars). ?

HexteGa.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, 199 fath., August, 1901,
washed from sand brought up in a townet attached to the
back of a trawl.—One larval female.

Caecognathia stygia was described by G. O. Sars from speci-
mens taken during the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition.
The present specimen agrees in all respects with Sars’ figure of
the larva of this species. Larval Gnathia of all species are very
much alike, though the adults are readily distinguishable, but
the species under consideration is one of the very few blind
members of the genus, so that the identification of the larva is

thus very much facilitated.
Sik a ae

IT. °04, 62

Distribution.—This form is only known from great depths in —
the Arctic Ocean, where the Norwegian North Atlantic expedi-
tion obtained the type specimens. ‘The present record, there-
fore, indicates a considerable southern extension of its geo-
graphical range.

Faminy AHGIDAE.*

GENUS Aega, Leach.

Aega arctica, Liitken.

HeieGa.—50 mi. W.N.W, of Eagle Island, Mayo, 388 fath..
August, 1904, dredge.—One.

Distribution.—This is the first record of this species for
British and Irish waters. It nowhere appears to be common.
Only a single specimen is known from Norway. It has been
obtained off Greenland and Iceland, and has therefore, up till
the present been considered essentially an arctic form. |

Aega crenulata, Liitken.

HeutGa.—30 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, 242 fath.,
February, 1905, dredge.—One.

Distribution.—This species has only once previously been
recorded from British waters, namely, by Matthews, for a
specimen procured off Aberdeen. It is known from Norway,
Iceland, and Greenland, and is, therefore, essentially an Arctic
form. Its occurrence off the west coast of Ireland indicates
a considerable southern extension of its range.

Aega ventrosa, M. Sars.

Heica.—48 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, Novem-
ber, 1904, 337 fath., townet on trawl.—One.

00 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, February, 1905,
350 fath., townet on traw]l.—One.

_ Distribution.-Norman, in his recent summary of the British

(including Irish) members of this genus, gives only one locality
in the British area at which this species has been taken,
namely, to the west of the Shetlands, by the Porcupine in
1569. The present records therefore indicate a considerable
southerly range in its geographical distribution. It is known
saa) nihala Sweden, and Greenland, in depths from 250-
ath.

* Rocincla Dwmerilii, see p. 80:

[ 1147)

II. ’04, 63

Famity CIROLANIDAE.

Genus Cirolana, Leach.
Cirolana borealis, Lilljeborg.

Hetaa.—30 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway,
August, 1901, 74 fath., dredge.—One.

60 mi, W. of Achill Head, August, 1901, 199 fath., townet
on trawl.—Thirteen, small.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, May, 1904,
120 fath., townet on trawl.—One.

81 mi. W. 3 N. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, August, 1904,
220 fath., townet on trawl.—One.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Slyne Head, 112 fath., August, 1904,
townets on trawl.—'l'wo.

80 mi., same course, same date, 180 fath., townet on trawl.
—Three.

Distribution.—This species has a very extensive geographical
distribution. It is known from both sides of the Atlantic, as
well as from the Mediterranean. Its vertical range is very
great also, extending from low water mark (see p. 48) to 800
fathoms.

Cirolana Hanseni, J. Bonnier.

HeteGa.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, 199 fath., August, 1901,
townet on trawl.—One.

77 mi. W. of Achill Head, 382 fath., August, 1901, iat
on trawl.—Six.

Distribution.—Norman has recently recorded this species
from three places, all near to each other, to the N.W. of the
Butt of Lewis, Scotland. ‘These are the only hitherto known
British localities. Bonnier’s specimen was taken in the Bay
of Biscay. ‘The present records, therefore, from an interme-
diate station, fill up to some extent the gap which exists in its
known geographical range.

Genus Eurydice, Leach.

Eurydice Grimaldii, Dollfuss.
E. elegantula, Hansen.
Henea.~-50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, Feb-
ruary, 1903, 320 fath., townet on trawl.—T wo.

54 mi. W. of Hagle Is., Co. Mayo, 220 fath., August, 1904,
townet at 220 fath. One.
54 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 454 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, townet on dredge.—One.
[ 115 ]
3

II. ’04, 64

50 mi, W. by N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 360 fath., May,
1905, townet on traw].—One.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 25’ N., Long. 18° 17’ W., 116
fath., May, 1905, coarse townet at surface.—One.

Same station, coarse townet at bottom.—One.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W., 860 fath.,
May, 1995, coarse townet at surface.—One,

Distribution.—Walker records this species from 14-16 fath.,
in Killybegs Harbour, Co. Donegal. It is also known from
the west of Scotland, Lat. 58°-60° N., Long. 5°-14° W., and
from off Cadiz in 227 fath. of water.

Eurydice truncata (Norman).

HexieGa.—114 mi. W. of Achill Head, May, 1904, coarse tow-
net at 15 fath.—Five. :

10 mi. off Tearaght, Co. Kerry, November, 1904, coarse tow-
net at surface.—Nine.

Distribution.—The records of this species are enumerated
on p. 45. It would seem to be quite a common species on
the west coast of Ireland.

Famity SPHAEROMIDAE.

GENUS Cymodoce, Leach.

Cymodoce granulatum, M.-Ed.

Heica.—30 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway,
August, 1901, 74 fath., townet on dredge.—Five, females.

40 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, November,
1904, 74 fath., from a bored limestone boulder brought up by
the dredge.—Seven males and three females.

20 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, November,
ed 72 fath., from bored limestone.—One male and two
emales.

| Distribution.—This species would appear to be rarer than
C. truncata. It is now added to the British and Irish list,
having previously only been taken in the Mediterranean.
[ me ]

II. 04, 65

Famity ANCINIIDAE.

Genus Bathycopea, Tattersall.

Bathycopea typhlops, Tattersall.

Heuca.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, 199 fath., August, 1901,
washed from sand brought up in a townet attached to the
back of a trawl.—T'wo females.

77 mi. W. of Achill Head, 382 fath., August, 1901, townet
on trawl.—Two.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 320 fath., Feb-
ruary and August, 1903.—Six males and females.

54 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 454 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, townet on trawl.—Three.

50 mi. W. by N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 360 fath., May,
1905, townet on trawl.—One.

Distribution.—These are the only records known for this
species. ‘The bottom in all cases consisted of fine sand.

It is to be regretted that the locality of Ancinus depressus,
Leach, is unknown. It would have been interesting to have
compared the habitats of the two forms.

The Serolidae, the nearest allies to this species, save A. de-
pressus, are all but one (S. carinata) southern hemisphere
forms. They are confined for the most part to the Antarctic
area, and those species which occur nearer the tropics are all
found in deep water. It is, therefore, decidedly interesting to
record a very closely allied form from the northern hemisphere.

TRIBE VALVIFERA.

FamiILty [DOTEIDAE.

GENuS Idotea, Fabricius.
Idotea metallica, Bosc.

Heitea.—30 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, August,
1903, from floating colonies of Lepas fascicularis.—One
female, 19 mm,

40 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, August,
1903, same habitat.—One, female, 10 mm,

For some notes on this species with reference to its confusion
with I. emarginata, see p. 50. The colour of the above two
specimens was a dark steel blue.

Distribution.—See p. 50.
Seer ee

IT. 04, 66 ) fhe

Idotea sp.

Heuca.—2} mi. E. of Clare Island Light, 20 fath., July,
1901, mid-water townet, 10 fath.—One, 2 mm.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, July, 1903,
120 fath., townet on trawl.—One, 2 mm.

Both of these specimens, which are referable to the same
species, are immature, and their specific identity is a matter of
some doubt.

Famity ARCTURIDAE.

GENUS Astacilla, Cordiner.
Astacilla longicornis (Sowerby).

Heica.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, 199 fath., August, 1901,
townets on trawl.—One large female, 22 mm., and several
young of both sexes.

50 mi. N.W. by W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, Septem-
ber, 1901, 120 fath., Agassiz trawl.—Six, females.

20 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, August,
1902, 72 fath., dredge.—T'wo females, 22 min., and several
young.

A al Bank, 185 fath., August, 1904, townet on trawl.
—One.

Also taken in a trawl! off Dungarvan, 32 fath., March, 1904.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 12’ N., Long. 18° 57’ W., 98 fath.,
May, 1905, townet on dredge.—One.

50 mi. W. by N. of Tearaght, Co, Kerry, 360 fath., May,
1905, townet on trawl.—One. ,

The changes which this species undergoes during the growth
to the full adult form render the identification of small speci- —
mens exceedingly difficult.

In small specimens, 4 mm. in length, the middle segment
of the mesosome is only equal to the preceding part of the
body, whereas in full grown individuals it is about twice as
long. Moreover, the first joint of the flagellum of the inferior
antenna is scarcely equal in length to the remaining joints
combined, and bears only one olfactory filament.

In larger specimens, from 6-8 mm., the middle segment of.
the mesosome has become proportionally longer, and is now
about one and a half times as long as the preceding part of
the body. The first joint of the flagellum of the inferior an-
tenna has increased in like manner, but is not yet twice as long
as the remaining joints combined. The number of olfactory
filaments on the superior antenna is now five.

et Se

i is il el i

a ee. 67

Full-grown specimens agree very well with the diagnoses
given in Sars’ Crustacea of Norway.

Sars gives the length of the adult female as 20 mm., and
males half that size. Three females in the present collection
measured 22 mm. in length, while one male was at least 12 mm.
Males of 10 mm. have the flagellum of the inferior antenna
exactly asin Bate and Westwood’s figure of A. gracilis, which
is now regarded as the male of A. longicornis. Males of
12 mm., however, agree with the definition of the species given
by Sars.

_ Distribution.—This species is commonly distributed in
shallow water round the shores of the British Isles and of Nor-
way. It is also recorded from the Kattegat and Iceland.

No specimens have previously been recorded from so great
a depth as 199 fathoms, but the examples noted above from
this depth could not be distinguished from specimens taken in
shallower water.

Astacilla intermedia (Goodsir).
A, affuns, G. O. Sars.

Hutea.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, August, 1901, 199
fath., townet on trawl.—One.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, September,
1901, 120 fath., Agassiz trawl.—One.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, July and
August, 1903, and May, 1904, 120 fath., townets on trawl.—
Several.

80 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan, Co. Galway, 185 fath., May,
1905, townet on traw!.—One,

Dr. Norman has recently stated that Sars’ A. affints is iden-
tical with the earlier described A. intermedia of Goodsir, and
I here follow his lead. ‘I'he present examples, which I refer
with some doubt to this species, agree in the main with Sars’
diagnoses, except that the flagellum of the superior antenna is
only as long as, instead of twice as long as, the two preceding
joints.

Distribution.—This species was first recorded by Goodsir
from the Firth of Forth. Norman has recently recorded it
from Durham and §.W. Ireland, while Dr. Scott notes it from
Fair Island between Orkney and Shetland.

At the last of the above localities, off Cleggan Head, Co.
Galway, this species would seem to be by no means rare,

af ie

IT. °04, 68

Genus Arcturella, G. O. Sars.

Arcturella dilatata, G. O.,Sars.

Hexica.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo, August, 1901,
199 fath., townet on trawl.—Six females and seven males.

The seven male examples which I have referred to this
species are very much more tubercular than Sars’ figures would
seem to indicate. ‘They have the middle segment of the body
covered by regularly arranged tubercles very much like those
in Astacilla granulata, only not so numerous. I at first thought
they were Astacilla granulata, but they are true Arcturella, as
evidenced by the structure of the maxillipedes, first legs and
antennae. ‘This fact, coupled with the circumstance that they
were all males, and were found in company with A. dilatata
females, has led me to regard them as the males of the latter
species rather than describe them as a new species. ‘They only
measure 3 mm. in length.

Distribution.—This species has a rather extended distri-
bution in moderately shallow water, being known from Nor-
way, the Kattegat, British Isles, and the Mediterranean. It
was first recorded for Britain by Dr. Robertson, who found it
at 20 fath., near the Isle of Arran, Firth of Clyde. Dr. Scott
has recently recorded it from Fair Island, between Orkney and
Shetland. ‘These are the only two records from British waters,
but the species was obtained as far back as 1885 by the Royal
Trish Academy Expedition of that year. The exact locality is
not available. The species does not seem to have been
previously recorded from so great a depth as 199 fathoms.

TriBE ASHLLOTA.

Famity JANIRIDAE.

GENUS Janira, Leach.

Ianira maculosa, Leach.

Heica.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo, August,
1901, 199 fath., townets on trawl.—Several.

20 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, August,
1902, 72 fath., townet on trawl.—One.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, July and
August, 1903, and May, 1904, 120 fath., townets on trawl.—
Several.

Off Rathlin Island, Co. Antrim, May, 1904, 115 fath., tow-

nets on dredge.—Five.
[ 120 ]

IT. ’04, 69

81 mi. W. 4. N. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, August, 1904,
220 fath., townets on trawl and dredge. —T'wo.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, August, 1904,
388 fath., dredge.—One.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Slyne Head, Co. Galway, 112 fath.,
August, 1904, trawl.—One.

83 mi. W. 1 S. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 129 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, trawl and townets on trawl.—''wo.

Dingle Bay, 26 fath., March, 1904, townets on trawl.—One.

80 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Tower, Co. Galway, 185 fath..,
May, 1905, townet on trawl.—One.

50 mi. W. by N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 360 fath., May,
1905, townet on trawl.—Three.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 20’ N., Long. 13° W., 164 fath.,
May, 1905, townet on trawl.—T wo.

Distribution.—The species is quite a common one round our
coasts and the coasts of Kurope. I am not aware that it has
previously been recorded from a depth of over 200 fathoms.

GxENusS Taniropsis, G. O. Sars.

-Ianiropsis breviremis, G. O. Sars.

Heuica.—70 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet, 70 fath., August, 1903,
Garstang net, 20 fath_—One, 1 mm.

The single small example which J have referred to this
species is evidently immature. The characters of the uropods,
however, point to its identity with the Ianiropsis breviremis
of Sars. The eyes present rather a peculiar appearance,
due, no doubt, to immaturity. The full amount of pig-
ment characteristic of the adult has not yet been developed.
In consequence the true visual elements are not masked, and
are seen to the number of eleven, grouped together to form the
eye.

Distribution.—This species was first recorded for the British
and Irish area by Walker, who took it at Valencia on the
shore. It has since been recorded by the same author from
the Liverpool Bay area. Outside Britain it is only known
from the coasts of Norway and Sweden.

The species has up till now only been met with in littoral
waters, hence it is somewhat surprising to find it 70 mi. from
land. Its ally, Janira maculosa, has, however, quite as wide a
distribution, and there is nothing to suppose that this species,
when more fully known, 3 aan have a similarly wide range.

IT. ‘04, 70

Famity MUNNIDAE.

Genus Munna, Boeck

Munna Kroyeri, Goodsir.

HeLca.—Off Rathlin Island, Co. Antrim, May, 1904, 115 fath.,
townet on dredge.—Two.

Distribution.—See p. 52. It has not previously been
recorded from depths of over 100 fathoms.

Munna limicola, G. 0. Sars.

HeiGa.—Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 1’ N., Long. 14° 34’ W.,
293 fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—Three.

Distribution.—This species has not previously been taken
outside Norwegian waters, where it occurs rather frequently
in from 60 to 300 fathoms. Its geographical range is thus
considerably extended by its occurrence on the Porcupine Bank.

GENUS Paramunna, G. O. Sars.

Paramunna bilobata, G. O. Sars.

HELGA.—50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway,
July, 1903, 120 fath., townet on trawl.—Two. .

Distribution.—This species was first recorded from British
waters by Norman in 1894, from specimens obtained at Cum-
prae, Firth of Clyde, 1888. Previous to this it had only been
known from Norway, but Scott has since recorded it from the
Firth of Forth and the Firth of Clyde. These records, to-
gether with the present one, considerably extend the geogra-
phical range of the species.

The depth, 120 fath., at which the above example was taken,
is the greatest as yet known for the species, Sars finding it
commonly at depths of 20-40 fath., more rarely as deep as
100 fath. It is interesting to note Scott’s record of this species
from the stomachs of Haddock (19th Report Fishery Board of
Scotland, Pt. III., 1900).

[ 122

~~

IT. ’04, 71

GEeNus Pleurogonium, G. O. Sars.
Pleurogonium inerme, G. O. Sars.

HeuGa.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, 199 fath., August, 1901,
washed from sand brought up in a townet attached to the back
of a trawl.—T'wo males.

Distribution.—This species appears to be nowhere very
commonly found. Sars has taken it sparingly off the coast of
Norway in depths of from 60-150 fath., and it has also been
recorded from the Kattegat by Meinert. Dr. Robertson
dredged it at Cumbrae, Firth of Clyde, while Dr. Scott records
its capture from the Firth of Forth, Moray Firth, and from
45 fathoms off Aberdeen.

It has not been as yet found off the English coast, and the
present record is the first from Irish waters.

tenus Metamunna, Tattersall.
Metamunna typica, Tattersall.
Heica.—d0 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway,
120 fath., July, 1903, townet on trawl.—One female.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 20’ N., Long. 18° W., 164 fath.,
May, 1905, townet on trawl.—One.

Distribution.—So far only known from the west coast of
Treland, this species has its nearest allies in forms found off
Norway and Scotland.

Famity DESMOSOMIDAE.

GENUS Desmosoma, G. O. Sars.
Desmosoma lineare, G. O. Sars.

HeuGca.—77 mi, W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo, 382 fath.,
August, 1901, townet on dredge.—One.

Distribution.— Previous to the above record, only known
from the coasts of Norway in 30-100 fath. Its geographical
distribution and vertical range are both, therefore, consider-
ably extended by its occurrence off the west coast of Ireland.

Genus Ischnosoma, G. O. Sars.

Ischnosoma bispinosum, G. O. Sars.

HeiGa.—77 mi. W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo, 382 fath.,
August, 1901, townet on dredge.--One.

Distribution.— Norway generally, from 50 to 250 fath., and
the Skagerack. Now recorded from the British and Irish area
for the first time. Lo Bianco has also recorded it from the
Mediterranean.

(Trae

IT. *04, 72

Ischnosoma Greeni, Tattersall.
HELGA.—77 mi. W. of Achill Head, 882 fath., August,

1901, townet on trawl.—Three.

60 mi. W. of Achill Head, 199 fath., August, 1901, washed
from sand brought up in a townet attached to trawl.—One.

Distribution.—As yet only known from the above records.

The genus has a very wide geographical and vertical distri-
bution, being known from all the oceans at depths extending
to 2,000 fathoms. The North Atlantic Ocean claims four of
the species, I, bispinosum, I. quadrispinosum, I. spinosum
and J. Greeni, the first two off the coast of Norway, the
third off the Azores, and the last off the west coast of Ireland.

GENUS Eugerda, Meinert.

Eugerda tenuimana, G. O. Sars.*

Hexte@a.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, August, 1901, 199 fath..,
washed from sand brought up in a townet attached to trawl.—
Three males. |

The three male specimens captured were all more or less
badly damaged, but as far as their condition permits examina-
tion, agree well with Sars’ description.

Distribution.—This species has quite recently been added to
the British and Irish list by Dr. Scott from specimens cap-
tured at 150 fath., half way between the Orkneys and Norway,
in the course of the International investigation. The bottom
townet on that occasion came up with a considerable quantity
of sand in it, which on being sifted yielded this species amongst
many others, either very rare or new to our fauna. The pre-
sent specimens were likewise washed from sand brought up in
a townet attached to the back of a trawl.

Besides the two British records mentioned above this species
is only known, rather sparingly, from the coasts of Norway
a from the Mediterranean, where Lo Bianco has recently
taken it.

Famity MUNNOPSIDAE.t+
GENUS Munnopsis, M. Sars.

Munnopsis oceanica, Tattersall.

Heuca._40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo,
August, 1904, large townet working at 750 fath., and thence
to the surface ---One male, 7 mm.

00 mi., same course, May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150
fath.—One.

* See also p. 81.

+ Pseudarachna hirsuta, see p. 81.

es

IT. ’04, 73

Distribution.—This species is as yet only known from the
above record. Like its congeners, M. Murrayi and M., longi-
cornis, it is oceanic in habitat. It is probably confined to the
deeper waters of the ocean. :

Munnopsis Murrayi, Walker.

Pl. V., Fig. 8.

Heuaa.—50 mi. N. by W. of Hagle Island, Co. Mayo,
August, 1904, 1,000 fath., large townet fishing at 1,000 fath.,
~ and thence to the surface.—T'wo females, 7 mm.

40 mi., same course, 670 fath., November, 1904, same net
worked at 600 fath., and thence to the surface.—One, 7 mm..,
and two fragments.

54 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 454 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, same net at 350 fath.—One, 7 mm.

Same place, February, 1905, townet on trawl.—Two, 7 mm.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fath., Feb-
ruary, 1905, townet at 6380 fath.—T'wo.

Outside Porcupine Bank, 860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen
trawl at ca. 700 fath.—Fourteen.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—Five.

I have given reasons (p. 24) for the retention of this species
in the genus Munnopsis at least for the present. A figure of
the mandible of M. Murray: (Pl. V., Fig, 8) is given for com-
parison with that of M. oceantca. The present examples agree
well with Walker’s descriptions, as far as their very damaged
condition will allow. The sexual differences could not be made
out owing to the state of the specimens.

Distribution.—This species has been recently described by
Walker from specimens taken by the Oceana in deep water off
the west coast of Ireland in November, 1898. It is one of the
few truly oceanic Isopods, and though pelagic in habitat it
would seem to be confined to the deeper waters of the ocean.
It is at present only known from the west coast of Ireland.

GENUS Munnopsoides, Tattersall.

Munnopsoides Beddardi, Tattersall.

Hextca.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, August, 1901, 199 fath.,
washed from sand brought up in a townet attached to trawl.—
Two.

77 mi. W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo, 382 fath., August,
1901, townet on dredge.—Five.

[ 125 ]

II. *04, 74

Distribution.—As yet only known from the above records
from the west coast of Ireland. The only other member of
the genus, WM. australis, was taken by the Challenger near
Kerguelen, in the Southern Ocean. The geographical range
of the genus is therefore very considerable.

Genus Ilyarachna, G. O. Sars.

Ilyarachna Plunketti, Tattersall.

Here@a.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo, 199 fath.,
August, 1901, washed from sand brought up in a townet at-
tached to trawl.—One hundred.

77 mi. W. of Achill Head, 382 fath., August, 1901, townet
on dredge.—Six.

81 mi. W., 4 N. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 220 fath.,
August, 1904, townets on trawl.—One.

48 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 337 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, townet on trawl.—One.

54 mi. same course, date and net, 454 fath.—Two.

Distribution.—The above records are all that are at present
known for the species.

This appears to be the first record of any member of the
genus Ilyarachna for British waters, though three species are
known from the coast of Norway and the Arctic Seas. A
fourth species, J. polita, has been described from the Bay of
Biscay by Bonnier, while Beddard described I. quadrispino-
sum from the Challenger collections. The latter species be-
longs to the Southern ocean, but all the remaining species are
N. Atlantic forms.

GENUS Eurycope, G. O. Sars.*

Eurycope phallangium, G. O. Sars.

Heuica.—Porcupine Bank, Lat. 538° 1’ N., Long. 14° 34’ W.,
293 fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—One.

Distribution.—This species has only been twice recorded
from British and Trish waters, Scott having noted it from the
Firth of Forth and Loch Fyne. It is very common off the
Norwegian coast in 50 te 300 fathoms, and has also been takeu
in the Skagerack,

Eurycope latirostris, G. O. Sars.

Hexica.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, August, 1901, 199
fath., washed from sand brought up in townet attached to
back of trawl.—T'wo hundred and fifty.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 1' N., Long. 14° 34’ W., 293
fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—One.

* Eurycope mutica, see p. 82.

{| 126 |

EE; Of, 75

All the specimens were damaged, and for the most part mere
legless hulls. The identification, therefore, rests on the body
only, but the agreement is so close that there is no doubt that
they belong to this species.

Distribution.—This species is recorded from British waters
for the first time. Previously it had only been found by Sars
in 150-200 fath. off Norway. Its geographical range is thus
greatly extended.

Eurycope megalura, G. O. Sars.

Heica.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, August, 1901, 199 fath..,
washed from sand brought up in townet attached to trawl.—
Forty-nine.

Unfortunately all the specimens taken came up as bare hulls

only, all the appendages of the anterior*part of the body having
been lost.

Distribution.—This species was previously only known from
the coasts of Norway, where Sars had taken it at Hardanger
and Stavanger Fjords in depths varying from 150 to 200 fath.
It is now for the first time added to the British and Irish fauna.

Eurycope producta, G. O. Sars.

Hetga.—77 mi. W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo, 382 fath.,
August, 1901, townet on dredge.—Sixteen.

Distribution.—Not previously recorded out of Norway, this
species is now added to the British and Irish list.

Eurycope longipe _‘J'attersall.

HeEiLGA.—50 mi, W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 350 fath.,
February, 1905, townet on trawl.—Six.

54 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 454 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, townet on dredge.—One.

‘These are as yet the only known localities for this species. Like

its near ally, H. gigantea, it would appear to be a deep water
form.

Genus Lipomera, Tattersall.

Lipomera lamellata, Tattersall.

HeiaGa.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, August, 1901, 199 fath.,
washed from sand brought up in townet attached to traw]—
Eleven, 1°25 mm.

Distribution.—This is as yet the only known locality for the
species.
[327 2]

IT. 04, 76

Tring EPICARIDA.
Famity BOPYRIDAE.

Genus Pleurocryptella, Bonnier.
Pleurocryptella formosa (Giard and Bonnier).

Heuea.—West of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 538° 7’ N., Long.
14° 50’ W., 500 fath., May, 1905, trawl.—T'wo, from Ptycho-
gaster formosus, A. M.-Ed.

Distribution.—The type and only previously known speci-
men of this species was found on Ptychogaster formosus
dredged by the Talisman in 450 fathoms near the Canary
Islands.

Famity DAJIDAE.

GENUS Aspidophryxus, G. O. Sars.

Aspidophryxus peltatus, G. O. Sars.*

Heuca.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, August, 1901, 199 fath.,
from the peduncle of the left antennule of Mysidopsis didel-
phys.—One.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Slyne Head, Co. Galway, August, 1904,
112 fath., townet on trawl, from the dorsal surface of Mysi-
dopsis didephys.—One.

This species has only once previously been taken on
Mysidopsis didelphys, Sars, curiously enough, having found a
specimen attached exactly as in the first of the above records,
to the basal joint of the peduncle of the left antennule.

Distribution.—Scott has recorded this species from deep
water to the east of Arran, Firth of Clyde, and the Upper Loch
Fyne, the hosts being Erythrops serrata and E. elegans. This
is the only record of the species from British and Irish waters
previous to the present one. It is not uncommonly met with
off the coasts of Norway, the only other known locality for this
form.

GENUS Notophryxus, G. O. Sars.
Notophryxus sp.

Heica.—50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, February,
1905, 350 fath., townet on traw].—One.

The specimen was found attached to the outside of the brood
pouch of Pseudomma calloplura. It was only a very young
stage, and could not be referred definitely to any species. It
is probably an example of N. clypeatus, Sars, which is known
from Pseudomma roseum.

*See also p. 82.
[ 128 ]

IT. ’04, 77
Genus Heterophryxus, G. O. Sars.

Heterophryxus appendiculatus, G. O. Sars.

Pl, XI., Figs. 1-4.

Locality.—Liatitude, 47° 14’ N., longitude 7° 58’ W., July,
1900. One specimen free in a _ bottle which contained
Huphausia Miilleri* taken at the above position in the Bay of
‘soap in a townet hauled from 25 fath. to the surface, by Dr.
fowler.

Sars’ example of this species, on which he founded the
genus, was taken from the back of the carapace of Huphausia
pellucida. The present example was not found attached to
any particular host, but free in the bottom of a bottle contain-
ing only Huphausia Miilleri and some larval Euphausians.
Tt is, therefore, practically certain that it came from the same
host as Sars’ specimen.

The individual examined by Sars was already mounted ona
slide when it reached his hands, so that he was unable to ex-
amine it as closely as he desired. J am not able to add very
much to his description, but a few points are worthy of note.

The fifth pair of feet in the female differ remarkably from
the remaining four. Instead of being, like the latter, imper-
fectly developed, short, blunt appendages on the lateral edges
of the body, they project out behind as long and prominent
appendages consisting of a basal part and a bifurcate extremity.
These appendages (Pl. XI., Figs. 1-2) appear in the present
example to have the basal part relatively longer and more slen-
der than Sars’ figure would indicate. ‘There would seem to be
a joint just where the bifurcate extremity joins the basal part,
while the outer of the two forks is also articulated to the inner
one near the junction with the main part of the appendage.

The male was attached to the female by a narrow twisted
fleshy cord (Pl. XI., Fig. 2) just as is described for Aspi-
dophryxus peltatus. Messrs. Giard and Bonnier are of the
opinion that this cord, in the latfer species, belongs to 2 para-
sitical copepod found occasionally on the same host as the
Kpicarid above mentioned. J am, however, entirely of the
opinion expressed by Sars, that this cord is part of the genital
apparatus of the female, since in the present specimen of
Heterophryxus appendiculatus, the male was distinctly found
clinging to it.

On detaching the male two well-developed overlapping
plates (Pl. XI., Fig. 2) are seen to project posteriorly from
the under side of the body between the large fifth pair of legs.

* HE. Miilleri, Claus, (=Thysanopoda bidentata, G. O. Sars) is one of
the species into which Hansen (Bull. Mus. Oceanogruph, Monaco, No.
42, 1905, p. 11) has shown the EH. pellucida of Sars’ Challenger Report
to be divisible. The host of the type specimen of Heterephryxus, having
been taken off the Cape Verde Islands, may probably have been E£.
Miilleri.

[ 129 |

TT. '04, 78

The male (Pl. XI., Fig. 3) presents an appearance on the
whole agreeing with that of Aspidophryxus peltatus, except
that the metasome shows absolutely no traces of segmentation.
No uropods could, however, be detected under a high power
of the microscope. The legs (Pl. XI., Fig, 4) agree exactly
with those figured by Sars for the last-named species. The
antennae appear to be rather rudimentary compared with those
of other genera of the family. 3

Distribution.—The type specimen was taken during the
Challenger expedition attached to an Huphausta pellucida cap-
tured off the Cape Verde Islands. ‘Till quite recently this was
the only known specimen. lo Bianco has, however, recorded
numerous examples from the same host caught in the Mediter-
ranean, while Dr. Fowler’s specimen comes from the Bay of
Biscay. The distribution of the form is therefore subtropical,
East Atlantic and the Mediterranean.

Famity CRYPTONISCIDAE.
GENus Asconiscus, G. O. Sars.

Asconiscus simplex, G. O. Sars.

HeutGA.—60 mi. W. of Achill Head, August, 1901, 199 fath.,
washed from sand brought up in townet attached to the back
of trawl.—One male, 1°5 mm.

The single male example agreed in all respects, as far as
could be seen, with Sars’ figures. It was not found associated
with any host, but the only known host of the species,
Boreomysis arctica, occurred in the same haul.

Distribution.—This is the first occurrence of the species in
British and Irish waters, and, indeed, the first record out of
Norway, its only previously known locality. A considerable
extension of its geographical distribution is therefore made by
its capture off the west coast of Ireland.

Famity BOPYRIDAE.

Genus Scyracepon, Tattersall.

Scyracepon tuberculosa, Tattersall.

Heica.—48 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 337 fath.,
November, 1904, traw].—Four adult and one phryxoid stage
from Scyramathia Carpentert.

Distribution,—This is as yet the only known record for the
species.

( 130 ]

eel tel oe

Ode 719

Epicarid larvae.

Epicarid larvae belonging to both the Bopyridae and the
Cryptoniscidae are of frequent occurrence in the townets taken
at off-shore stations off the west coast of Ireland.

BOPYRIDAE.

Larvae belonging to this family occurred at the following
stations. They are nearly all referable to Microniscus calant.

- Henca.—40 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway,
July, 1901, 78 fath., townet.—One.

10 mi, W. by S. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, July, 1901,
60 fath., townet.—'T'wo.

24 mi. N. + W. of Rinvyle Point, Co. Galway, July, 1901,
24 fath., townet.—T wo.

24 mi. N. 3 W. of Rinvyle Point, Co. Galway, August, 1901,
25 fath., townet.—One (blind).

10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, September,
1902, townet at surface.—Three.

30 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, September,
1902, townet at surface.—One.

30 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, July, 1903,
townet at surface.—-One free and two on Copepods.

20 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, July, 1903,
townet at 60 fath.—Three.

10 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, August, 1903,
townet at 25 fath.—Several.

The larva taken at the fifth of the above stations was blind.
One of those taken at the ninth station which otherwise agreed
well enough with M. calani, had the eyes very black and the
uropods strongly setose, each branch carrying in addition to
numerous small setae, one very long and strong seta. The
remainder all agreed fairly well with M. calant.

CRYPTONISCIDAE.

Larvae belonging to this family occurred at the following
stations :—

HeteGa.—10 mi. W. by S. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway,
July, 1901, 60 fath. , townet.—Three.

24 mi. N. } W. of Rinvyle Point, Co. Galway, July, 1901,
24 fath., townet.—Three.
Same course, date and depth, townet at surface.—One.
30 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, August,
1901, 74 fath., townet on dredge.—Three.
[ 2}
K 2

II. *04, 80

Same place and date, townet at bottom, 74 fath.—One.

40 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, July, 1903,
townet at 90 fath.—One.

20 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, July, 1903,
townet at 30 fath.—'Three.

Same station and date, townet at 60 fath.—One.

All the above Cryptoniscid larvae appear to be identical with
Cryptothir balant.

iv.—ISOPODA FROM THE FAST COAST OF IRELAND.

The notes which follow must be regarded as an addendum
to the preceding parts of the paper, since several of the species
here mentioned are not discussed (in relation to their occur-
rence within the British and Irish area) in the observations
offered at pp. 38 and 57. Hurycope mutica is an addition to the
British and Irish list; Pseudarachna hirsuta and Rocinela
Dumerilu have not previously been recorded from Irish locali-
ties ; while it may be taken as certain that the list of east coast
forms given below leaves much to be desired in the way of
completeness.

Rocinela Dumeriliz (Lucas).
163 mi. S.W. of Coningbeg Light, Co. Wexford, 40 fath.,

May, 1905, townet on trawl.—One, immature.

Distribution.—This species has recently been added to the
British and Irish list by Norman for a specimen taken off
Plymouth. It is also known from the Mediterranean, and
has, apparently, a more southern distribution than R.
damnoniensis.

Cirolana borealis, Lilljeborg.

Lambay Deep, 89-60 fath., February and July, 1902,

January, 1903, and June, 1904.—Six large specimens.

Off S.W. of Isle of Man, 36-39 fath., May, 1905.—One

Eurydice pulchra, Leach.

Skerries Bay, surface, July, 1902, with floating algae.—
One.

Idotea baltica (Pallas).

South of Lambay, 10-13 fath., January, 1902.—Three.

Dublin Bay, 4 fath., March, 1904, and February, 1905.

—Twenty.

Idotea neglecta, G. O. Sars.

South of Lambay, 10-13 fath., January, 1902.—Two.
Dublin Bay, 4 fath., March, 1904.—Three.

[ 132 ]

IT. °04, 81

Idotea envarginata (Fabricius).
Dublin Bay, 4 fath., March, 1904.—One.

Idotea linearis (Pennant).
Lambay Deep, 48-60 fath., July, 1902.—One.
Off Clogher Head, July, 1902, 29-36 fath.—One.
Off Dundalk Bay, 14-16 fath., May, 1903, and Febru-
ary, 1905.—One.
Inside Burford Light, Dublin Bay, November, 1903.—

ne.
Dublin Bay, 4 fath., March, 1904.—One.

Astacilla longicornis (Sowerby).

16 mi. off Clogher, 29-36 fath., 1902.—Three males,
10 mm. ‘

S.W. of Clogher, 12-19 fath., 1902.—One male, 10 mm.,
and one young.

7 mi. §.E. of Carlingford Bar, 21-23 fath., April, 1903.
—One female, 15 mm.

Off Rockabill, 81-35 fath., April, 1903.—One male,
10 mm.

S.W. of Clogher, 7-12 fath., 1903.—One male, 10 mm.

Off Carlingford Lough, 82 fath., February, 1905.—One.

S.W. of Isle of Man, 40 fath., February, 1905.—Nine.

Off S.W. of Isle of Man, 36-39 fath., May, 1905.—One.

Tanira maculosa, Leach.
2 mi. outside Kish Lighthouse, 20-23 fath., April, 1903.
—One.
2-8 mi. off Lambay, 21-25 fath., April, 1903.—Several.
14 mi, off Clogher, 29-30 fath., April, 1903.—Seven.
Lambay Deep, 44 fath., June, 1904.—Three.

At each of the above localities the trawl came up full of
Alcyonium digitatum, and the Ianira were in each case found
iu numbers clinging to the colonies.

Munna Kroyer, Goodsir.
Lambay Deep, 44 fath., June, 1904.—One.

Plewrogonium rubicundum, G. O. Sars.

Off Clogher Head, 12-14 fath., June, 1904.—Four.
Off S.W. of Isle of Man, 34-37 fath., May, 1905.—
Thirty-one.

Eugerda tenuimana, G. O. Sars.
Off S.W. of Isle of Man, 34-37 fath., May, 1905.—Six.

Pseudarachna hirsuta, G. O. Sars.
Off S.W. of Isle of ee 34-37 fath., May, 1905.-—~Six.
3 133 ]

Il. '04, 82

Distribution.—This species was added to the British
and Irish list by Scott for a single specimen taken in
Moray Firth. Otherwise it is only known from the Chris-
tiania Fiord, Norway, in about 30 fathoms.

Eurycope mutica, G. O. Sars.
Off S.W. of Isle of Man, 34-37 fath., May, 1905.—Four.

Distribution.—Now recorded for the first time from
British and Irish waters. Hitherto it has only been met
with in shallow water off the coast of Norway.

Aspidophryxus peltutus, G. O. Sars.

Off S.W. of Isle of Man, 40 fath., February, 1905.—
Two, hosts uncertain, but both Hrythrops serrata and
Mysidopsis didelphys occurred in the same haul.

v.—SomME NOTES ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF
BRITISH AND IRISH ISOPODA.

The British and Irish Isopodan fauna appears to be a curious
mingling of boreal and southern forms together with a per-
centage of species as yet only known from our waters. Con-
sidering only marine forms and excluding the whole tribe
Oniscoidea, which only contains one British marine species,
Ligia oceanica, there are altogether 184 known British and
Irish species of Isopoda. Arranged in tribes and compared
with a boreal fauna like that of Norway, and a southern fauna
like that of the Mediterranean, we get the following result in
tabular form :—

Total British

: Total British :
Total British : and Irish Total
Tribe. and Irish S Se saat Species found | Common to
Species. P all three.
in Norway. | yediterranean.
Tanaidacea, . . 27 10 | 9 4
Fiabellifera, | 39 14 | 19 7
Valvifera, | 17 10 8 3
Asellota, 32 22 4 3
Epicarida, . : | 19 13 3 1
eae SS, ee
Total, . . | 134 69 | 43 18

That is, out of a total British and Irish species of 134, 69 are
found in Norway, 43 in the Mediterranean, while only 18 are
common to the fauna of all three regions.

[ 134 ]

x. NP x

+=

~~ Sree

IT. 04, 83

Subtracting from all three totals those species which are
common, we get fhe figures—

116, 51, 25,

or, the British and Irish Isopodan fauna is made up of,
roughly, one-half boreal, and one-quarter southern types, and
one-quarter representing forms at present only known from
British and Irish waters.

An almost precisely similar resuit is obtained when we con-
sider the British species of Mysidae in the same manner. The
figures for the Mysidae read :—

Total British ive Total British and Total British and Total British and

Irish known from Irish known from Irish common to
Norway. Mediterranean. all three.

55 29 17 5

Again, subtracting the species that are common to all three
faunas, the figures read :—

50, 24, 12,

i.e., the British and Irish Mysidae are made up of, roughly,
one-quarter southern, one-half boreal and one-quarter of forms
not yet known outside our area.

The Huphaustidae are not included in the above considera-
tions of the Britishand Irish Schizopodan fauna for the obvious
reason that their active swimming habits and development by
pelagicfree-swimming larval forms do not allow them to be com-
pared with forms ofa bottom haunting mode of life, reproducing
by direct development. But taking two groups of Crustacea, as
is done above, whose habits are to some extent identical and
whose modes of reproduction are essentially the same, it
is at least interesting to find that they give practically similar
results. It is true that the Mysidae have greater powers of
locomotion than the Isopoda, and may therefore be expected
to be more widely distributed, but the Mysidae, though, with
the possible exception of Heteromysis, none appear to be abso-
lutely repent, are essentially bottom haunting forms rather
than permanently pelagic or oceanic, and seem comparable in
this respect to the Isopoda. It will be interesting to see
whether these results are borne out by the consideration in
like manner of the British and Irish Cumacea and Amphipoda,
or, indeed, of any other group with comparable habits and life
history.

The curious mingling of boreal and southern types in the
British and Irish Isopoda is further illustrated when we con-
sider the various families of this group. The whole of the
tribe Asellota would appear to be an almost purely boreal one,
since only four species are known from the Mediterranean, and

[ 135 }

IT. 04, 84

three are common to the three faunas. The family Sphaero-
midae, on the other hand, is entirely unknown in Norwegian
and boreal waters generally, though in the Mediterranean it
is represented by numerous species. Both groups are well
represented in the British and Irish fauna, the former by
thirty-two and the latter by seven species.

-

In the genera of the Tanaidacea we may again notice this
fact. Apseudes has eight species in the Mediterranean and
only one in Norway. Typhlotanais and Leptognathia, on the
other hand, have nine and six species, respectively, in Norway,
and only one each in the Mediterranean. All three are well
represented in our fauna—Apseudes by six, Typhlotanais by
four, and Leptognathia by five species, respectively. The
following tables, one for each tribe, show the known distribu-
tion of all British and Irish marine Isopoda :—

OrDER TANAIDACEA.

Kara Sea.
Spain and Portugal.

N. E. America.
Greenland.
Spitzbergen and
Iceland.

Norway.

Sweden.
Denmark.
Belgium.

N. Coast of France.
Bay of Biscay.
Atlantic Coast of
Mediterranean.
Black Sea.

Apseudes talpa,

~ Latreilli,

FR hibernicus, ..

ea spinosus,

a simplicirostris,

a4 grossimanus,
Sphyrapus malleolus,

oi tudes,
Tanais cavolinii,

» Dulongii,
Leptochelia Savignii,

= dubia, .
Alaotanais serratispinosus,

a laevispinosus,
Paratanais Batei
Leptognathia longiremis,

u Lilljeborgi,

ee brevimana,

% rigida,

- breviremis,
Tanaopsis laticaudata,
Typhlotanais brevicornis,

- tenuicornis,

x roctagon,

ne ichatdi
Strongylura arctophylax,
Pseudotanais forcipatus,

POUVBRIRTS 83 Tres FT pated Pret
C3 Pt Se Bie CPi

he hee We cee ated 13° Fel Ses 1
Pe ee et at Oe ee Se Pe
setonneeerartrottes pitt ets
en Gk. th hr hl es Bere. cee ee
em: OTS its ie Beets pt Eee

te Foe 2 Se ees ei Eis

Hae att et ret et Fees ee
Fit cece eee 1 a ee es
Fit Gime tet Sete fH eee

fi

[ 136 ]

a

IT. ’04, 85

TRIBE Flabellifera.

Kara Sea.
Spain and Portugal.

N. E. America.
Greenland.
Spitzbergen and
Iceland.

Norway.
Sweden.
Denmark.
Belgium.

N. Coast of France.
Bay of Biscay.
Atlantic Coast of
Mediterranean.
Black Sea.

Anthura gracilis,
Calathura brachiata,
Paranthura nigropunctata,
Gnathia maxillaris,
G. oxyuraea,
-G. formica, sid
Caecognathia stygia, ..
Aega psora,
», Vventrosa,
», tridens,
a StrOmil,
»» rosacea,
i monophthalma, |
» crenulata,
arctica,
Rocinela damnoniensis,
» Dumerilii, ae
Syscenus infelix,
Cirolana borealis, ..
re Hanseni,
¢cranchii, ..
Conilera cylindracea,
Eurydice pulchra,
re truncata,
ma Grimaldii,
is spinigera,
inermis,
Limnoria lignorum,
Sphaeroma serratum,
rugicauda,
Sphaeroma Hookeri, .. At
Naesa bidentata, oa ae
Cymodoce truncata,
granulatum,
Campecopea hirsuta, ..
Bathycopea typhlops,
Anilocra physodes, .. we
ag asilus, ip
Nerocila neapolitana,

gould Pie ioe Lar 60 ep fore a eee
Pack | Re eed Poe a ee) ae or See
pee pe tet ee te tt ees et a ttt

ae, Mer ee ee ae et re Oe Oe Re Lo ee ern LORY M st co Phir

Doo Galtier 8 oe ee a acre a eee a ee
Peder parva a ebay pees beet at i bi

bd 0 ab Bei Wa Poa ae Robe era (a cea ee ae ee

Door Pac vee er eRe oer Peri eee a ee

Pi Ye OO ne Os OM RE OT ay nesses Yow Wd slam ah YE We ss? Ry Yas Tam TO fa MD To de

Cn OE ec er te Sie Ee aia ete ele le eee icin asei en eet

ae ee er ee eee (ee ae ae eee ae ase
tty bata ate tte tt tet ptt tt

Ae bo Peake PE Ce cP Ee ae ee Ge a ee

TRIBE Valvifera.

oO o
3) ea)

| A ieee the

8 Sy; ca @ ae|
—- Big | 8a S| 2/S0) 8] a
Pieter otis |i 4) a) e| Sled) el &
a} 8/24) 8) Eb) |e) S/S]. lsa 3] Z
A o o | oO ° a |e =
zlidoila |Si2/é|Aalalalal<o sla
Idotea baltica, oe ee ee eee ee ee oe eo
vs granulosa, - -{ - =) = = = ee 2 =shil ser oe.
“s neglecta, i} Meth = -| + =/|..— |) = hteibite jes ipran ee
a viridis, - —-|> = oh ere -}| -j| +/+ Ss = “s =
” pelagica, Sete ant bee fee fe a | = | am, deer lier ir a
” emarginata, -/ -/| -} -J|+] -|} +] -| +] -] -?T+] -
“ metallica, .. + - - - - ~ - - - - -/|+ bi
linearis, - -| - = a =} + = |. fob |) a
Zenobiana prismatica, -{ =/| =-/| -]| =F -] -]| -?T+4d =] -1T4+] ]-
Stenosoma lanciferum, -| - —-} -{| -/] -}] -]}] -| + a) Pe fe eee
acuminatum, - - - ~ ~ - - -| + = = a &
Arcturus hystrix, ee ee ee ee ee ee
Arcturella dilatata, -} -| -| -> +] -| +] =<} =] <7] -> +417 -
danmoniensis, me aes ee ee ee ee ee ee eed ee
Astacilla longicornis, .. cor =| “= er me | ae ee eee
on intermedia, 3 mayb pesos rae fags xt =m | af leeticess Icayrenpeee.
s Deshayesii, ao -} -} =| -]| -}| -]}] -}] -}] -|] -|]+dE+] =-

[ 137

ue

IT. *04, 86

TRIBE Asellota.

Kara Sea.

3
be
=]
~
bu
S
AY
=
3
s
3
o¥
n

N. Coast of France.

N E. America.
Greenland.
Spitzbergen and
Iceland.
Norway.
Sweden.
Denmark.
Belgium.

Bay of Biscay.
Atlantic Coast of
Mediterranean.
Black Sea.

TIanira maculosa,
Ianiropsis breviremis,
Iaera marina, :
» mordmanni,
Munna Fabricii,

» Kroyeri,

» limicola,

» Boecki, sa
Paramunna bilobata,
Metamunna typica,
Pleurogonium rubicundum, ..

% spinosissimum, ..

inerme,

Leptaspidia brevipes,
Macrostylis spinifera,
Desmosoma lineare.
Ischnosoma bispinosum,

a Greeni,
Eugerda tenuimana,
Echinopleura aculeata,
Munnopsis oceanica, ..

“ Murrayi,
Munnopsoides Beddardi,
Ilyarachna Plunketti,
Pseudarachna hirsuta,
Burycope phallangium,

* megalura,

ie latirostris,

E. producta,

i longipes,

mutica,
Lipomera lamellata,

ha ket eae ef cw Dede en ee ee
ba re 8) e OO 2 eee

a ey be Ped ae ee eee

Mis) Ce TWO ae bd aa ode) Te eT ee a
iad hat Eh ae, eet ie 1h aes ae ate

ptattttty ty bet tt $4444) $4+

Mets bait Poa eee 1 1 Fe ae ec

momar ek yorer & rote Pak ype oe pease ee

Peta aa aaa Ae Oe a A Sie ee

fie taeindaenm: & Ak ola eo el eee eee

Pea Om amt FET TSS et Ut all 2) Pa fal GM gma (QM CP ft) nah be QL year Wo jh Jue me Cy
(eRe cb tee ee ECT ee Pere ea

TRIBE HLpicarida.

Kara Sea.
Spain and Portugal.
Mediterranean.

N. Coast of France.
Black Sea.

N. E. America.
Spitzbergen and
Bay of Biscay.
Atlantic Coast of

Greenland.
Iceland.
Norway.
Sweden.
Denmark.
Belgium.

Bopyrus squillarum,
Bopyroides hippolytes,
Bopyrina virbii,
Pleurocrypta galatheae,
marginata,
Pleurocryptella formosa,
Athelges paguri,
Pseudione hyndmanni,
- affinis,
confusa,
Gyge branchialis,
lone thoracicus,
Phryxus abdominalis,
Scyracepon tuberculosa,
Aspidophryxus Itatus,
Asconiscus simplex,
Clypeoniscus Hanseni,
7 estos balani,
Litiopsis pygmaea, .,

,
Pe Ske Ue hse Ree oe ae

ttyti ny thts tt+itt+

FORRRETIEE LOPE IALT

ya et eee that

VERERROStRRG,Laeee
Ree WEtaroerLaRaAke
2S Ma RE NN Beet Gg
ete ee Re ee be
ie ae es De ie i te
ot ho Tn ce et ee et oe

Stree ered ee cere ra ha

Tah ee eee Vis +
Hep curvebee pate eta tt

a

[ 138 ]

II. 04, 87

It will be seen from these tables that no fewer than twelve
species of British and Irish Isopoda are also known from the
N.E. coast of America, their distribution having in many cases
been traced step by step from Norway to America by way of
the Arctic Ocean, e.g., Calathura brachiata, Aega psora,
Munna Fabricu, and Phryzus abdominalis. On the other
hand, the extension to America of such a type as Leptochelia
dubia, unknown from any waters north of Ireland, but traced
all the way from there southward to the Mediterranean and
the Azores, would seem to have taken a southern route across
the narrow strip of ocean between Senegambia and Brazil,
where it is also known, and so up to the N.E. coast of North
America. We may here note as of interest that the large
family Cymothoidae, while represented in the Mediterranean by
numerous species and generally distributed in tropical and sub-
tropical waters, is entirely unknown from boreal waters, and
only three species approach anywhere near to the British and
Irish area, Anilocra asilus and A. physodes having been recorded
from the Channel Islands by Koehler and Norman respec-
tively, while Nerocila neapolitana has been found by Norman
at Plymouth. This is the more remarkable since these Isopods
are parasites on fishes, and would thus seem to have ample
opportunity for wide and extended distribution.

With regard to the new forms described in Part I., most of
them are only specifically distinct from Norwegian or Mediter-
ranean forms. Munnopsoides Beddardt, however, has its
nearest ally in a species known from the Pacific near Australia,
while Bathycopea typhlops would appear to be the represen-
tative in the northern hemisphere of the essentially southern
and Antarctic genus Serolis.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Puate I.

Typhlotanais proctagon, sp. n.

Fig. 1.—Female, dorsal view.

Fig. 2. lateral view of anterior end.

Fig. 3. ie cheliped.

Fig. 4. ” second leg.

Fig. 5. “ third leg.

Fig. 6. ~ fifth leg.

Fig. 7. s seventh leg.

Fig. 8. vs seventh leg of another specimen, distal joints en-
larged.

Fig. 9. em inferior antenna.

[ 130 ]

IT. ’04, 88
Puate IT.
Cymodoce truncata Montage

Fig. 1.—Gravid female, dorsal view.

Fig. 2. ne < superior antenna.

Fig. 3 Se be inferior antenna.

Fig. 4. bs A mandible.

Fig. 5. PY *, first maxilla.

Fig. 6. - 3 second maxilla.

Fig. 7 me ‘ maxilliped,

Fig. 8 ne "F first leg. f

Fig. 9 = “- uropod, ventral view.
Prate ITT,

Bathycopea typhlops, gen et sp. n.

Fig. 1.—Female, dorsal view.

Fig. 2 = superior antenna.

Fig. 3. < inferior antenna.

Fig. 4. 5 mandible.

Fig. 5. 5 first maxilla.

Fig. 6 5, second maxilla.

Fig. 7 i maxilliped.

Fig. 8. ¥ first leg.

Fig. 9.—Male, second leg.

Fig. 10.—Female, second leg.

Fig. 11. fifth leg.

Fig. 12. —Male, inner lamella of second pleopod.

Fig. 13.—Female, epimera of second and third thoracic segments from
below showing the ventral prolongation of
the anterior edge which is present on all
the epimera but the first.

Pirate IV.

Ischnosoma Greent, sp. n.

Fig. 1.—Female, dorsal view.

Fig. 2 Ps superior antenna.

Fig. 3. = first leg.

Fig. 4. + second leg.

Fig. 5. ia fourth leg.

Fig. 6 os posterior end of another specimen showing uropods.

PuaTe V.

Munnopsis oceanica, sp. n.

Fig.1.—Male, dorsal view.

Fig. 2. “ superior antenna.

Fig. 3. ‘9 mandible.

Fig. 4. Fe maxilliped.

Fig.5. ,, first leg.

Fig. 6 as fifth leg.

Fig. 7 ‘5 uropod.

Munnopsis Murrayi, A. O. Walker.

Fig. 86.—Male, mandible.
[ ldo ]

IL. ’04,

DONA S Oe

a

Munnopsoides Beddardi, gen. et sp. a.

.—Female,

»?

. 1.—Female,
2

»?
»”?

89

Pirate VI.

dorsal view.
superior antenna,

mandible.

first maxilla.
second maxilla.
maxilliped.

first leg.
fifth leg.

Ilyarachna Plunketti, sp. n.

Puate VII.

dorsal view.

superior antenna.

inferior antenna, basal joints.

first leg.

second leg.

fifth leg.

seventh leg.

uropod.

operculum.

Prate VIII.

Iipomera lamellata, gen. et sp. n.

ig. 1.—Female, dorsal view.
superior antenna and peduncle of inferior

first maxilla.
second maxilla.
maxilliped.

first leg.

second leg.

fifth leg.
sixth leg.

seventh leg.

uropod, folded as attached to body.

uropod, opened out.
operculum.
operculum.

Metamunna typica, sp. n.

Prats IX,

dorsal view.

first leg.
uropod.

rary

antenna.

IT. 04, 90

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig

Fig.

Fig

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

= .

1

oe

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig

oa

ONAN OD +

Apseudes hibernicus, A. O. Walker.

4.—Female, second leg.
5.—Young specimen, superior antenna.

6. si », inferior antenna.
7. 5, Cheliped.

Cirolana borealis, Lilljeborg.
8.—Male, stylet of second pleopod.

Tanaopsis laticaudata, G. O. Sars.
9.—Male, superior antenna.

0. ue metasome, dorsal view.
Iaera marina (Fabricius).
1.—Male, operculum.

Iaera Nordmanni (Rathke).
2.—Male, operculum.

PuLate X.

Eurycope longipes, sp. n

.—Male, dorsal view.
a superior antenna.
a mandible.
_ mandibular palp.
i maxilliped.
3, ree dee.
- uropod.
a operculum.
Puate XI.

Heterophryzus appendiculatus, G. QO. Sars.
1.—Female, dorsal view.

2. es posterior end after removal of male.
3.—Male, dorsal view.
4. * first leg.

Eurydice truncata (Norman).

5.—Female, superior antenna.
6.—Young male, superior antenna.
7.—Adult male, superior antenna.
8.—Telson.

Scyracepon tuberculosa, gen. et sp. n.

9.—Female, dorsal view.
0.—Male, dersal view.

Fig. 11.—Female, fifth leg.

Fig

|

2.—Male, first leg.

r 142 7

—

PE.

ryphlotanais proctagon.

>

W. M. T.
G.M. W- } del.

Bathycopea ty phlops,

del.

Ischnosoma Greeni.

PL.

IV.

SS

SS =
RS bi

—

Rs
>a

SS

Se

3
a
Ss
—~

SS
a

W
~~

l-7, Munnopsis oceanica,
8, Munnopsis Murrayi,

I. ’O4,

Il. 04, PL. VII.

M. “| de
G- M. W. Ilyarachna Plunketti.

PE. VII.

W. M. T. | del
G. M. W. |

l-3, Metamunna t¥piGa,
4—7, Apseudes hibernica.
8, Cirolana borealis,

9,10, Tanaopsis laticaudata.
Il, laera marina.
12, laera Nordmanni.

ad See,

Eurycope longipes,

I]. ’O4,,

1-4, Heterophryxus appendiculatus.
5-8, Eurydice truncata.
9.-12, Scyracepon tuberculosa.

6 FREAGHILLAUN 20>,
IZ ATZDEE EAS

a Ste
° DERRYINVER®™ ?
oe RAY ee

2

te

pe ITs
oo

J ROEILLAGN,, *

[ROEILLAIN Ss
orrnvimy BAY”

Derrylahan

BALLYNAKILL
HARBOUR

Soundings iv FATHOMS

Roscreagh

te eat eh.

~~» G

Ceetlee

a = * RBOFIN HARBOUR anpENTRANCE

Scale. Sex Inches to One HetiiteMile
5 15

°
C ropeMee PPO it eee

Furlong 0

AppENDIXx, No. III.

A LIST OF THE MARINE COPEPODA OF
IRELAND.

PART I--LITTORAL FORMS AND FISH PARASITES
BY

JOSEPH PEARSON, B.Sc.

INTRODUCTION.

When working in the Marine Laboratory, Larne Harbour,
as Naturalist to the Ulster Fisheries and Biology Association,
the writer made out a list of Irish Copepoda in connection
with his work at that group. It was suggested by Prof. Gregg
Wilson that such a list might be of value to Irish workers if
published. The present paper, therefore, is an attempt to
bring together all the species of marine Copepoda that have
been recorded from Irish waters up to the present time.

It is quite evident from an examination of the literature of
Irish Copepoda that the majority of workers have devoted their
attention to the pelagic forms. A great deal, therefore, still
remains to be done at the bottom forms, and there is little
doubt that it will be in this direction that the greatest advance
in our knowledge of Irish Copepoda will be made in the future.
Similarly, the parasitic and semi-parasitic farms have not been
studied as their importance and great interest would have led
one to expect. ‘This is especially noteworthy in the case of
the fish parasites ; and it is astonishing to find that, with one
exception, no work on these forms has been published since
the publication of Thompson’s lists in 1856.

It is intended to include only marine species in the present
paper, but four brackish water species have also been in-
cluded, viz. :—Cyclops aequoreus, Mesochra Lilljeborgi, Lao-
phonte subsalsa, and Tachidius brevicornis. These species
were not actually found in the sea, but they occurred in brack-
ish pools so near to the sea that it is almost certain that at
times the pools were supplied with sea water. It is extremely
difficult to draw a definite line of demarcation between the
marine and fresh water species of Copepoda, as there are
many examples of marine species being found in the brackish
waters of estuaries and even in fresh water (e.g., Dactylopus
tisboides, Harpacticus fulvus, &e.).

Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1904, III. [Published, November, 1905.]
[ 143 ]

ITI. ’04, 4

In preparing this paper I have mainly adopted the nomen-
clature given by Giesbrecht!? and Sars’. In the case of the
fish parasites I have followed the classification and synonymy
of Basset-Smith*.

The first part of this paper will deal with purely littoral
species, together with the fish parasites. The pelagic forms
will be included in the second part.

Iam indebted to Prof. Brady, F.R.s., for allowing me to use
his unpublished lists of Copepoda obtained at Larne, and also
to Prof. Newton Parker for his kindness in providing me with
most of the literature used in the compilation of these lists.

1.—LITTORAL SPECIES.
Famity PONTELLIDAE.
Genus Parapontella, Brady, 1878.
Parapontella brevicornis (Lubbock).
Pontella brevicornis, Lubbock, 1857
Parapontella brevicornis, Brady, 1878.

Westport Bay (7), Zostera beds and surface townet; Clifden
Bay (7), Zostera beds; Kinsale Harbour (7), townet; mouth
of the Shannon (9); Kenmare Bay (9), townet; Valentia (18),
townet ; Cleggan (8), ‘‘ scarce in open sea, plentiful close to
shore ’’; Larne (13), townet.

The vast majority of the Calanoida are pronouncedly
pelagic, and the only exception amongst the Irish representa-
tives of this division is the above species, which appears to be
a strictly littoral form. It occurs in the townet near shore,
and also in tidal pools. Sometimes it is taken in dredged
material.

General distribution.—British seas, Mediterranean, Atlan-
tic (50° to 57° N.).

Faminy HARPACTICIDAE.
Genus Misophria, Boeck, 1864.
Misophria pallida, Boeck.
Misophria pallida, Boeck, 1864.

Donegal (4), washings of Laminaria.
General distribution.—British seas (rare), Mediterranean, .
Norway.

'|Giesbrecht.—Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel.
XIX. Monographie, Pelagischen Copepoden, 1892.
XXV. Monographie, Asterocheriden, 1899.
® Giesbrecht and Schmei!,—YDas Tierreich, Gymnoplea, Berlin, 1898.
* G. 0, Sars.—Crustacea of Norway, Vol. IV. (Calanoida), 1908.
Vol. V. (Harpacticoida [part]), 1908.
* Basset-Smith.—Proc, Zool. 8oc., London, 1899, pp. 438-507.

[ 144 ]

ITI. ’04, B)

GENUS Longipedia, Claus, 1863.
[Longipedia coronata, Claus.]
Longtpedia coronata, Claus (not Brady), 1863.

The occurrence of this species in Irish waters is doubtful,
owing to confusion in identification. Brady’s specimens,
described under this name in the Monograph of Copepoda,
really belong to Longipedia Scotti and Canuella perplexa.

Longipedia Scotti, Sars.
Longipedia Scotti, Sars, 1903.
Longipedia coronata, Brady, Scott (not Claus),

Clifden Bay (7), amongst Laminaria, 4 fms.; Aranmore,
tide pools (4) ; Lough Swilly (4), 2 fms. ; ? Gola Islands, Done-
gal (9) townet; ? Mouth of the Shannon (9) townet; Cleggan
(8) townet.

General distribution.—British coasts, N. Atlantic (Norway).

Genus Canuella, Scott, 1893.
Canuella perplexa, Scott.
Canuella perplexa, Scott, 1893.
Longipedia coronata, $, Brady, 1878 (not Claus).

? Clifden Bay (7), amongst Laminaria; ? Aranmore (4) tide
pools; Lough Swilly (4) 2 fms. ; Ballygalley Bay, Co. Antrim
(6), 4 fms. |

General distribution.—British Seas, Norway.

GENUS Ectinosoma Boeck, 1864.
Ectinosoma melaniceps, Boeck.
Ectinosoma melaniceps, Boeck, 1864.

Great Isle of Aran (7) ; Newcastle, Co. Down (5); Dundrum
(5).

This species is generally found in weeds and mud near the
shore.

General distribution.—N. Atlantic.

Ectinosoma spinipes, Brady.
E. melaniceps, Brady (not Boeck), 1872.
E. spinipes, Brady, 1878.

Aranmore (4), tide pool; Lough Swilly (4), 2 fms.: Gola
Islands, Donegal (9), townet ; Killybegs (9), townet ; Kenmare
Bay (9); Valentia (18), townet.

General distribution.—British Seas.

[ 145 J]

III. *04, 6

Ectinosoma erythrops, Brady.
Ectinosoma erythrops, Brady, 1878.

Killybegs, Donegal (9), townet.
General distribution.—British Seas.

Ectinosoma Normani, Scott.
Ectinosoma Normani, T. & A. Scott, 1896.

Dundrum (5), shore pool.
General distrtbution.—British Seas, Indian Ocean.

Ectinosoma propinquum, Scott.
Ectinosoma propinquum, T. & A. Scott, 1896.

Ballygalley Bay, Co. Antrim (6), 4 fms.
General distribution.—British Seas, Indian Ocean.

Ectinosoma atlanticum (B. & R.).
Microsetella atlanticum, Brady and Robertson, 1875.
Ectinosoma atlanticum, Brady, 1878.
Microsetella brevifida, Giesbr., 1891.
Microsetella atlanticum, Giesbr., 1892.

Open sea of S.W. Ireland (4), townet ; Kinsale Harbour (4) ;
Gola Islands, Donegal (9), townet ; Kenmare Bay (9); Bantry
Bay (9), townet; Valentia (18), townet.

General distribution.—N. Atlantic, Mediterranean, Indian
Ocean.

Genus Bradya, Boeck, 1872.
Bradya typica, Boeck
Bradya typica, Boeck, 1872,

Gola Islands, Donegal (9), townet.
General distribution.—British Seas.

Genus Tachidius, Lilljeborg, 1853.
Tachidius brevicornis (Miiller).
Cyclops brevicornis, Miller, 1785.

Tachidius brevicornis, Lilljeborg, 1858.

Dundrum (16), brackish pools.
General distribution.—North Europe,

[ 146

11]. ’04, 7
GENUS Euterpe, Claus, 1863.
Euterpe acutifrons (Dana).
Harpacticus acutifrons, Dana.
Euterpe gracilis, Claus, 1863.
— — , Brady, 1880.
Euterpe acutifrons, Giesbrecht, 1891,

Kinsale Harbour (4), townet.
General distribution.—N. Atlantic, British Seas, Canary

Islands, Mediterranean.
Genus Stenhelia, Boeck, 1864.
Stenhelia hispida, Brady.

Stenhelia hispida, Brady, 1878.

Clew Bay (4), 10 fms.; Ventry Bay (4).

This species is often obtained amongst the fronds of Lamin-
aria, and is sometimes brought up in dredged material.

General distribution.-—British Seas.

Stenhelia ima (Brady).
Canthocamptus imus, Brady, 1872.
? Canthocamptus rostratus, Claus, 1863.
Stenhelia ima, Brady, 1878.

Clew Bay (4), taken in the dredge.
General distribution.—British seas.

Genus Ameira, Boeck, 1864.

Ameira longipes, Boeck.

Ameira longipes, Boeck, 1864.

Roundstone Bay (4), amongst roots of alge.
This species is often obtained in dredged material.
General distribution.—British seas, N. Atlantic.

? Ameira amphibia, Brady.
Ameira amphibia, Brady, 1902.

Newcastle, Co. Down (5), ‘‘on mussel beds between tide
marks on the beach,’’ occurred pientifully.

If Giesbrecht’s definitions of the genera of the Stenhelinae
be correct, then the above species does not appear to belong to
either Ameira or Nitokra. Brady. in his description of. the

t ae]

r 5

4 md

IJ. °04, 8

species (16), says that it is very likely that a new genus may
have to be instituted for the reception of the species.
General distribution.—N. of Ireland.

GENUS Jonesiella, Brady, 1878.
Jonesiella spinulosa (B. & R.).
Zosime spinulosa, Brady and Robertson, 1875.
Jonesiella spinulosa, Brady, 1878.

Westport Bay (4), in townet.
It is most probable that this species usually haunts the
bottom. It has been found in dredged material up to a depth

of 37 fathoms.
General distribution.—British seas, &c.

Genus Mesochra, Boeck.
Mesochra Lilljeborgi, Boeck.
Mesochrau Lillebcrgi, Boeck, 1864.
Paratachidius gracilis, B. and R., 1878.
Westport (4), brackish tidal pools; Clifden (4) (7), pond just

above high water mark; Dundrum (5), brackish pool.
General distribution.—British Isles, N. Europe.

GENUS Diosaccus, Boeck, 1872.

Diosaccus tenuicornis (Claus).
Dactylopus tenuicornis, Claus, 1863.
Nitokra tenuicornis, B. and R., 1878.

Diosaccus tenuicornis, Brady, 1878.

Westport Bay (4), townet; Roundstone Bay (4), townet;
Clifden Bay (4), amongst Laminaria; Larne (13), surface tow-

net.
General distribution.—British seas, N. Atlantic.

Genus Laophonte, Philippi, 1840.
Laophonte hispida (B. & K.).
Asellopsis hispida, Brady and Robertson, 1873.
Laophonte hispida, Brady, 1878.

Westport Bay (4), surface net; Valentia (18), (19), townet,
General distribution.—British seas, &c,
[ 148 ]

{IT. 704, g

Laophonte subsalsa, Brady.
Laophonte subsalsa, Brady, 1902.

Dundrum, Co. Down (5), brackish pools a little above high
water; Donegal (5), in the Glen Estuary.
General distribution.—British Isles, &e.

Laophonte curticauda, Boeck.
Laophonte curticauda, Boeck, 1864.

Clifden (4), on weeds; Roundstone (4), amongst weeds;
Westport Bay (4), amongst weeds; Killeany, Galway Bay (9),
townet; Valentia (18), townet; Larne L. (13), townet, and
washings from Laminaria.

This is a littoral species occurring in tidal pools and amongst
the weeds in shallow water.

General distribution.—British seas, &e.

Laophonte serrata (Claus).
Cleta serrata, Claus, 1863,
Laophonte serrata, Brady, 1878.

Clew Bay (4), dredged in shallow water; Roundstone Bay
(4), amongst the roots of weeds; Mulroy Lough (4), amongst
the roots of weeds; Ventry Bay (4), dredged in shallow water.

A littoral species.

General distribution.—N. Atlantic, Indian Ocean.

Laophonte horrida (Norman).
2 Cleta minuticornis, Buchholz, 1869.
Cleta horrida, Norman, 1876.
Laophonte horrida, Brady, 1878.

Mulroy Lough, Donegal (4), amongst the fronds of Lami-

naria.

A bottom form found in littoral waters.
General distribution.—British seas, Arctic sea, &c.

Laophonte similis (Claus).
Cleta similis, Claus, 1866.
? Cleta forctpata, Norman, 1868.
Laophonte similis, Brady, 1878.

Clifden Bay (4); Roundstone Bay (4); Westport Bay (4);
Ventry Bay (4): Killeany, Galway Bay (9).

This species occurs from high-water mark to a depth of
several fathoms. It is plentiful on weeds at low water. —

General distribution.—British seas, &c.

[ 148 ]

HTT. ’04, LO
Laophonte longicaudata, Boeck.
Laophonte longicaudata, Boeck, 1864.
Laophonte Hodgit, Brady, 1872.

Ventry Bay (4), roots of weeds; Kenmare Bay (9).
General distribution.—N. Atlantic.

Laophonte lamellifera (Claus).
Cleta lamellifera, Claus, 1863.
Laophonte lamellifera, Brady, 1878.

Lough Swilly (4), 2 fms.; Ventry Bay (4), in dredge.

This species, like most members of this genus, is a bottom
form found in littoral waters.

General distribution.—N. Atlantic.

Genus Normanella Brady, 1878.
Normanella dubia (B. & R.).
Laophonte dubia, Brady and Robertson, 1875.

Normanella dubia, Brady, 1878. 7

Clew Bay (4).
A bottom form found up to a depth of about 30 fms.
General distribution.—British seas, &c.

Genus Cletodes, Brady, 1872.
Cletodes limicola, Brady.
Cletodes lamicola, Brady, 1872.
Cletodes pectinata, B. and R., 1875.

Westport Bay (4), obtained in the dredge; Kenmare Bay
(9), townet.

A bottom form found up to a depth of 45 fathoms.

General distribution.—British seas, &c.

Cletodes propinqua, B. & R.
Cletodes propinqua, Brady and Robertson, 1875.

Clew Bay (4). |
A bottom form found up to a depth of about 35 fathoms.
General distribution.—N, Atlantic, &e,

[ 150 ]

ITT. ’04, 11

Cletodes lin€aris (Claus).
Lilyeborgia linearis, Claus, 1866.
Orthopsyllus linearis, B. and R., 1878.
Cletodes linearis, Brady. 1878.

Westport Bay (4), (7), found on a sponge; Roundstone Bay
(4), amongst roots of algae; Kenmare Bay (9), townet.

A littoral species. Sometimes taken in the open sea.

General distribution.—British seas, N. Atlantic, Indian
Ocean.

Genus Enhydrosoma, Boeck, 1872.
Enhydrosoma curvatum (Bb. & R.).

- Rhizothriz curvata, Brady and Robertson, 1875.
Enhydrosoma curvatwm, Brady, 1878.

Lough Swilly (4), 3 fathoms. Sandy bottom.
A littoral species, found up to a depth of about 35 fathoms.
General distribution.—British seas, &c.
Grenus Dactylopus, Claus, 1863.
Dactylopus flavus, Claus.
Dactylopus flavus, Claus, 1866.

Clew Bay (4).
Bottom form found up to a depth of 35 fathoms.
General distribution.—N. Atlantic, &c.

Dactylopus minutus, Claus.
Dactylopus minutus, Claus, 1863.

Westport Bay (4), townet.
General distribution.—N. Atlantic.

Dactylopus Stromii (Baird).
Cyclops Stromii, Baird, 1837.
Nauplius Strom, Philippi, 1843.
Canthocamptus Strom, Baird, 1850.
Dactylopus cinctus, Claus, 1866.
Dactylopus Stroma, Brady, 1878.

Ventry Bay (4); Valentia (4); Killybegs (4); Clew Bay (4),
dredged; Cleggan (8), townet; Roundstone Bay (5); Bally-
gally Bay, Co. Antrim (6), dredged ; Larne (13), townet.

General distribution.—N, Atlantic.

eS ee

TIT. 04, 12

Dactylopus tisboides, Claus.
Dactylopus tisboides Claus, 1866.

? Dactylopus Normani, Brady, 1872.

Clifden (4), brackish pools; Westport Bay (4), surface tow-
net; Dundrum Bay, Co. Down (5), brackish pools; Rouad-
stone Bay (5); Ballygally Bay, Co. Antrim (6), 4 fathoms;
Larne (13), bottom townet and washings from Laminaria.

This is a common estuarine form.

General distribution.—British seas, N. Atlantic.

Dactylopus brevicornis, Claus.

Dactylopus brevicornis, Claus, 1866.

Larne Lough (13), bottom townet.

A bottom form obtained in dredged material up to a depth
of 40 fathoms.

General distribution.—N. Atlantic.

Genus Thalestris, Claus, 1863.
Thalestris longimana, Claus.
Thalestris longimana, Claus, 1863.

Valentia (4), (18), surface townet; Killybegs (4), townet;
Kenmare Bay (9), townet; Bantry Bay (9); Cleggan (8), tow-
net; Newcastle, Co. Down (5); Ballygally Bay, Co. Antrim
(6), 4 fathoms; Larne (13), bottom townet, and amongst
Laminaria roots.

A very common and well-marked British form. Occurs prin-
cipally in the littoral zone, but it is sometimes found in the

open sea.
General distribution.—N. Atlantic, &c.

Thalestris Clausi, Norman.
Thalestris Clausi, Norman, 1868.
Parathalestris Clausi, B. & R., 1873.
Thalestris Claus, Brady, 1878.

Clifden Bay (4); Westport Bay (4); Valentia (18) ; Cleggan
(8); Newcastle, Co. Down (5); Roundstone Bay (5); Dun-
drum Bay (5); Larne Lough (18).

A common British species. Occurs in the littoral zone and

in the open sea.
General distribution.—British seas, &c.

[ 152 ]

i i a

.
l

TIT. 704, 13

Thalestris peltata (Boeck).
Anemophia peltata, Boeck, 1864.
Thalestris peltata, Brady, 1878.

Valentia (18).
Not a very common form.
General distribution.—British seas, N. Atlantic,

Thalestris rufocincta, Norman.

Thalestris rufocincta, Norman, 1878.

Clew Bay (4); Lough Swilly (4); Clifden Bay (4); Mulroy
Lough (4), on fronds of algae; Bertraghboy Bay (4), on fronds
of algae; Ventry Bay (4), on fronds of algae; Cleggan (8),
townet; off Whitehead, Belfast Lough (6), 7-10 fathoms ;
Larne Lough (13), roots of Laminaria.

A common littoral species.

General distribution.—British seas, &c.

Thalestris helgolandica, Claus.
Thalestris helgolandica, Claus, 1863.

Clifden Bay (7); Cleggan (8), townet.
General distribution.—British seas, North Sea.

Thalestris harpactoides, Claus.
Thalestris harpactoides, Claus, 1863.

Killybegs (4), surface townet; Cleggan (8), townet.
General distribution.—British seas, North Sea.

Thalestris mysis, Claus.
Thalestris mysis, Claus, 1863.

Westport Bay (4), dredge and townet; Clifden Bay (4);
Roundstone Bay (4); off Whitehead, Belfast Lough (6),
10 fathoms ; Ballygally Bay, Co. Antrim (6), 4 fathoms ; Larne
Lough (6), (13), roots of Laminaria.

A littoral species.

General distribution.—British seas, N. Atlantic, Mediter-
ranean, Indian Ocean.

Thalestris hibernica, B. and R.

Thalestris hibernica, Brady and Robertson, 1873.

Westport Bay (4), (7), townet.
General distribution.—British seas.

[ 153 7

IIT. 04, 14

Thalestris Krohnii, Kroyer.
LThalestris Krohnii, Kroyer, 1845.
Thalestris serrulata, Brady, 1878.
Thalestris Krohnu, Sars, 1886.

Larne Lough (13) surface townet.
Not a very common British species.
General distribution.—N. Atlantic.

GENUS Westwoodia, Dana, 1855.
Westwoodia nobilis (Baird).
Arpacticus nobilis, Baird, 1850.

Westwoodta nobilis, Claus, 1863.

Ventry Bay (4), (7), 14 fathoms; Mulroy Lough (4), (7), 14
fathoms; Roundstone Bay (4), between tide marks; Larne
Lough (18), surface townet.

A littoral species.

General distribution.—N. Atlantic.

Genus Ilyopsyllus, B. and R., 1873.
Ilyopsyllus coriaceus, B. & R.
Ilyopsyllus coriaceus, Brady and Robertson, 1873.

Roundstone Bay (4), (7), ‘‘ In black mud and in the roots of
weeds.”’
General distribution.—British seas, &c.

Genus Harpacticus, Milne-Edwards, 1838.
Harpacticus gracilis, Claus.
Harpacticus gracilis, Claus, 1868.

Galway Bay (4); Mayo (4); Mouth of the Shannon (4);
Cleggan (8), townet; Dundrum Bay (5); Roundstone Bay (5)

General distribution.—Littoral waters of N. Atlantic.

Harpacticus chelifer (Miiller).

Cyclops chelifer, O. F. Miller, 1776.

Nauplius chelifer, Philippi, 1843.

Arpacticus chelifer, Baird, 1850.

Harpacticus chelifer, Claus, 1863.

[ 154 ]

TIT. °04, 15

This common species has been recorded by most workers at
Irish Copepoda. It is a littoral species, and is sometimes
found in enormous numbers amongst the weeds.

General distribution.—Atlantic, Indian Ocean.

Harpacticus fulvus, Fischer.
Harpacticus chelifer, Lilljeborg, 1858.
Harpacticus fulvus, Fischer, 1860.
Harpacticus curticornis, Boeck, 1864.
Tigriopus Lilljeborgr, Norman, 1868.
Harpacticus crassicornis, B. & R., 1875.
Harpacticus fulvus, Brady, 1878.
Kinny Lough, Donegal (fresh water) (4); coasts of Galway

(4); Great Isle of Aran (4); Mouth of the Shannon (9);
Valentia (18).

General distribution.—British Isles, Baltic and North Sea
coasts, Kerguelen Islands.

Harpacticus flexus, B. and R.
Harpacticus flecus, Brady and Robertson, 1873.
Harpacticus flecus, Brady, 1878.

Westport Bay (4), townet; Lough Swilly (4), dredged;
Newcastle Co. Down (5).

General distribution.—British Isles, &c.
GeNus Alteutha, Baird, 1845.
Alteutha interrupta (Goodsir).
Sterope interrupta, Goodsir, 1845.
Alteutha boprodes, Claus, 1863.
Alteutha norvegica, Boeck, 1864.
Peltidium interruptum, Brady, 1878.
Valentia (18), townet; Ballinskellig (12), bottom ; off White.
head, Belfast Lough (6), 7-10 fathoms: Larne Lough (18),

townet and roots of laminaria ; Cleggan (8), townet.

General distribution.—-N. Atlantic, &c.
[ 155 ]

Pa

IIT. ’04, 16

—

Alteutha depressa, Baird
Alteutha depressa, Baird, 1845.
Carillus oblongus, Goodsir, 1845.
Peltidtum purpureum, White, 1857.
Alteutha purpurocincta, Norman, 1868.
Peltidium depressum, Brady, 1878.
? Alteutha purpurea, I. C. Thompson, 1892.

Clifden Bay (4); Mouth of the Shannon (9), townet ; White-
head, Belfast Lough (6), 7-10 fathoms; Larne Lough (13)
roots of Laminaria; Valentia (18), townet.

General distribution.—British seas, North Sea, &e.

Alteutha crenulata (Brady).
Peltidium crenulatum, Brady, 1878.

Roundstone Bay (4).
General distribution.—British seas, &c.

Genus Porcellidium, Claus, 1860.
Porcellidium viride (Philippi).
Thyone viridis, Philippi, 1840.
Porcellidium dentatum, Claus, 1860.
Porcellidium viride, Brady, 1878.

Clifden Bay (4); Bertraghboy Bay (4); Valentia (18), (19).
General distribution.—Littoral waters of N. Atlantic.

;
A

Porcellidium fimbriatum, laus.
Porcellidium fimbriatum, Claus, 1868.
_Chifden Bay (4); Bertraghboy Bay (4); Newcastle, Co.
Down (5); Larne Lough (13), roots of Laminaria.

General distribution.—Littoral waters of the N. Atlantic,
Indian Ocean.

Porcellidium subrotundum, Norman.
Porcellidium subrotundum, Norman, 1868.

Clifden Bay (4); Bertraghboy Bay (4); Killeany Bay (9).
General distribution.—Littoral waters of N. Atlantic.

Porcellidium tenuicauda, Claus.

General distribution.—-Littoral waters of N. Atlantic.
[ 156 ]

ITI. 04, 17

Clifden Bay (4); Bertraghboy Bay (4); Ventry Bay (4).
Amongst the roots of Laminaria.
General distribution.—Littoral waters of N. Atlantic.

Genus Idya, Philippi, 1843.
Idya furcata (M—E.).

Cyclopsina furcatus, M.-E., 1834.
Cyclops furcatus, Baird, 1837.
Nauphus furcatus, Philippi, 1848.
Canthocamptus furcatus, Baird, 1850.
Tisbe furcata, Lilljeborg, 1853.
Tisbe ensifera, Fischer, 1860.
Idya furcata, Boeck, 1864.

Killybegs (9); Valentia (18), townet; Newcastle (5); Dun-
drum, Co. Down (5); Cleggan (8), townet ; Larne (13), townet
and roots of Laminaria.

This is a very common littoral species.

General distribution.—North Atlantic, Mediterranean,
Indian Ocean.

Genus Scutellidium, Claus, 1866.

Scutellidium fasciatum Boeck).
Porcellidium fasciatum, Boeck, 1864.
Asptidiscus fasciatus, Norman, 1868.
Scutellidium fasciatum, Brady, 1878.

Ventry Bay (4); Clifden Bay (4) ; Newcastle, Co. Down (5) ;
Larne (18), Zostera beds and roots of Laminaria.

General distribution.—Littoral waters of the N. Atlantic.

Scutellidium tisboides, Claus.
Scutellidium tisboides, Claus, 1866.
Clifden Bay (4); Roundstone Bay (4) ; Newcastle, Co. Down

(5); Larne Lough (13), roots of Laminaria.
General distribution.—Littoral waters of N. Atlantic.

GeNus Zaus, Goodsir, 1845.
Zaus spinatus, Goodsir.
Zaus spinatus, Goodsir, 1845.

Ventry Bay (4), amongst sea weeds; Newcastle (5),
A littoral species.
General distribution.—British Isles, &c,

[ 157 ]

IIT. 04, 18

Famity CYOLOPIDAE.
Genus Cyclopina, Claus, 1863.
Cyclopina gracilis, Claus.
Cyclopina gracilis, Claus, 1863.
Lough Swilly (4), Zostera beds.
General distribution.—North Atlantic, &c.
Cyclopina littoralis, Brady.
Cyclopina littoralis, Brady, 1872.

Lough Swilly (4), 2 fathoms, (9), townet; Mulroy Lough
(4), 16 fathoms; Killybegs (9), townet; Mouth of the Shannon
(9), townet; Bantry Bay (9), townet; Valentia (18), townet ;
Larne (13), townet.

General distribution.—North Atlantic, &c.

Genus Thorellia, Boeck, 1864.
Thorellia brunnea, Boeck.
Thorellia brunnea, Boeck, 1864.
Cyclops nigricauda, Norman, 1868.
Cyclops pallidus (young), Norman, 1868.

Westport Bay (4) (7), townet; Clifden Bay (4) (7), fronds
of Laminaria; Mulroy Lough (4) (7), weeds; Ventry Bay (7),
townet ; Kinsale Harbour (4).

This species is generally found amongst the weeds in littorat
waters, but it also occurs in the open sea.

General distribution.—North Atlantic, Indian Ocean.
Genus Cyclops, Miiller, 1776.
Cyclops aequoreus, Fischer.
Cyclops aequoreus, Fischer, 1860.

Clifden (4) (7), ‘‘ in a pool near high-water mark ’’; Bel-
fast (4); Dundrum, Co. Down (5), brackish pools.
This fresh water species is inc uded for the reasons given 1n
the Introduction.
General distribution.-Kurope (generally fresh water).
[ 158 ]

IIT. 04, 19

Famity ASCIDICOLIDAE.
GENUS Notodelphys, Allman, 1847.
Notodelphys cerulea, Thorell.
Notodelphys cerulea, Thorell, 1859.

? Notodelphys tenera, Thorell, 1859.

Roundstone Bay (4). Between tide-marks.

This species is generally found parasitic in the branchial sac
of Ascidia parallelogramma and Ascidia venosa.

General distribution.—North Atlantic, &c.

Notodelphys Allmani, Thorell.
? Notodelphys ascidicola, Allman, 1847.
Notodelphys Allmani, Thorell, 1859.
? Notodelphys elegans, Thorell, 1859.
? Notodelphys rufescens, Thorell, 1859.

Belfast Bay (4); Strangford Lough (4); Dublin Bay (4);
Killary Bay, Co. Galway (4); Bangor, Co. Down (4); Glan-
dore Harbour, Co. Cork (4); all these were found in the
branchial sac of Ascidia communis. Belfast Lough (16),
Larne Lough (13), both from branchial sae of Ascidia mentula,

Off Whitehead (6), 7-10 fathoms.
General distribution.—North Atlantic, &c.

Genus Doropygus, Thorell, 1859.

Doropygus Normani, Brady.
Doropygus Normani, Brady, 1878.
Roundstone Bay (4), branchial sac of simple Ascidians;

Larne Lough (13), from Ascidia mentula.
General distribution.—North Atlantic, Ceylon, &e.

Doropygus porcicauda, Brady.
Doropygus porcicauda, Brady, 1878.

Bertraghboy Bay (4), branchial sacs of Ascidia parallelo-
gramma, &c. Sy ace
General distribution.—British seas, &c.
[ “Te9° }

III. *04, 20

Doropygus pulex, Thorell
Doropygus pulex, Thorell, 1859.

Canon Norman found specimens of a variety of this species
in simple Ascidians from Roundstone Bay (4).
General distribution.—North America, Ceylon, &c.

Genus Notopterophorus, Costa, 1852.
Notopterophorus papilio, Hesse.
Notopterophorus papilio, Hesse, 1864.

Ballygally Bay (13). Branchial sac of Ascidia sp. ¢

This species was obtained from several simple Ascidians in
Ballygally Bay in such numbers as to mark it as a common
species. Therefore it is surprising that such an apparently
common form has not been recorded from Ireland before.
This is probably due to the fact that comparatively little work
has been done with regard to these Ascidian parasites in Ire-
land.

General distribution.—North Atlantic, &c.

Genus Botachus, Thorell, 1859.
Botachus cylindratus, Thorell.
Botachus cylindratus, Thorell, 1859.

Larne Lough (13), from the branchial sac of Ascidia sp.
Like the preceding species, this species has not been

recorded before from Ireland. It is probably a rare species.
General distribution.—North Atlantic.

Genus Enterocola, Van Beneden, 1861.
?Enterocola hibernica, T. and A. Scott, 1895.
Enterocola hibernica, T. and A. Scott, 1895.

Valentia (15), taken from an Ascidian.
With regard to this and the following species Messrs. T.
and A. Scott were uncertain about the genus.

General distribution.—S. Ireland.
?Enterocola Beaumonti, ‘I’. and A. Scott.
Enterocola Beaumonti, T. and A. Scott, 1895.
Valentia (15), taken from an Ascidian.

General distribution.—S. Ireland.
[ 160 ]

HI. 04, 21

Famity ASTHROCHERIDAE.

GENUS Dermatomyzon, Claus, 1889.
Dermatomyzon nigripes (B. and R.).
Cyclopicera nigripes, Brady and Robertson, 1875.

? Ascomyzon Thorelli, Sars, 1880.
Dermatomyzon elegans, Claus, 1889.
Dermatomyzon nigripes, Giesbrecht, 1897.
Lough Swilly (4), 7 fathoms; off Whitehead (6), 7-10
fathoms.

General distribution.—British Isles, Spitzbergen, Mediter-
ranean.

Genus Asterocheres, Boeck, 1859.
Asterocheres Lilljeborgi, Boeck.
Asterocheres Lilljeborgi, Boeck, 1859.
Artrotrogus Lilljeborgi, Brady, 1898.

Westport Bay (4), ‘‘ on a sponge.’”’

General distribution.—British seas, Mediterranean.

Asterocheres Boecki (Brady).
Aitrotrogus Boecki, Brady, 1878.
Asterocheres Boecki, Giesbrecht, 1899.

Westport Bay (4), townet; Roundstone Bay (4) townet; off
S.W. Ireland (2) townet, 75 fathoms; off Whitehead, Belfast
Lough (6), 7-10 fathoms ; Larne Lough (6), 2 fathoms.

This species is generally found at the bottom, and has been
taken in fairly deep water. It has been described by Thorell
as being a common parasite in the branchial chamber of

Ascidia parallelogramma,
General distribution.—British seas, Mediterranean.

Asterocheres echinicola (Norman).
Ascomyzon echinicola, Norman, 1868.
Cyclopicera lata, Brady, 1872.

Cyclopicera echinicola, Giesbrecht, 1895.
Asterocheres echinicola, Giesbrecht, 1897.
Lough Swilly (4), 8 fathoms, sandy bottom.
A bottom form generally found in the littoral zone.

General distribution.—British Isles, Mediterranean.

fr 161 ]
M

IIT. ’04, 22
Genus Acontiophorus, Brady, 1878.
Acontiophorus scutatus (B. and R.).
Solenostoma scutatum, B. & R., 1878.
Acontiophorus scutatus, Brady, 1880.
Roundstone Bay (4), surface net ; Westport Bay (4), townet ;
Clifden Bay (4), roots of Laminaria; Whitehead, Belfast
Lough (6), 7-10 fathoms; Larne Lough (13), roots of Lami-
naria.

General distribution. — British Isles, Mediterranean,
Madeira, New Zealand.

GreNus Bradypontius, Giesbrecht, 18965.
Bradypontius magniceps (Brady).
Artrotrogus magniceps, Beate 1878.
Artrotrogus orbicularis, B. & R. (not Boeck), 1875.
Artrotrogus Nornani, Canu., 1891 (not Brady).
Bradypontius magniceps, Giesbr., 1895.

Larne Lough (6) (13), 2-4 fathoms.
General distribution.—British Isles, Mediterranean.

Famity LICHOMOLGIDAE.
Genus Lichomolgus, Thorell, 1859.

Lichomolgus furcillatus, Thorell.

Lichomolgus furcillatus, Thorell, 1859.

Roundstone Bay (4), townet; Westport Bay (4), townet;
Lough Swilly (4), 7-8 fathoms ; Mulroy Lough (4), 10 fathoms.

This is a littoral species, and is often found in the branchia!
sacs of simple Ascidians.

General distnbution.—North Atlantic, &c.
Lichomolgus fucicolus (Brady).
Macrocheiron fucicolum, Brady, 1872.

Lichomolqus jucicolus, B. & R., 1873,
[ 162 ]

III. ’04, 23

Clifden Bay (4); Roundstone Bay (4); Westport Bay (4),
amongst weeds; Lough Swilly (4), 8 fathoms, sandy bottom ;
Newcastle, Co. Down (5), 5 fathoms, sandy bottom ; Round-
stone Bay (5), townet.

This is a littoral species, and so far as I can ascertain it 1s
never found in simple Ascidians.

General distribution.—British seas, &c.

Lichomolgus forficula, Thorell.
Lichomolgus forficula, Thorell, 1859.

Mulroy Lough (4), 10 fathoms; Larne Lough (13), bran-
chial sac of Ascidia sp.; Ballygally Bay, Co. Antrim (13)
branchial sac of simple Ascidians.

This form is sometimes found free in the Laminaria zone.
It is often found in simple Ascidians.

General distribution.—North Atlantic, &c.

Genus Pseudanthessius, Claus, 1889.
Pseudanthessius liber (B. and R.).

Lichomolgus liber, Brady and Robertson, 1875.
Pseudanthessius liber, T. Scott, 1894.
Lough Swilly (4), 7-8 fathoms, sandy bottom.
This species frequents the bottom up to a depth of about
30 fathoms. It is never found in the branchial sacs of

Ascidium.
General distribution.—North Atlantic, Indian Ocean.

Incerte sedis.

Genus Lomanoticola, T. and A. Scott, 1895.
Lomanoticola insolens, T. and A. Scott.

Lomanoticola insolens, T. and A. Scott, 1892.

Valentia 15. Parasitic on a nudibranch, Lomanotus Gener,
at a depth of 8 fathoms.
General distribution,—S. Ireland.
[ 163 ]

ITT. ’04, 24

1.—FISH PARASITES.

Famity CALIGIDAE.
Genus Caligus, Miiller, 1785.
Caligus centrodonti, Baird.

Caligus centrodonti, Baird, 1850,

Dublin (1), on Pagellus centrodontus.
Distribution.—British seas.

Caligus curtus, Miiller
Caligus curtus, Miller, 1785.
Caligus Miillert, Leach, 1816.

C. bicuspidatus, Nordm., 1832.

C. elegans ?, Van Beneden, 1851.
C. americanus, Dana, 1838.

C. diaphanus, Baird, 1840.

N. of Ireland (16), various fishes ; Belfast Lough (1); Lough
Neagh (fresh water) (1), on the pollan.

Hosts.—Gadidae, Trigla sp., Rhombus maximus, Mugil sp.
Caligus minimus, Otto.
C. minimus, Otto, 1828.
C. minatus, M.-E., 1840.

Belfast (16).
Host.—Gills of Labrazx lupus.
General distribution.—European seas.

Caligus rapax, M.-E.
Caligus rapax, M.-E., 1840.
C. elongatus, Nordm., 18382.
C. leptochilus, Leuckart.

Bantry Bay (9), townet; Valentia (18) (19), townet; Bel-
fast Lough (1); ? Lough Neagh (16), on trout and pollan;
Cleggan (8), townet; Larne Lough (13), townet; also para-
sitic on Cyclopterus lumpus and Pleuronectes platessa,

This species is very often obtained in the townet.

[ 164 ]

LIT. °04, 25

Hosts.—Gadidae, T'rigla sp., Pleuronectidac, Zeus faber,
Salmonidae, Cyclopterus lumpus, &c.
Caligus diaphanus, Nordmann.
C. diaphanus, Nordm., 1882.
r Basset-Smith, 1896,

Belfast (16).

Hosts.—Gills of Trigla spp., paeeieatige.
General distribution. —British seas.

[?Caligus scombri, J. V. Thompson. ]

S. of Ireland (16).

The identity of this species is very uncertain, as ‘Thompson
(16) gives no description. Basset-Smith’s species, C. scom-
beri, is dated 1896, and is probably quite a distinct species.

Genus Lepeophtheirus, Nordm., 1832.
Lepeophtheirus Thompsoni, Baird.
Lepeophtheirus Thompson, Baird, 1850.

L. gracilis, Van Beneden, 1851.

N. of Ireland (1).
Host.—Gills of Rhombus maximus.
Distribwtion.—British seas.

Lepeophtheirus obscurus, Baird.
Lepeophtheirus obscurus, Baird, 1850.
(Caligus) obscurus, Basset-Smith, 1896.

Belfast Bay (1), on brill.
Host.—Rhombus laevis.
Distribution.—British seas.
Lepeophtheirus pectoralis ( Miiller).

Lernaea pectoralis, Miller, 1776.
Lepeophtheirus pectoralis, Nordm., 1882.
Caligus pectoralis, Kr., 1838.

Belfast (16), on Pleuronectidae, mackerel, conger.

Rie _—Pleuronectidae, mackerel, conger, ‘Callionymus
yra

reneral distribution.—Kuropean seas.
, 106 j

IIT. 04, 26

Lepeophtheirus Nordmanni, M.-E.
Lepeophtheirus Nordmanni, M.-E., 1840. ,
Caligus Nordmanni, Thompson, 1847.

Antrim coast (16), on sunfish.
Host.—Orthagoriscus mola.
Lepeophtheirus sturionis, Kriyer.
Lepeophtheirus sturionis, Kréyer, 1837.

Caligus sturionis, Thompson, 1856.

Belfast (16), on Trigla hirwndo.
Hosts.—Trigla spp. Acipenser sturio.
Lepeophtheirus Stromii (Baird).

Caligus Stromit, Baird, 1886 (?).
Lepeophtheirus Stromii, Baird, 1847,
Laze lusts, Kjébenh.
? Caligus vesper, M.-E., 1840.
C. salmonis, Stp. and Liitk, 1861.

Dundrum Bay (16); Cushendall, Co. Antrim (16), on
salmon ; Donaghadee (1).
Hosts.—Salmonidae.

Grnus Demoleus, Heller.
Demoleus paradoxus (Otto).
Caligus paradoxzus, Otto, 1828.
? C. productus, Miller, 1785.
? Nogagus grandis, Heller, 1865.
Demoleus paradoxus, Basset-Smith, 1899.

N. of Ireland (16) ; Belfast Bay (16).
Host.—Dog-fish.
General distribution.—Mediterranean, British seas.

Genus Trebius, Kréyer, 1838.
Trebius caudatus, Kroyer.
Trebius caudatus, Kr., 1838.
2 Tr. spinifrons, M.-E’, 1840.
Belfast Lough (16), attached to Rava batis.

Hosts.—Rata spp., Galeus vulgaris, &c.
} 166 ]

LIT. ’04, 27

Genus Cecrops, Leach, 1816.

Cecrops Latreillei, Leach.
Cecrops Latreiller, Leach, 1816.

S. of Ireland (16); Dublin (16) (1); Antrim Coast (16);
Kinsale (1).

Host.—Orthagortscus mola.

Distribution.—British seas, Mediterranean.

Famity DICHELESTIIDAE.

Genus Dichelestium, Herm., 1804.
Dichelestium sturionis, Herm.
Dichelestium sturionts, Herm., 1804.
Dichelestion sturionis, Thompson, 1856,

S. of Ireland (16).
Host.—Guills of Acipenser sturio.

Famity LERNAEHIDAE.

Genus Lernaeenicus, Les.
Lernaeenicus encrasicoli (Turton).

Lernaea encrasicola, Turton, 1807.
Lernaeonema encrasicoli, Baird, 1850.
Lernaeonicus encrasicolt, Olsson, 1869.

Youghal (1), on the sprat.
Hosts.—Engraulis encrasicolus and Clupea spratta.

Lernaeenicus sprattae (Sowerby).

Lernaea spratta, Sowerby, 1806.
Lernaea cyclophora, Blainv., 1822.

Lernaeocera surrivensis, Blainv., 1823.
Lernaea ocularis, Cuvier, 1830.

Foroculum sprattt, Thompson.
F 2267959

III. *04, 28
Lernaeonema monillavis, M.-E., 1840.
Lernaeonema spratta, Baird, 1850.
Lernaeonema bavidi, Salter, 1850.
Youghal (16).

Host.—Clupea spratta.
General distribution.

Kurope.

Genus Lernaea, Linn., 1767.
Lernaea branchialis, Linn.
Lernaea branchialis, Linn., 1767.
Lernaea gadina, Miiller.
Lernaeocera branchialis, Blainv., 1823.
Lernaeocera sigmordea, Stp. & Liitk., 1861.
Belfast Bay (16) (1), on gills of cod; Dublin (1).

Hosts.—Gills of Gadidae.
General distribution.—North temperate region.

Famity CHONDRACANTHIDAE.
GENUS Chondracanthus, De la Roche, 1811.
Chondracanthus lophii, Johnstone.
Chondracanthus lophu, Johnstone, 1836.
Ch. gibbosus, 'Thompson, 1856.
Lernentoma lophu, Baird, 1850.

Belfast Bay (16) on angler fish; Dublin (16) on angler.
Host.—Gills of Lophius piscatorws. .

Chondracanthus cornutus, (Miiller).
Lernaea cornuta, Miller, 1776.

Anops cornuta, Oken, 1815.

Entomoda cornuta, Lamarck, 1818.
Lernentoma cornuta, Blainv., 1823.
Chondracanthus cornulus, Cuvier, 1830.

Dublin (16) (1), gills of the sole.
Hosts.—Gills of Pleuronectidae.
[f 168 ]

III. ’04, 29
Famity LERNAHOPODIDAE.
Genus Lernaeopoda, Kroyer.
Lernaeopoda galei, Kréyer.
Lern. galet, Kr., 1837.
Lern. mustelt, Thompson, 1889.
Belfast (16) (1); off Valentia (11) on ventral fin of Galeus
vulgaris.

Hosts.—Fins of Mustelus vulgaris, M. antarcticus, Squalus
acanthus, Scyllium canicula.

' Lernaeopoda salmonea, Linn.
Lernaeopoda salmonea, Linn, 1761.
Pediculus salmonis, Gisler, 1751.
Lernaeopoda cyprinacea, Hermann, 1783.
Entomoda salmonea, Lamarck, 1818.
Lernaeopoda salmonea, Blainy., 1823.
Lernaeopoda carptoms, Kr., 1837.
Basanistes salmonea, M.-E., 1840.

N. of Ireland (16).
Hosts.—Salmonidae.

Lernaeopoda bidiscalis, Kane.
Lernaeopoda bidiscalis, Kane, 1890.
Off Valentia (11), “on Claspers of Galeus vulgaris.”

Genus Anchorella, Cuvier.
Anchorella uncinata (Miiller).
Lernaea uncinata, Miller, 1776.
Schisburus uncinatus, Oken, 1815.
Clavella uncinata, Oken, 1815.
Lernaeomyzon uncinata, Blville., 1823.
Anchorella uncinata, Nordm., 18382.

Larne (16); Holywood (16); Dublin (16).
Hosts.—Gills and mouth of the Gadidae.
General distribution.—British seas, North Sea.

[ 169 ]

IIT. ’04, 30

Anchorella emarginata, Kroyer.
Anchorella emarginata, Kr., 1837.
—— rugosa, Kr., 1837.

Larne (1), mouth of Gadus sp.
Hosts.—Gills of Alosa finta, Anarrhichas twpus, Gadus sp.
General distributton.—Europe.

——————

REFERENCES TO PUBLICATIONS RECORDING IRISH
COPEPODA.

(1) Baird.—British Entomostraca. Ray Society, 1850.
(2) Bourne, G. C.—Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., Vol. I. (N.S.), pp. 306-

523. 1889.

(3) ss Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., Vol. I. (N.S.), p. 380.
1889. |

(4) Brady, G@. §.—British Copepoda. Ray Society. 3 vols. 1878-81.

(5) - Nat. Hist. Trans., Northumb., Durham and
Newcastle. Vol. XIV., p. 54. 1902.

(6) ms Copepoda of Larne district (MS.). 1904.

(7) Brady and Robertson.—Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol.

XII. 1873.
(8) Farran.—Ann. Rep. Fisheries, Ireland, 1901, Pt. II., App. VII.
[1903].
(9) Herdman.—Trans. Liv. Biol. Soc., Vol. V., pp. 181-212.
(10) etc.—Trans. Liv. Biol. Soc., Vol. XII., pp. 33-90.

(11) Kane, W. F.—Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., Ser. 5, Vol. II., pp.
203-211. 16890.

(12) Malcolmson.—Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., Ser. 2, Vol. IV., p. 636.
(13) Pearson, J.—Copepoda of Larne district (MS.). 1904.

(14) Scott, A——Ann. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 6), Vol. 18, p. 562. 1896.
(15) Scott, T. and A.—-Ann, Nat. Hist., Nov., 1895., p. 359.

(16) Thompson.—Natural History of Ireland, Vol. IV., 1856.

(17) Thompson, I. C.—Trans. Liv. Biol. Soc., Vol. X., pp. 92-102.

(18) ; Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., Ser. 3, Vol. 5,
p. 737.

(19) a Trans. Liv. Biol. Soc., Vol. XI., pp. 127-151.

(20) Norman, A. M.—Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zoology), Vol. 29, No, 188,

| 1903, p. 133.

(Abed

AppENDIX, No. IV.

THE MARINE FAUNA OF THE COAST OF
IRELAND.

PART VI.!

PYCNOGONIDA.
BY

PROFESSOR GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., M.R.LA.,

ROYAL COLLEGE OF SCIENCE, DUBLIN.

PLATES L. To fff.

The collections of marine invertebrates made during the last
few years under the auspices of the Fisheries Branch of the
Department contain many specimens of Pycnogonida or “ Sea-
spiders.” Most of the pycnogons enumerated in the present
paper were dredged in the harbours of Ballynakill and Bofin, A
few were obtained by dredging in the Irish Sea and St. George’s
Channel, and seme from the deeper waters of the North Atlantic
slope. The specimens now recorded from the shores, harbours,
and shallow waters of our eastern and western coasts add to our
previous knowledge of the distribution of these curious animale
in the Irish area (see Carpenter, 1893). But, as might have
been anticipated, it is among the specimens from the deeper
Atlantic waters that we find the most interesting results. A
single haul in the townet on trawl, at a depth of 382 fathoms,
77 miles W.N.W. of Achill Head, brought up three species of
Pyenogonida unknown in Britannic waters:—a northern
Nymphon—WN. leptocheles, Sars; the hitherto undiscovered male
(exhibiting remarkable structural features) of a blind northern
Anoplodactylus—A. typhlops, Sars; and a new species of
Pallenopsis, a genus not before recorded from the British and
Irish area, most of its species being southern in their distribu-
tion. Also, from a station 50 miles W.N.W. of the Tearaght, the
townet on dredge captured, at a depth of 306 fathoms, an adult
egg-bearing male of a handsome undescribed species of Anoplo-
dactylus. It is noteworthy that this method of collecting delicate
bottom-organisms by townet has succeeded admirably with the
Pyenogons as with the Schizopods and the Cumacea.

* This series has hitherto been entitled “The Marine Fauna of the West Coast
of Ireland.” Since its inception, facilities for work on the East Coast have been

materially increased, and henceforth it will be convenient to deal with the fauna
under the general groups without geographical subdivision.

Oe Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1904, IV., [Published, November,
[ a7 |}

LV. ’04, 2

Famiry NYMPHONIDAE.

Nymphon gracile, Leach.
¢ Nymphon gracile, Leach! Zool. Misc., vol. 1., 1814, p. 45.
9 NV. femoratum, Leach. Jb. Le., pl. xix., fig. 2.
N. gallicwm, Hoek, Arch. Zool. Hap. et Gen., vol. ix., 1881,
pp- 501-3, pl. xxiii. figs. 6-9,
Nee V. gracile, Hoek and Sars,

LOocALITIES—

Ballynakill Harbour: Off Coastguard Bay, 3-4 fms, 1
male with eggs, 8th April, 1903 ; 1 male, 3 females,
3 young, 2nd April, 1903,
Coastguard Deep, 6-8 fms,, 1 immature, 29th Sep-
tember, 1902,
Bofin : 1 young specimen, 7th August, 1899,

This well-known species is evidently widely distributed around
our coasts, and it occurs on the French shore of the Channel. As
it is not mentioned by Sars in his great work (1891), it may be
presumed to belong to the southern faunistic group,

Nymphon rubrum, Hodge.

Nymphon rubrum, Hodge. Nat, Hist, Trans., Northum-
berland and Durham, 1862-4, p, 41, pl. x., fig. 1.
N. rubrum, G. O. Sars, Pyenogonidea of Norwegian N.
Atlantic Expedition, p. 58, pl. v., fig. 2.
LocaLitles—
Off Rockabill, Irish Sea, in mosquito net, 1 female, 30th
January, 1902.
This form, known only from British and Norwegian waters,

has occurred at several localities on the east coast of Ireland, but
has not as yet been noticed on the west.

Nymphon leptocheles, G. 0, Sars,

Nymphon leptocheles, G. O. Sars, Pyenogonidea of Nor-
wegian N. Atlantic Expedition, pp. 7880, pl, vill.
fig. 1.

LoOcALITY—

77 miles W.N.W. of Achill Head, 382 fms. In townet on
trawl, 24th August, 1901, 1 female and 1 young
specimen,

The discovery of this handsome Nymphon in deep water off
the coast of Connaught is of great faunistic interest, as it is a
distinctly northern species, hitherto unknown in British or Irish

' This synonymy, the result of a careful examination of Leach’s types in the
British Museum, has been kindly communicated to me (in litt.) by the Rev. Canon
A.M. Norman, F.R.S.

{ ‘172 ]

IV. 04, 3

waters. According to Sars it occurs along the west coast of
Norway, at depths of from 50 to 100 fathoms, and between
Finmark and Biren Island, at 191 fathoms. Norman (1894)
also records it from the Norwegian coast, and states that the
“ Porcupine” dredged it in 59° 34 N. lat. in 542 fms. Mevnert
(1899) records the species as taken by the “ Ingolf” expedition
off Iceland and in the Davis’ Strait, at depths varying from 362
to 600 fathoms.

Chaetonymphon hirtum (Fabr-).
Nymphon hirtum, Fabr. Entom. Syst. iv., p. 417.

Nymphon spinosum, Goodsir. Hdinb. New Phil. Journ.,
vol. xxxii, p. 139, pl. iit, fig. 3.
_ Chaetonymphon hartum, G. O. Sars. Pyenogonidea of
Norwegian N, Atlantic Expedition, pp. 101-8, pl. x1,
fig. 1.

LOcCALITIES—
Irish Sea: Off Kish Bank, 25-27 fms., 12th February,
1902, immature.
Lambay Deep, 12th February, 1902, immature.

This is another northern species already recorded from the east
but not so far from the west, coast of Ireland. According to
Norman (1894) it has an extensive range around the British
shores of the North Sea. Lam in agreement with Norman in
regarding Goodsir’s spinosum as probably referable to C. hirtum,
and not to C. spinoswm of Sars., which Meinert (1899) and Mébius
(1901) identify with the widespread arctic pyenogon C. hirtipes
(Beil).

FAMILY PALLENIDAE.

Pallene brevirostris, Johnston,

Pallene brevirostris, Johnston. Mag. of Zool. and Bot., vol. i.
p. 380, pl. xi1., pp. 7-8.

P. brevirostris, G. O. Sars. Pyenogonidea of Norwegian N.
Atlantic Expedition, pp. 32-6, pl. iii., fig. 1.

LOCALITIES—
Ballynakill Harbour: Coastguard Deep, 6-8 fathoms, 1
female, 17th June, 1902; 1 immature male, 29th
Septem ber, 1902; 1 male, 23rd October, 1902.
. Off Dublin Bay: 1 mile outside Burford Bank, 14 fms.,
in mosquito net on trawl, 2 females, 18th May, 1908.

This is a common, widespread, and well-known species on the
shores of the North Atlantic and adjoining seas.

[ 173 ]

IV. 704, 4

Pallenopsis Holti, sp. nov.
Plate L, figs. 1-6.
LocaLiry—

77 miles W.N.W. of Achill Head, 382 fms., in townet on
trawl, 24th August, 1901.—One female.

Length (including proboscis and abdomen), 5mm. Length of
leg, 15 mm.

Female. Body rather stout, smooth; chelifori distinctly four-
segmented,’ the two basal segments equal to one another
(figs. 1, 2, 3). Proboscis sub-cylindrical, somewhat swollen
centrally, longer than head. False leg (female) shorter than
proboscis, the fourth segment longer and stouter than the second
or fifth: the five terminal segments distinctly smaller than the
others, the seventh and eighth sub-equal, shorter than the sixth,
but longer than the ninth and tenth, which are also sub-equal in
length, though the ninth is markedly swollen distally (figs. 2, 4).
Walking legs elongate, rather sparsely covered with hairs and
bristles ; second coxal segment three times as long as the first or
third; lengths of femur and tibial segments as 4: 3°5: 45;
tarsus with several strong spines ; propodus with three large and
tive smaller spines beneath ; auxiliary claws slender and only
one-third length of principal claw (fig. 6). Eye eminence bluntly
conical (fig. 2), with the eyes undergoing degeneration, the lenses
being indistinct and the pigmentation poor. Abdomen slender
and fusiform.

The form of the oculiferous tubercle and of the proboscis
separate this from any described species of Pallenopsis known to
me. Most of the animals belonging to this genus are from the
southern hemisphere, but Wilson (1881) described two species
from the American part of the North Atlantic, and Mevnert
(1899), has lately described a remarkable species-——P. plwmipes
from the eastern North Atlantic, 61° 32’ N. lat., 138° 40’ W. long.,
at a depth of 950 fms.

Anoplodactylus oculatus, sp. nov.

Plate IL., figs. 7-11.
LOCALITY—

50 miles W.N.W. of Tearaght. 306 fms., townet on dredge,
7th August, 1903.—1 male with eggs.

5

Length (including proboscis), 4.5 mm. Length of leg, 11 mm

Male. Body slender, rather rugose, each lateral process with
a few feeble spines. Eye-eminence very pointed and prominent,
directed forwards; proboscis more than half as long as body,
markedly swollen in the middle ; abdomen vertical and conical
(figs. 7,8). Cheliforus with basal segment (seape) elongate, clavate
and bearing strong spines, hand powerful, two-thirds length of

'The “hand” and ‘“‘ movable finger” of a pycnogon’s cheliforus are clearly modified
segments of the appendage, and should be described as such.

iY iva 4

IV. 04, 5

scape (fig. 8). False leg springing from base of foremost, lateral
process ; thirdsegment the longest, twice as long as the second,
and swollen near the base ; fourth segment slightly longer than
the fifth, which bears numerous bristles, and near its base a
strong hooked spine; sixth segment short and rounded, with
several bristles, and a small blunt claw at its tip (figs. 8, 9).
Walking legs slender and rather hairy, second coxal segment
with a conical, terminal process, more than thrice the length of
the first or third ; femur, with a conical terminal process and five
conspicuous cup-shaped openings for ducts of cement glands
(figs. 7, 10), longer than either of the tibial segments, which are
equal to each other; propodus rather stout, with very minute
auxiliary claws; arrangement of spines as usual in this genus
(fig. 11).

‘This species is allied to our well-known A. petiolatus (Kroyer),
but its large size and the excessively elongate and pointed eye-
eminence distinguish it at a glance.

Anoplodactylus typhlops, G. O. Sars.
Plate III., figs. 12-19.

Anoplodactylus typhlops, G.O. Sars. Pyenogonidea of Nor-
wegian N. Atlantic Expedition, pp. 29-31., pl. ii., fig. 3

LocAaLITYy—

77 miles W.N.W. of Achill Head, 382 fms., in townet or
trawl, 24th August, 1901—-One male with eggs.

This remarkable specimen agrees in size and structure so
closely with Sars’ A. typhlops that I have no hesitation in con-
sidering it to be the hitherto unknown male of that species. The
only features in which a difference can be noted is that the colour
of this specimen is green (Sars’ female type is stated to be white),
and that there is a slight prominence marking the position of the
ey eminence, and even indications of the remains of lenses (figs.
17°18). (In Sars’ type the eyes are said to have vanished com-
pletely).

The false legs (present in the male only in this genus) are as
long as the body ; the third segment is by far the longest (nearly
twice as long as the second) and swollen near the base; on this
segment the eggs are carried in a pear-shaped mass; the fourth
segment is slightly longer than the fifth and sixth together ; the
appendage carries only simple slender bristles (figs. 12-13).

A most remarkable structural feature of this pyenogon is the
insertion of the false legs midway along the lateral processes that
carry the foremost walking legs (figs. 12, 13, 15). In most
species of the genus (eg., A. petrolatus, Kr.), the false leg arises
between the base of the proboscis and the base of the lateral
process; in others, as A. oculatus just described, and A. gestiens
(Ortmann 1890), the false leg springs from the base of the lateral
process ; in the present species it has apparently migrated along
the process.

Hitherto A, typhlops has been found only off the Norwegian
coast south of the Trondjhem Fiord at a depth of 100 fms.

[ 175 ]

TV. °04, 6

Anoplodactylus petiolatus (Kroyer).

Phoxichilidiwm petiolatum, Kroyer. Nat. Tidsskr. (2). Vol. i.,
p. 123.
Anoplodactylus petiolatus, G. O. Sars. Pyenogonidea of
Norwegian N, Atlantic Expedition, pp. 25-29, pl. ii, fig. 2.
LOcALITIES—
Ballynakill Harbour: Barnaderg Bay, 3 fm., 1 male, 29th
July, 1901.
Off Coastguard Bay, 3-4 fms., 2 males with eggs, 8th
April, 1903; 1 male and 1 female, 12th July,
1902 ; 1 temale, 2nd April, 1903.
Coastguard Deep, 6-8 fms., numerous males and
females, 29th September, 1902; 5 females, 28rd
October, 1902.
Bofin: 1 larva, 7th August, 1900.
4 miles 8.S.E. of Beetle Head, 145 fms, 1 young speci-
men, Ist August, 1901.
1 mile S.S8.W. of Carlingford Bar, 12-15 fms., in townet on
trawl, 1 male with eggs and 2 females, 28th October,
1902.

This exceedingly common species is well-known around our
coasts, and ranges from Norway to the Mediterranean.

Anoplodactylus pygmaeus (Hodze.)

Pallene pygmaea, Hodge. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), vol. v.
p- 116, pl. xiii, figs. 16, 17.
LOCALITIES——
Ballynakill Harbour: Fahy Bay, 1 fm., 1 female, 27th
October, 1901.
Coastguard Deep, 6-8 fins., 1 male and 1 young, 17th
June, 1902.

This form is also widespread on our coasts. It is doubtfully
distinct from the preceding, but I have not followed Sars and
others in uniting the two, as aduits can be readily distinguished
which show the shortened form of trunk and neck characterizing
the animal as described by Hodge.

Famity AMMOTHEIDAE
Ammothea echinata (Hodge).

Achelia echinata, Hodge. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol.
xlii., 1864, p. 115, pl. xii, figs. 7 10.
Ammothea echinata, G. O. Sars. Pyenogonidea of Nor- .
wegian N. Atlantic Expedition, pp. 120-4, pl: xiii,
fig. 1.
LocALITIES—

Ballynakill Harbour: Off Coastguard Bay, 3-4 fms, 1
female, 16th December, 1901 ; 2 males and 2 females,
2nd April, 1908; 3 males with eggs, and 2 females,
8th April, 1903.

[ 176 ]

IV. 04, 7

Coastguard Deep, 6-8 fms., 2 females, 28rd October,
1902.

North Entrance, 7-8 fms., 1 male with eggs, 24th June,
1901,

This is a widespread and common pycnogon, ranging from the
southern coasts of Norway to the Mediterranean.

Famity PHOXICHILIDAE.

Phoxichilus laevis, Grube.

Phowichilus laevis, Grube. Abhandl. der Schles. Gesellsch.
f. vaterl. Cultur, 1869-72, p. 75.

P. spinosus, Sars, Pycnogonidea of Norwegian N. Atlantic
Expedition, pp. 15-20, pl. 1, fig. 3.
LOCALITIES—
Ballynakill Harbour: Off Coastguard Bay, 3-4 fms,
many immature, 12th July, 1902.
Coastguard Deep, 6-8 fms., 1 young, 17th June, 1902.
Bofin: Young specimens, 26th and 27th June, 1900; 2
females, Ist July, 1900; 1 male, 1 female, and 1
young, 25th September, 1900; 1 male, 18th
August, 1900.
Off Dungarvan : 1 female, 18th March, 1904.

I have previously (1893) given reasons for separating this form,
which is common all around our coast, from the larger and scarcer
form which I regard as the true P. spinosus, Montagu.

FamiLy PYCNOGONIDAE,
Pycnogonum littorale (Stroem).

Phalangium littorale, Stroem. Physisk og oeconomisk
Beskrivelse (1762), p. 209, pl. i, fig. 17.
Pycnogonum littorale, Sars. Pyenogonidea of Norwegian
N. Atlantic Expedition, pp. 7-12, pl. i, fig. 1.
LOCALITIES—
50 miles W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, 120 fms.: 4 males (2
with eggs) and 2 temales, 13th July, 1908; in tow-
net on trawl, 4 femaies, 17th August, 1903; 1
female and 1 young, 12th September, 1901.
50 miles N.W. by N, of Cleggan Head: 1 male with eggs,
1 female, and 1 immature female, 13th Sept., 1901.
27 miles W. by N. of Bray Head, Valentia Island, 100
fms.: 1 male with eggs, and 1 female, 24th March,
1904.
7 milesW, of Skelligs, off Co, Kerry: 1 female, 5th February,
1904.

This, perhaps the best known of all members of the order, has
an immense geographical and bathymetric range in the North
Atlantic.

All the specimens enumerated in this paper have been deposited
in the Dublin Museum of Science and Art.

[ 177 ]

8

REFERENCES,

1893. G. H. Carpenter.—On some Pycnogonida from the Irish Coasts
Sci. Proc. R. Dublin Sve., vol. viii., pp. 195=
205, pl. xii.

. Meinert.—The Danish “Ingolf” Expedition, vol. iii, Pt. 1,

Pyenogonida. Copenhagen.

. Mobins.—Arktische und Subarktische Pantopoden, in Schaudinn’s

‘*Fauna Arctica,” Berlin.

Nat. Hist. (6), vol. xiii., 1894, pp. 151-4,

gesammelten Pycnogoniden.

F
K

1894. A. M. Norman.—A month on the Trondjhem Fiord. Ann. Mag.
A

. Ortmann.—Bericht iiber die von Herrn Dr. Déderlein in Japan

Zool. Jahrb.

(Syst. u. Geog.), vol. v., 1890, p. 157-168,
pl. xxiv. ;

1891. G. O. Sars. —The Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition. Pyeno-

gonidea.

Christiania, 1891.

1881. E. B. Wilson.—Report on the “Blake” Pycnogonida. Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. viii., pp. 239-256
pls. i-v.

Puate I.

Pallenopsis Holti.—Fig. 1. Dorsal view x 10.
Fig. 2. Side view of head and proboscis x 20.
Fig. 3. Hand of cheliforus x 55.
Fig. 4. False leg x 80.
Fig. 5. Coxal segments and base of femur of first leg.

Fi

eed

x 27.
g. 6. Walking leg: end of second tibial segments,

with tarsus and propodus x 55.
Prate IT.
Anoplodactylus oculatus.—Fig. 7. Dorsal view x 10.

Fig. 8. Side view x 20. . ,
Fig. 9. False leg (end of third and three ter-

minal segments) x 80,

Fig. 10.. Cement glands and ducts on femur

of walking leg x 160.

Fig. 11. Walking leg : ead of second tibial seg-

ment, with tarsus and propudus
x 55,

Puate III.

Anoplodactylus typhlops—Fig. 12.
Fig, 13.

Fig. 14.

Fig. 15,
Fig. 16.
Fig. 17.
Fig. 18.

Fig. 19.

Dorsal view x 10.

False leg, springing from foremost
lateral process x 40.

Side view of hind trunk-segment
abdomen, and coxal segments of
walking leg x 20. ;

Ventral view of head, cheliforus, and
proboscis x 40.

Hand of cheliforus x 40.

Side view of head and proboscis x 20.

Oblique view of forehead, showing
vestigial eye-eminence X 20.

Walking leg: end of second tibial seg-
ment, with tarsus and propodus~
x 55.

[ 178. ]

hati a

~ eine

H, C. del.

Pallenopsis Holti.

Plate II.

H.C. del.

Anoplodactylus oculatus.

va iC yA Plate ITI.

G. H. C. del.

Anoplodactylus typhlops,

APPENDIX, No. V.

SCHIZOPODOUS CRUSTACEA FROM THE NORTH-
EAST ATLANTIC SLOPE. |

SUPPLEMENT.

BY

KE. W. L. Horr anp W. M. Tarrersatt, B.Sc.

Puates I. To V.

———

The present note contains diagnoses and figures of several
species which were provisionally described in Appendix, No.
IV., of the Report for 1902-3,* and we have included addi-
tional records in order to complete the list, in essentials, for
the period ending in September, 1905. ‘The localities are
denoted by magnetic bearings, except in a few mince
where latitude and longitude are mentioned.

Certain forms, though we have but little to add to previous
records of capture, require mention on account of the dis-
coveries of our friend, Dr. H. J. Hansen, of Copenhagen, to
whom we desire to express our thanks for the most generous
help. In his recent papers, which are referred to later under
their several titles, it is shown that the Kuphausian which,
following Sars, we have previously recorded as Huphausia
pellucida is only one of several species hitherto grouped under
that name, and is more properly known as E. Miilleri, Claus
(=T. bidentata, Sars). It follows that the account which we
gave of the geographical distribution requires revision to make
it applicable to the restricted species. ‘The same applies to
the forms known since the publication of Sars’ Challenger
monograph as Hucoptia australis, and one is tempted to con-
jecture that as the opportunities of exact knowledge of oceanic
animals increase, so will the list of truly cosmopolitan species
be found to decrease.

Dr. Lo Bianco’s papers on the results of the cruises of the
Puritan and Mata, which we had previously overlooked,
afford us an opportunity of materially adding to the

* Ann. Rep. Fisheries, Ireland, 1902-3, Pt. IT. [1905]. Species, &..
instituted by us in that paper are here denoted by the initials H
and T.

_ Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1904, V., [Published, June, 1906].
Sy ae ee eee
N 2

V. 04, 4

horizontal range assigned in our previous communication to
several species, and since the author has kindly permitted us
to examine his material we have in some instances been able
to suggest a different interpretation of the systematic definition.

To Canon Norman we are indebted for the loan of co-types
without which it would have been impossible to decide the
species of a Pseudomma previously recorded as P. roseum,
but in reality P. affine; and, as usual, we have not hesitated
to afflict our friend Dr. Calman with many demands on his
valuable time.

The records additional to those already given enrich the
census of the British-and-Irish area by five species :

Thysanopoda distinguenda, Hansen,
Kucopia sculpticauda, Faxon.
Euchaetomera Fowleri, H. and T.
Pseudomma nanum, sp. n.
Boreomysis microps, G. O. Sars.

Pseudomma roseum is expunged from the list, and replaced
by P. affine, G. O. Sars; Mysideis Farrani becomes
Mysidetes Farrant. Correction of nomenclature causes
Euphausia pellucida, Stylochetron longicorne, S. chelifer and
Eucopia australis to be replaced by E. Miilleri, S. Suhmi,
S, abbreviatum and E. unguiculata. We have traced our
record of Meterythrops robusta to a clerical error, specimens
which were correctly determined and labelled as Parerythrops
obesa having been entered in the note-book as P. robusta.
M. robusta therefore disappears from the list, and we are
obliged to Dr. Hansen for suggesting the error.

Siriella norvegica, already known from the coasts of Eng-
land and Scotland, is now noted from the west of Ireland.

Three oceanic species, Stylocheiron elongatum, Bentheu-
phausia amblyops and Petalophthalmus armiger have been
taken immediately to the west of the British-and-Irish area,
and may, from experience with other forms, be expected to
occur sooner or later within the 1,000-fathom line.

The principal addition to the Helga’s collecting equipment
consists of a large townet in the form of a pelagic otter-trawl,
designed and presented to us by Dr. C, G. Johan Petersen.

The net is made of strong coarse cheese-cloth or butter muslin,

the seams strengthened by bolt-ropes which take much of the
strain off the material. The opening is about eight feet by
four feet,

It is, like all the townets now used by the Helga, an open
net and therefore fishes not only at the depth to which it is
sunk, but also (and probably more efficiently) from thence
to the surface. So far we are unacquainted with any self-
closing horizontal net sufficiently large to capture active

[ 180 ]

Ses

d

V. 04, 5

pelagic animals of considerable size. ‘The net must be big,
since, if the animals are to be taken in good condition, the
meshes must be small, and no fine material can be hauled at
a high rate of speed. ‘The limit to which the size of any even
occasionally-efficient pattern of horizontal self-closing net can
be raised is very soon determined by the weight of frame
and messengers. Vertical self-closing nets appear to present
less difficulty, but in the comparatively shallow water in which
the Helga usually works the zones of observation are neces-
sarily narrow, and could not be properly explored without an
infinite repetition of hauls about each station. Probably no
sort of haul can by arithmetical processes be made to yield a
safe estimate of the larger denizens of the surrounding water
or section of the sea floor, since such processes must presume
that which is not, viz., an approximate equality in the distri-
bution of organisms over a given area; and however difficult
ii may be to relegate to their proper vertical positions the
contents of a long horizontal haul made with a large open net,
they may be suspected to comprise at least a fair qualitative
sample of the more active members of the fauna.

Hansen’s records deal mainly with the captures made in
1904 by the Princess Alice with certain large townets, which
do not differ, in their probable fishing capacity, from the
Petersen trawl or the big triangular net used by the Helga.
The range of the Princess Alice extends in effect to the seas
between the Canary Islands, the Azores, and the Bay of
Biscay, the latter being explored to no great extent. The
bay, therefore, forms a neutral territory separating the opera-
tions of the Princess Alice from those of the Helga (and
Oceana) off the south-west and west coasts of this country,
and it seems of interest to contrast the evidence of pelagic
Schizopodous fauna afforded by use of similar gear in the two
areas. The Princess Alice naturally had, apart from con-
siderations of latitude, the better chance of collecting oceanic
forms, forms, since the Helga is restricted to a comparatively
narrow margin of activity, and the Oceana made only a few
hauls. ‘The respective results, in species, are given below.
Seventeen species are common, and among those which appear
to be restricted to one or the other area, some at least may be
supposed, from previous record, to belong essentially to boreal
or tropical communities.*

*In relation to this table we have not the means of comparing data
other than those of locality and season. Our own records for 1905
appear to have been affected not only by the use of new nets but also
by an unusual distribution of the Atlantic waters.

| TABLE.
181 ]

V. '04, 6

PRINCESS ALICE. Hewes (and OCEANA).
phe tet |
Euphausia Miilleri, brevis, gibba, Euphausia Miilleri, Lanei.
gibboides. | ass
Thysanopoda vulgaris, acutifrons, dis- | T’hysanopoda acutifrons, distinguenda.
tinguenda, lateralis,
insignis, egregia,
aequalis, pectinata. |
Meganyctiphanes norvegica. _ Meganyctiphanes norvegica.
N yctiphanes Couchi.
| Boreophausia inermis. f
Thysansessa gregaria, parva. _ Thysanoessa gregaria (? includes parva),
: longicaudata, neglecta.
Nematoscelis megalops, microps, tenella.. Nematoscelis megalops. :
Nematobrachion bodpis. Nematobrachion bodpis.
Stylocheiron Suhmi, elongatum, abbre- | Stylocheiron Suhmi, elongatum, ab-
viatum. breviatum.
Bentheuphausia amblyops. Bentheuphausia amblyops.
Eucopia unguiculata, intermedia, Eucopia unguiculata, sculpticauda
sculpticauda. ¥
Gnathophausia zoea. Gnathophausia zoea, drepanephora
Petalophthalmus armiger
Boreomysis microps, semicoeca. Boreomysis microps.
Katerythrops Oceanae. Katerythrops Oceanae.

Euchaetomera Fowleri. Euchaetomera Fowleri.
-Meterythrops picta.
Chunomysis diadema.

Terminology.—The thoracic appendages are referred to as
thoracic limbs. The ‘‘ maxillipede’’ thus becomes the first
thoracic limb, and its endopod the first leg, and so on.

Division EUCARIDA, Calman.
OrDER EUPHAUSIACEA. .

Famity HUPHAUSIIDAE.
Sus-FamMiry HUPHAUSINAE, H. and T.

Genus Euphausia, Dana. | 3?
Euphausia Mulleri, Claus, 1863. 4
Thysanopoda bidentata, G. O. Sars, 1882. 4
Kuphausia pellucida (pars), G. O. Sars, 1885. :
Euphausia pellucida, H. and T., 1905 (1). .
Kuphausia bidentata, H. and T., 1905, (2). ;
EKuphausia Miilleri, Hansen, 1905 (8), a

In our first communication (1905 (1)) we followed Sars in
giving the name JW. pellucida, Dana, to North-Atlantic
Kuphausiae with two pairs of lateral denticles on the carapace.
While preparing a note of the Oceana schizopods (1905 (2))
examination of some HKuphausiae placed in Mr. Tattersall’s
hands by Professor Herdman suggested that EF. pellucida,
Sars, might be a too comprehensive species, and this was con-
firmed by an intimation that Dr. Hansen was kind enough to

[ 182 ]

V. C4, 7

give us of the work which he had then in hand. We accord-
ingly used Sars’ name I. bidentata in the Oceana note,
having then no acquaintance with Claus’ earlier diagnosis of
EH. Millerit. Stebbing (1900) lists H. bidentatu and EH. Miillers
as separate species.

Hansen has since revised the EHuphausiae of this group, and
has shown that the designation EH. Miilleri is proper to those
of the genus which have a multifid leaflet on the first anten-
nular joint, and this is the case in all our material, from the
Research, the Oceana, and the Helga.

The specimen of 26 mm. to which we have previously
referred is undoubtedly EH. Miilleri as re-defined by Hansen.
lt was taken off the Bay of Biscay in July, 1900, and some
other examples taken at the same time are not much smaller.
Hansen notes that in the collections to which he has had access
many Mediterranean specimens are larger than those from
the Atlantic, with the exception of a single individual. He
gives 19°5 mm. as the size of the largest which he has observed.

We suspect that the life-history and ultimate growth-limit
of Kuphausians may be dependent on oceanic conditions which
are not necessarily of seasonal recurrence, and that the data
as yet available do not warrant the establishment of a local
size-limit.

The restriction in specific interpretation entails a revision of
our previous account of the distribution. EH. Miilleri is only
known, with certainty, from the Atlantic, its extreme northern
range touching the coast of Norway, while to the south it does
not appear to reach the latitude of Cape ——y: It extends,
as we have seen, into the Mediterranean.

Additional Records.

40 mi. N. by W..of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 750 fath.,
August, 1904, townet at surface.—Seven.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 350 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, large townet at 350 fath.—Five, 10 to 14 mm,

40 mi., same course and date, 244 fath., townet on dredge.—
One, 9 mm.

40 mi. N. by W. of Kagle Island, Co. Mayo, 750 fath.,
November, 1904, townet at 600 fath.—Eight, 15 mm., and
two, 9 mm.

48 mi. W.N.W. of 'Tearaght, Co, Kerry, 337 fath., Novem-
ber, 1964, townet on traw].—One, 15 mm.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 372 fath., February,
1905, townet on traw].—One, 8 mm,

50 mi. N. by W. of Kagle Island, Co, Mayo, 1,200 fath.,

February, 1905, townet at 700 fath.—One, 9 mm.; six, 12 to
17 mm.

20 mi. N.W. of Achill Head, 102 fath., November, 1904,
townet at surface.—One, 10 mm.

'[ :183 3]

V. 04, 8

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fath.,
February, 1905, townet at 630 fath.—T'wenty-eight, 8 to 16
mm. ; townet at 500 fath.—Three, 12 to 15 mm.

45 mi. N. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath., Feb-
ruary, 1905, townet at surface.—Forty, 10 to 18 mm.

West of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 14° 50' W.,
500 fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—Three, 17 mm,

West of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, coarse townet at surface.—Nine, 15 to
18 mm.

Same station, Petersen trawl at 700 fath.—Thirteen, 15 to
18 mm,

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 20’ N., Long. 18° 0’ W., 164 fath.,
May, 1905, townet on trawl.—One, 14 mm.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl] at 1,150 fath.—Four, 15 to 18 mm.

Genus Thysanopoda, M.-Ed.
Thysanopoda acutifrons, H. & 'T.

Pit

Thysanopoda acutifrons (pars), Holt and Tattersall, 1905 (1).

Thysanopoda pectinata, Hansen, 1905 (1), nec Ortmann, 18938,
nec Hansen, 1905 (2).

Thysanopoda acutifrons, Hansen, 1905 (2).

It is by accident rather than by adequacy of description that
we remain the sponsors of this species, which was excellently
described by Hansen under the name of T., pectinata, Ortmann.
The Danish author has since found (1905 (2)) that there
actually existed, in the collections placed at his disposal, a
form exactly fulfilling Ortmann’s description of T’.. pectinata,
and has therefore retained our name for the specimens which
he had previously assigned to Ortmann’s species. Since, when
he was kind enough to examine our types of 7’. acuttfrons, he
found them to consist of a medley of mature specimens of one
and immature specimens of another species, he would, we
imagine, have been quite justified in consigning H. acutifrons
to oblivion, and attaching a new name to his already adequate
diagnosis. For reasons of which his reputation offers sufficient
explanation, he did not adopt this course, and we are free to
choose a proper series of types and append to them a sufficient
diagnosis,

Diagnosis.

Form stoutly built, slightly compressed laterally. Carapace
without lateral denticles (see p. 11), the front part of a broadly
triangular plate, the angle at the apex greater than a right
angle and terminating in a short sharp tooth which is directed

f 184 ]

V. 04, 9

obliquely forward and upward; sides of the triangular plate
slightly inflated, apex not extending beyond the visual part of
the eye but generally falling short of it : carapace exhibits in the
median dorsal line a low keel. Pleon segments with pleural
plates of moderate size and the usual form, none of the segments
exhibiting any trace of spines on their posterior borders ; last
segment almost as long as the two preceding ones combined.
Preanal spine well developed and simple. Myes small with rather
short stalks, the greatest width of the cornea scarcely exceed-
ing the width of the antennular peduncle, pigment brown.
Antennular peduncle strongly built, the basal joint bearing a
strong slightly curved sharp spine on its outer distal corner,
_ the anterior end of the basal joint bearing a densely hispid
forwardly directed lappet roughly triangular in shape, ter-
minating anteriorly in a short acute process, the whole lappet
extending for about one-third of the way along the second
joint of the peduncle, its inner edge furnished with strong plu-
mose bristles which interlock with those of the other peduncle ;
second joint of the peduncle longer than the third, its anterior
border produced into a broadly rounded lobe without spine. An-
tennal scale extending about half way towards the extremity of
the third joint of the antennular peduncle, broadly oval in shape
and rather wide, its total length very lttle more than twice
its greatest breadth, apex broadly rounded, outer margin entire
without trace of terminal spine, basal spine about one-third
of the length of the scale, slender and quite smooth. First
maxilla with the masticatory lobes well developed, the termina!
joint of the palp narrow and short, not projecting beyond the
masticatory lobes, exognath well developed and extending
beyond the terminal joint of the palp. Second maaiila almost
exactly as in T’. obtusifrons, G, O. Sars. First thoracic legs
with the terminal joint bearing a row of about twelve short
plumose setae on its inner edge. Second thoracic legs with the
terminal joint bearing ten strong plumose setae on its inner
edge in addition to the terminal setae and eight short curved
spines, which increase in size distally, on its inner face. Last
thoracic limb without endopod, the inner produced corner of
the exopod bearing six long plumose setae. Telson rather
slender, tapering towards the apex and some little way from
the latter suddenly constricted and drawn out into a very acute
point which shows no trace of secondary spines; subapical
spines projecting beyond the tip of the telson and quite smooth ;
dorsal surface of the telson armed with four pairs of denticles
set on faint ridges which run down ‘the length of the telson,
the posterior pair arising at the same level as the subapical
spines, the most anterior pair arising about half way down the
telson. Uropods with the outer plate a little longer than the
inner, which just overreaches the tip of the telson. Length
of the largest specimen, 33 mm.

The diagnosis may be assisted by a dichotomic table, in
which the characters of 7’. acutifrons and T. distinguenda are
compared. The true 7’. pectinata may be disregarded, because
it has a really obtuse rostrum, while 7’, lateralis, Hansen, will,

[ 185 ]

spt

V. "04, 10 ; (=u ay

if ever found in our seas, be easily distinguished by the slender
dorsal spine of the third segment of the pleon, and the broad
border of the carapace (see Hansen, 1905 (1)) quite distinct
from the narrow border common to T. distinguenda and T.
acuttfrons.

Thysanopoda

having the carapace destitute (except in larvae) of lateral denticles an
produced to form a conspicuous pointed rostrum, neither abrupt]
elevated nor depressed. Segments of the pleon without conspicuou
dorsal prolongations.

T. acutifrons. T. distinguenda.

f
|
|
{

segments not acuminate
at the posterior median
margin.

segments very slightly
acuminate at the pos-
terior median margin.

|
Length of adults, | About 35 to 44 mm., About 20 to 25 mm.
Colouration, | Brick-red in life without | Red in life. Dark pigment
any conspicuous dark | in variable amount—
pigment, at its maximum ex-
tending more or less
continuously over all
| | parts, except the legs
| and pleopods.
Eye, Rather small, light brown | Small, brownish black.
| in adult, much darker
| in young. |
Antennule, | Lappet of proximal joint as | Lappet of proximal joint
| seen from the side not acutely spiniform.
acutely spiniform at
| anterior extremity.
| Antennal scale, = Extends at least to the | Scarcely extends beyond
| middle of the third joint the second joint of the
of the antennular antennular peduncle.
peduncle.
Pleon, | Terga of fourth and fifth | Terga of fourth and fifth
|
|

We are sensible that the differences expressed in this table
are not of a very tangible character, but, although the two
forms are at least entitled to rank as very distinct varieties,
we do not know how to express their individualities more
exactly. Our figures, which, as it happened, were drawn from
each species when the other was not available for comparison
may from this circumstance be exonerated from any attempt
to exaggerate the points of distinction. | 7

The mouth parts, which in the genus Thysanopoda as a
whole afford the opportunity, to him who may be desirous of
distinction in this direction, of generic sub-division, are not
as between 7’. acutifrons and T’. distinguenda capable of even
specific diagnosis save in minutiae which may pardonably be
held negligible. _

f 186 ]

V. 04, i

A full-grown T. acutifrons is easily recognised, because it 18
like no other known species of its size. A mature male
7’. distinguenda is also easy to name, because, being mature, it
is not big enough to be assigned to T’. acutifrons !

Large but immature males of 7’. acutifrons and mature or
nearly mature females of T’. distinguenda present much greater
difficulty, and we must confess that but for the high authority
of Hansen we should feel some difficulty in regarding T’. dits-
tinguenda as more than a smaller and perhaps more southern
variety of T'. acutifrons. In specimens of comparable size the
difference in the colour of the eyes, though existent, seems to
us very slight, and for the distinctive characters of the lappet
of the first joint of the antennular peduncle, in so far as they
may be more perceptible than our remark above would seem to
indicate, readers must be referred to Hansen.

From material recently obtained, we think it probable that
the larva of T. acutifrons has a lateral denticle on the carapace,
though all specimens exceeding 14 mm., and some of less
length, have no denticle.

Additional records.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
670 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 630 fath.—Six, 26-29
mm.

50 mi. N. by W. of Hagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—One, 33 mm.

Hansen mentions that a number of specimens have been
received at his museum from the boreal part of the Atlantic.
His Monaco specimens are from the region westward of the
Bay of Biscay. The use of a pelagic otter-trawl with which
Dr. Petersen was kind enough to present us, in 1904, seems to
indicate that T’. acutifrons is probably common enough at or
about the 1,000 fathom line off the West of Ireland. It does
not appear to be a surface species, but has been taken on one
occasion at not more than 75 fath. from the surface. Its
absence, save possibly in the larval stage, from Dr. Fowler’s
Research collections made off the northern part of the Bay of
Biscay is somewhat remarkable, but more extensive experi-
ence than that of which we already dispose may serve to
associate it with an oceanic community which the physical
conditions of the summer of 1900 did not bring within the
region then examined.

Thysanopoda distinguenda, Hansen, 1905 (1) (2).
T. acutifrons (pars), Holt and Tattersall, 1905 (1).

Pl. II.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 750 fath..
November, 1904, coarse townet at 600 fath.—Two, 14 and 19
mm.

f 187 ]

V. 04, 12

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
February, 1905, coarse townet at 300 fath.—One, adult male,
19 mm.

This species was described by Hansen from specimens cap-
tured near the Azores and Canary Islands. Its occurrence
off the west coast of Ireland, therefore, indicates a considerable
northern extension of its geographical range. It is thus pos-
sible that it may belong typically to the southern part of the
North Atlantic, and rarely extends into higher latitudes, while
the converse may apply to 7’. acutifrons.

GEeNus Nyctiphanes, G. 0. Sars.
Nyctiphanes Couchi (Bell).

Nyctiphanes norvegica (pars), lo Bianco, 1903 and 1904.

After the publication of our previous communication Dr.
Lo Bianco was kind enough to send us Mediterranean speci-
mens of N. Coucht which he had previously regarded as speci-
fically identical with the larger forms correctly referred to
M. norvegica. ‘The species therefore extends in all probability
from North British latitudes to the Mediterranean, though it
has not yet been recognised from the coasts of France and the
Tberian peninsula.

Among recent Helga records we note the occurrence of a
few specimens at 50 miles off Eagle Island and 80 miles off
Slyne Head.

The distances from land are unusual, and one specimen
(taken at 700-0 fath.) is in its present condition remarkable
in having the antennular lobes forwardly directed instead of
reflexed. It is, we suppose, none the less referable to N.
Couchi, and since we cannot see how any method of preserva-
tion could have affected the flexure of the leaflets it would
seem that the latter are not, in nature, invariably reflexed.

Our notes (1905 (1), p. 104) as to the size at which the
antennular comb is developed might be held to indicate that
ovigerous females of 12 mm. or less are destitute of this adorn-
ment. The fact is, however, that all ovigerous females have
the comb, though it may not always be developed in females
actually larger than the smallest of those which have assumed
the cares of maternity, and may be present in specimens of
only 8 mm. (see p. 49, Note added in Press).

Additional records.

40 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet, Co. Kerry, 70 fath., August, 1904,
townet at 30 fath.—F ive, one ovigerous.

10 mi, W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 76 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, townet at surface.—One hundred and eighty-seven,
6 to 15 mm., the smallest in the last larval stage, none
ovigerous.

20 mi. N.W. of Achill Head, 102 fath., November, 1904,
townet at surface.—Sixty-eight, 9 to 14 mm., none ovigerous.

[ 188 ]

V. 04, 13

80 mi. W.N.W. of Slyne Head, Co. Galway, 180 fath.,
August, 1904, townet on trawl.—One, 9 mm., and two frag-
ments.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
February, 1905, townet at 700 fath.—One, 11 mm.

10 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet, Co. Kerry, 57 fath., February, 1905,
townet on trawl.—I'ive, fragmentary, ca. 10 mm.

30 mi, W.N.W. Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 186 fath., February,
1905, coarse townet at 44 fath.—Five, 10 mm.

Genus Meganyctiphanes, H. & T., 1906 (1).

Meganyctiphanes norvegica (M. Sars).

Nyctiphanes norvegica (pars), luo Bianco, 1908 and 1904.
EKuphausia intermedia, Riggio, 1905, corrected in note at end

of paper.

The observations of Lo Bianco and Riggio show that this
species, already traced from the Arctic regions to the coast of
Portugal, extends to the Italian shores of the Mediterranean.
Specimens from the Naples region kindly placed at our disposal
by Dr. Lo Bianco do not appear to differ in any important
particular from Irish examples. ‘The largest observed by this
author measured 33 mm., but, as we are seldom fortunate
enough to secure full-grown specimens here, it by no means
follows that the species is smaller in the Mediterranean than
in the North Atlantic, though such a difference is familiar in
the case of some kinds of fish common to the two regions.

The figure which the exigencies of a popular brochure have
inflicted upon one of Lo Bianco’s memoirs (Lo Bianco, 1904)
is not to be taken as an imputation of the accuracy of the deter-
mination, nor as conveying the intimation that M. norvegica
carries the ova in the same manner as Nyctiphanes australis
and N. Couchi. It has, in fact, as we are informed, no con-
nection with M. norvegica, and may be presumed to be a
sketch of Sars’ drawing of the female N. australis,

The Helga records of M. norvegica, subsequent to those
already published are of no importance, but Messrs. Farran
and Kemp, who have made gastronomic experiment of the
species, assure us that however abundant it may become in
some subsequent development of economic fishing methods it
is never likely to form a welcome addition to the table.

Additional records.

80 mi. W.N.W. of Slyne Head, Co. Galway, 180 fath.,
August, 1904, townets on trawl.—Ten. Townet at surface.—
One, 12 mm,

81 mi. W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 220 fath., August,
1904, townets on trawl.—Twenty-seven.

[ 189 ]

V. 04, 14
54 mi. W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 200 fath. derby
1904, townet at bottom. —Fifty.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
August, 1904, large townet at 1,000 fath. —Thirteen. .

40 mi. same course ae date, 750 fath., townet at 750 fath.—
Twenty.

48 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 337 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, trawl.—T'wo, 30 mm.

Same station, townets on traw].—One, 15 mm.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 350 fath., Novem-

ber, 1904, townet at stirface.—Three, 24 to 34 mm.
Same station, large townet at 350 fath.—Hight, 13 to 30 mm.

40 mi., same course and date, 244 fath., townet on a —
Seven, 14 to 17 mm.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 750 fath.,

November, 1904, townet at 600 fath. —Three, 25 mm.

33 mi. W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 80 fath., November,
1904, trawl (sprat net).—One, 12 mm.

30 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 136 fath., Feb-
rvary, 1905, townet at 60 fath.—One, 21 min.

20 mi. N.W. of Achill Head, 102 fath., November, 1904,
townet at surface.—One, 16 mm.

50 N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath., Feb-
ruary, 1905, townet at 700 fath.—Three, 21 to 25 mm.

40 mi., same course and date, 670 fath., townet at 630 fath.
—One, 28 mm.

45 mi. N. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath., Feb-
ruary, 1905, townet at surface. —Five, 25 mm.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 15’ N., Long. 18° 17’ W., 116
fath., May, 1905, coarse townet at surface.—One, 27 mm.

Sus.-Fam. NEMATOSCELINAE, H. and T.
Genus Thysanoessa, Brandt.

Thysanoessa neglecta (Kroyer).

Additional records.

30 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 136 fath., August,
1904, townet at 44 fath.—Kight, 7 to 9 mm,
Of Rathlin Island, Co. Antrim, 120 fath., February, 1905,
dredge.—One, 12 mm.
[ 190 }

— - he te <a

V. 04, 15

Thysanoessa longicaudata (Kriyer).
Additional records.

81 mi. W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 220 fath., August,
1904, townets on traw!.—'l'wo.

54 mi. W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 200 fath., August,
1904, townet at bottom.—'l'wo, 10 mm,

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 750 fath.,
November, 1904, townet at 600 fath.—Fifteen, 8 to 10 mm.

50: mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 372 fath., Feb-
ruary, 1905, townet on trawl.—One, 7 mm.

50 mi. N, by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
February, 1905, townet at 600 fath.-—T'wenty-one, 10 mm.

Same station, townet at 500 fath. —T'wenty-nine, 12 mm.

~ Same station, townet at 700 fath.—One hundred and sixty-
three, 8 to 12 mm.

_ 380 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 588 fath., May,
1904, townet at 200 fath.—One, 10 mm. -

-40 mi, N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fath.,
February, 1905, townet at 630 fath.—-One hundred, 7 to 12
mm.

45 mi. N. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath., Feb-
ruary, 1905, townet at surface.—Forty-two, 8 to 10 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 700 fath.—Sixty-two,
10 to. 13 mm.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl] at 1,150 fath.—Four, 10 to 12 mm.

Thysanoessa gregaria, G. O. Sars.

Additional record.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 372 fath., Feb-
ruary, 1905, townet on trawl.—One, 8 mm.

Hansen has recently recorded this species from the Eastern
Atlantic near the Azores and Canary Islands. We cannot
deny the possibility of representation, in the material referred
to here and in our previous communication, of T. parva,
Hansen (1905 (1) (2)), a species very closely allied to
T. gregaria but smaller. The most obvious points. of dis-
tinction are found in the thoracic limbs, but none of the speci-
mens remaining in our hands when Hansen's paper appeared
had any legs at all. :

f- 19h}

V. 704, 16

iENUS Nematoscelis, G. O. Sars.

Nematoscelis megalops, G. O. Sars.

Additional records.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 750 fath.,
August, 1904, townet at surface.—Six, 15 mm.

Same station, November, 1904, townet at 600 fath.—Two,
10 and 12 mm,

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 372 fath., Feb-
ruary, 1905, townet on traw].—One, 16 mm.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
February, 1905, townet at 700 fath.—T'welve, 9 to 16 mm.

Same station and date, townet at 500 fath_—One, 15 mm.

40 mi, same course and date, 670 fath., townet at 630 fath.
—-Seven, 10 to 20 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 700 fath.—Three,
20 mm.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—Four, 10 to 24 mm.

Lo Bianco (1903) mentions this species from the Mediter-
ranean, thus extending its known range.

Genus Nematobrachion, Calman.

Nematobrachion boopis, (Calman).
Additional records.

50 mi, N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
February, 1905, townet at 500 fath.—One, 20 mm.

Same station, townet at 700 fath.—Three, 8 mm.; two,
19 and 21 mm.

4() mi. same course and date, 670 fath., townet at 630 fath.
—Four, 10 to 24 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen traw! at 700 fath.—Five, 12-28
mm,

50 mi, N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—T'wo, 20 mm.

Mention of this species by Hansen from several localities in
the eastern part of the Atlantic Ocean between the Bay of
Biscay and the Azores considerably extends its known
geographical range, which previously appeared to be confined
to the water off the north part of the Bay and off the West of
Ireland. The most northern record is afforded by specimens
taken north-west of the Farée Bank, 61° 11’ N., 11° 00’ W
306 fath., June, 1905 (per Dr. J. Schmidt),

One of the Irish specimens measures 24 mm. from tip of
rostrum to tip of telson.

[ 192 ]

V. 04, 17
GENUS §tylocheiron, G. O. Sars.

Stylocheiron Suhmi, G. O. Sars.

. Suhmu, G. O. Sars, 1885.

. longicorne, G. O. Sars, 1885.

. mastigophorum, Chun, 1888.

. longicorne, Ortmann, 1893.

. mastigophorum, Lo Bianco, 1901 and 1903.
longicorne, Holt and Tattersall, 1905 (1).

. Suhmu, Hansen, 1905 (1).

. Suhm, Holt and Tattersall, 1905 (2) and (3).

We accept Hansen’s demonstration of the identity of
S. Suhmi and S. longicorne, G. O. Sars. The latter name is
proper to the adult form, but by accident of place in the
Challenger memoir S. Suhmi, though descriptive of immature
stages, has priority.

The change of name does not affect the observations which
we have offered on the distribution of the species.

MADRRARRAN

Additional records.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 372. fath., Feb-
ruary, 1905, townet on trawl.—One, 6 mm.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
February, 1905, townet at 600 fath.—One, 6 mm.

Same station and date, townet at 700 fath.—Four, 5 to 8
mm.

40 mi. same course and date, 670 fath., townet at 630 fath.
—Five, 7 mm.

45 mi. N. of Kagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath., Feb-
ruary, 1905, townet at surface.—'Two, 8 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860. fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 700 fath.—'T'wenty-
three, 8 to 10 mm.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—Four, 10 mm.

Stylocheiron elongatum, G. O, Sars.

The Helga took a single specimen, 16 mm. in length, 50 mi.
N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath., in the
Petersen trawl, fished at 1,150 fath., and thence to the surface.
Both antennal scales have the tips broken off, but from other
characters there seems to be no doubt of the correctness of
the specific determination.

This record shows the at least occasional northward range
of the species, which was found by the Challenger in the
South Atlantic, and by the Princess Alice (Hansen, 1905 (1))
about the Azores and Canary Islands. It was not taken by
the Research and Caudan, and is not named among the few
schizopods of the Travailleur and Talisman collections as yet
publicly determined. ary Gar
[ae -]

W. ae, 18

Stylocheiron abbreviatum, G. O. Sars.

. chelifer, Chun, 1888.

. chelifer, Holt and Tattersall, 1905, (1).
S.abbreviatum, Hansen, 1905 (1).

S. abbreviatum, Holt and Tattersall, 1905 (2) and (3).

Hansen has confirmed our opinion that Sars under S. abbre-
viatum described, however imperfectly, the young of Chun's
S. chelifer, which therefore becomes a synonym.

Additional records.

5G mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 372 fath., Feb.
ruary, 1905, townet on traw].—Two, 10 and 15 mm.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
February, 1905, townet at 700 fath.—One, 20 mm. ; two, 13
and 14 mm.

Same station and date, townet at 600 fath.—One, 22 mm.

Susp-FamM. BENTHEUPHAUSINAE, H and T.
Genus Bentheuphausia, G. O. Sars.

Bentheuphausia amblyops, G. O. Sars.
Bentheuphausia sp., Holt and Tattersall, 1905 (1).

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—Two, 14 and 18 mm.

In addition to the range mentioned in our previous com-
munication, Hansen (1905 (1)) has added many records from
the Bay of Biscay to the Canaries, and considers B. amblyops
a common species in the area explored by the Princess Alice
in 1904. Its presence, therefore, off the west of Ireland is
not remarkable.

Division PERACARIDA, Calman.

ORDER MYSIDACEA.
Famity LOPHOGASTRIDAE, G. O. Sars,
Genus Lophogaster, M. Sars.
Lophogaster typicus, M. Sars.
Additional records,
30 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 136 fath., Feb-

ruary, 1905, coarse townet at 44 fath.—One, ovigerous female,
22 mm,

eS oe.

a

V. 04, 19

70 mi. §8.W. of Fastnet, Co. Kerry, 81 fath., May, 1905,
townet on traw!.—Thirty-three, 8 to 22 mm. ; one, 30 mm.

In 1905 (1) we were able to record only a single example
as the results of all the gatherings placed at our disposal. For
some reason the species appears to be scarce on the Irish
coast, but the capture of thirty-three in one haul suggests that
it may be locally abundant. On the other hand, the record
from 30 mi. off Tearaght, at 44 fath. in soundings of 136 fath.,
shows that L. typicus is by no means an essentially bottom-
haunting form, and is therefore unlikely to be affected by any
local conditions susceptible of narrow horizontal definition.
However, while this capture presents, so far as we know, the
first conclusive evidence of pelagic habit on our coasts, it is
not enough to demonstrate that the species is at all phases of
its career pelagic rather than benthic, nor is it impossible that
the occurrence of the individual so near the surface was not
induced by some unusual stratification of the medium. Lo
Bianco (1901, p. 439) mentions the species as rarely caught
in the upper strata in the Mediterranean.

The specimen is a gravid female, carrying young apparently
just ready to leave the brood pouch. We are not aware of
any previous description of this stage. It is, therefore, inter-
esting to note that the larvae are of essentially the same type
as those of an ordinary mysid at a corresponding stage of life-
history, and in this respect bear testimony to the validity of
the systematic association of the Lophogastridae and Mysidae.

Genus Gnathophausia, Will.-Suhm.
Gnathophausia zoea, Will.-Suhm.

Additional records.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fath.,
February, 1905, townet at 540 fath.—'Two, 50 and 65 mm.

Same station, townet at 630 fath.—Two, 45 and 50 mm.

50 mi., same course and date, 1,200 fath., townet at 700
fath.—One, 80 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6' W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl, at 700 fath.—Three, 26
to 60 mm.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—One, 66 mm.

Same station. townet at 750 fath.—'Two, 25 and 28 mm.

Records by Hansen (1905 (1)) from near the Azores and
Canary Islands furnish additional proof of the very general
distribution of this species in the north-east Atlantic. It is
also known, as we have seen, from the tropical Atlantic and
South Pacific,

EP Ager
ef 0 2

V. 04, 20

Famity HUCOPIIDAE.
Genus Eucopia, Dana, 1852.
Eucopia unguiculata (Will.-Suhm).

Chalaraspis unguiculata, Will.-Suhm, 1875.

Eucopia australis (pars.), G. O. Sars, 1885.

Eucopia australis, Lo Bianco, 1903 and 1904.
Eucopia australis, Holt and Tattersall, 1905 (1).
Eucopia australis, Hansen, 1905 (1).

Eucopia unguiculata, Hansen, 1905 (2).

Eucopia australis, Holt and Tattersall, 1905 (2).
Eucopia unguiculata, Holt and Tattersall, 1905 (8).

Hansen (1905 (2)) has shown that the forms which Sars
(1885) described as E. australis, Dana, comprise more than one
species, and that those of them which were described by
Willemoes Suhm as C. ungutculata are distinct.

Though it is possible that Suhm, who died before he had
an opportunity of revising his preliminary diagnoses of the
Challenger crustacea, may have included more than one species
in C. unguiculata, his description appears to be sufficiently
exact to apply to the common Atlantic form, to which belong
all which we have previously recorded as E. australis. The
same may apply, we suppose, to some of the EL. australis of the
Albatross (Faxon, 1895). E. unguiculata is widely distributed
in the Atlantic, and extends into the Mediterranean (Lo
Bianco, 1903). It occurs also in the Pacific about the East
Indies [Hansen, 1905 (2), p. 4].

Additional records.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
February, 1905, townet at 500 fath.—Three, fragmentary, ca.
20 mm.

Same station and date, townet at 700 fath.—One, 22 mm.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fath.,
February, 1905, townet at 630 fath.—Four, 14 to 30 mm.

Same station and date, townet at 500 fath.—One, 15 mm.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 360 fath., May,
1905, townet on trawl.—One, 15 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 700 fath.—Forty-
three, 13 to 30 mm.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co, Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—Thirty-two, 15-35

mm.

Same station and date, coarse townet at 750 fath.—Hight,
25 mm,

[ 196 ]

V. ’04, 21

Eucopia sculpticauda, Faxon, 1895.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 700 fath.—One, 29
mm.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl, at 1,150 fath.—One, 46 mm.

The geographical range of this species is extensive. Faxon
records it from the tropical Pacific near the coast of Central
America, and Alcock from the Indian Ocean. Hansen men-
tions it from the Atlantic Ocean near the Azores and the
Canary Islands, and its occurrence, as above indicated, within
the 1,000 fathom line on our own coast seems to point to a
general north-east Atlantic range. H. intermedia (Hansen,
1905 (1)) is a closely allied species as yet only known from a
single immature specimen taken near Madeira. Its occasional
occurrence within our area appears probable.

Famity PETALOPHTHALMIDAE, nov.

Carapace membranaceous, short and imperfectly developed,
leaving the last two thoracic segments quite free.

Eyes (first cephalic appendages) without visual elements,
lamellar or spiniform (or absent ?).

First thoracic limbs devoid of exopods but furnished with
well developed epipods. An internal lamelliform lobe present
on the merus in some genera.

Second thoracic limbs with an internal lamelliform lobe on
the merus. Exopods present or absent.

Third to last thoracic limbs with well developed exopods.
Female with seven pairs of incubatory lamellae.
Inner uropods without otocyst.

In instituting this family we have only given definite ex-
pression to the suggestions of Faxon (1895) and Hansen
(1887) when dealing with some of the genera which it is
intended to embrace. Among which, of other families of the
Mysidacea, its nearest relatives may be sought, is a problem
upon which we can form no definite opinion. It is, however,
of interest to note that while the eyes in all members of the
family happen to be without visual function, this peculiarity
is not one of the characters essential to its separation. Among
the Mysidae occur instances of closely allied genera in which
the first cephalic appendages are respectively organs of vision
or sightless processes (e.g. Hrythrops and Pseudomma) while
within the limits of a single genus may be found those which
see and those which see not (e.g., Boreomysis, Mysidella) ;
but, blind or seeing, the Mysids present no near approach to
the Petalophthalmids in those characters which more saliently

[ 197

Y. 04, 22

distinguish the latter. We may, therefore, be right in sup-
posing that the Petalophthalmidae have not diverged from
the general Mysidacean type, or at least from true Mysidae
in response to variation associated with the loss of the visual
sense, but became separated from the remaining families by
a process of variation in which the change of the first cephalic
appendage played at most a subsidiary part. |

The following key for the identification of the genera
grouped in this family may be useful :—

A. First and second pairs of thoracic limbs devoid of exo-
pods.

(.) First thoracic limbs (maxillipedes) with internal
Jamelliform meral lobe.

Petalophthalmus, Will.-Suhm.

B. First pair of thoracic limbs alone devoid of exopods,
second pair with exopods well developed.
(.) First thoracic lmbs (maxillipedes) with internal
lamelliform mera] lobe.
Ceratomysis, Faxon.

(ii.) First thoracic limbs (maxillipedes) without internal
jamelhiform meral lobe.

(a.) Rostrum prominent, eyestalks spiniform.
Scolophthalmus, Faxon.

(b.) Rostrum obsolete, eyes leaf-like (or absent ?).
Hansenomysis, Stebbing.

As noted by Faxon and Hansen, the form described by Willemoes
Suhm as the female of Petalophthalmus armiger, does not belong to any
of the Petalophthalmid genera, but is a Boreomysis (? B. scyphops.)

Genus Petalophthalmus, Will.-Suhm.
Petalophthalmus armiger, Will.-Suhm.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—One, 15 mm.

The specimen, though not in the best condition, agrees fairly
well with the descriptions of Suhm and Sars. We note, how-
ever, that all the spines on the apex and some of those on
the lateral margins of the telson are plumose, or rather armed
on each side with a very closely set row of minute sharp
spinules, and that between the median spine of the apex and
the nearest spine on each side there are three spinules. ‘The |
antenna has, besides the peduncle, a short, very slender
flagellum, consisting of six joints and terminated by a pair of
setae ; it is not much longer or stouter than the setae arising
from the end of the peduncle.

There are no incubatory lamellae, but the specimen is per-
haps too small to show sexual characters. The pleopods are
uniramous; the distal joint has a general resemblance to the
inner ramus depicted by Sars in his male specimen of 40 mm.,
but is rather narrower.

[ 198 ]

0 =e eee ee ee oe ———— ee rrt— ‘SOC

V. 04, 93

Previous records comprise one male (Will.-Suhm) from
2° 25’ N., 20° 1’ W., 2,500 fath., and one female (Faxon),
24° 36’ N., 84° 5’ W., 955 fath. P. armiger is therefore
known only from the temperate and tropical parts of the
Atlantic. It seems to be a pelagic animal, apparently confined
to strata remote from the surface.

Famity MYSIDAE.,
Sus-Fam. LEPTOMYSINAE, Norman.
GeENus Erythrops, G. O. Sars.
Erythrops serrata, G. O. Sars.

Additional records.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Slyne Head, Co. Galway, 112 fath.,
August, 1904, townet on traw!.—T'wenty, small.

80 mi. same course, 180 fath., August, 1904, townet on
trawl.—Sixteen.

81 mi. W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 220 fath., August,
1904, townet on trawl.—One.

40 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co, Kerry, 244 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, townet on dredge.—One, 7 mm.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 39’ N., Long. 12° 24’ W., 185
fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—F ive, 7 to9 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 1’ N., Long. 14° 34’ W.,
293 fath., May, 1905, townet on traw!.—Twenty-eight, 6 mm.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 2’ N., Long. 13° 48° W., 105
fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—'T'wo. 9 mm.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 20’ N., Long. 13° 0’ W., 164
fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—Seven, 10 mm.

Genus Meterythrops, S. I. Smith.

Meterythrops picta, H. & T.
Additional records.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
February, 1905, townet at 700 fath.—One, 5 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 1’ N., Long, 14° 34’ W.,
May, 1905, 293 fath., townet on trawl.—T'wo, 5 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 700 fath.—One,
12 mm.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co, Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—One, 8 mm.

M. picta is otherwise known only from the single example
recorded in our previous communication. Altogether, six have
now been taken, all off the west coast of Ireland, at soundings

a

V. '04, 24

which range from 293 to 1,200 fath., but at distances from the
surface which in no case exceed 700 fath. The species appears
to be most probably pelagic, and not, as we were at first in-
clined to suppose, confined to the neighbourhood of the bottom.

The fully developed adult of either sex is not known.
Young examples of 5 mm. lack the serration of the antennal
scale characteristic of later stages. They thus resemble young
Parerythrops rather closely, but may be distinguished at once
by the relatively larger size and pale golden colour of the
eye, which in Parerythrops is reddish brown and much darker.
Even the youngest M. picta have the deep brown body pigment
noted in our description of the type.

Genus Katerythrops, H. & T., 1905 (1) & (2).

Katerythrops Qceanae, H. & T.
Additional record.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl] at 700 fath.—One, 8 mm.

This specimen is an adult male. The pleopods, as we sur-
mised in diagnosing the species from an immature example,
are as in Meterythrops. The antennal scale retains the pro-
portional size and character of the type, and the telson is
devoid of median setae. The antennular brush of setae is as
usual in the genera allied to Erythrops. Our diagnosis, there-
fore, requires only the statement of size of adult, viz., 8 mm.

Hansen’s records (1905 (1)) are from the neighbourhood of
the Azores and Canary Islands. The species appears to be
truly pelagic, and may be suspected to have a fairly wide distri-
bution in the Atlantic.

Genus Hypererythrops, H. & T.
Hypererythrops serriventer, H. & T., 1905 (1).

Additional records.
80 mi. W.N.W. of Slyne Head, Co. Galway, 180 fath.,
August, 1904, townet on trawl.—T'wo, fragmentary.
Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 39’ N., Long. 12° 24’ W., 185
fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—Six, 9 to 11 mm.
Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 20’ N., Long. 13° 0’ W., 164 fath.,
May, 1905, townet on traw].—One, 8 mm.

Genus Parerythrops, G. O. Sars.
Parerythrops obesa, G. O. Sars.
? P, abyssicola, G. O. Sars.

We are unable to find any definitely marked and constant
character whereby Parerythrops obesa may be distinguished
from P. abyssicola. The only marked difference between the

[ 200 ]

V. 04, 25

two species to be gleaned from descriptions and figures is the
comparative size of the eye. In P. obesa the greatest breadth
of the pigmented part of the eye is shown to be greater than
the greatest breadth of the telson, while in P. abyssicola the
reverse condition is depicted. ‘The eye is, however, such a
fragile structure and so very lable to injury and contraction
that characters derived from its form and dimensions alone
are not of very much value for specific distinction. In the
specimens before us, all of which we refer to Parerythrops
obesa, none have the eyes in perfect condition. In conse-
quence we are unable to obtain among them a constant relation
between the breadth of the telson and the greatest breadth
of the pigmented portion of the eye. Apart from the supposed
differences in the comparative size of the eyes, there is no
other sufficiently well-marked character to separate the two
species. We therefore suggest that it is highly probable that
they are identical, the differences in the size of the eye being
due to differences of preservation. We may note in addition
that the vertical range of both species is the same.

Additional records.

77 mi. W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo, 382 fath., August,
1901, townet on dredge.—One, 9 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 14° 15’ W.,
500 fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—Two, 7 and 9 mm.

Distribution.—This species is among those added to the
fauna of the Mediterranean by Lo Bianco (1903).

Genus Euchaetomera, G. O. Sars.
Euchaetomera Fowleri, H. & T.

Euchaetomera tenuis, Lo Bianco, 1903.

The range of this species, first taken by Fowler off the Bay
of Biscay, has now been extended by records from south of
the Azores (Hansen, 1905 (2)), from off the west coast of Ire-
land (see below) and from the Mediterranean (as EH. tenuis).

By a clerical error in our diagnosis (1905 (1), p. 123), the
antennular peduncle is said to be about one and a half times
as long as the eye. It is to the proximal joint of the peduncle
that this statement of length is really applicable.

The imperfect condition of the posterior thoracic limbs of
our female type (op. cit., p. 124) proves, as we supposed, to be
individual and not specific in character. It may perhaps be
associated with the regeneration of lost parts.

Additional records.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 360 fath., May.
1905, townet on trawl.—One, 11 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen traw! at 700 fath.—One, 8 mm.

[ 201 ]

V. 04, 26

Dr. Lo Bianco very kindly sent us the Mediterranean form
which he has recorded as EHuchaetomera tenuis. This, taken
off Pt. Tragara at 1,100 m., is a somewhat imperfect example
of E. Fowlert.

Two Mysids* (apparently from 100 m., off Capri, and from
1,000 m., off Pt, Carena) though very closely resembling
BE, tenuis in some respects cannot be included in the
genus as at present defined on account of the charac-
ter of the antennal scale. The scale is narrow and
tapering, extends somewhat beyond the extremity of the
antennular peduncle and is sparsely setose on both margins
with a narrowly rounded apex. The eyes, absent from one
specimen, are injured in the other, but were certainly bilobate
when perfect. The telson is of about the same size and shape
asin 7, tenuis, but the apical part is broader and more convex
in outline than in Sars’ drawings of that species. At each
angle of this part is a small prominence which in one specimen
still bears a small fine spine much like one of the angular
spines of FH, Fowleri. The median setae, which are plumose
and very long and stout, are set at about the same distance —
from each other as in E. typica and E. Fowleri, and therefore
much further apart than in Sars’ drawing of EF. tenuis. The
male, which has the antennular brush of setae well developed,
has the outer rami of the second to fifth pleopods much shorter,
not so much jointed, and less setose than the inner. The total
length is about 7°5 mm.

Genus Amblyops, G. O. Sars.
Amblyops abbreviata, G. 0. Sars.

Additional record,

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 372 fath., Feb-
ruary, 1905, townet on trawl.—Four, 13 to 15 mm.

Genus Paramblyops, H. & T.
Paramblyops rostrata, H. & T.

Additional records.

80 mi. W.N.W. of Slyne Head, Co. Galway, 180 fath.,
August, 1904, townet on trawl.—One, fragmentary.
50 mi. W.N.W, of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 372 fath., Feb-

ruary, 1905, townet on trawl.—One, 6 mm.
W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 1/ N., Long. 14° 34’ W.,
May, 1905, townet on traw].—One, 6 mm.

* These specimens, having been labelled HZ. tenuis, by inadvertence,
were sent to us with the #. Fowleri, but do not appear in the record,

[ 202 ]

V. 704, 27

Genus Pseudomma, G. O. Sars.
Pseudomma affine, G. O. Sars, 1870.

Pseudomma roseum, Holt and ‘Tattersall, 1905 (1), nec Sars,
1870-79.

Pl. IIT., Figs. 1-6.

Pseudomma roseum must be expunged from the list of
British and Irish mysids, since the specimens which we so
named in our previous communication have proved, on re-
examination, to be P. affine.* They are not, however, in
perfect agreement with Sars’ description and figures, and had
we not obtained from Canon Norman the loan of some of
Sars’ co-types of P. affine we should have burdened the genus
with a spurious species.

Dr. Scharff was kind enough to place at our disposal speci-
mens of P. rosewm named by Sars himself, with whose diag-
nosis and drawings (1870-79) they are in the most exact agree-
ment. P. rosewm, moreover, is a larger animal, as will appear. _

The creature has given us so much trouble, that to save
others from the same, we propose a rather lengthy discussion
of its characters. Norman’s co-types being in agreement with
Irish examples we should, from the material we have seen,
diagnose the species as follows :—

Form compact, sublinear in shape. Carapace wider than
pleon ; emarginate posteriorly so as to leave the last thoracic
segment exposed ; front margin evenly rounded. Pleon longer
than carapace ; first. five segments subequal in length; last seg-
ment about twice as long as fifth segment. Ocular lamina
(composed of two sub-rectangular contiguous plates) barely
extending to the distal end of basal joints of antennular ped-
uncle ; slightly cleft in the middle line, slightly hispid in
central region, armed on each side with ‘about thirty lateral
denticles extending from the antero-lateral angles to the
extreme hind ends of the lateral margins. Anterior margin
only very slightly produced in the middle line in the female,
not produced in the male. Antero-lateral angle strongly
developed in the male, not in the female. Antennular ped-
uncle with first and third joints subequal in length in
female, second joint shorter; in male third joint longer than
first. Antennal peduncle about as long as antennular peduncle

* The error was mine, since by an oversight, confined to this form, Mr.
Tattersall had no opportunity or pg my preliminary determination
before our paper went to press (KE. W. L. H.).

203 J

V. 04, 28

in female, a little shorter in male; its two last joints subequal
in length. Antennal scale extending for about half its length
beyond antennal peduncle, about three times as long as broad,
apical part obtusely rounded at tip and extending beyond ter-
minal spine of outer margin for a distance varying from one-
fourth to one-third of total length of scale. Spinous process
external to articulation of scale strongly developed. Mouth
parts, thoracic legs and pleopods not differing from P. roseum
in any important particular. Telson very slightly shorter than
sixth segment of pleon; apex entire, broadly rounded, armed
with a pair of median setae and with usually four, occasionally
five, and very rarely six pairs of spines—median pair about
one-quarter the length of telson, second and third pairs slightly
shorter than median, fourth (and fifth and sixth, if present)
pair small. lateral margins armed with three (rarely less) to
seven spines. Uropods, outer about half again, inner about a
quarter again as long as telson; no spines on ventral surface
of inner. Length 12 mm., males adult at about 10 mm.

P. affine, as we know it, departs from the account conveyed
by Sars’ diagnosis and figures, especially in the following
particulars :— |

4.) The antennal scale never has the part distal to the
terminal spine of the outer margin of a greater
length than one-third of the total length of the
scale. Sars (1870, Pl. V., Figs. 13, 16, 20) depicts
it somewhat longer.

(i.) The eye-plate of the female has the median extremity
distinctly less produced than in Sars’ figure (PI. V.,
Figs, 13, 15.).

(ili.) Sars gives the number of pairs of spines on the apex
of the telson as five to six. We think four is the
normal number; five appear to occur only oc¢a-
sionally, and six pairs we regard as quite excep-
tional. We have one specimen which has three on
one side, four on the other.

We have critically examined thirty-two specimens from
different localities, and of these twenty-eight which have the
telson quite perfect give the apical spine formula thus :—

One specimen, . . . . seven spines (asymmetrical).
‘Twenty-two specimens, . four pairs.

Four specimens,. . . ._ five pairs.

One specimen, . . . . 81x pairs.

In other words, four pairs of apical spines occur in about
eighty per cent. of specimens. In a cursory examination of
over seventy we have found no other example possessing six
pairs, though asymetry is not rare.

[ 204 ]

V. 04, 29
The variations in particulars of antennal scale and telson are

set forth below in tabular form.

Pseudomma affine, G. O. Sars,

TABLE showing variations in telson and antennal scale.

The abbreviation “ br.” signifies ‘“ broken.”

Proportion

| Spines arming telson. | of part of
| sis beyena
Locality of captur Lengtl Fc
oof ‘Sieolisens. 7 | in rit . | Bihan bas
a : a to total
=] oOo | 6s, length of
| 4 fo < scale,
50 miles W.N.W. Cleggan, co. Gal- 8 br. br. br. 1:3
way. 120 fathoms. Townet on q 6 6 8 1:3
trawl. 5 3 3 8 | broken.
Porcupine Bank. 185 fathoms. 1 5 3 10 | 4:19
Lat., 53° 39’ N., Long., 12° 24’ 7 6 4 Oi 4. Is
W. Townet on trawl. 7 5 5 | 10 | 1:4
7 5 5 oy eres
W. of Porcupine Bank. 500 fa-| 9 1 415,10 <1. 154
thoms. Lat., 53° 7’ N., Long.,
14° 50’ W.
40 miles W.N.W. Tearaght, co. 9 br. br. br. 1:3
Kerry. 244 fathoms. Townet 8 6 6 8 met
on trawl. 8 8 5 8 7:24
8 5 7 8 7723
| 7 ‘4 6 8 | 1:4
|
| a eo
5 6 8
. 6 5 8
(6 tails) 4 3 8
4 4 8
7 5 8
(5 heads) 3:11
C40 miles W. of Achill Head. 100; 69 | 6 | 6 {12 | 41:4 -
fathoms. Townet on trawl. 9 3 3 8 7:29
| Sp iat br. br. 5 : 23
“Lambay Deep. 65 fathoms. Tow- 8 5 4 8 6:19
net on trawl. 7 4 3 7 4:11
7 4 4 8 a |
Tab st Sr Ce 8 3:10
7 5 5 8 broken
7 6 6 8 2:7
6 be. br. br. 5:18
5 + 4 8 4:15
Co-types of P. affine, Sars., re- wa} “4 8 9:31
ceived from Canon Norman. 10 | 5 5 8 broken.
|

V. ’04, 30

From P. roseum it is easy to distinguish P. affine by the
following characters :—

Eye plate.—In P. affine the denticulations cover the whole
lateral margins. In P. roseuwm they scarcely extend beyond
the antero-lateral angles.

Antennal scale.—In P. affine the length of the apical part
is generally about a quarter, and never more than a third, of
the total length of the scale. In P. roseum the apical is gene-
rally about a half and always more than a third of the total
length of the scale.

Telson.—In P. affine there are at least four apical spines
on one side or the other of the telson. In P. roseuwm the num-
ber of apical spines has not been observed to exceed two pairs.

Size.—P. affine has not been observed to exceed 12 mm.,
and in Irish waters at least is mature (male) at 10 mm.
P. roseum attains or exceeds 15 mm., and we suppose that
the male is not mature at 10 mm.

P. truncatum, S. I. Smith, has the antennal scale much as
in P. affine, but the eye- -plate and telson are quite distinctive.
Specimens kindly communicated by Professor Smith and
Canon Norman enable us to speak on this point with reference
to the actual animal as well as to its presentments in literature.

Other species of Pseudomma appear to present no obvious
opportunity of confusion with P. affine.

Additional records.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 39’ N., Long. 12° 24’ W., 185
fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl. —Four, "7 to 8 mm. |
W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 7’ N., Long. 14° 50’ W.,

500 fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl. One, 9 mm,

P. affine has also been taken by the Helga in the Irish Sea
at 65 fath. Its known horizontal range is, therefore, Norway
to coasts of Ireland, the vertical range being 65 to 500 fathoms.
The Mediterranean species recor ded as P. affine by Lo Bianco
is really P. calloplura. |

Pseudomma calloplura, H. & T. |
Pseudomma calloplura, H. and T., 1905 (1).
Pseudomma affine, uo Bianco, 1908, nee Sars.

Pl. IV., Figs. 1-5.

Form sublinear, compact, carapace not much wider than
the pleon, emarginate posteriorly, evenly rounded anteriorly,
Pieon with the first five segments subequal, the sixth one and
a half times as long as the fifth. Ocular lamina large, with
a short cleft in the median dorsal line, each part sub- rhomboidal
in shape, about one and a quarter times as broad as long, witb

[ 206 ]

V. 04, 31

a more or less prominent angle near the outer distal corner,
the margins from the (antero-lateral) angle throughout the
whole lateral edge on each side armed with about twenty-
five teeth. Antennular peduncle rather stoutly built and feebly
armed, male appendage well developed and densely hirsute.
Antennal peduncle shorter than the antennular peduncle, with
the last two joints subequal, feebly armed. Antennal scale
about four times as long as broad, and about twice as long as
the antennal peduncle, extending for about one-third of its
length past the antennular peduncle, external margin entire,
terminating in a short spine, tip of the scale rather ob-
tuse and not extending beyond the terminal spine. Man-
dible as usual for the genus, but with the second joint of
the palp rather broader than in the type species. First and
second mazillae of the usual structure and form. First
thoracic legs rather small, with the carpus as long as the merus,
propodus very short, nail distinct and much longer than the
propodus, merus and the two preceding joints armed on their
inner edges with plumose setae, the merus having, in addition,
ordinary setae, the carpus armed with a few simple setae, the
propodus similarly armed to the carpus. Second thoracic
legs relatively shorter than in the type species, with the merus
slightly longer than the carpus, propodus very small, nail dis-
tinct and longer than the propodus; latter armed with about
five plumose setae at its tip in addition to a few simple setae,
not nearly so densely armed as in the type species ; remaining
joints feebly armed with simple setae only. Hndopods of the
remaining thoracic limbs missing in the type specimens.
Kzxopods of the thoracic limbs well developed, those of the
first and second limbs longer than the endopods, outer distal
corner of the basal joint slightly acuminate, flagelhform part
of ten joints.. Pleopods of the female as usual for the genus,
those of the male well developed, natatory, inner branch of
the first pair a short rounded lobe armed at the tip with three
setae and with three setae near its base, lateral Jobe rather
narrow with two setae at its tip; second, third, and fifth
pleopods of the male consisting of two equal multiarticulate
branches, the inner branch with the usual lateral lobe ; fourth
pair of pleopods of exactly the same structure as the others
but with the outer branch terminating in a very long strong
seta, quite simple and longer than the whole pleopod itself.
Telson as long as the last segment of the pleon, lateral margins
straight, whole telson gradually narrowing to its apex, latter
broadly rounded, entire, armed with three (? sometimes four)
pairs of equal spines, which are about one-fifth of the length
of the telson, and are adorned on each side with a closely set
row of minute spinules or setae; median setae absent; lateral
margins armed with about thirteen short spies occupying the
distal two-thirds of the margin. Jnner Uropods about one
and a quarter times as long as the telson, ciliate all round,
with a single spine at the inner posterior corner of the otocyst.
Outer uropods about one and a third times as long as the inner
and broader than ‘the latter. Length, 10 mm.

[ 207 ]

V. 04, 32

In a Mediterranean specimen communicated by Dr. Lo
Bianco, the telson has on the right side fourteen simple lateral
and three plumose apical spines, while on the left side the
numbers are thirteen and four, one of the normally lateral
spines having become enlarged and plumose. ~ 4

Fig. 1.—Telson of Pseudomma calloplura.

» 2.—Telson of Pseudomma Kempi.

Including P. nanum, nine species of .Pseudomma are now
known. Of these species four—P. calloplura, P. Théelt,
Ohlin, P. parva, Vanhoffen, and P. Kempi are distinguished
from the rest by the shortness of the apex of the antennal
scale, which does not extend beyond the terminal spine of the
outer margin. From P. Théeli, P. calloplura is readily distin-
guished by the form of the ocular lamina, which in the former
species is described as without any trace of median cleft, and
triangular in shape. A further point of distinction lies in the’
armature of the telson. In P. Théelt the terminal spines are
not plumose, while the spines arming the lateral margins are
very few in number and confined to the extreme posterior
part. From P. Kempi, P. calloplura is distinguished by
the absence of median setae and by the plumose character of
the spines at the apex of the telson, and by the fewer and
shorter spines arming the lateral margins of the telson. The

[ 208 }

V. 04, 33

armature of the eye is also another distinguishing point. With
P. parva, the present species may be identical. P. parva was
very imperfectly described by its discoverer, and has never to
our knowledge been figured. It has three pairs of spines and
no median setae on the apex of the telson. Nothing is said
as to whether the terminal spines of the telson are plumose or
not, and these are such a striking feature of P. calloplura
even under a moderately low power of the microscope, that
had they been similarly plumose in P. parva this fact would
hardly have escaped notice and mention. We hesitate to unite
the two species, especially as P. calloplura, as will be seen
from the above description, presents many unusual features.
Chief among these is the character of the pleopods in the male.
The first pleopods, with their feebly armed inner ramus, recall
the condition seen in Amblyops rather than Pseudomma, while
the long seta which terminates the outer branch of the fourth
pair only, finds its parallel among the Leptomysinae in the
genus Mysidopsis, where, however, the seta is much shorter
and plumose, while in P. calloplura it is quite simple and very
long. The first and second thoracic legs, further, differ from
the type species of the genus, P. roseum, in having the pro-
podus very small, and the nail quite distinct and rather long,
thus again agreeing closely with Amblyops. The details of
armature of these limbs are also more in accordance with those
found in Amblyops than in Pseudomma. The character of the
ocular lamina in P. calloplura, however, places this species in
the genus Pseudomma. Though a slight dorsal cleft is notice-
able, as, indeed, it is in the type species, the lateral elements
of the lamina are otherwise perfectly contiguous.

Additional records.

54 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 454 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, townet on trawl.—Four, 9 to 10 mm.

50 mi., same course, 372 fath., February, 1905, townet on
trawl.—Four, 8 to 10 mm.

50 mi., same course, 360 fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.
—Nine, 7 to 9 mm.

Under the name of P. affine, Lo Bianco (1903) indicated the
occurrence of this species in the Mediterranean. |

Pseudomma Kempi, H. & 7.
P. Kempi, Holt and Tattersall, 1905 (1).

Pl. IV., Figs. 6-10.

Form robust, compact, sublinear in shape. Carapace not
much wider than pleon, emarginate posteriorly, evenly rounded
in front, cervical sulcus well marked. Pleon with the first seg-
ment longer than the next four, which are sub-equal in length,
last segment about twice as long as the preceding. Ocular
lamina slightly cleft in the middle dorsal line, composed of

[ 209 ]

V. 04, 34

two sub-rectangular contiguous plates; rather large, minutely
hispid all over; teeth about twelve in number, confined to the
antero-lateral corners. Antennular peduncle short and very
stoutly built; basal jomt with its outer corner produced into
a process tipped with setae; second joint remarkably short ;
third joint roughly cubical in shape, as long as the other two
combined, with a few setae on its inner edge and inner distal
corner. Antennal peduncle comparatively short and more
slender than the antennular peduncle; third joint slightly

longer and narrower than the second; both second and third

joints with setae at their inner distal corners. Antennal scale
about twice as long as the antennal peduncle, extending for
about half its length past the antennular peduncle ; about three
times as long as broad in its widest part ; outer margin entire,
terminating In a prominent spine; apex of scale bluntly
rounded and not extending beyond the terminal spine. Man-
dible of the usual form, but with the second joint of the palp
wider than usual. First and second maaillae as in the type
species. First thoracic legs rather short, merus equal in
length to the carpus, propodus small, nail distinct and longer
than the propodus ; merus and two preceding joints armed with
strong plumose setae, carpus armed with simple setae only,
about four plumose seta on the propodus. Second thoracic
legs moderately slender, with the carpus equal to the merus,
propodus very small, nail quite distinct and longer than the
propodus, a few plumose setae on the propodus, the remaining
joints with a few scattered simple setae. Hzopods of all the
thoracic limbs well developed ; outer distal corner of the basal
joint slightly acuminate ; flagelliform part of about ten joints.
Telson as long as the last segment of the pleon, massive and
well armed, tapering slightly to a broadly rounded entire apex
armed with a median pair of minute spinules (which often
appear as a single spinule with a bifid tip), a median pair of
plumose setae arising anterodorsally to the above, and two
pairs of spines, rather long and slender, the inner and longer
pair of which are about one-sixth the length of the telson
proper; lateral margins, from the level of the otocysts, each
with about twenty-eight to thirty spines increasing in length
towards the apex. Inner uropods about one and a sixth times
as long as the telson, with a single spine on the inner posterior
corner of the otocyst. Outer uropods about one and a half
times as long as the telson, broader than the inner uropods.
Length of an apparently adult female, 11 mm.

In describing P. calloplura we called attention to the rather
marked differences which existed between the first and second
thoracic legs of that species and those of the type form
P. roseum, noting that the condition there seen showed closer
resemblance to the genus Amblyops than to Pseudomma.
These differences are to be found in the extreme shortness of
the propodus and the length and distinctness of the nail, as
well as in the armature. P. Kempi hag the first and second
thoracic legs of exactly the same type as P. calloplura. The

[ 210 ]

V. 04, 35

two species are very closely allied, and further points of agree-
ment between them are to be seen in the shape of the antennal
scale, in the comparative breadth of the second joint of the
mandibular palp and in the presence of a single spine at the
inner posterior corner of the otocyst. They differ from each
other in the relative length and stoutness of the antennular
peduncle, and in the armature of the eye. In P. calloplura
the eye is smooth and has teeth along the whole of its lateral
edge. In P. Kempi the eye is distinctly hispid, and the teeth
are confined to the anterolateral corner. Further, in P. callo-
plura the last segment of the pleon is only one and a half times
as long as the preceding segment, whereas in P. Kempzi it 1s
twice as long. Finally, the telsons of the two forms are very
distinct, P. Kempz differing from P, calloplura in possessing
a median pair of plumose setae and small spinules, in the non-
plumose character of the terminal spines, and in the larger
number and greater length of the spines arming the lateral
margins. A comparison between the pleopods of the males
of each species is, unfortunately, not possible, the only frag-
ment of a male of P. Kempi which is available having the
pleopods evidently in an immature state of development.
This fragment measures 7 mm. in length, and we judge that
the total length of the complete specimen must have been
at least 10 mm. Of the pleopods exhibited by this fragment
all except the first have the inner ramus longer than the outer,
while both branches of all are imperfectly articulate, with the
setae sparingly or not at all developed. It is impossible at
present to say whether the peculiar condition of the fourth pair
of pleopods noticed in the male of P. calloplura obtains also in
P. Kempi, but this is quite likely in view of the close resem-
blance in other characters.

Pseudomma nanum, sp. n.

Pl. IIT., Figs. 7-10.

Form compact, sublinear in shape. Carapace little wider
than the pleon, emarginate posteriorly, evenly rounded
in front. Pleon longer than the carapace, with the first five
segments subequal in length, the last segment once and a half
to once and two-thirds as long as the fifth. Ocular lamina
slightly cleft in the middle line, composed of two sub-rect-
angular contiguous plates ; extending to barely the distal ends
of the basal joints of the antennules, each plate exhibiting
near the mid-dorsal line a rather prominent corner, which is
much more pronounced in the male than in the female ; plates
hispid, armed on the anterolateral margins with about fifteen
teeth, lateral margins smooth. Antennular peduncle in the
female moderately slender, basal joint the longest, nearly as
long as the other two combined; second joint small, whole
peduncle feebly setose ; in the male much stronger and longer.
distal joint nearly as long as the basal, male appendage well
developed and very hirsute. Antennal peduncle slender, 1n

fF 2m |

P2

V. '04, 36

the female shorter than the antennular peduncle, last two joints
subequal; in the male longer and more slender than in the
female, as long as the antennular peduncle, the last joint some-
what longer than the second. Antennal scale comparatively
short and narrow, in the female extending for only a little way,
in the male not extending beyond the antennular peduncle,
about four times as long as broad, outer margin entire termi-
nating in a strong spine, apex obtusely rounded and almost
imperceptibly extending beyond the outer terminal spine.
Mouth parts of the usual type found in the genus. First
thoracic legs very much as described for P. calloplura, with,
however, the carpus shorter than the merus, propodus short,
nail well developed, distinct and longer than the propodus ;
setae as in P. calloplura. Second thoracic legs much as in
P. roseum; carpus shorter than merus; the propodus much
better developed than in either P. calloplura or P. Kempi,
and densely armed with both simple and plumose setae; nail
distinctly present but small, shorter than the propodus and
hidden among the setae of the propodus. Haopods of all
the thoracic limbs well developed, outer distal corner of the
basal joint slightly acuminate, flagelliform part of eleven
joints. Pleopods of the female of usual structure, those of the
male well developed, biramous, natatory, of the type met with
in P. roseum; inner branch of the first pair with a single long
seta at its tip, and three or four on its inner edge, lateral lobe
well developed and tipped with two or three long setae.
Telson as long as the last segment of the pleon, base nearly
three times as broad as apex; apex broadly rounded, entire,
armed with a pair of median setae and four pairs of strong
simple spines, the innermost pair the longest, about oune-
quarter the length of the telson, each succeeding pair shorter
than its inner neighbour; lateral margins unarmed. Inner
uropods once and a quarter, outer uropods once and a half the
length of the telson; no spine at the base of the inner uropod.
Length of the type female 8 mm., of the type male (adult)
6°5 mm.

Though the type male only measures 6°5 mm., the brush on
the antennules is very well developed, as are also the pleopods.
This would seem to indicate that P. nanum is a small species
compared with most other members of the genus. It is at
once distinguished from all its congeners by the unarmed
lateral margins of the telson. Otherwise it approaches rather
closely to P. Sarsi described from the Challenger collections
from near Kerguelen. P. Sarst has, however, distinct though
small spines on the lateral margins of the telson. The shape
of the antennal scale is the same in both species and unlike
that seen in any other member of the genus.

The first two thoracic legs of P. nanuwm show a rather inter-
mediate stage between the type form P. roseum and P. callo-
plura. The first thoracic leg agrees in all essential particulars
with that described and figured by us for P. calloplura. The
second thoracic leg, howeverg approaches more nearly to the
condition seen in P. roseum in having the propodus well

[ 212 ]

V. 04, 37

developed and densely setose. The nail is, however, quite
distinctly developed though quite small. The third to eighth
legs are missing in all our specimens, both of P. nanum and
P, calloplura.

The sexual difference noted above in the proportional length
of the antennal peduncle has not, we believe, been noticed in
any other mysid.

We append a table for the ready identification of the known
British-and-Irish species of Pseudomma.

1. Lateral margins of the telson armed with more or fewer

spines.

A. Antennal scale with the outer margin terminating in a
spine, apex of the scale not extending beyond the outer
terminal spine.

(i.) Telson armed at apex with about three pairs of
plumose spines, median setae absent, lateral mar-
gins with about thirteen small spines; eye plate
with teeth throughout the antero-lateral and lateral
edges.

P. calloplura, H, and T.

(ii.) Telson armed at apex with about two pairs of simple
spines, and a median pair of small spinules, median
setae present, lateral margins with about twenty-
eight spines; eyeplate with teeth confined to the
antero-lateral corner.

P. Kemp, H. and T.

Bb. Antennal scale with the outer margin terminating in a
spine, apex of the scale extending far beyond the outer
terminal spine.

Telson armed at apex with about four pairs* of
simple spines, median setae present, lateral margins
armed with about three to seven spines; eye plate
with teeth throughout the antero-lateral and latera!
margins,

P. affine, G. O. Sars.

II. Lateral margins of the telson unarmed.

Antennal scale with the outer margin terminating in a
spine, apex barely extending beyond the outer terminal
spine.

Telson armed at its apex with about four pairs of
simple spines, median setae present, eye plate with
teeth confined to the antero-lateral corner.

P. nanum, H. and T.
Records of P. nanum.

60 mi. W. of Achill Head, 199 fath., August, 1901, townet
on trawl.—One, 5 mm.

* The spines, as in all Mysidae, are not rarely asymmetrical in dis-
tribution. The total number observed’on the apex varies from seven to

twelve (see p. 28).
[ 213 }

V. 04, 38

48 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 337 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, townet on trawl.—Nineteen, 6 to 8 mm.

50 mi. same course, 372 fath., February, 1905, townet on
traw!l.—Eight, 6 to 9mm.
50 mi. same course, 360 fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.

oa

—Three, 7 mm.

Genus Mysidopsis, G. O. Sars.
Mysidopsis didelphys, Norman.

Additional records.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan, Co. Galway, 120 fath., August,
1904, townet on dredge-bridle.—One, 7 mm.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 20’ N., Long. 18° 0’ W., 164 fath.,
May, 1905, townet on trawl.—One, 12 mm.

Genus Mysideis, G. O. Sars.
Mysideis insignis, G. O. Sars.
Mysidopsis hibernica, Norman, 1892.

The examination of further material has convinced us that
M. insignis and M. hibernica cannot be regarded as specifically
distinct. They are one species in which the apex of the telson
may exhibit an emargination which varies, without regard to
size of individual, from the merest indentation to a distinct
but small and narrow cleft. The cleft is never denticulate,
and the median setae are on the ventral face of the telson
somewhat anterior to its postero-median margin. The lateral
spines are in the specimens of which we have knowledge from
eighteen to twenty-five in number.

We have noted in Mysidetes Farrani a variation in the telson
at least equal to that which separates the original descriptions
of M. insignis and M. hibernica.

Additional records.
75 mi. W.S.W. of Fastnet, Co. Cork, 190 fath., May, 1904,
townet on trawl.—T'wo, 15 mm,

50 mi. W.N.W. of 'Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 372 fath., Feb-
ruary, 1905, townet on trawl.—Two, 9 and 11 mm.

Same locality, 360 fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—T wo.
10 and 13 mm,

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 39’ N., Long. 12° 24’ W., 185
fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—One, 15 mm.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 2’ N., Long. 18° 48’ W., 105 fath.,
May, 1905, townet on trawl.—Eleven, 10 mm.

[ 214 ]

Vx OF, 39

Genus Leptomysis, G. O. Sars.
Leptomysis gracilis, G. O. Sars.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 2’ N., Long. 13° 48’ W., 105 fath.,
May, 1905, townet on trawl.—Three, 12 mm.

While this species occurs in our gatherings from shallow
water off the south and west coasts and is very common in the
Irish Sea, we have only once found it (as above) in deep-water
collections. Its occurrence elsewhere in water of more than
40 or 50 fath. does not appear to have been reported, but it
has been taken in as little as 10 fath., and is in fact a littoral
species. On this account its presence on or near the Porcupine
Bank is of obvious interest.

Sus.-Fam. nov. MYSIDETINAE,

Differing from Leptomysinae in having the pleopods rudi-
mentary in both sexes.

Type-genus Mysidetes, nov.

We suppose that the institution of sub-families in the
Mysidae is regarded rather as an aid to determination of speci-
mens than as an expression of equally important taxonomic
distinctions. The Mysidetinae, differing from the Leptomy-
sinae only in the characters of the pleopods, closely resemble
in the characters of the antennal scale and telson the Hetero-
mysinae and Mysidellinae, which also have the pleopods rudi-
mentary in both sexes; but are distinguished from them,
respectively, by the structure of the third and first thoracic
limbs.

Grnus Mysidetes, nov.

Antennal scale lanceolate, setose all round.

Mandibles with a distinct and well developed molar process
and a three-jointed palp.

First mazillae with the inner lobe better developed than in
the genus Mysidopsis and bearing more setae,

Second maaillae with the exognath well developed, inner
setiferous expansion of the basal part present and well
developed.

First thoracic legs six-jointed, fairly stoutly bnilt and well
armed with plumose setae.

Second thoracic legs much as in the genus Mysidopsis,
feebly armed.
[ 215. }

V. ’04, 40

Remaining legs with a three-jointed tarsus.

Pleopods of both sexes rudimentary and much as in females
of the genus Mysidopsis.

Telson elongate, cleft; cleft armed with small teeth; sides
of telson armed with spines : no median setae.

Inner uropods with a row of spines along the greater part
of the inner edge, otocyst not exceptionally large.

Type, Mysidetes Farrani (H. and T.).

Mysidetes Farrani (H. & T’).

PitVs
Mysideis (?) Farrani, Holt and Tattersall, 1905 (1).

Form moderately robust. Carapace much wider than pleon,
slightly emarginate posteriorly; produced in front into an
obtusely rounded rostrum. Pleon longer than carapace, its
first four segments subequal in length, the fifth shghtly longer
than the fourth, the last segment one and a quarter times as
Jong as the fifth. Hyes large, nearly globose, extending to the
distal joint of the antennular peduncle, pigment golden brown.
Antennular peduncle strongly built, the middle (second) joint
very small, the distal joint stouter than the other two and
equal in length to the basal joint. Antennal peduncle with
the antepenultimate joint small, the penultimate joint longer
than the last, each of the latter joints with a few setae on their
inner distal corners. Antennal scale lanceolate, about four
times as long as broad, setose all round, extending for a little
way beyond the antennular peduncle, and about half as long
again as the antennal peduncle. Mouth parts as for the genus,
First thoracic legs six-jointed, moderately stoutly built, with
the merus longer than the carpus, the carpus longer than the
propodus, nail distinet ; the inner edge of the last four joints
armed with plumose setae. Second thoracic legs very much
as in the genus Mysidopsis, with the merus nearly as long as
the carpus and propodus combined, the latter shorter than the
carpus, and densely setose ; nail distinct ; the whole appendage
except the propodus feebly armed. Third thoracic legs with
the tarsus three-jointed, and shorter than the merus; nail
distinct and as long as the last two joints of the tarsus com-
bined. The remaining thoracic legs with the first joint of the
tarsus proportionally longer than in the third pair, in other
respects agreeing with the latter. Haopods of the thoracic
limbs well developed, with the outer distal corner of the basal
joint bluntly rounded, the flagelliform part of nine joints
except in the first pair of limbs, where it is eight-jointed.
Pleopods of both sexes rudimentary, as in females of the
Leptomysinae. Telson as long as the last segment of the
pleon, gradually narrowing towards the apex, where it is rather

[ 216

V. 04, 41

less than half the width at the base; apex truncace and cleft,
the cleft varying in depth from one-fifth to one-tenth of the
total length of the telson; cleft armed with three small spines
at the apex and about three to five on each side; apex with a
pair of spines on each side of the cleft, the inner pair being
the shortest ; lateral margins armed with from ten to twenty-
two spines, which commence at about the level of the otocyst
and continue to the apex, gradually increasing in size. Inner
uropods about half as long again as the telson, rather narrow,
with from twenty-five to twenty-eight spines in a row along
the inner edge, the spines commencing about opposite the
centre of the otocyst and extending from about two-thirds to
three-quarters of the way to the extremity. Outer wropods
about twice as long as the telson, and one and a half times as
long as the inner. Length of the largest specimen, 28 mm.
Males mature at about 15 mm.

In our preliminary notice of the species, having then only
three damaged female specimens for examination, we doubt-
fully referred it to the genus Mysideis. Other nine* came to
hand in time for inclusion in the list of localities (1905 (1),
p- 146), but too late for close study. We now find that our
material—twenty-one specimens in all, includes both sexes.
Males and females alike have rudimentary pleopods, though
the larger males are evidently mature.t While this circum-
stance removes Mysidetes from the Leptomysinae it affords no
assistance in distinguishing the females of Mysidetes from
those of Mysideis and Mysidopsis. We have, therefore, pre-
pared a table in which the distinctive characters are set forth
in parallel columns.

* Six more were found afterwards in the gathering made at 454 fath.,
November, 1904.

+ We take it that a male with well-developed antennular brush is
mature. In Mysideis insignis the range in size from the smallest mature
male to the largest example appears to be about the same as in the
species before us, which is, therefore, not singular in that respect.

[ TABLE.
{ 217 ]

V.'04 42

—— | Mysidopsis. Mysvdetes. Mysideis.

Mandible, .. | Without molar | With molar pro- With molar pro-
| | process. cess, | cess,
| First maxiua, | Inner lobe rather | Inner lobe normal | Inner lobe normal
small and armed in size, armed | in size, armed
| with few setae. with several se- with several se-
| tae. tae.
| Second maxilla, | Without inner | With inner seti- | With inner seti-
setiferous ex- ferous expan- | ferous expan-
| pansion of the sion of the sion of the
| basal part. basal part. | basal part.
First thoracic | Six - jointed, of | Seven-jointed, of | Seven-jointed, very
legs. normal stout- normal stout- massive, and
ness and arma- ness and arma- very strongly
ture. ture. armed.
Second thoracic | Normal, .. | Normal, Be: Unusually massive
legs. and very dense-
ly and strongly
| armed,
Telson, .. | With or without | With a cleft; cleft | With a very shal-
a cleft; cleft armed ; no | low cleft; cleft
when present median setae. | unarmed; med-
unarmed; no ian setae pre-
| median setae. sent.
i |

Inner uropods | With few spines | With many spines | With few spines

confined to the extending well confined to the
region of the over half way region of the
otocyst. down the uro- otocyst.
pod.
Pleopods of the | Well developed, | Rudimentary, .. | Well developed,
male. biramous, biramous,

Mysidopsis incisa, G. O. Sars, described in the Challenger
report, ought most probably to be referred to Mysidetes. We
have examined the type in the British Museum and find that
in addition to the armed cleft of the telson it has a row of
“de on the inner uropod exactly as in M. Farrant. It is a
emale,

Our material of M. Farrani, though not very numerous,
exhibits considerable variation in the telson and uropods. The
variation in the depth of the cleft of the telson is rather sur-
prising. It may be as little as one-tenth and as great as one-
fifth of the total length of the telson. The armature of the
cleft is not always the same, nor is it invariably symmetrical.
The specimen which we have used for illustration has three
small spines at the apex and four and five on the sides.
Another specimen has three at the apex and four on each side,
while yet a third has three at the apex, four on one side

[ '918°°9

V. 04, 43

and three on the other. The number of spines on the inner
uropod: varies from twenty-five to twenty-eight, and is not
always the same on the two inner uropods of the same animal.
We have counted twenty-five on one side and twenty-six on
the other, and in another instance twenty-six on one side and
twenty-eight on the other. ‘The distance to which the spines
on the inner uropod extend is likewise variable. We have
found them extending as little as two-thirds of the way down
in one specimen, and as much as three-quarters of the way
down in others. The spines of the lateral margins of the
telson vary according to age, as seems to be at least not unusual
in Mysidae, from twelve to twenty-two.

~ We subjoin a table in which is given the results of a critical
examination of all our material. It may be mentioned that
specimens 8, 13 and 18 were the three first specimens to hand,
and were those from which our preliminary description was
drawn up.

TABLE showing variations in the armature of the telson.

Length Proportion of | Spines arming Margins
Oo

Specimen "Clett to ; alabiici eeiee Gat Number
Rdlimetres ry Left Side. | Right Side. ny ES Specimen.
|
16 1:10 12 11 9 | l
15 1:8 13 12 8 | 2
15 1:8 12 12 6 | 3
14 1:8 13 13 6 4
13 1:8 10 10 9 | 5
13 1:10 12 12 8 | 6
13 1:9 11 11 9 | 7
12 1:5 21 21 i 8
12 1:8 12 11 8 9
ll 1:8 12 12 8 10
11 1:8 ll 11 8 ll
10 1:6 10 10 10 12
10 1:5 21 20 13 13
9 1:6 10 10 9 | 14
9 1:10 10 10 6 | 15
9 1:6 13 13 9 | 16
9 1:6 ll 12 8 | 17
7 1:5 ? 16 10+ | ig*
28 1:7 26 25 12 | 19
28 1:6 23 22 13 | 20
12 1:10 11 10 7 21

Additional record.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 360 fath., May,
1905, townet on trawl.—Two, 28 mm.; one, 12 mm.

* Telson broken.

fi ay

V. 04, 44

The known vertical range is from 337 to 454 fath., while the
known horizontal range remains confined to a small area off
the coast of County Kerry.

Sus.-Fam, MYSINAE.

Genus Dasymysis, Holt and Beaumont.
Dasymysis longicornis (M.-Ed.).

Mysis longicornis, Milne-Edwards, 1837.

Mysis longicorns, G. O. Sars, 1877.
Acanthomysis platydens, Czerniavsky, 1882.
Acanthomysis longicornis, Czerniavsky, 1882.
Acanthomysis spinosissima, Czerniavsky, 18832.
Acanthomysis longicornis, Norman, 1905.

70 mi, S.W. of Fastnet, Co. Kerry, 81 fath., May, 1905,
townet on trawl.—One, 10 mm.
D. longicornis is known to us from less than 50 fath. at

several localities on the west coast, and is very common in the
Irish Sea. )

SuB-Fam. ARACHNOMYSINAE, H. and T.

Genus Chunomysis, H. & 'T
Chunomysis diadema, H. & T.

Additional record.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co, Kerry, 372 fath., Feb-
ruary, 1905, townet on trawl.—One, 5 mm,

Sus-Fam, SIRIELLINAE, Czerniavsky.

Genus Siriella, Dana.
Siriella norvegica, G. O. Sars.

10 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 76 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, townet at surface.—One, 16 mm., ovigerous.

This Siriella seems to be more truly pelagic than its British-
and-Irish congeners, and, as far as our collections go to show,
is one of the rarest Mysids on the west coast. It may, how-
ever, prove less rare when the very large townets have been
more worked over the inshore grounds to which we think it
belongs rather than to the ocean.

[ 220 ]

V. 04, 45

Sup.-Fam. GASTROSACCINAE, Norman.

Genus Haplostylus, Kossmaun.

Haplostylus Normani (G. 0. Sars).

Additional records.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 38’ N., Long. 13° 19’ W., 135
fath., August, 1904, townet on trawl.—Six, 6 to 8 mm., and
ten very small.

80 mi. W.N.W. of Slyne Head, Co. Galway, 180 fath.,
August, 1904, townet on trawl.—One, 7 mm.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 2’ N., Long. 13° 48’ W., 105 fath.,
May, 1905, townet on traw!.—EHighteen, 6 to 13 mm.

Porcupine Bank, Lat, 58° 20’ N., Long. 18° 0’ W., 164 fath.,
May, 1905, townet on trawl.—One, fragmentary.

Sus.-Fam. BOREOMYSINAE, H. and T.

Genus Boreomysis, G 0. Sars.
Boreomysis arctica (Kroyer).

Boreomysis arctica, G, O. Sars, 1870-79.

Additional records.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 372 fath., Feb-
ruary, 1905, townet on trawl.—Nineteen, 15 to 22 mm.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 360 fath., May,
1905, townet on trawl.—One, 18 mm.

Lo Bianco (1903) has announced the capture in the Mediter-
ranean of examples which he refers to this species. Some of
these, which we have been permitted to examine, differ in no
obvious respect from the Irish specimens, which are in agree-
ment with Sars’ descriptions of Norwegian forms. ‘This
Mysid would therefore seem to have a distribution equivalent
to that of the Euphausian Meganycttphanes norvegica, extend-
ing from the Arctic region to the Mediterranean. In our pre-
vious communication we included Jan Mayen in the list of
localities. This, as Dr. Hansen has suggested to us, Is an
error of transcription from Sars’ table (1870-79).

Boreomysis tridens, G. O. Sars.

Additional record.
W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 14° 50’ W.,
500 fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—Ten, 9 to 24 mm.
[ 2b ]

Vi-O4; 46

Boreomysis megalops, G. O. Sars.

Additional records.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Cu. Galway, 120 fath.,
May, 1904, townet on trawl.—T wo.

54 mi. W.N.W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 200 fath.,
August, 1904, townet at bottom.—One, 10 mm.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 39’ N., Long. 12° 24’ W., 185
fath., May, 1905, townet on traw!l.—T'wo, 14 and 16 mm.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 2’ N., Long. 13° 48’ W., 105 fath.,
May, 1905, townet on trawl.—Two, 10 mm.

Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 30’ N., Long, 13° 0’ W., 164
fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—One, 10 mm.

Boreomysis microps, G O. Sars.

Boreomysis subpellucida, Hansen, 1905 (1).

We recorded (1905) a specimen which we considered refer-
able to B. microps, but were induced, by the publication of
Hansen’s description of B. subpellucida, to examine Sars’
type, which is in the British Museum. ‘The fact is that in
so far as the diagnosis of B. microps differs from that of
B. subpellucida, the former is erroneous. ‘The type (and Sars’
only) specimen of B. microps is in rather bad condition, and
especially the eyes are badly preserved, but on one of them
the papilla of B. subpellucida is easy to distinguish, and in all
other respects the two forms agree. Hansen’s figures of the
antennal scale and telson appear to us to be more faithful to
the type than the drawings given in the Challenger report,
but the difference is at most slight.

We find that in small examples (about 7 mm.) the dilatation
at the top of the apical cleft of the telson is not yet developed,
but is represented only by an extremely narrow fissure, Other-
wise the young present no obvious difference from the adult.
The spinules between the lateral spines of the telson, figured
by Sars and mentioned by Hansen, are already present.

Additional records.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
February, 1905, townet at 700 fath.—One, 7 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 7’ N., Long. 14° 50’ W.,

500 fath., May, 1905, townet on traw].—One, 7 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W., 860
fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl] at 700 fath.—T'wenty-two,
§ to 18 mm.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl] at 1,150 fath.—Ten, 17 to 20 mm.

[ 2a ]

ee

V. 04, 47

Petersen’s net has demonstrated that this oceanic species
is abundant on the confines of our area, and Dr. Hansen tells
us that it is common towards Iceland and the Fiirée Islands.
He has recorded it from near the Azores and Canary Islands.
As the original record is from off Nova Scotia B. microps
would seem to be generally distributed throughout the North
Atlantic.

SuB.-Fam. MYSIDELLINAE, Czerniavsky.
Genus Mysidella, G. O. Sars.

Mysidella typica, G. O. Sars.

Additional records.
50 mi. W.N.W. of Slyne Head, Co. Galway, 112 fath.,
August, 1904, townet on dredge.—One, 7 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 1’ N., Long. 14° 34’ W.,
293 fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—Three, 6 to 8 mm.

LIST OF AUTHORITIES QUOTED.
Chun, 1888.—-“‘ Die pelagische Thierwelt in grosseren Meerestiefen.”—
Bibliotheca Zoologica, Heft I.

Chun, 1896.—‘ Ueber pelagische Tiefsee-Schizopoden.’”—Bibliotheca
Zoologica, Heft XIX.

Claus, 1863.— Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., Vol. XIII.
Czerniavsky, 1882.— “Monogr. Mysid. imprimis Imperii Rossici.”
Dana, 1852.—U.S.A. Exploring Exped., XIV., ‘“ Crustacea.”

Faxon, 1895.—“ Stalk-eyed Crustacea of Albatross Exped.”—Mem.
Mus. Harvard Coll., Vol. X VIII.

Hansen, 1887.—-“‘ Malacostraca marina Groenlandiae occidentalis,”—
Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren., Kjobenhavn.

Hansen, 1905 (1).—“‘ Preliminary Report on the Schizopoda of the Prin-
cess Alice for 1904.”—Bull. Mus. Océan. Monaco,

No. 30.

Hansen, 1905 (2).—‘“ Further Notes on the Schizopoda.”—Bull. Mus.
Océan. Monaco, No. 42.

Holt and Beaumoat, 1900.— “Survey Fishing Grounds W. Coast of
Ireland—Crustacea Schizopoda.”—Sci. Trans. Roy.
Dublin Soc., Ser. 2, Vol. VII.

we

V. '04, 48

Holt and Tattersall, 1905 (1).—“Schizopoda from the North East
Atlantic slope.”—Rep. Sea and Inland Fisheries of
Treland for 1902 and 1903, Pt. II., Appendix, IV.

Holt and Tattersall, 1905 (2).—“Schizopods collected by the Oceana.”
—Ann. ‘Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. XVI.

Holt and Tattersall, 1905 (3).—“ Biscayan Plankton—Pt. V.—Schizo-
poda.”—Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., Vol. X., Pt. 4.

Lo Bianco, 1901.—‘“‘Le Pesche pelagiche abissali eseguite dal Maia
nelle vicinanze di Capri.”—Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neapel,
Bd. XV.

Lo Bianco, 1903.— “Le Pesche abissali eseguite da F. A. Krupp col
yacht Puritan nelle adiacenze di Capri ed in altre
localita del Mediterraneo.”—Mitth. Zool. Stat.
Neapel, Bd. XVI.

Lo Bianco, 1904.—‘ Pelagische Tiefsee Fischerei der Maja” (transla-
tion of Lo Bianco, 1901, with figures).—Beitrage zur
Kentniss des Meeres und seiner Bewohner, Bd. I.

Milne-Edwards, 1837.—‘ Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés.”

Norman, 1892 (1).—“ British Lophogastridae and Euphausiidae.”—
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. IX.

Norman, 1892 (2).—“ British Mysidae.”—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 6,
Vol: X:

Norman, 1902.—“ Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark.”—Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. X.

Norman, 1905.—Museum Normanianum, III., Crustacea, 2nd ed.

Ohlin, 1902.— “ Arctic Crustacea.”—Bihang Kongl. Svensk. Vet-Akad.
Hand. Bd. Ar, Aidt

Ortmann, 1893.—“ Decapoda u. Schizopoda d. Plankton Exped.”

Riggio, 1905.— “‘ Carcinologia del Mediterraneo,” I.—Naturalista
Siciliano. XVII.

G. O. Sars, 1870—79.—“ Carcin. Bidrag. t. Norg. Faun.”—Monog. over
Mysider.

G. O. Sars, 1876.—“ Middelhavets Mysider.”

G. O. Sars, 1882.—“ Oversigt af Norges Crustacea.’’—Christiania
Vidensk. Forhandl.

G. O. Sars, 1885.-— Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. “Report on
Schizopoda.’’—Zool., Vol. XIII.

S. I. Smith, 1879.—Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., Vol. V.
ts he

Vanhéffen, 1898.—Drygalski, Grénland Expedition, IT.

Willemoes-Suhm, 1875.-— “Some Atlantic Crustacea from the Challenger
Expedition.”—Trans. Linn. Soc., London, Ser. IL,

Vol. I.

¥Vu/Gs, 49
NOTE ADDED IN PRESS.*

Nyctiphanes Couchi.

In our previous report (1905 (1) p. 103), we stated that
Nyctiphanes Coucht could be distinguished from N. australis
by the presence in the former of a spine over the base of the
telson. For this we relied upon the accuracy of Sars’ (1885)
descriptions and figures. Stebbing (1905), in recording N.
australis from the Cape of Good Hope, remarked the presence
of a spine in that species. Examination of the Challenger
material, including the types, has shown that the spine is
always present in N. australis, and about as large as in N.
Coucht, and the only differences which we can detect are :—

Females of about 8 mm, and upwards, and young males
of V. Couchi have a digitate leaflet on the second joint of
the antennular peduncle. Neither sex of NV. australis has
such a leaflet, though large females may have a minute simple
process in the same place. Adult males of N. Coucht have, on
the proximal intero-ventral corner of the third joint of the
antennular peduncle, a group of three to five closely-set
plumose setiform spines which are not present in adult males
of N. australis.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate I.
Thysanopoda acutifrons.
Fig. 1. Lateral view of young specimen, 16 mm.

», 2 Dorsal view of head of adult female, 37 mm.

Prats II.

Thysanopoda distinguenda,
Female, 23 mm.
. Lateral view.

. Dorsal view of head.
. Dorsal view of telson and uropods.

Fig.

NN

Prats III.
Pseudomma affine.

Dorsal view of female, 10 mm.

. Left eye-plate of male.

. Left eye-plate of female.

. Antennal scale.

. Telson, of a male, with the usual number of apical spines.
. Telson, of a female, with five pairs of apical spines.

* See page 12.
[ 225 ]

DOP wre

V. 04, aoa if

Pseudomma nanum,
Male, 7 mm.

Fig. 7. Dorsal view.

8. Left eye-plate.
,, 9. Antenna and antennule.
,, 10. Telson.

Prate IV.

Pseudomma calloplura,
Male, 11 mm.

Dorsal view.

Antenna.

. Endopod of 1st thoracic limb.
. Endopod of 2nd thoracic limb.
. Pleopod of 1st pair.

Cn OY DO

Pseudomma Kempi,
Female, 12 mm.

Fig. 6. Dorsal view.

» 7? Antenna.

, 8. Antennule.

,, 9. Endopod of 1st thoracic limb.

,, 10. Endopod of 2nd thoracic limb.
Puate V.

Mysidetes Farrani,
Female, 14 mm.
Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

» 2. Antenna.

,, 3 Endopod of 1st thoracic limb.

,, 4. Endopod of 2nd thoracic limb.

., 5. Endopod of 3rd thoracic limb.

», ©. Telson.

[ 226 |

‘SUOAJIFNOe ~epodouesAy ],

POP

Thysanopoda distinguenda.

a
3 its
. Bes

Pseudomma affine
Pseudomma nanum,

1-6,
7-10,

V. ‘O04,

Wi
oe

\k

V

bas I-5, Pseudomma calloplura.

)
) 6-10, Pseudomma Kempi.

W. M. T. '
COM. W. } det Mysidetes Farrani.

d

APPENDIX, No, VI.

i, Plankton collected at Irish Light Stations in 1904, by Lewis
Henry Govucu, Ph.D.
ii, Hydrographical Observations at Irish Light Stations, 1904.

PLANKTON COLLECTED AT IRISH LIGHT STATIONS
IN 1904.

BY

Lewis HENRY GouGH, PuH.D., PLyMouta,

Assistant Naturalist to the Marine Biological Association of
the United Kingdom.

INTRODUCTION.

The results of townettings taken regularly every fortnight in
1904 at Skulmartin, South Arklow and Coningbeg Lightships,
and at Fastnet Lighthouse, are shown on the following tables.

All the samples were taken in the same way, and with similar
apparatus. The nets used each have an opening of 18 inches
diameter, the bags are 36 inches long, conical and truncated at
the ends ; the diameter of the cod-end is 24 inches. The nets
themselves are made of two grades of silk, the front 18 inches
are of silk with 50 meshes to the inch, the hinder 18 being of
silk with 180 meshes to the inch. This arrangement enabies the
net to catch the zooplankton and phytoplankton equally well.
The samples were taken from the Light stations, using the move-
ment of the tide to capture the plankton. Each sample represents
half an hour’s tide-flow through the nets. To ensure greater
comparability the samples were always taken at spring-tides, at
the same state of the tides, so that, for each station, the samples
are taken from water coming from the same direction.

It is perhaps too early, before another year’s results have been
obtained, to discuss in detail the changes, seasonal or otherwise,
in the plankton at the different stations; a comparison of the
stations inter se, however, produces interesting results.

According to the general character of the plankton, the stations
under consideration can easily be arranged into two groups—
Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1904, VI., [Published, April, 1906].

Q 2
haar. y

VI. ’04, 4

Fastnet and Coningbeg on the one side, Skulmartin and South
Arklow on the other. The material taken at Fastnet and Coning-
beg was yery similar, almost always consisting nearly entirely of
zooplankton, Calanus finmarchicus and Metridia lucens forming
the bulk of the samples ; the phytoplankton from these stations
was always poor in species and in quantity. A noticeable fact is the
generally discontinuous range of the species during the year. In
contrast to this, the plankton taken at South Arklow and Skul-
martin usually showed a smaller quantity of zooplankton, the
bulk of the samples always being less than that from Coningbeg
or Fastnet. At the same time, the phytoplankton was usually
richer, especially in individuals, the range of several of the species
being much more continuous.

It is often a noticeable fact that when the plankton is specially
_rich in copepods, the phytoplankton is correspondingly poor.
Samples containing very large quantities of zooplankton seem
further to be most often met with in positions similar to those of
Coningbeg or Fastnet; as for instance, in the most western por-
tions of the English Channel, on the border between the open
ocean and the enclosed or coastal waters. In the case of the
discontinuous range in time of some of the species of phytoplank-
ton, the position again seems to be an important factor. This is
especially the case with neritic diatoms, such as Biddulphia
mobiliensis. It some places it appears to be a seasonal species,
whose period of vegetation falls in the winter and early spring,
for instance, at Coningbeg and Fastnet; in other localities it is
found for a much longer period, and in places where the factors
which go to make the plankton assume a neritic character are
most evident, it becomes a perennial, as at South Arklow and
Skulmartin. This is also the case to a greater or lesser degree
with several other neritic organisms, such as species of Guinardia,
Hyalodiscus, Coscinodiscus, and Bacillaria. In a similar way
among the Copepoda neritic species which appear to be seasonal
at some places. are perennial at others, for instance, Temora
longicornis ; but in this case there is a great difference. Temora
is usually commoner during the warmer part of the year, dis-
appearing in winter more or less at stations nearer the ocean, but
being fairly constant at sheltered places far from its influence.
This is specially noticeable in the English Channel, where it
spreads far to the west in summer, but is restricted to the east
in winter.

As will be seen from the tables, Muggiaea atlantica was
observed first at South Arklow, then at Coningbeg, and then at
Fastnet. In this connection it is interesting to observe that the
shoals of Muggiaea probably struck the Lrish Coast after having
travelled through the English Channel, which they entered at
Ushant in May. AsI have dealt with the migrations of Mug-
giaea in extenso in another paper on the subject (Publications
Crrconatance, No. 29, Conseil Permanent International pour
Exploration de lu Mer), further reference is unnecessary here.

[ 228 ]

i 0

VI. 04, 5

The Pasiphaé referred to in the Tables for South Arklow and
Skulmartin was probably P. sivado, Risso.* It appears to occur
there at times in great quantities, as many as 7 or 8 full-grown
specimens having been taken in single townettings (in 1905).

Since these tables were printed. Professor H. H. Gran’s paper
“ Diatomaceen” has appeared in “ Nordisches Plankton.” Accor-
ding to this paper, the Thalassiothria curvata and T. Frauenfeldr
mentioned in the following tables should be Thalassvothria
niteschorides, Grun.

For the rest, I leave the Tables to speak for themselves. The
signs used there are the same as are recommended by the
Central Bureau of the Conseil Permanent International pour
lExploration de la Mer: they are—

Ir. very rare.

Yr, rare.

+ moderately numerous.
c. common.

ec. very common.

* P. sivado is hardly represented in published records from the seas between
England and Ireland. Adults are, however, common in Lambay Deep, and
the young have often been taken by the He/ga in other parts of the Irish Sea —
E. W. L. H.

(Tat Ltrs

VI. '04, 6

rf

PLANKTON COLLECTED A

SKULMARTIN LIGHTSHIP.

Species No,

DIATOMACEAE,

Achnanthes sp.,

Actinoptychus undulatus,
Ehbg.

Asterionella glacialis, Castr.,

Bacillaria paradoxa, (Gmel.), |
Gran,

Bellerochea malleus, (Btw.),
V. Heurck,

Biddulphia alternans (Bail.), fy
V. Heurck,

—— aurita, (Lyng.) Breb., ..
favus, (Ehbg.),V. Heurck,

_—_— |) | | EE

—— mobiliensis, Bail.,

Cerataulina Bergoni, Pérag.,

Chaetoceras constrictum,Gran,

| | | ES

—— contortum, Schiitt,

—_—_— |) | | | EE

—— convolutum, Castr.,

— crinitum, Schiitt,

—— curvisetum, Cleve,

i eed (eed ee

—— danicum, Cleve,

——e—u0V—V3V3V—OOoOoOoOO | | | ee | ff

——debile, Cleve,

—— decipiens, Cleve, ae

| | | | | | | | | a |,

—— diadema (Ehbg.), Gran,

—_—

—— didymum (Ehbg.), Cleve,

—— laciniosum, Schiitt,

—— Schiitti, Cleve,

Sm,

—— excentricus Ehbg.,

——- Grani, Gough,

———

IRISH LIGHT STATIONS, 1904.

Lat. 54° 32’ N., Long. 5° 25’ W. 20 Fathoms.

July. August. September. October. November. | December.

| ‘ fo)

8, 24. se 4

el 8

Seco) 1.8.25 | 930 |.8,.45 | 8,.70:|\ 80 |8.25: | 7.40) |.-7.55 8.15 9

p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | a.m. | a.m. | p.m. &

19 20 21 22 23 | 24
DIATOMACEAE.
“hr ce * Ir x | a3 is re aid | as Achnanthes sp. oe |
wee ne oo y a r ¥ r -f- |, Fog Actinoptychus undulatus, 2
Ehbg.
Ir | : | a E + a ae es eet Asterionella glacialis, Castr. 3
en | Ir rE Ir ae aa ae at at wa Bacillaria paradoxa, (Gmel.), 4
| Gran.
e e | * ee oe ca Tr . r * Bellerochea malleus,(Btw.),V. 5
Heurck.
an ate oa am va aa we nea 5 i oe Biddulphia alternans (Bail.), 6
V. Heurck.

oe ef . : ee . a e. his *e ** * a aurita, (Lyng.) Breb. "4
aoe Ee iy Se» ee th pee favus, (Ehbg.),V. Heurck.| 8
r ok 5 oe eee a. Gi ip c me c c —— mobiliensis, Bail. 9

_— | | SS, | | SS ST | S| | SS F__EOIO O _:=_ Qe

S| — | | | | SS, | SS | J | | :_.0OW— a |

CO

|S | ———————_——— ee | | | | | | — -

—— contortum, Schiitt. 12

en ES LIE SE nt

| SS ae an ne a RE GCG a SR Dees) SO NENrNOeee Se
0 SS Se a a a A SA MR GS oS BURR MORIA I

| ce | cee | eee | ee ee | ee eee | ee | | | |

diadema (Ehbg.), Gran. 19

—— didymum (Ehbg.), Cleve.| 20

—— Jaciniosum, Schiitt. 21
—— Schiitti, Cleve. 22
—— scolopendra, Cleve. 23

Coscinodiscus concinnus, W. | 24
Sm.

—_—— | |S |_| | | |

—— excentricus, Ehbg. 25
a ee fe ees —— Grani, Gough. 26
——$—— ——|——_—_—(- —— oculus iridis, Ehbg. 27

a | | | | a | | |

—— radiatus, Ehbg.

VI. '04

DIATOMACEAE—COn, :

| | | — al Se

SS | Ha +575

31 | Eucampia zoodiacus, Ehbg.,

32 | Fragillariac. f. oceanica, Gran
ey Guinardia flaccida, Pérag., .. ron Wen a tiene
re Hyalodiscus stelliger, Bail., a
i Isthmia sp., oe deed qlee
=e Lauderia borealis, Gran, Ala? See eh ee |
“37. Leptocylindrus danicus, Cleve, beep iegoe lt eee
“38 Navicula membranacea, Cleve, RE RSD es wp cts ©
“39. Nitzschia seriata, Cleve, Dre ORE bee a2 FAG 87
40 | Paralia sulcata (Ehbg.), Cleve, c
a Pleurosigma sp., oa TEN ey EP
ae Rhizosolenia alata, Btw :
4a | —— delicatula, Cleve
faa | —— semispina, Hensen, ‘e
“45 | — setigera, Btw.,
Lok —— Shrubsolei, Cleve, Ir

47 Stolterfothi, Pérag.,

Cleve,
e. Stephanopyxis turris, Grev., ARE Kaas
re sp, ey tamesis (Shr.), ret
leve,
“gt | Thalassiosira gravida, Cleve,| .. | .. | ..
“s2 | ——Nordenskididi, Cleve,..[.. | .. |... |...
“33 | Thalassiothrix curvata, Castr., a IHSt Pree Gerke
54 | —— Frauenfeldi, Grun., .. ESET ENE
| PERIDINIDAE.

$5 Ceratium furca,Clap.& Lachm.,|
“56 —— fusus (Ehbg.), Duj., .. r

7 —— horridum Cleve, eh

“3 —— longipes (Bail), Cleve [or

ES

29 | —tripos (0. F. Miull.,

6o | Dinophysis acuminata, Clap.
Lachm.,

ll tnt na, slate cet |
61 ) —— rotundata,Clap.& Lachm.,|

—__——-

“4

PLANKTON COLLECTED AT

ig .

ee a ee a
| r Ir | i r r a
Rack ©
|: | | + |
r rd ao | : + Ir *
aa
[oe ed |
|:

+4 ee bo at Oe
Ca [+ [x |eo. |
SEES

a. | ae i oe

a [| ee foes | oe] oe | ec) oe ee
° Ir ee

Beileuiewiiiec: + | ate

| ?

SeeSeMeen oS
r ry Cc . ee

+ -}. rr od
“eife| elf i) | et] ccd wal) sell
fT

__—

ir
+ c c
r r
© j--+ [+
r r +
Ir

atic
aie Oi ote ieee
r + ot
ry +] +
+ | +

r
[ 232

usa Liant Srations, 1904 —continued.

Lat. 54° 32’ N., Long. 5° 25' W. 20 Fathoms.

August. September. October. November. | December,
Io. 25. 8. 24. 8. ag. —_—_ Zz
Soro: [28.01 8.75) | 7140: 17-55: } 8.25 g
p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | a.m, | a.m. | p.m, &
19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 24
DIATOMACEAE—COM,
r ae r ara ws Eucampia zoodiacus, Ehbg. 31
>) ea eee ee eee pate} ee aa | Ram Fragillaria c. f. oceanica, Gran. | 32
-e | +] + ]+i].. ] mi]... | m | + | + | Guinardia flaccida, Pérag. 33
Se 2k rd Bares mers a) Se nara ath ey dion seed Hyalodiscus stelliger, Bail. ee
+ Be mart orp dep ree Isthmia sp. we
eh ray TRE | or oneal | eae Lauderia borealis, Gran. Rnd

————— | | S| TT

ns | a | es | ee | a | | | LT

ee |

et os ae | | Nitzschia seriata, Cleve. | 39
Ss a i Lae ptt | Poy me 8) 2) = at | Paralia sulcata (Ehbg.), Cleve. | _40
r r r r r rE Pleurosigma sp. | 41
ae Ente aa end ne Ben as: a bet diet Rhizosolenia alata, Btw. | 42
a ee ee
eee et | Rees bowen Pome eee ek fe sae semispina, Hensen. ar
pee | r © ae | r | setigera, Btw. 45
ss 1) il ea a eee Mace a oe eo —— Shrubsolei, Cleve. ; a
Cae Sa ete, ee: Sais ah —— Stolterfothi, Pérag. 47
po eye a Sceletonema costatum (Grev.),| 48

| | | | | H Cleve.
ee: a pees, RAR es: Pitted Lae Stephanopyxis turris, masini & 45
- + c + + + -+- | Streptotheca tamesis, (Shr.), | 50
SS SS ee ee Beige: eee ees aka mand
“il all all Mee weal pie Pian: [tee Ee ecie | Thalassiosira gravida, Cleve. am
TS Sa ee hah De wel fa el La re en ee —— Nordenskidéldi, Cleve. _53
| SN SS Gere ere ee Soe __++_| Thalassiosira curvata, Castr. 533
r | 1 5 r 2 | me r r | r | —- Frauenfeldi, Grun. 54

| aan | Sk ao ae

PERIDINIDAE.

—— fusus, (Ehbg.), Duj. 56

—— horridum, Cleve. 57

— | TE | LT

ie ae (O. F. Miill.), 59

anhOffen.

Dinophysis acuminata, Clap. | 60
& Lachm.

TC | TT

VI. ’04, 10

SKULMARTIN LIGHTSHIP— continued.

| Jan. | Feb. March. April.
s
% — 22 3 16 3 18. 31 TS 30
ra
oc 10.30| 8 od 8.0 | 8.30 | 8.30 | 7.30 | 6.30 | 7.40 | 8.0 | 8.30 | 8.15
& am. am.) am. | a.m. | a.m. | a.m. | am. | a.m. | am, | a.m. | a.m.

PERIDINIDAE—COn.

Diplopsalis lenticula, Bergh,

eS | | |
——

Peridinium conicum, Gran, .

| | | ee |

—— depressum, Bail.,

—— globulus, Stein,
—— ovatum, (Pouch.) Schiitt.,|

—— pallidum, Ostenf., eS

—— pentagonum, Gran,

FLAGELLATAE.

Dinobrion pellucidum, Lev.,

PROTOCOCCOIDEAE.

Halosphaera viridis, Schmitz, |

Hexasterias problematica,
Cleve.

Trochiscia Clevei, Lemm., ..

—— paucispinosa (Cleve),
Lemm.
SILICOFLAGELLATAE.
Dictyocha fibula, Ehbg.,
Distephanus speculum (Ehbg.)
Haeckel,

INCERTAE SEDIS.
** Umrindete Cyste,”’ Hensen,
“ Barbierbeckenstatoblast,”’
Hensen

PROTOZOA.

Cyttarocylis serrata, (Mob.
Beandt. ,

IrtsH Liaur Srarions, 1904—continued.

Lat. 54°

ll

32’ N., Long. 5° 25’ W. 20 Fathoms.

—— campanula (Ehbg.), Da- 81
day. l

July. August. September. October. November. | December.
PS eS ee
| Z
13 28 12 27 12 26 10 25 8 24 | 8 23 4
—— “
7.30 | 8.45 | 8.10 | 8.25 | 9.0 | 8.45 | 8.10 | 8.0 | 8.15 | 7.40 | 7.55 | 8.15 3
a.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p-m. | p.m. | p-m. | p-m. | p.m. | p.m. | a.m. | a.m. | p.m. &
16 17 18 19 | 20, 23 | 22 | 29 | 2 | =:
| | |
PERIDINDAE—con. }
|
e a Be poe F + | -r 3 Diplopsalis lenticula, Bergh. 62
| we ae | |. sx “se | Perdinium conicum, Gran. 63
| rr fe .. | ——depressum, Bail. -~ | 64
F aa | Ir Ae —— globulus, Stein. 65
Ds vs: —— ovatum (Pouch.), Schiitt.| 66
SE a es a es Sees | —
Ir Ir | +. r eo) at | —— pallidum, Ostenf. 67
r rr | | x | | | a | —— pentagonum, Gran. 68
one east | | = Prorocentrum micans, Ehbg. | 69
ey ti ae aS | weds
} | | |
| FLAGELLATAE.
| Dinobrion pellucidum, Lev. | 70
| |. ea
PROTOCOCCOIDEAE.
| | Halosphaera viridis, Schmitz. | 71
hai i's eee). ae
|
| Hexasterias problematica, 72
| Cleve.
| | - | Trochiscia Clevei, Lemm. 73
| | + —— paucispinosa, (Cleve), 74
| mm.
| | SILICOFLAGELLATAE.
| c | c r r ws eet Dictyocha fibula, Ehbg. 75
r r fiswy a r .. | Distephanus speculum, (Ehbg.)| 76
Haeckel.
INCERTAE SEDIS,
“the es ie “- ‘‘ Umrindete Cyste,’’ Hensen. 77
| .. | .. | .. | 2 | “ Barbierbeckenstatoblast,” | 78
Hensen,
PROTOZOA.
tr rr ‘ Cyttarocylis serrata. (M6b.) 79
Brandt.
Ir Ir t a. c | Tintinnopsis beroidea, Stein. 8c
—— = ee EES ee aR panies

Wi. OS, 12

SKULMARTIN LIGHTSHIP—continued.

Jan. Feb. March. April. - May. | June.

Species No
Lal
°o
Ww
°
ao
n .

a ©
@
°
oo
w
°
ao
Ww
°

oN
w
°o

to.)
Ww
°

7.40 | 8.0 | 8.30 | 8.15 3.10 |
‘m. | a.m. | am, | am, | a.m, | am. | p.m, |

J
6

7 8 9 10 Il 12

COELENTERATA.

82 | Corymorpha nutans, Sars, ..

a ff

—— temporarium, E. T. B.,
go Beroe ovata, Bosc.,

VERMES.
93 | Polychaete larvae,
94 94 | Sagitta bipunctata, Q. et G.,

—_|. ||
—-——

a |

a A |

CoPrEPODA,.
97 Acartia Clausi (Giesbr.),
98 longiremis, Lillj., i'd

eS SSeS

99 | Alteutha bopyroides, Claus,

too | Anomalocera Pattersoni, R
Temp.,

Bradyidius armatus, Van-
hoffen,

Calanus finmarchicus, Gunn.,

103 | Centropages hamatus (Lillj.),

104 | ——typicus, Kroyer,

|
“|
|
|
se |

505 | Diaixis pygmaea, Scott, ..

106 Dorypygus sp., = i

—__—_— ——-— |__ _.

13

Irisa Liast Stations, 1904—continued.

Lat. 54° 32’ N., Long. 5° 25’ W. 20 Fathoms.

July. August. September. October, November. | December.
tZ. 27. 23 26. ; 8. 24. a; 23. —_— %
Sco | 8.25 | 9.0 | 8.45 ; Bars: | F040 |) Fass | Sars 5
p-m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | a.m. | a.m, | p.m. | &
15 | 16 17 18 19 | 20 21 22 [ 23. | 24 | 7 oh eee
r a | | Corymorpha nutans, Sars. 82
Ir CG Hie ee 0 a ES Fat ERAN besaea, were Dipurena halterata, Forbes. 83
| A. 2 a ietekah A vale Bre Zane ited ees Ss aa Hybocodon prolifer, Agassiz. - 84
i (wT a a ee ee eee nt ee Bart Margellium octopunctatum, ” 85
| | | | | Sars.
ee are es ee ee ae oe s+ | Sarsia sp 86
= ee bee eae eran meets ee | Obelia sp 87
a elie ae pe a Phialidium cymbalodium, E. | 88
| . Be
SS a marae paren ers Rot Ri Ss wets | —— temporarium, E. T. B. 89
a ee ee a as Sects ces Way eet aq Beroe ovata, Bosc. ae
| ECHINODERMATA,
Ophiurid juv. 92
a RE A Se a
VERMES.
r r r r es se ee ve oe | Polychaete larvae. 93
r.. | ec | ce | cc | cc | cc | cc | ce | | c | + | + | Sagitta bipunctata, Q. et G.| 94
et | | or og Sedat) bers meng es ers Ged wi Tomopteris helgolandica Greef. 95
eis oi |. | .. |... 1 <e i) ee toe Weve ee Terebellid larvae. | sg
CopEepopDa.
+- +} ; ¢ c c c c c c c Acartia Clausi (Giesbr.). 97
eis |. |. use PER BSS tae fied Bog longiremis, Lill}. ~ 98
ee eee a
ea i aa ete PENH Kart mars Wak eaa ar, Anomalocera Pattersoni, R. nes
Temp.
‘ Se ae er LY Wrahegt rom said eo ace ed Roe Bradyidius armatus, Van- ro
hOffen.
a i eas Y ae | grt rage) igen | ee lyea —e | Calanus finmarchicus, Gunn. ee
Po eS
eee ee eS __.... “104
aa go = moe eteth pene as at Diaixis pygmaea, Scott. gos
| ae Pe ee e; SEE batiees ee eee eer Dorypygus sp. e06
ae Fee ete FRE eK! Pk Wee ETD Bs rare Haemocera Danae, Clap. 7
-+]e¢fefele|+{xrfi.. |. | .. | .. | tsias clavipes (Boeck). "ie
2a Ky Ro rs 5 eee er ee ae, rare Labidocera Wollastoni, (Lubb.). 209

VI. '04, 14

PLANKTON COLLECTED AT

4

SKULMARTIN LIGHTSHIP—continwed.

k
Na

| Jan. February. March. April. ~ May. June.

|
|

° l
—— aa,° 1) te | 16. 3- 18. By. TS. 30. 16. 30. 15. 28,
| :
3 10.30 8.20 8.0 | 8.30 | 8.30 | 7.30 | 6.30 | 7.40 | 8.0 | 8.30 | 8.15 | 3.10 |
& a.m. | a.m | a.m. | a.m. | a.m. } a.m. | a.m. | am. | am. / am. | a.m. | p.m. |
ree ac 3 4 5 6 7 8 | 9 Io Ir
CopEPODA—con. :

tro | Longipedia coronata, Claus, as | r eS Are =a te r :

117. Pseudocalanus elongatus,
| Giesbr.,
118 Temora longicornis (O. F.
Miiller), ;

| es |

DN ee eS OO OO OO ee

CRUSTACEA (cetera).

119 Evadne Nordmanni, Lovén,

rs

1z0 | Podon intermedius, Lillj., .

————

121 Eurydice sp., 33

_—_—_—

122. Hyperiid, juv., ..

123 Anchialus agilis, Sars, 3

— — —

eS

eS

——— Se
SSS
ms —SSSSeeSeSee

133 Pasiphae sp. juv., ..

MOLLUSCA.

134 Gastropod larvae,

CO | | mews cee

TUNICATA.
136 | Oikopleura dioica, Fol.,
VERTEBRATA. |
137 | Teleostei, ova et larvae .. | . i + + e + c “*
|

—-_- ee ee

15
rRisH Ligut Srations, 1904—continued.

Lat. 54° 32' N., Long. 5° 25’ W. 20 Fathoms.

Teleostei, ova et larvae,

Tuly. August. September. October. November. December. )
ts. 28. 12; ans 12 26 10. 25 8 24 8 23 —— Z
Pestoeds, | (06.20) S.25°| 9.0 | 8.45.) 8.10} 8.0 | 8.%5 | 7.40 | 7.55 | 8.35 g
a.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. } p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | a.m. | a.m. | p.m &
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Ties
CopEPODA—Con, >
r r r r + i ‘- ea is a - Longipedia coronata, Claus. IIo
Meere-fc [+ | +i1+{i[c/}? |... |. | « | .. | Metsdia Incons, Bock cut
eee of ys I Pl Pe a. | Monstrilla sp. V exa
es. | >t vy Law | ve Lae tom boon fo PO nana, Giesbr. sa9
De ce |) | ce he | ce | | | web ee) ri larg
a ee eee ee rg ees PAR Gar S85 re: Paracalanus parvus, Claus. “115
— i eae ee foe, Ree — RE aa Bri oe Parapontella brevicornis,Lubb. “116
“zt | c | ow | c | cfc |e | c |c | + | © | c | Pseudocalanus elongatus, | 117
Giesbr.
+ PP Bm n Bm Se oe:
Miiller).
ee
CRUSTACEA (cetera).

a | Evadne Nordmanni, Lovén. | 119
eee yl)... |. |. | | ww | oo bw | on | Redon intecmeding ai ny faa
a eee
a a a a ae ee ee a ees
SE a a a a Pe ee Pe
a a a a poe
7 ee eee ee eee
Mel pac| | +i]. |c |. | | -- | - | -» | Nyothphanes Couch, Bell paas
SS 5 EE a a es re ee | ee 9
Sh Sa ea a Te een ra re RE es
+/t)e] 4] +e] +f s+ fe] s+ [© [© | Nauplius and Metanauplius. [229
SS ee eee eee “330
.) Sonne ~.. |Megalop. | | age
Ree es ee Lo ee

. .- rr ee Wow abe | Pasiphae sp. juv. 133

| MOLLUSCA.

es r r o r + | r Gastropod larvae. 134
| ee r r | ee. ae] r | r | Lamellibranchiate larvae. "335

| TUNICATA.
a rr rr | Oikopleura dioica, Fol. 136
| VERTEBRATA,

VI. 04, 16

PLANKTON COLLECTED AT

SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP.

—— | SSS
_—_ | SE!
———

)

z — I 17 3
= ;

3 Po904) Bi 45s) 8t23
&, a.m. | a.m. | a.m.
n '

See ee si nae tr a
DIATOMACEAE.

1 | Achnanthes sp., oS ne os r
— —.-S» ———— |.
2 | Actinoptychus undulatus, c eos c

hbg.,

3 | Asterionella glacialis, Castr., os | Ir IT

4 | Bacillaria paradoxa (Gmel.), r + +. Ae

Grun.,
5 | Bellerochia malleus, (Btw.), Ir
v. Heurck.,
6 | Biddulphia alternans, (Bail.),
v. Heurck.,

7 | ——aurita, (Lyngb.), Bréb., r

8 favus, (Ehbg.), v.Heurck.,

9 | ——eranulata, Roper, ; -
ro | —— mobiliensis, Bail., 3 + + +
rz | Cerataulina Bergoni, Pérag.,

12 | Chaetoceras curvisetum, Cleve, a Tee

15 | ——decipiens, Cleve, ee r r r
16 | ———densum, Cleve, ss ae

17 | ——didymum (Ehbg.), Cleve,| rr Le

18 | ——laciniosum, Schiitt, a

19 | —— Schiitti, Cleve, Ir

20 | Corethron hystrix, Hensen, 73

21 | Coscinodiscus concinnus, W. c r r

Sm.,

22 excentficus, Ehbg., .. | c c c
23 ——- radiatus, Ehbg., c c ; c
24 | Ditylum Brightwelli, West., Ete
25 | Fragillaria c.f. oceanica, Gran, | Ir r
26 | Guinardia flaccida, Pérag., .. r r

27 | Hyalodiscus stelliger, Bail., ie c c

28 | Lauderia borealis, Gran, .. a a aa
29 | Lithodesmium undulatum, | | rr
30 re we
3: | Paralia sulcata, (Ehbg.), | } ae Dia ad

Cleve,

) 17

[risa Licut Stations, 1904—continued.

Lat. 52° 40’ N., Long. 5° 56’ W. 26 Fathoms.

August. September. October. November. | December,

14. 28. 9 24 on 3
mo, | 8.40 | 7.0: | 7.34 8
| a.m. | a.m. | a.m. |} p.m. z
13 14 15 16 Wa
DIATOMACEAE.
‘Siew Achnanthes sp. I
| -.. | w |r | + | ce | ce | ec | e | Actinoptychus undulatus, Ehbg. § | 2
iia i) el Asterionella glacialis, Castr. mane
| - >t ii Bacillaria paradoxa (Gmel.), Grun. Ne
| i r v Bellerochea malleus, (Btw.), v. Heurck. em
a a... Biddulphia alternans, (Bail.), v. Heurck. pe
a ——aurita (Lyngb.), Bréb. ce
ag > Pre Pe *favus, (Ehbg.), v. Heurck. ad
eat. 8 ee ee —— granulata, Roper. a
ae aay ag) 2 Se —— mobiliensis, Bail. 10
4 a 8 Cerataulina Bergoni, Pérag. II
a. oe on Chaetoceras curvisetum, Cleve. 12
ais aes eae —— danicum, Cleve. 13
err |). | .. —— debile (?), Cleve.
- ae a Le —— decipiens, Cleve. 35
a , ae on —— densum, Cleve. a 16
ee se Ls, ——. didymum, (Ehbg.), Cleve. 17
_ (ag) Sh ee —— laciniosum, Schiitt. 18
> ea a a —— Schiitti, Cleve. athe Tha
a 2 a pian ieee Ma is a set as ee Corethron hystrix, Hensen. 20
... aa Coscinodiscus concinnus, W. Sm. ie
2 ee —— excentricus, Ehbg. a2
Te me tit.) +. a. —— radiatus, Ehbg. alias a3
a as Ditylum Brightwelli, West. 24
Se Fragillaria c.f. oceanica, Gran. Po
p+} +f ti + f+) Guinardia flaccida, Pérag. 9 oa
os: oe ia Hyalodiscus, stelliger, Bail. =
= eat \.-- a Lauderia borealis, Gran. , 28
aig Mae. Flac Lithodesmium undulatum, Ehbg. 29
«4 ae Navicula membranacea, Cleve. 30
| 4. | “ee Paralia sulcata, (Ehbg.), Cleve. Cred

* B. favus is not a plankton organism.

f:.aer]

VI. '04, 18

SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP-— continued.

*
es

PLANKTON COLLECTED AT

Feb March. April
s | iio
4 — 18. 2\.
Fi
x3) 8223 |, 0.35. || 8730. |h7e50
& a.m. | p.m. | a.m. | a.m.
n
= 2a ; 2 See ee 4 5
DIATOMACEAE—COn,:
32 | Pleurosigma sp., a r
33 Rhizosolenia alata, Btw., a :
34 | ——semispina, Hensen, r | tr
35 —— setigera, Btw., ae r
=o ta Mit ne | | eee ee
36 | —— Shrubsolei, Cleve,
37 | —— Stolterfothi, Pérag., : 4
38 | Sceletonema costatum, (Grev.)|
Cleve,
39 | Stephanopyxis turris, (Grev.), nc He
Ralfs,
40 | Streptotheca tamesis, (Shr.), r +
Cleve,
41 | Thalassiosira gravida, Cleve, |
42 Nordenskidldi, Cleve,
43 curvata, Castr.,
44 —— Frauenfeldi, Grun., Wim r
PERIDINIDAE, |
45 | Ceratium furca,Clap, & Lachm., |
46 | ——fusus, (Ehbg.), Duj., .. Bie
47 horridum, Cleve, r
48 longipes, (Bail.), Cleve, r
49 |——tripos (O. F. Miill.),
VanhOdffen.,
50 | Dinophysis rotundata, Clap. :
& Lachm.,
Diplopsalis lenticula, Bergh, .
Peridinium conicum, Gran, | r Ir

EE | | |

56 | —— ovatum, (Pouch.), Schiitt,

LL _2NL— EE | |

—————— | A | sn

—_—_—_—— | | | |

—_—_—_— IO? Oe! |

61 | Prorocentrum micans, Ehbg.,

19
ish Licut Sravions, 1904—continwed.

Lat. 52° 40’ N., Long. 5° 56° W. 26 Fathoms.

August. September. October. | November. | December. |
Ze 28. ‘S's 24. Io. 26. oe 23. 7. 22. | — z
ao.) 7.0) 7.94 | 8.0 | 8.10 |,6.50 | 7.0 |: 7.10 |. 6.45 | g
Seeipeeiis | ail. | Pi. | a.m. | a.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | a.m. | &
3 14 m= ) vo | ry |) x8 19 20 | 21 | 22 i. ——
DIATOMACEAE—COn, ?
rr r r r ofa ote rp Pleurosigma sp. 32
_- i it a a ra Ph ee | Rhizosolenia alata, Btw. es
ey Sel eae ee ee ee ca —— semispina, Hensen. adel or
Meee ts | et fe ty. [ee De | —— setigera, Btw. +3 lag
Se —— Shrubsolei, Cleve. 36
as [we [os | «+ |p me | —eGtoltedtothl, Pérag. |
fein ae fsa) Is i. Shp an Sceletonema costatum, (Grev.), Cleve. aa
'
Bae es Ree ehee Stephanopyxis turris, (Grev.), Ralfs. ee
ea s _—w ae PF Streptotheca tamesis, (Shr.), Cleve. | ab
eee Loe ee Thalassiosira gravida, Cleve. we
ee We ES 1G Go = Nordenskialdi, Cleve. 1 kes
re | .. | .. | .. | | ——curvata, Castr. . aes
eS ee Pts re es Steet Frauenfeldi, Grun. or
| PERIDINIDAE.
ot. =f oP | r + Ceratium furca, Clap. & Lachm. 45
Bee i om re eal = a oo ——fusus, (Ehbg.), Duj. a
7 Se eee Re a: oe horridum, Cleve. ae
a ee era es te longipes, (Bail.), Cleve. al
Pee ra ears | ——“‘taipos, (0. F. Miill.), Vanhafien. | 49
\
ees | .. | x lon ia em wk (ae Dinophysis rotundata, Clap. & Lachm. oma
mem | + | c | +) es ce ee tale sg Diplopsalis lenticula, Bergh. Ch ge
oe ete Poe ee Peridinium conicum, Gran. vee
a a A Sk iis has ae Se —— decipiens, Jorg. 4 ae
Ree shea a ier y oe a ee depressum, Bail. ae
OS” Sten Ee or oe. eS globulus, Stein. * 3
Balle | gee to ees ele Ee —— ovatum, (Pouch.), Schiitt. re:
2a en dl ee Bee. —— pallidum, Ostenf. sy
So pee i FER eae —— pentagonum, Gran. ne 38
aia WM ser «ge: eae ee Bae Steini, Jorg. nme 50
i 2, ae Te Sie eras O iaaes igen) | Sere: asus Y 6b
(er ag ae ee aes ee Prorocentrum micans, Ehbg. : 6r

, as

VI. ’04, 20

PLANKTON COLLECTED .
aa
: (

SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP—continued.

Feb. | March. April.
CS)
Zz | ee. 5 a x7 | 3-4) tO. Ce 16. 29.
So
3 | 7.30 | 8.45 | 8.23 | 9.35 | 8.30 | 7.50 | 7.0
& | | a.m. | a.m. a. | P.. | ame | a.ta.° | a.m.
I 2 3 4 5 6 7
FLAGELLATAE.
62 Dinobrion pellucidum, Lev., « | ae ie r r es r
| CoccOSPHAERALES. |
63 | Coccosphaera* atlantica,Ostent., |
PROTOCOCCOIDEAE. |
64 | Halosphaera viridis, Schmitz..,| -- a. -f- 5 is |
with 7lwith 8 | with 7
pro- | pro- | pro-
cesses,| cesses. | cesses.
65 | Hexasterias problematica, ;

Cleve,

66 Trochiscia Clevei, Lemm., ..
67 | ——- paucispinosa, (Cleve), |
Lemm.,

SILICOFLAGELLATAE.

68 | Dictvocha fibula, Ehbg.,

INCERTAE SEDIS.

69 | ‘* Umrindete Cyste,’’ Hensen,

70 | “‘ Barbierbeckenstatoblast,”
Hensen,

PROTOZOA.
71 | Amphorella subulata, (Ehbg.),
| Daday,

72 | Ptychocylis urnula, (Clap. &

Lachm.),

73 Tintinnopsis beroidea, Stein,
74 ——— campanula (Ehbg.), Dad.,

ce fe | | a | | ——
- _—_—_— |

75 | Noctiluca miliaris, Suriray, ..

i a | ee

COELENTERATA.

977 \ Sarsia sp.,

a ————— ee

76 | Tiara pileata, Agassiz,

79 | Phialidium temporarium,
BE. T. B

Bo | Gossea corynetes, Agassiz,
1 | Cupulita Sarsi, Haeckel, ..

62 | Muggiaea atlantica, Cunning-
am,

——— eC ee

21

Irish Licntr Srarions, 1904—continued.

Lat. 52° 40’ N., Long. 5° 56’ W. 26 Fathoms.

August. September. October. | November, | December.
{ . 7 s
10 26 | 7 | 23 7 22. —. rs
8.0 | 8.10 | 6.50 | 7.0 | 7.10 | 6.45 3
a.m. | a.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | a.m Pr)
|
17 18 19 20 21 22 ee
‘ | FLAGELLATAE.
:. | | | Dinobrion pellucidum, Lev. 62
| CoccosPHAERALES.
; + + +- + i‘ r |! Coccosphaera* atlantica, Ostenf. 63
eal Shit ere oe Yara: er E's
| | PROTOCOCCOIDEAE.
| i
Ir | por iene ee a | Halosphaera viridis, Schmitz. 64
ae
| | |
erty | ae es ti .. | Hexasterias problematica, Cleve. | 65
ct SEI: Reha eh ce hoi Beate SF
| | | Ir | Trochiscia Clevei, Lemm. 66
= | = a ee] Gee lees foes lea ee | Stas peas ee ee ee _—=
r | + -f r ivy | r ee paucispinosa, (Cleve), Lemm. | 67
| |
| SILICOFLAGELLATAE.
| ae ‘ | Ir | Ir Ir Dictyocha fibula, Ehbg. 68
| | | | INCERTAE SEDIS.
os | rr Ir ‘‘ Umrindete Cyste,” Hensen. 69
ae a ae | | dia Pe, eer .. | “ Barbierbeckenstatoblast,’’ Hensen. | 70
| PROTOZOA. |
|
af | | Amphorella subulata, (Ehbg.), Daday, | 7t
-{- | fe Souk Pe ~ : Ti Ptychocylis urnula, (Clap. & Lachm.) | 32
c r r ob ob abe + | Tintinnopsis beroidea, Stein. | 93
rs di r r an mn —— campanula (Ehbg.), Dad. 74
-t- | Noctiluca miliaris, Suriray. 75
= r? | Rhaphidiophrys marina, Ostenf. 76
COELENTERATA.
r ie és 53 $a bs a Sarsia sp. 7
Tiara pileata, Agassiz. 78
Phialidium temporarium, B .T. B. 79
r + r wa .. | Gossea corynetes, Agassiz. 80
r = Cupulita Sarsi, Haeckel. 81
4- d Muggiaea atlantica, Cunningham. &2

* Coccosphaera atlantica was only recorded when complete cells were observed.

[ 245 ]

VI. ‘04, 22

SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP—continwed.

Feb March
s —— rT: TF 3. 18,
g 7.30 | 8.45 | 8.23 | 9.35
& am. | a.m. | a.m. | p.m.
CoELENTERATA-—Con. : | i
83 | Beroe ovata, Bosc.,
“84 | Pleurobrachia pileus, Fabr, | .. | .. | .. | .. |.
ECHINODERMATA.
85 | Auricularia,
5g bi Melis ER IE Pad LO) icy,
VERMES.
87a) Autolytus prolifer (Mull.), .. i + + +
“87b| Polychaete larvae, ~i3.. Lie oe en
“88 | Sagitta bipunctata,Q.etG.,| .. | + | + | +
%, | Tomopteris helgolandica,Greef. dias 5 te mae fies
“go | Terebellid larvae, .. gE See MaRS = oe
Bryozoa.
gt | Cyphonautes, we a IT IT Ir rc
CoPEPODA. | |
g2 | Acartia Clausi (Giesbr.), .. | r Ir |
93 | Alteutha bopyroides, Claus, eae tt Soe era lace agree See
94 | Anomalocera Pattersoni, R.
Temp., | | |
i. Bradyidius armatus, Van- ps al daca ae i is ices
hOffen.,
96 | Calanus finmarchicus, Gunn., ame ant Wa | £5 koe, SS
97 | Candacia pectinata, Brady, | tut
“98 | Centropages hamatus, (Lil), + | + |. |? | ©”
99 | ——typicus, Kréyer, r | Ir
fa ws a pod a an REGS “Ske: Aerie? tem ee

101 Euterpe acutifrons, Dana, ..

102 Isias clavipes, (Boeck),

° ELE ADR DIE AE, aes
103 | Labidocera Wollastoni,(Lubb.),

|
|
|
|
ss eh RE aor
100 | Corycaeus anglicus, Lubb., | rr
|

RS a amt Res
104 | Longipedia coronata, Claus,
Rettediaetitiee ee
105 | Metridia lucens, Boeck,

106 | Oithona nana, Giesbr.,

—- ——-

107 | —-similis, Claus,
:

ted De

93

lrish Licur Srarions, 1904 -—continued.

q

: Lat. 52° 40’ N., Long. 5° 56’ W. 26 Fathoms.

| | CoOELENTERATA—CON.

AB we a r a $6 e: | Dee | a < Beroe ovata, Bosc. 83
Be leri|+)+t). |. | +i). | © | . | Pleuwobrachia pilew, Fab. |
=== = ss oe eee ee a eS —

: ECHINODERMATA.

he Zt | is | .. | Auricularia. 85

| os’ Ee SS ee Besa SS St... 86
od
| VERMES.

ae | ~ | Autolytus prolifer (Miill.). 87a
a gas oe? ro bao oy erst Wee mre Polychaete larvae. 87
_ oe fe Lalit ea eat ‘uae ce ce | Be Sagitta bipunctata, Q. et G. Bees
Ss ae aa Ir r goers or r Tomopteris helgolandica, Greef. or Be
lA a oe re eee es , Se larvae. iP

| Bryozoa.
Ir Ir r | Cyphonautes. gt

| | | CopEPopDA.
a + c c c i: c ce Acartia Clausi (Giesbr.). 92
+) = Perr Ce a F habe REA ee eas Alteutha bopyroides, Claus. 93
| ¢ : ! | | Anomalocera Pattersoni, R. Temp. 94
ES) 5) Se a a a ea an ene Bradyidius armatus, Vanh6ffen. os
ee). | ‘es he. ey ie aa i re a | Calanus finmarchicus, Gunn. 6
SS TE a a | | a ~.. | Candacia pectinata, Brady. 97
me | rez ie | ee eras bts ‘se ee 6 ES Centropages hamatus (Lillj.). C98
eee ee ee 2
a Corycaeus anglicus, Lubb. 100
mm | rc Pe (0 a ros are aie eR Bs Euterpe acutifrons, Dana. oe
r ah. ge .. (ioe clavipes, (Boeck). | 2m
| can a | a se Bee Pre ee wae ee) Labidocera Wollastoni, (Lubb.). 303
ex —- eS ae ene a a Sas a Longipedia coronata, Claus, "x04
Mute |. | ce | wd .. fue | ve | ce | se | Metridin Incens, Boeck. "303
|. x eR ae. ae ag ea ees ‘ee Oithona nana, Giesbr. ' 206

|

iia =i —— similis, Claus. 107
|

VI. ’04, 24

SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP—continued.

| February. March. April.
= —— | I os as 18. | 2. 16.
3 | 7.30 | 8.45 | 8.23 | 9.35 | 8.30 | 7.50
& | a.m. | a.m. | am. | p.m. | am. | am. |
re 2 8-1 S48 5 6
CorpEPODA—-Con.
108 | Parapontellabrevicornis,Lubb.,} .. = ih ae o¥
109. shag ere elongatus, ee 3 Coates hae ce 1 « | 2 =
110° Temora longicornis (O. F. ea mead ee ee Ca eo. |e |) ne
Miiller).,
CRUSTACEA (CETERA).
t11 | Eurydice inermis Hansen,
312 | spinigera, Hansen, ih rach paitetis } AR aca ES hae Paes
113, Hyperiid juv., poet: wax, | PRA Bae c= | ae
114 | Anchialus agilis, Sars, Se LSS te
115 | Gastrosaccus Normani, Sars, edison | north HEREAT: | alta |. OE. sae
116 | ——sanctus, v. Ben., ed mabe Ade |p

Tf a fn | | ee |

117 Siriella armata, Sars, ae ar he

118 | Schistomysis spiritus,* Norman .. Fe:

ne a ee

120 Pasiphae sp. juv., is

121 Cirripedia larvae,

Se eee ea —_—_—_—
———_— | — | | ——e

122 | Cypris stage larvae,

123 | Microniscus,
124 | Caridid larvae,

Ss

125 | Nauplius and Metanauplius,

a | |

126 | Zoea,

127 | Megalopa,

MOLLUSCA.

128 | Gastropod larvae,

| |
| | | | | se

129 | Lamellibranchiate larvae, ..

TUNICATA.
130 | Fritillaria borealis, Q. et G.
13 ’ Oikopleura dioica, Fol, | | | | |
VeRTEBRATE.

132 | Teleostei, ova et larvae,

25

RISsH Ligur Srarions, 1904—continued.

Lat. 52° 40’ N., Long. 5° 56’ W. 26 Fathoms.

August. September. | October. | November. | December.
I2. 28 9- 24. 10 20 23. | 22 — z
| : : | : 3
ee Pete | pit | ain, [aes | pom, boa. [pom | ae z
| | p | p.m. | p.m. a.m &
13 D7 TG ee 16 17 18 | I9 20 2k az
| | CopEPODA—con.
+ + | E cc | r r + | fr rr me Parapontella brevicornis, Lubb. 108
= saa lal ell peg pena: Phe preetnpe ae " Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck. anit ah “709
c G c ce | c eG r : r ey r Temora longicornis (O. F. Miiller). “310
ee —-—-—— — an
| | | |
| CRUSTACEA (CETERA).
i .. r iv be | | | Eurydice inermis, Hansen. III
2 Ee c
. Sa r Se Hyperiid juv. = Big.
. ea) .- | .. | .. | Anchialus agilis, Sars. 114
SE RR a ee Gastrosaccus Normani, Sars. 115
a | [2m | «3 | eee che —— sanctus, v. Ben. me 116
me | | 2 Sa BS Tee ee arn eae Siriella armata, Sars. “417
JRE ct | ct | Bs > | a el | beh Schistomysis spiritus,* Norman. eS ne | 118
a eae | ee | rae = % ee Nyctiphanes Couchi, Bell. | 119
sacs | zx | | Pasiphae sp. juv. 120
| oe BR eB he Cirripedia larvae. “a2t
Se a ee Eat Broke ey Cypris stage larvae. 122
Biel bed} Yas | | Microniscus. | 3
me) * | Peat aes Caridid larvae. 124
e+ f+] +)+[4+ 4] fe Nauplius and Metanauplius. 335
ea es “as
SS a Da ee Ee
| heed Eh ome ne
| | MoLtusca,
Gastropod larvae. 128
SE ae ee Ok Bk, Lamellibranchiate larvae “329
OS ES SS STS pa con agit paca
| | TuNICATA.
"kell | Ir | Fritillaria borealis, Q. et G 130
ae +. ceed RN a os al oe | Oikopleura dioica, Fol. “338
| an Se
VERTEBRATE.
. | .. | Teleostei ova et larvae. 132

A EE

* Ali the specimens were immature, but seem to belong to this species.

[ 249 ]

VI. ’04, 26

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP.

January.

°
Zz bead 1g .
w
= 7.0
is] .
2 a.m.
n

= I

DIATOMACEAR.

b¢ Achnanthes sp., us
2 | Actinoptychus undulatus, Ehbg.,

3 | Asterionella glacialis, Castr., .. AA

4 | Bacillaria paradoxa, (Gmel.), ae
run.,

5 | Biddulphia mobiliensis, Bail., ee

———_| ————_—_— |S ue
— —— —

6 | Cerataulina Bergoni, Pérag., .. |
7 | Chaetoceras boreale, Bail., .. |

|
——— | —___—__} —____

8 —— constrictum, Gran.,

9 crinitum, Gran, a5
10 —— danicum, Cleve, fe
II decipiens, Cleve, ie +

12 —— densum, Cleve,

13 —— laciniosum, Schiitt, se ie
14 —— Schiitti, Cleve, ea ren er oie Pee
15 Corethron hystrix, Hensen, eek arsed ves eS
16 Coscinodiscus concinnus, W. Sm., ae 2 ey mee cra:
17 —— excentricus, Ehbg., e ma EY eee ae ye
18 | ——oculus iridis, Ehbg., tas ade 4 ee | tS
20 | Coscinosira polychorda, Gran, epee, |_|
21 Ditylum Brightwelli, West., .. hieoae' ne ata |
Pt nT AOE RT SD aaiasc RE PLONE ORME &, GI SS

22 Guinardia flaccida, Pérag.,

-———— | KK) | ————q— m™
—-——-——

a
23 Hyalodiscus stelliger, Bail., .. c
po | ee ee

24 Lauderia borealis, Gran, Ag af oe Ra p :
ses 2 hi Sea eine: SMB RIE sly Pe: as

25 Navicula membranacea, Cleve, |

26 | Nitzschia seriata, Cleve,
27 | Paralia sulcata, (Ehbg.), Cleve, | +
ee ein tt See ee | ee a3

28 | Pleurosigma sp., .. ‘A r
NR i 1 te ie celsd: Pe PRES Re po
29 | Rhizosolenia alata, Btw., ..
Ee ee
1 semispina, Hensen, as -f- a me ty

31 ——- setigera, Btw.,
32 ~—— Shrubsolei, Cleve,

‘* “* “* * “*
_— | ee | ee | | SS |S
ee ssssestessstestesnsstneenstenmenesens |

33. | ——~ Stolterfothi, Pérag.,

Steet steestestiesttiem

Irish Licnr Srarions, 1904,

Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40’ W. 29 Fathoms.

2.40 | 2.25 :

Zz
3
<a)
&
a

| DIATOMACEAE.
nee Ve ue Td Lee Bas oe ee Achnanthes sp I
r : r oh ae ¢ a Actinoptychus undulatus, Ehbg. 2
Prd oo cP ae eotom marcas, a. Asterionella glacialis, Ehbg. roy
ne re i aos ‘eee eet fer) aan oe Bacillaria paradoxa, (Gmel.), Grun. 4
na r+ | c | + | + | .. |... | Biddulphia mobiliensis, Bail. ae ae
var al et arta caer ep: ee Cerataulina Bergoni, Pérag. 6
ee =a Bega aA on eS ae Chaetoceras boreale, Bail. xT ie
i a 2 r eer ed ee —— constrictum, Gran. | e..
oS) 2 ee ee roa et Eve crinitum, Gran. Ss =a
Me oF mt re é¢ sis —— danicum, Cleve. ro
a pan ner evel uareak" et eae decipiens, Cleve. at
b Kore cs = ioe =e <p et (Fk a aoa Cleve. aa
oe op) I laciniosum, Schitt. 13
Ir aa res onde ae — Schiitti, Cleve. =
ae ee r 5 teeas sae er rag Corethron hystrix, Hensen. 35
pes S| ice ae een + eer Preece aera Coscinodiscus concinnus, W. Sm. 16
ae =. a Paes ee ar ae excentricus, Ehbg. “7
Soee or ‘come ona —s aa a — oculus iridis, Ehbg. 38
Hee .. | r | om | r | .. | 2 | —-radiatus, Ehbg. aa te
hake 4 ee. ara Pace * a ae rea Coscinosira polychorda, Gran. —o ~ 20
ies DB = ea ps rae. ‘Sete: Ditylum Brightwelli, West. sobs “at
L2=z te... Peutinaeti taecias; Pee 22
eae.) + one we c c | + ae Hyalodiscus stelliger, Bail. 23
£8 ag pee pa eorndr Gaal a Lauderia borealis, Gran. whe ~ i
Fog es meat ras aoc Navicula membranacea, hive. neg? ~ 25
xe ey Pog os ies Sea een Nitzschia seriata, Cleve. 26
re re a ae ee, eae pied Pe al Paralia sulecata, (Ehbg.), Cleve. - 37
a er a ae aw =e eet ae Pleurosigma sp. 28
= i he Rhizosolenia alata, Btw. ag
| wee waa or eux aa a. ced —— semispina, Hensen. "30
| 23 ost cag <i See Shes ea setigera, Btw. -3r
or per ere te aera are in —— Shrubsolei, Cleve. - "42
br Tc. CE... | ——-Stoltestotaa, Peru, => | 3

f > 268g

VI. 04, 28
PLANKTON COLLECTED a't

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP—continued.

No,

mal
4
o
oO
a
n

DIATOMACEAE,

I Achnanthes sp. a

__-oo eee eee ee | | sd

2 | Actinoptychus undulatus, Ehbg., i

————ee—e——Oo<eVvosX—vwxXx—eoo ee

3 Asterionella glacialis, Castr., Ir

4 | Bacillaria paradoxa, (Gmel.),
Grun,

5 | Biddulphia mobiliensis, Bail., ..

6 | Cerataulina Bergoni, Pérag., .. |

—_———— | |__|

Yd Chaetoceras boreale, Bail., .. |

8 | constrictum, Gran, +E

9 —— crinitum, Gran,

10 | —— danicum, Cleve,

II —— decipiens, Cleve,

Ss _ | —————$— | | | —______.
-_—_—— ——_——————— |

13 —— laciniosum, Schiitt, - aK
14 | ——Schiitti, Cleve,

15 Corethron hystrix, Hensen, .. ae

pe a es ee
16 Coscinodiscus concinnus, W. Sm.,

17 excentricus, Ehbg., ste
18 | ——oculus iridis, Ehbg., .. | aa che

19 | ——radiatus, Ehbg.

20 | Coscinosira polychorda, Gran,

—-

|

2t | Ditylum Brightwelli, West., .. |

22 | Guinardia, flaccida, Pérag., .. |

|
ee | ———_———__] —-—-- -———_

23 | Hyalodiscus stelliger, Bail., .. c
24 Lauderia borealis, Gran, >

25 Navicula membranacea, Cleve, |

eo | | | SS OO On OO

26 | Nitzschia seriata, Cleve, oe | r

27 Paralia sulcata, (Ehbg.), Cleve,

28 Pleurosigma sp., ee a. |

29 Rhizosolenia alata, Btw.,

|
40 ——— semispina, Hensen, .
41 —— setigera, Btw.,

42 ———~ Shrubsolei, Cleve,
33 ————~ Stolterfothi, Pérag.,

——_——- | ————————
_—_ | OO] | | - |

* Both samples totally macerated.

[ 262 ]

29

Irish Ligutr Srations, 1904—continued.

Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40’ W. 29 Fathoms.

October.

Aes Z

8

oO

&

, DIATOMACEAE.
Achnanthes sp. I
Stes Baas Actinoptychus undulatus, Ehbg. rs
Asterionella glacialis, Castr. | 3
Bacillaria paradoxa, (Gmel.), | 4
Grun.

Biddulphia mobiliensis, Bail. ive
Cerataulina Bergoni, Pérag. -
Chaetoceras boreale, Bail. i,
| — constrictum, Gran. | 8
—— crinitum, Gran. =
hee —— danicum, Cleve. | x0
| | decipiens, Cleve. as
| —— densum, Cleve. a | xa
laciniosum, Schutt. | x3
—— Schiitti, Cleve. 34
Corethron hystrix, Hensen. ae
Coscinodiscus concinnus, W. Sm. 6
“ —— excentricus, Ehbg. | x7
p is — oculus iridis, Ehbg. | 18
"1 Coscinosira polychorda, Gran. 20
. Ditylum Brightwelli, West. 21
he ,ae Guinardia flaccida, Pérag. a 22
Hyalodiscus stelliger, Bail. = 23
Lauderia borealis, Gran. eee 24
Navicula membranacea, Cleve. _ 25
Nitzschia seriata, Cleve. | 26
Paralia sulcata, (Ehbg.}, Cleve. shi | 37
| Pleurosigma sp. 28
| Rhizosolenia alata, Btw. | 29
; Lark —— semispina, Hensen. | 30
’ —— setigera, Btw. | 5x
—— Shrubsolei, Cleve. =

— Stolterfothi, Pérag. | 33

VI. ’04, 30
PLANKTON COLLECTED AT

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP—continued.

January. February. March,
So |
te | — 19 19 I a oe 16. | 2 2.
3 7-0 | 7-50 | 5.28 | 5.54 | 7.24
o a.m p.m. | p.m a.m. | a.m.
| | I 2 “ee
DIATOMACEAE—con.
34 Sceletonema costatum, (Grev.), tae : | AA 55
Cleve, |
35 Streptotheca tamesis, (Shr.), ee eae ee Lite” ee
Cleve.
36 Thalassiosira gelatinosa, Hensen, 5 apy paeinca ere 7 aia Pate
37. | ——gravida, Cleve, as i oe nas) ae bees
yet Thalassiothrix curvata, Castr., _ Py |. a aL Resin r
Frauenfeldi, Grun., “e ee fim 2 Ir ees of
PERIDINIDAE. | | |
40 | Ceratium fusus, (Ehbg.), Duj., r | r ee nes
41 —— longipes, (Bail.), Cleve, | a | r Ir Pee Ir
42 | ——horridum, Cleve, aa ok | a7 MES a :
<3, | ——tipes, (0. F Mil), Var | x |e |. 1. 4).
offen,
44 |Dinophysis acuminata, Clap. & oe hog | as | eo
Lachm., |
45 —— rotundata, Clap. & Lachm., A ha (fa se RA k Paes
cago Diplopsalis lenticula, Bergh, beens Te ne | oe foww J) en
47 | Glenodinium acuminatum,Ehbg., an lee Looe wd” ca} enn
48 | Gonyaulax polygramma, Stein, Pete ask Ut
49 Peridinium conicum, Gran, .. ew] se dae cw dw] og
50 decipiens, Jérg., = = Mminaitess- ©
51 —— depressum, Bail., Ln | +] +]. |.) 2] & ]e
52 | globulus, Stein, oa oa Raia eareti
53 pas oceanicum, (Vanhdffen), .. [ea oe es et! Sie ee : PE pall
54 ovatum, (Pouchet), Schiitt, Tas Veg.’ ae Lo ue al! ced be el
55 —— pallidum, Ostenf., ack eos ge 4 co Seals tr Wee eer
56 | —— pentagonum, Gran, s [re re aes. Pred) es Pe GPE ee
57 Prorocentrum micans, Ehbg., .. Hr: st ee Re ey ct
PROTOCOCCOIDEAE.
58 | Halosphaera viridis, Schmitz, | + | c + +f +
__ 39 | Trochiscia Clevei, Lemm., .. | iv | a ae Lean Ween
60 | ~~ brachiolata, (M5b.), Lemm.,| one | aot mz ae a eo
ee aot paucispinosa, (Cleve), cP ee | ee a

31

Irish Lignt Srations, 1904—continued.

Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40’ W. 29 Fathoms.

Species No.

DIATOMACEAE—con.

Sceletonema costatum, (Grev.), Cleve. 34
Streptotheca tamesis, (Shr.), Cleve. ‘e 35
Thalassiosira gelatinosa, Hensen, ry 36
: —— gravida, Cleve. +. ay
| Thalassiothrix curvata, Castr. 38
—— Frauenfeldi, Grun. 39
|
PERIDINIDAE.
|
Ceratium fusus, (Ehbg.), Duj. | 40
—— longipes, (Bail.), Cleve. | 41
— horridum, Cleve. 42
—— tripos, (O. F. Miuill.), Vanhoffen. 43

ee ea

Dinophysis acuminata, Clap. & Lachm. 44

—— | |

aes rotundata, Clap. & Lachm. 45

Wee a. ey Ss E& be ~.. | Diplopsalis lenticula, Bergh. 46
Glenodinium acuminatum, Ehbg. 47

26 FS al ee ee ee Gonyaulax polygramma, Stein. 48
‘lo - Sy) i a aa ee era Peridinium conicum, Gran. z*
ern ft fs | wn be decipiens, Jorg. hs
eS ee oe ree depressum, Bail. ee
sf al kh eke oe globulus, Stein. cr
a a aaa eal (eee pareee oceanicum, (Vanhdffen.) te
Sa | ow | .. | w-| oe | ve) ——ovatum, (Padehel), Senile. le
a ee ee es Se eee pallidum, Ostenf. Ss
—— pentagonum, Gran 7

~.. | .. | Prorocentrum micans, Ehbg. «| _«57

PROTOCOCCOIDEAE,

Halosphaera viridis, Schmitz. 58

r | Trochiscia Clevei, Lemm. | 59
SS eee eee
2 —— brachiolata, (M6b.), Lemm. | 60

[ 255 ]

VI. '04, 32 a

PLANKTON COLLECTED AT

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP—-continuwed.

| June. July. August. September.
é — 23 | a7 13 27 12% 26 10. 24.
8 2.23. |. 2.20) | 92343) 238° leans Ne 2.59 | 2.36
3 mies Fi a.m. | a.m. | a.m. p.m. } p.m.
16 cy 18 19 20 al 22 23
DIATOMACEAE—con.
34 Sceletonema costatum, (Grev.), oer
Cleve, ;
ee Streptotheca, tamesis; (Shr.), sory ee =o =e ee farm,
Cleve, |
36 Thalassiosira gelatinosa, Hensen, he) ae ar nas. cy ' onde)
37 | gravida, Cleve, aaa eae own ae: a oe ie
| Thalassiothrix curvata, Castr., a as | raed a ir ae
39 | Frauenfeldi, Grun., et ee ‘= ae OES | age ay,
| fee ss |
PERIDINIDAE. |
40 | Ceratium fusus, (Ehbg.), Duj., | x | | | | heme
4x | ——longipes, (Bail.,) Cleve, .. | ara ee oe | a) oe
42 | —— horridum, Cleve, an Foes pets eras A =
43: | ——tripos, (0. F. Mull), Vanw| or |... |. | « | 0)
héffen, | |
44 | Dinophysis acuminata, Clap. & rn a a (i
Lachm., | | | |
45 | — rotundata, Clap. & Lachm., Reese. Das | | wile iy:
46 | Diplopsalis lenticula, Bergh, (ee es f |
47 | Glenodinium acuminatum, Ehbg., ees, fae ier yo | nn aa
a Fo Gonyaulax polygramma, Stein, Pa pena be | s(n
ms Peridinium conicum, Gran, Float aoe ase S: . ee
50 | ——déecipiens, Jérg., = ae oe 1 ae oe eis
ae Ls depressum, Bail., EX ce | 5 |o2 | =m |. |e
teil —— globulus, Stein, a + | r [mr | _ hei. ied S25
53 | —— oceanicum, (Vanhéffen), | | | ;
54 | ovatum, (Pouchet), Schiitt, | r -|- r as Ir oa
05 —— pallidum, Ostenf., «=|. C r | r sf én
56 | ——pentagonum, Gran, , we i Big Fie fe para ran lee, ier bia
57 Prorocenirum micans, Ehbg., ra eg: r | r | + | r rare, ze Vie
PROTOCOCCOIDEAE. |
58 | Halosphaera viridis, Schmitz, | rr rr
s9 | Trochiscia Clevei, Lemm., .. | .. eh r r ‘a ; : Ree
60 | brachiolata, (M6b.), Lemm.,| oa CB | Sh .. 4.

6r | ——~ paucispinosa, (Cleve),

’

_39 | Trochisela Clevel, Lemm, «|. | o- [ of | of fe ts
A at! can heen Ee
|

* Both samples totally macerated,

[ 256 ]

33

Irish Licur Stations, 1904—continued.

Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40’ W. 29 Fathoms.

‘October, — November. December.
P
9. 25 8 23% Ke 23 —. z
4.33 2.54 2.39 2:28 a.22 2.49 3
a.m, a.m. a.m. a.m. a.m, a.m. | 5
ie ed a ad
: DIATOMACEAE—Con.
Sceletonema costatum, (Grev.), 34
Cleve.
r & xa ae r Streptotheca tamesis, (Shr.), 35
4 ‘ | Cleve.
7 are a ra eta ote i Ae} Thalassiosira gelatinosa, Hensen, , 36
. | —— gravida, Cleve. or
| we | ors | : Thalassiothrix curvata, Castr. 48
Ir we oe ore iam ry —— Frauenfeldi, Grun. wae
PERIDINIDAE.
ite Ee He ee Se she Ceratium fusus, (Ehbg.), Duj. 40
r oh . ic yore ioe Es r —— longipes, (Bail.), Cleve, 41
jag ms r 4 r r P45 Tm ee —— horridum, Cleve. 42
mia p ee ea eee, eS tripos (O. F. Mil), Van- ns
DS aS Eee ce CN es oe
. Fie Dinophysis acuminata, Clap. & | 44
Lachm.
we | ae — rotundata, Clap. & Lachm. eae
- ay era Eire Rendelp cored ee Diplopsalis lenticula, Bergh. - 46
| Per by vem Po Glenodinium acuminatum, Ehbg. ing
Eo a bnew) hat Mies | Gonyaulax polygramma, Stein. 48
a | Peridinium conicum, Gran. 49
we | | —— decipiens, Jorg. tie
? ++ r Ir E +. | —— depressum, Bail. sx
. | He | aia ¥a oe | —— globulus, Stein. hm
; | ——. oceanicum, (VanhOffen). ed? $3
—— ovatum (Pouchet), Schiitt. or
Se i aa a eal aria aes See pallidum, Ostenf. 55
—— pentagonum, Gran. —s6
Prorocentrum micans, Ehbg. . 57
t PROTOCOCCOIDEAE.
i Halosphaera viridis, Schmitz.
; Trochiscia Clevei, Lemm. oe
p —— prachiolata (Méb.), Lemm. | 60
; - —— paucispinosa, (Cleve), “
Lemm.
EE BES pee Se a.

VI. 04, 34
PLANKTON COLLECTED AT

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP—continuec.

January. February.
BA =
3
&
INCERTA SEDIS. . , . :
62 ‘‘ Umrindete Cyste,” Hensen, ” r 1 r
62a Hexasterias problematica, Cleve, ie ee a ; aoe Ir
PROTOZOA,
63 Lithomelissa sp., «« én rr <¢ “e Ir
64 Cyttarocylis norvegica, (Daday), mies . or nr ara, ate
Jorgensen.
65 | Tintinnopsis beroidea, Stein, .. ea caer ae a ee BG Se
CoELENTERATA.
66 Lar sabellarum, Gosse, a
67 Hybocodon prolifer, Agassiz, eho da io
68 Tiara pileata, Forsk., oh Weigh to ee i
69 | Obelia sp., * hs haat | he | 2a
70 | Phialidium cymbaloideum, E. ese peer or es Se
| T. B.
71 —— temporarium, E. T. B., «. ci ee 2a Bore: oo
72 Aglantha rosea, Forbes, ow so Sa rae ae aes ere
73 | Muggiaea atlantica, Cunningham, Lor ees wis ionhend mex
74 | Arachnactis [albida, M. Sars ?], | ; “
75 Pleurobrachia pileus, Fabr., .. age er Ss eenietet Cava a
EcHINODERMATA,
76 Auricularia, Tr om aie Ir
97 | Echinopluteus, ‘ ls yer Pane | us fae
78 Ophiopluteus, <M eos ii: ee Praeet eas he
79 | Ophiurid juv., .. aor Areas | ae
VERMES,
so | Pilidium, ee as ° . ee oe
8r Polychaete larvae, .. os ek 5 A owiehe tae stipe ee

———— | | | | | |

62 Sagitta bipunctata, Q. & G.,

mi | | fc | | |

83 Tomopteris helgolandica, Greef., c c -f-

84 Trochophora, ee r r °
| BrYOZOA.

85 Cyphonautes, se rr r

[ 258 ]

———— ae ee” «

4

ee

=» ee

35
Trish Licgut Srations, 1904—continued.

Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40’ W. 29 Fathoms.

15. 29. — Z,
2525 | 2.23 g
a.m. | a.m. &
a mm INCERTAE SEDIS,
.. | “ Umrindete Cyste,’’ Hensen. 62
~., | vs | vs | Hexasterias problematica, Cleve. | 62a
PROTOZOA,
Lithomelissa sp. 63
ae. P| Cyttarocylis norvegica, (Daday), Jér- mr
gensen,
Sa a oe ee eee Tintinnopsis beroidea, Stein. or
COELENTERATA.
| Lar sabellarum, Gosse. 66
ee. te. ee Hybocodon prolifer, Agassiz. 67
(cased Tiara pileata, Forsk. + 68
Poe. | wc, we | wc.) Obelia op | nes
| «|. |. | .. | .. | .. | Phialidium cymbaloideum, E.T.B. |. 70
| a a fee —— temporarium, E. T. B. og
|S i ae eee eee Aglantha. rosea, Forbes. p - 98
| Muggiaea atlantica, Cunningham. 73
cor of. tl eee eer Arachnactis [albida, M. Sars ?] ”"
ak eae Wee ~.. | oe | ce | se | Pleurobrachia pileus. Fabr. ae i 95
| ECHINODERMATA.
| Auricularia 76
| Echinopluteus 77
oe ae ee fare ae Ophiopluteus. 98
er ea Ophiurid juv = —s
VERMES.
.. |v. | Pilidium. } 80
Co at SS Polychaete larvae. ai 2 Hiks
+ + Sagitta bipunctata, Q. & G. 82
Se eS Bee OT omopteris helgolandica, Greef. me if : 83
Ti) ad et eas Se Trochophora. Bs
BRYOZOA.
‘ Cyphonautes. 85
ae Se

VI. 04, 36
~ PLANKTON COLLECTED AT.

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP—continued.

&5 Cyphonautes,

June. — July. ‘| August. September.
3 i Se
EA —— ry. 27: 3st] 27% 12;
esa
Sut 2.23 | 2.29 | 2.23°| 2.34°| 2-55
& a.m. | p.m. | am. | am. | am.
16 17 18 19 20 3
INCERTAE SEDISs.
62 | “‘Umrindete Cyste,” Hensen, o 33 s E :
‘ienis. Hexasterias problematica, Cleve, rer Caren bay 5 oe ee gee
PROTOZOA.
63 Lithomelissa sp., .. + ie ce a ae 43
ore) Cyttarocylis norvegica, (Daday), Neier) ean ae Ses oa pea ao
Jorgensen,
Pres; Tintinnopsis beroidea, Stein, Makagyes eat ee yee eee ; a 3 j
COELENTERATA,
66 | Lar sabellarum Gosse, ate 55 e ra
er | Hybocodon prolifer, Agassiz., WoeeH! gees 1 ceed loa reel r , ‘
‘een Tiara pileata, Forsk., | meron a ae ae sas :
69 | Obelia sp., = sds. 50 ke we Gl le eee
go | Phialidium. cymbialoideum, B.{i.c/) .. 1.4. fo
T.. Be
a —— temporarium, E. T. B., eae aie: ea a ce
72 | Aglantha rosea, Forbes, rey eat Sener re eee .
73 | Muggiaea atlantica, Cunningham, ey eee eon Cie. tsp
"74 | Arachnactis [albida, M. Sars. ?], ee es ee ae er
95 | Pleurobrachia pileus, Fabr., .. Sry IE es ERE
76 Auricularia,
77 Echinopluteus, So ee PS. te
7 Ophiopluteus, ats _ ee ee eee ease hte,
<9. | Opbindid fav... A oan ee ee
| VERMES.
80 | Pilidium, . | .
, or Polychaete larvae, .. a. Ea oe fw oe wee er
owe Pee eel oe. Ramer ese ane.
82 Sagitta bipunctata, Q. &G.,.. | a3 ad r c | 4
83 f ‘Tomopteris helgolandica, Greef.,| .. ast Aa } me af aed
= By _Trochophora, “* os + WER 8 vw, 4 aa ae
Brvozoa. |

= ~_ : — ae ee 2 SSE
* Both samples totally macerated,

[ 260 ]

37

Irish Licgur Stations, 1904—continued.

ee October.

Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40' W, 29 Fathoms.

November, December. |

:2

23. —- x

we 3
29 a ae a

INCERTAE SEDIS.
““ Umrindete Cyste,’’ Hensen. 62
Hexasterias problematica Cleve. “baa
: PROTOZOA.
r Lithomelissa sp. 63
ty eer Cyttarocylis norvegica (Daday), _ * 64
Jorgensen.
Ir Tintinnopsis beroidea, Stein. “65
COELENTERATA,
| Lar sabellarum, Gosse. 66
a ae Hybocodon prolifer, Agassiz. 67
Tiara pileata, Forsk. ~ 68
ae Obelia sp. — 69
., | Phialidium cymbaloideum, E. | 70
ee Be
“——temporarium,E.T.B. | 71
eiiett F Aglantha rosea, Forbes, 92
~.. | Arachnactis [albida, M.Sars.?]. | 74
Pleurobrachia pileus, Fabr. 75
ECHINODERMATA,

Auricularia. 76
“| Eehinopluters. = ~—~*|-77
| Ophiopluteus. 98

.. | Ophiurid juv. TT Php

VERMES.

we Pilidium. £0

" Polychaete larvae. oe, i ~ 8x

WRG Fd TUT ee a eS

+ + c Sagitta bipunctata, Q. & G. 82
+ r + | Tomopteris helgolandica, Greef. 83
4 - “ | Trochophora. ELE ~ 84

BRYOZOA.
+ | Cyphonautes. 85

VI. '04, 38

PLANKTON COLLECTED AT

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP—continued. ‘

5-54 | 7-24 | 7.40
p.m. | a.m. | a.m. | p.m.

CopEPODA.

86 | Acartia Clausi, Giesbr.,
37 | Alteutha bopyroides, Claus., ..

Anomalocera Pattersoni, R.
Temp.

ies
@

89 | Bradyidius armatus, Vanhéffen,

| | |

go | Calanus finmarchicus, Gunn.,..

91 | Candacia pectinata, Brady,

g2 Centropages hamatus, Lillj., ..

93 —— typicus, Kroyer,

——$—<—————— —————
-_

94 | Corycaeus anglicus, Lubb.,
Diaixis pygmaea, Scott,

er |

g6 | Euterpe acutifrons, Dana,
97 | Metridia lucens, Boeck,

|
a | | | —— | | |

Oithona nana, Giesbr., ay:

af
SS | | ———s |X | |

similis, Claus,

—_— |
| |S | |S | |

Paracalanus parvus, Claus,

———_ | | | | |

Parapontella brevicornis, Lubb.,

| ee
| |

Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck,

———_-
ee | |

~ 98 = atlantica, Brady,

Temora longicornis (O. F. Miiller),

|

CRUSTACEA (CETERA).

Evadne Nordmanni, Lovén, ..
Podon intermedius, Lillj.,

Eurydice inermis, Hansen,

Hyperiid, (Euthemisto com-
pressa, Goes.?),

Gastrosaccus Normani, Sars, .. , “= ta bi :

nr i

—— sanctus, Sars, ..

Nyctiphanes Couchi, Bell,

39

Irisn Liaur Srations, 1904—continued.

Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40’ W. 29 Fathoms.

CopEepPoDa,

ae r | Acartia Clausi, Giesbr. 86

err. pe) Ps ath Alteutha bopyroides, Claus. 87
aes fia | ee ie Paar Anomalocera Pattersoni, R. Temp. 88
eee tt tts ie. | Bradyidius armatus, Vanhéffen. 89
Set esl | ce | os Seed ig 2 Calanus finmarchicus, Gunn, ~ 90
aGit Pei! waa ea a Oe cet" Bar: Candacia pectinata, Brady. a
el Se ar ee are Aeon Centropages hamatus, Lillj. wr y—3 hied
7. oS a eae ae + +) —— typicus, Kréyer. ar
sco 8 ey ae ee 2th ee Corycaeus anglicus, Lubb. | 94
we). 7 Sa aan eae ad: Diaixis pygmaea, Scott. rr
ov.) 7 2a ia bir ry Euterpe acutifrons, Dana. 96
0 ee 3 Se re eee = Metridia lucens, Boeck. i cos
2) 2 Se ee ee Cs cee Microsetella atlantica, Brady. 98
5 ee a Ee ee Ee Oithona nana, Giesbr, “99
o> ) Se a EP ae ee ee ee similis, Claus. “00
oS Ey ae ae es ihe Paracalanus parvus, Claus. "ror
[3 S058 Doe ee een ee reed | Parapontella brevicornis, Lubb. “toa
ee te |. ten, ay Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck. E “103

c Temora longicornis (O. F. Miiller), 104

——-—-

CRUSTACEA (CETERA),

Evadne Nordmanni, Lovén, 105
eeepe ys) "*. | °.. | . Lonnld 3, | Podee intecmedius, L2H. Pied
ae a ee es eee Eurydice inermis, Hansen, “ror
in 28 1 Rn es Cane ee Hyperiid (Euthemisto compressa, “408

Goes, ?)
A : ne roy i Gastrosaccus Normani, Sars, “109
cE an ee re
ep IPOM }os. ta. Pescal st. a Nyctiphanes Couchi, Bell, ey

[ 263 ]

VI. '04, 40
PLANKTON COLLECTED AT

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP—continued.

. June. July. August,
o
4 ee 13, | 27. | 13. | 27, | 12. | 26.
n
3 2.23 | 2,20 | 2.23 | 2.34 |. 2.55 *
ve a.m, | p.m. | a.m. | a.m. | a.m.
”
arr 16 17 18 19 20 21
CopEPODA.
86 | Acartia Clausi, Giesbr., . ..{| + |.c¢ | +i] vc: | + | ..'
87 | Alteutha bopyroides, Claus, | = ae a | are oe we
88 | Anomalocera Pattersoni, R. + nl ee + r Se
Temp.
89 | Bradyidius armatus, Vanhéffen, | =e ‘ 2 . a
9° | Calanus finmarchicus, Gunn., cc c cc ce c ae
at
night
cc
gt | Candacia pectinata, Brady, .. = ss ae i a ae

7 CSS | | | | | |

92 Centropages hamatus, Lillj., .. c a. r Ir 4. th

—_—_ | | | J | | | TF

93 | ——typicus, Kréyer, ee. be +- c c cc we

| |_—__—_—___-——
SS Se ee

94 Corycaeus anglicus, Lubb., .. si ae are aA 5c ats

— jl |) SS ) | | | |

an td Ae UL k. ee REI ee

96 | Euterpe acutifrons, Dana, .
be | Metridia lucens, Boeck, <7 eee ca ert fae ir ee TD ee
nig
Fiche
98 | Microsetella atlantica, Brady, * .
ere Oithona nana, Giesbr., > eet ee new cad |
“100 | —— similis, Claus, las {st fowl] ae oe
101 Paracalanus parvus, Claus, ae pers oo ex ax mec ae ice as
303 | Parapontella brevicornis, Lubb., Caeerty gaa neg eae =e aaa eee sr
103 | Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck, at Pee —- er ese ~
| : |
“704 Temora longicornis (O. F, Miler) rekh pee, jas ie, par ee a
CRUSTACEA (CETERA),
105 | Evadne Nordmanni, Lovén, + on A ee oe oe
“206 Podon intermedius, Lillj., .. Seay [ ae far ier “eo | eo} ieee | Pa
107 | Eurydice inermis, Hansen, py eres: pmeeee: Poet See ee hee
108 | Hyperiid (Euvthemisto com- na Secs pee an fees ery re es
pressa, Goes ?), |
“109 Gastrosaccus Normani, Sars, .. axe 4 ee ae Rt ae ee ia
“10 '—— fences, Sars, sn | ea || vo foe | oe] oe) oc nn

* Both samples totally macerated.

[ 264 ]

41

Irnisn Licur Srarions, 1904—continued

Lat. 52°.2’ N., Long. 6°-40’ W.

November. , December,

| a 25. 8, 23h ks ; 25
2.353 2.54 2.39 2.28 2.22 2.49
: a.m. a.m a.m. a.m. a.m. a.m.

24 25 26 27 28 29

ees | eee | SS | RS
—_——— |

— | | |)
_—_———<<— !—_______.

DE ee ee ee

eee eee rn EE ————— —E——E—ESS SS EEE a

CoPEPODA.
Acartia Clausi, Giesbr.
Alteutha bopyroides, Claus.

| Anomalocera Pattersoni, R.

Temp.
Cle OS de

Bradyidius armatus, VanhOffen.
CT AE SR LEE aS

Calanus finmarchicus Gunn.

——

Candacia pectinata, Brady.

Centropages hamatus, Lillj.

.
A | sees eens | cea | eS | eee | |

—— | |
_—_—————— | |

—— typicus Kroyer.
wk eS

Corycaeus anglicus, Lubb.

a a cael - —— nl

—S- = | |] —

Diaixis pygmaea, Scott.

Euterpe acutifrons, Dana.

.
———— |_| —______..___ |. — —.. __ |__| | ———— rhs

Metridia lucens, Boeck.

_—_——————— | ———_—_- | —______
————— | |

Microsetella atlantica, Brady.

—_—
|

— |
————qKX“| | uu -——_
|

Oithona nana, Giesbr.

——-similis, Claus.
eS GI ng 7 RR EE
Paracalanus parvus, Claus.

—

es EAS Pin
Parapontella brevicornis, Lubb.

— |
———— |_| uu |/—

Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck.

———— | ———___——__ | —___—__
— S| |

— ee |§ |
—_——————qX~ |\uuuc«

——_—— | |

— | |
—_— $< | —________

—-—————~— |__| | —_—__—__
—_—_—<—< | —_______—_

ene | ES | | es

|
i |
|

i a ee
Temora longicornis (O. F. Miller).

CRUSTACEA (CETERA).

Evadne Nordmanni, Lovén.

Podon intermedius, Lillj.

Eurydice inermis, Hansen.

Hyperiid (Euthemisto com-
pressa, Goes. ?).

Gastrosaccus Normani, Sars.
—— sanctus, Sars.

Nyctiphanes Couchi, Bell.

29 Fathoms.

Species No.

104

VI. ’04. 42

PLANKTON COLLECTED aT

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP—continued.

e 5.28 | 5.54 | 7.24
a.m. .m. | p.m. | a.m. | a.m.

Species No.

3 + 5
CRUSTACEA (CETERA)—con.

112 | Cirripedia larvae,

—— Sse

| S| | | || | |
— | | | | | | | | |
ee — | | |X |

|) | | — >

See

118 | Caridid larvae, ain Sy r r ate $e :

11g | Homarus vulgaris, M.-Edw. larva,

SS eee

MoLtusca, |
| |
120 | Lamellibranchiate larvae, SoH Ee r | r
121 Gastropod larvae, | | r | "y
|!
ee
TUNICATA. |
122 | Fritillaria borealis, Q. et G., .. | ae ag ate ate ae oe a ae
123 Oikopleura dioica, Fol, | r | .
ESA NEN Ge TE EE EEE Ge Gc...
VERTEBRATA.
124 | Teleostel, ova et larvae, ee | r Tit (hr c a + ‘| & oe

[ 266 ]

43

Irish Ligut Srarions, 1904—continued.

Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40’ W. 29 Fathoms.

3
17. | 17 29. z
3
2.52; 3.8 2.25 | 2.23 3
a.m. | p.m a.m. | a.m. &

CRUSTACEA (CETERA)—COM,

+ r c ry Ep Ff AP Citripedia larvae. 114
rr oe ae ee Pa sen | are re: Cypris stage larvae. “113
a. tr marre os, Wo tacap tee the ant Microniscus, “114
ae | oe | ares ee 1 eo eT ia | Nauplius and Metanauplius. Tf “115
* Mi Pt aes “116
[SS ae oe en oe ee |
fee ae eee ar | eae peed ated Caridid larvae. “318
raph pee ei | ee Homarus vulgaris, M.-Edw. larva. “a9

| MOLLUSCA.

r r | Lamellibranchiate larvae. 120
ae aS 2 eS eae ee re Gastropod larvae. “yas
Se ee rs a es err —

TuNICATA.
Fritillaria borealis, Q. & G. 122
Pa to, a | an | un | «sod +4 | Oikopleura dioica Fol ~~ 323
eapsieeeetal a var Se =,
VERTEBRATA.
r + oe c oe He > 4 Teleostei, ova et larvae, 124

y 267 }

VI. ’04, 44
| PLANKTON COLLECTED AT

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP—continwedd.

z 13 27. 13. 27. 12.
Z| a2 | tel geen aah | ae
mn |
| oe Oe an cae a ee
| CRUSTACEA (CETERA)—con.
112 | Cirripedia larvae, .. ee ee ee . ws =
113 Cypris stage larvae, .. a yest se 4 ed we ae
II4 Microniscus, as es fnew f ve | we dee fc nn
115 | Nauplius and Metanauplius, ae oy Se 4 en ie aay + |... |
116 | Zoea, ce . “Sat | = | ot eee ia ie sae
night )
+ Se |
117 | Megalopa, 2 ais a aeae is tiered _ oe eee
118 Caridid larvae, ee S< ce) | | | oe lon
119 | Homarus vulgaris, M.-Edw. larva, ne ——s —s @) en |
| LEO SP ee
MOLLusCa.
120 | Lamellibranchiate larvae, a . r r
I2I Gastropod larvae, oi eee vigie ag, fesb tomy, ae aaa cee ae
TUNICATA, |
122 | Fritillaria borealis, Q. & G., .. ee ae ; oe mae Sk:
5S Oikopleura dioica, Fol, i jot ee oe kare ete 3: ae
VERTEBRATA,
124 | Teleostei, ova et larvae, nA 06 we + ee

* Both samples totally macerated.

[ 268 ]

45

Trish Ligut Stations, 1904—continued.

Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40’ W. 29 Fathoms.

October. ‘November. - December.

9. 25. 8. 23." 3 ws 23. — z
2.13 a.%4 2.39 2.28 2.22 2.49 3
a.m. a.m. a.m. a.m. a.m. |-* a.m. &

24 a at sat ast |, ae il -ag

CRUSTACEA (CETERA)—con,
ys AF va ai y ne Cirripedia larvae. 112
ey. | Cypris stage larvae. hog “433
‘ | ae “a les tei sin Microniscus. “amg

a | + r r r ws Nauplius and Metanauplius. “AT5

r | ar r Se ae phieged or ‘Zoea. “116
“¥ Se ae me we Megalopa. "ay

+ | c r 5 ¥ Caridid larvae. 118°

is | in 7 Rae Pcs oe: Homarus vulgaris, M.-Edw. larva, | 119

| ‘pcuges ~ | 120
MOLLUSCA.
r r r r S Lamellibranchiate larvae.
r r | 5 r a Gastropod larvae. eee 121
| TUNICATA,
: a os Fritillaria borealis, Q. & G. 122
E r r r | ae Oikopleura dioica, Fol. 123
| VERTEBRATA,
Ir Pia camer ee | as : Teleostei, ova et larvae, 124

a 269 ]

VI. ’04, 46

_ PLANKTON COLLECTED AT

FASTNET ROCK LIGHTHOUSE.

February.

. | 3-55 | 12.10
p.m. | p.m.

Species No,

|
| DIATOMACEAE.
|

Actinoptychus undulatus, Ehbg.,
2 | Asterionella glacialis, Castr., ..
3 Biddulphia mobiliensis, Bail.,

4 | Chaetoceras boreale, Bail., ..

NEE , , as a \

5 —— constrictum, Gran, ais
6 —— curvisetum, Cleve,
9 | —— danicum, Cleve,
xh —— decipiens, Cleve, ie
ae -| —— densum, Cleve, P

SSS

10 —— didymum (Ehbg.), Cleve,

—

laciniosum, Schiitt.,

—— eS

12 —— peruvianum, Btw.,

SS SS OO -vvv'vrrrvvmvm.
— ee ss
ee
ee

;
SS SS

17 | ——radiatus, Ehbg., aa

me SSeS

18 | Ditylum Brightwelli, West., ..

EN

1g | Fragillaria, c.f. oceanica, Gran,

SE J |

—_———————— TT | | | | Tf
eS |) | ee
ee | es | ee

SN

25 Paralia sulcata, Cleve,

—_— | |]

26 Pleurosigma sp.,

—_—_—— | |

27 Rhizosolenia alata, Btw.,

|

28 ——~ semispina, Hensen,
an aries setigera, Btw., og 9A aT ge OO eee ine
a | ———~ Shrubsolei, Cleve,

31 | — Stolterfothi, Pérag.,

32 , Sceletonema costatum (Grev.), Cleve, ..

33 ) Thalassiosira (condensata, Cleve ?),

OM 39 5-

LY

47

risa Liant Stations, 1904—continnued.

Lat. 51° 23’ 18” N., Long. 9° 36’ 25” W.

August. September. October.
12. | 29. 12. 26. 9. 24. to. a5; 8. | 24. g
UU ea ed bed bed ee A
=, D
™ |13 | ™3) t4.| 35.) 16 | 27.| 28 | 10 - ———
DIATOMACEAE,

| , . SE ae Se jot : rr | Actinoptychus undulatus, Ehbg. I
OSE ELE Mad bees. Sines 2 oe aaa pean fered) tr | .. | Asterionella glacialis, Castr. 2.4
Tee be bebe be fe be re Lm oe | Biadatpla mobs, Ball, [3
Se se Rea a eS Saeed Wied om | ere Sey tare ~~ ., | Chaetoceras boreale, Bail. an
UY SSE ae ee r ae . | .. | .. | constrictum, Gran, Cos
Rt oo ee _ el Se r ee ade ~~. |... | —curvisetum, Cleve. | 6
5 28) ES a ee ke ere ~., | —danicum, Cleve. | 7
AD ES : pad 5 5 . : ae Pie: decipiens, Cleve. rg
eye a a a a E Pra r | r Ir —— densum, Cleve. or
TS eee SP TRE Ge i 1 Suited eke | —— didymum (Ehbg.), Cleve. a
ee lta} os | ie, | | | we | e+ | ++ | —=laciniosum, Schiitt. “a
oS Bee Fae ee 7 Ta) OI ae | —— peruvianum, Btw.

AS eee ae eae Meet Vera eee Set: es 2 oe eas scolopendra, Cleve.
8) SE fe ed ae fee oe ~. |... | Coscinodiscus concinnus, W. Sm.
SAE ee oe eT as te ato 5 Ye res ~~; | —~excentricus, Ehbg. |
SAR a | © 31 ek ae ae —— oculus iridis, Ehbg.
A sa I ed ? r ene ae o eat es, —— radiatus, Ehbg.
—— “TA eee oe » Ce cal ee 7 Ditylum Brightwelli, West,
Se) Se) ae Sa cee Ir ia Rae a Fragillaria, c.f. oceanica, Gran.
oie oh ee a 71-7, | Guinardia Gacelda, Pérag. ...... | 0
“ae nome Sie) eee arte Rise y ae, oe re Te Hyalodiscus stelliger, Bail.
8 eee ST Saale iad Mane aaa Stee Siaet ae ~.. | Lauderia borealis, Gran.
, a a a ——|— |. |.. | Navieula membranacea, Cleve.
aa pee we 1 ake 4 Shea i eae ~. | .. |... | Nitzschia seriata, Cleve. ae
eae ae See be hie Te fie toe bie.. | Paralia sulcata, Cleve.
eal a r ea or oe ee oe Pleurosigma sp.
ae) ar “eae a dwn ble. ere cae ~~ y | Rhizosolenia alata, Btw.
EE ee Sue ets Pai er r he Eat as Gee io semispina, Hensen.
NE Gh I a Pe es Gas (ee ie oa Ce aa —— setigera, Btw. ;
eee a jE | Teele Eke ao ~., | ——Shrubsolei, Cleve.
| Sel a a a a by 5am Bra ae es hg os es > Stolterfothi, Pérag.

a es r ee aii = aor Sham cay Ree a. Sceletonema costatum (Grev.),

ss el Cleve.

Thalassiosira (condensata, Cleve?).

VI. ’04, 48

PLANKTON COLLECTED At

-FASTNET ROCK LIGHTHOUSE—continued.

February. March. April. May:
F ar ik
Az — = 3 18 2: 22 20. 30. I4. 31.
3 3-30 | 3-30 | x.0 | 4.30] 6.0 |12.30| 12.30] 3.0 | 3.15 | 12.10]
& p-m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. |
a art; Ss 4 5 6 7 s 9 10 |
DIATOMACEAE—COM.
34 | Thalassiosira gravida, Cleve, .. ce. Pr a |
NS ee Oe ee ee ={)
35 —— Nordenskidldi, Cleve, .. = as oe a - a A c ee Pie |
36 | Thalassiothrix curvata, Castr., r : 2 “9 oo freed i
37 | —— Frauenfeldi, Grun., Ag r r r r ie ro :
: ‘ 4 t
. . '
PERIDINIDAE. |
38 | Ceratium furca, Clap. & Lachm., : é . any 7
39 | —— fusus (Ehbg.), Duj., .. oo ns ste ae r + e er Pee fi. <t
40 — — horridum (Cleve), Gran, ie ota =e eee 2 aA es a’ ai one
41 | ——longipes (Bail.), Cleve, .. at ste ai Bie ts = ar ate mw ae <a
42 macroceras, Ehbg.,

43 —— tripos, (O. F: Miill.), Vanhdéffen, ..

44 | Diplopsalis lenticula, Bergh, ..

3s eS Gee

45 | Glenodinium acuminatum, Ehbg.,

46 Gonyaulax polygramma, Stein, |
47 | Peridinum conicum, Gran, .. > e - st ate * =H f
48 | ——depressum, Bail., ie

49 —— oceanicum (Vanh6ffen), Jorg.,

50 —— ovatum (Pouch.), Schiitt,

5t | ——pallidum, Ostenf., at i
ae —— pentagonum, Gran, ...—«..| ene: Teme _ : 5
“Ab Prorocentrum piodeaAMben 4S) 34, Ura ee ed ted, bad eae r |

FLAGELLATAE.

4 Dinobrion pellucidum, Lev.,

PROTOCOCCOIDEAE, | :

55 | Halosphaera viridis, Schmitz, v r +- -{- + Wadd oa | 2°. Bae ‘

a Trochiscia Clevei, Lemm., .. a Pi Z BO ee AL - De ok Le mo "a

—| | er ie Bo er tee he: |

SILICOPLAGELLATAE, |

$7 | Dictyocha fibula, Ehbg., .. sh vs] set] be | be ae ;
"g8- | Distepbanus speculum (Ehbg.), Haeckel. |... ar Se ees pene lates ee ; >

a

49

Trish Lieut Srations 1904—continued.

Lat. 51° 23’ 18” N., Long. 9° 36’ 25” W.

12. 29. E44 26. js 24. TO. 25. 8. | 2a5 24. ——
a: 4.0 | 2.0% | ¥.390 | Ix%.g0) £.0 |12.45| ¥.45 | 3.0 | 3.30 | 2.30 S
p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m &
i pea we) te.) rs Parapet | ls owe
DIATOMACEAE—Ccon.
ar Fr of Ae —— gravida, Cleve 34
oe ee a ay is Ae i ee Se ey ae Nordenskidldi, Cleve. 35
—t.. |... SOS Se a Ee Be oi pe Thalassiothrix curvata, Castr. 36
=o 8 ae Ir CR ie rr ee ¥ Bek fs tl rr | —— Frauenfeldi, Grun. 37

eo) en ee ee ee

PERIDINIDAE,
Ceratium furca, Clap. & Lachm.

fusus (Ehbg.), Duj.

|
es Se. ae -|- a | r 6 ee ee —— horridum (Cleve), Gran. fe)
feast). r A eh I= |: aa ie eae ——-longipes (Bail.), Cleve, I
| “? ppd ig Ra ee aes ——— macroceras, Ehbg. ae
ae c | c oa c | ae ae —— tripos, (O. F. Miill.), Vanhdffen. 43
Ir r r | -- “ i | a ie ee Diplopsalis lenticula, Bergh. 44
ae ue Fe Rae © Pe. Oe er ee Glenodinium acuminatum, Ehbg. a
rr Ir i ae oe ee eee | Gonyaulax polygramma, Stein, i as
| Peridinium conicum, Gran. | 7
r | depressum, Bail. 48
ae oceanicum (Vanh6ffen), Jorg. | 49
| — ovatum (Pouch), Schiitt. | 50
Rie] —— pallidum, Ostenf. | st
Bee ae ae ee ee pentagonum, Gran. | 52
Prorocentrum micans, Ehbg. 53
FLAGELLATAE.

| Dinobrion nobus: pellessduing Eee Lev. 54

| PROTOCOCCOIDEAE.
| Halosphaera viridis, Schmitz. 55
os pial Gene aes Trochiscia Clevei, Lemm. Y 56
3 acai

| SILICOFLAGELLATAE,
| Dictyocha fibula, Ehbg. 57
Distephanus speculum (Ehbg), | . 58

Haeckel.

VI. 04, 50
PLANKTON COLLECTED ,

FASTNET ROCK LIGHTHOUSE— continued.

Sa
p.m.

INCERTAE SEDIS.
59 “* Umrindete Cyste,”” Hensen,
PROTOZOA.

60 | Amphorella subulata (Ehbg.), Dad.,

61 Cyttarocylis norwegica (Dad.), Jorgensen,

————— eee nnn aS | | | ef | Fd

62 —— serrata (M6b.), Brandt.,

——— SS

63 Ptychocylis urnula, Clap. & Lachm., .

64 | Tintinnopsis beroidea, Stein,

NO ee eee

— HH“ _—_i”X_—_—X—_—_—_— Oe a eee | | | | | | |

67 Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb.,

OO Oe | es a | a | nt fen | ee | a | a | |

COELENTERATA.

68 Hybocodon prolifer, Agassiz, ..

69 Lizzia blondina, Forbes,
70 Podocoryne sp., a4

71 Sarsia gemmifera, Forbes, ..

——

ed ee

74 Obelia nigra, E. T. B.,

7 jo ON ne
76 Phialidium cymbalodium, E. T. B., ..

77 | ~— temporarium, E. T. B., ..
78 | Willia stellata, Forbes,

79 Aglantha rosea, Forbes,

i

80 | Cupulita Sarsi, Haeckel, r ,

—_———

61 Muggiaea atlantica, Cunningham,

62 Beroe ovata, Bosc.,
|
|

—_———

&, | Bipinsaria,

6s | Echinopluteus,

—_—-<--

51
Irish Ligur Stations, 1904—continued.

Lat. 51° 23’ 18” N., Long. 9° 36’ 25” W.

July. August. September. October. November. | Dec.
6
12. 9 24 —- 7.
ef
Bagg | 4.0 |.2.15 | 1.30 | 2r.30]|- 1.0 o
p-m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. &
Ir 12 13 14 15 16 ¥
| | INCERTAE SEDIS.
: a : as “ye ip ss Py i ae ower 2 [oe Umrindete Cyste,’’ Hensen. 59

PROTOZOA.
ne ze Ir ae ae Ac Ke ate ar rae PR es Amphorella subulata (Ehbg.), Dad. 60
e. ° - Ir mie sie - y Ar Pare Sa Cyttarocylis mnorwegica (Dad), 61
Jorgensen. ;

| a Sie r yt sie a a Lithomelissa sp.

Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb. -

—_—_-

CoELENTERATA.
Hybocodon prolifer, Agassiz. 68

Phialidium cymbalodium, E. T. B. 76

—— temporarium, E. T. B. 77

Cupulita Sarsi, Haeckel.

| SC

‘ | cc c 2 c c we Muggiaea atlantica, Cunningham. 81
os ae | os 4 ar) Peroe ovata, Bosc. 82
: | |

| ECHINODERMATA.,
| , -
re a r | | | Auricularia. 83
. Ss Se ee ee Bes eee ee ee
-: Hd ; we | r a eo | Bipinnaria 84
j .. : a ae 4+ 3 | aa | & | Echinopluteus. 85
|
q : — igs aa y =< ‘ -_—
T 2

VI. '04, 52

FASTNET ROCK LIGHTHOUSE—continwed.

February. March. April May. June.
4 ee
Z on 3 18 2 22 20 30 14 3I 17.
a4
3 | 3-30 ; 12.30 12.30] 3.0 | 3.45 | 12.10
& p-m.

p-m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. | p.m. |

EcHINODERMATA—COn.

86 Ophiopluteus,

87 | Ophiurid juv.,

88 | Spatangopluteus,

-- ——-

VERMES.

89 Actinotrocha,

' go | Autolytus prolifer (Miill.),

| | | | |

9t | Poecilochaetus larvae,

92 | Polychaeta larvae,

93 | Sagitta bipunctata, Q. et G., wv r

_ 94 Tomopteris helgolandica, Greef, xe r

“95 | Trochophora, aa oe r

———- »_ | | | |) | | | |

Bry0ZOA.
g6 Cyphonautes,
CoPpEPODA.

97 Acartia Clausi (Giesbr.), = te rS

98 | Alteutha bopyroides, Claus, ..

99 | Anomalocera Pattersoni, R. Temp.,

—— | ——_————_] | LLL | LNT FFL! FS FF

—__——_—_ | — | ——_ |] —__- ——_—_ | —__—_——_——— —__ | —_——_ | —__—_ |] ——-

100 | Calanus finmarchicus, Gunn., ~ c
tor | Candacia pectinata, Brady, ..

102 | Centropages hamatus, Lillj.,
103 | ——typicus, Kréyer,
104 Corycaeus anglicus, Lubb., .. fy Ir

= ET | | ee | eee | pe | SSS | gee

105 | Dyspontius striatus, Thorell,

106 | Diaixis pygmaea, Scott,

107 Euterpe acutifrons, Dana,

—— -—|

108 | Metridia lucens, Boeck,

109 | Microsetella atlantica, Brady,

110 ©6| Oithona similis, Claus., - oe r

rin Paracalanus parvus, Claus.,

112 | Pseudocalanus elongatus, Giesbr.,

=

uty | Scutellidium fasciatum, Boeck, Se
i114 | Temora longicornis, O. F. Miller, |

eee cee
ee

~ w+ eon =

[ 276 ]

53

Trish Licut Stations, 1904—continued.

Lat. 51° 23’ 18” N., Long. 9° 36’ 25” W.

1.30] 4.0 | 2.15
p.m. | p.m, | p.m. | p.m.

Ww
o
Species No.

II 12
EcHINODERMATA—CON.

Ophiopluteus.

VERMES.

Actinotrocha.

—— - - | | | | _—

Autolytus prolifer (Miill.)

Poecilochaetus larvae.

—— | | | | S| LS i

i Polychaeta larvae.
oo | rat >) ora ares eras res Sagitta bipunctata, Q. et G. ik 93
AY aig 4) Brey pas res eee Tomopteris helgolandica, Greef. | 94
|. “Rtedhophace, ae
. oe ee
; BrY0ZOA, i
-t- r Cyphonautes.
CoPEPODA.
r + Cc Acartia Clausi (Giesbr.) 97
-.. | Alteutha bopyroides, Claus. sn 98
* SE A Anomalocera Pattersoni, R. Temp.
re ce cc Calanus finmarchicus, Gunn.

Candacia pectinata, Brady.

Centropages hamatus, Lillj.

-: r —— typicus, Kréyer.
4 ire RO eh Ss ONS ie at Ce Corycaeus anglicus, Lubb. ad
| “ Dyspontius striatus, Thorell. 105
; -.. SP ae ae oe | em Ge Oe “Diaixis pygmaea, Scott. ae oo
| ws Sly tas eee GD) Bee ee Euterpe acutifrons, Dana. a
“4 + € Metridia lucens, Boeck. iin i Sor “r08
et RE <a. = ee a Ge Smee Microsetella atlan‘ica, Brady. tom
| Ir a Sol See Be Oithona similis, Claus.
-- . BS ae ERY Bee Paracalanus parvus, Claus. Vre
| + + a, OO ee) ee " Pseudocalanus elongatus, Giesbr. "See
| oe i. Scutellidium fasciatum, ‘Boeck. eee
| q r + pe oe ae pee tee Temora longicornis, O. F. Miiller, | re

04, 54

<
_

PLANKTON COLLECTED A

FASTNET ROCK LIGHTHOUSE—continuwed.

February. March. April. May. June.
: 3. 18. “2 2 20. 30. r4. 3%. 17...) 200
i =o 20 |S a |i |e ea]
ae Pps | I 2 | 3 4 il ea 2 7 8 9 10

—— CrusTACEA (CETERA). |

115 | Evadne Nordmanni, Lovén, .. | : | : ; ‘ e
6 | Podon intermedius, Lillj., .. Sve esate te tone
“a7 | Hyperiid, juv., a = pr ae mee eco.
“318 |Nyctiphanes Couchi, Bell, i oar c Bie
“119 Nyctiphanes norvegica, Sars., ac al elec
a
rw acl: Cypris stage larvae, | ‘

122 | Microniscus, x ats See Neji Sabena Bice
“123, Nauplius & Metanauplius, .. és eat ee aie acl or | a. | we)
ON fee. Seer eo ee ee

125 | Megalopa, peti Sane re Mens”

126 | Caridid larvae, ye fae | won| we | ees) ona) fe
3 127 | Jaxea nocturna, Scott, iter ae va | ee | ae dle

MOLLUSCA,

128 | Clione (borealis, Brug. ?) “8 at
“129 | Gastropod larvae, - ee gS Fao AR FI
"130 Lamellibranchiate larvae, Ne io Siacald eS, J MPN Mgt!
a Cephalopod larvae, Es Wai IR Ea a OM

TUNICATA.

132 | Ascidian larvae, a wa
“433 Doliolum tritonis, Herdman, Wi ii reece Lim port a
“134 | Fritillaria borealis, Q. et G., .. ica? Se ican bel ho) rp
135 | Oikopleura dioica, Fol, “2 i ig aid WS ai scion
ay RA eb Ass Fs ewe AEN Rates| aaa) EES | EET

| VERTEBRATA.
136 = Teleostei, ova & larvae, Me o” Ir

[ 278 ]

55

kisH Lienr Stations, 1904—continued.

Lat. 51° 23’ 18” N., Long. 9° 36’ 25” W.

November. | Dec.

August. | September. October.

CRUSTACEA (CETERA).

+- | -+- He are ve .. | Evadne Nordmanni, Lovén.

| 115
| Podon intermedius, Lillj. we ae “116
Hyperiid, juv. 117
Nyctiphanes Couchi, Bell. “118
Nyctiphanes norvegica, Sars. “119
2 ESS Ses eran ae ree ae Cirripedia larvae. ~ “120
Re tee ep ahi | we beer Cypris stage larvae. © aan
ir eet eee | ep og | re Nauplius and Metanauplius. "123
igo: 9 Geran Sar “124
Megalopa. 125
|... | Caridia larvae. “126
ET oc = © OR aaa a ra a a a Jaxea nocturna, Scott. “127
MoLtusca.
Clione (borealis, Brug. ?) 128
aa? 2 oe Br Gastropod larvae. “129
Lamellibranchiate larvae. “330
pas Tid Cephalopod larvae. ii “131
TUNICATA.
Ascidian larvae. 132
Doliolum tritonis, Herdman. 133
".. | Fritillaria borealis, Q.etG. | 134
Be Oikopleura dioica, fal... "335
VERTEBRATA.

Teleostei, ova & larvae.

bt 9

VI. '04, 56

ll.

HYDROGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS AT IRISH LIGHT STATIONS,
1904.

SKULMARTIN LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 54° 32’ N., Long. 5° 26’ W. 20 fathoms.

Surface ea Surface pp at
Date. Hour. ee Salinity. Date. Hour. oa Salinity.
*

1904. | Regis. S%o- 1904. °C. S%o-
Jan. 21, 10.35.pom 927.6 e Feb. 29, 5 50 p.m 6.1 a
Jan. 22, ..| 1015 am.|_ .. 33.89 1 March 1, .. 6 30 a.m 6.3

- -. | 1030 am. | 7.8 ie a yes 7 30 p.m 6.2
Jan. 23, .. | 11 15 a.m. 7.8 March 2, .. 7 55 a.m 6.6

ms .. | 11 45 p.m. | 8.0 -, = 8 30 p.m 6.4 Pn
Jan, 24; . 1 TES Gay rs March 3, .. 8 30 a.m ae 34.18
dan. 25 |. | 12 30 Bem 78 - a 9 O am 6.6 oh
Jan. 26, 1 60- pm, -7.6 133.01 5 9 30 p.m 6.4
Jan. 27, 2.30 p.m. | © 7.6 | AL March 4, 9 45 a.m 6.6
Jan. 28, 4 0pm 1S a -- | Ot pm 6.4
Jan. 29, 5 0 pm 1.2 March 5, .. | 10 15 a.m. 6.6 |
Jan. 30, 5 50 a.m 7:38 - .. | 10 35 pam. 6.2 |

i 6 23 p.m 130 March 6, .. | 11 5 a.m. 6.2
Jan. 31, By fie | Mer 1 7.4 a 11 30 p.m 6.0 7

* 7 15 p.m 7-2 March 7, .. | 11 50 a.m. 6.2 "
Feb. 1, 7 40 a.m vee March 8, .. | 12 25 a.m. 6.4 “
Feb. 2, 8 0am | 7.4 oe oe 2 1 0 p.m 6.2 i.
Feb. 3, 8 20 am. | 7.6 | 34.00 March 9, 1 20 a.m 6.2 a

: 2 9 10 p.m 7.4 ey _ 1 45 p.m 6.6 34.18 7

Feb. 4, 9 20 a.m 7.6 March 10, 2 0am 6.4 - \
Feb. 5, .. 9 50 a.m 7.4 * a 2 25 p.m 6.6 7
Feb. 6, ..| 1045 am. | 7.4 March 1], 3 0 am 6.4 te f
Feb. 7, .. | 11 35 am 7.6 = | 6.6 .
Feb. 8, 1 O pm 7.4 March 12, 4 20 a.m 6.4 gi :
Feb. 9, 260 pan.i()..<% 26 as - e 5 O p.m 6.8 ?
Feb. 10, 230 am. | 7.4 | 34.04 March 13, 5 30 am. | 6.8 a ;

x + | 3 20 p.m 7.4 | PY be es 6 O p.m. 6.8 als
Feb. 11, .. | 3 50 a.m 7.2 March 14, 6 30 a.m. 6.8 a

ee .. 430 pm ETS - | 7, 0pm 6.6 Hi 1
Feb. 12, | 6 10 am 7.2 ny March 15, 720am./{ 6.4 =i '

is 630 pm. | 7.2 | hi ai sande 6.6 A ‘J
Feb. 13, 6 O a.m. 7.2 1 March 16, 7 55 a.m 6.6 ms '

. i. ah eee eo ae (nee ee .. | 815 pm 6.6 7a ;
Feb. 14, 7 O p.m. <a, eae March 17, 8 35 a.m 6.6 34.09 &
Feb. 15, 7 15 a.m. 7.2 | at ys oe 9 O p.m 6.8 34.11
Feb. 16, 815 am. | 6.7 is March 18, 9 10 am 6.6 a

- | 8 30 am. we od Gee - |) OS pm 6.6 Ja :
Feb. 17, ee | ee a ee March 19, 9 7 am 6.4 Se fa
Feb. 18, 845 am. | 6.7 “ ; ~ | 9 28 pam 6.8 a J
Feb. 19, 910 am. | 6.7 | March 20, 9 40 a.m. 7.0 ae 7
Feb. 20, 940 am. | 6.7 | 5 ee | 20 Opens 7.0 .
Feb. 21, 10 20 am. | 7.1 | March 21, 10 15 a.m. 6.8 .
Feb. 22, .. | 10 50 a.m. 6.9 A .- | 10 30 p.m. 6.8 “ .
Feb. 23, .. | 1145 am./| 6.9 March 22, 1l O am. 7.0 a ;
Feb. 24, 130 p.m. | 6.7 54 a o. | LIA ae 7.0 ..
Feb. 25, 150 p.m. | 6.9 | 34.11 | March 23, | 11 30am.|] 7.0 is
Feb. 26, 2 45 p.m. 6.7 i 2 .. | 11 45 p.m. 7.2 ae
Feb. 27, 415 pm. | 6.9 March 24, 12 15 p.m. 7.2 | 34.12
Feb. 28, 5 20 p.m. 6.5 March 25, 1 O am. 7.0 o's
Feb. 29, 5 40 a.m. 6.5 - es 1 30 p.m. 7.0 ‘

* The samples of water were titrated at the M. B. A. Laboratory, Plymouth
by Mr. D. J. Marruews.

[ 280 ]

e yt.04. 57

HyproGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS AT IRIisu Licur Srarions, 1904—continued.

SKULMARTIN LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 54° 32’ N., Long. 5° 26’ W. 20 fathoms.
|
Surface Sustisde Surface Surface
Date. Hour. 7oarer: Salinity. Date. | Hour. ——— Salinity.
) |
1904. cs S%or 1904. °C. | S%o-
March 26, 2 10 am. 7.0 sd May 1, 8 40 p.m. ee 1 it
x a 2 45 p.m. 7.0 May 2, 8 50 a.m. TB
March 27, 3 30 a.m. 7.0 ‘ 9 20 p.m. Ts. |
* 4 0 p.m. 4-0 May 3, 9 50 a.m. 7.6 |
March 28, 4 45 a.m. 4-0 re 10 15 p.m. 7.4 |
pvt 5 15 p.m. 7.0 May 4, 10 35 a.m. 7.6")
March 29, | 6 O am. 7.0 ie 10 55 p.m. tan
* 6 30 p.m. 6.8 May 5, 11 20 a.m. 1.6)
March 30, 7 O am. 6.8 se 11 45 p.m. 7.4 |
a writ edna |) 6.8 | 4. May 6, Midday. 1.
March 31, 745 am. | 6.8 | 34.10 May 7, 12 45 a.m. Baal oa
ze ; or ane |) 6.8 fe : 1 15 p.m. 7.6 | 34.22
April 1, 8 20am. | 7.0 “ May 8, 2 0 a.m. 200) fae
April 2, 845 am. |, 6.8 : f 2 30 p.m. (‘a
April 3, 910 am. | 6.6 ee May 9, 3 10 a.m. 2&1
a 930 pm.| 6.6 ae ot 3 45 p.m. 7.8 |
April 4, 9 50 a.m. 6.6 £ May 10, 4 20 a.m. 8.0 |
April 5, .. | 10 30 am. 6.6 ae es 4 47 p.m. 8.0 |
April 6, .. | 11 10 a.m. co Fe 5 ill adelante May ll, 5 16 a.m. 8.2 |
April 7, 12 15 p.m. 6.8 a ey 5 40 p.m. 8.0 |
April 8, 1 10 a.m. 7.0 oe May 12, 6 2 a.m. 7.8
z 1 50 p.m. 7.2 | 34.09 py 6 23 p.m. 8.0")
April 9, 2 30 a.m. 6.8 a May 13, 6 43 a.m. 8.0
STIG om.| 6.6 My in Tua | 4° 9.0 |
April 10, .. 4 20 p.m. ee. May 14, 7 21 a.m. 8.0
Apol ll; . 5 0 am. 6.8 | i 7 35 p.m. 8.0 |
“ B § 20 p.m. 2.95 15 May 15, 7 53 a.m. 8.0
April 12, .. | 5 40 a.m. Gee | 8 11 p.m. 8.0 “s
* ; 6 O p.m. 7.2 May 16, 8 30 a.m. 8.2 | 34.22
April 13, .. | 6 15 a.m. 6.8 4 8 49 p.m. 8.2 ee
se ae (ts GU Sb pm: 6.8 May 17, 9 O a.m 8.2
April 14, .. | 6 50 p.m. 6.8 “3 9 15 p.m 8.0 |
April 15, .. 7 10 a.m. a, We Sas May 18, 9 32 a.m 8.2 |
ya eer ta tf 2G. name 7.4 | 34.1) ” 9 54 p.m 8.0
April 16, .. 7 40 a.m. 720 Pp May 19, 10 15 a.m Ce ee
- cu 11 8" O.pm, 7.2 Pes a 10 39 p.m £277")
April 17, .. | 8 30 a.m. Bag «| ‘ May 20, ll 4 am 8.2 |
April 18, .. 9 O a.m. eae tte a 11 31 p.m 8.0
* me 9G p-m. is Mon May 21, 11 55 a.m 8.2
April 19, .. | 925 am. | 7.2 "7 "i Midnight. 8.2
™ -. | 9 35 p.m. 7.2 : May 22, 12 58 a.m 8.0
April 20, .. | 10 30 a.m. 7.4 3 e 1 36 p.m 8.2 |
April 21, .. | 11 20 a.m. 7.4 “3 May 23, 2 13 a.m. 8.2 | me
April 22, .. Midday. ROSE ones ‘3 2 48 p.m. 8.4 | 34.14
April 23, .. 1 20 p.m. 7.2 | 34.04 May 24, 3 18 a.m. 8.2 fo
April 24, .. 2 40 p.m. aya Yo ae er 3 48 p.m. 8.4 ;
April 25, .. | 3 10 a.m. Be LG oe May 25, 4 21 a.m. 8.4 ;
a rat 3 40 p.m. y Pe “3 4 54 p.m 8.6 ;
April 26, .. | 5 Opm 4.4} May 26, 5 26 a.m. 8.4 ;
April 27, .. 5 25 a.m 7.2 5 54 p.m. 8.6 ,
* be 5 45 p.m 7.4 May 27, 6 18 a.m. 8.6 :
April 28, .. | 6 30 p.m 7.4 . 6 46 p.m. 8.6 e
April 29, .. | 7 0am 7.6 May 28, 7 8 a.m. 8.6 ee
a ate 7 20 p.m 7.6 ie ” 7 30 p.m. 8.8 -
April 30, .. 7 40 a.m 7.4 | 34.13 May 29, 7 52 a.m. 8.8 oe
- 8 10 p.m. 7.4 es a 8 12 p.m. 8.8 ee
May 1, 8 30 a.m. | 7.4 May 30, 8 33am. | 8.8 | 34.16

{ 281 ]

V1. 04, 58
HypROGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS AT [RIsH Lieut Stations, 1904—continued.

SKULMARTIN LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 54° 32’ N., Long. 5° 26’ W. 20 fathoms.

ee EEE EEEEEESESS EISEN eee aaa)

|

| Surface | surface Surface | surface
Date. Hour. ka | Salinity. Date. Hour. re oe Salinity.
1904. | | 8% 1904. 2U, S%
May 30, | 8 53 p.m oe el July 1, ..| 930 am. | 10.6 “
May 31, 9 6 am 8.8 es -. | 10 O*pDmy he e-
sid 9 16 p.m 8.8 | July 2," .. | 10 O am. 10.8 fs
June 1, 936 am.| 9.0 | 10 29 p.m. | 10.6 in
_ 9 53 p.m 9.0 July 3, 10 49 am. | 10.8 fo
June 2, 10 15 a.m 9.2 1110 p.m. | 10.6 i
rs 10 35 p.m 9.2 — July 4, 11 30 am. | 10.8 e
June 3, ll O am 9.4 11 55 p.m. | 10.8 -
a 11 18 p.m 9.2 July 5, 12 30 pm. | 11.2 | 33.28
June 4, 11 40 a.m. 9.8 July 6, 1 7 am. 11.0 i
? Midnight. 9.6 135 pm. | 11.0 y
June 5, 12 25 p.m 9.8 | July 7, 2 4 am. 11.8 Ss
June 6, 1 5 am 9.4 | 2 37 p.m. 11.2 e%
- 1 30 p.m 9.8 | July 8, 3 3 am. 11.0 ak
June 7, 2 0am 9.2 wd - 3 38 p.m. | 11.2
ne 2 35 p.m 10.0 | 33.26 | July 9, 4 9am. ] 11.0 me
June 8, 3 5 am 9.4 a a | 4 40 p.m. 11.2 ra
7 335 pm | 9.8 July 10, 5 6am") Ais re
June 9, 4 Oam.{ 9.2 | b= 95 5 32 p.m. 12.0 dk
4 30 p.m 9:6. | July 11, 5 56 a.m. 11.2 ss
June 10, 5 0am. | 9.0 | : | 62lpm.| 1.0] ..
Ss &- 5 20 p.m. 10.0 | July 12, 6 43 a.m. 11.2 -
June ll, .. | 5 45 a.m. 9.4 =" 7 6pm sila i
5. i oem. | 1280 | July 13, 729 am. | 11.2 -
June 12, .. 6 25 a.m. 9.8 | “% a | 7 55 p.m. 11.4 ie
pe --| 650 pm. | 10.0 | .. July 14, 8 16 a.m. 11.4 am
June 13, .. | 7 Sam: | 10.0 | .. s 8 39 pm. | 11.6 be
- 725 pm. | 10.2 | July 15, 9 Oam. | 11.6 i
June 14, Y 4m, 4420.0. 1 2+.3 » «+ | 9 Bop) Sie
June 15, 8 30am. | 9.8 33.24 | July 16, .. | 9 27 am. | “LIGe ieee
i 8 em, | 10.2. 151.3 » «| 9 64:p am,
June 16, =n a 9 15 a.m. | 9.6 July 17, o. 10 20 a.m. 11.6 ae
. 940 pm.| 9-4 » + | 1046 pm. | 11.0 ff
June 17, 10 Oam. | 10.0 July 18, .. | 11 13 a.m. 11.6 sie
= .. | 10 30 p.m. | 10.0 re os | Li 41mm 11.4 os
June 18, ..| 1110 am. | 9.8 | July 19, .. | 12 36 pm. | 11.6 a
June 19 ..| Midday. | 10.0 | July 20, ..| 1 6am.] 11.4 x
June 20, .. | 12 30 a.m 10.0 | .. o, .2 > 2 BOaarmt 11.6 a
= ot 1) oom 9.8 ‘% July 21, 2 9am. | 11.4 | ..
June 21, .. 1 30 a.m 9.8 oie s 2 42 p.m. 11.8 ete
i ..| 210 pm 10.0 o% July 22, 315 am. | 11.6 -
June 22, .. 3 10 p.m. 10.0 | 33.31 3 48 p.m. 12.0 ae
June 23, .. 3 45 a.m 9.6 | 3 July 23, 4 24 a.m. 11.6 | 34.14
Pe + 4 15 p.m 10.0 | Pe 4 54 p.m. 11.8 “a
June 24, .. | 4 50 am 9.8 | July 24, 5 25 a.m. | 11.6 if
+ oe 5 15 p.m 9.8 | va 5 52 p.m. 11.8
June 25, .. 5 40 a.m 9.8 July 25, 6 16 a.m. 11.6... |
* ; 6 5 p.m 10.0 ee 6 36 p.m. 12.0 °
June 26, ..| 7 Opm.| 10.0 July 26, 7 Oam. | 12.0 |
June 27, ..| 715 am. | 10.0 . 720 pm.| 11.8 |
* -» | 7 35 p.m. 10.2 + July 27, 7 40 a.m. 11.8. |
June 28, ..| 760 am. | 10.0 | 33.53 a 758 pm. | 12.0) ..
? + | 8 15 p.m. 10.0 % July 28, 8 15 a.m. 12.0 | 34.14
June 29, ..| 8 30am. | 10.2 ma 832 pm.| 12.0 | ..
- ..| 850 pm. | 10.2 | July 29, 848 am. | 12.0 .
June 30, ..' 9 Oam. | 10.6 | _ 9 O p.m. 12.0
“ 9 10 p.m 10.6 | July 30, 9 5 am. 12.4 od

[ 282 ]

VI. ’04, 59
HyYDROGRAPHICAL OpsERVATIONS AT IRIsH Ligur Srations, 1904—continued.

SKULMARTIN LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 54° 32’ N., Long. 5° 26’ W. 20 fathoms.

August 23,

39 p.m. 13.
August 24,

56 a.m. 13.
12 p.m. 13.
27 a.m. 13.
42 p.m. 12.

Sept. 23, ‘a

August 25, , Sept. 24, =

August 26, Sept. 25, ..

August 27, | 34.20 | Sept. 26, ..

August 28, Sept. 27, ..
August 29,

|
|
|
| = Sept. 21, ie
|
|
oe. PS 66 pm:

ODOM M MeIsIeT*IHHHO» PReWNYN——

Sept. 28, ..

l
Surface | gurtace a Surface | gurtace
Date | Hour oad Salinity. Date. Hour. | Temper- | Salinity.
1904. PC | PR 1904. hy ae 8% o-
July 30, 923 pm. | 12.0 Pr August 30, | 10 Oam.| 13.2 ap
July 31, 4) am | 12:2 ry a .. | 1017 pm. | 18.0 Jd
ca f 9 58 p.m | 12.0 fs August 31, | 10 37 am. | 13.0 fe
August 1, 1015 am. | 12.4 .. | 10 55 p.m. | 12.8 ry
eo -. | 10 34pm. | 12.2 Sept. 1, 11 19 a.m 13.0 és
August 2, 10 53 am. | 12.6 | Z .. | M 4? pam | 13.0 da
- eutk lo om 12.4 Sept. 2, ..| Midday. | 13.2 -
August 3, it 36° am. | 12.6 Sept. 3, .. | 12 32 am.| 13.0 e
“i -.. | 11 59 p.m 12.2 | ga 1 2pm. 12.8 a
August 4, 12 20 a.m 12.2 Sept. 4, 1 37 a.m. 12.8 wa
or -- |-12 45 p.m Be | 4 J 2 ie pa Eo ae
August 5, 115 am 19/4 | Sept. 5, ..| 252am.| 13.0 | 34.02
” or 46 pm | 12.6 | FY + 3 32 pa f Be ee
August 6, 2 16 a.m. 12.2 Xi Sept. 6, .. 4,19 a.2m;)| 138 f a
mm sf 2 50 p.m. 12.4 34.14 iis .. | 4 46 prim | Ta2 we
August 7, 3 25 a.m. 12.2 a Sept. 7, <. | 5 Tram |) B® | a
* aie 4 0 p.m. 12.6 bs | 5 44 pm./ 13.0 |
August 8, 437 am. | 12.4 Sept. 8, 6 8am.| 12.8 |
és ane O10: pia. 12.6 3 . | "6:32pm. |. 13.0 |
August 9, 5 36 a.m. 12.4 Sept. 9, ..| 655 am. | 12.8 |
se 6 O p.m. 12.6 3 th) Og: ag p-m. | 13.0 |
August 10, Oe wim. | 12.4 | =. Sept. 10,2407 42am? |) 12:8 ||
—. oP @ei pm. | 12.6 | .. Ae” Pg a gems. 13.0 - |
August 11, 715 am. | 12.2 4 Sept. 11, .. | 8 26 a.m. | 13.0 |
& “4 7 38 p.m. 12.4 oy = 06 P08: 2) pam 12.8 a
August 12, 8 Oam. | 12.4 | 34.11 Sept. 12, ..| 9 Oam.| 12.8 | 34.14
eee oa pm: | 1.2 P! eT oliso eigae: | 1.8. PAE
August 13, 8 47 a.m 12.6 | a Sept. 13, .. | 9 36 a.m. TO
a 4g % @O pm: | 12.4 | : “ ad 9 58 p.m. 12.8
August 14, 9 35 p.m. 12.4 Sept. 14, .. | 10 20 a.m. 13.0 |
August 15, | 10 23 a.m. | 12.4 BS 2.4 tO) 20rpan. | 13.0 |
a -- |, £0.49 pim: 12.4 Sept. 16, ¢. )-IL EP asm. 13.0 |
August 16, 11 15 a.m. 12.6 iy : 11 37 p.m. 12.8
os ort Lh ae p.m: E226 Sept. 16, .. | Midday. 13.0 |
August 17, 12 10 a.m. | 12.4 Sept. 17, .. | & ain.) 12.8 |
a wip ka oo p.m. | 12.0 2% 39 p.m. 13.0 |
August 18, 5 p.m. 12.6 Sept. 18, .. 17 a.m. 13.0 ° |
August 19, 36 a.m. 12.4 Ay. a pan 55 p.m. 13.2 | ak
“ i 10 p.m. 12.6 | 34.07 Sept. 19, .. | 36 a.m. 13.0 | 34.18
August 20, 45 a.m. 12.4 a mn e. 17 p.m. 13.2. | ;
ia the 30 p.m. 12.6 Sept. 20, .. 48 a.m. 13.0 |
August 21, Oam.| 12.4 l7 p.m. | 13.2 |
» sdf 35 p.m. 12.6 42 a.m. 13.0 |
August 22, 15 am. | 12.2 ane ot 2pm. | 13.0 |
40 p.m. | 12.4 Sept. 22, .. | 22 am. | 13.0 |
: 8 2 |
- 4 2 |
3 8 2
: 6 0
8 6
: 6 0
, 8 .0
; 8 8
f 8 .0
3 2
0
2

[ 283 ]

VI. ’04,

60

HYDROGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS AT Irish Ligutr Stations, 1904—continued.

SKULMARTIN LIGHTSHIP.

Lat. 54° 32’ N., Long. 5° 26’ W. 20 fathoms.

Date.

1904.

Sept. 28, ..
Sept. 29, ..

Sept. 30, a

’?

Oct. 1,

Oct, 2,
Oct. 3,

Oct. 4,
Oct. 5.
Oct. 6,
Oct. 7
Oct. 8,
Oct. 9,
Oct. 1
Oct.
Oct.
Oct.
Oct.

Oct. 15,
Oct.

Oct.
Oct.
Oct.
Oct. 20,
Oct.
Oct.
Oct. 23,
Oct 4
Oct. 25

Oct. "26
Oct. 27

Oct. 28,

Hour.

9 31 p.m.
10 5 a.m.
10 25 p.m.
10 46 a.m.
11 10 p.m.
1l 37 a.m.

Midnight.

12 35 p.m. |

=m OOD OHO MH WO MAIIAHaAOan Soni Pp P oo |
a
wo

— ee

—

|
Surface

Temper-
ature.

Surface
Salinity.

34.14

Date.

1904.
Oct, 28,
Oct. 29,
Oct. 30,

Oct. 31,
Nov. 1,

Nov. 2,
Nov. 3,
N ov. 4,
Nov. 5,
Nov. 6,
N ov. 7,
Nov. 8,
Nov. 9,

Nov. "10; i
Noy. ll, ..
Nov. 12, +
Nov. 13, .

Nov. 14,
Nov. 15,

Nov. 16,

Nov. 17, -
Nov. 18, +
Nov. 19, ..

Hour,

3 19

CCCMMWMss 1-1 HHSUHKTnraw
i=)

Surface
Temper-
ature.

12.0

Surface

Salinity.

S%o

34.09

34.18
34.14

V1. 04,

61

HyYDROGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS AT InisH Ligur Stations, 1904—continued.

SKULMARTIN LIGHTSHIP.

Surface
Date Hour. Temper-
ature.

1904. °C,
Nov. 27, 10 14 a.m. | 10.2
” -- | 10 40 p.m 10.2
mage co ool tl FJ acm, 10.2
‘. te ae 26'p.m 10.0
Nov. 29, .. Midday. 10.4
mov. a0, |) 12 38 a.m; 10.2
AAG 1 13 p.m. 10.4
SS Fo 1 50.a.m: 10.4
ss es 2 26 p.m. 10.4
Dec. 2, 2 58 a.m. 10.2
” 3 33 p.m. 10.4
Dec. 3, 4 8 a.m. 10.4
» 4 38 p.m. 10.2
Dec. 4, 5 5 am. 10.4
i. ae 5 30 p.m. 10.2
oe. D, B 55 a.m. 10.2
a he 6 20 p.m. 10.4
Dec. 6, 6 45 a.m. 10.2
” 7 5pm. |} 10.4
Dec. 7, | 725 am. | 10.2
” | 7 50 p-m. 10.2
Dec. 8, |; 8 12 am. 10.0
re | 8 30 p.m. 10.2
Dec. 9, | $8 52 a.m. 10.0
; 9 5 p.m. 9.8
Dec. 10, 9 30 a.m 9.8
: 9 56 p.m 9.6
Dec. 11], 10 15 a.m 9.8
Dec. 12, 1) 6°a.m 9.0
Dec. 13, Midday. 9.2
Dec. 14, 12 45 p.m 9.2
Dec. 15, 115 am 9.2

Lat. 54° 32’ N., Long. 5° 26’ W. 20 fathoms.
Surface Surface | surface
Salinity. Date. Hour. Temper- | Salinity.

S%o 1904. °C. S%o-

: Dec. 15, 1 40 p.m. 9.4 ys
¥ Dec. 16, 215 a.m. 9.4 a

- a 2 45 p.m. 9.2 34.42

an Dec. 17, 3:18 aa, 9.2 &

ane x 3 50 p.m. 9.2

oe Dec. 18, 4 20 a.m. 9.4
ie Pe 4 45 p.m. 9.4
34.29 Dec. 19, 5 10 a.m. 9.2
is 4 5 30 p.m. 9.4 |
is Dec. 20, 5 55 a.m. 9.2 |
vi 6 15 p.m. 9.0 |
Dec. 21, 6 32 a.m. 9.4 |
- 6 52 p.m. 9.2 |
Dec. 22, 713am.| 9.2 |
a 7 34 p.m. Oo ee aw
Dec. 23, 7 55 a.m. 9.4 | 34.27
‘ 8 15 p.m. 9.0 | bd
Dec. 24, 8 34 a.m. 9.2 |
"3 990" pm. ime 4
Dec. 25, 9: Tf a.m, 9.2"
be re 9 40 p.m. o.2°° |
34.45 Dec. 26, 10 4 am 8.8 |
ae + 10 30 p.m 9.0 |
Dec. 27, 10 55 a.m 9.2
‘3 11 26 pm.| 9.0 |
Dec. 28, Midday. 9.2
Dec. 29, 12 28 a.m. 9.0 | -
* 12 54 p.m 9.4 | 34.36
Dec. 30 1 25 a.m. 9.0 | by?
7 1 58 p.m 9.0° |
Dec. 31, 2.39: gam. 9.0 |
3 3 5 p.m 3.0%}
[ 285 ]

VI. '04, | 62

HypDROGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS AT IRISH LicHtr Srations, 1904—-continued.

SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 41’ N., Long. 5°47’ W. 26 fathoms.

| en |
Surface : Surface
Date. Hour. | Temaper- | Salivite. Date. | Hour. Temper- Salinity.
;
|

1904. °C. S%o- 1904 | 9G. S%o-
Jan. 17, .. 7 10 p.m. 7.2 a Feb. 2, 8 0 a.m yg ‘3

ss 4 T ee: 7.2 ¥ - 8 10 a.m ‘P|

@ ai 7 35 p.m. 7.2 as ; 8 20 a.m Te

* -. | 7 40 pm. 7.2 - Feb. 3, | 8 30 am 7.2

= i? 7 55 p.m. 7.2 Ph ™ 8 40 a.m awh

¥ =3 8 5 p.m. 7.4 ee "a 8 55 a.m 7.1
Jan. 18... 7 35 a.m i" 34.33 - 9 5 am cpr |

i. * 7 O pm 7.2 os Feb. 4, 9 20 a.m 7.3

os - 7 6 p.m 7.2 es ‘a 9 30 a.m 7.2

Mi 5 7 11 p.m 7.0 - 9 40 a.m 7.2

i - 7 18 p.m 7.0 Feb. 5, 9 50 a.m 7.2

* os) 7°23 pan 7.0 f 10 0 am 7.2 ;
Jan. 19, .. 8 0O p.m Yh oe 10 12 a.m Pe :

‘ -- | 8 10 p.m tae “ 10 15 a.m 7.1 4
Jan. 21,. .. 9 0am 7.4 Feb. 6, 10 30 a.m 72 :

e -«) 9 20.a.m 7.4 > 10 40 a.m 7.2 x

oa 9 20 a.m 7.4 nm 10 50 a.m ie :
Jan. 22, ..| 9 50 am fe Feb. 7, ll Oam fe :

Ps -» | 10 O.a.m 7.2 = 11 10 a.m 7.2 Bi

-- | 10 15.3.m 7.3 - 11 20 a.m 7.2 ‘9

$s -. | 10 25 a.m 7.3 ‘ 11 26 a.m 7.2 sn
Jan. 23, .. | 10 40 a.m 7.2 Feb. 8, 11 50 a.m a an if

’ -- | 10 55 a.m Lae < Midday Tek .

“ -» | 11 10 a.m fer - 12 10 p.m re | ni
Jan. 24, .. | 11 30 am PP” Feb. 9, 12 35 p.m 7.0 a8

& tebe dd aD oom, yee a 12 45 p.m 7.0 bie

:f -. | 11 55 a.m. fe | ‘i 12 55 p.m 7.1 | 34.42

- - Midday. ee cs y 7 1 5 p.m. rpm | ss
Jan. 25, .. | 11 45 a.m. (Pe: nia Feb. .19,.\ 3.3 1 20 p.m. 7.0 is

* ~ Midday. 7.3 a Me. - 1 27 p.m. awd ,

* owet le 45 p.m 7.3 ue ig Ki 1 35 p.m. Ton -
Jan. 26, .. Midday. ye 34.43 Feb. 11, .. | 2 30 p.m. 7.2 .

# -- | 12 20 p.m Tab ag 7 ae 2 40 p.m 738 F

5 -- | 12 30 p.m 7.5 +" 2 50 p.m 7.3 es

7; -. | 12 38 p.m 7.4 99 3. 0 p.m 7.3 "5

- .. | 12 45 p.m 7.4 Feb. 12, 3 45 p.m 7.2 ‘
Jan. 27, .. 1 20 p.m 7.3 a 4 0pm 7.1 ‘

- - 1 30 p.m ae x 4 10 p.m ge | A

ss i 1 50 p.m / Py c 4 20 p.m Ky | ‘a

- a 2 0 p.m 7.2 Feb. 13, 5 0 p.m 7.3 <d
Jan. 28, .. | 2 40 p.m Fa af 5 10 p.m 7.3 os

o” i 2 55 p.m (Be Re 5 17 p.m 7.3 at

H, -- | 3 Opm 7.2 Feb. 14, 6 30 p.m | we
Jan. 29, .. | 3 40 p.m Pe a. 6 40 p.m 7a aia

es ¥ 4 0 p.m 7.1 4 7 O p.m 7.0 Ag

= -. | 415 p.m 7.2 Feb. 15, 8 O p.m 7.0 _
Jan. 30, .. 5 O p.m 7.2 _ 8 10 p.m 7.9 ws

a ‘ 5 10 p.m ea ee » 8 20 p.m 7.9 Bre

-- | 5 20 p.m i244 . 8 25 p.m 7.9 et

” -- | 5 30 p.m 7.1 ch Feb. 16, 8 30 p.m 7.0 “é
Jan. 31, .. | 545 p.m fy: Jee ee Feb. 17, 9 15 a.m 6.4 | 34.52 —

- > 6 O p.m 7.2 a 9 9 15 p.m 6.6 ve

” i 6 10 p.m fh arr Feb. 18, 9 25 a.m 6.6 0

” -. | 6 20 p.m oan si) due Be .. | 9 30 pm 6.6 as
Feb. 1, ..| 7 0 am 7.0 34.49 Feb: 10 as 9 45 a.m. 6.8 wa

” + | 7 10 a.m aan oe ” e. 10 0 p-m. 7.0 o*

” +. | 7 25 a.m. se | oe Feb. 20, e° 10 15 p-m. 7.0 0m

[ 286 ]

VI. 04, 63
HYDROGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS AT IRISH Lian Stations, 1904—continued.

SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 41’ N., Long. 5° 47 W. 26 fathoms

| Surface

Surface
Surface = Surface
Date. Hour, ature. Salinity. Date, | Hour. = Salinity.
|

1904, °C. | _ B%o_ 1904. | °C. | S%e
Feb. 21, .. | 10 25 a.m. TO > peti March 16, 8 20 a.m. 6.4 .| ,i

m -- | 10 35 p.m. Oy A a 2 8 30 a.m. 6.4
Feb. 22, .. | 10 55 a.m. 6.8 | iS * ad 8 38 a.m 6.4 |

ma Pt) 20 ‘p.m. 6.8 ae March 17, 8 30 am. | 6.3
vem 23, .. | 11 45 a.m. nO Fs “ vo |) 23am 6.4
Feb. 24, .. | 12 5 a.m. 6.8, -| vy 2 -. | 8 50 am 6.4

as ee ft aa 41 ip.mi 6.8 34.45 March 18, 9 O a.m. 6.4
Feb. 25, 1 15 a.m. 6.4 ee - a 9 10 aim: | 6.4 |

. 140 pm.| 6.8 | a 919 am.| 6.3 |
Feb. 26, 2 23 a.m. 6.8 . 9 28 a:m: | 6.3 .?

- 3 O p.m. 6.6 a 0 Opa} Fad | 34.43
Feb. 27, 345am.| 6.2 March 19, 935 am.| 6.4 | 3a

ri 4 24 p.m. 6.8 Pe 9 45 a.m. 6.5
Feb. 28, 5 2 am. 6.8 e 9 56 a.m. 6.5

a 5 34 p.m. 6.6 March 20, | 9 50 a.m. 6.3
Feb. 29, 6 15 a.m. 5.8 “ | 9 58 a.m. 6:3

a we 6 31 p.m. 6.2 ov 1010 am. | 6.3 |
March 1, .. 6 50 a.m. 5.8 4 «. }610°20 "ann 6.3 |

- as 7 10 p.m. 6.0 March 21, 10 30 a.m. 6.3 |
March 2, .. 7 38 a.m. 6.2 a .. | 10 40 a.m. 6.4 |

a , 8 O p.m. 6.4 a , -.- | 10 50 a.m 6.4 |
March 3, 8 25 a.m. 6.0 34.49 March 22, | 10 50 a.m. 6.4

a 8 30 p.m. 6.2 ie © oo (OLE * Offa 6.4
March 4, 8 48 a.m. 6.4 i 1110 am.| 6.4

m 9 10 p.m. 6.4 * oo (eh 20raamni\| + 6:4
March 5, 9 32 a.m. 6.2 March 23, | 11 50 a.m. Be

» «| 956pm.|{ 6.2 we | Midday. | 6.3 |
March 6, .. | 10 17 a.m. 6.2 Ps ve | 12 1O4em:;'| < 6:4 | |

om .. | 10 38 p.m. 6.4 March 24, | 12 35 p.m. 6.4
March 7, .. | 10 59 a.m. 6.4 > hw | 22 ees | «6.4

ae oan} ke 2h’ pcm. 6.2 a | 12 68mm} 6.3 |
March 8, 1l 45 a.m 6.4 a od, | Oem 6.3 |

i- 12 10 p.m 6.4 March 25, {| 2 0 p.m 6.5
March 9, .. | 12 41 a.m. 6.4 ae i a 1Oepimi. + « 6.5. . |

‘ .. | 12 41 p.m. at 34.47 Pe ud 2 22 p.m 6.4 |

é ff 4 12) pum 6.0 i March 26, | 240 pm.j; 6.3
March 10, 1 45 a.m 6.6 at | 2 50 p.m 6.3 ea

re oe 2 20 p.m 6.4 és | 2 58 p.m 6.4 34.29
March 11, 3 0am 5.8 x | 3 10 p.m 6.4 da

Fe : 4 30 p.m 6.4 March 27, | 320 pm./| 6.8

ee 4 38 p.m 6.4 - 3 30 p.m 6.6 |

m aie 4 45 p.m 6.3 PS | 3 40 p.m. | 6.6
March 12, 5 15 p.m 6.2 March 28, | 4 10 p.m. | a

a é 5 28 p.m 6.3 i | 4 20 p.m 6.3 |

os 5 35 p.m 6.3 ae | 4 30 p.m €.2..'|

- ¥ 5 42 p.m 6.3 - oo) 4 2 pm 6.3 |
March 13, 6 30 p.m 6.2 March 29, | 5 20 p.m 6.2.4

e ; 6 42 p.m 6.2 | 5 30 p.m 6.2 |

Jp ‘it 6 53 p.m 6.3 és onl) & Asan) G4. |
March 14, 7 15 p.m 6.4 March 30, | 610 pm. | 6.6

an ; 7 25 p.m 6.4 ” sel, 6 20'pamcs GG.

” 7 34 p.m 6.4 aa se .. | 6 30 p.m 6.5 |

. pd 7 42 p.m 6.4 “as % | 6 Opal’ 6.o |
March 15, 7 50 a.m 6.3 te March 31, | 630 pm. 6.4

” ‘ 8 0am 6.3 2 a 2} 6 450pam | ieee.

*» . 8 10 a.m 6.3 sb | 7 Opm 6.3
March 16, 8 10 a.m 6.4 | 710 p.m 6.3 | :

4
5

V1. '04, 64

HyproGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS at IrtsH Licutr Stations, 1904—continued.

SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 41'N., Long. 5° 47° W. 26 fathoms.
ee

| Surface Surface
lr Surface : Surface
Date. Hour. | sa | Salinity. Date. Hour. ——— Salinity.
ye |
1904. | °C. S%o 1904. °C. S%o.
April 1, ..| 8 O a.m. | 6.6 ; April 21, ...| 11 5pm0j 072 .
cs TO 6.5 3 April 22, .. | 11 30 a.m. 7.4 .:
= aS Cast PSS ad “ 11 30 p.m. <a 34.34
April 2, .. | 840 am.| 6.3 if oe) | 1 G6 pps ee .
Ck sio> CEB BO: | 6.3 .. | April 23, .. | 12 38 am.| 7.4
wt: | 910 am. 6.4 | 34.33 ve 5 Fee 7.8
April 3, ..| 950am./ 6.6 «of April 24,...4 °° 83 aan0) Sie
p> ioe OD Oath P6es ae ws ORL See 8.0
ij. - «0 Ta: | 6.5 April 25, .. | 3 10 a.m. 7.4
wie’ oe) AO 20a ORs (ne ES 7.4
April 4, .. | 1020am./ 6.3 April 26, ..| 418 am. | 7.6
= -» e) 20: Sim C6 - Ses 4 37 p.m. 7.8
- .. | 10 40 a.m. | 6.4 April, 27; i: 5 18 a.m. 7.4
April 5, .. | i} Okam 6i40) i 1. aS eee 7.6
hs Mh Oe 6.4.4) April 28, .. | 6 10 a.m. 7.4
ee shal Dama 665 vy - x oe eee 7.8 +
pe SO: 6.5 April 29, .. | 6 57 a.m. 7.8 | 34.33
April 6, .. | Midday. 6.2 55 Me 7 17pm: 7.8 a
i oo ch 2 90 oan 6.3 | April 30, .. | 7 39 a.m. 8.0
a | 12 25 p.m 6:3) % * . 8 0 p.m. 8.0 +.
Agee: 7, ..:) 42) 45.o. moh W624, 9} May.1, ..'|)*8) 20 "hcg 8.0 ++
‘3 .. | 12 58 p.m 6.5 | iy a 8 30 p.m. 8.0 “*
jh ER ROop my. 1b May 2, .. | 8 43 a.m. 8.0 +
wy (08) 220ip.m 6.5. | eT ae 8.0 -:
April 8, ..j; 1 30 pm 6.6: «| May 3, .. 9 24 a.m. 8.2 *
- os | 1 40 p.m.) 116.6. | a he 9 47 p.m. 8.0 “
- | 150 pm} 6.6. | May 4, ../] 10 7 a.m. 8.4 “
aorn.o, -. > Omam.>) 216.4, | i .». | 10 28 "can: 8.2 +
re Si 1O@ans 9 Bi4 May 5, .. |°10 50 a.m. 8.0 +
* 423 2oipm 6.4 4S . ©) 21 Wtpans 8.0. | ows
April 10, .. 3 30 p.m 6.6 fs May 6, ../| Tl $7 8.2
ia . | 3 40 pm 6.5 + . -- | 11 58 p.m. 8.0 .
is .. | 3 50 pm 6.5 re May 7, ..)| 42 8) aaa 8.0 +
mn a 4 0 p.m. Sb. of ee me 8.2 .e
April 1], .. | 4 20 a.m. 6.8 .| 34.16 | May 8 .. | 1 $7 am 7.4 +
id ; 4 30 a.m. re 6s i 7 ..'| 12) 2epae 8.0 . .-
+3 Apes somata © 6.7..} -. x, May 9, 2 45 a.m. 8.0 .
- ie 5 O p.m. PIE |. ys * 3.18 p.m. 9.6 .
April 12, .. 5 24 a.m. ‘h Set Pewe May 10, 3 50 a.m. 8.2 ar
e aig 5 55 p.m. 7.0 iF ” 4 17 p.m. 9.0 ve
April 13, .. 6 15 a.m. 6.2 ‘s May II, | 6 30 a.m. 6.6 ; ..
» vel]? 6 94am 66.6 eo i, | 6 40am. | - 618 a
April 14, .. 645 am./| 6.2 ds ne 6 50 a.m. 6.5 a
a - 7 &pm.| . 6.6 a May 12, 7 O am. 7.0 a
April 15, .. 7 20 a.m. 6.4 = € 41 FO kaa 7.0 +
wc ee) Biman 7.0 is ol 7 20enam Tae al
April 16, .. 7 50 am 7.2 34.33 ne we, | 7 30 a.m. den ee
- -» | 8 10 pm 7.2 ve May 13, .) 7 80°a.m: 6.8 +
April 17, .. 8 24 a.m 7.0 ss ; 217 @0taaa 6.7 .
= aS 8 30 p.m 7.0 y is | 7 50 a.m. 637 ae
April 18, .. 8 43 a.m. 7.2 1) 8 Orman 6:7 os
- ; 9 3 p.m 7.2 May 14, ..+| *8 ‘Oia. 7.9 e
April 19, .. 9 23 a.m 1.2 “ . | 8 10 am 7.9 +
- ad 9 43 p.to 7.2 A . | 8 20 am 7.8 oe
April.20, .. | 10 0 am 7.4! May 15, .. | 8 80 a.m 8.3 te
rrr 10 20 p.m 7.2 " .| 8 40 am 8.4
April 21 10 40 a.m. | 7.2 | 8 50 am 8.4

[ 288 J

VI. ’04, 65

HyproGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS AT IrnIsH Liantr Stations, 1904—continued.

SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 41’ N., Long. 5° 47° W. 26 fathoms.

Surface | surface | Surface | surface
Date. Hour oe Salinity. Date. | Hour a Salinity.
i. ee Te ae
1904. os S%o- 1904. °C. S%o.
May 16, .. 8 40 a.m. 8.8 | 34.34 June 8, ; 2 30 p.m. 9.8 ee
he & 8 50 a.m 8.9 Ag tha v4 2 40 p.m. 9.8 os
PP ia 9 O a.m. 8.8 # ahs 2 50 p.m. 9.8 | 34.33
a + 9 10 a.m 8.8 La June 9, .. 3 40 p.m. 11.1 ws
mavhi, | .- 9 O a.m. 9.0 for MA ee 3 50 p.m. 11.2
““ ae 9 10 a.m. 9.1 ais i a 4 0 p.m. 11.2
es Geig 9 20 a.m. 9.1 Rs June 10, .. 5 O p.m. 11.6
May 18, .. 9 20 a.m. 9.2 Ms ee . 5 10 p.m. 11.5
a oe 9 30 a.m. 9.2 4 7 vi 5 20 p.m. 11.5
. ue 9 40 a.m. 9.2 te - ue 5 30 p.m. 11.5
a -. | 9 50 a.m. 9.2 i. eune 1}... 610 p.m. } 11.2
May 19, .. | 10 O a.m. 9.0 np ‘a ; 6 20 p.m. $1.3
i mire 20.870 9.1 oe i. ie 6 30 p.m. Ae!
> .. | 10 20 am 9:1 s< June 12, ..| 640 p.m. | 11.5
May 20, .. | ll O p.m. 9.0 a * i 6 50 p.m. 11.4
May 21, .. | 11 27 a.m. 8.8 ne s : 7 O p.m. 11.4
mipsel G6 om. | “8-8 a better 0 Rata ate
May 22, .. | 12 28 a.m. 8.8 a June 13, .. 7 20 a.m. Be
es + 1 6 p.m. 9.0 | 34.33 2 7 30 a.m. i ue
May 23, .. 1 43 a.m. 9.0 ers i? ay. 7 40 a.m. iT
Mf ‘epee 18 p.m. 9.2 June 14, .. i 2 a.m.) 41.0 -
May 24, .. 2 48 a.m. 9.0 re % 8 O a.m. 10.9 | 34.29
a -. 3 18 p.m 9.6 - Gi 810 am. |} 11.0 af
May 25, .. 3 51 a.me 9.2 e iy ie 8 20 a.m. 11.0
“ .. | 4 24 p.m. 9.6 ie June 15, .. 8 40 am. | 11.5
May 26, .. 4 56 a.m. 9.2 ie * 8 50°a.m. 11.4
Was sx 5 24 p.m. 9.4 ae - i 9 O am. 11.4
May 27, .. 5 48 a.m. 9.6 ae June 16, .. 9 O am. 11 2
‘ ; 6 16 p.m. 9.8 ae 9 10 a.m. 11.1
May 238, .. 6 38 a.m. 9.6 “e = 9 20 a.m. 1B
? 2 0 p.m. 9.6 ie a ae 9 30 a.m. 11.1
May 29, .. 7 22 a.m. 9.6 ne June 17, .. | 10 20 a.m. | 10.8
an <A 7 42 p.m. 9.8 a = 10 30 a.m. 10.7
May 30, .. 8 O a.m. 9.8 te i .. | 10 40 a.m. 10.7
i ae 8 23 p.m. 9.8 i June 18, .. | 10 50 am. | 11.2
May 31, .. 8 30 a.m. 9.8 us K ll O a.m. 11.1
a fe 8 46 p.m. 9.8 af a 11 10 a.m. Be.
vane I, .. 9 6 am. 9.6 fd e ~e + LI 20 a.m. EE .3
is oof Oo 4 pm 4410.0 a June 19, .. | 11 40 am. | 11.8
June 2, .. 9 45 a.m. 9.2 ig = 11 50 a.m. yi 7
June 3, .. | 10 30am. | 10.3 BS . ; Midday. 11.7
4 .. | 10 40 a.m. 10.2 ~ June 20, . 12 30 p.m. 11.8
= -- | 10 50 a.m. 10.2 rs a 12 40 p.m. Bl .7
mane 4, ..| 11 10 am.j 11.2 oe a 12 50 p.m. | 11.7 ws
és io 22 20 ata. bh) 31.1 ova ee: rs 1 O p.m. 11.7 | 34.31
is .. | 11 30 a.m. Bl. me June 21, .. 2 O p.m. 11.8 e
June 5, .. | 11 40 a.m. 11.3 ip i 2 10 p.m. A .7 ite
di -. 4 11 68 a.m. 11.3 ea a ag 2 20 p.m. 11.7 +m
Ps .. | 1210 pm. |} 11.3 ~ June 22, .. 3.0pm.] 11.9 én
June 6, .. | 12 50 p.m. | 11.0 oe vi 310 pm, ; 11.8 ore
i - £10 pm.) f1.1 “yf “i 3 20 p.m. 11.8 :
a ae 1 20 p.m. |] 11.1 i “ e 3 30 p.m. 11.8
ae i) 1 30 p.m. re! ae June 23, .. 4 0 p.m. 32.7
Sune 7, .. 2 10 p.m. 10.8 “e ¥ 4 10 p.m. 12.6
— = 2 20 p.m 10.7 *y = 4 20 p.m. 12.6
o +e 2 30 p.m 10.7 oe June 24, 4 30 p.m. 12.2
June 8, .. | 2 20 p.m 9.8 - 440 pm. | 12.1
i [ 289 ]

VI. ‘04, 66

HypROGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS AT IRIsH Liautr Stations, 1904—continued.

SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 41’ N., Long 5° 47’ W. 26 fathoms.

Surface | surface Surface urface
Date. Hour. ee Salinity. Date. Hour. —— Salinity
1904. °C. | S%>- 1904. °0. S%.
Jone 24, ..| 450 pm.| 12.1 |... } Joly 15, ..| 9 Oj mm) TSeeeiaeee
ge A aye PR Sl July 16, 9 24 am. } 12.8
June 25, .. 5 20 p.m. 2.0 4 a 9 50 p.m 12.8
‘jars 530 pe. T 119 4 0.2 July 17, 10 16 am. | 13.0
‘ - 5 4) BEF FE St * .. | 10 40 p.m 12.6
June 26, ..| 6 Opm.| 12.1 | . July 18, .. | 11 5am.] 13.1
x 610 p.m. | 12.0 Wee R .. | ll 3pm Bae
£ 620 pm.| 12.0 | .. * .. | Midnight 13.0
Se * 620 pm. ft 12.0) +: July 19, .. | 12.25 pm. | 13.4
suee 27. i. 7 O p.m. 72.2 A July 20, .. | 12 35 a.m. is
” 710 p.m. | 12.1 ts » Ss 1 26 p.m. | 13.4
- bi 7 20 p.m. | | a July 21, 1 57 a.m. Ta.0
June 28, .. 8 Oa.m. | 12.6 | 34.34 229 p.m. | 13.6
= 810 am. | 12.5 oe July 22, 3 Oam. | 13.4
‘ 8 20 a.m. 12.5 “ ¥ 3 34 p.m. 13.6
* + 8 30 a.m. 12.5 July 23, 4 8 a.m. 13.4
June 29, .. 8 30 a.m. | 12.0 = 441 pm. |] 13.8
a 8 40 a.m. 12.0 July 24, 5 14 a.m. 13.4
= _ 8 50 a.m. 12.0 + 5 43 p.m. 13.6
June 30, .. 9 Oam.}| 12.2 July 25, 610 am. | 13.4
“ 910 am. { 12.1 a 6 35 p.m. | 13.8
-, 9 20 a.m. 12.1 July 26, .. 6 55 a.m. 13.6
- i 9 30 a.m.| 12.1 ‘ ee 714 p.m. }] 13.6 i
July 1, ..| 10 Oam. 11.5 July 27, 1 33 6.m. 13.6 34.38
-» | 1010 a.m. | 11.4 “3 7 50 p.m. 13.6 os
5 -. | 10 20 am. | 11.4 July 28, 8 8am.; 14.0
July 2, ..| 922 am.] 12.1 bs 8 25 pm. | 14.0
ae rd tam 11.8 July 29, 8 30 a.m. 14.2
11 10 a.m 11.7 5 8 44 p.m. | 14.0 "
n 11 20 a.m 17 July 30, 9 0 Bm, 14.4 q
m4 11 30 a.m ie | ss 9 19 p.m. 14.0 :
eB 10 41 p.m 12.0 July 31, 9 37 a.m. 14.2
July 3, 1l 0 am 12.0 Ps .. | 9 54 p.m 14.0
Fs 11 21 p.m 12.0 August 1, 10 ll am. | 14.4 :
July 4, 1l 42 a.m 12.2 a .» | 10 28 p.m. 14.0 i
oS 11 58 p.m 12.0 August 2, 10 40 a.m. 14.6 5
July 6, 12 4 a.m 12.0 ‘a F .. | 10 50 a.m. 14.5 "
- 12 30 p.m. | 12.8 | 34.34 a .» 11] 5 am.) a8 ;
July 6, 1 Oam.| 12.0 4; August 3, Midday. 14.3 4
e- 125 p.m. | 12.8 i‘ .. | 12 10 p.m. ie f
July 7, 1 52 am. | 12.0 5 .. | 12 20 p.m. | 14.2 ’
ms 225 p.m.| 13.0 August 4, 12 38 p.m. | 14.6 ’
July 8, 3 Oam.| 12.2 s .. 12 OO Dm. 7 tee
3 24 p.m. | 12.8 s: ; 1 3pm.| 14.5 ve
July 9, 3 54 a.m. | 12.8 August 5, 140 p.m. | 14.6 | 34.42
- 4 25 p.m. 13.2 bo 1 50 p.m. 14.5 es ,
July 10, 454 a.m.| 12.8 a 2 Opm.| 14.5 ‘
- 5 22 p.m.| 13.0 a .- | 210 p.m. | 14.5 :
July 11, 5 49 a.m. |} 12.8 August 6 250 p.m. | 14.2 .
x 6 16 p.m. 13.0 " 4 3 O p.m. 14.1 x
July 12, | 6 38 a.m. 12.8 - vs 3.10 p.m. | 14.1 ;
” | 7 Opm. |] 12.8 August 7, 340 p.m. | 14.6 °
July 13, | 730 am.] 12.8 oe % ; 3 50 p.m. | 14.5 ;
” 747 p.m. | 12.8 | 34.40 e: 4 Opm.| 14.5 P
July 14, 8 9am.] 13.0 en . 410 p.m. | 14.5 :
” 8 30 p.m. | 13.0 August 8, 5 O p.m 14.4 os
July 15 8 34 a.m. } 13.0 + 510 p.m. | 14.3 oe

’ 67
VI. ’04,
HyYpDROGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS AT IrIsH LiguT Stations, 1904—continued.

SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52’? 41'N. Long 5° 47’ W. 26 fathoms.

Surface pio el Surtage
Die Hour, | Tomper-| Sues | ate, | our, | Temper | Sash
ature.
°0. S%o-
9 1904.
1904. Ae le B, [se 6O:pamit 094.2. a tes
ey 08 Bem) 14-8 |. August 25, |) 7 60 ins 4 (ES
August 9, Seer | 14-6 Todt Pet Meh ataniy bs 1 “a
es tet ae st ‘ 815 am. | 14. i
‘i 6 60 pm. | 14.5 pages 2 ee Sire
” oh. 7 0 p-m a = | 8 36 a.m. 14.8 +4
is i aia Ara ND ate re es a het
So foe? 30: aan ae Aa ctne on 8 40 am. | 14.6 v
Pe. cae) 7 40 am. | 14. .. | 8 50am. | 14.6
Re ee ore) 14.4 nde 1000" Oh aaene Oiken Clo
a oe or "3 August 28, | 9 Oam.| 14.5 | 34.
eee, | ie 4.45 ..| 910 am.| 14.4 a
August 12, | 8 30am. | 14.6 | 34. f 920 am.| 14.4
TERS hs i ae ee % hk TO Boog itd *
” o. 8 50 a.m 14.5 August 29, 9 30 am. | 14°9 ee
ES .+0t9) Oem ng August 30, | 950 am. 14.7 “°
August 13, 10 0 am . -.| 10 Oam.| 14.7 ge
| K -- | 10 10 am 14.7 ” 10 10 a.m. | 14.6 +
bo) 45 P10 20 am ae | | 10 20 a.m. 14.4 x
August 14, | 11 0 am ist 31, | 10 30 a.m.| 14. “
vn | 1am. | 14.0 EP) hagas! 16.1 i
i 11 20 a.m. | 14.0 me tO 60 acme) + 14.7 .
bs. .- >i am a ou Ss wis o ‘
August 15, 11 20 a.m ae , 11 30 p.m. | 14.6 +.
ES 4. > deanna Sept. 2 11 53am. | 14.9 2
‘ 11 40 am. | 14.7 ; 2 5pm.| 14.9 +s
Eien Maes Sept. 3, 1225 am.| 14.8 | ..
August 16, 11 40 a.m 14. 19 Some: 14.8 a
» ++ | LE 50 am.) 14.5 4 1; Gege..|14.6,-|.94,48
ie . Midday. ie af 1 15 p.m. | 14.6 a
August 17, 12 10 p.m 14. Sept ‘ Seaman || t 14.6 ae
see eee) 14S . 2 O0pm.| 148 | .-
ee sere erent) | 14.5 ‘ 230 p.m.| 14.8 .
August 18, 1? @ p-m ve Sept. 5 2 40 a.m. | 15.0 ee
Fi “a 1 10 p.m ae , 319 pm.| 15.0 ve
a 1 20 p.m ce Sept’ . aS, aed | 14.4 s°
me as 1 30 p.m 14. 4 30 p.m. 15.0 se
August 19, 2 10 p.m 78 440 pm. | 15.0 v
» «+ | 220 pm. ] 14. 34.45 | Sept. 7 610 am.| 14.6 e
ee Sere | lee 5 35 p.m. | 15.0 +s
August 20, 3 20 p.m He + o 5 50 p.m. | 15.0 .
a ar erate Fil: Sept. 8, 6 0 a.m. 14.8 +
” 3 40 p.m 1 ‘7 4 6 28 p.m. | 15.0 $4 BA
eae | 12 Popa) 014.7 Sepik. 0; 6 51 am.| 14.8
August 21, 4 0pm 14. 7 30 a.m. 14.8 =<
f. os 4 10 p-m 14.6 4 | ll p.m. 14.6 ee
Ras peepee) | 14.5 Sept. 10, 734 am.| 14.6 ss
August 22, 5 0 p.m +e ne 8 O p.m. 14.8 oe
ay ao 216.20" p.m 14. Sept. 11, 8 23 a.m. | 14.8 $s
” 5 20 p.m 14.7 8 45 a.m. 14.9 ee
gs {5 30-p.m Fig "TT | 8 30 pm. +e A
Sugust 23, i Bie ge § .. | 8 44 am. R ..
af «d 6 10 p.m 14.5 Sept. 12, “4 9 8 p.m. ee ee
33 ee ie ah ati we Sept. 13, of 9 31 a.m. 14. ee
August 24, 7 O p.m 14. #10. O- acm 14.8 ve
ee jane 20" pam. | <1, 7 ce ode 9 BSepeme re -
7 .m . ” .m. ‘s ee
“ 7 30 es 14.7 Sept. 14, .. | 10 lb a
f 291 j “4

VI. ’04, 68 F
;

HYDROGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS AT IRISH LIGHT Stations, 1904—continued.

.

SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 41’ N., Long. 5° 47’ W. 26 fathoms.
a ee eee

| | Surface | surface Surface | surface
Date. | Hour. Lees ta Salinity. Date. Hour. Tee Salinity.
|
SUEUR EERE eee i ee ee UU
1904. | 0, | 8%. 1904. 0. | 8%o
Sept. 14, .. | 10 30 a.m 14.8 Sept. 28, .. | 926 pm./ 14.7 7.
# : 10 37 p.m 14.4 ie J 9 35 p.m. | 14.6
Sept. 15, .. | 1l Oam.| 14.9 Sept. 29,.. | 943 am.| 14.8
- +2 | ll 30 a.m 14.9 nf -« 110°) Oca 14.8
x 2 11 26 p.m 14.9 is ee 1°10 Oop 14.6
Sept. 16, .. | 11 51 a.m. 15.0 | 34.56 x .. 4°10 lbp 14.6
¥ -. | 12 22 p.m 15.0 i Sept. 30, ..' | 10 lima ee
Sept. 17, .. |} 1 Oam.; 14.9 A ; 10 35 a.m.'| 14.7 .
ye} 110 am, | 14.9 f 10 37 p.m. | 14.4 ;
% -| 1 29 p.m. 15.0 5 10 55 p.m. | 14.4 :
- -| 140 pm.{ 15.0 , Oct. 1, ll Camas :
- : | 2 0 p.m 15.0 i. 11 20 p.m. 14.4 ,
Sept. 18, .. 2 Oam.| 14.8 Oct. 2, Midday. 14.5 ‘
e 210 am.| 14.8 < 12 10 pm. | 14.4 ,
= 2 30 p.m. 15.0 i - | 12 20 p.m. | 14.4 ;
. 2 40 p.m. 15.1 Oct 3, 1 Opm.]| 14.8 ‘
- 2 50 p.m. 15.0 ¢ 1 10 p.m. 14.7 ae
; 3 O p.m. 14.9 2 1 20 p.m 14.7 ae
Sept. 19, 3 23 a.m. 14.6 Oct. 4, 2 40 p.m 14.5 as
i. 4 0 p.m. 15.0 ~ 2 50 p.m. 14.4 os
” 410 p.m.| 15.0 a 3 Opm.| 14.4 | 34.54
Sept. 20, 4 34 a.m. 14.4 _ 3 10 p.m. 14.4 os
" 5 4pm.} 15.0 Oct. 5, 410 pm.| 14.2 i
ne 5 20 p.m. | 15.0 a 420 pm.| 14.1 oe
” 5 30 p.m. 14.9 ce 4 30 p.m. 14.1 ee
” 5 35 p.m. 14.9 Oct. 6, 510 p.m. | 14.2 ais :
Sept. 21, 5 32 am.| 14.5 i 5 20 p.m. |] 14.1 am 4
i 5 50 am.| 14.2 t 5 30 p.m. | 14.1 e- of
” 5 55 p.m. | 15.0 J 5 40 p.m. | 14.1 ee
» 6 10 p.m. 14.6 Oct. 7, 6 10 p.m. 14.6 sis
Sept. 22, 6 16 a.m. 14.4 ~ 6 20 p.m. 14.5 :
+9 6 30 a.m. 14.4 ns 6 30 p.m. 14.5 , j
” 6 36 p.m.| 14.4 Oct. 8, 7 Oam. | 13.8 ‘ .
ie 6 50 p.m. 14.6 a 7 10 a.m. 13.8 5 :
Sept. 23, 6 51 a.m.| 14.4 a 720 a.m. | 13.7 .
” 7 Oam.| 14.4 Oct. 9, 7 30 am. | 13.9 a 7
” 7 7 p.m.| 14.6 = 740 am. | 13.8 ¥ F
a 720 pm.| 14.6 i 750 am. | 13.8 .
Sept. 24, 7 O a.m. 14.0 . e 8 O a.m. 13.8 a>. a
7 30 a.m. 14.4 | 34.63 Oct. 10, 8 O a.m. 13.8 oon
” 7 34 p.m. | 14.4 | 34.61 x 810 am.| 13.6 | 34.56
» 8 4 p.m. 14.3 re ‘ 8 20 a.m. 13.6 aa
Sept. 25, 750 am.| 14.4 2 8 30 am. | 13.6 at
. 8 Oam.| 14.4 Oct. 11, 9 Oam.| 14.0 2
- 8 10 a.m. 14.4 ue 9 10 a.m. 13.9 ° %
- 8 4p.m.|] 14.4 ps 9 20 am. | 13.9 - &
ey “f 815 p.m. | 14.2 Oct. 12, 9 20 am. | 14.2 .
Sept. 26, . 8 20 a.m.| 14.8 w 930 am.] 14.1 a» ae
- 8 35 a.m.| 14.8 es 940 am.| 14.1 . ‘ (
" 8 30 p.m. | 14.2 Oct. 13, 10 Oam.| 13.9 .
» os 9 O p.m. 14.6 - 10 10 a.m 13.8 “6 7
Sept. 27, ..| 837 am.| 14.6 a 10 20 a.m. | 13.8 al
- 8 50 a.m. 14.6 : 10 30 a.m 13.8 ne
8 54 p.m.| 14.6 Oct. 14, 10 50 a.m. | 13.6 re
oof Bia Dlaie - | E ll Oam.| 13.6 Re
Sept. 28,../ 910am.| 14.8 | |. we (SEE 10a Se a
” 930 4a.m.| 14.7 - Oct. 15 .. | 11 30 a.m. | 13.9 as

vi.’ 69
VI. 04,
HypDROGRAPHICAL OpsERVATIONS AT IRISH Liagut Stations, 1904— continued.

SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 41’ N., Long. 5° 47’ W. 26 fathoms.

Surface Surface
Surface T ov Sole
Date. Hour. Temper- Sulinite. Date. Hour. — Salinity.
ature.
0. S%o-
1904. 2 Bae , he 1 50 a.m. 13.3 .*
Oct. 15, .. | 11 40 a.m. ne ot Oct: 31, .. " Midday 133
? .. | 11 50 am. ] 13. Nay Oo - 12 50 p.m. | 13.6
” oe Midday 13.8 OV. <a, ee 1 0 p.m 13.6
Oct. 16, .. | 12 20 p.m. ae ee ce ek pn ee
ee ee 13-9 » | 240 pm. | 13.2
x 12 40 p.m. 1 o Now. ; 3 14 a.m 13.0
i 12 50 pm. |} 13. a lg alee pea Me
Oct. '17, 140 p.m. | 14.4 | (LO Sd (Opel ig ee eee
: Be wlcatas a oe (2h DE ti | aaa Be
” 2 0pm} 1 "9 Mis det 42lam./] 13.2
Oct. 18, 3 30 p.m. | 14. oa 421 p.m.| 13.2
-s 3 40 p.m. 14.1 vs ¥ 4 30° b in 13-1
a 3 50 p.m. AP u ap Hake. am bm. } “Yi
Oct. 19, ao ee Nov. 5, ..| 514 am.| 13.4
Fa 4 50 p.m. 13. ails i. 5 45 p.m 13.0
FA 5 0 p.m. 13.6 ” 5 55 p.m 13.0
4 5 10 p.m. iia _ ip 6 5 pm.| 13.0
Oct. 20, Tn Motard Bet Nov. 6 6 llam.| 12.8
” 5 40 ig 13.5 } : ie 6 36 p-m. 13.0
” 5 50 a.m. 13.5 . se a 6 40 p.m. 13.0
Oct. 21, 6 Oam.| 13.8 Ne dig Wy tg Det Fae
- 1 gael a . | Nov. 7, ..| 7 Oam.| 13.0 | 34.63
" 6 20 a.m. 13.7 ‘ OV ds. Ue a TB ai 13.0 a
- 6 30 a.m. | 13.7 40 Oe oan! T4310
‘Oct. 22, 6 30 am. | 13.4 . ” . 7 Ondo! 1214
“ 6 40 a.m. Lee: . ” Ee 7 15 p.m. 12.4
ra ae 6 50 a.m. ig.a . ” i 7 30 p.m. 12.2
Oct. 23, ..| 7 Oam.| 13.6 : Nov. 8 7 36 am. | 12.2
* 710 am. | 13.5 P oP ee nae & OMpme| 12.4
aa 7 20 a.m. 13.5 . ” << 8 10 p.m. 12.4
” 7 30 a.m. 13.5 . ” A 8 20 7h: 12.4
Oct. 24, 740 am.| 13.6 . ae as. 8 21 am.| 13.0
2 750 am. | 13.5 | 4. 1.0) 8 36am. | “1820
> 8 O a.m. 13.5 | . ” i 8 40 a.m. 13.0
Oct. 25, 8 Oam.; 14.0 ie 8 30 p.m. | 12.6
3 810 am. | 14.0 | . ” . 840 pm.| 12.6
rs 8 20 a.m.:| 13.9 | . ” - 8.45 p.m. 12.5
r. 8 30 a.m. 13.9 . Aas, 18 “4 9 0am. 12.6
Oct. 26, 8 30'a.m:’) 13.45) - a cee t 9-20 ata t S1gle
+ 8 40 am.;/ 13.4 = 9 20 a.m. 12.4
3 es 8 50 a.m. 13.3 ” it 9 0 p-m. 12.7
Oct. 27, .. | 910am.| 13.6 | "al DP 9 ap pame) 9927
” ae 9 20 a.m. 13.5 Maw «17 9 26 a.m. | 12.7
. 9 s0Rsitae | TS-5-. | we ESO €Ocecme | 99927
” jee 9 40 a.m 13.5 wi the 9 40 p-m 12.4
Oct..28, ..| 9 30am./ 13.8 || co lh 9 GO%pmet Aoie
7 , 9 40 a.m 13.8 ; . -, 10 0 p-m 12.5
i hs 9 50 a.m. 13.7 | +. ea 4° el ig lots 12.6
Oct. 29, ..| 10 Oam. | 13.0 | iia sg 10 20 a.m 12.6
+ -- | 10 10 am 13.0 ” ade 10 25 am 12.6
ie 10 20. a.m 13.0 | ” ao 10 25 p.m 12.4
oe ).. + 10 30am 13.0 | ” 10 36 p.m 12.4
Oct. 30, .. | 11 O am. 13.2 ov, 18 10 50 am. | 12.8
; cot AL 10'6.m. 13.2 | . Lo, | 1 o/s: 12.8
* eh ee = a.m. Pi | » | 11.10 ‘pth. 12 6
meme, 3..'t 12 30 a.m. . ps wy T2H
Me tu doen, | 13.3 | : Nghe a at

¥ ?
[ 293 ]

rd
Te¥ Eee Lue

VI. 04, 70 |
HypROoGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS AT InIsH Lignt Stations, 1904—continwed.
SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 41’N, Long 5° 47’ W. 26 fathoms.
Ee SS a

Surface Surface
Date. | Hour. Temper- eae. Date. Hour. Tomer bi
1904. | | °0. | S% . 1904. 0. S%o
Nov. 14, .../ 11 47 a.m. | 12.8 | ‘ Nov. 29, ..3/:11 63pm 11.1 *
is 1] 55 am. | 12.8 = Nov. 30, .. | 12 24 a.m. 11.1 | 34.70
*» <a] 2 24m | 12.8 ‘ . ae 1 O pm. | 11.6 | 34.70
Nov. 15, .. | 12 45 am.| 12.6 2 e : 110 pm. } 11.6 *
. -. {| 1 20 p.m. 12.8 | 34.67 Deo! 2). hs 1 40 a.m. 11.2 =
- oo |e el- 90. mem, 12.8 : = a 215 p.m. | 11.2 ve
Noy. 16, ..:/c.) 66:a2m:; 12.2 ‘ . a 2 30 p.m. 11.4 :
° -. | 234 pm.j} 12.6 Dec. 2, .. | 2 2] am eee *
% .. | 240 p.m. 12.6 a ra 3 10 p.m. 11.2 -
Nov. 17, ..| 3 Oam.| 12.2 » ee |) 13°90 pan ee ae
- | 3 39 pm. | 12.5 Dec. 3, ..| ‘3 50. a. pope -
- af 3 50 p.m. 12.5 " a 4 25 p.m. iii stg
Nov. 18, .. 4 0 a.m. 12.4 + im 4 35 p.m. 11.0 an

435 p.m.| 12.4 Dea. 4 Fx: 454 am.] 11.2 o

5 io 4 45 p.m. 1234 ¥ = 5 21 p.m. 11.2 ws
Nov. 19, .. 5 Oam.| 12.4 * re 5 30 p.m. | 11.2 alg ‘

= - 5 22 p.m. | 12.2 Dec, Bf. 5 50 a.m. 10.8 we y

* 5 35 p.m. | 12.2 eS ad 6 O a.m. 10.8 3
Novy. 20, 5 42 a.m. L118 . os 6 14 p.m. 10.8 i

ri 5 55 a.m. 11.6 c Ege 6 30 p.m. 10.8 of

* 6 O p.m. 12.0 Hen. 0, tas 6 38 a.m. 10.6 ‘

- 6 10 p.m. 12.0 * a 6 50 a.m. 10.6 oe

Bb 2i.p.m,| ALS a ua 7 11 p.m. 10.6 ahs
Noy. 21, 6 23 a.m. | 11.2 cs 720 p.m. | 10.6 vi

- 6 41 p.m. | 11.4 ES ey Bee oe 72lam.{ 10.5 i

” 6 50 p.m. | 11.4 a A 7 30 am. | 10.6 | 34.67
Nov. 22, 7 Oam.j; 11.4 im .. | 742 pm. | 10.2 | 34.60

o 710 am.{ 11.2 vs 3 750 pm. | 10.2 “6

7 11 p.m. | 10.8 ee: eee 8 5 a.m. 9.6 mA

e 720 p.m. | 11.0 vd 3 8 10 a.m. 10.0 ne

a 20 p.m. | 410 es .. | 8 0 am.t 200 - -
Nov. 23, 7 30 a.m. 10.8 a - Ye 8 26 p.m. 10.2 ye i

* 750 am.| 11.0 | 34.69 . o | 8 35pm em . -

is 7 30 p.m. | 11.0 ae, Dee. 9; 1... 8 30 am. | 10.2 Pr

“ * 745 p.m. | 11.0 5 on 8 40 am. | 10.2 F
Noy. 24, 8 0am. | 11.0 3 ot 8 48 p.m. 10.4 :

s 8 10 a.m. | 2°) » ost] 90 ee - |

a 8 21 p.m. 10.9 | Dec. 10, .. 9 O am. 10.0 -

ne ee oS 28-0.) 210 » «wf 9 10 ameh Om .
Noy. 25, 8 30 am.| 11.0 | » oo | @ 29 pmcd Wee .

t 8 45 a.m. 11D | a = 9 40 p.m. 9.8 4 ’

“2 8 42 p.m. A1.1 Dec. 1], .. 9 51 am. 10.2 es

> 9 Opm.} 11.1 - -» | 10 Oame) 1B oo a
Novy. 26, 9 Oam.| 11.2 ‘ .. | 10 ll pm 20 .

Pr 4 15 a.m. 112 9 ce 10 20 p-m. 102 ee my

v» 923 pm. | 11.0 | Dec. 12, .. | 10 31 a.m. | 10.4 i

- 9 35 p.m 11.0 | e -. | 10 55 p.m. 9.0 oo
Nov. 27, 9 45 a.m M2 | = .. | 1l 5 p.m 9.2 .- =

” 9 55 a.m M2 | Dec. 13, .. | 11 17 a.m 9.6. .

.” 10 0 p.m 11.4 | pe .. | 11 35 a.m 9.8 we ?

. 10 15 p.m 11.4 | se .. | 11 41 p.m 9.4 a
Nov. 28 10 31 a.m 11.4 | Dec. 14, .. | 11 58 a.m 9.8 | 34.56 .

- 10 45 a.m 11.4 Si .. | 12 31 p.m 9.8 .

« 10 55 p.m Md Dec. 15, .. 1 O a.m 9.2 . =
ie 1) 15 p.m 11.1 - * 1 31 p.m 9.6 .
Nov. 29, ll 25 a.m 11.2 of te: 1 40 p.m 9.7 ee

2 11 30 am.| 11.2 | Dec. 16, .. | 2 0am 9.8 a

“hl eed

VI. 04, 71
HypDROGRAPHICAL OssERVATIONS AT InisH Liaut Srations, 1904—continued.

SOUTH ARKLOW LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 41’ N., Long. 5° 47’ W. 26 fathoms.
ES AS Ee ee Pm

Surface — Surface Surface
Date. Hour. Temper- Salinity. Date. Hour. Temper- Salinity.
1904. °C. S%o» 1904. *O. S%o
Dec. 16, 2 30 p.m. 9.8 | 34.51 Dec. 24, 8 40 p.m. 9.6 oe
ee 2 40 p.m. 9.8 ai Dec. 25, 8 51 a.m. 9.8
Dec. 17, 3 0 a.m. 9.8 Je 9 56 a.m. 9.8
es 3 30 p.m. | 10.2 ts 9 13 p.m. 9.6
. 3 40 p.m. 10.0 be 9 20 p.m. 9.7
Dec. 18, 4 O am. 9.6 Dec. 26, 9 35 a.m. 9.7
> 4 30 p.m. 9.6 a 9 45 a.m. 9.7
=a 4 40 p.m. 9.8 7 10 O p.m. 9.6
Dec. 19, 5 O a.m. 9.8 Pa é. 7} 10, 10: pm 9.6
a 5 22 p.m. 9.8 Dec. 27,. .. ¢ 10 23: a.m. 9.6
= 5 40 p.m. 9.8 in .. | 10 35 a.m. 9.6
Dec. 20, 5 45 a.m. 10.0 FA 10 49 p.m. 9.6
a 6 8 p.m. 9.8 + ll O p.m. 9.6
e 6 20 p.m. 9.8 Dec. 28, 11 16 a.m. 9.8
Dec, 21, 6 29 a.m. 9.6 z 11 30 a.m. 9.8
“a 6 48 p.m. 9.4 is 1] 44 p.m. 9.6
3 7 O-pm. 9.6 Dec. 29, 12 10 a.m 9.7
Dec. 22, 7 15 a.m. 9.6 34.54 ee 12 42 p.m. 9.7
a 1 23am. 9.6 ; 12 50 p.m. 9.7
; 7 27 p.m. 9.4 Dec. 30, 1 14 a.m. 9.6
Dec. 23, 7 47 a.m. 9.6 1 47 p.m. 9.0
‘a S -7 pam. 9.4 : 2 O p.m. 9.0
¥ 8 15 p.m. 9.4 Dec. 31, 2 19 a.m. 8.6 -
Dec. 24, 8 27 a.m. 9.4 ms 2 32 p.m. is 34.47
“ 8 40 a.m. 9.6 “ 2 52 p.m. 9.0 -
a4 8 30 p.m. 9.4 + 3 0 p.m. 9.0

[ 295 ]

VI. ’04, 72

HyproGRAPHICAL OBsERVATIONS AT IRIsH Lieut Srations, 1904—continued.

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40’ W. 29 fathoms.
Surface |, Surface Surface Surface

Date Hour. Salinity. bib = a Date. Hour. a Salinity.

1904. a °0. S%o- 1904. °C. S%o-
Jan. 18, 7 30 p.m 8.2 | 34.71 Feb. 16, .. 7 39 p.m 6.8 | 33.93
Jan. 19, 7 50 p.m 8.2 | 34.72 Feb. 17, 7 55 a.m 7.0 eS
Jan. 20, 8 55 a.m 8.2 be : 8 14 p.m 7.4

- 9 O pm 8.2 Feb. 18, 8 34 a.m 7.4
Jan. 21, 9 21 a.m 8.1 ; 8 55 p.m 7.4

™ 9 42 p.m | Feb. 19, 9 16 am 7.5
Jan. 22, 10 3 am 8.2 | 9 36 p.m 7.4

" 10 24 p.m 8.2 Feb. 20, 9 57 a.m 7.4
Jan. 23, 10 45 a.m 8.3 2 10 16 p.m 7.5

" ll 6 p.m 8.1 March 1, 1 46 a.m 7.0.
Jan. 24, 11 27 a.m 8.1 5. 2 14 p.m y Be ee

- 11 48 p.m 7.4 ss March 2, 2 40 am 7.2. 1534.76
Jan. 25, 12 9 am 8.0 | 34.72 - : 3 2pm 7.2 | 34.65

s 12 30 p.m 8.2 | 34.70 March 3, 3 26 a.m am se
Jan. 26, 12 51 a.m 8.3 a ' : 3 50 p.m 7.1 al

" 1 12 p.m 8.1 March 4, . 4 11 am 6.9 e.
Jan. 27, 1 33 a.m 8.3 ‘ ‘ 4 34 p.m 7.0 in

1 54 p.m 8.1 March 5, 4 55 a.m 6.9 i
Jan. 28, 2 36 p.m 8.0 2 p 5 15 p.m 7.0 he
Jan. 29, 2 57 a.m 8.0 March 6, 5 35 a.m 6.9 oe

oe 3 18 p.m 7.8 a i” 5 52 p.m 6.8 2
Jan. 30, 3 39 a.m 8.0 March 7, .. 6 11 am 6.8 ee

ms ‘ 4 0pm 8.0 ‘ “4 6 30 p.m 7.0 “a
Jan. 31, 4 21 a.m 8.0 March 8, .. 6 51 a.m y 6 “a «

‘3 4 42 p.m 7.8 i sf 7 14 p.m 7.0 a ‘
Feb. 1, 5 3 am 7.6 ws March 9, .. 7 42 a.m 7.0 | 34.70

" 5 28 p.m 8.0 | 34.65 z 8 18 p.m 7.0 | 34.70
Feb. 2, 5 54 a.m 8.0 a March 10, 8 54 a.m 7.0 a

a 6 28 p.m 8.0 ‘ Re 9 33 p.m. 7.0 i
Feb. 3, 6 53 a.m 8.0 March 11, 10 12 a.m. 7.3 ne

J 7 17 p.m 8.7 Zs .. | 10 50 p.m. im i
Feb. 4, 7 42 a.m 8.0 March 12, 11 23 a.m. 7.0 :

z 8 9 p.m 8.0 >. -» | 20569 pom 7.0 Ye
Feb. 5, 8 35 a.m 7.9 March 13, 12 30 p.m. 7.2 a

- 9 2pm 7.9 March 14, 12 55 a.m. ie: ‘%
Feb. 6, 9 29 a.m Ten *- 4S 1 21 p.m. 7.0 ite

” 9 57 p.m 70 March 15, 1 42 a.m. 7.0 ‘i
Feb. 7, 10 24 a.m 7.9 5 ..| 2 2 pm 7.4 ox ]

os 10 54 p.m 7.8 March 16, 2 21 a.m. Tia oe
Feb. 8, il 24 a.m 7.8 a - .. |, 2 7 pms 7.4 a

= 12 14 p.m - 34.70 March 17, 2 52 a.m. iad 34.63

” 11 58 p.m 7.8 -% = at 3 8 p.m. 7.1 | 34.60
Feb. 9, 12 32 a.m 7.8 March 18, 3 23 a.m. 7.2 ‘a

- le 7.9 i ae 3 39 p.m. 7.2
Feb. 10, 1 43 a.m 7.8 March 19, 3 54 a.m. 7.2

ce 2 29 p.m 7.8 = ee 4 11 p.m. 7.2
Feb. 11, 3 5 a.m 7.8 March 20, 429 am.| 7.2

” 3 40 p.m 7.6 * ei 4 44 p.m. 7.3
Feb. 12, 4 14 am 8.0 March 21, 5 1 a.m. 7.2

‘ | 4 50 p.m 7.9 os | 647 nade
Feb. 13, 5 22 a.m 7.6 March 22, 5 33 a.m. 1 |

” | 5 46 p.m 7.6 is La 5 50 p.m. 7.4
Feb. 14, 6 9 am 1a March 23, 6 11 a.m. 7.3

- | 6 30 p.m 7.5 ” ¥ 6 31 p.m. 7.6
Feb. 15, | 6 48 am 7.5 March 24, 6 55 a.m. 7.2 ‘a

- | 7 6 pm 7.2 ‘, ¥ | 722 pm 7.4 | 34.65
Feb. 16, | 7 23 a.m 7.2 | 34.17 March 25, 7 59 a.m 7.2 os

“Observations previous to March 1st were not taken at the right time of tide.

[ 296 ]

VI. 04, 73

HyproGrapHicaL Opservations at Irish Licur Sratrons, 1904—continued.

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40’ W. 29 fathoms.
Surface Surface
urface : Surface
Date. Hour. a gl see. Date. Hour, pers Salinity.
1904. *c S%o. 1904. °0. S%o.
March 25, 8 37 p.m. 7.2 a April 24, .. 9 O a.m. 8.7 oe
March 26, 9 17 a.m. Ce. Ss ihe 9 4 p.m 8.4
a ah 9 56 p.m. 7.2 April 25, .. 9 39 a.m. 8.4
March 27, 10 36 a.m. 7.3)- ack wan 1 ie 8.0
ss sth, publ! 12:p.m. Tae: April 26, .. | 10 50 a.m. 8.2
March 28, 11 50 a.m. 7.8 - .. ) 1126 pm 8.2
March 29, 12 25 a.m. 7.4 April 27, .. | 12 30 p.m. 8.4
+ .. | 12 55 p.m 7.4 April 28, .. | 12 58 a.m. 8.3
March 30, 1 25 a.m 7.0 es ae 1 25 p.m 8.3
re 2m 1 51 p.m 7.4 fd April 29, .. 1 54 a.m 8.4
March 31, 2 40 p.m 7.4 | 34.74 “a ‘sn 2 18 p.m 8.6 ++
April 1, 3 2am 7.2 | 34.81 Aptil 30) = 2 40 a.m 8.4 | 34.69
i 3 23 p.m 7-4 + ‘ 3 2pm 8.3 | 34.87
April 2, 3 47 a.m 7.2 May I, 3 23 a.m 8.3 -
m 4 °S.p.m 29 2 3 45 p.m 8.2 oe
April 3, 4 29 a.m 7.4 May 2, : 4 6 am 8.2 vs
1 4 49 p.m 7.6 és -p € 27opom 8.7 os
April 4, 5 10 a.m 7.4 May 3, ; 4 48 a.m 8.6 a
e 5 28 p.m 7.6 ie Oe ee 1 8.8 4
April 5, 5 48 a.m 71.6 May 4, _ .. 5 24 a.m. 8.6 ne
a 6 6 p.m tal % 5 43 p.m 6.1 iw
April 6, 6 23 a.m tot May 5, 6 3 am 5.6. 5° Ass
i 6 45 p.m 7.8 ee cd 6 21 p.m 8.8.) es
April 7, 710 am 7.7 | 34.69 May 6, 6 43 a.m 8.7 3
- 7 41 p.m 7.6 | 34.63 A 7 6pm 8.4 =
April 8, 8 17 a.m 7.6 ae May 7, 7 38 a.m 8.6 | 34.79
4g 8 53 p.m (eo: . 8 10 p.m 8.6 | 34.81
April 9, 9 28 a.m 8.0 May 8, 8 42 a.m 8.6 os
i; a 9 6 p.m. 7.8 e 9 14 p.m 8.8 ee
April 10, 10 40 &m. 7.9 May 9, 9 48 a.m 9.8 aa
* aioe 13. p.m. 8.0 F .. | 10 20 p.m. 8.9 o8
April 11, ..| 1144 am.{; 8.2 May 10, ..| 10 49 a.m. 8.8 +
—, 2} ll 44 pm 7.7 | Re ees 0 8.8 sk
April 12, .. | 12 14 a.m 7.8 May ll, .. | 11 46 a.m. 8.9 “*
‘i -- | 12 38 p.m 8.2 May 12, .. | 12 15 a.m. 9.0 ve
April 13, .. 1 1 am 8.0 ¥ 12 38 p.m 9.2 i
i Pa 1 23 p.m 8.0 May 13, 1 1 am 9.0 oe
April 14, ..| 143 am.| 8.0 ' 123 pm.| 8.9 es
“A oe 2 2pm 8.2 May 14, 1 44 a.m 9.0 +e
April 15, ..| 219 am 8.2 ae 2 5 p.m 9.4 a
- me 2 36 p.m. 8.3 May 165, 2 25 a.m 8.9 a
April 16, .. | 2 53 a.m. 8.0 ‘ 2 43 p.m 9.4 | 34.87
#8 ae 3 10 p.m. 8.4 May 16, 3 2 am 9.0 ee
April 17, .. | 3 27 am. 8.2 ks 3 22 p.m 9.2 ‘
— ae 3 45 p.m. 8.1 May 17, 3 42 a.m 9.1 :
April 18, .. 4 3 am. 8.0 | 2 4 3 pm 9.2 es
zs . 4 23 p.m. 8.4 | May 18, 4 26 a.m 9.1 +
April 19, ..| 441 a.m.| 8.0 | ‘ 446 pm.| 9.4 ¥
. oe 4 59 p.m. 8.4 | May 19, 5 7 a.m 9.0 ee
April 20, .. 5 18 a.m. 8.0 - 5 30 p.m 9.6 A
” os 5 38 p.m. 8.2 May 20, 5 52 a.m 9.1 ee
April 21, ..| 559 a.m. 8.6 - 6 16 p.m 9.4 ee
-¢ 6 2] p.m. 8.4 May 21, 6 38 a.m 9.2 ie
April 22, .. | 6 44 a.m. 8.4 Fe 7 6 p.m 9.60, AOS;
a ad 7 12 p.m. 8.2 | May 22, 7 39 a.m 9.5 ss
April 23, .. 7 48 a.m. 8.2 | r 8 15 p.m 9.8 | 34.83
‘ * * 8 27 p.m. 8.6 | May 23, 8 50 a.m Lai} ae

[ 297 ]

VI. °04, 74

HypROGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS AT In1sH Ligut Stations, 1904—continued.

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40’ W. 29 fathoms.
Surface Surface
; - | Surface ’ Surface
Date. | Hour, bag -| Salinity. Date. Hour. — Salinity.
l

1904. | | 90, S%o 1904. aC S%o
May 23, . 9 18 p.m. oe" is June 22, .. 9 27 a.m. | 12.0 “
May. 24, . 9 48 a.m. 9.4 ~ a 9 56 p.m. 11.8 ne.

“ : 10 22 p.m. 9.6 “ii June 23, .. | 10 29 a.m. 13.0 A
May 25, ..| 1057 am.| 9.4 a , «fl Sop os

< of 2) Seep 9.8 cs June 24, .. | 11 38casma.)/ Tee a
May 26, . 12 6 p.m. 9.4 - June 25, 12 12 am. | 12.0 ee
May. 27, . 12 35 a.m. 9.6 ‘fa 4 .. | 12 4¢epim. 12.1 7

ss = p-m. 9.8 bis June 26, . 112 ea.6 eae as
May 28 | 1 31 a.m. 9.4 es ‘ :* 1 39 p.m. | 12.0 .

= YOR BSepem 1.1038, (ae os June 27, .% 2 6eanl9 Cats *
May 29, .. 2 23 a.m. 9.8 - Ve .. | 229 pm} .12.2 | 3ao8

. sa 2 44 p.m 10.1 is June 28, .. 250 am.| 11.4 | 34.74
May 30, .. 3 5 am 9.8 ae es wh 3 9 pais hae va

z ; 3 26 p.m 9.3 % June 29, .. 3 29 a.m. 11.4 =
May 31, 3 48 a.m 9.8 a oF 3 49 pm. | 12.2 mt

” 4 7 p.m 9.4 a June 30, .. 4 8 am. 11.8 i’
June I, 4 27 am 9.6 ws as ..| 428 pm.} 12.2 ve

« 4 25 p.m 9.6 a wuly 1, 5% 445 am.] 11.8 Pe
June 2, 5 4 am 9.8 Bs z af 5 2pm. { 12.2 ve

i 5 20 p.m 10.6 2 suly 2 4 5 20 a.m. 11.8 re
June 3, 5 41 a.m 9.8 He a .. | 5 36pm? ores .

* § bpm. (120.4 | s: Jaly 3, .. | 5 Sévamaenie :
June 4, 617 am. | 10.2 | et i .. | 6 lipma eee - 9

3 6 2i.pm::|° 11.4 % July 4, .. | 6 2)cae ieee i
June 5, 6 59 a.m | 11.0 | - ‘s 7 6 46 p.m. 12.3 .

- 7 23 p.m | 11.0 “3 waly'.D, 55 7 TV/a.m. 12.4 oe
June 6, 7 53 a.m 10.8 34.85 n +% 7 29 p.m. 12.4 | 34.72

e 8 23 p.m 11.0 | 34.85 paly.B,; +i: 757 am. | 12.2 ‘
June 7, 8 53 a.m 10.6 ag rs % 8 26 p.m. 12.3 4

= 921 pm. | 10.6 . July 7, .. | 8 57 am. | 12.5 a
June 8, 9 50 a.m 10.4 fi = 4 9 27 p.m. 12.4 ‘

= -- | 10 18 p.m 10.6 9 5 a or 9 54 a.m. 13.4 ae
June 9, .. {| 10 48 am. | 10.6 ne 34 .. |. 10 25 pm. |] 12.4 +

= eo } Il T7-pm 10.4 | a8 July 9, .. {| 10 57 am.;} 13.4 ‘
June, 10, .. | 11 46 a.m. j| 11.8 “¥ _ .. | 11 29 pm. | 12.8 . @
June 1], ..| 1217 am.| 11.4 | .. | July 10, ..|12 2pm] 13.2

ae -. | 12 45 p.m 12.4 “% July 11, .. | 12 32 a.m. 12.6 ou
June 12, .. 1 11 am 11.6 or - aif 1 3 p.m. 13.0 +

- sé 1 36 p.m 11.4 .¥ Waly $42.15. 1 29 a.m. 12.4
June 13, .. 1 57 a.m | 10.8 2 ‘3 > 1 57 p.m. 13.0 ik

‘i -» | 220 p.m 12.0 | 34.76 | July 13, .. | 223 am./| 12.8 | 34.70
June 14, 2 41 a.m 11.4 34.76 ae + 2 48 p.m. 13.4 ‘

. Jk) 3 3pm 11.6 te paly 14, ' 24 3 11 am. 12.6 :
June 15, .. | 3 26 am 11.4 re a. a 3 36 p.m. | 13.1 é

AE -- | 3 50 p.m 11.6 * July 15, .. 4 Oam.| 13.0 ;
June 16, .. | 414 am. | 11.4 vi 4 .. | 426 pm.] 13.0 :

i -- | 437 pm. | 11.6 o% July 16, .. 450 am. | 12.8 :
June 17, .. 5 1 am 11.6 oe 4 if 5 14 p.m. 13.4 é

a 7 | 5 23 p.m 11.8 at Duly 17,» 5 37 a.m. 12.6 :
June 18, ..| 547 am.|/ 11.8 | .. ™ 6 Opm. | 13.0 :

> ae | 61l pm. | 11.6 od July 18, 6 22 am. | 13.0 ‘
June 19, .. | 633 am. | 11.4 ba be 6 42 pm. | 13.4 ,

- oé 6 59 p.m. | 12.2 vé July 19, 7 4am. {| 12.8 “es
June 20, .. 724 a.m. | 12.1 ~ ee 729 pm. | 13.2 | 34.70

” + 7 54 p.m. |] 12.0 | 34.78 July 20, 7 59 a.m. | 13.0 ve
June 21, ..| 828 a.m.| 12.0 | 34.72 x 8 3l p.m. | 13.5 of

” | 9 O p.m. 12.0 ¥ July 21, 9 3 am. 13.6 .

'

[ 298 ]

VI. 04, 75

HyproerapHicaL OBsERvAtTIONS aT IRISH Licur Srations, 1904—continued.

ONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40’ W. 29 fathoms.
Surface | gurtace Surface | gurtace

Date. Hour. i aig Salinity. Date. | Hour. ‘ome Salinity.

1904. °C, S%o: 1904. °C, 8% o.
July 21, .. 9 34 p.m. | 13.2 = August 20, 9 40 a.m. 14.4 o.
July 22, .. | 10 5 a.m. 13.4 pe .. | 10 18 p.m. 14.4

a o- 10 40 p.m. 13.4 August ZI, 10 54 a.m. 14.6
July 23, .. | 11 14 a.m. 14.2 ” +. pal Ship 14.0

” os | 21 61. p.m 14.0 August 22, 12 7 p.m. 14.4
July 24, vie 12 25 p-m. 14.2 August 23, 12 38am, 14.2
July 25, .. | 12 56 a.m. 13.2 . wk l ¢6&pm. 14.6

* -» | 124 pm.| 14.4 August 24, 1 30 am. | 14.2
July 26, 1 48 a.m. 13.8 r e 1 52 p.m. 14.6

s. 2 13 p.m. 13.8 a August 25, 2 2 a.m. 14.0
July 27, 234 am. | 13.2 | 34.63 , A 2 31 p.m. 14.2 A

2 51 p.m. 12:8 y August 26, 2 48 a.m. 14.90 | 34.85
July 28, 3 10 a.m. 13.0 ¥ * 3S: qt 14.4 m

. 3 28 p.m. | 14.0 August 27, 3 2). aa 14.2
July 29, 3 46 am. | 14.0 . a 3 37 p.m. 14.2

ot 4 4 p.m. 14.2 August 28, 3 54 a.m. 14.2
July 30, 421 am. | 14.0 ~! .- 4 9 p.m. 14.2

- 4 37 p.m. 14.2 August 29, 4 25 a.m. 14.2
July 31, 4 54 a.m. 14.0 2 By 4 42 p.m. 14.4

a met | O. pam.) |) 14.2 August 30, 455 am. | 14.4
August lI, 5 25 a.m. 13.8 hi a 5 10 p.m. 14.4

< an 5 40 p.m. | 13.4 August 31, 5 26 a.m. | 14.0
August 2, 5 56 a.m. 13.6 a ; 5 43 p.m. 14.0

a <A 6 15 p.m. 13.8 Sept, 1, 6 0 a.m. 14.2
August 3, 6 32 am. 14.0 6 15 p.m. 14.2

fe Be 6 50 p.m. 14.6 Sept. 2, 6 35 a.m. 14.0
August 4, 7 9 am. 14.8 a 3 6 57 p.m. 14.0

a a4 7 35 p.m. 14.8 | 34.67 Sept. 3, 7 24 a.m 14.2
August 5, 8 5 a.m. 15.0 om ES 7 59 p.m 14.2

Pe 8 37 p.m. 14.6 Sept. 4, 8 34 a.m 14.4
August 6, 910 am.| 14.6 i 911 p.m 14.2

- ; 9 44 p.m. 14.6 Sept. 5, 9 49 a.m 14.2
August 7, | 10 17 a.m. 15.0 n: -w ) 1OnSS pim.: |!) 14.2

2 .. | 1054 pm. | 14.4 Sept. 6, .. | 11 5a.m.| 14.2
August 8, 11 31 a.m. 15.4 3 ow Polo 4o pm. | 14.2
August 9, 12 6am.| 14.6 Sept. 7, | «<°) 82 17 pom. | 14,4

es ca | 12 38pm | 14.8 Sept. 8, .. | 12 48 a.m. 14.4
August 10, I 9 am. 14.2 - Be 1 18 p.m. | 14.4

* “¥ 1 37 p.m. | 14.8 Sept. 9, 145 am. | 14.2
August 11, 2 6 a.m. 14.0 a = is 2 11 p.m. | 14.4 me

a ie 2 32 p.m. 14.6 | 34.74 Sept. 10, .. 235 am. | 14.2 | 34.88
August 12, 2 55 a.m. 14.0 oe ” 2 2-659 p.m. | 14.4 aa

as ar 3 21 p.m. 14.4 Sept. 1], .. 3 23 a.m. 14.4
August 13, 3 45 a.m. 14.0 a bs! 3.46 pm. | 14.4

a ie 4 8pm; 14.3 Sept. 12, .. 4 9 a.m. 14.3
August 14, 4 32 a.m. 14.2 ‘i a 4 32 p.m. 14.0

me oth BS pam.) 14.4 Sept. 13, .. | 4 53 a.m. | 13.8
August 15, 5 17 a.m 14.0 s me 5 13 p.m. 14.2

ci ae 5 38 p.m. 14.3 Sept. 14, . 5 33 a.m. | 14.2
August 16, 6 1am. 14.0 = 7 5 54 p.m. 14.4

ook. t f:6 2pm. | 14.2 Sept. 15, .. | 6 14 am. | 14.2
August 17, 6 40 a.m. 14.0 Pr at 6 33 p.m. | 14.3

v - 7.2 pom | 1453 os Sept. 16, .. 6 58 am. | 14.2
August 18, 727 am.| 14.2 | 34.74 - “i 727 p.m. | 14.6

a fae 7 59 p.m. 14.2 i Sept. 17, .. 8 1 a.m. 14.5
August 19, 8 32 a.m. 14.0 x ¥ ug 8 37 p.m. 14.2
August 19, 9 5 p.m. 14.2 =, Sept. 18, .. 9 14 a.m. | 14.4

[ 299 ]

VI. 04, 76

HyproGRaPHicaL OsservaTions at IrtsH Lignr Stations, 1904—continued.

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40’ W. 29 fathoms.
_ Surface Surface Surface Surface
Date. Hour. | iatate! va | Salinity. Date. Hour. a Salinity.
1904. °C. S%o. 1904. a 8 S%o-
Sept. 18, 953 pm. | 14.2 oe Oct. 18, 952 am.}] 13.8 +
Sept. 19, 10 30 am. |} 14.2 a - 10 27 p.m. | 13.6
= iL > Pipe (4.0 fs Oct. 19, ll Oam.| 13.8
Sept. 20, 11 40 am. |} 14.4 a F 11 31 p.m. | 13.4
Sept. 21, 12 3am.| 14.4 3 Oct. 20, 12 1 pm.| 13.8
<P £2 SO: pees 14-3 i Oct. 21, 12 26 a.m. | 13.4
Sept. ee 3 1 4a.m.| 14.2 ta “s 12 50 p.m. | 13.6
} 2 25 -pme] $14.2 8) ene] Wet: Be, lllam.| 13.2
Sept. 23, ) A6-mems | (14.6.4). 2: : 130 pm. | 13:4
on 2 4 p.m. 14.4 i Oct. 23, 1 49 a.m. 13.2
Sept. 24, 2 Bites 214.23). S. e 2 6pm.| 13.4
J 0 | (2 S6epamss) §14.2 3 shr02 - 1 Oct-24: 223 am.| 13.2 “
Sept. 25, .. 252 am. | 13.6 5 - 238 p.m. | 13.4 | 34.96
* ak 3 7 pm.]|] 14.0 a Oct. 25, 254 a.m. {| 13.0 uw
Sept. 26, 3 23 a.m. | 14.0 sf af 312 pm. | 13.0
G 3 39 p.m. | 14.2 ss Oct. 26, 3 28 a.m. | 13.2
Sept. 27, 355 am. | 14.4 i ‘ 3 46 p.m. | 13.2
- 4 12 p.m. 14.4 3h Oct. 27, 4 3am.] 13.0
Sept. 28, 427 am.| 14.0 - 5 419 pm. | 13.2
* | 442 pm.; 14.4 ss Oct. 28, 437 am. | 13.2
Sept, 29, 4 59 a.m. 14.4 5 2 455 pm.| 13.2
“ 514 pm.| 14.2 ae Oct. 29, 5 14 am. | 13.0
Sept. 30, 5 3lam.]| 14.2 ae - 5 35 p.m./ 13 0
~ 5 61 pm. | 14.2 A Oct. 30, 5 53 a.m. | 13.0
Oct. 1, 610 am.; 14.2 = io 6 14 p.m 13.0
” 6 32 p.m. | 14.0 ae Oct. 31, 6 41 a.m. 13.0 nm
Oct. 2, | 6 56 a.m. is: fe Ks 7:13 p.m. 13.0 | S667
” 7 32 pm.{ 14.0 | 35.03 | Nov. 1, 753 am. {| 1350 we
Oct. 3, 810 am./| 14.0 be 5 8 31 pm.| 13.2
* 8 48 p.m. | 14.0 Nov. 2, 9 7am. |} 13.2
Oct. 4, 927 am.| 14.2 a 942 pm.; 13.0
7 10 6 p.m. 14.0 Nov. 3, 10 17 a.m. 13.2
Oct. 5, 10 42 a.m. | 14.0 ‘> .. | 10 54 pm. | 13.0
” 11 21 p.m. 14.0 Nov. 4, .. | 11 29 a.m. 13.2
Oct. 6, 1l 56 am. | 14.0 Nov.:5, '.. | 12 2 ecm.) T3ae
Oct. 7, 12 28 am. | 13.8 a 12 32 p.m 13.2
pa 12 51 p.m. 13.8 Nov. 6, 1 1am 13.0
Oct. 8, 1 23 a.m. | 13.4 ms 1 28 p.m 13.0
- 149 p.m. | 14.0 o* Nov. 7, 1 53 a.m 13.2 ;
Oct. 9, 213 am.| 13.4 | 34.99 % 217 p.m 12.8 .
237 pom 18.4. 4! Nov. 8, 2 38 a.m 12.4 | 35.10
Oct. 10, Bm. ee eee ‘ 3 lpm; 12.6
“ | 324pm.! 13.8 | .. @f Nov. 9, 3 24 a.m. | 13.0
Oct. 11, | 346am.| 13.6 | a 3.45 p.m. | 12.8
7: | 4 8pm.| 13.8 Nov. 10, 4:7 a.m. | 12.6
Oct. 12, | 428 am. | 13.4 ‘. 427 p.m. | 12.6 ‘
” 449 pm.| 13.4 Nov. 11, 448 am. / 12.6 .
Oct. 13, | 56 9am.| 13.8 fe 5 8pm. | 13.0 ‘
v9 | 5 29 p.m. | 13.8 Nov. 12, 5 28 am. | 12.8
Oct. 14, 547 am.| 14.2 | .,. " 5 47 p.m. | 12.8 ‘
" | 6 7 pm. ee Nov. 13, 6 6am.| 12.4 :
Oct. 15, 629 am.| 13.8 | .. Z 6 28 p.m. | 12.8
” 6 55 p.m. 5.0 IN!) A Noy. 14, 6 50 a.m 12.8
Oct. 16, 727 am. | 13.4 | 34.99 e 712 pm.| 12.6
a bh 'S Spat 1618.46.45 8 2 Nov. 15, 753 am. | 12.6 ‘il
Oct. 17, | 8 38am. | 13.4 | S 8 3 am. “ 34.96
"i | 915 pm.| 13.8 | °. ; 8 28 p.m. | 12.6 4

[ 300 ]

VI. 04, 77

HYDROGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS aT IR1sH L:GHT Stations, 1904—continued.

CONINGBEG LIGHTSHIP. Lat. 52° 2’ N., Long. 6° 40' W. 29 fathoms.
| ;
Surface | gurtace | | Surface | surface
Date. | Hour. er | Salinity. Date. Hour. | a Salinity.
| Se A Peete) RNs Rie ti aie: Sree a rte 6388. <—
|
1904. °C.. Inv Bho: 1904. | 20, | S%o:
Nov. 16, .. 9° 2 a.m: 13.8 he Dee: 0; .. 4 11 p.m. 10.2 ol
x 9 36 p.m. 12.4 | Pie Dec, 10, ..% 4 31 a.m. 10.2 ‘i
Nov:-17, ...|.10 8 a.m. 12.4 at mn 4 50 p.m. 9.8 ae
on <8 0:29. p.m. | .12.4 a Dec. 11, 5 9am.| 10.4 =
mov, 18, ...j:1] 8 a.m. 12.5 e i Pe 5 27 p.m. 10.0 | aa
+ ‘say nel 30. p.m 12.4 a Dec. 12, 5 46 a.m. 10.0 | xa
Mowe 19, .6 1.12 4 p.m.|.12.4 | .. a GQ: 5.pam:| >» €O Deas
Nov. 20, .. | 12 27 a.m. 12.0 % Dec. 13, 6 24 a.m. 8.8 ce
m -¢ 2 60. p.m 12.2 in oe 6 44 p.m. 10.0 yx
mov. 21,... 1 12 a.m 11.6 oe Dec. 14, 7 6 am. 10.0 Pe
» ++| 133 pm, 11.8 - - 735 pm.| 9.8 | 34.87
Now. 22, .. 1 54 a.m 11.2 em Dec. 15, <a 8 3 a.m. 10.0 vs
. » 212 p.m 11.4 ga . 8 33 p.m. 10.2 n
mov. 23, .« 2 28 a.m 11.0 | 35.12 Dec. 16, 9 3 am. 10.0 i
= za 2 47 p.m ir.0 on oa 9 33 p.m. 10.0
Nov. 24, .. 3 65 am 11.0 ae Dec. 17, 10 4am 10.0
bp =< 3 24 p.m 11.0 ae ts 10 34 p.m 10.0
Moy. 25, .. 3 44 a.m 1h.2 tes Dec. 18, ll 4am 9.6
* y 4 4pm 11.2 ns be 11 34 p.m 9.4
Nov. 26, .. | 4 24 am iP .2 an Dec. 19, 12 2 p.m 9.8
* 4d 4 44 p.m 11.0 oie Dec. 20, 12 28 a.m 9.6
mar: 27, «. 5 5 am 11.2 sms £S 12 54 p.m 9.6
e wid 5 27 p.m 11.0 fe Dec. 21, 1 18 a.m 9.6
Moy. 28, .. 5 48 a.m 11.2 os oe 1 41 p.m 9.4
= = 6 10 p.m 1k.2 ae Dec. 22, 2 5 am. 9.4 =
Nov. 29, .. 6 35 a.m 11.0 te - 2 28 p.m. 9.8 | 34.81
bs ok 7) £.pm 11.0 a ec. 23, 249 am.}| 10.0 °
Nov. 30, .. 7 36 a.m 11.4 | 34.96 cs 3 10 p.m. 10.0 :
i 8 12 p.m 11.4 is Dec. 24, 3 31 a.m. 9.8 :
Dec. 1, 8 46 a.m 11.2 ae a“ 3 54 p.m. 9.8 n
a 9 16 p.m 11.0 Dec. 25, 4 15 a.m. 10.0 i
Dec. 2, 9 49 a.m 11.0 2 4 36 p.m. | 10.0 °
Me 10 24 p.m 11.2 Dec. 26, 4 58 a.m. 9.8 ;
Dec. 3, 10 58 a.m 10.8 = 5 21 p.m. 9.8 ;
# 11 32 p.m 11.0 Dec. 27, 5 44 a.m. 9.8 .
Dec. 4, 12 5 p.m 11.0 & 6 7pm. | 10.0 ;
Dec. 5, 12 36 a.m 10.8 Dec. 28, 6 30 a.m. 10.0 s
ee 1 3 p.m 10.8 - 6 52 p.m. 10.4 .
Dec. 6, 1 32 a.m 10.8 Dec. 29, 7 18 a.m. 10.0 ;
be 1 59 p.m 10.8 ata “ 7 47 p.m. 10.2
Dec. 7, 2 22 a.m 10.4 | 34.88 Dec. 30, 8 20 a.m. 10.0
a 2 44 p.m 10.2 sa re 8 52 p.m. 10.4
Dec. 8, 3 8 a.m 10.2 Dec. 31, 9 24 a.m. 10.4
_ 3 29 p.m 10.4 - 9 54 p.m. 10.2
Dec. 9 3 51 a.m 19,2
f

[ 301 ]

VI. '04, 78
HypROGRAPHICAL OBSERVATIONS AT IRIsH Licnt Stations, 1904—continued.

FASTNET ROCK LIGHTHOUSE. Lat. 51° 23’ N., Long. 9° 36’ W.

Surface Surface
Surface Surface
Date. Hour. ie Salinity. — Salinity
1904. | °C. | S%o- 1904. °C. S%o-
Feb. 3, 330 pm.| 8.2 | 35.09 May 16, 2 30 p.m. 9.4 a
Feb. 4, 4 Opm.| 8.0 May 17, 3 0 p.m. 9.4
Feb. 18, 3 Opm.| 7.8 | 35.22 May 18, 3 30 p.m. | 10.0
Feb. 19, 2 Opm.| 8.0 May 19, 4 0 p.m. 10.2
Feb. 20, 5 Opm.; 8.2 May 20, 5 Op.m.| 10.0
Feb. 21, 7: @'etm.") — 8.0 May 22, 6 Opm.}| 10.0
Feb. 22, 530 pm.| 8.2 May 24, 9 O\a.m. | >}002
Feb. 26, 8 0 am. | 8.2 May 25, 10 0 am.| 10.0
Feb. 27, 9 30 a.m. 8.2 May 26, 11 30 am. | 10.2
Feb. 28, 10 30a.m.| 8.0 May 27, 12 15 p.m. | 10.4
Feb. 29, . 11 30 a.m. 8.0 | May 30, 2 0 p.m, | ire i
March Il, 12 30 p.m. 7.2 ms May 31, 3 Opm.} 11.0 | 35.21
March 2, 1 30 p.m. 7.8 | 35.01 June l, 4 30 p.m. | 10.4 <
March 3, 2 30 p.m. (ee. + June 4, 5 OO pm,}] Tho
March 4, . 3 30 p.m. | 7.4 June 5, 5 40°p.m. | Slik
March 8, | 6 O p.m. 7.2 - June 6, 6 30 p.m. | 11.2
March 9, . | 8 O a.m. 7.0 | 34.96 June 7, 7 15. pom Sie
March 10, | 7 45 a.m. 7.0 - June 8, 8 Opm.| 11.2 ie
March 11, 8:45’ nm: | 720 ; June 9, 9 45 a.m. 12:1 ay
March 12, .¢1°. 9 45am} 2'751 - June 10, 10 30 a.m. | 12.4 iy:
March 14, 1] 45 a.m. 7:2 ay June ll, 11 15 a.m. 12.4 iN
March 15, | 12 45 p.m. 7.4 ats June 12, Midday. 12.4 ae
March 16, 1 45 p.m. 726 e June 13, 12 45 p.m. | 13.0 hha
March 19, 3 0 p.m. 7.8 June 18, 430 pm.| 11.2 re
March 21, 3 45 p.m. 8.0 ae June 19, .. 5 15’ pin) faa t vs
March 22, 4 30 p.m. 8.1 35.04 June 20, .. 6 O p.m. i2.3 .<
March 24, 5 30 p.m. 8.0 na June 21, 6 45 p.m. 11.2 a
March 25, 6 30 p.m. 8.1 c June 22, 7 30 pm. | Were oe
March 26, 7 30 p.m. 8.0 June 23, 8 15 p.m. 11.2 an
March 28, 9 30 a.m. 8.0 we June 24, .. 9 0 a Li3 a
April 5, 5 30 p.m. 8.0 35.07 June 25, .. 9 45 a.m. 11.2 +4
April 7, 7 30 p.m. 8.0 Ne June 26, . 10 30 a.m. 11.1 e-
April 8, 8 O a.m. 8.2 a June 27, .. | 11 15 a.m. 11.2 oP
April 11, 10 30 a.m. 8.0 - June 28, .. Midday. a1.1 i
April 16, 3 O p.m. | 8.3 ns June 29, .. | 12 45 p.m. 11.0 5
April 20, 5 40 p.m. 8.0 35.21 ha a 1 30 p.m. ‘s 35.16
April 22, 5 O p.m. | 8.4 or June 30, .. 1 30 p.m. 11.1 o®
April 23, 6 O a.m. 8.5 “ July 1, 2 15 p.m. 11.2 :
April 24 7 O am. 8.8 e OO ee 3 O p.m. 11.0 ,
April 25 8 O a.m. 8.8 vs SULy O.. | ws 3 45 p.m. 10.4 5
April 26, 9 O a.m. 9.0 pa Pury &,. vs 4 30 p.m. 10.4 ‘
April 27, 10 O a.m. 9.0 ve July 5, 6 Opm.] 11.0 s
April 28 ll O a.m. 9.0 a ae 6 45 p.m. 11.0 .
April 29, .. Midday. 9.0 ty jt ly Ae 9 O am, 10.2 ,
April 30,..| 1 Opm.| 9.0 | 35.21 | July 8, ..| 10 Oam.| 10.4 ‘
May 2, 3 O p.m. 9.1 YF July 9, .. | 10 50 a.m. 10.1 F
May 3, 4 O p.m. 9.0 aye July 10, .. | 11 40 a.m. 11.0 :
May 4, | 5 Opm.| 8.9 iF July 11, .. | 12 30 pm. | 11.0 f
May 5, | 6 O p.m. 9.0 July 12, .. 1 30 p.m} 21,07) :2a.
May 6, | 7 O p.m. 9.0 oe 7% | 2 Opm ‘ie 35.37
May 7, 8 O p.m. 9.0 | 35.35 July 13, .. 2 O p.m. 11.2 ee
May 8, | 7-Oam.| 9.0 is July 16, 3 30 p.m. | 11.4 ir
May 9, | 8 O am. 9.1 July 19, 5 O p.m. 11.4 d
May 10, ..| 9 Oam.| 9.1 July 20, 8 Oam.| 11.2 ;
May 11 10 O a.m. 9.2 July 21, 9 Oam./; 11.3 :
May 12 | 11 O a.m. 9.2 July 22, 10 30 a.m. | 12.4 ee
May 13, Midday. 9.2 ss July 23, .. Midday. 14.4
May 14, | 1 O p.m. 9.3 | 35.10 July 24, .. 1 O p.m. 15.0
May 15, 2 O p.m. 9.4 , July 25, .. 1 30 p.m. 14.4

[ 302 J

VI. 04, 79

HYDROGRAPHICAL OrSERVATIONS AT [RisH LiaHr Srations, 1904—continued.

FASTNET ROCK LIGHTHOUSE. Lat. 51° 23’ N., Long. 9° 36’ W.
Surface Surface
Date. Hour. | Temper- Solinitc. Date. Hour, | Temper- salinity.
1904. Lote an S%o. 1904. °C, | S%o-
July 26, .. 2 30 p.m. 14.3 ai Sept. 29, .. | 4 15 p.m. 14.0 | BS
July 27, 3 0 p.m. 14.4 Sept. 30, .. | 4 45 p.m. 14.0 ii
July 28, 3 30 p.m. 14.2 “, as ae 5 30 p.m. 14.2 ie
July 29, 4 30 p.m. 14.2 | 34.96 Oct. 2, | 6 O p.m. 14.1 | 35.05
July 30, ..| 5 Opm.| 14.3 oy Oct. 3, 630 p.m.| 14.0 | _ ..
August 1, @ib pm. | 15.0 Oct. 4, 7 O p.m 14.1 |
August 2, | 6 Opm.| 14.4 Oct. 5, | 6 30 am. | 14.2 |
August 3, 6 30 p.m. 14.4 | Oct. 6, | 7 35 am. 14.0 |
August 4, 8 45 am. | 14.4 = Get. 7, | 8 O am 13.4 |
ae 5 45 p.m. | i 34.88 Oct. 8, 8 30 a.m 13.4
August 5, 9 30 a.m. 14.8 2 Oct. 9, Midday. 13.8
August 6, - 10 IB a.m. 14.8 Oct. 10, 12 45 p.m. 13.8 ie
August 7, ll Oam.; 14.8 ‘s 1 30 p.m. oe 35.37
August 8, 11 45 a.m. 15.0 Oct. 11, 1 30 p.m. 13.6 -
August 9, 12 30 p.m. 15.2 Oct. 12, 2 15 p.m. 13.4
August 10, Pe pem: |. 15.2 Oct. 13, 3 Opm.| 12.4
August 11, 2 O p.m. 13.0 a5 Oct. 14, 3 45 p.m. 12.2
August 12, | 2 30 p.m. co. | 84.94" Got. 16, 515 pm. | 12.4 it
: 245 p.m.| 13.2 | .. Oct. 18. 8 30 am. | 13.0 | 35.16
August 13, 3 30 p.m. 1.0 ; Oct. 19, 9 15 a.m. 13.0 a
August 14, 415 p.m. | 12.0 - Oct. 20, 10 Oam.| 13.2
August 15, & O p.m. | 11.0 : Oct. 21, 10 45 a.m. | 13.0
August 16, 5 45 p.m. | 11.2 : Oct. 22, 11 30 a.m. | 12.2
August 17, 6 30 p.m. 11.0 é Océ... 23, 12 15 p.m. 12.0
August 18, 7 10 p.m. | 11.0 : Oct. 24, 1 O p.m. | 12.2
August 19, 9 0 am. 13.0 “ Oct. 25, 1 45 p.m. 12.4
August 20, 9 45 a.m. ls.2 d Oct. 26, 2 30 p.m. 12.4
August 21, 10 30 a.m. | 13.0 : Oct. 27, 3.15 p.m. | 12.6
August 22, 11 15 a.m. 13.4 f Oct. 28, 4 0 p.m. 12.8
August 23, Midday. 13.4 ‘ Oct. 29, 445 pm. | 12.6
August 24, 12 45 p.m. | 13.2 ; Oct. 30, 5 30 p.m. |} 12.4
August 25, 1 30 p.m. 13.0 +3 Oct. 31, 6 O p.m. 12.2
August 26, 2. 0.p.m..j) 13.0, |.34.83. | Nov. I, 7 Oam.| 12.2
August 27, 2 45 p.m. 14.0 Ea Nov. 2, 7 45 a.m. 12.2
August 28, 3 15 p.m. 14.0 oe Nov. 3, 8 30 a.m. 12.0
August 29, 3 45 p.m. 13.2 ae Nov. 4, 10 30 a.m. 12.2
August 30, 4 15 p.m. 13.0 és. Nov. 5, Midday 13.0
August 31, S OU pm, | 13.0 Pe Nov. 7, 1 30 p.m 12.0 |
Sept. 1, ..| 530 pm.| 12.4 .. | Nov. 8, Phbowm, 12:2 | ..
Sept. 2, 6 .m. 13.0 | 34.79 4 ? re 34.88
Sept. 3, 6 13.2 ¥ Nov. 10, 3 0 p.m. 12.0 i
Sept. 4, 7 13.0 a Nov. 11, 4 0 p.m. 12.0
Sept. 7, 9 13.0 Nov. 12 430 p.m. | 12.0 |
Sept. 8, 12.4 Novy. 14, 8 O am. 12.0
Sept. 9, 12.4 ore Nov. 15, 9 O a.m. 11.3
ee at) .. | 34.96 | Nov. 17, 10 30 am. | 11.2
Sept. 10, .. 13.0 va Nov. 23, 1 15 p.m 10.8 a
Sept. 11, .. 13.0 - Nov. 24, 2 O p.m. 10.6 | 35.07
Sept. 12, .. 12.4 : Nov. 25, 2 45 p.m. 10.4 is
Sept. 15, .. 15.0 : Nov. 26, 3 15 p.m. 10.6 as
Sept. 20, .. 14.0 : Nov. 27, 3 45 p.m. 10.4 a
Sept. 21, .. 13.2 , Nov. 28, 4 30 p.m. 10.4 i
Sept. 22, .. 14:2 P Nov. 29, 5 O p.m. 10.6 da
Sept. 23, .. 14.2 es Noy. 30, 5 30 p.m. | 10.6 e's
Sept. 24, .. 14.0 +. Dec. 3, 9 30 a.m. 10.4 35.16
‘ ss ys 35.35 Dec. 4, 10 15 a.m. 10.4 em
Sept. 25, .. 14.0 oe. Leo, 23, 2 0 p.m. 9.4 Rr
Sept. 26, .. 14.0 ee Dec. 24, 2 30 p.m. 9.2 | 35.43
Sept. 27, .. 14.2 Nec. 25, 3.15 p.m. 9.2 me
Sept. 28, .. 14.2

AppENnDIXx, No. VII.

INLAND FISHERIES.

~—-

1.— Report on the Artificial Propagation of Salmonidae during the
Season of 1904-1905,
by E. W. L. Hott.

ll. — Observations on the Spawning Season of the Rainbow Trout,
by C. Arens, Fishculturist, Cleysingen bez Ellrich a. Harz,
Germany. (Translation). :

11l.—Record of Salmon Marking Experiments in Ireland, 1902-1905,
by A. B. E. Hitas, B.A.

1V.—Statistical Information relating to the Salmon Fisheries.

V.— Substance of Reports received from Clerks of Conservators rela-
tive to Salmon Fisheries.

i.—REPORT ON THE ARTIFICIAL PROPAGATION OF
SALMONIDAE DURING THE SEASON OF 1904-1905.

BY
E. W. L. Hour.

I estimate the number of fry turned down in the spring of
1905 at about 4,632,000 salmon, 579,000 white trout, and
273,000 brown trout.

The annexed table compares the outputs of the seasons 1903-
1904 and 1904-1905. ‘To the former have been added some re-
turns which did not reach me in time for inclusion in my
report for 1902 and 1903, and as usual the present record is
probably incomplete in as far as regards small plantings of
brown trout fry, while no attempt is made to tabulate trans-
actions in rainbow trout, American brook-char, and the like.

On the whole the season of 1904-5 appears to have been
favourable to artificial propagation at those hatcheries where the
spawners are obtained from the main rivers or from large tribu-
taries, and esnecially where they are taken in a trap, though
Belleek presents a notable exception. The rivers generally re-
mained low and fishable during the time the fish were moving
up to the spawning grounds, but the absence of floods in the
lesser tributaries in some cases seriously interfered with the
stocking of minor hatcheries which depend for their supply on
the fish which leave the larger water courses.

The same condition is in regard to its effect upon natural
propagation rather difficult of interpretation. Fish will not,

Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1904, VII., [Published, March, 1906].
f 304 ]

Vil. 704, 4,
Output oF SALMON AND Trout Fry 1n IRELAND, 1903-4 ann 1904-5.

All Salmon. Foreign Salmon.}| White Trout. | Brown Trout. |

HATCHERY. | REMARES.
1903-4. | 1904-5. | 1903-4. | 1904-5. | 1903-4.) 1901-5.] 1903-4. | 1904-5.
Lough Dan, R. - - - - ~ - 10,000 | 12,000
Ovoca.
Newtownbarry, 100,000 = - - - ~ -
R. Slaney.
Inistioge, R. Nore, | 238,000"; 70,000 - - - - -
Cahir, R. Suir, . 25,000 31,000 - - ~ - - -
Lismore, R. Black-| 800,000*} 1,387,000* - - - . -
water.
St. Anne’s, R. Lee, ~ - ~ - - - - 5,000 |From Inpvishannon
a R. 73,600 - 73,600 ~ - - From the Woser.
en.
R. Blackwater, 70,000 25,000 - - - - -
Co, Kerry. -
Caragh Lake, R. - | - ~ - - 60,000 | 40,000 | “ Lochlevens.”
Caragh.
Killorglin, R. | 183,000", 140,00" -. - - ss - -
Laune.
Killarney, R. 50,000* 58,000* - - - - -
Laune.
Muckross, R. 75,000*| 68,000* - - - - =
Laune. :
Adare, R. Maigue, - 77,600 - - ~ - | 228,000 | 137,080 — in rearing
ponds,
Castlerea, R.Suck, - ~ ~ - - - - 1,500 | Yearlings from
Innishannon.
Costello R., Co. = | - ~ ~ 270,000 | 320,000 = =
Galway.
Screebe R., Co. | 356,000‘; 265,500* - - 70,000*| 64,000* = -
Galway. = hi
Inver R., Co. Gal- - (a) - - - |135,000 - - (a) “A few.
way.
Kylemore, R. 60,000 | 130,000 ~ - 2,500 - - -
Dawros.
Ballysodare, R. 130,000 20,000 [30,000 ()/30,000 (>) - - - (>) From tho
Onshin. Weser.
Kilronan, R. - - ~ - - 6,000 | 2,500
Shannon.
Lareen, R. - 400 - - - = =
Drowes.
Belleek, R. Erne, | 508,000’| 124,000* - - - a -s
Glenties, R.| 220,000| 173,000 - - - = -
Owenea.
Dunglow, Co. ~. - - - - 6/4,000 eit
Donegal. |
Glenveagh, R. 188,000 . - ~ - - + _
Owencarrow.
Newtownstewart,) 240,000*) 240,000* - - - = =
R. Foyle.
Kilrea, R. Bann, 395,000"; 468,000* - - aa - =
‘Lough Neagh, R. + i - - ~ 60,000 | 75,000 | () 20,000 * Loch-
ann. (¢) levens.
Blackeastle, R.| 382,000") 1,345,000* - - - | = =
Boyne.
Totals, . . | 4,093,600 | 4,632,500 | 103,600 | 30,000 | 342,600 | 579,000 [364,000 ‘273.080

* Estimated by officers of the Department.

and indeed often cannot, go into the smaller tributaries unless
there are floods, and in consequence stay in the main Tivers,
where they are fairly safe from poachers. Thus more fish
probably survive to spawn—however the fruits of their in-
dustry may be nullified by quarrels among the lords of too ad-
jacent ménages—and more slats get back to the sea in con-
sistently dry than in moderately wet seasons, when high and

x
[ 305 ]

phaser wt

VII. 04, 5

low states of water alternate in the tributaries. Ova and
alevins are also exempt from the dangers which beset them in
mountain streams, where sudden floods may be as harmful as
frost and drought.

On the other hand, in dry winters a number of streams
which, however dangerous to the parents, are excellently
suited to the requirements of fry, remain unstocked ; and the
fry are hatched in places which may not provide a sufficiency
of food for all. In their movements in search of richer ground
they may have to traverse zones of greater danger than exists
in the streams.

Consideration of this subject may perhaps be commended to
those who, with a view to the preservation of spawners, advo-
cate the grating of all streams in which fish may be exposed
to serious risk of poaching. No doubt such precaution would
in some instances permit of reduction in the cost of watching ;
but, leaving aside the question of damage to lands by floods
caused by the gratings, and the possible necessity of augment-
ing the staff of bailiffs to cope with a concentration of fish and
poachers, it is not unlikely that the increased safety of the
parents would be more than counterbalanced by starvation of

the fry. JI am speaking, it will be understood, of the proposi- .

tion to merely close the tributaries to ascending fish. To close ~
streams which are dangerous to spawners while providing by
artificial propagation for their stocking with fry is a scheme
which appears likely to give quite different results,

The returns furnished by Clerks of Boards of Conservators
in regard to spawning are given below. On the whole they
appear to be favourable, as indeed they almost invariably are.

It is to be feared that considerable destruction of ova was
caused by the drying of the spawning beds at Killaloe in Feb-
ruary. ‘The Shannon, owing to the largely artificial nature of
its present course, seems by no means adequately provided, in
regard to its size, with spawning and fry grounds, and any
serious drought on the limited reproductive areas may have a
deplorable result on the future stock.

In this connection it may be noted that there are in this
country a great number of streams which appear to be admir-
ably suited to the requirements of salmon fry, but which are
never stocked because the parent fish either cannot or do not
reach them, though the smolts would have no difficulty in
descending. The Department have under consideration the
stocking of several such streams experimentally, and if the fry
appear to do well the scheme may be carried out on a larger
scale. That the fry will return as peal to their nursery is not
to be expected, but somewhere or other from river or open sea
a percentage of them should be brought to table. Naturally
the proposed stocking would not be at the expense of streams
where the parents would have a reasonable chance of spawning
or their progeny of thriving.

r 306 ]

VII. ’04, 6

Beyond the general remarks as to condition of rivers the
hatchery returns for 1904-1905 demand little individual atten-
tion. Lady Margaret Charteris’ hatchery at Cahir on the Suir
appears for the first time upon the list, though started in the
previous season. Mr. Rochford reports that it is intended to
expand hatching operations there in future years, and to make
arrangements for dealing more effectively with local stock in
order to avoid the necessity of importation. The low output
of Inistioge was due especially to scarcity of males. Arrange-
ments were made to procure milt from elsewhere, but before
this could be effected it became necessary to release the hen
fish to take their chance of finding a mate in the river. The
hatchery at Innishannon was used only for trout of various
kinds. At Skibbereen, where the small hatchery has hitherto
always been stocked with German salmon ova, the proprietors
have for the present suspended the enterprise. Waterville
was again idle, and, owing, among other considerations, to the
high temperature of the supply stream, this cannot be alto-
gether matter for regret. At Killorglin ‘unusual difficulty was
encountered in the capture of spawners, and it is proposed to
attempt to remedy this by installing a trap on the Cottoner’s
river opposite the hatchery.

The Killarney hatchery used this season was erected to Mr.
Oliver’s designs under an agreement between the Earl of Ken-
mare and the Department. It is situate in the demesne on the
Deenagh River, about half a mile above its entry into Lough
Leane. The water is taken from the river by means of a weir
under the bridge on the Killorglin road, and is led to an old
mill-race from which the original supply was long since
diverted. The upper part of the race is dammed to form a
high-level settling pond, and the succeeding portion is filled
in with stones, &c., and finished on the top so as to serve as a
platform for the hatching boxes, which are supplied by a
wooden shoot and taps similar to those in use at Lismore (see
Report for 1902-3, Pt. II., Appendix, No. XI.). The platform
is perforated by large drain pipes through which as much water
as may be required passes from a sluice in the settling pond to
the lower part of the race. This is divided by gratings into a
number of holding ponds for spawners, and just above the point
where the race discharges into the Deenagh a sluice below the
lowest grating serves to maintain the necessary depth of water.
An iron grid across the river prevents the upward passage of
spawners and renders their capture easy, transport to the
holding ponds being a matter of a few yards. There is accom-
modation in the hatching boxes for 500,000 ova, and the small
output for 1904-5 is due to delay in completion of the works.
There is a good deal of spawning ground in the Deenagh, and
it is proposed to allow a reasonable head of fish to spawn there
naturally, and to impound for hatching purposes only those
that may be considered in excess of the natural capacity of the
river.

From the Adare hatchery the fry have been turned into
ponds, and Mr. Ballingal is seeking to rear them by the
[ 307 |

x2

VIT. ’04, 7

method which he has adopted with great success in the case
of trout. So far, however, the fry have not done very well—
an experience which I believe is general with those who at-
tempt to raise salmon fry in ponds. It is on this account that,
whenever privileged to advise in regard to salmon culture, I
always recommend that the fry should be transferred, with all
due precautions of carriage and attention to temperature, to
suitable natural fry grounds as soon as, or even a little before,
they are in need of food. If at Adare, where nothing in the
way of experience and care is lacking, absolute success is found
hard to command, complete failure may be expected to attend
the efforts of the novice.

From Inver (County Galway) it is reported that a few salmon
fry were turned into the river in the 1904-5 season, and some
34,000 ova were sent to the Thames. Similar consignments
appear to have been made in previous seasons. Last year I
had the pleasure of assisting at an inquiry at which it was
generally alleged that the Connemara salmon fisheries were
in danger of serious depletion by the operations of the tramme!
fishermen on the coast. It is therefore pleasing to learn that
the rivers still appear to produce salmon ova in excess of local
requirements.

At Lareen, Mr. Singleton experimented on a small scale with
boxes of much the same character as the Sandfort ‘‘ floating
redds ’’ (see Report for 1901, Pt. II., Appendix, No. XIV.),
but provided with a hole at the up-stream end. One was
swamped by a storm, the other just before hatching time was
moored immediately below an artificial bank of gravel designed
to resemble a natural redd. The idea was that the alevins
would resort to this bank as soon as they thought fit after
hatching, and would then be under the conditions most suit-
able for their welfare. While not differing in other respects
from the intended use of ‘‘ floating redds,’’ Mr. Singleton’s
device suggests the possibility of adapting to the requirements
of liberated fry cuts and races which are satisfactory as re-
gards supply and control of water, but in which an account of
the nature of the bottom it would not be desirable to enlarge
the fry. Since, however, in the economical use of floating
redds fry are crowded therein to the utmost extent compatible
with safety, it must be remembered that the artificial creation
of a small extent of fry-ground would be of no ultimate advan-
tage except in the immediate neighbourhood of large tracts of
natural ground to which the fry could pass as their needs of
expansion might dictate.

It was not attempted to stock the Glenveagh hatchery in
1904-5, and at Newtownbarry no spawners could be procured,
as no fish took the small stream where they have generally
been collected. I referred in my last report to experiments
in progress for the capture of spawners in the main river at
Newtownbarry in connection with the proposed enlargement
of the existing hatchery to a much greater capacity. It was

[ 308 ]

VII. ’04, .

considered undesirable to construct an actual weir on account
of the expense and of the possible damage by flooding to valu-
able land. ‘The device adopted consisted of a wood and iron
crib at one side of the river, and a leader of strong netting run
diagonally across towards the opposite side. The result ap-
peared to indicate that without much more attention than was
likely to be bestowed in this instance upon the manipulation
of the net, according to the condition of the river, success
was not to be expected, and the project was accordingly aban-
doned.

The Department have agreed with Mr, J. M. Roche and
other gentlemen interested in the angling on the Barrow to
erect a hatchery at Carlow with a capacity for 500,000 ova.
It is intended to place the hatchery and holding ponds on
the Burren tributary at the outskirts of the town, and to pro-
cure spawners below the mill-weirs.

Under agreement with Lord Sligo a hatchery on the Erniff,
which enters the Great Kallary at Aasleagh, near Leenane, 's
in process of construction.

The agreement between Mr. FitzHerbert and the Depart-
ment, under which the annual stocking of the Boyne has
averaged about a million fry, has lapsed, but will, it is hoped,
be renewed before next hatching season.

At Lough Dan the two-year-old ‘‘ Loch-Levens’’ which
had been retained in the ponds for stock purposes failed to
mature, and in consequence no crossing with the native race
could be accomplished, but some 12,000 fry were reared from
imported ova.

During last winter (1904-5) a bog slide on a tributary of
the Suck, above Castlerea, resulted in the extermination of fish
throughout a considerable part of that river. On application
for assistance in re-stocking, the Department made a grant
towards the turning down of 1,000 brown trout yearlings, and
a further number of 500 was provided out of local resources.

The thanks of the Department, as well as of local anglers,
are due to Dr. F. G. O’Donohoe for kindly supervising the
enlargement of the fish, which was accomplished without loss.

An association has been formed for the improvement of the
trout fishing of Lough Sheelin, on the head waters of the
Inny. The proposals include the establishment of a small
hatchery for the introduction of fresh blood, but since there
seems to have been no sort of protection of spawning fish for
about fifteen years, at least as much good is likely to result
from the appointment of competent bailiffs.

The County Council of Kerry have urged upon the Depart-
ment the necessity of starting artificial propagation of salmon
on the Cashen or Feale river. ‘There are no local facilities for
the establishment of a large hatchery, but operations on a
modest scale are in contemplation.

[ 309 ]

VII. 04, 9

ii. OBSERVATIONS ON THE SPAWNING SEASON OF
THE RAINBOW TROUT.*

A Paper written for the International Fishery Congress,
Vienna, 1905,

by
C. ARENS, Fishculturist,
Cleysingen bei Ellrich a. Harz, Germany.

Experience with regard to the spawning season of the rain-
bow trout differs widely in different localities—hence the
contradictory opinions held on the subject. ‘The latter may
be summarised as follows :—

One party claims that the spawning season is gradually
becoming earlier and approximating itself to that of the brown
trout. ‘The other refuses to admit this, and maintains that
the spawning season depends on the varying water-tempera-
ture of the winter months, in that low temperature retards,
and high advances it, and that to this cause are due the local
variations and the apparent earlier incidence of the season in
the series of mild winters during the past decade.

My experience in breeding rainbow trout, extending now
over more than twenty years, inclines me to the latter opinion,
for the reasons which follow.

‘In the first place we must regard as an entirely separate
consideration the fact that young two- and three-year-old rain-
bows, under equal conditions, regularly spawn very much
later than older fish of from four years upwards, from which
age the spawning season remains constant.

This very fact necessarily misleads inexperienced fish-
breeders into the belief that the spawning season is becoming
earlier, as they see the fish evidently spawning earlier each
year. The cause is not, however, a possible advancement of
the spawning season, but simply the increasing age of the fish ;
no breeder of rainbow trout, therefore, is in a position to
form an opinion on the question at issue until his fifth year
in the business. Among the defenders of the theory that the
spawning season is gradually becoming earlier we find quite a
number of young breeders, who have as yet, for the reasons
mentioned, no right to form an opinion.

My establishment is fed by the Zorge, a stream from the
Harz Mountains, whose source is so far off that its tempera-
ture fluctuates with that of the air, and it carries, not spring-
water, but river-water of variable temperature. Con-
sequently, in my long experience I have had opportunities of
judging the influence of the different variations of the water-
temperature on the date of commencement of the spawning
season; and I am decidedly of opinion that cold perceptibly
delays the latter, while warmth advances it. The retarding

* Translation by C. Guuen, B.A.
f 310 |

Vi. 04, 10

influence of cold affects not only the date of commencement
of spawning, but in great measure also the continued ripening
of the ova during the spawning season. In cold weather it
is sufficient to examine the stock for ripe spawners every ten
to fourteen days, during great cold once in three weeks; in
warm weather it must be done every week, even twice a week,
to avoid the risk of finding partly spawned fish, It has hap-
pened with me that, after warm weather in late autumn, the
spawning began as early as January, but was suspended for
over a month upon the sudden occurrence of long-continued
cold with heavy formation of ice. The apprehension that the
fish might continue spawning under the ice proved groundless ;
after the thaw no spent fish were found, not even many ripe
fish. The spawning function, the ripening of the ova, was
‘thus procrastinated for over a month through the cold weather
occurring during the spawning season. ‘The effect on the date
of commencement of the spawning season is similar. If the
latter part of autumn is cold, it is postponed to February, or
even March, and vice versa. On these grounds it is not to
be wondered at that in establishments in mountain districts
the rainbow trout spawns late as a rule, often not till May,
and, conversely, that where spring water of high winter tem-
perature is used it generally spawns early, usually in Decem-
ber, as is actually the case.

Further, considered from a general biological point of view
it is most unlikely that the rainbow trout is approximating its
spawning season to that of the brown trout. It is a spring
spawner, and distinguished as such by the fact that its eggs
require a much smaller accumulated temperature for their
development, and that the period of absorption of the yolk is
much shorter than in the case of winter spawners. While the
winter spawners, one and all—even those imported from
America, require an accumulated temperature of 550 C. day-
degrees* (990° IF.) for the development of their eggs, the
amount is utterly different in the case of the various species of
salmonidae which spawn in spring, and is smaller the later they
spawn. In the case of the rainbow trout it amounts to 400° C.,
(720° F.), and, moreover, the period of absorption of the
yolk is about half as long as in the brown trout.

Now when it is seen with what universal solicitude Nature
provides that the adolescence of the fry of salmonidae shall
so proceed that they are not ready to feed until all hfe has
waked from its winter sleep, it is most unlikely that a trout
whose offspring mature so quickly as those of the rainbow
should have so early a spawning season that the fry would be

*Some readers may not be familiar with this expression. A “ day-
“degree” means a degree above freezing point (0° C., 52° F.) persisting
for twenty-four hours. F.g., suppose the mean temperature for one
day to be 10° CO. (50° F.), then 10° Centigrade or 18° Fahrenheit of
“ accummulated temperature” will have been registered. Suppose the same
mean temperature to continue for a week, the accummulated tempera-
ture will amount to 70° C., or 126° F.—C.G.

f sien

VII. 04, 11

ready to feed while winter still prevails—as must necessarily
happen if they spawn in November-December with the brown
trout.

In my native place in the Harz, the brown trout of the
higher ranges spawn as early as September-October, since the
water temperature in those regions of long winter stands at
freezing point for more than a quarter of the year, and the
development of the eggs must of necessity begin early, in order
that their time of incubation may not be prolonged until well
into the spring. In the waters at the foot of the Harz, which
even in the winter have a temperature up to +6° C. (48° F.),
the brown trout do not spawn until November-December.
Not far from the Harz there are two considerable streams, fed
by springs, of such volume that quite close to their source
they supply power to large factories, and of an equal winter
temperature between + 7°5° and 10° C. (45° — 50° F.). In
these waters the trout do not spawn till January-February ;
otherwise, the fry would be ready to feed too soon. It is evi-
dent that Nature carefully fixes the general period of the first
search for food by the trout fry in April-May, and that to
this end the fry of spring spawners requires a much lower
accumulated temperature for its maturation than that of the
winter spawners, since the former spawn later, and their fry
must, nevertheless, be ready to feed in April-May. Nature
would be quite unnatural were it, by advancing the spawning
season of the rainbow trout, to render this co-ordination of
events illusory.

The rainbow trout is a fish native to water of some depth,
not spring-water, and, accordingly, of variable temperature.
On that account itis natural that its spawning season, as con-
trasted with that of winter spawners, should be related to the
temperature of the water, in that warmth advances and cold
retards it. A rise of temperature during the winter awakes
in the fish a sense of the approach of spring, and the con-
sequent necessity of depositing its eggs as soon as possible; a
low temperature, on the other hand, the cold of winter, sup-
presses the thoughts of spring and the spawning instinct. If
the rainbow trout is kept in spring-water the high winter tem-
perature produces a false impression in regard to the season,
an error pardonable in a fish which is native not to uniformly
warm spring-water but to river-water of variable temperature.

It is possible that my deductions, though based upon the
experience and often-confirmed observations of many years,
may seem the speculations of an empiricist judging by
instinct without the support of proof. With a desire to
avoid this, I have compiled a table to show the date of
commencement of the spawning season of the rainbow trout,
with the air-temperature prevailing in the months of Novem-
ber, December and January preceding, for a number of years.
This will further strengthen my argument, and place it to a
certain degree upon a scientific footing.

“p12 4

VII. °04, 12

The table begins with the year 1891, since in the preceding
ten years of work (1880-1890) at one time a paucity of material,
at another the vouth of the fish, with the correlated lateness
of their spawning season mentioned above, tended to give false
impressions. ‘The air-temperatures* have been extracted from
the records of the Nordhausen Meteorological Observatory,
conducted by Herr Oberlehrer Dr. Stern. Nordhausen, it
is true, lies at a distance of twelve kilometres from Cleysingen,
but it is similarly situated on the Zorge at the foot of the Harz,
so that the air-temperature, if not the same as that of Cley-
singen, is at any rate comparable thereto. In examining the
table it should, further, be observed that the dates given for
the opening of the spawning season are those on which the
stripping of the eggs began in my establishment; sundry iso-
lated ripe individuals are not noticed, as the stripping is never
begun until a considerable number of trout are ripe together ;
moreover, this stripping has sometimes, from causes external
to the fish (lack of time, unsuitable weather) been delayed
some eight or ten days, so that the postponement of the spawn-
ing season for about a week should be neglected in drawing
deductions.

A glance at the table shows that no progressive advance-
ment of the spawning season has taken place. EHven
though, in the mild winters of the last eight years, the
spawning seasons have begun on earlier dates, nevertheless
they are grouped together in January; besides which, such
early dates occurred in previous years (1892 and 1896) and,
on the other hand, very late dates, as in 1891, 1893, 1897, and
1900, in no regular order. Now those retardations are con-
nected with low temperatures in the preceding winters so
clearly as to afford cogent proof of my hypothesis. If the
relation of the spawning season to the mean temperature
is not in every case apparent, it must be remembered
that the course of the temperature changes within. each
month has a great deal to say to the matter. The mean
may be influenced by a few exceptionally cold or warm
days, or the high or low temperature may have been uniformly
close to the mean throughout the month (e.g., 1903) ; the wide
variations from the mean may have occurred long previous to
the spawning season or shortly before its commencement, in
both of which cases it may have had no great effect, e.g., 1900,
when November had a high mean temperature, but the excep-
tionally cold December must be regarded as having determined
the postponement of the spawning season to the 15th Feb-
ruary, and 1901, when the very low temperature late in
January lowered the mean, but had no corresponding influence
on the spawning season, which was practically on the point
of beginning, owing to the warmth of the preceding November
and December. In any case, all spawning seasons remarkable

* Published originally in degs. Réaumur Converted for the benefit
of Irish readers.—0.G.
f 313 |

VII. ’04, 13 ae.

for their wanton variation from the mean are so plainly charac-
terised by corresponding persistent and uniformly distributed
divergences in the temperature conditions (whether above or
below the mean) that the table sufficiently supports my
argument.

TABLE.

Commencement of the Spawning Season of Rainbow Trout at
Cleysingen bei Ellrich.

Air-temperature of preceding Months.

YEAR. Spawning began. | November. | December. | January. Mean.

so °° °F. 1°. o FF. (a

{8March, .. | +320 378) -701 194) -504 229) —295 267

1891, : |

1892, . | 5 February, .| +248 265) +254 366|-207 283/+098 9338
1393, | 1 March, . 4235 362) -146 294|-947 149|-286 268
1894, . .| 24 February, +256 366) +038 338|—-225 279|/+023 324
“ee tee 4530 493 +076 334/525 2241 +4040 327
1896, . . | 23 January, 4533 416) -049 311|-078 3007/4136 345

1898, . .| 1 February, +308 375 |4+176 3852/4265 368)+250 365
1899, . . | 24 January, +483 407 | +4°64 40'4 +265 368|+404 393

1900, . . | 15 February, 4845 472) —436 2242/4115 341)4175 3562
1901, - ~~. | 25 January, +608 429) +389 390|/—772 181| +074 333
1902, - .{| 23 = .| +370 387) +076 3834/4390 390|)+279 370

+120 342)| -364 254/+040 327 |-068 308
+595 427|-—111 300/—210 282) +091 336
+445 400) +339 381/-—250 275 | +178 352

1903, . -+/| 3l ”
1904, . «| 12 ”

1897, . .| 3 March, . .|+108 339/—074 307) -460 237) —143 294
1905, . + 19 ”

[ 314 ]

VII. ’04, 14

iii. RECORD OF SALMON MARKING EXPERIMENTS
IN IRELAND,

1902-1905.
BY

A. B. E. Hiuuas, B.A.

Full particulars of the methods employed for marking
salmon are set forth in the previous Report* on this subject.

Following the arrangements therein the recaptures of
marked fish at Lismore are dealt with separately.

As in previous years, the experiment was carried out under
the superintendence of Mr. Godfrey. Prior to marking, the
fish were impounded in the holding ponds for varying periods,
and after stripping were marked and released.

Unfortunately, it was not found practicable to have the fish
weighed at the time of marking, though the lengths were
accurately taken ; it is probable that in many cases the weights
were underestimated.

Where marking has taken place every endeavour is made to
advertise the fact, and notices (see No. 1 opposite) are posted
up and distributed by the gentlemen who are kind enough to
undertake the marking of fish.

A short notice (see No. 2 opposite) is now issued to Boards
of Conservators for attachment to salmon rod and net licences.
This, apparently, has brought the matter to the attention of a
large number of fishermen, and the demand for labels has
increased. ‘The principal fish buyers and their agents through-
out the country have been circularised, and they have promised
to have fish carefully examined for labels. It is probable,
however, that some marked fish still escape notice when taken,

or, from one cause or another, are not reported to the Depart-
ment.

SUMMARY OF LABELS OF DIFFERENT PATTERNS RECOVERED,
1898-1905.

(Exclusive of those used at Lismore.)

Number of fish marked with plain silver label, , ; P . 1,246
Number recaptured before leaving the river, . : ‘
Number recaptured on return from the sea, . : ota tai

Number of fish marked with oxidised single plate label, ; . 501
Number recaptured before leaving the river, . : d : 3
Number recaptured on return from the sea, . , af

Number of fish marked with oxidised double plate label, : . 2,448
Number recaptured before leaving the river, . , ; ll
Number recaptured on return from the sea, or at sea, ; . ae

*E. W. L. Holt, Ann. Rep. Fish., Ireland, 1901, Pt. II.,; App.;
XIII., pp. 165-196 [1903]. .
[ 316 |

VIT. 04,

(No. 1.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND ‘TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION
FOR IRELAND.

SALMON FISHERIES.

During the winter a large number of Salmon are marked, on behalf of
the Fisheries Branch of the Department of Agriculture and Technical
Instruction for Ireland, with a label attached to the base of the back fin.

A REWARD OF TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE
is offered for the return of each label, provided that the label is accom-
panied by particulars of the place and date of capture, the weight, and
the length (from snout to fork of tail) of the fish from which the label
was taken, and provided also that the fish was caught by lawful means.

The label and particulars should be forwarded to

THE SCIENTIFIC ADVISER,
(Fisheries Branch),
Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction

for Ireland,

3, Ki~pare Prace, DUELIN.
By Order of the Department,

M. P. DOWLING,

FISHERIES BRANCH.

[No. 2.

SALMON FISHERIES.

NOTICE TO ANGLERS AND FISHERMEN.

A LARGE NUMBER OF SALMON
ARE ANNUALLY MARKED on behalf
of the Fisheries Branch of the
Department of Agriculture and
Technical Instruction, WITH A
VIEW TO THE STUDY OF THE SUB-
SEQUENT MOVEMENTS OF THE FISH.

The labels are of oxidised
silver, and are attached to the
base of the back fin, and would
hardly be noticed unless the hand
is run along the fin.

A REWARD OF Two SHILLINGS
AND SIXPENCE is offered by the
Department for the return of
each label, provided that the
label is accompanied by particu-
lars of the place and date of cap-
ture, the weight and length of
fish from snout to fork of tail,
and provided that the fish was
caught by lawful means.

When a label is found ona
kelt or unseasonable fish, it is
requested that the letter and

number on the Jabel be read, and
the fish immediately returned to
the river without the label being
removed.

All communications and re-
turned labels should be addressed
to the Scientific Adviser, Fisheries
Branch, Department of Agricul.
ture and Technical Instruction,
Dublin.

Issurk oF LasBets.—The De-
partment are prepared to issue
to responsible persons, who are
willing to mark fish, a supply of
labels and the necessary appli-
ances. Full particulars can be
obtained on application to the ©
Scientific Adviser,

By Order of the Department,
M. P. DOWLING,
Fisheries Branch,

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR
IRELAND, DvuBLtn.

[ 316 ]

VII. 04, 16

SUMMARY OF NUMBERS OF FISH MARKED,

1902-5.
1902-3,
Total Number of
RIVER. Date of Marking, No. ;
Marked. Males. |Females
Ballysodare—Mr. J. W. Scott, | 7:1: 703, | 48) 18°] 38
Bandon—Mr. F. Stenning, .. | 16:2: 703 to 15: 3:03, | 24 2 | 22
Bann—Mr. T. M‘Dermott, .. | 6:12: 702 to 29:1: 703, | 133 | 27 | 106
Blackwater (Lismore)—Mr. J. | 15: 11:’02 to12:1:’03,| 355 | 15) | 204

Penrose, per Mr. J. E.
Godfrey.

Bush—Mr. R, M. Douglas, .. | 21: 1:’03 to 19:3: 703, | 20 6 14

bo

Caragh Lake—Mr. J. Moriarty, | 20:1: ’03 to 20:2:’03,; 45 | 21 24

Erne—Mr. J Swan, .. | 16:12: °02to 17:1:703,/ "64 | 17+] 46+

Foyle—Mr. T. M‘Dermott, .. | 5: 12:’02 to 10:1: ’03, | 136 | 66 | 70

Laune—Messrs. R. Power, B. | 9:12:’02 to 14:3:°03, | 81 |
St. A. Jenner, and Col. G. |
Nash. |

Nore—Major E. C. Hamilton, | 10:12:02 to4:2:°03, | 34 | 18 | 16

Owenea—Mr. J. A. Pomeroy, | 29: 12: 02, 36 9 27

per Mr. H. Wilson.

Slaney—Mr. R. W. Hall-Dare, | 27: 2:’03 to 2:4: 03,
per Mr. J. Sim.

44 ll 33

Suir—Mr. William Rochfort, | 4: 2:03 to 16:4: 703,
and Lord Donoughmore,
per Mr. J. Gearon.

Total, 1,060 | 383+) 676+

|

* Sex of one fish not determined.

[. 317 ]

VIT. ’04, 17

1903-4.
| Total Number of
RIVER. Date of Marking. No.
| Marked. Males, |Females.
|
Ballysodare—Mr. J. W. Scott, | 5:1: 704, ..| bo | at | 9
Bandon—Mr. B. H. 8S. Stephen- | 15:2: 704 to 20:2:'04, 99 1 | 8

son. |
Bann—Mr. T. M‘Dermott, .. | 16:12:03 to25:1:°04, 1ll | 41 | 70

Blackwater (Lismore)—Mr. J. | 24: 11:°03 to 6:2:'04, 214 87 | 87

Penrose, per Mr. J. E.

Godfrey.
Burrishoole—Mr. H. M. Anke- | 22-24: 3:04, | +4 ‘ieee
tell-Jones. |

Bush—Messrs. R. M. Douglas | 5:2:704 to 13:5:°04, | 45 | 16 | 29
and S. Doherty.

Caragh Lake—Messrs. F. J. | 18: 1:04 to 5: 4:04, 45 19 26
Chute and J. Moriarty.

Corrib—Messrs. Lydenand Sons,| 1:2: ’04 to 9:4:704, | 16 7 9

Erne—Mr. J. Swan, -. | 9:12: 703 to 16: 1:04, | 138 12 | 126
Fergus—Mr. H. M‘Donough, ot Os, ve | 1 — 1
Foyle—Mr. T. M‘Dermott, .. | 4:12:03 to 28:1:°04,| 150 | 46 | 104
Inver—Mr. J. Mason, .. | 7-24: 12: 703, .| 2) ee

Killarney, Lower Lake, Rivers | 17: 12:’03 to 14:1:’04, | 55 25 30
flowing into—Messrs. J.
Scully and F, Meehan.

Laune—Mr. R. Power and Col. | 14: 12:’03 to 7:4:°04, | 33 | 14+ 18+
G. Nash.

|
Moy—Mr. G. Shannon, .. | 28:3: 04 to 18:4:°04,| I9 ad tee
Nore—Major E. C. Hamilton, | 30: 11:’03 to 9:1;°04, | 91 41 50

Owenea—Mr. J. A. Pomeroy, | 23-24: 12:03, celen ae 33. 34
per Mr. H. Wilson. | |
Slaney—Mr. D. R. Pack-Beres- | 27: 2:°04 to 16:4:°04, | 22 1 | 21

ford and Mr, R. W. Hall-
' Dare, per Mr. J. Sim. |

Suir—Mr. W. Rochfort and | 5:2:°04 to9:4:°04, 483 15 | 28
Lord Donoughmore, per | |

Mr. J. Gearon. |
Total, 1,154 399+ 760+
a wenn net ~ 7 Neale ——
* Sex not determined. + Sex of one fish doubtful.

[ 318 ]

VIL. 04,

RIVER.

Bann--Mr. T. M‘Dermott, .. 19-28: 1:05,

Blackwater (Lismore)—Mr. J. 7:
Penrose, per Mr. J. E.
Godfrey. ;

Blackwater (Meath)—Mr. R.S. | 12
Radcliffe. |

Bush—Rev. William Ford- 21:

Hutchinson, Messrs. S. |
Doherty, and P. Tumulty.

Caragh Lake—Messrs. F. J. 30:

Chute and J. Moriarty. |
Carrowmore Lake—Mr. Petrie, 24
“per Mr. P. Sheridan. |
Corrib—Mr. M. Lyden, Byam

Drumcliffe—Mr. Wm. C. Fair, 7:

Erne—Mr. J. Swan,
Foyle—Mr. T. M‘Dermott,

Furnace Lake—Mr. H. M. | 22
Anketell-Jones.

11;°04 to 28:1: 065, |

72:05,

1:’05 to 4:4:’05,
: 43°05 to 6; 5:06,
S705) $0.62 3 2"0R
3:05,

16: 12: °04 to 12:1: 05, |
19:11:704 to 24:1: 05,

:3:705 to 14: 4: 05,

Invermore—Mr. J. Mason, .. 6-15: 12:’04,

Killarney, Lower Lake and 9;
Rivers flowing into same— |
Lt.-Col. J. O'B. Drury and |
Mr. F. Meehan.

Laune—Col. G. Nash, Messrs. 20
R. Power and B. St. A. |
Jenner.

Moy—Mr. R. L. Petrie, en SE
Nore—Major E. C. Hamilton, 13

Owenea—Mr. J. A. Pomeroy, | 22
per Mr. H. Wilson.

Roe and tributaries—Mr. J. | 12
Stevenson.

Slaney—Messrs. D. R. Pack- | 1:
Beresford, E. W. Bagnall
and R. W. Hall-Dare, per
Mr. J. Sim.

Suir—Mr. W. Rochfort and | 1
Lord Donoughmore, per
Mr. J. Gearon.

:2:°05 to 28:3: ’065,

1: 05 to 4:4: 05,

:12:’04 to 30:3:’05,

:3:°05 to 12: 4: 05,
12:04 to 28:1:°05,
:12:°04,
:1:°05 to 28:3: 085,
3: 705 to 20: 4: 05,

t Total,

GRAND] Tota, 1902—1905,

1:’05 to 24:4: 05,

28

. |Females,
|
66 | 87
188 | 273
l | —
18 30
26 | 46
is
| l 5
oa 8
— 1
12 24
18+| 79+
? ?
4 5
9 22
7 21
? ?
12 14
18 33
4 1
ll 19
15 14
| 417+) 682+

3,328 1199+ |2108+

|

|

* Includes two released before particulars were noted, and one not sexed.

+t Sex not determined.

t Particulars of the marking of some fifteen fish in Caragh Lake and the River
De» were received after this paper had gone to press, and are not included,

[ 319 ]

VII. ’04, 19

on

RETURN OF CAPTURES OF MARKED SALMON.

SS eS

TABLES

The Fish entered in this Return were marked after being stripped
at Hatcheries, or as Slats taken after natural spawning.

For convenience of reference, the entries are made in numerical order of labels.

:
No, of Condition. | Sex.

Mark.

Weight. |Length.

Date. Locality, &e.

theciee: eee | |

18 0|211/ Clean, . 4 August, 1903, | R. Bann. Coleraine, Foyle |

we

513884. 5 0/2 2 Spent, .| Male, .| 6 March, 1903, | R. Bush. Cutts.
aol

| and Bann Co.’s net,

6741A 4 0° 111 Stripped, Female, | 24th Dec., 1901, R. Erne. Cliff.
13 9|2 8} Clean, . | 22nd May, 1903, a Ballyshannon.

|

42D 5 0|2 2* Stripped, | Female, | 24th Dec. 1901, | R. Erne. Cliff.

14 0| 2 103 Clean, . 28th April, 1903, ¥ Ballyshannon.

44D 5 0|2 1. Stripped, | Female, | 24th Dec., 19¢1, R. Erne. Cliff.

12 0/2 91 Clean, 5th May, 1903, oi Ballyshannon.

| 8th Feb., 1905, Marraha. Be

low Killorglin Bridge.

804D | 4 | 2 2 | Stripped, | Female, 17th Dec., 1903, | Lower Lake, Killarney.
1l 0} 2 7) Clean,
}

808D _ 3 8|2 2| Stripped, | Female, 17th Dec., 1902, R. Flesk. |
) an
113 0]2 8 | Clean, . | 14th Feb., 1905, R. Laune. Marraha, Belo
| | Killorglin Bridge.

1248D 5 0|2 1 | Stripped, | Female, | 18th Jau., 1902, | R. Foyle. Sion Mills.

(18 0/211 Clean, . 16th June, 1903, ” 3 miles above
| | Derry.

| | .
258D 9 8/2 5 | Stripped, | Female. — 2ist Jan., 1902, Lower Lake, Killarney. Li
| rated 24th January, 19
MOOS Op Cleans - 5th May, 1903, R, Laune. Marraha.
low Killorglin Bridge.

!
* Length of fish doubtful, it was either 24 or 26 inches,

[ 320 ]

VII. ’04, 20

TABLE I.
SS TS A EL TT ER SL SR PE a ne
Ao..0f | Weight. |Length.| Condition. | Sex. Date.
Lbs. oz.|Ft. In. |
| |
1650D | 6 8/2 6} Spent, . | Female, 11th March, 1904,
17 7j|2411) Clean, | 15th Feb., 1905,
1754D | 4 0| 2 1 | Spent, Female, 2nd March, 1905,
9 8|2 44) Clean, 12th July, 1905,
1976D | 4 8|2 2] Stripped | Female, 20th Dec., 1902,
10 0|2 6 Clean, 5th August, 1903,
2123D | 4 0/2 O| Stripped, | Female, 17th Jan., 1903,
a2 ee 2: S| Clean, 25th June, 1903,
"2142D |ca6 0} 2 3! Spent, Female, 2nd Feb., 1903,
14 0O — | Clean, 18th July, 1903,
K2149D |ca4 8 | 2 J | Spent, Male, 2nd Feb., 1903,
18 0|3 O| Clean, 8th April, 1904,
2378D| 4 0} 2 1 | Stripped, | Female, 18th Dec., 1902,
7 0/2 4| Clean, 26th Oct., 1903,
2435D| 6 0} 2 4 | Stripped, | Female, | 2nd Jan., 1903,
9 0/;2 64) Clean, 13th Aug., 1903,
2439D; 5 0/2 2/| Stripped, | Female, | 2nd Jan., 1903,
8 8|2 54) Clean, 15th Aug., 1903,
2450D| 5 0/2 3 | Stripped, | Female, | 2nd Jan., 1903,
| 10 0} 2 63} Clean, about 29th July, |
1903.
2504D > ©i2-) Stripped, Male, 29th Dec., 1902,
10 8|2 4] Clean, 14th July, 1993,

(

|

Locality, &e.

R. Suir. Neddins.

R. Barrow. New Ross
Bridge.

R. Laune. Beaufort.

” Estuary of.

R. Foyle. Sion Mills.

a 1 mile below
Derry.

R. Erne. Cliff.

‘5 Ballyshannon.

Caragh Lake.

Castlemaine Hr. Cromane.

Caragh Lake.

- Gortnagaun.

R. Bann. Portna.

R. Moyola. Castledawson
Weir. (Marked = again
D3719).

R. Bann. Portna.

~ New Ferry, about
8 miles above Kilrea
Hatchery.
R. Bann. Portna.
¥ New Ferry, about
&8 miles above Kilrea
Hatchery.
R. Bann. Portna.
» New Ferry, about
8 miles above Kilrea
Hatchery.
R. Owenea. Glenties.

Inver Bay. St. John’s Point.

* Some doubt exists as to exact weight and length of fish at time of marking.

.
| r 321 ]

VII. '04,

Ha. of Length.

ng Weight.

Lbs. oz. |Ft. In.|

2522D; 9 0;|2 6

| 2 10 |

|
6 8/2 2
10 8/2 7
2820D| 5 0 1

to

bo
i

2834D| 17 0

TABLE |
Condition. | Sex. | Date.
Stripped, | Female, 29th Dec, 1902,
Clean, 9th July, 1903,
Stripped, | Female, 19th Jan., 1903,
Clean. 25th Aug., 1903,
Stripped, | Female, | 23rd Dec., 1903,
Clean, 13th July, 1904,
Stripped, | Female, | 23rd Dec., 1903,
Full, 5th Dec., 1904,
Slat, .| ¥emale, | 17th Feb., 1903,
Slat, 2ist March, 1903,
Stripped, | Female, | 13th Dec., 1903,
Clean,? . | 9th June, 1904,

}
!

Rles(tairy, Female,

well
mended.) |

Slat,
Slat,

. | Male,

2

About 2lst Feb.,

1904.

16th April, 1903,

[ 323 ]

14th March, 1903,

28th March, 1903,

Locality, &c.

R. Owenea. Glenties.

rea Estuary.

R. Bann. Portna.

4s New Ferry.

R. Owenea. Glenties.

= Estuary.

R. Owenea. Glenties.

Salmon trap on
tributary of. Marked again |

D5059 ~=—s and_—sSCM_sliiberated |
22/12/04,
R. Bandon. |
‘a ; sitll sbove |

place of original capture. — |
Erne. Cliff.

L. Erne. 8 miles above Bel |
leek. N

R. Laune.
i

R, Anascaul.

Killed by an}
otter, F ,

R. Slaney. Clohamon

” ”
5 miles above.

II. ’04, 22
TABLE I,
No. of , 43 | a | :
Mark. Weight. |Leng'b | Condition. Sex. Date. ) Locality, &e.
|
oo a toe & -—_—
Lbs. oz. Ft. In
3094D| 11 0 2 6 Slat, .| Male, . | 29th March, 1903, | R. Slaney. Clohamon.
27 QO ).3-°7 | Clean, 17th May, 1904, 5 Below — Ennis-
| (fresh run) corthy. Borrmount.
om . |
|
3162D| 4 0 2 O | Stripped, | Female, | 2nd Jan., 1904, R. Erne. Cliff.
| |
= | = | Grilse, End of June, 1904, | Gola Island. 7 miles North
: East of
| |
87D | 8 0 2 4. Stripped, | Female, | 13th Jan., 1904, | R. Erne. Cliff.
9 8; 2 6 =| Clean, llth July, 1904, . " Channel of.
a |
556D; 8 0 | ay & | Stripped, | Male, 16th Dec., 1203, . | R. Laune. Killorglin.
od gt tne Slat, 5th Feb., 1904, . = Pulta. Below
Killorglin Bridge. } mile
above point where captured.
8561D |. 5 0 2 1. Stripped,.| Female, | 29th Dec., 1903, R, Lanne. Killorglin.
i |
— ann |b Slat, 8rd March, 1904, | * y
|
|
|
fos 4 0 2 1. Stripped, | Female, | Ist Jan., 1904, . | R. Foyle. Sion Mills.
: |
F
41030 | 15 0!3 3: Slat, Female, 28th March, 1905, | R. Slaney. Young’s Bridge,
p l ) / Kildavin.
4 i |
| —_ — | Slat, 26th April, 1905, ‘ - E
| | Fairly well mended.
|
4104D | 12 0 : 2 114} Silat, Male, 28th March, 1905, | R. Slaney. Young’s Bridge,
| | Kildavin.
: |
| ) | : ? = ;
— ee SI t, i 26th A ril, 1905, ” ”? ”
i | . | ‘ Fairly well mended.
4296D| 5 0 | 2 5 | Stripped, | Female, | 22nd Dec., 1901, | R. Owenea. Glenties.
)
is 11 0/2 8 | Clean, Tth July, 1905, . | é Estuary.
I |
43000 3 8 | 1 103) Stripped, | Female, 22nd Dec., 1904, R Owenea. Glenties.
J
j 7 0/2 03} Clean, . | —

”

| 4th July, 1905, .

* For details of reported capture sec p. 42.

f 323 |

y 2

VII. ’04, 23
TABLE’.
No. of : =43 |
Mark. irae et Condition. Sex. | Date.
Lbs. oz.|Ft. In |
4503D | 8 0 | 2 3 | Stripped, | Female, | 13th Dec., 1904, .
/ o— — | Slat,
|
|
4582D 17 0/3 1) Slat, Male, 5th March, 1905,
| — | — | Slat, Ist April, 1905, .
| | |
|
5052D | 7 8 2 7. Stripped, | Female, | 22nd Dec., 1904,
|
12 0 210, Clean, 28th June, 1905,
i
5058D | 9 0 2 8 | Stripped, | Female, | 28nd Dec., 1904,
12 8 2 9} Clean, 7th July, 1905.
5210D | 10 0 }2 9 | Stripped, | Male, 9th Jan., 1905, .
| |
| 10 8;|2 9 | Slat, Ist March 1905 .
| |
5427D | 2 0 1 7 | Slat, Female, , 21st Jan., 1905,
a — | Slat, 3lst Jan., 1905, .
6528D| 6 8 2 4 | Stripped, | Male, 20th Jan., 1905, .
Poa ot | Stag, llth Feb., 1905, .

9th March, 1905, | R. Nore-Barrow. Nw (

[‘ 3og° }

|
|

. | R. Bush. Ashtree. ,
i

4

-
<< ~~.

R. Nore. Arygal.

R. Slaney. Newlands,

ae ”
dition improved.

j
R. Owenea. Glenties.
re

Estuary. .

:
t

R. Owenea. Glenties.

”

Estuary. — |

R. Flesk.
R. Laune. Mouth of.

:

” ”

Portna. — 7
” Near mouth
Potagh Burn, about
miles) up Benn. Fow
dead. | &
, a

R. Bann,

;
'

i

VII. ’04. 24

SECTION A.

Stripped Fish and Slats recaptured as Slats before
reaching the Sea.

*5528 D., BANN.—Male, marked 20th January, 1905, at
Portna (Kilrea) ; 6 lbs. 8 oz. ; 2 ft. 2 in.
Found dead at Potagh Burn, R. Bann
(about 14 miles from the sea), on 11th
February, 1905; 7 Ibs.

J

*3561 D., LaAuNE.—Female, marked at Killorglin, 29th Decem-
ber, 1903; 5 lbs., 2 ft. 1 in.
Recaptured at Killorglin, 3rd March, 1904.

*3556 D., LaAuNE.—Male, marked at Killorglin, 16th Decem-
ber, 1903; 8 lbs., 2 ft. 5 in.

Recaptured 5th February, 1904, at Pulta,
below Killorglin Bridge, + mile above
point of original capture.

*5210 D., Fuesx.—Male, marked 9th January, 1905; 10 lbs.,
2 ft. 9 in.

Recaptured Ist March, 1905, at the mouth
of R. Laune ; 104 lbs., 2 ft. 9 in.

*4503 D., NorE.—Female, marked 13th December, 1904, at
Arygal, R. Nore; 8 lbs., 2 ft. 3 in.

Recaptured 9th March, 1905, at New Ross,
R. Nore-Barrow.

2985 D., BANDoN.—Female, marked 17th February, 1903;
S lbavzy S feed:

Recaptured 21st March, 1903, 4 mile above

place of original capture.

bie

3090 D., Suanzy.—Male, marked at Clohamon, 28th March,
1903 ; 10 lbs., 2 ft. 8 in.
Recaptured 16th April, 1903, 5 miles higher
up.
4104 D., Suanty.—Male, marked 28th March, 1905, at
Young’s Bridge, Kildavin; 12 lbs., 2 ft.
114 in.
Recaptured 26th April, 1905, at same place.
(Fairly well mended.)
4103 D., StANEY.—Female, marked 28th March, 1905, at
Young’s Bridge, Kildavin; 15 lbs., 3 ft.

3 in.
Recaptured 26th April, 1905, at same place.
(Fairly well mended.)

*Fish stripped at a Hatchery.
{ 325 |

VII. 04, 25

4532 D., SLANEY.— Male, marked 5th March, 1905, at New-
lands Fishery ; 17 lbs., 3 ft. 1 in.
Recaptured 1st April, 1905, at Newlands.
(Condition improved).

5427 D., BusH.—Female, marked 21st January, 1905, at Ash-
tree, R. Bush; 2 lbs., 1 ft. Tin.
Recaptured 3lst January, 1905, at same
place,

The records in this section fall into two divisions :—

Gi.) Fish recaptured in, or close to, tidal waters ;
(u.) Those recaptured in upper waters.

The Bann record, D. 5528, may be omitted from both divi-
sions. ‘This fish was found dead after an interval of twenty-
two days at the mouth of a small stream about 14 miles up the
Bann reckoning from the sea,

It appeared to have increased 8 ounces in weight, but as the
records were made by different persons, and the accuracy of
country scales is not above suspicion, it is not desirable to press
this point.

The beak of the under jaw is reported to have pierced the
upper, and it seems quite justifiable to consider death as
normal, and in no way due to the marking experiment.

i.—The Laune, Flesk, and Nore records being of hatchery
fish stripped in the preceding winter, it is natural that the
interval, which elapsed between marking and recapture, should
be greater than in the case of fish marked and recaptured as
slats.

The interval varies from fifty-one to eighty-six days, recap-
ture occurring between the 5th of February and the 9th of
March; the place is tidal water or within a short distance of
tidal influence. It is impossible to say how much of this
period was spent in fresh water proper, as from previous
records it seems that the slat condition may continue for as
long as 123 days (vide Holt, op. cit. p. 177, D. 4238). The
weight was taken only in the case of D. 5210, which appeared
to have increased 8 ounces in fifty-one days.

The Nore fish shows the longest interval between marking
and recapture in the present records, viz., eighty-six days,

It must not be forgotten that these hatchery fish had, pre-
vious to liberation, been impounded for varying periods and
then stripped, though these operations did not apparently pro-
duce any abnormal movements, :

The Bandon fish D. 2985, a natural slat (female) of 5 Ibs.
weight, was taken on a fly, and captured for a second time on
a live (trout) spinning bait. The interval between marking
and recapture was thirty-two days (February 17 to March
21); the place of recapture was about a quarter of a mile up
the river.

[ 326 ]

ii et

VIT. ’04, 26

It seems possible that the fish may have been moving up and
down with the tide, and its mode of capture would suggest
that it was feeding, or anxious to feed.

ii.—The records in this division consist of four fish from the
Slaney and one from the Bush. The latter may be conve-
niently treated of first, as the circumstances of its recapture
are somewhat unusual. The fish was marked on the 21st
January, 1905, and on the 31st of the same month was
retaken, the hook fouling in the label, which had been placed
in the dorsal fin. ‘The place of recapture was the same pool as
where marked.

The four fish from the Slaney were marked in March, so it
is probable that some time had elapsed since they had rid
themselves of their sexual products.

Their subsequent movements would, therefore, not be sub-
ject to the nisus generativus, though it may be objected that
marking produced an abnormal condition,

Taking the records in order of time, 3090 D., a male slat
10 lbs, weight, marked on the 28th March, 1903, at Clohamon,
was recaptured nineteen days later five miles higher up. Pos-
sibly this change of position is due to the disturbance caused
to its natural habits by marking (cf. Calderwood quoted by
Holt, see op. cit. p. 177).

The remaining three records from the Slaney, 4532 D.,
4103 D., 4104 D., are of fish marked in March, 1905, and
recaptured after intervals of twenty-seven to twenty-nine days
in the same fishery, in two instances in almost the same spot.

The fish varied in weight from 12 to 17 |bs., or as clean fish
would have scaled about 15 to 21 Ilbs., and their movements
would appear to support the results of the Scottish Fishery
Board’s marking experiments, viz., that the heavier fish, as
opposed, at any rate to grilse, spend a longer period in fresh
water.

In some cases this might be ascribed to scarcity of water
(cf. Archer*), but no such condition prevailed in these in-
stances.

SECTION B.

Stripped Fish and Slats recaptured as Clean Fish
during the following Summer in or at the mouth
of the Rivers in which they were marked.

*2435 D., BANN.—Female, marked at Portna (Kilrea), 2nd
January, 1903; 6 lbs, 2 ft. 4 in.
Recaptured at New Ferry, 13th August,
1903 ; 9 lbs., 2 ft. 64 in.

*lith Ann. Rep. Fish. Bd. Scot., Pt. I1., p. 69.
* Fish stripped at a Hatchery.

f 397 J}

VII. °04, 27

*2439 D., BANN.—Female, marked at Portna (Kilrea), 2nd
January, 1903; 5 lbs., 2 ft, 2 in.

Recaptured at New Ferry, 15th August,

1903 ; 84 lbs., 2 ft. 53 in.
*2450 D., BANN.—Female, marked at Portna (Kilrea), 2nd
January, 1903; 5 lbs., 2 ft. 3 in,
Recaptured at New Ferry about the 29th
July, 1903; 10 lbs., 2 ft. 6% in.

'2760 D., BANN.—Female, marked at Portna (Kilrea), 19th
January, 1903; 55 lbs., 2 ft. 2 in.
Recaptured at New Ferry, 25th August,
1903 ; 104 lbs., 2 ft. 7 in.

“2123 D., ERNE.—Female, marked at Cliff, 17th January,
1903 ; 4 Ibs., 2 ft.
Recaptured at Ballyshannon, 25th June,
1903 ; 7 lbs., 2 ft. 3 in.

*3007 D., ERNE.—Female, marked at Cliff, 18th December,
1908 ; 4 lbs., 2 ft. 3 in.
Recaptured in L. Erne, eight miles above
Belleek, 9th June, 1904; 52 ibs.

*3487 D., ERNE.—Female, marked at Cliff, 13th January,
1904 ; 8 lbs., 2 ft. 4 in.
Recaptured in Erne Channel, 11th July,
1904 ; 94 lbs., 2 ft. 6 in.

*1976 D., Foyte.—Female, marked at Sion Mills, 20th
December, 1902; 43 lbs., 2 ft. 2 in.
Recaptured one mile below Derry, 5th
August, 1903; 10 lbs. ; 2 ft. 6 in.

"2522 D., OWENEA.—Female, marked at Glenties, 29th
December, 1902; 9 lbs., 2 ft. 6 in.
Recaptured in the estuary of R. Owenea,
9th July, 1903 ; 144 lbs., 2 ft. 10 in.

*2820 D., OWENEA.—Female, marked at Glenties, 23rd
December, 1903; 5 lbs., 2 ft. 1 in.

Recaptured in the estuary of R, Owenea,
13th July, 1904; 10 lbs., 2 ft. 7 in.

*4296 D., OWENEA.—Female, marked at Glenties, 22nd
December, 1904; 5 Ibs., 2 ft. 5 in.

Recaptured in the estuary of R. Owenea,
7th July, 1905; 11 Ibs., 2 ft. 8 in.

*4300 D., OWENEA.—Female, marked at Glenties, 22nd
December, 1904 ; 33 Ibs., 1 ft. 10} in.

Recaptured in the estuary of R. Owenea, 4th .

July, 1905; 7 lbs., 2 ft. OF in.
*5052 D., OWENEA.—Female, marked at Glenties, 22nd
December, 1904; 74 lbs., 2 ft. 7 in.
Recaptured in the estuary of R. Owenea,
28th June, 1905; 12 lbs., 2 ft. 10 in.
* Fish stripped at a Hatchery.
[ 328 ]

VIT. ’04, 28

*5058 D., OWENEA.—Female, marked at Glenties, 22nd
December, 1904; 9 lbs., 2 ft.-8 in,
Recaptured in the estuary of R. Owenea, 7th
July, 1905 ; 124 lbs. ; 2 ft. 9} in.

2142 D., CaracH Lakr.—Female, marked in Caragh Lake,
2nd February, 1903; ca. 6 Ibs., 2 ft. 3 in.
Recaptured at Cromane (Castlemaine Hr.),

18th July, 1903; 14 Ibs.

1754 D., LAuNE.—Female, marked 2nd March, 1905, at Beau-
fort, R. Laune; 4 lbs., 2 ft. 1 in.
Recaptured in the estuary of R. Laune, 12th
July, 1905 ; 94 lbs., 2 ft. 44 in.

The records of female fish recaptured in the summer follow-
ing marking amount in all to twenty-five since the commence-
ment of the experiment. No river has more than eight recap-
tures to its credit, while some have two only; moreover. the
records are spread over a number of years, and do not exceed
four in number for any one river in a single season.

_ It is obvious, therefore, that any conclusions based on such
insufficient data must be of a most provisional nature, and
subject to many causes of error.

Amongst such causes the following may be cited :—

(1.) That the recaptured marked fish in any year may not
be representative of the general run of fish.

(2.) That from the considerable difference in weights it is
obvious that the fish differ in age; some, however,
differ only slightly in weight, which would suggest
that the rate of growth had varied before capture, and
that this variation would possibly continue.

(3.) That the increase may vary in different years owing to
food supply and other causes.

(4.) That as the place of recapture in the case of some of the
fish is tidal water, and in the case of others fresh
water, it is possible that we may be comparing fish
which had definitely ceased feeding in the sea with
those which would have continued to do so for some
further period.

The apparent differences in the rate of growth in different
rivers, as shown by the table below, must be taken for what
they may be worth. It is plain that the variation in any one
river is greater than can be demonstrated by a few records,
and it is probable that while, in the case of the Owenea (see
table) the series may be more or less complete, the Caragh
records, even if correct, represent extreme limits.

* Fish stripped at a Hatchery.
F- 339 3

VII. ’04, 29

FemaLe Fish marked as Sxiats or SrripreD Fis# and re-captured as
CLEAN in the Summer following marking.

Extremes of Increase | No. of

on Slat Weight.
Number | |e 2 Se ee sing
River. of | in Increase
Records. | = c | aia Length. in Length
Rd as ;
Py ercentage | eee | ia ian,
| | Inches.
_ Bann, : - | 6 50—100 | 3—5 24—5 5
| Caragh Lake, . | 3 | 113—150 44—9 7—9 2
| Erne, 4 19—75 13 223 3
Foyle, 2 120—122 53—6 4 2
Laune, &c., 2 | 75—138 2—5} 34 1
Owenea, . 8

40 190) eee Ae ee 7

The figures on the table above also afford a provisional
criterion by which we may judge, to some extent, of the pre-
vious history of fish which were recaptured in the second suc-
ceeding season (see on p. 33, et seq., Sec. D.).

Thus, when we find there (Sec. D), records of Erne fish
showing an increase in length of 8-9} inches, and in weight
7-9 Ibs. (140-220 per cent.), it seems safe to assume, from a
comparison of these increases with those shown above, that
we are dealing with fish whose period of feeding has been
much prolonged, and the possibility of spawning in the winter
preceding capture is almost excluded.

The Bann fish which are noted in this section were stripped
for the Kilrea hatchery, and were liberated after marking
between January 2nd and January 19th, 1903. They differed
very little in weight and length, being 5 to 6 lbs., and 2 ft.
2 in. to 2 ft. 4 in. As full fish their weights would have been
about 6 to 74 Ibs.

From the returns of fish marked in the Bann, these female
fish would appear to be of about the average weight, and
though not specifically described as grilse, their weights would
incline one to place them in that category.

We have no knowledge of their movements immediately fol-
lowing marking; but if they were grilse it is probable that
they rapidly descended ; such, at least, would be in accordance
with the Scottish marking experiments (vide Calderwood in
iit. ‘* Field,’’ March 25, 1905).

The records of marked fish taken as slats in the Bann are
not of much assistance, as the fish were males, and were found
in a dead or dying condition after intervals of twenty-two to
fifty-one days. We can therefore only judge of the subsequent

[ 330 ]

4

VII. °04, 30

movements of these female slats by their condition on recap-
ture, and from this it would appear that D. 2435, and D. 2439
either spent longer in fresh water or were less fortunate in
their feeding grounds than D. 2760 and D. 2450, as these latter
put on from 14 to 2 lbs. more in actual weight.

The interval, which elapsed between marking and recapture,
is practically the same for all four records, being 208 to 225
days. When recaptured their weights ranged from 8} to 103
lbs., which would be about average weights for summer fish in
the Bann.

The place of recapture, New Ferry, is some eight miles
above Kilrca and twenty-five miles above Coleraine.

The Erne recaptures recorded above appear to differ in
several respects from those in the Bann; most notably in the
very small increase in actual weight made in the interval
between marking and recapture.

D. 3487, a female stripped for the Belleek Hatchery, weigh-
ing 8 lbs. after stripping, was liberated on the 14th January,
1904, and recaptured 180 days later on the 11th July. The
increase in weight was only 14 lbs. If the weight after strip-
ping be increased by one-fifth, the original weight, as a full
fish, would have been about 10 lbs., and it would therefore
seem that the fish had not really increased at all, but merely
recovered its condition.

D. 2123, a smaller fish, weighing after stripping only 4 lbs.,
was marked on 17th January, 1903, and recaptured on 25th
June, 1903, an interval of 159 days. The weight, 7 lbs., on
recapture, represents a net gain of over 2 lbs.

We know nothing at present as to the movements of indi-
vidual spent fish in the Erne, as no recaptures of marked slats
have been reported. It must also be remembered that the
above records are of fish of two different summers, 1904 and
1903, and that we are not in a position to correlate the possible
food supply and the condition of the fish.

Both these Erne fish were recaptured in tidal waters and
the conclusions, suggested by Dr. Noel Paton* in his investi-
gations of the factors determining the migration of salmon
from sea to river, are, ‘‘ that the salmon goes to sea to feed
and returns to the river when it has accumulated its full store
of nourishment, irrespective of the condition of the reproduc-
tive organs. The factor determining migration from sea to
river is not the nisus generativus, but the state of nutrition.’’

If these conclusions are correct there is some doubt as to
whether D. 3487 was meditating the ascent when recaptured,
or would not have continued to feed for some further period
before entering fresh water, though the condition of D. 3007
(see below) would rather support the former view.

D. 3007 falls into a different category, as the place of recap-
ture was not tidal water, but about eight miles above Belleek,

*18th Ann. Rep. Fish. Bd. Scot., Pt. II., pp. 78 et seq.
[ 331 ]

VII. *O4, ol

on Lough Erne. .The fish was a female stripped at the
hatchery (Belleek) and liberated in December, 1908, weight
4 lbs., and was taken on a cross line, after 179 days, on 9th
June, 1904, weighing 5 Ibs, 12 oz.; this would represent an
increase of about $ lb. on the weight before stripping.

Though in poor condition the fish does not appear to have
been a slat. Further recaptures of summer fish in the fresh
waters of the Erne will be required before it is possible to
say whether we are dealing with a normal condition or not.

It may be remarked that while the actual physiological con-
dition of fish entering rivers seems to require further attention,
reports of fishery owners place beyond doubt the existence of
considerable variation in the marketable condition.

Poor quality is especially noticed amongst grilse in years of
short supply, and perhaps attracts less attention when a large
take produces a satisfactory balance sheet.*

There is also the possibility that such lean grilse would not
remain in the river through winter, and in some cases scarcely
follow their fatter brethren beyond the estuary.

D. 1976, Foyle, the only fresh record in this river appears
to be normal as compared with previous recaptures. This
hatchery fish weighed, after stripping, in December, 1902,
4+ lbs., and on recapture on 5th August, 1903 (228 days),
10 lbs. It had thus increased 54 lbs. (122 per cent.) in weight,
and in length 4 inches.

Previous records (vide Holt, op. cit., p. 179, D. 1250) show
that an increase of 4 inches and 6 lbs. (120 per cent.) can be
made in 185 days, so that we should probably allow some time
for the fresh water habitat in the case of 1976 D.

The recaptures in the Owenea are eight in number, and two
of these are referred to different sections, being ‘‘ captures at
sea ’’ and “* annual spawner.’’

The remaining six records are of fish taken in nets in the
estuary of the Owenea in the June or July following marking.

The interval between marking and recapture varies from
188 to 203 days; the increase in weight from 3} to 6 lbs., and
ia length from 14 to 6 inches.

As these recaptures took place in the estuary it is hardly
possible to say definitely whether the fish were seeking fresh
water or not.

The increase in weight from slat condition is, however, quite
compatible with the intention of a stay in fresh water; as
D. 164, which was recaptured on a fly and has already been

recorded (Holt, op. cit. p. 179) showed an increase of only

4% lbs., or 50 per cent. increase on its weight as a slat.

D. 2142, Caragh Lake, represents among the present records
the greatest increase in weight in fish recaptured in the
summer following marking. ‘The fish, a spent female, weigh-
ing 6 lbs., and marked on the 2nd February, 1903, in Caragh

"Of. also Irish Inland Fish. Commission Rep., 1901, p. 127.
[ 332 ]

7g

om,

a ee

eae —

VII. ’04, 32

Lake, was recaptured at Cromane (Castlemaine Harbour) on
the 18th J uly following, after an interval of 166 days, weigh-
ing 14 lIbs., an increase of 133 per cent.

Though there is some slight doubt as to the accuracy of the
return of fish marked at Caragh, there is little doubt but that
the fish marked with label D. 2142 was of 6 lbs. weight or
under.

The increase in weight is large, but it is supported by pre-
vious records from the same place, though it must be admitted
that the accuracy of these records did not pass entirely unques-
tioned (vide Holt, op. cit., p. 180).

1754 D. , Laune, was a natural slat when marked, and from
the date of marking (2nd March) it is likely that it would soon
have reached salt water (cf. 3561 D., &c., Sec. A.).

Its weight was 4 lbs., and length 2 ft. 1 in., and when
recaptured in the estuary ‘of the Laune on 12th J uly following
(182 days), it scaled 9} Ibs., and measured 2 ft. 43 in.

The increase in techs (52 lbs.) represents 138 per cent. on
the slat weight, and over 100 per cent. on the estimated clean
weight of the preceding year.

SECTION C.

Stripped Fish recaptured during the following Close
Season.

*9378 D. Bann.—Female, marked at Portna (Kilrea), 18th
December, 1902; 4 lbs., 2 ft. 1 in.
Recaptured at Castledawson Weir, R.
Moyola, 26th October, 1903; 7 Ibs.,
2 ft. 4 in. :

#9834 D., OWENEA. —Female, marked at Glenties, 23rd
December, 1903 ; 17 lbs., 3 ft. 04 in.
Recaptured at the salmon trap, R. Owenea,
5th December, 1904; 21 lbs., 3 ft. 3 in.

The two records given above of fish taken in the close season
following marking are somewhat dissimilar.

D. 2378, Bann, a stripped female grilse (?) marked on 18th
December, 1902, ‘weight Albs., length 2 ft. 1 in., was recap-
tured at Castledawson Welr, River Moyola, on 26th October,
1903, weight 7 Ibs., length 2 ft. 4 in.

_ From its weight and length it would appear to be similar to
D. 2435, 24389, &c., which were recaptured in the summer fol-
lowing marking (see p. 26, et seq.).

The weight on recapture, if reduced by one-fifth, would show
a net increase of about 13 Ibs. from slat to slat, which is in
line with previous records of annual spawning (cf. Holt, op.
cit., p. 182, D. 4456 Foyle).

* Fish stripped at a Hatchery.
[ 333. ].

VIT. *04, 33

It is probably safe to class this fish as an instance of annual
spawning, for a somewhat similar case occurred at Lismore,
where a fish which showed no sign of spawn on the 30th
October, was fully ripe on the 5th December following (vide
ibid. p. 192).

D. 2834, a female fish of 17 lbs., and 3 ft. 04 in., was
stripped at the Glenties hatchery in December, 1903. It was
recaptured in December following, and weighed when “ full,”’
before stripping, 21 lbs., and measured 3 ft. 3 in.

When stripped its weight was 174 lbs. In this case we are
dealing with a salmon, not a grilse, and, possibly, of a fish
approaching its maximum weight, as from an examination of
the fish marked in this river since the winter of 1899, this
weight (174 lbs. as stripped fish) is not exceeded except in one
or two instances and then only by a few pounds. It may
be that the larger fish seek other waters more suitable to their
size, or that the local conditions are against their chances of
living to reach a larger size.

The increase (8 oz.) is the least among our Irish recaptures
up to the present, but the records are all for small fish.

Calderwood* quotes a record, 7355, which in regard to in-
crease in weight is precisely similar. The fish was a female
of 13 lbs.; there was, however, no increase in length, while
the Owenea record shows an increase of 23 inches.

* 22nd Ann. Rep. Fish. Bd., Scotland, Pt. II., p. 94.
SecTION D.

Stripped Fish and Slats recaptured as Clean Fish in
the Rivers in which they were marked, in the
second succeeding Fishing Season.

*1258D., Lowrr Laker, Kimuarney.—Female, marked 21st

January, 1902; 93 lbs., 2 ft. 5 in.
Recaptured at Marraha, below Killorglin
Bridge, 5th May, 1903; 16 lbs., 3 ft.
*804 D., Lower LaAkk&, KILLARNEY.—Female, marked 17th
December, 1903; 4 lbs., 2 ft. 2 in.
Recaptured at Marraha, below Killorglin
Bridge, 8th February, 1905; 11 lbs., 2 ft.
7 in.
*808 D., Fiesk.—-Female, marked 17th December, 19038;
34 lbs., 2 ft. 2 in.

Recaptured at Marraha, below Kallorglin .

Bridge, 14th February, 1905; 13 Ihs.,
2 ft. 8 in.
*1248D., Foyrr.—Female, marked at Sion Mills, 18th

January, 1902; 5 lbs., 2 ft, 1 in.

Recaptured three miles above Derry, 16th
June, 1908; 18 lbs., 2 ft. 11 in.

*Fish stripped at a Hatchery.

[ 334 ]

et eee

>

VII. 04, 34

"6741 A., ErneE.—Female, marked at Cliff, 24th December,
1901 ; 4 lbs., 1 ft. 11 in.

Recaptured at Ballyshannon, 22nd May,
1908 ; 13 Ibs., 2 ft. 84 in.

*42 D., ERNE.—Female, marked at Cliff 24th December, 1901 ;
5 lbs., 2 ft, 2 in.t
Recaptured at Ballyshannon, 28th April,
1903 ; 14 Ibs., 2 ft. 103 in.

*44 D., ERNE.—Female, marked at Cliff, 24th December,
1OOL > & lbs. ; 2 f¢., ¥ in.
Recaptured at Ballyshannon, 5th May, 1903 ;
12 lbs., 2 ft. 9 in.

2149 D., CAaRAGH LAKE.—Male, marked 2nd February, 1903;
ca. 44 lbs., 2 ft. 1 in.
Recaptured at Gortnagaun, Caragh Lake,
8th April, 1904; 18 lbs., 3 ft.

3094 D., SuANEY.—Male, marked 29th March, 1903, at Clo-
hamon; 11 lbs., 2 ft. 6 in.
Recaptured at Borrmount, below Ennis-
corthy, ‘17th May, 1904; - 27 Ibs.,
3 ft. 7 in. |

Since the publication of the last Report, in which two cases
appeared of fish recaptured in the second succeeding fishing
season, thirteen new instances have been recorded; four of
these are treated of in the sections following (see p. 39, et
seq.), as recapture took place in rivers other than those in
which the fish were originally marked.

What the history of the fish may have been from the time
of marking and liberation until recapture can only be conjec-
tured from the condition of the fish on recapture, and in con-
sidering this it is necessary to have regard to the increase in
weight and length as shown by the summer fish, and those
which are known to have spawned in two successive seasons.

Here it may be convenient to repeat in a different form the
particulars, which are summarised on p. 29, and which
show the varying increase in weight, in a single season, of
female fish of different initial weights.

The instances of annual spawning are also included here;
the Caragh Lake records are retained, though it is inadvisable
to attach too much importance to them, as there is resson to
suspect their accuracy.

The majority of the Irish records being for small fish, I have
tabulated some Norwegian records by Archer, of fish marked
in the Sand’s and Aensira Rivers (vide op. cit., p. 67) and re-
captured in or at the mouth of these rivers.

“Fish stripped at a Hatchery.
+ Length appears to have been either 2 ft. or 2 ft. 2 in.

[ 335 ]

VII. °04, 35

IncrEASE in WeicuHr of Femate Fisa of different initial weights
in a single season.

Weight as Weight Increase per cent.
River. Slat or as Clean on initial
Stripped Fish. Fish. Slat Weight. —
Erne, 2 5 . 4 lbs. 52 Ibs. 44 per ccnt.
4 99 7 %” 75 ”
6 » Sy 33g,
8 ”? 9} 3? 19 ”»>
Bann, : " . 4 Ibs. 7+ lbs. 81 per cent.
40 ay 1b ®
44 ” 74 ” 78 ”
5 99 10 ” 100 ”?
5$ » 103 ,, 91s
5 33 8} ”? 70 ”
6 ig 9 55 50s
Foyle, . . . 44 lbs. 10 Ibs. 122 per cent.
” ” 120 %
Owenea, . ‘ 34 lbs. 7 Ibs. 100 per cent.
a | Pee 120 im
SS + 10° 100 Ps
6 "Se if 100 we
7% ” 12 ” 60 ”
9 ” he 123 ” 39 >
Sic fs 134 4, 50 te
Bt 140 Gite |
i eae 3 ie 24 aes
Laune, ° ‘ . | ca 3} Ibs. 6 lbs. ca 75 per cent.
* % 9 ” 138 ”
Caragh Lake, P 4 lbs. 84 Ibs. 113 per cent.
6 ” 15 ” 150 ”
H 6 9 14 ” 133 ”
|
| Sand’s River, 3 12 lbs. 184 lbs. | 54 per cent.
. a 54 7"
| 13 ” 18 ” 38 ”
| ays, tl oaay lg aa. aif
i 174 ” 23 ” 31 ”
| | ae Ct a 45 a
| 10g ch] (ABELTS, anent,
|
_ Aensira River, : of 8S Its. 15 Ibs. 88 per cent. .
13 - 164 ” 25 a”
ii ” 21 ” 58 ”
14 ” 204 ” 44 ”

The weights of the Sand’s and Aensira fish are in some cases estimates ; thus,
some of the fish being marked as clean or full fish, the slat weight has beon
atrived at by reducing this weight by one-fifth. . ie

[ 336 ].

VIL. 04, 36

The general conclusion, which may be drawn from these
figures, is that, as regards increase in weight of fish of dif-
ferent initial weights in a single season, the rate of increase
tends to vary inversely as the initial weights ; the increment in
all cases being expressed as a percentage on the slat weight.

The limits of variation of fish of the same weight are prob-
ably large, but the number of records is insufficient for a settle-
ment of this question. In the Owenea records the depend-
ence of the rate of increase on the initial weights is very clearly
brought out. The Norwegian records show that only in the
case of the fish of 8 lbs. did the increase exceed 70 per
cent. The Scottish records also point to the same general
conclusions (vide Calderwood, op. cit.).

Bearing these figures in mind, it seems safe to say that,
though a fish may increase by a large percentage on its slat
weight in a single season, it will not in the subsequent season
continue to increase at the same rate; the increase per cent.
on slat weight falling rapidly after a certain stage has been
reached. ‘This circumstance does not appear to have received,
in previous computations of rate of growth, the attention
which it deserves.

Several of the long migration fish exhibit an increase which
is approximately double that made by short migration fish of
similar weight, yet having regard to the rate of increase as
shown above, it cannot be upheld that the two classes differ
only by the date of capture, and that the additional increase
may be put down to the longer interval between marking and
recapture.

Moreover, as regards the long migration fish, it must be
remembered that, though captured in the second succeeding
season, the date is early and the fish are either spring or early
summer fish. Recovery from spawning in the preceding win-
ter at so early a date, and with so large an increase in weight
and length, is most improbable.

I am, therefore, of the opinion that, with possibly one excep-
tion, the records in this section are of fish which, though they
may have visited fresh water in the interval between marking
and recapture, made no long stay, and did not spawn in the
winter preceding recapture.

D. 1258, Lower Lake, Killarney (Laune), is perhaps a doubt-
ful instance ; a hatchery fish, liberated on 21st January, 1902,
weighing 93 Ibs. and measuring 2 ft. 5 in., it was recaptured
on the 5th May, 1903—an interval of 469 days—weighing
16 lbs. and measuring 3 ft. The increase in length is 7 inches,
and in weight 64 lbs. (68 per cent.) on its original measure-
ments asa slat. Previous recaptures of Laune fish are hardly
comparable with D. 1258, as the weights of the fish, when
liberated, did not exceed 5 Ibs. It is, however, quite possible,
having regard to the small increase shown by the records of
Laune fish recaptured in 1902, in the summer following mark-
ing, that the increase in weight of 64 lbs. of D. 1258 may be
normal ; nor is it probably outside the range of variation which
may be held proved after more evidence.

[ 337 J

VII. ’04, 37

Recaptures of Laune fish, while still slats, show that this
condition may continue for as long as 123 days; it is possible,
therefore, that the period between marking and recapture
should be considerably reduced to arrive at the time spent by
D. 1258 in salt water.

We have two other records from this watershed, viz. :—
D. 804, Lower Lake, [ullarney, and D. 808, -Flesk. Both fish

were liberated on the same day, 17th December, 1908, were

the same length, 2 ft. 2 in., and practically the same weight,
4 lbs. and 33 lbs.

They were recaptured on the 8th and 14th February, 1905, |

at Marraha, below Killorglin Bridge (River Laune). The in-
crease on their (stripped) weight is, respectively, 7 and 93 lbs.,
and in length 5 and 6 inches; if expressed as a percentage the
increase in weight is 175 and 271 per cent.

Summer recaptures of fish of this weight show an increase
of from about 70 to 138 per cent., and, having regard to the
early date of capture, it may be fairly assumed that the fish
in question did not mature sexual products in the winter pre-
ceding recapture.

D. 1248, Foyle, was recaptured after an interval of 514 days,
being marked on the 18th January, 1902, and recaptured 16th
June, 1903. It had increased 10 inches and 18 lbs., or 260
per cent., during this period. This record, taken in conjunc-
tion with that of D. 1250, noted in the previous Report, affords
a good example of the duality of migration.

For convenience of comparison the details are repeated :—

SHort MIGRATION.*

Lbs Ft. In.
D. 1250, | Female, . | 18th January, 1902, _ . b ee
20nd July, 1902, . ll 2 65

Interval between marking and recapture—185 days.

Lona MIGRATION.*

Lbs. Ft. In.
D. 1248, | Female, . | 18th January, 1902, . 5 , Sie
16th June, 1903, . . 18 2 il

Interval between marking and recapture—514 days.

_* The terms short and Jong migration are used by Calderwood to dis-
tinguish between the fish returning in the summer or as spawners in the
autumn or early winter of the year of descent as kelts, and the clean
oer or spring fish. See 22nd Ann. Rep. Fish. Bd., Scot., Pt. IL,
p. 96.

[ 338 ]

VII. ’04, 38

Both fish were recaptured at approximately the same place,
viz., one and three miles above Derry.

The Erne fish recorded in this section would seem to be
undoubtedly examples of the long migration habit ; a reference
to p. 35 will show that the greatest increase in weight up
to the present recorded of fish captured in the Erne in the
summer following marking is 75 per cent., while it may fall as
low as 19 per cent.

The increase in D,. 44, D. 42, and A. 6741, varies from 7 to
9 lbs., 140 to 224 per cent., and in length from 8 to 94 inches.

These three fish, females, were stripped for the hatchery and
liberated on the 24th December, 1901; the interval between
marking and recapture was 490 to 514 days (April 28th to May
22nd). ‘The place of recapture, Ballyshannon, is tidal water,
so that it is possible that the fish had not finished feeding.

The early date of capture of D. 42, on April 28th, is notice-
able.

The Caragh Lake record shows the greatest increase per
cent, up to the present recorded of fish recaptured in the second
succeeding season. D. 2149, a male of 44 Ilbs., marked on
the 2nd February, 1903, was retaken in Caragh Lake after an
interval of 481 days, weighing 18 lbs. The increase is 300
per cent. on the slat weight. This record may be compared
with D. 2142, given on page 28, as showing the increase in
weight, &c., of fish having the short and long migration habit,
though the comparison is, to some extent, nullified by the fish
being of different sexes.

SHort MIGRATION.

Lbs. 02. Ft. In.
D. 2142, . | 2nd February, 1903, Ss - tae
Female, . | 18th July, 1903, 14 O —

Interval between marking and recapture—166 days.

Lona MIGRATION.

Lbs. oz, Ft. In.
D. 2149, . | 2nd February, 1903, . ; 4 8 es
Male, . | 8th April, 1904, . ‘ d 18 0O 2. =

Interval between marking and recapture—431 days,

It may be objected that as D. 2142 was recaptured at Cro-
mane, Castlemaine Harbour, it was not necessarily seeking
fresh water, and is not an example of the ‘‘ short migration ”’
habit. There is, however, another record, D. 1422, noted in
last Report. This fish was marked on 8rd February, 1902,

z2

[ 339 ]

VII. ’04, 39

and was retaken in Caragh Lake on the 24th June foilowing,
with an increase of 9 lbs., or 150 per cent. ‘This increase was
regarded (vide Holt, op cit., p. 180) as unusually large, and
was, indeed, the largest among the records up to date for
summer fish.

A casual examination of the two records, D. 1422, and
D. 2149, might lead one to suppose that the additional increase
in the case of the latter could be accounted for by the greater
interval which elapsed between marking and recapture; but
this, as I have already attempted to show (see p. 36) is most
improbable, having regard to the general rate of increase and
to the early date of recapture.

The Slaney fish, D. 38094, a natural male slat, marked at
Clohamon, March 29th, 1908, of 11 lbs. weight and 2 ft. 6 in.
in length, was recaptured in nets at Borrmount, about five
miles below Enniscorthy, on 17th May, after an interval of
415 days. ‘The increase in weight was 16 lbs., and in length
13 inches. ‘This is the greatest increase in actual weight and
length recorded up to the present, though D. 2149, Caragh
Lake, shows a greater increase per cent. on slat weight. ‘'T'he
increase of 16 lbs, also appears to be greater than that of any
fish recorded by the Scottish Fishery Board.

The inspector of bailiffs of the district was present when the
fish was taken, and it is described as ‘‘ fresh run’’ with sea
lice still attached.

There are no records of fish recaptured in the Slaney in the
summer following marking, and there is, therefore, no com-
parison possible with this case. Having regard, however, to
the large increase in weight and length, it seems safe to place
this record, provisionally at least, among the fish showing the
long migration habit.

SECTION E.

Fish captured in Rivers other than those in which
they were marked.

38057 D., LAUNE.—Female, marked 14th March, 1908; 5 lbs.,
2 ft. 1 in.

Found dead (killed by an otter) in R. Anas-
caul, 2lst February, 1904; estimated
weight, 12 lbs.

1650 D., Sutrr.—Female, marked at Neddins, River Suir, 11th
March, 1904 ; 63 lbs., 2 ft. 6 in.
tecaptured at New Ross Bridge, River
Barrow, 15th February, 1905; 17 Ibs.
7 oz., 2 ft. 11 in.
5138 A., BosH.—Male, marked Cutts, R. Bush, 16th March,
1903 ; 5 lbs., 2 ft. 2 in.

Recaptured in Foyle and Bann Co.’s net at

pgs 4th August, 1905; 18 lbs., 2 ft.
in,
[ 340 ]

—E—————————————— OO _

ti wes irs

VII. ’04, 40

D. 3057, Laune, marked on the 14th March, 1903, a natural
slat of 5 lbs., and 2 ft. 1 in., was, after an interval of 344 days,
found dead (killed by an otter) in the River Anascaul. Its
weight was estimated at 12 lbs., which would equal an increase
oi about 140 per cent. on its slat condition. 'The Anascaul, or
OQwenascaul, is a small river flowing into Dingle Bay about
fifteen miles from the Laune, and seawards of it. JI am not
acquainted with details as to the distance up the river at which
the fish was found, and there is nothing to show whether a
change of spawning habitat was meditated or not.

D. 1650, Suir, affords a parallel case, as regards habit, to’
A. 6290 (vide Holt, op. cit., p. 183). Taken together, they
would appear to be further examples of divided migration
habit, 7.e., from slat to summer fish, and slat to spring salmon.

D. 1650, a rod-caught slat marked at Neddin’s Water,
River Suir, 11th March, 1904, weighing 63 lbs. and measuring
24 ft., was recaptured on the 15th February, 1905 (an interval
of 341 days), weighing 17 lbs. 7 oz. and measuring 2 ft. 11 in.
The increase in weight, 10 lbs. 15 oz., is equivalent to 168 per
cent. on the slat weight. The change in weight of A. 6920 was
so slight, only ? lb. increase on slat weight, that it seems prob-
able that it had, as suggested (vide Holt, ibid.), not yet finished
feeding, or else was abnormal.

These records of Suir fish recaptured in the tidal portion of
the Barrow are not examples of undoubted change of river,
as they may not have intended to enter the fresh-water portion
of the Barrow, which has a common estuary with the Suir
and Nore; the records may, however, point to a habit in the
Suir fish which further evidence may substantiate.

The Bush record affords an example of an undoubted change
of river, though possibly only of a temporary nature.

A. 5188, a male kelt, weight 5 lbs., length 2 ft. 2 in., was
marked at the Cutts, River Bush, on the 16th March, 1903;
when recaptured on the 4th August, 1905, near Coleraine,
R. Bann, it weighed 18 lbs., and measured 2 ft. 11 in,

Dealing first with the change of river, it may be noted that
this record is not quite parallel to that of D. 1650, Suir, as
this latter fish, though recaptured in the Barrow, was taken in
the tidal portion of that river, which has a common estuary
with the Suir, while the mouths of Rivers Bann and Bush are
some ten miles apart.

Similar change of river has, however, been recorded by
Calderwood* in Scotland, where fish marked in the Helmsdale
have been retaken in the Brora, the distance between the
mouths of the two rivers being about twelve miles.

The Bush fish was recaptured in the Foyle and Bann Com-
pany’s net at Coleraine, which is some miles up the River
Bann. ‘This indicates an undoubted change of river ; a further
short ascent would have brought the fish out of the tideway
into fresh-water proper.

It is somewhat difficult to decide whether such change of
river 1s to be regarded as of a temporary or permanent nature.

* 20th Ann. Rep. Fish. Bd., Scot., Pt. II., p. 75.
[ 4840-4

VII. '04, 41

I am inclined to regard it as temporary on account of the
difference which is said to exist between the fish of the Rivers
Bann and Bush. It is alleged that the former are deeper fish
and can be recognised when taken in the Bush. Evidence to
this effect was given before the Inland Fisheries Commission
in 1899.* It is generally held that such differences do exist
between the fish from different rivers, though the matter has
never been treated scientifically ; the belief is supported by the
recapture of a marked fish which has already been recorded
(vide Holt, op. cit p. 181); this fish was sold by a London
fishmonger, who, without knowledge of its origin beyond the
fact that it had come from Ireland, identified it correctly as
a Bann fish from its general appearance.

On the other hand, the Foyle and Bann Co.’s representative
at Coleraine did not, when reporting the capture of A. 5138,
Bush, make any suggestions as to its origin. Jf such charac-
teristic differences do exist between the fish from the Bann
and Bush, it seems probable that the number of Bann fish
which find their way to the Bush, and vice versd, must either
be very small or else their visit must be of a temporary nature ;
otherwise it seems probable that such characteristic differences
would disappear in course of time.

But it may be objected that these differences do not exist,
or if they do, that they are induced by the environment of the
salmon prior to its first descent to the sea.

The movements of A. 5138 from the time it was marked in
the Bush until its recapture some sixteen months later, can
only be conjectured. The fish may have milted in the winter
of 1904, or, on the other hand, may not have entered any river
until its recapture in August, 1905.

The only guide to its past history lies in the weight of the
fish at the time of recapture as compared with its weight
when marked as a slat. When a number of records from a
river have been obtained, this affords a fair criterion, and
enables one to place the fish amongst the short or long migra-
tion class. Unfortunately, no Bush fish have been recaptured
in the summer following marking, the only record being of a

fish taken in May without apparently having fully recovered its
condition (vide Holt, op. cit., p. 179).

The records of marked fish from other rivers are no certain
guide, as it seems probable that the rate of increase varies in
different rivers (cf. p. 35); further, A, 5188 is male fish,
and the experiment up to the present would suggest that the

movements and probably the rate of increase of the two sexe
may differ.

I am, however, inclined to place the Bush fish amongst those
which show the long migration habit, as the increase on slat
weight amounts to 260 per cent., with a correspondingly large

* Irish Inland Fish. Gom. Re t&., 1901. Evid : ill.
Q. 3086 (Cd. 448]. Pp vidence of Dr. Traill
[ 342 ]

4 a Oe

bth, ra

ee

VII. 04, 42

increase in length. The Caragh Lake record D. 2149 (see p.
38) offers a very similar increase in weight and length. It
must be remembered that the Caragh Lake fish was recap-
tured early in the year, and the date of capture, when read in
conjunction with the large increase, practically excluded the
possibility of the fish having spawned in the winter preceding
recapture. ‘I'he date on which the Bush fish was recaptured
(August 4th) leaves this point doubtful.

I have purposely omitted from the list above and from
Table I. the details of a Foyle fish which is reported as recap-
tured in the River Laune, and while it is unnecessary to dis-
claim any intention of questioning the good faith of the gentle-
man who is responsible for the record, there is at least a possi-
bility of error. The nature of the record is such that con-
clusive evidence would be required to support it.

As details have been published in the Field of June 10th,
1905, it is necessary to set forth somewhat fully the circum-
stances. A label, D. 3604, was placed in a Foyle fish of 4 lbs.
weight in January, 1904; in April, 1905, a gentleman, rod-
fishing in the River Laune (Killarney), took a spent fish,
bright and well mended, and bearing, as he stated, the above-
mentioned label.

The gentleman had himself marked some spent fish in the
previous March, and amongst the labels used was D. 3064.
The label (D. 3604) was not removed, and it is obvious that the
figures of the two labels are most liable to be confused. The
weight of the fish marked with D. 3064 is given as 5 lbs., and
length as 263 inches, while the estimated weight and length
of the recaptured slat were 7 lbs, and 30 inches. Under the
circumstances it seems advisable to place the record on one
side as doubtful, and to await further evidence before using
it as a proof of the migration and spawning of fish in rivers
other than their own.

SECTION F,

Marked Fish Recaptured at Sea.

*2504 D., OWENEA.—Male, marked at Glenties, River Owenea,
29th December, 1902; 6 lbs., 2 ft. 1 in.
Recaptured at St. John’s Point, Inver Bay,
14th July, 1903; 104 lbs., 2 ft. 4 in.
*3462 D., ErnNe.—Female, marked at Cliff, River Erne, 2nd
January, 1904; 4 lbs., 2 ft.

Recaptured seven miles north-east of Gola
Island at the end of June, 1904.

The Owenea and Erne fish mentioned above are the only
records up to the present reported of fish recaptured at sea
at a distance from the rivers in which they were marked.

* Fish stripped at a Hatchery.
[ 343 ]

VII. '04, 43

D. 2504, Owenea, marked after stripping at Glenties
Hatchery on the 29th December, 1902, was liberated weighing
6 lbs. and measuring 2 ft. 1 in. On the 14th of July follow-
ing it was recaptured at St. John’s Point, Inver Bay, weight
104 lbs. (an increase of 75 per cent. on the slat weight). The
place of recapture is about thirty to forty miles from the
Owenea. The fish possibly may have been following the
coast line, or may have been to sea and struck land at this
point ; it was probably still feeding, though its weight does not
differ greatly from that of fish taken in the estuary. It is the
first male (marked) fish from the Owenea that has been recap-
tured and reported. It is perhaps suggestive of a difference in
habits between the two sexes.

The Erne fish, D. 3462, which was recaptured at sea, had
travelled at least sixty or seventy miles from the place of mark-
ing in about six months.

We have no details of this capture beyond the facts that the
date was about the end of June following marking, and the
place about seven miles N.E. of Gola Island (not far from
Gweedore). A large number of salmon are caught in drift
nets along the north and north-west coasts; the fishing, which
takes place about June, lasts only five or six weeks, and usually
extends to a distance of six miles from land (vide p. xxil.,
Report, Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland, 1903, Pt. I.).

From reports received by the inspectors it would appear that
the fishing may extend as far as eighteen miles seawards of
Aranmore.

The number of recaptures of marked fish at sea is too small
to allow of theories as to the source of supply; from the
Owenea record a southerly migration from the river seems
indicated, while the Erne fish went north.

(TABLE.

VII. '04, 44

TABLE II.

a

Fish marked at Lismore Weir and Recaptured.

‘hang *Weight.|Length.| Condition. Sex. Date. | Locality, &e.
Lbs. oz.|Ft. In.
2214D/| 12 0| 2 3 | Spent, . | Female, 15th Nov., 1902, R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.
10 0}; — do. 18th Feb, 1903, | R. Blackwater. Kilbree. 24

miles down Found dead.

2252D|; 6 0; 2 O| Spent, . | Female, | 27th Nov., 1902, | R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.
te = do. — R. Blackwater. Found
dead, a few days after
marking, killed and partly
eaten by an otter.

2304D| 10 0| 2 4 | Spent, . | Male, . | 6th Dec., 1902, . | R. Blackwater Lismore
Weir.
= —- do. — R. Blackwater. Lismore

Weir. Killing hatch. A
few days later.

2307D| 6 0O/| 2 O | Spent, . | Female, 6th Dec., 1902, . | R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.
— a do, — R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir. Killing hatch. A
few days later.

2316D} 6 0; 2 O| Spent, . | Male, . | 9th Dec., 1902, . | R. Blackwater. Lismore.
Weir.
— — do. — R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir. Killing hatch. A
few days later.

2333D| 8 0|2 2] Spent, . | Male, . | 10th Dec., 1902, | R. Blackwater. lasmore}
Weir.
— — do. 20th Dec., 1902, | R. Blackwater. Glenmore
Glen. 5 miles up. Found
dead, killed by an otter.

2572D| 9 0|2 3] Spent, .| Male, . | 13th Dec. 1902, | R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.

(8 0); — do. 8th Jan., 1903, . | R. Blackwater. Tourin. 6
, miles down. Found dead
and partly eaten.

2606D| 8 0/| 2 2! Spent, . | Male, . | 18th Dec., 1902, | R. Blackwater. Lismore

Weir.
_ —_— do. End of Feb., 1903,} R. Blackwater. Youghal.
20 miles down. Found
dead,
2641D| 9 0; 2 31] Spent, . | Male, . | 23rd Dec., 1902, | R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir
_ _ do. End of Feb., 1903,| R. Blackwater. Youghal.
20 miles down: Found
dead,

* Norz.—The weights of spent (stripped) fish are throughout estimated only, those of clean fis]
when marked are also estimates, but on recapture the clean fish were weighed. ‘The lengths o
a'l fish are from actual measurements,

r 345 ]

VII. ‘04, 45

TABLE II.

No. of

Mark, | eight.

tne Condition. | Sex.

Lbs. oz.) Ft. In.
2642D| 16 0|3 0} Spent, . | Male, . | 23rd Dec., 1902, | R. Blackwater. Lismor

Weir. -_—
te — do, 19th Feb., 1903, | R. Blackwater. Salter.
bridge. 24 miles down.
In nets. ae

2667D| 12 0|2 8| Spent, .| Male, . | 29th Dec., 1902, | R. Blackwater. Lismore

Weir.
Stream. 34 miles up.
Found dead. on]
2868D|12 0|2 6| Clean, .| Female, | 24th Dec., 1902, | R. Blackwater. Lismore}
13 0/2 6 do. 12th May, 1903, . P. Bloat Fort Grady. . |

49 miles up. Killed on rod. | |

2 6| Clean, .| Female, | 24th Dec. 1902,.|R. Blackwater. Lismore]

2872D| 12 0

Weir.

20th Feb., 1905, | R. Blackwater. Cappoquin. |

— —_— do. 6th Feb., 1903, . | R. Blackwater. Glenmore
Weir. |
12 0/2 72) do. 18th May, 1903, . | R. Blackwater. FortGrady.}
49 miles up. Killed on rod.
2878D| 6 0|2 0/| Spent, .| Male, . | Ist Jan, 1903, .|R. Blackwater. Lismore}
Weir. “—
56 0} — do. 20th Jan., 1903,. | R. Blackwater. Lismore}
Hatchery. |
2881D| 18 0|2 8| Spent, .| Male, . | Ist Jan. 1903, . | R. Blackwater. Lismore]
Weir. 7 if
1 0}; — do. 24th Feb., 1903, | R. Blackwater. Trageen. |
2 miles down. Taken in] >
nets. Subsequently died. —
2891D| 16 0} 2 11 | Spent, . | Female, Ist Jan., 1903, .| R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir. es
— — do. End of Feb., 1903, | R. Blackwater. Ardsallagh. }
13 miles down. Found | _
dead. rf
2895D| 6 0/2 O| Spent, .| Male, . | 24th Dec., 1902, | R. Blackwater. Lismore’
Weir. —
6 0; — do. 29th Jan., 1903, R. Blackwater. Devine
Stream. 4 mile down.]
Found dead, killed by an] —
otter. i
4403D/ 10 0|2 5 | Spent, -| Male, . | 6th Feb., 1904, R. Blackwater. Lismore]
Weir. ti
18 0/3 O/; Clean, 9th Nov., 1904, R. Blackwater. Lismore]
Weir. Marked again
D4905.
4410D) 14 0 | 2 8 | Clean, -| Male, . | 6th Feb., 1904, R. Blackwater. Lismore |
| Weir. at
is o| — do. 25th Feb., 1905, | R. Blackwater. Lismore} —
Nets.
4434D) 12 0/3 O |} Spent, .| Male, . | 24th Dec., 1904, | R. Blackwater. Lismore |
|

—|—| 4

* Nore. —The weights of spent (stripped) fish are}throughout estimated only, those of clean fish
when marked are also estimates, but on recapture the clean fish were weighed, ‘The lengths of
all fish are from sctusl measurements.

[ 346 ]

mil, 04,

46

TABLE II:

ot *Weight.|Length.| Condition. | Sex. | Date. Locality, &e.
7 ta
Lbs. oz.|Ft. In.
4556D| 6 0 | 2 4 | Spent, Male, . 20th Dec., 1904, | R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.
— — do. 2lst Dec., 1904, R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir. Killing hatch.
4086D| 8 0/2 8 | Spent. Male, . | 20th Dec., 1904, | R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.
ooo —_ do. 2ist Dec., 1904, R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir. Killing hatch.
4589D| 8 0}|2 6 | Spent Female, | 20th Dec., 1904, | R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.
— — do. 21st Dec., 1904, R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir. Killing hatch.
4591D} 5 0; 2 O | Spent, Male, . | 20th Dec., 1904, R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.
— |}2 0 do. 8th Feb., 1905, R. Blackwater. Ballyna-
tray Salmon Weir.
-$4919D | 20 0|3 4 | Clean, Male, . | 29th Nov., 1904, | R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.
20 0;3 4 do. 7th March, 1905, | R. Blackwater. Lismore
Nets.
4931D; 18 0|3 O | Clean, Female, | 2nd Dec., 1904, R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.
oo Ula. 0 do. 14th March, 1905,| R. Blackwater. Lismore
Nets.
4934D; 8 0 | 2 0(?)} Clean, Female, | 3rd Dec., 1904, R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.
8 8|2 4 do. 2nd Feb., 1905, R. Blackwater. Youghal.
20 miles down.
4937D| 16 0/}2 8 | Clean, Female, | 5th Dec., 1904, R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.
18 0} — do. 25th Feb., 1905, | R. Blackwater. Lismore
Nets.
49438D;} 15 0)3 O/} Clean, Female, | 6th Dec., 1904, R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.
13 0; — do. March, 1905, R. Biackwater. Lismore
Nets.
4945D} 9 0/2 8 | Clean, Male, 6th Dec., 1904, R. Blackwater Lismcre
Weir
| ll 0}; — do. 12th Feb., 1905, | R. Blackwater. Kilbarry.
| 9 miles up.
4989D; 6 0|2 2 | Spent, Female, | 8th Dec., 1904, R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.
— -- do. 22nd Feb., 1905, | R. North Bride. Conna.
5303D| 8 0; 2 4 | Spent, Female, | 8th Dec., 1904, — Blackwater. Lismore
eir.
5 0}; — do. 25th Feb., 1905, | R. Blackwater. Kilbarry.

9 miles up.

*Notr.—The weights of spent (stripped) fish are throughout estimated only, those of clean fish
when marked are also estimates, but on recapture the clean fish were weighed. The lengths of
all fish are from actual measurements.

[ 347 ]

VII. "04, 47 if ;

TABLE II.
rr as eer TEE
ay ay
oe Been ee* Condition. Sex. Date. Locality, &e. ;
+ ee |. |
Lbs. =. t. In.
5369D| 9 0/2 6 Clean, Fomale, | 13th Dec., 1904 | R. Blackwater. Lismore!
Weir.
9 0 | & O41. .3400 8th April, 1905, R. Blackwater. Fort Grady. }
| 49 miles up
5381D| 16 0 | 2 11 | Clean, kemale, Deec., 1904. R. Blackwater. Lismore |
Weir.
15 0) — 1 ‘do. 7th March, 1905, | R. Blackwater. Lismore}
| Nets. {
5385D | 12 mi 2 9] Clean, Female, Dec., 1904, R_ Blackwater. Lismore |
Weir.
1 le do. 14th March, 1905,| R. Blackwater. Lismore |
| Nets. |
| |
5392D| 9 0| 2 7 | Spent, . | Femaie, Dec., 1904, R. Blackwater. Lismore} —
Weir. f
ee ee 22nd Feb., 1905, | R. Blackwater, Ballyduff.|
6 miles up. }
5711D, 15 0)| 3 O| Spent, Male, 24th Dec., 1904, Ris Blackwater. Lismore |
eir. :
20; — do. 20th Feb., 1905, R. Blackwater. Fortwil-]
liam. 24 miles up. 4
| ie
B724D| 7 0/2 6 | Spent, Male, .| 24th Dec., 1904, | R. Blackwater. Lismore}
eir.
4 0 | — do. 6th Feb., 1905, R. Blackwater. Kilbarry.
| 9 miles up.
5739D| 4 0/2 0 Spent, Male, 24th Dec., 1904, | R. Blackwater. Lismore
Weir.
_ —— do. 2nd Jan., 1905, R. Blackwater. Glen] —
Stream, |
5777D| 8 0O | 2 6 | Spent, Male, 31st Dec,, 1904, . Blackwater. Lismore} —
eir.
— | —- do, 19th March, 1905,| R. Bride. Aghern. |
|
5955D | 8 O(?) 2 6(7) Spent (?) .| Female, | 14th Jan., 1905, . Blackwater. Lismore}
| elr.
114 0/211 | Clean, 28th April, 1905, | R. Blackwater. Ardsallagh.
13 miles down.
5975D | 12 0 3 O| Spent, Male, .| 28th Jan., 1905, Re Blackwater. Lismore J —
eir.
10 0; — do. 24th Feb., 1905, | R. Blackwater. Lismore

Nets.

*Nore.—The weights of spent (stripped) fish are throughout estimated only, those of clean f :
when marked are also estimates, but on recapture the clean fish were weighed. The lengths of
all fieh are from actual measurements.

[ 348 ]

VII. ’04, 48

SECTION G.

During the three years with which this paper deals, the
total number of marked spent (stripped) fish recaptured while
still in the slat condition is twenty-eight. It is probable that
this number does not represent the total recaptures, as none
were reported in the spring or summer of 1904, though it is
very possible that some were retaken.

The records have been tabulated below with a view to show-
ing the movements of the fish, which, however, do not appear
to present any very remarkable features, nor would it seem
that the operations of marking and stripping have produced
any abnormal habits. Analysis of the records shows that nine
fish were retaken, usually within a few days after marking,
at the Lismore Weir—six fish were retaken above the weir
after intervals from forty to seventy-nine days; the greatest
distance above Lismore at which fish were taken is nine miles,
and the distance travelled does not appear to be determined
by the interval of time—the remaining fish were taken below
the weir, but this does not necessarily imply that they had
not ascended and descended before recapture. Two of the
fish recaptured below the weir were taken some distance up
the River Bride, which flows into the estuary of the Black-
water about nine miles below Lismore.

Objections have at times been raised against experimental
marking on the score of injury to the fish, but so far as
reported recaptures enable one to judge, these objections are
not substantiated. During the past three years ten marked
fish were returned as dead. In this number are included four
fish for whose decease otters are said to have been primarily
responsible, and one of the remaining six was taken alive in
the nets but subsequently died; in the case of the others a
considerable interval (forty to ninety-six days) had elapsed
between marking and death. Further, it may be noted that
were death due to the handling at stripping and marking, one
would expect to find a greater mortality of female than of
male fish; the reverse is the case, as an examination of the
records will show (see Table IT.).

The mortality due to marking is probably infinitesimal when
compared with that induced by disease and natural causes
(cf. Archer, op. cit., p. 81).

(TABLE.
[ 349 ]

VII. 04, 49

Stats (stripped fish) recaptured as slats in the same season.

Male Fish.
No.of | Interval between
Label, | genet pane Place of Recapture.
es Pe ree Ree
Days.
4556D l Lismore Weir.
4586D 1 do.
2304D “a few days.” do.
2316D do. do.
5739D 9 Lismore, Glen Stream.
2333D 10 About 5 miles above Lismore.
2878D 20 Lismore.
2572D 27 About 6 miles below Lismore,
5975D 27 Lismore nets.
2895D 37 About $ mile below Lismore. Devine Stream.
2667D 40 About 34 miles above Lismore. Glenmore
Stream.
5724D 44 About 9 mile above Lismore,
45°1D 50 About 12 mile below Lismore.
2884D 56 About 2 miles below Lismore.
4434D 58 About 4 miles below Lismore.
5711D 58 About 24 miles above Lismore.
2642D 59 About 24 miles below Lismore.
264)D ca 68 About 20 miles below Lismore.
2606D ca 73 About 20 miles below Lismore.
5777D 78 River Bride, Aghern.
Female Fish.
No. of gga eae Place of Recapture
Label. Taod pla sg Hip
Days
4589D l Lismore Weir.
2307D “a few days.” do.
2252D do. do.
2891D ca 59 About 13 miles below Lismore.
5392D ca 65 About 6 miles above Lismore.
4989D 76 River Bride, Conna.
5303D 79 About 9 miles above Lismore.
2214D 96 About 24 miles below Lismore.

SECTION H.

Stripped Fish recaptured as Clean in the following
Open Season.

D. 5955.—Female, marked at Lismore Weir 14th January,
1905; 8 lbs. (est.), 2 ft. 6 in.
Recaptured 28th April, 1905, at Ardsallagh,
thirteen miles below Lismore; 14 lbs.,
2 ft. 11 in.

[ 350 ]

VII. ’04, 50

The record above must be received with caution, though it
is not easy to see where the error was made. The weight at
the time of marking is an estimate only, and probably incor-
rect, but I have no reason to doubt the accuracy of the length
nor does it appear, from correspondence with the gentleman,
who recaptured the fish, that any mistake in weight or mea-
surement was made by him. The fish, when recaptured, is
described as a spring fish, which would hardly be the case if
the fish were merely a well-mended silvery kelt.

Amongst the Scottish records vide Calderwood,* I find a
fish, No. 2823, marked as a female kelt of 15 lbs., and 3 ft.,
on 8rd January, 1899, and recaptured in the sea on the Ist
March following. The fish is described as clean, but there
appears to have been some mistake made in taking the weight.

Other instances of fish recovering condition in the short
space of three and a half months appear to be of natural slats,
marked as such, in the end of March or middle of April, and
recaptured as clean at the mouth of the River Brora (vide Holt,
op. cit., p. 180).

I can, however, trace no previous Irish record of a spent
fish recaptured as clean at so early a date as April, and, more-
over, the cases of spent fish retaken at Lismore would suggest
that many of them are in no hurry to leave the river.

SECTION J.

Clean Fish recaptured as Clean in the Second
succeeding Season.

D. 4410.—Male, marked at Lismore 6th February, 1904;
14 lbs. (est.), 2 ft, 8 in.
Recaptured in Lismore nets 25th February,
1905 ; 18 Ibs.

The record of D. 4410 presents features which are in many
respects peculiar, and stands alone so far as the returns of
marked fish are concerned. I am, however, informed by Mr.
Godfrey that similar fish have before now been noted at Lis-
more, though he does not state how they were identified in
the two seasons. The history of D. 4410 is as follows :—the
fish was netted at the killing hatch, Lismore, in December,
1903, and was considered a springer, but was placed in the
holding ponds to see whether it would develop sexual products.
At the close of the spawning season, February, 1904, the fish
was still bright, like a springer, and was accordingly marked
end released.

Prior to the Report of 1901 (Holt, op. cit., p. 195), it
would have been generally considered that such a fish would
remain in the river, maturing its sexual products, and descend-
ing as a slat in the spring of the following year, but, as was
shown by the records of D. 858 and D. 861, some of the
early spring fish in the Blackwater descend to the sea before
spawning.

* 20th Ann. Rep. Fish. Bd., Scot., Pt. II., p. 80.
[ 351 ]

VIT. ’04, 51

Returning once more to the history of D. 4410 we find that
it was recaptured as an undoubted springer in February, 1905 ;
the fish was taken in the Lismore nets, which fish at Lismore
Castle, and 23 miles below Lismore Bridge.

The early date of capture and the condition of the fish prac-
tically preclude the possibility of its having spawned in the
previous winter. It must, however, be admitted that such a
possibility does exist, though even the doubtful record (see
p. 50) would hardly account for a spent fish being clean at
such an early date. .

If the fish did not spawn in the winter of 1904 it may pos-
sibly have been barren, or else may represent a class of fish
which not only do not spawn annually, but need not even do so
biennially.

Section K.

Clean Fish recaptured as Clean Fish.

The following recaptures falling within this section have
been made since the publication of the previous Report.
The weights are omitted throughout, as those given for the
fish at the time of marking (see Table II.) are estimates only ;
they are, therefore, of no value in considering the change of
weight, if any, of the fish during the interval between marking

and recapture.

Arrangements have been made for weighing the clean fish
taken this winter at Lismore, and it is hoped that some further
light may be thrown on the question of the change of condition
of the early running fish.*

Female Fish.

9868 D.—Marked 24th December, 1902; recaptured after 139
days at Fort Grady, about forty-nine miles
above Lismore.

2872 D.—Marked 24th December, 1902; recaptured after 145
days at the same place as D. 2868.

5369 D.—Marked 13th December, 1904; recaptured after 116
days at the same place as D. 2868.

4931 D.—Marked 2nd December, 1904; recaptured after 102
days in the Lismore nets.

4934 D.—Marked 3rd December, 1904; recaptured after sixty-
one days at Youghal, about twenty miles —
below Lismore,

4937 D.—Marked 5th December, 1904; recaptured after
eighty-two days in the Lismore nets.

4943 D.—Marked 6th December, 1904; recaptured about
eighty-five days later in the Lismore nets,

* Cf. Calderwood,—22nd Ann. Rep. Fish. Bd., Scot., Pt, II., p. 94.
[ 352 }

VII. ’04, 52

53881 D.—Marked “December, 1904; recaptured 7th March,
1905, in the Lismore nets.

5885 D.—Marked December, 1904; recaptured 14th March,
1905, in the Lismore nets.

Male Fish.

4919 D.—Marked 29th November, 1904; recaptured after
ninety-eight days, in the Lismore nets.

4945 D.—Marked 6th December, 1904; recaptured after sixty-
eight days at Kilbarry, about nine miles
above Lismore.

_ An analysis of the eleven records shows that four fish were
recaptured above the place of marking, one fish twenty miles
below, and the remainder in the Lismore nets, which have
one hauling station below the weir opposite Lismore Castle
and another about 24 miles below Lismore Bridge.

The fact that seven out of the ten were retaken below the
weir would appear to form additional evidence for the correct-
ness of the belief at Lismore that winter clean fish make only
a temporary stay in the river (cf. Holt, op. cit., p. 195). It
may, however, be noted that the recaptures below the weir
took place in February or early in March, while those from
the higher reaches (D. 2868, D. 2872) were in May.

It is also by no means impossible that a further study of the
clean winter fish in the Blackwater may show a division into
two classes, one which remains in the rivers and spawns in
the winter following, while the other makes only a temporary
stay, and perhaps does not spawn in the winter following, cf.
D. 4410, p. 50.

The Scottish experiments suggest that the movements of
the early clean run fish are largely influenced by the tempera-
ture and height of the water; further investigations on these
points in regard to the River Blackwater will therefore be
necessary when an attempt is made to settle the general
question.

[ 353 ]

VII. '04, 53

iv.—STATISTICAL INFORMATION RELATING TO
THE SALMON FISHERIES.

By the courtesy of the gentlemen whose names appear
below, it is possible to give the following Returns in continua-
tion of those which appeared i in our Reports for 1900-1903, and
in the Report of the Irish Inland Fisheries Commission ‘(Ap-
pendix, Part IT., xxii.) :—

PERCENTAGES OF WEIGHT OF TAKE ABOVE AND BELOW AN
AVERAGE FOR T'WENTY-FIVE YEARS ENDING 1899. (Twenty-
three years in the case of the Lax Weir Fisheries) :—

Blackwater, Lismore. Mr. R. Fouey.
1902, 35 per cent. below.
1908, 18 5 va
1904, ‘ ’ 50 ¥ m

The killimg hatch was kept open during the first three
months of 1902, and during February, March and April in
1903 and 1904.

Mr. Foley notes that the fall in 1904 is to be attributed to
the great decrease in the quantity of grilse.

Blackwater, Co. incr Mr. R, M‘CuuRs.
1902, i 10°5 per cent, above.
1903, 38°6 », below.
1904, 82°8
Waterville, Co. Kerry. Mr. J. a, Bure
1902, , 26 per cent below.
1903, 2 43 . »
1904, 41°6 f i
Mr. Butler writes :—‘‘ Ample water during all fishing sea-
son. A very poor run of peal.”’
J.aune, below Killorglin Bridge. Mr. R. Power.
02, ; 12 per cent. below the average

of the twenty-four years
ending 1898.

1903, ; 12 per cent. below ditto.
1904, ; 47 a iy ‘s
Mr. Power writes :—‘‘ Only on four occasions since 1869

had fewer fish been taken. The falling off was very marked
in the grilse.’’

Lax Weir (including weir and

nets), Shannon. Mr. J. A. PLACE.
1902, ; : : 74 per cent, above.
1908, ; ; 4 4 below,
1904, : 57

ie) 9

[ 354 ]

Vils*04, + 54

Mr. Place writes :—

“Only once, in 1888, have we had such a very bad season. From
what I can gather, there was a fair run of spring salmon in the
Shannon, but owing to the floods and wild weather, we could not
catch them. For nearly four weeks in the early spring the weir was
not fishing at all. In the peal season, the weather and water were
excellent, but there was an utter absence of peal, compared with an
average year. They did not come either during the season or after.

Average Weight of Salmon, ; : . LBBtibs;
” ” Peal, ° . : 48 lbs.

The weight of the peal, in my opinion, confirms what I have repeatedly
drawn attention to, viz.—that in bad seasons the fish for the most part
are in miserable condition.”

Bann Nets. Mr. T. M‘Dermort.
TOU, Ganis : 9°75 per cent. below.
i ie : 17 r;
1904, } 8°5 9 »

Foyle Nets. Mr. T. M‘DERmort,
1902, ; : 31°75 per cent. below.
1908, ; oS a above,
1904, , : 6°5 ‘3 below.

Erne Nets. Mr. T. M‘Dermortv.
1902, : ; 1 per cent. above.
1903, ’ 30 a, below.
1904, ; 65 ti wy

Erne Angling. Mr, TT. M‘Dermorr.
1902, : : ; 26°2 per cent. below.
2008; .% > a LOS”
1904, é 32 $i 3%

Moy Tidal. Mr. J. GARVEY.
1902, 5 per cent. above.
1903, : 10 per cent. above average of

good years.
1904, ; 45 per cent. below.

Mr. Garvey notes that the low figure is due to the failure
of the grilse. The salmon fishing season was one of the best,
but the grilse were very few and very small and poor.

[ 355 J
2 io

VII. ’04, 55

OTHER RETURNS.

Blackwater.—Dromana Fishery. Mr. VILUIERS STUART.
— Salmon. Peal.
ie 2, 8e 217 1,076
aaa t 4 A % 324 525
ne ae 426 386
Castleconnell Angling. Mr, S. C. VANSITTART.
| Salmon. Peal.
Total | Total
ane Ist Feb. | Ist June | 1st Feb. | 1st June aeae hen Bs Total.
Bist May. 3ist Oct. | 31st May. giant ead :
1902, 26 vaceua(™| *) 8 5 - 4 31 4 35
hic ed ona] 1903, 13 4 - 10 17 10 | 27
| 1904, 23 5 z 2 28 2 30
1902, 24 1 - 16 25 16 41
Newgarden, . j 1903, 25 5 - 90 30 90 120*
( 1904, 26 | 3 * 34 29 34 63*
~ 1902, 25 9 = 13 34 13 47
Susmmerhill : J 1999, 26 ca 20 a. | 2 | 51
\ 1904, 37 12 - 13 49 13 62
1902, | 12 2 - 12 14 12 26
Woodlands, . { 1903, 8 2 : 3 10 3 13t
{ 1904, 10 4 - 3 14 17
( 1902, 34 | 4 “e 36 38 36 74
Doonass, , 41903, 48 6 - 38 53 38 91
| 1904, 54 rt é 30 65 30 95
1902, 21 10 : 46 31 46 17
Hermitage, . j 1902, 27 ul we 35 38 35 73
( 1901, 31 2 rs 17 33 17 50
( 1902, 8 3 - 40 11 40 51
Landscape, . } 1903, 8 - - 15 | 15 23t
\ 1904, 8 - - - 8 - 8
( 1902, 18 6 . 43 24 43 67
Prospect, . 1903, 13 - - 68 13 68 81°
| 1904, 20 3 - 20 23 20 43
= i fied OM, 3lst July only. ¢t To 30th June only.

Mr. Vansittart writes :—‘‘ A very bad peal season.”’
[ 356 ]

VII. *04, 56

Suir.—Cahir Park and Neddin’s

Water. Mr, W. RocHrort.
Cahir Park—1902, . 21 salmon, weighing 2074 lbs.
ae oo ,, i 621 i,
1904, . 48 _,, - GOG: : .%
Neddin’s Water—1902, . 9 ,, 7 is 4%
io, . 46 _,, 447 __,
eee. 40 | ys “5 (ge

Waterville Salmon Fishery. Mr. J. E. BUTLER.

Jan. Jan.
Feb
— 1st to | 16th to
Woth. | Sist. | *U*¥-

March,.} April. | May. | June.} July. | Total.

RETURNS OF IRISH SALMON FROM BILLINGSGATE.

Mr. J. WrenNcH TOWSE.

Number of Boxes of Average Price No. of Boxes
Irish Salmon. per lb. from all sources.”
| 1902, | 1903. | 1904. | 1902. | 1903. | 1904. 1902. | 1903. | 1904.
| |
5, d. | §...a. s d |
January, at 27 32 $2 | 3 5 | 31h] 4 23)) 197 166 112
February, ... 212 227 238 | 2 3 2,0.) 4-8 | 807 977 918
March, Sas 279 359 481 2 5 2 5 2 33 || 1,153 | 1,387 | 1,527
April, ii 354 586s 711 29 2 03) 2 13) 1,564 | 2,062 | 2,145
May, se 635 789 | 964 | 2 2 ) ae 1 9 | 2,862 | 3,552 | 3,267
June, | 2792 | 1571 | 1916 | 1 7 | 1 38] 1 6§ |) 6381 | 5859 | 5,768
July, oe | 2,686 | 4,245 | 1,941 k.} 1 2 1 23 | 9,379 | 9,357 | 8,610
| August, | 88 | 226 | 232 | 12) 12) 1 5) |
September, ... 1 1 3 1 8 1 6 2 0 744 893 427

October, wea - - - 6 ee 2
November, .. - - - a = =

December, ... - - “ = = oe

ee

6,974 | 8,036 | 6,528 - - 27,188 | 28,407 | 26,264

*TInoluding English, Scotch, Irish, Dutch, Norwegian, French, Danish.
and Canadian.

[ 357 ]

VIT. “O04,

DistRIctT.

Dublin, .
Wexford, .
Waterford, .
Lismore, .
Cork, :
Cork (Bandon),
Skibbereen, .
Bantry, °
Kenmare, .
Waterville, .
Killarney, .
Limerick, .
Galway, ‘
Connemara,
Ballinakill, .
Bangor, A
Ballina, :
Sligo, °
Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny,
Londonderry,
Coleraine, .

Fallycastle,

58

V.—SUBSTANCE OF REPORTS RECEIVED FROM CLER

|
| What is the general state of the Salmon Fisheries in this District ?
a rule improving or declining ?

Are they as

1904.

1903.
. a
| Fair; slight improvement, :

Improving, Z : F °

| Improving; the open season as regards
take of Salmon was the best for the past
twenty years.

Good ; improving, ° E
Fairly good; declining, . .
Good ; improving, - . .

| Great improvement; has been the best
season for net fishermen for some years.

!

| Good ; improving, ~ "
Fair. but not so good as in previous years,

Fair. No change for the past two years,

Fair ; improving, . °
On the whole more satisfactory than in

recent depressed years.

| Not so good as last year, either as to supply
or capture.

| Fair; improving, s .

Declined since last year, . ‘
Not so good as in preceding year ; declining,
Fair ; improving, ° “
Fair ; improving, . ‘ °

Good ; neither improving or declining, .

Fair, é . : °

Satisfactory ; improved, . ‘ °

Not quite so good as last season, .
| Declining, : . ° °
!

Generally very good; improving, .

A general improvement on preceding year,

[ 358 ]

Fair ; about the same as last year,
Improving, ° ° e
Fairly satisfactory ; improving, .
Good ; improving, 2 .
Fairly good ; slight improvement, .

Fair ; showing tendency to improve,

Very poor ; great falling off from last year,

Bad ; declining, . e . .
Very bad ; declining, ° . .
Fairly good ; improving, . ° °

Poor ; not improving,

Unsatisfactory, especially for peale—worse
than the average of preceding years.

Not so good as last year either as to supply
or capture.

Fair ; improving, . . . .
Very bad ; declining, ° . .
Very bad ; declining, : ° .
Very bad, . . ° ° .
Fairly good ; inclined to improve, .

Not so good in the estuaries ; sea fishing
better.

Prospect very fair ; no remarkable change, es
Fair ; about average, ° ° °
lmproving, e . . a
Improvement, . . . .

Fair : not so good for angling, but better for
netting.

Fair ; improving, °

7 ______

59

OF CONSERVATORS RELATIVE TO SALMON FISHERIES

eee, SSS SS

Has the take of Salmon and Grilse by ne

ts and weirs throughout the district been

more, or less, productive in the present year than in the past one ?

1903.
More productive, . ° °
More Salmon—less Grilse, P
Far more Salmon, but less Grilse, ‘

The take generally shows a very good
increase as compared with previous years.

Less productive, . : a

More productive,

More productive, 5 . -
Less productive, . ° : 6

Less productive,

Less productive,

More productive, . : . -
Less productive, . ‘ ° -

Less productive. . f , =

Very much less, ‘ * ‘
Less productive, . - . 2
Slightly more productive, . °

About the same,

Less productive,

More productive,

More productive, . s .

Less productive,

Less productive,

More productive,

Anincrease in the take of Salmon, but not
« id that of Grilse.

.
8 eee

| 1904.

More spring fish taken, but much less

| Grilse.
|
More Salmon ; less Grilse,

Somewhat less productive, especially as
| regards Grilse.
| The take of Salmon very good; the take
of Grilse poor.

Less; little or no Grilse taken by nets,
About the same, . °

Less productive, . ° , .
Less productive, .
Less productive in present year,

Net fishing poor in consequence of inclement
weather ; weirs much improved.

Less productive, . A x ‘

Take of Salmon something less, but that of
Grilse enormously less.

Less productive, . * =
Very much less productive, . °
Very much more productive, ° ra

|
|

Considerably less productive,
About the same, . °

Less in the rivers.

Very much more productive,

Somewhat less productive, ° .
More productive, . ° . .
More productive, . : . .
More productive, . : i -

More productive ; marked increase,

[ 359 ]

DisTRIcT.

Dublin.

. Wexford.

Waterford.

Lismore.

Cork.

. | Cork (Bandon),

Skibbereen ,

Bantry.

. Kenmare.

Waterville.

Killarney.

Limerick.
Galway.
_ Connemara.
Ballinakill,
Bangor.
Ballina.
Sligo.
Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny.

Londonderry

| Coleraine,

Ballycast'e.

| Dundalk.

Drogheda.

VIT. ’04, 60

SUBSTANCE OF Reports received from CLERKS

Has the take of Sea Trout by nets and weirs been more, or less, productive this
year than in the past one?

DISTRICT, ee oe
| 1903. 1904.
Dublin, , | Less productive, . , . | More productive, . ig . a
Wexford. . - | More productive, . - * - | Less productive, . . ° .
Waterford, . - | Very little netting for Sea Trout, : No record of any Sea Trout taken in this
District.
Lismore, ° x More productive, . A ° - | More productive, . . ° °
Cork, . . | About the same, . . . . Less, oe . . e .

Cork (Bandon), . | More productive, - | About the same,

Skibbereen, . - | More productive, . = ; . | About the same, . ‘ = e
|
|
Bantry, : - | Less productive, . . : - | More productive, , “ F .
;
Kenmare, . s | No nets for Sea Trout used in this district, | No netting for Sea Trout in the district, ..
Waterville, . - | Very few Sea Trout taken in the district | Net fishing poor in consequence of incle-
| by nets. | ment weather ; weirs much improved.
Killarney, . ‘ About the same, . : 2 - | No nets or weirs for capture of Sea Trout
| in District,
Limerick, . . This kind of fishing is never of any conse- | None taken in Shannon for commercial
quence in the Shannon. purposes,
Galway, . . | Less productive, . e . . About the same, . . . .
Connemara, . | a a
Ballinakill, . ‘/ Very much less, . 5 - | Very much less productive, ° .
Bangor, 6 | Less productive, . - . | Less productive, . ® ° .
Ballina, . . | No, ; f ; . | An average, ; . ° Ps
Sligo, ° P | No, . P ‘ . | Better this year, . ‘ . ° ‘
H
| s.
Ballyshannon, - Slightly more productive in River Erne, . | More productive in River Erne, | =
| | '
Letterkenny, - More productive, . : : . | Much more productive, . . :
|
Londonderry, + More productive, . ; “ . _ Somewhat less productive,
Coleraine, . - Less productive, . ; . | No perceptible difference, .
Ballycastle, . Very few taken, . - ; . | About the same, . °
:
Dundalk, . . Less productive, . ‘ ; . | About the same . ;
Drogheda , + Considerably less, . P ° - | Less productive by one-half.

[ 360 ]

61

of CoNSERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES--- continued.

Has any peculiarity been observed in the date at which fish have appeared in
the rivers this season ?

1903.

Earlier than usual,

Grilse were late, .

No, e , °
No, 4 « . °
No, . ° . °
No, . ° . .
No, ° “ - 3
No, ; ° . °
No, = - P
No, . e
No, . i . °
No, : ° . .
No, ° ss ° -
No, . ° ° -
No, ° é P .
No, e . S °
Grilse were later in running, . °
No, ° ° . :

Fish appeared in
weeks later.

No, a
No, .
No, ‘
No, .
No, a

the rivers about two

Grilse and White Trout about fourteen
days later than in previous year.

1904.
No Grilse were taken at July, ° °
Grilse were late, . P 7 °
No, . . ° .
No, . . ° °

None, except some Spring Salmon observed
in December.

No, P 7 - P

Yes ; Salmon appeared this year in April, .

No, . ° . .
No, ° ° . :
No, . ° ° :
No, e a P .
No, F - ° .

| Grilse commenced to run earlier than usual,

No, fs i ‘ e
No, 3 ‘ ‘ =
No, “ : e e

No. but the Grilse came in small and poor

condition,
No, = . . ,
Yes ; appeared later, ° ° °
No, : = e e
No, : e < e
No, : . : . .

An earlier run of Spring fish appeared in
the Bush than usual.

No,

Runs poor in February and March,

[ 361 ]

DISTRICT.

Dublin.
Wexford.
Waterford.
Lismore.
Cork.

Cork (Bandon).
Skibberene,
Bantry.
Kenmare,
Waterville.
Killarney.
Limerick.
Galway.
Connemara.
Ballinakill.
Bangor.
Ballina.
Sligo.
Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny.
Londonderry.
Coleraine.
Ballycastle.
Dundalk.

Drogheda.

V11. °04,

District.

Dublin,

Wexford,

Waterford,

Lismore,

Cork,

Cork (Bandon),

Skibbereen,
Bantry,
Kenmare,
Waterville,
Killarney,
Limerick,
Galway,
Connemara,
Ballinakill,
Bangor, _
Ballina,

Sligo,

Ballyshannon,

Letterkenny,

SUBSTANCE oF REpoRTs received from CLERKS”

Between what dates did the principal migration of smolts take place ?
it larger or smaller than usual ?

1903.

| May and June—also in the Autumn.

Larger.

March and April. Larger, . :

| End of March, April, and May. Larger.

.
LD] MMR LLL LLL A

On Barrow run continued longer than
usual, General run very good. About
same as in 1902.

From 17th March to end of May. Much
larger.

Between 5th and 28th March, .

Between rst April and rst May. Much

larger,

Between 6th April and 9th May Average,

April and May. As usual, : °
April and May, . - . .
April and May. No change, ° .

March to May, inclusive. About the same,

April and May. Average, ° °
April and May. Average, P 5
April and May. Average, : °
Cannot say, - ° . °

End of April to end of May. About the
same.

Apriland May, . = a °
About 12th May to middle of June. arger,
April and May. Larger, . 3 °
Date not known, ° . °

1st April and r5th June. About the same,

Early in April to end of June. Average,

End of May to beginning of June. Average,
Between rst and 31st May. Nochange, .

April and May. Larger, . . .

Was

1904.

May and June. Not larger than usual, .

March, April, and May. About same as

last year.
Early part of April and May. Larger, .

From middle of March to end of April.
Larger than usual.

Between middle of March and 1st May.
Larger.
25th March and 4th May. Larger,
roth April and 16th May. Same as usual,
April and May. As usual, e
March and April. Cannot say, .
April and May. Larger, . °
March to May. About same, ,

April and May. Up to usual average,

April and May, . * e
April to May. About the same, .
Cannot ascertain, . ° .
End of April and May, ° .
Smaller, .

April and May.

April, May, and first week in June. More

numerous.

Middle of April to end of May. Larger, .

Could not be ascertained, . ‘s
1st April to r5th June. About the same, .
tst April to end of June, Larger,

Rivers are generally clear before end of
June. Larger.
May. No change, ° . e4

April and May. Average, e

63

of ConsERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—continued.

Has there been observed more than one migration of Smolts to the sea during
the season? If so, state dates when these migrations took place.

{
|
|
j

oe DISTRICT.
| 1903. 1904.
Yes ; late in August, 7 2 - | Not this year, 2 7 ‘a . | Dublin,
Yes ; on 8th May, 3 F - | No, ae ; ‘ . | Wexford.
No, A P fs 1t INO, E . . . | Waterford.
No, : 3 ° - | No, P = . | Lismore,
No, , ‘ < . - | No, ° ‘ ; « | Cork.
No, i E ‘ si} No, ; 4 - - | Cork (Bandon).
No, “ : ; ari No; ; A - . | Skibbereen.
No, . . . . No, . . . . Bantry.

: None observed ., , é a7 hive, 7 . . | Kenmare,
No, : ° : - | No, . - s - | Waterville.
No, “ - - ealnaNO; 4 s : . | Killarney,
Yes; in September, r = - | Yes; there is an Autumn run, chiefly in {| Limerick,

September.
Yes: in September, : ; « | Yes; small run in October; not as | Galway.
numerous as usual.
No, - ‘ - ealINO; - 2 - . | Connemara.
Cannot say, * . e . _— Ballinakill,
No, ° . ° - | No, ° ‘ - - | Bangor.
No, * a F - | Smolts were not observed to any extent, . | Ballina.
Yes; but date not noted, . “ . | Yes; about end of August, a - | Sligo.
Ne, ° . ° « | No, ° ° ‘ . | Ballyshannon,
No, ° e ° - | No, ° ° . - | Letterkenny.
Yes ; but date not noted, . - | Yes; cannot give dates, . A - | Londonderry.
No. ° é r - | Several migrations with each flood from | Coleraine.
tst April to end of June,
No, . ° é e | No, é . ° - | Ballycastle.
No, . e . . No, . e oe . Dundalk.
No, . ° . ° — the run continued for some timein | Drogheda.
une,

[ 363 ]

VIT. 04,

Favourable,

Unfavourable,

Favourable,

District.
Dublin, - ;
Wexford, . “
Waterford, . :
Lismore, > ;

Cork (Bandon), ~

Cork, ° .
|
|

Skibbereen, . °
Bantry, . ~
Kenmare, . é
Waterville, . .
Killarney, . °
Limerick, . .
Galway, ° - |
Connemara, » |
Ballinakill, . °
Bangor, ° -
Ballina, e °

Sligo, ° °

Ballyshannon, . |
Letterkenny, °
Londonderry, >
Ballycastle, .

Drogheda, . e |

Favourable,

Unfavourable,

SupsTaNnce or Reports received from CLERK:

1903.

64

Unfavourable for first four or five

Favourable,

Unfavourable,

Favourable to middle of July,

Unfavourable,

Part of the season was unfavourable in
the rivers owing to floods, but favour-
able in the lakes.

Very unfavourable in Spring—normal in

Summer.

Unfavourable in Spring ; moderately favour-
able during Summer months.

Unfavourable,

Unfavourable,

Unfavourable,

Fa ourable,

Favourable,

Favourable in the beginning, but unfavour-

In your opinion was the weather favourable or

ii.) To Netting.

weeks

able in the latte: part of the season,

Favourable,

Fairly favourable,

Favourable in inland waters; unfavour-
able in the tidal.

Unfavourable,

Favourable on the whole, but to some ex-
tent interrupted by floods
The pet d waters subsequent to the storm
February, 1903, interfered with

both angling and netting in the upper

of 26
waters.

[ 364 ]

1904.

Favourable, .
Unfavourable, =
Favourable, °
Favourable, °
Unfavourable, :
Favourable, :
Unfavourable, ‘i
Unfavourable, -
Unfavourable, :
Unfavourable, .

Favourable, .

Unfavourable in Spring; favourable in peale

season,

Generally favourable,
Unfavourable, °

Unfavourable, x

Favourable, a
Favourable, .
Favourable, °

About same as usual,

Unfavourable, .
Favourable, -

At sea unfavourable.
waters favourable.

Favourable, .
Favourable, °
Favourable, °

=

In tidal and upper

SS a

65

of ConsERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—continued.

unfavourable in each month of the open season ?

(ii.) To Angling.

1903.
Favourable. ° ° ° .
Favourable, ° . : .
Favourable, . ° . 2
Favourable, . ° ° .
| Unfavourable, ° ° ° °
Favourable, : ° = a
Favourable, 2 ‘ A ~
Favourable, : - . c
Unfavourable, . . . °
-Favourable on the whole, ° .

Very favourable for some districts. Un-

favourable in others.

Favourable to middle of July, . :
Very unfavourable during February, March,

and April. Moderately favourable in
May, June, and July.
Favourable, . . . °
Favourable, ‘ ‘ “ '
| Favourable, P ‘ -. 3
| Favourable, P - e
Favourable, e - ° -
Favourable, e . . P
Favourable, ‘ " . 2
Favourable, a 4 : 7
Unfavourable, ‘ ? = F

Unfavourable in early part of season, im-
proved towards the end.
Favourable, x “ ‘ :

The heavy waters subsequent to the storm

' of 26th February, 1903, interfered with

both angling and netting in the upper
waters,

1904.
Unfavourable, ° . ° °
Favourable, ° ° . :
Favourable in early part of season,
Very favourable, . a ; ;
Unfavourable, “ - -
Favourable, - ° ° .
Unfavourable, A 3 - .
Favourable, ° . ° .
Unfavourable, ° ° . .
On the whole rather unfavourable, -
Favourable, ° . ° °
Favourable in Spring; fairly so in Summer,
Generally favourable, ° 2
Favourable, . . . ° |
Favourable, . . . ° |
Favourable, except in Newport River,
Favourable, ° ° ° ° |
Not quite so favourable, , ° :
Favourable, ‘ « ey)
Unfavourable during part of season, <
Favourable, ‘ ‘ ° °

Favourable in River Bann; unfavourable
in small rivers,

Favourable, < e e °
Favourable, . “ 2 .
Favourable, e , .

[ 365 }

District

Dublin,

Wexford.

' Waterford.

Lismore,

Cork.

Cork (Bandon’.
Skibbereen.
Bantry.
Kenmare.
Waterville.
Killarney.

Limerick.

| Galway.

Connemara,

| Baliinakill.
| Bangor.
_ Ballina,

Sligo.

Ballyshaanon,

Letterkenny.

_ Londonderry,

Coleraine.

_ Ballycastle.

Dundalk.
Drogheda ‘

1 eeeneerieeeneneeenemeneneemeenemnmeanene eee

VII. *04, 66 _

SUBSTANCE oF REporTs received from CLERKs

At what period of the year is Grilse first taken ?

Londonderry, - | EndofMay, . Beginning of June, F °

District. _ a ee

| 1903. | 1904.

Dublin, ‘ - June, : July, : : . -
Wexford, . - June, Tuly, and August, . ‘ June, ‘ = : .
Waterford, . - June, | About May, * : F
Lismore, ; * | Early in May- 2 2nd May, S a .

Cork, : : | Early in May, About rst May, . es °

Cork (Bandon) . | Middle of June, . = : Early in June. . - .
Skibbereen, . - | End of June, @ Middle of April, . 2 =
Bantry, : | July, | July, . .
Kenmare, . P | June, ; : \ . | June ° Py Z
Waterville, , - | June, : 5 ; . | Middle of May. , ° °
Killarney, . - | End of May, - . End of May, ° . °
Limerick, . - End of May, 2 a End of May, F ‘ F
Galway, ; - | End of May, >, | F t2th April, ° ° °
Connemara, . | June, Ballinahinch early in June—other fisheries
middle to end of June.

Ballinakill, . - | Middle of June, . : 21st June, A : :
Bangor, . : | End of May, | * | ‘ : - | June, ». Fi 2
Ballina, . | June, _——

Sligo, ‘ . | About middle of May, May and June in Sligo division; July and t
: August in Ballisodare, |
Ballyshannon, ° | June, : End of June, . . .
Letterkenny, - | June, 2 F ‘ . | Between middle of June and August.
Coleraine, . : | Kend of May, - : : . | End of May, June, and July, °
Ballycastle, . Middle of May, . a ; . | First or second week in May, -
Dundalk, ., | June, June, , : :
Drogheda, . . | June, ‘i ; June, : ° ‘
SL

[ 366 ]

67

of CoNSERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—continued,
a Ne

During what months is the greatest quantity observed or taken ?

a fam a ie: . District.
1903. 1904.

End of July, P P ; erie hive - | Dublin.

July, . . . July, ° P . | Wexford.

July and August, . End of July and beginning of August, | Waterford

June and July, . ° ° - | Juneand July, . Lismore.

June and July, . . ° . | Middle of June and July, ; . | Cork.

June and July, . ° : . | Middle of June to middle of July, Cork (Bandon),

August, a August, F - Skibbereen.

July, P July, : : Bantry.

July, ° July, : . | Kenmace.

August, June, : : . | Waterville.

June and July, . Juneand July. ; Killarney.

June, ‘ June, : F Limerick.

June and July, . June and July, . : Galway.

June and July, . Ballinahinch June—other fisheries July, | Connemara,

June and July, . sag: ky in June and first fortnight in | Ballinakill,

July, ° - : . | July, F 7 : . | Bangor.

June and July, . . F re | —_— : Ballina.

End of June, P P e : | Mayo and June in Sligo division; July Sligo.

and August in Ballisodare,

July, . 2 . | July, ‘ . ‘ . | Ballyshannon,
June to August, . - ; Between middle of June and August, Letterkenny,
July, , , , . | July, ; : Londonderry.

July, . , ; “I June and July, . ; Coleraine.

Middle of June to middle of July . 24th June and 12th July, e . | Ballycastle.

J aly; : ° : July, : : . | Dundalk.

July, : . ; - | July, ‘ ‘ ' ‘ | Drogheda.

[ 367 ]

VI1. '04,

District.

Dublin,

Wexford,

Waterford,

Lismore,

Cork,

Cork (Bandon),

Skibbereen,

Bantry,

Kenmare,

Waterville, .

Killarney,
Limerick,
Galway,
Connemara.
Ballinakill,
Bangou,
Ballina,

Sligo,

Ballyshannon,

Letterkenny,

Londonderry,

eee i

68

SUBSTANCE oF REPoRTs received from CLERKS

During what months are many Salmon taken with the Grilse, and are these
Salmon on an average heavier or lighter than at other periods ?

1903. |
!

June; heavier, . ° °

June; heavier, . : : ‘

. | July and August ; lighter,

May and June; lighter, .

}
j

_ April and May ; about the same, .

- June and July; heavier, . ; A

: | July and August; heavier, = *

: | June and July; heavier, . = °

. July; heavie, . . j

i | July ; lighter, ° ° ° °

. | June; heavier, . ; ° °

- | May ; lighter, - . ; °

‘ | June and July; lighter, . “ .

. | July and August ; heavier on Ballinahinch,

average elsewhere.

e | June; same weigxt, : <

° | May and June; heavier, .

« | June and July; same weight, . >

- | May to July; heavier, . ° .

+ | June and July; very little difference, .

+ | June and July, . . . ’
June to August, . ° .

.« | May and June; lighter,. °

° July and August; lighter, ° °

; | Lighter, . ; . .

[ 368 ]

June and July; heavier,

f

1904.

July ; about the same as last year, .

aS .

July and August; lighter as a rule, .
May and June, . ‘ : .

April and May; about the same weight, .

June and July; average, ° .

July and August; heavier, . .
June and July, . ° ° .
June and July, . ° ° A
May and June; somewhat lighter, Pi

End of May and beginning of June; about
same.

May ; lighter, 4 ° ° °

July ; lighter, - ° ° .

July and August; much the same weight
as during the rest of the season.

June; much the .ame, . ° °
May and June; no change, ° °
Not known ; smaller, ° . .

May and June ; average weight better, .

End of June; lighter, ° ° . ‘
June and July ; heavier, . ° o |
June, July, and August, . ° °

June and August; heavier in tidal waters, |

f

Fish were observed to be getting heavier
after zoth July.

July and August ; lighter, “

July ; lighter, ° ° .

69

of ConsERvaATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—continued.

In what months are the greatest quantities of Salmon (not Grilse) captured ?

ae Re ee Pe ee ee ee DistRICT.
1903. 1904.
June, ° ? ‘ . | June, h ‘ 3 . | Dublin,
April and May, . : i . | April and May, . - 7 - | Wexford.
May and June, . 3 ? . | February, March, April, and May, ‘ | Waterford,
|
February to May, . % . | February to June, a j | Lismore.
March and April, 7 > . | April, ; a a ins
May for nets; April for rods, . - | April and May, . x“ Cork (Bandon),
August and September, . é - | August and September, . F . | Skibbereen.
June, . : : . | June, ‘ : ; . | Bantry.
June and July, . : 3 7 J) ily, ‘ : * . | Kenmare.
February to April inclusive, P - | February, March. and April, . | Waterville
January to April, inclusive, a . | January to April, : a . | Killarney.
|
April and May, . = - " April and May, . ns . = | Limerick,
March to May inclusive, F » | April, ; “ 4 . | Galway.
August and September on Costello, Screeb, | July, August, September, and October, | Connemara.
and Inver. Other fisheries July and
October.
May and June, . : Fr . | First week in June, ‘ 7 - | Ballinakill,
April and May, . A ; . | April and May, . ‘ e - | Bangor.
Up to May, > P ri . | Toend of May, . P , - | Ballina.
January and February, . ; «| June, é - = : - | Sligo.
in Sligo River May and June.
May and June, . ° ° . | May andjune, . . ° - | Ballyshannon
July and August, ° . - | July and August, : ° | Letterkenny.
July and August, é ‘ . | July and August, é ° “ | Londonderry
May, . F az . | May, June, and July, : : é | Coleraine.
April and from last week in July to end of | zoth May and 2oth July, - | Ballycastle.
season,
February and March, April to June, in- | April, May, and August, : | Dundalk
clusive,
—_— April and May, . . ° ‘ | Drogheda

[ 369 |

VIT. ’04,

District.

70

SUBSTANCE OF

Can it be ascertained what prapertion [ie capture of Grilse bears to the capture of
almon ?

Dublin,
Wexford,
Waterford,
Lismore,
Cork, :
Cork (Bandon),
Skibbereen, .
Bantry,
Kenmare,
Waterville, .
Killarney, .
Limerick, .
Galway, :
Connemara,
Ballinakill,
Bangor, e
Ballina, °
Sligo, °
Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny,
London derry,
Coleraine, .
Vallycastle,

Dundalk,

Derogheds, ,

, Too to 11, - - « °

More than double the number of Salmon,

5 to r in tidal waters, 3 s °
No, . ° 3 ° °
About 2 tor, . ° “ °
No, = : - 5

About equal : °

BS 10.5 .. ° e . °
ro to iy . ° ° . .
About 2 to 1, ° e
About 3 to 1 : 3 e °
O10 Ts s e ° . .
S- 10%, «6 e ° . .

Ballinahinch and Screeb about equal ; other
fisheries 3 to tr.

430° 3; - . : e é
18 to t, > , A -
Cannot tell, ‘ ¢ :
Oa SS ars ° . . .
2:30 3). * -. . . . .
stor, . ° ° ’ .
No* but greater number of Grilse, 3
stor, . ° : .
No, . . . ’

The capture of Salmon is far in excess of
that of Grilse.

1904.
About equal numbers taken, :
No; bad year for Grilse, . :

|

Reports received from CLERKS

No; but take of Grilse less than that of

Salmon,

Cannot be ascertained L x .

Cannot be ascertained, . y .

No, F : . : .

About equal, ‘ ; . °

1o to rx, - ° Ps e

ro to 1, 7 : . '

1 to 5. Fishermen at Grilse season go in ,
more for White Trout fishing—hence the
proportion.

2 to 1, : = 5 .

About 3 or 4 tor ; ‘ °

"Et: to,\2; . ‘ e .

On Ballinahinch and Screebe about equal.
Other fisheries 3 to 1.

3 to 1. e . .

20 to 1, . . :

No; but greater portion were Grilse,

Sligo Division, 3 to 1; Ballisodare. 6 to 1,

2 tor, . . . . |
5 tor, . . .

| Majority Grilse . : ° .

: 2tot, . . . . :

_ Cannot be ascertained, .

Cannot be ascertained,

Capture of Salmon far in excess of that of
Grilse.

7

of ConsEeRVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—continued.

Is there any increase in the average size of the Spring Salmon or Grilse ?
weight of Salmon and Grilse in the season of this year as far as practicable.

Give average

. _ is Ft 5 te ee ae : ee District.
1903. 1904.
No. Salmon 13lbs., Grilse 5 lbs., . - | Increase in case of Spring Salmon. Salmo | Dublin.
11 lbs., Grilse 5 Ibs.
No. Salmon 12 lbs., Grilse 5 lbs., - | Salmon 11 or 12 lbs., Grilse 5 Ibs., . | Wexford,
|
No. Salmon 12 Ibs. to 14 lbs., Grilse 44 | No. Salmon 12 lbs., Grilse 5 lbs, J | Waterford.
lbs. to 5 lbs.
Yes. Salmon 14 lbs. to 27 Ibs., Grilse 5 Ibs. | No. Salmon 7 to 27 Ibs., Grilse 6 to 7 lbs., | Lismore.
to 7 lbs.
No. Salmon rc Ibs., Grilse 3 |bs.. - | Spring Salmon 9 Ibs., Grilse 3 lbs., 5 Cork.
|
Yes. 3 ‘ 3 . | No. Salmon 12 lbs., Grilse 5 lbs., , | Cork (Bandon)
No. Salmon 9g lbs., : No. 10 lbs., . : - . | Skibbereen,
Yes. Salmon 16 lbs., Grilse 6 lbs., . | No. Salmon 16 Ibs., Grilse 6 lbs., - | Bantry.
No. Salmon ro lbs. Grilse 6 lbs., . | Salmon ro lbs., Grilse 5 Ibs., 7 - | Kenmare.
|
No. Salmon rr lbs., Grilse 3b .. A | Yes. Salmon, 14 lbs., Grilse, 6 Ibs., - | Waterville.
Salmon 11 lbs., Grilse 6 lbs., é | No. Salmon 11 Ibs., Grilse, 54 lbs., = | Killarney.
No. Salmon 16} Ibs., Grilse 54 Ibs. - | bs Salmon 15 to 70 Ibs., Grilse 4 to 8 | Limerick,
| S.
No. Salmon 13} lbs., Grilse 6} Ibs., . Spring Salmon about the same. Salmon) Galway.
about 14 Ibs., Grilse 6 lbs.
No. Salmon 10 lbs., Grilse 7 lbs., - | No. Salmon ro lbs., Grilse 7 lbs., - | Connemara.
Salmon 12 lbs., Grilse 64 Ibs., - . | Spring Salmon 11 Ibs., Grilse 6 Ibs., - | Ballinakill,
No. Salmon 10 Ibs., Grilse 6 lbs., - | Yes. Salmon 8} Ibs., Grilse 43 Ibs., . | Bangor,
No. Salmon ro lbs., Grilse 6 lbs., smtiNes: xo Ibs; to 6:Ibs., «<< ‘ . | Eallina,
Yes. Salmon 9 Ibs., Grilse 6 Ibs., . | Yes. Salmon 9 Ibs., Grilse 4 lbs, . | Sligo.
No. Salmon 15 lbs., Grilse 64 Ibs., .- | Salmon 15 lbs., Grilse heavier, 6 Ibs., Ballyshannor,
|
Yes. Salmon rq lbs. to 15 Ibs., Grilse 5 lbs. | Yes; in Spring Salmon, . a . | Letterkenny,
to 7 lbs.
No. Salmon 10 ibs., Grilse 6 lbs., | No. Salmon 10 Ibs., Grilse 6 lbs., . | Londonderry,
No. Salmon 11 lbs., Grilse 7 lbs., A | No. Salmon 12 lbs., Grilse 6 Ibs., , Coleraine,
No. Salmon 1o lbs., to zo Ibs., Grilse | Yes. Salmon 1o to 12 Ibs., Grilse 5 tu Ballycastle,
5 lbs. to 7 lbs. 6} Ibs.
No. Salmon 14 Ibs., Grilse 6 lbs., : | No. Salmon 14 Ibs., Grilse 5 Ibs., : | Dundalk,
|
Cannot ascertain, ° ° - | Salmon 14 Ibs., Grilse 6 Ibs., . » | Drogheda,
| I

[ £S@€s J

e

VII. *04. 72

SUBSTANCE or REPORTS received from CLERKS

Has any sign of disease been observed amongst the Salmon during the vear? If
so, describe it, and state if it has prevailed to any extent, and where ?

DistTRIcT.
1903. 1904.
— — sie :
Dublin, e - | No, : : ~ “ =. 1) NO; : - Z : :
Wexford, . ~ | No, : - S . ST INOs - + 5 : é
: Waterford, . s, | No, ; - : . . | Yes; at Carlow during spawning season, .
Lismore, . - | No. ° ° . . « | No, ° ° ° . .
Cork, = aa [EO és : . } aE: 4 . ° . :
Cork (Bandon), os 14 NO; - , ; ‘ oa NO, A il a
Skibbereen, . - | No, > a ps anu] TNO; - . ° - :
Bantry, F - | No, . = . “ - | No, ° ° . . °
Kenmare, . - | No, ° : ° ° xa] INO, ° e . ° .
Waterville, . a No, L ‘ e - cll NO} - ® ° e °
Killarney, . SUN. fer ~ - - «.,|| No; é . ; c e
Limerick, . - | No. ~ Pi = : . | No, - J = 5 :
Galway, : . | Practically none, , . ° « | No, ° ' . . °
Connemara, ° 1 No, ° ° ° ° « | No, ° . . . °
Ballinakill, . . | No, , 3 ‘ : . | No, : é , pig <a
Bangor, . . | No, ° ° ° e - | No, . e . . %
Ballina, ° o.| No, ° F . ° e | No, ° : . . .
Sligo, ; . | No, : ; : . - | No, . : . . .
Ballyshannon, » | No, ™ . : 4 o | Ne, 7 i ‘ : -
Letterkenuy, - | No, ° . . . 1 Gs ‘ ‘ 6 ‘ °
Londondert 5, . | No, ; ‘ ‘ . . | No, ; ; “a
Coleraine, . ‘ | No, . ‘ e ° « 1 INO; d : « ‘ ‘
Ballycastle, ‘ | No, - A F s. | NO, : ° ° é .
Dundalk, . 4 No, : . : . - | Ne, ; ; ; : .
Drogheda, . . | No, p - “ ° - | No, " - . ° ‘

73

of CoNSERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—contmued.

a a a a

Can you give any information about the run of Salmon and Grilse in each month
of the close season ?

Cannot be ascertained, . F A

Salmon run from October to December.
Grilse earlier.

Depends on the condition of the water. |

Under favourable circumstances the
great run of spawners occurs from middle
of October to early in December.
October and November a large run of
Salmon and Peale took place. The
number of spawning fish on the beds
is much above the average.

During October a fair number of fish passed

to the upper waters.

In

No, ° . . . .
No, : ‘ ‘ : -
No, p * - F e
No, ° ° ° ° .

Fairly good runs of Salmon take place in
the months of January and December.

In the months of August, September, and
October the run of Salmon was rather
slight, but there was the largest run of
Grilse observed for the past ten years.

Largely dependent on the weather, :

Practically no run during the Close Season
until the Spring fish begin to run early
in the year.

Oo, . . ° . .
No, . ° . . °
No information, . ‘ ? -
No ’ . . . . .

There was a good run during November
and December.

Cannot give information. ° -

No, . . . . .

Greatest runs are in October and Novem-
ber.

A good run of Salmon during October and
Noveniber.

No reliable information, . 2

A large run of Salmon in the month of
October.

No, 2 e . . .

The principal run of Salmon ascends in
November and December. Grilse go
up earlier.

With suitable freshes the principal run of
spawners is fiom latter end of October
to end of November and first part of
December.

A very large run of Salmon took place in
October. The fish appeared to be
much smaller than usual. The run
continued to end of November.

No Grilse run in the close season ; large
quantity of breeding fish run in Novem-
ber and December.

Salmon run from October to December ;
Grilse do not run in any great numbers,

No z EC 7 : x
No, . . . . .
No, ; - < e .

The run of Spring Salmon does not com-
mence till middle or end of December.

Run of Salmon and Grilse was bad in
August, September, and October.

Cannot answer question satisfactorily, .

No run until January, . ° °
No, ° . . . .
No, : - 2 ° °
No, ° . ° . °
No, ° . . ° :

Salmon and Grilse often run in Sligo River

|
Dublin.

i

DISTRICT,

—

Wexford.

Waterford.

Lismore.

Cork.

Cork (Bandon).

Skibpereen,

Bantry.

Kenmare,

Waterville,

Killarney.

Limerick.

Galway.

Connemara.

Ballinakill.

Bangor.

Ballina.

Sligo.

in August and Septembe1, and a good |

number in October. November,
December.

A late run of Salmon took place during
close season.

No, ‘ , = : x

Largest run in October, and November, |

but much depends on state of rivers.

No, 4 z ° °

No.

A great run noticed in November and

December ; was larger than in former |

years.
oO, . . . . .

[0 393° 7

and |

Ballyshannon,
| Letterkenny.

Londonderry.

Coleraine.

Ballycastle.

Dundalk.

| Drogheda.

VII. "04,

DIsTRICT.

Dublin,

Wexford,

Waterford,

Lismore,

Cork,

Cork (Bandon),

Skibbereen,
Bantry,
Kenmare,
Waterville,
Killarney,
Limerick,
Galway,
Connemara,
Ballinakill,
Bangor,
Ballina,

Sligo,

Ballyshannon,

Letterkenny,

Londonderry,

Coleraine,

Ballycastle

Dundalk,

Drogheda,

SUBSTANCE oF REPORTS received from CLERKS

particulars of the different cases, an

1902.

One case in River Liffey at Islandbridge, .

Have there been any cases of rand

No, ° : ‘ ° - |
| No, ° . : > ‘
_ No, . - A ° ‘
_ One case of poisoning by spurge, . °

_ One case of poisoning by flax water, .
No, P . ° . °
One case of poisoning by spurge in the

Ballylickey River.

Two cases of poisoning by spurge in tribu-
taries of the Roughty River.

No, - “ - ~ -

One case of poisoning by lime on the

Brown Flesk.

| No, . . . . .
| No, + a . . .
|
No, . . . . .
} No . . . . .
No, . . . . e
No, . . . . .
No, . ° . e .
| None, except by flax water . .

A few cases of flax water poisoning.

One serious case of malicious poisoning by
chloride of lime at Carrickmore. There

were also many cases of flax water poison-

ing

Yes. enmby been cases of flax water
pollution, and four of pollution by
effluent from factories.

| A few cases of flax water poisoning.

No, . * * . .

the rivers in the District? If so, give
if by Lime, Spurge, or Flax Water.

1904.

One case in Liffey at Island Bridge, .

or ee . ° . °
No, . ° ° . °
Yes. One attempt at Kingwilliamstown,
No, ° . .
No, ° . . . »
No, - . . . .
No, . . ° . °

Slaheny River, tributary to River Roughty,
poisoned once by spurge.
No, . . . . sag

Brown Flesk poisoned by lime on one oc:
_casion.

Some poisoning took place in Feale and |
Cashen, but unable to get evidence to
secure conviction,

0, . . . e a4
No, . P , “|
No, : . : . i
N, . « nn
No, A i ——
No, s ° . : oF
Two cases by flax water; one by lime, . |
Three cases of poisoning by flax water, . |

No serious case except by flax water, |

Eight cases of pollution by mills,
about 20 cases of flax water pollut!

Almost disappeared. No prosecutions fe
flax water.

A few cases of flax water pollution, %

No, . . . ° .

of CoNSERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES

75

-continued,

1

Has the quantity of Breeding Fish observed in the rivers in your District during

this winter been greater or less as compared with last winter ?

|
|

ee ae. District,
1903. 1904.
About the same, 3 ‘ a | ese: . 2 J ? Dublin.
Greater, . 5 i e x - | Less, » ; . Wexford,
Much greater. Greatest for past twenty | Greater, . : i . Waterford.
yeals.
Greater, . ; é . . | Greater, . - . | Lismore.
About the same, . : 3 . About the same, . A 4 5 | Cork.
Greater, . z : : . Slightly less. , ’ . | Cork (Bandon)
Much greater, A - - - | Less, ; 2 P ; . Skibbereep
Greater, > . . ° e4 Less, ° . ® . ® | Bantry .
Greater, e ° e ° . | Greater, °. e . ° e | Kenmare,
|
Much greater, . : 3 . | Slightly greater, . ‘ 9 . | Waterville.
Greater, . : ‘ ° ‘ | Much less, e ° ° - | Killarney.
Greater, . . 5 : . | No change noticed, g . | Limerick.
|
Greater, . F F 4 . | Less, ‘ é ’ ‘ . | Galway.
Greater, . é : - | Greater, . » ‘ $ . Connemara,
About the same, . , S . | About the sare, = : - | Ballinakill,
Greater, . : ; . | Greater, . ° . ° - | Bangor.
There was a good number of bieeding fish | Greater, ° . . . | Ballina.
but cannot make comparisop with last
year owing to high floods.
Much greater, . ° . . | Much greater in Manorhamilton Division; | Sligo.
| less in Ballisodare.
Slightly greater, . é é . Gtvater in some rivers, . - | Ballyshannon
Greater, . e ° ‘ * | Greater, . d ° : ° | Letterkenny.
| |
Greater, . . 4 f : | Greater, . . é . | Londonderry.
Mucb less, . a ‘ . | Much greater, . , ‘ . | Coleraine.
Greater . ° . : . | Greater, . , 5 - . | Ballycastle,
Greater, . ‘ a R Greater, . ‘ ; uy . | Dundalk.
Greater. . y a “ No replies received. . : - , Drogheda,

|

VIL. 'O4,

DistrRICT.

Dublin, °
Wexford, .
Waterford, .
Lismore, e
Cork, .
Cork (Bandon),
Skibbereen, .
Bantry,
Kenmare, .
Waterville, .
Killarney, .
Limerick, .
Galway, -
Connemara,
Ballinakill, .
Bangor, 2
Ballina, .
Sligo,
Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny,
Londonderry,
Coleraine,
Ballycastle,
Dundalk,

Drogheda,

75

SUBSTANCE oF Reports received from CLERK

In what rivers has the quantity increased ?

1903.

Liffey and Bray, . , : i

In all rivers in the District, ‘ .

In all tributaries, .
Freshford Brook (Nore), Fishoge, Burren,
Live, Greese, and Douglas (Barrow).

Blackwater and tributaries, s :
In Lee for the past few years, “
In all the rivers in District, 3 F
llen, = - -
In all rivers in the District, é Z
| In all rivers in the District, . .
In all rivers in the District, E
In all rivers in the District, s i

In all rivers in the District (with two or

three exceptions) especially in the
rivers about Nenagh.
In all rivers in the District, A .

In Gowla, Ballinahinch, Inver, Screeb, and
Costello.

In noue, . : . ° °
Owenmore and tributaries, . :
Cannot say, ° ° ‘ °
In all rivers in the District, ‘ é
Erne, s ‘ ; - .

Lennan, Crana, Owenea, and Gweedore, y

In all rivers in the District, ‘ °

In all rivers in the District, °
In all rivers in the District,

In all rivers in the District,

[ 376 ]

1904.
Liffey, : . . .
Slaney, Boro, Urrin, and Bann, .
Suir and Barrow. The Nore was as

stocked as last year.

In all tributaries and main river, .

None, e . . .
None, : 5 ° °
None, . ° ° .
None, ° e e .

In all rivers in the district, ;

In all rivers, a ° .
None, 5 F ° °
No increase in any river, <
None, ; 2 ° .

Gowla, Ballinahinch, Inver, Screeb, Cos-
tello, and Skannive.

None ? . . . e

In all rivers, . : .

In the main rivers and middle portions of |
the tributaries.

Bonnett and tributaries, . °
Erne and Bundrowes, . é
Lennan and Swilly, » .
In all, ° ° ° °
Maine, Ege Ballinderry, Clady, |
In all Salmon rivers, ° °
Glyde and Dee, . . °
No replies received, é :

of ConsEervarTonrs relative to SALMon FISHERIES —continued.
CEQ EEE s

In what rivers has the quantity decreased ?

Slight decrease in the Ratherann and
Mouneen tributaries of Barrow.

A decrease in Blarney River has been ob-
served for past two years.

Kellestry River near Killaloe, and Shannon
at Castleconnell.

Doohulla and Skannive, . - :
None, e e ° = .

A slight decrease in those flowing into
Carrowmore Lake.

Cannot say, Py ° e ‘
No decrease reported, R ’ F
No decrease reported, . ° .
In all rivers in the Lstrict, e -

| Bray, : . «

Derry, and small tributaries of Slaney,

In the lowest tributaries, owing to absence

of floods.
None, P ° . ° -
None, A - : F :
Bandon and Argideen, . 4 . |
Tlen, ‘ - s a °
In all rivers in the District. ° °
None, = ‘ F e .
None, - ° . : .

Laune, Flesk, Maine, and tributaries,

| §8mH J

District.

Dublin.

Wexford.

Waterford,

Lismore.

Cork.

Cork (Bandon).

Skibbereen,

Bantry.

Kenmare.

Waterville.

Killarney.

Limerick.

Galway.

Connemara,

| Ballinakill,

Bangor.

Ballina,

Sligo.

Ballyshannon,

| Letterkenny.

No decrease in apy river. ° .
Rather less in all rivers, . é °
Doohulla, x . ‘ °
None, ° ‘ ° . :
| None, . . . ° “hill
None, e < e - °
Ballisodare and tributaries, . °
Eske and Inver, . ’ e .
None, ° . . e .
None, ° ° ° ‘ ‘
None, ‘ ° ° P ©
None, . ° : . °
No decrease noticed, . ° .
No replies received, s . :

Londonderry,
Coleraine.
Ballycastle,
Dundalk.

Drogheda,

ST
ze

VII. 04, >

SuBSTANCE oF Reports received from CLER

Was the state of the rivers favourable or unfavourable to spawning, and to the
protection of spawning, and spent fish, and young fry?

District. Pein 2 ~~
| 1903. 1904.
Dublin, - - Favourable in Liffey and Bray, . - | Liffey very favourable. . aye
Wexford, . - Favourable, 2 . ; . | Favourable in all rivers, . xs
Waterford, . - Most tavourable, . . : . | Unfavourable in tributaries owing to
| absence of floods preventing the fish
getting up.
Lismore, = - | Favourable, ~ = . . | Favourable, : 5
Cork, . Favourable, : : Z . | Favourable, ° we .
|
Cork (Bandon), - Favourable in all rivers. Very favour- | Favourable in Bandon and Argideen,
able in Den.
Skibbeieen, , ° | Favourable, . . Z . | Very favourable, . 5 :
Bantry, 8 / Favourable, - Fi i . | Favourable, . ‘ ¥
ie
Kenmare. | Favourable, é - . | Favourable, A ie
Waterville, . —— Favourable, 5 rs 7 ,
Kiilarney, . aa Sie Unfavourable in the smaller rivers owing |
to dry weather.
Limerick, . - | Most favourable, , . : . | Favourabie, : - A ii
Ga'way, ‘ - | Favourable, " “ " . | Favourable for spawning. Favourable fore

descent of spent fish,

; : J f
Connemara, - | Favourable, . ° ° . | Favourable, e . a - |
Ballinakill, . - Favourable, . - 2 . | Favourable in all rivers, . © o ; 7
| }
Bangor, ‘ . | Favourable, is eS ke . | Most favourable, . ie e La
i |
Ballina, : . | Unfavourable owing to high floods, . | Very unfavourable for three weeks
December.
Sligo, 3 . Very favourable, ° ° . | Favourable for Bonet, Ballisodare, and |
Ballinascorrow.
Ballyshannon, - | Most favourable, ° ° . | Favourable, e gs Mine) |
\
!
Letterkenny, . | Very favourable in Lennan, Crana, Owenea, Favourable owing to high water, — {
and Gweedore. .
Londondeiry, a Favourable, ; ; : . | Very favourable, . . . !
Coleraine, . . Favourable in all except the Kells River, . | Favourable, et ae igee ‘ |
B aliycastle, . | Very favourable in Rush. Favourable in | Favourable, . . .
Glenhesk, Margy, and Glenarm.
Dundalk, . + | Favourable, ; - : . | Favourable owing to continued floods, Th 1
run of fish on the Fane was later tb
in other rivers.
Drogheda, . » | Favourable, : A é . | No replies received, z ;

_ a

79

of Conservarors relative to SALMON FISHERIES—contmued.

ee

Any particular observations ?

During the months of Marcb and April,
1903, a very large number of fry passed
to the sea.

—_—_—-

The great increase in the number of spawn-
ing fish is due to the fry put into the
river by the Board of Conservators,

Greater number of spawning fish observed
than for the past ten or twelve years.

A number of men were employed to pick
up and clean the gravel in the inland
rivers which had become hard and over-
grown with weeds.

This proved a great success, every place
so treated was during the season fully
utilized by breeding fish.

Board’s funds insufficient to improve

spawning beds.

Spawning salmon were much larger and
spawned earlier in the year,

Remarkable increase of large red fish on |

the spawning beds,

_—

Very mild weather during spawning season.
Winter very favourable. All conditions
good.

Damage caused by catelessness of mill
owners and poaching along sea coast,

Spawning Salmon are larger than usual,
and more plentiful than for last fifteen
years,

|

|

|
|

District.

Dublia
Wexford,
Waterford,
Lismor

| Cork.
| Cork (Bandon).
| Skibpereen,

| Bantry.

Kenmate,
| Waterville.

Killarney,

Limerick,

Galway.

Connemara,
Ballinakill,

Bangor.

Sligo.
ballyshannon,
Letterkenny,
Londonderry,
Coleraine. :
Ballycastle.
Dundalk,

Drogheda,

- ‘ " .
.

4

=

e

£

. 7 r

\ ®

; |

INDEX.

Nore.—The references expressed in Roman numerals are
to the separate numbers of ‘’ Scientific Investigations, 1904,”
to which the divisions of this appendix correspond. ‘The
Arabic numerals which follow refer to the pagination of each
number.

The Arabic numerals in square brackets refer to the con-
tinuous pagination of the appendix, at foot of each page.

A.

Acanthomysis longicornis, V, 44 [220].
- platydens, V, 44 [220].
spinosissima, V, 44 [220].
Achelia echinata, IV, 6 [182].
Acipenser sturio, see Sturgeon.
Acontiophorus scutatus, III, 22 [162].
Aega arctica, II, 62 [114].
crenulata, II, 62 [114].
ventrosa, II, 62 [114].
Alosa finta, see Shad.
Alteutha boprodes, III, 15 [155].
———. crenulatu, III, 16 [156].
depressa, III, 16 [156].
interrupta, III, 15 [155].
norvegica, III, 15 [155].
purpurea, III, 16 [156].
purpurocincta, III, 16 [156].
Amblyops abbreviata, V, 26 [202].
Ameira amphibia, III, 7 [147].
longipes, IIL, 7 [147].
Ammothea echinata, IV, 6 [176].
Anarrhichas lupus, see Catfish.
Anchorella emarginata, ILI, 30 [170].
rugosa, III; 30 [170].
—_——. wneinata, III 29 [169].
Anchovy, parasite of, III, 27 [167].
Anciniidae, fam. nov., II, 11 [63], 16 [68].
Anemophia peltata, III, 13 [153].
Angler, parasite of, IIT, 28 [168].
Ancplodactylus oculatus, IV, 4 [174].
——_—_—_—_———- petiolatus, IV, 6 [170].
pygmaeus, IV, 6 [176].
—_——_—_—_———. typhlops, IV, 5 [175].
Anops cornuta, III, 28 [168].
Anthura gracilis, 11, 41 [93].
Apseudes grossimanus, II, 58 [110].
-———— hibernicus, If, 38 [90].
-_——— spinosus, II, 58 [110].
Arcturella dilatata, II, 68 [120].
Arens, ©., VII, 9 [310].
Arklow lightship, South, see South Arklow It.
Arpacticus chelifer, ITI, 14 [154].
nobilis, TIL, 14 [154].

[ 381 ]

il INDEX.

Artificial propagation of Salmonidas, VII, 3 [304].
Artrotrogus Boecki, III, 21 MT

Tilljeborgi, III, 21 [161].
—_————- magniceps, III, 22 [162]
———— Normani, III, 22 [162].
orbicularis, IIL, 22 [162].
Ascomyzon echinicola, III, 21 [161].
——- Thorelli, III, 21 [161].
Asconiscus simplex, II, 78 [130].
Asellopsis hispida, III, 8 [148].
Aspidiscus fasciatus, ILI, 17 [157].
Aspidophryzus peltatus, pie 76 [128], 82 [134].
aes affinis, II, 67 [119].
intermedia, II, 67 [119].
—_——- longicornis, Il, 66 Veet 81 [133].
Asterocheres Boecki, Ill, 21 [16
echinicola, IIT, 21 {i611
Lilljeborgi, III, 21 [161].

].

Athelges paguri, II, 55 [107

Basanistes salmonea, III, 29 [169].
Bass, parasite of, III, 24 [164].
Bathycopea typhlops, i, 12 [64], 65 thi
Bathycuma, generic characters of, 1, Anat
—_—_————_ brevirostris, I, 18 [18].
elongata, I, 18 [18].
Bentheuphausia amblyops, V, 18 [194).
Bibliography of Irish Copepoda, ae 30 [170].
Se onion IV, 8 [178].
————_———— Schizopoda, V 47 [223].
Bodotria pulchella, I, 14 [14], 50 [50].
scorpioides, I, 13 [13], 50 [50].
Bopyridae, larval, II, 56 Ber 79 [131].
Bopyrina virbii, it 54 [106].
Bopyrus squillarum, IT, 54 [106].
Boreomysis arctica, V, 45 [221].
————— -- parasite of, II, 78 [130].
—————_ megalops, V, 46 (22 2].
—————-—-_ microm, ¥,: 46 {aaa
—————— subpellucida, V, 46 [222].
tridens, V, 45 [221].
Botachus cylindratus, LI, 20 [160}.
Brady, G. S., III, 4 [144].
Bradya typica, III, 6 [ [16]
Bradypontius magniceps, IIT, 22 [162].
Bream, sea, parasite of, IIT, 24 (164).
Brill, parasite of, IIT, 25 [165].

Cc.
Caecognathia stygia, II, 61 [113).
Calathura brachiata, Il, 60 [112].
Caligus americanus, III, 24 [164].
bicuspidatus, III, 24 [164].
——— centrodonti, IIT, "24 [164].
—— curtus, III, 24 [164
———. diaphanus, III, 24 fay 25 [165].
————- elegans, IIT, 24 [164
-——- elongatus, IIT, 24 [164).

[ 382 ]

INDEX. lil

Caligus leptochilus, III. 24 [164].

minatus, IIT, 24 [164].

——— minimus, III, 24 [164].

— — Miilleri, III, 24 [164].

—— Nordmanni, III, 26 [166].

—— obscurus, III, 25 [165].

——— paradocus, III, 26 [166].

—— pectoralis, III, 25 [165].

——— productus, III, 26 [166].

—— rapaz, III, 24 [164].

—-— salmonis, III, 26 [166].

— scombri, III, 25 [165].

—— Stromii, III, 26 ree.

—— sturionss, III, 26 [166].

vesper, III, 26 [166].

Callionymus lyra, see Dragonet.

Calman, W. T., I, 3 [3].

Campylaspis glabra, I, 34 [34].

nitens, z, 34 [34].

rostrata, (i 35 [35].

sulcata, I, 35 [35], 50 [50].

— verrucosa, I, 35 [35]. ‘

Cancer scorpioides, I, 13 [13].

Canthocamptus furcatus, TER Ay [157}.

—_—————. «mus, III, 7 [147].

rostratus, III, 7 [147].

—__—_———— Strum, IIT, 11 [151].

Canuella perplexa, III, 5 [145].

Carillus oblongus, III, 16 [156].

Carpenter, G. H., IV, 1 [171].

Catfish, parasite of, TIT, 30 [170].

Cecrops Latreillei, III, 27 [167].

Ceratocuma horrida, i 37 [37].

Ceratocumidae, fam. nov., I, 37 [387].

Chaetonymphon hirtum, IV, 3 [173].

Chalaraspis unguiculata, V, 20 [196].

aes cornutus, II, 28 [168].
qibbosus, III, 28 [168].

———— _lophu, ITI, 28 [168].

Chunomysis diadema, V, 44 [220].

Cirolana borealis, IT, 43 ee 63 (115), 80 [132].

———— Hansen, it 63 [115].

Clavella uncinata, III, 29 169).

Cleta forcipata, ITI, 9 [149].

— horrida, III, 9 [149].

—- lamellifera, III, 10 [150].

—— minuticornis, ITT, 9 [149].

—— serrata, III, 9 [149].

— similis, III, 9 [149].

Cletodes limicola, III, 10 [150].

linearis, TH, ant [151].

—— pectinata, III, 10 [150].

propinqua, III, 10 {159}.

Clupea finta, see Shad.

———— harengus, see Herring.

sprattus, see Sprat.

Cod, parasite of, III, 28 [168]

Collecting, methods of I, 4 [4], JI, 2 [54], IV, 1 [171], V, 4 [180], VJ, 3

227].

Conger, parasite of, III, 25 ot
_ Conilera cylindracea, If., 44 [96

[ 383 ]

iv INDEX.

Coningbeg lightship, hydrographical observations at, VI, 72 [296].
ats ili planktee oaliisied at, VI, 26 [250].
Corservators, reports from clerks of, on Salmon fisheries, VII, 58 [358].
Copepoda, bibliography of Irish, III, 30 [170].
———— list of marine, of Ireland, Tif, 3 [143].
littoral, III, 4 [144).
————_ Parasitic on fishes, IIT, 24 [164}.
Coregonus pollan, see Pollen.
Cryptoniscidae, larval, II, 56 [108], 79 [131].
Cuma Audouinii, I, 13 [13].
Edwardsii, I, 13 (13).
—— pulchella, I, 14 [14].
scorpioides, I, 13 [13].
Cumacea, I, 3 [3].
———_ east coast of Ireland, I, 5 [5].
south-east coast of Ireland, i, ‘O'[5}:
———- _ west coast of Ireland, harbours, I, 6 [6].
———— up to 50 fathoms, I, 9 [9].
~. = _60 to 400 fathoms, Ftp [10], 49 [49].
Cumella gracillima, I, 23 [23]. |
pygmaea, I, 23 [23).
Cumellopsis, gen. nov., T, 28 [28].
Fane eas, 1-28 Tee),
Cumopsis Goodsiri, I, 12 [12].
Cyclaspis longicaudata, 1, 14 [14].
Cyclaspoides Sarsi, I, 15 [15].
Cyclopicera echinicola, III, 21 [161].
lata, ITI, 21 [161).
nigripes, III, 21 [161].
Cyclopina gracilis, III, 18 [158].
~_ luttoralis, III, 18 [158}.
Cyclops aequoreus, III, 18 158].
brevicornis, III, 6 [146].
——— chelifer, III, 14 [154].
———— _Jeacatus, ITE, 17 [157].
——— nigricauda, III, 18 [158].
——— pallidus, IIl, ig [158].
Stromii, III, 11 [151].
Cyclopsina furcatus, IIT, 17 [157].
Cyclopterus lumpus, see Lumpsucker,
Cymodoce granulatum, IT, 10 [62], 64 [116].
—————__ truncata, TI, 6 [58], 47 [99].

Dactylopus brevicornis, IIT, 12 [152}.
meee CINE HELE nd [151].
————— flavus, ITI, 11 [151}.
——— minutus, TIT, 11, [151].
ne OTM, TEs. oo (152).
——————wewe Strom, Til. 7} [151].
————— tenuicornis, III, 8 [148].
~~ tisboides, III, 12 [152}.
Dasymysis longicornis, V, 44 [220].
Demoleus paradoxrus, III, 26 [166].
Dermatomyzon elegans, IIT, 21 [161}.
nigripes, IIT, 21 [161].
Desmosoma lineare, II, 71 [123].
Diastylis bimarginatus, T, 45 [45}.
Bradyi, 1, 45 [45}.

—_-

[ 384 ]

INDEX.

Diastylis cornuta, 1, 45 [43].
— echinata, I, 44 [44].
———— insignis, I, 44 [44].
————- Josephinae, I, 44 [44].
—-——— rostrata, I, 45 [45].
———— rugosa, 1, 45 [45].
———— spinosa, I, 45 [45].
——-——- tubulicauda, I, 46 [46].
—— tumida, I, 50 [50].
Diastyloides biplicata, I, 48 [48].
serrata, I, 47 [47].
Diastylopsis sp. indescr., I, 48 [48].
Dichelestiwm sturionis, III, 27 [167].
Diosaccus tenuicornis, III, 8 [148].
Distribution of Isopoda, rH, 82 [1354].
—_______——. Mysidae, II, 83 [135].
Schizopoda, Ay 4 [180].
Dogfish, parasite of, III, 26 [166], 29 [169].
Doropygus Normani, III, 19 [159].
—_——— porcicauda, III, 19 [159].
—_—— pulez, III, 20 [160].
Dragonet, parasite of, III, 25 [165].
Dynamene Montagui, II, 47 [99].
rubra, II, 47 [99].
viridis, II, 47 [99].

Ectinosoma atlanticum, ILI, 6 [146].
erythrops, III, 6 [146].
————_ melaniceps, IIL 5 [145].
=. Normant,| 101, Gf146}-
—_————._ propinquum, III, 6 [146].
—————— _ spinipes, III, 5 [145].
Engraulis encrasicholus, see Anchovy.
Enhydrosoma curvatum, III, 11 [151].
Enterocola Beaumonti, III, 20 [160].
—— hibernica, III, 20 [160].
Entomoda cornuta, TIL, 28 [168].
salmonea, II, 29 [169].

i irors serrata, V, 23 [199].
Euchaetomera IF owleri, V, 25 [201].
——_+_———_ tenuis, V, 25 [201].
Hucopia australis, V, 20 [196].

—-—— sculpticauda, x 21 [197].
guiculata, Vv, 20 [196].
Eudorella emarginata, I, 21 [21].
hispida, I, 21 [21].
—_———. tr uncatula, I, 21 Ply 49 [49}.
Eudorellopsis deformis, i 22 [22
Eugerda tenuimana, II, 72 [124], ‘81 [133].
Euphausia bidentata, V, 6 [182].
intermedia, V, 13 [189].
——-——- Miulleri, V, 6 [182].
Sed ——— parasite of, II, 2 [54], 77 [129].
pellucida, V, 6 [182].
Eupagurus bernhardus, parasite of, II, 54 [106], 55 [107].
Eurycope latirostris, II, 74 [126].
longipes, II, 30 [82], 75 [127].
megalura, II, 75 [127].

[ 385 ]

vi INDEX.

Eurycope mutica, II, 82 [134].

= phallangium, II, 74 [126].
————-_ producta, II, 75 [127].
Eurydice elegantula, Il, 63 [115].
— Grimaldu, II, 63 [115].
—_—— pulchra, II, a4 feeb 80 [132].
spinigera, II, 44 [96].

——— truncata, II, 45 [97], 64 [116].
Euterpe acutifrons, ILI, 7 [147].
gracilis, III, 7 [147].

F.

Fastnet lighthouse, hydrographical observations at, VI, 78 [302].
—————— plankton collected at, VI, 46 [270].

Fauna, marine, of the coast of Ireland, T, 3 13], It, 1-(55}, TV, 2 free

Formalin, action of, I, 4 [4].

Foroculum spratti, IIT, 27 [167].

Gadidae, parasites of, III, 24 [164], 25, Bel: 28 [168], 29 [169], 30 [170].

Galathea squamifera, parasite of, EI, 55 [10 7].

Galeus vulgaris, see Tope.

Gnathia mazillaris, IT, 42 eee 61 [113].

Gnathophausia zoéa, Vv, 19

Gough, L. H., VI, 3 [227].

Gna fk VII, 9 [310].

Grey mullet, see Mullet, grey.

—-— skate, see Skate, grey.

Growth of Salmon, rate of, VII, 19 [320].

Gurnard, parasite of, IIL, 24 [164], 25 Lies}, 26 [166].
sapphirine, parasite of, III, 26 [166].

Haplostylus Normani, V, 45 [221].

Harpacticus acutifrons, III, 7 [147].

— et” oheliper,; TEL, 14 [154], 15 [155].
crassicornis, III, 15 [155].
eurticornis, III, 15 [155].

flecus, III, 15 [155].

fulvus, III, 15 [155].

—— _ gracilis, III, 14 [154].

Hatcheries, salmon and trout, VIT, 4 [305], 6 [307].
Hemilamprops cristata, I, 41 [41].

———__———— rosea, I, 41 [41].

——_—— —- uniplicata, I, 41 [41].
Heterophryxrus appendiculatus, II, 77 [129].
Hillas, A. B. E., VII, 14 [315].

Hippolyte varians, parasite of, II, 54 [106].

Holt, E. W. L., V, 3 [179], VIL, 3 [304}.
Hydrographical observations at Irish light stations, VI, 56 [280].
Hypererythrops serriventer, V, 24 [200].

I,
Iuera marina, II, 51 [1031.
—— Nordmanni, II, 51 [103}.
lanira maculosa, IT, 51 {103}, 68 [120], 81 [133].
1}.

laniropsis breviremis, II, 69 [12

[ 386 ]

INDEX. vil

Idotea baltica, II, 48 [100], 80 [132].

emarginata, LL, 49 [101], 81 [133)}.

granulosa, II, 48 [100].

linearis, II, 50 [102], 81 [133].

metallica, II, 50 [102], 65 [117}.

——— neglecta, II, 49 [101], 80 [132].

——— pelagica, Il, 48 [100].

sp., II, 66 [118].

—— viridis, II, 49 [101].

Idya furcata, ILI, 17 [157].

Ilyarachna Plunketti, II, 28 [80], 74 [126].

Ilyopsyllus coriaceus, ILI, 14 [154].

Iphinoé serrata, 1, 15 [15], 49 [49].

trispinosa, I, 15 [15], 50 [50}.
Iphithoé serrata, I, 15 [15].
Irish light stations, hydrographical observations at, VI, 56 [280].
——— plankton collected at, VI, 3 [227 ].
Ischnosoma, table of species, II, 22 [74].
bispinosum, II, 71 [1231

———.__ Green, II, 20 72], 72 [124].

Isopoda, II, 1 [53].

—— Ballynakill and Bofin, II, 37 [89].
deep-water, west coast of Ireland, II, 56 [108].
east coast of Ireland, II, 80 [132].

— geographical distribution of, 82 [134].
terminology of, II, 3 [55], 15 [67].

J.

John Dory, parasite of, III, 25 [165].
Jonesiella spinulosa, Tir. 8 ipl 48].

K.

Katerythrops Oceanae, V, 24 [200].
Killarney, salmon hatchery at, VII, 6 [307].

L.
Labrax lupus, see Bass.
Lamprops fasciata, 1, 41 [41].
Laophonte curticauda, III, 9 [149].
——— dubia, III, 10 [150].
———— hispida, III, 8 [148].
—— _ Hodgu, III, 10 [150].
———_ horrida, III, 9 [149].
——— lamellifera, TI, 10 [150].
——— longicaudata, III, 10 [150].
serrata, III, 9 [149].
similis, III, 9 [149].
——— subsalsa, III, 9 [149].
Laze lusis, III, 26 [166].
Lepeophtheirus ‘gracilis, IIT, 25 [165].
—___—_—_——— Nordmanmi, III, 25 {165}.
obscurus, ITT, 25 [165].
pectoralis, IIT, 25 [165].
wai. Stromit, SOE, 25° (166).
— ————— sturionis, ITI, 25: [166].
Thompsoni, III, 25 [165].
Leptochelia dubia, II, 39 [91].
Leptognathia breviremis, II, 60 [112].
—_——_—— longiremis, II, 40 [92].

[ ser)

vill INDEX.

Leptomysis gracilis, V, 39 [215].
Leptostylis longimana, I, 48 [48].
—————_ macrura, I, 48 [48].
Lernaea branchialis, III, 28 [168].
cornuta, III, 28 [168].
cyclophora, III, 27 [167],
encrasichola, III, 27 [167].
gadina, III, 28 |168}.
ocularis, III, 27 [167].
pectoralis, III, 25 [165].
spratta, IIT, 27 [167].
uncinata, III, 29 [169].
Lernaeenicus encrasicoli, III, 27 [167].
sprattae, III, 27 [167].
Lernaeocera branchialis, III, 28 [168].
sigmordea, III, 28, [168].
surrivensis, III, 27 [167].
Lernaeomyzon uncinata, III, 29 [169].
Lernaeonema bavidi, III, 28 [168].
encrasicolt, III, 27 [167].
— monillaris, III, 28 [168].
spratia, III, 28 [168].
Lernaeonicus encrasicoli, III, 27 [167].
Lernaeopoda bidiscalis, III, 29 [169].
carpionis, II, 29 [169].
cyprinacea, IIT, 29 [169].
galei, III, 29 [169].
mustelt, III, 29 [169].
—__———— salmonea, ITI, 20 [1687
Lernentoma cornuta, III, 28 [168].
———_——-- . lophvi, TIT, 28 [1668),
Leucon brevirostris, I, 18 [18}.
emarginatus, I, 21 [21].
—— pallidus, I, 19 [19].
siphonatus, I, 19 [19].
Iichomolgus forficula, III, 23 [163].
———— fucicolus, III, 22 [162],
furcillatus, TII, 22 [162}.
————__ liber, III, 23 [163].
Ligia oceanica, II, 53 [105].
Tilljeborgia linearis, III, 11 [151].
Limnoria lignorum, II, 46 [98].
Iipomera, generic characters of, II, 32 [84].
—— _ lamellata, IT, 53 [85], 75 [127].
Lismore, salmon marking experiments at, VII, 44 [345].
Lomanoticola insolens, TII, 23 [163].
Lomanotus Genei, parasite of, III, 23 [163}.
Longipedia coronata, III, 5 [145].
——- Scotti, III, 5 [145].
Lophius piscatorius, see Angler.
Lophogaster typicus, V, 18 [194].
Lumpsucker, parasite of, III, 24 [164].

TTT

|

Mackerel, parasite of, IIJ, 25 [165].

Macrocheiron fucicolum, III, 22 [162].

Marine fauna of the coast of Ireland, I, 3 [3], II, 1 [53], IV, 1 [171].
Marine laboratory, Larne Harbour, III, 3 [143].

Marking experiments on salmon, VII, 14 [315].

[ 388 ]

INDEX. ix

Matthews, D. J., VI, 56 Saad

Meganyctiphanes norvegica, V, 13 [189].

Mesochra Lilljeborgi, III, 8 [148].

Metamunna typica, II, 18 {70}, 71 [123].

Meterythrops picta, v, 23 [199].

Methods of collecting, x 4 [4], 11, 2 [54], IV, 1 [171], V, 4 [180], VI, 3
227

el oaibous II, 55 [107], 79 ‘gar

Microsetella atlanticum, III, 6 [146].

——_————— brevifida, III, 6 [146].

Migration of salmon, VII, 19 [320].

Misophria pallida, LIT, 4 (144).

Mugil sp., see Mullet, grey

Mullet, grey, parasite of, III, 24 [164].

Munna Fabrici, TI, 53 [105].

——— Kréoyeri, II, 52 Fad 70 [122], 81 [133].

limicola, II, 70 [122

Munnopsis, table of species of, II, 24 [76].

———— Murray, Il, 73 [125].

——— oceanica, II, 23 [75], 72 [124].

Munnopsvides Beddardi, II, 26 [78], 73 [125].

Mustelus antarcticus, parasite of, III, 29 [169].

vulgaris, see Smooth Hound.

Mysidae, eke distribution of, II, 83 [135].

Mysideis Farrana, a 216].

———_ insignis, V "39 [214].

Mysidella typica, V, 47 [223].

Mysidetes, gen. nov., V, 39 [215].

——._ Farrani, V, "40 [216].

Mysidetinae, sub-fam. nov., V, 39 [215].

Mysidopsis didelphys, V, 38 [214].

———_—_———- ——— parasite of, II, 76 [128.]

——_—_—-—— hibernica, V, 38 [214].

Mysis longicornis, V, 44 [220].

Naesa bidentata, II, 47 [99].

Nannastacidae, table of genera of, I, 22 [22].

Nannastacus brevicaudatus, I, 26 [26 49 [49].
———- unguiculatus, I, 25

Mauplius chelifer, III, 14 [154].

furcatus, II, 17 [157].

Stromii, II, 11 [151}.
Nematobrachion bodpis, V, 16 [192].
Nematoscelis megalops, V, 16 [192].

Nitokra tenutcornis, III, 8 [148].
Nogagus grandis, III, 26 [166].
Normanella dubia, III, 10 [150].
Notodelphys Allmani, ITI, 19 [159].
ascidicola, III, 19 [159].
—_———— _ cerulea, III, 19 [159].
—————_ elegans, III, 19 [159].
———— rufescens, III, 19 [159].
—————._ tenera, III, 19 [159].
Notophryxus sp., Ib 76 [128].
Notopterophorus ’papilio, III, 20 [160].
Nyctiphanes Couch, V, 12 [188], 49 [225].
————— norvegica, V, 12 [188], 13 [189].

[ 389 ]

x INDEX.

Nymphon femoratum, IV, 2 [172].
———_ gallicum, IV, 2 [172].
————- gracile, IV, 2 [172].
——— hirtum, IV, 3 [173].

-— = leptocheles, TV, 2 [172].
———__ rubrum, IV, 2 [172].
---—-—— spinosum, IV, 3 [175].

0.

Orthagoriscus mola, see Sunfish.
Orthopsyllus linearis, III, 11 [151].

RP:

Pagellus centrodontus, see Bream, sea.
Palaemon serratus, parasite = II, 54 [106}.
Pallene brevirostris, IV, 3 [17
—— pygmaea, IV, 6 ae
Pallenopsis Holtz, IV, 4 [174].
Paramblyops rostrata, V, 26 [202].
Paramunna bilobata, II, 70 [122].
Parapontella brevicornis, ITI, 4 [144].
Parasites of Anchovy, III, 27 [167].
————— Angler, III, 28 [168].
—_——_—_-——_ Bass, III, 24 164}.
-~_——_—— Bream, sea, III, 24 [164].
———— Brill, III, 25 [165].
- Catfish (Anarrhichas), I1I, 30 [170].
——— Cod, III, 28 [168].
——_— Conger, III, 25 [165].
—_——— Dogfish, Il, 26 [166], 29 [169].
Dragonet, ae 25 [165].
Eupagurus bernhardus, II, 54 [106], 55 [107].
Euphausia Miilleri, II, 2 (541, 77 [129].
Gadidae, III, 24 [164], 25 fa 28 [168], 29 [169], 30 [170].
sce alti squamifera, II, 55 [107].
—_——— Gurnard, III, 24 [164], 25 165) 26 [166].
~~ Hippolyte varians, II, 54 [106].
——— John Dory, Til, 25 [165].
————— Lumpsucker, III, 24 [164].
—————— Mackerel, III, 25 [165].
———- _ Mullet, grey, TI, 24 [164].
—_-___— Mustelus antarcticus, III, 29 [169].
—_——— Mysidopsis didelphys, II, 76 [128].
Palaemon serratus, II, 54 [106].
—— Plaice, III, 24 [164]. ‘
- Pleuronectidae, IIT, 25 [165], 28 [168].
——_———— Pollen, ITI, 24 [164].
—____— Pseudomma calloplura, Me 76 [128].
————— Ptychogaster formosus, II, 76 [128].
—————— Salmonidae, ITI, 25 ri68T 26 Legs! 29 [169
——————_ Sapphirine Gurnard, IIT, 26
———— Scyramathia Carpenteri, II, 37 1B0h 78 [129].
—————- Shad, III, 30 [170].
- oa Skate, grey, IIT, 26 [166].
ecraeciepieias IRIN Hound, III, 29 [169].
——_———_ Sole, ITI, 28 [168].
— ———_ Sprat, III, 27 [167], 28 [168].

[ 390 ]

a

INDEX.

Parasites of Sturgeon, III, 26 [166], 27 [167

|.
Sunfish (Orthagoriscus), 111, 26 [166], 27 [167].

—— —— Tope, III, 26 [166], 29 [169].
—_——_ Trout, III, 24 [164].
——___—— Turbot, IL, 24 |164], 25 [165].
Parasitic Copepoda, III, 24 [164].
Isopoda, II, 37 [89].

Paratachidius gracilis, III, & [148].
Paratanais Batei, I1, 40 [92].
Parathalestris Clausi, III, 12 [152].
Parerythrops abyssicola, V, 24 [200].
—_—_—_————— obesa, V, 24 (2 00].
Pearson, J., III, 3 [143}.
Pediculus salmonis, III, 29 [169].
Peltidium crenulatum, 111, 16 [156].
depressum, III, 16 [156].
interruptum, III, 15 [155].
purpureum, III, 15 [155].
Petalophthalmidae, fam. nov., V, 21 [197].
—________———— key tto genera of, V, 22 [198].
Petalophthalmus armiger, V, 22 198].
Phalangium littorale, IV, 7 [177].
Phozxichilidium petiolatum, IV, 6 [176}.
Phowichilus laevis, IV, 7 [1 77].
—————_ spinosus, LV, (akyy"
Plaice, parasite of, III, 24 [164].
Plankton collected at Irish light stations, VI, 3 [227].
Platyaspis orbicularis, I, 43 [43].
——_————- typica, I, 42 42
Platycuma, gen. nov., I, 30 [30].
Holti, I, 50. [30].
Pleurocrypta galatheae, II, 55 [107].
Pleurocryptella formosa, II, 76 [128].
Plewrogonium inerme, II, 71 [123].
wae rubicundum, II, 53 [105], 81 [133].
Pleuronectes platessa, see Plaice.
Pleuronectidae, parasites of, IIT, 25 [165], 28 [168].
Pollen, parasite of, III, 24 [164].
Pontella brevicornis, III, 4 [144].
Porcellidium dentatum, III, 16 [156].
—————- fasciatum, III, 17 [157].
—_—___-————— fimbriatum, ITI, 16 [156].

subrotundum, III, 16 [156].
—__——_—_—— tenuicauda, III, 16 [156].

——_————— viride, III, 16 [156].

a Princess Alice,”’ ‘Schizopoda captured by the, V, 5 [181).
Procampylaspis ‘armata, I, 33 [33].
Pseudanthessius liber, III, 23 [163].
Pseudarachna hirsuta, II, 81 [133].
Pseudione Hyndmanni, II, 54 [106].
Pseudocuma cercaria, I, 36 [36].

longicornis, I, 36 [36], 50 [50].
————_ similis, I, 36 [36
Pseudomma affine, V, 27 [203], 30 [206].
calloplura, V, 30 [206
—_———— parasite of, II, 76 [128].
-Kempi, V, 33 [209].
key to species of, V, 37 [213].
nanum, V, 35 [211].
—_————_ roseum, V, 27 [203].
Ptychogaster formosus, parasite of, II, 76 [128].

or

t Sor-4

xi

xil INDEX.

Pycnogonida, IV, 1 [171].

bibliography of, IV, 8 [178].
——_—_—————— type specimens of, IV, 8 [177].
Pycnogonum littorale, IV, 7 [177].

Raia batis, see Skate, grey.
Rainbow Trout, spawning season of, VII, 9 [310].
Rhizothriz curvata, ITI, 11 [151].
Rhombus laevis, see Brill.
maximus, see Turbot.
Rocinela Dumerilvi, II, 80 [132].

S.

Salinity, observations of, at Irish light stations, VI, 56 [280].
Salmon, artificial propagation of, VII, 5 [304].
—_——— fisheries, reports of Clerks of Conservators on, VII, 58 [358].
So statistics of, VII, 53 [354].
——_——— fry, rearing, in ponds, VII, 6 [307].
—_—_—— hatcheries, VII, 4 [305], 6 [307].

marking experiments, VII, 14 [315].
——— migration of, VII, 19 [320].
———— spawning beds of, on the River Shannon, VII, 5 [306].
———— spawning of, conditions affecting the, VII, 4 [305].
Salmonidae, artificial propagation of, VII, 3 [304].
-— parasites of, III, 25 [165], 26 [166], 29 [169].
-~————— influence of temperature on eggs of, VII, 10 [311]}.
Sapphirine Gurnard, parasite of, III, 26 [166]. |
Schisburus uncinatus, III, 29 [169].
Schizopoda, bibliography of, V, 47 [223].
from North-East Atlantic Slope, V, 3 [179].
from ‘‘ Princess Alice,’ 1904, V, 5 [181].
terminology, V, 6 [182].
Scomber scomber, see Mackerel.
Scutellidium fasciatum, III, 17 [157].

tisboides, III, 17 [157].
Scyllium canicula, see Dogfish.
Scyracepon, gen. nov., II, 35 [87].
————-—- tuberculosa, II, 36 [88], 78 [130].
Scyramathia Carpenteri, parasite of, II, 37 [89], 78 [130].
Serolidae, II, 16 [68].
Shad, parasite of, III, 30 [170].
Siriella norvegica, V, 44 [220].
Skate, grey, parasite of, III, 26 [166].
Skulmartin lightship, hydrographical observations at, VI, 56 [280]
- -———_——_ plankton collected at, VI, 6 [230].
Smooth Hound, parasite of, III, 29 [169].
Sole, parasite of, III, 28 [168].
Solenostoma scutatum, ITI, 22 [162].
South Arklow lightship, hydrographical observations at, VI, 62 !286].
—-—-—— plankton collected at, VI, 16 [240].

Spawning season of akihon Trout, VII, 9 [310).
Sphaeroma Hookeri, 11, 46 [98}.
—-————— inerme, IT, 6 [58].
—-————— serratum, II, 46 [98].
Sphaeromidae, IT, 6 [58].
Sprat, parasite of, IIT, 27 [167], 28 [168].

ee

INDEX.

Squalus acanthus, see Dogfish.

Stations, list of, for Cumacea, I, 4 [4].
Stenhelia hispida, III, 7 [147].

wma, ILI, 7 [147].

Sterope interrupta, ILI, 15 [155].

Sturgeon, parasite of, III, 26 [166], 27 [167].
Stylocheiron abbreviatum, V, 18 [194].

- chelifer, V, 18 [194].
—-———_-—. elongatum, V, 17 [193].
—-——_——_-— longicorne, V, 17 [193].
—-——-——- mastigophorum, V, 17 [193].
Suhmi, V, 17 [193].

Sunfish (Orthagoriscus), parasite of, III, 26 [166], 27 [167].

---

—- —— +

1
Tachidius brevicornis, III, 6 [146].
Tanaidacea, II, 1 [53].
Lanaopsis laticaudata, II, 41 [93].
Tattersall, W. M., ET, 1 [53], V,.o [179].

Temperature, effect of, on spawning of Trout, VII, 9 [310].
——__—' observations of, at Irish light stations, VI, 56 [280].

Thalestris Clausi, III, 12 [152].

harpactoides, III, 13 [153].

helgolandica, II, 13 [153].

——-—— hrbernica, IIT, 13 [153].

—-—-—— . Krohnii, III, 14 [154].

_—-—- longimana, III, 12 [152].

—-—-——. mysis, III, 13 1153}.

peltata, III, 13 [153].

rufocincta, III, 13 [153].

—-—-—— serrulata, III, 14 [154].

Thames, salmon eggs sent to the, VII, 7 [308].

Thorellia brunnea, III, 18 [158].

Thyone viridis, III, 16 [156].

Thysanoessa gregaria, V, 15 [191].

——-—- longicaudata, WV, 48 [194].

neglecta, V, 14 [190].

Thysanopoda acutifrons, V, 8 [184], 11 [187].

—_————— bidentata, V, 6 [182].

-————_——— distinguenda, V, 10 [186], 11 [187].

pectinata, V, 8 [184].

Tigriopus Lilljeborgi, III, 15 [155].

Tisbe ensifera, III, 17 [157].

—-— furcata, III, 17 [157].

Tope, parasites of, III, 26 [166], 29 [169].

Trebius caudatus, III, 26 [166].

spinifrons, III, 26 [166].

Trigla sp., see Gurnard.

hirwndo, see Sapphirine Gurnard.

Trout, artificial propagation of, VII, 3 [304].

parasite of, III, 24 [164].

Turbot, parasite of, IIT, 24 [164], 25 [165].

Type specimens of ‘Cumacea, I, 4 [4].

Pycnogonida, IV, 7 [177].

Typhlotanais proctagon, II, 3 [55], 60 [112].

———————— Richard, II, '59 [111].
tenwicornis, II, 59 [111].

U.
Ulster Fisheries and Biology Association, III, 3 [143]

[ 398 ]

x1ii

Xiv INDEX.

Vv.

Vauntompsonia, generic characters of, I, 16 [16].
Ot Ae ee
cristata, E17, iveh

W.
Westwoodia nobilis, III, 14 [154}.

Z.
Zaus spinatus, III, 17 [157].

Zeus faber, see J ohn Dory.
Zosime spinulosa, III, 8 {148}.

[ 394 ]

oo

DUBLIN CASTLE,

19th December, 1906.

SIR,
I have to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the
18th instant forwarding, for submission to His Excellency the

Lord Lieutenant, the Report of the Sea and Inland Fisheries

of Ireland for the year 1904, Part IT., Scientific Investigations.

] am,
Sir,
Your obedient servant,

J. B. DOUGHERTY.

THE SECRETARY,
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION,

Upper MERRION-STREET. DUBLIN.

_—s : aol
DUBLIN : Printed for His Majesty’s Stationery Office,
By ALEX. THOM & Oo. (Limited), 87, 88 & 89, Middle Abbey-street.
»

-\

fu

a7)
:
. fis
i
Rial

i lo

|

JE PARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION
FOR IRELAND.

Faboe On 1

SEA AND INLAND FISHERIES OF IRELAND

1905.

IN TWO PARTS.

/Part J\—GENERAL REPORT.

jf

/ Parry ILLSCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS.
s

PART 11)}-SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS.

Presented to both Houses of Parliament by Command of Fis Wlajesto.

AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION
(IRELAND) ACT, 1899.
(G2 AND 63 VIC., CAP. 50.)

DUBLIN:

PRINTED FOR HIS MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE,
BY ALEXANDER THOM & CO. (LIMITED), ABBEY-STREET.

And to be purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller, from
EK. PONSONBY. 116, GRAFTON-STREET, DUBLIN; or
WYMAN AND SONS, LTD.. FETTER-LANE. E.C., and
32, 4.BINGDON-STREET, WESTMINSTER, S.W.; or
OLIVER & BOYD., EDINBURGH.

1907.
[Cd. 3540.] Price 2s. 1d.

To
His Excellency JoHN CameBELL, Hart oF ABERDEEN, Lord Lieutenant-

General and General Governor of Ireland.

May IT PLEASE YouR EXCELLENCY,

I am directed by the Vice-President to submit to Your
Excellency the Report on the Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland
for the vear 1905, Part II., Scientific Investigations.

I have the honour to remain,

Your Excellency’s faithful Servant,

T. P. GILL,

Secretary.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND,
UprEeR MERRION-STREET,

Dusuin, 16th May, 1907.

CONTENTS.

REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC ADVISER, ‘
Scope of Report, 4 é P

Sea FISHERIES,

International Investigations, .

Life-history of the Freshwater Eel,
International Fisheries Statistics,

Subdivision of the Irish Coast,
Trawling—

Survey of Trawling Grounds, j

Alleged Decrease of Supply of Fish,

Protective Measures, :

Flatfish Marking Experiments, , °
Drift-net Fisheries, . - , ‘

Mackerel, : F . ‘

Herring, . , , ; ‘
Oyster Fisheries : . ‘

Public Bed in Tralee Bay, ;

Experiments in Re-stocking Natural Beds,

Public Beds at Clarenbridge, .

Public Beds in Clew Bay,

Preservation of Public Beds,

Spatting Experiments, . , ‘
Scientific Papers—

Fishes of Deep-sea Trawling Grounds, .

Pelagic Amphipoda, ‘ ‘
Pelagic Prawns, . : . :
Corals, . ° °

Foraminifera,

Copepoda, . : . ‘

Plankton of Valencia Harbour,

INLAND FISHERIES.
Artificial Propagation, , ;: : ‘
Turning down Fry, ‘
Development of Trout Fry,
Operations of Hatcheries,
Statistics of Salmon Fisheries,
Drift-netting, . 3
Fluctuation of Salmon Fisheries,
Turbines, ‘ : .
Effect of Drought on Migration of Sivite
Salmon Marking Experiments,

APPENDIX, . ‘ d

To THE

SECRETARY OF THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRI.
CULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR
IRELAND.

Department of Agriculture and Technical
Instruction for Ireland,

Fisheries Branch.

SIR,

\

I have the honour to submit the following Report, pre-
pared by Mr. E. W. L. Holt, Scientific Adviser to the
Fisheries Branch of the Department, and forming Part II. of
the Report on Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland, 1905,

already submitted.

I have the honour to be,
Sir,
Your ebedient servant,

WM. SPOTSWOOD GREEN,
Chief Inspector of Fishertes.

13th May, 1907,

SEA AND INLAND FISHERILS, 1905.

REPORY OF THE SCIENTIFIC ADVISER,

To THE CHIEF INSPECTOR OF FISHERIES.

SIR,

I have the honour to submit my report of the scientific work
of the Fisheries Branch of the Department for the year 1905.

SEA FISHERIES.

International Investigations.—The official adhesion of Ire-
land to the International Scheme of Sea Fisheries Research
has somewhat added to the duties of the scientific staff of the
Branch, but since the programme of this scheme is not essen-
tially different from that which had already commended itself
as conducive to our purely national requirements, the increase
of work is chiefly of a clerical nature, involved by correspon-
dence and the transcription of records for communication to
the Central Bureau, and since ithe activities of the scientific
officers have never been limited to official hours the public
service of this country has not, by our participation in inter-
national work, been deprived of any time to which it possessed
an official claim.

Per contra, in return for communication of hydrographic
data collected primarily in our own interests, we have been
able to devolve upon our Danish colleagues the laborious task
of studying the life-history of the freshwater eel, a fish which
is shown by your Report to be of very considerable value to this
country. While we contribute such observations as the Helga
is able to make, having regard to the limitation of area and
time imposed by her constant administrative duties, the Danish
cruiser extends the field of observation westward of our sea-
ward limit and southward to the Bay of Biscay, and it has
become apparent that the rivers of all North Europe are
stocked by elvers hatched in the deep water to the south-west
of this country. Apart from the fact that the relatively huge
and most conspicuous larvae cannot be found elsewhere in the
North-East Atlantic or its inlets, I understand that the dates
of arrival of elvers, and their relative size, in the rivers of
North Europe absolutely confirm the statement of their com-
mon origin, but while this is established there is as yet no
evidence to show that parent eels from, for instance, the Gulf
of Bothnia ever reach the district in which their sexual pro-
ducts might be of value, and it may be that our rivers, easily
accessible to the favourable breeding grounds, contribute not
alone to their own productivity but very largely to that of the

vil

fresh waters of North Europe generally. If this be so we are
in effect trustees of a fishery which extends vastly beyond the
limits of this country.

In this connection it may be permissible to advert briefly to
the measures taken in other countries to utilise what may be
termed the waste products of the generative activities of the
eel. Elvers, as everyone knows, will ascend any kind of
stream or drip of fresh water, or even wriggle across wet
grass, and great numbers pass into the merest drains and bog-
holes where it is certain that hardly any of them can find
sufficient sustenance to permit of maturation. In such situa-
tions it is probable that they are for human purposes either
absolutely wasted or even deleterious. In the smallest trickles
they serve at most to nourish herons, while in small streams
capable of holding trout they get much of their living, in
season, from trout spawn or fry. No eels of reputable size
are ever found in such streams, and probably none descend to
contribute to the general upkeep of the species.

In the present state of our fishery laws it is impossible to
make any use of such wasted elvers, since the capture, pur-
chase or sale of the fry of eels is most clearly prohibited ; and
such prohibition, where observed, is no doubt most salutary
in river systems which are capable of bringing eels to maturity.
In Sweden the inutility of elvers in small streams appears to be
recognised, and it is customary to trap them in such situations
and sell them to persons interested in the eel fisheries of large
rivers or lakes. The little creatures seem to travel well in wet
moss.

It is matter of doubt whether any of our large river systems,
situate immediate to the source of supply of elvers, are really
in need of artificial stocking, and whether, since all of them are
valuable in one part or another for production of salmonidae,
it is advisable to take any measures to increase their stock of
eels; though there is nothing to indicate that in such rivers
as the Shannon and Bann the eels have ever succeeled in in-
juriously affecting the yield of salmon.

It is perhaps more material to consider whether our present
code permits us to take legitimate advantage of the run of
mature eels. Eel fisheries are in fact confined to a few places,
though all or nearly all of our larger river systems are known
to produce at least a fair supply. Since the owners of some
of the most valuable salmon fisheries appear to experience no
pecuniary disadvantage in the concomitant working of eel-
weirs, it is probable that the latter are not in themselves inimi-
cal to the proper care of salmon, and it would seem that the:
limited exploitation of eel-fishing is largely due to doubt as to
the legality of erecting an eel-weir. Situate, as they are, so
near to the immediate source of supply of elvers, it does not
seem likely that an enhancement of eel-fishing, by its prose-
cution in rivers not now exploited for this purpose, would in-
juriously affect any existing eel fishery.

International Fisherics Statistics.—A most important part
of the work of the International Council is the co-ordination

vii

of the statistics collected by the several Fisheries Authorities
of the North European States, and their presentation in uni-
form system. ‘This is of especial importance to us because
so much of the fishing area which is nearer to the coast of
Ireland than to that of any other country, is at present worked
by vessels which do not land their catches in our ports. In
fact the necessarily limited surveying operations of the Helga
and the courtesy of the owners of the few Irish deep-sea
trawlers afford our only available means of knowing anything
about the resources of the apparently rich grounds which fringe
our south-western littoral. There are, moreover, a number
of grounds off the east and north coasts of this country which
cannot be defined as being fished exclusively by boats belong-
ing to any one of tthe Three Kingdoms, and it is obvious that
statistics which deal only with the fortunes of the fishermen of
one or other country may present a false impression of the
whole fish supply of the area in question.

It has been my duty, as the Irish representative at the meet-
ings of the International Council, to arrange with the British
delegates such delimitation of the area worked in common by
British and Irish boats as may permit of a natural rather than
a purely national definition.

In the statistics issued from this office the coast is divided
roughly as follows :—North, from Ardara in County Done-
gal to Garron Head in Co. Antrim ; east, from Garron Head to
the south-east point of Ireland in Co. Wexford; south, from
the point last mentioned to a line drawn down the centre of
the Kenmare River; west, the remaining area.

The northern and eastern of these divisions are naturally
associated with British areas of which the limits which concern
us are respectively the Mull of Cantyre and the south-west
point of Wales; but the boundary between the south and west
coasts used in our own statistics is not applicable to statistics
embracing the operations of both English and Irish vessels,
since English steam-trawlers are much occupied in deep-sea
grounds which extend round the south-west corner as far
north as Loop Head. As it happens, this headland is also a
natural boundary for the operations of our own drifters, and
has accordingly been made the limit between the south and
west coasts in statistics furnished to the International Council.
Similarly, but with a view rather to the probability of future
fishery development than to existing conditions, the limit be-
tween the north and west coasts has, for international statis-
tics, been shifted from Ardara to Eagle Island in Co. Mayo,
where the precipitous and rocky character of the sea floor
forms an effective natural barrier to the extension of fishing
enterprise from either direction.

Trawling.—The survey of the trawling grounds in the Irish
Sea has been continued at regular quarterly intervals, and
while it is probable that our experience of the varied duties of
the Helga now enables us to allot to this survey the maximum
of available time, our observations are still less complete than
could be wished, and on this account open to serious criticism

vill

by the advocates of perfection. The records are, however, so
consistent that, taken in conjunction with such commercial
statistics as can be localised, they seem to me to afford an in-—
dication of the condition of the grounds during the period of
examination. Our work commenced in 1901, and I regret to
say that I cannot find any evidence that the Irish Sea trawl —
fishery has improved since that date, nor am I in a position to
believe that it has not deteriorated.

The popular explanation of decrease in the return of any
sort of sea-fishery is steam-trawling, and it is possible, but not
on any evidence provable, that the balance of supply, once up-
set by any form of human interference, may be incapable of
natural readjustment when such interference is withdrawn.
No doubt, before the Fishery Authority acquired any means
of enforcing the law, the areas off the eastern coast which were
supposed to be exempted from the operations of steam trawlers
were fished by those vessels practically whenever they appeared
to be worth fishing. Our observations, however, commence
at the same time as the efficient protection of the areas closed
to steam-trawling, and within a few months after the com-
missioning of the Helga poaching by steam-trawlers was, in so
far as concerns the east coast, reduced to a negligible quantity.
Yet, if I rightly interpret the data before me, the fish
supply has deteriorated, and, if one may accept the statements
of the long-shore class of fishermen whose somewhat sporadic
activities yield no return tangible in statistics, the deprecia-
tion is by no means confined to trawling, nor perhaps to those
kinds of fish which the present state of our information leads
us to suppose to be possibly assailable at some stage of their
existence by any sort of trawl.

When no question arises of the prevention of interference
by trawling with some seasonal method of fishing which can-
not be profitably pursued in the presence of trawlers, it is, I
believe, generally considered that the legitimate use of the
power of prohibiting trawling is confined to grounds which are
the nurseries of fishes valuable when adult to all kinds of
fishery. It is obvious that in the case of fishes which pass
through all the stages of their existence on the same ground,
protection in the form of prohibiting one particular kind of
fishing is hardly feasible, for, apart from considerations of un-
due interference with competition, it happens that these sorts
of fish inhabit offshore grounds that can in no wise be suffi-
ciently policed. In effect all of the Irish Sea that can be rea-
sonably protected from the depredations of steam-trawlers has
been effectively closed to them during the period covered: by
our observations, and, as far as I can ascertain, the strain on
the offshore parts of the area has been continuously more and
more relaxed by the diversion of steam-trawling activity to
grounds remote from the Irish Sea. It is quite possible that
the conditions of the fishing of our inshore grounds is but a
reflection of the effect of over-fishing in the central parts of the
Irish Sea, and that though this may be, as I think, diminish-
ing rather than increasing, it is still too much for the natural

ix

recuperation of the supply. If so, a practicable remedy does
not readily suggest itself, as the protection by by-law of such
areas as cin in this way be protected has already been carried
to a very considerable extent on both sides of the sea.

Flatfish Marking.—I referred in my last Report to the
marking of flatfish, chiefly plaice, which had been commenced
on our side of the water by the Helga and on the English side
by the authorities of the Lancashire and Western Sea Fish-
eries Joint Committee. Messrs. Farran and Kemp have
marked some 1,400 plaice, of which a large number have been
recaptured, and the operations of our English colleagues have
been conducted on a considerable scale. Perhaps the most re-
markable result is found in the absence of any indication of
frequent migration across the sea or to the central parts there-
of, or indeed of any constant extensive wandering of the fish.

It may be suggested that we get few returns from the central

parts because these are chiefly worked by steam-trawlers who
may entertain a pardonable suspicion of the ultimate use to
which the data of recaptured fish may be put; but we receive
in fact so many returns from the coastal area that any con-
siderable concealment of captures on offshore grounds seems
improbable. The work has not yet been continued for a
period sufficient to justify more than a passing mention of
apparent result, or to permit of an attempt to extract from the
tables any valid information as to the intensity of fishing.

Mackerel and Herring Fisheries.—Our scheme of research
in connection with these fisheries consists chiefly in the tabu-
lation of records of temperature, salinity and plankton taken
at regular intervals at a series of stations along the coast. The
results are communicated to the International Bureau and are
published quarterly in the Bulletin des Courses périodiques.
When a sufficient series is available we shall attempt to de-
monstrate the relationship between the conditions of water as
shown by these records and the fluctuations of the fisheries
indicated by statistics, which in regard to all the principal
centres of the mackerel and herring fisheries appear to be
reasonably exact. Already we have indications of such incon-
stancy in annual water conditions as would seem to offer
ample explanation for corresponding variation in fish-supply,
but I do not think we are yet in a position to attempt fore-
casts. The defects of our physical observations are their hmi-
ted range, and, in the case of most observing stations, infre-
quency of record, but to some extent both these defects are
remedied by observations made by the officers of ocean-going
ships for the hydrographic department of the International
Bureau. In dealing with the fish statistics I anticipate that
the principal difficulty will be found in making allowance for
suspension of fishing during periods when the price falls low.
Obviously the price in some sense reflects the supply, but
locally it may be dependent on extra-local conditions or on
more or less artificial circumstances.

The examination of mackerel is now restricted to small
samples probably sufficient, in view of extensive examination

x

in previous years, to apprise us of any noteworthy departure
from the normal seasonal habit of the fish.

Examination of herring is made for us on a considerable
scale by the Ulster Fisheries and Biological Association, and is
now directed chiefly to the skeletal characters of the fish,
with a view to the possible existence of local races. As yet,
the result appears to be of a negative character in so far as
concerns the different parts of the Irish littoral, but the evi-
dence deduced from size and condition is of some interest in
view of the alleged migrations of shoals.

Oyster Fisheries.—In one sense the Irish oyster industry
appears to be in a satisfactory condition, in that, taking one
district with another, the demand seems to be greater than the
supply ; but in reality such a state of things is dangerous, for
if the demand cannot be satisfied in one quarter it passes to
another, and this country, if found unreliable in supply, runs
some risk of neglect. Our great difficulty, as I have men-
tioned in previous reports, is found in the practical extinction,
before the Fishery Authority had any means of enforcing its
regulations, of many of the natural beds which produced
oysters of good table quality. or some reason the public bed
in ‘Tralee Bay escaped the common fate, and under the super-
vision of the Department’s bailiff has now been brought to a
satisfactory condition, and is increasing in productive area.
From unsorted dredgings forwarded to the office it is evident
that there was a good fall of spat in 1904 and 1905, and as the
great increment in price has now convinced the local dredgers
of the impolicy of evading the regulations as to size limit, the
bed seems to have every prospect of future prosperity. It has,
however, an advantage which is not general, in that the
dredgers are comparatively few and are not infrequently
diverted, during the open season, to lightering and other
pursuits more profitable than dredging. ‘The bay, moreover,
is rather exposed, and the weather adds a good many days to
the close season.

I referred in my last Report to the Inquiry held at Claren-
bridge in February, 1905, and to the measures taken by
alteration of the previous by-laws to secure the protection of
the public bed at that place. While the size limit has been
reduced from 3 to 2% inches, the Department has taken power
to close defined areas for the purpose of re-stocking ; but in view
of the urgency of the case, pending the usual delay in confir-
mation of by-laws, I was directed to take steps to re-stock the
bed by a method which would not necessitate closing any part
of it. Such a method was found in the laying down of seed
oysters so small that they would not reach the size-limit by
December (the open season) of. 1905, though some would spat
in that season, while all survivors would be of generatively
mature size in the spatting season of 1906.

The summer of 1905 was so exceptionally favourable that
my computation of the probable growth of the seed was con-
siderably exceeded by the result, as many of the oysters, easily
recognisable by the mark of the tile, came very near to the

Xl

legal size, though not thick enough to contain a good fish.
Great interest was taken in this matter by the local dredgers,
and the new regulations appear to have been most faithfully
observed. ‘l'o some extent this may have been due to the con-
fidence inspired in the bailiffs of the Clarenbridge Committee
by the presence of an experienced officer sent down by the
Department.

The yield of the December dredging was, in view of previous
depletion of the bed, naturally rather small, amounting to
some 97,000, but the quality of the oysters was excellent and
the price most satisfactory, the average being about 2s. per
long hundred in advance of that of any previous year,

The cost of our re-stocking operations was inconsiderable,
and while we certainly derived most valuable information as to
the biological result of laying seed oysters on a natural bed, I
think I may say that our action has had a still more desirable
result in dispelling the suspicion with which any sort of inter-
ference by the central authority was locally regarded.

The fall of spat in 1905 seems to have been much above the
average, but not sufficient, in my estimation, for the complete
recuperation of a bed so depleted by previous adverse circum-
stances, natural and artificial. It was accordingly decided to
repeat the re-stocking operation in the spring of 1906, and at
the suggestion of the local dredgers I caused most of the stock
to be laid on the outer part of the ground, which was reported
to be very thinly populated. In 1905, as already reported,
scme 135,000 seed were laid—eighteen months’ Brittany
oysters from caisses. In 1906 we laid 110,000 of the same
origin and age but from ground lJayings. ‘These are supposed
by French cultivators to be superior to the caisse oysters, and
certainly appear to be of better quality, probably because the
spat placed in caisses is crowded beyond the possibility of
adequate nourishment for all. Samples of both kinds, pur-
chased in 1906, are under observation at Ardfry with a view to
determining whether or no the somewhat higher price of the
ground seed is justified in this district by superior growth and
vitality.

The public beds in Clew Bay, as I have mentioned in pre-
vious Reports, have for some time been in very poor condition.
and the possibility of improving them has been the subject of
discussion in this office on many occasions. It is quite clear
that the deterioration is absolutely attributable to over-dredg-
ing, and a peculiar feature of the case is that at one time the
cultch seems to have commanded a ready market for the pre-
paration of private beds, with the result that the powers of
recuperation of the natural beds may have been seriously pre-
judiced. The great difficulty in the way of remedial measures
lies in the scattered nature of the productive ground. The
most considerable patch lies in Inislyre Harbour, to the south
of the anchorage, but strips of good ground occur here and
there in the innumerable channels between the Westport
owles, and it would require a very large force of bailiffs to
prevent the infringement of regulations at one part or another.

aa . wets
xu “
'*

To some extent the prospects of successful restoration have a
been improved by action on the part of the local dredgers, who
have asked the Department to take over the beds and manage
them in such way as may seem best for the public interest.
Though there are difficulties in the way of acceding to this
request, it may no doubt be taken as an indication that the
dredgers will regard with some confidence whatever steps it
may be possible for us to take.

For the present it has been decided to concentrate the work
of restoration on the Inislyre basin, as that is an area which
permits of adequate watching at a reasonable cost, and on this
ground we have laid down, in April, 1906, some 140,000
Brittany seed of the same quality as was used in the Claren-
bridge laying of 1905. Measures of a more extensive nature
are in contemplation.

To my mind the greatest difficulty in the way of preserving
a public oyster fishery or of restoring it to a substantially pro-
fitable condition lies in the very fact of its being public. While
the policing of a bed during the open season is not usually a
matter of great difficulty or expense, its protection during the
close season must to a large extent depend on the regular
local dredgers, and in the open season also it is obvious that
the regular fishermen will readily observe regulations (of
which they well understand the theoretical benefits) as long as
themselves are sure of reaping advantage therefrom. But if,
from whatever cause, a public bed improves in supply, it is
subject to immediate invasion by a host of new boats, with the
result that the regular local men perhaps get a smaller indivi-
dual catch than at the time when the bed was less productive.
Under such circumstances the local interest in the observance
of regulations, which is the most potent factor in preservation,
naturally tends to slacken. The possible yield of a natural
bed is far below the demands that may be made on it by the
fishing of an unlimited number of boats, and it may be im-
possible to put any of our western beds into really satisfactory
condition unless some means can be found of vesting them in a
hmited number of fishermen who will be certain of a substan-
tial interest in their proper care.

The open sea natural beds of Counties Wicklow and Wex-
ford, owing to the present market conditions affecting the class
of oyster which they produce, are not troubled by over-fishing,
and the favourable summer of 1905 produced a marked im-
provement in the quality of the “‘ fish,’’ and must almost cer-
tainly have induced a good fall of spat, though as to the latter
I have no actual evidence.

Our experiments in oyster-culture at Ardfry have been con-
tinued, and the fall of spat in the pond was very fair. The
tiles yielded some 80,000 spat, and the latter was found on
almost every object in the pond on which it could possibly
secure lodgment. Our supply of tiles was quite inadequate,
because I was unwilling to incur the expense of purchasing a
large quantity until we should have met with some sort of
success, but we are now well supplied for future seasons.

Xill

There was also a good fall of spat on the outer grounds, and
the growth of our re-laid stock was excellent, while the mor-
tality was small. A detailed report on the results of all our
work at Ardfry is in preparation.

SCIENTIFIC PAPERS.

The appendix is largely devoted to recording in systematic
form the results of our exploration of the Atlantic waters of
this country. For the most part these, previous to the incep-
tion of the Department's work, were aquae incogmitae, and in
consequence we have to deal with a vast number of organisms,
the presence of which on or near our coast was unsuspected or
at least unrecorded, while many of them are new to human
observation. Before proceeding to an orderly survey of the
distributional relationships of these forms as elements of the
whole fauna and to speculations as to their influence upon the
present or probable future objects of commercial fisheries it is
essential to obtain a knowledge of them individually. Their
treatment, therefore, on a strictly zoological basis is to be re-
garded not as a diversion of the energies of fishery officials into
the realms of what is called pure science, but as a preliminary
to the necessary collation of all the factors which may affect
the commercial fish supply.

In the course of preparation of an account of the deep-sea
trawling grounds of the west coast, to which I made reference
in my Report for 1904, it has been necessary for Mr. Byrne
and myself to determine twenty-seven species of fishes which
were previously unknown in the fauna of the British Islands.
These are mentioned in Appendix, No. IT. One species is new
to science, and of the others one has only been recorded pre-
viously from the coast of North America, and another from off
Patagonia. <A full report of the result of trawling operations
is in hand.

The Crustaceans are a group of which the economical im-
portance, primary or secondary, is readily recognised. In
Appendix, No. IV, Mr. Tattersall gives an account of the
pelagic Amphipoda of our collections, which include four
species new to science, and twenty-one species new to our
fauna. As preliminary to a general account of the Macrura,
Mr. Kemp, in Appendix, Nos. I and V, deals with the large
pelagic prawns of the genus Acanthephyra and with other
forms not previously known as inhabitants of our region.

Professor Hickson has been kind enough to examine our
gatherings of corals, and records in Appendix, No. V, the oc-
currence of a species belonging to the precious kind, which,
though itself of no value. suggests the not improbable occur-
rence of commercial corals in the same region. For the pre-
sent 1t may seem to matter little to Irish fishermen whether
the ocean floor some fifty miles from the coast is paved with
sand or gold. but the tendency of modern fisheries is to pro-
gress seawards. and the presence or absence of precious coral
at sonndings of a few hundred fathoms is not likely to always
remain unimportant. The gathering which included the coral

X1V

was made in 1901, and it has happened that the Helga has
never had the opportunity of further exploring the same
ground.

To the Ulster Fisheries and Biological Association are due
the papers contained in Appendix, Nos. III and VI. The
first, by Mr. Gough, deals with the Foraminifera of the north-
east coast. The second is a continuation of Mr. Pearson’s
summary of the records of Copepoda from Irish coasts.

In Appendix, No. VII, the Misses Delap continue their
most valuable records of the pelagic organisms occurring in
Valencia Harbour, which, as a trap for any oceanic creature
drifted to our coast, is an important indicant of the movements
of Atlantic waters. In the same number of the Appendix
Miss M. J. Delap gives an account of the rearing of two of the
large jelly-fishes which infest the coast. It is only by such
work that we can acquire a knowledge of the probable in-
fluence of these creatures on the world of the sea.

INLAND FISHERIES.

Papers dealing with this subject will be found in No. VIII
of the Appendix. Artificial propagation during the season of
1904-1905 was carried out most successfully, the season’s
yield of salmon fry being more than a million in excess of that
of any previous year. I have thought it right to again direct
the attention of owners and managers of hatcheries to the
paramount importance of turning out the fry as soon as they
require food, for though there is now no want of care in the
selection of fry grounds nor in the transport of fry, it is prob-
able that in some cases fry have been kept in hatcheries rather
longer than is advisable, though never, so far as I am aware,
so long as to cause serious risk. In this connection Mr. C.
Green, with the permission of the author and editors, contri-
butes a translation of a paper by Dr. W. Hein in the Allge-
meine Fischerei-Zeitung, in which it is shown by experiment
that the growth of trout fry is greatly affected by variation in
the period after hatching at which they are first fed. No simi-
lar observations are available in regard to salmon, but the
latter are so closely allied to trout that in this matter what
applies to one kind is certainly applicable to the other, with
this difference—that while the artificial feeding of trout fry is
well understood, no general success has yet attended experi-
ments in the artificial feeding of salmon fry. Attempts at
artificial feeding in the hatchery are therefore not likely to be
an effective substitute for release at the proper time.

Figures showing the very large increase in hatchery opera-
tions since the Department were placed in a position to sub-
sidise private enterprise, are given in my detailed report, to-
gether with the total amount of our expenditure in this respect
up to date. Considering the work accomplished the amount
is trivial, and it is so because our scheme of assistance leaves
the management in the hands of private owners, who make no
demand upon public funds for their own indispensable services

xV

of supervision, and are able to procure the necessary labour on
reasonable terms. If these private hatcheries were transferred
to the State it would be necessary to pay a quite considerable
salary to the manager of each, and for all labour in connection
with hatching operations considerations of continuity alone
would entail an advance on the local rate of wages; and, the
element of local interest being eliminated, central administra-
tive expenses would be vastly increased by the greater need of
supervision from head-quarters. The gain to the fisheries as
a whole would, I believe, be nil, since there hag never been the
slightest difficulty in inducing owners of hatcheries to carry
out any alteration in their system of management which it
has seemed necessary to advise,

The statistics kindly furnished, for publication in this Re-
port, by the owners of certain salmon fisheries are all indica-
tive of a serious failure of peal in the open season of 1905. I
alluded in my Report for 1904 to the drift-net question on the
north and north-west coasts, in which I was unable to find an
explanation of a general shortage, though the inception or
considerable increase of this method of fishing may quite
conceivably, if not certainly, have reduced the takes of the
fisheries of rivers outside of which the nets have been worked.
In 1905 the operations of drift-nets were extended as far as
Galway Bay, but the number which fished southwards of the
usual north-west grounds was not large, and their take, as far
as I can ascertain, was quite insignificant. Whatever be the
cause of the general shortage of peal, it is reasonably certain
that drift-netting cannot be held to blame at present, though
its unrestricted practice may perhaps be considered an undue
tax on a fish-supply which has for many years failed to yield
a satisfactory average, and may, by lessening the interest in
winter protection taken by owners of river fisheries, be ulti-
mately the cause of destruction far greater than that which
itself inflicts.

Though it is as yet impossible, by the tabulation of figures
extending over a reasonably sufficient period, to say what may
be the normal condition of the waters on our western sea-
board and what may be the apparent relation between their
physical condition and the statistical result of salmon fisheries,
14 is permissible to remark that in 1905 our physical records
indicate the presence of water of a salinity not usual in this
region, and it is perhaps noteworthy that while our peal fishery
was a failure that of the Rhine was decidedly productive. It
will, however, be remembered that our peal season of 1904
was practically no better, though the water conditions do not
appear to have been exceptional in that year. Unless we
assume the fortunes of the earlier stages of the salmon to be a
constant, it 1s evident that in comparing one season with
another it is necessary to take into account the conditions,
fluviatile and marine, which may have affected the whole life-
history of the individuals that come to net or gaff in any one
season, and until we acquire some adequate means of making
a scientific study of the fish I do not see how this is possible.

Xvl

In certain years it is generally reported that the run of —

smolts has been unusually large, but it is very difficult to say
to what extent such reports may have been due to unusually
favourable opportunities of observation. If smolts when
ready for the sea move as freely in heavy water as in times
of drought, it is evident that they will be, to human observa-
tion, most numerous under the latter condition, since floods
screen them from observation and prevent their accumulation
in the head-races of mills, where they usually attract most
attention.

The season of 1905 was exceptional in the general
low state of the rivers while fry were running. In
the case of one river which I had occasion to visit
the water was so low that practically all of it went
through a mill chiefly worked by a large slow-moving
turbine with large ports and a fall of a few feet. The turbine
is screened by fry-guards and a large undershot wheel is pro-
tected by a coarse grating, which has since been altered in
pattern so as to be removable at short notice. A quantity of
smolts had accumulated above the weir, and in their quest
of means of descent a good many of them got sucked broadside-
on against the fry-guards and so killed. The fish manifested
great reluctance to pass through the grating of the undershot
wheel (where they could take no possible harm) even after
several bars had been knocked out; and the force of water was
not sufficient to carry many of them through, though the tur-
bine was stopped for this purpose. Since there was no sign
of a change of weather, it was obvious that the whole run was
in considerable risk of destruction in detail against the fry-
guards, and having previously had some experience of pas-
sing fish through a similar turbine I took the responsibility of
pulling up the fry-guards. The river is tidal below the weir,
and, by surrounding the turbine outfall with such nets as were
procurable, it was possible during low water to see what hap-
pened the fry that came through. Of a number of small
shcals which made the passage at this period, when the fall
was at its maximum, not one fish seemed any the worse.

The grating of turbines is provided for by statute law and
is not susceptible of modification by permission of the Depart-
ment, as in the case of mill-wheels. In my opinion it would
be a matter of the greatest difficulty to decide whether a tur-
bine of given pattern and fall is or is not harmful to fry with-
out the most exact experiment in each particular case.

The exceptional drought during the smolt season of 1905
caused attention to be directed to the dangers arising in a
limestone country from ‘‘ swallow-holes.’’ So far as concerns
parr, i.c., fry not ready to migrate, risk of destruction by the
drying of parts of the river bed is common in any dry summer,
and is, according to my information, a serious matter in the
Clare-Galway river. Usually, however, when smolts are run-
ning, there is at least enough water in rivers to ensure a con-
tinuous passage to the sea. This was not the case in May of
1905 in the little Dunmoran river, which enters the sea to the

Nera

- - ——

XVil

west of Ballysodare Bay. Swallow-holes exist for some miles
from the mouth, and in the upper part, where the bottom is
gravelly, the riparian tenants staunch them with more or less
success by heaving in any sort of rubbish that comes to hand,
their object being to preserve water, and prevent pitfalls, for
their cattle. In the lower part of the river there is a reach of
more than a hundred yards which was altogether dry when I
visited it. The bottom is rocky, and there are many trans-
verse ledges which would hold water from seaward passage if
it could not escape by vertical fissures. I did not see any
smolts in any part of the river, but since there were plenty in
the Sligo river at the time, I have no doubt that I was cor-

rectly informed that some had perished by the drying of this

stream, which seems to be of considerable value for spawning
purposes. ‘The local people told me that a good fall of rain
would at once carry the river over the dried portion, and as this
portion did not seem of much value except during the passage
of smolts, when it is almost invariably full of water, I doubt
if its occasional drying is of sufficient importance to justify any
large expenditure on remedial works, such as gratings to pre-
vent the smolts from reaching the dangerous region when the
stream falls low.

Salmon-marking has been continued on much the same
scale as during the last few years, and some attempt has been
made at the marking of smolts, but the labels used for this
purpose have not proved satisfactory. We therefore propose
to experiment on fish in confinement with a view to finding
some more efficient means of marking smolts.

I have to express my acknowledgments to my colleagues,
the Assistant Naturalists, and to the Technical Assistant, for
most of the material upon which this Report is based. Mr. C.
Green has prepared the index, and has, as usual, relieved me
of most of the editorial cares.

I have the honour to be,
Sir,
Your obedient servant,

EK. W. L. HOLT,
Scientific Adviser.

18th August, 1906.

A3

; ¢ ug ayy ;
+* m «+6 7 ~ Ns
Lod ¢ Te a = © a! ’ ’ + La 1
7 : ' . é allay e
é 4 : , wary rs eft ii ,
, : : ud 4 , ! ee ‘
; : = BPE
> “=
bak JY
“A
‘
: t
rt
.
.
i ’
‘ A
¥ ’ "9
a
> ¢ + .
4 - - '
-
: ;
7
»
7
.

APPENDIX

TO

REPORT

ON THE

SHA AND INLAND FISHERTES OF IRELAND
FOR THE YEAR 1905.

PART II.—SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS.

Appendix,
No. Page.
SEA FISHERIES.
I. The Marine Fauna of the Coast of Ireland, Part VII. On the

occurrence of the genus Acanthephyra in deep water off the West
Coast of lreland, by Stanley W. Kemp, B.A., PlatesI and II, . [3]

II. First report on the Fishes of the Irish Atlantic che by E. W. L. Holt
and L. W. Byrne, Plate I, , [29]

III. The Foraminifera of Larne Lough and District, by George C. Gough,
B.Sc., A.R.C.Sc. (Lond.), F.G.S., Plate I, . ; f [55]

IV. The Marine Fauna of the Coast of Ireland, Part VIII. Pelagic
Amphipoda of the Irish Atlantic oe by W. M. Tattersall, B.Sc.,

Plates I to V, ‘ : [63]

V. i.—Remarkable Coelenterata from the West Coast of Ireland, by
Sydney J. Hickson, F.R.S., . ‘ ; ° : : [101 }
ii.— Branchellion turpedinis, Savigny, by E, W. L. Ilolt, ; : [102]

iii.—Lamellaria pom On Verrill, var. ier Verrill, bates P. Farran,

B.A,, : . [108]

iv.—Macrura from the West Coast of Ireiand, by Stanley W. Kemp, B.A., [ 105)

VI. A list of the Marine Copepoda of Ireland, Part II, Pelagic Species,
by Joseph Pearson, M.Se., . . ° . “ [106 }

VII. i.—Notes on the Plankton of Valencia ae ee by
M. & C. Delap, ; : : ‘. [141]

ii.—Notes on the Rearing, in an Aquarium, of Auredia aurita, L.,
and Pelagia perla (Slabber), by M. J. Delap, Plates I and II, é | 160]
B

bo

|

VIII. INLAND FISHERIES.

i.—Investigations into the Food Requirements of Brown Trout Fry in
the Hatching Trough and in the Artificial Redd, by Dr. Walter
Hein, Royal Bavarian Biological Laboratory for Fisheries, Munich,

(Translation), Plates I and IT, 3 . . P
iii—Report on the Artificial Propagation of Salmonidae during the

season 1905-1906, by E. W. L. Holt, : “ : é
iii—Statistical Information relating to the Salmon Fisheries, . .

iv-—Substance of Reports received from Clerks of Conservators relative
to Salmon Fisheries, ; ‘ ° ° 4

INDEX to the Appendix,

ral
4

APPENDIX, No. I.

THE MARINE FAUNA OF THE COAST OF IRELAND
PART VII.

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE GENUS ACAN-
THEPHYRA IN DEEP WATER OFF THE WEST
COAST OF IRELAND,

BY
STANLEY W. Kemp, B.A.

PLATES I and ILI.

Two species of Acanthephyra ave here recorded for the first
time from the West Coast of Ireland. One of them, 4. purpurea,
is extremely variable and, in the course of my investigations, J
have been led to classify several more recently described forms
as merely synonymous with this widely distributed species. I
have endeavoured, possibly somewhat too fully, to detail my
reasons for this step.

Towards the end of this paper will be found a synonymic list
and also a diagnostic table which may assist in the identification
of the many species of Acanthephyra, and together with these
will be found tables of bathymetric and horizontal distribution.

I have to thank Dr. R. N. Wolfenden for his courtesy in placing
at my disposal the Decapoda which he collected off the Irish
coast in 1903; among this material I found a very fine example
of Acanthephyra debilis.

Famity HOPLOPHORIDAE, Faxon.

Genus Acanthephyra, A. M.-Edw.

1881. Acanthephyra, A. M.-Edw. [12] p. 12.

1882. Mrersia, Smith, [24] p. 66.

1884. Acanthephyra, Smith. [25] p. 372.

1888. Acanthephyra, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 730.

1888. Systellaspis, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 757.

1888. T'ropiocaris, Sp. Bate (partvm) [28] p. 834.

1888. Hymenodora, Sp. Bate (partim) [28] p. 838.

1895. Acanthepnyra, Faxon. [6] p. 160.

1901. Acanthephyra, Alcock. [8] p. 75.

1905. Acanthephyra, Stebbing. [29] p. 106.

1 Stebbing [29] gives a full account of the synonymy of this family. He

regards Miersiidae as the more correct name; although I feel some com-
punction at differing from such a well-known authority on nomenclature, I

cannot but think that Hoplophoridae will be found more convenient, at any
rate until more is known of Kingsley’s Miersia.

Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1905, I. (Published. October, 1906. }

Ce te |
B 2

I, ’05, 4

Acanthephyra purpurea, A. M.-Edw.

1881. Acanthephyra purpurea, A. M.-Edw. [11] p. 935.

1882. Acanthephyra purpurea, A. M.-Edw. [18] p. 37.

1882. Miersia Agassizi, Smith. [24] p. 67, pl. xi., figs. 5-7;
pl. xii, figs. 1-4.

1883. Acanthephyra purpurea, A. M.-Edw. [14] pl. 33,

1884. Pa eS Agassiz, Smith. [24] p. 372, pl. viii.
fig. 1

1886. fa iets Agassizi, Smith. [27] p. 667, pl. xv.,
fhige. 45°C; 7 5 pl. xvi, Bey 2.

1888. Acanthephyra purpurea, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 733, pl.
exxiv., fig. 1.

1888. Acanthephyra sica, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 739, pl. exxv.
fig. 1.

1888. Fe Saree acanthitelsonis, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 745,
pl. exxv., fig. 3.

1895. Acanthephyra purpurea, Ortmann. [17] p. 43.

1895. Acanthephyra Agassizi, Faxon. [6] p. 161.

1896. Acanthephyra purpurea, Caullery. [4] p. 375.

1900. Acanthephyra Agassizi, Riggio. [20] p. 20.

1900. Acanthephyra rectirostris, Riggio. [20] p. 20.

1903. Acanthephyra rectirostris, Lo Bianco. [10] p. 186.

1905. Acanthephyra Batei, Stebbing. [29] p. 107, pl. xxiv. B.

1905. Acanthephyra purpurea, Riggio. [21] p. 35, tav. ii.,
figs. 12-15; tav. ii, fig. 18.

1905. Acanthephyra rectirostris, Riggio. [21] p. 40, tav. iii,
figs. 1-17.

1905. Laces Haecheli, Thiele. [80] p. 466.

1905. Acanthephyra rectirostris, Thiele. |80] p. 467.

1905. Acanthephyra purpurea, Coutiére. [4a] p. 10, fig. 4.

1905. Acanthephyra parva, Coutiere. [4a| p. 15, fig. 5.

The capture of twenty-five specimens, in deep water off the
West Coast of Ireland, has led me to look closely into the
claims to specific rank of the members of that group of the genus
Acanthephyra comprising purpurea A. M.-Edw., Agassizi Smith
sica Sp. Bate, acanthitelsonis Sp. Bate, sanguinea Wood-,
Mason, Bater Stebbing, and rectirostris, Riggio.

Through the courtesy of Dr. W. T. Calman I have been
enabled to examine the specimens belonging to this genus, chiefly
from the Challenger collection, contained in the British Museum ;
I wish, here, to express my gratitude to him for his unvarying
kindness and ready help.

The present species was first described by Milne-Edwards in
1881 [11] when he published in a footnote a diagnosis occupying
only four lines; he republished this description with the addition
of a single sentence in the following year[18], In that year,
1852, Smith [24] established a new genus Miersia, his type
species being M. Agassizi, for three specimens taken in deep
water off the east coast of the United States ; he published a long
and careful description with a number of figures.

Lee. 2

I, ’05, 5

The next year A. Milne-Edwards brought out his well-known
“ Recueil” [14], which includes a sketch of the specimen described
in 1881.

In 1884 [24] Smith published an amended description of his
M. Agassiz. with more figwres, and in 1886 issued a short note
on the species, recording its occurrence at the surface [27],

Spence Bate in his Challenger Report [28] regards Agassizi
as a synonym of purpurea, and refers three small specimens to
this species; he gives a very inaccurate description, and figures
a small specimen witha broken rostrum. When after reviewing
a portion of this writer’s work one sees the numberless mistakes
and inconsistencies which disfigure it, one cannot but entertain
the gravest suspicion as to the value of the other parts of his
Report. Owing to some oversight he totally neglected to men-
tion the existence of a large specimen, taken by the Challenger
off Vigo, which he himself named pwrpurea,and which is at pre-
sent with his other specimens in the British Museum. In spite
of the fact that this specimen is somewhat damaged—the rostrum
is entire but fractured at the base, and the third abdominal seg-
ment is rather crushed—it would certainly have provided him
with better material than that which he used. Ortmann in 1895
[17] and Caullery in 1896 [4] place Agassizi as a synonym of
purpurea, though they give no reasons for so doing, but Faxon
in 1895 [6] on account of the supposed absence of a carina on
the second abdominal tergite in purpurea (see Sp. Bate’s descrip-
tion) and because of the greater length of the rostrum in that
species, retains Agassiz as distinct.

Riggio in 1900 [20], when giving a very brief account of some
Mediterranean crustacea, records the occurrence of Acanthephyra
Agassizi, and distinguishes from it a closely allied form which
he names A. rectirostris. In 1905 [21] he published a fuller
account where he agrees with Ortmann and Caullery in regard-
ing Agassiz as a synonym of purpurea: he still retains rectiros-
tris as a distinct species, and gives rough figures of both it and
purpurea. Stebbing, also in 1905 [29], records a number of
South African crustacea, and describes a form which he calls
Acanthephyra Bater, differing from purpurea chiefly in the
armature of the rostrum and telson.

Thiele [80] has recently published some remarks on the old
Ephyra Haeckeli, Martens. He has examined a specimen with
a broken rostrum from the Mediterranean, which he considers
the same as Riggio’s Agassiz: var. mediterranea [20]. On com-
paring this specimen with an Y’phyra Haeckeli,he has decided that
the two are identical. Coutiere [4a] also has examined a co-
type of Haeckeli in the Berlin museum ; he is of the opinion
that the specimen is an Acanthephyra, perhaps a new species.

The “purpurea group” of this genus may be briefly character-
ized thus:—Species of Acanthephyra in which the rostrum
nearly reaches to, or surpasses, the antennal scale, and is armed
dorsally throughout its length, and ventrally with at least three
teeth. The eyes are wider than the eyestalks. The sixth

ae

I. 05, 6

abdominal somite is dorsally carinate and not twice as long
as the fifth. The telson is armed with at least four pairs of
spines.!

In the first place, to deal with Spence Bate’s description of
purpurea. Onp. 733 of his Report he says—“pleon subcarinated
from the posterior margin of the second somite to that of the
sixth, the third, fifth and sixth being posteriorly produced to a
tooth.”

This certainly implies that no carina is found on the second
somite, whereas, as a matter of fact, it is present in every one of
the Challenger specimens referred by him to purpurea, although
in the smaller specimens the carina is not so obvious on the
second as on the following segments; “ subecarinated,” too,
scarcely seems applicable to such a very pronounced carina.

It is doubtless due to some mistake that Milne-Edwards in his
Recueil does not figure any carina on the second abdominal
somite.

Spence Bate in his description implies that the fourth abdominal
somite is not armed posteriorly with a spine, and this is true of
the specimen from which he drew his figure ; nevertheless, on re-
ferring to that figure the fourth abdominal somite is found to
bear a short but very evident spine. This spine is also absent in
the specimen taken N.W. of Bermuda, but, in the Vigo specimen
—labelled purpurea it Sp. Bate’s handwriting but not mentioned
in his report—the spine on the fourth somite is prominent and
as long as that on the fifth. The armature of the telson, too,
would more correctly be described as consisting of stout spines
rather than “minute spinules.” I have drawn up a table giving
the chief points of the specimens I have been able to examine
which will, | hope, give a fairly adequate idea of the enormous
range of variation among the individuals of this almost ubiquitous
species. This table will, I think, be more especially useful in
connection with the forms which I have been induced to consider
merely varieties of A. purpurea.

I have not had an opportunity of examining specimens of
Stebbmg’s A. Bater or Riggio’s A. rectirostris, but, from the
descriptions and figures they fall easily within the limits of
variation of A. purpurea.

A. Agassizi.—Little need be said with regard to Agassiz,
for all recent authors are agreed in placing it as a synonym of
Ppyrpured.

The rostral formula given in Smith’s amended description is
6 —10 above and 1 —7 below.

The spine on the fourth abdominal somite was absent or nearly

. . ¥ . 9 . . . .
absent in two out of three of Smith’s original specimens, while:

A. approxima, described by Spence Bate, from a single specimen with a
broken rostrum, differs from the foregoing group in the extremely minute,
sometimes obsolete, spinules on the telson, in the carmate carapace and first
abdominal tergite, and in the disposition of the teeth on the dorsal border of
the rostrum, at least five of which are placed behind the posterior tooth on the
ventral border. Faxon [7] has doubtfully referred nine specimens from the
Gulf of Panam. and Galapagos Jslands to this species.

Ley

es

I. ’05, 7

in his later examples it seems to have been usually present
From the material taken by the Helga alone, it would be easy to
select a series showing every gradation from the complete absence
of this tooth to cases where it is as large or even larger than that
on the fifth somite. With regard to the armature of the telson,
Smith in his first account says there are four or five pairs of
dorsal aculei, while two years later he gives five to twelve pairs
as the limits of variation. Faxon, in 1895 [6], doubtfully refers
to Agassizi two specimens from the Pacific which have only three
pairs of spines on the telson. This writer furnishes two reasons
for retaining Agassizi as distinct from purpwrea, namely that
the latter species possesses a larger rostrum and bears no carina
on the second abdominal somite. The last of these two arguments
is, as I have already shown, based on a mistake in Spence Bate’s
description, and the remaining feature, as may be seen from the
comparative measurements of rostrum and carapace in the
annexed table, is so variable that little reliance can be placed
upon it as a specific character.

A. sica.—While working at the British Museum I was struck
with the very close resemblance which specimens referred by
Spence Bate to Acanthephyra sica bore to A. purpurea, and
on examining the question I failed to find any constant charac-
teristic by which the long series of Challenger specimens could
be separated from that species, According to Spence Bate the
chief distinction lies in the rostral armature, which he describes
thus :—

“Rostrum, equal in length to the carapace, and armed on the
“upper surface with nine or ten widely separated small teeth,
“the posterior being closer to one another than the others, and
“with five on the lower corresponding with the anterior five on
“the dorsal surface.”

Again, on the next page, he says :—

“The rostrum projects forwards to a length that is subequal
“with the carapace, and is armed on the upper surface with ten
“small teeth that are closer together near the frontal region and
“more distant anteriorly ; the under surface is armed with five
“teeth that coincide with the same number, tooth for tooth, on
“the upper surface, except the most anterior on the upper
“surface, which has no corresponding tooth on the lower.”

‘In other words, of the ten teeth on the upper surface of the
rostrum, the posterior four are not paired with any teeth on the
lower surface, and this is what is found in the type specimen of
A. sica, which Spence Bate figures. This arrangement of teeth,
however, by no means holds for the majority of specimens which
he refers to sica; out of fourteen examples now in the British
Museum only four possess exactly this type of armature. In
most cases it is only the three posterior teeth on the dorsal sur-
face which are unpaired with any below, and this is the arrange-
ment which is the general rule with purpurea. I figure, p. 18,
fig. 2, examples of rostra, some from Irish specimens and

he )

I. 05, 8

others from specimens referred by Spence Bate to sica, and the —
variation shown is sufficient to prove that although when treated _
broadly the form of the rostral armature is undoubtedly of great
specific value, yet this character is not valid in such minute -
details as were held to distinguish sica from purpwrea. Spence
Bate himself seems to have had some doubts as to the correct
identification of the specimen from st. 318 with very abnormal
rostral armature (see p. 18, fig. 2); on p. 743 he calls it a variety
of A. sica approximating to acanthitelsonis, while on p. 746 he
refers to it as a variety of purpurea.

Another feature given as a distinction between sica and pur-
purea concerns the armature of the pleon. Spence Bate says
“the four posterior somites terminating in sinall dorsal teeth of
“which the anterior is occasionally the largest.” Among the
fourteen specimens examined there is only one in which these
spines are equal, in every other case the spine on the third somite
is larger than those on the following ones, often considerably so.
In these specimens of sica the telson is about equal in length to
the outer uropod, and is furnished with from four to ten pairs of
lateral spines. In the examples collected by the Helga the telson
is in some cases equal to, in others slightly longer than, in others
considerably longer, than the outer uropod. Smith found similar
variation among his Agassizt.

The oral appendages of Bate’s sicw appear to differ in no
respect from those of purpurea.

A. acanthitelsonis.—This form is an extreme variety of
purpurea, and may be referred to the var. multispina of Coutiere.
Spence Bate says “it may readily be distinguished by the short-
ness of the rostrum and the less important dental armature of
the pleon, and, on closer inspection, by the more abundant and
important spinules on the telson and the obtuse character of
the scaphocerite.” I have examined the two specimens, but
confess myself unable to appreciate “the obtuse character of the
scaphocerite.”

If the apical cluster of spines on the telson is neglected and
only the lateral ones counted (which is the method I have
employed when recording variations of this appendage), then
the greatest number present in acanthitelsonis is fifteen. This
slight increase over the number normally present certainly
does not justify its retention as a separate species. Spence Bate’s
figure is erroneous in one particular; in both his specimens
the telson is considerably longer than the outer uropod, whereas
he has drawn the two of approximately the same length.

A. Batei.—Stebbing [29] has recently described under the
name of Bater a form of Acanthephyra from South African
waters. Here, as well as in the case of Agassiz, Spence Bate’s
inaccurate description has proved a source of error,

The chief characteristics are the straight, slender rostrum,
scarcely as long as the carapace and armed with seven spines
above and four below, all well separated. The telson reaches
beyond the uropods with five dorso-lateral pairs of spines.

Pe J

—.)

t 06. 9

The principal feature of this form is the small number of
teeth on the rostrum, but when the extraordinary variation in
the armature is considered, one cannot help regarding this small
decrease from the normal number as insufficient to fix its specific
identity when unsupported by other important structural details.
One of the specimens taken off the west coast of Ireland has still
fewer teeth, the rostral formula being’. It should be noted,
too, that Faxon in 1895 [6] proposed the name A. Batet for
the form described by Spence Bate as A. brevirostris, A. brevi-
rostris of Smith being an entirely different species.

A. rectirostris.—Riggio has found two widely different forms

of A. purpurea in the Mediterranean, and has, not unnaturally,

come to the conclusion that they are separate species. One
of these forms, which has a long rostrum, he assigns to A.
purpurea, while the other, with a short rostrum, he describes
as new under the name of A. rectirostris, although he admits
that it bears a close resemblance to both sica and acanthitelsonis.
Most of the characters relied on for the distinction of A.
rectirostris are those very features which I have found to be
so variable, but, in addition, the telson is slightly shorter than
the outer uropods and the antennal scale has a rather different
outline. Possibly his figure is in error in representing the scale
to be so narrow and possessed of such a large apical spine.

A, parva.—Coutitre, who has done such good work with
the Alpheidae, has described [4a] a very small Acanthephyra
from the collections made by the Prince of Monaco under the
name of parva. He has written to me since stating that further
material which has come into his hands enables him to state
that parva is only a very young form of purpurea)

Quite recently (Nov., 1905) a large number of these interesting
immature specimens was taken by the Helga. The post—larval
form with its extremely short rostrum scarcely longer than the
eyestalks, and very long sixth abdominal somite, presents a
remarkably dissimilar appearance to the adult.

The accompanying figure will show the system employed for
measuring the lengths of rostrum and carapace—
Rostrum=AB. ; Carapace= BC.

B
A OQ Se

Fig. 1.

1 Coutiére, Bull. Mus. Oceanog. Monaco, No. 70, gives a full account
of the development of this species.

eo ad

10

I, 05,

“M0819
yo dy 04
una }soa

jo
diy wrory
qysue'T

‘pO uaxyoIg VUNIZSOL JO XOdv 9WOIYXG «

TI T 0.1 | 7 A Fs £S OL SS off 00L
¥ % * S 02.1 ¢ $ ? SI oll 02 009 ce
8 6 = S 10.1 € $ ‘* ‘op ‘op ‘op
6 6 TT 1 16. g 3 & ‘op ‘op ‘op
6 or T T 0.1 g 4 3 ‘op ‘op ‘op
6 6 T T IL g q ? ‘op ‘op ‘op
6 6 TT T 26. € 6 ? ‘op ‘op ‘op
Or ra T T 96. g $ s ‘op ‘op ‘op
Or Or TT g 18. g s ? ‘op ‘op ‘op
Or Or TT T 18. £ 7 ° ‘op ‘op ‘op
6 6 TT a 96. z ; ° ‘op ‘op ‘op
6 6 TT T 26. 7 4 é ‘op ‘op ‘op
8 6 TT J 9L. ¢ < 2 ‘op ‘op ocr
8 6 = T ee oe oe > ‘op ‘op ‘op
6 6 = TJ LLL £ ¢ & &F ol I oS¢ 003
6 6 T T 02.1 € | 4 ° ‘op ‘op ‘op
8 8 at $s L6.1 € < fe) ‘op ‘op ‘op
f 7 23 Oo SLT rs £ r) Sot i of8 00L
6 Or TT T «68. € z 9 ‘op ‘op ‘op
6 Or T T «38. g 9 3 10 Ol | LE oS 039
8 6 Ss ¥SL- € ra 6 AE OT OS off o0s9
6 6 = 8 tL € € ) iF AL 8&9 off 00y
8 6 TT T 91. Y £ ° SF oO OE ofo cel
6 6 = O xOL-T i] & P ‘op ‘op ‘op
6 8 TT Tt H Z8- € g 2 BF o0T 0 off c00'T
| | | | “Mopnysuoy | NK opnynwy | surg
ee Ee ee 2 poke! ere a, SS ee ~ Se
| |
‘opis | ‘opts | *podoim ; da
eT quai | ‘ojo ita go | cowdereo:| THe
(~) 04 (Q) coypeurs jo Pouseor
a ee | tenbe ao | “rp) qe qysueyT 04 oe ite
er ~) “(Dp wey, | uo yeu - TOES Ee a ‘es J) -xag “A4IPMOO'T r U
a qosuot | svosie, | ‘umaysor | WMASOL | [VAysOY fa aa
gourds jo on [CTT 40BU0]| sv 041810, | = jo |_ Jo na
iS JOON | “yon =| “pqu yp | q)sU0T nd needs
| OSTA, uo ouldg phe }

SOLIJSMOPOVIMVYY) SULAOYS ATAY],

"ySVOK YSlly OYg YO 4yFnvo suoundedg soFaeryT ey Jo

‘Oop

—|.

“sur
~punos

F ‘783 “US

: ‘012 “Us
2 “1& “US
F ‘1&3 “US
“ ‘1S “US
; ‘183 “US
? ‘183 “US
: T% “US
‘1€ “US
‘Ts3 “US
‘T&S “US
‘TES “US
? ‘1&3 “US
? ‘18 “US
? ‘Ie US
“ ‘Fes “US
: ‘F86 “US
: ‘¥03 “US
; ‘161 “US
; ‘L461 ‘US

‘Sol “US |

: ‘CLI “HS |
- ‘ORL “US

. ‘OST “US
: ‘6ST “US

‘XOILVIS

10

[

‘TUyUIg ‘T's Aq pomtvd sua usutoods SIQY,

ee —

96 IL ai ue § uy i 86- € ot ? ‘NAC ‘op F s1zssvbp ‘op * *960'S “lV
sol or or = 1 86- é $ Pe) 1109 va ) “W'S' Jo a at : <12188D0P | 126% * gc0's “GIV
+19 - ee es 1 ¥0-1 ¢ $ ° -O]0g pure vIPVIysNy Doeayog | ° * ‘os | oor's | ° ‘T8t “Ite4O
48 Pp 7 = "7 LI.1 € $ ) F * ‘s[ oopvuliey FO | ° * ‘pois | 08g * ‘VOLT “ITedO
28 L 6 — x 88.1 F ot é : “op * pos} ‘op * ‘esr “redo
6g | g 6 - T z8.1 F dj ? ° D ‘wIpeaysny Jo’g | * * ‘pars | OSl's * ‘ect “TIeGO
~ & = se = "hyuo quam boas F _™ > : : “op ; * *poIs ‘op * ‘e9t ‘redo
e 59 F = 5 “ “ & . . “op ‘ ‘ys| ‘op | * ‘69t “ITe4O
28 |e ; — Ss iz ¢ £ & | ‘ ‘purreoz MON IWAN | °° ‘vais | OL * ‘69r “IreGO
Ll t t = $s £21 € 3 S | x ° ‘ “op : = “ype ‘op * "082 trea
cg f F = Ss 86. € Gt oS = , , wedef J SE * vars | ooo | * ‘08% “IBD
cor oe Pin ay T 9-1 9 £ ) | ‘7 ‘SJ DULTYIVA JO'N *. ‘vos | OOS * ‘Ie “redo
08 F ¥ Ps Ss O€-T £ 2 > . . . “op . . ‘pois ‘op . ‘gO “TBO
| a a F 8 S cLt z z é : , ~ ow ‘ * ‘pos | "op * ‘gor ‘1redo
ri = c . . . te. - ‘ 1s Py e ‘ be 2
Be: fee 5 S S 83-1 b a & oD es pays | Op ser “Ted
Lor 6 6 = T 6LI f “8 & ‘by ‘adfig) “puryeez MEN YO|* * ‘vs | oort | * ‘Ror “eI
+73 Le +¢ fe} .° ” . is ° , ‘sy Areutg YO |* = ‘vaundind | ¢19'T * 28 “ITeqO
FF F F = O ZT g 2 2 . + -epnumeg JO'A'N | * = ‘vaundind | ¢19'% * ‘op “1IvqO
oa a (day “11010
+18 +f +p sad 4 | 88. ¢ a | ? uM) pauonquau Jou) “OBIA BO | * ‘paAndind
+€F ¢ ¢ = O Z as | P ‘Cady big) ‘sedozy JO'M'’S | * = ‘vaundind | ¢19T * Seg “[TeGD
en | | ' ‘Sut
a A SS SE 34 — 2° | Wie
‘opis | ‘apts | ‘podoin (Oo : siete. |
inten | WET | wary | zoo | yuosqe so | ovduavo | Ta |
jo du 03 (g) ueyqy |(g) 1eT]/ BUNS ve 01 ‘aqug
umiysor | ——2_--—__-|, vous | CD as T9°T | sorsaysod | ‘emnusoy |. : gouedg Aq *s3uI Pe
o nd Jo (=) 04°) do 36q9 ina wWNIjsol | [VaJsoy =e AqyfeooT uoutoadg 0} | -punog NOLLVIS
dt raed renbe (J) | seosre] | ‘uin44s01 0 908 UALS OWEN
a eaer | aogjo} uo «= ACM} AOBUOY Su o7FB104 |", JO eee saab ;
sourds Jo ’o Ayyqsis “Pave UiF qyoue'T uo 4300} |
| fas JO'ON | uosjay, |; uo auidg jO7WN |
| |

yo |
Ce. eee ee ee gee ge a ee
_

‘UINISHIL YSU oy} UT poutmexe suottsedg jo sonstoyowIYy) SULMOYS ATAV,

Litho]

4.05; 12

The characteristics of A. purpurea most liable to variation may
be arranged under tive heads :—

. Proportional length of rostrum.

. Rostral formula.

. Presence or absence of a spine on the posterior margin of
the fourth abdominal tergite.

. Comparative length of telson.

Number of dorso-jateral spines on telson.

Cone

Ot

It will be convenient to treat of each of these separately.

1. The smallest specimen caught off the Irish coast is about 12
mm. in length. Here the rostrum is shorter even than the eye-
stalks (pl. IL, fig. 1). In a specimen 23 mm. long the rostrum has
grown considerably, and is nearly twice the length of the eyes
(pl. IL, fig. 3). In adolescent individuals of between 40 and 70
mm. in length the rostrum is as arule longer than the carapace,
while in the largest examples it is frequently rather the shorter.
Wood-Mason has noted a parallel instance of rostral develop-
ment in the case of A. eximia var. brachytelsonis [82].

A glance at the tables on pages 10 and 11 will show that, of the
specimens in the British Museum, those referred by Spence Bate to
sica have the rostrum slightly longer than the carapace with a
single exception, while in the majority of Irish examples of large
size (v.e. those of 80 mm. in length and upwards) the rostram is
slightly shorter than the carapace.

2. The rostral formula shows a most unusual amount of varia-
tion. The post-larval forms that I have examined show that the
teeth on the dorsal surface of the rostrum appear before there is
any trace of corresponding teeth on the ventral surface; these
develop at a slightly later stage (pl. IL, figs. 1, 2, 3).

Mature specimens normally possess 8, 9, or 10 teeth above,
and 4, 5, or 6 below, the three posterior ones above being placed
behind the lower posterior tooth. Usually the teeth are fairly
equally spaced along the dorsal and ventral borders, sometimes
the posterior dorsal ones are more closely set. Many abnormal
forms occur, and the specimens I have examined show thirteen
different rostral formulae, 7.e.—

6697910789 10 ll
33°34 4 4’ 58 5 Bb? 6B’

9

& —
6 6

5—11 above and 3~—7 below probably represents the limits of
variation. .

i2 ]

Fig. 2.
Forms of rostral armature in A. purpurea.
1. Rostrum of the specimen from st. 318, ‘“ Challenger” coll., referred
by Sp. Bate to A. sica.
2. Rostrum of the type specimen of A. sica.
3. Rostrum of a specimen from st. 181, “ Challenger” coll., referred
by Sp. Bate to A. sica.

4,5. Examples of abnormal rostra from specimens taken off the Irish
Coast (st. 224).

3. The spine on the posterior dorsal margin of the fourth abdo-
minal tergite may be present or absent. When present, it is
generally considerably smaller than that on the fifth tergite in
young specimens, while in some full-grown examples the spines
on these two segments are of equal size. The absence of this
spine in specimens of large size is apparently quite exceptional.

4. The comparative length of the telson and uropods is a
feature which possibly does not differ much during individual
growth. Among the Irish specimens the telson may surpass the
outer uropod by as much as 2 mm., while in other cases the two are
equal, and between these extremes every degree of variation
exists. In specimens referred by Sp. Bate to sica the telson is
always about equal in length to the outer uropod.

5. Smith [24] [25] described Agassiz as possessing from four to
twelve pairs of lateral spines on the telson, while Faxon in 1895
[6] doubtfully referred to the same species two specimens with
only three pairs of spines. Three to fifteen pairs probably repre-
sents the limits of variation.

In many cases these spines are very irregularly placed, and
often there are more on one side of the telson than on the other

(pl. £, fig. 2.)
[ 13 ]

I. °05, 14

Without going into great detail 4. purpurea may be thus
described! :—

A species of Acanthephyra having the carapace laterally com-
pressed, but not carinate dorsally and produced at. -eriorly to
a straight or slightly upturned rostrum, which, except in the
case of very young specimens, varies from rather shorter than to
considerably longer than the carapace. The rostrum is armed

dorsally throughout its length, the formula being >. the three

posterior teeth on the dorsal surface are usually, but by no means
invariably, placed behind the posterior tooth on the ventral
surface.

The branchiostegal spine is prominent and directed forwards
and outwards : it is flanked by a short but pronounced carina.
The ophthalmopoda are pyriform : the eyestalks are not so wide
as the eyes themselves, and are produced on their inner side to a
small tubercie.

The antennal scale is normally about three-quarters as long as
the carapace excluding the rostrum; just above the base it is
about a quarter as broad as long, and from this point it is regu-
larly narrowed to a sharp point armed with an apical spine.
The gill-formula is the same as in other species of Acanthephyra.

|
|

| —- Vs, |) VEE. | Tc. | »@ a. XIi., | cee, Le,
| Pleurobranchiae, : 6 as a 1 1 1 1 1
| Arthrobranchiae, . .. | te 2 1 1 1 1

Podobranchiae, irae te tee

Epipods, - ; To 1 1 1 1 1

|

All the pereiopods bear a long exopod. The first two pairs
are chelate, the second being slightly longer than the first and
having the carpus and chela more slender. The third and fourth
pairs are nearly equal in length, the third reaching to the tips of
the external maxillipedes when stretched forwards. The dactyli
on these two pairs are rather more than one quarter the length
of the carpus. The fifth pair of pereiopods are slightly shorter
than the fourth, and the dactylus is very short, incurved, and
almost hidden by a plume of setae. The posterior margin of
the ischium and inerus of the last three pairs of walking legs
is furnished with a number of stout spines partially hidden by
the long setae which fringe these appendages. The first abdo-
minal vergite is rounded above, the posterior two-thirds of the
second are strongly carinate dorsally, as are also the third, fourth,
fifth, and sixth. Jn these last four tergites the carina is produced

* Smith in 1882 [24], and again in 1884 [25], published a long and careful
description, of this species under the name otf Agassizi, and gives accurate
figcres of the oral appendages,

Ly te od

z. 05, 15

posteriorly to a sharp spine which overhangs the succeeding
somite. The spine on the third tergite is nearly always the
largest, but occasionally all are subequal. That on the fourth
somite is sometimes very small and in rare cases obsolete.

The sixth somite is scurcely one and a_ half times as long as
the fifth in mature specimens. The telson is subequal to, or
longer than, the outer uropod, and is armed on its dorso-lateral
margins with from three to twelve pairs of spines.

Perfect and well-preserved specimens of this species are found
to have the pereiopods, antennal scale, pleopods, uropods, &c.,
densely clothed with setae ; in examples caught in the trawl,
these seem, in many instances, to be worn off.

The numerous luminous organs, which are present in some
members of the genus, are in this species entirely absent.

More captures have been recorded of this form than of any
other species of Acunthephyra, and yet its distribution, both
horizontal and vertical, is by no means understood.

Tt has been found most often in the North Atlantic, numbers
of specimens having been captured both on the east and west
sides. In the Mediterranean it is apparently scarcer, while a
few, sometimes only solitary, specimens have occurred in the
S.W. Atlantic, the Gulf of Panama, and off the coasts of
Australia, New Zealand, Japan, and the Kast Indies. It has not,
so far, been found in the Indian Ocean; it seems probable that
it is represented there by the closely allied form A. sanguinea.

Similar cases of an almost world-wide distribution have been
observed in other free-swimming Crustacea, such as Gennadas
purvus, Sp. Bate (Amalopenaeus elegans, Smith), Benthewphausia
amblyops, G. O. Sars, Fucalanus crassus, Giesbrecht, and many
others.

Acanthephyra purpurea has once been recorded from the
surface in soundings of about 1,000 fathoms [27.] Faxon is
inclined to agree with Spence Bate that these normally deep-
water forms rise to the surface in order to liberate their eggs.
In some species, such as A. lanceocaudata, the egg is of a large
size, which seems to indicate that the young pass through some
of their metamorphoses before they are set free. In purpurea,
however, this is not the case, and Faxon considers that the larvae,
being very susceptible to cold, are liberated in the warmer waters
near the surface, where they have the additional advantage of
wide distribution by means of the ocean currents.

A. purpurea has been captured in midwater ou many occasions
at very varying depths, and has been trawled in such shallow
water as 107 and 200 fathoms. There are many records of its
occurrence from 300 down to the great depth of 2,949 fathoms,
but in most of these cases the specimens may have been caught
while the trawl was being hauled to the surface. The examples
taken by the Helga off the Irish coast were captured either
ina triangular net of coarse bolting silk, with an opening of
18 square feet, or in a Petersen midwater otter trawl, made of
serew-cloth, and haying an opening of about 50 square feet.

[ 5 |

I. °05, 16

These nets were never used on the bottom as they are not
suited to that class of work; both are open and consequently
fish while being hauled to the surface.

This species when living is a most brilliant scarlet lake in
colour, tending to carmine about the hepatic region. The fringes
of setae which clothe the antennal scale legs, pleopods, &e., are
of a more vermilion tone. The eyes are black, and the eggs
carmine.

It has been shown that Nika edulis and Hippolyte varians
turn to a red colour when kept in the dark, and Faxon con-
siders that this affords an explanation of the bright red
coloration so frequently met with among deep-sea crustacea.
He is of the opinion that it is produced by a purely physical
cause, 2.¢., the absence of light, and regards the colour as being
quite useless to the possessor.

Acanthephyra debilis, A. M—Edw.

1881. Acanthephyra debilis, A. M.-Edw. 12], p. 13.

1882. Miersia gracilis. Smith. [24], p. 70, pl. xi, fig. 4.
1883. Acanthephyra debilis, A. M—Edw. [14], pl. 38, fig. 2.
1886. Acanthephyra gracilis, Smith. [27], p. 672.

1896. Acanthephyra debilis, Faxon. [7], p. 162.

1905. Acanthephyra debilis, Richard. {18}, p. 17.

1905. Systellaspis debilis, Coutiere. [4a], p. 5, fig. 2.

1905. Systellaspis Bouvieri, Coutiére. [4a], p. 8, tig. 3.

This species was very briefly described by A. Milne-Edwards
in 1881, from a single specimen taken in 500 fathoms in the
Bahama Channel; in 1883 he figured this specimen inhis “Recueil.”
Owing to the brevity and incompleteness of his diagnosis, Smith,
in 1882, described an identical form under the name of Miersia
gracilis, giving a careful description and many figures. In 1886
he recorded another specimen as Acanthephyra gracilis, and since
that date Faxon has noted the occurrence of a single example in
the West Indies, and Coutiére three from the neighbourhood of
the Azores.

The occurrence of this apparently scarce species in the N.E.
Atlantic is of special interest, and leads us to hope that we shall
discover off the Irish coast many more of the deep-water macrura
which Smith has so ably treated of from the east coast of the
United States.

Acanthephyra debilis agrees with A. lanceocaudata, Sp. Bate,
and A. eristata, Faxon, in having the sixth abdominal somite
about twice as long as the fifth, and not dorsally carinate ; the
orbit, moreover, is evenly rounded and continuous with the
antennal tooth, and is not interrupted by a small blunt projection
or tooth, as is the case in species belonging to the “purpurea
group.’ ‘The eggs too are apparently larger than usual.

Spence Bate considers that these characteristics form a generic
distinction, and proposed the name Systellaspis for the specimen
of lanceocaudata collected by the Challenger. Subsequent

[ 16 ]

I. ’05, 17

authors have, however, with the exception of Coutiere, con-
sistently set this aside, and regard these forms as species of
Acanthephyra.

The question as to what characteristic, or group of character-
istics, constitute generic distinction has always been one of
considerable difficulty, and, until our knowledge of these species
is more extended than it is at present, it would seem convenient
to retain these three forms under the old name of Acanthephyra.

A. debilis may be briefly described thus! :—

The carapace is furnished anteriorly with a carina, which
gradually diminishes in size as it is followed backwards, and
becomes quite obsolete shortly after passing the middle of the
carapace. The carina is continued forwards to a long and
delicate rostrum, trending upwards towards the apex It is at
least twice the length of the carapace, and is armed below with
nine or ten teeth, reaching from in front of the eye almost to
the extreme tip. Dorsally, three to five teeth are situated on
the elevated basal portion of the rostrum, or rostral crest, and in
front of these there are nine or ten evenly-spaced teeth. The
rostral formula thus is 13-15 above and 9 — 11 below.

The margin of the orbit is evenly rounded as far as the small
antennular prominence or spine; the branchiostegal spine is sharp
and points outwards ; it is not flanked by any evident carina:

The eyes are large and wider than the eyestalks, and the
antennal scale hardly reaches to half the length of the rostrum.
The gill-formula is the same as in all other species of Acanthe-
phyra, and all the pereiopods bear long exopods. The first two
pairs of pereiopods are shorter than in purpurea, and do not
reach to the tips of the external maxillipeds when stretched
forwards. The dactylus of the last pair of legs is considerably
longer and more conspicuous than in A. purpurea. Both ischia
and meri of the last three pairs of pereiopods bear a series of
short spines, but there are no long fringes of setae on any of the
appendages.

All the abdominal segments are rounded above, with the
exception of the third, which is strongly carinate and produced
posteriorly to a stout dorsal spine. ‘The fourth and fifth tergites
are very slightly carinated on their extreme posterior edges, and
are produced to ashort dorsal tooth. The postero-lateral margins
of segments four and five are crenate. This feature, however,
differs somewhat in the specimens before me.

The sixth somite is about twice as long as the fifth. The
telson is approximately equal in length to the outer uropod, and
bears a rather peculiar type of spinulation (pl. IL. fig. 7). Iname-
diately behind the apex are four pairs of spines, and above these
is a pair of yery long spines reaching more than half-way
towards the tip. Over the base of each large spine asmaller one
projects, which points straight down and is not directed outwards
like the rest. Behind this again there are four more pairs of

spines.

' As in the case of A. purpurea, Smith [24] has given a long description of
this species with figures.

mS at

I. 05, 18

All the five specimens which I have examined are small,
measuring from 27 to 43 mm. in length. They differ in a few
unimportant details from the type specimen figured by Milne
Edwards.

It is a well-known fact that alcohol dissolves the deep violet
pigment so frequently associated with luminous organs, and it is
doubtless due to this fact that one of the specimens, which was
preserved in a mixture of formalin and alcohol, shows no trace
of these organs. |

From the largest specimen, that taken by Dr. Wolfenden, I am
enabled to make out forty of these structures on each side, and,
in addition, three others which are unpaired (pl. IL., figs. 4, 5, 6).
I have, however, reason to believe that the number of photo-
phores present increases with increased size,' so that the following
description does not, I think, include the full number that would
be found in larger individuals.

Luminous Organs.

On the upper surface of the ophthalmopods there is a streak
running down the eyestalk for about two-thirds of its length,
below which is a small spot, and, in addition, there is a single
spot on the lower surface.

Close to the inferior border of the carapace, and situated on it,
is an interrupted luminous line consisting of eight streaks.
Three fainter spots are also present on each side of the carapace.

Above the base of the last walking leg, and running upwards
from it, is a deep violet streak, which shows clearly through the
carapace, and is by far the most noticeable photophore that: the
specimen possesses. :

Abdominal somites 1 and 2 each bear one small spot in about
the middle of their lateral aspect near the anterior edge.

Abdominal somites 2, 3, 4, and 5 each bear one small spot in
about the middle of their lateral aspect near the posterior edge.

Somite 6 has, at about one-third of its length from the anterior
edge, and inthe mid-ventral line, a single unpaired spot, while
another is present on each side at the lower posterior angle.

The telson (pl. IL. fig. 7) bears two photophores in the mid-
dorsal line, one about one-third the distance from the base, and
the other situated just above the large pair of spines with which
the telson is furnished near its apex.

The last pair of maxillipedes bear a clearly marked luminous
streak on the under surface of the distal segment (pl. IL, fig. 6).

The third, fourth, and fifth trunk-legs bear a spot at the
proximal end of the carpus, while the fifth has in addition two
photophores, one at the proximal and one at the distal end of the
propodus (pl. II. fig. 5). Each of the exopodites attached to the
outer maxillipedes and five pairs of trunk-legs bears a small
photophore near the base.

A boss-shaped photophore is also present at the base of each
pleopod.

;, I am glad to hear that such a well-known authority as Prof, Coutiere agrees
with me on this point.

fF 18

=)

J. 05, 19

The specimens which have come under my notice are five in
number. They are all very evidently immature, and were
caught at the following localities :—

Soundings. | Depth of Net. Position. Length,
STATION. F Se ee

fms. Fms. Lat. N. Long. W. acon

“ Silver Belle,” ... sl — 400 — — 43

|“ Helga,” S.R. 140, uty 1000 735 54° 50’ 10° 45’ 33
| “ Helga,” 8.R. 302, ead 450 300-350 51° 64’ 11° 59’ 334
| Do., tia] do. do. do. do. 324
Do. es do, do. do. do, 274

|

Other records of this species are far from numerous; they are
as follows! :—

A. M.-Edwards. Bahama Channel, W. Indies. 500 fms. 1 spec.

S. J. Smith. S. of C. Hatteras. 1,632 fms. 1 spec.

S.J. Smith. Between N. York and Bermuda. 2,512fms. 1 @ovig.

W. Faxon. Old Bahama Channel, W. Indies. 428 fms. 1 spec.

H. Coutiére (and Richard). Off the Azores. 0-1,775 fms, 3 (29 ovig.)

Having had facilities for examining the majority of the species
of Acanthephyra so far discovered, I have taken the opportunity
to frame a table, which may assist in the identification of the
various members of this somewhat unwieldy genus.

An examination of the specimens reterred by Spence Bate to
Hymenodora revealed the fact that two of the species must be
transferred to Acanthephyra. Smith [27] has pointed out that
in Hymenodora the endopod of the first maxillipede consists of
two segments only, whereas three are present in Acanthephyra.
This character seems to have escaped Sars’ attention when first
describing the genus—for his figure is not correct— and Spence
Bate apparently did not know of Smith’s paper in the U.S. Fish
Commissioner’s Report at the time he wrote his account of the
Challenger Macrura.

In both Hymenodora duplex and rostrata I found the endopod
of the Ist maxillipede to consist of three segments, and these
species must consequently be referred to Acanthephyra. The
first is undoubtedly synonymous with A, brevirostris, Smith, and
it should be noted that there is a mistake in Spence Bate’s
description of this form; there is no trace of a carina on the 2nd
abdominal tergite in the solitary Challenger specimen.

‘Miss M. Rathbun, in a paper dealing with Hawaiian Crustacea, records
the occurrence of a single specimen of A. debilis from near Kauai Island, 453-
478 fathoms. This is the only record from the Pacific Ocean—(v. U.S. Fish.
Comm. Bull. for 1993, Pt. ITI., p- 922, 1906),

[ 19 ]

c 2

I. ’05, 20

The three specimens of rostrata are in an extremely bad state
of preservation, and during the brief time at my disposal I was
unable to arrive at any definite opinion concerning the validity
of the species.’

Spence Bate referred three specimens to A. acutifrons.

The type specimen is in good condition and easily recognised
from other allied species, but the other two specimens are very
obviously distinct from it, and I have but little hesitation in
referring them to A. curtirostris, Wood-Mason. The presence in
A. curtirostris of a pronounced carina, which flanks the branchio
stegal spine and runs back as far as the hepatic groove, at once
distinguishes that species from A. acutifrons.

Acanthephyra armata, A. M.-Edw.

1881. Acanthephyra armata, A. M.-Edw. [12] p. 13.

1883. Acanthephyra armata, A. M.-Edw. [14] p. 28, fig, 1.

1888. Acanthephyra armata, Sp. Bate. [28] p 744, pl. exxv.,
fig. 2.

1892. Acanthephyra armata, Wood-Mason and Alcock. [32]
p. 359, fig. 2, and [8] pl. iit, fig. 1.

1896. Acanthephyra armata, Faxon. ['7] p. 162.

1901. Acanthephyra armata, Alcock. [8] p. 78.

Acanthephyra media, Sp. Bate.

1888. Acanthephyra media, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 736, pl.
Cxxiv,, fig. 5.

Acanthephyra carinata, Sp. Bate.

1888. Acunthephyra carinata, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 748, pl.
Cxxv1,, fig. 2.

Acanthephyra eximia, Smith.

1884, Acanthephyra eximea (+ recte eximia), Smith. [25].
p. 376. a

1886. Acanthephyra eximea, Smith. [27] p. 667, pl. xiv.
fig. 1.

1888. Acanthephyra Edwardsi, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 747, pl.
exxvl., fig. 1.

1888, Acanthephyra ungusta, Sp. Bate. [28] p- 737, pl
exxiv., fig. 6. ;

1892. Acanthephyra eximia, Wood-Mason and Alcock. [82]
p. 361, fig. 3.

1901. Acanthephyra eximia, Alcock. [8] p. 76.

' Spence Bate’s figure of the first maxillipede of Hymenodora glauca (Pl.
exxxvil., fig. 1, g.) is quite erroneous ; the endopod consists of a very short
basal and long distal joint,

[ 20 ]

I. 065, 21

var. brachytelsonis, Sp. Bate.

1888. Acanthephyra brachytelsonis, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 753,
pl. cxxvi., fig. 7.

1891. Acanthephyra brachytelsonis, Wood-Mason and
Alcock. [81] p. 195.

1882. Acanthephyra brachytelsonis, Wood-Mason and
Alcock. [82] p. 862, fig. 4

1901. Acanthephyra eximia var. brachytelsonis, Alcock,
[3] p. 78.

Acanthephyra pulchra, A. M.-Edw.

1890. Acanthephyra pulchra, A. M.-Edw. [15] p. 163.

1890. Acanthephyra pulchra, Monaco. [16] p. 1179.

1895. Acanthephyra pulchra, Riggio. [19] p. 244, tav. 1.
1898. Acanthephyra pulchra, Adensamer. [1] p. 625.

1903. Acanthephyra pulchra, Senna. [28] p, 296, tay. xiii.

Acanthephyra approxima, Sp. Bate.

1888. Acanthephyra approxima, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 755, pl.
Cxxv1, fig. 8.
1895. Acanthephyra approxima %, Faxon. [6] p. 162.

Acanthephyra purpurea, A. M.-Edw.
(See page 4).

Acanthephyra sanguinea, Wood-Mason.
1892. Acanthephyra sanguinea, Wood-Mason and Alcock:

[32], p. 358, fig. 1, and [8] pl ii, fig. 3.
1901. Acanthephyra san guinen, Alcock. [3] p. 79.

Acanthephyra microphthalma, Smith.

1885. Acanthephyra microphthalma, Smith. [26] p. 502.

1886. Acanthephyra nvierophthalma, Smith. [27], p. 668,
pl. xiin, fig. 3.

1888. Acanthephyra longidens, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 735, pl.
exxiv., fig. 4.

1892. Acanthephyra microphthalma, Wood-Mason and
Alcock. [82] p. 361.

1901. Acanthephyra microphthalmus, Alcock. [3] p. 80.

Acanthephyra lanceocaudata (Sp. Bate).

1888. Systellaspis lanceocwudata, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 758, pl.
exxiv., fig. 7.

Acanthephyra affinis, Faxon.
1896. Acanthephura affinis, Faxon. [7] p. 162, pl. ii, figs.
1-3.

Lata

T.’05

1893.
1895,

1896.

1901.

1888.

1895.

1888.

1888.

22

Acanthephyra debilis, A. M-Edw.
(See page 16).

Acanthephyra cristata, Faxon.

Acanthephyra cristata, Faxon. {5] p. 206: |
AS cristata, Faxon. [6] p. 162, pl. xliii.
gs 1; tiie
Acanthephyra cristata, Anderson. [2] p. 94 and [9]

pl. xxy., fg. 2.
Acanthephyra cristata, Aleock [8] p. 82.

Acanthephyra Batei, Faxon.
Acanthephyra brevirostris, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 751, pl.

CXXV1., fig. 3.
Acanthephyra Batei, Faxon (nom. nov. vice brevi-
rostris praecoc.) [6] p- 167.

Acanthephyra Kingsleyi, Sp. Bate.

Acanthephyra Kingsleyi, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 751, pl.
CXXVL, fig. 4,

Acanthephyra acutifrons, Sp. Bate.

Acanthephura acutifrons, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 749, pl.
exxvl,, fig. 3.

Acanthephyra curtirostris, Wood-Mason.

1888.
1291.
1892.
1895.

1901.

1888,

1895.

1898.
1895.

Acanthepyhra acutifrons, Sp. Bate. (partim) [28]
p. 749.

Acanthephyra curtvrostris, Wood-Mason and Alcock.
[31] p. 195.

Acanthephyra curtirostris, Wood-Mason and Alcock.
[32] p. 364, fig. 5, and [8] pl. 111, fig. 4

Acanthephyra curtirostris, Faxon. [6] p. 164, pl.
xliii. figs. 2-5.

Acanthephyra curtirostris, Alcock. [8] p. 81.

Acanthephyra tenuipes (Sp. Bate.)

Tropiocaris tenuipes, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 836, pl.

CXXXV1., fig. 2.
Acanthephyra tenuipes, Faxon. [6] p. 166.

Acanthephyra cucullata, Faxon.

Acanthephyra cucullata, Faxon. [5] p. 206.
Acanthephyra cucullata, Faxon, [6] p. 167, pl. xliv.,

fig, 1.
[ 22 ]

i lll » ee

I. 05,

23

Acanthephyra brevirostris, Smith, nec Sp. Bate.

1885. Acanthephyra brevirostiis, Smith. [26] p. 504.
1886. Acanthephyra brevirostris, Smith. [2'7] p. 670, pl. xiv.,
fig. 2; pl. xv., figs. 2-8; pl. xvi., figs. 1, 6.

1883. Hymenodora duplex, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 843, pl.

CXXXV1,, fig. 3.

1895. Acanthephyra brevirostris, Faxon. [6] p. 167.

Sp. cert.

Acanthephyra rostrata (Sp. Bate.)
1888. Hymenodora rostrata, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 846, pl.

CXXXV1., fig. 4.

Nomina nuda.

1888. Acanthephyra Rouxi, Sp. Bate. [28] p. 732.
¢ Acanthephyra pellucida, A. M—Kdw. fide Gadeau de

Kerville.

TABLE OF SPECIES OF ACANTHEPHYR4A.

A. Rostrum armed with more than two teeth on

ventral border.
I. Eyes wider than eyestalks.

A. 6th abdominal tergite carinate dorsally.
i. Anterior third, at least, of rostrum unarmed

above.

A. 2nd abdominal tergite not carinate .
B. ie abdominal tergite carinate.
teeth on ventral

Four, rarely more,
i lb of rostrum

b. Only three, rarely two, teeth on ventral

border of rostrum

eximia Vv.

. Rostrum armed dorsally ‘throughout its

length.
A. Carapace and Ist
carinate dorsally

abdominal somite

B. Carapace and 1st abdominal somite not

carinate dorsally.

a. Branchiostegal spine
buttressed by an evident carina

b. Branchiostegal spine aes not but-
tressed by any carina

B. oe abdominal tergite not satiate Saket:

. Rostrum considerably longer than carapace.

prominent and

A. Rostral crest with seven teeth.
a. Telson deeply grooved dorsally and as

long as outer uropod

b. Telson not grooved dorsally and shorter

than inner uropod

z. Rostral crest with three to five teeth _
ti. Rostrum considerably shorter than carapace

* Species not examined by the author.

l

25

]

pulchra.*

eximia.

brachytelsonis.

approxima.

purpurea.

sanguinea.

lanceocaudata.

affinis.*
debilis.
cristata.*

I. ’05, 24

If. Eyes narrower than eyestalks.
Dorsal tooth of 3rd abdominal tergite very long,
reaching to posterior margin of 4th tergite . microphthalma.

B. Rostrum armed with one, rarely two, teeth on
ventral border.

I. Rostrum extending considerably beyond apex of
antennal scale.

A. Anterior three-quarters of rostrum unarmed
dorsally, branchiostegal spine flanked by a
very short carina. ‘ : . ;

B. Anterior three-quarters of rostrum bearing
teeth dorsally, branchiostegal spine flanked
by a long carina, reaching to hepatic groove media.

armata,

II. Rostrum scarcely reaching to, or falling consider-
ably short of, apex of antennal scale.

A. Rostrum shallow at base, about one quarter as
deep as long, 6-8 teeth on rostral crest . carinata.
B. Rostrum deep at base, nearly one half as
deep as long.
i. Branchiostegal spine supported by a short
rounded ridge, ist abdominal tergite
carinate dorsally, 11 teeth on rostral crest. acutifrons.
ii. Branchiostegal spine supported by a long
pronounced carina, 1st abdominal tergite
not carinate dorsally; 7-9 teeth on rostral
crest . ; , : : : é . .curtirostris.

Rostrum unarmed below.+t

I. Dorsal tooth of 3rd abdominal tergite not large,
not reaching to middle of 4th tergite.
A. Rostrum deep at base, more than 4 as deep as
long.
i. Rostrum reaching to terminal joint of
antennal peduncle; rostral crest with 4-5

teeth . : : : ‘ : ; . tenuipes.
ii. Rostrum hardly reaching to extremity of

eyestalks, rostral crest with 7 teeth . . cucullata.*

B. Rostrum shallow at base, about 4 as deep as
long.

i. Gia not definitely carinate dorsally,

rostrum armed above with 4 teeth . . Kingsleyi.
ii. Carapace with strong dorsal carina, rostrum

armed above with 9 small teeth ; . Batei.t

IT. Dorsal tooth of 3rd abdominal tergite very large, ;
reaching beyond posterior margin of 4th tergite brevirostris.

" Species not examined by the author.
t Of the two specimens of A. Batci known up to the present, one, the type specimen, has
the rostrum unarmed below, while the other bears a single tooth on the ventral border.

I. ’05,

*T uoLteyA, JO

“BIUAOFITBD JO JIN,

‘oolxoyy ‘oo[ndwoy JO

‘eureaeg jo jing
(ei ‘oypoed “A'S
‘Oued "S
"BITBA}SNY JO *g

“BI[VISNV JO “A'N

“puBlee7Z MON HO

‘usder Jo's

‘sourddtiqg ZO

‘osejedryory Avleyy

‘[esdeq jo Avg

"Bog UBIQBIY

|

“AMOTOD od¥vO JOA

"UROUBIIOUIPOPL

HorizonraL Disrrisution,

“puvjerl BO

*ABOsIg Jo Avg
"sol0zV JO
‘solrvuBsyg YO
“y'S10. 10 48809 "a HO
*SOTpUT 480\\

‘QU0E'T BIIOIG JO "A'S

‘OHUBTTV “A'S

TTI) TAPAS SiR SSIS oes 8k he
: . a Psa? ca tet Sad ale lg ela aa Lena er
Ue Ail “ny Val ih ae ee ee a dae ee

Bes ooh ad Bia es PW ng a cant Mand Sealer al Coenen) tay 26
be ny + eae te ans see. 2 hete ete teres
if : Pty 2 Lay fr ree: ie Sd ce AC aaTA eel
eee en K vitae +s eertean &
ro eee pregia
Hi F ae sat ae me Ber ae te ig a : : oh s
is pe Se cunis: ctl feeb ant nene |
“y x 5 ed x Geet ha P% |
av Sota ert |
US Ee, rae Ry aly sn) ene ¢ Se ‘ |
x ig segihes. 5 se OD " eee ay - |
Dnsenchery (iaveigraih J. 3 ok routven ek: ha
a pubes ul : Pig“ Seps ; RM ee 2 ors |

: Ae ) re. eet Bees 58 oi ade eh Se
. . . . . . x - * . a x J . . . > .
- . . * . . .

. F; . = . * . x e . b x is z . 2 ‘ . . >
ee EEUU EEEIUEEEERE EERIE
SS Sait Os" ep, BE OS TS Soe ies eee

Caer eee Oe a See ae we ee, tat hE) Cal! TR il
3 Le FPO Fi RN Ls AS Le ee ce I Os
A ER RR OSs Pee ia ae. Ree. OF ee Set: ae
PS TEES ol AY DRE Pa NT eI OORT ase FEED 2 78
era Te Maaktet euSene Siar js 8 RK Saute Bd aos
Bo) ts | SPE A eer dD AS 2 RS ee Oe: Sever we aoe « be
|
oP ee Ree ar ee See GES oe ee le we
wt MO SCO SS BR fas As I ee a oe BN ad Ca
=
$ cs
meee Se ae oe oO BU Bh ®
= Bes Ss Oe ie my
=. = Skee ei tae eee Se ~ A RA ae =
PLS SE PRESSES oo PESTS
SS SSS SSS BSRSHSSSE SE SSEBBS
SSSENSESPSESESSSSTEEES
[Shoe Hares ss SBS tSe3388 2
s&s aeaPtSPesescmMhyesxvrss
Saf tie Stet Sa SS SS SS SS NS

6
a

bo

or
Lnol

26

VERTICAL DISTRIBUTION.

. armata,

. media, :

. carinata, .
eximia, : ‘
v. brachytelsonis,
pulchra,

. approxima,

. purpurea,

. sanguinea,

. microphthalma,
. lanceocaudata,
. affinis,

. debilis,
cristata,

Batez,
Kingsley?,

. acutifrons,

. curtirostris

. tenuipes,

. cucullata,

. brevirostris,

Pep PO

FatTHoMs.

200—475
700
400
405—938
200—2040
690—1545
384—1168
0. 107—2949
194—1748
1748—2620
345
159
500—2512
890—1772
1500
2500
800
364—2232
1400
1772
1395—2949

These figures must be accepted with caution, as in the large majority
of cases open nets were used which fished while being hauled to the sur-

face.

LIST OF AUTHORITIES QUOTED.

{1} Adensamer, Th.,

[2] Anderson,
[3] Alcock, A.,

[4] Caullery, M.,

[4a] Coutiére, H.,
[5] Faxon, W.,

[6] Faxon, W.,

[7] Faxon, W..,
[8] Investigator,

[9] Investigator,
{10} Lo Bianco, §.,

Decapoden gesammelt auf S.M.S. Pola in
den Jahren 1890-94. Denkschrift, mathem,
naturwiss. classe akad. Wien. Bd. LXV.
1898.

Journ. As. Soc., Bengal, LXV., pt. 2, 1896.

A descriptive catalogue of the Indian deep
sea Crustacea Decapoda Macrura and

‘ Anomala in the Indian museum—Calcutta.
1901.

Résultats scientifiques de la Campagne du
“Caudan’”’ dans le Golfe de Gascogne,
Crustacées Schizopodes et Décapodes. Ann.
Univ. Lyon, 1896.

Bull. Mus. Oceanog. Monaco. no. 48.. 1905.

Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge, Mass.
XXIV. 1893.

. Leports on an exploration off the west coasts

. of Mexico, Central and South America,
etc., by U.S. Fish. Comm. steamer “ Alba-
tross,” during 1891. XV. Stalk-eyed
Crustacea. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cam-
bridge, Mass. Vol. XVIII. 1895.

Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge, Mass.
XXX. 1896.

Ill. of the Zool. of R.I.M.S.S. ‘ Investi-
gator.’’ Pt. I., pl. ITI. 1892.

Id. Pt. IV., pl. XXV. 1896.

Le pesche abissali esequite da Ff. A. Krupp
col yacht “ Puritan”’ nelle adiacenze di
Capri ed in altre localita del Mediterraneo.
Mittheil. Zool. Stat. Neapel. 16 Bd.
1 e 2 Heft. 1903.

[ 26 ]

a

ae

1.°05,

[11] Milne-Edwards, A..,
[12] Milne-Edwards, A

[18] Milne-Edwards, A.,
[14] Milne-Edwards, A

[15] Milne-Edwards, A.,
116] Monaco, Albert
ler Prince de,

[17] Ortmann, A.,

[18] Richard, T.,
[19] Riggio, G.,

[20] Riggio, G.,

[21] Riggio, G.,

[22] Sars, G. O.,

[23] Senna, A.,

[24] Smith, S. I.,

[25] Smith, S. L.,

ee

. .
- ~

eI Smith, S.
[2'°7| Smith, S.

[28] Spence Bate, C.,

[29] Stebbing, T. R. R.,

180] Thiele, Joh.,

[81] Wood - Mason, J.,
and A. Alcock,

[82] Wood - Mason, J.,
and A. Alcock,

27

Comptes Rendus., XCIITI., p. 935. 1881.

Descript. de quelques Crust. Mac. prov. de
la mer des Antilles. Ann. Sci. Nat. (6 sér.)
vol. XI. 1881.

Archives des Missions _ scientifiques et
littéraires. (3 sér.), t. IX., p. 37. 1882.
Recueil de figs. de Crust. nouveaux ou peu

connus., pl. 33. 1883.
Bull. Soc. Zool., France, vol. 15. 1890.

Comptes Rendus., CX., p. 1179. 1890.

Decap. und Schizop. der Plankton-expedition,
1893.

Bull. Mus. Oceanog. Monaco. no, 41. 1905.

Sul rinvenimento di nuovi Crostacet macrurt
nel mare di Sicilia. Il Naturalista
Siciliano. An. XIV., 1895, and An. I
(n.s.), 1896.

Contrib. alla Carein. del Mediterraneo
(Sunto). Monitore Zool. Ital. An. XI.
(Supp.), 1900.

Contrib. alla Carein. del Mediterraneo.
I. nota sopra alquanti crostacei del
mare di Messina. I1 Naturalista Siciliano.
Anno XVII. 1905.

The Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition,
1876-1878. Zoology, XIV.-XI., 1885-
1886. Crustacea.

Le esplorazioni abissali nel Mediterraneo. II.
“Nota sui crostacei decapodi. Bull. Soe.
Ktom. Ital. Anno XXXIV. tr. IV.
1902.

Reports on the results of dredging off the
EH. Coast of U.S.A. in 1880 by the U.S.
Coast Survey Steamer “ Blake,” XVII.
Pt. I. Decapoda. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Cambridge, Mass. X. 1882.

Report on the Decapod Crustacea of the
“ Albatross’’ dredgings off the E. Coast of
U.S.A. im 1883. Rep. U.S. Fish Comm.
for 1882. 1884.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. VII. 10685.

Report on the Decapod Crustacea of the
‘“ Albatross’ dredgings off the E. Coast of
U.S.A. in 1884. Rep. U.S. Fish Comm.
for 1885. 1886.

Report on the Scientific Results of the ex-
ploring voyage of H.M.S. ‘“ Challenger,”’
1873-76. Vol. XXIV. Crustacea macrura,
1888.

South African Crustacea, Pt. III. Marine
Investigations in S. Africa. Department
of Agriculture, C. of Good Hope. Vol.
ITT. 1905.

Ueber einige stieliugige Krebse von Messina.
Zool. Jarbiichern. (Supp. VIII. Festschrift
Mobius.) Jena. 1905.

Nat. Hist. notes from R.I.M.S.S. Investi-
gator. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, 1891.

Nat. Hist. notes from R.I.M.S.S. Investi-
gator. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vel. 9. 1892.

eae

I. 05, 28

Fig.
Fig.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES I anp II.

Prats I.

Acanthephyra purpurea, A. M.,-Edw.

1.—Ovigerous female, : . ‘ .
2.—Telson, , 4

x x
oa

Prats ITI.

Acanthephyra purpurea, A. M.-Edw.

. 1.—Eye and rostrum of a post-larval specimen 12 mm. in length.

” »? ? 3? 17 mm. 2)

4 3. ”? ”? »? ? 23 mm. ”»

Acanthephyra debilis, A. M.-Edw.
4.—Outline figure, showing photophores, . x 46.

: 5 —Terminal joints of 5th walking leg, showing photophores, x 12°35.
ig. 6.—Terminal joint of 5rd maxilliped from below, showing

luminous streak, ’ . . F ae

. 7.—Telson, ‘ ° J : . : a

[ 28 |

‘eoundind eidydeujuPeoyv

me z
epee y
Sr irra LILI

T'Id ‘GO.

‘sIIqop CPAAUCSUUBOY ‘)-p
‘eoindind erakydseuyeoy ‘e-]

Ht Id ‘SO; ‘I

AppEeNDIX, No. II.

THE MARINE FAUNA OF THE COAST OF IRELAND.
Part VIII.

FIRST REPORT ON THE FISHES OF THE IRISH
ATLANTIC SLOPE,
BY

E. W. L. Hott and L. W. Byrne.

PuatTe I.

1. INTRODUCTION.

The Helga, working regularly round the coast of Ireland
since 1901, has naturally accumulated a very large number of
records of fishes taken at various localities and depths, and
with some few of these we have been able to deal in communi-
cations published in Part IT. of the Annual Reports of the Sea
and Inland Fisheries of Ireland for the years 1901 to 1903.
Reports in which the results of every observation will be given
in detail are in process of preparation, but much of the material
consists of interrupted series of larvae which are only suscep-
tible of intelligible description by means of illustrations which
we have not yet found time to complete, and it seems to us
that a very brief notice of the additions made by our records
to knowledge of the fish fauna of the Irish section of the
Atlantic coastal area may be of use, since all the nations of
the north-east Atlantic are now occupied with fisheries re-
search. We are therefore putting forward a diagnosis of the
fishes in our collections which are either new to science or not
readily recognisable by us in ichthyological literature, and also
a very general account of the occurrence within the area under
discussion of species either new to or hitherto seldom recorded
from within its confines. We also take the opportunity to
withdraw Nettophichthys retropinnatus, a spurious species
founded by one of us on a mangled specimen of Synapho-
branchus pinnatus.

While not attempting a strict definition, we take the Atlantic
slope to commence at about the 50-fathom line, as that de-
limitation more or less excludes the regularly littoral fishes,
though some of them, as is well known, go much deeper.
Such species we omit from the list, unless found under cir-
cumstances of especial distributional interest.

For deep-water ground-exploration the Helga uses a beam
trawl, the beam not exceeding thirty-five feet in length, and
her trawling operations are limited by considerations of warp
to depths of less than 500 fathoms. Drift-nets she cannot use,
and any observations of fishes taken in these nets are from the

Fishertes, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1905, II, [Published, June, 1906].
[ 29 ]

II. 05, 4

‘“ Monica,’’ a sailing drifter used for several years on the
Cleggan fishing grounds. Attempt was made in the early days
of the Helga’s work to use long lines, but it has proved im-
practicable to continue this form of observation.

For pelagic species the engines employed have been open
townets sunk to given depths and fished at these depths and
thence to the surface. The townets vary in size from ordi-
nary ring-nets, having a mouth-diameter of 12 inches, to otter-
nets with a mouth 8 feet by 4 feet. The material is canvas,
mosquito-net, cheese-cloth, grit gauze, or bolting silk, and in
consequence none of the nets could travel fast enough to
catch large pelagic fishes.

For our present purpose it is not necessary to exactly tabu-
late the localities and dates of occurrence of each species
noted, nor do we attempt to associate with captures the cir-
cumstances of temperature and salinity which, at least in re-
gard to pelagic forms, may have an importance equal to that
of locality,

While it is probable that no biologist is seriously interested
in the allocation of deep-sea organisms to small areas defined
by territorial considerations, it is customary to keep a list of
the marine fauna of this or that country. The western limit
of the British area, which to avoid confusion we call the
British-and-Irish area, was tentatively placed by Norman’s
Committee of the British Association at the 1,000-fathom line.
Norman himself (1890) gave reasons for preferring the 1,500-
fathom line, but since the lesser depth has been adopted in
previous faunistic papers of the present series its retention
seems to be convenient. The 1,000-fathom line, in the north,
is about forty miles off the Mayo coast, while southwards, off
County Clare, it ranges out to nearly five times that distance
from land, again re-entering to about seventy miles S.W. of
County Kerry. The limit, therefore, while possibly retaining
some consistency in reference to the distribution of benthic
animals, must vary considerably with latitude in any relation
which it may have to the occurrence of pelagic forms, and it
may be suspected that if a vertical line of separation from
surface to bottom has a certain significance where the deep
soundings come close to land such a line would require to
incline more and more shorewards as the soundings recede.

Taking the limit as we find it, the following species may be
added to the British-and-Irish list :—

Spinaxr niger,

Bathylagus atlanticus.
Bathytroctes rostratus '.
Xenodermichthys socialis,
Gonostoma microdon.
Gonostoma bathyphilum.
Synaphobranchus pinnatus,

1 See p. 27.
Ly 800 J

IT. 05, 5

Scopelus elongatus,

Scopelus punctatus.

Scopelus Rafinesqui.

Scopelus cracodilus.
Notacanthus Bonaparti.
Trachyrhynchus trachyrhynchus.
Molwa elongata,

Melamphaés eurylepis, sp..n,
Diretmus argenteus,

Among deep-sea fishes already known from other parts of
the British-and-Irish area note may be made of those which
do not seem to have been hitherto noted from within the area
off the west coast of Ireland, viz. :— |

Argentina silus.
Maurolicus borealis.
Stomias boa.
Scopelus glacialis,

Astronesthes Richardsoni, Melamphaés crassiceps and
Scopelus arcticus have occurred near but not actually within
the 1,000-fathom line.

Record, though not pertinent to the subject of these notes,
of Lumpenus lampetraeformis (Walb.) from the Irish Sea may
be of sufficient interest to excuse its intrusion,

Professor Collett’s account of the fishes taken by the Michael
Sars in 1900-1902 [1905] suggests, in the record from northern
waters of fishes already known from the south, that our list of
forms inhabiting the intermediate tract is still far from com-
plete.

Before proceeding to the description of species we desire to
thank Mr, Boulenger and Mr. C. Tate Regan for assistance
in the comparison of specimens as well as for invariable
courtesy in putting at our disposal the collections under their
charge. To Dr. Scharff we are indebted for access to the
material collected by deep-sea expeditions of the Royal Dublin
Society and Royal Irish Academy, and to Dr. Johs. Schmidt
for specimens taken by the Danish fisheries-investigation
cruiser Thor westward of the British Islands. Our material
has been also augmented by a few fishes collected by Dr. R.
Norris Wolfenden in the same region. The Helga material
is, with the exception of a few fishes taken previous to 1902,
due to Mr. G. P. Farran and Mr. 8. W. Kemp.

i1.—DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

In naming species of which the earliest descriptions seem to
give reasonable ground for variety of interpretation we print
the name of the traditional sponsor in antique characters, fol-
lowed in brackets by the name of an author who has adopted
the same nomenclature and reasonably perfected the diagnosis.

{; 31, ]

IT. ’05, 6

BATHYLAGUS ATLANTICUS, Ginther, 1887.
Pl. I., Figs. 3 and 4.

his species has hitherto been known only from the type, a
specimen measuring 165 mm, (6) in.) taken by the Challenger
in the South Atlantic. It is represented in our collections by
several small examples, of which the largest measures 54 mm.
without the caudal fin. Naturally it differs considerably in
proportions from the adult, and may be described as follows :—

Form elongate, compressed, height rather suddenly reduced
behind dorsal fin. Length of head about 3% in total length
without caudal fin, considerably greater than height of body.
Snout very abrupt, less than half as long as eye. Eyes nearly
half as long as head, their horizontal axes set at a considerable
angle to the long axis of the head, so that the verticals from
their anterior edges are much closer together than those from
their posterior edges. Least width of interorbital space about
7 of height of eye. Lower edge of preoperculum separated
from eye by a distance about equal to one-sixth of height of
eye. Gape very short, scarcely extending beyond vertical from
front of eye. Mouth terminal, somewhat oblique. Lower con-
tour of head gently curved, not remarkably prominent. Origin
of dorsal fin rather nearer to snout than to origin of caudal,
its base shorter than that of anal fin and about as long as
caudal peduncle. Height of caudal peduncle less than 4 of
length of head. Lateral line straight, with about 36 scales
(from evidence of scale pouches). Transverse series in front
of dorsal 6, in region of anal fin 6, including a row of small
scales over the bases of anal rays. An additional row of small
scales possibly present throughout the dorsum. No scales on
the head or nape, nor ventrally in front of the pectoral fins.
All scales (remaining in the specimen) extremely thin. Pec-
toral (apparently) small. D.9, A. 15 (including a very slender
anterior spine), V. 8. Caudal missing. Colouration black.

We have examined the type in which, as stated by Giinther,
the height of the body is a little less than the length of the
head, which is + of the total length without the caudal fin.
It is therefore, as might be supposed from the difference in
size, a much stouter form than the young specimen which we
describe and figure. We are unable to agree with Giinther
that the scales of the lateral line series were about forty in
number. All the scales were missing when the specimen was
received at the Museum, but it appears to us that in the type, -
as in our smaller specimen, those anterior to the vertical from
the dorsal fin were, on the present evidence of scale pouches,
considerably jiarger than the posterior series. We read the
number as about 36,

The interorbital width, given in the specific diagnosis as 2
of the length of the eye, would seem to have been based upon
the greatest distance between the eyes without regard to the

| 32 |

II. '05, 7

bony orbital ridges. ven taken in this way the interorbital
dimension seems, from the present condition of the specimen,
to have been somewhat over-estimated. As in our young
example (see Pl. I., fig. 4) the eyes in the type are set in
anteriorly converging planes so that the interorbital or inter-
ocular width is difficult to define, the more so since the super-
ficial bones are imperfectly ossified. Internal to what we
suppose to be the true bony orbits the interorbital region of
the type, which is absolutely devoid of skin, exhibits a pair of
well-defined but delicate bony ridges indicated, but somewhat
veiled by skin, in our largest example. In Goode and Bean’s
delineation of their B. euryops and B. Benedicti the antero-
ventral contour of the head is remarkably inflated. This is
evidently due to post-mortem depression of the hyoid appara-
tus, which in a minor degree is noticeable in the type of B.
atlanticus. It is probable that under normal conditions the
ventral profile of the head in the west Atlantie species is in no
way remarkable.

The type of B. atlanticus was taken by the Challenger at
Station 318, 42° 32’ §., 56° 29’ W., east of North Patagonia,
soundings 2,040 fathoms. The net, according to Sir John
Murray, never touched bottom but probably went near it, and
the damaged condition of the specimen suggests that it was
caught far below the surface.

Our material—specimens from about 25 to 54 mm. in length
—was obtained in May, August, and November, 1905, in tow-
nets fished off the coast of County Mayo at soundings ranging
from over 1,000 to about 1,500 fathoms. No net went within
less than 50 fathoms of the bottom, and one was not nearer
than 300 fathoms to the bottom. B. atlanticus is therefore,
so far as is at present known, a pelagic fish very widely distri-
buted in the Atlantic.

SYNAPHOBRANCHUS PINNATUS (Gronow),
Nettophichthys retropinnatus, Holt, 1891.

Nettophichthys retropinnatus, Holt and Calderwood,
1895.

Young Synaphobranchus pinnatus, x +

Nettophichthys retropinnatus was founded on a specimen
of S. pinnatus taken by the Fingal in 1890. It was badly
damaged, having the head nearly severed from the body and
the dorsal and anal fins practically stripped off. Holt regarded
the pectorals as naturally absent and the gill-apertures as

[ 33 ]

D

11.05, S:

lateral, and considered that there were traces in the regions
of the dorsal and anal fins of slender and rather widely
separated fin rays, as in the genus Nettastoma to which he
supposed Nettophichthys to be closely allied. His drawing
(Holt and Calderwood,* Pl. XLI.) was published without due
acknowledgment of the extent to which the fins had been
‘“restored,’? and in that respect and in the branchial and
pectoral regions is entirely inaccurate.

The Helga examples are of about the same size, and being
in perfect condition can be determined without difficulty as
young Synaphobranchi, and referred, without reasonable
doubt, to S. pinnatus.

The subjoined measurements are taken from the specimen
caught at 454 fathoms :—

Total length, : . 118 mm.
ie without caudal fin, ©) sila
Length of head, : . . lisa
4 snout } . ‘ D AIG
. narrow part of snout, . 15 ,,
9 eye, F : : Bir ngs
Snout to angle of preoperculum, . 12 ,,

Length of gape, :
Length of pectoral fin,
Snout to origin of dorsal fin, .

“A A anal fin,
Height of head,

At body at anus,
Interorbital width, . :
Width of postorbital part of head, .
Width of body, ;

bo 09
02, OF. bO-Or-Oxr-Ga Gr Go GO

The length of the head is therefore contained about eight
times in the total length without the caudal fin, the length of
the snout three, and the length of the eye five times in the
length of the head, which is three times as great as its height.
The height of the body at the anus is about equal to the
length of the snout, which is a little shorter than the pectoral
fin. The eye is anterior by about its own length to the angle
of the gape.

The adult, as may be seen from the diagnosis and figures
given by Giinther (1887), is relatively stouter, but the differ-
ences are only such as are normally associated with phases of
growth.

In the young examples the median fin rays are set so closely
together as to be practically uncountable even under the micro-
scope. By counting, with more or less accuracy, short lengths

* Mr. Calderwood is in no way responsible, having had no opportunity
of examining the specimen. FE. W. L. H.

[ 34 ]

IT. '05, 9

and multiplying by the total lengths one arrives at a computa-
tion of D. ca. 320, A, ca, 348, which may have some relation
to the actual figures.

The gill openings are narrow and situate close together on
the ventral side of the head, where, though overlooked in the
original description, they may still be detected in the specimen
called Nettophichthys,

The jaws are armed on the praemaxillac with a group of
rather large teeth, somewhat abruptly reflected and with some-
what swollen bases. Behind this group are several smaller
teeth in a single line. In the description of Nettophichthys
the premaxillary teeth were regarded as belonging to the
vomer, an error which may also prove to apply to descriptions
of the dentition of Nettastoma.

The maxillae have a series of enlarged teeth internally ;
among these and externai to them are a number of minute
teeth not forming a regular series. The mandibles have a
single series corresponding to the larger series of the maxillae,
and in both maxillae and mandibles the anterior teeth are the
larger.

The skin presents under the microscope a number of closely
set oblique striae which may represent the incipience of such
scales as Synaphobranchus possesses.

The natural colouration of young examples appears to be
greyish, the snout, jaws, ventrum, and caudal fin rather dark.

Our sketch, p. 7, with the above notes, will probably
suffice for the recognition of young stages. The characters of
the adult may be summarised from Giinther’s description,
which appears to be based on specimens 330 mm. (13 in.) to
685 mm. (27 in.) long :—Kye about half as long as snout;
preanal length about half as long as postanal; pectoral half
as long as head, its origin midway between snout and anus.
Dorsal and anal fins low, especially the former. Colouration
black or brown.

S. pinnatus is known from the Pacific and from both coasts
of the Atlantic, extending on the eastern coast as far north as
Norway. Its vertical range appears to lie between about 100
and 1,200 fathoms. |

Our Irish records are from 144 fathoms, off County Mayo,
454 fathoms, off County Kerry, and 500 fathoms, near the
Porcupine Bank.

SCOPELUS PUNCTATUS, Rafinesque, 1810, (Goode
and Bean, 1895).

Myctophum punctatum, Goode and Bean, 1895.
ce) 9 Brauer, 1904.
Scopelus caninianus, C. and V., 1848.

» aa Giinther, 1864.
9 " Ciinther, 1887, pars.
és pars? Litken, 1892.
[ 3: ]

D2

IT. °05, 10

The collection includes several small fishes which we regard
as referable to the species which Goode and Bean and Brauer
call M. punctatum, Rafin., but as opinions may differ as to the
limitations of that species and as to the interpretation of 1ts
synonomy, it may be as well to give a description of our
specimens :—

Scopelt measuring from 26 to 32.5 mm. without caudal fin
and having the characters of M yctophum as defined by Goode
and Bean. Colouration brownish black, the scales opalescent

in certain lights. Form rather slender, but head and thoracic ~

region somewhat elevated, eye large and snout obtusely
rounded. Head about 3F, ‘greatest height of body about 44
in total length without caudal fin. Height of caudal peduncle
about equal to length of eye and about2 of greatest height of
body. Length of eye about twice that of snout, about 4 of
length of head and about 2 of postorbital length of head.
Origin of dorsal fin much nearer to snout than to caudal fin.
Pectoral reaching beyond middle of ventral. Ventral not
quite reaching origin of anal. Origin of adipose opposite last
fourth of anal. Longest dorsal ray about equal to length of
head without snout, longer than longest anal and caudal rays.
Fin-ray formula D. ca. 12-14, A. ca, 20-22. Scales of lateral
line ca, 44-45. Photophores—mandibular 3;—opercular 2,
close together in a subvertical line a little above and behind
angle of jaw ;—pectoral 3, the upper nearer to the lateral line
than to the base of the pectoral fin ;—antero-lateral 1 ;—medto-
lateral 3 in an almost straight subvertical line, the upper
opposite the 17th scale of the lateral line and about opposite
the origin of the anal fin ;—postero-lateral 1, opposite the 27th
scale of the lateral line and distinctly anterior to the vertical
from the origin of the adipose fin ;—super-anal (7?) 8—9+9;
—pre-caudal 2 close together in slightly oblique line at the
postero-inferior angle of the caudal base.

We have five specimens, measuring respectively, without
the caudal fin, 26, 26, 28, 30, and 32.5 mm. ‘The two largest
which have nearly perfect tails are 37 and 40 mm. in total
length, and in so far as itis possible to determine the measure-
ments between perpendiculars of such small creatures by com-
passes and rule may be tabulated as follows :—

mm. mm.
Total length, : . 40 37
Total length without caudal ih . 32°5 30
Length of head, porsg 8°5
Length of eye, ve 3
Length of snout, . : 13
Length to origin ‘of dorsal fin, ; Rey 13
Length to end of base of dorsal fin, ‘8 17
Length to origin of adipose fin, . .. 2475 2d
Length to origin of anal fin, 2 AS 175
Length between adipose and caudal fins,. 6 5°5
Height of body at shoulder, hee | 6°5
Height of caudal peduncle, : cay 2°75

{ 36 ]

r

i. ’05, li

The fin-ray formula given above is taken from all five speci-
mens, but an absolutely satisfactory count is difficult to us,
and if it is equally so to other observers, differences of one or
two fin-rays cannot be of much importance in specific diagnoses
of Scopet. We can count the scales of the lateral line, by
scales or scale pouches, with reasonable certainty in the two
largest specimens. Though no Scopelus has many scales a
relatively large variation appears to be admitted to exist in
species. ‘The photophores are not deciduous and are practi-
cally perfect in all five specimens, though the three smallest
have lost much of their skin. They are well developed, and
remain fairly brilliant after preservation in alcohol and forma-
line. One specimen has only seven in the anterior section of
the superanal series of one side. We think this is due to
accident and that the normal superanal formula is 8-9 +9.
9+9 occurs only on one side of one specimen. Brauer gives
1794711,

Goode and Bean do not formulate the super-anals of their
M. punctatum, but show 6+9 in the figure. In other species
they recognise a considerable latitude in the number of super-
anals, and with such experience as we possess we regard 6—9
+7-11 as probably characteristic of the species. Litken’s
S. canimanus is excluded by Goode and Bean from M. punc-
tatum because the postero-lateral is shown as at or near the
vertical from the origin of the adipose fin. The super-anal
formula is given as 8—9+8-9, and the difference in position
of the postero-lateral, possibly due in part to circumstances of
preservation, may, we think, be racial rather than specific.
Its position is certainly not absolutely constant in the British
Museum specimens.

Apart from the photophores our specimens agree well enough
with Goode and Bean’s definition of M. punctatum save in two
particulars. The American authors state that the anal fin
arises under the 21st scale of the lateral line. Their figure
seems to show it arising below the 18th scale, and in our two
largest specimens it seems to arise under the 17th scale. The
specimen figured by Goode and Bean measures 90 mm., and
a difference of one scale, or more, is quite possible in examples
separated by 50 mm. of total length. If the authors mean
that the anal fin arises at the base of the 21st oblique series of
scales crossing the lateral line their description and figure are
in accord and apply sufficiently to our material. They further
state that the adipose fin is opposite the penultimate ray of the
anal fin. Their figure agrees with our material in exhibiting
the anterior end of the base of this fin somewhat further for-
ward. In our specimens the ventral fins when perfect very
nearly reach the anal. In M. punctatum they are described
a3 far from reaching the anal. To this difference, real or
apparent, we are disposed to attach no importance.

_ Our material agrees well enough with Messina specimens
in the British Museum, 47 to 65 mm. in length without the

ae seat

IT. *05, 12

caudal fin, catalogued by Dr. Ginther as S. caninianus, an

therefore referable, as we suppose, to the species which Good

and Bean prefer to call punctatus. These have the super-
anal formula 7 -9+7-9, and sometimes show the remains of
dorsal and ventral pre-caudal, apparently luminous marginal
bodies, sometimes one, sometimes both, and in one case neither
being discernible.

There are in the British Museum three small Scopelt from
the Pacific recorded as S. caninianus. The Challenger ex-
amples from between the Admiralty Islands and Papua seem
to us to differ specifically from one another. One has three
mediolateral photophores which form an_ obtuse-angled
triangle, and is, we think, clearly not a specimen of S, punc-
tatus. The other, if not S. punctatus, is very closely allied to
it; the fin-ray formula appears to be D. 14, A. 20; there were
once apparently some 38 scales in the lateral line, and the
super-anal photophores are 8+ 6; there is a well-marked ventral
marginal body, similar in type to that of S. crocodilus. The
third specimen, from the surface of the Pacific, has its medio-
lateral photophores similarly disposed to those of the first
Challenger specimen, and may well belong to the same species,
whatever it be. |

Liitken mentions records of his S. caninianus from the
Pacific and Indian Oceans.

The specimens which form the subject of this note consist
of several taken by the Helga off the coasts of County Kerry
and County Mayo in nets sunk to 200 and 350 fathoms, and
one taken by the Thor north of the Bay of Biscay in a net
sunk to 164 fathoms. .

SCOPELUS CROCODILUS isso, 1810), Liitken, 1892.

Pl. ods, Bag: Oe
Myctophum crocodilum, Brauer, 1904, nec Cuvier and
Valenciennes, 1848,
Lampanyctus crocodilus, Goode and Bean, 1895 (pars ?).
Nyctophum Bonapartti, Cocco, ‘‘ Lett. su Salmon.’’

Lampanyctus Bonapartii, Bonaparte, 1832-1841.

Some small fishes, taken in nets sunk to 75, 700, and 1,150
fathoms off the coasts of Counties Mayo and Kerry, and
measuring from 26 to 44 mm. without the caudal fin appear
to be referable to this species. Their photophores are ex-
tremely deciduous, and it is not possible to exactly determine
what may have been the usual photophore formula in life.

[ 38 ]

II. 05. 13

Practically, the scales are entirely missing, and the determi-
nation of the number of the lateral line series from the remains
of the scale pouches presents some difficulty. The fins are
more or less broken, but in a few specimens they are almost
perfect. Naturally the number of rays is not easy to count,
as they are mostly depressed and very brittle.

The limits of species in Scopelus being by no means subject
of agreement among ichthyologists, it seems as well to give a
description of the specimens.

Form elongate and meagre, the ridges of the dorsal
and anal fins somewhat projecting anteriorly. Coloura-
tion, in formaline, black with a slight tinge of blue rather than
brown. Scales of the lateral line series about 34 or 35, with
possibly 1 or 2 more. D. ca 14-15, A. ca. 17-18. Head
snake-like ; snout narrow and conical, generally shorter than
eye. Jaw extending far beyond eye, pre-opercular keel
oblique. Eye small, about 43 to 4% in head. Height of body
about 14 to 14 in length of head.

Origin of dorsal fin rather nearer to snout than to caudal
base ; base of dorsal slightly overlapping base of anal, longest
dorsal rays nearly as long as caudal, longer than anal rays, and
nearly three-quarters as long as the head. Adipose fin op-
posite last few rays of anal. Pectoral and ventral fins reaching
beyond the origin of anal.

Photophores—mandibular 3, indistinctly defined apparently
luminous areas in the usual situation: a narrow anteriorly
tapering white body internal to the proximal part of the
mandible may also be part of the luminous apparatus ;—oper-
cular not exceeding 3 in any specimen, the upper and middle
behind the eye, the lower some way above the jaw and some-
what in front of the vertical from the angle of the jaw. The
three may be set in an oblique line, that nearest the angle of
the jaw being the posterior, or the middle photophore be some-
what antero-ventral to a line between the upper and lower (the
three represented in our material may not improbably be less
than the full normal number, sometimes one and sometimes
the other of two median members of a series of four being
missing*) ;—pectoral not exceeding 3, the upper near the
lateral line, the middle and lower respectively above and be-
low the base of the fin ;—thoracic 4, the first at a considerable
interval from the second ;—abdominal 4;—super-anal 6—7%
+7:-8, the first of the anterior series sometimes considerably
in advance of the second ;—pre-caudal 3+1, the first separated
by a short interval from the super-anal, the last widely
separate from the preceding, and at the lateral line ;—antero-
lateral 3, the middle more or less above a line between the

* Most of our specimens have no opercular photophores at all, and
ftom the condition of the skin it is impossible to tell whether they ever
ad any.

[ 39 ]

II. ’05, 14

- is
other two ;—medio-lateral 2 in a sub-vertical row, the low
about opposite the origin of the anal fin ;—postero-lateral 2

a slightly oblique row continued below by the last or penulti-
mate member of the first section of the super-anal series. __

Marginal bodies apparently connected with the luminous
apparatus comprise—(i.) a small mass of dead white matter on
the front edge of the base of the adipose fin, which in its most
perfect condition is rather sharply triangular in lateral con-
tour, but does not seem to have a hard outer coating :—(i1.) on —
the caudal peduncle immediately in front of the anterior caudal —
rays a narrow keeled plate, apparently consisting of three ©
coalesced scutes containing a dead white matter, which occupies —
less than half the distance between the caudal rays and the
adipose fin :—(ii1l.) on the ventral edge of the peduncle a corres- —
ponding plate, between which and the anal fin is a series of
about six distinct but slightly overlapping keeled scutes, all
containing similar matter. In less perfect examples there are
no distinct scutes, but merely strips of white matter of greater
or less extent.

These bodies, when perfect, correspond almost exactly with
those described and figured by Goode and Bean in Lampanye-
tus gemmifer. Since it is evident that their appearance is
subject to great modification according to the condition of the
specimen, they are probably of no great importance in the -
interpretation of diagnoses,

It will be seen that while closely approaching several species’
our specimens do not exactly agree with the descriptions of
any, and it is only by comparison with the British Museum
material of S. crocodilus that we have felt able to refer them
to that species. ‘The Museum series consists of a number of
Mediterranean examples of different sizes: the smallest 75
mm, in length excluding, and 89 mm. including the caudal fin,
and therefore considerably larger than any of ours; the largest
of the full size of the species, viz., about 200 mm. without the
caudal fin. There is also a large example taken from the
stomach of another fish from the Atlantic, 31° N., 87° W.
(off the Azores). While the larger are more regular in outline
the smaller retain the characteristic meagre appearance shown
in our figure. ‘The fin-ray and scale formulae appear to be
D. ca. 13-14, A, ca. 16-18, Sc, |. 1. ca. 86. The pectoral,
thoracic, ventral, antero-, medio-, and posterolateral photo-
phores appear to be as in our figure. The photophores of the
opercular series appear to be rather variable in position as well
as in (present) number. Some specimens have as many as
four. |

A more important difference is found in the super-anal and
pre-caudal series. Whereas in our specimens or at least in
those of them in which the formulae can be read there is a
smal! but well-marked break between the last super-anal and
the first pre-caudal photophores, we cannot find such a break

[ 40 ]

II. 05, 15

in any British Museum example which appears to have the
photophores of this region perfect. The super-anal formula
taken from six specimens is 7-8 (9)+10- 12, the second sec-
tion including the first three photophores assigned in our
material to the pre-caudal. The last pre-caudal is, as in our
specimens, widely separated from the others. In Liitken’s
diagram, which seems to have been based on a large example,
there is shown a small break between the super-anals and pre-
caudals, which is well marked although smaller than in our
specimens, while five opercular photophores are presented.
The marginal bodies of the adipose fin and caudal peduncle
are present in more or less perfect condition in some of the
British Museum examples, and the condition of those of the
ventral peduncular series in one suggests that they are nor-
mally covered by a transparent membrane. ‘The dorsal partly
overlaps the anal fin as in our specimens, in Litken’s diagram,
and in Goode and Bean’s figures of several species referred
by those authors to the genus Lampanyctus, in which the
dorsal is said not to overlap the anal. Their description of
L. crocodilus is in other respects not in accordance with the
figure which has been taken from a fish having D. 14, A. 17,
instead of D. 12-18, A. 14, as stated in the text. It seems to
us that their description relates, at least in part, to a fish
other than the S. crocodilus of Litken. Liitken and Brauer
agree that S. Bonaparti of Cocco and Bonaparte is a synonym
of S. crocodilus, Risso. Goode and Bean express no opinion
on this point, but notice the resemblance of their L. gemmifer
to S. Bonaparti. It differs (teste their figure) from the
Museum series of S. crocodilus chiefly in having two photo-
phores near the postero-lateral, which are not mentioned in
the text, and in lacking the pre-caudal photophore at the
lateral line. Between super-anals and pre-caudals there ap-
pears to be no break.

We are satisfied of the specific identity of our specimens
with the S. crocodilus of Liitken and with the specimens so
labelled (on the authority of Gal, Giglioli, and Boulenger) in
the British Museum.

IT. °05, 16.

Notacanthus mediterraneus, De
Filippi and Verany, 1857.

Notacanthus Bonaparti, Collett, 1905.

Body laterally compressed, about
twice as high as _ wide, greatest
height a little over 33} to a little
over 44 in length from snout to
anus. Head, 2% to 3 in same dis-
tance, 64 to 74 in total length (with-
out caudal fin). Anus anterior to
median, opposite the 2nd or 3rd
dorsal spines (when the _ anterior
spines are present*), pre-anal to post-
anal region about as 4:7. Dorsal
profile of head sub-horizontal, even
or slightly curved. Snout rather
obtusely pointed, not much com-
pressed laterally, longer than the eye
by about the distance between eye
and nostril, or by about half the
length of eye. Eye longer than high,
length over 5 in head and about 1? in
interocular width. Mouth crescentic,
about as wide as interocular width.
End of maxilla below centre of eye,
armed with a sharp spine usually
(always normally ?) concealed by skin.
Lips thick, not forming a fold except
at sides of lower jaw. ‘Teeth in a
single row, about 20 to 22 on each
side on praemaxilla, 25 on mandible,
19-22 on palatine. Mandibular sym-
physis at or near vertical from be-
tween eye and nostrils. Guill mem-
branes free from isthmus, uniting
ventrally at an acute angle somewhat
in front of vertical from upper ex-
tremities of gill opening and about
13 or 1 eye-length behind vertical
from hind margin of eye. D, VI-IX 1,
consisting of spines set apart at dis-
tances about equal to height of eye,
each bound to dorsum by a posterior
triangular membrane, the last spine
(usually) with a rudimentary soft ray
arising immediately behind it and
connected with it and with the

Notacanthus Bonaparti, x }._

*The number of (and the position of the
anterior and posterior) dorsal spines appears
tous to bea character of doubtful specific value.

[ 42 ]

II. 05, 17

dorsum by membrane. Spines gradually increasing in size
from in front backwards, the last in adults about as long
as the eye, and in small examples (always?) considerably
longer than the rest of the series. The first spine sometimes
almost completely concealed by the skin. A. XI-XVIII 102-
145 (observed total, 115-163), origin opposite 3rd or 4th dorsal
spine, posterior spine or longest soft ray about as long as the
eye ; soft rays jointed but not branched ; about 1-5 anal spines
behind the last dorsal spine. P. ca, 14-15, less than half as
long as head. V. III 6-8. 1st spine very short; 3rd, about
or nearly as long as the eye, with bifid tip. Soft rays usually
6, not reaching vent. Inner insertions of the fins united.

Scales minute, about 25 longitudinal series between Ist
dorsal spine and lateral line, about 40 between lateral line
and anus, of nearly equal size all over body, slightly smaller
on head. Lateral line well marked anteriorly, with a slight
downward curve in region of dorsal spines, obsolescent towards
the caudal extremity. Colouration brownish grey (or reddish
grey?) after preservation, ips, mouth, pharynx and gill cavity
more or less black. Hinder part of anal fin and corresponding
ridge of dorsum blackish.

Locality. Station 8. R. 171, 5—XI—’04. 48 mi. off the
Tearaght, County Kerry, 52° 7’ N., 11° 58’ W., 387 fathoms,
fine muddy sand. Trawl—One, 365mm. ©

Station S. R. 212, 6—V—’05, 50 mi. off the Tearaght, 51°
54’ N., 11° 57’ W., 411 to 378 fathoms, fine sand. Trawl—
One, 320 mm.

The diagnosis given above is chiefly based upon the notes
which Collett has given of the characters of thirteen specimens
taken by the Michael Sars, since the range of variation ex-
hibited by his series is sufficient to include our material.
Without this assistance we should have been disposed to in-
stitute a provisional species, as the Irish specimens did not
seem exactly referable to published descriptions, nor certainly
identical, on comparison, with species represented in the
British Museum.

It is now apparent that species of Notacanthus are not
susceptible of delimitation by small differences of proportions
or of number and topographical relation of spines, and if it
were possible to compare a considerable series, in reasonable
state of preservation, of the various Notacanthi existing in
literature it is likely that the number of species might be
further reduced. For our present purpose it is sufficient to
record that N. Bonaparti, previously known from the Mediter-
ranean and from the sea between the Fiirdes and Hebrides,
occurs also on the Irish coast. Collett regards it as probably
identical with the Pacific N. sexspinis, Richardson, and very
slight expansion of its diagnosis would serve to admit N.
annectens, Boulenger, 1903, from the Cape of Good Hope.

a

II. *05, 18

NEROPHIS AEQUOREUS (Linn.), var. EXILIS, nov.

Nerophis aequoreus, Holt and Byrne, 1904.
Syngnathus, Koehler, 1896.

A Nerophis exceedingly common in the deep-sea region of
the west coast of Ireland appears to us to be probably worthy
of specific distinction from the common littoral N. aequoreus.
It is at least entitled to varietal rank, and pending opportunity
of comparison of a large series of littoral and deep-sea forms
of comparable sizes we provisionally record it as a variety.

The annular formula is ca. 27-28 abdominal + ca. 57-62
caudal. ‘The dorsal fin has ca. 40 rays on 8-9 abdominal and
3 caudal rings. The form is always meagre and attenuate.
The maximum observed length is for females 240 mm., for
males 185 mm. Males may be ovigerous at 1385 mm., females
may have a well-marked dorsal ridge at ca. 170 mm. The
scutes of the annular series are distinct and conspicuously
armed on the margins in specimens which have attained a
Jength of 1385 mm. (including ovigerous males), and in some
cases in specimens exceeding 150 mm. in length. ‘The pectoral
and caudal fins are vestigial, and usually absent in adults.
The colouration consists of alternate reddish or blackish-brown
and pale bands throughout the body and tail except in large
specimens, which are uniformly pale reddish brown without
distinct bands. ‘The horizontal range of the variety as evi-
denced by specimens which we have examined is from the
north-west of Ireland to the Bay of Biscay, but we suppose that
deep-water and off-shore Nerophis, recorded as N. aequoreus
from a much wider area may probably be referable to this
variety. We have found it benthic at 91 fathoms on the Por-
cupine Bank, and pelagic off the west coast of Ireland over
soundings of about 50 to 1,500 fathoms, and about 2,000
fathoms off the Bay of Biscay,

Our present material suggests that there is considerable
variation in the size at which the ridges of the dermal armature
become obsolete, but they may remain in an adult (ovigerous)
male as distinct as in Syngnathus acus or S. rostellatus. The
young are freely pelagic, and we have received ovigerous males
up to 184 mm., and females up to 204 mm. in townet gather-
ings made actually at the surface.

Our only evidence of a benthic habit is afforded by the
capture of two large examples, one an ovigerous male, at about
91 fathoms in a dredge on the Porcupine Bank, and by the’
occurrence of a similar specimen, on the same occasion; in the
stomach of a Scylliwm canicula, which, so far as we know, is
a fish which does not range far from the bottom. ‘The two
living Nerophides had the air-bladder distended, and could not
leave the surface of the water in the vessel in which they were
placed. It was of interest to note that they clung to each
other (no other object being available) by the snake-like use

Leer .2

II. 05, 19

of the tail familiar in littoral N. aequoreus. The dredge did
not reveal much for them to cling to on the bank, the only
excrescences from the stones being a very small colony of
some hydroid resembling Hudendrium, and a few masses of a
branching polyzoan, perhaps a species of Smittia,

So little is really known of the elasticity of characters in
fishes that it is impossible to either affirm or deny that a
littorally-bred Nerophis might by fortuitous drift into the
ocean be so far modified in growth as to retain till a com-
paratively late period in life, or even until reproductive
activity has commenced, the characters which are normally,
or littorally, those of the young only. We propose, when
sufficient material and time shall be available, a more exact
comparison of the characters of N. aequoreus in its typical
form and the variety exilis, which may serve to reveal distinc-
tions which we have not as yet grasped. For the present it
seems as if the two forms present an instance of a species in
process of fission. N. aequoreus, var, exilis, might be sup-
posed by the mere evidence of number captured, to be the
most abundant pelagic fish of the Irish deep-sea region. Pro-
bably it is nothing of the sort, and is caught in quantity
because it has, of all the fishes that lie in the track of our nets,
the most inadequate means of evading them.

MELAMPHAES EURYLEPIS, sp. n.

Pl, I., Figs. 1 and 2.

Length of head less than 3 times in total length (without
caudal fin) and greater than greatest height of body. Height
of head, % of its length. Eye small, 14 to 11 in snout, and
about 6 times in head, separated vertically by more than its
own iength from top of head and gape respectively. Gape
oblique, lower jaw very slightly projecting. Body highest
immediately behind head, decreasing suddenly in height be-
hind dorsal and anal fins. Caudal peduncle as long as head,
its greatest height 23 to 3 times and its least height 34 to 4
times in its length.

D, II 10-11, commencing nearer to snout than to origin of
caudal. <A. I (II) 8, commencing a little behind middle of
dorsal. Pectorals reaching to or beyond hind edge of base of
anal. Ventrals set in the same vertical as pectorals.

Scales (nearly all missing in type and other specimens) very
large,* thin and membranous (about 6 mm. in diameter in
type), somewhat irregularly arranged on anterior part of body ;
about 13 to 15 in a longitudinal series ; 3 in a transverse series
on anterior part of body, possibly with a small scale above and
below ; 3 in a transverse series in caudal region, the median
scale larger than those above and below it. Colouration

*Our figure purports to portray the scale pouches as they remain in
the type specimen.

[ 6 ]

IT.’ 05, 20

black. Length (of largest specimen) about 80 mm. Habit
and distribution, pelagic in deep water in north-east Atlantic,
near Ireland.

Our material consists of three specimens, of which two are
in fair condition. The third is small and damaged, and
though reasonably referable to the species was of no use for
the purposes of the diagnosis given above. ‘The circumstances
of capture are as follows :—

1 (type). 79 mm. long (including damaged caudal), taken
12-II-’05, at St. S. R. 197, 54° 57’ N., 10° 5’ W., about
50 mi. W. by N. (magn.) of Eagle Island, County
Mayo, in a large open townet lowered to 600 or 700
fathoms. Depth by Admiralty soundings about 1,300
fathoms.

2 (co-type). 76 mm. long (including damaged caudal),
taken 20-V-’05, at St. S. R. 231 at the same place as

the type in a pelagic otter-trawl lowered to about 1,150
fathoms.

3. About 14 mm. long (including damaged caudal), taken
3-XI-’04, 52° 6’ N., 12° 02’ W., 50 mi, W.N.W.NIly.
(magn.) of the Tearaght, County Kerry, in a large open
townet lowered to about 3850 fathoms. Depth by
soundings, 375 fathoms.

M. eurylepis is distinct from any species of which we have
seen a description, but comes rather near to M. mizolepis,
Giinther, known from two specimens. One (the type) was
taken by the Challenger south of New Guinea, the other by
the Investigator in the Bay of Bengal. We have examined the
type, which is in the British Museum. The two species are,
to the eye, obviously distinct, and the chief points of difference
may be expressed as follows :—

(i.) The caudal peduncle in M. eurylepis is as long as the
head, nearly three times as long as its own greatest, and
four times as long as its own least height, while in M.
mizolepis it is markedly shorter than the head, very
little more than twice as long as its own greatest, and
less than thrice as long as its own least height.

(ii.) The eye in M. muzolepis is about half as long as the
snout; in M, eurylepis it is about two-thirds as long as
the snout.

Gil.) In M. eurylepis the distance between the posterior
extremity of the base of the anal fin and the base of
the caudal fin is equal to the distance between the
posterior edge of the pre-operculum and the posterior
extremity of the base of the anal fin. In M. mizolepis
the base of the pectoral fin must, in the same compari-

son, be substituted for the posterior edge of the pre-
operculum.

{ 46 ]

II. 05, 21

(iv.) The head of M. eurylepis is distinctly larger and
stouter than that of M. mizolepis, but we are unable to
express this difference by comparative measurements.

(v.) The opercular flap in M. eurylepis has a rounded
margin. In M, mizolepis it is produced into a feebly-
marked angular projection.

(vi.) In M. eurylepis the pectoral fin when perfect extends
beyond the bases of the dorsal and anal fins. In M.
mizolepis it does not reach the posterior end of the base
of the anal fin.

-The scales of the type of M. mizolepis are now impossible
to count, but may, as was computed by Ginther, have been
more numerous than those of M. eurylepis. ‘The sculpture of
the head bones is probably of no diagnostic importance in the
genus since its appearance depends largely on the state of
preservation of the skin, and its exact description and delinea-
tion is practically impossible. The bony cap shown in our
figures of M. eurylemis may probably be entirely masked by
skin in perfect specimens.

The habits of fishes of the genus Melamphaés (including
Plectromus, Gill) are little known. MHitherto they seem to
have been taken in nets which were fished at the bottom as
well as on their way up to the surface. M. eurylepis appears
to be pelagic. Our two largest examples were taken 50 miles
off Kagle Island, County Mayo, at a place where the declivity
is so steep that the depth cannot be exactly stated unless
actual soundings are made. It varies within a very short
horizontal distance from about 1,200 to about 1,500 fathoms.
Here one specimen was taken in a net sunk to 1,150 fathoms,
another in a net which did not go beyond 700 fathoms from
the surface, and therefore certainly not nearer than 500
fathoms to the bottom. The third and smallest specimen was
taken at soundings of 375 fathoms in a net sunk to 350 fathoms
below the surface.

111.—SUMMARY OF RECENT RECORDS OF FISHES FROM THE
Trish ATLANTIC SLOPE.

It is unnecessary here to recapitulate the species which have
already been noted from the region,* except in cases where
some particular observation or lack of observation calls for
remark. For present purposes locality may be sufficiently
indicated by reference to soundings.

SCYLLIIDAE,

Scyllium canicula (Cuv.) appears to be abundant on the
Porcupine Bank at soundings of about 91 fathoms.

Pristiurus melanostomus (Raf.) has been taken rather com-
monly, but P. murinus, Collett, has not yet been detected.

*Ginther, 1874, 1889; Bourne, 1890; Scharff, 1891; Holt, 1891,
1892 ; Holt and Calderwood, 1895; Holt and Byrne, 1903, 1904, 1905.

R07

IT.’ 05, 22

SPINACIDAE.,

Spinax niger, Bonap., already well known from localities
to the north and south of our region, is represented by speci-
mens from 100 to 200 fathoms ca., but does not seem to be
common.

CHIMAERIDAE.

We have not found any specimens referable to C. mirabilis,
Collett, among the Helga Chimaeroids.

SALMONIDAE.

Argentina silus, Ascan., has been recorded by one of us ex
relatione piscatoris from off the south coast of Ireland (Holt,
1898). It may now be added to the British-and-Irish fauna
with certainty since the Helga has trawled a number of speci-
mens at 105 and 164 fathoms, south of the Porcupine Bank.
We may remark that A. sphyraena, Linn., seems to be com-
moner in the Irish Sea than on the west coast,

Bathylagus atlanticus, Gthr. See p. 6.

ALEPOCEPHALIDAE.

Alepocephalus Giardi, Koehler, is probably represented in
our collection by larvae taken near the 300-fathom and 1,000-
fathom lines. ‘The species was originally described from the
Bay of Biscay (Koehler, 1896), and has been recorded from off
the Hebrides and Farée by Collett.

Bathytroctes rostratus, Giinther, has been taken in juvenile
condition near the Porcupine Bank. While the adult
characters seem to be sufficiently defined for specific determi-
nation our examples (not exceeding in length 832 mm. without
the caudal fin) have on the postero-dorsal part of the gill-cover
a skinny digitiform or tubular process which appears to be of a
larval nature.1

Xenodermichthys socialis, Vaillant.—A single specimen

taken in a beam-trawl unintentionally used as a townet,
soundings 500 fathoms, about 70 mi. off the Fastnet,

STOMIATIDAE.

Stomias boa, Risso, has been taken on several occasions
once in a net which did not descend below 200 fathoms from
the surface, over soundings exceeding 1,000 fathoms.

Astronesthes Richardsoni, Poey (synon. A. abyssorum,
Koehler). A small specimen was taken outside the 1,000-
fathom line off County Mayo, at any depth between 1,150 and
0 fathoms,

Gonostoma microdon, Gthr., has frequently been taken in
townets on either side of the 1,000-fathom line.

Gonostoma bathyphilum, Vaillant, was once taken between
700 or 800 and 0 fathoms, near the Porcupine Bank.

' See p. 27.

Ly SB u0g

II. 05, 23

Maurolicus borealis, Nilsson, is not uncommon in townets
ranging at least as far shorewards as the 100-fathom line.

Argyropelecus hemigymnus, Cocco. Larval and young
specimens, provisionally referred to this species, are rather
common on either side of the 1,000-fathom line. The
synonomy of the species of this genus seems to require some
revision.

ANGUILLIDAE,

Leptocephali of Anguilla vulgaris, Turton, have been taken
on a number of occasions in deep water. They have been at
once communicated to Dr. Johs. Schmidt, of the Danish
Fisheries Staff, who is making a special study of the lfe-
history of the species (see Schmidt, 1905).

SYNAPHOBRANCHIDAE.,

Synaphobranchus pinnatus, Gronow. See p. 7.

SCOPELIDAE.

Scopelus glacialis, Reinhardt (S. scoticus, Giinther, Ben-
thosema Miilleri, Goode and Bean), is, with the possible ex-
ception of Gonostoma microdon, the commonest pelagic fish
in our deep-water gatherings. It has usually been taken
about the 1,000-fathom line, but has occurred on occasion 1n
considerably shallower water,

S. arcticus, Liitken, is represented by a single specimen
taken near the 1,000-fathom line off the coast of Mayo. Part
of the head is missing, but the rest of the animal permits of
certain determination.

S. punctatus, Rafinesque : see p. 9.

S. Rafinesqui, Cocco; a single specimen taken near the
1,000-fathom line.

S. elongatus, Costa, is represented by a single example
trawled at 350 fathoms. ‘The state of preservation is not such
as to permit of certain reference to one or other of the species
among which Goode and Bean have thought fit to partition
the Scopelt which have the general characters of Liitken’s
S, elongatus.

S. crocodilus, Risso. See p. 12.

NOTACANTHIDAE.

Notacanthus Bonaparti, Risso. See p. 16.

FIERASFERIDAE.

Ova with fully-developed embryos and vexillifer larvae ap-
pear to be referable to Fierasfer dentatus, Cuv.

(aes

IT. *05, 24

NEROPHIDAE.
Nerophts aequoreus, var. exilis, H. and B. See p. 18.

MACRURIDAE.

Macrurus caelorhynchus, Risso, M. aequalis, Gunther, ©
and M. laevis, Lowe, have proved to be common on the trawl- —
ing ground at about 350 to 400 fathoms off the Tearaght, —

County Kerry,

Trachyrhynchus trachyrhynchus (Risso) is abundant on the —
same ground.

GADIDAE.

Gadus poutassou, Risso, was found in the stomachs of fish
caught on the Porcupine Bank. Several young examples
were taken in a fine-meshed drift net on the Cleggan mackerel
grounds.

Phycis blennioides, Brunner, is common on the Tearaght —
trawling ground. The type specimens of P. Aldrichu, Bourne,
appear to have been lost, but, from the description of them,
we think that they would have been referred by us to P.
blennioides.

Haloporphyrus eques, Giinther. Common on the Tearaght
trawling ground.

Mora mediterranea, Risso. Not uncommon on the same
ground.

Molva elongata, Risso. A ling taken at 120 fathoms ap-
pears to so far combine the characters of the supposed Northern
and Southern species of deep-sea ling (M. abyssorum, Nilsson,
and M. elongata, Risso) as to render it reasonably certain that
a single species is enough for the reception of both.

BERYCIDAE.
Trachichthys mediterraneus, C. and V. (Hoplostethus medi-
terraneum), is common on the Tearaght trawling ground.
Melamphaés crassiceps, Giinther, has been taken once, out-
side the 1,000-fathom line off County Mayo, in a townet.
M. eurylepis, H. and B. See p. 19.

SHRRANIDAE.

Pomatomus telescopium, Risso, has been trawled on several
occasions, and seems to be a normal resident within the area.

DIRETMIDAE.

Diretmus argenteus, Johnson, is represented by a specimen
measuring 83 mm. without the caudal fin. It was taken in
a townet fishing between 350 and 0 fathoms over soundings
of 470 fathoms, in November, 1905, S.W. of the Fastnet
Rock.

CL; BQ, 3

IT. 065, 25

NOTE ADDED IN PRESS

During May, 1906, Mr. Farran and Mr, Kemp have made
further exploration of the deep-water grounds off the Tearaght
Rock, extending the range of observation to about 900 fath.
Among the fishes taken, in addition to many of the species
listed above, may be noted the following, all of which, except
Macrurus rupestris, are new to the British-and-Irish fauna, or
are now first recorded on the evidence of adult examples taken
within that area.

Centrophorus ringens (Boc, and Cap.).——Three, at soundings
between 215 and 515 fath.

Chimaera mirabilis, Collett.——Nine, 550 to 893 fath,

Alepocephalus rostralus, Risso.--Several fine specimens, 610
to 680 fath.

Alepocephalus Giardi, Koehler.—_A number of fine specimens
(up to 770 mm., without caudal), 550 to 800 fath.

Conocara macroptera (Vaillant).—Five, 673 to 893 fath.

Scopelus punctatus (Rafinesque).—A number of specimens,
taken at the surface at night over soundings of 500 to 768
fath.

Bathypterois dubius, Vaillant.—Three examples of the form
with short ventral fins, 610 to 893 fath.

Macrurus rupestris (Gunner). —Several, 550 to 800 fath.

Macrurus mediterraneus (Giglioh).— A _ well-preserved
Macrurus of 475 mm. appears to be the adult of this little-
known species.

Macrurus labiatus, Koehler.—Eleven, 557 to 893 fath.

Macrurus Guentheri, Vaillant (M. sclerorhynchus, Giin-
ther).—One, 6738 to 893 fath.

Antimora viola (Goode and Bean).—Two Antimora of about
140 mm. are probably of this species, 673 to 893 fath.

Scorpaena echinata, Koehler.—Two fine specimens, 550 to

800 fath.

All the above, except Scopelus. were caught in the trawl] or
in fine-meshed nets attached to the trawi.

[ St-j
E 2

Il. *05, 26

LIST OF AUTHORITIES QUOTED.
Bonaparte, 1832—41.—Faun. Ital., Pesce.

Boulenger, 1903.—-‘ New Deep-sea Fishes from S. Africa.” Marine
Investigations in 8. Africa, IT.

Bourne, 1890.—‘“ H.M.S. Research off S.W. Ireland,” Journ. M. B.
Aseoc:, N.S. 1

Brauer, 1904.-—“‘ Die Gattung Myctophum.” Zool. Anzeig., XXVIII.,
10.

Cocco, 1820.— Alcuni Salmoni.” Messina.
Cocco, 1829.-—“ Lett. su Salmon.” N. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bol.

Collett, 1905.—“ Fishes of Michael Sars, 1900-2.” Rep. Norw. Marine
Invest.

Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1848.—Hist. Nat. Poiss, XXII.
De Filippi and Verany, 1857.—Mem. Ac. Sci. Torino, XVIII.
Goode and Bean, 1895.—Oceanic Ichthyology.

Giinther, 1864.—Catalogue, V.

Giinther, 1874.— Fishes obtained at considerable Depths in N.
Atlantic.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

Giinther, 1887.— “ Deep Sea Fishes.” Challenger, XXII.

Ginther, 1889.—« Deep-sea Trawling off S. W. Ireland, Fishes.” Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. |

Holt, 1891. --‘‘ Fishes of Fingal,” Sci. Proc. R. Dub. Soc., VII.
Holt, 1892.—“ Fishes of Harlequin,” Sci. Proc. R. Dub. Soc., VII.
Holt, 1898.—* Argentina silus.” Journ. M. B. Assoc., N.S., V.

Holt and Calderwood, 1895.-—“ Survey of Fishing Grounds, West
Coast of Ireland, 1890-1. Fishes.” Sci. Trans. R.
Dub. : Soc., S. IL.,i ¥. .

Holt and Byrne, 1904.—“ Fishes of Oceana.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

Holt and Byrne, 1903.—‘ British and Irish Stromateidae,” Ann. Rep.
Fish., Ireland, 1901, Pt. II., App., V.

Holt and Byrne, 1905.—“ British and Irish Species of Solea.” Ann.
Rep. Fish., Ireland, 1902-3, Pt. II. App., V.

Koehler, 1896.—‘ Campagne du Caudan.” Ann. Univ, Lyon.
Liitken, 1892.—‘ Spolia Atlantica,” II., Vid. Selsk. Skr., Nat. Mat.

Afd.

Norman, 1890.—‘“The British, area in Marine Zoology,” Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist.

Rafinesque, 1810. Indice d’Ittiol. Sicil.” Palermo.

Risso, 1810 Ichth. Nice.”

[ 52 ]

rr. “O8, 27

Scharff, 1891.—‘ Fishes of Lord Bandon i Flying Falcon.” Proc.
R. Irish Acad., 3rd S.,

Schmidt, 1905.—“ Life History of young Fel,” Med. Kom. Havunder-
sog., S. Fisk., I., No. 5.

ADDENDUM.

Scopelus Humboldti (Risso)
may be added to the British-and-Irish list, from a specimen
taken in the South-West region.

K.W.L.H. and L.W.B.

53

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IT.

Melamphaés eurylepis.
Fig. 1.—Type, 79 mm., magnified, showing remains of scale pons
Fig. 2.—Dorsal view of head.

Bathylagus atlanticus.

Fig. Z..-Young example, 54 mm. (without caudal fin), magnified.
Scales restored.

Fig. 4. Dorsal view of head.

Scopelus crocodilus.

Fig. 5. Young example of 44 mm. (without caudal fin), magnified.
The photographs are restored from a series of smaller » »:
specimens,

ee,

G. M. Woodward, del.

I, 2. Melamphaés eurylepis.
3, 4. Bathylagus atlanticus.
2: Scopelus crocodilus.

Appenpix, No. I11.

THE FORAMINIFERA OF LARNE LOUGH AND
DISTRICT.

BY
GEORGE C. GouaH, B.Sc., A.R.C.Sc, (Lond.), F.G.5.

Puate I.

Larne Lough, County Antrim, is a narrow land-locked inlet
of the sea running N.W. to S.E. For the most part it 1s very
shallow and much is uncovered at low water, but a deep
channel runs up it which enables vessels to pass to the lower
end. Up to the present only one part of the Lough has been
thoroughly examined for Foraminifera, and this section, called
J. by the Ulster Fishery Association, includes part of the deep
channel near the mouth of the Lough. The depth is about
34 fathoms at low water, so that this section has probably
the deepest and purest water, the ‘‘ bottom’’ being of medium
sized sand mixed with calcareous débris such as broken shells.
Taken as a whole the foraminifera are not particularly good
specimens of their kind, but the fact that 88 species have been
found shows that the order is well represented, and there is
no doubt that future work in other parts of the Lough, where a
different kind of bottom is present, will result in additions to
the list. Although the majority of species found are common
round our coasts, yet already a number of species new to the
district, which I have taken to include the coast from Strang-
ford Lough to Fair Head, have been found, and these I have
marked by an asterisk (*). ‘T'wo or three have also been noted
by a dagger (+) as being new to the Irish List. Porcellanous,
arenaceous and vitreous forms are all represented, but with one
or two exceptions the arenaceous forms are rare inside the
Lough, although plentiful in the open sea, for example, off
the Gobbins.

Besides the dredgings from inside the Lough, samples have
been examined from other parts, namely, from (i.) off the
Gobbins, (ii.) Belfast Lough, off Holywood, and (in.) Red
Bay, County Antrim. The material from Red Bay was ex-
amined by Mr. J. Wright, F.G.S., and his list is appended.
It is notable for the relative abundance of Botellina laby-
rinthica, Brady, which has hitherto only been met with at two
or three localities, but which has been fairly abundant in each
case.

The following notes on some of the rarer specimens recorded
from the Lough may be of interest :—

Nubecularia lucifuga, Defrance, Pl. I., Figs. 1 and 2.—This
parasitic form is now recorded for the first time as an Irish

Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1905, III. (Published, October, 1906. }
ae eae

Til. ’05, 4

foraminiter. ‘lhe young forms (Fig. 2) which were first found
presented difficulty in naming, but the finding of older and
more typical specimens cleared up any doubts. . |

Thurammina sp. (?), Pl. I., Fig. 9.—Quite a number of smail
flask-shaped arenaceous foraminifera were found, most of them
being globular, but some being rather more irregular, each ap-
parently having only one aperture at the end of a very short
neck. They are not unlike Brady’s figure (Chall. Voy. Vol.
IX., Zoology, Pl. xvu1., Fig, 12) of Saccammina sphaerica,
but. are smaller and of finer texture. At the same time as S.
sphaerica is a deep sea form they are more likely to be some
species of Thurammina, which they very much resemble, and
for the present it may serve to leave them as such and wait
for further work before naming them more accurately.

Bulsmina. elongata, d’Orb.—This specimen, which is new to
the Irish List, was recorded by me in the “ Irish Naturalist ’’
for February, 1904. At the time I believed it to be new to
British seas, but I have lately found that it was recorded from
the Southport district by Mr. Chaster in the Appendix to the
First Report of the Southport Society of Natural Science,
1890-91. Since then it has also been found by Mr. Earland off
the 8.E. coast of England. It is very like B. pupoides, but
differs from it in that the latter chambers are smaller than
those of B. pupoides, all the chambers being about the same
size, thus giving a more even outline to B, elongata.

Bulimina convoluta, Will.—Two specimens of this fora-
minifer were found. The only other Irish record is one by
Mr. Wright, who obtained it off the west coast of Ireland in
the Lord Bandon cruise at a depth of between 38 and 44
fathoms.

Lagena rizzae, Seg., Pl. I., Fig. 3.—This form, which is rare
around our coasts, but very common in the Estuarine Clay of
the North of Ireland, especially at Limavady, has been de-
scribed under several names,but especially as Lagena bicari-
nata, from which it differs principally in having a smooth
rounded edge instead of the keeled edge of the latter.

Nodosaria simplex, Silvestri, Pl. I., Figs. 4 and 5.—The first
specimen found was apparently broken (Fig. 5), so that exact
determination was doubtful, but a second and apparently
perfect specimen seems to show that this species may now be
recorded as British. Brady only records it as found recent
from off the Ki Islands, and off the W. coast of New Zealand.

Cristellaria rotulata (Lamk.), Pl. I., Fig. 6.—Typical speci-
mens of the foraminifer are frequent in the Lough, but one
form like the figure was found. I believe that it might be
safely regarded as C. gibba, d’Orb., which has already been
recorded by Mr. Chaster from the Southport district, but Mr.
Wright prefers to regard it as an oblong form of C. rotulata. —

1Jour, Quekett Microscopical Club, Nov., 1905.
{ 56 |

IIT. °05, 5

Polymorphina roltundata (Born.), P]. I., Fig. 7.—The norma!
examples are not uncommon, but the one illustrated is a
curious abnormal form. It is almost triple in character, there
being two well-marked and normal apertures, and indications
of a third.

Discorbina minutissima, Chaster, Pl. 1., Fig. 8.—This tiny
foraminifer was first found and named by Mr. Chaster in the
Southport area. It is now recorded for the first time from
Treland.

In conclusion I desire to acknowledge the great help and
assistance I have received from my friend, Mr. Wright,
F'.G.S., especially in the determination of doubtful specimens.

LIST OF FORAMINIFERA OF LARNE LOUGH.

* Foraminifera new to the District ; | Foraminifera new to Ireland.

v.r.= very rare; r.=rare ; ft. = frequent ; c. = common ;
v.c. = very common.

Nubecularia, Defrance.
tNubecularia lucifuga, Defr. f.

Biloculina, d’Orbigny.
* Biloculina irregularis, d’Orb. v.r.
Biloculina elongata, d’Orb. r.
Biloculina depressa, d’Orb. r.

Biloculiaa, d Orbigny.
Sprroloculina lumbata, d’Orb. v. r.

Miliolina, Williamson.
Miliolina trigonula (Liamk.). f.
Miholina tricarinata (d’Orb.). v. r.
Miltolina oblonga (Montag.). f.
Miliolina seminulum (inné). v. c.
*Miliolina venusta (Karrer). v.r.
Miliolina subrotunda (Montag.). v. c.
Miliolina circularis (Born.). r.
Miholina. bicornis (W.&J.). f.

Stgmoilina, Schlumberger.
Sigmoilina secans (d’Orb.). ce.

Opthalmidium, Kiibler.
Opthalmidium carinatum, B. & W. c.

Cornuspira, Schultze.
Cornuspira involvens, Rss.

b oh J

III. °05, 6

Hyperammina, Brady.
Hyperammuna. arborescens (Norman). r.

Haplophragmium, Reuss.
Haplophragmium canariense (d’Orb.). c.
Haplophragmium globigeriforme (P. & J.). r.

Thurammina, Brady.
Thurammina (?) sp. f.

Trochammina, Parker & Jones.

Trochammina squamata (J. & P.). f.
Trochammina ochracea (Will.). rx.

Teatularia, Defrance.

Textularia gramen, d’Orb. v.r.
Textularia conica, d’Orb. f.

Verneuilina, d’Orbigny.
Verneuilina polystropha (Rss.). c.

Bulimina, d’Orbigny.
Bulimina pupoides, d’Orb. f.
+ Bulimina elongata, d’Orb. v.r.
*Bulimina elegans, d’Orb. r.
*Bulimina aculeata, d’Orb. r.
Bulimina fustformis, Will. f.
Bulimina marginata, d’Orb. f.
*Bulimina convoluta, Will. v. r.
Bulimina subteres, Br. v.r.
ulimina elegantissima, d’Orb. r.
*Bulymina minutissima, Wright. v. r.

Bolivina, d’Orbigny.
Bolivina punctata, d’Orb. c.
Bolivina plicata, d’Orb. c.
Bolivina textilarioides, Rss. r.
Boliwina dilatata, Rss. f.
Boliwina difformis (Will.). v.c.

Cassidulina, d’Orbigny.
Cassidulina laevigata, d’Orb. r,
Cassidulina crassa, d’Orb. v. ¢.

Lagena, Walker & Boys.

Lagena globosa (Montag.). r.
Lagena laevis (Montag.) f.
Lagena aspera, Rss. v.r.
Lagena lineata (Will.). r.
Lagena sulcata (W. & J.). f.

{ 58 |

TIT. ’05, 7

Lagena Williamsont (Alcock). v.c.
Lagena costata (Will.). v.r.
Lagena striata (d’Orb.). f.
Lagena semistriata Will. f.
Lagena squamosa (Montag.). c¢.
Lagena hexagona (Will.). c.
Lagena laevigata (Rss.). r.
Lagena laevigata, var. lucida (Will.). ce.
Lagena quadricostulata, Rss. f.
Lagena marginata, W.& B. c.
Lagena rizzae (Seg.). v.r.
Lagena obignyana (Seg.). v.c.
Lagenu lagenoides (Will.). v.r.

Nodosaria, Lamarck.

| Nodosaria pyrula, d’Orb. r.
+tNodosaria simplex, Silvestri. v.r.

Lingulina, d’Orbigay.
Lingulina carinata, d’Orb. v.r.

Cristellaria, Lamarck.
Cristellaria rotulata (Lamk.). f.
Cristellaria rotulata, var. (?). v. r.

Polymorphina, d’Orbigny.

Polymorphina rotundata (Born.). r.

Uvigerina, d’Orbigny.
Uvigerina angulosa, Will. f.

Globigerina, d’Orbigny.

Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb. v. c.
Globigerina inflata, d’Orb. r.

Spirillina, Ehrenberg.
Spirillina vivipara, Ehr. f.

Patellina, Williamson.
Patellina corrugata, Will. v. c.

Discorbina, Parker & Jones.

Discorbina globularis (d’Orb.). ¢.
Discorbina rosacea (d’Orb.). v.c.
Discorbina orbicularis (Terq.). r.
Discorbina Bertheloti (d’Orb.). v. r.
*Discorbina obtusa (d’Orb.). r.

| Discorbina minutissima, Chaster. vy. r.

[ 59 ]

IIT. ’05, 8 Yn |

Planorbulina, d’Orbigny.
Planorbulina mediterranensis, d’Orb. c.

Truncatulina, d’Orbigny.
Truncatulina refulgens (Montf.) c.
Truncatulina lobatula (W. & J.). v.c.
*Truncatulina variabtlis, d’Orb. v. r.

Pulvinulina, Parker & Jones.

Pulvinulina repanda (F. & M.). f.
Pulvinulina Karsten, Rss. v. r.

Rotalia, Lamarck.
Rotalia beccaru (Limné). v. ce.

Gypsina, Carter.
Gypsina inhaerens (Sch.). f.

Nonionina, d’Orbigny.
*Nonionina asterizans (F. & M.). yr.
Nonionina depressula (W. & J.). v.¢.

Polystomella, Lamarck.

Polystomella crispa (Linné). v. c.
Polystomella striato-punctata (F. & M.). ec.
*Polystomella macella (F. & M.). f.

LIST OF FORAMINIFERA FROM RED BAY, CO.
ANTRIM [10 fath. ].

* Foraminifera new to the district.

Spiroloculina lambata, d’Orb.
Spiroloculina excavata, d’Orb.
Miliolina oblonga (Montag.).
Miliolina seminulum (inne).
Miliolina contorta (d’Orb.).
Miliolina subrotunda (Montag.).
Miliolina Ferussacu (d’Orb.).
Miitolina bicornis, W. & J.
*Psammosphaera fusca, Sch.
*Jaculeila acuta, Br.
*Botellina labyrinthica, Br.
*Webbina hemisphaerica, J. P. & B.
Textularia gramen, d’Orb.
Textularia conica, 4’Orb.
Spiroplecta. sagittula (Defr.).
Gaudyrina rudis, Wright.
Verneulina polystropha (Ras.).

[ 60 |

IIT. ’05, 9

Bulimina pupoides, d’Orb.
Bulimina marginata, d’Orb.
Bolivina plicata, d’Orb.

Lagena Williamson (Alcock).
Lagena quadricostulata, Rss.
Lagena orbignyana. (Seg.).
Polymorphina lactea ? (W. & J.).
Globigerina, bulloides, d’Orb.
Spirillina vivipara, Ehr.
Discorbina globularis (d’Orb.).
Discorbina rosacea (d’Orb.).
Discorbina orbicularis (‘Terq.).
Discorbina Wrighti, Br.
Discorbina nitida (Will.).
Truncatulina lobatula (W. & J.).
Rotalia beccaru (Linneé).
Nontonina depressula (W. & J.).
Nonionina pauperata, B. & W.
Polystomella crispa (inne).
Polystomella striato-punctata (F. & M.).

LIST OF FORAMINIFERA FROM THE GOBBINS.
[12 fath. |

v.r.=very rare; r.=rare; f=frequent; c.= common ;
v.c. = very common.

Biloculina elongata, d’Orb. r.
Biloculina. depressa, d’Orb. r.
Sptroloculina excavata, d’Orb. cc.
Miliolina trigonula (Lamk.). c.
Miliolina seminulum (Linne). v.c.
Miliolina subrotunda (Montag.). f.
Miliolina bicorns (W. & J.) ec.
Hyperammina arborescens (Norman). C.
Textularia gramen, d’Orb. v.c.
Spiroplecta sagittula (Defr.). c.
Gaudyrina rudis, Wright. f.
Bolivina punctata, d’Orb. f.
Cassidulina crassa, d’Orb. r.
Lagena costata (Will.). v.r.
Lagena orbignyana (Seg.). r.
Nodosaria? communis, d’Orb. r.
Vaginulina legumen (Liinneé). f.
Cristellaria rotulata (Lamk.). r.
Polymorphina gibba, d’Orb. f.
Polymorphina lanceolata, Rss. r.
Polymorphina rotundata (Born.). f.
Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb. c.
Patellina corrugata, Will. r.
Discorbina globularis (d’Orb.). f.
Discorbina rosacea (d’Orb.). ce.

E Ghd

ITT. 05, . 10

Truncatulina lobatula (W. & J.). vic.
Pulvinulina repanda (KF. & M.). r.

Rotalia beccaru (Linne). v. ¢.

Gypsina inhaerens (Schultze). r.
Nonionina depressula (W. & J.) c.
‘Polystomella crispa (Liinne). v. ce.
Polystomella striato-punctata (F. & M.). ec.

FORAMINIFERA FROM BELFAST LOUGH, OFF
HOLYWOOD.

Mihiolina oblonga (Montag.). r.
Miholina seminulum (inne). v.c.
Miliohna subrotunda (Montag.). c.
Sigmoilina secans (d’Orb.). c.
Trochammina, squamata, J. & PB. yr.
Gaudyrina filtiformis, Berth. v. r.
Verneuilina polystropha (Rss.). v. ¢.
Bulimina pupoides, d’Orb. f.
*Bulimina elongata, d’Orb. v.r.
Bulimina fusiformis, Will. f.
Bulimina marginata, d’Orb. f.
Bulimina elegantissima, d’Orb. r.
*Virgulina squamigera (=Bulimina squamigera, d’Orb.).
wT,

bolivina punctata, d’Orb. f.

Bolwina plicata, d’Orb. c.

Bolwwina dilatata, Rss. f.

Cassidulina crassa, d’Orb. r.

Lagena laevis (Montag.). r.

Lagena sulcata (W. & J.). Yr.

TLagena Williamson: (Alcock). f.
Legena gracilis, Will. v.r.

Lagena semistriata, Will. r.

Lagena squamosa (Montag.). f.
Lagena. lucida (Will.). f.

Lagena orbignyana (Seg.). f.
Uvigerina angulosa, Will. r.
Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb. v. ¢.
Patellina. corrugata, Will. r.
Discorbina rosacea (d’Orb.). f.
Truncatulina lobatula (W. & J.). v.c.
Truncatulina ungeriana (d’Orb.). vy. r.
Rotalia beccarti (Lanné). v. ¢.
Nontonina depressula (W. & J.). vic.
Polystomella crispa (luinné). v. e.
Polystomella striato-punctata (F, & M.). e.

Lea F

III. ’O5, Pl. I.

G. C. G. del.

Fig. 1. Nubecularia lucifuga, Defrance, x 35.

ae ditto, smaller and younger specimen.

» 8. Lagena rizzae (Seg.) x 50.

» 4. Nodosaria simplex, Silvestri, x 35,

Bat Os ditto, (broken specimen ?).
6. Cristellaria rotulata (Lamk.), x 35.

This specimen approaches (. gibba, VOrb.

7. Polymorphina rotundata (Born.), abnormal form.
8. Discorbina minutissima, Chaster, x 100 (after Chaster),
» 9. LThurammina sp. 1, x 35.

ep)

Appenpix, No. IV.

THE MARINE FAUNA OF THE COAST OF IRELAND.
PART VIII.

PELAGIC AMPHIPODA OF THE IRISH ATLANTIC
SLOPE.

BY

W. M. TATTERSALL, B.Sc,

Puates I to V.

‘This first contribution to a knowledge of the Amphipoda of
Ireland deals mainly with the pelagic members of the order
belonging to the tribe Hyperudea. Four species of Lysianas-
sidae are, however, included because, being pelagic in habitat
and occurring, as they do, in the company of the Hypertudea
they can most conveniently be dealt with in this place,

T'he material examined is derived chiefly from the collections
made by the Department’s fishery cruiser Helga off the west
coast of Ireland, but I have also been permitted to examine a
small collection of Amphipoda made by Dr. Wolfenden in the
eastern Atlantic, and some material collected by the Danish
steamer Thor off the coast of Ireland, communicated by Dr.
J. Schmidt of Copenhagen.

Norman (1900)! in his synopsis of the British and Irish
members of the Hyperudea enumerates nine species of this
tribe as having been taken actually within the British and
Irish marine area, and four additional species from the Fiirée
Channel which cannot be admitted as belonging to our fauna.
To the British list Scott (1904) has since added Hyperia medu-
sarum (QO, F. Miller) and Walker (1903) Hyperioides longi-
pes, Chevreux. In the following pages thirty-three species of
Hyperudea and four species of Lysianassidae are recorded of
which thirty of the former and two of the latter were captured
within the limits of the British-and-Irish marine area. The
additions to the British-and-Irish list may be enumerated as
follows :—

Parascina Fowler, Stebbing.
Scina crassicornis (Fabricius).
Scina Vosselert, sp. n.
‘These dates refer to the list of authorities given on pp. 36-38.
Fisheries, Ireland, Sct. Invest., 1905, IV. [Published, October, 1906.]
[ 63 ]

IV. ’05, 4

Scina borealis (G. O. Sars).

Scina Rattrayi, Stebbing.

Scina oedicarpus, Stebbing.

Scina uncipes, Stebbing.

Scina submarginata, sp. n.
Acanthoscina acanthodes (Stebbing).
Vibilia propinqua, Stebbing.

Vibilia armata, Bovallius.

Lanceola aestiva, Stebbing.
Lanceola serrata, Bovallius.
Hyperia spinigera, Bovallius.
Phrosina semilunata, Risso.

Primno macropa, Guérin.
Brachyscelus crusculum, Sp. Bate.
Thamneus sp.

Paralycaea gracilis, Claus.
Platyscelus ovotdes (Risso).
Metacyphocaris Helgae, gen. et sp. n.

The following species were taken only outside the limits of
British-and-Irish waters, 1.e., at or over soundings exceeding
1,000 fathoms :— )

Scina pacifica (Bovallius).

Cystisoma spinosa (Fabricus).

Dairella latissima, Bovallius.
Crybelocephalus megalurus, gen. et sp, n.
Katius obesus, Chevreux,

In dealing with a group of pelagic organisms like the
Hyperudea, which, with very few exceptions, are essentially
oceanic in habitat, it is a somewhat difficult matter to decide
whether species, for the first time recorded from within the
limits of any littoral or sub-littoral area, should be regarded as
true incolae of that area or chance immigrants due to one or
other of a variety of causes.

In the above list of additions to our fauna such species as
Scina borealis, Scina Rattrayi, and one or two others, taken
constantly during the last two or three years, may perhaps be
legitimately looked upon as permanent residents in our waters,
which had not previously been explored with suitable fishing. -
engines. On the other hand, species like Phrosina semilunata,
Primno macropa, and Platyscelus ovoides, only taken as soli-
tary specimens on one or two occasions during the same period
may rather be looked on as stragglers brought, to our shores
by currents, changes of temperature, or stress of weather.
For instance during the summer and autumn of 1905 a large
quantity of South Atlantic water is known to have travelled

[ 64 ]

IV. ‘05, 5

northwards to the Atlantic ocean off the west coast of Ireland,
and may well have brought in with it such hitherto decidedly
southern species as Vibilia propinqua, Vibilia armata, and
Cystisoma spinosa, which were only captured during that
period. Some such cause must also account for the increased
numbers of Brachyscelus crusculum during the autumn of
1905. Previously only single specimens had been taken on
odd occasions, but in two hauls in September and November,
1905, sixteen and ten specimens respectively were captured.
At the same time it must be remembered that the Atlantic
Ocean to the west of Ireland has been very little explored, and
the species only occasionally met with in the area worked by
the Helga may be regular inhabitants of the offshore waters
of the same latitude, ‘and may in reality be not infrequently
carried shorewards by continuous westerly winds.

The economic importance of the Hypertudea as a food of
fishes is perhaps not sufficiently realised. Brook and Calder-
wood (1884) in a report on the food of the herring write of
Hyperia galba :—‘‘ This species must be reckoned as one of
the most important forms of herring food,’’ and proceed to
note that it is chiefly during the winter months from Novem-
ber to April that the herring feeds on Hyperids. It may be
mentioned that in all probability the species that these authors
had met with in the herring’s stomachs was Parathemisto
oblivia and not Hyperia galba.

Scott (1904) records Parathemisto oblivia as forming quite
an important food of the whiting, and it is interesting to note
that, as Brook and Calderwood found for the herring , it is
chiefly during November and December that the whiting takes
to a Hyperid diet.

On the west coast of Ireland the same species, Parathemisto
oblivia, occasionally Huthemisto compressa, and more rarely
Hyperwia galba and Tryphaena Malmi, are found to form a very
large part of the food of three of the principal food fishes,
herring, mackerel, and sea trout, during the late autumn and
early winter. Stomachs of these fishes examined during this
period are often distended to almost bursting point with these
Hyperids, which must occur in immense swarms just off the
land at this time. The fact that it is only during the winter
months that these fishes feed on Hyperids is distinctly interest-
ing, and the reason for it not very clear. In the spring and
summer mackerel and herring are found to be feeding almost
entirely on Copepods and Spirtalis, while sea trout devote
attention to Kuphausians, young fishes, and a variety of other
organisms. The townet gatherings made during the last six
years prove that Parathemisto is present all the year round in
the offshore waters, but there seems to be distinct evidence of
an inshore migration during the late autumn, since, except
in the late autumn and winter, Parathemisto is absent from
both inshore townettings and the stomachs of fish caught near
the land. It may be added that the evidence from the con-
tents of fishes’ stomachs is confined to localities not exceeding
ten miles from land, and it is impossible to say from this source

[ 65 ]

IV. 05, 6

of information what may be the relative abundance of Para-
themisto at any time of the year on the offshore grounds.

In connection with the part which Hyperids play in the
food of fishes, it is of great interest to note from our records
the presence of T'’ryphaena Malmi in the stomach of a spur-dog,
Acanthias vulgaris. It is probable however that the Hyperids
came there through the dogfish having swallowed a herring
or mackerel which had been feeding on them, rather than that
it deliberately took to a Hyperid diet.

Records by Chevreux of the presence of Brachyscelus crus-
culum in the stomachs of the tunny only serve to emphasize
the economic value of this group, and a knowledge of the
distribution of the various species may be of first importance
in considering the life-history of such fish as the herring and
mackerel.

Of the four new species described in this paper, two, Scina
Vosseleri and Scina submarginata, belong to the Hyperudea,
while the other two, Metacyphocaris Helgae and Crybelo-
cephalus megalurus, are types of new and aberrant genera
belonging to the Lysianassidae, and apparently modified for a
bathypelagic semi-parasitic life.

The terminology adopted is that used by Sars in his
account of the Amphipoda of Norway (1890), while the
arrangement of the families of the Hyperidea is that of Steb-
bing in his work on the Challenger Amphipoda, except that
the genus Dairella is given family rank as proposed by Vosseler
and the name of the family Tryphaenidae is changed to
Lycaeidae.

I desire to express my thanks to M. Chevreux, Dr. Senna,
Dr. Woltereck, Mr. Stebbing, and Mr, Walker, for kind as-
sistance in the preparation of this paper. To Canon Norman
IT am especially indebted, both for the loan of specimens and
for other valuable help which he has kindly rendered.

TringE HYPERIIDEA.
Famity SCINIDAE.
GENUS Parascina, Stebbing.
Parascina Fowleri, Stebbing, 1905.

P. Fowler, Chevreux, 1905.
Helga. |

88 mi, W.S.W. of Fastnet, Co. Cork, 470 fath., November,
1905, Petersen trawl at 350 fath.—One male.

The present specimen, a male, agrees in every way with
Chevreux’s account of the sexual differences exhibited by the
Species.

_ Distribution.-Bay of Biscay (Stebbing, Chevreux); Atlan-
tic Ocean, between the Azores and Canaries (Chevreux).

[ 66 ]

:

05, 7
GENUs Scina, Prestandrea.
Scina crassicornis (Fabricius).

Helga.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 1’ N., Long. 14° 34’ W.,
293 fath., May, 1905, townet on traw!.-—One.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long., 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 750 fath.—One,

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—One.

Same station, large coarse townet at 750 fath.—One,

50 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 411 fath., Novem-
ber, 1905, Petersen trawl at 350 fath.—One.

The synonymy of this species has recently been fully dealt
with by Stebbing (1904), and the view therein set forth as to
its correct name is here adopted.

In one specimen, otherwise agreeing well with published
descriptions, the long tooth of the fifth pair of legs has four
denticles on its front margin.

Distribwtion.—This species has a general and very wide dis-
tribution throughout the north and south Atlantic Ocean and
the Mediterranean.

Scina Vosseleri, sp. n.

eM jigs. 1-4

Helga.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W..,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 750 fath.—One male.

Body very slender, semi-transparent, all the muscles show-
ing plainly through the integument.

Head longer than the first segment of the mesosome, slightly
emarginate in front. .

Mesosome with the first segment the shortest, the fourth
the longest, the second equal to the sixth and seventh, the
third equal to the fifth.

Metasome with the first three segments subequal in length,
and equal to the combined length of the last four segments of
the mesosome; fifth and sixth segments coalesced ; postero-
lateral angles of the first three segments rounded.

Eyes of moderate size,

Superior antennae very long and slender, equal in length
to the rest of the total length excluding the uropods; both
margins of the elongate first joint of the flagellum armed with
teeth, the imner in addition having a fringe of long filaments.

Inferior antennae (not yet fully developed in the specimen)
short, crossed on the under side of the head ; first three joints
of the peduncle small, their combined length equal to that of
the fourth joint; flagellum imperfectly three-jointed.

[| 6F© J
F 2

IV. 05, 8 wl

First gnathopods (Fig. 1) slender; basal joint the longest,
second joint very short with a blunt spine on its inferior distal
corner; third joint slightly longer than the second; carpus
slightly shorter than the propodus; latter long and slender,
tapering somewhat towards the distal end; dactylus rather
more than one-third of the length of the propodus, slender
and simple; whole limb armed along its inferior margin with
a few setae,

Second gnathopods (Fig. 2) slender, very similar in struc-
ture to the first and of about the same length. The carpus 1s
however slightly shorter and the dactylus rather longer than
in the first pair.

Third and fourth pairs of legs (Figs. 3, 4) of similar struc-
ture, longer than either of the pairs of gnathopods and more
robust, due to the large size and swollen nature of the carpus ;
merus in both pairs short; carpus large and oval in shape,
much dilated and entirely glandular; propodus shorter than
the carpus and much narrower ; dactylus slender and simple.

Fifth pair of legs (Fig, 5) remarkably long and slender,
almost as long as the body from the head to the telson ;
elongate basal joint less than half the total length of the hmb
and equal to the merus and carpus combined, its hind margin
armed with about thirteen prominent teeth, its front margin
likewise armed with about eleven teeth, and produced into a
long spine-like process, having two teeth on its hind margin,
and extending beyond the second joint of the limb; second
joint short, its front margin produced into a short spinous
process; of the next three joints the carpus is the longest,
being very slightly longer than the propodus; latter very
slender and of equal width throughout; dactylus simple and
slender, with a comb of very fine setae on its inner margin.

Sixth pair of legs (Fig. 6) about four-fifths of the length of
the fifth pair; basal jot with its front margin slightly pro-
duced into a short acute process; carpus longer than the
merus, but slightly shorter than the propodus; latter elongate
and very narrow; dactylus simple and slender with a brush
of fine setae similar to that of the fifth pair.

Seventh pair of legs (Fig, 7) about five-eighths of the length
of the sixth pair, rather more robust than either the fifth or
sixth pairs; merus only about half as long as the carpus;
latter a little shorter but more robust than the propodus;
dactylus short, simple and slender. |

Uropods (lig. 8) very elongate, equal to one-half the total
length of the body from the head to the telson, :

First pair (Fig. 8) longer than the second and subequal to
the third pair; peduncle longer than the inner ramus; outer
ramus represented by a short spine; inner margin of the
coalesced inner ramus and peduncle armed with eight teeth ;
outer margin of the inner ramus sharply serrate. —

_ Second pair (Fig, 8) with the peduncle larger than the
inner ramus; outer ramus represented by a stout spine longer

[ 68 J

en ee

IV. 05, f

than that of the first pair; inner margin of the coalesced inner
ramus and peduncle minutely serrate,

Third pair (ig. 8) with the peduncle longer than the rami;
outer ramus well developed but slightly shorter than the i inner ;
outer margin of the inner ramus and inner margin of the outer
ramus minutely serrate.

Telson (Fig. 8) small, triangular in form,

Length from the tip of the antennae to the extremity of

the third uropods, 10 mm.; of this length the first antennae
measure 4 mm., the body 4 mm., and the uropods 2 mm.
- This species is most nearly related to Scina crassicornis,
Fabricius, and S. stenopus, Stebbing. From the former
species it is distinguished by the presence of numerous teeth
on the front margin of the basal joint of the fifth pair of legs,
and the swollen nature of the carpus of the third and fourth
pairs of legs. From S. stenopus the robust third and fourth
pairs of legs with the swollen glandular carpi, as well as
differences in the remaining legs and uropods, serve as dis-
tinguishing marks.

Scina borealis (G. O. Sars).

S. borealis, G. O. Sars, 1890.

Helga.

77 mi. W.N.W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo, 382 fath.,
August, 1901, townets on trawl.— Three,

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath.,
August, 1904, large coarse townet at 1,000 fath.—Three.

Same station, medium silk townet at 800 fath.—One.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath.,
August, 1904, large coarse townet at 750 fath.—Three.

Same station, medium silk townet at 530 fath.—Two.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 375 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, large coarse townet at 350 fath.—Three.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 730 fath.,
November, 1904, large coarse townet at 600 fath.—Three,

40 mi. N. by W. of Hagle Island, Co. Mayo, 650+ fath.,
February, 1905, large coarse townet at 630 fath.—Two.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+fath.,
February, 1905, coarse silk townet at 600 fath.—-One.

50 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 400 fath., May,
1905, townet on trawl. —T wo.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W..,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl! at 750 fath.—Thirteen.
50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,

May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1 150 fath.—Five.
50 mi. W. $N_ of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 411 fath. ” Novem-
ber, 1905, Petersen trawl at 400 fath. —Three.

Diseeean sks far as its distribution is at present known,
Scina borealis is confined to the eastern Atlantic, where it
extends from the extreme north of Norway to the Azores and

[ 69 J

IV. *05, 10

Canary Islands. Chevreux (1905 (3)) records it as the com-
monest species of Scina in the gatherings of the Princess Alice
in the neighbourhood of the Canary Islands. 1t shares this
distinction with S. Rattrayi in the present collection. Both
Vosseler and Chevreux record it from the Mediterranean.
The previous nearest record to the British and Irish area is
one by Norman from the Farée Channel (1900).

Scina Rattrayi, Stebbing.
S. Rattrayi, Stebbing, 1895.
S. Bovalli, Vosseler, 1901.

S, Rattray, Stebbing, 1904.
Helga.

30 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 588 fath., May,
1904, medium silk townet at bottom.—One.

Same station, medium silk townet at 250 fath.—'Two.

50 mi. N, by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath.,
August, 1904, large coarse townet at 1,000 fath.—Six.

Same station, medium silk townet at 800 fath.—Four.

Same station, medium silk townet at 275 fath.—T wo.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath..,
August, 1904, large coarse townet at 730 fath.—Six.

Same station, medium silk townet at 530 fath.—One.

Same station, medium silk townet at 330 fath.—Four.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 375 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, large coarse townet at 350 fath.—Thirty.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fath.,
November, 1904, large coarse townet at 600 fath.—Thirty-
two.

40 mi, N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 650+ fath.,
February, 1905, large coarse townet at 630 fath.—T'wenty-
six.

Same station, coarse silk townet at 450 fath.—Fourteen.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+fath.,
February, 1905, large coarse townet at 700 fath.—Fourteen.

Same station, coarse silk townet at 600 fath.—'T'wo.

Same station, coarse silk townet at 500 fath.—Thirteen.

Same station, coarse silk townet at 300 fath.—Seven,

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 1’ N., Long, 14° 34’ W.,
293 fath., May, 1905, townet on trawl.—Three,

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 750 fath.—Twenty-
one.

30 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co, Mayo, 730 fath.,
May, 1905, coarse silk townet at 200 fath.—One.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen traw! at 1,150 fath.—Six.

Same station, coarse silk townet at 400 fath.—T wo.

88 mi. W.S.W. of Fastnet, Co. Cork. 470 fath.. November,
1905, Petersen trawl! at 350 fath.—Four.

L i. vOurg

A IN Se pa

IV. 05, 11

50 mi, W. = N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 411 fath., Novem-
ber, 1905, Petersen trawl at 400 fath.—Seven.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+fath.,
November, 1905, large coarse townet at 700 fath.—Three,

For the full synonomy of this species Stebbing (1904) should
be consulted. All my specimens differ from Stebbing’s de-
scription (1895) and agree with that of S. Bovalli of Vosseler
(1901) in having the front margin of the basal joint of the
sixth pair of legs produced into an acute short spine. In
response to my enquiries Mr. A, O. Walker and M. E.
Chevreux have very kindly informed me: that in specimens

‘which they have recorded under the name S. Rattrayi the

dentiform projection was also present but had escaped notice.
S. Rattray: therefore shares this character with S. borealis.

The figures given by Stebbing (1895), Chevreux (1900), and
Vosseler (1901) of the sixth pair of legs are not in harmony
with regard to the length of the sixth joint. Stebbing figures
it as shorter than the fourth, Chevreux as equal, and Vosseler
as longer, while Vosseler’s description gives it as equal. Steb-
bing however (1904) notes in one specimen that the sixth joint
is actually longer than the fourth in these limbs, and as I have
found all conditions to obtain in the present collection it would
seem to be a point in which the species exhibits considerable
variation.

Distribution.—S. Rattrayi has a distribution generally wide
over the North Atlantic and the Mediterranean. Walker’s
record (1903) of this species during the cruise of the Oceana is
from just on the boundaries of the British-and-Irish area.

Scina oedicarpus, Stebbing, 1895.
S. oedicarpus, Stebbing, 1904.

S. oedicarpus, Chevreux, 1905 (8).
Helga.

50 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 411 fath., Novem-
ber, 1905, Petersen trawl at 400 fath.—One.

This species is easily recognised by its transparent integu-
ment, through which the stomach appears of a bright red
colour.

Distribution.—South Atlantic off the west coast of Africa
(Stebbing and Chevreux); Bay of Biscay (Stebbing).

Scina uncipes, Stebbing, 1895.

S. spinosa, Vosseler, 1901
Helga.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ W., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 750 fath.—One female.

Distribution.—South Atlantic (Stebbing and Vosseler).
Bae

IV. 03, 12

Scina submarginata, sp. n

Pl, U1... igeoaee,
Helga.
40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fath.,
November, 1904, large coarse townet at 600 fath.—One male.
W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 750 fath.—Two
females.

Head equal in length to the first segment of the mesosome,
shallowly emarginate in front.

Mesosome with the first two segments shorter than any of
the following, third and fourth segments the longest.

Metasome with the first segment the longest; second and
third segments subequal in length; fifth and sixth segments
coalesced ; postero-lateral angles of the first three segments
obtusely rounded.

Superior antennae shorter than the mesosome, about one- —

third of the length of the body from the head to the tip of
the third uropods; outer edge as usual bearmg many teeth;
inner edge with a row of teeth like the outer and a fringe of
numerous long filaments; terminal joint small.

Inferior antennae in the female rudimentary, placed far back
on the head and not extending forwards beyond the eyes, the
terminal joint rather sharply pointed; in the male (still im-
mature) they are as long as the first antennae, the two basal
joints of the peduncle small, the third joint as long as the basal
two combined, fourth joint longer than the third, the flagellum
equal in length to the peduncle, and three-jointed, the first
joint longer than the terminal two combined.

First gnathopods (Fig. 1) rather stoutly built; basal joint
the longest with its inferior distal corner slightly produced ;
second joint short with a prominent spine on its distal inferior
corner; third joint equal to the second, its inferior margin
slightly serrate with a prominent spine at about the centre;
carpus large and slightly expanded distally, its inferior margin
fringed with a few moderately long setae; propodus very
slightly shorter than the carpus, rather broad, its outer distal
corner with a single prominent seta, its inner margin with the
distal part minutely serrate, the proximal part with a few
simple setae; dactylus about one-third of the length of the
propodus, simple and slender.

Second gnathopods (Fig. 2) about as long as the first and of

relatively the same stoutness; carpus considerably expanded
distally, its inner margin with very few setae; propodus oval
in form, longer than the carpus and slightly narrower than
the latter, its outer margin with the distal one-third minutely
serrate and the outer distal corner slightly produced, inner
margin with the distal part minutely serrate, the proximal
part bearing a few simple setae: dactylus about one-third of
the length of the propodus, simple and slender. |

L Tara

re

IV. ’05, 13

Third pair of legs (Fig, 3) longer than either pair of gnatho-
pods, stoutly built; carpus slightly swollen and longer than
the merus; propodus shorter than the carpus and narrower,
its inner margin fringed with a few small setae; dactylus
small, simple, slender, and very slightly curved, with a comb
of minute setae near the base of its inner margin.

Fourth pair of legs (Fig. 4) about equal in length to the
third pair and of exactly similar structure, except that the
carpus is somewhat less swollen.

Fifth pair of legs (Fig. 5) with the elongate basal joint less
than half the total length of the limb and equal to the merus
and carpus combined, its hind margin unarmed, its front mar-
gin armed with about nine teeth, and produced into a long
stout spinous process considerably longer than the second joint
of the limb; second joint very short with its front margin
produced into a short blunt tooth; merus shorter than the
carpus ; propodus shorter than either the carpus or merus and
narrower ; dactylus very small with a swollen base.

Siath pair of legs (Fig. 6) somewhat shorter than the fifth
pair; basal joint shorter than the merus and carpus com-
bined ; carpus longer than either the merus or propodus ; latter
shorter than the merus; dactylus small with a swollen base.
The whole limb is unarmed save for a single seta on the
propodus at the base of the dactylus, and the proportions of
its joints, with the exception of the basal one, are very similar
to those of the fifth pair.

Seventh pair of legs (Fig. 7) about two-thirds of the length
of the sixth pair and very similar in form, except that the
carpus is relatively shorter.

Uropods (Fig, 8). First pair slightly longer than either of
the remaining two, its peduncle longer than the inner branch ;
outer branch represented by a short stout spine ; outer margin
of the inner branch serrate.

Second pair (Fig. 8) similar to the first, but the outer
margin of the inner branch is smooth and its inner margin
very minutely serrate.

Third pair (Fig. 8) with the outer ramus well developed but
shorter than the inner; the inner margin of the outer branch
and the outer margin of the inner branch serrate.

Telson (Fig. 8) very small and triangular in shape.

Length, excluding antennae, 4°5 mm.

Of all species of Scina as yet described this species ap-
proaches most nearly to S. marginata, Bovallius, with which
it agrees in the general build and robustness of its appendages.
It differs however from the latter rather markedly in the
structure of the first and second gnathopods. In S. marginata
both gnathopods have the outer distal corner of the propodus
produced into well-marked spinous processes. In S. submar-
ginata on the other hand the first gnathopod has the propodus
unproduced and the second gnathopod only slightly produced
at the outer distal corner. Further, in S. marginata the

Lo

IV. ’05, 14

peduncles of the uropods are shorter than the rami, while the
reverse obtains in S. submarginata,

Of the type specimens of the latter one is a male and the
other two females. The male, judging from the condition of
the second antennae, is still immature. It is somewhat more
slender in general build than the female.

Scina pacifica (Bovallius).
Tyro pacifica, Bovallius, 1887 (1) and (2).
Helga.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath..,
August, 1904, medium silk townet at 400 fath.—One female.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co, Mayo, 1,000+fath.,
August, 1904, medium silk townet at 730 fath.—One male.

Distribution.—Pacific Ocean off Nicaragua (Bovallius) ;
South Atlantic (Stebbing, Chevreux, and Vosseler) ; Sargasso
Sea (Vosseler).

Genus Acanthoscina, Vosseler.

Acanthoscina acanthodes (Stebbing, 1895).
Scina acanthodes, Stebbing, 1895.
Acanthoscina serrata, Vosseler, 1901.
Acanthoscina acanthodes, Chevreux, 1905 (3).

Helga.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’! N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
ri fath, May, 1905, Petersen trawl! at 750 fath.—One
emale.

__ Distribution.—South Atlantic (Chevreux, Stebbing, and
Vosseler),

A very considerable northern extension of the distribution
of this species is indicated by its capture off the west coast of
Ireland, the previous records not extending beyond 31° N,

Famity VIBILIDAE.
GENUS Vibilia, M.—Ed.
Vibilia propinqua, Stebbing, 1888.

V. propinqua, Vosseler, 1901.

V. propinqua, Stebbing, 1904.
Helga.
Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 15’ N.. Long. 13° 17’ W., 116
fath., May, 1905, large coarse townet at surface.—One, —
W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7 N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 750 fath.—Seven.

CL 76-7)

~~

IV. 05, 15

88 mi. W.S.W. of Fastnet, Co. Cork, 470 fath., November,
1905, Petersen trawl at 350 fath.-—lorty-one.

50 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 411 fath., Novem-
ber, 1905, Petersen trawl at 75 fath.—One,

Same station, Petersen trawl! at 400 fath.—T'wo.

10 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 78 fath., Novem-
ber, 1905, Petersen trawl at 30 fath.—One.

50 mi, N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+fath..,
November, 1905, large coarse townet at 200 fath.—One.

Same station, large coarse townet at 700 fath.—One.

Thor.

Lat. 51° N., Long. 11° 43’ W., 738 fath., June, 1905,
Petersen trawl at 656 fath.—Three.

No important difference between the present specimens and
Stebbing’s original description could be found. ‘The males,
like those of V. Jeangardu, and probably all other species of
the genus, have relatively larger eyes than the females.

Numerous dark chromatophores are distributed all over the
body and appendages, while the general ground colour appears
to be a light red.

The sudden appearance of this species and V. armata in
some numbers off the west coast of Ireland during the summer
of 1905 may possibly be explained by the considerable influx of
South Atlantic water to these shores which took place at that
time, though the occurrence of both species in the Bay of
Biscay in 1900 would seem to suggest that they were normal
inhabitants of the North-east Atlantic.

Distribution.—North Pacific (Stebbing); South Atlantic
and Sargasso Sea (Vosseler) ; Bay of Biscay (Stebbing).

Vibilia armata, Bovallius.

V. armata, Bovallius, 1887 (1) and (2).

Helga.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 750 fath. —One.

88 mi. W. S.W. of Fastnet, Co. Cork, 470 fath., November,
1905, Petersen trawl at 350 fath.—One.

50 mi. W. 3 N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 411 fath., Novem-
ber, 1905, Petersen trawl at 75 fath.—Four,

Same station, Petersen trawl at 400 fath.—One.

10 mi. W. 2N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 78 fath., November,
1905, Petersen trawl at 30 fath.—One.

Thor.

Lat. 51° N., Long. 11° 43’ W., 738 fath., June, 1905, Peter-
sen trawl at 656 fath. —Hight.

Distribution.—Tropical and South Atlantic (Bovallius and
Vosseler) ; Mediterranean (Vosseler); Bay of Biscay (Steb-
bing). The Oceana captured this species just on the borders
of the British and Trish area (Walker, 1908).

[ 75 |

IV. °05, 16

Vibilia sp.
Helga.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 58° 1’ N., Long. 14° 34’ W.
293 fath., May, 1905, coarse silk tow-net at 100 fath.—Three

These three specimens measure only 3 mm. in length, and
their general characters point to their being still immature.
The telson is shaped exactly as in V. antarctica, Stebbing, but
Vosseler (1901) has already pointed out that this feature varies
with age, and cannot be relied on for specific distinction,

Faminy LANCEHEOLIDAE.
GENus Lanceola, Say.

Lanceola sayana, Bovallius.

Helga.

30 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 588 fath., May,
1904, medium silk townet at bottom.—'Iwo, young.

Same station, medium silk townet at 192 fath.—Two,
young.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+fath.,
August, 1904, large coarse townet at 1,000 fath.—One female,
20 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 538° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, large coarse townet at surface.—One,
young.

Same station, Petersen trawl at 750 fath.—Seven large, 8
to 20 mm. ; fifty, young.

30 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 730 fath.,
May, 1905, coarse silk townet at 200 fath.—One.

_ 50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island; Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—One hundred and
ten, all young.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+fath.,
November, 1905, Jarge coarse townet at 700 fath.—One fe-
male, 38 mm.

This species has proved to be rather abundant on the west
coast of Ireland in the young state, though large specimens
are rare.

The fine specimen recorded last in the above list of captures
measured 38 mm, in total length, and was a beautiful pale
pink colour all over. Most of the other specimens showed
traces of pink colouration, while some had darker pigment.

Distribution.-North and South Atlantic (Bovallius) ; tropi-
cal Atlantic (Chevreux); South Atlantic and off Greenland
(Vosseler) ; just south of Rockall (Norman). The last is the
only previous British record.

[ 76 ]

IV. 05, 17

Lanceola aestiva, Stebbing, 1883.

L, aestiva, Stebbing, 1904.

ITelga.

77 mi. W.N.W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo, 382 fath.,
August, 1901, townet on traw].—One.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+fath.,
August, 1904, medium silk townet at 400 fath.—One.

Same station, large coarse townet at 1,000 fath.—Seven:

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fath.,
November, 1904, large coarse townet at 600 fath.—'T'wo.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W..,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 750 fath.—T wo.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—'T'wo.
-_ Iam unable to distinguish these specimens in any particular
from those described by Stebbing. All were very transparent,
and the stomach appeared light red through the integument.

Distribution.—Tropical Atlantic and Bay of Biscay (Steb-
bing).

Lanceola serrata, Bovallius.

L, Suhmi, Stebbing, 1888.
Helga.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+fath.,
August, 1904, large coarse townet at 1,000 fath.—One female,
18 mm.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7' N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 750 fath.—Two
females, 7 and 9 mm.

Stebbing (1904) has recently withdrawn his species, L.
Suhmi, as synonymous with L. serrata. The present records
considerably extend the distribution of this form, the hitherto
known captures confining the species to the West Atlantic.

Distribution.—Davis Strait (Bovallius); off Nova Scotia
(Stebbing).

Famity CYSTISOMIDAE.
GreNus Cystisoma, Guérin-Méneville.
Cystisoma spinosum (Fabricius).
Cystisoma spinosum, Stebbing, 1888.
Thaumatops spinosa, Bovaliius, 1889.
Thaumatops spinosa, Vosseler, 1901.

Thaumatops spinosa, Woltereck, 1903.
eRe ie

IV. ‘05, 18

Helga.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co, Mayo, 1,000+ fath.,
November, 1905, large coarse townet at 700 fath.—One
female, 50 mm.

I adopt the generic name Cystisoma as advocated by Steb-
bing in preference to the name Thaumatops, which is in more
general use.

The single magnificent specimen here recorded was per-
fectly transparent and colourless.

Distribution.—This species has a very wide distribution
throughout the seas of the world.

Physosoma larva of Cystisoma.
ITelga,

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, 1,200 fath., May, 1905,
coarse silk townet at 400 fath.—One, 5 mm.

The Physosoma larva is a type of larva recently defined by
Woltereck (1904) belonging to the pelagic Amphipoda. It has
been found so far in Cystisoma, Lanceola, and Mimonectes.
Its characteristic points are the great swollen bladder-like form
of the pereion and the union of more or fewer of the segments
of the latter. The present specimen of the Physosoma larva
of Cystisoma agrees exactly with Woltereck’s type P.

Famity DAIRELLIDAE.
GENUS Dairella, Bovallius.
Dairella latissima, Bovallius.

D. Bovalli, Stebbing, 1888.
D. latissima, Vosseler, 1901.
Helga.

50 mi, N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl! at 1,150 fath.—One female, 6 mm.

The lateral parts of the pereion and the third to the seventh
pairs of legs are flecked with numerous dark-red pigment
spots.

Distribution.—Tropical and temperate regions of the North
Atlantic (Bovallius and Vosseler) ; off the Cape Verde Islands
(Stebbing); Mediterranean (Vosseler). The present record
therefore indicates a considerable northern extension of its
geographical range.

Raminy PHRONIMIDALR.
GENUS Phronima, Latreille.
Phronima sedentaria (Forskal).

P. sedentaria, Vosseler, 1901.
{ 78 |

IV. 05, 19

Helga.

77 mi. W.N.W. of Achill Head, Co. Galway, 382 fath.,
August, 1901, townet on traw].—One.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 290 fath., May,
1908, medium silk townet at 15 fath.—One.

75 mi, S.W. by W. 4 W. of Fastnet, Co. Cork, 199 fath..
May, 1905, townet on trawl.—One,

50 mi. N. by W. of Kagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000 + fath.,
August, 1904, large coarse townet at 1,000 fath.—One.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fati:.,
November, 1904, large coarse townet at 600 fath.—One.

. 40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 650+ fath.,
February, 1905, large coarse townet at 630 fath.—One.

50 mi, W. 2 N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 370 fath., May,
1905, trawl and townet on traw!.—'l'wo.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 1’ N., Long. 14° 34’ W.,
293 fath., May, 1905, townet on traw].—One.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W..,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 750 fath.—Nine.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—-Four.

88 mi, W.S.W. of Fastnet, Co. Cork, 470 fath., November,
1905, Petersen trawl at 350 fath.—One adult and fourteen
quite small.

50 mi. W. # N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 411 fath., Novem-
ber, 1905, Petersen trawl at 400 fath.—Five young.

Same station, Petersen trawl at 75 fath.—Seven adult and
400 young.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath.,
November, 1905, large coarse townet at 700 fath.—Three.

Same station, large coarse townet at 200 fath.—T wo.

Thor.
Lat, 51° N., Long. 11° 43’ W., 738 fath., June, 1905, Peter-
sen trawl at 656 fath.—Two.

- ag full synonomy of this species is given by Vosseler
_ The specimens here recorded agree well with the observa-

tions of Vosseler except that the adult males have the epimeral

plates of the first three segments of the metasome ending in

Soe spines instead of being obtusely pointed, as in Vosseler’s
gure.

Twelve adult females were taken in their cylindrical jelly
houses, which most nearly resembled ‘‘ Doliolum sulcatum,’’
Delle Chiaje, as figured by Bovallius (1889).

It is interesting to note the capture in November in a, single
haul of no fewer than four hundred young P. sedentaria,
in addition to seven adult females with four houses. It
seems probable that the young were at the time of the capture
either actually lodged in the houses of the females or had just
been set free, from which it would appear that the late autumn
is the hatching season for P. sedentaria in the North Atlantic.

Lt]

IV. *05, 20

Furthermore, it is noteworthy that this particular haul was
nearer the surface than any of the others. Chun has put for-
ward the theory that the adult female Phronima rises to the
surface to liberate her brood, which as time goes on sinks
slowly to greater depths, and that the largest specimens are
found at the greatest depths. The capture of so many young
Phronima comparatively near the surface would seem to lend
some support to this view. Walker (1903) writing of the
Oceana Amphipods notes that the young Phronima in Novem-
ber, 1898, appeared to be still sinking, a fact which is in agree-
ment with the view expressed above that the late autumn is
the probable hatching season for the species.

Distribution.—World-wide in the temperate and tropical
seas.

In the British area it has been recorded by Bate and West-
wood from the Shetland Islands, and by Walker (1898) from
the S.W. of Ireland during the R. I. A. expedition of 1890.
Its most northern limit is the Shetland Islands.

Faminy HYPERIIDAE.
Genus Hyperia, Latvreille.

Hyperia galba (Montagu).
Helga,

90 mi. W. by N. $ N. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, 175
fath., June, 1901, coarse silk townet at surface.—One.

E. of same station, large coarse townet at surface.—Six.

33 mi. N.W. by W. 4 W. of Cleggan Head, 72 fath., August,
1901, coarse silk townet at surface.—Nine. .

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 290 fath.. May,
1903, medium silk townet at 15 fath.—One.

20 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 73 fath.,
February, 1904, medium silk townet at 20 fath.—One.

70 mi. 8.W. of Fastnet, Co. Cork, 85 fath., August, 190 |
surface.—One.

10m. W. 435. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 76 fath., November,
1504, large coarse townet at surface.—Many. |

40 mi, N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fath.,
November, 1904, large coarse townet at 600 fath.—Sixty-two.

20 mi. N.W. of Achill Head, Co. Galway, 102 fath., Novem-
ber, 1905, large coarse townet at surface.—Five. |

40 mi. N.W. by W. # W. of Cleggan Head, Co, Galway.
74 fath., November, 1904, dredge.—Two.
_ 40 mi. N. by W., of Eagle Island, Co, Mayo, 650+ fath..
February, 1905, large coarse townet at 630 fath.—Four.
__W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
560 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl] at 750 fath.—One.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co, Galway, 120 fath..
September, 1905, coarse silk townet at 50 fath.—One from
Pelagia perla, t

[ 80 ]

IV. 05, 21

50 mi. W, ? N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 411 fath., Novem-
ber, 1905, Petersen trawl at 75 fath.—One.

50 mi, N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath.,
November, 1905, large coarse townet at 700 tath.—One.

Same station, large coarse townet at 200 fath.—One,

Thor.

Lat. 51° N., Long. 11° 43’ W., 738 fath., June, 1905, Peter-
sen trawl at 656 fath.—T wo.

Lat, 58° 42’ N., Long. 6° 13’ W., 66 fath., September, 1905,
Petersen trawl at bottom.—One.

In addition to these offshore records 1 have note of the
occurrence of H. galba in company with Pelagia in Ballynakill
and Bofin Harbours and at Ardfry, not uncommonly with
Aurelia and once with Chrysaora. As is well known, Pelagia
is an oceanic form, but the other two belong essentially to the
coastal region, Aurelia being more or less estuarine.

One of my specimens showed a close resemblance to Boval-
ius’ figures of H. Latreilli, which he considers to be a species
distinct from H. galba, a view which Vosseler (1901) adopts
without comment. I follow Sars, Norman, and Hansen, how-
ever, in regarding H, Latreillt as a synonym of H. galba. I
have examined specimens of the latter taken from under the
umbrella of four species of Discomedusae, Aurelia aurita,
Chrysaora isoceles, Pelagia perla, and Rhizostoma pulmo,
while Meinert (1890) records it from a fifth species, Cyanea
capillata.

Its commonest host on the west coast of Ireland is Pelagia
perla and on the east coast Aurelia aurita and Rhizostoma
pulmo. As noted above I have only once found it associated
with Chrysaora isosceles, and I am not aware that it has pre-
viously been recorded from this medusa.

Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic Ocean,
North Sea, Baltic, and the Eastern Atlantic generally, as far
south as the Azores. It has also been recorded from the
Pacific in Puget Sound by Calman and quite recently from
Ceylon by Walker.

In the British-and-Irish area it is known from practically
all round the coast.

Hyperia medusarum (0. F. Miiler).!
Helga.

30 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 340 fath.,
February, 1904, medium silk townet at 100 fath.—One.

41 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+fath.,
August, 1904, large coarse townet at surface.—Two.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo. 1,000+fath.,
August, 1904, large coarse townet at 1,000 fath.—One.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath.,
August, 1904, large coarse townet at 750 fath.—Three,

1 For the synonymy of this species see Norman, 1900,
[ 81 ] |

IV. ’05, 22

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fath.,
November, 1904, large coarse townet at 600 fath.—Eleven, ~

40 mi, N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co: Mayo, 650+ fath.,
February, 1905, large coarse townet at 630 fath.—One.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath.,
February, 1905, large coarse townet at 700 fath.—Two. . -

Same station, coarse silk townet at 600 fath.—One. |

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—Two. | od

50 mi, W. 2 N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 411 fath., Novem-
ber, 1905, Petersen trawl! at 400 fath.—F ive.

Same station, Petersen trawl at 75 fath.—'T'wo.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath. ,
November, 1905, large coarse townet at 200 fath.—One.

Distribution.—General over the Arctic Ocean from Norway
to Greenland; North Sea as far south as Belgium, and the
Skagerack (Reports on the International Investigations).

The above list of records of H. medusarum from the west
coast of Ireland, compared with that for H. galba from the
same area, would appear to show that, generally speaking, the
former species was a more distinctly oceanic form than H.
galba. Only twice was H. medusarum met with inside the
1,000-fathom line, while on the contrary H. galba was only |
taken three times outside that limit. The occurrence of H.
medusarum in the North Sea and the Skagerack does not,
however, support this view.

The only previous British record is that of Scott (1904).

Hyperia spinigera, Bovallius.

H. spinigera, Vosseler, 1901.
Helga. }

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat, 538° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W..
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 750 fath.—Two.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath.,
November, 1905, large coarse townet at 700 fath.—One,
_ Norman (1900) has expressed the opinion that this species
is synonymous with H. galba, but Vosseler (1901) without com-
ment recognises its separate specific identity. I find myself
unable to agree with Norman’s view. One of the most easily
recognised characters by which the two species may be dis-
tinguished is the shape of the epimera of the third segment
of the metasome. In H. galba the postero-lateral angles of
these epimera are sharply pointed, while in H, spinigera they
are rounded. ‘This, taken in conjunction with the differences
in the first and second gnathopods already noted by Bovallius,
appears sufficient to warrant the establishment of H. spinigera
as a distinct species. . .

Distribution.—Spitzbergen (Bovallius); off Labrador (Vos-
seler); south coast of England (Bovallius).
[ 82 ]

IV. '05, 23

Genus Hyperioides, Chevreux.
Hyperioides longipes, Chevreux.
H. longipes, Chevreux, 1900.

H. longipes, Walker, 1903.

H. longipes, Stebbing, 1904.
Helga.

- Present in small numbers in thirty gatherings from prac-
tically all parts of the Atlantic off the west coast of Ireland,
between soundings of about 200 and about 1,500 fathoms.
Stebbing (1904) has dealt with the synonymy of this species.
It is apparently a very abundant form in the Eastern Atlan-
tic, certainly one of the best represented Hyperids in the
present collection.

_ Distribution.—General over the temperate and_ tropical

North Atlantic (Vosseler and Chevreux) ; Bay of Biscay (Steb-
bing); West Coast of Ireland (Walker); Mediterranean (Vos-
seler). Walker’s record is from just on the boundaries of the
British-and-Irish marine area.

Genus Hyperoche, Bovallius.
Hyperoche tauriformis (Bate and Westwood).

H, Liitkem, Vosseler, 1901.
Helga.

10 mi. W. 4S. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 76 fath., November,
1904, large coarse townet at surface.—Hleven.

10 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 65 fath., May,
1905, coarse silk townet at 60 fath.—One,

15 mi. N.W. of Black Head, Galway Bay, 17 fath., Septem-
ber, 1905, coarse townet at 8 fath.—One.

Thor.

Lat. 58° 42’ N., Long. 6° 18’ W., 60 fath., September, 1905,
Petersen trawl] at bottom.—One.

_ Distribution.—Widely distributed throughout the Arctic
Ocean ; North Sea, Skagerack, and English Channel (Reports
on International Investigations).

In British waters it has been recorded from both east and
west coasts of Scotland by Norman and Scott, and from Liver-
“pool Bay by Walker. It would appear to be a wholly littoral
oat sub-littoral form rarely extending outside the 1,000-fathom

ine.

[ 83 ]

IV. ’05, 24
GeNus Parathemisto, Boeck.

Parathemisto oblivia (Kriyer).
Helga.

Taken, sometimes in immense numbers, in practically every
townet gathering.

It is curious to note that the size of the present specimens
rarely exceeds 6 mm., thus contrasting rather strongly with
the large northern specimens recorded by Sars, which reach —
the great length of 17 mm.

Distribution.—General throughout the Atlantic and Arctic
Oceans and in the North Sea. In the British-and-Irish area
it has been met with at all points round the coast. On our
west coast it appears, as noted on page 5, to migrate shore-.
wards in late autumn.

Genus Euthemisto, Bovallius.

Euthemisto compressa (Goés).

Helga.

Taken in numerous gatherings off all parts of the west coast:
at all seasons of the year, between soundings of less than 50
to about 500 fathoms, rarely in deeper water.

Distribution.—General throughout the North Atlantic and
Arctic Oceans and the North Sea.

In the British-and-Irish area this species has only been pre-
viously met with on the east coast.

Euthemisto bispinosa (Boeck).

Helga.

Taken sparingly in numerous gatherings at all seasons of the
year off all parts of the west coast in the deeper part of the area
worked by the Helga.

Distribution.—The distribution of this species is practically
the same as the preceding one.

Famity PHROSINIDAE.
Genus Phrosina, Risso.

Phrosina semilunata, Risso.
Helga,

50 mi. W. 2. N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 350 fath., February,
1906, Petersen trawl] at surface.—One female.

Distribution.— Mediterranean (Risso, Bovallius, Vosseler) ;
North Atlantic (Stebbing, Chevreux, Bovallius, and Vosseler) :
Pacific and Indian Oceans (Bovallius). ‘The present record
indicates a considerable northern extension of its geographical
range.

[ eo ]

IV. ’05, 25
GENUS Primno, Guérin.

Primno macropa, Guérin.

Kuprimno macropus, Bovallius, 1887.

Primno macropa, Stebbing, 1904.
Helga.

64 mi. N.W. 4 W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, 199 fath.,
August, 1901, townet on trawl.—One.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath.,
Nevember, 1905, large coarse townet at 700 fath.—One,

The latter of the above two specimens had numerous small
red pigment spots on all the appendages of the mesosome.

Distribution.—General over the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans
and the Mediterranean. The present records are the most
northern ones as yet known for the species,

Famity TYPHIDAE.

GENUS Platyscelus, Sp. Bate.

Platyscelus ovoides (Risso).

Helga.

50 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 350 fath., August,
1905, coarse silk townet at 50 fath.—One male.

Distribution.—Mediterranean (Claus and Vosseler); North
Atlantic (Claus) ; North Pacific (Stebbing).

The present record is the most northerly yet known for the
species. .

Famity LYCAEHIDAE.
Genus Tryphaena, Boeck.

Tryphaena Malmi, Boeck.
Helga.

Taken in the majority of gatherings at all depths off the
west coast, but never in large numbers.

Distribution.—Norway (Sars); North Sea off the coast of
Scotland (Norman and Scott); Farée Islands (Bovallius) ;
North Atlantic (Stebbing and Chevreux).

Scott (1904) has already called attention to the paucity of
notices of this species, but suggests that it is a commoner form
than the records of it show. Its abundance off the west coast
of Ireland quite confirms this view.

The only previous British records are those by Norman
(1900) and Scott (1904), both on the east coast.

[ 85 ]

IV. °05, 26

GENUS Brachyscelus, Sp. Bate.
Brachyscelus crusculum, Sp. Bate.
Thamyris mediterranea, Claus, 1879.

Brachyscelus mediterraneus, Senna, 1903.
Helga.

50 mi, W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 306 fath., August,
1903, medium silk townet at 30 fath.—One.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 396 fath., August,
1904, medium silk townet at 67 fath.—One.

50 mi. W.N.W,. of Slyne Head, Co. Galway, 112 fath.,
August, 1904, townet on trawl.—One.

70 mi. S.W. 4 W. of Fastnet, Co. Cork, 91 fath., November,
1904, medium silk townet at 50 fath.—One.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 375 fath., Novem-
ber, 1904, large coarse townet at 350 fath.—One.

50 mi. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, 120 fath.,
September, 1905, coarse silk townet at 50 fath.—One.

88 mi. W.8.W, of Fastnet, Co. Cork, 470 fath., November,
1905, Petersen trawl at 350 fath.—Sixteen.

50 mi. W. # N. of ‘earaght, Co. Kerry, 411 fath., Novem-
ber, 1905, Petersen trawl at 75 fath.—Ten.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+ fath.,
November, 1905, large coarse townet at 700 fath.—'T'wo.

Same station, large coarse townet at 200 fath.—T'wo.,

Thor.

Lat, 51° N., Long. i1° 43’ W., 738 fath., June, 1905, Peter-
sen trawl at 656 fath.—One.

I agree with Norman (1900) in regarding B. crusculum and
B. mediterraneus as one species. Senna (1903) gives very full
descriptions of the sexual differences exhibited by B. mediter-
raneus, which are entirely borne out by the present material.
In the same paper Senna points out the differences which are
supposed to exist between B. mediterraneus and B. crusculum,
and, while noting that these are slight and founded on variable
characters, he hesitates to unite the two. Further, he suggests
that the Orie zancleus of Cocco is synonymous with Brachy-
scelus mediterraneus. If this suggestion is adopted the species
will become Brachyscelus zancleus by the priority of the latter
specific name, the genus Orio being synonymous in the type
species with Oxycephalus, M.-Ed.

Distribution.—Mediterranean (Claus, Senna, Chevreux, and
Vosseler); North Atlantic (Stebbing, Chevreux); west coast
ot Ireland (Walker) ; Fiirée Channel (Norman) ; Pacific (Steb-
bing). Walker’s record of B. mediterraneus (1903) is from
just on the boundaries of the British-and-Trish area.

[ 86 ]

IV. ’05, 27
Genus Thamneus, Bovallius.

Thamneus sp.
Helga,

30 mi. W.N.W, of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, 78 fath.,
November, 1905, medium silk townet at 21 fath.—One.

50 mi. W. 2 N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 410 fath., May,
1905, townet on trawl.—One.

The specimens apparently belonging to this genus. are too
immature to refer to any known species. ‘I'wo species of the
genus, 7'. rostratus, Bovallius, and 7’. recurvirostris, Chevreux.
are known from the Kastern Atlantic.

GENUS Paralycaea Claus.
Paralycaea gracilis, Claus.
P, gracilis, Claus, 1879.
P. gracilis, Claus, 1887.

P. gracilis, Stebbing, 1888.

Helga,

10 mi. W. 3 S. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 76 fath., November,
1904, large coarse townet at surface.—F ive.

48 mi. N.W. by W, ? W. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 337 fath.,
November, 1904, townet on trawl.—Four.
80 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 208 fath.,
November, 1904, medium silk townet at surface.—One.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 670 fath.,
November, 1904, large coarse townet at 600 fath.—'T wo.

20 mi. N.W. of Achill Head, Co, Galway, 102 fath., Novem-
ber, 1905, large coarse townet at surface.—'l'wo.

40 mi. N. by W. of. Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 650+ fath.,
February, 1905, large coarse townet at 630 fath.—One.

Same station, coarse silk townet at 500 fath.—One.

45 mi. N. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, February, 1905, large
coarse townet at surface.—One.

These specimens agree very well with Claus’ descriptions
and figures. As additional points, it may be noted that the
second antenna of the young male is very like that figured for
the young male of T'ryphaena Malmi by Sars. The females
are devoid of mandibular palp as in many other genera and
species of this group. From the present material it would
appear that the reduced condition of the last pair of legs is
characteristic only of completely adult specimens. In young
males and females I find these appendages fully developed,
with all the joints distinct and a very minute slender curved
dactylus. They are proportionally much longer than in the
adult, and appear to undergo gradual reduction as the adult:
stage is reached,

L eee

IV. '05, 28

The locality of Claus’ type specimen is unknown, and in
spite of the fact that the only other known locality for the
species is the Pacific, near Australia, I am convinced that my
specimens belong to Claus’ species. Bovallius records it from
the tropical Atlantic, but Stebbing has already shown that
Bovallius’ description does not agree with that of Claus. In
those points in which Bovallius’ description differs from Claus’,
the present specimens are in agreement with the latter.

Distribution.—Pacific near Australia (Stebbing).

Trine GAMMARIDEA.
Famity LYSIANASSIDAE.
Genus Cyphocaris, Boeck.
Cyphocaris anonyx, Boeck.
C. micronyx, Stebbing, 1888.

C. anonyx, Walker, 1903.
Helga.

77 mi. W.N.W. of Achill Head, Co. Galway, 382 fath.,
August, 1901, townet on trawl.—One.

30 mi, N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 588 fath., May,
1904, medium silk townet at 250 fath.—One.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co, Mayo, 670 fain.,
November, 1904, large coarse townet at 600 fath.—Three.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 650+fath.,
February, 1905, coarse silk townet at 450 fath.—One.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+fath..
February, 1905, large coarse townet at 700 fath.—T wo.

Same station, coarse silk townet at 300 fath.—One.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat, 58° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 750 fath.—Seven.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, coarse silk townet at 600 fath.—One.

Same station, coarse silk townet at 400 fath.—Three.

88 mi. W.8.W. of Fastnet, Co. Cork, 470 fath., November,
1905, Petersen trawl] at 350 fath.—Three.

50 mi. W. # N. of Tearaght, Co. Kerry, 411 fath., Novem-
ber, 1905, Petersen trawl! at 400 fath.—One.

Distribution.—Greenland (Boeck); west coast of Ireland
(Walker) ; Bay of Biscay (Stebbing) ; sub-tropical North Atlan-
(Stebbing and Chevreux); South Pacific off Chile (Steb-
ping).

[ 88 ]

IV. 05, 29

GENUS Katius, Chevreux.
Katius obesus, Chevreux.

K, obesus, Chevreux, 1905 (2).
Helga.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—One.

IT have nothing to add to Chevreux’s adequate description
and figures.

Distribution.—North Atlantic, Lat, 36° 17’ N., Long. 28°
53’ W. (Chevreux).

GENUS Metacyphocaris, nov.

Mandibles without palp or molar tubercle.

First maazillae with the inner plate bearing two plumose
setae ; the palp with few teeth on its apical border.

Second mazillae with the outer plate slightly longer than
the inner.

Mazillipedes with the inner plate reaching to the level of
the apex of the first joint of the palp and having two blunt
masticatory processes on the inner anterior corner; outer
plate reaching to the level of the apex of the second joint of
the palp, and having its inside edge furnished with a row of
small rounded tubercles ; palp well developed, four jointed.

Accessory appendage of the first antennae very small.

First gnathopods small, generally feebly developed and
simple.

Third, fourth, and fifth pairs of legs developed as powerful
organs of prehension.

Telson cleft,

This genus, instituted for the reception of the new species
described below, is very closely allied to Paracyphocarts re-
cently defined by Chevreux (1905 (1)), but is clearly generically
distinguished by the absence of a palp to the mandible.

Metacyphocaris Helgae,' gen. et. sp. n.

Pree sie. el. FV., Figs. 1-14.
Helga.

40 mi, N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,000+fath.,
August, 1904, large coarse townet at 750 fath.—Four.

40 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 650+ fath.,
February, 1905, large coarse townet at 630 fath.—One.

W. of Porcupine Bank, Lat. 53° 7’ N., Long. 15° 6’ W.,
860 fath., May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 750 fath.—Four.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl at 1,150 fath.—Seven.

1The Department’s Fishery Cruiser Helga.
[ 89 ]

TV. 05; 30

Same station, coarse silk townet at 600 fath.—One.

Body (Pl. III., Fig. 1) generally laterally compressed ; in-
tegument thin, very slightly calcareous; colour in life a
briluant coral red.

Head (PI. III., Fig. 1) very short, front recurved over she
origin of the first antennae ; lateral lobes rounded and not very
prominent.

Coxal plates of the first two segments of the mesosome small
and partly hidden by those of the third segment, which are
large and rather strongly produced in front; those of the fourth
segment about as deep as broad with their posterior border
slightly excavated ; those of the fifth segment with the pos-
terior lobe produced much below the anterior; third segment
of the metasome with its lateral angles rounded ; first segment
of the urosome with the dorsal posterior margin rather acutely
produced over the second segment.

Eyes absent.

' Superior antennae (Pl. IV., Fig. 1) short, about equal in
length to the first two segments of the mesosome ; first joint

of the peduncle equal in length to the two following joints.
combined and stouter than either; third joint of the peduncle
a little longer than the second; flagellum shorter than the —

peduncle and composed of four joints, the terminal one having
along seta equal in length to itself at the extremity ; accessory
appendage very minute and one-jointed.

- Inferior antennae (Pl, IV., Fig, 2) much longer than the

superior ; fifth joint of the peduncle subequal to the fourth and
slightly narrower than the latter; flagellum very short, four-
jointed, the last joint terminated by a long seta. |

Buccal mass not hidden by the coxal plates of the first seg-
ments of the mesosome and very prominent.

Mandibles (Pl. 1V., Fig. 3) robust, without palp or molar
tubercle ; at the place where the mandibular palp usually arises
is a very small rounded tubercular appendage, which may be
the rudiment of a palp.

First mazillae (Pl, IV., Fig. 4) with the inner plate small,
having two plumose setae at its apex ; outer plate having about
ten strong dentate spines at its apex and numerous setae on
its internal margin; palp two-jointed, extending slightly be-
yond the outer plate, its apex bearing two spines and four
teeth.

Second mazillae (P|, IV., Fig. 5) with the inner plate

shorter than the outer, both plates armed with numerous
plumose setae,

Mazulipedes (P\, IV., Fig, 6) well developed ; inner plate
reaching to. the level of the extremity of the first joint of the
palp, its anterior margin bearing five or six setae and two
small masticatory tubercles near its inner edge; outer plate
reaching to the extremity of the second joint of the palp,
large and expanded with two strong plumose setae on its

[ 90 ]

IV. ’05, 31

anterior margin, its inner edge furnished with a row of seven
small rounded tubercles ; palp four-jointed and well developed,
second joint the largest.

First gnathopods (P|. IV., Fig. 7) small, propodus a little
shorter and narrower than the carpus ; dactylus well developed
with two setae near its tip; the propodus and dactylus com-
bined do not form a subcheliform termination to the limb.

Second gnathopods (P|. IV., Fig. 8) nearly twice as long as
the first ; basal joint very long; carpus about twice as long as
the propodus, which is oval in shape; dactylus very small but
distinct ; carpus and propodus fringed with the usual short and
numerous setae on both edges, the propodus having in addition
numerous long setae at its apex covering the dactylus.

Third pair of legs (Pl. IV., Fig. 9) strongly developed as
powerful prehensile limbs; basal joint large and massive ;
merus longer than the carpus ; propodus longer than the carpus,
expanded, its posterior margin near the dactylus bearing a
row of very stout striated spines; dactylus very long and
strongly curved.

_ Fourth pair of legs (Pl. IV., Fig. 10) not different in any
noteworthy point from the third pair.

Fifth pair of legs (Pl, IV., Fig. 11) likewise developed as
prehensile limbs ; basal joint much expanded with the inferior
lobe not much produced, its anterior margin bearing numerous
small spines; merus longer than the carpus, armed with
numerous spines on both margins ; propodus longer than either
the carpus or merus, slightly expanded, armed on its anterior
margin near the dactylus by numerous short stout blunt
striated spines; dactylus longer than half the length of the
propodus and strongly curved.

- Sixth pair of legs (P1IV., Fig. 12) longer than the fifth pair
but not prehensile in character; basal joint expanded with its
inferior lobe slightly produced; merus equal in length to the
carpus ; propodus slightly longer than either and narrow ; dac-
tylus small; whole limb armed with numerous small spines on
both margins.

Seventh pair of legs (Pl. IV., Fig. 13) longer than the sixth
but very similar in form, distinguished by having the inferior
lobe of the basal joint much more pronounced ; merus as long
as the carpus; propodus slightly longer and narrower than
either ; dactylus long and slender.

_ First pair of uropods (Pl. IV., Fig. 14) with the peduncle
longer than the rami; latter subequal narrow and very acutely
pointed ; outer margin of the inner ramus and inner margin
of the outer finely serrated ; both rami with a small spine near
the apex.

_ Second pair of uropods (Pl. IV., Fig. 14) with the peduncle
equal to the rami; latter subequal, of the same form as those

of the first pair except that here both margins of the inner
ramus are finely serrated.

{{ Ste ]

IV. ‘05, 32

Third pair of uropods (Pl, IV., Fig. 14) with the peduncle
short ; outer ramus longer than the rami of the second pair,
terminal joint small, narrow, and spiniform, both margins
armed with a few spines, and the inner bearing a few long
plumose setae near the peduncle; inner ramus very short,
about one-fifth of the length of the outer, with a row of
plumose setae on the inner margin.

Telson (Pl. IV., Fig. 14) about twice as long as broad at its
base, reaching to the level of the extremity of the inner branch
of the third uropods, cleft at its extremity, the cleft extending
for about a quarter of the length of the telson; each lobe of
the cleft bears at its apex a spine and a seta; two other small
setae are situated a little way anterior to the lobes of the cleft
on the lateral margins of the telson.

Length of the largest specimen from the head to the ex-
tremity of the third uropods,11 mm. It is a curious fact that
all the specimens captured appear to be males. At least no
incubatory lamellae could be detected in any one of them.

This curious and somewhat aberrant Lysianassid has its
nearest ally in Paracyphocaris praedator, Chevreux (1905 (1)),
to which it bears a strong resemblance. It differs from the
latter in the produced dorsal margin of the first segment of the
urosome, in the relatively shorter antennae, the much shorter
inner ramus to the third uropods, the less cleft telson, and
finally in the absolute want of a mandibular palp. This latter
peculiarity it shares with the next species, and these two are
in this respect unlike any other described Lysianassid. Meta-
cyphocaris Helgae belongs essentially to the bathypelagic fauna
of the oceans, as shown both by its colour, absence of eyes,
and general structure of its limbs as well as by its capture only
in townets sunk to great depths. Chevreux (1905 (1)) has
already noted that Paracyphocaris praedator is probably more
or less parasitic on other pelagic animals, to which it clings
with its powerful prehensile limbs. Metacyphocaris Helgae,
with limbs of essentially the same structure, in all probability
leads a similar existence.

Genus Crybelocephalus, nov.

Mandibles without molar tubercle or palp.

First maaillae with the inner plate bearing a single plumose
seta ; palp with few teeth at its apex.

Second mazillae with the inner plate slightly shorter than
the outer.

Mazillipedes with the inner plate reduced, only reaching to
the level of the origin of the palp and having a single mastica-
tory process on its anterior border; outer plate reaching to the
level of the distal end of the second joint of the palp, and
having its inner margin furnished with a row of small rounded
tubercles ; palp well developed, four-jointed,

Accessory appendage to the first antennae wanting.
Lweay )

IV. '05, 33

First gnathopods small, slender, and feebly developed.

Third and fourth pairs of legs developed as powerful pre-
hensile limbs.

Telson very large, not cleft.

This somewhat remarkable new genus does not bear any
obviously close relationship to any as yet described member
of the family. Its mouth organs agree very well on the whole
with those of such genera as Paracyphocaris, Chevreux, and
the new genus Metacyphocaris described above, but from both
of these it is at once distinguished by the unusually large
entire telson, while it appears to be unique among Jysian-
assidae in the complete absence of any trace of accessory
appendages to the superior antennae,

Crybelocephalus megalurus, gen. et sp. n.

Ph. TIL, Fig,.2.() PlecV.) Figs; 1-14.
Helga.

50 mi. N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 1,200 fath.,
May, 1905, Petersen trawl! at 1,150 fath.—Two.

Body (Pl. III., Fig. 2) remarkably obese ; integument very
thin and membranous, only very slightly if at all calcareous.

Head entirely concealed beneath the first segment of the
mesosome, so short as to appear like a membranous plate,
without prominent lateral lobes, evenly rounded in front.

First segment of the mesosome (PI. III., Fig. 2) projecting
in front over the concealed head as a pseudo-rostrum which in
dorsal view is broadly rounded in outline and in lateral view
somewhat pointed and very slightly curved.

Coxal plates of the first two segments of the mesosome small
and partly covered by those of the third segment; the latter
large and somewhat strongly produced anteriorly ; those of the
fourth segment deeper than the body, a little wider than deep,
with their posterior border excavated ; those of the fifth seg-
ment with the posterior lobe produced much below the
anterior; third segment of the metasome with the postero-
lateral angles rounded; the urosome about half the length of

the metasome.

Eyes absent.

Superior antennae (Pl. V., Fig. 1) very short, about as long
as the first segment of the mesosome ; first joint of the peduncle
slightly swollen, longer and wider than the second joint, with
its hind margin produced so as to partly overlap the second
joint ; latter wider than the third joint and nearly double its
length, its hind margin somewhat acutely produced ; flagellum
shorter than the peduncle, composed of four joints subequal in
length but successively decreasing in breadth, last joint tipped
by a single seta; accessory appendage apparently wanting.

[ 93 ]

IV. 05, 34

Inferior antennae (Pl. V., Fig. 2) very little longer than the
superior ; two basal joints of the peduncle small, third, fourth,
and fifth joints successively increasing in length; flagellum
shorter than the combined length of the last two joints of the
peduncle, four-jointed, the first joint the longest, the terminal
joint very small and narrow.

Buccal mass almost completely hidden by the coxal plates
of the third segment of the mesosome; lying completely
apposed to the ventral surface of the body.

Mandibles (P}. V., Fig. 3) robust, without molar tubercle
or palp; a similar small rounded tubercular appendage to that
already noted for Metacyphocaris Helgae (see p. 80) 1s also
present here (Pl. V., Fig. 3).

First mazillae (Pl. V., Fig. 4) with the inner plate small
and having a single plumose seta at its apex ; outer plate having
about six to eight strong dentate spines at its apex and
numerous fine setae on its inner margin; palp well developed,
two-jointed, extending beyond the outer plate, the apex of the

second joint of the palp furnished with six short teeth and two
setae.

Second macaillae (Pl, V., Fig. 5) with the inner plate shorter
than the outer; both plates armed with few plumose setae.

Mazillipedes (Pl. V., Fig. 6) well developed; inner plate
small, somewhat reduced, reaching only to the level of the
origin of the palp, its anterior edge furnished with a few setae,
a single masticatory process present on the anterior inner
corner; outer plate reaching to the level of the apex of the
second joint of the palp, somewhat expanded, its anterior and
outside margin furnished with a few long plumose setae, its
inner edge bearing a row of eight small rounded tubercles ;
palp well developed, four-jointed, the second joint the longest.

First gnathopods (Pl. V., Fig, 7) small, slender and feebly
developed, not subcheliform ; basal joint about as long as the
remainder of the limb; merus short; carpus equal to the pro-
podus ; dactylus distinct and slightly curved.

Second gnathopods (P]. V., Fig. 8) long and slender, about
twice as long as the first pair; basal joint very long; carpus
not twice the length of the propodus; dactylus small but dis-
tinct, hidden among the long setae at the extremity of the
propodus; carpus and propodus with the usual fringe of
numerous short fine setae on both margins, a similar fringe
on the lower margin only of the merus. —

Third and fourth pairs of legs (Pl. V., Figs. 9, 10) of similar
structure, powerfully developed as prehensile limbs ; basal joint
as long as the combined length of the following three joints
and rather stout; merus larger than the carpus and expanded
somewhat distally; carpus small; propodus longer than the
corabined length of the carpus and merus, and having at the
distal end of its lower margin near the nail four strong blunt
striated spines ; dactylus stout, curved, with its inner margin
striated.

[ 94 ]

IV. 05, 35

Fifth pair of legs (P|. V., Fig. 11) longer than the third and
fourth pairs and less powerfully developed ; basal joint long and
stout ; merus a little longer and stouter than the carpus ; pro-
yodus longer than either the merus or carpus and narrower,
with a single rather strong spine on its inner distal corner at
the base of the dactylus ; latter rather more than one half the
length of the propodus.

Sixth pair of legs (Pl. V., Fig. 12) very little longer than the
fifth pair; basal joint expanded, the inferior lobe not much
produced ; merus slightly shorter but stouter than the carpus ;
propodus longer and narrower than the carpus; dactylus long
_and slender, very nearly as long as the propodus ; inner margin
of the joints of the limbs armed with a few short spiniform
setae.

Seventh pair of legs (Pl. V., Fig. 13) equal in length to the
sixth and of similar form; inferior lobe of the basal joint
much produced and very obtusely rounded ; merus and carpus
equal in length; propodus longer and narrower than either ;
dactylus long and slender.

First pair of uropods (Pl. V., Fig. 14) with the peduncle
equal in length to the outer ramus; both rami long, narrow,
and acutely pointed, the inner longer than the outer with a
small spine half way along its inner edge; both margins of
the outer ramus minutely serrate; outer margin of the inner
ramus minutely serrate, inner smooth.

Second pair of uropods (Pl. V., Fig. 14) with the peduncle
shghtly shorter than the subequal rami; outer margin of the
outer ramus smooth, with two short spines about the centre of
its length ; inner margin of the outer ramus and both margins.
of the inner ramus minutely serrate; whole uropod not reach-
ing to the level of the extremity of the inner ramus of the first

air.

Third pair of uropods (Pl. V., Fig. 14) barely reaching the
level of the extremity of the rami of the second pair and of
similar form ; peduncle shorter than the subequal rami; termi-
nal joint one quarter of the total length of the ramus in the
inner and one-third of this length in the outer; both margins
of the inner ramus minutely serrate ; inner margin of the outer
ramus smooth ; outer margin with three setae on the proximal
joint. | 7

Telson (Pl. V., Fig. 14) unusually large and massive, not
cleft, almost as wide at its base as the third segment of the
urosome ; its length very slightly shorter than the width at its
base; triangular in shape, with an obtusely rounded apex
tipped by two setae.

' Length of the largest specimen, 11 mm. from the fip of the
pseudo-rostrum to the tip of the telson. Both specimens appear
to be males. | | 7 _e

This curious Lysianassid presents no obvious affinity to any
other species as yet described. The remarkably obese form of
the body, the hidden head, the pseudo-rostrum formed by the
first segment of the mesosome, and the large, massive, and

[Seso" J

IV. *05, 36

uncleft telson combine to give if an unique position in the
family, though the structure of the mouth parts and the pre-
hensile nature of the third and fourth pairs of legs indicate its
possible position near to Metacyphocaris. It would appear to
be a true bathypelagic form of semi-parasitic habits.

NOTE ADDED IN PRESS.

While this paper was in the press Norman and Scott's work,
‘‘ Crustacea of Devon and Cornwall ’’ (Wesley and Son, Lon-
don, 1906) has been received. In it the species Huthemisto
gracilipes, Norman, previously only provisionally instituted, is
now definitely established. ‘The same form occurs rather fre-
quently in the material dealt with above, but I prefer to regard
it as a young stage of Huthemisto compressa, Goés.

Additional material of some of the above species has been
received too late for inclusion in the list of captures, but it is
not such as to materially affect the distribution, either vertical
or horizontal, shown in the records.

LIST OF AUTHORITIES QUOTED.

Bate and Westwood, 1861-9.—‘“ History of British Sessile-eyed
Crustacea.” Vol. II.

Bovallius, C., 1885 (1).—‘“On some forgotten genera among the
Amphipodous Crustacea.” Bih. Kongl. Svensk. Vet-Akad.
Handl., Vol. X., no. 14.

1885 (2.)—“ Mimonectes, a remarkable genus of Amphi-
poda Hyperidea.” Nov. Act. Reg. Soc. Upsala, Vol. ITT.

1887 (1),—“‘‘Systematical list of Amphipoda Hyperiidea.”
Bih. Kongl. Svensk. Vet-Akad. Handl., Vol. XI., no. 16.

1887 (2).—“ Contributions to a Monograph of the
Amphipoda Hyperiidea, Part I.’’ Kongl. Svensk, Vet-
Akad. Handl., Vol. XXI., no. 5.

1889.—‘ Monograph Amphipoda MHyperiidea, Part
1I.’’ Kongl. Svensk. Vet-Akad. Handl. Vol. XXII., no. 7. _

Brook, G., and Calderwood, W. L., 1884.—‘ Report on the food of the
Herring.’ 4th Report Fishery Board, Scotland,

Chevreux, Ed., 1900.—‘‘Amphipodes de ]’Hirondelle.” Résult. Camp.
Scient. Monaco, Fasc. XVI.

1905 (1).—“ Paracyphocaris —__ pracdator,” Bull, Mus,
Ooéan. Monaco, no. 32.

[ 96 ]

IV. ’05, 37
1905 (2).—“ Description dun amphi
( phipode Katius
obesus.” Bull. Mus. Océan. Monaco, no. 35.

1905 (3).—‘“‘ Liste des Scinidae de la Princess Alice.”
Bull. Mus. Océan. Monaco, no. 37.

Claus, C., 1879.—“ Die Gattung und Arten der Platysceliden.” Arbeit.
des Zool. Inst. zu Wien, Vol. 2.

1887.— Die Platysceliden.

Lo Bianco, §., 1901.— ‘“ Le pesche pelagische abissali eseguite dal Maia
nelle vicinanze di Capri.” Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel, Bd.
XV. (Amphipoda by Vosseler).

1903.— “Le pesche pelagische abissali eseguite dal Puri-
tan.” Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel, Bd. XVII. (Amphipoda
by Vosseler).

Meinert, Fr., 1890.— Crustacea Malacostraca in Petersen’s “ Det
Vidensk. Udbytte ‘Hauchs’ Togter i de Danske Have
indenfor Skagen,’’ 1883-86.

Norman, A. M., 1900.— “ British Amphipoda of the Tribe Hyperiidea.”’
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. V.

Reports on the International Investigations.—Bull. Résulx. acquis
pendant les courses périodiques. 1903-5.

Sars, G. O., 1890.—Crustacea of Norway, Vol. I.

Scott, T., 1902.—‘ Observations on the Food of Fishes.” 20th Report
Fishery Board, Scotland.

1904.—‘“ Notes on Crustacea.” 22nd Report Fishery Board,

Scotland.

Senna, A., 1903.—“ Su alcuni Anfipodi iperini del museo zoologico di
Napoli.” Ann. Mus. Zool. Univ. Napoli, New Series,
Vol; I., no.-6.

Stebbing, T. R. R., 1888.—-Challenger Amphipoda. Reports, Zool. Vol.
29.

1895. —“ Descriptions of nine new species of Amphipodous
Crustacea from the tropical Atlantic.’”’ Trans. Zool. Soc.
London, Vol. 13, part 10.

1904.—Biscayan Plankton. Pt. II. Amphipoda and Clado-
cera. Trans. Linn. Soc. London; Ser. II., Vol. X., part 2.

Vosseler, J., 1901.—Die Amphipoden der Plankton Expedition.

Walker, A. O., 1895.—“ Revision of the Amphipoda of the L. M. B.
C. district.” Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., Vol. IX.

1898.—‘‘ Malacostraca from the West Coast of Ire-
land.” Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc., Vol. XIT.

1903.—‘ Report on the Amphipoda of the Oceana.”
Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. XII.

[ 97.4

IV. 05, 38

Woltereck, R.,1903.—‘ Bemerk. tu. den Amphipoda Hyperiidea der
Deutschen Tiefsee Expedition, I., Thaumatopsidae.”
Zool. Anz. Bd. XXVI., no. 700.

1904.—Same. Pt. II., ‘‘ Physosoma larva.’’ Zool. Anz
Bd. XXVII., no. 18.

1904.—Same. Pt. III., “ Sphaeromimonectes Valdiviae.”
Zool. Anz. Bd. XXVII., no. 20 and 21.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES I-V.
Prats I.

Scina Vosselert, sp. n.
Fig. 1.—Male, first gnathopod.

Fig. 2. », second gnathopod.
Fig. 3. », third leg.

Fig. 4. », fourth leg.

Fig. 5. ,, fifth leg.

Fig. 6. ,, sixth leg.

Fig. 7. ,, seventh leg.

Fig. 8. », telson and uropods.

Prate II.

Scina submarginata, sp. n.

Fig. 1.—Female, first gnathopod.
Fig. 2. s second gnathopod.
Fig. 3. ee third leg.
Fig. 4. 2 fourth leg.
Fig. 5. 4 fifth leg.
Fig. 6. Re sixth leg.
Fig. 7. + seventh leg.
Fig. 7a. ‘5 seventh leg, dactylus enlarged.
Fig. 8. ey telson and uropods.
Prate III.
Fig. 1. 5, Metacyphocaris Helgae, gen. et sp. n., male, lateral
view.
Fig. 2. ,, Crybelocephalus megalurus, gen. et sp. n., male,
lateral view.
Prats IV.
Metacyphocaris Helgae, gen. et sp. n.
Fig. 1.--Male, superior antenna.
Fig. 2. ,, Inferior antenna.
Fig. 3. », mandible.
Fig. 4. », first maxilla.
Fig. 5. 5, second maxilla.
Fig. 6. 5, maxillipede.
Fig. 7. », first gnathopo
Fig. 8. 5» secon mec nah]
Fig. 9. ,, third leg.
Fig. 10, », fourth leg.
Fig. 11. 5, fifth leg.
Fig. 12. » Sixth leg.
Fig. 13. 5, seventh le
Fig. 14. » Uurosome, telson and uropods.

[ 98 1

IV. ’05,

—_
COON ASS ON

39

Prats V.

Crybelocephalus megalurus, gen. et sp. n.

.—Male, superior antenna.

inferior antenna.
mandible.

first maxilla.
second maxilla.
maxillipede.

first gnathopod.
second gnathopod.
third leg.

fourth leg.

fifth leg.

sixth leg.

seventh leg.
urosome, telson and uropods.

The plates were drawn by W. M. Tattersall and G. M. Woodward.

toe)

ams

‘ saat oa Tay ep esha Ul oie

‘Taleh ut beng ‘is
: ; “engi a1 Bhs

) te ur we — as
; q AN . - ¥

hae wal aie ae
io, Leeeae?
: in nt EE ROR NY

A}

; tae sae
‘ cheat a
‘be i i dats ’

Wits
° qs

OL ase ie whee,
' } bot) ie
“2? et Say
az : ein .
Vo") Te aa
a , v ioe : i ‘s

: . Vi Migh

} Tah treat ahaa

, eee Qe
rein

rr,
MS ce ee

Are yarns” dt Civ ied Li i

’ : j ;
'’ v

4

a % ' Ab iv

. Ake \| \
een, kes
-
.

Scina Vosseleri.

PY. 705, rt. it

x

Scina submarginata.

IV "05,

2. Crybelocephalus megalurus.

1. Metacyphocaris Helgae.,

by, “OS, | Pay Ve

Metacyphocaris Helgae.

Crybelocephalus megalurus.

Apprenpix, No. V.

THE MARINE FAUNA OF THE COAST OF [RELAND.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.

i.—Remarkable Coelenterata from the West Coast of Ireland, by
SypNgey J. Hickson, F.R.S.

ii.—Branchellion. torpedinis, Savigny, by E. W. L. Hotz.
lil._Lamellaria pellucida, Verrill, var. Gouldi, Verrill, by G. P.
Farran, B.A.

iv.—Macrura from the West Coast of Ireland, by Srantey W.
Kemp, B.A.

i REMARKABLE COELENTERATA FROM THE
WEST COAST OF IRELAND,*

by SypnEy J. Hickson, F.R.S.,
Victoria University of Manchester.

—_—— —-— —__ ——

I have been allowed to examine a small collection of
Alcyonaria and Antipatharia that has been obtained by the
fisheries branch of the Department of Agriculture for Ireland
from deep water off the west coast of Ireland, and as this
reveals some features of special interest I should be glad of an
opportunity to write a short preliminary note upon it pending
the examination of the species in detail.

The most interesting feature, perhaps, is the Coralliid,
Pleurocorallium Johnsoni, from 382 fathoms, about sixty miles
off Achill Island. The family of precious corals to which this
species belongs has hitherto only been obtained in the Mediter-
ranean Sea, the Japanese seas, off Madeira and the Cape
Verde Islands, and in the Banda Sea. The specimens obtained
by the Challenger in the Banda Sea were “‘ dead,’’ but I have
recently published a preliminary note on a new species of
precious coral from deep water off the coast of Timor, which
was captured “‘ alive ’’ by the naturalists of the Siboga Expe-
dition.

The distinction between the genus Corallium, to which C.
nobile, the precious coral of the Mediterranean, C. japonicum,
and C. reginae, the new species from Timor, belong, and the
genus Pleurocorallium is not a distinction of very great impor-
tance, and, as recently pointed out by Kishinouye, cannot, with
convenience, be much longer maintained. If, however, for
the present we retain the two generic names, it must be noted
that Corallium no longer maintains its monopoly of corals

* Reprinted from “ Nature,” No. 1879, Vol. 73, 1905, p. 5, by kind per-
mission of the Editor.

Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1905, V. [Published August, 1906].
f BOl 3

V. '05, 1

that are precious, as the species Pleuwrocorallium elatius yields
some of the most valuable classes of ‘coral obtaimed in the
Japanese fishery. Both in Japanese waters and off the Cape
Verde Islands the valuable and the commercially worthless
Coralliidae occur in the same fishing area, and consequently it
would not be a matter for surprise if a renewed investigation
of the locality from which the Irish Fishery Department ob-
tained its specimen of Pleurocorallium Johnson: yielded some
specimens of commercial value.

I should not like to suggest the prospect of a coral fishery
off the coast of Ireland, as the sea is too stormy and the water
too deep at the station from which the specimen came to render
any such fishery commercially successful, but it would be a
matter of considerable scientific interest to find that precious
corals are growing within a few miles of our British coasts.

The second feature of interest is the occurrence in these
waters of at least three species of Antipatharia. This group of
Coelenterata is one which I thought was entirely exotic. I
can find no mention of any Antipatharians in any of the lists
of the British marine fauna that I have examined, but perhaps
some of your readers could inform me if I have overlocked any
references to them. ‘The species are, I believe, Cirrhipathes
spiralis, Antipathella gracilis, and a species which I think
must be new, but is allied to Stichopathes Liitkeni in some
respects.

Among the other interesting things in the collection are re-
presentatives of the alcyonarian genera Ceratoisis, Stachyodes,
and Kunephthya, which I believe are new to the British fauna,
The two pennatulid genera Kophobelemnon and Umbellula
were obtained in deep water off the west coast of Scotland by
the Knight Errant (Kophobelemnon only) in 1880, and by the
Triton in 1882. These also have now been found off the west
coast of Ireland. Although these genera may now be included
in the British fauna as being found within the British area as
defined by the British Association Committee of 1888, they
really represent the fauna that is common to the “‘ mud line’
of Murray of the eastern side of the North Atlantic Ocean.

Thus Pleurocorallium occurs off the Cape Verde Islands,
Stachyodes off the Azores, Ceratoisis Grayu off the coast of
Portugal, Antipathella gracilis off the coast of Madeira,
Kophobelemnon and Umbellula off the west coast of Scotland.
These genera, with many others that live with them, constitute
a fauna which is quite distinct from the ordinary shallow-water
fauna of the British area.

ii—Branchellion torpedinis, Savigny,
by E, W. L. Horr.

I refer to this species a Branchellion taken by Mr. W. I.
Beaumont and myself in Blacksod Bay in March, 1899. It
was attached to the upper surface of the pelvic fin of a thorn-
back (fata clavata, Linn.) of the small variety which is only

Mag

V.’05, 5

known to me as frequenting shallow water quite near the coast.
B. torpedinis is easily distinguished from other fish-parasites
of the leech kind known from our coasts by the semi-lunar
plate-like lateral processes of the larger segments of the body.
It is well described and fairly well figured by Moquin ‘l'andon
in his “‘ Monographie des Hirudinées ’’ (Paris, 1846). A figure,
reproduced from Cuvier, in the ‘‘ Cambridge Natural History ’’
is less characteristic, while the lateral processes of the genus are
alluded to in different parts of the text as ‘‘ arborescent’’ and
“ Jeaf-like.’’ I am not aware of any previous record of Bran-
chellion from the Irish coast, but Johnston, on the authority
of J. E. Gray, mentions it in his British Museum “‘ Catalogue
of British Non-parasitic Worms’’ (1865) as ‘‘ English, with
soles.’’ It seems to be usually a parasite on torpedoes, of
which one, Torpedo nobiliana, Bonap., is so far known with-
in the domain of Irish fisheries as to have acquired the col-
loquial name of ‘‘ Mum-ray’’ (Ringsend, ex relatione piscatoris,
1891), an obvious corruption of ‘‘ Numb-ray.’’ ‘Torpedoes are,
however, very far from common on our coast, and if a Bran-
chellion were to quit a host of this kind for reproductive pur-
poses (cf. Pontobdella, Journ. M. B, Assoc., N.S., V., 1897,
p. 195) it might be long ere she and her family could take
passage on another, and they might perforce put up with a
substitute of a different genus. Pontobdella, according to
Gibbs (tom cit. p. 330), would sooner starve than touch any-
thing except a Raia. Branchellion seems to be less particular.

iii—Lamellaria pellucida, Verrill, var. Gouldi, Verrill,
by G. P. Farran, B.A.

A single specimen, a female, of the above was taken in May,
1904, in a haul of a trawl made 75 mi. 8.W. by W. 3 W. of
eee Rock, Co. Cork, in 181 fathoms, on a bottom of fine
sand.

The specimen was put into a mixture of spirit and formaline,
and when examined three months subsequently did not appear
to have altered in size or form. It then measured 5'1 cm. by
3°5 cm. by 2°7 cm. in height. The form of the body was
ovate, slightly broader in front. The mantle was firm, tough
and coarsely and irregularly tuberculate, and was marked by
two deep furrows, one starting above the inhalent mantle notch
a little to the right of the anterior margin of the mantle and
running backwards in a slightly diagonal direction, the other
running transversely from the exhalent lateral notch, about the
middle of the right margin of the mantle, and crossing the
first furrow at about the posterior third of the body. The
margins of the mantle were drawn in towards the foot.

The specimen, when taken, was of a dirty white colour,
somewhat translucent, with more opaque spots on the summit
of the tubercles. From its rugged firm texture and nodular
appearance it might easily have passed without examination
for a simple ascidian rather than a mollusc.

, 105._ |

V. ’05, 6

The shell, when examined, was in a fragmentary state, being
naturally very thin and having been crushed by the quantity of
sea-urchins (Spatangus) in the net, the spines of which were
embedded in the animal’s skin. It measured, as far as could
be ascertained, 2°6 cm. by 1°35 cm., with a height of 1°3 cm.

The species was first described by Prof. Verrill* from speci-
mens dredged off Martha’s Vineyard from 200 to 400 fathoms,
and was afterwards dealt with in greater detail by Berght
from specimens from the same locality. Though it has not
been previously taken in British waters, it has already been
recorded from the E. shore of the Atlantic by Vayssieére,!
who examined several specimens taken by the ‘‘ Caudan ’’ near
the centre of the Bay of Biscay in 98 to 218 fath.

I have referred my specimen to the variety Gouldi, Verrill, as
it appears to approach more nearly to it than to the typical
form, though the distinctions between the two seem to be
rather subtle, and intermediate forms are said by Verrill to have
been found. Vayssiere also considers the Biscayan specimens
to belong to that variety.

It seems evident that the European forms belong to a much
larger race than the American, as the size of the latter given
by Verrill, who obtained large numbers, is 1°8 em. by 1°2 cm.,
while Vayssiére’s largest reached 4°2 cm. by 3°4 cm. Another
difference, at any rate between the specimen here dealt with
and those described by Bergh, lies in the shape of the median
tooth plate. | While both possess the same characteristic
general form, the basal process, which in Bergh’s specimens
extends across almost the complete width of the tooth, is in
mine only a small central projection.

Desalatsee

2

Iamellaria pellucida, Verrill, var. Gouldi.
(1.) Median plate of radula of Irish specimen x 75.
(2.) Median plate of American specimen, after Bergh.

The text figures show this difference more clearly than de-
scription can do, Fig. 1 being a camera lucida drawing from the
Irish example, and Fig. 2 being taken from Bergh’s figures of
Marsenia pellucida var. Gouldi.§ There are other apparent

*Amer. Jour. Science, XX, 1880, p. 395, Trans. Connecticut. Acad.
V. 2. 1882, p. 518.

+t Malacol. Untersuch., Die Marseniaden. in Semper’s Reisen in
Archipel der Philippinen.

t Ann. Univ. Lyon. XXV., p. 243.

§ Loc. cit. Pl. 3. fig. 27.

[ 104 ]

V.°O8. Y

differences in form, but much weight cannot be attached to
them, as the outline of the tooth varies somewhat with the
exact angle from which it is viewed. The number of denticles
present on the median plates in my specimen was 10 to 14 on
either side, while the lateral plates had about 12 on each
margin of the hook.

iv.—-MACRURA FROM THE WEST COAST OF
TRELAND,

by STANLEY W. Kemp, B.A.

In addition to the two species of Acanthephyra already dealt
with in Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1905, I., ten other
Macrura hitherto unrecorded from the British-and-Irish area
have been taken by the ss. Helga off the West Coast of Ireland.

Six of these are nectic forms, and have been caught at various
depths from 450 to 1,200 fathoms off the Mayo coast; they
are :—

Gennadas parvus, Sp. Bate.

| Sergestes arcticus, Kroyer.
Sergia robusta, Smith.
Pastphaé tarda, Kroyer.
Parapastphaé sulcatifrons, Smith.
Hymenodora glacialis, Buchholz,

These species have all been recorded from the E. coast of
the United States, and are for the most part well-known N.
Atlantic forms.

An examination of the type specimen of Gennadas parvus in
the British Museum revealed the presence of many mistakes
in Spence Bate’s description, in consequence of which most
recent authors have recorded this species under the name of
Amalopenaeus elegans, Smith. A. elegans is undoubtedly
synonymous with G. parvus, and Dr. Hansen informs me that,
when working at the British Museum some years ago, he
arrived at a similar conclusion.

Four species have been trawled in 350 to 700 fathoms off
the Kerry coast, viz. :-—

Plesionika martia, A. M.-Edw.
Pontophilus norvegicus, M. Sars,
Polycheles typhlops, Heller.
Richardina spinicincta, A, M.-E.

P. martia has been several times recorded from the Mediter-
ranean and N. Atlantic, and also from the Gulf of Bengal and
Arabian Sea.

P. norvegicus has been taken in the Bay of Biscay, and also
near the Norwegian coast; its occurrence off the Insh coast is
not therefore surprising.

P. typhlops has apparently not been found hitherto outside
the Mediterranean.

R. spinicincta is the first representative of the Stenopidae
which has been found within the British-and-Irish area.

‘{ 105 ]

APPENDIX, No. VI.

A LIST OF THE
MARINE COPEPODA OF IRELAND.
PART II—PELAGIC SPECIES,
BY

JOSEPH PEARSON, M.Sc.

Until within the last few years the number of pelagic Copepoda
recorded from Irish waters was comparatively small. Recently
many noteworthy additions have been made to the list of Irish
species owing mainly to the investigations of the Helga (8)!
the Oceana (18),and to the collections made by Dr. Wolfenden
(19) (20). These gatherings were made in deep water at some
distance from the West Coast of Ireland.

The Helga worked at five stations, viz. -—

1. “ Poreupine Bank, TII.,” lat. 53° 24’ N., long. 18° 34 W.,
various depths down to 100 fathoms.

2. “ Poreupine Bank, IV.,” lat, 53° 23’ N., long. 13° 12’ W.,
120 fathoms.

3. “ Porcupine Bank, V.,” lat. 53° 23’ N., long. 12° 43’ W.,
down to 175 fathoms.

4. “ Helga CXX.,” lat. 58° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., down
to 382 fathoms.

5. “ Helga CXXI.,” lat. 58° 52’ N., long. 11° 56’ W., 199
fathoms.

The Oceana collections were made at various stations at a
considerable distance from the west coast, and I have thought it
advisable only to include those species taken at the two most
easterly stations, viz. :—

1. Lat. 52°4°5 N., long. 11° 201 W., down to 50 fathoms.
2. Lat, 52°4°5 N., long. 12° 27’ W., down to 650 fathoms,

Dr. Woltenden’s cruise extended from Valentia to the Fiirée
channel, and here I have selected the 17 stations between lat.
51°46’ N., long. 12°15’ W., and lat. 56°37’ N., long. 9°48’ W.
I have used the term “deep water off the West Coast of Ireland”
to distinguish the collections made by Dr. Wolfenden.

1 The numbers in brackets refer to the list of references on p. 37.

Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1905, VI. [Published, December, 1906].
{ 106 |

VI. 05, 4

The vertical distribution of Copepoda affords an interesting

study, and it is noteworthy to find that species formerly regarded
as distinct surface forms have now been obtained from very great
depths. The above-mentioned investigations have added consi-
derably to our knowledge in this respect. In the following lists
the vertical range of each species is given when known, but it is
as well to remember that many of these data are only approxi-
mately true. It is quite obvious that in those instances where
the ordinary open townet was used for deep sea work, it is im-
possible to state with any degree of certainty the depth at which
a given species was obtained.
A few alterations in nomenclature have been made with regard
to the records of Farran and Wolfenden inciuded in this paper.
Farran’s report (8) in 1905 was published a short time after the
publication of the preliminary notes of the “ Monaco” Cope-
poda by Sars.' Some of the species described by these two authors
appear to be identical, so that, as Mr. Farran points out in the
addendum to his paper, some of his names must give place to those
proposed by Sars.

A single specimen of Chiridius Poppet was recorded by Mr.
Farran from lat. 53°58’ N., long, 12°28’ W., at a depth of 3882
fathoms (8). He has now informed me that this record is incorrect,
and that the specimen probably represents a new species.

In addition to the species given in these lists the follow-
ing five species also occurred as pelagic forms, but they have
already been included in the first part of this paper? as littoral
forms :—

(2) Longipedia coronata, Claus.
Thorellia brunnea, Boeck.
Iichomolgus liber, Brady and Robertson.
Idya furcata (Baird).
Ectinosoma atlanticum (Brady and Robertson).

I have to thank Mr, Andrew Scott for his kindness in looking
over the following list and making many valuable suggestions.

FamMity CALANIDAE.
Genus Calanus, Leach, 1816.

Calanus helgoandicus (Claus).
Cetochitus helgolandicus, Claus, 1863.

Calanus finmarchicus, Brady and others (not Gunnerus).
Calanus helgolandicus, Sars, 1901.

According to Sars, the species described as Calanus finmar-
chicus from British and Irish waters really belongs to the above

1G. 0. Sars. Bull. Mus. Oceanograph. Monaco. No. 26. 20 March,

1905.
2J. Pearson,— Marine Copepoda of Ireland, Part I. Littoral forms and

fish parasites. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1904, I7I. [1905.]
[fT mi J

VI. '05, 5

species. He believes C. finmarchicus to be a distinct Arctic
species, differing from the more southern form in varicus
characters, which though unimportant individually, together
form sufficient reason for the recognition of two distinct species.
Dr. Wolfenden believes that the characters, claimed by Sars as
being of specific value, are inconstant and he will not recognise
two distinct species. Mr. Andrew Scott, however, believes Sars
to be correct, and I have followed his advice in placing the forms
recorded from Ireland in Claus’ species.

This form has been recorded from all parts of the Irish coast
under the name C. finmarchicus. It occurs in the open sea as
well as in sheltered bays, and it has a wide vertical distribution
ranging from the surface down to nearly 2,000 fathoms. It
probably forms an important part of the food of the mackerel .
and herring around the Ivish coasts.

General distribution.—Very common in the North Atlantic
but not extending to the cold area. Mediterranean Sea.

Vertical range.—From the surface down to 1,700 fathoms.

Calanus propinquus, Brady.
Calanus propiniquus, Brady, 1883.
Valentia (16). Surface.
General distribution.—Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans.

Calanus tenuicornis, Dana.
Calanus tenuicornis, Dana, 1849.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, iat. 53° 24’ N., long. 13° 34 W., 50
fathoms (8). Deep water off the west coast, depth about 500
fathoms, lat. 54°-56° N., long. 12° W. (19).

This species appears to occur only very sparingly in the North
Atlantic.

General distribution.—Atlantic and Pacific Oceans (between
55° N. and 3° 8). Mediterranean.

Vertical range.—Down to 600 fathoms.

Calanus gracilis, Dana.
Calanus gracilis, Dana, 1849.
Hemicalanus longicornis, Dana, 1852.
Cetochilus longiremis, Claus, 1863.
Calanus americanus, Herrick, 1887.
Cruise of the Oceana, lat. 52° 45’ N., long. 12° 27’ W., 270
fathoms (18),

General distribution.—Atlantic and Pacific Oceans (53° N. to

13° 5.) Mediterranean. It has been found down to a depth of
700 fathoms,

Vertical range.—From the surface down to 1,600 fathoms:

L 108 |

VI. 08, 6

Genus Megacalanus, Wolfenden, 1904.

(= Macrocalanus, Sars, 1905).

Megacalanus princeps (Brady).
Calanus princeps, Brady, 1883.
Megacalanus princeps, Wolfenden, 1905 (not
Wolfenden, 1904).
Macrocalanus princeps, Sars, 1905.
Deep water off the South-west of Ireland (20).
General distribution.—North Atlantic.
Vertical range.—Down to 600 fathoms.

Megacalanus longicornis (Sars).
Macrocalanus longicornis, Sars, 1905.

Megacalanus princeps, Wolfenden, 1904.
Megacalanus Brady, Wolfenden, 1905.

Deep water off the South-west Coast of Ireland. (19), (20).
General distribution.—North Atlantic.
Vertical range.—Down to 500 fathoms.

The above species in the short space of twelve months from its
first description in 1904, became the possessor of a complicated
synonymy. Originally described by Wolfenden in 1904
under the name Megacalunus princeps, this name had to give
place in the following year to Calanus princeps, Brady, which
Wolfenden removed to the genus Megucalanus. Wolfenden,
therefore, re-named his species Megacalanus bradyi. The latter
specific name, however, will have to be withdrawn in favour of
the name given by Sars! a few months previously to a form des-
cribed by him as Macrocalanus longicornis, which is evidently
the same as Wolfenden’s species, so far as one can ascertain from
the short preliminary description.

GENUS Eucalanus, Dana, 1849.
Eucalanus elongatus, (Dana).

OCalanus elongatus, Dana, 1849.
Eucalanus elongatus, Dana, 1852.
Calanus erythrochilus, Leuckart, 1859.
Calanella hyalina, Claus, 1866.

1G. 0. Sars. Bull. Mus. Oceanograph. Monaco. No. 26, 20th
March, 1905, p. 7.

[..109, ]

VI. ’05, 7

var. inermis

¥ ee 1892.
var. bungu
? Kucalanus spinifer, Th. Seott, 1893.

Off Cleggan, County Galway (7), bottom townet; Helga,
Poreupine Bank, 3 stations, viz. ;—Lat. 53° 24’ N., long. 13° 34’
W., down to 100 fathoms; lat. 53° 23’ N., long. 13° 12’ W., 120
fathoms; lat. 53° 23’ N., long. 12° 43’ W., down to 175 fathoms
(8); Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8).
Deep water off the West Coast (51° to 56° N. and 12° to 9° W,)
occurring to a depth of 800 fathoms (19),

A fairly abundant Atlantic species occurring at all depths,
down to about 800 fathoms,

Eucalanus elongatus, var. hyalinus ;
J y Giesbrecht,

General distribution—Atlantic and Pacific Oceans (between
61° N, and 33° S.) Mediterranean Sea.

Vertical range.—¥ rom the surface down to 2,000 fathoms.

Eucalanus attenuatus (Dana).

Calanus attenuatus, Dana, 1849.
Eucalanus attenuatus, Dana, 1852,
Calanus miriabilis, Lubbock, 1856.
Calanella mediterranea, Claus, 1863.
Eucalanus attenwatus, Giesbrecht, 1892.

40 miles off Achill Head, 200 fathoms (12); cruise of Oceana
(lat. 52° 45’ N., long. 12° 27’ W.) 620 fathoms (18).
General distribution.—Pacitic, Atlantic, Mediterranean,

Vertical range.—Down to 1,700 fathoms,

Eucalanus crassus, Giesbrecht.
Eucalanus crassus, Giesbrecht, 1888.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, 3 stations, viz.:—Lat. 53° 24’ N., long.
13° 34 W., 100 fathoms. Lat, 53° 23’ N,, long. 18° 12’ W,, 120
fathoms. Lat. 53° 23’ N., long. 12° 43’ W., 90 fathoms (8).
Helga, \at. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W,, 382 fathoms (8); Helga,
lat, 53° 52’ N., long. 11° 56’ W., 199 fathoms (8) ; deep water off.
the North Coast (56° 11’ N., 9° 50’ W,), depth of 200 fathoms
(19).

General distivbution.—This species is found in both cold and
warm areas. Atlantic and Pacific Oceans; Farde Channel,
Mediterranean, Indian Ocear,

Vertical vange.—Down to 50 fathoms.

Ct 4

VI. ’06, 8
GENUS Rhincalanus, Dana, 1852.

Rhincalanus cornutus (Dana).
Calanus cornutus
Calanus rostrifrons

Rhaincalanus cornutus
Rhincalanus rostrifrons §

Rhincalanus coriutus, Giesbrecht, 1892.

\ Dana, 1849,

Dana, 1852.

Valentia (16), surface townet.

General distribution.—Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, Indian
Ocean,

Vertical range.-—Down to 1,710 fathoms.

Rhincalanus nasutus, Giesbrecht.

Rhincalanus nasutus, Giesbrecht, 1892.

40 miles N.N.W, of Achill Head, 220 fathoms (12). Helga,
Porcupine Bank, 3 stations, viz, :—Lat. 53° 24’ N., long. 13° 34
W., down to 100 fathoms. Lat, 53° 23’ N., long, 138° 12’ W., 120
fathoms. Lat. 53° 23’ N., long, 12° 43' W., 90 fathoms(8). Helga,
lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8); Helga, lat. 53°
52’ N,, long. 11° 56’ W., 199 fathoms (8). Deep water off West
and North Coasts (51° to 57° N. and i2° to 9° W.), all depths
down to 1,000 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—An abundant species ranging from 58°
N. to 52°S. Atlantic, Pacitic, and Indian Oceans.

Vertical range, Down to 1,710 fathoms,

Genus Mecynocera, |. C. Thompson, 1888.

Mecynocera Clausi, I. C. Thompson.
Mecynocera Clausw, I. C. Thompson, 1888.
Leptocalanus filicornis, Giesbrecht, 1888.

Cruise of the Oceana, lat. 52° 45° N., long. 12° 27’ W. 650
fathoms (18).

General distribution.—Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, Medi-
terranean.

Vertical range.—Down to 1,300 fathoms.

GENUs Paracalanus, Boeck, 1864.
Paracalanus parvus (Claus).

Calanus parvus, Claus, 1863.

Paracalanus parvus, Boeck, 1864.

Cleggan. Surface and bottom townets (7); in stomachs of
herring and mackerel (7). Helga, Porcupine Bank, 2 stations,
viz. :—Lat. 53° 24’ N., long. 13° 34 W., 100 fathoms. Lat. 53°

(hitit j

VI. ’05, 9

23’ N., long. 12° 43’ W., down to 175 fathoms (8). Helga, lat.
53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W. middle net, 200 fathoms (8); N. W.,,
Ireland, surface (10); lat. 56° 11’ N., long. 9° 50’ W., at surface,
and at a depth of 500 fathoms (19); lat. 54° N., long. 12° W., at
a depth of 100 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—This species though widely distributed
never seems to occur in large quantities. Wolfenden (19) be-
lieves that the Northern and Southern forms of this species
should be separated at least as distinct varieties. The Southern
forms are smaller, and have more spiny appendages than the
Northern forms. ‘This species has been recorded from various
parts of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans (61° N. to 52°8.), the
Indian Ocean, and Mediterranean.

Vertical range.—Down to 1,000 fathoms.

Genus Calocalanus, Giesbrecht, 1888,
Calocalanus styliremis, Giesbrecht.
Calocalanus styliremis, Giesbrecht, 1888.

Cleggan. Mid-water townet (7).

General distribution—Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, Medi-
terranean.

Calocalanus pavo (Dana).

Calanus pavo, Dana, 1849.
Calocalanus pavo, Giesbrecht, 1892.

W. of Valentia (19).

General distribution.—Atlantic and Pacitic Oceans, Red Sea,
Indian Ocean, Malay Archipelago, Mediterranean. Both the
above species of this genus are warm-water species, and their
presence in Irish waters is a rare occurrence,

Genus Clausocalanus, Giesbrecht, 1888.
Clausocalanus arcuicornis (Dana).

Calanus arcuicornis, Dana, 1849.

Culanus nastigophorus, Claus, 1863.
Eucalanus mastigophorus, Claus, 1881.
Olausocalanus arcwicornis, Giesbrecht, 1888.

Cleggan. Surface townet (7).

General distribution.—Mediterranean, Atlantic, Indian and
Pacific Oceans. Before its discovery off the West Coast of
Ireland this species does not appear to have ever been recorded
father north than the Mediterranean.

Vertical range.—Down to 2,000 fathoms.
ga! - ie

VI. ’05, 10

Genus Ctenocalanus, Ciesbrecht, 1885.
Ctenocalanus vanus, Ciesbrecht,

Ctenocalanus vanus, Giesbrecht, 1888.

Cleggan, bottom townet (7); Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 53°
24’ N., long. 13° 34 W., 50 and 110 fathoms (8); Helga, lat, 53°
58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W. mid-water, 200 fathoms (8).

General distribution.—Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, Medi-
terranean Sea.

Vertical vange.—Down to 2,000 fathoms.

GENUS Pseudocalanus, Boeck.
Pseudocalanus elongatus, (Boeck).

Clausia elongata, Boeck, 1864.
Calanus Clausiv, Brady, 1865.
Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck, 1872.
Lucullus acuspes, Giesbrecht, 1881.
This species has been recorded from all parts of Ireland, and
is one one of the commonest British Copepods. It forms an im-
portant part of the food of the herring and mackerel.

General distribution.—A very common species in the North
Atlantic occurring in great abundance around the coasts, and
also in the open sea—at the surface and down to a depth of
1,700 fathoms (Thompson). North Sea and Atlantic Ocean
(50° N. to 62° N.). Pacific Ocean (Puget Sound).

Vertical vange.—Down to 1,710 fathoms,

GENus Spinocalanus, Giesbrecht, 1888.
Spinocalanus abyssalis, Giesbrecht.
Sprnocalunus abyssalis, Giesbrecht, 1888.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat, 58° 24 N., long. 13° 34’ W,,

110 fathoms, one specimen (8) ; Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’
W. mid-water net, 200 fathoms, one specimen (8).

General distribution.—Atlantic and Pacitic Oceans,
Vertical range.—Down toa depth of 2.000 fathoms,

Spinocalanus magnus, Wolfenden.
Spinocalanus ivagnus, Woltenden, 1904.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 53° 23’ N., long. 13° 12’ W.,
one specimen, 120 fathoms (8); Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12°
28’ W., 200 fathoms and 382 fathoms, several specimens (8) ;
Helga, lat. 53° 52’ N, long. 11° 56’ W., 199 fathoms, few

bis” |

VI. *05, ll

specimens (8); at various stations off the West Coast of Iveland
from 51° to 56° N., and 10° to 12° 30° W., from 300 fathoms to
800 fathoms (19).

Gencral distribution.—Deep water off the West Coast of
Treland,

Vertical range.—Down to 1,000 fathoms,

Genus Aetideus, Brady, 1883.
Aetideus armatus (Boeck).

Pseudocalanus armatus, Boeck, 1872.
Actideus armatus, Sars, 1901.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, two stations, viz. :—Lat. 53° 24’ N.,
long. 13° 34° W., 50 and 100 fathoms ; and lat. 53° 23’ N., long.
12° 43’ W., 90 fathoms (8). Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’
W., 200 and 382 fathoms (8). Helga, lat. 53° 52’ N., long. 11°
56° W., 199 fathoms (8 ; cruise of the Oceana, ‘lat. 52° 4’ N.,
long. 12° 27’ W., 650 fathoms (18). Deep water off the west

coast of Ireland, lat. 51° to 56° N., and between long. 10° W. and
12° 30’ W., down to 800 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—Atlantie and Pacific Oceans, Indian
Ocean.

Vertical range.—All depths down to 1,700 fathoms.

Genus Pseudaetideus, Wolfenden, 1904.
Pseudaetideus armatus (Boeck).
Euchaeta armata, Boeck, 1872.
Chiridius armatus, Sars, 1903.
Pseudaetideus urmatus, Wolfenden, 1904.
Helga, lat. 53° 58’ -N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8) ;
Helga, \at. 53° 52’ N,, long. 11° 56’ W., 199 fathoms (8). Deep

water off the west coast of Ireland, between lat. 51° and 56° N.,

and between long. 10° to 12° 30’ W., down to 800 fathonis
(19); Cleggan, surface (7).

General distribution.—Atiantic Ocean ; Arctic Ocean (?).
Vertical range.—Down to 800 fathoms.

Genus Bradyidius, Giesbrecht, 1897.
Bradyidius armatus, Giesbrecht.

Pseudocalanus armatus, Brady (not Boeck), 1874.
Undinopsis Bradyi, Sars (nom. nud.), 1884,
Bradyidius avmatus. Giesbrecht, 1897
Braduanus armatus, Vanhoften, 1897.

Cte, }

VI. ’05, 12

Cleggan, surface (7); Helgu, Porcupine Bank, two stations
viz. :—Lat. 53° 24’ N., long. 13° 34’ W., 91 fathoms, and lat.
53° 23’ N., long. 12° 43’ W., 175 fathoms (8). Helgu, lat. 53°
58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8). Helga, lat. 53° 52’ N.,
long. 11° 56’ W.,199 fathoms (8). Deep water off the west coast
of Ireland, lat. 51° 56’ N., long. 11° 21’ W., down to 500 fathoms
(19); Valentia, surface (16).

General distribution.—British Isles, Greenland, Norway, North
Atlantic.

Vertical range—Down to 1,670 fathoms. Generally lives in
the mud at moderate depths.

Genus Bradyetes, Farran, 1905.
Bradyetes inermis, Farran.

Bradyetes inermis, 9, Farran, 1905.

Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28° W,, 382 fathoms (8).
General distribution.—-West of Ireland.
Vertical range—382 fathoms.

GENUS Bryaxis, Sars, 1902 (Boeck MS.).
Bryaxis brevicornis, Sars.
Bryuxis brevicornis, Sars, 1902 (Boeck MS.)

Helga, lat. 53° 52’ N., long. 11° 56’ W., 199 fathoms (8).

General distribution.—North Atlantic. Generally found in
the mud and sand on the bottom.

Vertical vange.—Down to 200 fathoms.

Bryaxis minor, Farran.
Bryaxvis minor, Farran, 1905.

Helga, lat. 58° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms, a few
female specimens (8).

General distribution.—West of Ireland.
Vertical range.—382 fathoms.

Genus Gaidius, Giesbrecht, 1895.

Gaidius pungens, Giesbrecht.
Gaidius pungens, Giesbrecht, 1895,
Lat. 55° N., 12° W., 500 fathoms (19).
General distribution.—Pacifie Ocean, North Atlantic.
Vertical range——Down to 1,300 fathoms.

[ 115 ]

VI. °05, 13

Gaidius brevispinus, (Sars).
Chiridius brevispvius, Sars, 1900.
Gaidius brevispinus, Sars, 1903.
Gaidius major, Wolfenden, 1903.
Lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms, one specimen
8).
Wolfenden believes his species Gaidius mayor to be identical
with the above species ; so that the specitic name major must give
way to the older name brevispinus given by Sars in 1900.

General distribution.—N orth Atlantic.
Vertical range.—Down to 400 fathoms.

Gaidius tenuispinus (Sars).

Chiridvus tenuispinus, Sars, 1900.
Gaidius boreale, Wolfenden, 1902.
Gaidius tenuisprnus, Sars, 1903.
Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms, four
female specimens (8).

This species is very similar to Gaidius pungens, Giesbrecht.
Here again Dr. Wolfenden’s specific name boreale is displaced by
the older name tenuispinus given by Sars two years before.

General distribution—North Atlantie.
Vertical range-—Down to 400 fathoms.

Genus Faroella, Wolfenden, 1904.

Faroella multiserrata, Wolfenden.
Faroella multiserrata, Wolfenden, 1904.

Deep water off the west coast of Ireland, lat. 51° to 52° N.,

long. 11° 21’ to 12° 30’ W., in depths of 300 and 400 fathoms
(19). |

Dr. Wolfenden believes this form to be identical with Aetide-
opsis rostrata, Sars. Mr. Farran informed me that he sent a
specimen to Wolfenden, who identified as it Faroella multiserrata.
The specimen was also sent to G. O, Sars, who said it was not
Aectideopsis rostrata. Thus it would appear that these two
species are distinct.

General distribution.—West Coast of Ireland, Farée Channel.

Vertical range.—Down to 1,000 fathoms.

GeNus Gaetanus, Giesbrecht, 1888,

Gaetanus Caudani, Canu.

Gaétanus Caudani, Canu, 1896.

Gaetaius prleatus, Farran, 1901,

f 116 J

VI. ’05, 14

Cleggan, a single specimen taken from the stomach of a
mackerel (7); Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382
fathoms (8). Deep water off the west coast of Ireland, between
lat. 51° and 56° N., long. 10° to 12° W., 200 to 600 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—North Atlantic.
Vertical range.—Down to 600 fathoms.

Gaetanus armiger, Giesbrecht.

Gaetanus armiger, Giesbrecht, 1885.
Aetidius armiger, T. Scott, 1893.

Deep water off the west coast of Ireland, between lat: 51° and
56° N., long. 10° and 12° W., 200 to 600 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—Pacific Ocean, Gulf of Guinea, North
Atlantic.

Vertical range.—Down to 1,500 fathoms.

Gaetanus major, Wolfenden.

Gaetanus major, Wolfenden, 1903.

Deep water off the west coast of Lreland, between lat. 54° and
56° N., long. 10° to 12° W., 300 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—Farée Channel. West of Ireland.
Vertical range-——Down to 400 fathoms.

Gaetanus miles, Giesbrecht.

Gaetanus miles, Giesbrecht, 1888.

Cruise of the Oceana, lat. 52° 4°5' N., long. 12° 27’ W., 620
fathoms (18).

General distribution.—Pacifie Ocean, Atlantic Ocean.
Vertical range.—Down to 1,600 fathoms.

Gaetanus latifrons, Sars.
Gaetanus latifrons, Sars, 1905.
Gaetanus Holti, Farran, 1905.

Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms, one
specimen (8).

General distribution.—West Coast of Ireland.
Vertical range—382 fathoms.

Gaetanus minor, F'arran.
Gaetunus minor, Farran, 1905.
Helga, lat. 58° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms, two
specimens (8).
General distribution.—West Coast of Ireland.
Vertical range.—882 fathoms.

bi see eA

VI. 05, 15
Genus Undeuchaeta, Giesbrecht, 1888.

Undeuchaeta major, Giesbrecht.

? Euchaeta australis,

Euchaeta pulchra (not Lubbock, 1856), | Brady ‘
? Kuchaeta australis, T. Scott, 1893.

Undeuchaeta major, Giesbrecht, 1888.

Helga, lat. 58° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8):
Deep water off west coast of Ireland, lat. 54° 30’ N., long., 12°
W., 300 fathoms (19): also between lat. 51°—-52° N., long. 11°
20’—12° 30’ W. (19).

General distribution.—Pacific Ocean, Indian Ocean, North
Atlantic.

Vertical.—Down to 400 fathoms.

1883.

Undeuchaeta minor, Giesbrecht.
Undeuchaeta minor, Giesbrecht, 1888.

Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8).
Helga, iat. 53° 52’ N., long. 11° 56’ W., 199 fathoms (8).
Deep water off west coast of Ireland, lat. 54° 30’ N., long 12° W..,
300 fathoms (19): also between lat. 51° and 52° N., and long
11° 20’ and 12° 30’ W. (19).

General distribution.—Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.
Vertical range.—Down to 800 fathoms.

GENUS Euchirella, Giesbrecht, 1888.

Euchirella rostrata (Claus).
Undina rostrata, Claus, 1866.
’ Huchaeta hessei (part), Brady, 1883,

Euchirella rostrata, Giesbrecht, 1892.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 58° 23’ N., long. 12° 43’ W., 90
fathoms (8).

General distribution.—Mediterranean, Atlantic Ocean
Vertuwal range—Down to 1,400 fathoms.

Euchirella curticauda, Giesbrecht.
Kuchirella curticauda, Giesbrecht, 1888,
Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8).
General distribution,—Pacitic Ocean, Atlantic Ocean.
Vertical range.—Down to 1,700 fathoms.
Gs we

VI. ’05, 16

Euchirella curticauda, var. atlantica, Wolfenden.
Euchirella curticauda, var. atlantica, Wolfenden, 1904.

Deep water off West Coast of Ireland, lat. 52° N., long. 12°
W., 300 fathoms (19),

GENUS Chirundina, Giesbrecht, 1895.

Chirundina Streetsi, Giesbrecht.
Chirundina Streetsi, Giesbrecht, 1895.
Kuchirella carinata, Wolfenden, 1902.
Deep water off the West Coast of Ireland between lat. 55°

and 56° N., and long. 10° and 12° 30’ W., 500 fathoms (19) ;
also lat. 54° N., long. 12° W., 400 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—North Atlantic.
Vertical range.—Down to 400 fathoms.

Genus Euchaeta, Philippi, 143.

Euchaeta marina (Prestandrea).

Cyclops marinus, Prestandrea, 1833.
Euchaeta Prestandreae, Philippi, 1843.
Huchaeta communis, Dana, 1849.
Euchaeta atlantica, .
Euchaeta Sutherlandvi, 5 Lubbock, 1856.
Euchaeta marina, Giesbrecht, 1892.

Valentia, townet (16); cruise of Oceana, lat. 52° 4° N., long.

12° 27’ W., 270-374 fathoms (18).
General distribution.—Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans.
Vertical range.—Down to 2,000 fathoms.

Euchaeta norvegica, Boeck,

? Huchaeta Prestandreae, Boeck, 1864.
Euchaeta norvegica, Boeck, 1872.
Euchaeta carinata, Mobius, 1875.
Euchaeta atlamtica, Sars, 1877.
Euchaeta glacialis, Hansen, 1886.
Deep water off West Coast of Ireland between lat, 51° and
56° N., and long 10° and 12° 30’ W., down to 1,000 fathoms (19)

Helga, lat, 53° 58’ N,, long. 12° 28’ W., 200 to 382 fathoms (8)
Helga, lat, 53° 52’ N., long. 11° 56’ W., 199 fathoms (8).

General distribution —North Atlantic.
Vertical range.-—Down to 1,000 fathoms.

[ 119 ]

VI. °05, 17

Euchaeta barbata, Brady.

Euchaeta barbata, Brady, 1883.
? Kuchaeta hebes var. valida &, T. Scott, 1898.

Deep water off West Coast of Ireland, between lat. 55° and
56° N., and long. 10° to 12° 30’ W., 500 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—Atlantie Ocean.
Vertical range—Down to 500 fathoms.

Euchaeta acuta, Giesbrecht.
EKuchaeta acuta, Giesbrecht, 1892.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 53° 23’ N., long. 12° 43’ W,, 90
fathoms (8). Helga, lat. 53° 52’ N., long. 11° 56’ W., 199
fathoms (8).

General distribution.—-Atlantic Ocean, Mediterranean.
Vertical range—Down to 1,275 fathoms.

Euchaeta tonsa, Giesbrecht.
Euchaeta tonsa, Giesbrecht, 1895.
Helga, lat. 53° 58' N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8).
General distrtbution.—Pacifie Ocean, North Atlantic.
Vertical range.—Down to 400 fathoms.

Genus Amallophora, ’. Scott, 1893.
Amallophora magna, ‘I. Scott.
Amullophora magna, 'T. Scott, 1893.
Scolecithria cristata, Giesbrecht, 1895.
Scaphocalanus acrocephalus, Sars, 1900.
Helga, lat. 58° 58’ N., long. 12° 28° W., 382 fathoms (8).

General distribution —Gulf of Guinea, Pacific Ocean, North
Atlantic.

Vertical range.—Down to 400 fathoms.

Amallophora obtusifrons, G. O. Sars.

Amallophora obtusifrons, G.O. Sars, 1905.
Scolecithria emarginata, Farran, 1905.
Helga, \at. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8).
| have been informed by Mr. Farran that he sent specimens

of his NScolecithria enargunata to G. O. Sars, who pronounced
them to he identical with Amallophora obtusifrons.

General distribution.——N orth Atlantic,

y ° ‘
Verticul range.—382 fathoms.

r 120

VI. ’05, 18

Amallophora echinata (Farran).

Scolecithria echinata, Farran, 1905.

Helga, Poreupine Bank, lat. 538° 24 N., long. 18° 34’ W. 100
fathoms (8).

If the diagnosis of the genus Scolecithria given by Sars be
accepted, the above species cannot be included in that genus.
The character of the 1st maxillipedes and of the 5th pair of feet
justify the removal of this species to this genus Amallophora.

General distrrbution,—West Coast of Ireland.

Vertical range.—Down to 100 fathoms.

Genus Seolecithricella, Sars, 1902.
Scolecithricella minor (Brady).

Scolecithrix minor, Brady, 18838.
Scolecithricella minor, Sars, 1902.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 53° 24’ N., long. 13° 34 W.,
100 fathoms (8). Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 53° 25’ N,, long.
12° 43’ W., 175 fathoms (8). Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12°
28’ W., 200 fathoms (8). Deep water off West Coast of [reland
between latitudes 51° and 56° N., and longitudes 10° to 12° 30’
W., 100 to 500 fathoms (19). [

General distribution.—North Atlantic, Gulf of Guinea, Indian
Ocean.
Vertical range—Down to 500 fathoms.

Scolecithricella dentata (Giesbrecht).

Scolecithria dentata, Giesbrecht, 1892.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 58° 24’ N., long. 18° 34’ W., 100
fathoms (8). Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 58° 23’ N., long. 12°
43’ W., 175 fathoms (8). Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W..,
200 fathoms (8).

General distribution.—North Atlantic, Mediterranean.

Vertical range,—Down to 200 fathoms.

Scolecithricella ovata (Farran).

Scolectthria ovata, Farran, 1905.
Helga, lat. 58° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8).
General distribution.—West Coast of Ireland.
Vertical range.—382 fathoms.
L .dqk og

VI. 05, 19

Genus Onchocalanus, Sars, 1905.
Onchocalanus chelifer (I. C. Thompson).

Scolecithria chelifer 4, Thompson, 1903.

2 Onchocalanus trigoniceps 2, Sars, 1905.
Scolecithria chelifer 2, Farran, 1905.
Xanthocalanus chelifer, Farran, 1905.

Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8).
General distribution.—North Atlantic.
Vertical range.—Down to 1,200 fathoms.

Genus Scottocalanus, Sars, 1905.
Scottocalanus securifrons (T. Scott).
Scolecithria securifrons, T. Scott, 1893.
Lophothrix securifrons, Wolfenden, 1904.
Scottocalanus securifrons, Sars, 1905.
Forty miles N.N.W. of Achill Head, 200 fathoms (12).
General distribution.—North Atlantic, G. of Guinea,
Vertical range.—Down to 1,200 fathoms.

Genus Lophothrix, Giesbrecht, 1895.
Lophothrix frontalis, Giesbrecht.
Lophothria frontalis, Giesbrecht, 1895.
Scolecithrix frontalis, Giesbrecht, 1898.

Deep water off west coast of Ireland, between lat. 51° and 52°
N., and long. 11° 20’ and 12° W., 500 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—Pacitie Ocean, Atlantic Ocean.
Vertical range.—Down to 1,500 fathoms.

Genus Diaixis, Sars, 1902.

Diaixis pygmaea (T. Scott).
Scolecithria pygmaea, T. Scott.
Diaixis pygmaea, Sars, 1902.
Cleggan, townet (7).

General distribution.—British Isles.

Diaixis hibernica (A. Scott).
Scolecitthria hibernica, A. Sevtt, 1896.
Diaiars hibernica, Sars, 1903.

“In deep water off the County Down coast between Dundrum
and Dundalk Bays” (14).

General distribution.—British Isles, Norway.

‘aly

VI. °05, 20

Genus Xanthocalanus, Giesbrecht, 1892.
Xanthocalanus cristatus, Wolfenden, 1904.
Xanthocalanus cristutus, Wolfenden, 1904.
Off south-west of Ireland, 300 to 700 fathoms (19).
General distribution.—West of Ireland.
Vertical range-—Down to 700 fathoms.

Xanthocalanus borealis, G. O. Sars.
Xanthocalanus borealis, Sars, 1900.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 53° 23’ N., long. 13° 12’ W.
120 fathoms (8). Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382
fathoms (8). Helga, lat. 53° 52’ N., long. 11° 56’ W., 199 fathoms
(8).

General distribution.—North Atlantic, Arctic Seas.
Vertical runge.—Down to 400 fathoms.

Xanthocalanus Greeni, Farran.
Xanthoculanus Greeni, Farran, 1905.

Heiga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28 W., 382 fathoms (8).
General distribution.—North Atlantic.
Vertical range.—382 fathoms.

This species may prove to be the same as Xanthocalanus
nuticus, Sars.

Xanthocalanus pinguis, Farran.
Xanthocalanus pinguis, Farran, 1905.
Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W.; 382 fathoms (8).
General distribution.—West Coast of Ireland.
Vertical range.—382 fathoms.

Xanthocalanus obtusus, Farran.
Xanthocalanus obtusus, Farran, 1905.

Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8).
General distribution —West Coast of Ireland.
Vertical range.—382 fathoms.

Genus Brachycalanus, Farran, 1905.
Brachycalanus atlanticus (Wolfenden).

Xanthocalanus atlanticus, Wolfenden, 1904.
Brachycalanus atlanticus, Farran, 1905.

| i238 4

VI. 05. 21

Helga, lat. 53° 52° N., long. 11° 56’ W., 199 fathoms (8) ; west
of Valentia, 375 fathoms (19); deep water off West Coast of Ire-
land, lat. 55° N., long. 12° W., 400 fathoras (19).

General distribution.—West Coast of Ireland.
Vertical range.—Down to 400 tatbors.

Genus OO6thrix, Farran, 1905.
Oodthrix bidentata, Farran.
Odthria bidentata, Farran, 1905.
Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8).

Helga, lat. 53° 52’ N., long. 11° 56’ W., 199 fathoms (8).
General distribution.—West Coast of Ireland.

Vertical range —Down to 382 fathoms.

Genus Phaénna, Claus, 1863.

Phaénna spinifera, Claus.
Phainna spinifera, Claus, 1863.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 53° 23’ N., long. 12° 43’ W., 90
fathoms (8). Helga, lat. 58° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382
fathoms (8). Cruise of Oceana, lat. 52° 4 N., long, 12° 27’ W.,
270 fathoms to 620 fathoms (18). Deep water off West Coast of
Ireland, lat. 51° N., long. 12° W., 100 fathoms to 400 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—Atlantie and Pacific Oceans; Mediter-
ranean and Indian Ocean.

Vertical range.—Down to 1,600 fathoms.

Famity CENTROPAGIDAE.
Genus Centropages, Kroyer.

Centropages typicus, Kriyer.
Centropages typicus, Kroyer, 1849.
Ichthyophorba denticornis, Claus, 1863.

West Coast of Ireland, open sea, surface townet (4) (6). Galway
Bay, surface townet (9); Mouth of the Shannon, surface
townet (9); off S.W. of Ireland, surface (2) 11); Cleggan,
surface townet (7); Larne, surface townet (13); Valentia, surtace
townet (16); Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 53° 24’ N., long, 13° 34’
W., 50 and 100 fathoms (8); Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 58° 237
N., long. 12° 43° W., down to 175 fathoms (&) ; Cruise of Oceana,
lat. 52° 4 N., long. 12° 27’ W., surface townet and down to 620
fathoms (15),

{ 124 |

VI. 705, 22

General distribution.—Atlantie Ocean British Seas, Mediter-
ranean.

Vertical range.—Down to 1,700 fathoms.

Centropages hamatus (Lilljeborg).

Ichthyophorba hamata, Lilljeborg, 1853.
Diaptomus bateanws, Labboek, 1857.
Ichthyophorba angustata, Claus, 1863.
Centropages hamatus, Boeck, 1864.

Bantry Bay, surface (9); Mouth of the Shannon, surface (9).
Galway Bay, surface (9); Killybegs, surface (9); Gola Island,
Donegal, surface (9); Cleggan, surface (7); off West Coast of Ireland,
surface (6); Lough Foyle, surface (10); Larne Lough, surface
(13); Valentia, surface (16); Cruise of the Oceana, lat. 52° 4’ N.,
long. 11° 20’ W., surface (18) ; Cruise of the Oceana, lat. 52° 4’ N..
long. 12° 27’ W., surface and 270 fathoms (18),

General distribution.—North Atlantic.
Vertical range.—Down to 270 fathoms.

Centropages Chierchiae, Giesbrecht.
Centropages Chierchiae, Giesbrecht, 1889.
Cruise of the Oceana, lat. 52° 4’ N., long, 11° 20’ W., surface
(18).
General distribution.—Mediterranean, West Coast of Ireland.

GENUs Temora, Baird, 1850.
Temora longicornis (Miiller).
Cyclops longicornis, Miiller, 1785.
Temora finmarchica, Baird, 1850.
Diuptomus longicaudatus, Lubbock, 1857.
Temora longicornis, Boeck, 1864.
Halitemora longicornis, Giesbrecht, 1882.
This ubiquitous species occurs all around the Irish coast, both
in tidal pools and in the open sea. It is one of the commonest

species present in the plankton during the summer months, but
is rarely present in the winter.

General distribution.—North Sea, North Atlantic, Indian
Ocean. Generally found near the surface, close to land.

GENUS Isias, Boeck, 1864.
Isias clavipes, Boeck.

Tsias clavupes, Boeck, 1864.
Isias Bonnieri, Canu, 1888,

tC 3 J

VI. °05, 23

Clifden Bay, surface (4) (6); Roundstone Bay, surface (4) (6);
Lough Swilly, surface (4); Killybegs (4); Gola Island, Donegal,
surface (9); Mouth of the Shannon, surface (9); Kenmare Bay
surface (9); Bantry Bay, surface (9); Newcastle, County Down
(5); off Whitehead, County Antrim (21); Cleggan, surface (7) ;
Valentia, surface, (16).

(reneral distribution.—Mediterranean, North Atlantic.

Genus Metridia, Boeck, 1864.

Metridia longa (Lubbock).
Calanus longus, Lubbock, 1854.
Metridia armata, Boeck, 1864.
Metridia longa, Giesbrecht, 1892.

Deep water off West Coast of Ireland, between lat. 55° and
55° 47’ N., and between long, 10° 12’ and 12° W., 200 and 500
fathoms (19). |

Thompson’s record of this species (18) probably refers to
Metridia lucens

General distribution.—North Atlantic.
Vertical range.—Down to 1,770 fathoms.

Metridia lucens, Boeck.

Metridia lucens, Boeck, 1864.

Paracalanus hibernicus, Brady and Robertson, 1873.
Metridia armata, Brady, 1878.

Metridia hibernica, Giesbrecht, 1892. .

Mouth of the Shannon, surface (6); Galway Bay, surface (6) ;
near Valentia, surface (6); Dingle Bay, surface (6); Loup Hd..
surface (6); Cleggan, surface, also in stomachs of mackerel (7).
Helga, Porcupine Bank and various stations offthe West Coast of
Ireland, down toa depth of 382 fathoms (8); deep water off the
West Coast of Ireland, various places between lat. 51° and 56° N.,
and between long. 10° and 12° 30’ W., down to a depth of 1,000
fathoms (19) ; (7) Cruise of the Oceana, lat. 52° 4’ N., long. 12° 27’
W., down to 650 fathoms (18).

General distribution.—North Atlantic, Aretic Ocean, Pacific
Ocean.

Vertical range.—Down to 1,000 fathoms.

Metridia venusta, Giesbrecht.
Metridia venusta 2, Giesbrecht, 1889.
( Metridia Normani ¢, Giesbrecht, 1892.
Helga, \at. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8) deep
water off the West Coast of Ireland, various places between lat.

51° and 56° N., and between long. 10° and 12° 30’ W., down to
a depth of 800 fathoms (19); off Achill Island, 200 fathoms (12.)

[ 126 ]

VI. ’05, 24

General distribution.—Pacitic Ocean ; North Atlantic.
Vertical range.—Down to 1,570 fathoms.

It is almost certain that Metridia Novmamni described by
Giesbrecht from a female specimen in 1892 is merely the female
of Metridia venustu, the male of which only is known under the
latter name.

Metridia princeps, Giesbrecht.
Metradia princeps, Giesbrecht, 1889.
_ Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fatboms (8).
General distribution.—Pacitic Ocean ; North Atlantic.
Vertical range.—Down to 1,600 fathoms.

Metridia brevicauda, Giesbrecht.
Metridia brevicauda, Giesbrecht, 1889.
Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8).
General distribution.—Pacific Ocean ; North Atlantic.
Vertical range.—Down to 2,000 fathoms.

Genus Pleuromamma, Giesbrecht. 1898.
(= Plewromma, Claus).

Pleuromamma robusta (Dahl).

Pleuromma robustum, Dahl, 1893.
Pleuwromamma robusta, Giesbrecht, 1898.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 53° 23’ N., long. 13° 12’ W., 120
fathoms (8); Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 53° 23’ N., long. 12°
43’ W., 90 fathoms (8); Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W.,
382 fathoms (8); Helga, lat. 53° 52’ N., long. 11° 56’ W., 199
fathoms (8); deep water off West Coast of Ireland between lat.
51° and 55° N., and long. 10° to 12° W., down to 1,000 fathoms
(19); 40 miles N.N.W. of Achill Island, 200 fathoms (12).

General distribution.—North Atlantic.
Vertical range-—Down to 1,200 fathoms.

Pleuromamma abdominalis (Lubbock).

Daptomus abdominalis, Lubbock, 1856.
Pleuromma abdommale, Claus, 1863.
Pleuromma abdominalis, var. abyssalis, Giesbrecht, 1892,
Plewromamma abdominalis, Giesbrecht, 1898.
Cruise of the Oceana, lat. 52° 4’ N., long. 12° 27’ W., down to
650 fathoms (18); deep water off West Coast of Ireland, lat. 54°
N., long. 12° W., 200 and 800 fathoms (19).

b, tae

VI. 05, 25

General distribution.—Mediterranean, Red Sea, Indian Ocean,
Atlantic Ocean, Pacitic Ocean.
Vertical range.—Down to 2,000 fathoms.

GENUS Lucicutia, Giesbrecht, 1898.
(= Leuckartia, Claus).

Lucicutia flavicornis (Claus).

Leuckartia flavicornis, Claus, 1863.
Lucicutia flavicornis, Giesbrecht, 1898.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 53° 24’ N., long. 18° 34’ W., 100
fathoms (5) ; deep water off the West Coast of Ireland, between
lat. 54° and 56° N., and long. 10° to 12° 30’ W., down to 600
fathoms (19).

General distribution.—aAtlantic and Pacific Oceans, Mediter-
ranean.

Vertical range.—Down to 1,800 fathoms.

Lucicutia grandis (Giesbrecht).

Leuckartia grandis $, Giesbrecht, 1895.

Lucicutia grandis 6, Giesbrecht, 1898.

Lucicutia grandis ¢, Wolfenden, 1904.

Lucicutia maxima, Steuer, 1904.
Deep water off West Coast of Ireland, lat. 51° N., long. 12° W.,

700 fathoms (19), (20).

General distribution.— Pacific Ocean; North Atlantie.
Vertical range.—Down to 700 fathoms.

Lucicutia curta, Farran.
Lucicutia cwrta, Farran, 1905.
Helga, \at. 58° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8).
General distribution.—West Coast of Ireland.
Vertical range.—382 fathoms.

Lucicutia atlantica, Wolfenden.
Livcveutia atlantica. Wolfenden, 1904.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 58° 23’ N., long. 13° 12’ W., 120
ee (8); deep water off West Coast of Treland, lat, 55° 47’

. long. 12° 28’ W. (19).

‘Wolfenden formed the above species from the examination of
a female xt om n, and he suggests that on further examination
it may prove to be the female of Lucicutia ‘ magna,

General distiitbution.—West Coast of Lreland.
Oe ae

VI. ’05, 26

GENUS Heterorhabdus, Giesbrecht, 1898.
(= Heterochaeta, Claus).

Heterorhabdus norvegicus (Boeck).

Heterochaeta, norvegica, Boeck, 1872.
Heterorhabdus norvegicus, Giesbrecht, 1898.

Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8);
Helga, lat. 53° 52’ N., long. 11° 56’ W., 199 fathoms (8); deep
water off West Coast of Ireland, between lat. 51° to 59° N., and
long. 10° 12’ to 12° W., down to 1,000 fathoms (19); 40 miles off
Achill Island, 220 fathoms (12).

General distribution.—Polar Basin; North Atlantic.

Vertical range.—Down to 1,000 fathoms.

Heterorhabdus grandis, Woifenden.
Heterorhabdus grandis, Wolfenden, 1904.
Deep water off West Coast of Ireland, between lat. 55° and 56°
N., long. 10° to 12° W., 400 and 700 fathoms (19).
General distribution.—West Coast of Ireland.
Vertical range.—Down. to 700 tathoms.

Heterorhabdus longicornis (Giesbrecht).

Heterochaeta longicornis, Giesbrecht, 1889.
Heterorhabdus longicornis, Giesbrecht, 1898.
Deep water off West Coast of Ireland, between lat. 51° and 55°
N., and long. 11° 31’ to 12° 30’ W., 300 and 400 fathoms (19).
Helga, lat. 53° 58’., long. 12°28’ W., 382 fathoms (8).
General distribution.—Atlantic and Pacitic Oceans.
Vertical range.—Down to 2,000 fathoms.

Heterorhabdus vipera (Giesbrecht).
Heterochaeta vipera, Giesbrecht, 1889.
Heterorhabdus vipera, Giesbrecht, 1898.
Helga, lat. 53° 58’., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8); deep
water off West Coast of lreland, lat. 51° N., long. 12° W., 200

and 300 fathoms (19).
General distribution.—Atlantie and Pacific Oceans.

Vertical range.—Down to 2,000 fathoms.

Heterorhabdus abyssalis (Giesbrecht).

Heterochaeta abyssalis, Giesbrecht, 1889.
Heterorhabdus abyssalis, Giesbrecht, 1898..

rf hao

VI. °05, 27

Helga, Poreupine Bank, Jat. 53° 23’ N., long. 13° 12’ W.,
120 fathoms (8); Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long, 12° 28’ W., 382

tathoms (8); deep water otf the West Coast of Ireland, lat. 51° N.,
long. 12° W., 300 and 800 fathoms (19 .

General distribution.—Atlantic Ocean.

Tertical range.—Down to 2,000 fathoms.

Heterorhabdus spinifrons (Claus).
Heterochaetu sprnifrons, Claus, 1863.
Heterorhabdus spinifrons, Giesbrecht, 1898.

Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8).

General distribution.—Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, Mediter-
ranean.

Vertical range.—Down to 1,770 fathoms.

Heterorhabdus atlanticus, Wolfenden.
Heterorhabdus atlanticus, Wolfenden, 1905.

Deep water off West Coast of Ireland, lat. 55° 47’ N., long. 12°
28’ W., 600 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—West of Ireland.
Vertical range.—600 fathoms.

Genus Mesorhabdus, G. O. Sars, 1905.
Mesorhabdus annectens, G. O. Sars.
Mesorhabdus annectens, G. O. Sars, 1905.
Heterorhabdus brevicaudatus, Wolfenden, 1905
South West of Valentia, 375 fathoms (20).

General distiribution.—North Atlantic.
Vertical range.—Down to 375 fathoms.

GENUS Haloptilus, Giesbrecht, 1898.

(= Hemicalanus, Claus).

Haloptilus longicornis (Claus).
Hemicalanus longicornis, Claus, 1868.
Haloptilus longicornis, Giesbrecht, 1895.
Helga, Poreupine Bank, lat. 58° 25’ N., long. 18° 12° W., 175
fathoms (8).

Ornise of the Oceana, lat. 52° 4’ N., long. 12°
27’ W., 620 fathoms (18). Deep water off the West Coast of Ire-

land, from lat. 51° to 55° N., and long. 11° 30’ to 12° 30’ W..,
down to 400 fathoms (19).

[ 130 }

VI. °05, 28

General distribution.—Atlantic and Pacitic Oceans, Mediter-
ranean.

Vertical range. — Down to 1,770 fathoms.

Haloptilus acutifrons (Giesbrecht).

Hemicalanus acutifrons, Giesbrecht, 1892.
Haloptilus acutifrons, Giesbrecht, 1898.
Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 53° 23’ N., long. 13° 12’ W.,

120 fathoms (8) ; deep water off West Coast of Ireland, lat. 51°
N., long. 12° W., down to 200 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—North Atlantic, Mediterranean.
Vertical range-—VDown to 300 fathoms.

Genus Augaptilus, Giesbrecht, 1889.

Augaptilus longicaudatus (Claus).
Hemicalanus longicaudatus, Claus, 1863.
Auguptilus longicaudatus, Giesbrecht, 1892.

Deep water off West Coast of Ireland, from lat. 51° to 54°
N., long. 11° 30’ to 12° 30’ W., down to 400 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean, Gulf of
Guinea, Mediterranean.

Vertical vange.—Down to 1,670 fathoms.

Augaptilus magnus, Wolfenden.
Augaptilus magnus, Wolfenden, 1904.

Deep water off West Coast of Ireland, lat. 51° N., long. 12°
W., 500 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—West of lreland.

Vertical range.—Down to 500 fathoms.

Augaptilus gibbus, Wolfenden.
Augaptilus gibbus, Wolfenden, 1904.

Deep water off West Coast of Ireland, lat. 51° N., long. 12°
W., 400 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—West of Ireland.

Vertical range.—400 fathoms.

PD a0)

Vib 708: 29

Genus Phyllopus, Brady, 1883.
Phyllopus bidentatus, Brady.
Phyllopus bidentatus, Brady, 1883. | ae

Helga, lat. 58° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8) ;
deep water off West Coast of Ireland, from lat. 51° to 54° N.
and long. 11° 30’ to 12° 31’ W., down to 800-fathoms (19).

General distribution.—Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.
7ertical range—Down to 2,650 fathoms.

Famiry PSHUDOCYCLOPIDAE.
Genus Pseudocyclops.
Pseudocyclops obtusatus, Brady and Robertson.
Pseudocyclops obtusatus, B. and R., 873.

Reundstone Bay, surface (4), (5), (6); Donegal, amongst
laminaria (4); Bantry Bay, surface (9).

General distribution—British Seas, Norway.

This species appears to be a shallow water form,

Famity CANDACIIDAE.
Genus Candacia, Dana, 1846.
Candacia armata, Boeck.

Candace armata, Boeck, 1872.
Candace pectinata, Brady, 1878.
Valentia, surface (16); Cleggan, surface (7).

General cdistribution.—Mediterranean, Atlantic and Pacific
Oceans.

Candacia norvegica, Boeck.
Candace norvegica, Boeck, 1864.

Helga, lat. 58° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8)
Deep water off West Coast of Ireland from lat 51° to 56°N.
and long. 10° to 12° 30’ W., down to 500 fathoms (19).

General, distribution.—North Atlantic.
Vertical vange.—Down to 500 fathoms.
Candacia elongata, Boeck.
Candacia elongata, Boeck, 1864.
Candacia rotunda, Wolfenden, 1904.

? Deep water off the West Coast of Ireland, lat. 54° N., long. 12°
W., 300 and 500 fathoms (19). |

General distrvbution.—North Atlantic.

Vertical range.—Down to 500 fathoms.

i. 163° "2

———s : / e

VI. °05, 30

Famity PONTELLIDAE
Genus Labidocera, Lubbock, 1853

Labidocera Kroyeri (Brady).
Pontella Kréyeri, Brady, 1883.
Labidocera Kréyeri, Giesbrecht, 1892.
Valentia, surface (17).

General distribution.—British seas (rare), Philippines, Hong
Kong.

Labidocera Wollastoni (Lubbock).

Pontella Wollastoni, Lubbock, 1857.

Pontella helgolandica, Claus, 1863.

Labidocera Wollastoni, Giesbrecht, 1892.
Mouth of the Shannon, surface (9).

General distribution.—Mediterranean, Atlantic Ocean.

Genus Anomalocera, Templeton, 1837.

Anomalocera Pattersoni, ‘Templeton.
Anomalocera Pattersonii, Templeton, 1837.
Irenaeus Pattersonir, Goodsir, 1843.
Pontia Patterson, Kroyer, 1849.

Pontella eugeniae, Leuckart, 1859.

This species has been recorded from all parts of the Irish coast.

General distribution.—North Sea, Atlantic, Mediterranean,
Pacific (Puget Sound).

Vertical range.—Dowr. to 400 fathoms.

Genus Acartia, Dana, 1846.

Acartia Clausi, Giesbrecht.
? Calanus euchuetu, Lubbock, 1857.
Acartia Clausi, Giesbrecht, 1889.
¢ Acartia gaboonensis, T. Scott, 1893.
Dias longiremis, Claus (not Lilljeborg), 1863.
Helga, various stations on the Porcupine Bank and in deep
water off the West of Ireland, mainly mid-water (8); Donegal,

surface (9); Killybegs, surface (9); Killeany, Galway Bay, surface
(9) ; Mouth of the Shannon (9) ; Kenmare Bay, surface (9) ; Bantry

[ 133 ]

VI. ’05, 31

Bay, surface (9); Cleggan, surface (7) ; Lough Foyle, surface (10) ;
Larne, surface (13); Valentia, surface (16); deep water off West
Coast of Ireland, between lat. 51° and 56° N., and long. 10° and
12° 30’ W., surface, and down to 800 fathoms (19).

General distribution.—Mediterranean, Atlantic, Pacific (Puget
Sound).
Vertical range.—Down to 1,700 fathoms.

Acartia longiremis (Lilljeborg).

Dias longivemis, Lilljeborg, 1858.
? Calanus euchaeta, Lubbock, 1857.
Acartia longiremis, Giesbrecht, 1892.

(2) West of Ireland, ‘“‘ open sea and between tidemarks ” (6) ;
(2) S.W. of Ireland, surface (2), (11); (?) Neweastle, Co. Down, (5) ;
(2) Kinsale Harbour, surface (3); Larne, surface (13). Cruise of
the Oceana, lat. 52° 4’ N., long. 11° 20’ W., and lat. 52° 4 N.;
long. 12° 27’ W., down to 50 fathoms (18).

The species recorded on several occasions by I. C. Thompson,
from the West of Ireland as Acartia longiremis was probably
A. Clausi.

General distribution. —North Sea, Baltic Sea, South Green-
Jand, West of Ireland.

Acartia discaudata (Giesbrecht).
Dias discaudata, Giesbrecht, 1881.
Acartia discaudata, Giesbrecht, 1892.

Mouth of the Shannon, surface (9); Bantry Bay, surface (9);
Valentia, surface (16); Roundstone Bay, surface (5); Cleggan,
surface (7). Cruise of the Oceana, lat. 52° 4 N., long. 12° 27’
W., 374 fathoms (18).

General distribution.—North Sea, Baltic Sea, British Seas.
Vertical range.-—Down to 374 fathoms.

Famity MORMONILLIDAE.

Genus Mormonilla, Giesbrecht, 1891.
Mormonilla atlantica, Wolfenden.
Mormonilla atlantica, Wolfenden, 1905.

J Jeep water off the West Coast of Lreland, lat. 50° 56’ N., long.
12° 6° W., 500 fathoms (20),

General distribution,— West of Treland.
Vertical runge.—500 fathoms.

[ 134 ]

——_ -s -

VI. 05, 39

Famity CYCLOPIDAE.
Genus Oithona, Baird, 1843.

Oithona similis, Claus

Oithona similis, Claus, 1866.

Oithona spinvrostris, Lilljeborg, 1875.
Oithona pygmaea, Lilljeborg, 1875.
Orthona spinifrons, Brady, 1878.
Oithonella helgolandica, Sars, 1886.

This well known oceanic species has been recorded from all
parts of the Irish coast. Found in surface gatherings, and also
down to a considerable depth ; this form was also obtained in the
stomach of herrings and mackerel at Cleggan (7).

General distribution.—North Atlantic, Mediterranean, Indian
Ocean.
Vertical range——Down to 1,800 fathoms.

Oithona plumifera, Baird.
Oithona plumifera, Baird, 1843.
Scribella scviba, Dana, 1849.
Oithona spunrirostris, Claus, 1863 (not Lilljeborg).
Oithona challengeri, Brady, 1883.
Cleggan, surface (7); Helga, 3 stations on the Porcupine
Bank, viz. :—Lat. 53° 24’ N., long. 13° 34’ W.,50 and 110 fathoms;

lat. 53° 23’ N., long. 18° 12’ W., 120 fathoms; lat. 53° 23’ N., long
12° 43’ W., 90 and 175 fathoms (8).

General distribution.—North Atlantic, Mediterranean, Indian
Ocean,
Vertical range—Down to 200 fathoms.

Oithona helgolandica, Claus.

Ovthona helgolandica, Claus, 1863.
Oithona nana, Giesbrecht, 1892.
Cleggan (8); Ballynakill, surface (8).

General distribution.—West of Ireland, Mediterranean, Indian
Ocean.
Vertical range.—Down to 1,600 fathoms,

E 138 J

VI. "05. oo
FamIty MONSTRILLIDAE.

Genus Monstrilla, Dana, 1848.
Monstrilla Danae, Claparéde.
Monstrilla Dunae, Claparéde (not Mobius), 1863.
Valentia, surface (16) (17).
General distribution.—British Isles, North Atlantic.

The species of the Monstrilhidae are generally found near the
surface.

Monstrilla longicornis, I. C. Thompson.
Monstrilla longicornis, I. C. Thompson, 1890.
? Monstrillu helgolandica, Bourne, 1890.
Monstrilla longirenvis, Giesbrecht, 1892.
Monstrilla longicornis, Scott, 1904.
Larne Lough, surface, one female and 20 males (13).
General distribution.—British seas, Mediterranean.

Genus Thaumaleus, Kroyer, 1849.
Thaumaleus rigidus (I. C. Thompson).
Cynbasoma rigida, I. C. Thompson, 1888.
Monstrilla rvigida, Bourne, 1890.

Thaumaleus Claparéedii, Giesbrecht, 1892.
Thaumaleus rigidus, Scott, 1904.
Gola Islands, Donegal, surface (9); Valentia, surface, and two
fathoms (15) (16).
General distribution.—British Isles, Madeira, Mediterranean.

Thaumaleus Thompsoni, Giesbrecht.
Thaumaleus Thompsom, Giesbrecht, 1892.
Moustrilla Danae, Mobius, 1884.

Valentia, surface (16).
General distribution.—British Isles, Mediterranean.

FamMiILy CORYCALIDAL.

Genus Corycaeus, Dana, 1845.
Corycaeus anglicus, Lubbock.
Corycaeus anglicus, Lubbock, 1857.
Corycaeus germanus, Leuckart, 1859.

[ 1386 J

VI. 05, 34

Dingle Bay, surface (4); Kinsale Harbour, surface (3) (4);
Valentia, surface (4) (16) (17): Cleggan (7); Cruise of the Oceana,
lat. 52° 4’ N., long. 12° 27’ W., down to 374 fathoms (18).

General distribution.—British Isles, Heligoland, Mediter-
ranean.

Vertical range.—Down to 400 fathoms.

Corycaeus speciosus, Dana.
Corycacus speciosus, Dana, 1849.
2 Corycueus remiger, Dana, 1849.

Valentia, surface (16) (17).

General distribution.—British Isles, Canary Islands, South
America, Mediterranean, Indian Ocean.

Corycaeus venustus, Dana.

Corycaeus venustus, Dana, 1849.
Corycaeus lumbatus, Brady, 1383.
(not Corycaeus venustus, Brady, 1883).
Cruise of the Ocewna, lat. 52° 4’ N., long. 12° 27’ W., 650
fathoms.

General distribution—Kingsmill Islands, Canary Islands,
West of Ireland.

Vertical range.—Down to 650 fathoms.

FamiIty ONCAEIDAE.
Genus Oncaea, Philippi, 1843.

Oncaea venusta, Philippi.

Oncaea venusta, Philippi, 1848.
Antaria obtusa, Dana, 1849.
Antaria crassimana, Dana, 1849.
Oncaea pyriformis, Lubbock, 1860.
Antaria coerulescens, Claus, 1866.
Oncaea obtusa, Brady, 1883 (part).

Off the S.W. of Ireland, surface (2).

General distribution.—.Atlantic, Pacitic, and Indian Oceans ;
Mediterranean. |
f Idsf 3

VI. ’05, 35
Oncaea mediterranea (Claus).

Antaria mediterranen, Claus, 1863.
? Oncaea obtusa, Brady, 1883 (part).

Oncaea mediterranea, Bourne, 1889.
Valentia, surface (16).

General distributcon.—British Isles, Mediterranean, Indian
Ocean.

Oncaea media, Giesbrecht.

? Antaria mediterranea, Claus, 1866 (part).
Oncaea media, Giesbrecht, 1891.
Cleggan, surface (7).

General distribution.—West of Ireland, Mediterranean, Indian
Ocean.

Oncaea conifera, Giesbrecht.

Antaria mediterranea, Claus, 1866 (part).

Oncaea conifera, Giesbrecht, 1891.

Cleggan, surface, also taken in the stomachs of herring and
mackerel (7); Helga, Porcupine Bank (8 stations), viz. :— Lat.
53° 24 N., long. 13° 34’ W., 50 and 110 fathoms; lat. 53° 23” N.,
long. 13° 12’ W., 120 fathoms; lat. 53° 23’ N., long. 12° 43° 7;
down to 175 fathoms (8). Helga, lat. 58° 58 N., long. 12° 28’
W., 200 fathoms (8).

General distribution.—West of Ireland, Mediterranean, Indian
Ocean.

Vertical range.-—Down to 200 fathoms.

Genus Conaea, Giesbrecht, 1891.
Conaea rapax, Giesbrecht.
Conaea rapax, Giesbrecht, 1891.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 53° 24’ N., long. 13° 34 W., 100
fathoms (8); Cruise of the Oceana, lat. 52° 4’ N., long, 12° 27 W.,
down to 650 fathoms (18).

General distribution.—Pacitic; West of Ireland.

Vertical range.—Down to 1,700 fathoms.
[ 188 ]

VI. ’05, 36

Famity HARPACTICIDAE.
Genus Aegisthus, Giesbrecht, 1891.

Aegisthus mucronatus, Ciesbrecht.
Aegisthus mucronatus, Giesbrecht, 1891.

Helga, Porcupine Bank, lat. 53° 23’ N., long. 13° 12° W., 120
fathoms (8); Cruise of the Oceana, lat. 52° 4 N., long, 12° 27’
W., 620 fathoms (18).

General distribution.—Pacific ; West of Ireland.

Vertical range.—Down to 1,570 fathoms.

Aegisthus spinulosus, Farran.

Aegisthus spviulosus, Farran, 1905.
Helga, lat. 53° 58’ N., long. 12° 28’ W., 382 fathoms (8).
General distribution.— West of Ireland.

Vertical range.—3882 fathoms.

Aegisthus atlanticus, Wolfenden.
Aegisthus atlanticus, Wolfenden, 1902.

Deep water off West Coast of Ireland, lat. 51° N. long, 12° W.,
300 fathoms (19).

Wolfenden believes that the forms described by Thompson
from the Oceana collection as Aegisthus mucronatus, are identi-
cal with the above species.

General distribution.—West of Ireland.

Vertical range.—Down to 300 fathoms.

eS

VI. ’05, 37

REFERENCES TO PUBLICATIONS RECORDING IRISH
PELAGIC COPEPODA.

(1) Baird,—British Entomostraca. Ray Society. [1850.]

(2) Bourne, G. C.—Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., Vol. I. (N.S.), pp. 306-
323. [1889.]

(3) ‘. Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., Vol. I. (N.S.), p. 380-
[1889.]

(4) Brady, G. S.—Monograph of British Copepoda. Ray Society. 3
Vols. [1878-81.]

(d) 7 Nat. Hist. Tr., Northumberland. Durham, and
Neweastle. Vol. XIV, p. 54. [1902.]

(6) Brady and Robertson.—Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol.
XII. [1873.]

(7) Farran, G. P.—Ann. Rep. Fisheries, Ireland, 1901, Pt. II., App.,
VII. [1903.]

(8) * Ann. Rep. Fisheries, Ireland, 1902-3, Pt. IL,
App., II. [1905.]

(9) Herdman, W. A., and I. C. Thompson.—Trans. Liv. Biol. Soc., Vol.
V., pp. 181-212. [1891.]

(10) Herdman, W. A., and I. C. Thompson.—Trans. Liv. Biol. Soc., Vol.
XIL., pp. 33-90. [1898.]

(11) Malcolmson.— Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., Ser. 2, Vol, IV., No. 5. pp.
599-638. [1886. ]

(12) Norman, A. M.—Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zoology), Vol. 29, No. 188.
p. 133. [1903.]

(13) Pearson, J.—Copepoda of Larne District (MS.). [1904.]

(14) Scott, A—Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6., Vol. 18, p. 362.

[1896].

(15) Thompson, I. C.—Trans. Liv. Biol. Soc., Vol. X., pp. 92-102.
[1896.] |

(16) # Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., Ser. 3, Vol. 5, p. 737.
(1896. ]

(17) oe Trans. Liv. Biol. Soc., Vol. XI., pp. 127-131.
(1897. |

(18) Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 7, Vol. XIL,

pp. 1-36. [1903. |
(19) Wolfenden, R. N.—Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., Vol. VII. (N.8.)
No. 1, pp. 110-146. [1904.]

(20) . Plankton Studies, Part [., Copepoda. [1905.]
(21) Brady, G. 8.—Copepoda of Larne District (MS.). [1904.]

Appenpix, No. VII.

i.—Notes on the Plankton of Valencia Harbour, 1902-1905, by M. and
C. Denar.

i.—Notes on the Rearing, in an Aquarium, of Avwrelia anrita, L. and
Pelagia perla (Slabber), by M. J. Denar.

1—NOTES ON THE PLANKTON OF VALENCIA
HARBOUR 1902-1905.

BY

M. anp C. Denap.

Townetting in Valencia Harbour has now been carried on for
ten years. It was commenced in 1895, when Mr. E. T. Browne
and his friends made their first visit to the island. Their reports’
on the pelagic fauna were for the years 1895-1898, and our
previous notes’ on the plankton dealt with the years 1899-1901.

As weare unable to identify all the organisms taken in the tow-
nets, we have confined our records to those animals which we
know or which have been identitied for us. The record for the
jelly-tishes is almost a complete one; some of the rarer ones have
been sent to Mr. Browne, who has kindly identified them for us,
and an account of them will be published later.

Two tables are appended showing the monthly distribution of
the Medusae and other pelagic animals. The absence of records
for some of the winter months is partly due to the weather on
this stormy coast, and occasionally, as in the beginning of 1902
to our absence from home.

The winter of 1902-03 was very severe—bad gales and very
heavy seas. Very few days were favourable for townetting from
an open boat, and the hauls showed a great scarcity of pelagic
organisms. Medusae were scarce in the following summer ;_pos-
sibly this was due to the severity of the winter. The winter of
1903-1904 was not so stormy, and better results were obtained.
In May and June, 1904, several large drifts from the ocean en
tered the Harbour. In the drifts were many Velella barnacles,
and a hollow-stemmed Laminaria-like sea-weed. The local
fishermen cal] this weed “Canada wrack,” and say that they

1 Browne, KE. T., and others, 1900,—‘‘ The Fauna and Flora of Valencia
Harbour.” P.R.J. A. Ser. 3, V., pp. 667-854.

2 Delap M. and C., 1905,--“ Notes on the Plankton of Valencia Harbour,
1899-1901.” Ann. Rep. Fish. Ireland, 1902-1903, et. U1.. App, J., pp. 1-19.

Fisheries, Ircland, Sci. Invest., 1905, VII. [Published, October, 1906).
[ $41 3

.
| VII. ’°05, 4

always notice shoals of hake following it. Medusae were fairly
plentiful during the summer and autumn months. The winter
of 1904-1905 was stormy, with frequentiy very heavy seas, and

though the following summer was unusually fine and warm, |

jellyfishes were not plentiful, and nothing out of the common was
seen.

On certain occasions the Harbour was invaded by great shoals
of various animals which quickly filled the townet; at other
times diatoms and other minute floating algae were so thick that
the net was soon choked.

On the following dates noteworthy shoals appeared :—

1902.—May 23rd, early stages of Chrysawora and Pteropods.
July 24th, Obelia, Dipleurosoma and Plewrobrachia.
September 29th, Plewrobrachia, Bolina, and Beroe,
1903.—April 18th, Diatoms and floating green algae ; this shoal
remained for three weeks.
Aug. 10th-Sept. 7th, Blue Salps (Lhalia).
October 8th, Cupulita.
1904.—May, green algae, throughout the month.
May 14th-19th, Ovkoplewra and Copepods.
May 24th, Calanus.
June 2nd and 21st, Calanus.
June 29th, Calanus and OQikopleura.
July 12th, Orkoplewra.
1905.—May 24th, Plewrobrachia and Calanus.
June 21st and 22nd, Orkopleura.
October 2nd, Nocteluca.
October 6th, Voetiluca and Plewrobrachia.
October 15th, Cupulita and Beroe.

PROTOZOA. (Table 1.)
RADIOLARIA.

Acanthometron sp.
1902.—On July 26th a considerable shoal appeared, It was also
taken in October and November.
1903. —Only seen in small numbers on October 8th.

1904.—It appeared on August 24th. and was taken in small
numbers until October 19th.

1905.—On August Ist and 15th, and in the week following it —

was plentiful. Few seen during September and first
week in October.

Thalassicola sp. ?

1905.—A specimen taken on September 16th, and another on the
20th.

{ 142 |

——

VII. 05, 5

CYSTOFLAGELLATA.
Noctiluca miliaris, Suriray.
1902-1904.—None were seen during these three years.

1905 —It was first seen on August 23rd. During September
and October there was a dense shoal in the Harbour.
Last seen on December 13th.

COELENTERATA.
HYDROMEDUSAE,

ANTHOMEDUSAE. (Table IJ.)
Amphinena dinema (Péron et Lesueur).

1902.—One specimen on August 18th, and a few on September 23rd

1903.—On May 29th one was taken. On September Ist two
very small ones, and another on October 14th.

1904.—One only was seen on July 7th.
1905.—One specimen on April 25th.

Corymorpha nutans, Sars.
1902.—A few taken on April 30th, and considerable numbers
during May ; scarce in July, and only one in August.

1903.—Very common in the last week of May, in small numbers
during June and first week of July.

1904.—In the beginning of May there were a number of very
young specimens seen. Shoals of adults occurred towards
the end of the month. A few were seen in June.

1905.—From May 6th to end of month, but never in any
quantity.
Cytaeandra areolata (Alder).

1902-1903.—None were seen.
1904.—One, young stage, was taken on May 3rd; another, with
ova, on the 12th.

1905.—None seen.
Dipurenn ophiogaster, Haeckel.

1902.—On July 16th one specimen was taken, one on August
18th, and another on September 24th, all adult
specimens.

1903. —One on May 14th, two on June 24th; single specimens on
August 6th, September Ist and 23rd.

1904.—Only one seen, on July 27th.

1905.—Three on June 22nd, one in July, and some young stages
in September.

{ 143 ]

VII. ’05, 6

Dipurena halterata (Forbes).
1902.—None seen.
1903.—Several very young stages on July Ist, 7th, and 8th.

1904.—One on May 10th, a young specimen on June 30th, and
another on August 16th.

1905.—None seen. No adult specimens were seen during these
four years—all were young stages.

Ectopleura Dumortieri (Van Beneden).
1902—A few were seen on May 8th, and one on October 28th.

1903.—One on April 18th ; some very small ones in July, which
measured less. than $ mm. in diameter. Two in
October.

1904.— First taken on May 3rd; a number on May 10th; only two
seen in August, one in September; a few on October
19th and on November 5th,

1905.-—A few during May, June, July, and August, never many.
On September 12th very few ; one on December 13th.

Euphysa aurata, Forbes.

1902.—First seen in May, when a few were taken on the 8th and
13th ; one on November 5th.

1903.—None seen. |
1904.—One was taken in April, one in June, and one in August.

1905.—On April 25th one specimen, two in May, one in June,
and another in August.

Gemmaria implexa (Alder).
1902-1903.—None seen.

1904.—A very young specimen, with two tentacles, on August
30th ; another on September 3rd.

1905.—On July 19th two were taken, and another on July 23rd.

Hybocodon prolifer, L. Agassiz.
1902.—A few seen on May 8tn.
1903.— None seen.
1904.—One on March 25th, and a few in May.
1905.—A few specimens on July 4th.

Lar sabellarum, Gosse.
1902.—A few were taken in July and also in November.

1903.—A few seen in April and May, common in July, only one
in August, common in September and November.

1904.—Present in small numbers from March to November.

1905.—One in February, small numbers in May, June, and July,
very scarce in August, more plentiful in September.

rf 144 |

——E———— OO -

VII. ’05, 7 ,

Inzzia blondina, Forbes.
1902.—Several young stages on August 8th, one on 16th, a few
in September, and several on November 3rd.
1903.—One seen on May 4th.
1904.—On July 26th one with medusa buds.

1905.—A very young specimen on August Ist, and a few on 14th
and 16th of same month.

Margelis,

Specimens were taken on various occasions during the years
1902-1905, but the species were not identified.

Margellium octopwnetatum, Sars.
1902.—Only two specimens seen on May 8th and 13th re-
spectively.
1903.—Two seen on May 8th, one on August 22nd, one on

September 23rd, a few during October, and four on
November 2nd.

1904.—A few in April, May, and August, one in September.

1905.—A considerable shoal appeared in April, fewer in May, and
some young stages in September.

Podocoryne carneu, Sars.
1902.—One specimen taken on July Ist and another on 7th,
1903.—None seen.

1904.—Two very young stages on July 9th, a few with either
6,7, or 8 tentacles on August 20th, and two more on
26th.

1905.—On July 19th one specimen, another on August Ist, both
young stages.

Sarsia gemmefera, Forbes.
1902. —None seen.
1903.—One with medusa buds on August Ist.

1904.—On July 21st one specimen, three on 23rd, and two in
August.
1905.—During the months of June and July a few were always
in the townet; more plentiful in August; a few in
_ September.

Sarsia exvmia, Allman.
1902-1904.—None seen.
1905.—Three were taken on Kugisit Ist.

£445]

VII. °05, ; 8

Sarsia prolifera, Forbes.
1902.—None seen.

1903.—On July 15th three were captured, one on 17th and two
on 28th. They became more abundant in August,
most of the specimens having medusa buds; one was
seen in September,

1904.—One on July 7th, more were seen during the remainder
of the month; fairly plentiful during August and
September.

1905, —Only one in June; common in September.

Sarsia tubulosa, Sars

1902.—A good many were seen on May 7th, and a few in June.

1903.—Scarce during the last week in May, a few young speci-
mens in June, scarce in July.

1904.— On April 26th two small specimens were taken, and a
few during May, June, and July.

1905.—A fine adult specimen on May 9th, a few young stages on
the 24th, scarce in June.

Tiara pileata, Forskal.

1902—A few on May 8th, present in small numbers during
June, July,and August, numerous on September 24th
and 29th.

1903.—Appeared first on April 9th, very scarce during June,
July, and August,

1904.—A small shoal appeared in June, common in July and
August, one specimen in November,

1905 —Present in the Harbour in small numbers from the middle
of May until October 13.

LEPTOMEDUSAE. (Table IL.)

Agastra caliculata, Hincks.
1902.—None seen.

1903,—One was taken in the townet on June 25th. Two were
taken on November 4th.

1904-1905.—None seen.

Dipleurosoma typicum, Boeck.

1902.—In June this medusa was in the Harbour in small shoals,
very large shoals appeared in July, especially on the
24th present in considerable numbers in August and
September, but searcer in October.

1903.—Only one was seen on May 27th.
[ 146 ]

VII. ’05, 9

1904.—On July 28th a large shoal appeared, a few were seen in
August, rather more in September.

1905.—A large shoal was noticed in August, especially on 16th
and one specimen in October.

Kuchilota prlosella (Forbes).
1902.—One was taken on May 6th, very few in June, July, and
September.
1903.—None seen.

1904.—One on each of the following dates:—June 10th, August
16th, September 28th.

1905.—One on May 29th, one in June, and one in July.

Irene, sp. ?
1902.—A small broken specimen on October 20th.

1903.—None seen.

1904.—Two were taken on August 16th, one with 5 tentacles
and several bulbs, and 10-12 vesicles in each quadrant.
On August 20th, a very young stage.

1905.—One was taken on August 14th, and another on 16th.
Two large specimens on October 16th.

Eutuma wnsignis (Keferstein).
1902.—One specimen only was taken, on September 24th ; this
was a small one with 4 tentacles.
1903.—On October 8th, a single specimen was captured.
1904.—A gain only one was seen, and it was a small specimen,
on August 26th.
1905.—None were seen.
Suphenia mirabilis (Wright).
1902.—A fine specimen, on July 24th, was the only one seen.
1903.—One on July 17th.
1904.—A very young stage on July 7th, and another on 9th.

A large adult specimen on July 23rd, and a young
stage on August 30th.

1905.—On July 3rd, a very small specimen.

Laodice calearata, Agassiz.

1902.—Plentiful on August 18th and 20th ; afew in September,
during the last week.

1903.—From August 7th to 25th fairly plentiful, some very
large specimens on 22nd. |

Peay
L2

VII. *05, 10

1904.—A very young stage on May 21st, and another on 24th,
and one on 31st. Some small ones on July 23rd, and
a considerable shoal on 26th and 28th. Another shoal
appeared on August 8th and two following days; the
last seen was on August 26th.

1905.—A small shoal on August 16th, one specimen on Sep-
tember 4th, and one on October 31st.

Mitrocomvum, sp. ?
1902.—On November 3rd, one specimen was taken; it had 5

sense organs with 8 otoliths in each, 18 tentacles and
bulbs.

1903.—One on October 19th, with 16 tentacles and bulbs, and
smaller tentacles between the bulbs, and 8 sense
organs.

1904--1905.—None seen.

Obelia nigra, Browne. .
1902.—Present in the townet from April to November, most
plentiful on July 24th, and on September 29th.
1903.—Taken from April to November, most numerous in

April.
1904.—From April to November, with the exception of June,

it was present in the Harbour; very plentiful on
July 28th.

1905.—Common from April to October, most numerous April
25th and August 14th. 3

Octorchis Gegenbauri, Haeckel.
1902.—One on July 21st and another August 8th, both with 4
tentacles ; a very fine one on September 28rd.
1903—1905.—None seen.

Phialidium cymbaloidewm (Van Beneden).
1902.—A few in April; common in May, and present until the
end of Qctober.

1903.—One taken February Ist, constantly taken from April
to the middle of November.

1904.—From March to end of October, most numerous in July.
1905.—Present in townet from April to end of October,

Phialidium temporarium, Browne.
1902.—At the end of April and during May, June, July, and
September fairly plentiful; none seen in August.
1903.—From April to November, few in August, most numerous
in October.

{ 148 ]

a

VII. ‘05, L1

1904,—Taken each month from March to November, plentiful
in May, June, and July.

1905.—A few in January, very young stages; common in April
and May, especially in the latter month: few in June
and July; common from August to December.

Phialidium buskianum (Gosse).
1902.—A good specimen on September 29th.
1903.—One was taken on July 3rd.

1904.—On September 21st one, and another on 28th; two on
October 19th and three on 26th; three on November
18th.

1905.—A few seen on April 25th, and small numbers from
August 14th to October 6th. One fine adult specimen
on September 2nd, with ova, from which hydroids
were obtained.

Polycanna forskalea, Peron.
1902.—On July 24th a small specimen was captured ; it had 117
tentacles and bulbs.
1903--1905.—None seen.

TRACHOMEDUSAE. (Table II,)

Aglantha rosea (Forbes).
1902.—F our specimens were taken on July 16th.

1903.—A few in June, one in July, one in October, very small
and rather damaged ; one on December 26th.

1904.—During May a few small stages were taken ; some very
young ones in September, and about a dozen specimens
on October 19th, the largest of which measured 9 mm.
in height, and 5 mm. in width.

1905.—A few in May, also in August, September, and October ;
and six very small specimens on December 13th.

Gossea circinata, Haeckel.
1902.—Only one small specimen was taken on October 20th.
1903-1905.—None were seen.

NarcoMEDuUSAE. (‘Table LI.)

Solmaris corona (Keferstein et Ehlers).
1902,—A small shoal was seen on August 18th, and one specimen
on 31st.
1903.—One broken specimen on October 14th.
1904.—Two on November 5th.
905.—None seen.
[249 |

VII. '05, 12

SIPHONOPHORA. = (Table I.)

Velella spvrans (Forskal).
1902.—On July 14th five were taken, and two more on August
26th.
1903.—In October they were very numerous, with some very

large specimens amongst them. One was found on
November 30th, and another on December 3rd.

1904.— Very common in June—nearly all stages from very tiny
ones measuring about °5 mm. in diameter, up to large
specimens about 50 mm. in length. Fairly common
in July and throughout August.

These very young Velella are nearly round in shape, with a
high crest in proportion to their length, and about 12 tentacles
Some specimens were taken with the crest set from right to left»;
jt is generally set from left to right.

1905—On January 7th a number of live Velella were found
stranded on the rocks. In April a shoal of very small
ones appeared in a drift along with quantities of bar-
nacles, the air-bladders of the Sargassum weed and
several shells of Spirula Peronr. On June 6th a small
shoal appeared, and a few were seen on July 24th.

Muggiaea atlantica, Cunningham.

1902.—One specimen was found on May 8th, another on August
16th. More plentiful in September, a few in October,
and in the first week of November.

1903.—None seen.

1904.—In September large shoals appeared and continued in the
Harbour until November 18th.

1905.— None were seen.

Galeolaria, sp. ?
1902.—A single nectocalyx was found on May Ist.
1908.—On April 27th seven very fine specimens were taken.
1904.—Seven large ones seen on July 26th.
1905.—A few taken on September 19th.

Cupulita Sarsi, Haeckel.

1902.—One specimen was taken on May Ist, and another on the
8th ; they became more plentiful towards the end of the
month. A few were seen in June,common in July and
August. Very large shoals at the end of September
especially on 23rd. One large one measured 3 feet when
fully extended, and had twenty pairs of nectocalyces.

f 160 ]

VIT. ’05, 13

1903.—A few very young specimens were seen at the end of
June, and the first week of July. Only one seen in
August, a shoal of large ones in September, a very large
shoal on October 8th ; scarcer to the end of the month,
and in the first week in November.

1904.—Present in the Harbour in small shoals from May 10th
until November 16th. Small specimens in the early
part of the year, and larger ones in September.

1905.—Appeared first in May, rather scarce in June, July, and
August : large shoals in October.

Agalmopsis elegans, Sars.

1902.—On August 20th a fine specimen was captured ; it had ten
nectocalyces, very thick bracts and tricornuate tentilla.
Another broken specimen was also found.

ACRASPEDA.
SCYPHOMEDUSAE. (Table IL.)

Aurelia aurita, Linn.

1902.—A very small specimen on May 7th measured only one
inch in diameter, a few more were seen on 8th and 23rd
of same month, and one on June 10th.

1903-1905.—None were seen.

Chrysaora rsosceles (Linn.)

1902.—One small one on May 7th, very common at the end of
month and during the early part of June ; plentiful in
July. Those in May and June were young stages from
one to three inches across; large adult specimens in July.

1903.—A few small broken specimens in July.
1904.— None seen.
1905.—One was seen on October 10th.

Cyanea Lamarcki, Péron et Lesueur,

1902.—A considerable number seen on May 8th, from ?-inch to
double that size, all young stages. One on September
23rd.

19038-1905.—None seen.
Pelagia perla (Slabber).
1902.—On December 31st a small shoal was stranded on the rocks.

1903.—Large shoals in the Harbour from August 10th to 23rd, a
few in September, October, and November.

1904.—Smaill shoals from August 9th to end of the month. Early
in September, a number of the Ephyra stage were taken
and young stages up till the middle of October.

1905.—N one were seen.
fi 3@bs 4

VIT. ’05, 14

Rhizostoma octopus, Linn.
1902.—None seen.
1903.—A large specimen on September 12th, and three in Octo-
ber.
1904.—None seen.

1905.—A few in August; very plentiful all through September
and October.

ANTHOZOA. (Tabie I.)
Arachnactis Bourne, Fowler.
1902.—None were seen.
1903.—A few were taken in April and early in May.
1904.—Very scarce during May.
1905.—On April 25th a few were taken in the townet.

Halcampa chrysanthellum (Peach).

The larval form is often found attached to jellyfish, especially
to Phialidium. It is common during the summer.

CTENOPHORA. (Table I.)

Pleurobrachia pileus, Modeer.

1902.—Fairly plentiful from April 30th, throughout May, June,
and July ; very plentiful at the end of July ; common in
August and September, and a few in November.

1903.—One was seen in February, a few in May, very few in
June and July; more numerous toward the end of
August and in September and October. A few taken
on December 2nd.

1904.—Common from May 10th until the end of September
_ rather scarce in October.
1905.—A few in March, common in April, very common in May,
June, and July, and until the middle of October. One
was taken on December 13th.

On several occasions a very small ctenophore was taken, quite
different in form and in tentacles from the common Pleuro-
brachia.

This ctenophore is oval, not round, compressed in the stomachal
plane, higher in proportion to width than P. pileus. The tentacles
are not altogether retracted, but the lateral filaments are drawn
up in a tight bunch. ‘The filaments are carried in a tight spiral,
and very seldom unfolded. The largest specimen seen was 3 mm.
high and 2 mm. wide.

1902.—On August 8th several very small specimens were found
and a larger one on 16th, The latter measured 1 mm.
in diameter and about 1:5 in height, and had 20 fila-
ments on each tentacle,

[ 152 ]

mn pS i es

VII. ’05, 15

1903. -On November 2nd three specimens were taken.
1904.—None seen.

1905.—A small one on August 9th had 20 filaments on its ten-
tacles. Two more specimens on September 5th and
16th, and one on October 6th.

? Mnemiopsis.

1903.—One small ctenophore with four ciliated lobes and ten-
tacles was taken on June 5th, five more on 27th, and
several on 29th. In July several specimens were taken.

1905.—On September 4th one was seen. These ctenophores are
rather like small Bolina, but even more fragile; and
were very often broken in the townet.

Bolina norvegica (Sars).
1902.—Taken first on April 30th, also in May, July, August, and
September : most numerous in the latter month when
very large specimens were seen.

1905.—Only two were seen in May, a few in July, more common
in August and October. One seen on November 18th.

1904.—A shoal of large ones appeared in the end of June, com-
mon during July and August ; a few in September, and
a shoal of very large ones on November 5th.

1905.—Very numerous in the Harbour during May, June, August,
and October : immense shoals on October 13th.

Berve ovata, Eschscholtz.

1902.—A few seen in May: fairly common in July, very plentiful
in August and September ; a few seen in October.

1903.—One very small specimen on April 27th: very scarce in
May ; a few in July, August, and September.

1904.—Only one seen in May, some very large specimens on
June 21st; common towards the end of July and during
August; very scarce in September.

1905.—A very young specimen on January 3rd. Scarce in May
and July, common in August and September; very
numerous about the middle of October.

ECHINODERMATA. (Table L.)

Bipwnnaria.

1902.— None were seen.

1903.—-On April 27th one was taken, two small specimens on
October 14th.

1904.—One seen on May 12th, and a considerable shoal on Novem-
ber 5th. These were large specimens containing a well-
developed starfish. Ina few days the starfishes com-
menced to creep about, while their cast-off tails swam as
vigorously as before, and some of them remained active
until the end of January, almost three months.

fi 1654 j

VIT. ’05, 16

Three of the startishes remained alive, but after a
short time one of them ate the other two. 1t was sup-
plied with various kinds of food and chose young
brittle stars. By the end of May it had grown to15 mm.
across the arms, and continued faithful to the small
grey brittle stars and would eat no other food. It lost
all its rays, but immediately new ones began to grow,
and by the end of July it measured 25 mm. In Sep-
tember it had reached 50 mm., and by the middle of
October was 70 mm, across the arms, At the end of
December it measured 95 mm. This starfish was
kindly identified by Mr. Kemp as Luzdia Sarst.

1905.—On August lst some very young Bipinnaria were taken
in the townet ; two more on September 4th.

POLYCHAETA. (Table 1)

Tomopteris oniscifornus, Eschscholtz.
1902.—Present in the townet from May to October.

1903.—One taken on February 13th very few in June, July,
and August; more numerous in September, October,
November, and early part of December.

1904.—A few in May, July, and August, common in September
and October, and a few seen in November.

1905.—On January 3rd a few were taken, scarce in June and
July, common in August and following months until
the middle of December.

Sagitta bypunctata, Quoy et Gaimard.
1902.— Fairly common from April to November.

1903.—Few seen in February. From May to December nearly
always present, but never plentiful.

1904.—It appeared in March, and was taken in small numbers
until November.

1905.—Scarce in January, and common from May to December
very numerous on October 10th.

MOLLUSCA. (Table L)
lanthina communis, Lamarck.

1904,—One specimen found cast ashore on Beginnis Island on
August 12th.

Spyrula Peroni, Lamarck,
1903.—T wo perfect shells and five broken ones found on Beginnis
Island on October 27th, along with a large drift of Velella

1905.—-On April 7th four perfect shells and two fragments were
found on the shore of Valencia along with quantities of
Velella and the air bladders of the Sargassum weed.

[ 154 ]

aa —— ——— —— —

VII. ’05, 17

Limacina retroversa, Fleming
1902.—Taken in the townet from May to November, never in any
numbers.
1903.—From June to November, fairly common.
1904.—Searce in May, July, and September, few in November.

1905.—One taken on January 3rd, fairly common from May
to September, scarcer in October, November, and
December.

Clione limacina, Phipps.
1902.—On July 5th and 16th common, a large number on August

20th and following week, scarcer during September
and October ; a few seen on November 3rd and 5th.

1903.—A few in June, common in July and to the end of

October.

1904.—Taken in May, July, September, and November, but never
plentiful.

1905.—Very few seen in September, October, and first week of
December.

TUNICATA. (Table I.)
Thalia democratica-mucronata, Forskal.
1903.—From August 10th until September 7th immense num-
bers were in the Harbour, making it almost im-
possible to use the townet. Two were seen on October
14th.
Salpa runcinata-tusiformis, Chamisso-Cuvier.
1903.—On September 7th a few were seen.
1905.—A considerable number on June 20th and 21st, and two
on October 10th.
Doliolum, sp. 4
1904.—One specimen on September 27th.
1905.—On August 14th one specimen was taken, three more on
16th, two on September 2nd, and two more on the 4th,

These were all small specimens with buds on the stolon. Two
were captured on September 2nd with wide muscle bands, and
on September 20th two very small ones were taken.

Oikopleura, sp. 4
1902.—Present from April to November, very plentiful in May.
1903.—From April to July in stall numbers Common in
August.

1904.—Taken from April to October ; in great quantities in June,
choking the townet on several occasions.

1605.—From May to October, very common in June.
{ 155 ]

VI1. '05, 18

‘TABLE

MONTHLY DISTRIBUTION OF PELAGIC ANIMALS

. K rss ry ae =I ra .
. i) (3) b> oO be
all si | s|2ixH}/a 5 mb) a i 2 3
|S a = 90) ere Allee g g a e-:) +s g o
S/S/Sia} 1 g/-/8] 8/2] 8181s] sidia 21o|0}8|a
3 mn rw im b> oO by 5p w2io! > o =| = x om b> ® b 2 fe) oO
als(S(BiS|Sls (2/8/35 5/2]8|S' SB) |S) S/S) 18/53
SiBIAIS AISI 4 (nIOIAZlAIS |e Alsa/4alS5/6 |<] nlOlZ/a
SS
Ma dds ba |
ie ie ea | | | |
Acanthometronsp.?.|=-|-|=|-|- |} -|*]~|-/%]*l-h-1-)|- ~ al = | ae een ie oe
Thalassicola sp. ? ae ee ea eee) ee a) aCe eae . aa ry ie
Noctiluca miliaris, .|}-j}-|}-|;-|-|J-/]-|{- -~|-|]eF-/]-j|-|- me ee ery es es
Velella spirans, slit =| >] =e -|-|- l-|-]-|-]-+]-=|-|x|xl~x
| |
Muggines atlantica, .|- -|- | —|*]= [eR Ux) xX] xX) 7 - [= |) = ee
| | | | ‘
Galeolaria sp. ? -|- Me Py) Spare = Pa |
| | |
OCupulita Sarsi, ei- Lo 1x] xIxIxI|x)-jel-F-[|-|-—-|-<]=|«] x] x1 xK] x] xy
|
Agalmopsis elegans, . -|-,/-|-|]-]- | x}-\-|-|-F-|- Katslitistiac
Arachnactis Bournei, | - ; ~-|-|-|-J/-}-|-|-]J-|-|-|x«]x | -|-|-|-|]-]-Je
| .
Pleurobrachia pileus, |-|- -|x|x|x|x)x | x|-|x]-F- | Mb — | 1] doc NS ee tee one
| . |
Bolina norvegica, ef-|-|- | X]x]~] x] Rix] H— | -p = 9 | i dot bee | — | 5e |e ere eee nse |
Beroe ovata, . Dod tet ae el ed tet ce thes cli cl ei ielictinias. |
Bipinnaria sp. ? oO aot eae Peet Meet nel Wits icc bad) lenct eee Voce nes etl ad ed ea ire ted i ee .
Pluteus, ° Pe at ie ~ | ee ee ee ee ae a ee ee oe ee ee ee |
) |
Tomopteris onisci-|-|-|-|-|x|]x|x|x|]x|x]e-|-JP-|x]-|-|-|«|]x| x] x] *] xx
formis. wha a ee
Sagitta bipunctata, .|-|-|-|x|x|x|]x|x|x|]x]x]-—P-|x|[-|]-|]x]«[x|] x] x] x] «1x
Ianthina communis, . | - | - |-|-|-|-|- eee ee oe eee eee
raged
Spirula Peroni, elolm le lartlaeletele-l]-|x]-|-P-|]-]-]-]- eee ee ee ee
Limacina retroversa, |- | - b= |x ]KIx |x] xI] x] x]-Te[e]-]e]-|[ x] x] x] x] KI x]
Clione limacina, . -|-|-]-] 1x] K KIKI x] Pel -l-le lo] xx] x] xy xed =
| |
Thalia mucronata, . | - ah ~lol-l-leleoe|olufe-lela|-|-lel-1xk1xXae el]
Balpa fusiformis, ltl seiner letcisc -|-P-|-/-]-l-|-|-]-|x]-l-]-
i |
Doliolum sp. 7 . | - |= | = | -|-|-|- ee eer eee oe tS a, a
|
Oikopleurna «p.? ol-|-|-|x |x| x] x |X| xX] x] x]-T-]-)-| x] x] x] x] x]-p-[-]-
)
| | | |

19

IN VALENCIA HARBOUR FOR 1902-1905.

| aoque0eg |
| |
|
“IIQGOPO |

/

‘JOG UTOAON

‘requiaydeg

*AIVNIGI |
‘Arenuse |
*“laqu1e00q |
‘IOGUIaAON |
“1aq0yO |
‘qsnsny |

“Arne |

‘oune |

“ACA |

Tudy |
-qoreyy |
*Arenig9,] |

“ATenUes

SS ES A A a ES

Se SS ee ES OE Ee ee ae eee

I

x

l

Bi ow

157

VII. ‘05, 20

TABLE
MONTHLY DISTRIBUTION OF MEDUSAE

March.

ay.

September.
January.
September.
October.
November.
December.

—___________

| January
| February.
December.

ANTHOMEDUSAE. | am |
Amphinema dinema,. | - | -/|-|-|-
Corymorpha nutans, -|-|-| xix = es Po

|
|
|
|

|
‘
|
|
|

Cytwandra areolata, .

Dipurena ophiogaster, - - - - -|x|x
= balberats. . )-|)- | -| == 2 /-/—
Ectopleura Dumor- | -| -|-|- x}-|-]-
tieri.
Euphysa aurata, ioe ol Po ae Sh ae oh,
Gemmariaimplexa, . - -|- | -/| - Thame acd biog
Hybocodon prolifer. . - - | -|-|x/-|-|-
Lar sabellarum, : st atl foot he) igs Cea all =
Lizzia blondina,. 3 ./|-/-/|-|-|-|-]-|*
Margelis, . : : -|-|-/-|x]-]-|-
Margellium octopune- - -|/- -|x|-|-|-
tatum.
Podocoryne carnea, . -|- > -|-/- Be bos ks
Sarsia gemmifera, -[=|- | -|-|- | -|-|-
» @ximia, . ~i-fo-}-te-l-|-]-]-
» prolifera, . es -|-|-|-]-]-|-]-|-]-|-|-|-]-|-]eepaete
» tubulosa, . -[-]-+]-]-]x]e]=["1-|-|-|-]-|-1-]-| * ci
Tiara pileata, . ./-|-|-/-|x xi xix} -|-1-]-|-1- |<) eee
LEPTOMEDUSAE. |
Agastra caliculata .{|-/- | -|- ea act ete ee Cet
Dipleurosoma typicum, = f=] =)] —] =] KS ye] x] = | HF KR] a 1 Ss | a eee
Euchilota pilosella, -|-|-|~x Ki xpeee =) -) eh - |<) |
Irene sp. ? SA ol Re +]-}-|=]=1x -|-|-|-|-]|-]-]-]-
Eutima insignis, el} -Je-]-[- - -|-|x|-|- =f-|-/-1-| >) =e
Saphenia mirabilis, .|-|-|-/-|/-/-|]x]-/-/-|-|]-—T-|-/-]-]-[/-]*]-]-
Laodice calearata, .|-/|-|-|-/-|-|-|x|x|]-|-]-]-|-|-]-]-|-]-]x]-
Mitrocomium sp? . | - | - -|-}-|-|-|-|-|-]*]- Feel
Obelia nigra, . f= f= |=] | foe] P< Poe foe] ef =P f=] =] fae]
Octorchis Gegenbauri, | -| -|-/|-|-/-|x|lx]»]-]-/-P-]-|]-|]-l-J]-/-]-]-
Phialidijium cymbaloi- cht od bow Sede eee ee ae a, i -|xilxix|x{x]»
deum.
ie temporarium, | - | - ~|X}x|x a] kX = ie ak -|-|% ee
= buskianum, . | - | - -l-| a] eo] <1 SiR] sale i =| -| + )-) =| =e
Polyeanna forskalea, . | 0 a Cee ae a ee! x -|-|-|-]-) -|-|=| <1 ee
TRACHOMEDUSAE. ee. in |
Aglanthea rosea, ole tl eA ole 1 > 1 5t A? a be a a -|-|x|x]-|-
Gossea circinata, -j-l-l- -}-|-|-/-|x]-]-]-]- Thee ees |
|
NARCOMEDUSAE. bet ae |
Solmaris corona, ~i- - . | ”, 216 ee eee eae
SCYPHOMEDUSARE. | | |
Aurelia aurita, . : ei xl=-|-|-]-]-] Pe ay i pe | rete. ko
Chrysaora isosceles, . x\ixi» ila) Apes te Mie | x | - a
Cyanea Lamarcki. . - ’ |= 3 eo eee oi) Sook.
Pelagia perla ‘ , . ; xi <4 - -| -| =| «| sem
Rhizostoma octopus

21

Lt

1902-1905.

’

IN VALENCIA HARBOUR

‘Jaq MIA0Eq, he teil ph ie eet) oll aad Ha al, mel lowe Cook ia as en pee ko. Tae TES ea EF = ea 9 x ! ' [jr gir era

|
| “TOG MeAON Pb OF PP aren & Fath y Toten ee OO ees aN Ri. €205 ta lh Ak i> 4 ' ee PAT. |
RB 3090490 he i eae res oe a Ps Fhe ; x ty | he oe eee A ee a ae x ! i BY a te ag
equiesydeg | ge « t x , x 1 Y ee 7 1° - : x ~ - ji - ‘ eee 14 iS See bee 7 ss x x ! x ! ' ! / . '
b z ' “qsn3ny Mine Peet! AS er Yon 7 % ae ge iT a * e x f ' . cae ak ” : x 2 ¥ a ' ; *
= <4 ‘ang Se, 2S ae a ae es a ee ae = CES
= j ) oa i ae we I i ae a ar i os i \ LST
a suns x x «xX x x x xX X x x Kh
| -<Up | i x Ot eae) eS ee Te or A Sy Sine 8 a5 ' ¥ Ts at ss x ° | Sal? te ne
| ‘dy , ee | ae ~ ec x (a 7 ol ee ae ere ml? ag ae ae ee Las Sa: Cae 4
! qoIvyy % is - Wa a : _ iets
| *{IBUIGE I eae
|; -arenaes i
| daquia0eq -=
| sgoqmaaon | re oes ort ton 7 lg ea liens *e ger oe es ne ee Peer ee eae ee x 7 We tes ex
| ezaqowo | 7 1 eal | a * a ' x 1 I ' | i ‘a i c ' - 4 ; ‘ ! ‘ ' i i ! x * x x ie x wee z ‘c ! ! x '
Peden: Se oe a. Se ee en ene oben | FR ee ee ee ee ie ' = x
| snsuy | cs hia Le MI Sina. % x hie iy a eee Ue OCIS. Kee et Some x x ims + 23 . aa x
< | +e KO eT OE Re ee ot ae 1 Wy Cees oe ease 2 Virago u > : : a :
oa | eune 7 “Ce ! _ " | ox ! ; ! | | =. to st i ’ > dg , 1 ' ! ' L-¢'5¢ sc Gt ! s ' ! 7 ( ' ' 1
_ = ee oe ,
Avy eo he ET EY ae eae ee Sata. Le) LK oy «8 es : AS tae Sen
!
judy ir ot dt ae PO ye ee ae ~ 5 Gg x ! 1s a ie Ty OT ce oy, 2 ey ta ' i ie oe
“qorvyy ert Se he 6) Wig ye here I nae vit. Sao, x le oto pay 2 a pey
*AIBNIgI J imei a it et 8 ta ep eee a es eh See ah Lee ie el a I: 4 i oe 1

“Arenuvs

VII. ’05, 22

ii.—NOTES ON THE REARING, IN AN AQUARIUM, OF

AURELIA AURITA, L. AND PELAGIA PERLA
(Slabber).

BY

M. J. DELAP.

PuaTEs L. and I].

Aurelia aurita, Linnaeus.

PLI. Fig. 1.

During the months of May and June large shoals of Aurelia
wuritea ave common off the south-west coast of Ireland, and the
fishermen often complain of the “88's being very bad”
Occasionally a small shoal comes into Valencia Harbour, and
this happened in May, 1901, when some large adults appeared
on May 21st. One was captured which measured ten inches in
diameter. It was pale grey in colour, and its oral arms were
loaded with Planulae.

THE SCYPHISTOMA AND STROBILA STAGES, 1901--1903.

In a few days some of these Planulae had attached themselves
to various objects in a small aquarium and on the glass sides,
where they could be easily observed. The Planulae soon
passed into the Scyphistoma stage. In six days many in-
dividuals had four or six tentacles, and three days later, eight
tentacles. The number of tentacles increased rapidly, and in
four weeks many of the Scyphistoma had twenty-five tentacles.

The Scyphistoma of Aurelia is smaller than that of Chrysaora
or Cuanea: it increases very rapidly by budding or fission.
_ Sometimes it throws out long processes from its base or from the
body ; these fasten on to any object within reach, and in a few
days a young Scyphistoma appears, The Scyphistoma can
lengthen its stalk to four times its usual length, and can also
detach itself altogether and float upside down, with the base
attached to the surface film of the water and the tentacles
hanging down, fully extended.

It will float about in this way until it touches some suitable
object, when it attaches itself again. One was observed to extend
itself to a length of 18 min.; it attached the mouth to the side of
the jar and next day detached itself, leaving a small fragment of
the mouth on the glass which in, a few days became a perfect
Seyphistoma. ;

[ 160 J

VII. ’05, 23

During 1902, the Scyphistoma increased greatly in numbers
and spread all over the aquarium, but showed no further develop-
ment. Several Scyphistoma of unknown parentage had appeared
in the aquarium in August 1901, the Planulae probably entering
with fresh sea-water. Two of these Scyphistoma strobilized in
February, 1902, liberating tourteen Ephyrae, which then proved
to be young Awrelia. One of these Ephyrae had eleven arms
the others were normal:

On March 17, 1903, one of the Scyphistema, belonging to the
brood of 1901, was observed to have changed in appearance.
It had become opaque and cylindrical in shape from the base to
the oral extremity. In two days the first or uppermost segment
was formed, next day another appeared, and so on until the
25th when eight segments were completed, the two uppermost
having their edges scalloped.

The tentacles remained unchanged until March 27th, when
they commenced to shrink and disappear. They were grouped
thus :—two tentacles on the top of each scallop of the uppermost
segment, the sense organ just visible between the bases of the
tentacles, the remaining tentacles pushed in towards the mouth
as the scalloped edge unfolded and the lappets of the Ephyra-
arms opened.

On March 29th, the lappets of the uppermost Ephyra were
unfolded, and only eight shrunken tentacles remained between
the lappets and the mouth of the Ephyra, the tentacles on the
arms having quite disappeared.

The Seyphistoma on this day produced 8 new tentacles just
below the ninth segment, and on the following day the number
was increased to 16 tentacles.

On March 30th several of the Ephyrae had their lappets un-
folded. On April 4th the first Ephyra was liberated, and four
others soon after. The first Ephyra had 12 arms and 12 sense
organs it measured 4 mm. in diameter; the other Ephyrae had-
the normal number of arms and sense organs, namely 8, and
were a little smaller than the first.

Many of the Scyphistoma, after strobilizing, survived, and a
few Ephyrae appeared in the aquarium in December, 1903, but
as no food was obtainable they soon died.

SCYPHISTOMA AND STROBILA STAGES, 1904.

On February 8rd, 1904, several of the Seyphistoma, belonging
to the brood of 1901, were seen to be strobilizing, one havin
thirteen segments already formed. On the 16th this Strobila
had fifteen segments, and in two days more the proximal tentacles
had disappeared, and new tentacles were growing near the base.
On February 13th the first Ephyra was liberated, but got lost
in the tank ; the rest were liberated in a few days. Several
more commenced to strobilize, and were carefully watched. On
March 4th a Strobila liberated its first or uppermost Ephyra,
which had 10 arms ; all the others on the Strobila were normal.
On March 17th a Strobila was examined which had 10 arms on
the first segment, the other segments all normal. On March 19th

L B62 J
M

VIT. '05, 24

a Strobila was seen with a nine-armed Ephyra on the first seg-
ment. On March 24th a Strobila with nine segments examined
—the first Ephyra had 10 arms and 10 sense organs, 4 gastric fila-
ments, and 4 lips, the other Ephyrae all normal. Another Stro-
bila liberated six or seven Ephyrae ; the first Ephyra had 12
arms, 12 sense organs, 4 gastric filaments, and 4 lips; all the
others were normal. Besides these specially observed Strobilae
the strobilization of others was also noted,

On March 15th a Strobila liberated 4 Ephyrae, one of which
was a 12-arimed specimen. This Strobila was somewhere on the
bottom of the tank and had escaped observation. In March, 1902,
out of two batches of Ephyrae one had 11 arms and the others
were normal.

On December 28th, 1903, a Strobila liberated 4 Ephyrae ; cne
of these was ll-armed and the rest normal. On March 23rd,
1904, a Strobila was observed to have all the Ephyrae with the
normal number of arms.

From these eleven Strobilae under observation it would appear
that the uppermost segment of a Strobila is usually abnormal,
only one having all the segments normal ; and in every one the
lower segments were all normal.

THE REARING OF TH EPHYRAE UP TO THE ADULT STAGE, 1908.

The Ephyrae were placed in a jar with plenty of clean sea-
water and various kinds of food. They commenced at once to
eat some very young Obelia, and in a few days ate other young
jellyfishes, such as Phialidiwm, and sometimes small copepods. In
two weeks several of them measured 5 mm. in diameter, and on
April 29th one was 9 mm. in diameter, its canals were develop-
ing, and three tentacles had grown between every two arms. On
May 8th the largest Ephyra measured 12min.and had five tentacles
in each space between the arms; the mouth had become longer
and was divided into four lips. They continued healthy for a
few weeks, but their favourite food (small medusae) was scarce,
and they did not thrive on anything else, though they would eat
copepods if nothing else was available. On June 6th the larger
Ephyrae were preserved in formaline, as it seemed hopeless to
try and keep them alive any longer, and only three small ones
were kept, one of which soon disappeared. Jellyfishes continued
very scarce in the Harbour during June, and the surviving
Avwrelia had a hungry time until a shoal of Clione and Lumacima
appeared on June 25th. It was fortunate that the pteropods
arrived just at this time, and the young Awrelia eagerly devoured
them and made rapid growth. On July 5th the largest Aurelia
measured 35 mm, (1% inches) in diameter, on the 10th 45 mm.,
and on the 15th 60 mm. (22 inches). A hot spell of weather and
scarcity of food soon proved too much for both, and they had to
be transferred to formaline on July 18th.

[ 162 ]

VII. °05, 25

THE REARING OF THE EpHyRraAg IN 1904,

Some of the Ephyrae liberated on March 24th, 1904, were
placed in fresh sea-water and given a supply of food, They com-
menced at once to eat young Obelia, and one was seen to have
stowed away twenty-five Obelia like rows of plates in the stomach
cavity and down the arms. Food was rather scarce during April,
and the young Ephyrae did not grow much in consequence, but
in May, when food became more plentiful, they grew more
rapidly. The 12-armed one grew quickly to 30 mm. in diameter,
and on June 8th it measured 50 mm. In spite of bad weather
and consequent scarcity of food supplies, it reachedj70 mm.
diameter on June 16th, and its greatest diameter, 85 mm. (33
inches) on July 4th.

Food again became scarce, and as the jellyfish was failing
rapidly, it was transferred to formaline on July 18th.

The food supply is the only difficulty in rearing Aurelia, as it
is sometimes impossible to get the food that they like. At first
they eat young Obelia, Phialidium, and small copepods, fish
eggs, etc., then small ctenophores, Plewrobrachia and Bolina;
pteropods, both Limacina and Clione, and big Calanus, which
are generally fairly common in May.

Above all, they like variety ; two or three days with only one
kind of food quite upset their digestion.

The temperature of .the tank was kept as near as possible to
that of the sea.

Pelagia perla (Slabber).

fi L, View, 203, end PL Oo,

On August 10th, 1903, a large shoal of Pelagia appeared in the
Harbour along with a huge drift of Blue Salps (Zhalia muero-
nata), on which they were feeding.

A large Pelagia was captured and ova obtained on August
22nd. Three days after the ova developed into ciliated Planulae.
The Planula (PI. IT., fig. 1), has a dark spot at either end and is clear
in the middle, and moves about rapidly. On August 27th the
shape of the Planulae began to change. The widest, or hindmost
end when swimming, became broader, and a ring of small knobs
appeared (fig. 2). A dome-shaped inner chamber, the stomach,
began to grow upwards from this ring towards the top or fore-
most end of the Planulae. Next day the circle of knobs began
to divide into lobes, eight in number, with a sense organ on each
lobe or arm (fig. 3). These were the arms of the future Ephyra.
The inner chamber grew higher and the whole animal had
become bell-shaped (fig. 4); it was still moving about by means
of cilia.

FE 163 =|
M 2

Vii." 00; 26

On August 29th it had become quite the shape of an Ephyra,
the arms were unfolded and the mouth had appeared in the
centre of the hindmost end below the arms. The stomach had
almost reached the top of the umbrella, and the whole animal
was the shape of an Ephyra with a pointed top (fig. 5). It was
still only able to move by means of cilia. Two of the Ephyrae
had nine, and two had ten arms; the largest was only 1 mm. in
diameter. By September 23rd the largest Ephyra (PI. L., fig. 2),
measured 3 mm. in diameter, it had 4 gastric filaments, a very
wide stomach cavity, but no tentacles.

Their food was young Obelia and other small jellyfishes, but
these were hard to find at this time of year, and, owing to the
scarcity of food, the Ephyrae only lived until October 10th.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. and IL.
Puate I.

Fig. 1. Aurelia aurtita, oral view of Ephyra, x 20.
Fig. 2. Pelagia perla, oral view of Ephyra, three weeks old, x 25.

Wigs Be ies », lateral view of Ephyra, three weeks old, x 25
Puate II.

Fig. 1. Pelagia perla, Planula, x 100.

i 55 » Planula, second day, x 100,

1,
2
Fig. 3. Planula, third day, x 100.

ee ae » Planula, third day, x 100.

Fig. 5 lateral view of Ephyra, fourth day, x 60.
Fig. 6 oral view of Ephyra, fourth day, x 80,

[ 164 }

‘Blsod VBiselsg ‘© ‘S

‘eyANe Blouny ||

‘TSP ‘ad ‘f ‘W

gaily:

Pelagia perla.

*
a. ¥ -
S r c ~
- - ‘ar
ee d :
‘ets _*
> > a ~
*
a
°
*
«
‘
-

AppENpIx, No. VIII.

Investigations into the food requirements of brown trout fry in

the hatching trough and in the artificial redd, by Dr. Watter
Hztn, Royal Bavarian Biological laboratory for Fisheries,
Munich. (Translation).

1.—Report on the artificial propagation of Salmonidae during the
season of 1905-1906, by E. W. L. Hotz.

ili.—Statistical information relating to the Salmon Fisheries.

iv.—Substance of reports received from Clerks of Conservators relative
to Salmon Fisheries.

14.—A CONTRIBUTION TO THE BIOLOGY OF TROUT
INVESTIGATIONS INTO THE Foop REQUIREMENTS OF BROWN
Trour FRY IN THE HATCHING TROUGH AND IN THE

ARTIFICIAL Repp.!
BY

Dr. WALTER HEIN,
Royal Bavarian Biological Laboratory for Fisheries, Munich.

Pruates I and II.

Among practical fish-culturists occupied in rearing trout fry
some uncertainty prevails regarding the period at which feed-
ing should be commenced, and very various opinions on the

subject are met with.

The belief is widely held that the large yolk-sac carried by
the young fish contains food material capable, up to the
moment of its complete absorption, of supplying every element
requisite to development and health.2 The yolk-sac is looked

1 Translated from the ‘‘ Allgemeine Fischerei-Zeitung,” Vol. XXXI.,
1906, Nos. 10 and 11, with the kind permission of the Author and of the

Editor, by C. GREEN, B.A.

2In lay circles it is commonly supposed that the yolk-sac lies em-
bedded in the intestine, or is surrounded by the latter, in such a way
as to prevent the passage of other bodies and so render the taking of
food impossible. This would be readily understood, if it were actually
the case that fry are unable to take food before the almost complete
absorption of the yolk, and it would consequently be not only unprofit-
able but useless to expend labour on supplying food.

The present opportunity must be taken to combat such a notion. In
all bony fishes—among which trout are included—the intestine is
developed as a compact thickened ridge on the inner germinal layer,
dorsal to the body-cavity. Later, a tubular lumen is formed through
the separation of the cells of this ridge and develops into the intestinal
canal. There consequently exists at no stage any direct connection
between yolk-sac and intestine or stomach. The assimilation of the yolk
from the yolk-sac occurs simply and solely through the operation of the
blood-vessels which enclose the mass of yolk in a close-meshed network
and convey the nutritive substances absorbed there to the parts where

they are made use of.
Fisheries, Ireland, Scr.. Invest., 1905, VIII. [Published, January,

1907].
[ 165 ]

VIII. ’05, 4

on as a reservoir of nourishment which renders unnecessary
any addition from without. ‘The consequence of this assump-
tion is that the fry are left without food in the troughs or
watercourses till the yolk-sac disappears, and not till then is
artificial feeding begun. Some authors go even further, and
would have the supplying of food postponed till some time, as
much as two or three weeks, after the final disappearance of
the yolk-sac. Others, however, uphold an earlier commence-
ment of feeding, at a stage when vestiges of the yolk-sac can
still be plainly seen.t They regard it as a hoard of subsistence
sufficient only for a short time after hatching, to be gradually
supplanted by the fish’s independent capture of food.

In the literature of the subject there is no lack of researches
and experiments designed to determine the most suitable
period for first supplying food to young salmonidae, but these
appear, for the most part, to have been undertaken from a
single point of view, so that the unavoidable sources of error
in one experiment were not exposed by a differently organised
Jine of research.

In order to solve the problem of the proper time at which
to begin feeding trout fry, some investigations were under-
taken in the Royal Bavarian Biological Laboratory for
Fisheries, the results of which are described below. I have to
thank the Director, Dr. Hofer, for suggesting this problem,
and also the Bavarian Fishery Society for generously placing
at my disposal, through the intervention of Dr. Hofer, the
material necessary for the investigations.

Answers were sought to the following questions :—

(1.) When are the digestive organs of the fry sufficiently
complete to render digestion possible?

(2.) When is the presence of the secretions necessary to
digestion capable of being demonstrated ?

(3.) When does the young fish begin to seize food?

(4.) What is to be learnt from the history of the fry under
natural conditions ?

EXPERIMENT I,

The brown trout fry selected for the experiment were
hatched on the 7th and 8th January, 1906, at the fish farm of
the Bavarian Fishery Society at Starnberg, and were sent on
the 9th January, 1906, to the Royal Bavarian Fisheries
Laboratory, divided there into two lots of 500 each, and placed
in shaded tanks with a well-aerated water supnly. The tem- —
perature of both tanks varied during the period of the experi-
ment between 81° and 9° C., and was, within these limits,
almost equal,

1 Oltramare,—La résorption de la vésicule chez les Salmonides. Le
moment ot il convient de les alimenter. Bull. Soc. Cent. d’Aqui-
culture et de Péche, Vol. 17, No. 11, 1905, and in ‘ Te Pécheur,”
Vol. 16, 1905, &e.

[ 166 ]

VIII. ’05, 5

At fist the fry, on account of the bulky yolk-sac, lay upon
their sides, save for an occasional spasmodic dart in one direc-
tion or another, especially when exposed to light; this com-
plete helplessness, however, began to disappear on the 25th-
27th January (after about 19 days), and at first a few little
fish, in a few days all, began to hold themselves upright on
the bottom of the tank, with movements more regular and less
awkward than during the first days after hatching. ‘The up-
right position is achieved with the help of the pectoral fins,
which at this period are sufficiently developed to be able to
support the body in that position. ‘The young fish then rests
on the bottom of the tank on three points: the weight of the
body is supported on the ventral surface of the yolk-sac, while
the pectoral fins act as props to steady it. The yolk-sac is by
this time reduced in girth by about one-third to two-fifths.

As soon as the fry had, in general, assumed the upright
position, one lot were fed, while the rest were left to them-
selves, without artificial food, for daily observation of diseases,
losses, and so forth (28th January, 1906).

At first small Daphnidae and Cyclopidae were supplied ;
then, since living food-material was not to be had in sufficient
quantity and was required for other purposes, spleen was sub-
stituted (6th February, 1906), and small crustaceans were only
given occasionally, along with the spleen, according as the
supply allowed.

During the early stages, while the young fish lay for the
most part quietly on the bottom, the spleen for feeding was
prepared in the following way :—A small portion of spleen
was scraped off and wrapped in the corner of a finely-woven
cloth, so as to form a little bag, which was then dipped into a
glass vessel of water and carefully kneaded and squeezed out ;
the food material contained in the spleen being thus obtained
in a state of exceedingly fine division. Scarcely anything but
the blood-corpuscles of the spleen is found in the water, which
quickly acquires a deep red colour. If any larger particles
escape through the meshes of the cloth, they sink to the
bottom of the vessel, and, by carefully pouring out the fluid,
can be reserved for feeding somewhat older fish or fry.

The water, reddened with blood-corpuscles from the spleen,
was then carefully added to the water in the tank.

As the young fish grew more independent (15th February,
1906), this somewhat troublesome proceeding was replaced by
simply dividing the spleen very finely and rubbing it between
the fingers.

The method of preparation with the cloth has, especially in
experimental work, the great advantage that remnants of food
which may putrefy are almost altogether avoided. The uncon-
sumed fragments remain in suspension and are carried off in
the course of time through the overflow.

10On the 7th and 8th February an unusual number of deaths occurred
in both tanks (eight and ten respectively), and investigation disclosed
an infection with Chilodon, in all probability introduced with instru-
ments and nets which had been used elsewhere.

Say

VIII. ’05, 6

Daily observations were made, in the first place, of the state
of nourishment and of feeding. In this connection more
weight was attached to physiological and anatomical examina-
tion of the fish itself than to external observation, which, as
is well known, leads to contradictory results according to the
nature and temperament of the observer.

Whether little fish of the size of fry about twenty-five days
old snap at a minute Daphnid or not can be determined beyond
doubt at the cost merely of the necessary time; on the other
hand, whether their short, impulsive movements are insti-
gated by hunger, as some maintain, or, according to others,
simply by the desire for movement, is a question as yet un-
solved by scientific observation,

In order to preclude, as far as possible, any illusions in re-
gard to the condition of nourishment the intestine, or rather
the whole alimentary canal, of individual fish was examined
at short intervals. Preparations easily made under a lens with
two needles or a fine pair of scissors and a needle yield very
interesting and important information.?

The first point to be decided is at what period the alimentary
canal is generally in a condition to receive food and to digest
it.

As a primary condition to this end it must be determined
that the intestine of the fish opens freely at its ends through
mouth and vent. Moreover, the secretions which prepare the
nutritive material for absorption by the blood must be present,
at least in part.

Preparations of quite young, newly-hatched trout fry show,
on close examination, that the anus and also the urethra, an
organ of very complex development, are fully formed. By
simply injecting Prussian blue solution through mouth or
apus, it can be very easily demonstrated that, immediately

The infusoria had attached themselves on and under the gill-covers
of the fry, and the consequent irritation lad produced a copious secre-
tion which, with the particles of spleen caught in it, formed a fertile
nidus for fungi. The young fish had, as was evident from the dis-
tended mouth, died of suffocation ; the fungus-hyphae, mixed with the
mucus of the gills, formed a glutinous obstruction which rendered
normal respiration impossible.

Examination of the surviving fish likewise revealed the commence-
ment of infection, and a general bath of 24 per cent. salt solution was
applied for half an hour, while the tanks were concurrently treated
with strong antiseptics (8th February, 1906).

The young fish stood the treatment quite well except one which, in
consequence of advanced Chilodoniasis, died the next day, and further
losses through this infection were prevented.

1The preparations are best made in a small glass dish, in 0°6 per
cent. aqueous salt solution, which does not coagulate the yolk as plain
water toa. The young ‘ish having been killed by an incision made
with a sharp knife in the cranium, which produces immediate paralysis,
an opening is carefully made into the body-cavity, on the ventral sur-
face of the yolk-sac. The yolk-sac can then be easily removed—gener-
ally without rupturing the membrane inclosing the yolk—and separated
from the intestine and from the somewhat more closely adherent liver.
On further opening the body-cavity, the conditions about to be described
here can be easily reviewed.

[f 168 ]

VIII. 05, 7

after hatching, the intestine is traversable by foreign bodies,
since the fluid injected at one opening flows freely through
and out at the other.

A few days after hatching, the intestine displays contents
of a bright greenish yellow colour, which by gentle pressure
can be expelled through the vent. Its colour identifies this
substance at once with bile secreted by the liver.

In removing the yolk-sac from the body-cavity there will
have been noticed, on the right side and towards the head, a
lobed organ clinging somewhat tightly to the yolk membrane.
At the root of this organ, the liver, there is found, about fifteen
- days after hatching, a bladder coloured greenish yellow like
the contents of the intestine, and more or less distended : this
is the gall-bladder.

Though the colour of the contents of the intestine and the
presence of a gall-bladder leave no room to doubt the presence
of bile, by which the alkaline intestinal digestion is effected,
teased preparations of a series of lower intestines of quite
young trout fry with azolithmin prove unquestionably the
alkaline reaction of the greenish yellow matter. In these
young fish, therefore, at least partial digestion must be
possible.

The acid secretion of the stomach necessary to normal diges-
tion cannot be demonstrated in trout fry at this stage with the
help of azolithmin, although the fine histological structure of
the mucous membrane of the stomach suggests that it may be
present, at least in its elements.

For our present purpose it is sufficient to have determined
that in newly-hatched fry there is no impediment to digestion,
even though the latter may be incomplete and feeble.

If, however, the fry during the first period after hatching
in no way utilize their powers of digestion, the cause is ap-
parently to be found in the smallness of their wants and in
the great helplessness brought about by the relatively enor-
mcus yolk-sac. They live on the food-supply provided in the
yolk with the aid of the close-meshed network of blood-vessels
spread over the sac.

Returning to the fish themselves—it has already been men-
tioned that they were first fed with small crustacea on the
298th January; they were then about twenty-one days old (at
8'1°—9° C.).

On the 30th January, 1906, a little fish—one of eight ex-
amined—proved to have swallowed a daphnid, as the latter
was found in its lower intestine. Although the digestive juices
had destroyed the shape of the crustacean, the limbs could be
recognised with certainty.

From the 30th January onwards, during the comparatively
short time in which crustaceans continued available. I found
their remains in three cases in the contents of intestines ex-
amined. From the commencement of feeding with spleen
(6th February) in almost all the intestines examined it was
possible to determine the presence of blood-corpuscles derived
fram the food. It must, of course, be noted that the period

[ 169 ]

VIII. ’05, 8

at which the individual fish begin to take food to any con-
siderable extent is spread over some days. Some appear to
begin feeding sooner than others. It can, nevertheless, be
safely asserted that all the brown trout of the stock investi-
gated and under the methods of feeding employed had begun
to feed by the 7th February at the latest.

For the sake of completeness it should be mentioned here
that the examination of stomachs and intestines was carried
out about fifteen to twenty minutes after feeding each day.

At this stage, now that the fry not only are able to feed, but
also, as I assert, require to do so, an illustration will demon-
strate more precisely than description the condition of the fish
and the state of the yolk-sac. Plate I., fig. 1, has accordingly
been prepared from a photograph and is true to life.

With the aid of this picture, and taking into consideration
the accumulated temperature, which will be different in
different cases, the period at which brown trout fry are capable
of feeding can be fairly accurately determined. '

The photograph was taken on the 4th February. The fish
were 26-27 days old and 22-23 mm. ({-inch) long. The tem-
perature during the period of their development amounted to
about 26x8'5=about 221 C. day-degrees.

Obviously it is not sufficient for the fish-culturist to have
proof of their ability to take food or of the fact that they do so
—the establishment of these points leads immediately to the
larger question of whether the fry derive benefit from being
fed at the earliest possible stage. On this, also, a matter of
great practical importance, the present investigation throws
some light, though not, of course, affording a final solution.

In the first place it is not easy to find a criterion by which
the superficial observer can determine whether the fry which
have been fed are healthier or thrive better than those which
have not. It is usual to speak of ‘‘ big-headed’’ fry, meaning
thereby lean, undeveloped or badly-developed fish. If the
want of proportion is not conspicuous, and the profile of the
head passes without a sharp division into that of the body, the
fry are regarded as well nourished. Undoubtedly this distinc-
tion is well founded; on the other hand, it must be acknow-
ledged that ‘‘ big-headedness’’ can only be recognised as the
commencement of a progressive want of nourishment when the
young animals have for some time suffered an excess of loss
over gain in their physiological economy. If, moreover, the
relative degeneration and mortality of the fed and unfed fry
remains almost equal, there is nothing for it but to wait and
see which section, that dependent for nourishment on the yolk-
sac Alone, or that which receives food in addition, surpasses
the other in after life.

In a comparison, instituted on the 15th February, between
the two lots of fry used for investigation, an unprejudiced
observer, after viewing carefully the fish which were laid before
him in two dishes, was able to distinguish those which had
been fed from those which had not: the unfed lot were leaner
and more slender, those which had been fed were stronger,

[ 170 }

VIET . 9

more compact, and on an average perhaps somewhat larger.
The size of the yolk-sac appeared to be the same in both lots.
This observation permitted the conjecture that the difference
between the fish, comparatively small to outward appearance,
would be more marked in the development of their individual
organs.

When the state of development of the organs of a few fish
from each section had been compared, it was at once seen that
the unfed fish were, in general, unmistakeably inferior. In
those which had been fed, the liver was further developed,
also the intestine, and in many cases there was even a band
of fat along the intestine, while in the unfed fish fatty tissues
were hardly to be found. Se

An organ specially useful for comparison of the condition
and state of development of young fry is the air-bladder.
It is visible immediately after hatching as a shallow pouch on
the dorsal side of the oesophagus, and develops in the course
of the yolk-sac period to its final form. This pouch grows
slowly backwards between the intestine and the kidneys, form-
ing a tubular appendage to the oesophagus, and gradually, with
the appearance of gas in its interior, widens to form the air-
bladder.

The first formation of gas in the air-bladder of fish which
had been fed could be determined after thirty-eight days.
From the forty-fifth day onwards all the specimens examined
had that organ more or less distended with gas. .At the same
time in the unfed fish its development was remarkably less
advanced : its general appearance at this stage was that of an
empty thick-walled sac, the length of which alone was suffi-
cient to distinguish it from the air-bladder of the fish which
had been fed. Naturally the development of the other organs
in the young fish of both sections showed differences similar to
the above. The air-bladder alone is specially considered
here, since its growth in length and, consequent on the secre-
tion of gas, in thickness, can easily be observed in carefully
made preparations, and its early or late development, as well
as its size at any given time, affords an indication of the state
of nourishment of the fry.

In Pl. II., figs. 1 and 2, which are taken from fish of the
same age, from the fed and unfed sections respectively, the
differences mentioned above are clearly shown. Both speci-
mens were taken without previous selection from among their
fellows, and were dissected on the 23rd February, being there-
fore forty-six days old (46xabout 8°5°=about 390 C. day-
degrees). Besides the especially striking difference in develop-
ment of the air-bladders, that of the intestines, livers, and gall-
bladders is also remarkable. In fig. 2 a line or band of fat is
visible along the intestine.1

Although the results of the experiments up to this point
appeared to lend support to the opinion favouring early feeding
of young salmonidae, it seemed of interest to keep the fry
under observation for a further period.

1Jn fig. 1 the liver is swung back from its normal position below the

ine. to simplify the view of the organs. It lies normally as in
g. 2.

bie I

VIII. 05, 10

After the 7th March, the fish which had not as yet been fed,
and had grown very thin, were fed at first for five days with
spleen-washings, and then, on the 12th March, were united
with their contemporaries in one tank, where they were fed
daily with minced spleen.

The differences between the young fish reared on the two
systems were so great that in mixing them in one receptacle
no question of confusion could arise.

‘Lhe appetites of both lots were, from the moment of their
being united, equally good.

On the 16th March a fresh infection with Chilodon made its
appearance, and it was possible, this time without specially
designed examination, to observe that the fish which had not
been fed in their younger stages were, almost without excep-
tion, inferior to their fellows in power of resistance as well as
in size; they died in greater numbers, while of those which
had been fed only a few perished through the parasites and
their after-effects—an observation which was not made during
the previous attack of Chilodon on the 7th and 8th February.
Baths of salt solution, though not with uniform effects, pre-
vented excessive losses.

Considerations of other experiments compelled the interrup-
tion of the observations on the 8th April. ‘The little fish were
b7 this time fairly well developed, and some specimens—taken
at random—of the two originally separate lots were photo-
graphed. ‘The thrée upper fish in Pl. I., fig. 2, belonged to
the unfed, the three lower to the fed section. The differences
arising from the different treatment are sufficiently obvious
not to need further description.

To summarise the experiment :—Both jots of fry wer
hatched from one and the same batch of eggs on the 7th and
8th January, and on the 9th January were transferred to the
Royal Bavarian Biological Station for the purpose of the ex-
periment: the material of the experiment was, on the
28th January, 1906, after the fish had assumed an upright
position in the water, divided into two equal sections, of which
one (to which the upper specimens in PI. I., fig. 2, belong)
was fed on the 7th March, 1.e., fifty-eight days after hatching,
with spleen-washings and regularly from the 12th March on-
wards with minced spleen, while the other (to which the lower
three specimens in the fig. belong) were fed from the twenty-
first day onwards partly with small crustaceans (28th January
to about 6th February) and partly with spleen-washings and
minced spleen. |

On the day when the last photograph was taken the fish re-
presented were ninety days old, those which had been kept
longer without feeding being 22-24 mm., the others 27-28 mm.
long ({-1% and 1} inch, approximately).

Before we proceed to draw any deductions of theoretical or
practical bearing from this investigation, mention must be
made of another research, designed to complete, in many re-
spects, the results of the first, |

eR hy By

VILL. 05, 11

EXPERIMENT II.

With the investigation above described of the time to begin
feeding young brown trcut fry was connected the question ol
the behaviour of fry under natural conditions.

As is well known, the trout buries its eggs in a previously-
prepared bed,—and, indeed, these redds, which, on account
of the brightness and cleanness of their pebbles, remain for
months more or less remarkable in the bed of the stream, have
often been excavated, and eggs have been found in them.
Regarding the state of development and condition in. which
the fry leave the redd,—whether soon after hatching out, with
the yolk-sac partly absorbed or as fully formed little fish—
observations are apparently wanting, for reasons which will be
evident.

Since it was obviously out of the question to seek out a large
number of trout-redds in streams and to excavate them, other
means were sought to enable the behaviour-of fry in the natural
state to be observed, at least approximately,

It was to be expected that the alevins or fry would not
emerge from their hiding places among the stones and gravel
of a river-bed until they were conscious of the desire for food,
which they could not obtain among those surroundings. Ac-
cordingly, in order to imitate as far as possible the living con-
ditions of the natural redd in a stream, an aquarium supplied
with well-aerated water was partly filled with thoroughly-
washed gravel and 300 eggs were carefully buried therein.

The brown trout eggs used in the experiment were brought
on the 19th February from the hatchery at Starnberg, and half
of them were on the same day buried in the artificial redd.
The other half were laid, as a control, in a hatching-trough.
The water-temperature is the same as in Experiment I., 8'19—
9° C. daily.

The eggs of the control-experiment hatched out, as was to
be expected, on the Ist-3rd March,? and developed well.
No specially remarkable losses occurred.

1The aquarium used in the experiment had about 50x30 cm.
(20x12 inches) superficial area, and about 32 em. (125 inches) depth
of water. The gravel had an average depth of 25 cm. (10 inches), so
that beneath the eggs, which were buried to a devth of 15-18 cm., there
still lay a layer of gravel 7-10 cm. deep. The eggs were spread over a
relatively small area of about 80-90 square centimetres (124-14 sq. ins.)
and the spot noted. The water-supply entered at one end of the
aquarium, under the gravel, close to the bottom; the outlet was at the
opposite end, at the surface, so that there could be no doubt in regard
to good aeration and a plentiful distribution of water to the eggs and
fry. Notwithstanding that at least 10 cm. of gravel (at the sides) was
naa between the fry and the light, the aquarium was further

arkened.

2The experiment being designed for the study of a yolk-sac period
passed under natural conditions, it was desired that the alevins should
remain no longer than could be helped in the egg: accordingly, eggs
were asked for and sent from the hatchery which were fully incubated,
but yet so far capable of being transported that no premature hatching
was to be feared as a consequence.

{ 34a |

VIII. '05, 12

As the artificial redd appeared on the 3rd April to be still as
lifeless as on the 19th February when the eggs were laid down,
while the fry of the control-section (31-33 days old) had already
absorbed most of the yolk-sac, there arose a reasonable doubt
whether the experiment was going to lead to any result. It
therefore seemed advisable to carefully remove the gravel and
to see whether, perchance, an attack of fungus or some un-
welcome parasites had frustrated the expected result of the
natural incubation.

The removal of the gravel was begun near the outlet at the
point furthest froin the eggs. Scarcely, however, had a few
handfuls of gravel been lifted out of the aquarium, when a
young trout was seen through the glass under water, —
startled from his hiding-place by the noise or the vibration
unavoidably caused, and swimming excitedly hither and
thither among the stones, apparently in search of some more
agreeable retreat.

The removal of gravel was immediately abandoned, and
presently a second and third, and, after a time, a fourth young
trout were observed swimming in the open water above the
gravel.

Three specimens of these alevins were captured for com-
parison with those of the control-section. In order, however,
to avoid further interference with the course of the experiment,
they were replaced and soon disappeared in the crevices of the
gravel.

While the fry of the control-section, kept without food
equally with those of the artificial redd, had almost completely
absorbed the yolk and had, in consequence of the lght to
which they were exposed, assumed a dark colour, the fry of the
redd had not only a paler colour but also a very considerable
remnant of the volk-sac. The latter were at least as large as
the fish of the control-section and gave an impression of greater
vigour and liveliness. If any of the fish could at this period
be said to be thin, it was among those of the control-section.

On the two following days nothing further was to be seen
through the sides of the aquarium: the fry had, apparently,
retreated again into the depths of the gravel.

On the morning of the 7th April two young fish were found
swimming about gaily in the water above the gravel and
snapping at the little air-bubbles which rose slowly in a glisten-
ing stream above the water-inlet. A slight shock to the tank
caused them to retire hastily among the stones. They.emerged
again, however, in a short time, and immediately resumed

their chase after the air-bubbles. After a few repetitions of
the shock, the reaction ceased, the fish appearing accustomed
to it. ‘Through the glass it was possible to observe the occa-
sional appearance of a young trout here and there even in the

deepest layers of the gravel. They could often be watched
lying for hours among the stones or partially in contact with
the glass, quite quiet and motionless save for the regular move-
ments of breathing. Now and then one or another would
work its way along between the stones and the glass or dis-
appear into the nooks and crannies of the gravel,

fr 174 3

VIII. 05, 13

Two days later (9th April) there were four little fish swim-
ming about in the open, and the number of those visible
through the glass on all sides of the aquarium had considerably
increased. iiitherto, no food in any form whatever had been
supplied to them, and the washed gravel was apparently, so
far as food for the fry or animal life was concerned, absolutely
sterile. On the 10th April, accordingly, Daphnidae were 1-
troduced into the aquarium, and the free-swimming fry aban-
doned almost forthwith their interest in the air-bubbles and
attacked the minute crustaceans with great avidity. Imme-
diately after the introduction of the food-organisms it could
be frequently observed—indeed, I have had the opportunity as
‘many as twelve to fifteen times in a few minutes—that the
little fish were able to seize the crustaceans with great pre-
cision and without hesitation.!

On the following day six or seven little fish had emerged,
and a large number lay, as could be seen through the side of
the tank, beneath the uppermost layers of gravel. ‘They
seemed to have slowly worked their way through the gravel,
in search of open water. In some cases they had travelled
under the gravel nearly as much as 30 cm. (12 in.) in a straight
line from the place where the eggs had been buried, and would
perhaps have wandered still further obliquely upwards had not
the sides of the aquarium altered their course.

From the 10th April onwards, the control-section was also
fed daily—from the 12th April with spleen.

On the 17th April the experiment had to be interrupted.
The redd was carefully unbuilt and the gravel removed. An
enumeration of the young fish gave 291 quite strong, healthy
fry, one deformed (spirally curved), but lively, individual and
six dead eggs heavily attacked by fungus, in the depths of the
artificial redd. ‘T'wo eggs, the offspring of which could not be
found, may be considered a small experimental loss in view of
the quantity of pebbles and stones of greater weight which was
handled in building and taking down the redd. The total loss
of fry, therefore, during the fifty-seven days of the experiment
(which, judged by the control-experiment, may be taken to
represent about twelve days before and forty-five days after
hatching), reckoning the deformed one as lost, amounted to
3 per cent.

In Plate II., fig. 8, which has been prepared from a photo-
graph, there are three fish taken from the control-section and
four from the artificial redd. The photograph was taken on
the 10th April, when all the fish were fifty days old. The
upper fish, from the control-experiment, averaged 24 mm. (13
1An ‘‘education’’ of the young fish, in the sense of some authors,
up to the rapidity and irregularity of the crustaceans’ movements, was,
therefore, unnecessary. The moment that their prey appeared for the
first time before their eyes, the fish knew what was to be done with it,
and they were sufficiently endowed with agility and power of judging
distance to enter on the chase nimbly and successfully. It admittedly
remains in doubt whether they would have reacted so readily to a
supply of artificial food. }

ys ae

VIII. *05, 14

inch), the lower, from the gravel, 25°6 mm. (1 in.) in length.!
The remarkable differences in development of the fish are
illustrated in the figure,

At first sight, the results of this experiment with the arti-
ficial redd, viz., the late appearance of the fry in the water
and their advanced growth in comparison with the hatching-
trough fish, will appear strange. They become, however,
quite comprehensible when we examine more closely the con-
ditions under which the two sections were reared.

In the hatching-trough, in which we are accustomed to see
the fry hatch out and develop, an attempt is made to approxi-
mate to the natural conditions of the river-bed. The richly-
oxygenated water is delivered to the eggs or alevins in sufficient
quantity, and the covers of the troughs prevent light from
entering and exercising a continual stimulus on the fish. It
is obvious that both eggs and fry should be handled as spar-
ingly as possible, but for many practical and in part quite
necessary reasons this can only be effected up to a certain
point. Apart altogether from the questions of transport and
of counting and picking over the eggs and fry, the inspection
and care thereof causes disturbance. Even lifting the cover of
a trough, as anyone knows who has ever looked into a trough
stocked with fry, gives rise to a panic among the little animals.
This is due partly to the shock given to the trough in lifting
the cover, partly, and perhaps more particularly, to the sudden
admission of light.

It is known that daylight alone has an accelerating effect,
though an artificial and therefore quite unsuitable one, on the
development of the embryo in the egg ; the fish-culturist, when
the incubation of the eggs is far advanced and he requires fry
as soon as possible, opens the trough and exposes the eggs to
daylight in order to hasten the process of hatching. Whether
the proceeding is advisable may for the present remain un-
decided ; it suffices to prove that fry on the point of hatching
are irritated by light even in the egg and react readily to the
comparatively weak illumination possible in most hatcheries.

Later on, the fry swim about in the trough, and with con-
tinual exertion crowd together, many layers deep, in the darker
corners, being frequently, even daily, disturbed by vibrations
and light. All these disturbances, however justifiable and
necessary, are nevertheless, it must be remembered, derange-
ments of the life of the organism, at the expense of its strength

and endurance, indirectly at the expense of its nutrition and
growth,

In the artificial redd, on the other hand, and to a still greater .

extent in the natural one, these causes of disturbance are, of
course, absent, and the embryo has the opportunity of deve-
loping in perfect quiet, unaffected by varying light stimuli or
vibrations. The fry have no need to expend muscular energy
in frantic rushes to the cover of dark corners, they are not
irritated by sudden exposure to light, and any serious attempts

1 Average of twelve of each kind.

[ 176 ]

VIII. ’05, 15

at swimming are restrained by the circumstances of their
environment. ‘They lie restful and quiet among the stones,
utilising the food-material provided in the yolk-sac to build up
their constitutions naturally, until the day breaks on which
they feel their strength sufficient to make their way, slowly
and by easy stages, out of their hiding place in order to begin
their predatory existence. The little fish brings with it into
the open water a reserve of nourishment in the yolk-sac which
lasts until it has found a place of abode where the stream can
be exclusively depended upon to supply sufficient food for
further progress.

These investigations reveal the reasons why the fry in the
hatching-trough absorb the nutritive contents of the yolk-sac
more rapidly without more rapid growth, and why they must
be placed within reach of artificial food, in order not to be
retarded in their development, sooner than those of the same
age in the artificial redd.

The young fry, in fact even the eggs, under artificial condi-
tions in the hatching trough are exposed to a most various
series of influences and disturbances which increase the fish’s
consumption of nutritive substance without any advantage to
its development or strength. In the artificial redd, and still
more in the natural state, the fish has the opportunity of
utilising fully the food material with which it is supplied
in the yolk-sac, with the least possible waste.

The attempt to find a practical application of the two experi-
ments described above, in view of the demonstration that there
is no anatomical or physiological reason why the newly-hatched
fry should not take food, and that they did so on the 22nd-23rd
day, leads to the following conclusions :—

(1.) Feeding should be begun early. The moment when
food is required by the fry is in most cases near to or coincident
with the period when they cease to lie on their sides and begin
to hold themselves upright. Too early feeding, especially with
non-living food, leads to putrefaction of the unconsumed rem-
nants. It is therefore best to begin with the smallest possible
rations, in order that none may be left uneaten. The use of
spleen-washings proved successful in the experiments, as it
left almost no remnants, and what there were could easily be
washed away by a timely increase in the water-supply.

(2.) The first experiment also shows that early feeding
advantageously influences the development of the alevins (cf.
Pl. I., fig. 2), and that the fry are likely to thrive better to an
extent which will compensate for the labour and_ trouble
involved.

The second experiment should impress on the fishcuiturist
the necessity of taking care that, along with the most sparing
and careful handling of both eggs and fry,
oy the fry are kept as peaceful and quiet as possible, and
that

(4.) strong and sudden illumination or disturbance. which
are a continual drain on the muscular energy of the fry, are
reduced to the minimum consistent with proper attention.

Pattee i
N

VIII. 05, 16

The less the alevins are disturbed or annoyed by exposure
to light, the more fully they will profit by their yolk-material.
While in nature the yolk-sac suffices for the development of
the alevin into the iittle fish, and even after that is at hand
to supplement its food, in artificial culture of the trout, it 1S
advisable that we should make up for the unavoidable distur-
bances incident thereto, at least in part, by assisting the fry
as early as possible with suitable food.

The fact that frv in the hatching-trough, as was shown, take
food after 21-22 days, while those in the redd only proceed
slowly to seek it after more than double that time, shows
how much artificial influences have deranged the normal course
of life of the developing fish. It is for us to remedy the effects
of this interference, to minimise its causes, and where obstacles
to that end exist to remove them.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. AND ILI.

Pruate I.

Fic. 1. Brown Trout fry ready to feed, 26-27 days after hatching
(at 8°1°-9° C. water-temperature). x

Fie. 2. Brown Trout fry 90 days after hatching. The three upper
fish were fed from the 5&th day onwards, the three lower

from the 21st day. x $.

PuateE II.

Fic. 1. Alimentary canal of an unfed brown trout, 46 days after
hatching. The liver, with the gall bladder, is turned back
above, ey

Fic. 2, Alimentary canal of a brown trout, 46 days after hatching
fed from about the 21st day. x $.

Fic. 3. Unfed brown trout fry about 50 days after hatching. The
three upper were taken from the hatching trough, the lower

from the artificial redd., x 3.

[Puatzs 1. anp II,
Lt, 49B-q

MEE “OS, Sd ad

t
i
}
'
|
'
t
'
i
i
t
i
'

i

(4%

Vie “OS, Pr. ib

POSTE enn tsi Ligue =O A RMR RO EAS TE TTT REL Tea]

VIII. ’05, 17

u.—REPORT ON THE ARTIFICIAL PROPAGATION
OF SALMONIDAE DURING THE SEASON OF
1905-1906.
BY

EK. W. L. Hout.

I estimate the hatchery output for this season at 6,827,750
salmon and 582,000 white trout fry. For brown trout we
res, record of 381,000 fry, but this is probably short of the

al.

The output of salmon fry exceeds the highest in any previous
season (1902-1903) by about a million, and is, as usual, largely
due to the Lismore and Blackcastle hatcheries.

It may be of interest to recapitulate the annual outputs of
salmon fry since 1890, so far as it is possible to ascertain the
actual figures previous to 1900. For these earlier years we
have only returns furnished by proprietors or managers of the
number of ova estimated to have been laid down at their
hatcheries, and in some cases it is certain that the method of
estimate was productive of very considerable exaggeration,
while the only factor which it has been possible to apply is a
deduction for ordinary mortality to reduce ova to fry.

The returns for the later years may be taken as substantially
accurate, as in the case of all hatcheries of considerable size
the numbers have either been calculated on inspection, or
means have been found to check the estimates furnished. Any
errors in the way of exaggeration are confined to returns so
small as not to affect the totals appreciably, and are probably
counteracted by moderation in calculating the larger numbers.
The system of assisting hatching operations by subsidy and by
contribution towards the erection or improvement of hatcheries
dates from the season of 1900-1901, and the figures below indi-
cate that it has been successful in increasing the output.

Output or SALMON Fry 1n IRELAND, 1890 To 1906.

Year. Number, | Year, Number.
| )
1890-1891, gan 605,400 1898-1809, wes | 1,117,860
1891-1892, ~ ewe 1,088,000 1899-1900, s,s | 2,200,400
1892-1893, we we | 1,264,000 | 1900-1901, ww. | 2,415,400
1893-1894, a 1901-1902, ... «| 3,383,500
1894-1895, ves vae | 2,224,000 1902-1903, ... | 5,739,000
1895-1896, beers Met Ta | 4,093,600
1896-1897, vse | 2,851,600 1901-1905, ... ... | 4,647,500
1897-1898, Sakshi tut> (Se 1905-1906, ... «| «6,827,750
. isTe

|
|

VIII. '05, 18

OurpuT OF SALMON AND TrRoUT

| All Salmon. |
HATCHERY. River System. | |
| 1904-5, | 1905-6.
its pen ee

Lough Dan, Ovoea, —
Newtownbarry, 8 Slaney, _ 95,000
Inistioge, Nore, | 70,000* 137,000*
Cahir, Suir, | 31,000 140,000
Lismore, a Biackwater, 1,387,000* 2,033,000*
Rockmills, sin Blackwater, . | ~ 244,000"
St. Amn’s, «. pee Lee, q | _ -
Inishannon, Bandon, aa | — _
Skibbereen, len, ae | _ 35,000
Glenhazel, Kerry Blackwater, 4 25,000 —
Caragh Lake, Caragh, —_ _
Killorglin, Laune, / 140,000* 150,000*
Killarney, - Laune, a | 58,000* 65,000*
Muckross, Laune, 68,000* 50,000*
Ballinruddery, Cashen, - 35,000
Adare, Maigue, 77,600 120,000
Castlerea, a" Shannon, —_ _
Kilronan, Shannon, se =~ _
Lough Sheelin, Shannon, — 1%
Costello, Costello, _ _
Sereebe, Sereebe, 265,500* 292,000*
Inver, Galway Inver, 15,000 15,000
Kylemore. Dawros, 130,000 _
Ballysodare, Unshin, 30,000 65,000
Bundrowes, Drowes, 400 65,000 (7)
Belleek, Erne, 124,000* —-336,000*
Glenties, Owenea, 173,000 38 500
Dunglow, Dunglow, - | =
Newtownstewart Foyle, 240,000* 692,000*
Kilrea, .| Bann, 468,000" 560,000"
Lough Neagh, | Bann, — | --
Blackcastle, Boyne, 1,345,000" 1,660,260"

TOTALS, | _ | 4,647,500 | 6,827,750

|

[ 180

]

* Estimated by Officers

19

Fry in IRELAND, 1904-5 anp 1905-6.

| Foreign Salmon. | White Trout. | Brown Trout.
ohn ccc me ———- | Remarks.
| 10-6, | 1905-6. | 1004-5. | 1605-6 | 1904-5, | 1905-6.
|
_ - -- — 12,000 6,000(a) (a) From Howietoun,

= 6,000 from Kil-
— -— 5,000 (b) (bd) ps ae

-_ — — | -_- _— —

~ —ilile & — | 5,000 4,000
|
~ —- ; =— | — | 75,000(e); 150,000(c) © Including 25,000 and
| | 000 Lochlevens.
| |
_ 35,000(d ) — | — | — = (da) From Weser.
1. (2 nn a Mh aero a
~~ 80,000(d) -- | o— _ — (d) From Weser.
_ — _ -- _ 12,000
- | A. e% he, a A
— | 35,000(a)} — Bx a — | (@) From Weser.
— iT — | 137,080 100,000 (e)| (2) 30,000 Itchen, 50,000
even cross.
shannon.
ee a 24 - | 2600 6,000

os = i Say oI — 10,000( 7), (7) From Inishannon.
eam — 320,000 | 310,000
Des | — 65.000* | 65,000"

| ns 135,000 17,0 | a caste |

ae aM SF = 1,500 - vein from Ini-

Efi sts ay si by E -
30,000 = 40,000), — a a — | (d) from Weeser.
| _ — | = _ — _ | (g) 6,000 from Scotland.
t / j
Bl } a a ) as
|= 2 ae ria
Parla Ae — 60,000 | 60,000 | ~ — |

—_ ed bes = mal ons
2) ae
| — | —- | = -- | 75,000 78,000

aioe) p! vt re ras 10,000

| |
30,000 | 190,000 | 580,000 | 582,000 | 348,080 381,000

of the Department.

it J

VIII. 05, 20

Of even more importance, perhaps, is the increased attention
that has been paid to the proper planting of the fry. Further
care in this respect is still desirable, for the importance of
getting the alevins into suitable waters as soon as they require
food is not so well recognised as it should be. The fry, it
seems, can feed from the time they cease to lie on their sides,
and they certainly require food as soon as they leave the
bottom of the hatching apparatus and begin swimming about,
though this happens some considerable time before the yolk is
fully absorbed. ‘There is, of course, risk in transporting the
fry to distant streams while the yolk is still large; but any
time after the fourth week from hatching they appear to be fit
t) travel, and every one of them ought to be out before the
completion of the sixth week.

Where there are good fry grounds, reasonably free from
trout and other enemies, quite near to the hatchery, there
would seem to be no risk in stocking them with fry of less
than four weeks, and where floating redds are used in the
streams intended to be stocked the possibility of damage in
transport does not, of course, arise.

Any efficient feeding of fry in hatching boxes or floating
redds is hardly practicable where large numbers are dealt with,
as it is an operation requiring the skill and care of a larger
staff than can usually be employed.

The season of 1905-1906 was very much like the last in its
relation to natural and artificial propagation. ‘The rivers
generally were low, and the smaller tributaries accordingly
not accessible to breeding fish. The effects of such water con-
ditions were discussed at some length in my last report.

A small hatching station has been established at Ballin-
ruddery, on the Feale, and the Department is indebted to Mr.
Finch-Hatton for kindly undertaking the duties of manage-
ment. It was stocked with salmon ova from the Weser.

At Lough Sheelin the local association started trout-hatching
operations on a modest scale with 10,000 ova derived from the
Munster trout farm at Innishannon. The object was the intro-
duction of fresh blood, and as the association at the same
time took means, by policing the tributaries, to safeguard the
interests of the native stock, it may be hoped that the fishery
will improve.

The Department have commenced salmon-hatching opera-
tions, under the immediate control of their officers, at Rock-
mills, on the Funshion, a tributary of the Cork Blackwater.
At this place there is a weir under which it is not difficult to.
take fish, and in effect if the conservators’ bailiffs prevented
poaching at this point the only result was to let the objects of
their care pass into streams of the Galtee ranges where their
protection is impossible, and where, as would seem from the
paucity of either smolts or returning slats, they came to a bad
end

The object of the hatchery is to obtain some return in fry
from these fish which would otherwise go to waste, and to

[ 182 ]

VIIT. ‘05, 21

utilise the fry in part for the stocking of the Funshion head-
waters, and in part for streams in other districts, as may seem
to be desirable. The slats, after stripping, are impounded
until a flood assures their safe descent to the main river. _

The hatching apparatus consists entirely of floating redds
moored in the head-race of the Rockmills mill, which is not
working at present. The redds are accessible by means of planks
laid on cross-beams. It appears from our experience of the
first season’s working that ova laid down in floating redds give
much the same result as if laid in hatching boxes, provided
that the redds receive the same attention as the boxes. Natur-
ally, the care of a box raised on trestles to a convenient height
in a covered building entails less discomfort than that of a
redd, to reach which the attendant has to kneel on a plank a
few inches above water level, without any sort of protection
from the weather; but as between the redd system and the
Kerry system of boxes jaid on the ground in the open, there
is not a great deal of difference in the matter of comfort.

We did not secure many ova at Rockmills, partly because
the season was altogether exceptional in the practical absence
of floods in the Funshion, and partly because the holding
ponds were not finished in time, and failed to hold some of the
fish taken at the weir. We had supposed that a grating of
rods set two inches apart would hold any spawning salmon,
but a fish of at least 7 lbs. was seen to pass without much effort
through such a grating, and for next season’s work all grating
apertures have been reduced to one inch. Apart from the
nuisance of losing fish which we had been at some pains to cap-
ture; the inadequacy of the gratings was probably the cause of
a rather heavy mortality of slats from ‘“‘ fungus,’’ to the attack
of which they had been rendered liable by scratches contracted
in trying to squeeze through bars not sufficiently close to pre-
clude all hope of such enterprise.

We also gained some exact knowledge of the number of ova
which can safely be placed in a floating redd, if the fry are
to be left there until they are old enough to be set free. Ina
hatching box, with an ample supply of water controlled by a
tap, some degree of over-crowding is remediable by turning on
the tap, so long as the flow be not sufficient to upset the ova
out of the trays or to carry the fry down against the outlet
screen. In-a redd, however, the flow must not be strong
enough to agitate the apparatus or the ova will be spilled out of
the trays and smothered in the silt which inevitably accumu-
lates at the bottom of the apparatus; and though some degree
of agitation would probably do no harm to alevins, there will
almost always be in the same redd-pond some redds which
contain ova, so that the flow allowed to all must be only that
which suits the requirements of the apparatus which contains
the stock most liable to injury by disturbance.

Tt follows that the flow through a redd-pond must be very
gentle, and the weakness of current greatly facilitates the
choking of the perforations of the zinc ends and sides of the
redd by silt as well as by the growth of algoid matter. Given

[ 188 J

VIII. 05, 22

such obstruction, the constant removal of which is not easy to
secure by supervision of the operations of the attendant, and
given, as in the case of the latter part of the past hatching
season, sharp frost by night and intense sunshine by day, it is
obvious that the water in the redds may become subject to
rather violent changes of temperature, which salmon fry are
not, by the circumstances of their evolution, too well fitted to
endure. In the Rockmills redd-pond the surface flow was,
but is no longer, interrupted by the cross-beams bearing the
platform planks, with the result that the surface of each divi-
sion of the pond was practically dead water in calm weather.
The redds which contained the ova taken at Rockmills were
lightly stocked, and, as stripping took place early, the fry were
disposed of without any serious loss before Easter, a season
which was characterised by the alternation of frosty nights
and sunny days already mentioned. During this time the
pond was occupied by redds containing the latest products of
the Lismore hatchery, and the mortality was certainly exces-
sive. In initio this seems to have been due to overcrowding
of the trays and to some neglect in clearing out dead ova, a
difficult operation when several layers are present; and
although the weather, and circumstances of the pond, were
undoubtedly most unfavourable, I believe that the effects
would have been much less serious if the redds had contained
a more easily manageable stock. My conclusion is that the
utmost care should be taken to prevent the choking of the
perforated zinc of the redds and to secure an even flow through
all parts of the redd-pond, and that the trays should not be
stocked with more than a single and not too close layer of ova.
The removal every day of all dead ova or fry is, of course,
indispensable, and if sediment has accumulated at the bottom
of the redd, it should be cleared out shortly before the ova are
due to hatch. After the fry are hatched and turned out of the
trays their movements appear to be sufficient to prevent silt-
ing.

Experience has shown that the open-work form of lid used
in the original Sandfort pattern of redd illustrated in the
treatise on hatchery apparatus (Rep. Fisheries, Ireland, 1901,
Pt. II., App., No. XIV.) is better replaced by solid lids not
permeable to the sun’s action. This and other modifications
of apparatus will be dealt with in a new edition of the treatise,
which Mr. ©. Green has in hand.

The little hatchery at Skibbereen, idle during two seasons
for reasons which do not here concern us, has been removed.
to a new site, and was stocked, as in former years, with ova
from Germany. Mr. O’Shea appears to have devoted great
attention to their care and to the distribution of the fry.

Owing to the scarcity of late-run fish great difficulty was
experienced in stocking the hatcheries of the Laune system,
and as German ova were exceptionally cheap, the Department
purchased 80,000, which were committed to Mr, Power’s care,
and hatched with very little loss.

[ 184 ]

VIII. ’05, 23

_ So far the Department has had little opportunity of assisting
in the artificial propagation of white trout, as these are chiefly
cultivated in hatcheries which the proprietors have preferred
to conduct at their proper charges. In fact the only public
contribution has been that involved in the enlargement of the
Screebe hatchery, from which Mr. St. George annually turns
out a large number of white trout as well as salmon fry, though
the subsidy is limited to the latter.

Having regard to the habits of white trout, in so far as they
are known, and to the circumstances of the white trout
_ fisheries, it is in general difficult to prove such a public interest
in the capture of this fish as would justify the expenditure of
public money on their propagation. More or fewer of them
are, no doubt, taken in the sea, accidentally and perhaps other-
wise by nets not licensed ad hoc, but it is hardly possible to
recognise in these captures the exercise of a public right of
fishery. There are, however, cases in which valuable, or
valued, rights of white trout angling are exercised by the
public without hindrance or imposition of payment by the
riparian proprietors, and in such cases the Department is not
precluded from contributing to the up-keep of the stock. Such
conditions are presented by the fishery of Lough Currane at
Waterville, and negotiations are in progress for the establish-
ment at Waterville of a salmon and white trout hatchery
designed for an annual output of 500,000 salmon and 400,000
white trout fry.

The works in connection with the Aasleagh salmon hatchery,
on the Erriff, in Co. Mayo, are in a forward state, and should
permit of the commencement of operations next season.

Unexpected difficulties have been met with in the case of the
proposed hatchery at Carlow, and it is doubtful whether a
solution will be found in time to admit of a start next winter.

Negotiations are in progress in respect to the establishment
or improvement of hatcheries at several other places, but are
not so far advanced as to justify their discussion in this report.

The amount expended by the Department during the past
year on constructional or capital purposes was about £125,
while the subsidies, with some minor contributions for annual
purposes, amounted to about £550. The total amounts spent
during the six years of the Department's existence are—for
capital purposes about £1,230, and for annual purposes abont
£1,815.

f 185 ]

VIII. ’05, 24

ii.—STATISTICAL INFORMATION RELATING TO
THE SALMON FISHERIES.

By the courtesy of the gentlemen whose names appear
below, it is possible to give the following Returns in continua-
tion of those which appeared in our Reports for 1900-1904, and
in the Report of the Irish Inland Fisheries Commission (Ap-
pendix, Part JI., xxii.) :—

PERCENTAGES OF TAKE ABOVE aND BELOW AN AVERAGE FOR
TWENTY-FIVE YEARS ENDING 1899 :—

Blackwater, Lismore, aN a ‘ aeaine
1904. : 50 per cent. below.

1905, 50

39 99

Mr. Godfrey reports that in 1905 the salmon were 55 per
cent., and the grilse 72 per cent., below the average of nine
years ending 1899. ‘The killing hatch in Lismore weir was
kept open during February, March, and April of 1904 and
1905. )

Blackwater, Co. Kerry. Mr. R. M‘Cuure.
1904, 82°8 per cent. below.
1905, 84°7 i Ay

Waterville, Co. Kerry. Mr. W. J. DeEwap.
1904, ; 41°6 per cent. below.
1905, ; ; 54°3

9 99

Laune, below Killorglin Bridge. | Mr. R. Powrr.

1904, 47 per cent. below the aver-
age of the twenty-four
years ending 1898.

1905, ; ; j 57 per cent, below ditto.

Mr. Power notes that the decrease was almost altogether
in peal, the catch in July not being one-tenth of normal, The
fishing was as bad in the sea as in the estuary, and no local
cause Was apparent.

[ 186 ]

VIII. 05, 25

Lax Weir (including weir ané
nets), Shannon. Mr. J. A. PLACE.

1904, : 57 per cent. below the aver-
age of the twenty-three
years ending 1899.

1905, ; : 25 per cent. below ditto.
Bann Nets. Mr. T. M‘DeErRmortr.
1904, 8°5 per cent. below.
1905, : : 27 3 €
Foyle Nets. Mr. T. M‘Dermorr.

1904, 6°5 per cent. below.
1905, : ' 515 2 nf
Erne Nets. Mr. T. M‘Dzrmort.
1904, : , 65 per cent, below.

1905, 34 9 ‘5

Erne Angling. Mr. T’, M‘DErRmorT.
1904, 32 per cent. below.
1905, 22, j.

Moy Tidal. Mr. J. GARVEY.
1904, 45 per cent, below.
1905, ’ : AQ Me 2

Mr. Garvey notes that the run of spring fish and first run
of grilse indicated fair prospects for the season, but about the
middle of June the fishing fell off completely. The drought
was very severe from end of May to close of season, and the
Moy and its tributaries were so low that fish would not come
forward, and even when they came into the estuary they as
suddenly fell out to sea again. Remark is also made of the
increase of drift nets on the Donegal and Shgo coasts,

OTHER RETURNS.

Blackwater.—Dromana Fishery. Mr. VILLIERS STUART.
i) an a ne 7 i maT Yt
| —_—- Salmon. | Peal. | Total |
vas
1904, 426 386 812 |
1905, 270 441 711
|

VITT. ’05, 26

Castleconnell Angling. Messrs. JOHN EnriautT & Son,

Peal.
| Total for’) Betal tar

|
| Salmon.
|
——d
/

| Season, Season Total.
Ist Feb. | Ist June | reales Ist June Salmon. Peal.
3lst May. | 31st Oct. | 31st May. | 31st Oct.
= aes : 1 ls
Worldsend | (1006 23 | 5 — | pet a 2 30
an 4 | ‘s )

Erinagh. (1905 pray | Oh Fangs is 9 19 9 28
1904/26 CS OT tides Pigs | 29 34 63
Newgarden, |

1905 | 26 Se == 61 29 61 90
Summerhill er 9 CSF AM owe | oo 13 49 13 62
an | |

Castle. 1905 | 40 peo Rome t | 47 138 60

(190410 eee) 3 14 3 17
Woodlands, - |
(1905 20 2 = 2.) 3 2 2
1904 | 54 1 cane, aon a irae eres | 30 96
Doonass,
1905 | 3 | 3 ee 18 40 18 58
| \ 1904 | 31 | 2 — 17 33 17 50
_ Hermitage, |
| (1905| 26 | «¢ a 30 30 30 60
: 2 |
| 1904 8 — | = 8 — 8
| Landscape,
| 1905 | 9 — —- | = — = 9*
: /
| ied j1904 20 3 se) gp Oa ee 20 43
ospe | | |
| Pa A Tne | em ee a (oe 32 65
tas ! |
| | |

* To 3lst May only.

Messrs Enright remark :—‘‘ The waters were not fully
fished, and there was very little fishing done in the autumn.”’

Suir.—Cahir Park and Neddin’s

Water. Mr. W. Rocurort.
Cahir Park—~J904, 48 salmon, weighing 606 Ibs.
1005... 49 css a 6663 ,,
Neddin’s Water—1904, 46 _,, 7 TOO 4 6
19006; 2444, 7 384 ,,
Waterville Salmon Fishery. Mr. W. J. DELAP.
| -—- ist ‘to 16th to ae. March. | April. |‘ May. | June. | July. | Total.
| 16th. | 3let.
iheg pr toa aes
1904, | 65 so | 67 40 | 47 29 68 31 | 367
| 1906, | 23 26 | 23 41 22 14 12 18 227
) ied

VIII. 05, 27

RETURN OF TRISH SALMON FROM BILLINGSGATE,

Mr. J. WreNcH TOWSE.

) Number of Boxes Average Number of Boxes
. Trish Salmon. per 1b. all po OY
1904, | 1905. | 1904, | 1905. 1904. 1905.
= Eee — | =
& da. 8. d
January Ae 42 37 4 23 4 112 82
February Bes 238 432 Bg eg 918 996
March .. me 481 | 483 Sn 2 6} 1,527 1,481
April, _.. = 711 787 2 1} 23 2,145 1,911
May, ip 964 |’ 1,114 1 9 te a ee 3,665
June, .. | 1,916 2,267 1,54 | ey 5,768 6,803
July, a ate 1,941 800 1 24 1 2% 8,610 7,152
August, ot 232 59 1 5} 1 4 3,377 2,745
September, nee 3 TY 2 0 _ 427 567
October, .. Ae _ — — --- 41 45
November, ee — | Be oe — 25 59
December, od te — | == | — — 47 98
) | 6,528 5,979 — | 96.964 ~~ | 25,607

*Including English, Scotch, Irish. Dutch, Norwegian, French, Danish, and Canadian.

[ 189 ]

VIII. *05,

DISTRICT.

Dublin, ..
Wexford, ..
Waterford,
Lismore,
Cork,

Cork (Bandon),
Skibbereen,
Bantry,
Kenmare, :.
Waterville,
Killarney,
Limerick,
Galway,
Connemara,
Ballinakill,
Bangor,

Ballina,

. Very bad; declining,

. | Fair; improving,

5 | Very bad; declining,

28

iv.—SUBSTANCE OF REPORTS RECEIVED FROM CLERKS

What is the general state of the Salmon Fisheries in this District ?
Are they as a rule improving or declining ?

!

1904. 1905.
Fair; about the same as last year, No improvement, .. om
Improving, Declining, .. cc ae
Fairly satisfactory ; improving, Satisfactory, AA AD
. Good; improving, .. Ae

Fairly good ; slight improvement,
Fair ; showing tendency to improve, ..
Very poor; great falling off from last —

year.

Bad ; declining, its

. Improving, aa ahs

| Fair.

Improving, .. 53
Declining, .. AS ate
. Bad. Declining oe ae

Fairly good ; improving,

Poor ; not improving,

Unsatisfactory, especially for peal— worse
than the average of preceding years.

Not so good as last year either as to sup- |
ply or capture.

Very bad; declining,

Very bad,

Fairly good ; inclined to improve,

Not so good in the estuaries ; sea fishing
better.

Prospect very fair ; no remarkable change,

Fair; about average,

Improving,

Improvement,

Fair ; not so good for angling, but better |
for netting. |

Fair ; improving,

| 390 3

. Very bad; declining,

Fairly good. About the same as last year,

Only fair ; if anything, declining,
Poor ; not improving, és

On the whole not up to average,
N * = po Seat slight improvement on
Fair all round ; improving a little,
Bad; slightly better than last year, ..
Very bad; declining, ain
Very bad; declining, =.
Fairly good ; slight improvement, ws
A good deal better than last year; as a

rule improved.

Prospect very fair; an apparent change

for the better in some rivers.
Not good ; declining, 7 -
Declining, ..
As arule on the decline, as “«

Satisfactory generally: improving P

Declining, ais os

29

OF CONSERVATORS RELATIVE TO SALMON FISHERIES.

a

Has the take of Salmon and Grilse by nets and weirs throughout the district
been more or less productive in the present year than in the past one?

_ a Bah 84 en has — DISTRICT.
|
1904, 1905.
More spring fish taken, but much less Less, Dublin.
Grilse,
More Salmon ; less Grilse, Less by nets, Wexford.
Somewhat less productive, especially as Salmon—more as regards nets; Grilse— Waterford.
regards Grilse. less as run did not occur before end of
| open season. :
The take of Salmon very good ; the take | Take of Salmon good ; take of Grilse very Lismore.
of Grilse poor. poor.
Less ; little or no Grilse taken by nets .. | Less, Cork.

About the same,

Salmon, more ; Grilse, less,

Cork (Bandon).

. | Drogheda.

Less productive, Less, | Skibbereen.
Less productive, | Less, | Bantry.
|
Less productive in present year, Less, _ | Kenmare.
Net fishing poor in consequence of in- Less, Waterville.
clement weather; weir much im- |
proved. _ ;
Less productive, Less, _ Killarney.
} |
Take of Salmon something less, but that Salmon—more ; Grilse, season very un- | Limerick.
of Grilse enormously less. satisfactory, but on the whole better
i than last year.
I.ess productive, Slightly more. Galway.
—. —— Connemara.
Very much less productive, . | A little more, Ballinakill.
Very much more productive, .. Very much less, . | Bangor.
Considerably less productive, .. ' About the same, | Ballina.
About the same, | Slightly on the increase, Sligo.
; |
Less in the rivers, . | More, | Ballyshannon,
Very much more productive, .. Less, Letterkenny.
Somewhat less productive, Less, . | Londonderry.
More productive, | Less, _ Coleraine.
More productive, es | Very changeable. Some better than last | Ballycastle.
year, some not so good.
More productive, .. | More in Dee and Glyde. Less in Castle- | Dundalk.
| town River.
i
More productive; marked increase, .. | Less, Z

VIII. °05,

DISTRICT.

Dublin,
Wexford, 35
Waterford,
Lismore, ..
Cork,

Cork (Bandon),
Skibbereen,
Bantry,
Kenmare, ..
Waterville,
Killarney,
Limerick, ..
Galway,
Connemara,
Ballinakill,
Bangor,
Ballina

Sligo,
Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny,
Londonderry,
Coleraine, ..
Ballycastle,
Dundalk, ..

Drogheda,

30

SuBsTaNCE OF REPORTS received from CLE

Has the take of Sea Trout by nets and weirs been more, or less, productive
this year than in the past one ?

1905. |

More productive,

Less productive,

No record of any Sea Trout taken in this

District.

More productive, ..

. | Less,

About the same,

About the same,

. , More productive,
. No netting for Sea Trout in the district,

Net fishing poor in consequence of in- |
welr much im- |

clement weather ;
proved.

No nets or weirs for capture of Sea Trout

in District.

None taken in Shannon for commercial

purposes.

About the same,

. | Very much less productive,

Less productive,

. | An average,

. | Better this year,

More productive in River Erne,
Much more productive,
Somewhat less productive,

No perceptible difference,
About the same,

About the same,

Leas productive by one-half, ..

[ 192

None taken, mo mii ae
|
Less, ee we
. | Less, a _

| No netting for Sea Trout in this District,

. About ths same,

Less,

Less by nets,
No record of take of Sea Trout,
Very poor, and a small class of fish, ..

None taken in this District, ..

About the same, ..

No nets or weirs for capture of Sea Trout
in District.

None taken in Shannon, on ee
More, a ef
4
More, ate ab 5. us
Less, ** ** ef ee
Same as last year, .. on one

Much more. Owing to low water in Jul
and August fish could not get to fres
water.

A good deal more, .. oe

No apparent change,

No change, ih

Very few taken
Less generally, as

Leas, in ak

of ConseRVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—continued.

———— Oo

Has any peculiarity been observed in the date which fish have
appeared in the rivers this season ?

7) DISTRIOT.
1904. 1905.
No Grilse were taken in July, — Dublin.
Grilse were late, _-- Wexford.
No, No, . Waterford.
No, J No, . Lismore.
None, except some Spring Salmon vb- | No, Cork.
served in December.
No. | No, | Cork (Bandon),
Yea: Salmon appeared this year in Apri), Numerous fish in September, .| Skibbereeu,
No, : ~ | Oo, . | Bantry.
Na, No, we ... Kenmare.
No, 7 | Sea Trout appeared rather earlier than | Waterville,
usual.
No, E No. Killarney.
No, ae . Peal fishing began well and early, but | Limerick.
completely collapsed by June 20th— ©
a month earlier than usual.
Grilse commenced to run earlier than No. : ¥ Galway,
usual.
No, No, é as .. Connemargs
| |
No, ei No, ok Ballinakill.
No, 7 . | No, .. | Bangor.
No, but the Grilse came in small and poor First run of Grilse good, but fishing fell off | Ballina.
condition. hoplessly afterwards.
Wo, oe No, Sligo.
Yes ; appeared later, Yes. A little earlier, Ballyshannon,
No, as No, Letterkenny.
No, Run of breeding fish later than usual, .. | Londonderry
Ne, No, : | Coleraine.
An earlier run of Spring fish appeared in | No, . | Ballycaatie.
the Bush than usual. |
No, wd x6 «. | No, . | Dundalk.

Runs poor in February and March, ..

Later than in previous season

[18378

|
i
:

. | Drogheda.

——— TEESE EnERAnIRERERREEERERREEEe

0

VIII. 05,

DISTRICT.

Dublin,
Wexford,
Waterford,
Lismore,
Cork,

Cork (Bandon),
Skibbereen,
Bantry, ..
Kenmare,
Waterville,
Killarney,
Limerick, ..
Galway, ..
Connemara,
Ballinakill,
Bangor,
Ballina,
Sligo,
Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny,
Londonderry,
Coleraine, ..
Ballycastie,
Dundalk,

Drogheda,

. . . .
. . .

32

. Se
SUBSTANCE OF Reports received from CLERKS

Between what dates did the principal migration of Seon: take place ? 2
Was it larger or smaller than usual ?

1904.

1905.

May and June. Not larger than usual,

March, April, and May. About same as
last year. a

Early part of April and May, Larger,

. From middle of March to end of April.

Larger than usual.

|
, | Between middle of March and 1st May, ..
;

Larger. «

. 25th March and 4th May. Larger,

. | 10th April and 16th May. Same as usual,

Apri! and May. As usual.

re March and April. Cannot say,

April and May. Larger,
March to May. Aboutsame, ..

April and May. Up to usual average, ..

. | April and May,

April to May. About the same,

Cannot ascertain,

End of Apri! and May,

. |Apriland May. Sinaller,
April, May, and first week in June. More
numerous.
Middle of April to end of May. Larger,

Could not be ascertained,

ist April to 15th June. About the same,

Ist April to end of June. Larger,

Rivers are generally clear before end of
June. Larger.

May. No change,

April and May. Average,

[ 194 J

i
|

. | Cannot say, ss

. April 1 to July 1.

Middle of April to end of May. About the

April 28 and June 20. Smaller,
April and May. Average,
March, April, and May. Larger,
Middle of March to May. Larger,
March 17 to April 12. Average,
April 12 to May 10. Larger, ..
About May 1. Smaller,
April and May. Smaller,
March and April. Cannot say,
April 15 to May 15. Larger, ..
March, April, and May. About same, ..
April 15 to May 15. Probably larger, ..
April and May. Much larger,
April and May. About the same
Cannot say, a's
April 20 to June 20. Up to average, ..
April and May. Smaller,

Rie 7 to 28. Immense quantities, ..

same.

April 1 to middle of June.

About the-
same. ;

Much larger,
End of May and beginning of June.

About the same.

April and May. Larger in Dee and Gh;
No change observed in other rivé

Apriland May. About the same,

33

of CONSERVATORS relative to SALMON KISHERIES ~continued.

———————————————————————

Has there been observed more than one migration of Smolts to the sea durin
the season? If so, state dates when these migrations took place. "

Several migrations observed in the | Londonderry.

Yes; cannot give dates,
Summer—dates not recorded.

' ee Ne ese - eas a hak j DistTaRior.
1904. 1905.
————— << - - =
|
Not this year, ‘e ee ve | No, a is ia .. Dublin.
No, ue Fr me .. | One more, = os .. Wexford.
No. He ee oe .. | Yes. On the Suir in June, .. Waterford.
) No, rr a ap ie |) Py & 3 me sia .. Lismore.
| No, ? “, " .. | No, + i ss .. | Cork.
: :
hes _ No, a is te .. | Cork (Bandon).
No, ; No, i * " .. | Skibbereen.
No, : No, a ? ™ .. | Bantry.
Ne, : | No, ; | Kenmare.
Nv, r No, | Waterville.
Ne, Por Pi - as |) No; ati std - mo | Killarney.
Yes ; there is an Autumn run, chiefly in | Yes. There is an Autumn run, at | Limerick.
September.
|
Yes; small run in October; not as | Yes. Small migration in September and ' Galway.
numerous as usuel. | October.
No Ve a a ah | No, | Connemara.
aan | anal | Ballinakil s.
No, a a nae .. | Yes; April 20, May 12, and June 20, .. Bangor.
Smolts were not observed to any extent, — | Ballina.
Yes : about end of August, Yes ; May and end of September. Very | Sligo.
! few in latter month.
| No, | No, Ballyshannon.
No, No, iG “o me .. | Letterkenny.
|

: . rer: Doe
Several migrations, the principal was that | Coleraine.

Several migrations with cach flood from
in the last week of April.

Ist April to end of June.

No, No, _s a ‘ial x | Ballycastle.
, No, No, | Dundalk.
Yes ; the run continued for some time in | No, | Drogheda.

June.

f 36 |

02

VIII. 05,

DISTRICT.

34

SuBsTANCE OF REPORTS received from CL

Dublin,
“Wexterd, ..
Waterford,
Lismore,
Cork,

Cork (Bandon),
Skibbereen,
Bantry,
Kenmare, ..
Waterville,
Killarney, ..
Limerick, ..
Gaiway, ..
Connemara,

Ballinakill,

Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny,
Londonderry,
Coleraine, ..
Ballycastle,
Dundalk, ..

Drogheda,

ee

| Unfavourable, : ri

. | Favourable,

| Favourable, 5:

Favourable,

Untavourable,

Favourable,

Unfavourable,

Unfav ourable, A w. At

Unfavourable,

Unfavourable,

Favourable, ot oe ae

Z - Unfavourable in Spring; favourable in

peal season.

Generally favourable,

. Unfavourable,

Unfavourable,

Favourable,

Favourable,

. | Favourable,

About same as usual,

Unfavourable, He

Favourable,

At sea unfavourable.
waters favourable.

. Favourable, ss Ny “fs

Favourable,

Favourable,

[ 196 ]

In tidal and upper |

In your >pinion was the weather favourable 4
(1). To Netting.

. Favourable durin

.

1905.

Favourable,
Favourable, ois oe

Generally favourable. Unfavourable to —
drift nets in estuary owing 'to! fine
weather.

Favourable ; February to_May, Ei

Favourable on the, whole,

Favourable, mt as

Favourable,

Favourable, a ae

Favourable,

Favourable,

Favourable,

Favourable,

Generally favourable,

Unfavourable, or

Favourable,

Unfavourable up to July; favourable
from that to end of season. ar

Unfavourable,

Fairly favourable,

Favourable,

Very favourable,

Unfavourable,

Unfavourable,

Unfavourable,

early part of season, |
but unfavourable towards the end. —

Favourable, i3 in °

35

of CoNSERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—conlinued.

unfavourable in each month of the open season ?

Favourable in River Bann ; unfavourable
in small rivers.

Favourabie,
Favourable, Af “ie 2e
Favourable, Ae an im

unfavourable.

Unfavourable up to April, then fair and
subsequently very favourable.

part = season,

Favourable during ear 4 om
e end

unfavourable towar

Favourable,

Lic dae J

(II). To Angiing.
= Bitte: DISTRICT.
| 1904. 1906.

: rh eae ail aad om
Unfavourable, We | Unfavourable, Dublin.
Favourable, ae Unfavourable, Wexford.
Favourable in early part of season, _ Unfavourable, except in the Spring, Waterford
Very favourable, aH | Favourable, February to May ; Unfavour- Lismore.

; able, June to September.
Unfavourable, +e Favourable on the whole, | Cork.
Favourable, ya. Favourable to May—then unfavourable, | Cork (Bandon).
Unfavourabie, ne Unfavourable, | Skibbereen.
Favourable, ale Unfavourable, . | Bantry.
Uniavourable, a * | Favourable, Kenmare.
|
| On the whole rather unfayourab'e, | Favourable, . | Waterville.
| Favourable, ae Favourable, | Killarney
| Favourable in Spring ; fairly soin Summer,| Favourable in Spring, . | Limerick.
Generally favourable, Favourable, March to June. Unfavour- Galway.
able, July and August.
| Favourable, at . | Favourable, | Connemara
Favourable, a fs oe Unfavourable, Ballinakill.
Favourable, except in Newport River, .. | Unfavourable up to July; favourable Bangor.
from that on to end of season.
Favourable, a es ral Unfavourable, Ballina.
Not quite so favourable, , | Unfavourable, | Slige.
Favourable, oe ea a" | Unfavourable, Ballyshannon.
Unfavourable during part of season, Favourable, Letterkenny,
Favourabie. Unfavourable, a | Londonderry.
Favourable to end of June; from thaton Coleraine.

Ballycastle.

Dundaik.

Drogheda.

ac “SAY See TSN

VIII. *05, 36

SUBSTANCE OF Reports received from

At what period of the year is Grilse first taken ?
DISTRICT, $$. _ aa eS ee

ee

1904. | 1905.

Dublin July, July,
Wexford, June June,
Waterford About May, | May, .
Lismore 2nd May, ee : | April 19,
Cork, About Ist May, May,

Cork (Bandon),

Early in June,

First week in June, ..

Skibbereen, Middle of April, —<
Bantry, .. July, July,
Kenmare, June, June, a6
Waterville, Middle of May, July 5,
Killarney, End of May, End of May,
Limerick, End of May, End of May,
Galway, 12th April, June,
Connemara, Ballinahinch early in June—other fisherles,| June,
middle to end of June.

Ballinakill, 21st June, First week in June, ..
Bangor, June, May,
Ballina, .. — May,
Sligo ne May and June in Sligo division ; J a and | About May 30,

August in Ballisodare.
Ballyshannon, End of June, End of June, aw
Letterkenny, Between middle of June and August, June to August,
Londonderry, Beginning of June, May 23,
Coleraine, +» | End of May, June, and July, .. Last week of May,
Ballycastie, First or second week in May, .. Latter end of May, ..
Dundalk, .. -» | June, o- oe - -. | July, os
Drogheda, -. | June, a vid je .. | June,

[ 198 ]

of CoNSERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES

37

continued,

During what months is the greatest quantity observed or taken ?

1904.

July, Pe ae

July, |

End of July and beginning of August, ..
June and July,

Middle of June and July,

Middle of June to middle of July,

August, .. ee
July, és ale

July, ats ae at
June, a

June and July, Ee

June, ae ae

June and July, we

Ballinahinch, June—other fisheries, July

Last week in June and first fortnight in

July.

July, we a Ms 23

May and June in Sligo division; July

and August in Ballisodare
July,

Between middle of June and August, ..
July,

June and July,

24th June ard 12th July,
July,

July,

1905.

July,

July,

Very few taken. Run did not occur until
close of netting season.

June and July,

July,

End of June, and early in July,

July,
July, che a
August, is we
June, :3 ove
June,
June,

July.
June 13,to 30, s a
June and July, ‘* oe
June and July, k= ee
June and July, a8 ae v6
June, = a a be
August, - ey ofa és
July, a =r te v's
July, vt He cs we

Middle of June to first week in July, ..

August, “he A ae se

July, SHE ae al da

f 198%)

Ballynahinch, June; in other fisheries,

DISTRIOT.

Dublin.
Wexford.
Waterford.
Lismore.
Cork.

Cork (Bandon).
Skibbereen.
Bantry.
Kenmare.
Waterville.
Killarney.
Limerick.
Galway.
Connemata.
Rallinakill.
Bangor.
Sallina.
Sligo.
Ballyshanr on.
Letterkenr y.
Londonderry
Coleraine.
Ballycastle.
Dundalk."

Drogheda.

VITI. °05,

DISTRICT.

Dublin,

Wexford, ..

Waterford

Lismore,

Cork,

Cork (Bandon),

Skibbereen,
Bantry,
Kenmare, .
Waterville,
Killarney, .
Limerick, .
Calway,
Connemara,
Ballinakill,
Bangor,
Ballina,

Sligo, ..

Ballyshannon,

Letterkenny,
Londonderry,
Coleraine, ..
Ballycastie,
Dundalk,

Drogheda,

38

SUBSTANCE oF REpoRTS received from CLER

During what months are many Salmon taken with the Grilse, and are these Salmon
on an average heavier or lighter than at other periods ?

July ; about the same as last year,
June and July ; heavier,
July and August ; lighter as a rule,

May and June,

April and May; about the same weight,

June and July; average,

July and August; heavier,
June and July,

June and July, ve 55

May and June; somewhat lheghter,

End of May and beginning of June;
about same.

May ; lighter,

July ; lighter, - ae se
July and August ; much the same weight
as during the rest of the season.

June ; much the same,

May and June; no change,

Not known: smaller,

May and June ; average weight better, ..

End of June ; lighter,

June and July ; heavier,

June, July, and August,

June and August ; heavier in tidal waters,

Fish were observed to be getting heavier
after 20th July.

July and August ; lighter,

July ; lighter,

[ 200 J

1905.

July. Heavier,
June, July, August. Heavier,
July and August. Generally lighter, ..
May and June,
June and July. About average size,
Early in July. Heavier,
August. Lighter,
June. Lighter,
June and July,
August and September. Rather lighter,
End of May and beginning of June. On
an average heavier.
May. Lighter,
June and July,

July and August. About the same as in

other months.

First week in June. Somewhat heavier,

May and June. About the same,
June and July. Average,
June, July, and early in August. Heavier,
From June on,

June and July. Heavier,
June, July, and August,
July. Weight about same as in other |

months

Heavy Salmon ran in April and towards |
the end of the season.

July and August. Lighter, ..

July. Lighter,

39

of ConsERVATORS relative to SALMON FIsHeRTEs—continued.

SN eee eee eee eee Ee ee SS st

Tn what months are the greatest quantities of Salmon (not Grilse) taken ?

1904.

June,

April and May,

February, March, April, and May,
February to June,

it,

April and May,

August and September,

June,

July,

February, March, and April, .
January to April,

April and May,

April,

July, August, September, and October,
First week in June, ..
April and May,

To end of May,

June,

May and June,

July and August,

July and August, ..
May, June, and July,
20th May and 20th July,
April, May, and August,

April and May,

|
“Sl
Js

|

|
|

|
Ta

1905.

June,

May,

February to May,

February, March, and April,
February, March, and April, ..

March and April,

DisTRict.

Dublin.

Wexford.

Waterford.

Lismore.

Cork.

Cork (Bandon).

sid August and September. Skibbereen.
June, Bantry.
July, | Kenmare.
| February, March, and April, Waterville.
February, March, and April, Killarney.
April and May, Limerick.
March, April, and May, Galway.
July to October, Connemara.
May, Ballinakill.
- | April and May, Bangor.
May and June, Ballina.
. | January to March, Sligo Division. Sligo.
June in Ballysodare Division.
May, F | Ballyshannon.
July and August, | Letterkenny.
. July and August, | Londonderry.
; | May and June, Coleraine.
From beginning of season to May 1. Ballycastle.
and from middle of July to end of
season.
March, April, and May, Dundalk.
April and May, . Drogheda.

VITI. 05, 40)
SUBSTANCE OF REPORTS received from CLERK
Can it be ascertained what proportion the capture of Grilse bears to the
/ capture of Salmon ?
DistTRIOT. ee oe, ae
1904. | 1905.
|
Dublin, . About equal numbers taken, . . 5% | About 8 to 1,
Wexford, .. . | No; bad year for Grilse, <0 ne | About 1 to 3,
Waterford, .|N 0; but take of Grilse Jess than that of | About 1 to 10, ite af
mon. =
Lismore, _ Cannot be ascertained, No,
|
ork, | Cannot be ascertained, No. Put more Salmon are taken,

Cork (Bandon),

Skibbereen,

w

No,

About equal,

10 to 1,

10 to 1,

1 to 5. Fishermen at Grilse season go
in more for White Trout fishing—
ee the proportion.

About 3 or 4 to 1,

11 to 2,

On Ballinahinch and Screebe about equal. |
Other fisheries 3 to 1.

3 to 1,

20 to 1,

No; but greater portion were Grilse,

Sligo Division, 3 to 1 ; Ballisodare, 6 to 1,

St.

| 6 tol,
| Majority Grilse,
2 to 1,

. | Cannot be ascertained,

Cannot be ascertained,

oe | Go of Salmon far in of that of
ero excess a

{ 202 ]

No,

No, ° °
16 to 1,

10 tol

1 tn 3 “fa

| 2tol ws os

5 to 1, - S: 7
& to 1 oe sw

. | 6tol, 4 =e

Equal on Ballinahinch and Screebe:
J to 3 on other fisheries.

a t6e la oe ae i
No, but best Grilse more numerous than
Salmon.
Sligo, 3 to 1; Ballysodare, 4tol, .
Erne, 1 to 2; other rivers Grilse more
numerous than Salmon.

5 tol,

The majority of fish taken are Grilse,

2 tol,
Not ascertained, ai sil
No, s 7 ale os

Salmon far exceed Grilse in numbers, .. *

4]

of CoNSERVATORS relative to SALMON VisHERIES—continued.

Neer errr

Is there any increase in the average size of Spring Salmon or Grilse ?

eninge nts

on

Give average

weight of Salmon and Grilse in the season of this year, as far as practicable.

Increase in case of Spring Salmon.
Salmon, 11 lbs.; Grilse, 5 lbs.

Salmon, 11 or 12 lbs.; Grilse, 5 lbs., ..
No. Salmon, 12 lbs.; Grilse, 5 lbs., ..

No. Salmon, 7 to 27 lbs.; Grilse, 6 to
7 lbs.

1905.

Spring Salmon, 11 Ibs. ; Grilse, 4 lbs., ..

| Spring Salmon, smaller ; salmon, 12 Ibs. ;

Spring Salmon, 9 Ibs.; Grilse, 3 Ibs., .. |

No. Salmon, 12 lbs.; Grilse, 5 lbs.,

No. 10 lbs.,

No. Salmon, 16 lbs.; Grilse, 6 lbs., ..

Salmon, 10 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 lbs.,
Yes. Salmon, 14 lbs.; Grilse, 6 lbs., ..

No. Salmon, 11 lbs.; Grilse, 5} lbs., ..

Yes.
lbs.

Spring Salmon about the same. Salmon,
about 14 lbs.; Grilse, 6 lbs.

No. Salmon, 10 lbs.; Grilse, 7 lbs.,

| Spring Salmon, 11 lbs.; Grilse, 6 lbs., ..

Yes. Salmon 8} lbs.; Grilse, 4} lbs., ..
No. 10 lbs. to 6 lbs.,
Yes. Salmon, 9 lbs.; Grilse, 4 lbs., ..

Salmon, 15 lbs.; Grilse, heavier—6 lhs.,

Yes; in Spring Salmon,

No. Salmon, 10 lbs.; Grilse, 6 lbs., .
No. Salmon, 12 lbs.; Grilse, 6 lbs., .
Yes. Salmon, 10 to 12 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 to

64 Ibs.
No. Salmon, 14 lbs.; Grilse, 5 lbs., .

Salmon, 14 lbs.; Grilse, 6 Ibs.,

Salmon, 15 to 70 lbs. ; Grilse, 4 to 8 |

. | No.

.

No. Salmon, 8 lbs., Skibbereen.
Salmon, 12 lbs.; Grilse, 5 lbs., | Bantry.
Salmon, 10 lbs.; Grilse, 5 lbs., | Kenmare.
| No. Salmon, 11 Ibs.; Grilse, 5 lbs., .. Waterville.
No. Salmon, 11 lbs.; Grilse, 5 lbs., . K'llarney.
Slight improvement in Salmon and Grilse. | Limerick.
Salmon, 16} lbs.; Grilse, 5} lbs.
| Slight improvement in Salmon. Salmon, Galway.
14% lbs. ; Grilse, 6 lbs.

Salmon, 10 lbs.; Grilse, 7 lbs. . Connemara.
Salmon, 12} lbs. ; Grilse, 6 Ibs., .. | Ballinakill.
Slight increase. Salmon, 9 Ibs; Grilse | Bangor.

54 bs.
No. Salmon, 10} lbs.; Grilse, 6 lbs., .. | Ballina.
Salmon, 6 to 18 or 20 lbs.; Grilse, 2 to Sligo.
6 lbs. |
No. Salmon, 16 lbs. ; Grilse, 6 Ibs., Ballyshannon.
«°
Slightly on the increase, | Letterkenny.
No. Salmon, 10 lbs.; Grilse, 64 lbs., .. | Londonderry.
No. Salmon, 10 Ibs.; Grilse, 6 Ibs., .. | Coleraine.
|
Probably none. Salmon, 9 to 18 lbs.; Ballycastle.
Grilse, 4} to 7 lbs.
| No. Salmon, 14 lbs.; Grilse 8 Ibs., Dundalk.
Salmon, 15 lbs. ; Grilse, 6 lbs., . Drogheda.

Grilse, 6 lbs.
No general increase, but some large fish
up to 46 lbs. taken. Salmon, 12 to

14 lbs. ; Grilse, 4 to 6 lbs.
Salmon, 10 to 17 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 to 7 |bs.,

Yes. Salmon, 10 lbs.; Grilse, 3 lbs., ..

Yes, in Salmon, but notin Grilse. Salmon
15 lbs. ; Grilse, 5 Ibs.

[ 203 ]

DISTRICT.

Dublin.

Wexford.

Waterford.

Lismore.

Cork.

Cork (Bandon).

VIII. ’05, 42 ~~ SI

SupsTANce oF Reports received from C
;

Has any sign of disease been observed among the Salmon during the bas Pe,
Tf so, describe it, and state if it has prevailed to any extent, and where

DISTRICT. ee ee
1904. 19065.
Dublin, .. sul ND, ~ a * beta NO;
Wexford, .. .- | No, ie et cA ee ee [8
Wateriord, .. | Yes; at Carlow during spawning season, | Yes, on the Barrow at Carlow, éucug ll i
January, when the Salmon were
numerous, at the weir. The disease
was diagnosed as Saprolegnia.
Lismore, .. <= | NO: ue bc a ea NOS ig oe m3 os
Cork .. | No, ds Az ; .. | No. be 2 i.
Cork (Bandon), an COs ye ah ~ tl) NO; 7
.
Skibbereen, ney ee Co 2 ar Bs -. | No,
Bantry, .. xe AlN, =A5 oh A Prete es C08
Kenmare .. we | INO; sh i # eal NO.
Waterville, et | eNO; zs me ry oe ING :
Killarney, ng) RE fo a ty ¥ Se a Os
Limerick, . . Be INO: r. as AS .» | No,
Galway, .. en ee te aa Z .. | oo,
Connemara, berg Be Cos 8 * : Hetil Fes
Ballinakill, c. | Be, ie Bod aC ot) vO;
Bangor No, No,
Ballina, | No, va an ge Bate is om
Sligo, No, ob a Py .. | Yes a few diseased fish,
Ballyshannon, se 1 Oo fe at a ao. | NO: ons ds =~ 5
Letterkenny, ; No, ‘ cc 5 sie | NO) = Ae he
Londonderry, .. | No, A Pi st oe 4 eae aa 3 ee
Coleraine, - | No, ie i ; a ae
Ballycaatle é No, ‘ns a ” .. | No, - ie ais
Dundalk, . *. No, ** ** ** * No, * e e.
Drogheda, No ss oa a oo: 1 a ar a 4

43

of ConsERVATORS relative to SaALMon FisHERIES—continued.

each month of the close season ®

Can you give any information about the run of Salmon and Grilse in

at Lee DIsTRIOT.
1904. | 1906.
No, ro ar ae *s | No, Dublin.
The principal run of Salmon ascends in | Salmon and Grilse run in the Slaney, &e., Wexford.
ovember and December. Grilse go | during November, December, and
_ up earlier. oa: January.
With suitable freshes the principal run of | Owing to exceptionally dry winter very Waterford.
spawners is from latter end of October | few Salmon ran.
to end of November, and first part of
December. ;
A very large run of Salmon took placein From October 1 to November 20 there was, Lismore.

ctober. The fish appeared to be |
much smaller than usual. The run |

continued to end of November.

a large run of both Salmon and Grilse. —
The number of spawning fish in the
Blackwater was above the average. |

|
No Grilse run in the close season; large No. Cork.
quantity of breeding fish run in No- |
vember and December.
Salmon run from October to December. | No, . | Cork (Bandon)
Grilse do not run in any great numbers.
No, No, “a | Skibbereen.
No, $ No, ~ / Santry.
No, No, | Kenmare.
The run of Spring Salmon does not com- | Spring Salmon commenced to run into Waterville.
mence till middle or end of December. Lough Currane in November.
Ruu of Saimon and Grilse was bad in | Therun of Salmon and (rilse from August, Killarney.
August, September, and October. to November was poor ; up to Christ- |
2 ‘ | mas, fair; after Christmas, poor.
Cannot answer question satisfactorily, .. | Entirely depends upon the weather, Limerick.
No run until January, | Practically no run in the close season, | Galway.
until the Spring fish begin to run
early in the year.
No, | No, a ye - Connemara.
| /
No, No, me 5 ae .. | Ballinakill.
No, No Bangor.
No, a. ay = tee UND Re a .. | Ballina,
Salmon and Grilse often run in Sligo River) Salmon run in November and Decem- Sligo.
in August and September, and a good ber.
number in October, November, and |
December.
| A late run of Salmon took place during | No, Ballyshannon.
close season.
| No, . | No, Letterkenny.
|
Largest run in October and November, The principal run in the Foyle was in | Londonderry.
but much depends on state of rivers. | December; included many bright,

clean fish as if fresh from the sea.

| No, + vs ve . . | A heavy run of fish in the Bann at the end | Coleraine.
| of August, and again in October. |
| No, es rs ay .- | No, | Ballycastle.
} | '
|
| A great run noticed in November and | Salmon ran in November and December, | Dundalk.
December ; was larger than in former |
years.
No, oe ef a8 eh NOs e Drogheda.

{ 205 ]

VIII. °05,

DISTRICT.

Dublin,
Wexford, ..
Waterford,
Lismore, ..

Cork,

Cork (Bandon),

Skibbereen,
Bantry,
Kenmare, . .
Waterville,
Killarney,
Limerick, ..
Galway,
Connemara,
Ballinakill,
Bangor,
Ballina,
Sligo,
Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny,
Londonderry,
Coleraine, ..
Ballycastic,
Dundalk, ..

Drogheda,

|
|

Have there been any cases of poisoning the rivers in the District? If so, giy
particulars of the different cases, and if by Lime, Spurge, or Flax Water.

. | No, a +4 “4¢- eal

= | oo,

44

SUBSTANCE OF

Reports received from ©

“an

1905.

an

One case in Liffey at Island Bridge.

Yes. One attempt at Kingwilliamstown,

A
2

Slaheny River, tributary to River Roughty,
poisoned once by spurge.

No, aie arn ae oe

Brown Flesk poisoned by lime on one
occasion.

Some poisoning took place in Feale and
Cashen, but unable to get evidence to

5 secure conviction.
0, ee ae

Two cases by flax water ; one by lime, ..

Three cases of poisoning by flax water, ..
No serious case, except by flax water, .. |

Kight cases of pollution by mills, and
about twenty cases of flax water
pollution.

Almost disappeared. No prosecutions for
flax water.

A ‘ew cases of flax water pollution,

No,

One alleged case at Island Bridge, River |

No,
No, Sa oe
No,
: | Yes, several, 5 Ay oe

s
Liffey, by discharge of creosote.
No,

¥

A few by lime or chloride of lime,

One °° in Coomhola River by apexes
Two cases in River Roughty by spurge,
No, ae = on
No, oe se oe

Three cases—two by lime at Rathkeale,
and Abbeyfeale, and one by spurge
at Duagh.

No proved cases, but there is a deleterious
discharge from a factory at Galway.

No, ne = nA
No, a Pe oe
No,

No, oh Fe oe

Alleged case of use of dynamite at Bally-
—sodare.

No, dy ay: ate

None, except from flax water,

One case in tributary of Roe by lime;
much damage done by flax water owing
toidry year.

Two cases in Sixmilewater by chloride of
life: forty-three cases by flax water.

A few by flax water, ae o*

Twenty cases by flax water,

One by flax water, ..

45
of ConsERVATORS relative to SALMON FIsHeRiEsS—continued.

Has the quantity of Breeding Fish observedin the riversin your District during
this winter been greater or less as compared with last winter ?

————— on - : : DIsTRIOT.
| 1904. | 1905.
Less, re ale ry e's | Greater, .. of ae .. Dublin.
Less, a va ee <n Far greater, ae x .. | Wexford.
Greater, | Less in tributaries, .. dps y | Waterford.
Greater, .. ia ar .. | Greater, ea | Lismore.
|

About the same, ee os °F | Greater, ‘ | Cork.
Slightly less, ze ae 1 | About the same, | Cork (Bandon).

/
Less, ae Greater, | Skibbereen.

|
Less, os ie é é | Greater, .. rif a a | Bantry.

| |
Greater, .. ne me é | Greater in some, less in others, .. | Kenmare.
Slightly greater, ein wa be | Greater, .. ae a .. | Waterville.
Much less, ae os .. | Less, wa a aa ne | Killarney.
No change noticed .. Ee .. | Greater in the main rivers. .. oe | Limerick.
Less aa . ye .. | Less, f a a nt | Galway.
Greater, .. we MG Zs | Slightly greater, . | Connemara.
About the same, .. e .. | Much the same, * e, | Ballinakill.
Greater, .. ue a as | About the same, 2 fe os .- Bangor.
Greater, .. ye ae .. | About the same, .. oe .. | Ballina.
Much greater in Manorhamilton Division; Greater, .. “5 a -- | Sligo.

less in Ballisodare. |

Greater in some rivers, . | Much greater, os Es .. Ballyshannon.
Greater, a | No remarkable change, es .. Letterkenny.
Greater, .. ry * =a | Less, aa a S .- | Londonderry.
Much greater, | Much greater, + 7 .. | Coleraine.
Greater, .. rt ii oo | A little above average, yA .. Ballycastle.
Greater, ci -$ = .. Somewhat greater, .. “c ve | Dundalk.
No replies received, .. Greater, Drogheda.

|

Oe ty ae

VIII. 05,

DISTRICT.

Dublin,

Wexford, ..

Waterferd,

Lismore,

Cork,

Cork (Bandon;,

Skibbereen,
Bantry,
Kenmare, ..
Waterville,
Killarney,
Limerick, . .
Galway,
Connemara,
Ballinakill,
Bangor,
Ballina,
Sligo,
Ballyshannon,
Letterkenny,
Londonderry,
Coleraine, ..
Ballycastic,
Dundalk, ..

Drogheda,

LT

|

}

46

SuBsTANCE OF REpoRts received from CLERKS

In what Rivers has the quantity increased ?

1904.
Liffey,
Slaney, Boro, Urrin, and Bann,

Suir and Barrow. The Nore was as well
stocked as last year.

In all tributaries and main river,
| None,

None,

None, 37 es <i

|
. | None, os a2. ne

Tn all rivers in the district,

Tn all rivers,

None,

No increase in any river, a ated
None,

Gowla, Ballinahinch, Inver, Screebe, Cos-

tello, and Skannive.

None,

_ In all rivere,

In the main rivers and middle portions of |
the tributaries.

Bonnett and tributaries,

Erne and Bundrowes,

Lennan and Swilly, ..

In all,

Maine, Blackwater, Ballinderry, Clady,
and Moyola.

In all Salmon Rivers,

Giyde and Dee,

No replies received, ..

[ 208 °]

. | Liffey, ay 5 = bi

. | Slaney and Boro, .. Ae Bi

Lower tributaries of the Barrow and the

King’s River.
| Main river, ne oe on
Lee and Salaune,.... ra We
None, 40 a a a8
Len,
All rive oy a +

Derreen district and Sneem river,

All rivers,

None,

Main river (part) and Mulkear,

Tributaries of
rivers.

Clare and Oughterard
Ballinahinch, Inver, Gowla, Screebe, and
Costello.
None, ay in ate mi
None, ae si yr
Moy and its main tributaries,
All rivers, ie off ats
Erne and tributaries, aud Bundrowes, ..

Swilly and Clady,

None,

' All rivegs,

Ballycastle and Bush,

All rivers,

All rivers, ve o>

P.

of ConsERVATORS relative to SALMON FISHERIES—continued.

1904.

Derry, and small tiibutaries of Slaney, ..

In the lowest tributaries, owing to absence |

of floods.
| None, aa

Bocce

Bandon and Argideen,
Tlen, ar

In all rivers in the district,

None, at

None, in

| Laune, Flesk, Maine, and tributaries, ..

No decrease in any river,
Rather less in all rivers,
Doohulla,

None, ee

None,

None,

Ballisodare and tributaries,
Eske and Inver,

None,

None, as

None,

None,

| No decrease noticed,

|

!

| No replies received, ..

47

In what Rivers has the quantity decreased ?

1905.

Bray,

Urrin and Blackwater,

In the higher tributaries generally,
All the tributaries,
None,

None,

No information,

None,

Sheen and Blackwater,
None,

All rivers,

All tributaries,

All other rivers,
Skannive and Doohulla,
Culfin and Dawros, ..

Tributaries of Carrowmore Lake,

Rathfran, Easky, Pulaheeny, and one

tributary of Moy.

None, ee «e

None, ee ee se
None,

All rivers,

None, es

None, oe oe se
None, ee

None. ee :

ny
bho
oO
©
a

Desreior.

Dublin

Wexford.

Waterford.

Lismore.

Cork.

Cork (Bandon ,

. Skibbereen.

Pantry.

Kenmare.

Waterville.

Killarney.

Limerick.

Galway.

Connemara.

Ballinakill.

Bangor.

Ballina.

Sligo.

Ballyshannon.

Letterkenny.

. Londonderry

Coleraine.
Ballycastle.
Dundalk.

Drogheda.

ee ____._ || |

P

DISTRICT.

Dublin,
Wexford, ..
Waterford,
Lismore,
Cork,

Cork (Bandon),
Skibbereen,
Bantry, ..
Kenmare, ..
Waterville,
Killarney,
Limerick, ..
Galway,
Connemara,
Ballinakill,
Bangor,
Ballina,
Sligo,
Netlodindtiida:
Letterkenny,
Londonderry,
Coleraine,
Ballycastle,
Dundalk, ..

Drogheda,

. | Very favourable, .. os

- | Favourable,

d | Favourable, we

4 | Favourable,

. Unfavourable in the smaller rivers owing
. | Favourable, fe oe

. | Favourable for spawning. I'avourable for

: | Favourable,
; | Very unfavourable for three weeks in

. | Favourable,

. | Very favourable,

; Favourable, aie

48

SUBSTANCE OF

Reports received from CLERKS

Was the state of the rivers favourable or unfavourable to spawning, and to the |
protection of spawning, and spent fish, and young fry ? )

| 1904,

Liffey very favourable,

Favourable in all rivers,

Unfavourable in tributaries owing to
absence of floods preventing the fish |

getting up.
Kavourabie,

Favourable, ste aie

Favourable in Bandon and Argideen, ..

|

to dry weather.

descent of spent fish.

Favourable in all rivers,

Most favourable,

December.

Favourable for Bonet, Ballisodare, and
Ballinascorrow.

|

Favourable owing to high water,

i

Favourable, bs

Favourable owing to continued floods.
The run of fish on the Fane was later

No replies received,

|
| than in other rivers.

1905.

Slaney Boro, and Bann favourable.
Urrin and Blackwater unfavourable.

Generally favourable in main rivers, as
fish were prevented from entering
dangerous tributaries.

: Favourable to protection of fish ..

Liffey favourable. Bray unfavourable,
Fairly favourable, ..

Early Winter unfavourable to run of

spawners—later favourable.

Very favourable 50

Favourable to spawning and protection,
Favourable, AG

Very favourable for spawning, Ese

Generally favourable,

Unfavourable tospawning ; spawners and
spent fish fairly well protected.

Generally favourable, Pi sh
Favourable, aia |
Very favourable, = on |
Favourable to all, .. 3 ee |
Very favourable for spawning, ~ ont

Favourable for spawning and spent fish ; |
low water unfavourable for fry.

Generally favourable, aA oF

. | Very favourable in all rivers owing to |

high water.

| Favourable,

Most favourable owing to high water,
and mild weather.
Favourable owing to high water,

Favourable in all rivers,

Favourable generally, a

49

of CoNSERVATORS relative to SALMON FIsHERIES—continued.

—— eee

| Any particular observations ?

Remarkable increase of large red fish on
the spawning beds.

—_—_-

Very mild weather during spawning
season. Winter very favourable. All
conditions good.

/ Damage caused by carelessness of mill-
owners and poaching along sea coast.

—_——-

Spawning Salmon are larger than usual,
and more plentiful than fer last
fifteen years.

Low water kept spawners out of the
smaller rivers.

Unusual absence of floods during spawn-
ing season.

Heavy floods in January destroyed much

spawn.

More breeding fish obseryed,than for past
ten years.

No run of spawners after Christmas, ..

The run of fish was late this winter, ..

Spawning fish were fourteen days earlier,

| Run of breeding fish later than usual, ..

Fish larger than usual, and spawned
earlier.

A little better than an average year, .«.

DISTRICT.

Dublin.

Wexford.

Waterford.

Lismore.

Cork.

Cork (Bandon).

Skibbereen.

Bantry.

Kenmare.

Waterville.

Killarney.

Limerick.

Galway.

Connemara.

Ballinakill.

Bangor.

Ballina.

Sligo.

Ballyshannon.

Letterkenny.

Londonderry.

Coleraine.

Ballycastle.

Dundalk.

Drogheda.

INDEX.

Nore.—The references expressed in Roman numerals are to
the separate numbers of “Scientific Investigations, 1905,” to
which the divisions of this appendix correspond. The Arabic
numerals which follow refer to the pagination of each number.

The Arabic numerals in square brackets refer to the con-
tinuous pagination of the appendix, at foot of each page.

A.

Acanthephyra, bibliography of, I, 26 [26].
—— occurrence of, off west coast of lreland, I, 3 [3}.
—— specimens of, in British Museum, I, 11 [11].
—— table of species of, I, 23 [23].
—— acanthitelsonis, I, 4 [4], 8 [8].
—— acutifrons, I, 22 [22].

— affinis, I, 21 [21].

—— Ag~assizi, I, 4 [4], 6 [6].

—— angusta, I, 20 [20].

—— approxima, I, 21 [21].

-—— armata, I, 20 [20].

—— Batei, I, 4 [4], 8 [8], 22 [22].
—— brachytelsonis, I, 21 [21].
—-— brevirostris, I, 22 [22], 23 [23].
—— carinata, I, 20 [20}.

--— cristata, I, 22 [22].

— cucullata, I, 22 [22].

—— curtirostris, I, 22 [22].

—— debilis, I, 16 [16].

Edwardsi, I, 20 [20}.

—— eximia, I, 20 [20].

-—— gracilis, I, 16 [16].

— Haeckelt, I, 4 [4].

— Kingsleyi, I, 22 [22]

— lanceocaudata, I, 21 [21].
longidens, I, 21 [21].

media, I, 20 [20].
microphthalma, I, 21 [21].
parva, I, 4 {4}, 9 [9].
pellucida, I, 23 [23].
pulchra, I, 21 [21].

purpurea, I, 4 [4].

rectirostris, I, 4 [4], 9 [9].
rostrata, I, 23 [23].

Rouxi, I, 23 [23].

sanguinea, I, 21 [21]

sica, I, 4 [4], 7 [7].
Acanthometron sp., VII, 4 [142].
Acanthoscina acanthodes, IV, 14 [74].
serrata, IV, 14 [74]

Acartia Clausi, VI, 30 [133].
discaudata, VI, 31 1341.

—— gaboonensis, VI, 30 [133].
—- longiremis, VI, 31 [134].
Aegisthus atlanticus, VI, 36 [139].
mucronatus, VI, 36 [139].
—— spinulosus, VI, 36 [139].

|

MELT TLE LTT

il INDEX.

Aetidius armatus, VI, 11 [114].

armiger, VI, 14 [117].

Agalmopsis elegans, VII, 13 [151].

Agastra caliculata, VII, 8 [146].

Aglantha rosea, VII, 11 |149}.

Alcyonaria from west coast of Ireland, V, 3 [101].
Alepocephalus Giardi, II, 22 [48], 25 [51].
rostratus, II, 25 [51].

Amallophora echinata, VI, 18 [121].

magna, VI, 17 [129].

obtusifrons, VI, 17 [120].

Amphinema dinema, VII, 5 [143].

Amphipoda as food of fishes, IV, 5 [65}.
bikhography of, IV, 36 [96].

collected by the “Thor,’’ IV, 3 [63].

pelagic, of the Irish Atlantic Slope, IV, 3 [63].
Anguilla vulgaris, Leptocephali of, II, 23 [49].
Anomalocera Pattersoni, VI, 30 [133}.

Antaria coerulescens, VI, 34 {137}.

crasstmana, VI, 34 [137].

—— mediterranea, VI, 35 [138].

obtusa, VI, 34 [137].

Antimora viola, II, 25 [51].

Antipatharia from west coast of Ireland, V, 3 [101].
Arachnactis Bournet, VII, 14 [152].

Argentina silus, TI, 22 [48].

Argyropelecus hemigymnus, II, 23 [49].

Artificial propagation of Salmonidae, VIII, 17 [179].

Astronesthes Richardson, II, 22 [48].
Augaptilus gibbus, VI, 28 [131].
longicaudatus, VI, 28 [131].

magnus, VI, 28 [131].

Aurelia aurita, VII, 13 [151].

rearing of, in an aquarium, VII, 22 [160].

B.

Bathylagus atlanticus, II, 6 [32].
Bathypterois dubius, II, 25 [51].
Bathytroctes rostratus, II, 22 [48], 27 [53].
Belfast Lough, Foraminifera of, III, 10 [62].
Benthosema Miillerz, II, 23 [49].

Beroe ovata, VII, 15, [153].

Bibliography of Acanthephyra, I, 26 [26].
-—— of Amphipoda, IV, 36 [96].

—— of Fishes of Irish Atlantic Slope, IT, 26 [52].
-—— of Irish Copepoda, VI, 37 [140].
Bipinnaria, VII, 15 [153].

Bolina norvegica, VII, 15 [153].
Brachycalanus atlanticus, VI, 20 [123].
Brachyscelus crusculum, IV, 26 [86].
Bradyanus armatus, VI, 11 [114].

Bradyctes imermis, VI, 12 [115].

Bradyidius armatus, VI, 11 [114].
Branchellion torpedinis, V, 4 [102].

Breeding habits of Phronima sedentaria, 1V, 19 |79]
British-and-Irish Area, the, IT, 4 [30].
Bryaxis brevicornis, VI, 12 [115].

—— mimor, VI, 12 [115].

Bulimina convoluta, 111, 4 [66).

———- elongata, TTI, 4 [56].

syrne, L. W., TI, 3 [29].

So Ot «€) he eee

INDEX.

C.

Calanus americanus, VI, 5 [108].
arcuicornis, VI, 9 [112].
attenuatus, VI, 7 {110}.
Clausi, VI, 10 [113].
cornutus, VI, 8 [111].
elongatus, VI, 6 [109].
erythrochilus, VI, 6 {109}.
euchaeta, VI, 30 [133].
finmarchicus, VI, 4 [107].
gracilis, VI, 5 [108].
helgolandicus, V1, 4 [107].
longus, VI, 23 [126].
mastigophorus, VI, 9 [112].
mirabilis, VI, 7 [110].
parvus, VI, 8 [111].

pavo, VI, 9 [112].

princeps, VI, 6 [109].
propinquus, VI, 5 [108].
rostrifrons, VI, 8 [111].
tenwicornis, VI, & [108].
Calanella hyalina, VI, 6 [109].
mediterranea, VI, 7 [110].
Candace armata, VI, 29 [132].
norvegica, VI, 29 [132].
pectinata, VI, 29 [132].
Candacia armata, VI, 29 [132].
elongata, VI, 29 [132].
—— norvegica, VI, 29 [132].
—— rotunda, VI, 29 [132].
Calocalanus pavo, VI, 9 [112].
styliremis, VI, 9 [112].
Centropages Chierchiae, VI, 22 [125].
hamatus, VI, 22 [125].

— typicus, VI, 21 [124].
Centrophorus ringens, II, 25 [51].
Cetochilus helgolandicus, VI, 4 [107].
longiremis, VI, 5 [108].
Chimaera mirabilis, II, 25 [51].
Chiridius armatus, VI, 11 [114].
brevispinus, VI, 13 [116].
tenuispinus, VI, 13 [116].
Chirundina Streetsi, VI, 16 [119].
Chrysaora isosceles, VII, 13 [151].
Clausia elongata, VI, 10 [113].
Clausocalanus arcuicornis, VI, 9 [112].
Clione limacina, VII, 17 {155}.
Conaea rapax, VI, 35 [138].
Conocara macroptera, II, 25 [51].
Copepoda, bibliography of Irish, VI, 37 [140].
list of marine, of Ireland, VI, 3 [106].
pelagic, VI, 3 [106].
Corycaeus anglicus, VI, 33 [136].
germanus, VI, 33 [136].
—— limbatus, VI, 34 [137].
—— remiger, VI, 34 [137].

—— speciosus, VI, 34 (137].
venustus, VI, 34 [137].
Corymorpha nutans, VIT, 5 [143].
Cristellaria rotulata, III, 4 [56].

ETT

[ 215 ]

iv INDEX.

Crybelocephalus, gen. nov., IV, 32 [92].
megalurus, IV, 33 [93].
Ctenocalanus vanus, VI, 10 [113].
Cupulita Sarsi, VII, 12 [150].
Cyanea Lamarcki, VII, 13 [151}.
Cyclops longicornis, VI, 22 [125].
marmus, VI, 33 [136}.
Cymbasoma rigida, VI, 33 [136].
Cyphocaris anonyz, IV, 28 [88].
micronyx, LV, 28 [88].
Cystisoma, larva of, IV, 18 [78].
spinosum, IV, 17 [77].
Cytaeandra areolata, VII, 5 [143].

D.

Dairella Bovalli, IV, 18 [78].

latissima, IV, 18 [78].

Delap, M. and C., VII, 3 (141).

M. J., VII, 22 [160].

Development of Aurelia aurita, VII, 22 [160].
of Brown Trout fry, VIII, 6 [168].

— of Iwidia Sarsi, VII, 15 [153].

—— of Pelagia perla, VII, 25 [163].

Diaizxis hibernica, VI, 19 [122].

pygmaea, VI, 19 [122].

Diaptomus abdominalis, VI, 24 [127].
bateanus, VI, 22 [125].

Dias discaudata, VI, 31 [124].

longiremis, VI, 30 [133}, 31 [134].
Dipleurosoma typicum, VII, 8 [146].
Dipurena halterata, VII, 6 [144].

ophiogaster, VII, 5 [143].

Diretmus argenteus, II, 24 [50}.

Discorbina minutissima, III, 5 [57].
Distribution of Acanthephyra, I, 25 [25].
monthly, of plankton in Valencia Harbour, VII, 18 [156].
of medusae in Valencia Harbour, VIT, 20 [158].
Doliolum sp., VII, 17 [155}.

¥.

Ectopleura Dumortiert. VII, 6 [144].
Eggs and fry of Salmonidae, influence of light on, VIIJ, 14 [176].
Eucalanus attenuatus, VI, 7 [110].
crassus, VI, 7 [110].

elongatus, VI, 6 [109]. ~
—— mastigophorus, VI, 9 [112].
spinifer, VI, 7 [110].
Euchaeta acuta, VI, 17 [120].
armata, VI, 11 [114].

—— atlantica, VI, 16 [119].

——— australis, VI, 15 [118].

——- barbata, VI, 17 [120].

—— carinata, VI, 16 [119].

—— communis, VI, 16 [119].

—— glacialis. VI 16 {119}.

—— hebes, VI, 17 [120].

—— hessei, VI, 15 [118].

L/ 216# ]

ee

INDEX.

Euchaeta marina VI, 16 [119].
norvegica, VI, 16 Hi9f

—— Prestandreae, VI, 16 [119].

—— pulchra, VI, 15 [118].

—— Sutherlandti, V1, 16 [119].

tonsa, VI, 17 [120].

Kuchilota pilosella, VII, 9 [147].

Kuchirella carinata, VI, 16 [119].

—-~ curticauda, VI, 15 [118], 16 [119].

rostrata, VI, 15 [118].

Kuphysa aurata, VII, 6 [144].

Kuprimno macropus, IV, 65 {85}.

Euthemisto bispinosa, TV, 24 {84}.

compressa, IV, 24 [84], 36 [96].

Eutima insignis, VII, 9 [147].

F.
Farran, G. P., V, 5 [103].

Fauna, marine, of the coast of Treland, IV, 3 [63], V, 3 [101].

Fierasfer dentatus, II, 23 [49].
Fishes of the Irish Atlantic Slope, IT, 3 [29].
—— bibhography of, II, 26 [52].
—— food of, IV, 5 [65}.
Food of Aurelia awrita, VII, 24 [162].
—_—~ of fishes, Amphipoda as, IV, 5 [65].

— of Luidia Sarsi, VII, 16 {154}.
-——— of Pelagia perla, VII, 25: [1
requirements of Brown Trout fry, VIII, 3 (165).
Foraminifera of Belfast Lough, III, 10 [62].
—— of Larne Lough and district, IIT, 3 [55].
—— of the Red Bay, Co. Antrim, III, 8 [60)}.
——— of the Gobbins, III, 9 {61}.

G.

Gadus poutassou, II, 24 [50}.
Gaetanus armiger, VI, 14 [117].
Caudani, VI, 13 [116].

-—— Holti, VI, 14 [117].

—— latifrons, VI, 14 [117].
—— major, VI, 14 [117].

— miles, VI, 14 [117].

—— minor, VI, 14 [117].
ptleatus, VI, 13 {116}.
Gaidius boreale, VI, 13 [116].
brevispinus, VI, 13 [116].
major, VI, 13 [116].

—— pungens, VI, 12 [115].
tenuispinus, VI, 13 [116].
Galeolaria sp., VII, 12 [150].
Gemmaria impleaa, VII, 6 [144].
Gennadas parvus, V, 7 [105].
Gobbins, Foraminifera of the, IIT, 9 {61}.
Gonostoma bathyphilum, II, 22 [48].
microdon, II, 22 [48)}.
Gossea circinata, VII, 11 [149].
Gough, G. C., TIT, 3 [55).
Green, C., VIII, 3 [165}.

vi INDEX.

H.

Halcampa chrysanthellum, VII, 14 [152].
Halitemora longicornis, VI, 22 [125].
Halopcerphyrus eques, ID, 24 [50].
Haloptilus acutifrons, VI, 28 [131].
longicornis, VI, 27 [130].
Hatcheries, see Salmon hatcheries.
Hein, W., VIII, 3 {165}.

Hemicalanus acutifrons, VI, 28 [131].
longicaudatus, VI, 28 [131].

—— longicornis, VI, 5 [108], 27 [130].

. Heterochaeta, see Heterorhabdus.
Heterorhabdus abyssatis, VI, 26 [129].
—— atlanticus, VI, 27 [130].

—— brevicaudatus, VI, 27 [130].
—— grandis, VI, 26 [129].

--— longicornis, VI, 26 [129].

—— norvegicus, VI, 26 [129].

—— spinifrons, VI, 27 [130].

vipera, VI, 26 [129].

Hickson, 8. J., V, 3 [101].

Holt, E. W. L., II, 3 [29], V, 4 [102], VIII, 17 [179].
Hoplophoridae, I, 3 [3].

Hoplostethus mediterraneum,, II, 24 [50].
Hybocodon prolifer, VII, 6 [144].
Hymenodora duplex, I, 23 [23].

—— glacialis, V, 7 [105].

Hyperia galba, IV, 20 [80].

—— medusarum, TV, 21 [81].

——- spinigera, IV, 22 [82].
Hyperioides longipes, IV, 23 [83].
Hyperoche tauriformis, IV, 23 [83].

I,

lanthina communis, VII, i6 {154}.
Ichthyophorba angustdta, VI, 22 [125].
denticornis, VI, 21 [124].
hamata, VI, 22 [125].

Irenaeus Pattersonii, VI, 30 [133].
Irene sp., VII, 9 [147].

Isias Bonnieri, VI, 22 (125).

—— clavipes, VI, 22 [125].

K.
Kalius obesus, IV, 29 [89].
Kemp, 8. W., I, 3 [3], V, 7 [105].

1

Labidocera Kréyeri, Vi, 30 [133].
Wollastoni, VI, 30 [133].

Lagena rizzae, III, 4 [56}.

Lamellaria pellucida, var. Gouldi, V, 5 [103]
Lampanyctus Bonapartii, II, 12 [38].
erocodilus, I1, 12 [38}.

Lanceola acstiva, LV 47 [77].

sayana, IV, 16 [76].

serrata, IV, 17 [77].

—— Sunmt, IV, 17 [77].

[ 218 |

INDEX, vil

Laodice calearata, VII, 9 [147}.

Lar sabellarum, VII, 6 [144].

Larne Lough, Foraminifera of, III, 3 [55}.
Leptocalanus filicornis, VI, 8 [111].
Leptocephali of Anguilla vulgaris, 11, 23 [49].
Leuckartia flavicornis, VI, 25 [128].

— grandis, VI, 25 [128}.

Light, influence of, on eggs and fry of Salmonidae, VIII, 14 [176].
Limacina retroversa, Vil, 17 {155}.

Lizzia blondina, VII, 7 [145].

Lophothriz securifrons, VI, 19 [122].
Lucicutia atlantica, V1, 25 [128].

curta, VI, 25 [128].

—— flavicornis, VI, 25 [128].

——- grandis, VI, 25 [128].

—— maxima, VI, 25 [128].

Lucullus acuspes, VI, 10 [113].

Iuidia Sarsi, food of, VII, 16 [154].

—larva of, VII, 15 [153].

Luminous organs of Acanthephyra debilis, I, 18 [18].
——— of Scopelus crocodilus, I1, 13 [39].

~—~ of Scopelus punctatus, II, 10 [36].

Macrocalanus longicornis, VI, 6 [109].
—— princeps, VI, 6 [109}.

Macrurus aequalis, II, 24 [50].

-— coelorhynchus, 11, 24 [50].

—— Guentheri, II, 25 [51).

—- labiatus, II, 25 [51].

laevis, II, 24 [50].

— mediterraneus, II, 25 {51}.

—— rupestris, II, 25 [51].

—— sclerorhynchus, II, 25 [51].
Margelis sp., VII, 7 [145}.
Margellium octopunctatum, VII, 7 [145].
Marine fauna of the coast of Ireland, IV, 3 [63], V, 3 [101).
Maurolicus borealis, II, 23 [49].
Mecynocera Clausi, VI, 8 {111}.
Megacalanus Bradyi, VI, 6 [109].
—— longicornis, VI, 6 [109].

princeps, VI, 6 [109}.
Melamphaés crassiceps, II, 24 [50].
eurylepis, II, 19 [45].
Mesorhabdus annectens, VI, 27 {130}.
Metacyphocaris. gen. nov., IV, 29 [89].
—— Helgae, IV, 29 [89].

Methods of collecting, II, 3 [29].

—— of feeding trout fry, VIII, 5 [167].
Metridia armata, VI, 23 [126].
brevicauda, VI, 24 [127].

—— hibernica, VI, 23 [126].

—— longa, VI, 23 [126].

— lucens, VI, 23 [126].

— Normani, VI, 23 [126].

—— princeps, VI, 24 [127].

venusta, VI, 23 [126].

Micrsia Agqassizi, I, 4 [4].

gracilis, T, 16 [16].

[ 219 ]

Vill INDEX.

Mitrocomium sp., VII, 10 [148].
Mnemiopsis, ViI, 15 [153].

Molva clongata, II, 24 [50].
Monstrilla Danae, VI, 33 [136].
—— helgolandica, VI, 33 [136].
—-—- longicornis, VI, 33 [136].
—— longiremis, VI, 33, [136].
—. rigida, VI, 33 [136}.

Mora mediterranea, II, 24 [50].
Mormonilla atlantica, VI, 31 [134].
Muggiaea atlantica, VII, 12 |150).
Myctophum punctatum, II, 9 [35).
* —— crocodilum, II, 12 [38].

N.

Nerophis aequoreus, var. exilis, II, 18 [44].
Nettophichthys retropinnatus, IL, 7 [33].
Noctiluca miliaris, VII, 5 [143].
Nodosaria simplex, III, 4 [56].
Notacanthus Benaparti, TI, 16 £42].
mediterraneus, II, 16 [42].
Nubecularia luicifuga, III, 3 [55).

0.

Obelia nigra, VII, 10 [148].
Octorchis Gegenbauri, VII, 10 [148}.
Oikopleura sp., VII, 17 [155].
Oithona Challengeri, VI, 32 {135}.
—— helgolandica, VI, 32 [135].
— nana, VI, 32 [135].

plumifera, VI, 32 [135].

—— pygmaea, VI, 32 [135].

—— similis, VI, 32 [135].
spinifrons, VI, 32 [135].
—— spintrostris, VI, 32 [135].
Oncaea conifera, VI, 35 [138].

—— media, VI, 35 [138].

—— mediterranea, VI, 35 [138].
——. obtusa, VI, 34 [137], 35 [138].
-— pyriformis, VI, 34 [137].
venusta, VI, 34 [137].
Onchocolanus chelifer, VI, 19 [122}.
—— trigoniceps, VI, 19 1122). ip
Obthrix bidentata, VI, 21 [124].

if

Paracalanus hibernicus, VI, 23 [126}.
—— pareus, VI, 8 [111]. |
Paralycaea gracilis, 1V, 27 [87].
Parapasiphaé suleatifrons, V, 7 [105}.
Parascina Fowleri, 1V, 6 [66].
Parathemista oblivia, TV. 24 [84].
Pasiphaé tarda, VY. 7 105}.

Pearson. J., VI, 3 [106].

f 220 |

INDEX, ix

Pelagia perla, Vil, 13 [151).

—— rearing of, in an aquarium, VII, 25 [163].
Phaénna spinifera, VI, 21 [124].
Phialidtum buskianum, VII, 11 [149].
—-- eymbalcideum, VII, 10 [148].

—— temporarium, VII, 10 [148].
Phronima sedentaria, 1V, 18 [78].
breeding habits of, TV, 19 [79].
Phrosina semilunata, IV, 24 84].

Phycis blennioides, II, 24 [50].

Phyllopus bidentatus, VI, 29 [132].
Physosoma larva of Cystisoma, IV, 18 [78].
Plankton of Valencia Harbour, VII, 3 [141].
Platyscelus ovoides, 1V, 25 [85).
Plesionika martia, V, 7 [105].
Pleurobiachia pileus, VII, 14 [152].
Pleuromamma abdominalis, VI, 24 [127].
—— robusta, VI, 24 [127].

Pleuromma abdominale, VY, 24 [127].
robustum, VI, 24 [127].

Podocoryne carnea, VII, 7 [145].
Polycanna forskalea, VII, 11 [149].
Polycheles typhlops, V, 7 [105].
Polymorphina rotundata, III, 5 [57].
Pomatomus telescopium, IT, "24 [50].
Pontella Eugeniae, VI, 30 [133].

-—— helgolandica, VI, 30 [133].

—— Kriéyeri, VI, 30 [133]

-——— Wollastoni, VI, 30 [133].

Pontia Pattersonii, VI, 30 [133].
Pontophilus norvegicus, V, 7 [105]
Primno macropa, LV, 25 [85].

Pristiurus melanostomus, IT, 21 [47].
Pseudaetidius armatus, VI, 11 [114].
Pseudocalanus armatus, VI, 11 [114].
elongatus, VI, 10 [113].
Pscudocyclops obtusatus, VI, 29 [132].

R.

Red Bay, Co. Antrim, Foraminifera of, III, 8 [60].
Rhincalanus cornutus, VI, & [111].

—— nasutus, VI, 8 [111].

rostrifrons, VI, 8 [111].

Rhizostoma octopus, VII, 14 [152].

Richardina spinicincta, V, 7 [105].

S.

Salmon, artificial propagation of, VIII, 17 [179].
-_— fisheries, reports of Clerks of Conservators on, VIII, 28 [190}.
statistics of, VIII, 24 [186].

—— fry, time for turning down, VIII, 20 [182].
—— hatcheries, VIII, 18 [180], 20 [182].

subsidies paid to, VIII, 23 [185].

—— hatching, in floating redds, VII, 21 [183].
Salmonidae, artificial propagation of, VIII, 17 [379].
—— development of, VIII, 6 [168].

feeding fry of, VIII, 3 [165].

Sagitta bipunctata, VIT, 16 [154].

Salpa runcinata-fusiformis, VII, 17 [155].

x INDEX.

Saphenia mirabilis, VII, 9 [147].

Sarsia erimia, VII, 7 [145].

gemmifera, Vit, 7 [145].

—— prolifera, VII, 8 [146].

tubulosa, VII, 3 [146].

Scaphocalanus acrocephalus. VI, 17 [120}.
Scina acanthodes, IV, 14 [74].

borealis, IV, 9 [69].

— Bevalli, IV, 10 [70].

—— crassicornis, IV, 7 [67].

— oedicarpus, IV, 11 [71].

—— pacifica, IV, 14 [74].

Rattrayt, IV, 10 [70].

spinosa, IV, 11 [71].
_-— submarginata, LY, 32° [7ei;
uncipes, IV, 11 [71).
Vosselert, IV, 7 [67].
Scolecithricella dentata, Vi, 16 [set],
minor, VI, 18 [121].
ovata, VI, 18 [121].
Scolecithrix chelifer, V1, 19 [122].
—— cristata, V1, 17 [120].
— dentata, VI, 18 [121].
— echinata, VI, 18 [121].
— emarginata, VI, 17 [120].

frontalis, VI, 19 [122].

hibernica, VI, 19 [122].

- minor, VI, 18 [121}.

ovata, VI, 18 [i21)

pygmaea, FT, 19 [122].

securifrons, VI, 19 yest

Scopelus caninianus, IL, 9 [35].

— punctatus, II, 9 [35], 25 [51].
— crocodilus, te 12 [38].

— glacialis, II, 23 [49].

—— arcticus, II, 23 [49].

—- Rafinesqui, II, 23 [49].

—— elongatus, II, 23 [49].

Humboldti, TI, 27 [53].

Scorpaena echinata, II, 25 [51].

Scettocalanus securifrons, VI, 19 [122].

Scribella scriba, VI, 32 [135].

Scyllium canicula, Li 21 [47].

Sergestes arcticus, V, 7 [105].

Sergia robusta, V, 7 [105].

Solmaris corena, VII, 11 [149].

Spinax niger, II, 22 [48].

Spinocalanus abyssalis, VI, 10 [113].

— magnus, VI, 10 [113].

Spirula Peroni, VII, 16 [154].

Stomias boa, II, 22 [48].

Synaphobranchus pinnatus, II, 7 [33].

Systellaspis Bouvieri, 1, 16 [16].

—— debilis, 1, 16 [16}.

——- lanceocaudata, 1, 21 [21].

T.

Tattersall, W. M., IV, 33 [63].
Temora finmarchica, VI, 22 [125].
longicornis, VI, 22 [125].

—
to
to
to

ed

INDEX,

Thalassicolla sp., VII, 4 {142].

Thalia democratica-mucronata, VII, 17 {155}.

Thamneus sp., 1V, 27 [87].

Thawmaleus Claparédii, VI, 33 [136].

rigidus, V1, 33 [136}. |

—- Thompsoni, VI, 33 [136].

“Thor,”’ Amphipoda collected by the, LV, 3 [63).
Thurammina sp., IIT, 4 [56}.

Tiara pileata, VII, 8 [146].

Tomopteris onisciformis, VII, 16 [154].

Trachichthys mediterraneus, Il, 24 {50}.

Trachyrhynchus trachyrhynchus, 11, 24 {50}.

Tropiocaris tenuipes, I, 22 [22].

‘Trout, artificial propagation of, VIII, 3 [165}, 17 [179], 23 [185].
—— fry, development of, VIII, 6 [168]. | |
—— —— methods of feeding, VIII, 5 [167].

—— hatching, under natural conditions, VIJI, 11 [173].
eggs and fry, influence of light on, VIII, 14 [176].
Tryphaena Malmi, IV, 25 [85].

Tyro pactficu, IV, 14 [74].

U.

Undeuchaeta major, VI, 15 [118].
—— minor, VJ, 15 [118].
Undina rostrata, VI, 15 [118].
Undinopsis Brady, V1, 11 [114].

VS

Valencia Harbour, plankton of, VII, 3 [141].
Velella spivans, VII, 12 [150].

Vibilia armata, IV, 15 [75].

propinqua, IV, 14 [74}.

—— sp., IV, 16 [76].

W.

Wolfenden, R. N., Amphipoda collected by, IV, 3 [63).
—— Decapoda collected by, I, 3 [3].

X.

Xanthocalanus atlanticus, V1, 20 [125].
-—— borealis, VI, 20 [123].

—— chelifer, VI, 19 [122].

—— cristatus, VI, 20 [123].

—— Greent, VI, 20 [123].

—— obtusus, VI, 20 [123].

— pinguis, VI, 20 [123].
Xenodermichthys socialis, If, 22 [48].

—
bo
bo
oS)

aa

DUBLIN CASTLE,

Lith May, 1907. |

Sir,
I have to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the
16th instant forwarding, for submission to His Excellency the
Lord Lieutenant, the Report on the Sea and Inland Fishereis

of Ireland for the year 1905, Part Il., Scientific Investigations.

I am,
Sir,
Your obedient servant,

A. P. MacDONNELL.

THE SECRETARY,
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION,

Upper MERRION-STREET, DUBLIN.

eee
7 Am? oe

DUBLIN: Printed for His Majesty's Stationery Office, —-
By ALEX. Tuom & Co, (Limited), 87, 88 & 89 Middle Abbey-street

0.

'

Ti
vp! a

RU es
’ i"

‘

“

‘ i
f ;
ne
a at,
" tun’
‘
re
"4
i]
bs ;
‘ ’
«

Dept. of Fisheries,

SH Treland.

A3 Sea and inland fisheries:
1902, report

Biological
& Medical

Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

le a ee

Sat Wag - dy ee OR

toe ot BA Bee os
ee Nike 8 Mates = teeter

- “
ee

tae

2 ot
; A SAT — mee Ee OO OOO ew me
; ,- Se SIE EE AGO 2 Se

PY ee an ae “a

rae
PW Sa 9 he Pe
—— ws ¥
be ee re ao sa) Pt whine -

+9 om, 4
orp ee pet Picker sae + eee tS, AU me wee mt
ae 0 ie Ae ee ee ee fe

7
“~~

he eee ee me ee A ay wm mee
a ee eo eee

‘ eh in * —-@%
oy pet at ee ee
oo ee ee ee ee are rr

ys a « i er